Madler Katalog41 - EN PDF
Uploaded by
MiroslavDjordjevicMadler Katalog41 - EN PDF
Uploaded by
MiroslavDjordjevicCatalogue 41
130 years of experience - power transmission for your success
www.maedler.de ...we keep things moving
Made in Germany: The factory near Hamburg
Dear Customers,
in many countries around the world, we have
responsible distributors to provide you the best
service. These partners can be found at the back-
side of this catalogue or at www.maedler.de in
the section Branch Offices. For countries without
a distributor, please contact:
MAEDLER GmbH
Export-Department
Traenkestraße 6 - 8
D-70597 Stuttgart
Germany
Phone +49 711 720 95 885
MÄDLER ® branches worldwide
Fax +49 711 720 95 33
[email protected]
Made in Germany: The factory in Stuttgart
2 ®
Edition no. 1 April 2015
MÄDLER Catalogue 41 ®
23,000 Parts! To 95% immediately available!
Contents in alphabetical order page 6 Illustration index page 9
Roller chains Page 35 Sprockets Page 60
Chain tensioners Page 109
Round-Link Steel Chains Idlers Page 122
and Chain Wheels Page 119
Travel wheel systems Page 124
Timing Belt Drives Page 128 V-belt pulleys Page 183
V-belts Page 192
Spur gears, Page 194 Gear racks Page 255
Internal gears Page 249
Ratchet wheels,
ratchet braces Page 250
Bevel gears Page 267 Worm gear sets Page 284
® 3
Trapezoidal thread Splined shafts and
spindles and nuts Page 305 splined hubs Page 327
Ball spindle drives Page 317
Clamping sets and Couplings,
shrink disks Page 330 sliding hubs Page 364
Universal joints Page 403 Bearings,
Roller bearings Page 416
Plain bearing bushes Adjusting rings Page 452
and raw material of
sintered bronze Page 445 Clamp collars Page 454
Drill bushes..... Page 451
Rod ends and Clevis joints Page 472
spherical bearings Page 458 Angle joints Page 475
Shaft steel and Threaded bars
linear bearings .... Page 476 and nuts Page 510
Spring plungers Page 524 Cup rollers Page 508
indexing plungers Page 529
Knobs, grips Hand wheels Page 565
and levers Page 529
Lifting pins and Quick clamps and
socket pins Page 571 latch clamps Page 572
4 ®
Assortment boxes Page 576 Edge trims,
trim seals Page 580
Feather keys,
key steel Page 578
Oilers and Precision levelling
sight glasses Page 582 adjusters Page 588
Levelling pads
and articulated feet Page 596
Spherical washers and Rubber-metal buffers Page 600
conical seats Page 523
Bushes PHO Page 606
Grub screws and
thrust pads Page 595
Profile dampers Page 607 Pneumatic elements Page 613
Shock absorbers Page 610
Gearboxes Page 654 Motors and
geared motors Page 654
Telescopic slides Page 769 Adhesives and
sealants Page 811
Maintenance and
repair sprays Page 815
General technical information, page 816
Special parts / Custom-made parts
Are you looking for a part that’s not in the catalogue?
We can also supply parts other than those listed.
Apart from this we can also produce special parts
according to drawing or customer specification. Please contact us.
® 5
Contents in Alphabetical Order
A Compressed Air Filters .......................................................... 635
ACCURIDE® Slides / Overview ............................................... 769 Conical Seats DIN 6319 ........................................................ 523
Aerosols (Maintenance Sprays) ............................................. 815 Connecting Links for Roller Chains ......................................... 37
Actuator Systems.................................................................. 758 Connecting Links for Round-Link Steel Chains ..................... 119
Adjustable Clamp Nuts ......................................................... 555 Connecting Shafts ................................................................ 766
Adjustable Clamping Levers.................................................. 550 Continuously Variable Geared Motors MUN/I...................... 753
Adjusting Rings .................................................................... 452 Control Knobs ...................................................................... 537
Air Preparation Equipment.................................................... 634 Control Levers ...................................................................... 557
Aluminium Spray .................................................................. 751 Control Units (Motor controllers) ......................................... 696
Angle Joints .......................................................................... 430 Corrosion Protection Spray ................................................... 815
Angular Drives (Plastic Bevel gears on Plate) ....................... 607 Couplings / Overview.......................................................... 364
Anti-Vibration Elements ........................................................ 600 Cranks .................................................................................. 563
Arch Handles ........................................................................ 560 Cup Rollers ........................................................................... 508
Articulated Feet .................................................................... 597 Cylinders (Pneumatic) ........................................... 615, 616, 618
Assembly Plug for Ball Cups ................................................. 508 Cylindrical Bushes ................................................................. 447
Assortment Boxes ................................................................. 576 Cylindrical Handles ............................................................... 547
Cylindrical Roller Bearings..................................................... 441
B
Ball Bearings ......................................................................... 436 D
Ball Flange Bearings .............................................................. 427 Disconnection Tool (for pneumatic tubes) ............................ 647
Ball Head Precision Adjusters ................................................ 594 Drill Bushes........................................................................... 451
Ball Joints ..................................................................... 405, 413 Drip-Feed Oilers ................................................................... 583
Ball Knobs ............................................................................ 545 Driven Idlers, (Travel wheel systems) .................................... 124
Ball Pillow Block Bearings ..................................................... 426
Ballscrew Spindle Drives ....................................................... 317 E
Ball Valves (manual) ............................................................. 644 Eccentric Clamping Levers .................................................... 554
Ball-Ended Thrust Screws...................................................... 524 Edge Trims ........................................................................... 580
Bar Material Sintered Bronze ................................................ 446 Electric Motors / Overview .................................................. 655
Bellows ......................................................................... 415, 764 Electronic Drip Feed Oiler ..................................................... 584
Bevel Gearboxes / Overview ............................................... 654 ES-Bolts for Clevises ............................................................. 473
Bevel Gears / Overview ....................................................... 267 Exhaust Filters (Pneumatic) ................................................... 645
Blow Guns ............................................................................ 649 Extension Nuts ..................................................................... 512
Bolts for T-Slots .................................................................... 518 Extension slides / Overview ................................................ 769
Bolts with Cotter Pin Hole DIN 1434 Assortment Box .......... 576
Bonding Products Loctite® ................................................... 812 F
Bore-Reducing Bushes .......................................................... 407 Fast Connectors (Pneumatic Fittings) .................................... 638
Box Couplings ...................................................................... 367 Feather Keys Assortment Box ............................................... 577
Bracket Hinge Mountings for Pneumatic Cylinders ............... 622 Feather Keys......................................................................... 578
Bushes .................................................................................. 445 Filter / Regulators (Pneumatic) ............................................. 636
Fixing Plates for Timing Belts ................................................ 171
C Flange Bearings .................................................................... 422
Cabinet “U” Handles ........................................................... 558 Flange Nuts Trapezoidal Thread ................................... 314, 316
Cam-Action Indexing Plunger............................................... 532 Flange Shaft Blocks............................................................... 476
Cap Bearings ........................................................................ 420 Flanged Drill Bushes ............................................................. 451
Capacitors ............................................................................ 722 Flanges for Timing Belt Pulleys ............................................. 170
Cardan Joints / Overview .................................................... 403 Flat Gearboxes ..................................................................... 662
Chain Breakers for Roller Chains............................................. 58 Folding Handles.................................................................... 561
Chain Couplings ................................................................... 384 Foot Plate Mountings for Pneumatic Cylinders ............. 620, 625
Chain Lubricating Spray........................................................ 815 Frequency Converters ........................................................... 698
Chain Puller for Roller Chains ................................................. 58 Front Flanges for Pneumatic Cylinders.......................... 620, 626
Chain Riders ......................................................................... 116
Chain Tensioners .................................................................. 111 G
Chain Tensioning Wheels with Bearing......................... 109, 115 Gear Lever Handles .............................................................. 546
Chains (Roller Chains) ............................................................ 35 Gear Racks / Overview ........................................................ 255
Chains (Round-Link Steel Chains DIN 766A) ........................ 119 Gearboxes, Geared Motors / Overview ............................... 654
Clamp Collars for Round Shafts (Slotted and Two-Part) ....... 454 Geared Motors RBM/I for Travel-Wheel System .................. 126
Clamp Collars for Splined Shafts ........................................... 329 Gears / Overview................................................................. 194
Clamp Collars for Threaded Bars .......................................... 457 General Basics for Bevel Gears .............................................. 268
Clamp Mounts for Shock Absorbers ..................................... 611 General Basics for Roller Chains.............................................. 35
Clamp Nuts .......................................................................... 555 General Basics for Spur Gears ............................................... 196
Clamping Bolts for Quick Clamp® ....................................... 573 General Basics for Timing Belt Drives .................................... 129
Clamping Bushes / Overview .............................................. 330 General Basics for Trapezoidal-Thread Spindles .................... 305
Clamping Levers ................................................................... 550 General Basics for Universal Joints ...............................373 - 374
Clamping Sets / Overview ................................................... 330 General Basics for Worm Gears ............................................ 294
Clevis Joints .......................................................................... 472 General Technical Notes ....................................................... 816
Clevises for Pneumatic Cylinders .......................................... 623 Grips..................................................................................... 538
Clevises ................................................................................ 472 Grub Screws DIN 6332 with Thrust Point ............................. 595
Compact Cylinders ............................................................... 616 Guide Rails for Roller Chains .................................................. 57
6 ®
Contents in Alphabetical Order
H Multi-Function Spray WD-40® ............................................ 815
Hand Cranks ........................................................................ 563
Hand Wheels........................................................................ 565 N
Handles ................................................................................ 547 Non-Return Valves ............................................................... 647
Hasp Wheels ........................................................................ 121 Nuts / Bolts for T-Slots ......................................................... 518
Heavy-Duty Bushes PHO ..................................................... 606 Nuts, Metric Thread ............................................................. 511
Helical Gear Boxes BT/I ........................................................ 657 Nuts, Trapezoidal Thread...................................................... 313
Helical Geared Motors / Overview ...................................... 655
Hexagonal Nuts, Metric Thread ............................................ 511 O
Hollow Worms ..................................................................... 287 Oiler ..................................................................................... 582
Hook Spanners DIN 1810 Form A ........................................ 517 Oil-Level Sight Glasses ......................................................... 585
Horizontal Clamps ................................................................ 574 Operating Capacitors ........................................................... 722
Hose Coils ............................................................................ 650 Operation and Maintenance Instructions ............................. 823
Hose Tailpieces ..................................................................... 650
P
I Palm Grips ............................................................................ 538
Idlers ............................................................................ 109, 122 Parallel Keys Assortment Box ................................................ 577
Igus® / igubal® ....................................................... 418, 461 Parallel Keys ......................................................................... 578
Illustration index ...................................................................... 9 Pillow Block Bearing ..................................................... 420, 426
Imprint ................................................................................. 833 Plain Bearing Bushes ............................................................. 445
Indexing Plungers ................................................................. 532 Planetary Small Geared Motors PE ....................................... 709
Instant Adhesives Loctite® ................................................... 813 Pneufit® Quick Connectors.................................................. 638
Internal gears ....................................................................... 249 Pneumatic Elements / Overview .......................................... 613
Polyamide Tubes .................................................................. 648
J Polyurethane Hoses .............................................................. 648
Jacks (Actuators) .................................................................. 758 Precision Adjusters................................................................ 588
Precision Housings for Linear Bearings / Overview............. 476
K Precision Levelling Adjusters ................................................. 588
Key Steel .............................................................................. 578 Precision Rail-Guide Sets ...................................................... 504
KL-Retainers Assortment Box ............................................... 576 Precision Worm Gear Sets .................................................... 295
Knurled Knobs and Screws ................................................... 543 Pressure Gauges ................................................................... 637
Knurled Nuts and Screws ...................................................... 519 Pressure Regulators .............................................................. 635
Pressure Relief Valves ........................................................... 636
L Profile Dampers .................................................................... 607
Latch Clamps........................................................................ 572 Profile Rail Guides ................................................................ 505
Levelling Feets ...................................................................... 598 Profiled Track Rollers and Bolts............................................. 502
Levelling Pads....................................................................... 596 PTFE Spray ........................................................................... 815
Lifting Pins ........................................................................... 571
Limit Switch (Motor Emergency Stop) .................................. 398 Q
Linear Bearings and Units / Overview ................................. 476 Quadro Linear Bearing Units ................................................ 476
Linear Drives (lifting devices) ................................................ 758 Quality Management Certificate............................................ 34
Linear Slide Bearings ............................................................. 492 Quick Clamps ....................................................................... 573
Linear Technology / Overview ............................................. 476 Quick Exhaust Valves ........................................................... 646
Loctite® ............................................................................... 811
Locknuts ............................................................................... 515 R
Lockwashers ......................................................................... 515 Radial Shaft Seals ................................................................. 443
Lubricators Perma® .............................................................. 582 Rail-Guide Sets ..................................................................... 504
Retaining Rings DIN 471 / DIN 472 ..................................... 514
M Ratchet Braces and Ratchet Wheels...................................... 250
Machine Mounts .................................................................. 599 Raw Material Sintered Bronze .............................................. 446
Magnetic Switches for Pneumatic Cylinders ......................... 627 Ready to Install Actuator Systems......................................... 758
Maintenance Instructions ..................................................... 823 Rear Clevis Mountings for Pneumatic Cylinders ................... 621
Manifold............................................................................... 642 Rear Eye Mountings ....................................................562 - 563
Membrane Couplings ........................................................... 379 Rear Flanges for Pneumatic Cylinders ................................... 620
Metal Bellow Couplings ........................................................ 377 Rectangular Flanges for Shock Absorbers ............................. 611
Metal-Rubber-Buffers ........................................................... 600 Retractable Handles .............................................................. 547
Micro-Fog Oilers .................................................................. 636 Revolving Ball Knobs ............................................................ 546
Miniature Ball Screw Spindle Drives ...................................... 321 Reworking of Spindles .................................................. 325, 435
Miniature Profile-Rail Guides ................................................ 505 Rigid Couplings .................................................................... 367
Miniature Shock Absorbers ................................................... 610 ROBA® Sliding Hubs ............................................................ 402
Miniature Slide Units ............................................................ 506 Rod Ends / Overview ........................................................... 458
Motor Controllers ................................................................. 697 Rod Ends for Pneumatic Cylinders ........................................ 624
Motor Emergency Stop (Limit Switch) .................................. 398 Roller Bearings / Overview .................................................. 416
Motor-Tensioning Rail Sets SPS ............................................ 695 Roller Chains / Description .................................................... 35
Mounting Blocks for Shock Absorbers .................................. 611 Roller Chains with Bent Attachments...................................... 50
Mounting Elements for Magnetic Switches........................... 625 Roller chains with Straight Attachments ................................. 46
Mounting Elements Quikclamp ............................................ 637 Roller Chains .......................................................................... 37
Mounting Options For Driving Wheels ............................... 817 Round Gear Racks ................................................................ 262
® 7
Contents in Alphabetical Order
Round-Line Cylinders ........................................................... 618 Stauffer Grease Boxes........................................................... 586
Round-Link Steel Chains DIN 766 A ..................................... 119 Support Units for Spindle Drives ................................... 322, 432
Rubber-Metal Bump Stops ................................................... 600 Swing Bolts........................................................................... 522
S T
Screw Jacks .......................................................................... 758 Tandem Linear Bearing Units ................................................ 476
Sealants and Sealant Removers Loctite® .............................. 814 Taper Bushes - Instructions ................................................... 824
Seals for Ball Bearings and Shafts ......................................... 443 Taper Bushes ........................................................................ 360
Set Collars ............................................................................ 452 Tapered Rollerbearings ......................................................... 442
Sealing Caps for Angle Joints................................................ 475 Telescopic Slides / Overview ............................................... 769
Shaft Blocks .......................................................................... 476 Telescopic Universal-Joint Shafts .................................. 407, 413
Shaft Collars ......................................................................... 452 Tensioning Elements for Chains ............................................ 116
Shaft Nuts ............................................................................ 515 Tensioning Elements for Belts ....................................... 182, 191
Shaft Steel with Shaft Support .............................................. 481 Tensioning Rollers for Timing Belt Drives .............................. 182
Shaft Steel ............................................................................ 478 The Company......................................................................... 27
Shaft-Mounted Flat Gearboxes BOC/I ................................. 662 Thread Locking Products Loctite® ........................................ 811
Shock Absorbers (Hydraulic Dampers) .................................. 610 Threaded Bars, Metric (DIN 975 / DIN 976) ........................ 510
Shrink Disks .......................................................................... 356 Threaded Spindles and Nuts, Trapezoidal Threads ................ 305
Shut-off Valve (manual) ....................................................... 637 Throttle-Type Non-Return Valves ......................................... 646
Silencers (pneumatic) .................................................... 640, 645 Thrust Pads .......................................................................... 595
Silver Steel ............................................................................ 477 Thrust Screws ....................................................................... 524
Single Row Roller Bearings ................................................... 436 Timing-Belt Drives / Overview ............................................ 128
Sintered Bronze Blanks for Plain Bearings ............................. 446 Tolerance Rings for Cup Rollers ............................................ 509
Sintered Bronze Bushes......................................................... 445 Toothed Couplings ............................................................... 380
SKF® Rollerbearings / Overview ......................................... 416 Trapezoidal Thread Spindles and Nuts / Overview .............. 305
Sliding Hubs / Overview ..................................................... 365 Travel Wheel Systems RB/I ................................................... 124
Slip Clutches ......................................................................... 394 Triangular Knobs and Screws ................................................ 484
Slotted Nuts ......................................................................... 515 Tri-Ball Handles .................................................................... 542
SL-Retainers Assortment Box ................................................ 576 Tube Cutters ........................................................................ 589
Small Geared Motors / Overview ........................................ 655 Tubular Handles ................................................................... 647
Small Worm Geared Motors / Overview ............................. 655 Turnbuckle Nuts ................................................................... 513
Socket for Solenoid Valves ................................................... 633 Turret Levers ........................................................................ 564
Socket Pins with Spring-Loaded Balls.................................... 571
Solenoid Shut-Off Valve (manual) ........................................ 637 U
Solenoid Valves ................................................................... 629 Universal Joints / Overview ................................................ 403
Spacers for Precision Levelling Adjusters ............................... 594 Universal Joint Shafts.................................................... 407, 413
SPANNBOX® / SPANNBOY® .............................................. 111
Spare Chain Link for Round-Link Steel Chains DIN 766 A .... 119 V
Spare Solenoids for Solenoid Valves ..................................... 633 Variable Geared Motors MUN/I ........................................... 753
Speed Controllers for DC drives............................................ 696 V-Belt Pulleys for Taper Bushes ............................................ 183
Spherical Bearings DIN 12240-1 (DIN 648) .......................... 469 V-Belt Pulleys Made From Light Alloy .................................. 188
Spherical Roller Bearings ....................................................... 441 V-Belt Tensioners ................................................................. 191
Spherical Washers DIN 6319 ................................................ 523 V-Belts.................................................................................. 192
Spiders for Elastic Couplings ................................................. 391 Vertical Clamps .................................................................... 573
Spindles, Ball Drives .............................................................. 317
Spindles, Trapezoidal Threads / Overview........................... 305 W
Splined Hubs ........................................................................ 328 Washers and Pins Assortment Box........................................ 577
Splined Shafts for Timing Belts ............................................. 166 Washers DIN 6340 ............................................................... 513
Splined Shafts ....................................................................... 327 WD-40® (Multi-Function Spray) .......................................... 815
Sprays (Aerosols) .................................................................. 815 Welding Hubs for Taper Bushes ........................................... 362
Spring Plungers .................................................................... 524 Wing Nuts and Screws ......................................................... 544
Sprockets for Roller Chains / Overview ................................. 60 Worm Gear Screw Jacks NP/I ............................................... 761
Sprockets for Round-Link Steel Chains ................................. 121 Worm Gear Boxes / Overview ............................................. 654
Spur Gear Shafts................................................................... 247 Worm Geared Motors / Overview ....................................... 655
Spur Gears / Overview ........................................................ 194 Worm Helical Geared Motors / Overview ........................... 655
Stainless Steel Spray ............................................................. 815 Worms and Worm Gears/ Overview ................................... 284
Standard and Safety Quick-Release Couplings ..................... 651
Standard Cylinders (Pneumatic) ............................................ 615 Z
Standard Fog Oiler ............................................................... 636 Zinc Repair Spray.................................................................. 815
Standard Motors (Three-Phase) ........................................... 692
Standard Parts for Operating / Overview ........................... 529
Star Grips and Star Grip Screws ............................................ 538
8 ®
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Roller Chain Drives DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Beispielthema
Single-Strand Roller Connecting Links for Single-Strand Roller Single-Strand Roller
Chains according to Single-Strand Roller Chains similar to DIN, Chains similar to DIN,
DIN Chains with straight plates maintenance free
Page 37 Page 37 Page 38 Page 39
Single-Strand Roller Roller chain KE, plastic Single-Roller Chain Double-Strand Roller
Chains similar to DIN, with stainless steel similar to DIN, from Chains according to
nickel plated Stainless Steel DIN
Page 40 Page 41 Page 42 Page 43
Connecting Links for Double-Strand Roller Triple-Strand Roller Connecting Links for
Double-Strand Roller Chains similar to DIN, Chains according to Triple-Strand Roller
Chain with straight plates DIN Chain
Page 43 Page 44 Page 45 Page 45
Roller Chains with Spring Clip Roller Chains with Spring Clip
One-Hole Straight Connecting Links with Two-Hole Straight Connecting Links with
Attachments, One-Hole Straight Attachments, 2 x p, Two-Hole Straight
2 x p, 4 x p and 6 x p Attachments 4 x p and 6 x p Attachments
Page 46 Page 46 Page 48 Page 48
Roller Chains with Spring Clip Roller Chains with Spring Clip
One-Hole Bent Connecting Links with Two-Hole Bent Connecting Links with
Attachments, 2 x p, One-Hole Bent Attachments, 2 x p, Two-Hole Bent
4 x p and 6 x p Attachments 4 x p and 6 x p Attachments
Page 50 Page 50 Page 52 Page 52
Roller Chains with Spring Clip Roller Chains with Spring Clip
Two-Hole Straight Connecting Links with Two-Hole Bent Connecting Links with
Attachments, 2 x p, Two-Hole Straight Attachments, 2 x p, Two-Hole Bent
Stainless Steel Attachments, Stainless Steel Attachments,
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Page 54 Page 54 Page 55 Page 55
Roller Chains - Plastic Guide Rails for Chain Breakers Chain Pullers
Customized Products Roller Chains
to Your Requirements
Page 56 Page 57 Page 58 Page 58
Chain Lubricating Sprockets KRK Made Sprockets KRR Made Sprockets KRF Made
Spray from Acetal Resin with from Stainless Steel from Steel Ready-to-
One-Sided Hub, Die with One-Sided Hub Install
Cast
Page 58 Page 62 Page 63 Page 64
Sprockets KRT with Taper Bushes Welding Hubs for Sprockets KRS/KRG
One-Sided Hub for Taper Bushes with One-Sided Hub
Taper Bushes
Page 74 Page 76 Page 78 Page 79
Sprockets KRL without Double-Strand Double-Strand Double-Strand
Hub Sprockets ZRE for 2 Sprockets ZRT for Sprockets ZRS with
Single-Strand Roller Taper Bushes One-Sided Hub
Chains
Page 80 Page 91 Page 92 Page 94
Double-Strand Plate Triple-Strand Triple-Strand Triple-Strand Plate
Wheels ZRL without Sprockets DRT for Sprockets DRS with Wheels DRL without
Hub Taper Bushes One-Sided Hub Hub
Page 94 Page 101 Page 102 Page 102
Chain Tensioning Mounting Screws Chain Tensioning Sprocket Sets for
Wheels KSP with For Wheels KSP Wheels KSP with Chain Tensioners,
Bearing for Single- Bearing for Single- Single
Strand Roller Chain Strand Roller Chain stainless
stainless
Page 109 Page 109 Page 110 Page 110
® 9
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Roller Chain Drives DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187) / Round Chains / Crane Wheels / Synchronious Belt Drives
Beispielthema
Chain Tensioners Chain Tensioners Chain Tensioners Chain Tensioners for
SPANN-BOX® Size 0 SPANN-BOX® Size 1 SPANN-BOY® TS Single-Strand Roller
Chains
Page 111 Page 112 Page 113 Page 114
Chain Tensioners for Chain Tensioners for Sprocket Sets for Sprocket Sets for
Double-Strand Roller Triple-Strand Roller Chain Tensioners, Chain Tensioners,
Chains Chains Single Double
Page 114 Page 114 Page 115 Page 115
Sprocket Sets for Chain Rider Sets Tensioning Elements Tensioning Elements,
Chain Tensioners, in Several Versions stainless
Triple
Page 115 Page 116 Page 116 Page 117
Tensioning Elements Round-Link Steel Maillons de secours Chain Wheels without
“Boomerang” Chains DIN 766A and RN Teeth (Chain Rollers)
Stainless
Page 117 Page 119 Page 119 Page 120
Chain Wheels with Idlers 712 AV Made Idlers Made from Idlers Made from Steel
Teeth (Hasp Wheels) from Grey Cast Iron Polyamide with One- (C45) with Two-Sided
with One-Sided Sided Flange Flange
Flange
Page 121 Page 122 Page 122 Page 123
Travel Wheel Systems Geared Motors RBM/I T-Timing Belt Pulleys T-Timing Belt Pulleys
RB/I for Travel Wheel made from Acetal Made From
Systems RB/I Resin Aluminium
Page 124 Page 126 Page 138 Page 139
T-Timing Belt Pulleys AT-Timing Belt AT-Timing Belt HTD-Timing Belt
Made From Pulleys Made From Pulleys Made From Pulleys
Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Made From
Aluminium
Page 139 Page 144 Page 144 Page 148
HTD-Timing Belt HTD-Timing Belt HTD-Timing Belt Taper Bushes
Pulleys Pulleys Pulleys for Taper
Made From Made From Bushes
Aluminium Steel, Phosphated
Page 148 Page 149 Page 150 Page 158
Standard Timing Belt Standard Timing Belt Splined Shafts Splined Shafts
Pulleys, Inch Pitch Pulleys, Inch Pitch Profile T Profile AT
Made From Made From
Aluminium Steel, Phosphated
Page 161 Page 162 Page 166 Page 167
Splined Shafts Splined Shafts Flanges for Timing Fixing Plates for
Profile HTD Inch Pitch Belt Pulleys Timing Belts
Page 168 Page 169 Page 170 Page 171
Timing Belts Timing Belts Timing Belts - Timing Belts -
Sold by the Meter, Sold by the Meter, Welding Welding
TPU Neopren (Rubber)
Page 172 Page 173 Page 174 Page 174
T Timing Belts AT Timing Belts HTD Timing Belts Standard Timing Belts
Inch Pitch
Page 175 Page 177 Page 178 Page 180
10 ®
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
V-Belt Drives / Spur Toothed Gears / Racks / Bevel Gears
Beispielthema
Tensioning Rollers Tensioning Elements V-Belt Pulleys for V-Belt Pulleys for
Taper Bushes, Taper Bushes,
1 Groove 2 Grooves
Page 182 Page 182 Page 183 Page 184
V-Belt Pulleys for Taper Bushes V-Belt Pulleys Made V-Belt Pulleys Made
Taper Bushes, From Light Alloy with From Light Alloy with
3 Grooves Cast-Iron Hub Cast-Iron Hub
Reinforcement, Reinforcement,
1 Groove 2 Grooves
Page 185 Page 186 Page 188 Page 189
V-Belt Pulleys Made V-Belt Tensioners with Tensioning Rollers Tensioning Elements
From Light Alloy with Pre-Mounted V-Belt
Cast-Iron Hub Pulleys
Reinforcement,
3 Grooves
Page 190 Page 191 Page 191 Page 191
Endless V-Belts Spur Gears made from Spur Gears Made From Spur Gears made from
Acetal Resin, Straight POM, Milled, Straight POM black, wide,
Teeth Teeth with Hub, Milled
Teeth, Straight Tooth
System
Page 192 Page 199 Page 205 Page 211
Spur Gears Made From Spur Gears Made From Spur Gears Made From Spur Gears Made From
Plastic with Steel Brass with OneSided Steel, Milled, Straight Steel, Milled, without
Core, Straight Teeth Hub, Milled, Straight Teeth with OneSided Hub, Straight Teeth
Teeth Hub
Page 213 Page 215 Page 219 Page 222
Spur Gears Made From Precision Spur Gears Spur Gears Made From Spur Gear Shafts
Steel, inductive Made From Steel, Stainless Steel, Milled, Made From Steel
Hardened, Hardened and Ground, Straight Teeth
Straight Teeth Straigth Teeth
Page 240 Page 242 Page 244 Page 247
Spur gears Straight Toothed Straight Toothed Ratchet Wheels made
Pitch 5mm and Internal Gears Made Internal Gears Made from Steel,
10 mm From Brass From Steel Unhardened without
Hub
Page 248 Page 249 Page 249 Page 250
Ratchet Braces Made Spur Gears made from Spur Gears made from Precision Spur Gears
From Steel Brassl with Onesided Steel with Onesided Made From Steel,
Unhardened, Not Hub, Milled, Helical Hub, Milled, Helical Case Hardened with
Drilled Teeth Teeth Ground Tooth Flanks,
Helical Teeth
Page 250 Page 251 Page 251 Page 252
Precision Spur Gears Gear Racks Made from Gear Racks Made from Gear Racks Made from
Made From Steel, white Plastic, Straight black Plastic, Straight Brass
Case Hardened with Teeth Teeth
Ground Tooth Flanks,
Helical Teeth
Page 252 Page 256 Page 256 Page 257
Gear Racks Made from Gear Racks Made from Gear Racks Made Precision Gear Racks
Brass, Helical Teeth Steel, Helical Teeth, From Steel and Made From Steel,
left handed left-handed Stainless Steel, Hardened, with
Straight Teeth Ground Tooth Flanks
Page 257 Page 257 Page 258 Page 260
Round Gear Racks Gear Racks Made from Bevel Gears Made Angular Drives with
Made From Steel and Steel, Helical Teeth, From Acetal Resin Acetal Bevel Gears
Stainless Steel Right Hand with Straight Teeth on Metal Plate, 1:1
Page 262 Page 264 Page 270 Page 271
Bevel Gears Made Bevel Gears Made Bevel Gears Made Bevel Gears Made
From Zinc Die Cast From Brass with From Steel with From Stainless Steel
with Straight Teeth Straight, Milled Teeth Straight, Milled Teeth with Straight, Milled
Teeth
Page 271 Page 272 Page 273 Page 278
® 11
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Bevel Gears / Worm Drives / Trapezoidal Spindle Drives / Ball Screw Drives / Clamping Sets
Beispielthema
Bevel Gears Made Worm Gears Made Worm Gears Made Hollow Worms, Milled
From Steel with Spiral From Bronze, Single- From Bronze, Single- and Whirled, Made
Teeth Thread, Right Hand Thread, Right Hand From Steel, Single
Thread, Right Hand
Page 279 Page 286 Page 286 Page 287
Worm Shafts, Milled Worm Gears Made Worm Gears Made Worm Gears Made
and Whirled, Made From Grey Cast Iron, From Grey Cast Iron, From Bronze, Double-
From Steel, Single without Spokes, without Spokes, Thread, Right Hand
Thread, Right Hand Single-Thread, Right Single-Thread, Right
Hand Hand
Page 287 Page 288 Page 288 Page 290
Worm Gears Made Hollow Worms, Worm Shafts, Whirled, Worm Gears Made
From Bronze, Double- Milled, Made From Made From Steel, From Grey Cast Iron,
Thread, Right Hand Steel, Double Thread, Double Thread, Right without Spokes,
Right Hand Hand Double-Thread, Right
Hand
Page 290 Page 291 Page 291 Page 292
Worm Gears Made Precision Worm Gears, Precision Worms, Precision Worm Gears,
From Grey Cast Iron, Right Hand Right Hand Right Hand
without Spokes, a = 17 - 80mm a = 17 - 80mm a = 100 - 125mm
Double-Thread, Right
Hand
Page 292 Page 295 Page 295 Page 303
Precision Worms Metric ISO- Round Nuts with Round Nuts with
Right Hand Trapezoidal Thread Metric ISO- Metric ISO-
a = 100 - 125mm Spindles DIN 103, Trapezoidal Thread Trapezoidal Thread
Single and Double DIN 103, DIN 103,
Thread Single Thread Single Thread
Page 303 Page 310 Page 313 Page 313
Round Nuts with Round Flange Nuts Ready-to-Install Hexagon Nuts with
Metric ISO- with Metric ISO- Flange Nuts with Metric ISO-
Trapezoidal Thread Trapezoidal Thread Metric ISO- Trapezoidal Thread
DIN 103, DIN 103, Trapezoidal Thread DIN 103
Single Thread Single Thread Single Thread Single Thread
Page 313 Page 314 Page 314 Page 315
Round Nuts with Round Flange Nuts Ready-to-Install Ball Screw Drives,
Metric ISO- with Metric ISO- Flange Nuts with Right Hand,
Trapezoidal Thread Trapezoidal Thread Metric ISO- Rolled Version
DIN 103, DIN 103, Trapezoidal Thread
Double Thread Double Thread Double Thread
Page 316 Page 316 Page 316 Page 317
Ball Screw Drives, Miniature Ball Spindle Miniature Ball Spindle Pillow Block Bearing
Right Hand, Drives with Cylindrical Drives with Flange Units BK / EK,
Rolled Version Single Nut Nut for Fixed Side
Page 317 Page 321 Page 321 Page 322
Pillow Block Bearing Flange Bearing Units Flange Bearing Units Splined Shafts Cold
Units BF / EF, FK, for Fixed Side FF, for Support Side Drawn
for Support Side C45 and Stainless
Steel
Page 322 Page 324 Page 324 Page 328
Splined Hubs Splined Hubs Splined Hubs with Splined Hubs with
C45 and Stainless Red Brass Flange Flange
Steel C45 and Stainless Red Brass
Steel
Page 328 Page 328 Page 329 Page 329
Clamp Collars for Clamp Collars for Clamping Sets BAR, Clamping Sets BAR,
Splined Hub Splined Hub Steel QPQ Coated
C45 and Stainless Red Brass
Steel
Page 329 Page 329 Page 332 Page 333
Clamping Sets BAR, Clamping Sets COM-A Clamping Sets Clamping Sets
Stainless Steel Steel and Stainless COM-B, COM-C, Steel
Steel and COM-AS, Steel and
Steel Stainless Steel
Page 334 Page 335 Page 338 Page 340
12 ®
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Clamping Sets / Couplings
Beispielthema
Clamping Sets COM Clamping Sets Clamping Sets Clamping Sets
CB1 - CB3 COM-D, Steel COM-L, Steel COM-LL and
Steel COM-LLH,
Steel
Page 341 Page 344 Page 345 Page 346
BClamping Sets Clamping Bushes E Clamping Bushes Clamping Bushes
(Clamping Rings) and E-N, Steel and MSA, Steel MSD and MSD-N,
COM-R, Stainless Steel Steel and Stainless
Steel Steel
Page 348 Page 349 Page 350 Page 351
Mini Clamping Bushes Clamping Bushes SIG, Clamping Bushes SSG, Clamping Bushes TT,
MSM and MSM-N, Stainless Steel Steel Steel, 5-16mm
Steel and Stainless
Steel
Page 352 Page 353 Page 354 Page 355
Clamping Bushes TT, Shrink Disks ST and Shrink Disks ST-R Clamping Bushes
Steel, 17-35mm ST-B, Steel Stainless Steel (Shaft Couplings)
ST-K, Steel
Page 355 Page 356 Page 358 Page 359
Taper Bushes Welding Hubs for One-Piece Clamp Two-Piece Clamp
Taper Bushes Couplings MAS Couplings MAT
Page 360 Page 362 Page 368 Page 368
Set Screw Couplings Box Coupling DIN 115 Clamping Bushes Torsionally-Stiff
TR Made From Grey Cast (Shaft Couplings) Couplings HU
Iron, without ST-K, Steel
Protective Jacket
Page 369 Page 369 Page 370 Page 371
Torsionally-Stiff Torsionally-Stiff Torsionally-Stiff Self-Aligning
Couplings HB Couplings HZ /HZD Couplings HF / HFD Couplings KA, Short
Version
Page 371 Page 372 Page 372 Page 375
Self-Aligning Flexible Couplings Flexible Couplings Metal Bellows
Couplings LA, Long EK EL Couplings
Version MBK / MBL
Page 375 Page 376 Page 376 Page 377
Metal Bellow Membrane Coupling Curved Tooth Gear Curved Tooth Gear
Couplings MEM Clamp Style Couplings BW, Couplings BOZ,
MCK / MCL Polyamide Polyamide
Page 378 Page 379 Page 380 Page 381
Curved Tooth Gear Chain Couplings Chain Couplings Elastic Couplings MU
Couplings BOS II with casing without casing
made from Polyamide/
Sintered Metal
Page 382 Page 384 Page 384 Page 385
Inserts for Elastic Highly Elastic Elastic Couplings ME, Elastic Couplings RN,
Couplings MU, Couplings PU Plastic Aluminium
Neopren
Page 385 Page 385 Page 386 Page 386
Elastic Couplings RNG Elastic Couplings RNI Elastic Couplings RNT Elastic Couplings,
Grey Cast Iron Stainless Steel for Taper Bushes backlash-free
Page 387 Page 387 Page 388 Page 389
® 13
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Couplings / Cardan Joints / Bearing Housings
Beispielthema
Spiders for Elastic Spiders for Elastic Spiders for Elastic Elastic Couplings DX
Couplings, Couplings, Couplings,
92° Shore A 98° Shore A 64° Shore D
Page 391 Page 391 Page 391 Page 393
Spiders for Elastic Slip Clutches Type A, Slip Clutches Type B, Slip Clutches Type C,
Couplings DX, Concentric Axial Arrangement Axial Arrangement
92° Shore A Arrangement
Page 393 Page 394 Page 394 Page 394
Sliding Hubs with Multi-Plate Friction Safety Clutches SI Limit Switch for Safety
Torsionally-Flexible Clutches PD Clutches SI and CM
Coupling RNR
Page 395 Page 396 Page 397 Page 397
Safety Clutches CM Sliding Hubs FS Sliding Hubs FA Sliding Hubs FAK
Page 398 Page 399 Page 400 Page 401
Sliding Hubs ROBA® Ball Joints GF made Cardan Joints UKM Double Cardan Joints
from Plastic made from Plastic UKD made from
Plastic
Page 402 Page 405 Page 406 Page 406
Telescopic Universal- Bore-Reducing Bushes Single Universal Joints Double Universal
Joint Shafts UW Made WEL Joints WDL
from Plastic and Brass from Steel from Steel
Page 407 Page 407 Page 408 Page 408
Single Precision Double Precision Single Precision Double Precision
Universal Joints WE Universal Joints WD Universal Joints WEN Universal Joints WDN
from Steel from Steel with Needle Bearings with Needle Bearings
from Steel from Steel
Page 409 Page 409 Page 410 Page 410
Single Precision Double Precision Cardan Joints KE with Precision Single
Universal Joints WER Universal Joints WDR and without Bore Universal Joints AR
from Stainless Steel from Stainless Steel from Steel from Steel
Page 411 Page 411 Page 412 Page 412
Ball Joints RW Ball Joint Shafts LW Telescopic Precision Telescopic Precision
from Steel with Length Universal Joint Shafts Universal Joint Shafts
Compensation, PW from Steel with Needle Roller
from Steel Bearings PWN,
from Steel
Page 413 Page 413 Page 414 Page 414
Slip shafts with joints Bellows FSG for Single Thermoplastic Pillow Thermoplastic Pillow
PWR, Stainless Steel Universal Joints Block Bearings Block Bearings
igubal® KSTM igubal® ESTM
Page 415 Page 415 Page 418 Page 418
Thermoplastic Flange Thermoplastic Flange Light Duty Pillow Cap Bearing Version L,
Bearings igubal® Bearings igubal® Block Bearing HM with Red Brass Bushes
EFSM EFOM with Bores for Compression
Lubricators
Page 419 Page 419 Page 420 Page 420
Heavy-Duty Pillow Heavy-Duty Pillow Flange Bearings Flange Bearings
Block Bearings Version Block Bearings Version A, with Red Version B, without
A, with Red Brass Version B, without Brass Bushes Bushes
Bushes Bushes
Page 421 Page 421 Page 422 Page 422
14 ®
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Bearing Housings / Ball Bearings / Roller Bearings / Bearing Bushes
Beispielthema
Flange Bearings Ball Pillow Block Protection Caps for Protection Caps for
Version B, with Red Bearings TUCP Thermoplastic Pillow Thermoplastic Pillow
Brass Bushes (Plastic / Stainless Bearings (Plastic) Bearings (Plastic)
Steel)
Page 422 Page 424 Page 424 Page 424
Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings Ball Pillow Block Ball Pillow Block
TUCF TUCFL Bearings UCP Bearings UCP
(Plastic / Stainless (Plastic / Stainless (Grey Cast Iron) (Grey Cast Iron)
Steel) Steel)
Page 425 Page 425 Page 426 Page 426
Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings
UCF UCFL UCFA (Grey Cast Iron) BPF (Two-Part Steel
(Grey Cast Iron) (Grey Cast Iron) Sheet, Zinc Plated)
Page 427 Page 427 Page 428 Page 428
Ball Flange Bearings Ball Pillow Block Ball Pillow Block Ball Flange Bearings
BPFL (Two-Part Steel Bearings SSUCP Bearings SSBPP SSUCF
Sheet, Zinc Plated) (Stainless Steel) (Stainless Steel) (Stainless Steel)
Page 428 Page 429 Page 429 Page 430
Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings Pillow Block Bearing
SSUCFL SSBPF SSBPFL Units BK / EK,
(Stainless Steel) (Stainless Steel) (Stainless Steel) for Fixed Side
Page 430 Page 431 Page 431 Page 432
Pillow Block Bearing Flange Bearing Units Flange Bearing Units Ball Bearings SKF®,
Units BF / EF, FK, for Fixed Side FF, for Support Side open (not sealed)
for Support Side
Page 432 Page 434 Page 434 Page 436
Ball Bearings SKF®, Ball Bearings SKF®, Ball Bearings Ball Bearings
2Z, with shields on 2RS, with seals on MÄDLER®, MÄDLER®,
both sides both sides ZZ, with shields on 2RS, with seals on
both sides both sides
Page 436 Page 436 Page 438 Page 438
Angular Contact Ball Self aligning Cylindrical Spherical Roller
Bearings from SKF® Ball Bearings Roller Bearings Bearings from SKF®
from SKF® from SKF®
Page 440 Page 440 Page 441 Page 441
Tapered Roller Radial Shaft Seals Bushes Version J Flange Bushes Version
Bearings from SKF® Design A Similar to DIN 1850 V Similar to DIN 1850
(DIN 4379 Version C), (DIN 4379 Version F),
Sintered Bronze, For Sintered Bronze For
Plain Bearings Plain Bearings
Page 442 Page 443 Page 445 Page 446
Raw Material Made Raw Material Made Cylindrical Bushes, Flange Bushes,
From Sintered Bronze From Sintered Bronze Slotted, lubrication- Slotted, lubrication-
with Bore for Plain without Bore for Plain free free
Bearing Production Bearing Production
Page 446 Page 446 Page 447 Page 447
Bushes BP made from Bushes BBP made Cylindrical Bushes, Flange Bushes,
Polyamide 6.6 Die from Polyamide 6.6 plastic EP22 plastic EP 22
Cast for Plain Bearings Die Cast for Plain
Bearings
Page 448 Page 448 Page 449 Page 449
Cylindrical Bushes, Flange Bushes, Cylindrical Drill Cylindrical Flanged
plastic EP43 plastic EP 43 Bushes DIN 179 A Drill Bushes DIN 172
A
Page 450 Page 450 Page 451 Page 451
® 15
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Adjusting Rings / Clamp Collars / Rod Ends / Spherical Bearings / Clevises / Linear Motion
Beispielthema
Adjusting Rings Adjusting Rings Adjusting Rings Adjusting Rings
DIN 703, DIN 703, DIN 705 A, DIN 705 A,
Steel Steel Zinc Plated Steel and Steel Zinc Stainless Steel
Plated
Page 452 Page 452 Page 453 Page 453
Slotted Clamp Collars Slotted Clamp Collars Two-Part Clamp Two-Part Clamp
Steel Burnished Aluminium and Collars, Collars,
Stainless Steel Steel Burnished Aluminium and
Stainless Steel
Page 454 Page 454 Page 455 Page 455
Clamp Collars, Clamp Collars, Clamp Collars Slotted, Clamp Collars Slotted,
Double Wide, Double Wide, with Thread, with Thread,
Slotted, Two-Part, Steel Burnished Stainless Steel
Steel Burnished and Steel Burnished and
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Page 456 Page 456 Page 457 Page 457
Thermoplastic Rod Rod Ends GS, Rod Ends GS, Rod Ends GT,
Ends igubal® KCRM Series K, Series K Series K,
and KCLM Internal Thread External Thread Maintenance Free,
Internal Thread
Page 461 Page 462 Page 462 Page 463
Rod Ends GT, Rod Ends GT-R, Rod Ends GT-R, Rod Ends GEW
Series K, Series K, Series K, Series E,
Maintenance Free, Maintenance Free, Maintenance Free, Maintenance Free,
External Thread Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel, Internal Thread
Internal Thread External Thread
Page 463 Page 464 Page 464 Page 465
Rod Ends GAW Rod Ends BR and BR-R Rod Ends BR and BR-R Rod Ends PF
Series E, with Spherical Bearing, with Spherical Bearing, with Spherical Bearing,
Maintenance Free, Steel and Stainless Steel and Stainless Internal Thread
External Thread Steel, Steel,
Internal Thread External Thread
Page 465 Page 466 Page 466 Page 468
Spherical Bearings Spherical Bearings Radial Spherical Radial Spherical
Series K, Steel and Series K, with Outer Bearings Series E, Bearings Series E,
Stainless Steel Ring, Steel and re-lubricateable, Steel maintenance-free,
Stainless Steel Steel and Stainless
Steel
Page 469 Page 469 Page 471 Page 471
Clevis Joints similar to Clevises similar to Clevis Joints Clevises DIN 71752,
DIN 71752, DIN 71752, DIN 71752, Stainless Steel and
Aluminium Aluminium Stainless Steel and Steel Zinc Plated
Steel Zinc Plated
Page 472 Page 472 Page 473 Page 473
ES Bolts, Zinc Plated Clevis Joints Clevises DIN 71752 Mating Pieces for
DIN 71752 with with External Thread, Clevises DIN 71752
External Thread, Zinc Plated with Internal Thread,
Zinc Plated Zinc Plated
Page 473 Page 474 Page 474 Page 474
Angle Joints DIN Sealing Caps for Angle Silver Steel Material Shaft Steel Hardened
71802, Zinc-plated Joints DIN 71802 No. 1.2210 (115CrV3) and Ground, Material
and Stainless according to DIN 175 CF53 and
(h9) ground and CF 53 chromated
polished
Page 475 Page 475 Page 477 Page 478
Shaft Steel Hardened Shaft Steel with Shaft Shaft Steel with Shaft Flange Shaft Blocks
and Ground, Material Support Support GWFL, universal use
Stainless Steel
X46 and X90
Page 478 Page 479 Page 479 Page 480
Flange Shaft Blocks Flange Shaft Blocks Shaft Blocks GW-1 Double Shaft Blocks
GWF, universal use GWL / GWLE, GWD-1
universal use
Page 480 Page 481 Page 482 Page 482
16 ®
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Linear Motion / Fixing Elements
Beispielthema
Linear Bearings KB-1 Linear Bearing Units Linear Bearings KB-1, Linear Bearing Units
KG-1 Economy-Line KG-1,
Economy-Line
Page 483 Page 483 Page 484 Page 484
Linear Bearings KB-1, Linear Bearing Units Tandem Linear Quadro Linear Bearing
Stainless Steel KG-1, Bearing Units KGT-1 Units KGQ-1
Stainless Steel
Page 485 Page 485 Page 486 Page 486
Shaft Blocks GW Shaft Blocks GW-3 Double Shaft Blocks Linear Bearings
GWD-3 KB-3 Closed
Page 487 Page 487 Page 488 Page 489
Linear Bearings Linear Bearings Linear Bearings Linear Slide Bearings
KB-3-O Open KB-3 Closed, KB-3-O Open, PO-3 Closed
Economy-Line Economy-Line
Page 489 Page 491 Page 491 Page 492
Linear Slide Bearings Precision Housing KG Precision Housing Linear Bearing Units
PO-3-O Open Closed KG-0 Open KG-3-K Closed
Page 492 Page 493 Page 493 Page 494
Linear Bearing Units Linear Bearing Units Linear Bearing Units Linear Bearing Units
KG-3-KO Open KG-3-F Closed, KG-3 Closed KG-3-O Open
Flange Version
Page 494 Page 495 Page 496 Page 496
Tandem Linear Tandem Linear Quadro Linear Bearing Quadro Linear Bearing
Bearing Units Bearing Units Units KGQ-3, Closed Units KGQ-3-O Open
KGT-3 Closed KGT-3-O Open
Page 498 Page 498 Page 500 Page 500
Profiled Track Rollers Bolts for Profil Track Precision Rail-Guide Miniature Profile-Rail
LFR Rollers Sets RE and RE-ACS Guides
Page 502 Page 503 Page 504 Page 505
Miniature Slide Units Linear motion guide Cup Rollers with Assembly Plugs for
with ball carriage Fastening Element Cup Rollers
Page 506 Page 507 Page 508 Page 508
Cup Rollers with Tolerance Rings for Threaded Bars Threaded Bars
Steel-Sheet Housing Cup Rollers DIN 975 DIN 975
(DIN 976-1 Form A) (DIN 976-1 Form A)
Page 509 Page 509 Page 510 Page 510
Hexagon Nuts Hexagon Nuts Hexagon Nuts 2308 Hexagon Nuts
DIN 934 DIN 934, with Ball Cup DIN 6330
Brass
Page 511 Page 511 Page 511 Page 512
Hexagon Nuts Extension Nuts 6334 Turnbuckle Nuts Turnbuckle Nuts
DIN 6331 with Collar (Height 3 x d) DIN 1478, Made From DIN 1479 Untreated or
Seamless Steel Tube, Zinc Plated
Zinc Plated
Page 512 Page 512 Page 513 Page 513
® 17
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Fixing Elements / Operating Parts / Knobs
Beispielthema
Washers DIN 6340 Retaining Rings Retaining Rings Locknuts DIN 981 and
(extra thick) DIN 471 for shafts DIN 472 for boreholes UW with Locking
Device, Steel and
Stainless Steel
Page 513 Page 514 Page 514 Page 515
Lockwashers DIN Locknuts KMK, Steel Hook Spanner Nuts for T-Slots
5406 DIN 1810 A DIN 508
for Locknuts,
Steel and Stainless
Steel
Page 515 Page 516 Page 517 Page 518
Bolts for T-Slots Knurled Nuts DIN 466, Flat Knurled Nuts Knurled Nuts
DIN 787 Steel and Stainless DIN 467, Steel and DIN 6303, Steel and
Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Page 518 Page 519 Page 519 Page 519
Hollow Knurled Nuts Hollow Thumb Screws Knurled Thumb Screws Knurled Thumb Screws
DIN 420, Steel and 421, Steel and DIN 464, Burnished DIN 653, Burnished
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Steel and Stainless Steel and Stainless
Steel Steel
Page 520 Page 520 Page 521 Page 521
Swing Bolts Similar to Spherical washers Conical Seats Ball-Ended Thrust
DIN 444, Steel and DIN 6319, DIN 6319, Screws
Stainless Steel Steel and Stainless Steel and Stainless with full ball
Steel Steel
Page 522 Page 523 Page 523 Page 524
Ball-Ended Thrust Thrust Screws with Spring Plungers with Spring Plungers with
Screws Brass bolts Ball and Head, Free Ball and Slot, Steel
with flat-faced ball Cutting Steel or burnished or Stainless
Stainless Steel Steel
Page 524 Page 524 Page 525 Page 525
Spring Plungers Spring Plungers with Spring Plungers with Spring Plungers
Plastic Version Ball and Internal Internal Hexagon, Smooth
Hexagon, Stainless Steel burnished or
Stainless Steel
Page 525 Page 526 Page 526 Page 527
Spring Plungers Spring Plungers, Spring-Action Side Spring-Action Side
Smooth, Stainless double-sided Thrust Pins 2214 Thrust Pins 2214
Version A, Version B,
Ball Stainless Steel Ball
Page 527
Page 527 Page 528 Page 528
Cam-Action Indexing Cam-Action Indexing Indexing Plunger Indexing Plunger
Plunger 612, Made Plunger 612, Made 417 A 417 B and C
from Steel from Stainless Steel
Page 532 Page 532 Page 533 Page 533
Indexing Plunger Indexing Plunger Indexing Plunger 817, Indexing Plunger 817,
717 A 717 B and C Made from Steel Made from Stainless
Steel
Page 534 Page 534 Page 536 Page 536
Control Knobs 726.1 Star Grips Star Grips Similar to Star Grips with Axial
DIN 6335 GG DIN 6335 Pr Bearing
Page 537 Page 538 Page 538 Page 538
Star Grip Screws with Star Grips Star Grips Star Grips
Axial Bearing DIN 6336 GG Similar to DIN 6336 Pr Similar to DIN 6336
AL
Page 538 Page 539 Page 539 Page 539
18 ®
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Knobs / Operating Parts / Handles
Beispielthema
Star Grips 5335 Star Grips 5334 Star Grip Screws 5334 Star Grips
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Similar to DIN 6336,
Made From
Thermoplastics
Page 539 Page 540 Page 540 Page 541
Star Grip Screws Triangular Knobs, Triangular Knob Triangular Knobs,
Similar to DIN 6336 Made from Plastic Screws, Made from Made from Stainless
Plastic Steel
Page 541 Page 542 Page 542 Page 542
Knurled Knobs, Knurled Knob Screws, Wing Nuts, Plastic Wing screws,
Made from Plastic Made from Plastic Plastic
Page 543 Page 543 Page 544 Page 544
Wing Nuts, Wing screws, Ball Knobs Ball Knobs Similar to
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel DIN 319 PF, Plastic DIN 319, Metal
Page 544 Page 544 Page 545 Page 545
Revolving Ball Knobs Gear Lever Handles Gear Lever Handles Revolving Cylindrical
3192 209 with Ball Knob 209 with Cylindrical Grips 598
DIN 319, Steel, Grip, Steel, Burnished
Burnished or Stainless or Stainless
Page 546 Page 546 Page 546 Page 547
Retractable Handles Cylindrical Knobs, Fixed Handles Fixed Handles
NG Press-on Type DIN 39 St DIN 39 Pr
Page 547 Page 547 Page 548 Page 548
Fixed Handles Revolving Handles Revolving Handles Revolving Handles
DIN 39 AL DIN 98 St DIN 98 Pr DIN 98 AL
Page 548 Page 549 Page 549 Page 549
Adjustable Clamping Adjustable Clamping Adjustable Clamping Adjustable Clamping
Levers 355 from Levers 355 from Levers 120 Levers 120
Plastic Plastic with External with External Thread
Thread
Page 550 Page 550 Page 551 Page 551
Adjustable Clamping Adjustable Clamping Adjustable Clamping Adjustable Clamping
Levers 300, Levers 300, with Levers 300.5 Levers 300.5, with
External Thread, stainless External Thread,
Stainless
Page 552 Page 552 Page 553 Page 553
Eccentric Clamps Eccentric Clamps Clamp Nuts DIN 99 St Clamp Nuts DIN 99 St
Version A and B, Version A and B, Made From Steel Made From Stainless
with Internal Thread with External Thread Steel
Page 554 Page 554 Page 555 Page 555
Adjustable Clamp Clamp Nuts 202 Tg Cylindrical Clamp Clamp Nuts with
Nuts 119 St Cast Steel and Nuts, Steel and Double Lever, Steel
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel and Stainless Steel
Page 555 Page 555 Page 556 Page 556
Control Levers 223 St Control Levers with Cabinet “U” Handles Cabinet “U” Handles
Long Hub 525 made From 725 made From
2120 St Polyamide Polypropylene
Page 557 Page 557 Page 558 Page 558
® 19
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Beispielthema
Handles / Handwheels / Latch Clamps / Assortment Boxes / Feather Keys
Cabinet “U” Handles Cabinet “U” Handles Cabinet “U” Handles Cabinet “U” Handles
528 made From 565 565.1 565.2
Polyamide or aluminium, aluminium, aluminium,
Polypropylene black coated black coated black coated
Page 558 Page 559 Page 559 Page 559
Cabinet “U” Handles Cabinet “U” Handles Arch handles, Arch handles
426 426.1 Aluminium Aluminium,
Aluminium, Aluminium, Black Coated
Black Coated Black Coated
Page 560 Page 560 Page 560 Page 560
Cabinet “U” Handles Folding Handles Made Folding Handle with Tubular Handles with
425, Chrome plated From Steel or Stainless Recessed Tray 425.4 Inclined Feet,
or Stainless Steel Steel Aluminium
Page 561 Page 561 Page 561 Page 562
Tubular Handles with Tubular Handles with Tubular Handles with Tri-Ball Handles
Inclined Feet, Straight Feet, Straight Feet, 2140
Aluminium Aluminium Stainless Steel
Page 562 Page 562 Page 562 Page 563
Hand Cranks Hand Cranks Hand Cranks 471 Hand Cranks 569,
DIN 468 Tg DIN 469 Tg plastic
Page 563 Page 563 Page 564 Page 564
Turret Levers 2130 St Handwheels, Handwheels, Handwheels,
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel, Stainless Steel,
solid version solid version
similar to DIN 950
Page 564 Page 565 Page 565 Page 565
Handwheels 527.1 Spoked Handwheels Retractable-Handle Spoked Handwheels
with Peripheral 522, with Revolving Handwheels 5223, DIN 950, Grey Cast
Grooves, Plastic Cylindrical Handle, Plastic
Plastic
Page 566 Page 566 Page 566 Page 567
Handwheels 527.1 Spoked Handwheels Solid-Disk Solid-Disk
with Peripheral DIN 950, Aluminium Handwheels similar to Handwheels DIN
Grooves, Plastic DIN 950, Aluminium 3670, with Recessed
Grips, Aluminium
Page 567 Page 568 Page 568 Page 569
Solid-Disk Retractable-Handle Spoked Handwheels Solid-Disk
Handwheels 323, Handwheels 3223, 320, Aluminium Handwheels 326,
Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
Page 569 Page 569 Page 570 Page 570
Safety Handwheels Lifting Pins, Self- Socket Pins with Latch Clamps
SHR, Aluminium Locking Spring-Loaded Balls, Zinc Plated Steel and
Self-Locking Stainless Steel
Page 570 Page 571 Page 571 Page 572
Quick Clamps Quick Clamps Clamping bolts and Assortment Box
(Vertical Clamps with (Horizontal Clamps Protective Caps for Bolts with Cotter Pin
Horizontal Base) with Horizontal Base) Quick Clamps Hole
Page 573 Page 574 Page 574 Page 576
Assortment Box Assortment Box Assortment Box Feather Keys DIN
KL or SL Retainers Washers and Pins Feather Keys and 6885
Slotted Clamp Collars Steel and Stainless
Steel
Page 576 Page 577 Page 577 Page 578
20 ®
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Key Steel / Edge Trims / Oilers / Machine Feets / Dampers / Pneumatic Elements
Beispielthema
Bright Key Steel Edge Trims Trim Seals Automatic Lubricators
DIN 6880 “perma”
Steel and Stainless
Steel
Page 578 Page 580 Page 581 Page 582
Drip-Feed Oiler Drip-Feed Oiler UNI Electric Drip-Feed Oil-Level Sight
System with Adjustment from Oiler ELO Glasses 541
Unikum with Top from plastic
Adjustment from Top
Page 583 Page 583 Page 584 Page 585
Oil-Level Sight Oil-Level Windows SR Stauffer Grease Boxes Precision Adjusters
Glasses 743 and . DIN 3411 NAE and NAEK
743.1 from
Aluminium
Page 585 Page 586 Page 586 Page 590
Ball Head Precision Precision Levellers Ball Head Precision Ball Shims KAS
Adjusters KAE and HVS and HVSK Adjusters KVS
KAEK and KVSK
Page 591 Page 592 Page 593 Page 594
Spacers DS Hook Spanner Grub Screws DIN 6332 Thrust Pads with
DIN 1810 A with Thrust Point Spring Retainer, DIN
6311 and Factory
Standard
Page 594 Page 594 Page 595 Page 595
Levelling Pads 2259 Levelling Pads 2259, Levelling Pads 2259 Articulated Feet 344
Steel Burnished Stainless Steel with Steel Burnished and 344.5 Plastic with
and Stainless Steel POM and Stainless Steel Steel or Stainless Steel
Screw
Page 596 Page 596 Page 596 Page 597
Levelling Feet Machine Mounts KA Machine Mounts, Metal Bump Stop
340/340.5 Made From with Chromated Steel Failsafe MGS with Threaded
Steel or Stainless Steel Plate and Vacuum Stud
Profile
Page 598 Page 599 Page 599 Page 600
Rubber-Metal Bump Rubber-Metal Bump Rubber-Metal Buffers Rubber-Metal Buffers
Stops MGK, Conical, Stops MGK, Conical, KP KE
External Thread Internal Thread
Page 601 Page 601 Page 601 Page 601
Rubber-Metal Buffers Rubber-Metal Buffers Rubber-Metal Buffers Rubber-Metal Buffers
MGP with Threaded AT CT MGA with Internal
Studs Thread and Threaded
Stud
Page 602 Page 603 Page 603 Page 604
Rubber-Metal Buffers Heavy-duty bushes Profile Dampers TR Profile Dampers TA
MGI PHO Radial Damping Axial Damping
Page 605 Page 606 Page 607 Page 608
Profile Dampers TS Miniature Shock Lock Nuts Mounting Blocks
Axial, Soft Damping Absorbers
Page 609 Page 610 Page 610 Page 611
Clamp Mounts Rectangular Flanges Double-Acting Double-Acting
Standard Cylinders Compact Cylinders
According to ISO 6431 with Magnetic Piston,
und VDMA 24562 According to
with Magnetic Piston ISO 21287
Page 611 Page 611 Page 614 Page 616
® 21
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Pneumatic Elements
Beispielthema
Double-Acting Round- Rear Flanges, Foot Plate Mountings Rear Eye Mountings
Line Cylinders Front Flanges
According to ISO 6432
with Magnetic Piston
Page 618 Page 620 Page 620 Page 620
Rear Eye Mountings Rear Clevis Mountings Bracket Hinge Rear Clevis
with Spherical Bearing for wide Clevis Mountings, Rigid, Mountings, Slim
Wide, Mating Piece Clevis
for Clevis Mountings
Page 621 Page 621 Page 621 Page 622
Bracket Hinge Trunnion Mountings Swivel Bearings Clevises
Mountings with (front or rear)
Spherical Bearing,
for Clevis Mountings
Page 622 Page 622 Page 623 Page 623
Bracket Hinge Universal Piston Rod Piston Rod Swivel Trunnion Mountings
Mountings, Rigid, Mountings with Mountings
Slim, Mating Piece for Spherical Bearing
Clevis
Page 623 Page 624 Page 624 Page 624
Foot Plate Mountings Nuts for the Piston Mounting Elements Bracket Hinge
Rod Bearing for Magnetic Switch at Mountings, Rear, with
Profile Barrel Circlip
Page 625 Page 625 Page 625 Page 626
Bracket Hinge Magnetic Switch with Magnetic Switch with Plug-in Connector
Mountings with Split Reed Contact Reed Contact Cable
Pin Cable length 5m
Page 626 Page 627 Page 627 Page 627
Magnetic Switch, Magnetic Switch, 2/2 Solenoid Valves 2/2 Solenoid Valves,
Solid State Solid State DN 10, Short Version DN 20 and DN 25,
Cable length 5m Standard Length
Page 628 Page 628 Page 629 Page 630
3/2 Solenoid Valves, 5/2 Solenoid Valves, 5/2 Solenoid Valves, 5/3 Solenoid Valves
Single Pilot Single Pilot Twin Pilot Twin Pilot
Page 631 Page 632 Page 632 Page 633
Socket according to Spare Solenoids Air Preparation Pressure Regulators
DIN 43650, Equipment
without Cable
Page 633 Page 633 Page 634 Page 635
Compressed Air Filters Filter / Regulators Micro-Fog or Standard Pressure Relief Valve
Fog Oilers
Page 635 Page 636 Page 636 Page 636
3/2 Solenoid Shut-Off Universal Mounting Universal Mounting Pressure Gauge
Valve (manual) Bracket Bracket /
Panel Mounting Nut
Page 637 Page 637 Page 637 Page 637
Straight Unions / Swivel Elbow Adaptors Straight Adaptors with Swivel Tee-Adaptors
Union Elbows with Taper Thread / Taper Thread / with
with Parallel Thread Parallel Thread
Page 639 Page 639 Page 639 Page 639
22 ®
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Pneumatic Elements / Gear Boxes
Beispielthema
Straight Unions / Push-In Silencers Plugs Straight Adaptors with
Reducing Connectors / Parallel Thread
Enlarging Connectors
Page 640 Page 640 Page 640 Page 640
Swivel Elbow Adaptors Elbow Connectors / Tee Connectors / Stem Cross Connectors /
90° and 45° Swivel Elbow Elbow Connectors Parallel Y-Connectors
Bulkhead Connectors
Page 641 Page 641 Page 641 Page 641
Manifold with Push-In Elbow Banjo Assembly Elbow Banjo Banjo Bolts with
Connections with Sealing Ring Assembly, Regulating Sealing Rings
Out
Page 642 Page 642 Page 642 Page 643
Ball Valves Made Ball Valves Made Exhaust filters Silencers
From Brass, From Brass, Full Bore
Exhausting, Full Bore
Page 644 Page 644 Page 645 Page 645
Block Form Flow Quick Exhaust Valves Non-Return Valves Plugs with Sealing
Regulators, Ring
Unidirectional
Page 646 Page 646 Page 647 Page 647
Tube Cutters Disconnection Tool Polyamide Tubes PA Polyurethane Hoses
PU
Page 647 Page 647 Page 648 Page 648
Blow Gun with Metal Blow Gun with Blow Gun with Silent Hose Coils with
Nozzle Straight, Scratch Nozzle Swivelling Hose Tail
Resistant Nozzle
Page 649 Page 649 Page 649 Page 650
Flexible Hoses Hose Tail Pieces with Standard and Safety Standard and Safety
Taper External Thread Quick-Release Quick-Release
Couplings with Couplings with
Internal Thread External Thread
Page 650 Page 650 Page 651 Page 651
Standard and Safety Adaptors with Internal Adaptors with External Adaptors with Hose
Quick-Release Thread for Standard Thread for Standard Connection for
Couplings with Hose and Safety Quick- and Safety Quick- Standard and Safety
Connection Release Couplings Release Couplings Quick-Release
Couplings
Page 651 Page 652 Page 652 Page 652
Helical Gearboxes Shaft Mounted Bevel Gearboxes Type Angular Drives with
Type BT/I with Two Gearboxes Type HUG Acetal Bevel Gears
Shaft Ends, 2-Stage BOC/I, 2-Stage on Metal Plate
Page 657 Page 662 Page 666 Page 666
Bevel Gearboxes Type Bevel Gearboxes Type Bevel Gearboxes Type Bevel Gearboxes
KEK DZA DZR, Stainless Type DZA Model H
Page 667 Page 668 Page 670 Page 672
Bevel Gearboxes Type Bevel Gearboxes Bevel Gearboxes Type Worm Gear Units
KU/I Type KU/I KU/I Type G/II
Model K Model L Model H
Page 673 Page 677 Page 679 Page 680
® 23
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Gear Boxes / Motors / Control Units / Geared Motors
Beispielthema
Worm Gear Units Worm Gear Units Output Shaft Worm Gear Units
Type KES Type H/I Single-Sided / Type ZM/I,
Double-Sided Version A
Page 681 Page 682 Page 682 Page 685
Worm Gear Units Standard Three-Phase Standard Three-Phase Motor-Tensioning Rail
Type ZM/I, Motors Type SM/I Motors Type SM/I Sets SPS
Version HL B3 B5
Page 685 Page 692 Page 692 Page 695
Control Unit Control Unit Toroidal Transformers Frequency Converters
SFRG 05 SFRG 3 Type FU6
up to 0.75 KW
Page 696 Page 697 Page 697 Page 698
Frequency Converters Frequency Converters Frequency Converters Small Geared Motors
Type FU6 Type ROfre 897 Type ROfre 897 Type CRO A
from 1.5 KW with Power Cable with Power Cable and
Emergency-Stop
Button
Page 698 Page 699 Page 699 Page 700
Small Geared Motors Small Geared Motors Small Geared Motors Small Geared Motors
Type CRO B Type GE/I Type GE/I Type SF
with Capacitor Motor with DC Motor
Page 701 Page 702 Page 703 Page 704
Small Geared Motors Small Geared Motors Small Geared Motors Small Geared Motors
Type SFS Type SFS Type SG Type SG-H
Size 2 Size 3 with Hollow Shaft
Page 705 Page 706 Page 707 Page 708
Planetary Small Planetary Small Small Geared Motors Small Geared Motors
Geared Motors Geared Motors Type SE Type SE
Type PE Type PE Size 1 Size 2
Size 1 Size 2
Page 709 Page 710 Page 711 Page 712
Small Geared Motors Helical-Geared Motors Output-Flanges for Helical-Geared Motors
Type SE Type HR/I Helical-Geared Motors Type NR/I
Size 3 Type HR/I
Page 713 Page 714 Page 717 Page 719
Operating Capacitors Worm-Geared Motors Worm-Geared Motors Worm-Geared Motors
Type KST Type MEK with One- Type MEG with One- Type MH with One-
Stage Worm Gear Unit Stage Worm Gear Unit Stage Worm Gear Unit
and Hollow Shaft
Page 722 Page 723 Page 724 Page 725
Worm Helical Geared Worm-Geared Motors Worm-Geared Motors Worm Helical Geared
Motors Type SRM Type R with One- Type RH with One- Motors Type SRS
Stage Worm Gear Unit Stage Worm Gear Unit
and Hollow Shaft
Page 726 Page 727 Page 728 Page 729
Worm-Geared Motors Worm-Geared Motors Worm-Geared Motors Worm-Geared Motors
Type MZ with Two- Type RL with Two- Type RM with Two- Type RS with Two-
Stage Worm Gear Unit Stage Worm Gear Unit Stage Worm Gear Unit Stage Worm Gear Unit
Page 730 Page 731 Page 732 Page 733
Worm Geared Motors Output Shafts HMD Foot Mountings Output-Side Flanges
Type HMD/I Single-Sided / HMD/I HMD/I
Double-Sided
Page 734 Page 736 Page 736 Page 737
24 ®
Abbildungsverzeichnis
Illustrated Index Beispielthema
Geared Motors / Actuators / Screw Jacks / Telescopic Slides / Chemical Products
Beispielthema
Torque Arms HMD/I Worm Geared Motors Output Shafts HMD Output-Side Flanges
Type HMD/II Single-Sided / HMD/II, square
Double-Sided
Page 737 Page 739 Page 741 Page 742
Output-Side Flanges Torque Arms HMD/II Worm Geared Motors Worm Helical Geared
HMD/II, round Type ZMD/I Motors Type SZM/I
Page 742 Page 742 Page 744 Page 749
Geared Motors Type Geared Motors Type Ready-to-Install Control Boxes for
MUN/I with Helical MUN/I with Worm Actuator Systems Linear Actuators GR/I
Gearbox Gear Unit GR/I, 230 V AC/50Hz
or 24 V DC
Page 753 Page 754 Page 758 Page 759
Hand Operators for Actuator Type SFL, Spindles for linear Lifting Devices:
Linear Actuators GR/I 12 - 24 V drives SFL Complete Screw Jack
Systems
Page 759 Page 760 Page 760 Page 761
Worm Gear Screw Worm Gear Screw Flange Plates for Fastening Stripes
Jacks Type NP/I Jacks Type NP/I Version A and B
Version A and B Version C
Page 762 Page 762 Page 763 Page 763
Bellows Type FB End Switches Connecting Shafts Telescopic Slides:
Type ES-2 with Roller Type W, Content
Push Rod universal use sorted numerically
Page 764 Page 764 Page 766 Page 769
Slides for Keyboards Slides with Partial Slides with Extension slides from
Extension Bi-Directional stainless steel
Extension
Page 773 Page 775 Page 776 Page 779
Slides with Full Slides with Over- Slides with Mounting Heavy-Duty Slides
Extension Extension Bracket
Page 781 Page 789 Page 799 Page 806
Brackets Bracket Kits Linear motion guide LOCTITE®
Type 633 Type 634 with ball carriage Thread Locking
Products
Page 808 Page 808 Page 810 Page 811
LOCTITE® LOCTITE® LOCTITE® LOCTITE® Medium
Bonding Products Instant Adhesives Universal Instant Strength Standard
Adhesive, Non-Drip Flange Sealant /
Gel Permanently Elastic
Adhesive/Sealant
Page 812 Page 813 Page 813 Page 814
LOCTITE® Multi-Function Spray Chain Lubricating Spray Cleaner /
Permanently Elastic WD-40® / Spray / Zinc Repair Spray
Flange Seal Ultra Long-Term Corrosion PTFE Spray
Copper / Adhesive- Protection Spray
and Sealant-Remover
Page 814 Page 815 Page 815 Page 815
Aluminium Spray /
Stainless Steel Spray
Page 815
® 25
Rolling bearings are to find:
• in this catalog page 416
• on the internet at www.maedler.de
26 ®
®
Your Power Transmission Supplier
- 130 years of experience
- top quality
- very extensive product range
- more than over 20,000 parts
immediately available
- distributors in more than 30 countries
www.maedler.de ®
...we keep things moving
27
The Company
On November 9th, 1882 the foundations were interested in building up our own production
laid in Berlin. Bruno Mädler went self employed. and in 1968 we got the chance to join up with a
He was dealing with fittings and hardware for company.
the building industry, rivets, screws, bolts and
nuts. This cooperation went so well, that in 1984 our
first own production site, the toothing and gea-
But business went booming fast. In 1905 the ring technology company Verzahnungstechnik
company proudly moved into their first own Mädler GmbH, was founded. At the same time a
company building. The numbers of customers, number of other things happened:
MÄDLER ® GmbH products and employees were quickly rising. • 1970: the company headquarters are moved
Head office Stuttgart Thus in the 30ies the company had about 300 from Berlin to Stuttgart.
employees and was one of the leading tool buil- • 1975: the subsidiary in Hamburg is founded.
ding and mechanical engineering companies in • 1977: the business premises in Berlin are being
Germany. closed.
• 1978: the Transnord GmbH in Hamburg is
The end of world war II in 1945 brought along founded, with participation of the
drastic changes, also for Bruno Mädler. Two MÄDLER ® GmbH.
months before the end of the war: air raid on • 1978: MÄDLER ® also starts trading in the
Berlin. Hardly one stone remained on the other. neighbouring countries. The company
The MÄDLER ® company building in Koepenicker MÄDLER ® Norm-Antrieb AG in Feuerthalen/
MÄDLER ® GmbH Street was completely destroyed. Switzerland starts making business.
Düsseldorf branch • 1988 the headquarters in Stuttgart move into
When the rebuilding began, nobody new about their new, own premises. 1990 the subsidiary
the separation of Berlin that would later take in Dusseldorf moves - for the same reason.
place. The decision for a restart in East Berlin • 2004 the area in Stuttgart is extended by
therefore evolved as momentous: The trade about 3000 sqm.
company was thus later managed as a trust and • 2007 the Madler-Silvertech Power
in 1972 the company was officially converted Transmission Components LTD. was foun-
into public property. ded in Shenzen. This is the third factory of
MÄDLER ®.
The branch in West Berlin, which had been • 2010: the subsidiary in Hamburg moves toge-
started at the same time, took a different deve- ther with the factory Transnord into new buil-
MÄDLER ® GmbH
lopment. After the war it became the new basis dings in Stapelfeld near Hamburg.
Hamburg branch
for company development. But: the strong com- • 2012 the area in Stuttgart is extended by
petition of the free-market economy made the about 5400 sqm.
company change its approach. The main goal • 2015 in Stuttgart, the central stock is extended
was now to find new, promising market niches. by a new hall. The factory in Stuttgart moves
into a new, bigger building.
And in fact, a sector that was perfectly suited
could be found: gear elements, gear units,
geared motors, machine building elements, stan-
dard parts and threaded spindles with accessories
offered good future perspectives.
MÄDLER ® Norm-Antrieb AG
Swiss Subsidiary And the further development showed how cor-
rect this estimation had been. 1959 the branch
in Stuttgart was founded, followed by Dusseldorf
in 1963.
An even bigger step followed in 1968: Due to
supply shortages and the high demands we
have always had on quality we started to be
28 ®
The Product Development
What once started with a few hundred parts,
progressed rapidly. All company areas -
whether trade or production schedule, driving,
gearing or long-thread technology - have
developed a variety that nobody would have
expected.
A result to be proud of, and which the about
130 MÄDLER ® employees gain from their
25.000 active customers. Then again, there is
still a lot of potential left.
The Standard Programme
From more than 23,000 parts in the catalogue
product range, about 5,000 articles are produ-
ced by the own manufacturing companies to
ensure the high quality level.
The MÄDLER ® standard range is mainly
oriented on the general demand from our
international business partners and is
continuously extended with standard parts as
well as technical innovations.
To some extend the standard range is comple-
mented with our own MÄDLER ® products as,
e.g., trapezoidal thread
spindles with nuts, splined hubs with clamp
collars, sprockets and so on.
Especially in the spare parts range an immedi-
ate supply - ex stock - is an absolute necessity
which can reduce costs induced by machine
downtimes. In this field MÄDLER ® offers a wide
range of standard parts and a wide-spread,
reliable distribution network offering you fast
solutions for your problems.
You can take us at our word...
MÄDLER ® meets even the
highest quality
requirements:
Top quality,
precision and
reliability.
® 29
Custom-Made Products
The modern production machinery and our
team of specialized, skilled workers serve as
basis for another main part of our production:
custom-made products according to drawings
or your specifications, from one-off production
up to large series, at a good price and with
short delivery times – with perfect quality con-
trol, and flexible, as today’s market demands.
Gears from module 0.3 to module 8, Gear racks
from module 0.3 to module 16, bevel gears
Our Own Production
from module 0.5 to module 8, worm gears and
worms from
module 0.3 to module 6, trapezoidal thread
from 10 x 3 mm to 70 x 10 mm single and
double thread, including all matching trapezoi-
dal thread nuts. Splined hubs and clamp collars
for splined hub profiles 11 x 14 to 46 x 54.
The MÄDLER ® group produces its parts at two
manufacturing sites in Germany, in
Stuttgart and Hamburg. There specialised
workers produce our own MÄDLER ®
-product range on the most modern CNC
machinery.
One-off production according to drawings
or samples up to larger series. with a perfect
Ballscrew Spindle Drives
quality control, flexible, as today’s market
demands.
The most important prerequisite is a highly
qualified and also cost-effective production
and a guarantee for shortest delivery times for MÄDLER ® can supply you with ballscrew spindle drives
all parts listed in the yellow MÄDLER ® catalo- matching your special specifications.
gues and the
internet.
More detailed information on page 317.
Another factory is in China. This joint-venture
enables simplier mass parts due to german
quality standards at low prices.
WE
KEEP
THINGS
MOVING
30 ®
www.maedler.de
...the entire MÄDLER range with CAD files on the Internet
®
We present the entire MÄDLER ® range
with CAD files and MÄDLER ® info,
continuously updated, on the internet.
Fast access to the data, fast ordering
by internet.
Orders by internet, phone, fax or e-mail:
We guarantee delivery at short notice.
Dimensions and other information in this
catalogue display the current state of
technology. We reserve the right for
changes.
This catalogue was created with due
diligence, but errors might still occur. We
refuse to accept any claims in this respect.
We reserve the right to alter dimensions,
and to change or remove single products
and product groups without prior notice.
...we keep things moving
Our general conditions of sales, delivery
and payment can be found on the last
page of this catalogue.
® 31
Come and visit our
stall at a fair and get
detailed information on
our entire product range.
Exact dates at:
www.maedler.de
32 ®
Please use our website
at www.maedler.de
Put in a search word or part Find the Manual instructions, certificates,
number and go directly to PDF-catalogue page and safety data sheets in the section
the product page further information Downloads
Drag the mouse onto Download
The availability of all products
the currency-symbol to see CAD-drawings
is shown by coloured sign
the prices* in 3D
A lot of possibilities and information:
Download of PDF catalogues in different languages.
See all our branches and distributors.
Make easily your order online and follow your parcel.
MÄDLER ®-Tools: Use our selection- and calculation tools.
News: Useful information about exhibitions and others.
Newsletter: Monthly information per e-mail.
® 33
Qualitiy Management
DIN EN ISO 9001
MÄDLER GmbH maintains a
quality management system according to DIN EN ISO
9001 and was certified the first time in 1995.
On the iternet at www. maedler.de in the section Downloads you find:
- PDF catalogues in several languages.
- Operating instructions.
- Safety data sheets.
- Excel-Pricelist for customers in Germany.
- Certificates of conformity.
- Quality management certificate DIN 9001.
- Certificate AEO.
- Company profile.
- CAD files.
MÄDLER ® meets even the highest quality requirements:Top quality, precision and reliability.
34 ®
Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187) - Description
General Description Large centre distances require a support (guide rail) to be used. Chain
When used properly, high quality roller chains are powerful and drives must always be well lubricated. Lubricants and lubrication
reliable drive systems. They can serve to bridge large centre methods depend on the specific application.
distances. Various transmission ratios can be realized, independently
of the centre distance. In Europe mainly roller chains according to Determining the Chain Length
DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187) are used. The chain length can be stated in meter or mm, or by stating the
number of links. In the latter case, inner and outer links are counted.
Selection, Dimensioning and Efficiency The chains are usually delivered open. The last link on both ends is an
The the performance diagram and the calculation given on page 36 inner link.
can serve to determine a chain drive with a prospective service life This leads to an uneven number of links.
of hours. With proper lubrication the degree of efficiency is approx. If a straight connecting ling is used, the closed chain strand has an even
98 %. number of links. Example of an open chain (without connecting link)
with 5 links:
Note Regarding the Breaking Load
The DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187) specifies the minimum breaking
load for each chain size. When this breaking load is exceeded, the
chain is destroyed. Roller chains should be loaded with no more
than one sixth of the stated breaking load, to avoid an early plastic
deformation (permanent elongation).
0 5
Mounting and Maintenance
The shafts must be set in parallel. The sprockets must be aligned. The
slack span should amount to approx 1% to max 2% of the centre An uneven number of links in a closed strand can only be realized by
distance. For this purpose we recommend mounting a chain tensioner. using a cranked link.
Note: this link reduces the load bearing capacity of the chain by 20%.
Roller Chains in Catalogue Version
Single-Strand (Simplex-) Roller Chains: Double-Strand (Duplex-) Roller Chains:
Either as standard version made from special, high-quality steel, or As standard version made from special, high-quality steel.
lubrication-free, with additional nickel plating, or in stainless steel. The transmission power is 1.75 times higher than single-strand.
p p
page 37 page 43
Single-Strand Chains with Attachments: Triple-Strand (Triplex-) Roller Chains:
In stock as chain with straight and bent attachments, one-sided As standard version made from special, high-quality steel. The trans-
or two-sided attached to the outer link, as one-whole or two-hole mission power of this chain is 2.5 times higher than single-strand.
version, with a distance of 2 x p, 4 x p and 6 x p. Other distances
available at short notice on request.
page 46 page 45
2xp
Sprockets in Catalogue Version
Sprockets for roller chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187), with main Overview sprockets: page 60.
dimension according to DIN 8192 (tooth profile DIN 8196) as well as Mounting options: page 817.
various tensioning elements are available in large variety straight from
stock. Other sprockets and custom-made products on request.
® 35
Dimensioning of Roller-Chain Drives DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Notes Regarding the Calculation Calculation of the Transmittable Power PB
The dimensioning of a roller-chain drive can be worked out using the PB = PN x K1 x K2 x K3 x K4
performance diagram below. PB: Calculated Transmittable Power [kW]
This diagram shows the calculated transmittable power for a service life
of 15,000 hours. PN: Input Power [kW]
The calculated performance is worked out by multiplying the power to K1: Factor Considering the Number of Teeth (Table 1)
be transmitted with the corrective factors stated below.
The performance diagram is non binding. It is based on empirical values K2: Factor Considering the Transmission (Table 2)
and set at optimum conditions. Special operational conditions can shor- K3: Factor Considering the Centre Distance (Table 3)
ten the service life of the chain. K4: Factor Considering the Type of Load (Table 4)
Table 1: Corrective Factor K1 Considering the Number of Teeth of the Smaller Sprocket
Number of Teeth 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 31 37
Factor K1 2.5 2.0 1.75 1.55 1.35 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.78 0.64
Table 2: Corrective Factor K2 Considering the Transmission Ratio Table 3: Corrective Factor K3 Considering the center distance
Transmission Ratio 1 : 1 2:1 3:1 5:1 Center Distance 10 x p 20 x p 40 x p 80 x p
Factor K2 1.22 1.08 1 0.92 Factor K3 1,3 1,15 1 0,85
Table 4: Corrective Factor K4 Considering the Type of Load (Operating Factor)
Output (Type of Load of Driven Machine)
Input Uniform Medium Shocks Strong Shocks
Uniform 1.0 1.4 1.8
Light Shocks 1.1 1.5 1.9
Medium Shocks 1.3 1.7 2.1
Performance Diagram: Calculated Transmittable Power P B
Power in kW Speed of the Small Sprocket
Triple Double Single
B
48
ISO
N
DI B
40
ISO 32
B
B
N
DI N
ISO 28
DI
ISO
N
DI B
24
ISO
N B
DI 20
ISO
N B
DI 16
ISO
N
DI
B
12 B
ISO 10
DI
N ISO B
N
DI 08 B
ISO 06
DI
N ISO B
N 05
DI ISO
4
N #0
DI
36 ®
Single-Strand Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Special chain steel.
High-quality simplex roller chains, pre-stretched according to DIN.
b4
b1
b2
Notes regarding the performance calculation on page 36.
Waisted link plates (size 06 with straight link plates).
Chains are supplied with an uneven number of links, with inner links
b7
at both ends. Connecting links must be ordered separately.
Temperature range: -20ºC to +120ºC.
Other temperatures are possible if special grease is used.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 000 00, Bush Chain, Single Strand, Pitch 4mm
Pitch x Inner Width Inner Roller- Pin Width Projection Breaking Weight
Width Ø Ø over Pin over Link Load
p x b1min b2 d1 b4 b7 4) min.
DIN ISO-No. Product No.
mm inch mm mm mm mm mm N kg/m
comp. Stand.1) 100 000 00 1) 4,0 x 2,7 - 4,10 2,50 1,65 7,0 0,9 1800 0,08
03 2) 100 300 00 2) 5,0 x 2,5 - 4,15 3,20 1,49 7,4 2,5 2200 0,10
04 2) 100 600 00 2) 6,0 x 2,8 - 4,10 4,00 1,85 7,4 2,9 3000 0,12
05 B-1 100 800 00 8,0 x 3,0 - 4,77 5,00 2,31 8,6 3,1 4400 0,18
06 B-1 3) 101 000 00 3) 9,525 x 5,72 3/8 x 7/32 8,53 6,35 3,28 13,5 3,3 8900 0,41
081 102 000 00 12,7 x 3,3 1/2 x 1/8 5,80 7,75 3,66 10,2 1,5 8000 0,28
083 103 000 00 12,7 x 4,88 1/2 x 3/16 7,90 7,75 4,09 12,9 1,5 11600 0,42
comp. Stand. 103 400 00 12,7 x 4,88 1/2 x 3/16V 9,30 7,75 4,18 14,4 1,5 17500 0,59
08 B-1 105 000 00 12,7 x 7,75 1/2 x 5/16 11,30 8,51 4,45 17,0 3,9 17800 0,70
10 B-1 106 000 00 15,875 x 9,65 5/8 x 3/8 13,28 10,16 5,08 19,6 4,1 22200 0,95
12 B-1 107 000 00 19,05 x 11,68 3/4 x 7/16 15,62 12,07 5,72 22,7 4,6 28900 1,25
16 B-1 108 000 00 25,4 x 17,02 1“ x 17,02mm 25,45 15,88 8,28 36,1 5,4 60000 2,60
20 B-1 109 000 00 31,75 x 19,56 1 1/4 x 3/4 29,01 19,05 10,19 43,2 6,1 95000 3,70
24 B-1 110 000 00 38,1 x 25,4 1 1/2 x 1 37,92 25,40 14,63 53,4 6,6 160000 6,90
1) Bush Chain (without rollers).
2)
Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
This size is not part of the DIN. If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
3) With straight links plates.
4) Maximum values at the connecting link. length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links for Single-Strand Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Special chain steels. Attention please: Product numbers marked with * are in packing units of 5 pieces.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 303 00, Connecting Link No. 11/E, 03
No. 11/E No. 12/L No. 15/C No. 10/S No. 4/B
DIN ISO No. Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Product No. Weight
Connecting Cranked Cranked Connecting Inner
Link g Link g Double g Link g Link g
No. 11/E No. 12/L 3) No. 15/C 3) No. 10/S No. 4/B
Company Std.1) - - - 100 002 00 - -
03 100 303 00 - 100 305 00 - - 100 301 00
04 100 603 00* - 100 605 00 - - 100 601 00
05 B-1 100 803 00* - 100 805 00 - - 100 801 00
06 B-1 101 003 00* 101 004 00 101 005 00 - - 101 001 00
081 102 003 00* 102 004 00 102 005 00 - - 102 001 00
083 103 003 00* 103 004 00 103 005 00 - - 103 001 00
Company Std.2) 103 403 00 103 404 00 103 405 00 - - 103 401 00
08 B-1 105 003 00* 105 004 00 105 005 00 - - 105 001 00
10 B-1 106 003 00* 106 004 00 106 005 00 106 002 00 106 001 00
12 B-1 107 003 00* 107 004 00 107 005 00 - - 107 001 00
16 B-1 108 003 00 108 004 00 108 005 00 140 108 002 00 108 001 00
20 B-1 109 003 00 115 109 004 00 145 109 005 00 279 109 002 00 108 109 001 00 129
24 B-1 - - 110 004 00 293 - - 110 002 00 286 110 001 00 268
* Delivery in packing units of 5 pieces.
1) Pitch 4 mm for chain 100 000 00.
2) Pitch 12.7 mm for chain 103 400 00.
3) With cranked links power and breaking load are reduced by 20%.
® 37
Single-Strand Roller Chains, similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187), with straight plates
Material: Special chain steel.
s2
s1
High-quality simplex roller chains, pre-stretched according to DIN.
Notes regarding the performance calculation on page 36.
b1
b4
With straight link plates, to use as conveyor chain or drive chain.
Chains are supplied with an uneven number of links, with inner links at d1 p p
both ends. Connecting links must be ordered separately.
b7
Temperature range: -20ºC to +120ºC.
Other temperatures are possible if special grease is used.
h
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 105 000 00GL, Roller Chain 08 B-1-GL,
with straight plates
Pitch x Inner Width Plate Plate Roller- Pin Width Projection Breaking Weight
Height Thickness Ø Ø over Pin over link Load
p x b1min h max. s1/s2 max. d1 b4 b7 1) min.
DIN Product No.
ISO-No. mm inch mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg/m
08 B-1-GL 105 000 00GL 12,7 x 7,75 1/2 x 5/16 11,8 1,60 8,51 4,45 16,7 1,5 17800 0,80
10 B-1-GL 106 000 00GL 15,875 x 9,65 5/8 x 3/8 14,7 1,70 10,16 5,08 19,5 2,4 22200 1,06
12 B-1-GL 107 000 00GL 19,05 x 11,68 3/4 x 7/16 16,0 1,85 12,07 5,72 22,5 2,7 28900 1,32
16 B-1-GL 108 000 00GL 25,4 x 17,02 1“ x 17,02mm 21,0 4,15/3,1 15,88 8,28 36,1 3,0 60000 3,08
16 B-1-GLH 108 000 00GLH 25,4 x 17,02 1“ x 17,02mm 24,0 4,15/3,1 15,88 8,28 36,1 3,0 60000 3,49
20 B-1-GL 109 000 00GL 31,75 x 19,56 1 1/4 x 3/4 26,4 4,50/3,5 19,05 10,19 43,2 3,7 95000 4,16
Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
1) Maximum value at the connecting link. If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links for Single-Strand Roller Chains similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187), with straight plates
Materials: Special Chain Steel. Attention please: Product numbers marked with * are in packing units of 5 pieces.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 105 003 00GL, Connecting Link No.11/E, 08 B-1-GL with straight plates
No. 11/E No. 12/L No. 4/B
DIN ISO No. Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Product No. Weight
Connect. Link Cranked Inner Link
No. 11/E g No. 12/L 1) g No. 4/B g
08 B-1-GL 105 003 00GL* 105 004 00 105 001 00GL
10 B-1-GL 106 003 00GL* 106 004 00 106 001 00GL
12 B-1-GL 107 003 00GL* 107 004 00 107 001 00GL
16 B-1-GL 108 003 00GL 108 004 00 80 108 001 00GL
16 B-1-GLH 108 003 00GLH - 108 001 00GLH
20 B-1-GL 109 003 00GL 2) 126 109 004 00 145 109 001 00GL 141
1) With cranked links power and breaking loads are reduced by 20%.
2) With cottered pin.
* Delivery in packing units of 5 pieces.
38 ®
Single-Strand Roller Chains, similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187), Self-Lubricating
Materials: Special Chain Steel, Sintered Bronze Bushes.
Self-Lubricating Single-Strand Roller Chain, Dimensions and
b4
b1
b2
Pre-stretching according to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187).
Waisted Link Plates.
Chains are supplied with an uneven number of links, with inner links at
b7
both ends. Connecting links must be ordered separately.
Temperature range: -10º to +120ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 105 770 00, Roller Chain 08 B-1 self-lubricating
Pitch x Inner Width Roller- Pin Width Projection Breaking Weight
Inner Width Ø Ø over Pin over Link Load
p x b1min b2
DIN ISO-No. Product No. d1 b4 b7 1) min.
mm
mm inch mm mm mm mm N kg/m
08 B-1 105 770 00 12,7 x 7,75 1/2 x 5/16 11,30 8,51 4,45 17,0 3,9 17800 0,69
10 B-1 106 770 00 15,875 x 9,65 5/8 x 3/8 13,28 10,16 5,08 19,6 4,1 22200 0,93
12 B-1 107 770 00 19,05 x 11,68 3/4 x 7/16 15,62 12,07 5,72 22,7 4,6 28900 1,15
16 B-1 108 770 00 25,4 x 17,02 1“ x 17,02mm 25,45 15,88 8,28 36,1 5,4 60000 2,71
1) Maximum value at the connecting link.
Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links for Self-Lubricating, Single-Strand Roller Chains, similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Materials: Special Chain Steel, Coated Pins.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 105 773 00, Connecting Link No.11/E, 08 B-1
No. 11/E No. 12/L No. 4/B
DIN ISO No. Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Product No. Weight
Connect. Link Cranked Inner Link
No. 11/E g No. 12/L 1) g No. 4/B g
08 B-1 105 770 03 105 770 04 105 770 01
10 B-1 106 770 03 106 770 04 106 770 01
12 B-1 107 770 03 107 770 04 107 770 01
16 B-1 108 770 03 2) 108 770 04 108 770 01
1) With cranked links power and breaking loads are reduced by 20%.
2) With cottered pin.
® 39
Single-Strand Roller Chains, similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187), Nickel Plated
Material: Special Chain Steel, Nickel Plated.
High quality single-strand roller chains with good corrosion resistance.
b4
b1
b2
Dimensions and Pre-stretching according to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187).
Notes regarding the performance calculation are on page 36.
Wasted Link Plates (size 06 with straight link plates).
b7
Chains are supplied with an uneven number of links, with inner links at
both ends. Connecting links must be ordered separately.
Temperature range: -10ºC to +120ºC.
Other temperatures are possible if special grease is used.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 668 00, Roller Chain 05 B-1, nickel plated
Pitch x Inner Width Inner Roller- Pin Width Projection Breaking Weight
Width Ø Ø over Pin over Link Load
p x b1min b2 d1 b4 b7 2) min.
DIN ISO-No. Product No.
Nickel plated mm inch mm mm mm mm mm N kg/m
05 B-1 100 668 00 8,0 x 3,0 - 4,77 5,00 2,31 8,6 3,1 4400 0,20
06 B-1 1) 101 660 00 1) 9,525 x 5,72 3/8 x 7/32 8,53 6,35 3,28 13,5 3,3 8900 0,41
08 B-1 105 660 00 12,7 x 7,75 1/2 x 5/16 11,30 8,51 4,45 17,0 3,9 17800 0,69
10 B-1 106 660 00 15,875 x 9,65 5/8 x 3/8 13,28 10,16 5,08 19,6 4,1 22200 0,93
12 B-1 107 660 00 19,05 x 11,68 3/4 x 7/16 15,62 12,07 5,72 22,7 4,6 28900 1,15
16 B-1 108 660 00 25,4 x 17,02 1“ x 17,02mm 25,45 15,88 8,28 36,1 5,4 60000 2,71
20 B-1 109 660 00 31,75 x 19,56 1 1/4 x 3/4 29,01 19,05 10,19 43,2 6,1 95000 3,70
24 B-1 110 660 00 38,1 x 25,4 1 1/2 x 1 37,92 25,40 14,63 53,4 6,6 160000 7,10
1) With straight link plates. Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
2) Maximum values at the connecting link. If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links for Single-Strand Roller Chains, similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187), Nickel Plated
Material: Special Chain Steel, Nickel Plated. Attention please: Product numbers marked with * are in packing units of 5 pieces.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 668 03, Connecting Link No.11/E, 05 B-1, nickel plated
No. 11/E: Connecting link No. 12/L: Cranked link No. 4/B: Inner Link
with spring clip with cottered pin
DIN ISO No. Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Product No. Weight
Connecting Link Cranked Inner Link
No. 11/E g No. 12/L 1) g No. 4/B g
100 668 03* 2 100 668 04 1,4 100 668 01 1,5
101 660 03* 4 101 660 04 4 101 660 01 4
105 660 03* 7 105 660 04 10 105 660 01 9
106 660 03 13 106 660 04 15 106 660 01 16
107 660 03 14 107 660 04 25 107 660 01 26
108 660 03 65 108 660 04 81 108 660 01 72
109 660 03 2) 115 109 660 04 145 109 660 01 129
110 660 03 2) 286 110 660 04 293 110 660 01 268
1) With cranked links power and breaking loads are reduced by 20%.
2) With cottered pin.
* Delivery in packing units of 5 pieces.
40 ®
Chains KE and KE-Eco, similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187), Plastic with Stainless Steel
Material and type:
Type KE: Inner links made from special polycarbonate A
b4
b1
b2
with high chemical resistance, for food industry or laboratory.
Outer links from stainless steel 1.4301.
Type KE-Eco: Similar to KE, but inner links from standard d1 p p
b7
polycarbonate, with lower chemical resistance.
Main dimensions according to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187).
• Very light and silent running.
• Very clean due to closed surfaces on the inner link.
• High corrosion resistance.
• Long lifetime, without any lubrication.
• Breaking load significantly higher than pure plastic chains.
• Temperature range -10ºC to +80ºC. Vmax 70m/min.
Chains are supplied with an uneven number of links, ending with
inner links. Connecting links must be ordered separately.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 101 550 00, Chain KE 06 B-1
Pitch x Inner Width Inner Roller- Pin Width Pro- Calculated Weight
Width Ø Ø over jection Load
p x b1min b2 d1 Pin b4 b7 2) max. 3)
DIN Product No. Product No.
ISO Type KE Type KE-Eco mm Zoll mm mm mm mm mm N kg/m
06 B-1 1) 101 550 00 1) 101 560 00 1) 9,525 x 5,72 3/8 x 7/32 8,53 6,35 3,28 13,5 3,3 200 0,23
08 B-1 105 550 00 105 560 00 12,7 x 7,75 1/2 x 5/16 11,30 8,51 4,45 17,0 3,9 430 0,40
10 B-1 106 550 00 106 560 00 15,875 x 9,65 5/8 x 3/8 13,28 10,16 5,08 19,6 4,1 520 0,51
12 B-1 107 550 00 107 560 00 19,05 x 11,68 3/4 x 7/16 15,62 12,07 5,72 22,7 4,6 700 0,67
16 B-1 - 108 560 00 25,4 x 17,02 1“ x 17,02mm 25,45 15,88 8,28 35,4 5,4 930 1,39
1) With straight link plates. Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
2) Maximum value at the connecting link. If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
3) See calculation factors below. length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting links for chains KE and KE-Eco Load calculation factors for Chains KE and KE-Eco
The actual load is to be calculated with the following factors. The
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301.
result may not be greater than the allowed calculated load.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 101 990 03, Connecting Link No.11/E, 06 B-1, stainless
A 1. Shock load: Usual factors see page 36
2. Number of sprocket teeth: 9 - 14 teeth: Factor 1.16
15 - 23 teeth: Factor 1.12
24 - 37 teeth: Factor 1.08
No. 11/E: Connecting link 38 - 59 teeth: Factor 1.04
with spring clip
Above 60 teeth: Factor 1.00
DIN ISO No. Product No. Weight 3. Chain speed: 0 to 15m/min: Factor 1.0
Connecting Link 16 to 30m/min: Factor 1.2
No. 11/E g 31 to 50m/min: Factor 1.4
51 to 70m/min: Factor 1.6
101 990 03
105 990 03
106 990 03 13 Resistance of KE-Chains
107 990 03 14
Resistant against:
Acetone, alcohol, ammonia water, malic acid (50%), petrol,
benzene, butyric acid, acetic acid, formaldehyde, glycerine, caustic
potash, potassium nitrate, lactic acid (10%), sodium chloride,
sodium bicarbonate, oils (plant / mineral), paraffin, petroleum,
juices, hydrogen sulphide (dry), tartaric acid (10%), sugar solutions
etc.
Tested at 20ºC, without any guarantee about secondary effects.
Not resistant against:
Chlorine gas, chromic acid, iodine, phosphoric acid, carbolic acid,
nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, ozone, sulphuric acid, hydrogen
sulphide (wet), stearic acid etc.
® 41
Single-Strand Roller Chains Similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187), Stainless Steel
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301.
A
Simplex roller chains with good chemical resistance.
b4
b1
b2
Main dimensions according to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187). Due to the
material properties, the stated transmittable power and breaking load
are below the value for the standard chains. The application should use
b7
no more than one sixth of the braking load stated.
Not pre-stretched, not lubricated. The chains must be lubricated
according to the type of application. Waisted link plates (size 06 with
straight link plates).
Chains are supplied with an uneven number of links, with inner links at
both ends. Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 996 00, Roller Chain 04, Stainless Steel
Pitch x Inner Width Inner Roller- Pin Width Projection Breaking Weight
Width Ø Ø over Pin over Link Load
p x b1min b2 d1 b4 b7 3) min.
DIN ISO-No. Product No.
Stainless mm inch mm mm mm mm mm N kg/m
04 1) 100 996 00 1) 6,0 x 2,8 - 4,10 4,00 1,85 7,4 2,9 2000 0,12
05 B-1 100 998 00 8,0 x 3,0 - 4,77 5,00 2,31 8,6 3,1 3500 0,18
06 B-1 2) 101 990 00 2) 9,525 x 5,72 3/8 x 7/32 8,53 6,35 3,28 13,5 3,3 6200 0,41
083 103 990 00 12,7 x 4,88 1/2 x 3/16 7,90 7,75 4,09 12,9 1,5 7000 0,42
08 B-1 105 990 00 12,7 x 7,75 1/2 x 5/16 11,30 8,51 4,45 17,0 3,9 12000 0,70
10 B-1 106 990 00 15,875 x 9,65 5/8 x 3/8 13,28 10,16 5,08 19,6 4,1 14500 0,95
12 B-1 107 990 00 19,05 x 11,68 3/4 x 7/16 15,62 12,07 5,72 22,7 4,6 18500 1,25
16 B-1 108 990 00 25,4 x 17,02 1“ x 17,02mm 25,45 15,88 8,28 36,1 5,4 40000 2,60
1) This size is not part of the DIN.
2) With straight link plates.
3) Maximum values at the connecting link.
Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links for Single-Strand Roller Chains Similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187), Stainless Steel
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 996 03, Connecting Link No. 11/E, 04, Stainless Steel
No. 11/E: Connecting Link No. 12/L: Cranked Link No. 4/B: Inner Link
with Spring Clip with Cottered Pin
DIN ISO No. Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Product No. Weight
Connecting Link Cranked Inner Link
No. 11/E g No. 12/L 1) g No. 4/B g
04 100 996 03 - - 100 996 01
100 998 03 100 998 04 100 998 01
101 990 03 101 990 04 101 990 01
083 103 990 03 103 990 04 2) 103 990 01
105 990 03 105 990 04 10 105 990 01
106 990 03 13 106 990 04 15 106 990 01 16
107 990 03 14 107 990 04 25 107 990 01 26
108 990 03 65 108 990 04 81 108 990 01 72
1) With cranked links, power and breaking load are reduced by 20%.
2) Only with riveted bolts.
42 ®
Double-Strand Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Special chain steels.
High-quality duplex roller chains, pre-stretched
according to DIN.
b5
Pt
Notes regarding the performance calculation
on page 36.
Waisted link plates (size 06 with straight link plates).
Chains are supplied with an uneven number of links,
with inner links at both ends. Connecting links must
b7
be ordered separately.
Temperature range: -20ºC to +120ºC.
Other temperatures are possible if special grease is used.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 120 000 00,
Double-Strand Roller Chain, 05 B-2
Pitch x Inner Width Inner Link Roller- Width Transverse Projection Breaking Weight
Width b2 Ø b5 Pitch Pt b7 2) Load
p x b1min d1 min.
DIN ISO-No. Product No.
mm inch mm mm mm mm mm N kg/m
05 B-2 120 000 00 8,0 x 3,0 - 4,77 5,00 14,3 5,64 3,1 7800 0,36
06 B-2 1) 121 000 00 1) 9,525 x 5,72 3/8 x 7/32 8,53 6,35 23,8 10,24 3,3 16900 0,78
08 B-2 125 000 00 12,7 x 7,75 1/2 x 5/16 11,30 8,51 31,0 13,92 3,9 31100 1,36
10 B-2 126 000 00 15,875 x 9,65 5/8 x 3/8 13,28 10,16 36,2 16,59 4,1 44500 1,82
12 B-2 127 000 00 19,05 x 11,68 3/4 x 7/16 15,62 12,07 42,2 19,46 4,6 57800 2,38
16 B-2 128 000 00 25,4 x 17,02 1“ x 17,02mm 25,45 15,88 68,0 31,88 5,4 106000 5,40
20 B-2 129 000 00 31,75 x 19,56 1 1/4 x 3/4 29,01 19,05 79,7 36,45 6,1 170000 7,20
24 B-2 129 500 00 38,1 x 25,4 1 1/2 x 1 37,92 25,40 101,8 48,36 6,6 280000 13,50
1) With straight link plates.
2) Maximum values at the link.
Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links for Double-Strand Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Special chain steels.
No. 11/E: Connecting Link No. 12/L: Cranked Link with No. 15/C: Cranked Double No. 4/B: Inner Link
Details: e.g.: with Spring Clip Cottered Pin Link (2 pieces required)
Product No. 120 003 00, Nr. 10/S: Connecting Link
Connecting Link No. 11/E, 05 B-2 with Cottered Pin
DIN ISO No. Product No. Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Product No. Weight
Conn. Link Conn. Link Cranked Link Crkd. Double Inner Link
No. 11/E No. 10/S g No. 12/L 1) g No. 15/C 1) g No. 4/B 2) g
120 003 00 - - - 120 005 00 100 801 00
121 003 00 - 121 004 00 121 005 00 101 001 00
125 003 00 - 125 004 00 125 005 00 105 001 00
126 003 00 - 126 004 00 126 005 00 106 001 00 16
127 003 00 - 127 004 00 127 005 00 107 001 00 25
128 003 00 - 122 128 004 00 137 128 005 00 183 108 001 00 79
- 129 002 00 163 129 004 00 183 - - 109 001 00 129
- 129 502 00 305 129 504 00 343 - - 110 001 00 268
1) With cranked links, power and breaking load are reduced by 20%.
2) 2 pieces required.
® 43
Double-Strand Roller Chains Similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187), with Straight Plates
Material: Special chain steels.
s2
s1
High-quality duplex roller chains, pre-stretched
according to DIN.
Notes regarding the performance calculation
b5
Pt
on page 36.
b1
With straight link plates, to use as conveyor chain or
drive chain.
Chains are supplied with an uneven number of links, d1 p p
b7
with inner links at both ends. Connecting links must
be ordered separately.
Temperature range: -20ºC to +120ºC.
h
Other temperatures are possible if special grease is used.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 125 000 00GL,
Double-Strand Roller Chain, 08 B-2-GL, with straight plates
Pitch x Inner Width Plate Plate Roller- Width Transv. Projection Breaking Weight
Height Thickness Ø over Pin Pitch over link Load
p x b1min h max. s1/s2 max. d1 b5 Pt b7 1) min.
DIN Product No.
ISO-No. mm inch mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg/m
08 B-2-GL 125 000 00GL 12,7 x 7,75 1/2 x 5/16 11,8 1,6 8,51 31,2 13,92 3,9 31100 1,45
10 B-2-GL 126 000 00GL 15,875 x 9,65 5/8 x 3/8 14,7 1,7 10,16 36,1 16,59 4,1 44500 2,00
12 B-2-GL 127 000 00GL 19,05 x 11,68 3/4 x 7/16 16,0 1,85 12,07 42,0 19,46 4,6 57800 2,62
16 B-2-GL 128 000 00GL 25,4 x 17,02 1“ x 17,02mm 21,0 4,15/3,1 15,88 68,0 31,88 5,4 106000 6,10
16 B-2-GLH 128 000 00GLH 25,4 x 17,02 1“ x 17,02mm 24,0 4,15/3,1 15,88 68,0 31,88 5,4 106000 6,90
20 B-2-GL 129 000 00GL 31,75 x 19,56 1 1/4 x 3/4 26,4 4,50/3,5 19,05 79,7 36,45 6,1 170000 8,23
1) Maximum values at the link. Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links for Double-Strand Roller Chains Similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187), with Straight Plates
Material: Special chain steels.
Details: e.g.:
No. 11/E: Connecting Link No. 12/L: Cranked Link with No. 4/B: Inner Link
Product No. 125 003 00GL,
with Spring Clip Cottered Pin (2 pieces required)
Connecting Link No. 11/E, 08 B-2-GL
DIN ISO No. Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Product No. Weight
Conn. Link Cranked Link Inner Link
No. 11/E g No. 12/L 1) g No. 4/B 2) g
125 003 00GL 125 004 00 105 001 00GL
126 003 00GL 126 004 00 106 001 00GL 18
127 003 00GL 127 004 00 107 001 00GL 28
128 003 00GL 135 128 004 00 137 108 001 00GL 83
128 003 00GLH 154 - - 108 001 00GLH 93
129 003 00GL 235 129 004 00 343 109 001 00GL 141
1) With cranked links, power and breaking loads are reduced by 20%.
2) 2 pieces required.
44 ®
Triple-Strand Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Special chain steels.
High-quality triplex roller chains, pre-stretched
according to DIN. Notes regarding the performance
calculation on page 36.
Pt
Waisted link plates (size 06 with straight link plates).
b6
Chains are supplied with an uneven number of links,
Pt
with inner links at both ends. Connecting links must
be ordered separately.
Temperature range: -20ºC to +120ºC.
b7
Other temperatures are possible if special grease is used.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 131 000 00,
Triple-Strand Roller Chain, 06 B-3
Pitch x Inner Width Inner Link Roller- Width Transverse Projection Breaking Weight
Width b2 Ø b6 Pitch Pt b7 2) Load
p x b1min d1 min.
DIN ISO-No. Product No.
mm inch mm mm mm mm mm N kg/m
06 B-3 1) 131 000 00 1) 9,525 x 5,72 3/8 x 7/32 8,53 6,35 34,4 10,24 3,3 24900 1,18
08 B-3 135 000 00 12,7 x 7,75 1/2 x 5/16 11,30 8,51 44,9 13,92 3,9 44500 2,0
10 B-3 136 000 00 15,875 x 9,65 5/8 x 3/8 13,28 10,16 52,8 16,59 4,1 66700 2,8
12 B-3 137 000 00 19,05 x 11,68 3/4 x 7/16 15,62 12,07 61,7 19,46 4,6 86700 3,8
16 B-3 138 000 00 25,4 x 17,02 1“ x 17,02mm 25,45 15,88 99,9 31,88 5,4 160000 8,0
1) With straight link plates.
2) Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
Maximum values at the connecting link.
If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links for Triple-Strand Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material:
Special chain steels.
No. 11/E: Connecting Link with No. 12/L: Cranked Link No. 4/B: Inner Link
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Spring Clip with Cottered Pin (3 Pieces Required)
Product No. 131 003 00,
Connecting Link No. 11/E, 06 B-3
DIN ISO No. Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Product No. Weight
Connecting Crkd.. Link Inner Link
Link No. 11/E g No. 12/L 1) g No. 4/B 2) g
131 003 00 131 004 00 101 001 00
135 003 00 135 004 00 105 001 00
136 003 00 136 004 00 106 001 00 16
137 003 00 137 004 00 107 001 00 25
138 003 00 183 138 004 00 210 108 001 00 79
1) With cranked links, power and breaking load are reduced by 20%.
2) 3 pieces required.
® 45
Roller Chains with Straight Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), M1, 2 x p
Attachment distance 2 x p
(attachment at every outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other attachment distances can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links M1 have to be ordered separately (see below).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No.: 101 000 31, Straight Attachments-Roller Chain
06 B-1-M1, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 2xp
M1 = Slim Version, 1 Mounting Hole
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
Straight Attachments, M1, 1 Mounting Hole One-Sided Two- Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 2xp 2xp p x b1 p b1 min. h5 G* d4 B* s min* b3min. 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 000 31 101 000 32 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 9,53 13,5 3,5 8,0 1,2 8,66 0,45 0,49
08 B-1 105 000 31 105 000 32 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 13,0 17,9 4,5 9,5 1,6 11,43 0,75 0,81
10 B-1 106 000 31 106 000 32 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 16,5 21,9 5,5 14,3 1,7 13,41 1,02 1,12
12 B-1 107 000 31 107 000 32 3/4 x 7/16“ 19,05 11,68 21,0 26,6 6,6 16,0 1,8 15,75 1,28 1,41
16 B-1 108 000 31 108 000 32 1“x17,02mm 25,4 17,02 23,0 31,8 6,6 19,1 2,8 25,6 2,93 3,14
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request. Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
** This size is not listed in the DIN. If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting links M1 with spring clip, with Straight Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2)
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
h5 d 4
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
One-Sided Two-Sided
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 003 31, Connecting Link M1, one-sided
M1 = Slim Version, 1 Mounting Hole
DIN Product No. Product No. p h5 G* d4 B* s min.* b3 min. Weight* Weight*
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 1-Sided g 2-Sided g
06 B-1** 101 003 31 101 003 32 9,525 9,53 13,5 3,5 8,0 1,2 8,66 5 5,6
08 B-1 105 003 31 105 003 32 12,7 13,0 17,9 4,5 9,5 1,6 11,43 11,5 13,9
10 B-1 106 003 31 106 003 32 15,875 16,5 21,9 5,5 14,3 1,7 13,41 18,1 21,2
12 B-1 107 003 31 107 003 32 19,05 21,0 26,6 6,6 16,0 1,8 15,75 24 28
16 B-1 108 003 31 108 003 32 25,4 23,0 31,80 6,6 19,1 2,8 25,6 78 89
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
46 ®
Roller Chains with Straight Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), M1, 4 x p
Attachment distance 4 x p
(attachment at every second outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other attachment distances can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links (e.g. no.11/E) have to be ordered separately
(see page 37).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No.: 101 000 33, Straight Attachments-Roller Chain
06 B-1-M1, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 4 x p
M1 = Slim Version, 1 Mounting Hole
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
Straight Attachments, M1, 1 Mounting Hole One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 4xp 4xp p x b1 p b1 min. h5 G* d4 B* s min* b3min. 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 000 33 101 000 34 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 9,53 13,5 3,5 8,0 1,2 8,66 0,45 0,49
08 B-1 105 000 33 105 000 34 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 13,0 17,9 4,5 9,5 1,6 11,43 0,75 0,81
10 B-1 106 000 33 106 000 34 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 16,5 21,9 5,5 14,3 1,7 13,41 1,02 1,12
12 B-1 107 000 33 107 000 34 3/4 x 7/16“ 19,05 11,68 21,0 26,6 6,6 16,0 1,8 15,75 1,28 1,41
16 B-1 108 000 33 108 000 34 1“x17,02mm 25,4 17,02 23,0 31,8 6,6 19,1 2,8 25,6 2,93 3,14
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
Roller Chains with Straight Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), M1, 6 x p
Attachment distance 6 x p
(attachment at every third outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other attachment distances can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links (e.g. no.11/E) have to be ordered separately
(see page 37).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No.: 101 000 35, Straight Attachments-Roller Chain
06 B-1-M1, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 6 x p
M1 = Slim Version, 1 Mounting Hole
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
Straight Attachments, M1, 1 Mounting Hole One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 6xp 6xp p x b1 p b1 min. h5 G* d4 B* s min* b3min. 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 000 35 101 000 36 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 9,53 13,5 3,5 8,0 1,2 8,66 0,45 0,49
08 B-1 105 000 35 105 000 36 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 13,0 17,9 4,5 9,5 1,6 11,43 0,75 0,81
10 B-1 106 000 35 106 000 36 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 16,5 21,9 5,5 14,3 1,7 13,41 1,02 1,12
12 B-1 107 000 35 107 000 36 3/4 x 7/16“ 19,05 11,68 21,0 26,6 6,6 16,0 1,8 15,75 1,28 1,41
16 B-1 108 000 35 108 000 36 1“x17,02mm 25,4 17,02 23,0 31,8 6,6 19,1 2,8 25,6 2,93 3,14
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
® 47
Roller Chains with Straight Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), M2, 2 x p
Attachment distance 2 x p
(attachment at every outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other attachment distances can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links M2 have to be ordered separately (see below).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 000 51, Wide Straight Attachments-Roller Chain
06 B-1-M2, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 2 x p
M2 = Wide Version, 2 Mounting Holes
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
Straight Attachments, M2, 2 Mounting Holes One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 2xp 2xp p x b1 p b1 min. h5 G* d4 B* s min* b3min. 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 000 51 101 000 52 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 9,53 13,5 3,5 17,7 1,2 8,66 0,51 0,61
08 B-1 105 000 51 105 000 52 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 13,0 17,9 4,5 23,2 1,6 11,43 0,84 0,99
10 B-1 106 000 51 106 000 52 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 16,5 21,9 5,5 29,5 1,7 13,41 1,13 1,32
12 B-1 107 000 51 107 000 52 3/4 x 7/16“ 19,05 11,68 21,0 26,6 6,6 33,8 1,8 15,75 1,43 1,70
16 B-1 108 000 51 108 000 52 1“x 17,02mm 25,4 17,02 23,0 31,8 6,6 46,2 2,8 25,6 3,24 3,76
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little. Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request. If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
** This size is not listed in the DIN. length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links M2 with Spring Clip, with Wide Straight Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2)
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
One-Sided Two-Sided
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 003 51, Connecting Link M2, one-sided
M2 = Wide Version, 2 Mounting Holes
DIN Product No. Product No. p h5 G* d4 B* s min.* b3 min. Weight* Weight*
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 1-Sided g 2-Sided g
06 B-1** 101 003 51 101 003 52 9,525 9,53 13,5 3,5 17,7 1,2 8,66 5,6 6,9
08 B-1 105 003 51 105 003 52 12,7 13,0 17,9 4,5 23,2 1,6 11,43 11 18
10 B-1 106 003 51 106 003 52 15,875 16,5 21,9 5,5 29,5 1,7 13,41 21 30
12 B-1 107 003 51 107 003 52 19,05 21,0 26,6 6,6 33,8 1,8 15,75 30 40
16 B-1 108 003 51 108 003 52 25,4 23,0 31,8 6,6 46,2 2,8 25,6 89 117
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
A Stainless Version Page 54
48 ®
Roller Chains with Straight Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), M2, 4 x p
Attachment distance 4 x p
(attachment at every second outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other attachment distances can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links (e.g. no.11/E) have to be ordered separately
(see page 37).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 000 53, Wide Straight Attachments-Roller
Chain 06 B-1-M2, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 4 x p
M2 = Wide Version, 2 Mounting Holes
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
Straight Attachments, M2, 2 Mounting Holes One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 4xp 4xp p x b1 p b1 min. h5 G* d4 B* s min* b3min. 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 000 53 101 000 54 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 9,53 13,5 3,5 17,7 1,2 8,66 0,51 0,61
08 B-1 105 000 53 105 000 54 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 13,0 17,9 4,5 23,2 1,6 11,43 0,84 0,99
10 B-1 106 000 53 106 000 54 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 16,5 21,9 5,5 29,5 1,7 13,41 1,13 1,32
12 B-1 107 000 53 107 000 54 3/4 x 7/16“ 19,05 11,68 21,0 26,6 6,6 33,8 1,8 15,75 1,43 1,70
16 B-1 108 000 53 108 000 54 1“ x 17,02mm 25,4 17,02 23,0 31,8 6,6 46,2 2,8 25,6 3,24 3,76
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
Roller Chains with Straight Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), M2, 6 x p
Attachment distance 6 x p
(attachment at every third outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other attachment distances can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links (e.g. no.11/E) have to be ordered separately
(see page 37).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 000 55, Wide Straight Attachments-Roller
Chain 06 B-1-M2, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 6 x p
M2 = Wide Version, 2 Mounting Holes
d4
d4
h5 d4
d4
d4
d4
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
Straight Attachments, M2, 2 Mounting Holes One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 6xp 6xp p x b1 p b1 min. h5 G* d4 B* s min* b3min. 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 000 55 101 000 56 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 9,53 13,5 3,5 17,7 1,2 8,66 0,51 0,61
08 B-1 105 000 55 105 000 56 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 13,0 17,9 4,5 23,2 1,6 11,43 0,84 0,99
10 B-1 106 000 55 106 000 56 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 16,5 21,9 5,5 29,5 1,7 13,41 1,13 1,32
12 B-1 107 000 55 107 000 56 3/4 x 7/16“ 19,05 11,68 21,0 26,6 6,6 33,8 1,8 15,75 1,43 1,70
16 B-1 108 000 55 108 000 56 1“ x 17,02mm 25,4 17,02 23,0 31,8 6,6 46,2 2,8 25,6 3,24 3,76
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
® 49
Roller Chains with Bent Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), K1, 2 x p
Attachment distance 2 x p
(attachment at every outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other Attachment distance can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links K1 have to be ordered separately (see below).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 000 01, Roller Chain with Bent Attachments
06 B-1-K1, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 2xp
K1 = Slim Version, 1 Mounting Hole
d4 d4 d4
h4
h4
h4
h4
h4
h4
Bent Attachments, K1, 1 Mounting Hole One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 2xp 2xp p x b1 p b1 min. h4 d4 f/2 G/2* B* s min* 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 000 01 101 000 02 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 6,5 3,5 9,53 13,5 8,0 1,2 0,45 0,49
08 B-1 105 000 01 105 000 02 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 8,9 4,5 12,7 17,6 9,5 1,6 0,75 0,81
10 B-1 106 000 01 106 000 02 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 10,3 5,5 15,9 22,5 14,3 1,7 1,03 1,12
12 B-1 107 000 01 107 000 02 3/4 x 7/16“ 19,05 11,68 13,5 6,6 19,05 26,2 16,0 1,8 1,27 1,38
16 B-1 108 000 01 108 000 02 1“x 17,02mm 25,4 17,02 15,9 6,6 25,40 36,3 19,1 2,8 2,94 3,17
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request. Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
** This size is not listed in the DIN. If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links K1 with Spring Clip, with Slim, Bent Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2)
Slim Bent
Attachment =
Version K1
h44
h
(view from top,
turned).
d44
d44
d44
d
d
One-Sided Two-Sided
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 003 01, Connecting Link K1, one-sided
K1 = Slim Version, 1 Mounting Hole
DIN Product No. Product No. p h4 d4 f/2 G/2* B* s min.* Weight* Weight*
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 1-Sided g 2-Sided g
06 B-1** 101 003 01 101 003 02 9,525 6,5 3,5 9,53 13,5 8,0 1,2 5,1 5,7
08 B-1 105 003 01 105 003 02 12,7 8,9 4,5 12,7 17,6 9,5 1,6 11,2 13,6
10 B-1 106 003 01 106 003 02 15,875 10,3 5,5 15,9 22,5 14,3 1,7 17,4 21,5
12 B-1 107 003 01 107 003 02 19,05 13,5 6,6 19,05 26,2 16,0 1,8 23 28
16 B-1 108 003 01 108 003 02 25,4 15,9 6,6 25,4 36,3 19,1 2,8 75 89
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
50 ®
Roller Chains with Bent Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), K1, 4 x p
Attachment distance 4 x p
(attachment at every second outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other Attachment distance can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links (e.g. no.11/E) have to be ordered separately
(see page 37).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 000 03, Roller Chain with Bent Attachments
06 B-1-K1, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 4 x p
K1 = Slim Version, 1 Mounting Hole
d4 d4 d4
h4
h4
h4
h4
h4
h4
Bent Attachments, K1, 1 Mounting Hole One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 4xp 4xp p x b1 p b1 min. h4 d4 f/2 G/2* B* s min* 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 000 03 101 000 04 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 6,5 3,5 9,53 13,5 8,0 1,2 0,45 0,49
08 B-1 105 000 03 105 000 04 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 8,9 4,5 12,7 17,6 9,5 1,6 0,75 0,81
10 B-1 106 000 03 106 000 04 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 10,3 5,5 15,9 22,5 14,3 1,7 1,03 1,12
12 B-1 107 000 03 107 000 04 3/4 x 7/16“ 19,05 11,68 13,5 6,6 19,05 26,2 16,0 1,8 1,27 1,38
16 B-1 108 000 03 108 000 04 1“ x 17,02mm 25,4 17,02 15,9 6,6 25,4 36,3 19,1 2,8 2,94 3,17
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
Roller Chains with Bent Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), K1, 6 x p
Attachment distance 6 x p
(attachment at every third outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other Attachment distance can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links (e.g. no.11/E) have to be ordered separately
(see page 37).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 000 05, Roller Chain with Bent Attachments
06 B-1-K1, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 6 x p
K1 = Slim Version, 1 Mounting Hole
d4 d4 d4
h4
h4
h4
h4
h4
h4
Bent Attachments, K1, 1 Mounting Hole One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 6xp 6xp p x b1 p b1 min. h4 d4 f/2 G/2* B* s min* 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 000 05 101 000 06 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 6,5 3,5 9,53 13,5 8,0 1,2 0,45 0,49
08 B-1 105 000 05 105 000 06 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 8,9 4,5 12,7 17,6 9,5 1,6 0,75 0,81
10 B-1 106 000 05 106 000 06 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 10,3 5,5 15,9 22,5 14,3 1,7 1,03 1,12
12 B-1 107 000 05 107 000 06 3/4 x 7/16“ 19,05 11,68 13,5 6,6 19,05 26,2 16,0 1,8 1,27 1,38
16 B-1 108 000 05 108 000 06 1“ x 17,02mm 25,4 17,02 15,9 6,6 25,4 36,3 19,1 2,8 2,94 3,17
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
® 51
Roller Chains with Bent Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), K2, 2 x p
Attachment distance 2 x p
(attachment at every outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other attachment distances can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links K2 have to be ordered separately (see below).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 000 21, Roller Chain with Bent Attachments
06 B-1-K2, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 2xp
K2 = Wide Version, 2 Mounting Holes
d4 d4 d4
h4
h4
h4
h4
h4
h4
Bent Attachments, K2, 2 Mounting Holes One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 2xp 2xp p x b1 p b1 min. h4 d4 f/2 G/2* B* s min* 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 000 21 101 000 22 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 6,5 3,5 9,53 13,26 17,6 1,2 0,51 0,61
08 B-1 105 000 21 105 000 22 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 8,9 4,5 12,7 17,6 23,2 1,6 0,84 0,99
10 B-1 106 000 21 106 000 22 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 10,3 5,5 15,9 22,9 29,5 1,6 1,13 1,30
12 B-1 107 000 21 107 000 22 3/4 x 7/16“ 19,05 11,68 13,5 6,6 19,05 26,2 33,8 1,8 1,40 1,64
16 B-1 108 000 21 108 000 22 1“ x 17,02mm 25,4 17,02 15,9 6,6 25,4 36,3 46,2 2,8 3,26 3,82
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request. Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
** This size is not listed in the DIN. If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links K2 with Spring Clip, with Wide, Bent Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2)
Wide Bent
Attachment =
Version K2
(view from top,
h4
turned).
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
One-Sided Two-Sided
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 003 21, Connecting Link K2, one-sided
K2 = Wide Version, 2 Mounting Holes
DIN Product No. Product No. p h4 d4 f/2 G/2* B* s min.* Weight* Weight*
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 1-Sided g 2-Sided g
06 B-1** 101 003 21 101 003 22 9,525 6,5 3,5 9,53 13,26 17,6 1,2 6,2 6,2
08 B-1 105 003 21 105 003 22 12,7 8,9 4,5 12,7 17,6 23,2 1,6 13,7 18,4
10 B-1 106 003 21 106 003 22 15,875 10,3 5,5 15,9 22,9 29,5 1,6 21 29
12 B-1 107 003 21 107 003 22 19,05 13,5 6,6 19,05 26,2 33,8 1,8 29 40
16 B-1 108 003 21 108 003 22 25,4 15,9 6,6 25,4 36,3 46,2 2,8 88 116
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
A Stainless Version Page 55
52 ®
Roller Chains with Bent Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), K2, 4 x p
Attachment distance 4 x p
(attachment at every second outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other attachment distances can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links (e.g. no.11/E) have to be ordered separately
(see page 37).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 000 23, Roller Chain with Bent Attachments
06 B-1-K2, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 4 x p
K2 = Wide Version, 2 Mounting Holes
d4 d4 d4
h4
h4
h4
h4
h4
h4
Bent Attachments, K2, 2 Mounting Holes One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 4xp 4xp p x b1 p b1 min. h4 d4 f/2 G/2* B* s min* 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 000 23 101 000 24 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 6,5 3,5 9,53 13,26 17,6 1,2 0,51 0,61
08 B-1 105 000 23 105 000 24 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 8,9 4,5 12,7 17,6 23,2 1,6 0,84 0,99
10 B-1 106 000 23 106 000 24 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 10,3 5,5 15,9 22,9 29,5 1,6 1,13 1,30
12 B-1 107 000 23 107 000 24 3/4 x 7/16“ 19,05 11,68 13,5 6,6 19,05 26,2 33,8 1,8 1,40 1,64
16 B-1 108 000 23 108 000 24 1“ x 17,02mm 25,4 17,02 15,9 6,6 25,4 36,3 46,2 2,8 3,26 3,82
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
Roller Chains with Bent Attachments DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), K2, 6 x p
Attachment distance 6 x p
(attachment at every third outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other attachment distances can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links (e.g. no.11/E) have to be ordered separately
(see page 37).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 000 25, Roller Chain with Bent Attachments
06 B-1-K2, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 6 x p
K2 = Wide Version, 2 Mounting Holes
d4 d4 d4
h4
h4
h44
h4
h4
Bent Attachments, K2, 2 Mounting Holes One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 6xp 6xp p x b1 p b1 min. h4 d4 f/2 G/2* B* s min* 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 000 25 101 000 26 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 6,5 3,5 9,53 13,26 17,6 1,2 0,51 0,61
08 B-1 105 000 25 105 000 26 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 8,9 4,5 12,7 17,6 23,2 1,6 0,84 0,99
10 B-1 106 000 25 106 000 26 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 10,3 5,5 15,9 22,9 29,5 1,6 1,13 1,30
12 B-1 107 000 25 107 000 26 3/4 x 7/16“ 19,05 11,68 13,5 6,6 19,05 26,2 33,8 1,8 1,40 1,64
16 B-1 108 000 25 108 000 26 1“ x 17,02mm 25,4 17,02 15,9 6,6 25,4 36,3 46,2 2,8 3,26 3,82
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
® 53
Roller Chains with Straight Attachments Similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), M2, 2 x p, Stainless
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301.
Attachment distance 2 x p A
(attachment at every outer link),
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other attachment distances can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links M2 have to be ordered separately (see below).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 990 51, Wide Straight Attachments-Roller Chain
06 B-1-M2, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 2 x p, stainless
M2 = Wide Version, 2 Mounting Holes
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
Straight Attachments, M2, 2 Mounting Holes One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 2xp 2xp p x b1 p b1 min. h5 G* d4 B* s min* b3min. 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 990 51 101 990 52 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 9,53 13,5 3,5 17,7 1,2 8,66 0,51 0,61
08 B-1 105 990 51 105 990 52 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 13,0 17,9 4,5 23,2 1,6 11,43 0,84 0,99
10 B-1 106 990 51 106 990 52 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 16,5 21,9 5,5 29,5 1,7 13,41 1,13 1,32
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request. Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
** This size is not listed in the DIN. If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links M2 with Spring Clip, with Wide Straight Attachments Similar to DIN ISO 606, Stainless
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
h5
One-Sided Two-Sided
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 993 51, Connecting Link M2, one-sided, stainless
A
M2 = Wide Version, 2 Mounting Holes
DIN Product No. Product No. p h5 G* d4 B* s min.* b3 min. Weight* Weight*
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 1-Sided g 2-Sided g
06 B-1** 101 993 51 101 993 52 9,525 9,53 13,5 3,5 17,7 1,2 8,66 5,6 6,9
08 B-1 105 993 51 105 993 52 12,7 13,0 17,9 4,5 23,2 1,6 11,43 11 18
10 B-1 106 993 51 106 993 52 15,875 16,5 21,9 5,5 29,5 1,7 13,41 21 30
12 B-1 107 993 51 107 993 52 19,05 21,0 26,6 6,6 33,8 1,8 15,75 30 40
16 B-1 108 993 51 108 993 52 25,4 23,0 31,8 6,6 46,2 2,8 25,6 89 117
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
54 ®
Roller Chains with Bent Attachments Similar to DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187-2), K2, 2 x p, Stainless
Attachment distance 2 x p
(attachment at every outer link), A
either one-sided or two-sided.
Other attachment distances can be supplied at short notice.
Different attachment sizes and special chains on request.
Connecting links K2 have to be ordered separately (see below).
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 990 21, Roller Chain with Bent Attachments
06 B-1-K2, One-Sided on the Outer Link, Distance 2xp, stainless
K2 = Wide Version, 2 Mounting Holes
d4 d4 d4
h4
h4
h4
h4
h4
h4
Bent Attachments, K2, 2 Mounting Holes One-Sided Two-Sided
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch x Pitch Inner
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided Inner Width Width Weight*
No. 2xp 2xp p x b1 p b1 min. h4 d4 f/2 G/2* B* s min* 1-Sided 2-Sided
inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m kg/m
06 B-1** 101 990 21 101 990 22 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,525 5,72 6,5 3,5 9,53 13,5 17,6 1,2 0,51 0,61
08 B-1 105 990 21 105 990 22 1/2 x 5/16“ 12,7 7,75 8,9 4,5 12,7 17,6 23,2 1,6 0,84 0,99
10 B-1 106 990 21 106 990 22 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,875 9,65 10,3 5,5 15,9 22,5 29,5 1,7 1,13 1,30
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
Attachments with dimensions according to company standard are still available on request. Attention please: Packing Unit 5m
** This size is not listed in the DIN. If special lengths are needed, please tell us the
length and the number of links (uneven number!).
Connecting links have to be ordered separately.
Connecting Links K2 with Spring Clip, with Wide, Bent Attachments Similar to DIN ISO 606, Stainless
Wide Bent
Attachment =
Version K2
(view from top,
h4
turned).
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
d4
One-Sided Two-Sided
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 101 993 21, Connecting Link K2, one-sided, stainless A
K2 = Wide Version, 2 Mounting Holes
DIN Product No. Product No. p h4 d4 f/2 G/2* B* s min.* Weight* Weight*
ISO One-Sided Two-Sided mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 1-Sided g 2-Sided g
06 B-1** 101 993 21 101 993 22 9,525 6,5 3,5 9,53 13,5 17,6 1,2 6,2 6,2
08 B-1 105 993 21 105 993 22 12,7 8,9 4,5 12,7 17,6 23,2 1,6 13,7 18,4
10 B-1 106 993 21 106 993 22 15,875 10,3 5,5 15,9 22,5 29,5 1,7 21 29
12 B-1 107 993 21 107 993 22 19,05 13,5 6,6 19,05 26,2 33,8 1,8 29 40
16 B-1 108 993 21 108 993 22 25,4 15,9 6,6 25,4 36,3 46,2 2,8 88 116
* The marked dimensions are not listed in the DIN and may vary a little.
** This size is not listed in the DIN.
® 55
Roller Chains - Customized Products to Your Requirements
Cutting the Chain:
• Special chain breaking machine with quick tool change for several
chain sizes.
• For cutting chains to any fixed length required by the customer.
• From one-off pieces to large series at very short notice.
Riveting the Chain:
• Special chain-riveting machine with quick tool change for several
chain sizes.
• Riveting fixed-length chains into endless riveted chains.
• Riveting of attachments to create customized chains matching
your special requirements, e.g. with different distances of the
attachments.
• From one-off pieces to large series at very short notice.
Chain Configurator on the Internet:
• At www.maedler.de in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools.
• Fast selection of attachments according to DIN ISO 606
(ex DIN 8187-2).
• Selection of chain lengths and attachment distances.
• Printout with detailed description, also stating the price.
Other Special Chains (on request):
• With extended pins in various arrangements, with or without
keyway.
• Other attachment shapes (e.g. serrated for use with cardboard
packaging material or with extra large carriers to transport
round material).
• Roller chains with long links.
• Roller chains of other standards (e.g. Ansi / DIN 8188).
56 ®
Plastic Guide Rails for Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Low pressure polyethylene PE-UHMW.
These side-rails serve to support fast-running roller chains which
are lined up exactly; other than steel or metal side-rails they
dampen the noise and reduce strong wear.
Special features: wear-resistant, self-lubricating, resistant against
diluted acids and diluted alkalines, impact resistant, corrosion
f
resistant, soil resistant and cost efficient.
Stock lengths 1 meter and 2 meter.
Temperature range: -200°C to +60°C (for short time up to +80°C).
Fixed length and other types on request.
Ordering Details, e.g., Product No. 141 001 00, Guide Rail 06 B-1, length 1m, 15x10mm
DIN Product No. Product No. Pitch B H b e f h Weight
ISO Length 1m* Length 2m inch mm mm mm mm mm mm kg/m
06 B-1 141 001 00 141 101 00 3/8 x 7/32“ 15 10 5,4 - - 1,5 0,13
083 141 003 00 141 103 00 1/2 x 3/16“ 15 10 4,7 - - 1,6 0,10
08 B-1 141 005 00 141 105 00 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 10 7,4 - - 2,2 0,18
08 B-1 141 005 01 141 105 01 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 15 7,4 - - 2,2 0,26
08 B-1 141 005 02 141 105 02 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 20 7,4 - - 2,2 0,34
10 B-1 141 006 00 141 106 00 5/8 x 3/8“ 20 15 9,2 - - 2,6 0,25
10 B-1 141 006 01 141 106 01 5/8 x 3/8“ 20 20 9,2 - - 2,6 0,33
12 B-1 141 007 00 141 107 00 3/4 x 7/16“ 25 15 11,3 - - 2,4 0,32
12 B-1 141 007 01 141 107 01 3/4 x 7/16“ 25 20 11,3 - - 2,4 0,43
16 B-1 141 008 00 141 108 00 1“ x 17,02 mm 40 15 16,5 - - 3,5 0,45
16 B-1 141 008 01 141 108 01 1“ x 17,02 mm 40 20 16,5 - - 3,5 0,68
06 B-2 141 021 00 141 121 00 3/8 x 7/32“ 25 10 5,4 4,9 15,7 1,5 0,22
08 B-2 141 025 00 141 125 00 1/2 x 5/16“ 35 10 7,4 6,6 21,4 2,2 0,30
08 B-2 141 025 01 141 125 01 1/2 x 5/16“ 35 15 7,4 6,6 21,4 2,2 0,46
08 B-2 141 025 02 141 125 02 1/2 x 5/16“ 35 20 7,4 6,6 21,4 2,2 0,63
10 B-2 141 026 00 141 126 00 5/8 x 3/8“ 40 10 9,2 7,4 25,8 2,6 0,32
10 B-2 141 026 01 141 126 01 5/8 x 3/8“ 40 15 9,2 7,4 25,8 2,6 0,54
10 B-2 141 026 02 141 126 02 5/8 x 3/8“ 40 20 9,2 7,4 25,8 2,6 0,77
12 B-2 141 027 01 141 127 01 3/4 x 7/16“ 45 15 11,3 8,2 30,8 2,4 0,62
12 B-2 141 027 02 141 127 02 3/4 x 7/16“ 45 20 11,3 8,2 30,8 2,4 0,85
16 B-2 141 028 01 141 128 01 1“ x 17,02 mm 65 15 16,5 15,4 48,4 3,5 0,86
16 B-2 141 028 02 141 128 02 1“ x 17,02 mm 65 20 16,5 15,4 48,4 3,5 1,19
06 B-3 141 031 00 141 131 00 3/8 x 7/32“ 35 10 5,4 4,9 25,9 1,5 0,77
08 B-3 141 035 00 141 135 00 1/2 x 5/16“ 45 10 7,4 6,5 35,2 2,2 0,82
08 B-3 141 035 01 141 135 01 1/2 x 5/16“ 45 15 7,4 6,5 35,2 2,2 1,05
08 B-3 141 035 02 141 135 02 1/2 x 5/16“ 45 20 7,4 6,5 35,2 2,2 1,27
10 B-3 141 036 00 141 136 00 5/8 x 3/8“ 55 10 9,2 7,4 42,4 2,6 0,85
10 B-3 141 036 01 141 136 01 5/8 x 3/8“ 55 15 9,2 7,4 42,4 2,6 1,13
10 B-3 141 036 02 141 136 02 5/8 x 3/8“ 55 20 9,2 7,4 42,4 2,6 1,40
12 B-3 141 037 00 141 137 00 3/4 x 7/16“ 60 15 11,3 8,2 50,2 2,4 0,86
12 B-3 141 037 01 141 137 01 3/4 x 7/16“ 60 20 11,3 8,2 50,2 2,4 1,16
* One end is cut by saw. Length tolerance -5mm.
Tensioning Wheels page 109
® 57
Chain Breaker Chain Puller Chain Lubrication Spray
Ordering Details: e.g.: Ordering Details: e.g.: Ordering Details:
Product No. 140 703 00, Chain Breaker 06 B Product No. 140 721 00, Chain Puller 081-12 B Product No. 140 701 00, Chain Lubrication Spray
Product No. for DIN Weight Product No. for DIN* Weight Product No. Contents Weight
g g ml g
140 703 00 06 B-1, 06 B-2 910 140 721 00 081, 083, 08 B to 12 B 160 140 701 00 400 465
140 705 00 081, 083, 08 B-1 915 140 722 00 16 B to max. 65 mm 960
and 08 B-2 *can also be used for similar sizes of other • special adhesive lubricant for the
140 707 00 10 B-1, 10 B-2, 1160 standards and for double-strand and maintenance of heavy duty and fast running
12 B-1 and 12 B-2 triple-strand chains. drives or timing chains, plain bearings,
140 708 00 16 B-1 2020 open gear units, etc.
Product No. 140 721 00 with knob.
• temperature resistant from -10º to +140ºC.
Replacement Pin for Chain Breaker Product No. 140 722 00 with turn lever.
• strong adhesive power.
Product No. Matching • highly capable of creep.
Replacement Pin Chain Breaker • drives out water.
140 713 00 140 703 00 (Type 455) • dampens noise.
140 715 00 140 705 00 (Type 462) • protects from wear.
140 717 00 140 707 00 (Type 501-513) • protects from corrosion.
140 718 00 140 708 00 (Type 548) • silicone-free.
Chain Tensioners page 111
58 ®
Rolling bearings at MÄDLER®:
Ball bearings, open Ball bearings, 2Z Ball bearings, 2RS
®
®
The premium brand The reliable brand
- for the sophisiticated - the inexpensive
application option
Angular contact Self aligning Cylindrical roller
ball bearings ball bearings bearings
Spherical roller Tapered roller
bearings bearings
The rolling bearings are to find:
• in this catalog page 416
• on the internet at www.maedler.de
® 59
Overview Sprockets for Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Sprockets for Single-Strand Roller Chains (Simplex-Chains)
Pitch Type Page
Comp. stand. 4 mm 4 mm Steel with hub, pre-bored ....................................................... 79
DIN ISO 03 5 mm Steel with hub, pre-bored........................................................ 79
DIN ISO 04 6 mm Plastic acetal, pre-bored .......................................................... 62
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored .................................... 80
DIN ISO 05B-1 8 mm Plastic acetal, pre-bored ......................................................... 62
Stainless steel, pre-bored ......................................................... 63
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored .................................... 81
DIN ISO 06B-1 3/8x7/32“ Plastic acetal, pre-bored .......................................................... 62
Stainless steel, pre-bored ......................................................... 63
Steel hardened, ready-to-mount, custom bore with keyway.... 64
Taper version, ready for Taper clamping bush ......................... 74
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored, partly hardened ......... 82
Double sprockets for two single-strand chains, pre-bored ....... 91
DIN ISO 081 1/2x1/8“ Plastic acetal, pre-bored .......................................................... 62
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored .................................... 83
DIN ISO 083 1/2x3/16“ Plastic acetal, pre-bored .......................................................... 62
and comp. standard Steel with and without hub, pre-bored .................................... 84
DIN ISO 08B-1 1/2x5/16“ Plastic acetal, pre-bored .......................................................... 62
Stainless steel, pre-bored ......................................................... 63
Steel hardened, ready-to-mount, custom bore with keyway.... 66
Taper version, ready for Taper clamping bush ......................... 74
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored, partly hardened ......... 85
Double sprockets for two single-strand chains, pre-bored ....... 91
DIN ISO 10B-1 5/8x3/8“ Stainless steel, pre-bored ......................................................... 63
Steel hardened, ready-to-mount, custom bore with keyway.... 68
Taper version, ready for Taper clamping bush ......................... 74
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored, partly hardened ......... 86
Double sprockets for two single-strand chains, pre-bored ....... 91
DIN ISO 12B-1 3/4x7/16“ Stainless steel, pre-bored ........................................................ 63
Steel hardened, ready-to-mount, custom bore with keyway.... 70
Taper version, ready for Taper clamping bush ......................... 74
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored .................................... 87
Double sprockets for two single-strand chains, pre-bored ....... 91
DIN ISO 16B-1 1“x17.02 Stainless steel, pre-bored ......................................................... 63
Steel hardened, ready-to-mount, custom bore with keyway.... 72
Taper version, ready for Taper clamping bush ......................... 75
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored .................................... 88
Double sprockets for two single-strand chains, pre-bored ....... 91
DIN ISO 20B-1 1 1/4x3/4“ Steel with and without hub, pre-bored .................................... 89
DIN ISO 24B-1 1 1/2x1“ Steel with and without hub, pre-bored .................................... 90
Single-strand roller chains see page: 35-42, 46-55
Chain tensioners see page: 111
Chain-tensioning wheels see page: 109-115
Other sizes and sprockets with special design on request.
60 ®
Overview Sprockets for Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Sprockets for Double-Strand Roller Chains (Duplex-Chains)
Pitch Type Page
DIN ISO 05B-2 8mm steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 94
DIN ISO 06B-2 3/8x7/32“ taper version, complete for taper bush ......................... 92
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 95
DIN ISO 08B-2 1/2x5/16“ taper version, complete for taper bush ......................... 92
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 96
DIN ISO 10B-2 5/8x3/8“ taper version, complete for taper bush ......................... 92
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 97
DIN ISO 12B-2 3/4x7/16“ taper version, complete for taper bush ......................... 92
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 98
DIN ISO 16B-2 1“x17,02 mm taper version, complete for taper bush ......................... 93
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 99
DIN ISO 20B-2 1 1/4x3/4“ Steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 100
DIN ISO 24B-2 1 1/2x1“ Steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 100
Double-strand roller chains see page: 43
Double-strand chain tensioners see page: 111
Double-strand chain-tensioning-wheels see page: 115
Other sizes and sprockets with special design on request.
Sprockets for Triple-Strand Roller Chains (Triplex-Chains)
Pitch Type Page
DIN ISO 06B-3 3/8x7/32“ taper version, complete for taper bush ......................... 101
steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 102
DIN ISO 08B-3 1/2x5/16“ taper version, complete for taper bush ......................... 101
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 103
DIN ISO 10B-3 5/8x3/8“ taper version, complete for taper bush ......................... 101
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 104
DIN ISO 12B-3 3/4x7/16“ taper version, complete for taper bush ......................... 101
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 105
DIN ISO 16B-3 1“x17,02 mm taper version, complete for taper bush ......................... 101
Steel with and without hub, pre-bored ......................... 106
Triple-strand roller chains see page: 45 Reworking within
Triple-strand chain tensioners see page: 112 24h-service possible.
Triple-strand chain-tensioning-wheel page: 115
Other sizes and sprockets with special design on request. Custom made parts
on request.
® 61
Sprockets KRK Made from Acetal Resin with One-Sided Hub, Die Cast
Bores ISO H8.
Material specifications see page 821.
Metal inlays at the hub with custom bore, feather keyways or
threads for set screw available on request, depending on the
amount and size ordered.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 513 00, KRK, Pitch 6 mm, Acetal Resin
Pitch 6 mm, ISO 04, Pitch 1/2 x 1/8“, ISO 081,
B1 = 2.6 mm, c = 0.6 mm, r3 = 6 mm B1 = 3 mm, c = 1.3 mm, r3 = 13 mm
Product No. Number da d B ND L Weight Product No. Number da d B ND L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g
100 513 00 13 27,5 25,05 8 18 10 3 102 513 00 13 58,0 53,07 8 24 16 15
100 515 00 15 31,0 28,86 8 21 10 5 102 515 00 15 66,0 61,09 8 24 16 18
100 517 00 17 35,0 32,65 8 24 13 8 102 517 00 17 74,0 69,11 10 28 18 25
100 519 00 19 39,0 36,44 8 24 13 9 102 519 00 19 82,0 77,16 10 28 18 29
100 521 00 21 42,5 40,25 10 28 13 11 102 521 00 21 90,5 85,22 12 32 20 39
100 523 00 23 46,5 44,06 10 28 13 12 102 523 00 23 98,5 93,27 12 32 20 46
100 525 00 25 50,0 47,87 10 28 13 13 102 525 00 25 107,0 101,33 12 32 20 51
Pitch 8 mm, ISO 05 B-1, Pitch 1/2 x 3/16“, ISO 083,
B1 = 2.8 mm, c = 0.8 mm, r3 = 8 mm B1 = 4 mm, c = 1.3 mm, r3 = 13 mm
Product No. Number da d B ND L Weight Product No. Number da d B ND L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g
100 563 00 13 36,5 33,42 8 24 13 8 103 513 00 13 58,0 53,07 8 24 17,4 18
100 565 00 15 41,5 38,48 8 24 13 9 103 515 00 15 66,0 61,09 8 24 17,4 23
100 567 00 17 46,5 43,53 10 28 14 13 103 517 00 17 74,0 69,11 10 28 19,4 31
100 569 00 19 52,0 48,61 10 28 14 14 103 519 00 19 82,0 77,16 10 28 19,4 37
100 571 00 21 57,0 53,68 10 28 14 15 103 521 00 21 90,5 85,22 12 32 21,4 48
100 573 00 23 62,5 58,75 10 28 14 17 103 523 00 23 98,5 93,27 12 32 21,4 56
100 575 00 25 67,0 63,83 10 28 14 19 103 525 00 25 107,0 101,33 12 32 21,4 66
Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“, ISO 06 B-1, Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“, ISO 08 B-1,
B1 = 5.3 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r3 = 10 mm B1 = 7.2 mm, c = 1.3 mm, r3 = 13 mm
Product No. Number da d B ND L Weight Product No. Number da d B ND L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g
101 513 00 13 43,0 39,79 8 24 16 13 105 513 00 13 58,0 53,07 10 28 20 26
101 515 00 15 49,0 45,81 8 24 16 16 105 515 00 15 66,0 61,09 10 28 20 33
101 517 00 17 55,5 51,83 10 28 16 20 105 517 00 17 74,0 69,11 12 32 25 48
101 519 00 19 61,5 57,87 10 28 16 24 105 519 00 19 82,0 77,16 12 32 25 56
101 521 00 21 68,0 63,91 12 32 20 33 105 521 00 21 90,5 85,22 16 36 25 68
101 523 00 23 74,0 69,95 12 32 20 38 105 523 00 23 98,5 93,27 16 36 25 79
101 525 00 25 80,0 76,00 12 32 20 44 105 525 00 25 107,0 101,33 16 36 25 90
Note regarding pulleys made from acetal resin Reworking within
Inside these injection-moulded parts are some cavities caused by 24h-service possible.
production. These parts should therefore not be drilled too deep. Custom made parts
With larger bores or when grooving the cavities might become
visible. This often does not affect the functionality. on request.
62 ®
Sprockets KRR Made from Stainless Steel with One-Sided Hub
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305.
Teeth milled, pre-bored. A
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 998 13, Sprocket, Pitch 8 mm, 13 Teeth, Stainless
Pitch 8 mm, ISO 05 B-1, Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“, ISO 10 B-1,
B1 = 2.8 mm, c = 0.8 mm, r3 = 8 mm B1 = 9.1 mm, c = 1.6 mm, r3 = 16 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g
100 998 13 13 36,7 33,42 23 8 13 44 106 991 13 13 73,0 66,32 47 12 30 482
100 998 15 15 41,7 38,48 28 8 13 65 106 991 14 14 78,0 71,34 52 12 30 570
100 998 17 17 46,8 43,53 30 8 14 85 106 991 15 15 83,0 76,36 57 12 30 695
100 998 19 19 51,9 48,61 30 8 14 93 106 991 16 16 88,0 81,37 60 14 30 757
100 998 21 21 57,0 53,68 35 8 14 124 106 991 17 17 93,0 86,39 60 14 30 812
100 998 23 23 62,0 58,75 35 8 14 131 106 991 18 18 98,3 91,42 70 14 30 1039
100 998 25 25 67,5 63,83 35 8 14 142 106 991 19 19 103,3 96,45 70 14 30 1175
106 991 20 20 108,4 101,49 75 14 30 1228
106 991 21 21 113,4 106,52 75 16 30 1382
106 991 23 23 123,4 116,58 80 16 30 1500
106 991 25 25 134,0 126,66 80 16 30 1620
106 991 30 30 158,8 151,87 90 20 35 2464
Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“, ISO 06 B-1, Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“, ISO 12 B-1,
B1 = 5.3 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r3 = 10 mm B1 = 11.1 mm, c = 2 mm, r3 = 19 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g
101 991 13 13 43,0 39,79 28 10 25 123 107 991 13 13 87,5 79,59 58 16 35 830
101 991 15 15 49,3 45,81 34 10 25 188 107 991 15 15 99,8 91,63 70 16 35 1190
101 991 16 16 52,3 48,82 37 10 28 241 107 991 16 16 105,5 97,65 75 16 35 1376
101 991 17 17 55,3 51,83 40 10 28 287 107 991 17 17 111,5 103,67 80 16 35 1569
101 991 18 18 58,3 54,85 43 10 28 331 107 991 18 18 118,0 109,71 80 16 35 1653
101 991 19 19 61,3 57,87 45 10 28 370 107 991 19 19 124,2 115,75 80 16 35 1752
101 991 20 20 64,3 60,89 46 10 28 380 107 991 20 20 129,7 121,78 80 16 35 1837
101 991 21 21 68,0 63,91 48 12 28 391 107 991 21 21 136,0 127,82 90 20 40 2398
101 991 23 23 73,5 69,95 52 12 28 502 107 991 23 23 149,0 139,90 90 20 40 2613
101 991 25 25 80,0 76,00 57 12 28 592 107 991 25 25 160,0 152,00 90 20 40 2853
101 991 30 30 94,7 91,12 60 12 28 787
Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“, ISO 08 B-1, Pitch 1“ x 17.02, ISO 16 B-1,
B1 = 7.2 mm, c = 1.3 mm, r3 = 13 mm B1 = 16.2 mm, c = 2.5 mm, r3 = 26 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g
105 991 12 12 53,0 49,07 33 10 28 215 108 991 13 13 117,0 106,12 78 16 40 1830
105 991 13 13 57,9 53,07 37 10 28 270 108 991 15 15 133,0 122,17 92 16 40 2527
105 991 15 15 65,9 61,09 45 10 28 395 108 991 16 16 141,0 130,20 100 20 45 3218
105 991 16 16 69,9 65,10 50 12 28 465 108 991 17 17 149,0 138,22 100 20 45 3417
105 991 17 17 74,0 69,11 52 12 28 510 108 991 18 18 157,0 146,28 100 20 45 3642
105 991 18 18 78,0 73,14 56 12 28 593 108 991 19 19 165,2 154,33 100 20 45 3882
105 991 19 19 82,0 77,16 60 12 28 670 108 991 20 20 173,0 162,38 100 20 45 4102
105 991 20 20 86,0 81,19 64 12 28 775 108 991 21 21 181,2 170,43 110 20 50 5121
105 991 21 21 90,1 85,22 68 14 28 861
105 991 23 23 98,1 93,27 70 14 28 958
105 991 25 25 106,2 101,33 70 14 28 1034
105 991 30 30 126,3 121,50 80 16 30 1480
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 63
Sprockets KRF, Teeth Hardened, Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“, ISO 06 B-1
Material: Steel C45.
Ready-to-install, for various shaft diameters.
Teeth milled and induction hardened (approx. HRC 50), custom
bore H7 - surface parameter Ra 1.6, keyway in accordance with
DIN 6885/1 positioned beneath tip of tooth, 2 threads for set
screws, one positioned for the keyway, one offset by 90°.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 101 810 12, Sprocket KRF, Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“ ,
10 Teeth, 12 mm Bore
Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“, B 1 = 5.3 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 10 mm
Product No. Number Bore Type da d ND L K T2 M Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
101 810 12 10 12 B 34,5 30,82 26 20 4 1,8 M4 0,066
101 810 14 10 14 B 34,5 30,82 29 20 5 2,3 M4 0,068
101 811 14 11 14 B 37,5 33,80 29 25 5 2,3 M4 0,144
101 811 15 11 15 B 37,5 33,80 30 25 5 2,3 M4 0,088
101 812 12 12 12 B 40,5 36,80 26 25 4 1,8 M4 0,102
101 812 14 12 14 B 40,5 36,80 29 25 5 2,3 M4 0,108
101 812 15 12 15 B 40,5 36,80 30 25 5 2,3 M4 0,110
101 813 14 13 14 A 43,5 39,80 28 25 5 2,3 M4 0,116
101 813 15 13 15 A 43,5 39,80 28 25 5 2,3 M4 0,110
101 814 14 14 14 A 46,5 42,80 31 25 5 2,3 M4 0,144
101 814 15 14 15 A 46,5 42,80 31 25 5 2,3 M4 0,140
101 814 16 14 16 A 46,5 42,80 31 25 5 2,3 M4 0,134
101 814 19 14 19 B 46,5 42,80 35 25 6 2,8 M5 0,142
101 815 14 15 14 A 49,5 45,81 34 25 5 2,3 M4 0,174
101 815 15 15 15 A 49,5 45,81 34 25 5 2,3 M4 0,170
101 815 20 15 20 A 49,5 45,81 34 25 6 2,8 M5 0,142
101 815 24 15 24 B 49,5 45,81 42 25 8 3,3 M6 0,168
101 815 25 15 25 B 49,5 45,81 42 25 8 3,3 M6 0,160
101 816 15 16 15 A 52,5 48,82 37 28 5 2,3 M4 0,228
101 816 18 16 18 A 52,5 48,82 37 28 6 2,8 M5 0,212
101 816 20 16 20 A 52,5 48,82 37 28 6 2,8 M5 0,188
101 816 25 16 25 B 52,5 48,82 42 28 8 3,3 M6 0,202
101 817 14 17 14 A 55,5 51,83 40 28 5 2,3 M4 0,274
101 817 16 17 16 A 55,5 51,83 40 28 5 2,3 M4 0,266
101 817 20 17 20 A 55,5 51,83 40 28 6 2,8 M5 0,238
101 817 24 17 24 B 55,5 51,83 46 28 8 3,3 M6 0,262
101 817 25 17 25 B 55,5 51,83 46 28 8 3,3 M6 0,256
101 818 14 18 14 A 58,6 54,85 40 28 5 2,3 M4 0,286
101 818 16 18 16 A 58,6 54,85 43 28 5 2,3 M4 0,310
101 818 20 18 20 A 58,6 54,85 43 28 6 2,8 M5 0,282
Tolerances
Bore
from 12 mm to 18 mm: +0.018 / -0
from 19 mm to 30 mm: +0.021 / -0
from 32 mm to 50 mm: +0.025 / -0
Keyway width
from 4 mm to 6 mm: +0.030 / -0
from 8 mm to 10 mm: +0.036 / -0
from 12 mm to 14 mm: +0.043 / -0
Keyway depth
from 1.8 mm to 2.8 mm: +0.10 / -0
from 3.3 mm to 3.8 mm: +0.20 / -0
64 ®
Sprockets KRF, Teeth Hardened, Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“, ISO 06 B-1
Material: Steel C45.
Ready-to-install, for various shaft diameters.
Teeth milled and induction hardened (approx. HRC 50), custom
bore H7 - surface parameter Ra 1.6, keyway in accordance with
DIN 6885/1 positioned beneath tip of tooth, 2 threads for set
screws, one positioned for the keyway, one offset by 90°.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 101 818 24, Sprocket KRF, Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“ ,
18 Teeth, 24 mm Bore
Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“, B 1 = 5.3 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 10 mm
Product No. Number Bore Type da d ND L K T2 M Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
101 818 24 18 24 A 58,6 54,85 43 28 8 3,3 M6 0,252
101 818 25 18 25 A 58,6 54,85 43 28 8 3,3 M6 0,242
101 819 12 19 12 A 61,6 57,87 40 28 4 1,8 M4 0,304
101 819 14 19 14 A 61,6 57,87 40 28 5 2,3 M4 0,286
101 819 15 19 15 A 61,6 57,87 45 28 5 2,3 M4 0,350
101 819 20 19 20 A 61,6 57,87 45 28 6 2,8 M5 0,318
101 819 25 19 25 A 61,6 57,87 45 28 8 3,3 M6 0,276
101 820 14 20 14 A 64,6 60,89 40 28 5 2,3 M4 0,306
101 820 20 20 20 A 64,6 60,89 46 28 6 2,8 M5 0,340
101 820 24 20 24 A 64,6 60,89 46 28 8 3,3 M6 0,308
101 820 25 20 25 A 64,6 60,89 46 28 8 3,3 M6 0,300
101 821 15 21 15 A 67,6 63,91 48 28 5 2,3 M4 0,408
101 821 20 21 20 A 67,6 63,91 48 28 6 2,8 M5 0,380
101 821 24 21 24 A 67,6 63,91 48 28 8 3,3 M6 0,348
101 821 25 21 25 A 67,6 63,91 48 28 8 3,3 M6 0,340
101 822 20 22 20 A 70,6 66,93 50 28 6 2,8 M5 0,424
101 822 24 22 24 A 70,6 66,93 50 28 8 3,3 M6 0,384
101 822 25 22 25 A 70,6 66,93 50 28 8 3,3 M6 0,382
101 823 20 23 20 A 73,7 69,95 52 28 6 2,8 M5 0,464
101 823 25 23 25 A 73,7 69,95 52 28 8 3,3 M6 0,420
101 824 20 24 20 A 76,7 72,97 54 28 6 2,8 M5 0,508
101 824 25 24 25 A 76,7 72,97 54 28 8 3,3 M6 0,466
101 824 30 24 30 A 76,7 72,97 54 28 8 3,3 M6 0,422
101 825 20 25 20 A 79,7 76,00 57 28 6 2,8 M5 0,568
101 825 22 25 22 A 79,7 76,00 57 28 6 2,8 M5 0,550
101 825 25 25 25 A 79,7 76,00 57 28 8 3,3 M6 0,524
101 825 30 25 30 A 79,7 76,00 57 28 8 3,3 M6 0,478
101 830 20 30 20 A 94,8 91,12 60 30 6 2,8 M5 0,746
101 830 25 30 25 A 94,8 91,12 60 30 8 3,3 M6 0,704
101 830 30 30 30 A 94,8 91,12 60 30 8 3,3 M6 0,656
Tolerances
Bore
from 12 mm to 18 mm: +0.018 / -0
from 19 mm to 30 mm: +0.021 / -0
from 32 mm to 50 mm: +0.025 / -0
Keyway Width
from 4 mm to 6 mm: +0.030 / -0
from 8 mm to 10 mm: +0.036 / -0
from 12 mm to 14 mm: +0.043 / -0
Keyway depth
from 1.8 mm to 2.8 mm: +0.10 / -0
from 3.3 mm to 3.8 mm: +0.20 / -0
® 65
Sprockets KRF, Teeth Hardened, Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“, ISO 08 B-1
Material: Steel C45.
Ready-to-install, for various shaft diameters.
Teeth milled and induction hardened (approx. HRC 50), custom
bore H7 - surface parameter Ra 1.6, keyway in accordance with
DIN 6885/1 positioned beneath tip of tooth, 2 threads for set
screws, one positioned for the keyway, one offset by 90°.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 105 810 15, Sprocket KRF, Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“ ,
10 Teeth, 15 mm Bore
Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“, B 1 = 7.2 mm, c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm
Product No. Number Bore Type da d ND L K T2 M Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
105 810 15 10 15 B 45,90 41,10 31 25 5 2,3 M4 0,126
105 810 16 10 16 B 45,90 41,10 31 25 5 2,3 M4 0,118
105 811 14 11 14 A 49,90 45,07 29 25 5 2,3 M4 0,142
105 811 15 11 15 B 49,90 45,07 31 25 5 2,3 M4 0,146
105 811 16 11 16 B 49,90 45,07 31 25 5 2,3 M4 0,140
105 811 18 11 18 B 49,90 45,07 37 25 6 2,8 M5 0,158
105 812 15 12 15 A 53,90 49,07 33 28 5 2,3 M4 0,200
105 812 16 12 16 A 53,90 49,07 33 28 5 2,3 M4 0,184
105 812 18 12 18 A 53,90 49,07 33 28 6 2,8 M5 0,174
105 812 20 12 20 A 53,90 49,07 33 28 6 2,8 M5 0,166
105 812 25 12 25 B 53,90 49,07 42 28 8 3,3 M6 0,180
105 813 16 13 16 A 57,90 53,07 37 28 5 2,3 M4 0,246
105 813 20 13 20 A 57,90 53,07 37 28 6 2,8 M5 0,220
105 813 25 13 25 B 57,90 53,07 42 28 8 3,3 M6 0,216
105 813 28 13 28 B 57,90 53,07 45 28 8 3,3 M6 0,212
105 814 16 14 16 A 61,90 57,07 41 28 5 2,3 M4 0,304
105 814 19 14 19 A 61,90 57,07 41 28 6 2,8 M5 0,284
105 814 20 14 20 A 61,90 57,07 41 28 6 2,8 M5 0,276
105 814 25 14 25 A 61,90 57,07 41 28 8 3,3 M6 0,236
105 814 28 14 28 B 61,90 57,07 48 28 8 3,3 M6 0,266
105 815 16 15 16 A 65,90 61,09 45 28 5 2,3 M4 0,366
105 815 19 15 19 A 65,90 61,09 45 28 6 2,8 M5 0,348
105 815 20 15 20 A 65,90 61,09 45 28 6 2,8 M5 0,340
105 815 24 15 24 A 65,90 61,09 45 28 8 3,3 M6 0,308
105 815 25 15 25 A 65,90 61,09 45 28 8 3,3 M6 0,300
105 815 28 15 28 A 65,90 61,09 45 28 8 3,3 M6 0,272
105 815 30 15 30 B 65,90 61,09 52 28 8 3,3 M6 0,316
105 816 18 16 18 A 69,90 65,10 50 28 6 2,8 M5 0,438
105 816 20 16 20 A 69,90 65,10 50 28 6 2,8 M5 0,426
105 816 24 16 24 A 69,90 65,10 50 28 8 3,3 M6 0,382
105 816 25 16 25 A 69,90 65,10 50 28 8 3,3 M6 0,382
105 816 30 16 30 A 69,90 65,10 50 28 8 3,3 M6 0,336
105 817 18 17 18 A 74,00 69,11 52 28 6 2,8 M5 0,486
105 817 19 17 19 A 74,00 69,11 52 28 6 2,8 M5 0,482
105 817 20 17 20 A 74,00 69,11 52 28 6 2,8 M5 0,472
105 817 24 17 24 A 74,00 69,11 52 28 8 3,3 M6 0,438
105 817 25 17 25 A 74,00 69,11 52 28 8 3,3 M6 0,428
105 817 28 17 28 A 74,00 69,11 52 28 8 3,3 M6 0,402
105 817 30 17 30 A 74,00 69,11 52 28 8 3,3 M6 0,388
105 818 18 18 18 A 78,00 73,14 52 28 6 2,8 M5 0,510
105 818 20 18 20 A 78,00 73,14 56 28 6 2,8 M5 0,550
105 818 24 18 24 A 78,00 73,14 56 28 8 3,3 M6 0,516
Tolerances
Bore
from 12 mm to 18 mm: +0.018 / -0
from 19 mm to 30 mm: +0.021 / -0
from 32 mm to 50 mm: +0.025 / -0
Keyway width
from 4 mm to 6 mm: +0.030 / -0
from 8 mm to 10 mm: +0.036 / -0
from 12 mm to 14 mm: +0.043 / -0
Keyway depth
from 1.8 mm to 2.8 mm: +0.10 / -0
from 3.3 mm to 3.8 mm: +0.20 / -0
66 ®
Sprockets KRF, Teeth Hardened, Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“, ISO 08 B-1
Material: Steel C45.
Ready-to-install, for various shaft diameters.
Teeth milled and induction hardened (approx. HRC 50), custom
bore H7 - surface parameter Ra 1.6, keyway in accordance with
DIN 6885/1 positioned beneath tip of tooth, 2 threads for set
screws, one positioned for the keyway, one offset by 90°.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 105 818 25, Sprocket KRF, Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“ ,
18 Teeth, 25 mm Bore
Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“, B 1 = 7.2 mm, c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm
Product No. Number Bore Type da d ND L K T2 M Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
105 818 25 18 25 A 78,00 73,14 56 28 8 3,3 M6 0,510
105 818 30 18 30 A 78,00 73,14 56 28 8 3,3 M6 0,464
105 818 35 18 35 A 78,00 73,14 56 28 10 3,3 M8 0,406
105 819 20 19 20 A 82,00 77,16 60 28 6 2,8 M5 0,636
105 819 25 19 25 A 82,00 77,16 60 28 8 3,3 M6 0,584
105 819 30 19 30 A 82,00 77,16 60 28 8 3,3 M6 0,548
105 819 35 19 35 A 82,00 77,16 60 28 10 3,3 M8 0,488
105 820 18 20 18 A 86,00 81,19 55 28 6 2,8 M5 0,614
105 820 20 20 20 A 86,00 81,19 64 28 6 2,8 M5 0,740
105 820 24 20 24 A 86,00 81,19 64 28 8 3,3 M6 0,710
105 820 25 20 25 A 86,00 81,19 64 28 8 3,3 M6 0,700
105 820 28 20 28 A 86,00 81,19 64 28 8 3,3 M6 0,672
105 820 30 20 30 A 86,00 81,19 64 28 8 3,3 M6 0,652
105 820 35 20 35 A 86,00 81,19 64 28 10 3,3 M8 0,610
105 821 20 21 20 A 90,10 85,22 60 28 6 2,8 M5 0,702
105 821 25 21 25 A 90,10 85,22 68 28 8 3,3 M6 0,782
105 821 30 21 30 A 90,10 85,22 68 28 8 3,3 M6 0,750
105 821 35 21 35 A 90,10 85,22 68 28 10 3,3 M8 0,686
105 822 20 22 20 A 94,10 89,24 65 28 6 2,8 M5 0,816
105 822 25 22 25 A 94,10 89,24 70 28 8 3,3 M6 0,858
105 822 30 22 30 A 94,10 89,24 70 28 8 3,3 M6 0,808
105 822 35 22 35 A 94,10 89,24 70 28 10 3,3 M8 0,754
105 823 20 23 20 A 98,10 93,27 65 28 6 2,8 M5 0,848
105 823 25 23 25 A 98,10 93,27 70 28 8 3,3 M6 0,884
105 823 30 23 30 A 98,10 93,27 70 28 8 3,3 M6 0,844
105 823 35 23 35 A 98,10 93,27 70 28 10 3,3 M8 0,780
105 824 20 24 20 A 102,10 97,29 65 28 6 2,8 M5 0,880
105 824 25 24 25 A 102,10 97,29 70 28 8 3,3 M6 0,830
105 824 28 24 28 A 102,10 97,29 70 28 8 3,3 M6 0,804
105 824 30 24 30 A 102,10 97,29 70 28 8 3,3 M6 0,882
105 824 35 24 35 A 102,10 97,29 70 28 10 3,3 M8 0,824
105 825 20 25 20 A 106,20 101,33 65 28 6 2,8 M5 0,820
105 825 24 25 24 A 106,20 101,33 70 28 8 3,3 M6 0,872
105 825 25 25 25 A 106,20 101,33 70 28 8 3,3 M6 0,868
105 825 28 25 28 A 106,20 101,33 70 28 8 3,3 M6 0,842
105 825 30 25 30 A 106,20 101,33 70 28 8 3,3 M6 0,824
105 825 35 25 35 A 106,20 101,33 70 28 10 3,3 M8 0,864
105 830 25 30 25 A 126,30 121,50 75 30 8 3,3 M6 1,314
105 830 28 30 28 A 126,30 121,50 75 30 8 3,3 M6 1,284
105 830 30 30 30 A 126,30 121,50 80 30 8 3,3 M6 1,366
105 830 35 30 35 A 126,30 121,50 80 30 10 3,3 M8 1,314
Tolerances
Bore
from 12 mm to 18 mm: +0.018 / -0
from 19 mm to 30 mm: +0.021 / -0
from 32 mm to 50 mm: +0.025 / -0
Keyway width
from 4 mm to 6 mm: +0.030 / -0
from 8 mm to 10 mm: +0.036 / -0
from 12 mm to 14 mm: +0.043 / -0
Keyway depth
from 1.8 mm to 2.8 mm: +0.10 / -0
from 3.3 mm to 3.8 mm: +0.20 / -0
® 67
Sprockets KRF, Teeth Hardened, Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“, ISO 10 B-1
Material: Steel C45.
Ready-to-install, for various shaft diameters.
Teeth milled and induction hardened (approx. HRC 50), custom
bore H7 - surface parameter Ra 1.6, keyway in accordance with
DIN 6885/1 positioned beneath tip of tooth, 2 threads for set
screws, one positioned for the keyway, one offset by 90°.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 106 810 18, Sprocket KRF, Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“ , 10
Teeth, 18 mm Bore
Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“, B 1 = 9.1 mm, c = 1.6 mm, r 3 = 16 mm
Product No. Number Bore Type da d ND L K T2 M Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
106 810 18 10 18 A 58,3 51,37 35 25 6 2,8 M5 0,202
106 810 19 10 19 A 58,3 51,37 35 25 6 2,8 M5 0,186
106 810 20 10 20 A 58,3 51,37 35 25 6 2,8 M5 0,184
106 811 20 11 20 A 63,2 56,34 37 30 6 2,8 M5 0,260
106 811 25 11 25 B 63,2 56,34 47 30 8 3,3 M6 0,280
106 812 20 12 20 A 68,2 61,34 42 30 6 2,8 M5 0,344
106 812 25 12 25 A 68,2 61,34 42 30 8 3,3 M6 0,300
106 812 30 12 30 B 68,2 61,34 51 30 8 3,3 M6 0,322
106 813 18 13 18 A 73,2 66,32 47 30 6 2,8 M5 0,450
106 813 20 13 20 A 73,2 66,32 47 30 6 2,8 M5 0,436
106 813 25 13 25 A 73,2 66,32 47 30 8 3,3 M6 0,380
106 813 30 13 30 A 73,2 66,32 47 30 8 3,3 M6 0,340
106 814 20 14 20 A 78,2 71,34 52 30 6 2,8 M5 0,534
106 814 25 14 25 A 78,2 71,34 52 30 8 3,3 M6 0,480
106 814 30 14 30 A 78,2 71,34 52 30 8 3,3 M6 0,436
106 815 20 15 20 A 83,2 76,36 57 30 6 2,8 M5 0,646
106 815 24 15 24 A 83,2 76,36 57 30 8 3,3 M6 0,606
106 815 25 15 25 A 83,2 76,36 57 30 8 3,3 M6 0,588
106 815 30 15 30 A 83,2 76,36 57 30 8 3,3 M6 0,550
106 815 35 15 35 A 83,2 76,36 57 30 10 3,3 M8 0,486
106 816 20 16 20 A 88,3 81,37 60 30 6 2,8 M5 0,742
106 816 24 16 24 A 88,3 81,37 60 30 8 3,3 M6 0,708
106 816 25 16 25 A 88,3 81,37 60 30 8 3,3 M6 0,688
106 816 30 16 30 A 88,3 81,37 60 30 8 3,3 M6 0,646
106 816 35 16 35 A 88,3 81,37 60 30 10 3,3 M8 0,578
106 817 20 17 20 A 93,3 86,39 60 30 6 2,8 M5 0,784
106 817 25 17 25 A 93,3 86,39 60 30 8 3,3 M6 0,738
106 817 30 17 30 A 93,3 86,39 60 30 8 3,3 M6 0,684
106 817 35 17 35 A 93,3 86,39 60 30 10 3,3 M8 0,630
106 818 20 18 20 A 98,3 91,42 60 30 6 2,8 M5 0,834
106 818 25 18 25 A 98,3 91,42 70 30 8 3,3 M6 0,854
106 818 30 18 30 A 98,3 91,42 70 30 8 3,3 M6 0,810
106 818 35 18 35 A 98,3 91,42 70 30 10 3,3 M8 0,840
106 818 40 18 40 A 98,3 91,42 70 30 12 3,3 M10 0,772
Tolerances
Bore
from 12 mm to 18 mm: +0.018 / -0
from 19 mm to 30 mm: +0.021 / -0
from 32 mm to 50 mm: +0.025 / -0
Keyway width
from 4 mm to 6 mm: +0.030 / -0
from 8 mm to 10 mm: +0.036 / -0
from 12 mm to 14 mm: +0.043 / -0
Keyway depth
from 1.8 mm to 2.8 mm: +0.10 / -0
from 3.3 mm to 3.8 mm: +0.20 / -0
68 ®
Sprockets KRF, Teeth Hardened, Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“, ISO 10 B-1
Material: Steel C45.
Ready-to-install, for various shaft diameters.
Teeth milled and induction hardened (approx. HRC 50), custom
bore H7 - surface parameter Ra 1.6, keyway in accordance with
DIN 6885/1 positioned beneath tip of tooth, 2 threads for set
screws, one positioned for the keyway, one offset by 90°.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 106 819 20, Sprocket KRF, Pitch5/8 x 3/8“ , 19
Teeth, 20 mm Bore
Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“, B 1 = 9.1 mm, c = 1.6 mm, r 3 = 16 mm
Product No. Number Bore Type da d ND L K T2 M Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
106 819 20 19 20 A 103,3 96,45 60 30 6 2,8 M5 0,800
106 819 25 19 25 A 103,3 96,45 70 30 8 3,3 M6 1,020
106 819 30 19 30 A 103,3 96,45 70 30 8 3,3 M6 0,870
106 819 35 19 35 A 103,3 96,45 70 30 10 3,3 M8 0,808
106 819 40 19 40 A 103,3 96,45 70 30 12 3,3 M10 0,834
106 820 20 20 20 A 108,4 101,49 65 30 6 2,8 M5 1,036
106 820 25 20 25 A 108,4 101,49 70 30 8 3,3 M6 1,070
106 820 30 20 30 A 108,4 101,49 75 30 8 3,3 M6 1,116
106 820 35 20 35 A 108,4 101,49 75 30 10 3,3 M8 1,052
106 820 40 20 40 A 108,4 101,49 75 30 12 3,3 M10 0,880
106 821 20 21 20 A 113,4 106,52 65 30 6 2,8 M5 1,084
106 821 25 21 25 A 113,4 106,52 70 30 8 3,3 M6 1,124
106 821 30 21 30 A 113,4 106,52 75 30 8 3,3 M6 1,168
106 821 35 21 35 A 113,4 106,52 75 30 10 3,3 M8 1,106
106 821 40 21 40 A 113,4 106,52 75 30 12 3,3 M10 1,032
106 822 20 22 20 A 118,4 111,55 65 30 6 2,8 M5 1,140
106 822 25 22 25 A 118,4 111,55 70 30 8 3,3 M6 1,186
106 822 30 22 30 A 118,4 111,55 80 30 8 3,3 M6 1,322
106 822 35 22 35 A 118,4 111,55 80 30 10 3,3 M8 1,264
106 822 40 22 40 A 118,4 111,55 80 30 12 3,3 M10 1,184
106 823 20 23 20 A 123,5 116,58 65 30 6 2,8 M5 1,216
106 823 25 23 25 A 123,5 116,58 70 30 8 3,3 M6 1,250
106 823 30 23 30 A 123,5 116,58 80 30 8 3,3 M6 1,382
106 823 35 23 35 A 123,5 116,58 80 30 10 3,3 M8 1,332
106 823 40 23 40 A 123,5 116,58 80 30 12 3,3 M10 1,258
106 824 20 24 20 A 128,5 121,62 65 30 6 2,8 M5 1,278
106 824 25 24 25 A 128,5 121,62 70 30 8 3,3 M6 1,328
106 824 30 24 30 A 128,5 121,62 80 30 8 3,3 M6 1,454
106 824 35 24 35 A 128,5 121,62 80 30 10 3,3 M8 1,388
106 824 40 24 40 A 128,5 121,62 80 30 12 3,3 M10 1,328
106 825 20 25 20 A 133,6 126,66 65 30 6 2,8 M5 1,352
106 825 25 25 25 A 133,6 126,66 70 30 8 3,3 M6 1,388
106 825 30 25 30 A 133,6 126,66 80 30 8 3,3 M6 1,530
106 825 35 25 35 A 133,6 126,66 80 30 10 3,3 M8 1,472
106 825 40 25 40 A 133,6 126,66 80 30 12 3,3 M10 1,400
Tolerances
Bore
from 12 mm to 18 mm: +0.018 / -0
from 19 mm to 30 mm: +0.021 / -0
from 32 mm to 50 mm: +0.025 / -0
Keyway width
from 4 mm to 6 mm: +0.030 / -0
from 8 mm to 10 mm: +0.036 / -0
from 12 mm to 14 mm: +0.043 / -0
Keyway depth
from 1.8 mm to 2.8 mm: +0.10 / -0
from 3.3 mm to 3.8 mm: +0.20 / -0
® 69
Sprockets KRF, Teeth Hardened, Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“, ISO 12 B-1
Material: Steel C45.
Ready-to-install, for various shaft diameters.
Teeth milled and induction hardened (approx. HRC 50), custom
bore H7 - surface parameter Ra 1.6, keyway in accordance with
DIN 6885/1 positioned beneath tip of tooth, 2 threads for set
screws, one positioned for the keyway, one offset by 90°.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 107 810 20, Sprocket KRF, Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“ ,
10 Teeth, 20 mm Bore
Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“, B 1 = 11.1 mm, c = 2 mm, r 3 = 19 mm
Product No. Number Bore Type da d ND L K T2 M Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
107 810 20 10 20 A 69,8 61,64 42 30 6 2,8 M5 0,358
107 810 25 10 25 A 69,8 61,64 42 30 8 3,3 M6 0,316
107 811 20 11 20 A 75,8 67,61 46 35 6 2,8 M5 0,504
107 811 25 11 25 A 75,8 67,61 46 35 8 3,3 M6 0,452
107 812 20 12 20 A 81,8 73,60 52 35 6 2,8 M5 0,656
107 812 25 12 25 A 81,8 73,60 52 35 8 3,3 M6 0,604
107 812 30 12 30 A 81,8 73,60 52 35 8 3,3 M6 0,546
107 812 35 12 35 A 81,8 73,60 56 35 10 3,3 M8 0,536
107 813 20 13 20 A 87,8 79,59 58 35 6 2,8 M5 0,812
107 813 25 13 25 A 87,8 79,59 58 35 8 3,3 M6 0,758
107 813 30 13 30 A 87,8 79,59 58 35 8 3,3 M6 0,688
107 813 35 13 35 A 87,8 79,59 58 35 10 3,3 M8 0,624
107 814 20 14 20 A 93,8 85,61 60 35 6 2,8 M5 0,806
107 814 24 14 24 A 93,8 85,61 64 35 8 3,3 M6 0,836
107 814 25 14 25 A 93,8 85,61 64 35 8 3,3 M6 0,830
107 814 28 14 28 A 93,8 85,61 64 35 8 3,3 M6 0,888
107 814 30 14 30 A 93,8 85,61 64 35 8 3,3 M6 0,800
107 814 35 14 35 A 93,8 85,61 64 35 10 3,3 M8 0,786
107 815 20 15 20 A 99,8 91,63 65 35 6 2,8 M5 1,076
107 815 25 15 25 A 99,8 91,63 70 35 8 3,3 M6 1,126
107 815 28 15 28 A 99,8 91,63 70 35 8 3,3 M6 1,080
107 815 30 15 30 A 99,8 91,63 70 35 8 3,3 M6 1,064
107 815 35 15 35 A 99,8 91,63 70 35 10 3,3 M8 0,880
107 815 40 15 40 A 99,8 91,63 70 35 12 3,3 M10 0,808
107 816 20 16 20 A 105,8 97,65 65 35 6 2,8 M5 1,154
107 816 24 16 24 A 105,8 97,65 70 35 8 3,3 M6 1,216
107 816 25 16 25 A 105,8 97,65 70 35 8 3,3 M6 1,188
107 816 30 16 30 A 105,8 97,65 75 35 8 3,3 M6 1,248
107 816 35 16 35 A 105,8 97,65 75 35 10 3,3 M8 1,160
107 816 40 16 40 A 105,8 97,65 75 35 12 3,3 M10 1,080
107 817 25 17 25 A 111,9 103,67 70 35 8 3,3 M6 1,280
107 817 30 17 30 A 111,9 103,67 80 35 8 3,3 M6 1,434
107 817 35 17 35 A 111,9 103,67 80 35 10 3,3 M8 1,372
107 817 40 17 40 A 111,9 103,67 80 35 12 3,3 M10 1,278
107 818 25 18 25 A 117,9 109,71 70 35 8 3,3 M6 1,368
107 818 30 18 30 A 117,9 109,71 80 35 8 3,3 M6 1,520
107 818 35 18 35 A 117,9 109,71 80 35 10 3,3 M8 1,450
107 818 40 18 40 A 117,9 109,71 80 35 12 3,3 M10 1,364
Tolerances
Bore
from 12 mm to 18 mm: +0.018 / -0
from 19 mm to 30 mm: +0.021 / -0
from 32 mm to 50 mm: +0.025 / -0
Keyway width
from 4 mm to 6 mm: +0.030 / -0
from 8 mm to 10 mm: +0.036 / -0
from 12 mm to 14 mm: +0.043 / -0
Keyway depth
from 1.8 mm to 2.8 mm: +0.10 / -0
from 3.3 mm to 3.8 mm: +0.20 / -0
70 ®
Sprockets KRF, Teeth Hardened, Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“, ISO 12 B-1
Material: Steel C45.
Ready-to-install, for various shaft diameters.
Teeth milled and induction hardened (approx. HRC 50), custom
bore H7 - surface parameter Ra 1.6, keyway in accordance with
DIN 6885/1 positioned beneath tip of tooth, 2 threads for set
screws, one positioned for the keyway, one offset by 90°.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 107 819 25, Sprocket KRF, Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“ ,
19 Teeth, 25 mm Bore
Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“, B 1 = 11.1 mm, c = 2 mm, r 3 = 19 mm
Product No. Number Bore Type da d ND L K T2 M Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
107 819 25 19 25 A 123,9 115,75 70 35 8 3,3 M6 1,448
107 819 30 19 30 A 123,9 115,75 80 35 8 3,3 M6 1,618
107 819 35 19 35 A 123,9 115,75 80 35 10 3,3 M8 1,534
107 819 40 19 40 A 123,9 115,75 80 35 12 3,3 M10 1,460
107 819 50 19 50 A 123,9 115,75 80 35 14 3,8 M12 1,254
107 820 25 20 25 A 130,0 121,78 70 35 8 3,3 M6 1,542
107 820 30 20 30 A 130,0 121,78 80 35 8 3,3 M6 1,716
107 820 35 20 35 A 130,0 121,78 80 35 10 3,3 M8 1,634
107 820 40 20 40 A 130,0 121,78 80 35 12 3,3 M10 1,554
107 820 45 20 45 A 130,0 121,78 80 35 14 3,8 M12 1,450
107 820 50 20 50 A 130,0 121,78 80 35 14 3,8 M12 1,362
107 821 25 21 25 A 136,0 127,82 70 40 8 3,3 M6 1,782
107 821 30 21 30 A 136,0 127,82 80 40 8 3,3 M6 1,868
107 821 35 21 35 A 136,0 127,82 90 40 10 3,3 M8 2,180
107 821 40 21 40 A 136,0 127,82 90 40 12 3,3 M10 2,082
107 821 45 21 45 A 136,0 127,82 90 40 14 3,8 M12 1,878
107 821 50 21 50 A 136,0 127,82 90 40 14 3,8 M12 1,872
107 822 25 22 25 A 142,0 133,86 70 40 8 3,3 M6 1,804
107 822 30 22 30 A 142,0 133,86 80 40 8 3,3 M6 2,086
107 822 35 22 35 A 142,0 133,86 90 40 10 3,3 M8 2,312
107 822 40 22 40 A 142,0 133,86 90 40 12 3,3 M10 2,208
107 822 50 22 50 A 142,0 133,86 90 40 14 3,8 M12 1,886
107 823 25 23 25 A 148,1 139,90 70 40 8 3,3 M6 2,020
107 823 30 23 30 A 148,1 139,90 80 40 8 3,3 M6 2,214
107 823 35 23 35 A 148,1 139,90 90 40 10 3,3 M8 2,414
107 823 40 23 40 A 148,1 139,90 90 40 12 3,3 M10 2,320
107 823 45 23 45 A 148,1 139,90 90 40 14 3,8 M12 2,206
107 823 50 23 50 A 148,1 139,90 90 40 14 3,8 M12 2,102
107 824 30 24 30 A 154,1 145,94 80 40 8 3,3 M6 2,316
107 824 35 24 35 A 154,1 145,94 90 40 10 3,3 M8 2,536
107 824 40 24 40 A 154,1 145,94 90 40 12 3,3 M10 2,436
107 825 25 25 25 A 160,2 152,00 70 40 8 3,3 M6 2,254
107 825 30 25 30 A 160,2 152,00 80 40 8 3,3 M6 2,448
107 825 35 25 35 A 160,2 152,00 90 40 10 3,3 M8 2,666
107 825 40 25 40 A 160,2 152,00 90 40 12 3,3 M10 2,576
107 825 45 25 45 A 160,2 152,00 90 40 14 3,8 M12 2,456
107 825 50 25 50 A 160,2 152,00 90 40 14 3,8 M12 2,364
Tolerances
Bore
from 12 mm to 18 mm: +0.018 / -0
from 19 mm to 30 mm: +0.021 / -0
from 32 mm to 50 mm: +0.025 / -0
Keyway width
from 4 mm to 6 mm: +0.030 / -0
from 8 mm to 10 mm: +0.036 / -0
from 12 mm to 14 mm: +0.043 / -0
Keyway depth
from 1.8 mm to 2.8 mm: +0.10 / -0
from 3.3 mm to 3.8 mm: +0.20 / -0
® 71
Sprockets KRF, Teeth Hardened, Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm, ISO 16 B-1
Material: Steel C45.
Ready-to-install, for various shaft diameters.
Teeth milled and induction hardened (approx. HRC 50), custom
bore H7 - surface parameter Ra 1.6, keyway in accordance with
DIN 6885/1 positioned beneath tip of tooth, 2 threads for set
screws, one positioned for the keyway, one offset by 90°.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 108 811 25, Sprocket KRF, Pitch 1“ x 17.02mm,
11 Teeth, 25 mm Bore
Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm, B 1 = 16.2 mm, c = 2.5 mm, r 3 = 26 mm
Product No. Number Bore Type da d ND L K T2 M Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
108 811 25 11 25 A 101,7 90,14 61 40 8 3,3 M6 1,124
108 811 30 11 30 A 101,7 90,14 61 40 8 3,3 M6 1,060
108 811 35 11 35 A 101,7 90,14 61 40 10 3,3 M8 0,876
108 811 40 11 40 A 101,7 90,14 67 40 12 3,3 M10 0,882
108 812 25 12 25 A 109,7 98,14 69 40 8 3,3 M6 1,418
108 812 30 12 30 A 109,7 98,14 69 40 8 3,3 M6 1,350
108 812 35 12 35 A 109,7 98,14 69 40 10 3,3 M8 1,268
108 812 40 12 40 A 109,7 98,14 69 40 12 3,3 M10 1,166
108 813 25 13 25 A 117,7 106,12 70 40 8 3,3 M6 1,588
108 813 30 13 30 A 117,7 106,12 78 40 8 3,3 M6 1,626
108 813 35 13 35 A 117,7 106,12 78 40 10 3,3 M8 1,608
108 813 40 13 40 A 117,7 106,12 78 40 12 3,3 M10 1,506
108 814 30 14 30 A 125,7 114,15 80 40 8 3,3 M6 1,820
108 814 35 14 35 A 125,7 114,15 84 40 10 3,3 M8 1,812
108 814 40 14 40 A 125,7 114,15 84 40 12 3,3 M10 1,830
108 814 45 14 45 A 125,7 114,15 84 40 14 3,8 M12 1,712
108 814 50 14 50 A 125,7 114,15 84 40 14 3,8 M12 1,606
108 815 25 15 25 A 133,7 122,17 70 40 8 3,3 M6 1,842
108 815 30 15 30 A 133,7 122,17 80 40 8 3,3 M6 2,088
108 815 35 15 35 A 133,7 122,17 82 40 10 3,3 M8 2,302
108 815 40 15 40 A 133,7 122,17 82 40 12 3,3 M10 2,210
108 815 45 15 45 A 133,7 122,17 82 40 14 3,8 M12 2,078
108 815 50 15 50 A 133,7 122,17 82 40 14 3,8 M12 1,888
108 816 25 16 25 A 141,8 130,20 80 45 8 3,3 M6 2,544
108 816 30 16 30 A 141,8 130,20 80 45 8 3,3 M6 2,468
108 816 35 16 35 A 141,8 130,20 100 45 10 3,3 M8 3,010
108 816 40 16 40 A 141,8 130,20 100 45 12 3,3 M10 2,880
108 816 45 16 45 A 141,8 130,20 100 45 14 3,8 M12 2,776
108 816 50 16 50 A 141,8 130,20 100 45 14 3,8 M12 2,648
108 817 30 17 30 A 149,8 138,22 100 45 8 3,3 M6 2,666
108 817 35 17 35 A 149,8 138,22 100 45 10 3,3 M8 3,214
108 817 40 17 40 A 149,8 138,22 100 45 12 3,3 M10 3,086
108 817 45 17 45 A 149,8 138,22 100 45 14 3,8 M12 2,866
Tolerances
Bore
from 12 mm to 18 mm: +0.018 / -0
from 19 mm to 30 mm: +0.021 / -0
from 32 mm to 50 mm: +0.025 / -0
Keyway width
from 4 mm to 6 mm: +0.030 / -0
from 8 mm to 10 mm: +0.036 / -0
from 12 mm to 14 mm: +0.043 / -0
Keyway depth
from 1.8 mm to 2.8 mm: +0.10 / -0
from 3.3 mm to 3.8 mm: +0.20 / -0
72 ®
Sprockets KRF, Teeth Hardened, Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm, ISO 16 B-1
Material: Steel C45.
Ready-to-install, for various shaft diameters.
Teeth milled and induction hardened (approx. HRC 50), custom
bore H7 - surface parameter Ra 1.6, keyway in accordance with
DIN 6885/1 positioned beneath tip of tooth, 2 threads for set
screws, one positioned for the keyway, one offset by 90°.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 108 817 50, Sprocket KRF, Pitch 1“ x 17.02mm,
17 Teeth, 50 mm Bore
Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm, B 1 = 16.2 mm, c = 2.5 mm, r 3 = 26 mm
Product No. Number Bore Type da d ND L K T2 M Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
108 817 50 17 50 A 149,8 138,22 100 45 14 3,8 M12 2,842
108 818 30 18 30 A 157,8 146,28 80 45 8 3,3 M6 2,888
108 818 35 18 35 A 157,8 146,28 100 45 10 3,3 M8 3,416
108 818 40 18 40 A 157,8 146,28 100 45 12 3,3 M10 3,322
108 818 45 18 45 A 157,8 146,28 100 45 14 3,8 M12 3,188
108 818 50 18 50 A 157,8 146,28 100 45 14 3,8 M12 3,062
108 819 30 19 30 A 165,9 154,33 80 45 8 3,3 M6 3,122
108 819 35 19 35 A 165,9 154,33 100 45 10 3,3 M8 3,670
108 819 40 19 40 A 165,9 154,33 100 45 12 3,3 M10 3,558
108 819 50 19 50 A 165,9 154,33 100 45 14 3,8 M12 3,286
108 820 30 20 30 A 173,9 162,38 80 45 8 3,3 M6 3,372
108 820 35 20 35 A 173,9 162,38 100 45 10 3,3 M8 3,802
108 820 40 20 40 A 173,9 162,38 100 45 12 3,3 M10 3,782
108 820 50 20 50 A 173,9 162,38 100 45 14 3,8 M12 3,552
108 821 30 21 30 A 182,0 170,43 80 50 8 3,3 M6 3,812
108 821 35 21 35 A 182,0 170,43 100 50 10 3,3 M8 4,446
108 821 40 21 40 A 182,0 170,43 110 50 12 3,3 M10 4,752
108 821 50 21 50 A 182,0 170,43 110 50 14 3,8 M12 4,480
108 822 30 22 30 A 190,1 178,48 80 50 8 3,3 M6 4,078
108 822 35 22 35 A 190,1 178,48 100 50 10 3,3 M8 4,716
108 822 40 22 40 A 190,1 178,48 110 50 12 3,3 M10 5,042
108 823 30 23 30 A 198,1 186,53 80 50 8 3,3 M6 4,350
108 823 40 23 40 A 198,1 186,53 110 50 12 3,3 M10 5,320
108 824 30 24 30 A 206,2 194,59 80 50 8 3,3 M6 4,676
108 824 35 24 35 A 206,2 194,59 100 50 10 3,3 M8 5,312
108 824 40 24 40 A 206,2 194,59 110 50 12 3,3 M10 5,630
108 824 45 24 45 A 206,2 194,59 110 50 14 3,8 M12 5,464
108 824 50 24 50 A 206,2 194,59 110 50 14 3,8 M12 5,318
108 825 30 25 30 A 214,2 202,66 80 50 8 3,3 M6 4,874
108 825 35 25 35 A 214,2 202,66 100 50 10 3,3 M8 5,586
108 825 40 25 40 A 214,2 202,66 110 50 12 3,3 M10 5,820
108 825 45 25 45 A 214,2 202,66 110 50 14 3,8 M12 5,766
108 825 50 25 50 A 214,2 202,66 110 50 14 3,8 M12 5,640
Tolerances
Bore
from 12 mm to 18 mm: +0.018 / -0
from 19 mm to 30 mm: +0.021 / -0
from 32 mm to 50 mm: +0.025 / -0
Keyway width
from 4 mm to 6 mm: +0.030 / -0
from 8 mm to 10 mm: +0.036 / -0
from 12 mm to 14 mm: +0.043 / -0
Keyway depth
from 1.8 mm to 2.8 mm: +0.10 / -0
from 3.3 mm to 3.8 mm: +0.20 / -0
® 73
Sprockets KRT / KRTG with One-Sided Hub for Taper Bushes
Material: Steel C45, optionally hardened or grey cast iron.
Type KRT: Not hardened.
Type KRTG: Teeth induction hardened (approx. HRC 50).
Sprockets for taper bushes, for easy and fast mounting. The
taper bush has to be ordered separately. Product numbers
ending with G are made from grey cast iron GG25. 12B-1 with
57 teeth is reinforced, with the teeth centered on the wheel
plate, see drawing.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 101 771 17, KRT 06 B-1, 17 Teeth,
Dimension bore with Reference to Taper Bush Type, see page 76.
ISO 06 B-1, Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“, ISO 08 B-1, Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“,
B 1 = 5.3 mm, c = 1,0 mm, r 3 = 10 mm B 1 = 7.2 mm, c = 1,3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm
Product No. Product No. Number da d ND L Weight Taper- Product No. Product No. Number da d ND L Weight Taper-
KRT KRTG of teeth mm mm mm mm kg bush KRT KRTG of teeth mm mm mm mm kg bush
101 771 17 101 781 17 17 55,3 51,83 45 22 0,11 1008 105 771 15 105 781 15 15 65,0 61,09 45 22 0,19 1008
101 771 18 101 781 18 18 58,3 54,85 45 22 0,14 1008 105 771 16 105 781 16 16 69,5 65,10 50 22 0,24 1108
101 771 19 101 781 19 19 61,3 57,87 45 22 0,15 1008 105 771 17 105 781 17 17 73,6 69,11 60 25 0,24 1210
101 771 20 101 781 20 20 64,3 60,89 46 22 0,16 1008 105 771 18 105 781 18 18 77,8 73,14 60 25 0,29 1210
101 771 21 101 781 21 21 68,0 63,91 46 22 0,18 1008 105 771 19 105 781 19 19 81,7 77,16 63 25 0,34 1210
101 771 22 101 781 22 22 71,0 66,93 50 22 0,25 1108 105 771 20 105 781 20 20 85,8 81,19 71 25 0,34 1610
101 771 23 101 781 23 23 73,5 69,95 63 25 0,27 1210 105 771 21 105 781 21 21 89,7 85,22 71 25 0,38 1610
101 771 24 101 781 24 24 77,0 72,97 63 25 0,30 1210 105 771 22 105 781 22 22 93,8 89,24 71 25 0,43 1610
101 771 25 101 781 25 25 80,0 76,00 63 25 0,32 1210 105 771 23 105 781 23 23 98,2 93,27 76 25 0,48 1610
101 771 26 101 781 26 26 83,0 79,02 63 25 0,33 1210 105 771 24 105 781 24 24 101,8 97,29 76 25 0,67 1610
101 771 27 101 781 27 27 86,0 82,05 63 25 0,34 1210 105 771 25 105 781 25 25 105,8 101,33 76 25 0,72 1610
101 771 28 101 781 28 28 89,0 85,07 63 25 0,37 1210 105 771 26 105 781 26 26 110,0 105,36 76 25 0,82 1610
101 771 30 101 781 30 30 94,7 91,12 63 25 0,39 1210 105 771 27 105 781 27 27 114,0 109,40 76 25 0,86 1610
101 771 38 - 38 119,5 115,35 70 25 0,65 1210 105 771 28 105 781 28 28 118,0 113,42 90 32 0,86 2012
101 771 45 - 45 140,7 136,55 70 25 1,01 1210 105 771 30 105 781 30 30 126,1 121,50 90 32 0,91 2012
101 771 57G - 57 176,9 172,91 83 25 1,34 1210 105 771 38 - 38 158,6 153,80 90 32 1,20 2012
105 771 45 - 45 188,0 182,07 100 32 1,68 2012
105 771 57G - 57 236,4 230,54 111 32 2,78 2012
ISO 10 B-1, Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“, ISO 12 B-1, Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“
B 1 = 9.1 mm, c = 1.6 mm, r 3 = 16 mm B 1 = 11.1 mm, c = 2.0 mm, r 3 = 19 mm
Product No. Product No. Number da d ND L Weight Taper- Product No. Product No. Number da d ND L Weight Taper-
KRT KRTG of teeth mm mm mm mm kg bush KRT KRTG of teeth mm mm mm mm kg bush
106 771 13 106 781 13 13 73,0 66,32 47 22 0,24 1008 107 771 13 107 781 13 13 87,5 79,59 60 25 0,38 1210
106 771 14 106 781 14 14 78,0 71,34 52 22 0,29 1108 107 771 14 107 781 14 14 93,6 85,61 70 25 0,48 1610
106 771 15 106 781 15 15 83,0 76,36 60 25 0,34 1210 107 771 15 107 781 15 15 99,8 91,63 70 25 0,48 1610
106 771 16 106 781 16 16 88,0 81,37 70 25 0,34 1610 107 771 16 107 781 16 16 105,5 97,65 75 25 0,67 1610
106 771 17 106 781 17 17 93,0 86,39 71 25 0,38 1610 107 771 17 107 781 17 17 111,5 103,67 76 25 0,86 1610
106 771 18 106 781 18 18 98,3 91,42 75 25 0,43 1610 107 771 18 107 781 18 18 118,0 109,71 90 32 0,91 2012
106 771 19 106 781 19 19 103,3 96,45 75 25 0,62 1610 107 771 19 107 781 19 19 124,2 115,75 90 32 1,06 2012
106 771 20 106 781 20 20 108,4 101,49 75 25 0,77 1610 107 771 20 107 781 20 20 129,7 121,78 90 32 1,06 2012
106 771 21 106 781 21 21 113,4 106,52 76 25 0,72 1610 107 771 21 107 781 21 21 136,0 127,82 102 45 1,20 2517
106 771 22 106 781 22 22 118,0 111,55 76 25 0,77 1610 107 771 22 107 781 22 22 141,8 133,86 102 45 1,34 2517
106 771 23 106 781 23 23 123,4 116,58 76 25 0,96 1610 107 771 23 107 781 23 23 149,0 139,90 108 45 1,49 2517
106 771 24 106 781 24 24 128,3 121,62 90 32 1,06 2012 107 771 24 107 781 24 24 153,9 145,94 108 45 1,63 2517
106 771 25 106 781 25 25 134,0 126,66 90 32 1,15 2012 107 771 25 107 781 25 25 160,0 152,00 108 45 1,78 2517
106 771 26 106 781 26 26 139,0 131,70 90 32 1,20 2012 107 771 26 107 781 26 26 165,9 158,04 108 45 1,92 2517
106 771 27 106 781 27 27 144,0 136,75 90 32 1,25 2012 107 771 27 107 781 27 27 172,3 164,09 108 45 2,02 2517
106 771 28 106 781 28 28 148,7 141,78 90 32 1,34 2012 107 771 28 107 781 28 28 178,0 170,13 108 45 2,21 2517
106 771 30 106 781 30 30 158,8 151,87 90 32 1,54 2012 107 771 30 107 781 30 30 190,5 182,24 108 45 2,49 2517
106 771 38 - 38 199,2 192,24 100 32 2,40 2012 107 771 38 - 38 239,0 230,69 108 45 3,74 2517
106 771 45 - 45 235,0 227,58 100 32 3,12 2012 107 771 45 - 45 282,5 273,10 108 45 5,52 2517
106 771 57G - 57 296,0 288,18 111 32 5,18 2012 107 771 57G - 57 354,0 345,81 124 45 9,12 2517
74 ®
Sprockets KRT / KRTG with One-Sided Hub for Taper Bushes
Material: Steel C45, optionally hardened or grey cast iron.
Type KRT: Not hardened.
Type KRTG: Teeth induction hardened (approx. HRC 50).
Sprockets for taper bushes, for easy and fast mounting. The
taper bush has to be ordered separately. Product numbers
ending with G are made from grey cast iron GG25. 12B-1 and
16 B-1 with 57 teeth are reinforced, with the teeth centered on
the wheel plate, see drawing.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 108 771 13, KRT 16 B-1, 13 Teeth,
Determine bore size with reference to Taper bush type, see page 76.
ISO 16 B-1, Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm, ISO 20 B-1, Pitch 1 1/4“ x 3/4“,
B 1 = 16.2 mm, c = 2.5 mm, r 3 = 26 mm B1 = 18.5 mm, c = 3.5 mm, r3 = 32 mm
Product No. Product No. Number da d ND L Weight Taper- Product No. Number da d ND L Weight Taper-
KRT KRTG of teeth mm mm mm mm kg bush KRTG of teeth mm mm mm mm kg bush
108 771 13 108 781 13 13 117,0 106,12 73 25 1,10 1610 109 781 13 13 147,8 132,65 90 32 2012
108 771 14 108 781 14 14 125,0 114,15 76 25 1,20 1610 109 781 15 15 167,9 152,72 108 45 3,39 2517
108 771 15 108 781 15 15 133,0 122,17 76 25 1,30 1610 109 781 17 17 187,9 172,78 108 45 5,07 2517
108 771 16 108 781 16 16 141,0 130,20 90 32 1,34 2012 109 781 19 19 208,1 192,91 108 45 6,75 2517
108 771 17 108 781 17 17 149,0 138,22 90 32 1,49 2012 109 781 21 21 228,2 213,04 108 45 7,70 2517
108 771 18 108 781 18 18 157,0 146,28 108 45 1,73 2517 109 781 23 23 248,3 233,17 108 45 8,78 2517
108 771 19 108 781 19 19 165,2 154,33 108 45 1,97 2517 109 781 25 25 268,5 253,33 108 45 9,50 2517
108 771 20 108 781 20 20 173,2 162,38 108 45 2,64 2517 109 781 27 27 288,6 273,49 150 51 3020
108 771 21 108 781 21 21 181,2 170,43 110 45 2,88 2517 109 781 30 30 318,9 303,75 150 51 3020
108 771 22 108 781 22 22 189,3 178,48 110 45 3,12 2517
108 771 23 108 781 23 23 197,5 186,53 110 45 3,36 2517
108 771 24 108 781 24 24 205,5 194,59 110 45 3,60 2517
108 771 25 108 781 25 25 213,5 202,66 110 45 3,89 2517
108 771 26 108 781 26 26 221,6 210,72 110 45 4,22 2517
108 771 27 108 781 27 27 229,6 218,79 110 45 4,32 2517
108 771 28 108 781 28 28 237,7 226,85 110 45 4,56 2517
108 771 30 108 781 30 30 254,0 243,00 140 51 5,52 3020
108 771 38 - 38 320,7 307,59 140 51 9,60 3020
108 771 45 - 45 377,0 364,13 140 51 18,72 3020
108 771 57G - 57 474,0 461,08 160 51 20,64 3020
Description and
mounting instructions
page 824
Ta pe
r- Sp
Product numbers ending with G are made from
an nb
uc hs
M on en –
ta ge M on
ta ge
un d
e
grey cast iron GG25.
nta D em
t on ta
ann e ge
u te u se s en e
n
e nd s us d e n n ge
a e n un
egen e s e e nset d en
st un e s t et ten
g
e est s ane t e nee ne a en da
sa e
gu na nd a e
e est ng e eg en g
Tap er-
Spa nnb gend ss au en atten unge
n
uch sen Pass en en e u
aute n
– Bes chr
eib ung ge ede n d s se en und
ung
des P s t se gege
ns e e e nd n n t e enen a
und Mo
nta geaas u t een e en d e e e est en s t
nle itun
e esgt egen nde gung e te
u se a s Pa des e ss n
ge u
t Pass au d e nde aute ss ed t ent an au en gen
ut de ede e es us
e
e en de
u se e en g e au d
e ge
e en a en dung e te se e g s
a se u se ut au de n da e es a e u ns
d e Pa te
ne
e en
u
ss
t de
e ng e e s u e es se n u e a
nut ad ede aus eset
ten
e est et a u
t gend se a en
ande e set t
n st ten e en gungss se
e au t
te e e ten
u s e au nt
D em e en ne Pass et e en e en a e
s et e a e e
Taper bushes page 76
on ta nut au ede t de s
ge s e n te na t ge n
ten ee a
au en nd ng en s t a
ann en e
t
s nd en e nu ten na e ud
au en sen und en n e e se ent na
de ge
e nde gan e
d
en
unge
n u gen na e ne
e na e au e e de
unge e nde sde t n
n en unge ett en
ut ge
e s nd e nd e unge n gen
au
u se en an en en n de ande e na
e en de u se n e
st e
nt e ss e
Allg em e u se e en das
nt e unge
ein e Bes ges se t un d u se e n
Handels chr eib e t ann ent ande
zur einf
übliche
,
ung e de da u se
n de n de n
achen undkonische gesc n t
Wellen. schnelle hlitzte Spa s t e ne e ea
n Befestig nnb g n t s au ne
ung von
uchse mit Lieferb den en
Passfede are Ant end
Antrieb
Buch
sele rnut
Mit Tap riebselet de e e
Ausfüh se menten auf er-Aufna menteu
rungen Nr. Keilriem se e
Die Buc der Tap enscheib hme sind eine nt e
en
hsen gibt er-B uchsen 1008 Vor
sse rat en, Zah Vielzah
ßenmaß es in vers e telieferbar. nriemen l von
scheiben Kettenrädern
1108
verschie gibt es eine Viel chiedenen Auß und Kup
plungen
,
den 12
Passfede e Wellendurc zahl unterschiedl enmaßen.10Für 3
Anford
au en aus
rnut DIN hme 1215
icher Boh jede 3 erunge na
6885 geli sser. Die Buc rungsgrö s Au- n an die
efert. hsen wer
1610 5Zylindrische e nd
den imm ßen für -0,125 Welle mit 2
Welle eg
Bezeich 1615 er mit 5 mm e
nung . Best 2 Dur chm
Bis e esser-To 1/
4-stellig 2012 5gez WellendurchmeErge 2 bnisse lera4“ n ug
e Nummer 20 ogene We sser 100 werden mit1/ nz +0,05mm / s
ent
2 bis 3-st zur Ken 17 5 llen mit 2 mm ISO
4“ -Tolera
Bohrung ellige Nummer nzeichnung Toleranz können abe nz
sgröße. (bzw. Zoll der
2517 6 2 h9 verw 3/8“r auch kost h6 erzielt.
3/8“et werden engünstige
end 5,6
-Bezeich Auß25en-A 6 Verwen
nung)25zurbmessung sow dung mit 2 . 5,6
3020 Angabe ie 6 Dur 2und ohn 3/8“
Anzahl der ch die e Passfe3/ 20
und Aus 3030 6 die Pass hohe Klem2 8“
der
führun fede mkraft 20
Bis Grö
ße g der Sch 3525 8 Wellen mit r verzicht 2 kann für 7/16“
3525 drei 3030 zwei Stift rauben35 Nut, abe et werden (z.B 7/ mittlere
Drehmo 20
35 8 Welle und 2 r ohne 16“
Zylinde
rschraub
schraub Buc eingeleg . bei Keilriem mente auf 20
en
en mit Außmit Innensec 10 Drehmomen hse 2um 180 te 1/ 2“ fede enscheiben).
Pass
te ist Grad
ensechsk hskant. Ab zu verw
enden (bei2eine Welle mit versetzt 1/2“zu r sind Bei 30
Anford ant. Größe 10 DIN
folgend Nut 5/ montiere die Nuten von30
erunge 688 und n. Für höc
Das zu n an das 1215-3 5/3 erforder 3 en 8“ Pass
lich: 100 Größen5/ist eine feder DIN 688 hste50
befestig Antrieb 2, 1310-3 8-2 8“ 5/1
nahme end sele 3
5, 1610-4 4, 100 flac he
aufweise e Bauteil mus ment 2, 1615-41/2“8-25, 1108-2 Passfeder 50
sind bei n 2, 8, 1210-3 90
Serienfe (in Taper-Ausfüs die entsprechen 1/2“ 2517-65). 2,
Verwen
dung vonrtigung sinnvoll hrung sein). de Buc 90
sind in Taper-A hsen-Auf-
verschie zylindrischen . Für Einzelan
denen Aus Spa fertigun usführungen 90
führung nnbuchsen wirt gen ist die 90
en erhä schaftlic
ltlich. her. Dies
e
704
705
® 75
Taper Bushes
Material: GG20.
Bores ISO E8, feather keyways in accordance with DIN 6885/1. L
Screws included in delivery.
Shaft tolerance +0.05/-0.125 mm.
Can be used with or without parallel key,
t2
depending on the required torque.
D1
d
Other bush sizes and bores available at short notice
(some in stock).
b
Assembly instructions see page 824.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 501 10, Taper Bush 1008, 10 mm Bore
Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight
bush d b t2 L D1 bush d b t2 L D1
No. mm mm mm mm mm g No. mm mm mm mm mm g
622 501 10 1008 10 3 1,4 22,3 35 160 622 504 12 1610 12 4 1,8 25,4 57 416
622 501 11 1008 11 4 1,8 22,3 35 140 622 504 14 1610 14 5 2,3 25,4 57 412
622 501 12 1008 12 4 1,8 22,3 35 120 622 504 15 1610 15 5 2,3 25,4 57 408
622 501 14 1008 14 5 2,3 22,3 35 118 622 504 16 1610 16 5 2,3 25,4 57 402
622 501 15 1008 15 5 2,3 22,3 35 116 622 504 18 1610 18 6 2,8 25,4 57 390
622 501 16 1008 16 5 2,3 22,3 35 112 622 504 19 1610 19 6 2,8 25,4 57 380
622 501 18 1008 18 6 2,8 22,3 35 100 622 504 20 1610 20 6 2,8 25,4 57 373
622 501 19 1008 19 6 2,8 22,3 35 98 622 504 22 1610 22 6 2,8 25,4 57 366
622 501 20 1008 20 6 2,8 22,3 35 94 622 504 24 1610 24 8 3,3 25,4 57 356
622 501 22 1008 22 6 2,8 22,3 35 80 622 504 25 1610 25 8 3,3 25,4 57 348
622 501 24 1008 24 8 1) 1,3 1) 22,3 35 70 622 504 28 1610 28 8 3,3 25,4 57 324
622 501 25 1008 25 8 1) 1,3 1) 22,3 35 68 622 504 30 1610 30 8 3,3 25,4 57 304
622 502 10 1108 10 3 1,4 22,3 38 180 622 504 32 1610 32 10 3,3 25,4 57 280
622 502 11 1108 11 4 1,8 22,3 38 165 622 504 35 1610 35 10 3,3 25,4 57 264
622 502 12 1108 12 4 1,8 22,3 38 154 622 504 38 1610 38 10 3,3 25,4 57 240
622 502 14 1108 14 5 2,3 22,3 38 148 622 504 40 1610 40 12 3,3 25,4 57 210
622 502 16 1108 16 5 2,3 22,3 38 140 622 504 42 1610 42 12 3,3 25,4 57 200
622 502 18 1108 18 6 2,8 22,3 38 132 622 508 18 1615 18 6 2,8 38,1 57 561
622 502 19 1108 19 6 2,8 22,3 38 126 622 508 20 1615 20 6 2,8 38,1 57 552
622 502 20 1108 20 6 2,8 22,3 38 122 622 508 22 1615 22 6 2,8 38,1 57 540
622 502 22 1108 22 6 2,8 22,3 38 112 622 508 24 1615 24 8 3,3 38,1 57 520
622 502 24 1108 24 8 3,3 22,3 38 96 622 508 25 1615 25 8 3,3 38,1 57 510
622 502 25 1108 25 8 3,3 22,3 38 92 622 508 30 1615 30 8 3,3 38,1 57 446
622 502 28 1108 28 8 1) 1,3 1) 22,3 38 88 622 508 32 1615 32 10 3,3 38,1 57 414
622 503 10 1210 10 3 1,4 25,4 47,5 282 622 508 35 1615 35 10 3,3 38,1 57 380
622 503 11 1210 11 4 1,8 25,4 47,5 280 622 508 38 1615 38 10 3,3 38,1 57 346
622 503 12 1210 12 4 1,8 25,4 47,5 278 622 508 40 1615 40 12 3,3 38,1 57 340
622 503 14 1210 14 5 2,3 25,4 47,5 274 622 508 42 1615 42 12 2) 2,2 2) 38,1 57 260
622 503 16 1210 16 5 2,3 25,4 47,5 262 622 505 12 2012 12 4 1,8 31,8 70 810
622 503 18 1210 18 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 250 622 505 14 2012 14 5 2,3 31,8 70 800
622 503 19 1210 19 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 244 622 505 15 2012 15 5 2,3 31,8 70 785
622 503 20 1210 20 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 240 622 505 16 2012 16 5 2,3 31,8 70 770
622 503 22 1210 22 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 224 622 505 18 2012 18 6 2,8 31,8 70 762
622 503 24 1210 24 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 208 622 505 19 2012 19 6 2,8 31,8 70 756
622 503 25 1210 25 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 208 622 505 20 2012 20 6 2,8 31,8 70 750
622 503 28 1210 28 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 184 622 505 22 2012 22 6 2,8 31,8 70 736
622 503 30 1210 30 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 168 622 505 24 2012 24 8 3,3 31,8 70 724
622 503 32 1210 32 10 3,3 25,4 47,5 160 622 505 25 2012 25 8 3,3 31,8 70 714
622 513 14 1215 14 5 2,3 38,1 47,5 380 622 505 28 2012 28 8 3,3 31,8 70 684
622 513 16 1215 16 5 2,3 38,1 47,5 370 622 505 30 2012 30 8 3,3 31,8 70 658
622 513 18 1215 18 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 350 622 505 32 2012 32 10 3,3 31,8 70 630
622 513 19 1215 19 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 340 622 505 35 2012 35 10 3,3 31,8 70 604
622 513 20 1215 20 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 335 622 505 38 2012 38 10 3,3 31,8 70 566
622 513 22 1215 22 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 320 622 505 40 2012 40 12 3,3 31,8 70 538
622 513 24 1215 24 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 290 622 505 42 2012 42 12 3,3 31,8 70 510
622 513 25 1215 25 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 285 622 505 45 2012 45 14 3,8 31,8 70 460
622 513 28 1215 28 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 260 622 505 48 2012 48 14 3,8 31,8 70 404
622 513 30 1215 30 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 230 622 505 50 2012 50 14 3,8 31,8 70 372
622 513 32 1215 32 10 3,3 38,1 47,5 200
1) With flat keyway 1.3mm.
2) With flat keyway 2.2mm.
76 ®
Taper Bushes
Material: GG20.
Bores ISO E8, feather keyways in accordance with DIN 6885/1. L
Screws included in delivery.
Shaft tolerance +0.05/-0.125 mm.
Can be used with or without parallel key,
t2
depending on the required torque.
D1
d
Other bush sizes and bores available at short notice
(some in stock).
b
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 506 16, Taper Bush 2517, 16 mm Bore
Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight
bush d b t2 L D1 bush d b t2 L D1
No. mm mm mm mm mm g No. mm mm mm mm mm g
622 506 16 2517 16 5 2,3 44,5 85,5 1800 622 511 40 3030 40 12 3,3 76,2 108 3820
622 506 18 2517 18 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1700 622 511 45 3030 45 14 3,8 76,2 108 3550
622 506 19 2517 19 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1620 622 511 50 3030 50 14 3,8 76,2 108 3420
622 506 20 2517 20 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1602 622 511 60 3030 60 18 4,4 76,2 108 2950
622 506 22 2517 22 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1568 622 511 65 3030 65 18 4,4 76,2 108 2680
622 506 24 2517 24 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1566 622 511 70 3030 70 20 4,9 76,2 108 2060
622 506 25 2517 25 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1556 622 511 75 3030 75 20 4,9 76,2 108 1640
622 506 28 2517 28 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1520 622 509 35 3525 35 10 3,3 64,9 127 4910
622 506 30 2517 30 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1488 622 509 38 3525 38 10 3,3 64,9 127 4850
622 506 32 2517 32 10 3,3 44,5 85,5 1450 622 509 40 3525 40 12 3,3 64,9 127 4800
622 506 35 2517 35 10 3,3 44,5 85,5 1396 622 509 50 3525 50 14 3,8 64,9 127 4440
622 506 38 2517 38 10 3,3 44,5 85,5 1346 622 509 60 3525 60 18 4,4 64,9 127 4050
622 506 40 2517 40 12 3,3 44,5 85,5 1316 622 509 75 3525 75 20 4,9 64,9 127 3370
622 506 42 2517 42 12 3,3 44,5 85,5 1274 622 509 80 3525 80 22 5,4 64,9 127 3050
622 506 45 2517 45 14 3,8 44,5 85,5 1204 622 510 50 3535 50 14 3,8 88,9 127 6050
622 506 48 2517 48 14 3,8 44,5 85,5 1126 622 510 55 3535 55 16 4,3 88,9 127 5810
622 506 50 2517 50 14 3,8 44,5 85,5 1080 622 510 60 3535 60 18 4,4 88,9 127 5500
622 506 55 2517 55 16 4,3 44,5 85,5 958 622 510 65 3535 65 18 4,4 88,9 127 5200
622 506 60 2517 60 18 4,4 44,5 85,5 810 622 510 70 3535 70 20 4,9 88,9 127 4880
622 506 65 2517 65 18 1) 3,4 1) 44,5 85,5 650 622 510 75 3535 75 20 4,9 88,9 127 4460
622 507 25 3020 25 8 3,3 50,8 108 2910 622 510 80 3535 80 22 5,4 88,9 127 4080
622 507 28 3020 28 8 3,3 50,8 108 2790 622 510 90 3535 90 25 5,4 88,9 127 3210
622 507 30 3020 30 8 3,3 50,8 108 2840
622 507 32 3020 32 10 3,3 50,8 108 2800
622 507 35 3020 35 10 3,3 50,8 108 2745
622 507 38 3020 38 10 3,3 50,8 108 2700
622 507 40 3020 40 12 3,3 50,8 108 2635
622 507 42 3020 42 12 3,3 50,8 108 2594
622
622
622
507
507
507
45
48
50
3020
3020
3020
45
48
50
14
14
14
3,8
3,8
3,8
50,8
50,8
50,8
108
108
108
2515
2425
2370
Other bush sizes on request.
622 507 55 3020 55 16 4,3 50,8 108 2234
2000
Assembly Instructions Page 824
622 507 60 3020 60 18 4,4 50,8 108
622 507 65 3020 65 18 4,4 50,8 108 1888
622 507 70 3020 70 20 4,9 50,8 108 1700
and at www.maedler.de
622 507 75 3020 75 20 4,9 50,8 108 1485
1) With flat keyway 3.4mm.
Spare Screws for Taper Bushes
Material: Steel.
Supply: One screw (order quantity as needed).
Taper bushes have two or (from size 3030) three screws depending on size.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 501 99, Spare Screw , Taper Bush 1008 and 1108
Product No. to match Size Screw type Tightening Torque Weight
Taper bush inch Nm g
622 501 99 1008 and 1108 1/4’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 5.6 1.9
622 503 99 1210 to 1615 3/8’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 20 5.2
622 505 99 2012 and 2017 7/16’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 30 11
622 506 99 2517 and 2525 1/2’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 50 16.4
622 507 99 3020 and 3030 5/8’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 90 33.2
622 510 99 3525 and 3535 1/2’’ Screw with internal hexagon 90 49.7
® 77
Welding Hubs for Taper Bushes
Material: Steel (St52 or comparable), good weldable.
L
Hub for fixing a chain plate wheel or similar parts with a B2 B3
low priced taper bush onto a shaft. B1
Taper bush and chain plate wheel have to be ordered separately.
Recommended bore tolerance: H8.
Before welding, a taper bush should be mounted with a piece of
Dh8
da
shaft into the welding hub to avoid deforming by heat.
Other sizes for taper bushes up to type 5050 are available at
short delivery time.
7°
3x45°
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 901 01, Welding Hub for Taper Bush 1210
Product No. For Taper da Dh8 B1 B2 B3 L Weight
Bush Type mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
140 901 01 1210 73 60 10 16 9 25 0,31
140 901 02 1215 76 60 11 22 16 38 0,50
140 901 03 1610 83 70 10 16 9 25 0,37
140 901 04 1615 83 70 11 22 16 38 0,60
140 901 05 2012 96 90 12 22 10 32 0,72
140 901 06 2517 127 110 13 26 19 45 1,8
140 901 07 3020 152 130 18 27 24 51 2,6
140 901 08 3030 152 130 19 51 25 76 3,6 Taper Bushes page 76
140 901 09 3525 184 155 25 40 25 65 7,3
140 901 10 3535 184 155 25 57 32 89 6,4
78 ®
Sprockets KRS with One-Sided Hub, Pitch 4mm and 5mm
Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 012 00, KRS, Pitch 4 mm, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 311 00, KRS, Pitch 5 mm, 11 Teeth
Pitch 4 mm KRS, Pitch 5 mm KRS, ISO 03,
B1 = 2.45 mm, c = 0.33 mm, r3 = 3.75 mm B1= 2.3 mm, c= 0.5 mm, r3= 5 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number d a d ND B L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g
100 012 00 12 16,9 15,45 10 5 11 8 100 311 00 11 19,8 17,75 11 6 10 9
100 013 00 13 18,2 16,71 11 5 12 8 100 312 00 12 21,4 19,32 12 6 10 13
100 014 00 14 19,5 17,98 12,5 5 12 11 100 313 00 13 22,9 20,89 14 6 10 17
100 015 00 15 20,8 19,24 13,5 5 12 14 100 314 00 14 24,5 22,47 15 6 10 19
100 017 00 17 23,4 21,77 16 5 12 19 100 315 00 15 26,1 24,04 16 6 10 21
100 019 00 19 26,0 24,30 18 8 12 22 100 317 00 17 29,3 27,20 18 8 13 28
100 021 00 21 28,5 26,84 20 8 12 28 100 319 00 19 32,5 30,38 18 8 13 47
100 023 00 23 31,1 29,38 22 8 14 41 100 321 00 21 35,7 33,54 20 8 13 57
100 024 00 24 32,4 30,65 25 8 14 51 100 323 00 23 38,9 36,72 20 8 13 76
100 025 00 25 33,7 31,94 25 8 14 52 100 325 00 25 42,1 39,89 20 8 13 90
100 030 00 30 40,1 38,27 28 8 14 71 100 330 00 30 50,1 47,83 25 8 15 158
100 038 00 38 50,3 48,44 32 8 16 112 100 338 00 38 62,8 60,54 30 8 15 207
100 045 00 45 59,2 57,34 38 8 16 161 100 345 00 45 74,0 71,68 55 10 16 314
100 057 00 57 74,5 72,61 50 8 16 276 100 357 00 57 93,1 90,76 63 12 16 431
100 076 00 76 98,7 96,79 63 8 18 508
100 083 00 95 122,9 121,00 63 10 18 582
100 088 00 114 147,1 145,17 63 10 20 708
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 79
Sprockets KRS with One-Sided Hub, ISO 04 Plate wheels KRL, ISO 04
Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable. Pre-bored. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with 1) made from St52 with welded in hub. Pitch 6 mm KRL from a Teeth Number of 54 reinforced
(H = 4 mm, see drawing).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 608 00, KRS, Pitch 6 mm, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 708 00, KRL, Pitch 6 mm, 8 Teeth
Pitch 6 mm KRS, Pitch 6 mm KRL,
B1 = 2.6 mm, c = 0.7 mm, r3 = 6 mm B 1 = 2.6 mm, c= 0.7 mm, r 3 = 6 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm g
100 608 00 8 18,0 15,67 9,8 5 10 6 100 708 00 8 18,0 15,67 5 2
100 609 00 9 19,9 17,54 11,5 5 10 8 100 709 00 9 19,9 17,54 5 3
100 610 00 10 21,7 19,42 13 6 10 10 100 710 00 10 21,7 19,42 6 4
100 611 00 11 23,6 21,30 14 6 10 12 100 711 00 11 23,6 21,30 6 5
100 612 00 12 25,4 23,18 16 6 10 17 100 712 00 12 25,4 23,18 6 6
100 613 00 13 27,3 25,05 18 8 10 19 100 713 00 13 27,3 25,05 8 7
100 614 00 14 29,2 26,96 20 8 10 24 100 714 00 14 29,2 26,96 8 8
100 615 00 15 31,0 28,86 20 8 10 25 100 715 00 15 31,0 28,86 8 10
100 616 00 16 33,0 30,76 20 8 13 33 100 716 00 16 33,0 30,76 8 12
100 617 00 17 35,0 32,65 20 8 13 35 100 717 00 17 35,0 32,65 8 13
100 618 00 18 36,9 34,55 20 8 13 37 100 718 00 18 36,9 34,55 8 15
100 619 00 19 38,8 36,44 20 8 13 38 100 719 00 19 38,8 36,44 8 16
100 620 00 20 40,7 38,34 20 8 13 42 100 720 00 20 40,7 38,34 8 19
100 621 00 21 42,6 40,25 25 8 13 56 100 721 00 21 42,6 40,25 8 21
100 622 00 22 44,5 42,16 25 8 13 60 100 722 00 22 44,5 42,16 8 23
100 623 00 23 46,4 44,06 25 8 13 63 100 723 00 23 46,4 44,06 8 26
100 624 00 24 48,3 45,96 25 8 13 64 100 724 00 24 48,3 45,96 8 29
100 625 00 25 50,2 47,87 25 8 13 65 100 725 00 25 50,2 47,87 8 30
100 626 00 26 52,1 49,76 30 8 15 98 100 726 00 26 52,1 49,77 8 34
100 627 00 27 54,0 51,67 30 8 15 101 100 727 00 27 54,0 51,67 8 35
100 628 00 28 55,9 53,58 30 8 15 103 100 728 00 28 55,9 53,58 8 38
100 630 00 30 59,8 57,42 30 8 15 111 100 730 00 30 59,8 57,42 8 45
100 632 00 32 63,6 61,21 30 10 15 118 100 732 00 32 63,6 61,21 10 47
100 635 00 35 69,3 66,93 30 10 15 126 100 735 00 35 69,3 66,93 10 63
100 636 00 36 71,2 68,84 30 10 15 132 100 736 00 36 71,2 68,84 10 67
100 638 00 38 75,0 72,66 30 10 15 140 100 738 00 38 75,0 72,66 10 75
100 640 00 40 78,9 76,47 30 10 15 146 100 740 00 40 78,9 76,47 10 85
100 645 00 45 88,5 86,01 40 10 18 229 100 742 00 42 82,7 80,28 12 90
100 657 00 57 111,4 108,93 50 12 20 462 100 745 00 45 88,5 86,01 12 108
100 676 00 76 1) 147,6 145,19 80 16 34 773 100 748 00 48 94,2 91,74 12 118
100 750 00 50 98,0 95,55 12 128
100 754 00 54 105,6 103,17 12 220
100 757 00 57 111,4 108,93 12 254
100 760 00 60 117,1 114,62 12 291
100 770 00 70 136,2 133,73 16 401
100 776 00 76 147,6 145,19 16 458
100 780 00 80 155,3 152,82 16 508
100 783 00 95 183,9 181,47 16 732
100 788 00 114 220,2 217,75 16 1070
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
80 ®
Sprockets KRS with One-Sided Hub, ISO 05 B-1 Plate wheels KRL, ISO 05 B-1
Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable. Pre-bored. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Sprockets marked with 1) with welded in hub. Pre-bored.
Pitch 8 mm KRL from a Teeth Number of 48 reinforced (H = 4
mm, see drawing).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 808 00, KRS, Pitch 8 mm, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 100 908 00, KRL Pitch 8 mm, 8 Teeth
Pitch 8 mm KRS, Pitch 8 mm KRL,
B 1 = 2.8 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 8 mm B 1= 2.8 mm, c= 1.0 mm, r 3= 8 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm g
100 808 00 8 24,0 20,90 13 6 12 13 100 908 00 8 24,0 20,90 6 5
100 809 00 9 26,6 23,39 15 6 12 18 100 909 00 9 26,6 23,39 6 6
100 810 00 10 29,2 25,89 17 8 12 21 100 910 00 10 29,2 25,89 8 9
100 811 00 11 31,7 28,39 18 8 13 27 100 911 00 11 31,7 28,39 8 10
100 812 00 12 34,2 30,91 20 8 13 34 100 912 00 12 34,2 30,91 8 13
100 813 00 13 36,7 33,42 23 8 13 44 100 913 00 13 36,7 33,42 8 15
100 814 00 14 39,2 35,95 25 8 13 54 100 914 00 14 39,2 35,95 8 18
100 815 00 15 41,7 38,48 28 8 13 65 100 915 00 15 41,7 38,48 8 21
100 816 00 16 44,3 41,01 30 8 14 80 100 916 00 16 44,3 41,01 8 24
100 817 00 17 46,8 43,53 30 8 14 85 100 917 00 17 46,8 43,53 8 28
100 818 00 18 49,3 46,07 30 8 14 88 100 918 00 18 49,3 46,07 8 32
100 819 00 19 51,9 48,61 30 8 14 93 100 919 00 19 51,9 48,61 8 36
100 820 00 20 54,4 51,14 30 8 14 97 100 920 00 20 54,4 51,14 8 41
100 821 00 21 57,0 53,68 35 8 14 124 100 921 00 21 57,0 53,68 10 42
100 822 00 22 59,5 56,21 35 8 14 127 100 922 00 22 59,5 56,21 10 48
100 823 00 23 62,0 58,75 35 8 14 131 100 923 00 23 62,0 58,75 10 53
100 824 00 24 64,6 61,29 35 8 14 140 100 924 00 24 64,6 61,29 10 59
100 825 00 25 67,5 63,83 35 8 14 142 100 925 00 25 67,5 63,83 10 64
100 826 00 26 69,5 66,37 40 10 16 192 100 926 00 26 69,5 66,37 10 65
100 827 00 27 72,2 68,91 40 10 16 195 100 927 00 27 72,2 68,91 10 71
100 828 00 28 74,8 71,45 40 10 16 202 100 928 00 28 74,8 71,45 10 81
100 830 00 30 79,8 76,53 40 10 16 205 100 930 00 30 79,8 76,53 10 93
100 832 00 32 84,9 81,61 40 12 16 214 100 932 00 32 84,9 81,61 10 105
100 835 00 35 92,5 89,25 40 12 16 236 100 935 00 35 92,5 89,25 10 122
100 836 00 36 95,0 91,79 40 12 16 245 100 936 00 36 95,0 91,79 10 137
100 838 00 38 100,2 96,88 40 12 16 267 100 938 00 38 100,2 96,88 12 149
100 840 00 40 105,3 101,97 40 12 16 292 100 940 00 40 105,3 101,97 12 173
100 845 00 45 118,0 114,69 60 12 20 565 100 942 00 42 110,4 107,05 12 191
100 857 00 57 1) 148,6 145,22 80 14 20 1101 100 945 00 45 118,0 114,69 12 211
100 876 00 76 1) 197,7 193,59 80 20 25 1749 100 948 00 48 125,6 122,32 12 340
100 950 00 50 130,7 127,41 12 354
100 954 00 54 140,9 137,59 16 420
100 957 00 57 148,6 145,22 16 475
100 960 00 60 156,2 152,85 16 507
100 965 00 65 169,6 165,58 16 620
100 970 00 70 182,4 178,31 16 680
100 976 00 76 197,7 193,59 20 836
100 980 00 80 207,9 203,77 20 941
100 983 00 95 246,1 241,96 20 1341
100 988 00 114 294,5 290,33 20 1992
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
Sprockets made from stainless steel page 63. on request.
® 81
Sprockets with One-Sided Hub, ISO 06 B-1 Plate wheels KRL, ISO 06 B-1
Material: Steel C45, optionally hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22. Type KRL: Without hub, not hardened.
Type KRS: Not hardened. Type KRG: Teeth induction hardened.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 101 108 00, KRS, 3/8 x 7/32“, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 101 208 00, KRL, 3/8 x 7/32“, 8 Teeth
Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“ KRS and KRG Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“ KRL
B 1 = 5.3 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 10 mm B 1 = 5.3 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 10 mm
Product No. Product No. Number d a d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
Type KRS Type KRG of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g Type KRL of teeth mm mm mm g
101 108 00 101 881 08 8 28,0 24,89 15 8 22 34 101 208 00 8 28,0 24,89 6 14
101 109 00 101 881 09 9 31,0 27,85 18 8 22 43 101 209 00 9 31,0 27,85 8 17
101 110 00 101 881 10 10 34,0 30,82 20 8 22 58 101 210 00 10 34,0 30,82 8 23
101 111 00 101 881 11 11 37,0 33,80 22 8 25 79 101 211 00 11 37,0 33,80 8 28
101 112 00 101 881 12 12 40,0 36,80 25 8 25 101 101 212 00 12 40,0 36,80 8 32
101 113 00 101 881 13 13 43,0 39,79 28 10 25 123 101 213 00 13 43,0 39,79 8 39
101 114 00 101 881 14 14 46,3 42,80 31 10 25 152 101 214 00 14 46,3 42,80 8 46
101 115 00 101 881 15 15 49,3 45,81 34 10 25 184 101 215 00 15 49,3 45,81 8 53
101 116 00 101 881 16 16 52,3 48,82 37 10 28 141 101 216 00 16 52,3 48,82 10 62
101 117 00 101 881 17 17 55,3 51,83 40 10 28 285 101 217 00 17 55,3 51,83 10 72
101 118 00 101 881 18 18 58,3 54,85 43 10 28 230 101 218 00 18 58,3 54,85 10 79
101 119 00 101 881 19 19 61,3 57,87 45 10 28 364 101 219 00 19 61,3 57,87 10 89
101 120 00 101 881 20 20 64,3 60,89 46 10 28 389 101 220 00 20 64,3 60,89 10 101
101 121 00 101 881 21 21 68,0 63,91 48 12 28 416 101 221 00 21 68,0 63,91 10 111
101 122 00 101 881 22 22 71,0 66,93 50 12 28 456 101 222 00 22 71,0 66,93 10 123
101 123 00 101 881 23 23 73,5 69,95 52 12 28 494 101 223 00 23 73,5 69,95 10 140
101 124 00 101 881 24 24 77,0 72,97 54 12 28 544 101 224 00 24 77,0 72,97 10 151
101 125 00 101 881 25 25 80,0 76,00 57 12 28 592 101 225 00 25 80,0 76,02 10 160
101 126 00 101 881 26 26 83,0 79,02 60 12 28 666 101 226 00 26 83,0 79,02 10 175
101 127 00 101 881 27 27 86,0 82,05 60 12 28 680 101 227 00 27 86,0 82,05 10 188
101 128 00 101 881 28 28 89,0 85,07 60 12 28 694 101 228 00 28 89,0 85,07 10 202
101 130 00 101 881 30 30 94,7 91,12 60 12 30 767 101 230 00 30 94,7 91,12 10 235
101 132 00 - 32 101,3 97,17 65 14 30 890 101 232 00 32 101,3 97,17 12 267
101 135 00 - 35 110,4 106,26 65 14 30 948 101 235 00 35 110,4 106,26 12 326
101 136 00 - 36 113,4 109,29 70 16 30 1024 101 236 00 36 113,4 109,20 12 351
101 138 00 - 38 119,5 115,35 70 16 30 1109 101 238 00 38 119,5 115,35 12 393
101 140 00 - 40 125,5 121,40 70 16 30 1160 101 240 00 40 125,5 121,40 12 422
101 145 00* - 45 140,7 136,55 70 20 32 1245 101 242 00 42 131,6 127,46 16 461
101 157 00* - 57 176,9 172,91 70 20 32 1462 101 244 00 44 137,6 133,52 16 515
101 176 00* - 76 234,9 230,49 70 20 32 2177 101 245 00 45 140,7 136,55 16 534
101 183 00* - 101 248 00 48 149,7 145,64 16 653
101 188 00* - 114 349,6 345,68 80 20 40 4244 101 250 00 50 155,7 151,69 20 680
101 254 00 54 167,8 163,82 20 842
101 257 00 57 176,9 172,91 20 863
101 260 00 60 186,0 181,99 20 1010
101 265 00 65 201,6 197,15 20 1108
101 270 00 70 216,7 212,30 20 1326
101 272 00 72 222,8 218,37 20 1386
101 276 00 76 234,9 230,49 20 1555
101 280 00 80 247,1 242,61 20 1758
101 283 00 95 292,5 288,08 25 2400
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast 101 288 00 114 349,5 345,68 25 4923
iron GG22.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Sprockets made from stainless steel page 63. Custom made parts
Sprockets ready-to-mount page 64.
Sprockets for Taper clamping bushes page 74. on request.
82 ®
Sprockets KRS with One-Sided Hub, ISO 081 Plate wheels KRL, ISO 081
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Pitch 1/2 x 1/8“ KRS from a Teeth Number of 32 reinforced (H Pitch 1/2 x 1/8“ KRL from a Teeth Number of 32 reinforced
= 4 mm, see drawing). (H = 4 mm, see drawing, from a Teeth Number of 90 H =
6 mm).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 102 108 00, KRS, 1/2 x 1/8“, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 102 208 00, KRL, 1/2 x 1/8“, 8 Teeth
Pitch 1/2 x 1/8“ KRS Pitch 1/2 x 1/8“ KRL
B 1 = 3 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 13 mm B 1 = 3 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 13 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm g
102 108 00 8 37,2 33,18 21 8 14 41 102 208 00 8 37,2 33,18 8 15
102 109 00 9 41,5 37,13 25 8 14 57 102 209 00 9 41,5 37,13 8 19
102 110 00 10 46,2 41,10 28 8 14 73 102 210 00 10 46,2 41,10 8 26
102 111 00 11 49,6 45,07 31 8 16 103 102 211 00 11 49,6 45,07 8 30
102 112 00 12 53,9 49,07 35 8 16 129 102 212 00 12 53,9 49,07 8 38
102 113 00 13 58,4 53,07 39 8 16 158 102 213 00 13 58,4 53,07 8 45
102 114 00 14 62,8 57,07 43 8 16 194 102 214 00 14 62,8 57,07 8 49
102 115 00 15 66,8 61,09 47 8 16 228 102 215 00 15 66,8 61,09 8 58
102 116 00 16 70,9 65,10 50 10 18 291 102 216 00 16 70,9 65,10 10 66
102 117 00 17 74,9 69,11 50 10 18 300 102 217 00 17 74,9 69,11 10 80
102 118 00 18 78,9 73,14 50 10 18 303 102 218 00 18 78,9 73,14 10 88
102 119 00 19 82,9 77,16 50 10 18 317 102 219 00 19 82,9 77,16 10 101
102 120 00 20 86,9 81,19 50 10 18 329 102 220 00 20 86,9 81,19 10 110
102 121 00 21 91,0 85,22 60 12 20 478 102 221 00 21 91,0 85,22 10 122
102 122 00 22 95,0 89,24 60 12 20 490 102 222 00 22 95,0 89,24 10 139
102 123 00 23 99,0 93,27 60 12 20 508 102 223 00 23 99,0 93,27 10 148
102 124 00 24 103,0 97,29 60 12 20 517 102 224 00 24 103,0 97,29 12 153
102 125 00 25 107,1 101,33 60 12 20 537 102 225 00 25 107,1 101,33 12 187
102 126 00 26 111,2 105,36 70 16 20 676 102 226 00 26 111,2 105,36 12 199
102 127 00 27 115,4 109,40 70 16 20 689 102 227 00 27 115,4 109,40 12 211
102 128 00 28 119,4 113,42 70 16 20 697 102 228 00 28 119,4 113,42 12 222
102 130 00 30 127,5 121,50 70 16 20 733 102 230 00 30 127,5 121,50 12 260
102 132 00 32 135,5 129,56 70 16 20 853 102 232 00 32 135,5 129,56 12 361
102 134 00 34 143,6 137,64 70 16 20 931 102 234 00 34 143,6 137,64 12 435
102 135 00 35 147,6 141,68 70 16 20 942 102 235 00 35 147,6 141,68 12 451
102 136 00 36 151,7 145,72 70 16 25 1062 102 236 00 36 151,7 145,72 16 445
102 138 00 38 159,8 153,80 70 16 25 1178 102 238 00 38 159,8 153,80 16 398
102 140 00 40 167,8 161,87 70 16 25 1254 102 240 00 40 167,8 161,87 16 442
102 242 00 42 175,4 169,95 16 640
102 245 00 45 187,5 182,07 16 705
102 248 00 48 199,7 194,18 20 897
102 250 00 50 207,8 202,26 20 928
102 254 00 54 224,0 218,43 20 1207
102 257 00 57 236,1 230,54 20 1373
102 260 00 60 248,2 242,66 20 1294
102 265 00 65 268,8 262,86 20 1563
102 270 00 70 289,0 283,07 25 1825
102 272 00 72 297,1 291,16 25 1924
102 276 00 76 313,3 307,33 25 2486
102 280 00 80 329,4 323,48 25 2496
102 282 00 90 369,9 363,90 25 4424
102 288 00 114 466,9 460,90 25 6848
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 83
Sprockets KRS with One-Sided Hub, ISO 083 Plate wheels KRL, ISO 083
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Pitch 1/2 x 3/16“ KRL from a Teeth Number of 90 reinforced
(H = 6 mm, see drawing).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 103 108 00, KRS, 1/2 x 3/16“, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 103 208 00, KRL, 1/2 x 3/16“, 8 Teeth
Pitch 1/2 x 3/16“ KRS Pitch 1/2 x 3/16“ KRL
B 1 = 4.5 mm, c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm B 1 = 4.5 mm, c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm g
103 108 00 8 38,5 33,18 21 8 14 46 103 208 00 8 38,5 33,18 8 21
103 109 00 9 41,5 37,13 25 8 14 64 103 209 00 9 41,5 37,13 8 29
103 110 00 10 46,2 41,10 28 8 14 79 103 210 00 10 46,2 41,10 8 36
103 111 00 11 49,6 45,07 31 8 16 110 103 211 00 11 49,6 45,07 8 42
103 112 00 12 53,9 49,07 35 8 16 138 103 212 00 12 53,9 49,07 8 50
103 113 00 13 58,4 53,07 39 8 16 170 103 213 00 13 58,4 53,07 8 61
103 114 00 14 62,8 57,07 43 8 16 203 103 214 00 14 62,8 57,07 8 74
103 115 00 15 66,8 61,09 47 8 16 243 103 215 00 15 66,8 61,09 8 86
103 116 00 16 70,9 65,10 50 10 18 299 103 216 00 16 70,9 65,10 10 99
103 117 00 17 74,9 69,11 50 10 18 318 103 217 00 17 74,9 69,11 10 112
103 118 00 18 78,9 73,14 50 10 18 330 103 218 00 18 78,9 73,14 10 125
103 119 00 19 82,9 77,16 50 10 18 344 103 219 00 19 82,9 77,16 10 140
103 120 00 20 86,9 81,19 50 10 18 364 103 220 00 20 86,9 81,19 10 154
103 121 00 21 91,0 85,22 60 12 20 511 103 221 00 21 91,0 85,22 10 170
103 122 00 22 95,0 89,24 60 12 20 527 103 222 00 22 95,0 89,24 10 180
103 123 00 23 99,0 93,27 60 12 20 544 103 223 00 23 99,0 93,27 10 210
103 124 00 24 103,0 97,29 60 12 20 569 103 224 00 24 103,0 97,29 12 223
103 125 00 25 107,1 101,33 60 12 20 586 103 225 00 25 107,1 101,33 12 251
103 126 00 26 111,2 105,36 70 16 20 725 103 226 00 26 111,2 105,36 12 264
103 127 00 27 115,4 109,40 70 16 20 750 103 227 00 27 115,4 109,40 12 297
103 128 00 28 119,4 113,42 70 16 20 765 103 228 00 28 119,4 113,42 12 306
103 130 00 30 127,5 121,50 70 16 20 833 103 230 00 30 127,5 121,50 12 324
103 132 00 32 135,5 129,56 70 16 20 882 103 232 00 32 135,5 129,56 12 405
103 134 00 34 143,6 137,64 70 16 20 933 103 234 00 34 143,6 137,64 12 454
103 135 00 35 147,6 141,68 70 16 20 947 103 235 00 35 147,6 141,68 12 495
103 136 00 36 151,7 145,72 70 16 25 1103 103 236 00 36 151,7 145,72 16 531
103 138 00 38 159,8 153,80 70 16 25 1176 103 238 00 38 159,8 153,80 16 566
103 140 00 40 167,8 161,87 70 16 25 1248 103 240 00 40 167,8 161,87 16 632
103 242 00 42 175,4 169,95 16 714
103 245 00 45 187,5 182,07 16 773
103 247 00 47 195,6 190,14 20 886
103 248 00 48 199,7 194,18 20 934
103 250 00 50 207,8 202,26 20 975
103 254 00 54 224,0 218,43 20 1170
103 257 00 57 236,1 230,54 20 1348
103 260 00 60 248,2 242,66 20 1490
103 265 00 65 268,8 262,86 20 1657
103 270 00 70 289,0 283,07 25 1898
103 272 00 72 297,1 291,16 25 2119
103 276 00 76 313,3 307,33 25 2339
103 280 00 80 329,4 323,48 25 2364
103 282 00 90 369,9 363,90 25 4672
103 288 00 114 466,9 460,90 25 7284
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
84 ®
Sprockets with One-Sided Hub, ISO 08 B-1 Plate wheels KRL, ISO 08 B-1
Material: Steel C45, optionally hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22. Type KRL: Without hub, not hardened.
Type KRS: Not hardened. Type KRG: Teeth induction hardened.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 105 108 00, KRS, 1/2 x 5/16“, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 105 208 00, KRL, 1/2 x 5/16“, 8 Teeth
Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“ KRS and KRG Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“ KRL
B 1 = 7.2 mm, c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm B 1 = 7.2 mm, c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm
Product No. Product No. Number d a d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
Type KRS Type KRG of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g Type KRL of teeth mm mm mm g
105 108 00 105 881 08 8 37,2 33,18 20 10 25 66 105 208 00 8 37,2 33,18 8 33
105 109 00 105 881 09 9 41,0 37,13 24 10 25 96 105 209 00 9 41,0 37,13 8 42
105 110 00 105 881 10 10 45,2 41,10 26 10 25 120 105 210 00 10 45,2 41,10 8 54
105 111 00 105 881 11 11 48,7 45,07 29 10 25 148 105 211 00 11 48,7 45,07 10 67
105 112 00 105 881 12 12 53,0 49,07 33 10 28 212 105 212 00 12 53,0 49,07 10 81
105 113 00 105 881 13 13 57,4 53,07 37 10 28 264 105 213 00 13 57,4 53,07 10 96
105 114 00 105 881 14 14 61,8 57,07 41 10 28 323 105 214 00 14 61,8 57,07 10 107
105 115 00 105 881 15 15 65,5 61,09 45 10 28 385 105 215 00 15 65,5 61,09 10 135
105 116 00 105 881 16 16 69,5 65,10 50 12 28 461 105 216 00 16 69,5 65,10 10 153
105 117 00 105 881 17 17 73,6 69,11 52 12 28 502 105 217 00 17 73,6 69,11 10 177
105 118 00 105 881 18 18 77,8 73,14 56 12 28 588 105 218 00 18 77,8 73,14 10 200
105 119 00 105 881 19 19 81,7 77,16 60 12 28 670 105 219 00 19 81,7 77,16 10 230
105 120 00 105 881 20 20 85,8 81,19 64 12 28 758 105 220 00 20 85,8 81,19 10 255
105 121 00 105 881 21 21 89,7 85,22 68 14 28 855 105 221 00 21 89,7 85,22 12 279
105 122 00 105 881 22 22 93,8 89,24 70 14 28 917 105 222 00 22 93,8 89,24 12 312
105 123 00 105 881 23 23 98,2 93,27 70 14 28 948 105 223 00 23 98,2 93,27 12 338
105 124 00 105 881 24 24 101,8 97,29 70 14 28 972 105 224 00 24 101,8 97,29 12 363
105 125 00 105 881 25 25 105,8 101,33 70 14 28 1002 105 225 00 25 105,8 101,33 12 392
105 126 00 105 881 26 26 110,0 105,36 70 16 30 1096 105 226 00 26 110,0 105,36 16 432
105 127 00 105 881 27 27 114,0 109,40 70 16 30 1140 105 227 00 27 114,0 109,40 16 456
105 128 00 105 881 28 28 118,0 113,42 70 16 30 1167 105 228 00 28 118,0 113,42 16 500
105 129 00 105 881 29 29 122,0 117,46 80 16 30 1411 105 229 00 29 122,0 117,46 16 537
105 130 00 105 881 30 30 126,1 121,50 80 16 30 1446 105 230 00 30 126,1 121,50 16 573
105 132 00 - 32 134,3 129,56 90 16 30 1786 105 232 00 32 134,3 129,56 16 664
105 134 00 - 34 142,6 137,64 90 16 30 1867 105 234 00 34 142,6 137,64 16 744
105 135 00 - 35 146,7 141,68 90 16 30 1921 105 235 00 35 146,7 141,68 16 782
105 136 00 - 36 151,0 145,72 90 16 35 2208 105 236 00 36 151,0 145,72 16 828
105 138 00 - 38 158,6 153,80 90 16 35 2317 105 238 00 38 158,6 153,80 16 933
105 140 00 - 40 166,8 161,87 90 16 35 2444 105 240 00 40 166,8 161,87 16 1060
105 145 00* - 45 188,0 182,07 70 24 40 1977 105 242 00 42 175,4 169,95 20 1151
105 157 00* - 57 236,4 230,54 70 24 40 2381 105 244 00 44 183,8 178,03 20 1283
105 176 00* - 76 313,3 307,33 80 24 40 4333 105 245 00 45 188,0 182,07 20 1363
105 183 00* - 95 390,1 384,11 80 24 45 4871 105 246 00 46 192,1 186,10 20 1493
105 188 00* - 114 466,9 460,90 80 24 45 7049 105 248 00 48 200,3 194,18 20 1523
105 250 00 50 208,3 202,26 20 1639
105 254 00 54 224,1 218,43 20 1925
105 257 00 57 236,4 230,54 20 2149
105 260 00 60 248,6 242,66 20 2492
105 265 00 65 269,0 262,86 25 2834
105 270 00 70 289,0 283,07 25 3250
105 272 00 72 297,2 291,16 25 3482
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast 105 276 00 76 313,3 307,33 25 3887
iron GG22. 105 280 00 80 329,4 323,48 25 4327
105 283 00 95 390,1 384,11 25 6150
105 288 00 114 466,9 460,90 25 9028
Reworking within 105 290 00 120 491,2 485,16 25 10005
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts Sprockets made from stainless steel page 63.
Sprockets ready-to-mount page 66.
on request. Sprockets for Taper clamping bushes page 74.
® 85
Sprockets with One-Sided Hub, ISO 10 B-1 Plate wheels KRL, ISO 10 B-1
Material: Steel C45, optionally hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22. Type KRL: Without hub, not hardened.
Type KRS: Not hardened. Type KRG: Teeth induction hardened.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 106 108 00, KRS, 5/8 x 3/8“, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 106 208 00, KRL, 5/8 x 3/8“, 8 Teeth
Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“ KRS and KRG Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“ KRL
B 1 = 9.1 mm, c = 1.6 mm, r 3 = 16 mm B 1 = 9.1 mm, c = 1.6 mm, r 3 = 16 mm
Product No. Product No. Number d a d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
Type KRS Type KRG of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg Type KRL of teeth mm mm mm kg
106 108 00 106 881 08 8 47,0 41,48 25 10 25 0,12 106 208 00 8 47,0 41,48 10 0,07
106 109 00 106 881 09 9 52,6 46,42 30 10 25 0,17 106 209 00 9 52,6 46,42 10 0,09
106 110 00 106 881 10 10 57,5 51,37 35 10 25 0,23 106 210 00 10 57,7 51,37 10 0,11
106 111 00 106 881 11 11 63,0 56,34 37 12 30 0,30 106 211 00 11 63,0 56,34 10 0,14
106 112 00 106 881 12 12 68,0 61,34 42 12 30 0,38 106 212 00 12 68,0 61,34 10 0,17
106 113 00 106 881 13 13 73,0 66,32 47 12 30 0,47 106 213 00 13 73,0 66,32 10 0,20
106 114 00 106 881 14 14 78,0 71,34 52 12 30 0,57 106 214 00 14 78,0 71,34 12 0,23
106 115 00 106 881 15 15 83,0 76,36 57 12 30 0,68 106 215 00 15 83,0 76,36 12 0,27
106 116 00 106 881 16 16 88,0 81,37 60 12 30 0,76 106 216 00 16 88,0 81,37 12 0,32
106 117 00 106 881 17 17 93,0 86,39 60 12 30 0,81 106 217 00 17 93,0 86,38 12 0,35
106 118 00 106 881 18 18 98,3 91,42 70 14 30 1,02 106 218 00 18 98,3 91,42 12 0,40
106 119 00 106 881 19 19 103,3 96,45 70 14 30 1,07 106 219 00 19 103,3 96,45 12 0,44
106 120 00 106 881 20 20 108,4 101,49 75 14 30 1,22 106 220 00 20 108,4 101,49 12 0,50
106 121 00 106 881 21 21 113,4 106,52 75 16 30 1,25 106 221 00 21 113,4 106,52 12 0,56
106 122 00 106 881 22 22 118,0 111,55 80 16 30 1,40 106 222 00 22 118,0 111,55 12 0,62
106 123 00 106 881 23 23 123,4 116,58 80 16 30 1,47 106 223 00 23 123,5 116,58 12 0,67
106 124 00 106 881 24 24 128,3 121,62 80 16 30 1,53 106 224 00 24 128,3 121,62 12 0,72
106 125 00 106 881 25 25 134,0 126,66 80 16 30 1,59 106 225 00 25 134,0 126,66 12 0,78
106 126 00 - 26 139,0 131,70 85 20 35 1,97 106 226 00 26 139,0 131,70 16 0,87
106 127 00 - 27 144,0 136,75 85 20 35 2,05 106 227 00 27 144,0 136,75 16 0,95
106 128 00 - 28 148,7 141,78 90 20 35 2,24 106 228 00 28 148,7 141,78 16 1,01
106 130 00 - 30 158,8 151,87 90 20 35 2,43 106 229 00 29 153,8 146,83 16 1,13
106 132 00 - 32 168,9 161,95 95 20 35 2,73 106 230 00 30 158,8 151,87 16 1,15
106 134 00 - 34 179,0 172,05 95 20 35 2,90 106 232 00 32 168,9 161,95 16 1,32
106 135 00 - 35 184,1 177,10 95 20 35 2,98 106 234 00 34 179,0 172,05 16 1,53
106 136 00 - 36 189,1 182,15 100 20 35 3,25 106 235 00 35 184,1 177,10 16 1,61
106 138 00 - 38 199,2 192,24 100 20 35 3,47 106 236 00 36 189,1 182,15 20 1,70
106 140 00 - 40 209,3 202,34 100 20 35 3,63 106 238 00 38 199,2 192,24 20 1,87
106 145 00* - 45 235,0 227,58 80 24 40 3,05 106 240 00 40 209,3 202,34 20 2,13
106 157 00* - 57 296,0 288,18 90 24 45 4,25 106 242 00 42 219,9 212,44 20 2,36
106 176 00* - 76 392,1 384,16 90 24 50 6,39 106 244 00 44 230,0 222,53 20 2,57
106 183 00* - 95 488,5 480,14 100 24 56 9,66 106 245 00 45 235,0 227,58 20 2,68
106 188 00* - 114 584,1 576,13 100 24 56 13,49 106 246 00 46 240,1 232,63 20 2,78
106 248 00 48 250,2 242,73 20 3,01
106 250 00 50 260,3 252,82 20 3,38
106 254 00 54 280,5 273,03 20 3,96
106 257 00 57 296,0 288,18 25 4,34
106 260 00 60 310,8 303,32 25 4,90
106 265 00 65 336,5 328,58 25 5,83
106 270 00 70 361,8 353,84 25 6,76
106 272 00 72 371,9 363,95 25 7,11
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast 106 276 00 76 392,1 384,16 25 7,77
iron GG22. 106 280 00 80 412,3 404,35 25 9,03
106 283 00 95 488,5 480,14 30 12,53
106 288 00 114 584,1 576,13 30 21,00
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts Sprockets made from stainless steel page 63.
Sprockets ready-to-mount page 68.
on request. Sprockets for Taper clamping bushes page 74.
86 ®
Sprockets KRS with One-Sided Hub, ISO 12 B-1 Plate wheels KRL, ISO 12 B-1
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 107 108 00, KRS, 3/4 x 7/16“, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 107 208 00, KRL, 3/4 x 7/16“, 8 Teeth
Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“ KRS Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“ KRL
B 1 = 11.1 mm, c = 2.0 mm, r 3 = 19 mm B 1 = 11.1 mm, c = 2.0 mm, r 3 = 19 mm
Product No. Number d a d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
107 108 00 8 57,6 49,78 31 12 30 0,22 107 208 00 8 57,6 49,78 12 0,12
107 109 00 9 62,0 55,70 37 12 30 0,30 107 209 00 9 62,0 55,70 12 0,16
107 110 00 10 69,0 61,64 42 12 30 0,39 107 210 00 10 69,0 61,64 12 0,20
107 111 00 11 75,0 67,61 46 16 35 0,53 107 211 00 11 75,0 67,61 14 0,24
107 112 00 12 81,5 73,61 52 16 35 0,67 107 212 00 12 81,5 73,61 14 0,29
107 113 00 13 87,5 79,59 58 16 35 0,83 107 213 00 13 87,5 79,59 14 0,35
107 114 00 14 93,6 85,61 64 16 35 1,00 107 214 00 14 93,6 85,61 14 0,40
107 115 00 15 99,8 91,63 70 16 35 1,18 107 215 00 15 99,8 91,63 14 0,48
107 116 00 16 105,5 97,65 75 16 35 1,35 107 216 00 16 105,5 97,65 14 0,55
107 117 00 17 111,5 103,67 80 16 35 1,53 107 217 00 17 111,5 103,67 14 0,64
107 118 00 18 118,0 109,71 80 16 35 1,61 107 218 00 18 118,0 109,71 14 0,70
107 119 00 19 124,2 115,75 80 16 35 1,72 107 219 00 19 124,2 115,75 14 0,79
107 120 00 20 129,7 121,78 80 16 35 1,80 107 220 00 20 129,7 121,78 14 0,89
107 121 00 21 136,0 127,82 90 20 40 2,35 107 221 00 21 136,0 127,82 16 0,98
107 122 00 22 141,8 133,86 90 20 40 2,47 107 222 00 22 141,8 133,86 16 1,07
107 123 00 23 149,0 139,90 90 20 40 2,55 107 223 00 23 149,0 139,90 16 1,18
107 124 00 24 153,9 145,94 90 20 40 2,68 107 224 00 24 153,9 145,94 16 1,32
107 125 00 25 160,0 152,00 90 20 40 2,78 107 225 00 25 160,0 152,00 16 1,43
107 126 00 26 165,9 158,04 95 20 40 3,09 107 226 00 26 165,9 158,04 16 1,54
107 127 00 27 172,3 164,09 95 20 40 3,20 107 227 00 27 172,3 164,09 16 1,67
107 128 00 28 178,0 170,13 95 20 40 3,35 107 228 00 28 178,0 170,13 16 1,76
107 130 00 30 190,5 182,25 95 20 40 3,61 107 229 00 29 184,1 176,19 16 1,93
107 132 00 32 203,3 194,35 100 20 40 4,10 107 230 00 30 190,5 182,25 16 2,10
107 134 00 34 214,6 206,46 100 20 40 4,45 107 232 00 32 203,3 194,36 20 2,37
107 135 00 35 221,0 212,52 100 20 40 4,62 107 234 00 34 214,6 206,46 20 2,49
107 136 00 36 226,8 218,58 100 20 40 4,77 107 235 00 35 221,0 212,52 20 2,79
107 138 00 38 239,0 230,69 100 20 40 5,00 107 236 00 36 226,8 218,58 20 3,03
107 140 00 40 251,3 242,81 100 20 40 5,56 107 238 00 38 239,0 230,69 20 3,39
107 145 00* 45 282,5 273,10 100 24 56 5,38 107 240 00 40 251,3 242,81 20 3,72
107 157 00* 57 354,0 345,81 100 30 56 7,06 107 242 00 42 264,5 254,93 25 4,10
107 176 00* 76 469,9 460,99 100 30 56 9,49 107 244 00 44 276,5 267,04 25 4,68
107 183 00* 95 585,1 576,17 100 30 65 15,53 107 245 00 45 282,5 273,10 25 4,81
107 188 00* 114 700,6 691,36 100 30 65 23,00 107 246 00 46 287,9 279,16 25 4,86
107 248 00 48 300,1 291,27 25 5,37
107 250 00 50 312,3 303,39 25 5,95
107 254 00 54 336,6 327,64 25 7,00
107 257 00 57 355,4 345,81 25 7,76
107 260 00 60 373,0 363,99 25 8,37
107 265 00 65 403,2 394,29 25 10,13
107 270 00 70 433,6 424,60 30 11,84
107 272 00 72 447,0 436,74 30 12,67
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast 107 276 00 76 469,9 460,99 30 14,14
iron GG22. 107 280 00 80 494,2 485,22 30 14,79
107 283 00 95 585,1 576,17 30 25,00
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Sprockets made from stainless steel page 63.
Custom made parts Sprockets ready-to-mount page 70.
on request. Sprockets for Taper clamping bushes page 74.
® 87
Sprockets KRS with One-Sided Hub, ISO 16 B-1 Plate wheels KRL, ISO 16 B-1
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 108 108 00, KRS, 1“ x 17.02, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 108 208 00, KRL, 1“ x 17.02, 8 Teeth
Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm KRS Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm KRL
B 1 = 16.2 mm, c = 2.5 mm, r 3 = 26 mm B 1 = 16.2 mm, c = 2.5 mm, r 3 = 26 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
108 108 00 8 77,0 66,37 42 16 35 0,50 108 208 00 8 77,0 66,37 16 0,31
108 109 00 9 85,0 74,37 50 16 35 0,69 108 209 00 9 85,0 74,27 16 0,38
108 110 00 10 93,0 82,19 55 16 35 0,87 108 210 00 10 93,0 82,19 16 0,53
108 111 00 11 99,5 90,14 61 16 40 1,18 108 211 00 11 99,5 90,14 16 0,62
108 112 00 12 109,0 98,14 69 16 40 1,46 108 212 00 12 109,0 98,14 16 0,78
108 113 00 13 117,0 106,12 78 16 40 1,81 108 213 00 13 117,0 106,12 16 0,94
108 114 00 14 125,0 114,15 84 16 40 2,10 108 214 00 14 125,0 114,15 16 1,09
108 115 00 15 133,0 122,17 92 16 40 2,49 108 215 00 15 133,0 122,17 16 1,26
108 116 00 16 141,0 130,20 100 20 45 3,19 108 216 00 16 141,0 130,20 20 1,41
108 117 00 17 149,0 138,22 100 20 45 3,36 108 217 00 17 149,0 138,22 20 1,62
108 118 00 18 157,0 146,28 100 20 45 3,61 108 218 00 18 157,0 146,28 20 1,85
108 119 00 19 165,2 154,33 100 20 45 3,82 108 219 00 19 165,2 154,33 20 2,04
108 120 00 20 173,2 162,38 100 20 45 4,07 108 220 00 20 173,0 162,38 20 2,30
108 121 00 21 181,2 170,43 110 20 50 5,03 108 221 00 21 181,2 170,43 20 2,59
108 122 00 22 189,3 178,48 110 20 50 5,36 108 222 00 22 189,3 178,48 20 2,84
108 123 00 23 197,5 186,53 110 20 50 5,59 108 223 00 23 197,5 186,53 20 3,12
108 124 00 24 205,5 194,59 110 20 50 5,92 108 224 00 24 205,5 194,59 20 3,37
108 125 00 25 213,5 202,66 110 20 50 6,21 108 225 00 25 213,5 202,66 20 3,92
108 126 00 26 221,6 210,72 120 20 50 7,02 108 226 00 26 221,6 210,72 20 4,13
108 127 00 27 229,6 218,79 120 20 50 7,27 108 227 00 27 229,6 218,79 20 4,34
108 128 00 28 237,7 226,85 120 20 50 7,68 108 228 00 28 237,7 226,85 20 4,67
108 130 00 30 254,0 243,00 120 20 50 8,42 108 230 00 30 254,0 243,00 20 5,43
108 132 00 32 270,0 259,13 120 25 50 9,25 108 232 00 32 270,0 259,13 25 6,35
108 134 00 34 287,0 275,28 120 25 50 9,93 108 234 00 34 287,0 275,28 25 6,97
108 135 00 35 296,2 283,36 120 25 50 10,47 108 235 00 35 296,2 283,36 25 7,39
108 136 00 36 304,6 291,44 120 25 50 10,95 108 236 00 36 304,6 291,44 25 7,75
108 138 00 38 320,7 307,59 120 25 50 11,71 108 238 00 38 320,7 307,59 25 8,68
108 145 00* 45 377,0 364,13 125 30 70 10,91 108 240 00 40 336,9 323,75 25 9,88
108 157 00* 57 474,0 461,08 125 35 70 13,79 108 244 00 44 369,1 356,06 25 12,00
108 176 00* 76 627,0 614,65 140 35 80 26,50 108 245 00 45 377,1 364,13 25 12,40
108 183 00* 95 781,0 768,22 140 40 80 35,00 108 248 00 48 401,3 388,36 25 14,00
108 188 00* 114 933,0 921,81 140 40 80 43,50 108 250 00 50 417,4 404,52 25 15,60
108 254 00 54 448,3 436,85 30 18,00
108 257 00 57 474,0 461,07 30 20,00
108 260 00 60 498,3 485,32 30 22,00
108 270 00 70 579,2 566,14 30 31,00
108 276 00 76 627,0 614,65 30 35,00
108 280 00 80 660,0 646,96 30 40,50
108 283 00 95 781,1 768,22 30 56,00
108 288 00 114 934,3 921,81 30 80,00
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast
iron GG22.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Sprockets made from stainless steel page 63. Custom made parts
Sprockets ready-to-mount page 72.
Sprockets for Taper clamping bushes page 75. on request.
88 ®
Sprockets KRS with One-Sided Hub, ISO 20 B-1 Plate wheels KRL, ISO 20 B-1
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron.
Sprockets marked with 1) made from St52 with welded in hub.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 109 108 00, KRS, 1 1/4 x 3/4“, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 109 208 00, KRL, 1 1/4 x 3/4“, 8 Teeth
Pitch 1 1/4 x 3/4“, KRS Pitch 1 1/4 x 3/4“, KRL
B 1 = 18.5 mm, c = 3.5 mm, r 3 = 32 mm B 1 = 18.5 mm, c = 3.5 mm, r 3 = 32 mm
Product No. Number d a d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
109 108 00 8 98,1 82,96 53 20 40 0,90 109 208 00 8 98,1 82,96 16 0,65
109 109 00 9 108,0 92,84 63 20 40 1,30 109 209 00 9 108,0 92,84 16 0,80
109 110 00 10 117,9 102,74 70 20 40 1,60 109 210 00 10 117,9 102,74 16 1,00
109 111 00 11 127,8 112,68 77 20 45 2,10 109 211 00 11 127,8 112,68 20 1,20
109 112 00 12 137,8 122,68 88 20 45 2,70 109 212 00 12 137,8 122,68 20 1,45
109 113 00 13 147,8 132,65 98 20 45 3,30 109 213 00 13 147,8 132,65 20 1,70
109 114 00 14 157,8 142,68 108 20 45 3,90 109 214 00 14 157,8 142,68 20 2,00
109 115 00 15 167,9 152,72 118 20 45 4,60 109 215 00 15 167,9 152,72 20 2,40
109 116 00 16 177,9 162,75 120 25 50 5,35 109 216 00 16 177,9 162,75 20 2,60
109 117 00 17 187,9 172,78 120 25 50 5,75 109 217 00 17 187,9 172,78 20 3,00
109 118 00 18 198,0 182,85 120 25 50 6,10 109 218 00 18 198,0 182,85 20 3,30
109 119 00 19 208,1 192,91 120 25 50 6,60 109 219 00 19 208,1 192,91 20 3,75
109 120 00 20 218,1 202,98 120 25 50 7,00 109 220 00 20 218,1 202,98 20 4,20
109 121 00 21 228,2 213,04 140 25 55 9,10 109 221 00 21 228,2 213,04 25 4,60
109 123 00 23 248,3 233,17 140 25 55 10,00 109 222 00 22 238,3 223,11 25 5,00
109 125 00 25 268,5 253,33 140 25 55 11,00 109 223 00 23 248,3 233,17 25 5,55
109 127 00 27 288,6 273,49 150 30 55 13,00 109 224 00 24 258,4 243,23 25 6,25
109 130 00 30 318,9 303,75 150 30 55 15,45 109 225 00 25 268,5 253,33 25 6,60
109 135 00 35 1) 369,4 354,20 150 30 55 19,50 109 227 00 27 288,6 273,40 30 7,80
109 138 00* 38 399,6 384,49 125 35 70 11,90 109 230 00 30 318,9 303,75 30 9,80
109 145 00* 45 470,3 455,17 125 35 70 13,80 109 235 00 35 369,4 354,20 30 13,40
109 157 00* 57 591,5 576,36 135 40 80 24,00 109 238 00 38 399,6 384,49 30 15,80
109 176 00* 76 783,5 768,32 140 50 90 37,50 109 240 00 40 419,8 404,68 30 18,00
109 245 00 45 470,3 455,17 30 22,50
109 248 00 48 500,6 485,46 30 26,00
109 254 00 54 561,2 546,07 30 32,00
109 257 00 57 591,5 576,36 30 35,00
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast
iron GG22.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 89
Sprockets KRS with One-Sided Hub, ISO 24 B-1 Plate wheels KRL, ISO 24 B-1
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22.
Sprockets marked with 1) with welded in hub.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 110 110 00, KRS, 1 1/2 x 1“, 10 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 110 210 00, KRL, 1 1/2 x 1“, 10 Teeth
Pitch 1 1/2 x 1“, KRS Pitch 1 1/2 x 1“, KRL
B 1 = 24.1 mm, c = 4.0 mm, r 3 = 38 mm B 1 = 24.1 mm, c = 4.0 mm, r 3 = 38 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
110 110 00 10 138,0 123,29 80 20 45 2,55 110 210 00 10 138,0 123,29 20 1,80
110 111 00 11 150,0 135,21 90 25 50 3,40 110 211 00 11 150,0 135,21 25 2,20
110 112 00 12 162,0 147,22 102 25 50 4,20 110 212 00 12 162,0 147,22 25 2,60
110 113 00 13 174,2 159,18 114 25 50 5,20 110 213 00 13 174,2 159,18 25 3,10
110 114 00 14 186,2 171,22 128 25 50 6,20 110 214 00 14 186,2 171,22 25 3,60
110 115 00 15 198,2 183,26 132 25 50 7,30 110 215 00 15 198,2 183,26 25 4,30
110 116 00 16 210,3 195,30 136 25 55 8,90 110 216 00 16 210,3 195,30 25 4,90
110 117 00 17 222,3 207,34 136 25 55 9,50 110 218 00 18 234,3 219,42 25 6,30
110 118 00 18 234,3 219,42 136 25 55 10,30 110 220 00 20 258,6 243,57 25 7,80
110 119 00 19 246,5 231,49 136 25 55 10,90 110 222 00 22 282,7 267,73 30 9,50
110 120 00 20 258,6 243,57 136 25 55 11,80 110 224 00 24 306,8 291,88 30 11,30
110 121 00 21 270,6 255,65 150 30 60 13,70 110 228 00 28 355,2 340,27 30 15,60
110 123 00 23 294,8 279,80 150 30 60 15,40 110 230 00 30 379,5 364,50 30 18,00
110 125 00 25 319,0 304,00 150 30 60 17,50 110 235 00 35 440,0 425,04 30 26,00
110 128 00 28 1) 355,2 340,27 150 30 60 21,50 110 238 00 38 476,2 461,39 30 30,80
110 130 00 30 1) 379,5 364,50 150 30 60 24,00 110 245 00 45 561,2 546,20 30 42,00
110 138 00 38 1) 476,2 461,39 150 30 60 35,00 110 248 00 48 597,4 582,55 30 48,00
110 145 00* 45 561,2 546,20 140 45 90 26,50 110 254 00 54 670,2 655,28 30 60,50
110 157 00* 57 706,5 691,63 160 45 100 39,50 110 257 00 57 706,5 691,63 30 66,80
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast
iron GG22.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
90 ®
Double-Sprockets ZRE for two Single-Strand Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Steel C45, not hardened.
Teeth milled, pre-bored.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 121 413 00,
Double Sprocket 13 Teeth, Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“
Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“ ZRE, 2 x ISO 06 B-1, Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“ ZRE, 2 x ISO 08 B-1,
B 1 = max. 5.3 mm, B 2 = 15.4, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 10 mm B 1 = max. 7.2 mm, B 2 = 21, c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm
Product No. Number d a d B dg A L Weight Product No. Number d a d B dg A L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
121 413 00 13 43,5 39,80 10 29 23 17,8 0,14 125 412 00 12 53,9 49,07 15 36 30 23 0,27
121 414 00 14 46,5 42,80 10 32 23 17,8 0,17 125 413 00 13 57,9 53,07 15 40 30 23 0,33
121 415 00 15 49,5 45,81 10 35 23 17,8 0,20 125 414 00 14 61,9 57,07 15 44 30 23 0,40
121 416 00 16 52,5 48,82 12 38 23 17,8 0,23 125 415 00 15 65,9 61,09 15 48 30 23 0,47
121 417 00 17 55,5 51,83 12 41 23 17,8 0,26 125 416 00 16 69,9 65,10 15 52 30 23 0,55
121 418 00 18 58,6 54,85 12 44 23 17,8 0,30 125 417 00 17 74,0 69,11 15 56 30 23 0,64
121 419 00 19 61,6 57,87 12 47 23 17,8 0,34 125 418 00 18 78,0 73,14 15 60 30 23 0,73
121 420 00 20 64,6 60,89 15 50 23 17,8 0,38 125 419 00 19 82,0 77,16 15 64 30 23 0,84
121 421 00 21 67,6 63,91 15 53 23 17,8 0,43 125 420 00 20 86,0 81,19 15 68 30 23 0,93
121 423 00 23 73,7 69,95 15 60 23 17,8 0,54 125 421 00 21 90,1 85,22 15 72 30 23 1,03
121 425 00 25 79,7 76,00 15 66 23 17,8 0,65 125 423 00 23 98,1 93,27 15 80 30 23 1,28
125 425 00 25 106,2 101,33 15 88 30 23 1,54
Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“ ZRE, 2 x ISO 10 B-1, Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“ ZRE, 2 x ISO 12 B-1,
B 1 = max. 9.1 mm, B 2 = 25.5, c = 1.6 mm, r 3 = 16 mm B 1 = max. 11.1 mm, B 2 = 30.3, c = 2.0 mm, r 3 = 19 mm
Product No. Number d a d B dg A L Weight Product No. Number d a d B dg A L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
126 412 00 12 68,2 61,34 15 45 34 25,2 0,51 127 412 00 12 81,8 73,60 20 53 44 33,4 0,91
126 413 00 13 73,2 66,32 15 50 34 25,2 0,62 127 413 00 13 87,8 79,59 20 59 44 33,4 1,12
126 414 00 14 78,2 71,34 15 55 34 25,2 0,74 127 414 00 14 93,8 85,61 20 65 44 33,4 1,33
126 415 00 15 83,2 76,36 15 60 34 25,2 0,87 127 415 00 15 99,8 91,63 20 71 44 33,4 1,57
126 416 00 16 88,3 81,37 15 65 34 25,2 1,02 127 416 00 16 105,8 97,65 20 77 44 33,3 1,84
126 417 00 17 93,3 86,39 15 70 34 25,2 1,17 127 417 00 17 111,9 103,67 20 83 44 33,4 2,12
126 418 00 18 98,3 91,42 15 75 34 25,2 1,34 127 418 00 18 117,9 109,71 20 89 44 33,4 2,42
126 419 00 19 103,3 96,45 20 80 34 25,2 1,49 127 419 00 19 123,9 115,75 20 95 44 33,4 2,75
126 420 00 20 108,4 101,49 20 85 34 25,2 1,68 127 420 00 20 130,0 121,78 20 101 44 33,4 3,09
126 421 00 21 113,4 106,52 20 90 34 25,2 1,88 127 421 00 21 136,0 127,82 25 107 44 33,4 3,42
126 423 00 23 123,5 116,58 20 100 34 25,2 2,30 127 423 00 23 148,1 139,90 25 119 44 33,4 4,21
126 425 00 25 133,6 126,66 20 110 34 25,2 2,77 127 425 00 25 160,2 152,00 25 131 44 33,4 5,07
Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm, ZRE, 2 x ISO 16 B-1,
B 1 = max. 16.2 mm, B 2 = 47.7, c = 2.5 mm, r 3 = 26 mm
Product No. Number d a d B dg A L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
128 412 00 12 109,7 98,14 20 72 68 52,5 2,58
128 413 00 13 117,7 106,12 20 80 68 52,5 3,14
128 414 00 14 125,7 114,15 20 88 68 52,5 3,76
128 415 00 15 133,7 122,17 20 96 68 52,5 4,44
128 416 00 16 141,8 130,20 25 104 68 52,5 5,09
128 417 00 17 149,8 138,22 25 112 68 52,5 5,87
128 418 00 18 157,8 146,28 25 120 68 52,5 6,70
128 419 00 19 165,9 154,33 30 128 68 52,5 7,53
Reworking within
128 421 00 21 182,0 170,43 30 144 68 52,5 9,48 24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 91
Double Sprockets ZRT for Taper Bushes
Material: Steel C45, not hardened, or grey cast iron.
Product numbers ending with G are made from grey cast iron
GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 121 771 17, ZRT, Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“, 17 Teeth,
Dimension bore with Reference to Taper Bush Type, see page 76.
Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“ ZRT, ISO 06 B-2, Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“ ZRT, ISO 08 B-2,
B 1 = 5.3 mm, B 2 = 15.4, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 10 mm B 1 = 7.2 mm, B 2 = 21, c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm
Product No. Number da d ND L Weight Taper Product No. Number da d ND L Weight Taper
of teeth Bush of teeth Bush
Type Type
mm mm mm mm kg Page 76 mm mm mm mm kg Page 76
121 771 17 17 55,3 51,83 42 22 0,11 1008 125 771 15 15 65,0 61,09 46 22 0,22 1008
121 771 18 18 58,3 54,85 43 22 0,15 1008 125 771 16 16 69,5 65,10 50 22 0,22 1108
121 771 19 19 61,3 57,87 46 22 0,18 1008 125 771 17 17 73,6 69,11 56 25 0,23 1210
121 771 20 20 64,3 60,89 48 22 0,22 1008 125 771 18 18 77,8 73,14 60 25 0,30 1210
121 771 21 21 68,0 63,91 49 22 0,16 1008 125 771 19 19 81,7 77,16 62 25 0,38 1210
121 771 22 22 71,0 66,93 52 22 0,28 1108 125 771 20 20 85,8 81,19 66 25 0,45 1610
121 771 23 23 73,5 69,95 59 25 0,27 1210 125 771 21 21 89,7 85,22 70 25 0,50 1610
121 771 24 24 77,0 72,97 61 25 0,32 1210 125 771 22 22 93,8 89,24 76 25 0,55 1610
121 771 25 25 80,0 76,00 64 25 0,37 1210 125 771 23 23 98,2 93,27 79 25 0,62 1610
121 771 26 26 83,0 79,02 65 25 0,44 1210 125 771 24 24 101,8 97,29 84 25 0,68 1610
121 771 27 27 86,0 82,05 70 25 0,50 1210 125 771 25 25 105,8 101,33 87 32 0,72 2012
121 771 28 28 89,0 85,07 70 25 0,57 1210 125 771 26 26 110,0 105,36 87 32 0,82 2012
121 771 30 30 94,7 91,12 75 25 0,68 1210 125 771 27 27 114,0 109,40 87 32 0,92 2012
121 771 38 38 119,5 115,35 80 25 1,03 1610 125 771 28 28 118,0 113,42 87 32 1,10 2012
121 771 45 45 140,7 136,55 80 25 1,50 1610 125 771 30 30 126,1 121,50 87 32 1,24 2012
121 771 57G 57 176,9 172,91 90 25 1,16 1610 125 771 38 38 158,6 153,80 100 32 2,50 2012
121 771 76 76 234,9 230,49 80 25 0 1610 125 771 45 45 188,0 182,07 100 32 3,66 2012
121 771 83 95 292,5 288,08 90 25 0 1610 125 771 57G 57 236,4 230,54 111 32 3,64 2012
121 771 88 114 349,5 345,68 95 38 11,20 1615 125 771 76 76 313,3 307,33 100 32 0 2012
125 771 83 95 390,1 384,11 100 32 17,90 2012
125 771 88 114 466,9 460,90 110 45 26,50 2517
Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“ ZRT, ISO 10 B-2, Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“ ZRT, ISO 12 B-2,
B 1 = 9.1 mm, B 2 = 25.5, c = 1.6 mm, r 3 = 16 mm B 1 = 11.1 mm, B 2 = 30.3, c = 2.0 mm, r 3 = 19 mm
Product No. Number da d ND 1) L Weight Taper Product No. Number da d ND 1) L Weight Taper
of teeth Bush of teeth Bush
Type Type
mm mm mm mm kg Page 76 mm mm mm mm kg Page 76
126 771 13 13 73,0 66,32 - 25,5 1108 127 771 15 15 99,8 91,63 - 30,3 0,68 1610
126 771 15 15 83,0 76,36 - 25,5 0,38 1210 127 771 16 16 105,5 97,65 - 30,3 0,89 1610
126 771 16 16 88,0 81,37 - 25,5 0,42 1610 127 771 17 17 111,5 103,67 - 30,3 1,14 1610
126 771 17 17 93,0 86,39 - 25,5 0,47 1610 127 771 18 18 118,0 109,71 90 32 1,18 2012
126 771 18 18 98,3 91,42 - 25,5 0,60 1610 127 771 19 19 124,2 115,75 90 32 1,24 2012
126 771 19 19 103,3 96,45 - 25,5 0,72 1610 127 771 20 20 129,7 121,78 108 45 1,40 2517
126 771 20 20 108,4 101,49 - 25,5 0,87 1610 127 771 21 21 136,0 127,82 108 45 1,68 2517
126 771 21 21 113,4 106,52 - 25,5 1,01 1610 127 771 22 22 141,8 133,86 108 45 1,99 2517
126 771 22 22 118,0 111,55 - 25,5 1,18 1610 127 771 23 23 149,0 139,90 108 45 2,24 2517
126 771 23 23 123,4 116,58 - 25,5 1,35 1610 127 771 24 24 153,9 145,94 108 45 2,54 2517
126 771 24 24 128,3 121,62 90 32 1,45 2012 127 771 25 25 160,0 152,00 108 45 2,87 2517
126 771 25 25 134,0 126,66 90 32 1,55 2012 127 771 26 26 165,9 158,04 108 45 3,17 2517
126 771 27 27 144,0 136,75 90 32 1,98 2012 127 771 27 27 172,3 164,09 108 45 3,55 2517
126 771 28 28 148,7 141,78 90 32 2,30 2012 127 771 28 28 178,0 170,13 108 45 4,10 2517
126 771 30 30 158,8 151,87 90 32 2,63 2012 127 771 30 30 190,5 182,24 108 45 4,62 2517
126 771 38 38 199,2 192,24 108 45 4,69 2517 127 771 38 38 239,0 230,69 140 51 8,11 3020
127 771 45 45 282,5 273,10 140 51 11,75 3020
1)
Up to 23 teeth without hub. 127 771 57G 57 354,0 345,81 160 51 10,28 3020
127 771 76 76 469,9 460,99 140 51 38,00 3020
127 771 83 95 585,1 576,17 140 51 50,00 3020
1)
Up to 17 teeth without hub.
92 ®
Double Sprockets ZRT for Taper Bushes
Material: Steel C45, not hardened, or grey cast iron.
Product numbers ending with G are made from grey cast iron
GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 128 771 15, ZRT, Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm, 15 Teeth,
Dimension bore with Reference to Taper Bush Type, see page 76.
Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm, ZRT, ISO 16 B-2,
B 1 = 16.2 mm, B 2 = 47.7, c = 2.5 mm, r 3 = 26 mm
Product No. Number d a d ND 1) L Weight Taper
of teeth Bush
Type
mm mm mm mm kg Page 76
128 771 13 13 117,0 106,21 - 47,7 1,60 2012
128 771 15 15 133,0 122,17 - 47,7 2,11 2012
128 771 16 16 141,0 130,20 - 47,7 2,25 2517
128 771 17 17 149,0 138,22 - 47,7 2,53 2517
128 771 18 18 157,0 146,28 - 47,7 3,10 2517
128 771 19 19 165,2 154,33 - 47,7 3,80 2517
128 771 20 20 173,2 162,38 - 47,7 4,10 2517
128 771 21
128 771 23 23 197,5 186,53 140 51 5,69 3020
128 771 25 25 213,5 202,66 140 51 6,38 3020
128 771 27 27 229,6 218,79 140 51 9,27 3020
128 771 30 30 254,0 243,00 140 51 13,50 3020
128 771 38G 38 320,7 307,59 160 76 14,94 3030
128 771 45 45 377,1 364,13 140 51 35,00 3020
128 771 57G 57 474,0 461,08 175 89 25,62 3535
128 771 76 76 627,0 614,65 175 65 110,00 3525
128 771 83 95 781,1 768,22 215 65 169,00 3525
128 771 88 114 943,3 921,81 215 102 4040
1)
Up to 20 teeth without hub.
Assembly Instructions
Ta pe
r- Sp
page 824
an nb
uc hs
M on en –
ta ge M on
ta ge
e un d
nta D em
ann t on ta
e ge
u te u se s en e
e nd n s us n d e n ge
n un
Ta pe r-S e s a e d ent et
pa nn bu egen
st ung e e s e e nset ten
ch sen s t e ne en da
– Be sch e est ane na ne a sa e
rei bu ng e est gungss nde a en e
un d Mo egen g un
nta ge an Pass genden au en e atten gen
u
lei edge aute n
ge tun nde s se en und
ung
des P s t se gege
ns e nd n n t e enen a
as u t e ee
n eg e en d e e e est en s t
en nde gung e te
u se e est ge a s Pa des e ss n
u
t Pass au d e nde aute ss ed
e t de ent an au en gen
ut de ede e es usa e en u se e en g e au d
e ge
ut e du e te se e g s
a se u se au d en en ng de n da e es a e ns
u te
ne
e en
u e Pa
ss ed
t de
e ng e e s u e es se n u e a
nut ad e au eset e est eta t gende se a en
ande e set t s ten ten gu ng u t e
e en ss aute
D em
n st u
e en ne Pass et e s e e au en se e nt ten a
e
on ta nut au ede s et a e t de en es
Taper bushes page 76
ge s e n e t gen
ten ee en te nat a
nd s a en t
au en
s nd ngen e nute ann d e e
n na
au en sen und en
de
n e e
ge
u se ent na
e nde gan e
d
en
unge
n u gen na e ne
e na e au e de
unge e nde sde e t n
n e en unge ett en
ut ge
au en e s nd e nd e en ungen de n
ande nae gen
u se an e n de u se n
st en e e
All ge me nt e ss e
ine Be se e das
sch rei e en nt e unge
Handelsü bu ng ges u se an t und se e n
zur einfacbliche, konisch e t n u se ent ande
Wellen. hen und schnele geschlitzte Spa e de da u n de n
n t e ne n de
len Befest nnb
igung von uchse mit Pas Lieferba s t g n e ea
Antriebse sfeder re Antrieden t s au ne en
lementen nut Mit Tap bselem t
ende end
Ausführu Buch
se auf er- te e
ngen de Keilrieme Aufnahme sin u se e
Vorrat liefnscheiben, Zah d eine Vielzahl
r Taper- Nr. e nt
Die Buc Buchsen e en
hse nriemensc von
ßenmaß n gibt es in 1008 sse erbar.
e heiben Kettenrädern
ver te
verschiedgibt es eine Vie schiedenen Au 1108 und Kup
plungen
,
Passfeder ene Wellen lza hl unters ßen maßen 1210 aus
nut DIN durchmesser. chiedlicher Boh . Für12jedes Au Anfor3 de au en
6885 gel Die Buc 15 - 3 run gen n
iefert. hsen we rungsg rößen für Zylindrisc an die a
Welle e nd
rden 16imm10 5 he Welle mit 2 eg
Bezeichn 1615 er mit -0,125 e
5 mm. Bes Du2rchme
ung Bis We te Erg ebnisse sse r-Toleran1/4“
4-stellige 2012 5 llendurchm 2 n ug
Nu 20
gezoge
ne esser 100 werden mit 1/ z +0,05mm s
ent
2 bis 3-s mmer zur 17 5 Wellen 2 mm kön ISO4“-Tolera /
Ken mit Tolera nen
Bohrun tellige Nummer nzeichnung 2517 6 2 nz h9 ver abe3/r 8“ auch
nz h6 erz
ielt.
gsgröße. (bzw. Zol der
l-Bezeich Außen-Abme 2525 wende 3/t8“we kostengünstig 5,6
Ve6rwen 2 rden. e
nung) zur 3020ssung sow 6 dung mi 3/8“ 5,6
Angabe ie Du t und2 oh 20
Anzah 30 30 der rch
6 die 2 ne Passf 3/ 8“
l und Au
sführu 3525 die Passfe hohe Klemm ed7/er 20
8 kra 16
Bis Grö
ße ng der
Schrau Wellen der verzichtet 2 ft kann für mit7/ “ 20
3525 dre 3030 zwei Stif ben
3535
We8 mit Nut, we
abe 2 rden (z.B. bei 1/
16“e
tler Drehm
i Zylind tsc
erschraub hrauben mit 10 lle und Buchse r ohn 2 e eingelegt 2“lrieme omente auf
Kei
20
Dre um 180
en mit Au Innens 10 hmomente ist e Pas 1/sfe nscheiben 30
ßensechsk echskant. Ab zu verwende eine 2We Grad versetzt 2“ der sind die ). Bei 30
Anforde ant. Größe DIN 688 n (bei folg3 lle mit Nut 5/ zu
8“ mo ntieren. Nu ten
rungen end und von50
Das zu an das 1215-3 5/3 erforderli3ch: en Größen 5/8“Passfeder DINFür höchste50
befestige Antrie 2, 1310-3 100 ist eine flac
1/2“ 6885/1
nahme bselem 5, 1610-4 8-24, 1008-2 he
auf nde Bau ent 2, 1615-4 1/2“ 5, 1108-2 Passfeder 90
sind bei weisen (in Tapteil muss die ent 2, 2517-6 8, 1210-3 90
Ser
Verwendu ienfertigung er-Ausführung sprechende Buc 5). 2,
90
sind in ng von sinnvoll. sein). Tap hsen-A
verschied zylindrischen Für Einzelanf er-Au uf- 90
enen Au Spannb ertigunge sführungen
sführunge uch sen wir n ist
n erhältl tschaftlic die
ich. her. Die
se
704
705
® 93
Double-Strand Sprockets ZRS with Hub, ISO 05 B-2 Double-Strand plate wheels ZRL, ISO 05 B-2
Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 120 108 00, ZRS, Pitch 8 mm, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 120 211 00, ZRL, Pitch 8 mm, 11 Teeth
Pitch 8 mm ZRS, Pitch 8 mm ZRL,
B 1 = 2.7 mm, B 2 = 8.3 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 8 mm B 1 = 2.7 mm, B 2 = 8.3 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 8 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm g
120 108 00 8 24,0 20,90 12 8 18 120 211 00 11 31,7 28,39 8 27
120 109 00 9 26,6 23,39 15 8 18 120 212 00 12 34,2 30,91 8 31
120 110 00 10 29,2 25,89 17 8 18 120 213 00 13 36,7 33,42 8 38
120 111 00 11 31,7 28,39 19 10 18 40 120 214 00 14 39,2 35,95 8 46
120 112 00 12 34,2 30,91 21 10 18 51 120 215 00 15 41,7 38,48 8 53
120 113 00 13 36,7 33,42 24 10 18 67 120 216 00 16 44,3 41,01 10 62
120 114 00 14 39,2 35,95 26 10 18 82 120 218 00 18 49,3 46,07 10 82
120 115 00 15 41,7 38,48 29 10 18 97 120 219 00 19 51,9 48,61 10 93
120 116 00 16 44,3 41,01 32 10 20 128 120 220 00 20 54,4 51,14 10 105
120 117 00 17 46,8 43,53 34 10 20 147 120 221 00 21 57,0 53,68 10 115
120 118 00 18 49,3 46,07 37 10 20 173 120 222 00 22 59,5 56,21 10 128
120 119 00 19 51,9 48,61 39 10 20 196 120 223 00 23 62,0 58,75 10 143
120 120 00 20 54,4 51,14 40 10 20 207 120 224 00 24 64,6 61,29 10 158
120 121 00 21 57,0 53,68 40 10 20 222 120 225 00 25 67,5 63,83 10 167
120 122 00 22 59,5 56,21 40 10 20 238 120 227 00 27 72,2 68,91 12 199
120 123 00 23 62,0 58,75 40 10 20 250 120 228 00 28 74,8 71,45 12 218
120 124 00 24 64,6 61,29 40 10 20 267 120 230 00 30 79,8 76,53 12 254
120 125 00 25 67,5 63,83 40 10 20 284 120 232 00 32 84,9 81,61 12 288
120 126 00 26 69,5 66,37 50 12 22 383 120 235 00 35 92,5 89,25 12 350
120 127 00 27 72,2 68,91 50 12 22 397 120 238 00 38 100,2 96,88 12 424
120 128 00 28 74,8 71,45 50 12 22 416 120 245 00 45 118,0 114,69 14 593
120 129 00 29 77,3 73,99 50 12 22 120 257 00 57 148,6 145,22 16 985
120 130 00 30 79,8 76,53 50 12 22 454 120 260 00 60 156,2 152,85 16 1083
120 131 00 31 82,4 79,08 60 12 22 120 265 00 65 169,6 165,58 20 1308
120 132 00 32 84,9 81,61 60 12 22 580 120 270 00 70 182,4 178,31 20 1491
120 133 00 33 87,5 84,16 60 12 22 120 276 00 76 197,7 193,59 20 1785
120 134 00 34 90,0 86,70 60 12 22
120 135 00 35 92,5 89,25 60 12 22 637
120 136 00 36 95,0 91,79 60 12 22
120 137 00 37 97,6 94,33 60 12 22
120 138 00 38 100,2 96,88 60 12 22 710
120 139 00 39 102,7 99,42 60 12 22
120 140 00 40 105,3 101,97 60 12 22 779
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
94 ®
Double-Strand Sprockets ZRS with Hub, ISO 06 B-2 Double-Strand plate wheels ZRL, ISO 06 B-2
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 121 111 00, ZRS, 3/8 x 7/32“, 11 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 121 211 00, ZRL, 3/8 x 7/32“, 11 Teeth
Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“ ZRS Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“ ZRL
B 1 = 5.2 mm, B 2 = 15.4 mm c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 10 mm B 1 = 5.2 mm, B 2 = 15.4 mm c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 10 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm g
121 111 00 11 37,0 33,80 22 10 25 87 121 211 00 11 37,0 33,80 10 63
121 112 00 12 40,0 36,80 25 10 25 110 121 212 00 12 40,0 36,80 10 78
121 113 00 13 43,0 39,79 28 10 25 141 121 213 00 13 43,0 39,79 10 102
121 114 00 14 46,3 42,80 31 10 25 170 121 214 00 14 46,3 42,80 10 118
121 115 00 15 49,3 45,81 34 10 25 202 121 215 00 15 49,3 45,81 10 140
121 116 00 16 52,3 48,82 37 12 30 268 121 216 00 16 52,3 48,82 12 158
121 117 00 17 55,3 51,83 40 12 30 315 121 217 00 17 55,3 51,83 12 187
121 118 00 18 58,3 54,85 43 12 30 363 121 218 00 18 58,3 54,85 12 216
121 119 00 19 61,3 57,87 46 12 30 409 121 219 00 19 61,3 57,87 12 238
121 120 00 20 64,3 60,89 49 12 30 473 121 220 00 20 64,3 60,89 12 273
121 121 00 21 68,0 63,91 52 16 30 533 121 221 00 21 68,0 63,91 12 303
121 122 00 22 71,0 66,93 55 16 30 597 121 223 00 23 73,5 69,95 12 370
121 123 00 23 73,5 69,95 58 16 30 662 121 224 00 24 77,0 72,97 12 408
121 124 00 24 77,0 72,97 61 16 30 733 121 225 00 25 80,0 76,02 12 451
121 125 00 25 80,0 76,00 64 16 30 804 121 226 00 26 83,0 79,02 16 495
121 126 00 26 83,0 79,02 67 16 30 878 121 227 00 27 86,0 82,05 16 514
121 127 00 27 86,0 82,05 70 16 30 956 121 228 00 28 89,0 85,07 16 567
121 128 00 28 89,0 85,07 73 16 30 1038 121 230 00 30 94,7 91,12 16 659
121 130 00 30 94,7 91,12 79 16 30 1222 121 232 00 32 101,3 97,17 16 773
121 132 00 32 101,3 97,17 80 16 30 1312 121 235 00 35 110,4 106,26 16 930
121 135 00 35 110,4 106,26 80 16 30 1483 121 238 00 38 119,5 115,35 16 1122
121 138 00 38 119,5 115,35 90 16 30 1807 121 240 00 40 125,5 121,40 16 1227
121 140 00 40 125,5 121,40 90 16 30 1926 121 245 00 45 140,7 136,55 20 1600
121 145 00* 45 140,7 136,55 80 20 40 2194 121 248 00 48 149,7 145,64 20 1810
121 157 00* 57 176,9 172,91 80 20 40 2247 121 254 00 54 167,8 163,82 20 2278
121 176 00* 76 234,9 230,49 80 20 40 2760 121 257 00 57 176,9 172,91 20 2600
121 276 00 76 234,9 230,49 25 4744
121 283 00 95 292,5 288,08 25 7479
121 288 00 114 349,5 345,68 25 10787
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast
iron GG22.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 95
Double-Strand Sprockets ZRS with Hub, ISO 08 B-2 Double-Strand plate wheels ZRL, ISO 08 B-2
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made grey of grey cast iron GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 125 111 00, ZRS, 1/2 x 5/16“, 11 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 125 211 00, ZRL, 1/2 x 5/16“, 11 Teeth
Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“ ZRS Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“ ZRL
B 1 = 7 mm, B 2 = 21 mm c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm B 1 = 7 mm, B 2 = 21 mm c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm g
125 111 00 11 48,7 45,07 32 12 35 246 125 211 00 11 48,7 45,07 10 168
125 112 00 12 53,0 49,07 35 12 35 296 125 212 00 12 53,0 49,07 10 209
125 113 00 13 57,4 53,07 38 12 35 359 125 213 00 13 57,4 53,07 10 255
125 114 00 14 61,8 57,07 42 12 35 435 125 214 00 14 61,8 57,07 10 301
125 115 00 15 65,5 61,09 46 12 35 519 125 215 00 15 65,5 61,09 10 353
125 116 00 16 69,5 65,10 50 16 35 600 125 216 00 16 69,5 65,10 12 400
125 117 00 17 73,6 69,11 54 16 35 696 125 217 00 17 73,6 69,11 12 461
125 118 00 18 77,8 73,14 58 16 35 803 125 218 00 18 77,8 73,14 12 532
125 119 00 19 81,7 77,16 62 16 35 916 125 219 00 19 81,7 77,16 12 598
125 120 00 20 85,8 81,19 66 16 35 1032 125 220 00 20 85,8 81,19 12 680
125 121 00 21 89,7 85,22 70 16 40 1280 125 221 00 21 89,7 85,22 16 735
125 122 00 22 93,8 89,24 70 16 40 1367 125 222 00 22 93,8 89,24 16 823
125 123 00 23 98,2 93,27 70 16 40 1452 125 223 00 23 98,2 93,27 16 895
125 124 00 24 101,8 97,29 75 16 40 1638 125 224 00 24 101,8 97,23 16 1004
125 125 00 25 105,8 101,33 80 16 40 1806 125 225 00 25 105,8 101,33 16 1082
125 126 00 26 110,0 105,36 85 20 40 1977 125 226 00 26 110,0 105,36 16 1185
125 127 00 27 114,0 109,40 85 20 40 2075 125 227 00 27 114,0 109,40 16 1304
125 128 00 28 118,0 113,42 90 20 40 2295 125 228 00 28 118,0 113,42 16 1398
125 130 00 30 126,1 121,50 100 20 40 2736 125 230 00 30 126,1 121,50 16 1629
125 132 00 32 134,3 129,56 100 20 40 2986 125 232 00 32 134,3 129,56 16 1868
125 135 00 35 146,7 141,68 100 20 40 3381 125 235 00 35 146,7 141,68 16 2272
125 136 00 36 151,0 145,72 110 20 40 3769 125 236 00 36 151,0 145,72 20 2357
125 138 00 38 158,6 153,80 110 20 40 4066 125 238 00 38 158,6 153,80 20 2695
125 140 00 40 166,8 161,87 110 20 40 4386 125 240 00 40 166,8 161,87 20 2970
125 145 00* 45 188,0 182,07 90 24 50 3322 125 245 00 45 188,0 182,07 20 3857
125 157 00* 57 236,4 230,54 90 24 50 4303 125 248 00 48 200,3 194,18 20 4422
125 176 00* 76 313,3 307,33 100 24 56 6268 125 254 00 54 224,1 218,43 25 5587
125 183 00* 95 390,1 384,11 100 24 56 8247 125 257 00 57 236,4 230,54 25 6286
125 188 00* 114 466,9 460,90 100 24 63 10507 125 276 00 76 313,3 307,33 25 11416
125 283 00 95 390,1 384,11 25 18000
125 288 00 114 466,9 460,90 25 26500
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast
iron GG22.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
96 ®
Double-Strand Sprockets ZRS with Hub, ISO 10 B-2 Double-Strand plate wheels ZRL, ISO 10 B-2
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 126 111 00, ZRS, 5/8 x 3/8“, 11 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 126 211 00, ZRL, 5/8 x 3/8“, 11 Teeth
Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“ ZRS Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“ ZRL
B 1 = 9.0 mm, B 2 = 25.5 mm c = 1.6 mm, r 3 = 16 mm B 1 = 9.0 mm, B 2 = 25.5 mm c = 1.6 mm, r 3 = 16 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
126 111 00 11 63,0 56,34 39 16 40 0,45 126 211 00 11 63,0 56,34 12 0,34
126 112 00 12 68,0 61,34 44 16 40 0,57 126 212 00 12 68,0 61,34 12 0,41
126 113 00 13 73,0 66,32 49 16 40 0,70 126 213 00 13 73,0 66,32 12 0,51
126 114 00 14 78,0 71,34 54 16 40 0,84 126 214 00 14 78,0 71,34 12 0,59
126 115 00 15 83,0 76,36 59 16 40 0,99 126 215 00 15 83,0 76,36 12 0,71
126 116 00 16 88,0 81,37 64 16 45 1,25 126 216 00 16 88,0 81,37 12 0,80
126 117 00 17 93,0 86,39 69 16 45 1,47 126 217 00 17 93,0 86,38 12 0,93
126 118 00 18 98,3 91,42 74 16 45 1,68 126 218 00 18 98,3 91,42 12 1,07
126 119 00 19 103,3 96,45 79 16 45 1,90 126 219 00 19 103,3 96,45 12 1,15
126 120 00 20 108,4 101,49 84 16 45 2,14 126 220 00 20 108,4 101,49 12 1,33
126 121 00 21 113,4 106,52 85 16 45 2,30 126 221 00 21 113,4 106,52 16 1,48
126 122 00 22 118,0 111,55 90 16 45 2,59 126 222 00 22 118,0 111,55 16 1,60
126 123 00 23 123,4 116,58 95 16 45 2,87 126 224 00 24 128,3 121,62 16 1,99
126 124 00 24 128,3 121,62 100 16 45 3,14 126 226 00 26 139,0 131,70 20 2,31
126 125 00 25 134,0 126,66 105 16 45 3,48 126 227 00 27 144,0 136,75 20 2,55
126 127 00 27 144,0 136,75 110 20 45 3,94 126 228 00 28 148,7 141,78 20 2,77
126 130 00 30 158,8 151,87 120 20 45 4,87 126 230 00 30 158,8 151,87 20 3,19
126 132 00 32 168,9 161,95 120 20 45 5,34 126 235 00 35 184,1 177,10 20 4,40
126 136 00 36 189,1 182,15 120 20 45 6,38 126 238 00 38 199,2 192,24 20 5,28
126 138 00 38 199,2 192,24 120 20 45 6,95 126 245 00 45 235,0 227,58 25 7,51
126 145 00* 45 235,0 227,58 100 30 50 5,08 126 248 00 48 250,2 242,73 25 8,54
126 157 00* 57 296,0 288,18 100 30 56 6,81 126 257 00 57 296,0 288,18 25 12,23
126 176 00* 76 392,1 384,16 100 30 63 8,30 126 276 00 76 392,1 384,16 25 22,00
126 183 00* 95 488,5 480,14 110 30 63 12,02 126 283 00 95 488,5 480,14 30 34,50
126 188 00* 114 584,1 576,13 125 30 70 16,50 126 288 00 114 584,1 576,13 30 43,43
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast
iron GG22.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 97
Double-Strand Sprockets ZRS with Hub, ISO 12 B-2 Double-Strand plate wheels ZRL, ISO 12 B-2
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 127 111 00, ZRS, 3/4 x 7/16“, 11 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 127 211 00, ZRL, 3/4 x 7/16“, 11 Teeth
Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“ ZRS Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“ ZRL
B 1 = 10.8 mm, B 2 = 30.3 mm c = 2.0 mm, r 3 = 19 mm B 1 = 10.8 mm, B 2 = 30.3 mm c = 2.0 mm, r 3 = 19 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
127 111 00 11 75,0 67,61 47 16 50 0,83 127 211 00 11 75,0 67,61 14 0,56
127 112 00 12 81,5 73,61 53 16 50 1,03 127 212 00 12 81,5 73,61 14 0,72
127 113 00 13 87,5 79,59 59 16 50 1,26 127 213 00 13 87,5 79,59 14 0,88
127 114 00 14 93,6 85,61 65 16 50 1,52 127 214 00 14 93,6 85,61 16 1,04
127 115 00 15 99,8 91,63 71 16 50 1,79 127 215 00 15 99,8 91,63 16 1,21
127 116 00 16 105,5 97,65 77 20 50 2,04 127 216 00 16 105,5 97,65 16 1,41
127 117 00 17 111,5 103,67 83 20 50 2,37 127 218 00 18 118,0 109,71 16 1,81
127 118 00 18 118,0 109,71 89 20 50 2,71 127 220 00 20 129,7 121,78 16 2,31
127 119 00 19 124,2 115,75 95 20 50 3,08 127 222 00 22 141,8 133,86 20 2,79
127 120 00 20 129,7 121,78 100 20 50 3,45 127 224 00 24 153,9 145,94 20 3,43
127 121 00 21 136,0 127,82 100 20 50 3,70 127 227 00 27 172,3 164,09 20 4,38
127 122 00 22 141,8 133,86 100 20 50 3,97 127 230 00 30 190,5 182,25 20 5,49
127 123 00 23 149,0 139,90 110 20 50 4,51 127 235 00 35 221,0 212,52 20 7,58
127 124 00 24 153,9 145,94 110 20 50 4,82 127 238 00 38 239,0 230,69 25 8,99
127 125 00 25 160,0 152,00 120 20 50 5,41 127 245 00 45 282,5 273,10 25 12,86
127 130 00 30 190,5 182,25 120 20 50 7,20 127 248 00 48 300,1 291,27 25 14,50
127 132 00 32 203,3 194,35 130 20 50 8,00 127 257 00 57 355,4 345,81 25 20,85
127 138 00 38 239,0 230,69 130 25 50 10,89 127 276 00 76 469,9 460,99 30 37,50
127 145 00* 45 282,5 273,10 110 30 63 8,33 127 283 00 95 585,1 576,17 30 58,00
127 157 00* 57 354,0 345,81 120 30 63 10,53 127 288 00 114 700,6 691,36 30 86,00
127 176 00* 76 469,9 460,99 135 30 63 16,04
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast
iron GG22.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
98 ®
Double-Strand Sprockets ZRS with Hub, ISO 16 B-2 Double-Strand plate wheels ZRL, ISO 16 B-2
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 128 111 00, ZRS, 1“ x 17.02, 11 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 128 211 00, ZRL, 1“ x 17.02, 11 Teeth
Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm ZRS Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm ZRL
B 1 = 15.8 mm, B 2 = 47.7 mm c = 2.5 mm, r 3 = 26 mm B 1 = 15.8 mm, B 2 = 47.7 mm c = 2.5 mm, r 3 = 26 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
128 111 00 11 99,5 90,14 64 20 70 2,16 128 211 00 11 99,5 90,14 20 1,63
128 112 00 12 109,0 98,14 72 20 70 2,70 128 212 00 12 109,0 98,14 20 1,98
128 113 00 13 117,0 106,12 80 20 70 3,27 128 214 00 14 125,0 114,15 20 2,86
128 114 00 14 125,0 114,15 88 20 70 3,91 128 216 00 16 141,0 130,20 20 3,86
128 115 00 15 133,0 122,17 96 20 70 4,59 128 218 00 18 157,0 146,28 20 5,10
128 116 00 16 141,0 130,20 104 20 70 5,32 128 220 00 20 173,0 162,38 20 6,30
128 117 00 17 149,0 138,22 112 20 70 6,11 128 222 00 22 189,3 178,48 25 7,80
128 118 00 18 157,0 146,28 120 20 70 6,98 128 224 00 24 205,5 194,59 25 9,40
128 119 00 19 165,2 154,33 128 20 70 7,93 128 227 00 27 229,6 218,79 25 12,20
128 120 00 20 173,2 162,38 130 20 70 8,61 128 230 00 30 254,0 243,00 25 15,20
128 121 00 21 181,2 170,43 130 25 70 9,28 128 235 00 35 296,2 283,36 25 21,00
128 123 00 23 197,5 186,53 130 25 70 10,90 128 238 00 38 320,7 307,59 25 25,00
128 125 00 25 213,5 202,66 130 25 70 12,70 128 245 00 45 377,1 364,13 25 35,50
128 130 00 30 254,0 243,00 130 25 70 17,60 128 248 00 48 401,3 388,36 30 39,00
128 138 00* 38 320,0 307,59 140 40 75 18,60 128 257 00 57 474,0 461,07 40 53,50
128 145 00* 45 377,0 364,13 150 40 75 19,40
128 157 00* 57 474,0 461,08 170 40 90 31,00
128 176 00* 76 627,0 614,65 175 40 95 41,50
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast
iron GG22.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 99
Double-Strand Sprockets ZRS with Hub, ISO 20 B-2 Double-Strand Sprockets ZRS with Hub, ISO 24 B-2
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Steel C45, not hardened.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with 1) made from St52 with welded in hub.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 129 110 00, ZRS, 20B-2, 10 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 129 510 00, ZRS, 24B-2, 10 Teeth
Pitch 1 1/4 x 3/4“, ZRS Pitch 1 1/2 x 1“, ZRS
B1 = 18,5 mm, B2 = 54,6 mm, c = 3,5 mm, r3 = 32 mm B1 = 24,1 mm, B2 = 72,0 mm, c = 4 mm, r3 = 38 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg
129 110 00 10 117,0 102,74 70 20 75 2,85 129 510 00 10 137,0 123,29 80 25 95 5,01
129 111 00 11 127,0 112,68 80 20 80 3,72 129 511 00 11 149,0 135,21 90 25 100 6,62
129 112 00 12 137,0 122,68 90 20 80 4,66 129 512 00 12 161,0 147,22 102 25 100 8,28
129 113 00 13 147,5 132,65 100 20 80 5,70 129 513 00 13 173,0 159,18 114 25 100 10,13
129 114 00 14 157,6 142,68 110 20 80 6,84 129 514 00 14 185,0 171,22 128 25 100 12,24
129 115 00 15 167,7 152,72 120 20 80 8,08 129 515 00 15 197,0 183,26 132 25 100 14,08
129 116 00 16 177,7 162,75 120 25 80 8,90 129 516 00 16 209,0 195,30 136 25 100 15,88
129 117 00 17 187,7 172,78 120 25 80 9,92 129 517 00 17 221,0 207,34 136 25 100 17,80
129 118 00 18 197,8 182,85 120 25 80 11,00 129 518 00 18 233,0 219,42 160 25 100 21,08
129 119 00 19 207,9 192,91 120 25 80 12,16 129 519 00 19 245,5 231,49 160 25 100 23,26
129 120 00 20 217,9 202,98 120 25 80 13,38 129 520 00 20 257,5 243,57 160 25 100 25,57
129 125 00 25 268,4 253,33 140 25 80 21,36 129 525 00 25 319,0 304,00 160 25 100 39,09
129 130 00 30 318,7 303,75 150 25 80 30,69 129 530 00 30 1) 379,5 364,50 160 30 100 55,88
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
100 ®
Triple-Strand Sprockets DRT for Taper Bushes
Material: Steel C45, not hardened.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 131 771 17, DRT, Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“, 17 Teeth,
Dimension bore with Reference to Taper Bush Type, see page 76.
Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“ DRT, ISO 06 B-3, Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“ DRT, ISO 08 B-3,
B 1 = 5.3 mm, B 3 = 25.6, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 10 mm B 1 = 7.2 mm, B 3 = 34.9, c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm
Product No. Number da d ND 1) L Weight Taper Product No. Number da d ND 1) L Weight Taper
of teeth Bush of teeth Bush
ype Type
mm mm mm mm kg Page 76 mm mm mm mm kg Page 76
131 771 17 17 55,3 51,83 - 25,6 0,15 1008 135 771 15 15 65,0 61,09 - 34,9 0,36 1008
131 771 19 19 61,3 57,87 - 25,6 0,24 1008 135 771 17 17 73,6 69,11 - 34,9 0,35 1210
131 771 21 21 68,0 63,91 - 25,6 0,34 1008 135 771 19 19 81,7 77,16 - 34,9 0,61 1210
131 771 23 23 73,5 69,95 - 25,6 0,30 1210 135 771 21 21 89,7 85,22 - 34,9 0,65 1610
131 771 25 25 80,0 76,00 - 25,6 0,41 1210 135 771 23 23 98,2 93,27 - 34,9 0,93 1610
131 771 27 27 86,0 82,05 - 25,6 0,55 1210 135 771 25 25 105,8 101,33 - 34,9 0,85 2012
131 771 30 30 94,7 91,12 79 38 0,88 1615 135 771 27 27 114,0 109,40 - 34,9 1,18 2012
131 771 38 38 119,5 115,35 90 38 1,75 1615 135 771 30 30 126,1 121,50 - 34,9 1,73 2012
135 771 38 38 158,6 153,80 - 34,9 3,53 2012
1)
Up to 27 teeth without hub. 1)
Without hub.
Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“ DRT, ISO 10 B-3, Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“ DRT, ISO 12 B-3,
B 1 = 9.1 mm, B 3 = 42.1, c = 1.6 mm, r 3 = 16 mm B 1 = 11.1 mm, B 3 = 49.8, c = 2.0 mm, r 3 = 19 mm
Product No. Number da d ND 1) L Weight Taper Product No. Number da d ND 1) L Weight Taper
of teeth Bush of teeth Bush
Type Type
mm mm mm mm kg Page 76 mm mm mm mm kg Page 76
136 771 15 15 83,2 76,35 - 42,1 0,63 1210 137 771 15 15 99,8 91,62 - 49,8 1,11 1615
136 771 17 17 93,3 86,39 - 42,1 1,01 1210 137 771 17 17 111,8 103,67 - 49,8 1,75 2012
136 771 19 19 103,3 96,44 - 42,1 1,19 1615 137 771 19 19 123,9 115,73 - 49,8 2,02 2012
136 771 21 21 113,4 106,51 - 42,1 1,66 1615 137 771 21 21 136,0 127,81 - 49,8 2,09 2517
136 771 23 23 123,5 116,58 - 42,1 1,78 2012 137 771 23 23 148,1 139,90 - 49,8 3,00 2517
136 771 25 25 133,6 126,66 105 45 1,81 2517 137 771 25 25 160,2 151,99 - 49,8 3,98 2517
136 771 27 27 143,6 136,74 110 45 2,45 2517 137 771 27 27 172,3 164,09 140 51 3,90 3020
136 771 30 30 158,8 151,87 120 45 3,54 2517 137 771 30 30 190,4 182,24 140 51 5,64 3020
137 771 38 38 239,0 230,69 140 51 11,58 3020
1)
Up to 23 teeth without hub. 137 771 45 45 282,5 273,10 140 51 18,00 3020
137 771 57 57 355,4 345,81 140 51 31,00 3020
137 771 76 76 469,9 460,99 140 51 58,50 3020
Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm, DRT, ISO 16 B-3, 1)
Up to 25 teeth without hub.
B 1 = 16.2 mm, B 3 = 79.6, c = 2.5 mm, r 3 = 26 mm
Product No. Number da d ND 1) L Weight Taper
of teeth Bush
Taper Bushes page 76
Type
mm mm mm mm kg Page 76
138 771 17 17 149,8 138,23 - 79,6 4,29 2517
138 771 19 19 165,9 154,31 - 79,6 4,36 3020
138 771 21 21 182,0 170,42 - 79,6 6,69 3030
138 771 23 23 198,1 186,53 - 79,6 7,80 3525
138
138
138
771
771
771
25
27
30
25
27
30
213,5
230,4
254,6
202,66
218,79
242,99
-
-
-
79,6 10,93
79,6 14,06
79,6 19,10
3525
3525
3525
Description and
mounting instructions
138 771 38 38 320,7 307,59 - 79,6 35,00 3525
138 771 45 45 377,1 364,13 216 79,6 53,00 4030
138 771 57 57 474,0 461,07 216 79,6 90,00 4030
138 771 76 76 627,0 614,65 216 79,6 170,50 4030
page 824
138 771 83 95 781,1 768,22 240 79,6 266,00 4030
1)
Up to 21 teeth without hub.
® 101
Triple-Strand Sprockets DRS with Hub, ISO 06 B-3 Triple-Strand plate wheels DRL, ISO 06 B-3
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 131 108 00, DRS, 3/8 x 7/32“, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 131 208 00, DRL, 3/8 x 7/32“, 8 Teeth
Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“ DRS, Pitch 3/8 x 7/32“ DRL,
B 1 = 5.2 mm, B 3 = 25.6 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 10 mm B 1 = 5.2 mm, B 3 = 25.6 mm, c = 1.0 mm, r 3 = 10 mm
Product No. Number d a d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
131 108 00 8 28,6 24,89 15 8 32 0,05 131 208 00 8 28,6 24,89 8 0,04
131 110 00 10 34,5 30,82 20 10 32 0,09 131 211 00 11 37,5 33,80 12 0,09
131 111 00 11 37,5 33,80 22 12 35 0,11 131 212 00 12 40,5 36,80 12 0,12
131 112 00 12 40,5 36,80 25 12 35 0,15 131 213 00 13 43,5 39,80 12 0,15
131 113 00 13 43,5 39,80 28 12 35 0,19 131 214 00 14 46,5 42,80 12 0,18
131 114 00 14 46,5 42,80 31 12 35 0,23 131 215 00 15 49,5 45,81 12 0,22
131 115 00 15 49,5 45,81 34 12 35 0,28 131 216 00 16 52,5 48,82 12 0,26
131 116 00 16 52,5 48,82 37 12 35 0,33 131 217 00 17 55,5 51,83 12 0,30
131 117 00 17 55,5 51,83 40 12 35 0,39 131 218 00 18 58,6 54,85 12 0,35
131 118 00 18 58,6 54,85 43 12 35 0,45 131 219 00 19 61,6 57,87 12 0,39
131 119 00 19 61,6 57,87 46 12 35 0,51 131 220 00 20 64,6 60,89 12 0,44
131 120 00 20 64,6 60,89 49 12 35 0,58 131 221 00 21 67,6 63,91 16 0,48
131 121 00 21 67,6 63,91 52 16 40 0,70 131 222 00 22 70,6 66,93 16 0,54
131 122 00 22 70,6 66,93 55 16 40 0,78 131 223 00 23 73,7 69,95 16 0,59
131 123 00 23 73,7 69,95 58 16 40 0,87 131 224 00 24 76,7 72,97 16 0,66
131 124 00 24 76,7 72,97 61 16 40 0,97 131 225 00 25 79,7 76,00 16 0,72
131 125 00 25 79,7 76,00 64 16 40 1,06 131 226 00 26 82,7 79,02 16 0,79
131 126 00 26 82,7 79,02 67 16 40 1,17 131 227 00 27 85,7 82,04 16 0,86
131 127 00 27 85,7 82,04 70 16 40 1,27 131 228 00 28 88,8 85,07 16 0,93
131 128 00 28 88,8 85,07 73 16 40 1,39 131 230 00 30 94,8 91,12 16 1,09
131 129 00 29 91,8 88,09 76 16 40 1,50 131 238 00 38 119,0 115,34 20 1,81
131 130 00 30 94,8 91,12 79 16 40 1,62 131 240 00 40 125,1 121,40 20 2,02
131 132 00 32 100,9 97,17 80 16 40 1,80 131 242 00 42 132,1 127,46 20 2,25
131 135 00 35 110,0 106,26 85 16 40 2,15 131 245 00 45 141,1 136,54 20 2,61
131 138 00 38 119,0 115,34 90 16 40 2,53 131 248 00 48 150,2 145,64 20 2,99
131 145 00* 45 141,1 136,54 90 24 56 3,56 131 257 00 57 177,5 172,91 25 4,28
131 157 00* 57 177,5 172,91 90 24 56 3,97 131 276 00 76 235,1 230,49 25 7,83
131 176 00* 76 235,1 230,49 100 24 56 4,52 131 283 00 95 292,7 288,08 25 12,42
131 183 00* 95 292,7 288,08 100 24 56 6,12
131 188 00* 114 350,3 345,68 100 24 56 7,45
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
102 ®
Triple-Strand Sprockets DRS with Hub, ISO 08 B-3 Triple-Strand Plate wheels DRL, ISO 08 B-3
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 135 108 00, DRS, 1/2 x 5/16“, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 135 208 00, DRL, 1/2 x 5/16“, 8 Teeth
Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“ DRS, Pitch 1/2 x 5/16“ DRL,
B 1 = 7 mm, B 3 = 34.9 mm, c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm B 1 = 7 mm, B 3 = 34.9 mm, c = 1.3 mm, r 3 = 13 mm
Product No. Number d a d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
135 108 00 8 38,0 33,18 20 10 46 0,13 135 208 00 8 38,0 33,18 10 0,11
135 110 00 10 45,9 41,10 28 12 46 0,24 135 210 00 10 45,9 41,10 10 0,21
135 111 00 11 49,9 45,07 32 16 50 0,31 135 211 00 11 49,9 45,07 12 0,26
135 112 00 12 53,9 49,07 35 16 50 0,39 135 212 00 12 53,9 49,07 12 0,33
135 113 00 13 57,9 53,07 38 16 50 0,49 135 213 00 13 57,9 53,07 12 0,40
135 114 00 14 61,9 57,07 42 16 50 0,60 135 214 00 14 61,9 57,07 12 0,48
135 115 00 15 65,9 61,09 46 16 50 0,72 135 215 00 15 65,9 61,09 12 0,57
135 116 00 16 69,9 65,10 50 16 50 0,85 135 216 00 16 69,9 65,10 16 0,64
135 117 00 17 74,0 69,11 54 16 50 0,99 135 217 00 17 74,0 69,11 16 0,74
135 118 00 18 78,0 73,14 58 16 50 1,14 135 218 00 18 78,0 73,14 16 0,85
135 119 00 19 82,0 77,16 62 16 50 1,30 135 219 00 19 82,0 77,16 16 0,97
135 120 00 20 86,0 81,19 66 16 50 1,47 135 220 00 20 86,0 81,19 16 1,09
135 121 00 21 90,1 85,22 70 20 55 1,79 135 221 00 21 90,1 85,22 16 1,22
135 122 00 22 94,1 89,24 70 20 55 1,93 135 222 00 22 94,1 89,24 16 1,36
135 123 00 23 98,1 93,27 70 20 55 2,08 135 223 00 23 98,1 93,27 16 1,50
135 124 00 24 102,1 97,29 75 20 55 2,32 135 224 00 24 102,1 97,29 16 1,63
135 125 00 25 106,2 101,33 80 20 55 2,57 135 225 00 25 106,2 101,33 16 1,81
135 126 00 26 110,2 105,36 85 20 55 2,79 135 226 00 26 110,2 105,36 16 1,98
135 127 00 27 114,2 109,40 85 20 55 2,96 135 227 00 27 114,2 109,40 16 2,15
135 128 00 28 118,3 113,42 90 20 55 3,25 135 228 00 28 118,3 113,42 16 2,33
135 129 00 29 122,3 117,46 95 20 55 3,55 135 229 00 29 122,3 117,46 16 2,52
135 130 00 30 126,3 121,50 100 20 55 3,86 135 230 00 30 126,3 121,50 16 2,71
135 135 00 35 146,5 141,68 110 20 55 5,20 135 235 00 35 146,5 141,68 20 3,76
135 136 00 36 150,6 145,72 120 25 55 5,64 135 236 00 36 150,6 145,72 20 3,99
135 138 00 38 158,6 153,80 120 25 55 6,14 135 238 00 38 158,6 153,80 20 4,49
135 145 00* 45 188,6 182,07 100 24 60 5,85 135 240 00 40 166,7 161,87 20 5,00
135 157 00* 57 237,1 230,54 100 24 60 6,28 135 245 00 45 188,6 182,07 25 6,39
135 176 00* 76 313,9 307,33 100 24 60 8,60 135 257 00 57 237,1 230,54 25 10,53
135 183 00* 95 390,7 384,11 120 24 67 11,90 135 276 00 76 313,9 307,33 25 19,17
135 283 00 95 390,7 384,11 25 30,36
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 103
Triple-Strand Sprockets DRS with Hub, ISO 10 B-3 Triple-Strand plate wheels DRL, ISO 10 B-3
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 136 108 00, DRS, 5/8 x 3/8“, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 136 208 00, DRL, 5/8 x 3/8“, 8 Teeth
Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“ DRS, Pitch 5/8 x 3/8“ DRL,
B 1 = 9 mm, B 3 = 42.1 mm, c = 1.6 mm, r 3 = 16 mm B 1 = 9 mm, B 3 = 42.1 mm, c = 1.6 mm, r 3 = 16 mm
Product No. Number da d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
136 108 00 8 48,4 41,48 25 12 55 0,27 136 208 00 8 48,4 41,48 12 0,23
136 110 00 10 58,3 51,37 35 16 55 0,47 136 212 00 12 68,2 61,34 12 0,67
136 111 00 11 63,2 56,34 39 16 55 0,61 136 213 00 13 73,2 66,32 12 0,81
136 112 00 12 68,2 61,34 44 16 55 0,78 136 214 00 14 78,2 71,34 12 0,97
136 113 00 13 73,2 66,32 49 16 55 0,96 136 215 00 15 83,2 76,36 12 1,14
136 114 00 14 78,2 71,34 54 16 55 1,15 136 216 00 16 88,3 81,37 16 1,29
136 115 00 15 83,2 76,36 59 16 55 1,37 136 217 00 17 93,3 86,39 16 1,49
136 116 00 16 88,3 81,37 64 16 60 1,72 136 218 00 18 98,3 91,42 16 1,70
136 117 00 17 93,3 86,39 69 16 60 1,99 136 219 00 19 103,3 96,45 16 1,92
136 118 00 18 98,3 91,42 74 16 60 2,27 136 220 00 20 108,4 101,49 16 2,15
136 119 00 19 103,3 96,45 79 16 60 2,58 136 221 00 21 113,4 106,52 16 2,40
136 120 00 20 108,4 101,49 84 16 60 2,91 136 222 00 22 118,4 111,55 16 2,66
136 121 00 21 113,4 106,52 85 20 60 3,12 136 223 00 23 123,5 116,58 16 2,94
136 122 00 22 118,4 111,55 90 20 60 3,48 136 224 00 24 128,5 121,62 16 3,23
136 123 00 23 123,5 116,58 95 20 60 3,86 136 225 00 25 133,6 126,66 16 3,53
136 124 00 24 128,5 121,62 100 20 60 4,25 136 227 00 27 143,6 136,75 20 4,13
136 125 00 25 133,6 126,66 105 20 60 4,67 136 228 00 28 148,7 141,78 20 4,47
136 127 00 27 143,6 136,75 110 20 60 5,43 136 229 00 29 153,7 146,83 20 4,83
136 130 00 30 158,8 151,87 120 20 60 6,65 136 230 00 30 158,8 151,87 20 5,20
136 138 00 38 199,1 192,24 120 25 60 10,08 136 235 00 35 184,0 177,10 20 7,23
136 145 00* 45 236,0 227,58 100 32 60 7,04 136 238 00 38 199,1 192,24 25 8,55
136 157 00* 57 296,6 288,18 100 32 63 8,00 136 245 00 45 236,0 227,58 25 12,24
136 176 00* 76 392,5 384,16 110 35 67 12,00 136 257 00 57 296,6 288,18 25 20,06
136 183 00* 95 488,5 480,14 125 35 70 19,40 136 283 00 95 488,5 480,14 30 57,32
136 188 00* 114 584,5 576,13 125 35 80 24,00 136 288 00 114 584,5 576,13 30 83,15
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
104 ®
Triple-Strand Sprockets DRS with Hub, ISO 12 B-3 Triple-Strand Plate wheels DRL, ISO 12 B-3
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 137 108 00, DRS, 3/4 x 7/16“, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 137 211 00, DRL, 3/4 x 7/16“, 11 Teeth
Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“ DRS, Pitch 3/4 x 7/16“ DRL,
B 1 = 10.8 mm, B 3 = 49.8 mm, c = 2.0 mm, r 3 = 19 mm B 1 = 10.8 mm, B 3 = 49.8 mm, c = 2.0 mm, r 3 = 19 mm
Product No. Number d a d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
137 108 00 8 58,0 49,78 31 16 65 0,45 137 211 00 11 75,8 67,61 16 0,91
137 110 00 10 69,8 61,64 42 16 65 0,86 137 212 00 12 81,8 73,50 16 1,13
137 111 00 11 75,8 67,61 47 20 70 1,09 137 213 00 13 87,8 79,59 16 1,38
137 112 00 12 81,8 73,60 53 20 70 1,39 137 214 00 14 93,8 85,61 16 1,64
137 113 00 13 87,8 79,59 59 20 70 1,72 137 215 00 15 99,8 91,63 16 1,93
137 114 00 14 93,8 85,61 65 20 70 2,08 137 216 00 16 105,8 97,65 20 2,20
137 115 00 15 99,8 91,63 71 20 70 2,47 137 217 00 17 111,9 103,67 20 2,54
137 116 00 16 105,8 97,65 77 20 70 2,89 137 218 00 18 117,9 109,71 20 2,89
137 117 00 17 111,9 103,67 83 20 70 3,34 137 219 00 19 123,9 115,75 20 3,27
137 118 00 18 117,9 109,71 89 20 70 3,83 137 220 00 20 130,0 121,78 20 3,67
137 119 00 19 123,9 115,75 95 20 70 4,35 137 222 00 22 142,0 133,86 20 4,55
137 120 00 20 130,0 121,78 100 20 70 4,87 137 225 00 25 160,2 152,00 20 6,02
137 121 00 21 136,0 127,82 100 20 70 5,20 137 230 00 30 190,4 182,25 20 8,97
137 122 00 22 142,0 133,86 100 20 70 5,65 137 235 00 35 220,7 212,52 25 12,35
137 123 00 23 148,1 139,90 110 20 70 6,38 137 238 00 38 238,9 230,69 25 14,70
137 124 00 24 154,1 145,94 110 20 70 6,87 137 240 00 40 251,0 242,81 25 16,40
137 125 00 25 160,2 152,00 120 20 70 7,77 137 245 00 45 283,2 273,10 25 21,00
137 130 00 30 190,4 182,25 120 20 70 10,59 137 248 00 48 301,4 291,27 25 24,04
137 138 00 38 238,9 230,69 130 25 70 16,73 137 257 00 57 355,9 345,81 30 34,28
137 145 00* 45 283,2 273,10 140 30 70 13,30 137 276 00 76 471,1 460,99 30 62,09
137 157 00* 57 355,9 345,81 140 40 70 15,25 137 283 00 95 586,2 576,17 30 98,04
137 176 00* 76 471,1 460,99 160 40 75 27,20
137 183 00* 95 586,2 576,17 170 40 82 36,40
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 105
Triple-Strand Sprockets DRS with Hub, ISO 16 B-3 Triple-Strand Plate wheels DRL, ISO 16 B-3
Material: Steel C45, not hardened. Material: Low-carbon steel, not hardable.
Pre-bored. Pre-bored.
Sprockets marked with * are made from grey cast iron GG22.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 138 108 00, DRS, 1“ x 17.02, 8 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 138 208 00, DRL, 1“ x 17.02, 8 Teeth
Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm DRS, Pitch 1“ x 17.02 mm DRL,
B 1 = 15.8 mm, B 3 = 79.6 mm, c = 2.5 mm, r 3 = 26 mm B 1 = 15.8 mm, B 3 = 79.6 mm, c = 2.5 mm, r 3 = 26 mm
Product No. Number d a d ND B L Weight Product No. Number da d B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
138 108 00 8 77,9 66,37 42 20 95 1,19 138 208 00 8 77,9 66,37 20 1,13
138 109 00 9 85,8 74,27 50 20 95 1,68 138 210 00 10 93,8 82,19 20 2,05
138 110 00 10 93,8 82,19 56 20 95 2,24 138 212 00 12 109,7 98,14 20 3,15
138 111 00 11 101,7 90,14 64 25 100 2,86 138 214 00 14 125,7 114,15 20 4,59
138 112 00 12 109,7 98,14 72 25 100 3,62 138 216 00 16 141,8 130,20 30 6,16
138 113 00 13 117,7 106,12 80 25 100 4,45 138 218 00 18 157,8 146,28 30 8,11
138 114 00 14 125,7 114,15 88 25 100 5,37 138 220 00 20 173,9 162,38 30 10,31
138 115 00 15 133,7 122,17 96 25 100 6,37 138 222 00 22 190,1 178,48 30 12,77
138 116 00 16 141,8 130,20 104 30 100 7,45 138 224 00 24 206,2 194,59 30 14,49
138 117 00 17 149,8 138,22 112 30 100 8,60 138 227 00 27 230,4 218,79 30 19,91
138 118 00 18 157,8 146,28 120 30 100 9,84 138 230 00 30 254,6 243,00 30 25,04
138 119 00 19 165,9 154,33 128 30 100 11,16 138 235 00 35 294,9 283,36 30 34,88
138 120 00 20 173,9 162,38 130 30 100 12,36 138 238 00 38 319,2 307,59 30 41,56
138 121 00 21 182,0 170,43 130 30 100 13,56 138 245 00 45 377,9 364,12 30 59,36
138 122 00 22 190,1 178,48 130 30 100 14,82 138 248 00 48 402,1 388,36 30 67,69
138 123 00 23 198,1 186,53 130 30 100 16,15 138 257 00 57 474,9 461,07 40 96,87
138 124 00 24 206,2 194,59 130 30 100 17,53
138 125 00 25 213,5 202,66 130 30 100 18,99
138 126 00 26 222,3 210,72 130 30 100 20,34
138 127 00 27 230,4 218,79 130 30 100 21,92
138 128 00 28 238,4 226,85 130 30 100 23,57
138 129 00 29 246,5 234,92 130 30 100 25,27
138 130 00 30 254,6 243,00 130 30 100 27,05
138 131 00 31 262,6 251,08 140 30 100 29,23
138 132 00 32 270,7 259,13 140 30 100 31,13
138 135 00 35 294,9 283,36 140 30 100 37,23
138 136 00 36 303,0 291,44 140 30 100 39,39
138 138 00* 38 319,2 307,59 160 45 100 25,40
138 145 00* 45 377,9 364,12 160 45 100 33,60
138 157 00* 57 474,9 461,07 165 45 100 44,70
138 176 00* 76 628,4 614,65 200 45 110 63,10
138 183 00* 95 782,0 768,22 200 50 110 77,00
138 188 00* 114 935,6 921,81 200 50 115 97,00
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
106 ®
Mounting Options for Drive Wheels
There are several possibilities for mounting driving wheels
(sprockets, V-Belt Pulleys, pulleys, spur gears etc.) or hubs on
shafts. Most wheels are stocked with a rather small bore to
allow for further machining. Machining works as drilling out,
keywaying a.s.o. can be done at extra charge.
Please note: for several shaft diameters a number of sprockets,
V-belt pulleys, spur gears and worm-gear sets are in stock
“ready-to-install”, i.e. with custom bore and keyway or
prepared for Taper clamping bushes.
Fixing Pins
A hole is drilled through hub and shaft and both parts are then
connected with a fixing pin. Usually only one side of the hub
Pin Hole
is pre-drilled, then the wheel is pushed onto the shaft and the
hole is drilled through both shaft and the other side of the hub.
Then the pin is driven in. This mounting method is suitable for
low torques.
Feather Key Connection
Shaft and hub both receive a keyway, a key is pushed into the
keyway of the hub. The wheel is pushed onto the shaft and
secured against axial movement (with a set screw or with a
stepped shaft and axial screw and washer at the end of the
shaft). The most common kind of keyway is DIN 6885/1. Key
connections are suitable for medium torques. Keys DIN 6885
see page 578 and 579. Boxes with an assortment of keys
DIN 6885 see page 577.
Clamping Sets, Clamping Bushes and Shrink Disks
Clamping sets and thin-walled clamping bushes are available
for various diameters. They allow fast and easy mounting on
round shafts. A keyway is not required. Shrink disks are spe-
cial clamping sets which press a thin-walled hub onto a shaft.
Clamping connections are suitable for rather high torques.
Clamping sets and bushes, and shrink disks see page 330.
Taper Clamping Bushes
These customary conical bushes are used for easy and fast
mounting of driving elements in Taper version. They can be
used with and without key.
The bushes are available with various outer dimensions. For
every outside measure there are bushes with many different
bores available. This mounting method is cost-efficient and
fast, and suitable for rather high torques. A large selection of
cost-efficient driving elements in Taper version are available ex
stock.
Taper clamping bushes see page 360.
Welding hubs for taper bushes see page 362.
Taper sprockets see page 74, 92, 101. Reworking within
Taper V-belt pulleys see page 183.
Taper pulleys see page 154. 24h-service possible.
Taper couplings see page 388. Custom made parts
on request.
® 107
Qualitiy Management
DIN EN ISO 9001
MÄDLER GmbH maintains a
quality management system according to DIN EN ISO
9001 and was certified the first time in 1995.
On the iternet at www. maedler.de in the section Downloads you find:
- PDF catalogues in several languages.
- Operating instructions.
- Safety data sheets.
- Excel-Pricelist for customers in Germany.
- Certificates of conformity.
- Quality management certificate DIN 9001.
- Certificate AEO.
- Company profile.
- CAD files.
MÄDLER ® meets even the highest quality requirements:Top quality, precision and reliability.
108 ®
Chain Tensioning Wheels KSP with Bearing for Single-Strand Roller Chain DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Sprocket steel C45, burnished.
Bearing made from roller bearing steel.
Ready-to-mount idlers, complete with bearing.
Cost-efficient. Can be mounted at the deflection or tensio-
ning points. Perfect workmanship and stable mounting of the
ball bearing with shields on both sides guarantee a high resi-
stance against breakage and wear. Easy to mount by the extra
long internal ring. Also suitable for agricultural and textile
machines. Maintenance-free bearing, with grease filling.
Temperature range: -20º to +120ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 000 00 KSP, 05 - B1
Product No. DIN Pitch Number da d A A1 C B ND B1 L Weight
ISO of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
140 000 00 05 B-1 8mm 23 62,2 58,75 2,8 7,0 0,8 16 ++ 0,26
0,13 40 12 18,3 125
140 001 20 06 B-1 3/8 x 7/32“ 20 64,3 60,89 5,3 7,0 1,0 16 ++ 0,26
0,13 40 12 18,3 135
140 001 00 06 B-1 3/8 x 7/32“ 21 68,0 63,90 5,3 7,0 1,0 16 + 0,13
+ 0,26
40 12 18,3 145
+ 0,26
140 002 00 081 1/2 x 1/8“ 18 78,9 73,14 3,0 7,0 1,3 16 + 0,13 40 12 18,3 170
140 003 16 083 1/2 x 3/16“ 16 70,9 65,10 4,5 7,0 1,3 16 ++ 0,26
0,13 40 12 18,3 169
140 003 00 083 1/2 x 3/16“ 18 78,9 73,14 4,5 7,0 1,3 16 ++ 0,26
0,13 40 12 18,3 195
140 005 14 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 14 61,8 57,07 7,2 7,2 1,3 16 + 0,13
+ 0,26
40 12 18,3 117
140 005 15 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 15 65,5 61,09 7,2 7,2 1,3 16 + 0,13
+ 0,26
40 12 18,3 145
140 005 16 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 16 69,5 65,10 7,2 7,2 1,3 16 ++ 0,26
0,13 40 12 18,3 163
140 005 00 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 18 77,8 73,14 7,2 7,2 1,3 16 ++ 0,26
0,13 40 12 18,3 210
140 005 20 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 85,8 81,19 7,2 7,2 1,3 16 ++ 0,26
0,13 40 12 18,3 265
+ 0,26
140 005 21 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 21 89,7 85,22 7,2 7,2 1,3 16 + 0,13 40 12 18,3 289
+ 0,26
140 006 13 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 13 73,0 66,32 9,1 9,1 1,6 16 + 0,13 40 12 18,3 215
140 006 14 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 14 78,0 71,34 9,1 9,1 1,6 16 ++ 0,13
0,26
40 12 18,3 245
140 006 15 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 15 83,0 73,36 9,1 9,1 1,6 16 ++ 0,26
0,13 40 12 18,3 285
140 006 16 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 16 88,0 81,37 9,1 9,1 1,6 16 ++ 0,26
0,13 40 12 18,3 325
140 006 00 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 17 93,0 86,39 9,1 9,1 1,6 16 + 0,13
+ 0,26
40 12 18,3 355
140 006 18 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 18 98,3 91,42 9,1 9,1 1,6 16 ++ 0,13
0,26
40 12 18,3 405
140 006 21 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 21 113,4 106,52 9,1 9,1 1,6 16 ++ 0,26
0,13 40 12 18,3 565
140 007 12 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 12 81,5 73,60 11,1 11,1 2,0 16 ++ 0,26
0,13 40 12 18,3 280
140 007 13 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 13 87,5 79,59 11,1 11,1 2,0 16 + 0,13
+ 0,26
40 12 18,3 340
140 007 00 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 15 99,8 91,63 11,1 11,1 2,0 16 + 0,13
+ 0,26
40 12 18,3 470
140 007 16 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 16 105,5 97,65 11,1 11,1 2,0 16 ++ 0,26
0,13 40 12 18,3 540
140 008 00 16 B-1 1“ x 17,02mm 12 109,0 98,14 16,2 16,2 2,5 20 +- 0,01
0
47 14 17,7 705
140 008 15 16 B-1 1“ x 17,02mm 15 133,0 122,17 16,2 16,2 2,5 20 +- 0,01
0
47 14 17,7 1185
140 008 17 16 B-1 1“ x 17,02mm 17 149,0 138,24 16,2 16,2 2,5 20 +- 0,01
0
47 14 17,7 1545
140 009 00 20 B-1 1 1/4 x 3/4“ 13 147,8 132,65 18,5 18,5 3,5 25 +- 0,01
0
52 15 21,0 1610
Mounting Screws for tensioning Wheels KSP
Material: Steel C45, zinc-plated.
Product No. 140 000 01: Screw for chain tensioning wheels KSP
up to size 12 B-1 (bore 16mm).
Product No. 140 008 01: Screw for chain tensioning wheel KSP,
only for size 16 B-1 (bore 20mm).
Product No. A B E L LG Weight
mm mm mm mm g
140 000 01 M12 16 + 0,1 15 25 52 80
140 008 01 M16 20 -- 0,05
0,15 25 28 66 160
Loctite thread locking and
bonding products page 811.
® 109
Chain Tensioning Wheels KSP-R with Bearing for Single-Strand Roller Chain DIN ISO 606, Stainless Steel
Material: Sprocket stainless steel 1.4305.
Ball bearing stainless steel. A
Ready-to-mount idlers, complete with bearing. L
Cost-efficient. Can be mounted at the deflection or tensioning
points. Perfect workmanship and stable mounting of the ball
bearing with shields on both sides guarantee a high resistance
ND
da
d
B
against breakage and wear. Maintenance-free bearing, with
grease filling.
Temperature range: -20º to +120ºC.
A
C
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 990 01, Chain Tensioning Wheel KSP-R, 06 B-1
Product No. DIN Pitch Number da d A C B ND L Weight
ISO Inch of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
140 990 01 06 B-1 3/8 x 7/32“ 15 49,5 45,81 5,3 1,0 10 +- 00,008 30 9 0,06
140 990 05 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 15 65,9 61,09 7,2 1,3 10 +- 0,008
0
30 9 0,15
140 990 06 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 15 83,2 76,36 9,1 1,6 12 +- 00,008 37 12 0,27
140 990 07 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 15 99,8 91,63 11,1 2,0 12 +- 00,008 37 12 0,47
140 990 08 16 B-1 1“ x 17,02mm 13 117,7 106,12 16,2 2,5 20 +- 00,010 52 15 0,88
Sprocket Sets for Chain Tensioners Single, Stainless Steel
Material: Sprocket stainless steel 1.4305.
Ball bearing, screw and nuts stainless steel. A
The sprocket can be moved on the screw and thus be aligned with
the chain. It is locked in the desired position with the nuts. The
permanently lubricated 2-Z bearings are sealed on both sides and
guarantee perfect running of the sprocket.
Temperature range: -20º to +120ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 995 01, Sprocket Set for Chain Tensioner 06 B-1
Product No. Matching Tensioning DIN Number Pitch Ø L W Weight
Element Size ISO of Teeth mm mm mm kg
140 995 01 1 and 2 06 B - 1 15 45,81 55 M10 0,08
140 995 05 1 and 2 08 B - 1 15 61,08 55 M10 0,20
140 995 06 3 10 B - 1 15 76,36 80 M12 0,30
140 995 07 3 12 B - 1 15 91,63 80 M12 0,51
140 995 08 4 16 B - 1 13 106,14 100 M20 0,95
110 ®
Chain Tensioners SPANN-BOX ® Size 0, for Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Housing from thermoplast. 20
Chain rider from low pressure polyethylene PE-UHMW.
Screws and spring from stainless steel.
Travel
These small, ready-to install tensioners enable noise reduction 20
and wear reduction at chain drives.
R37,5
• With spiral, linear spring. On choice two tensioning forces.
134
• With colored wear-off indicator: Green: o.k. Yellow: still o.k. ø7
94
Red: Tensioning force too low (below 32N or 60N).
58
25
• Usable travel up to the end of the yellow range: About 32mm.
15
42
Total travel about 40mm.
17
• Interchangeable with similar parts of other suppliers. 38
7
27
Temperature range: -20°C to +60°C (short time up to +80°C). 52
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 401 01, Spann-Box Size 0, low Tensioning Force, 06 B-1
SPANN-BOX ® Size 0 with low Tensioning Force SPANN-BOX ® Size 0 with high Tensioning Force
Product No. DIN Pitch Tens. Force Weight Product No. DIN Pitch Tens. Force Weight
ISO Inch N g ISO Inch N g
140 401 01 3/8 x 7/32“ 58 - 32 130 140 402 01 3/8 x 7/32“ 132 - 60 130
140 401 05* 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 58 - 32 130 140 402 05* 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 132 - 60 130
140 401 05* 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 58 - 32 135 140 402 05* 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 132 - 60 135
140 401 07 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 58 - 32 135 140 402 07 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 132 - 60 135
140 401 21 06 B-2 3/8 x 7/32“ 58 - 32 130 140 402 21 06 B-2 3/8 x 7/32“ 132 - 60 130
140 401 25 08 B-2 1/2 x 5/16“ 58 - 32 130 140 402 25 08 B-2 1/2 x 5/16“ 132 - 60 130
140 401 26 10 B-2 5/8 x 3/8“ 58 - 32 135 140 402 26 10 B-2 5/8 x 3/8“ 132 - 60 135
* This size fits 08 B-1 and 10 B-1.
Mounting of SPANN-BOX ® Size 0
At front- and backside, there is a small hole for a locking pin
(pin is included at the bottom of the housing). With this pin, the
tensioner can be locked at maximum force for easy mounting.
Recommendation: Mounting on slack side. The chain should be in
contact with several links. To reach a sufficient contact angle, it
may be useful to mount an idler wheel (e.g. KSP or KSP-R) near by
the tensioner.
Operating Instructions at www.maedler.de in the section Downloads
Technical Note to Chain Tensioners SPANN-BOX ® and SPANN-BOY ®
Function: These tensioners are powered by linear spiral springs. These Mounting: The tensioner should be placed at the loose chain slack,
elastic tensioners reduce the chain slack and compensate the elongua- near by the driving wheel. For low wear-off, several links should be in
tion of chains. contact with the chain rider. To reach a sufficient contact angle, it
Temperature range: The standard versions are suitable for -20°C to may be useful to mount an idler wheel (e.g. KSP or KSP-R) near by
+60°C (short time up to +80°C). Special versions are available on the tensioner. For easy mounting, all tensioners can get locked at
request for temperatures down to -40°C or up to +200°C. maximum tensioning force. After mounting, the tensioners must get
unlocked.
Determination of tensioning force: The tensioners SPANN-BOX® size 0
can be ordered with two different tensioning forces. At SPANN-BOX® Maintenance: At all tensioners, the colored wear-off indicator must
size 1 and SPANN-BOY® TS, the tensioning force can get adjusted at be checked periodically. The time of period depends on the ope-
different amounts. The weight of the loose chain slack should not be rating conditions of the chain drive. When the red marking can be
greater than the half of the maximum tensioning force. seen, the tensioning force is too low. Then, after locking the tensio-
ner at maximum spring force and loosing the mounting screws, the
tensioner can get re-adjusted, closer to the chain. Slot holes allow a
re-adjustment in a wide range. When the chain elonguation exceeds
3%, the chain and chain wheels should be replaced. If the chain
rider is worn, also the complete tensioner should be replaced.
® 111
Chain Tensioners SPANN-BOX ® Size 1, for Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Housing from steel, zinc plated, black lackered. B
Chain rider from low pressure polyethylene PE-UHMW.
Material Version Stainless: Housing from stainless steel. A
Travel
B
These ready-to-install tensioners enable noise reduction
and wear reduction at chain drives.
158 (173)
0
R9
118 (133)
• With three springs. On choice: Two tensioning force versions.
At both versions, three different forces can get activated. 5,5
66 (81)
• With colored wear-off indicator: Green: o.k. Yellow: still o.k. ø8,5
Red: Tensioning force too low.
4
• Usable travel up to the end of the yellow range: About 32mm. 42
67 35
ø10
Total travel about 40mm. 97
115
• Interchangeable with similar parts of other suppliers. 140
Temperature range: -20°C to +60°C (short time up to +80°C).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 403 01, Spann-Box Size 1, Short, Low Force, 06 B-1
SPANN-BOX ® Size 1, Short, Low Force SPANN-BOX ® Size 1, Short, High Force
Product No. DIN Pitch B H Weight Product No. DIN Pitch B H Weight
ISO Inch mm mm g ISO Inch mm mm g
140 403 01 3/8 x 7/32“ 20 118 670 140 404 01 3/8 x 7/32“ 20 118 670
140 403 05 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 118 670 140 404 05 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 118 670
140 403 06 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 20 118 670 140 404 06 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 20 118 670
140 403 07 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 20 118 670 140 404 07 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 20 118 670
140 403 08 16 B-1 1“ x 17,02 20 118 670 140 404 08 16 B-1 1“ x 17,02 20 118 670
140 403 09 20 B-1 1 1/4 x 3/4“ 20 118 670 140 404 09 20 B-1 1 1/4 x 3/4“ 20 118 670
140 403 21 06 B-2 3/8 x 7/32“ 20 118 670 140 404 21 06 B-2 3/8 x 7/32“ 20 118 670
140 403 25 08 B-2 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 118 670 140 404 25 08 B-2 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 118 670
140 403 26 10 B-2 5/8 x 3/8“ 25 118 750 140 404 26 10 B-2 5/8 x 3/8“ 25 118 750
140 403 27 12 B-2 3/4 x 7/16“ 30 118 750 140 404 27 12 B-2 3/4 x 7/16“ 30 118 750
140 403 28 16 B-2 1“ x 17,02 45 118 820 140 404 28 16 B-2 1“ x 17,02 45 118 820
140 403 31 06 B-3 3/8 x 7/32“ 25 118 740 140 404 31 06 B-3 3/8 x 7/32“ 25 118 740
140 403 35 08 B-3 1/2 x 5/16“ 30 118 750 140 404 35 08 B-3 1/2 x 5/16“ 30 118 750
140 403 36 10 B-3 5/8 x 3/8“ 40 118 790 140 404 36 10 B-3 5/8 x 3/8“ 40 118 790
140 403 37 12 B-3 3/4 x 7/16“ 45 118 810 140 404 37 12 B-3 3/4 x 7/16“ 45 118 810
SPANN-BOX ® Size 1, Short, High Force, Stainless SPANN-BOX ® Size 1, Long, High Force
Product No. A DIN Pitch B H Weight Product No. DIN Pitch B H Weight
ISO Inch mm mm g ISO Inch mm mm g
140 405 01 3/8 x 7/32“ 20 118 670 140 406 01 3/8 x 7/32“ 20 133 740
140 405 05 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 118 670 140 406 05 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 133 740
140 405 06 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 20 118 670 140 406 06 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 20 133 740
140 405 07 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 20 118 670 140 406 07 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 20 133 740
140 405 08 16 B-1 1“ x 17,02 20 118 670 140 406 08 16 B-1 1“ x 17,02 20 133 740
140 405 09 20 B-1 1 1/4 x 3/4“ 20 118 670 140 406 09 20 B-1 1 1/4 x 3/4“ 20 133 740
140 405 21 06 B-2 3/8 x 7/32“ 20 118 670 140 406 21 06 B-2 3/8 x 7/32“ 20 133 810
140 405 25 08 B-2 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 118 670 140 406 25 08 B-2 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 133 810
140 405 26 10 B-2 5/8 x 3/8“ 25 118 750 140 406 26 10 B-2 5/8 x 3/8“ 25 133 810
140 405 27 12 B-2 3/4 x 7/16“ 30 118 750 140 406 27 12 B-2 3/4 x 7/16“ 30 133 810
140 405 28 16 B-2 1“ x 17,02 45 118 820 140 406 28 16 B-2 1“ x 17,02 45 133 890
140 405 31 06 B-3 3/8 x 7/32“ 25 118 740 140 406 31 06 B-3 3/8 x 7/32“ 25 133 820
140 405 35 08 B-3 1/2 x 5/16“ 30 118 750 140 406 35 08 B-3 1/2 x 5/16“ 30 133 820
140 405 36 10 B-3 5/8 x 3/8“ 40 118 790 140 406 36 10 B-3 5/8 x 3/8“ 40 133 820
140 405 37 12 B-3 3/4 x 7/16“ 45 118 810 140 406 37 12 B-3 3/4 x 7/16“ 45 133 890
SPANN-BOX ® Size 1, Long, High Force, Stainless Adjustable Tensioning Forces:
Product No. A DIN Pitch B H Weight On choice, there are two versions, with low tensioning force or
ISO Inch mm mm g with high tensioning force. Both versions have three springs,
140 407 01 3/8 x 7/32“ 20 133 740 which can get activated independent from each other to reach
140 407 05 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 133 740 three different tensioning forces:
140 407 06 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 20 133 740 Version with low tensioning force:
140 407 07 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 20 133 740
140 407 08 16 B-1 1“ x 17,02 20 133 740 1 spring activated: 58 - 32 N.
140 407 09 20 B-1 1 1/4 x 3/4“ 20 133 740 2 springs activated: 116 - 64 N.
140 407 21 06 B-2 3/8 x 7/32“ 20 133 810 3 springs activated: 174 - 96 N.
140 407 25 08 B-2 1/2 x 5/16“ 20 133 810
140 407 26 10 B-2 5/8 x 3/8“ 25 133 810 Version with high tensioning force:
140 407 27 12 B-2 3/4 x 7/16“ 30 133 810 1 spring activated: 132 - 60 N.
140 407 28 16 B-2 1“ x 17,02 45 133 890
140 407 31 06 B-3 3/8 x 7/32“ 25 133 820
2 springs activated: 264 - 120 N.
140 407 35 08 B-3 1/2 x 5/16“ 30 133 820 3 springs activated: 396 - 180 N.
Operating Instructions at www.maedler.de in the section Downloads
140 407 36 10 B-3 5/8 x 3/8“ 40 133 820
140 407 37 12 B-3 3/4 x 7/16“ 45 133 890
112 ®
Chain Tensioners SPANN-BOY ® TS, for Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Housing from steel, zinc plated, black lackered.
Chain rider from low pressure polyethylene PE-UHMW. 78 B
Material Version Stainless: Housing from stainless steel. A 40
30
These very low, ready-to-install tensioners enable noise 6,4 31
reduction and wear reduction at chain drives.
5
B
• Needed space below chain only 40mm.
24 Slot Hole
a
• With two springs of different force, which can get activated
Travel
24
105
separately or together. So it is possible to adjust three
different tensioning forces.
56
38
• Usable travel about 40mm.
16
• Interchangeable with similar parts of other suppliers.
130
2
Temperature range: -20°C to +60°C (short time up to +80°C).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 408 01, Spann-Boy TS, 06 B-1
SPANN-BOY ® TS SPANN-BOY ® TS, Stainless
Product No. DIN Pitch a B Weight Product No. A DIN Pitch a B Weight
ISO Inch mm mm g ISO Inch mm mm g
140 408 01 3/8 x 7/32“ 10,0 20 460 140 409 01 3/8 x 7/32“ 10,0 20 460
140 408 05 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 16,5 20 460 140 409 05 08 B-1 1/2 x 5/16“ 16,5 20 460
140 408 06 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,6 20 460 140 409 06 10 B-1 5/8 x 3/8“ 15,6 20 460
140 408 07 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 14,8 20 460 140 409 07 12 B-1 3/4 x 7/16“ 14,8 20 460
140 408 21 06 B-2 3/8 x 7/32“ 7,5 20 460 140 409 21 06 B-2 3/8 x 7/32“ 7,5 20 460
140 408 25 08 B-2 1/2 x 5/16“ 15,2 32 460 140 409 25 08 B-2 1/2 x 5/16“ 15,2 32 460
140 408 26 10 B-2 5/8 x 3/8“ 11,3 32 500 140 409 26 10 B-2 5/8 x 3/8“ 11,3 32 500
140 408 30 05 B-3 8mm x 3mm 7,4 20 480 140 409 30 05 B-3 8mm x 3mm 7,4 20 480
140 408 31 06 B-3 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,4 32 480 140 409 31 06 B-3 3/8 x 7/32“ 9,4 32 480
Adjustable Tensioning Forces:
The SPANN-BOY ® TS has two different springs: one with low
force and one with high force. These springs gan get activated
separately or together. So it is possible to adjust three
different tensioning forces:
Only the low-force spring activated: 58 - 32 N.
Only the high-force spring activated: 132 - 60 N.
Both springs together activated: 190 - 96 N.
Operating Instructions at www.maedler.de in the section Downloads
® 113
Chain Tensioners for Single-Strand Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Housing sintered steel or grey cast iron GG20, lever St52, sprocket
made from steel.
This tensioning element, a continually-tensioning torsion element, prolongs the
service life of chain and belt drives by at least 30%, and radically reduces main-
tenance and repair work. The unique operating principle of this spring offers a
long tensioning distance, especially as the lever can be pre-tensioned by up to
30° in both directions. The permanent torsion force does not only automatically
compensate the chain elongation, the rubber mounted element also dampens
vibrations and shocks in the entire drive. Other advantages: chain track adjusta-
ble, rubber suspension, adjustable at an angle of 360º, tensioning pressure step-
lessly adjustable from “normal” to “ hard”. Can be used for both tensioning
directions. Temperature range: -20º to +80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 802 00, Tensioner and 140 501 01, Sprocket
DIN Product No. Product No. No. of Pitch max. Tensio- D E H J N R S U V W Weight
ISO Tensioning Single Teeth Ø ning Force max.
Element Sprocket mm N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
06 B - 1 140 802 00 140 501 01 15 45,81 0- 350 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 M10 100 35 34-55 50 23 85 M10 0,75
081 140 802 16 140 502 01 18 73,14 0- 350 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 M10 100 35 40-48 50 23 88 M16 0,95
083 140 802 16 140 503 01 18 73,14 0- 350 58 79 -0,5
+1,5
M10 100 35 40-48 50 23 88 M16 0,96
08 B - 1 140 802 00 140 505 01 15 61,08 0- 350 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 M10 100 35 34-55 50 23 85 M10 0,80
10 B - 1 140 803 00 140 506 01 15 76,36 0- 800 78 108 +2
-0,5 M12 130 52 42-80 65 27 115 M12 2,05
12 B - 1 140 803 00 140 507 01 15 91,63 0- 800 78 108 +2
-0,5 M12 130 52 42-80 65 27 115 M12 2,25
16 B - 1 140 804 00 140 508 01 13 106,14 0- 1500 95 140 +2
-0,5 M16 175 66 60-100 87,5 40 153 M20 4,80
Chain Tensioners for Double-Strand Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Housing sintered steel or grey cast iron GG20, lever St52, sprocket
made from steel.
This tensioning element, a continually-tensioning torsion element, prolongs the
service life of chain and belt drives by at least 30%, and radically reduces main-
tenance and repair work. The unique operating principle of this spring offers a
long tensioning distance, especially as the lever can be pre-tensioned by up to
30° in both directions. The permanent torsion force does not only automatically
compensate the chain elongation, the rubber mounted element also dampens
vibrations and shocks in the entire drive. Other advantages: chain track adju-
stable, rubber suspension, adjustable at an angle of 360º, tensioning pressure
steplessly adjustable from “normal” to “ hard”. Can be used for both tensio-
ning directions. Temperature range: -20º to +80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 802 00, Tensioner and 140 521 01, Sprocket
DIN Product No. Product No. No. of Pitch max. Tensio- D E H J N R S U V W Weight
ISO Tensioning Double Teeth Ø ning Force max.
Element Sprocket mm N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
06 B - 2 140 802 00 140 521 01 15 45,81 0- 350 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 M10 100 35 39-50 50 23 85 M10 0,80
08 B - 2 140 802 00 140 525 01 15 61,08 0- 350 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 M10 100 35 41-48 50 23 85 M10 0,80
+2
10 B - 2 140 803 00 140 526 01 15 76,36 0- 800 78 108 -0,5 M12 130 52 50-71 65 27 115 M12 2,30
12 B - 2 140 803 00 140 527 01 15 91,63 0- 800 78 108 +2
-0,5 M12 130 52 51-70 65 27 115 M12 2,75
16 B - 2 140 804 00 140 528 01 13 106,14 0- 1500 95 140 +2
-0,5 M16 175 66 56-85 87,5 20 153 M20 5,65
Chain Tensioners for Triple-Strand Roller Chains DIN ISO 606 (ex DIN 8187)
Material: Housing sintered steel or grey cast iron GG20, lever St52, sprocket
made from steel.
This tensioning element, a continually-tensioning torsion element, prolongs the
service life of chain and belt drives by at least 30%, and radically reduces main-
tenance and repair work. The unique operating principle of this spring offers a
long tensioning distance, especially as the lever can be pre-tensioned by up to
30° in both directions. The permanent torsion force does not only automatically
compensate the chain elongation, the rubber mounted element also dampens
vibrations and shocks in the entire drive. Other advantages: chain track adju-
stable, rubber suspension, adjustable at an angle of 360º, tensioning pressure
steplessly adjustable from “normal” to “ hard”. Can be used for both tensio-
ning directions. Temperature range: -20º to +80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 802 00, Tensioner and 140 531 01, Sprocket
DIN Product No. Product No. No. of Pitch max. Tensio- D E H J N R S U V W Weight
ISO Tensioning Triple Teeth Ø ning Force max.
Element Sprocket mm N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
06 B - 3 140 802 00 140 531 01 15 45,81 0- 350 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 M10 100 35 25-45 50 6 85 M10 0,90
08 B - 3 140 802 12 140 535 01 15 61,08 0- 350 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 M10 100 35 23-47 50 6 85 M12 0,90
10 B - 3 140 803 00 140 536 01 15 76,36 0- 800 78 108 +2
-0,5 M12 130 52 40-64 65 15 115 M12 3,25
12 B - 3 140 804 00 140 537 01 15 91,63 0- 1500 95 140 +2
-0,5 M16 175 66 56-80 87,5 30 153 M20 6,50
114 ®
Sprocket Sets for Chain Tensioners Single
Material: Steel St40/50 . Screw zinc-plated steel.
The sprocket can be moved on the screw and thus be aligned with
the chain. It is locked in the desired position with the nuts. The
permanently lubricated 2-Z bearings are sealed on both sides and
guarantee perfect running of the sprocket.
Temperature range: -20º to +120ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 501 01, Sprocket Set for Chain Tensioner Size 1
Product No. Matching Tensioning DIN No. of Teeth Pitch Ø L W Weight
Element Size ISO mm mm mm kg
140 501 01 1 and 2 06 B - 1 15 45,81 55 M10 0,08
140 502 01* 11) and 22) 081 18 73,14 55 M163) 0,19
140 503 01* 11) and 22) 083 18 73,14 55 M163) 0,21
140 505 01 1 and 2 08 B - 1 15 61,08 55 M10 0,20
140 506 01 3 10 B - 1 15 76,36 80 M12 0,30
140 507 01 3 12 B - 1 15 91,63 80 M12 0,51
140 508 01 4 16 B - 1 13 106,14 100 M20 0,95
1) Tensioning element bore needs to be drilled out. 2) Matching Product No. 140 802 16. 3) With special ball bearing, length of inner ring 18.3mm.
Sprocket Sets for Chain Tensioners, Double
Material: Steel St40/50. Screw zinc-plated steel.
The sprocket can be moved on the screw and thus be aligned with the
chain. It is locked in the desired position with the nuts. The permanently
lubricated 2-Z bearings are sealed on both sides and guarantee perfect
running of the sprocket.
Accurate-to-size spacers guarantee perfect meshing of teeth and
sprocket.
Temperature range: -20º to +120ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 521 01, Sprocket Set for Chain Tensioner Size 1
Product No. Matching Tensioning DIN No. of Teeth Pitch Ø L W Weight
Element Size ISO mm mm mm kg
140 521 01 1 and 2 06 B - 2 15 45,81 55 M10 0,15
140 525 01 1 and 2 08 B - 2 15 61,08 70 M10 0,40
140 526 01 3 10 B - 2 15 76,36 80 M12 0,60
140 527 01 3 12 B - 2 15 91,63 80 M12 1,00
140 528 01 4 16 B - 2 13 106,14 120 M20 1,90
Sprocket Sets for Chain Tensioners, Triple
Material: Steel St40/50. Screw zinc-plated steel.
The sprocket can be moved on the screw and thus be aligned with the
chain. It is locked in the desired position with the nuts. The permanently
lubricated 2-Z bearings are sealed on both sides and guarantee perfect
running of the sprocket.
Accurate-to-size spacers guarantee perfect meshing of teeth and
sprocket.
Temperature range: -20º to +120ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 531 01, Sprocket Set for Chain Tensioner Size 2
Product No. Matching Tensioning DIN No. of Teeth Pitch Ø L W Weight
Element Size ISO mm mm mm kg
140 531 01 2 06 B - 3 15 45,81 70 M10 0,25
140 535 01 2* and 3 08 B - 3 15 61,08 80 M12 0,50
140 536 01 3 10 B - 3 15 76,36 80 M12 0,95
140 537 01 4 12 B - 3 15 91,63 120 M20 1,50
* Matching tensioning element Product No. 140 802 12.
® 115
Chain Rider Sets
Material: Plastic POM. Screw zinc-plated steel. Wrap
max. 90°
To be mounted on the suitable tensioning element to create a
ready-to-mount, cost-efficient chain tensioner. The shape of the
rider, made from high-grade, friction resistant, industrial plastic,
means the rider can be used on both rider sides and the large radius
guarantees quiet operation. The maximum chain speed must not
exceed 1.5 m/sec. Temperature range: -20º to +80ºC. Rider
Tensioning
Tensioning Element has to be ordered separately. element
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 851 00 Chain Rider Set 06 B-1
Product No. Suitable for Adjustment Range Weight
Tensioning Element DIN W L X Y Z R
Size ISO mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
140 851 00 0 06 B - 1 M8 45 74 40 10,2 19 - 34 0,05
140 855 00 1 08 B - 1 M10 55 96 50 13,9 23 - 41 0,10
140 856 00 2 10 B - 1 M10 55 126 65 16,6 24 - 39 0,12
140 857 00 3 12 B - 1 M12 80 148 74 19,5 30 - 61 0,18
Tensioning Elements in Standard Version
Material: Housing up to Ø 78 mm made from sintered steel, S normal
over Ø 78 mm made from grey cast iron GG20, lever made from
St52.
Can be used for tensioning all common kinds of chain and belt
T normal
drives. The elastomeric inserts are based on highly-elastic natural
T hard
rubber with a good shape memory and are designed for applica-
tions in temperatures from -40° to +80°C
The tensioning elements are painted blue and supplied with a
zinc-plated screw and spring washer. Can be used for both ten-
sioning directions. Temperature range: -40º to +80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 800 00, Tensioning Element Ø 35 mm
Product No. Size F max. s max.
normal hard normal hard D E G H J1 J2 K L M N O P Q T MA Weight
N N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
140 800 00 0 80 106 40 30 35 51 +1,0
-0,5 5 M6 80 60 20 90 20 22 6 8 5 8,5 10 0,2
140 801 00 1 135 168 50 40 45 64 +1,0
-0,5 5 M8 100 80 25 112,5 25 30 8 8,5 6 10,5 25 0,4
140 802 00 2 350 437 50 40 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 7 M10 100 80 30 115 30 35 10,5 8,5 8 10,5 49 0,6
+1,5
140 802 12 2 350 437 50 40 58 79 -0,5 7 M10 100 80 30 115 30 35 10,5 8,5 8 12 49 0,6
140 802 16 2 350 437 50 40 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 7 M10 100 80 30 115 30 35 10,5 8,5 8 16 49 0,6
140 803 00 3 800 1040 65 50 78 108 +2
-0,5 8 M12 130 100 50 155 40 52 15 10,5 10 12,5 86 1,7
140 804 00 4 1500 1875 87,5 70 95 140 +2
-0,5 10 M16 175 140 60 205 40 66 15 12,5 12 20,5 210 3,55
Tensioning Elements, Zinc Plated and Oil Resistant
Material: Casing made from sintered steel or grey cast iron S normal
GG20, lever made from St52.
The design of these tensioning elements is identical to the stand-
ard version, but they are zinc plated and the synthetic spring
T normal
elements are resistant to mineral oils. These components are
T hard
especially suited for “outdoor” applications, e.g. for construction
machinery or for use inside the oilbath of a gearbox. The ten-
sioning elements are marked with a yellow dot on the lever. Can
be used for both tensioning directions.
Temperature range: -40º to +120ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 800 03, Tensioning Element Ø 35 mm
Product No. Size F max. s max.
normal hard normal hard D E G H J1 J2 K L M N O P Q T MA Weight
N N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
140 800 03 0 80 106 40 30 35 51 +1,0
-0,5 5 M6 80 60 20 90 20 22 6 8 5 8,5 10 0,2
140 801 03 1 135 168 50 40 45 64 +1,0
-0,5 5 M8 100 80 25 112,5 25 30 8 8,5 6 10,5 25 0,4
140 802 03 2 350 437 50 40 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 7 M10 100 80 30 115 30 35 10,5 8,5 8 10,5 49 0,6
140 803 03 3 800 1040 65 50 78 108 +2
-0,5 8 M12 130 100 50 155 40 52 15 10,5 10 12,5 86 1,7
140 804 03 4 1500 1875 87,5 70 95 140 +2
-0,5 10 M16 175 140 60 205 40 66 15 12,5 12 20,5 210 3,55
116 ®
Tensioning Elements with Front Mounting
Material: Housing up to Ø 78 mm made from sintered steel, S normal
over Ø 78 mm made from grey cast iron GG20, lever made from
St52.
These tensioning elements are in general identical to the stand-
T normal
ard version. For easier mounting they are fixed from the lever
T hard
side using an in-and-out screw. A thread has to be cut in the
machine housing. The supplied screw is secured for transport
with an O-Ring. Can be used for both tensioning directions.
Temperature range: -40º to +80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 801 07, Tensioning Element Ø 45 mm
Product No. Size F max. s max.
normal hard normal hard D E G H J1 J2 K L M N O P Q R T MA Weight
N N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
140 801 07 1 135 168 50 40 45 64 +1,0
-0,5 5 M6 100 80 25 113 12,4 30 8 8,5 6 10 10,5 17 0,4
140 802 07 2 350 437 50 40 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 7 M8 100 80 30 115 18,9 35 10,5 8,5 8 12 10,5 41 0,65
140 803 07 3 800 1040 65 50 78 108 +2
-0,5 8 M10 130 100 50 155 17,5 52 15 11 10 16 12,5 83 1,85
140 804 07 4 1500 1875 87,5 70 95 140 +2
-0,5 10 M12 175 140 60 205 18,0 66 15 13 12 19 20,5 145 3,70
Tensioning Elements Stainless
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301 or 1.4308. A
S normal
The design of this tensioning element is identical to the
standard version. T normal
Temperature range: -40º to +80ºC. T hard
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 998 01, Tensioning Element Ø 45 mm
Product No Size F max. s max.
normal hard normal hard D E G H J1 J2 K L M N O P Q T MA Weight
N N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
140 998 01 1 150 187,5 50 40 45 64 +1,0
-0,5 5 M8 100 80 25 112,5 25 30 8 8,5 6 10,5 25 0,35
140 998 02 2 400 500 50 40 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 7 M10 100 80 30 115 30 35 10,5 8,5 8 10,5 49 0,70
140 998 03 3 860 1118 65 50 78 108 +2
-0,5 8 M12 130 100 50 155 40 52 15 10,5 10 12,5 86 1,90
140 998 04 4 1500 1875 87,5 70 100 140 +2
-0,5 10 M16 175 140 70 205 40 70 15 12,5 12 20,5 210 4,30
Tensioning Elements „Boomerang“
Material: Housing sintered steel, lever St52. S normal
These tensioning elements are used to compensate the slack
in extremely long chain drives. The slack length passes in an
S-shape through the supplied sprockets or pulleys so that the
lever works as a compensator. This system thus offers a triple
compensation of the slack compared to standard tensioners.
Application example:
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 802 09, Tensioning Element Ø 58 mm
Product No. Size F max. s max.
normal hard normal hard D E G H J1 J2 K L M N O P Q T MA Weight
N N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
140 802 09 2 175 215 50 40 58 79 +1,5
-0,5 6 M10 100 80 30 115 30 35 10,5 8,5 8 10,5 49 0,75
140 803 09 3 400 520 65 50 78 108 +2
-0,5 8 M12 130 100 50 155 40 52 15 11 10 12,5 86 2,10
® 117
www.maedler.de
...the entire MÄDLER range with CAD files on the Internet
®
We present the entire MÄDLER ® range
with CAD files and MÄDLER ® info,
continuously updated, on the internet.
Fast access to the data, fast ordering
by internet.
Orders by internet, phone, fax or e-mail:
We guarantee delivery at short notice.
Dimensions and other information in this
catalogue display the current state of
technology. We reserve the right for
changes.
This catalogue was created with due
diligence, but errors might still occur. We
refuse to accept any claims in this respect.
We reserve the right to alter dimensions,
and to change or remove single products
and product groups without prior notice.
...we keep things moving
Our general conditions of sales, delivery
and payment can be found on the last
page of this catalogue.
118 ®
Round-Link Steel Chains DIN 766 A, zinc-plated
Material: High-quality steel in accordance with DIN 17115,
zinc plated
Short links, true to gauge, certified. Quality class 3.
High-quality steel in accordance with DIN 17115.
Surface, zinc plated
Stock lengths available, max 30 m.
Matching sprockets and chain rollers, see page 120.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 770 104 00, Round-Link Steel Chain 4 mm, DIN 766A.
Work Minimum
Product No. d t b load* breaking load Weight
mm mm mm approx.N N kg/m
770 104 00 4 16 14 2000 8000 0,32
770 105 00 5 18,5 17 3200 12000 0,5
770 106 00 6 18,5 20 4000 16000 0,75
770 108 00 8 24 26 8000 32000 1,35
770 110 00 10 28 34 12000 50000 2,25
* At chain speeds up to 1 m/s.
Spare Chain Links RN, zinc-plated
Material: Steel, zinc plated.
Chain links consisting of two parts that have to be riveted
together. Precisely drop-forged and deburred, ready-to-use,
matching chain DIN 766. One part is placed on top of the other,
and then both parts are pressed together. These spare chain
links cannot be used for continuous operation under load.
Matching sprockets and chain rollers, see page 120.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 770 135 00, Spare Chain Link RN 5 mm.
Product No. d t Weight
mm mm g
770 135 00 5 18,5 12
770 136 00 6 18,5 14
770 138 00 8 24 38
770 140 00 10 28 75
Round-Link Steel Chains similar to DIN 766 A, Stainless
Material: Stainless steel 1.4401.
A
Short links, true to gauge, certified,
as per DIN 766 A Quality Class 3.
Stock lengths available, max 30 m.
Matching sprockets and chain rollers,
see page 120.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 770 990 04, Round-Link Steel Chain 4 mm, Stainless.
Work Minimum
Product No. d t b load* breaking load Weight
mm mm mm approx.N N kg/m
770 990 04 4 16 14 2000 8000 0,32
770 990 05 5 18,5 17 3200 12000 0,5
770 990 06 6 18,5 20 4000 16000 0,75
770 990 08 8 24 26 8000 32000 1,35
770 990 10 10 28 34 12000 40000 2,25
* At chain speeds up to 1 m/s.
® 119
Chain Wheels without Teeth (Chain Rollers)
Matching chains in accordance with DIN 766 A.
Material: Grey cast iron GG25.
Hub unfinished and without bore, some with core hole.
All dimensions and weights „ca.“.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Art.No. 770 404 00, Chain Wheel, da= 56 mm, 4 mm
Chain Width 4 mm, Pitch 16 mm
Product No. da d b ND L B approx. Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
770 404 00 56 41 23 40 30 - 0,3
770 408 00 96 81 23 50 35 - 1,0
Chain Width 5 and 6 mm, Pitch 18.5 mm
Product No. da d b ND L B approx. Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
770 506 00 95 71 32 50 50 - 1,2
770 508 00 120 94 32 50 50 - 2,0
770 512 00 165 141 34 60 50 - 3,2
770 515 00 200 177 32 65 50 - 3,2
Chain Width 8 mm, Pitch 24 mm
Product No. da d b ND L B approx. Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
770 607 00 117 107 41 80 65 - 3,0
770 608 00 162 122 45 80 65 - 5,0
770 612 00 212 183 45 80 65 25 6,0
770 614 00 245 214 45 80 65 25 7,5
770 624 00 390 367 45 90 70 25 15,0
Chain Width 10 mm, Pitch 28 mm
Product No. da d b ND L B approx. Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
770 705 00 115 89 56 60 65 - 3,0
770 712 00 250 214 52 140 75 25 13,0
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
120 ®
Chain Wheels with Teeth (Hasp Wheels)
Matching chains in accordance with DIN 766 A.
Material: Grey cast iron GG25.
Teeth cast, hub unfinished and without bore,
some with core hole.
All dimensions and weights „ca.“.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 771 104 00, Hasp Wheel, Cast, 4 teeth, 4 mm
Chain Width 4 mm, Pitch 16 mm
Product No. Number da d b ND L B approx. Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
771 104 00 4 56 41 24 40 30 - 0,3
771 108 00 8 96 81 28 50 35 - 1,0
771 112 00 12 140 122 25 50 40 - 1,5
771 115 00 15 165 153 24 50 40 - 2,4
771 118 00 18 200 183 26 50 40 - 2,6
Chain Width 5 and 6 mm, Pitch 18.5 mm
Product No. Number da d b ND L B approx. Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
771 206 00 6 95 71 32 50 50 - 1,2
771 207 00 7 110 82 34 60 50 - 1,9
771 208 00 8 120 94 32 50 50 - 2,0
771 210 00 10 135 118 32 60 50 - 2,4
771 212 00 12 165 141 33 60 50 - 3,2
771 214 00 14 185 165 32 65 50 - 4,3
771 215 00 15 200 177 32 65 50 - 3,2
771 216 00 16 215 188 31 65 50 - 3,8
771 218 00 18 235 212 35 60 50 - 5,0
771 220 00 20 260 236 33 60 50 - 5,0
771 224 00 24 300 283 33 60 50 - 5,5
771 226 00 26 335 306 37 70 60 - 7,5
771 230 00 30 380 353 35 70 60 - 9,0
771 236 00 36 450 424 35 90 85 25 12,0
771 240 00 40 500 470 39 100 75 - 17,0
771 250 00 50 620 589 41 100 75 25 27,0
Chain Width 8 mm, Pitch 24 mm
Product No. Number da d b ND L B approx. Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
771 406 00 6 115 92 45 80 65 - 3,0
771 408 00 8 162 122 45 80 65 - 4,6
771 410 00 10 180 153 45 80 65 25 5,0
771 412 00 12 212 183 45 80 65 25 6,0
771 414 00 14 245 214 45 80 65 25 7,5
771 416 00 16 275 244 45 90 70 25 9,5
771 418 00 18 305 275 46 90 70 25 12,0
771 420 00 20 345 306 46 90 70 25 13,0
771 424 00 24 390 367 46 120 70 30 15,0
771 428 00 28 450 428 48 120 70 25 17,0
Chain Width 10 mm, Pitch 28 mm
Product No. Number da d b ND L B approx. Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
771 605 00 5 115 89 56 60 65 - 3,0
771 608 00 8 170 140 50 80 70 25 6,5 Reworking within
771 612 00 12 250 214 52 140 75 25 13,0 24h-service possible.
771 624 00 24 450 428 56 100 70 30 21,0
Custom made parts
on request.
® 121
Idlers 712 AV Made from Cast Iron with One-Sided Flange
Material: Grey cast iron GG20, zinc-plated.
Flange and running surface precisely turned, running surface
inclined at 3º towards the axle, wheel mounting optionally with
plain or roller bearing. As standard the roller bearings are sealed
with Z-plates (all dimensions and weights „ca.“).
Temperature range:
with plain bearing: -30°C to +180°C.
with ball bearing: -30°C to +90°C (for short time up to +110°C).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 775 005 00, Idler 712 V as Plain Bearing, Wheel Ø 50 o.S.
Version with Plain Bearing (Dimensions in mm)
Product No. Wheel Ø without Wheel Ø with Wheel Width with Running Hub Length Hub- Bore Load Bearing Weight
Flange Flange Flange Surface symmetric Ø Ø Capacity
a da g
775 005 00 +0,2
400 0,6
775 007 00 75 100 40 30 47 40 20 +0,2 800 1,3
775 010 00 100 125 46 36 52 45 20 +0,2 1000 2,3
775 012 00 125 145 46 36 52 45 20 +0,2 1000 2,7
775 015 00 150 175 46 36 52 62 20 +0,2 1000 3,5
775 018 00 180 210 47 36 52 65 30 +0,2 1200 4,7
775 020 00 200 230 56 38 60 90 30 +0,2 1500 7,7
775 025 00 250 300 65 50 70 90 40 +0,2 2000 13,5
Version with Ball Bearing (Dimensions in mm)
Product No. Wheel Ø without Wheel Ø with Wheel Width with Running Hub Length Hub- Bore Load Bearing Weight
Flange Flange Flange Surface symmetric Ø Ø Capacity
a da g
775 207 00 75 100 40 30 47 54 20 800 1,3
775 210 00 100 125 46 36 52 62 20 1000 2,4
775 212 00 125 145 46 36 52 62 20 1000 2,8
775 215 00 150 175 46 36 52 62 20 1000 3,5
775 218 00 180 210 47 36 52 65 20 1200 4,7
775 220 00 200 230 56 38 60 90 25 1500 7,7
775 225 00 250 300 65 50 70 90 30 2000 12,8
Idlers Made from Polyamide with One-Sided Flange
This Polyamide grade has a high abrasion resistance with low
friction coefficient, is self lubricating and can thus, at low
speeds, easily be used as plain bearing.
Temperature range: -40°C to +80°C.
Above +35°C, the load has to be reduced. At the max. tempe-
rature, the max. load capacity is only 40 to 50% of the load
shown in the table.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 775 405 00, Idler Polyamide, Wheel Ø 50
Runner Wheels Made from Polyamide (dimensions in mm)
Product No. Wheel Ø without Wheel Ø with Wheel Width with Running Hub Length Hub- Bore Load Bearing Weight
Flange Flange Flange Surface symmetric Ø Ø Capacity
a da g
775 405 00 50 70 30 20 30 - 16 100 0,065
775 406 00 62 80 26 18 30 35 16 100 0,090
775 409 00 87 108 32 25 32 - 16 200 0,220
775 410 00 100 120 45 32 40 50 20 280 0,360
775 411 00 107 138 34 26 35 41 18 300 0,255
775 412 00 120 150 42 30 45 80 38 380 0,585
Note Regarding Polyamide Wheels
Inside these die-cast parts are some cavities caused by production. These parts should therefore not be drilled too deep. With larger bores
or when grooving the cavities might become visible. This often does not affect the functionality.
122 ®
Idlers Made from Steel (C45) with Flange on Both Sides
Especially suited for heavy-duty applications, e.g. electrically
controlled gates.
Precisely turned from solid material; with fully sealed precision
bearings.
Product No. 776 004 00 and 776 005 00 with square running
surface and single bearing, wheel body burnished.
Product No. 776 006 00 to 776 016 00 with convex running
surface and double bearing.
Delivery includes all mounting material needed; axle bolt at run-
ning surface Ø 35 and 45 mm with external thread, serrated
washer and hexagon nuts, other sizes with internal thread, 6
hexagon screws and washers DIN ISO 7093-1.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 776 004 00, Idler, St. A 35
Product No. A B G C D E F Wheel Load* Weight Recommended
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm max. kg kg Rail**
776 004 00 35 45 17 20 10,3 50 10 160 0,18 □ 40 x 10
776 005 00 45 55 19 24 12,3 65 12 250 0,32 □ 50 x 12
776 006 00 63 75 27 33 15,3 68 15 480 0,75 □ 60 x 15
776 008 00 84 100 34 40 20,3 80 20 840 1,5 □ 60 x 20
776 010 00 100 125 40 46 25,0 96 25 960 3,35 a
776 013 00 130 160 52 58 32 120 30 1360 4,6 Gauge Rail S 10
776 016 00 164 200 64 70 38 140 35 1800 8,8 DIN 5901 S 14
* The wheel loads stated are derived from the dimensions and temperatures listed in the roller bearing catalogues.
For product No. 776 004 00 and 776 005 00 these values are valid at a maximum operating temperature of 90ºC;
for higher continuous temperatures, please inquire first.
** Not part of our stock. Please inquire at your steel supplier.
Wheel Sizes and Mounting Elements
Product No. d1 b1 d2 b2 Mounting Elements
Idler mm mm mm mm
776 004 00 - - - - Flat Nut M10 with Lock Washer
776 005 00 - - - - Flat Nut M12 with Lock Washer
776 006 00 20 3 30 2.5 Hexagon Screw M10 x 16 mm
776 008 00 26 3 37 3.0 Hexagon Screw M12 x 16 mm
776 010 00 32 3 37 3.0 Hexagon Screw M12 x 16 mm
776 013 00 38 3 50 3.0 Hexagon Screw M16 x 20 mm
776 016 00 45 3 60 4.0 Hexagon Screw M20 x 25 mm
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 123
Travel-Wheel Systems RB/I
Material: Housing made from spheroidal graphite cast iron, painted
gray. Travel wheel made from GG 70, with high-quality roller bearing.
Version G: With cast iron travel wheel with two flanges, with high
load capacity, to be used on rails.
Version K: With cast iron travel wheel with PUR-bandage
(Polyurethane-Elastomer), for higher traction at low operating noise.
A very robust, universal, maintenance-free travel wheel system
available in two sizes. It is designed for various travel applications
with wheel loads up to 3.5 t and travel speeds up to 240 m/min
(depending on version and load). The five connection surfaces are
machined and provide for a multitude of connection variants.
4 screws for inverted mounting are supplied. The housing is painted
gray (RAL 7001) and can be repainted.
The travel-wheel systems can be combined with the geared motors
RBM/I to form a compact drive unit.
Temperature range: -20ºC to +60ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No., Type, Size, Version
ad ea ng a a t at eed Matching Accessories
Product No. Size Version up to 100 m/min 240 m/min Weight Product No. Product No. Product No .
kg kg kg Buffer Set Pin Connection Roller Guide
480 201 84 200 G (cast iron, flanged) 2500 1900 15,3 480 710 84 480 221 84 480 210 44
480 200 84 200 K (with bandage) 1200 700 15,1 480 710 84 480 221 84 480 210 84
480 301 84 250 G (cast iron, flanged) 3500 2500 27,6 480 710 84 480 321 84 480 510 44
480 300 84 250 K (with bandage) 1700 900 26,7 480 710 84 480 321 84 480 310 84
* With Hydropur tyres and stand-still times of more than two hours under load, the load bearing capacity only comes to 50% of the maximum value.
Dimensions Table Travel-Wheel Systems RB/I
Vers. G Vers. K
Travel Wheel
System Travel Wheel b1 b2 d1 d2
Size Version mm mm mm mm
200 G 52 70 175 200
200 K - 70 200 -
250 G 55 80 220 250
250 K - 80 250 -
System d3g6/H7 d4F8 d5 d6H13 hA hF h1 Vers. G h1 Vers. K h2 h3 h4 l1 l2/l3 w1 w2 w3
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
200 N35x2x16 21 M12 10,2 204,5 217 87,5 100 72 77 12,5 250 175 138 126 80
250 N45x2x21 30 M16 14 255 270 110 125 90 97 -10 306 220 156 138 85
Travel wheel system with Travel wheel system, Inverted Mounting with bolt set, for hori- Powered travel wheel block
buffer set. Mounting (screws supplied). zontal guide-roller arrangement. with geared motor RBM/I.
124 ®
Accessories for Travel-Wheel Systems RB/I
Buffer Set
Material: Polyurethane cellular foam, spacers made from plastic, black.
Consisting of: one buffer, threaded pin M12 x 55 mm,
two spacers 12.5 mm (for mounting without guide roller) and
one spacer 25 mm (for mounting with guide roller, using the supplied
nuts M12).
The required thread has already been machined on both face ends of
the travel-wheel system. The screw-on buffer fits both travel-wheel-
system sizes 200 and 250.
Temperature range: -20ºC to +60ºC.
Weight: 0.8 kg
Product No. 480 710 84, Buffer Set, Matching Travel-Wheel System Size 200 and 250
Pin Connection Sets
Material: Steel
Consisting of: two pins, washers and retaining rings, threaded
adjusting pins and nuts for lateral alignment and fixation.
Two sizes for travel-wheel system size 200 or 250. The pin
connection set is used to mount the travel-wheel system into
an existing hollow section when mounted from the side. One set
required for each travel-wheel system.
Ordering Details:e.g.: Product No., Type, Size
Product No. System W6min W7max Dh8/D9 G L H Weight
Pin Set Size mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
480 221 84 200 8 158 21 M10 175 20 1,1
480 321 84 250 10 185 30 M12 220 25 2,6
Horizontal Guide-Roller Arrangements
Material: Base: steel plate, zinc plated.
Damping elements: Polyamide (damping elements only for travel-
wheel system with Hydropur-tyre travel wheel)
Version G: for travel-wheel system with cast wheel. Without
damping element.
Version K: for travel-wheel system with Hydropur tyre. With
damping element.
Consisting of: roller bracket, bearing, damping element and mount-
ing bolts (damping element only for version K).
Two sizes for travel-wheel system size 200 or 250. The hori-
zontal guide-roller arrangement is used for low-friction guidance and
to precisely achieve individual track gauge dimensions. The guide
roller is e.g. recommended for flanged wheels (version G) running on
narrow tracks . The guide rollers are only used on one of the rails.
Product No. Travel-Wheel System Version d l m a w n b Weight
Guide Roller Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
480 210 44 200 G 62 192 155 110 60 25 30-70 2,3
480 210 84 200 K 52 192 155 124 60 25 62-82 2,4
480 510 44 250 G 72 230 189 137 72 29 30-80 3,6
480 310 84 250 K 72 230 189 154 72 29 64-84 3,7
® 125
Geared Motors RBM/I for travel wheel systems
Material: Housing: Aluminium, painted blue (RAL 5009).
RBM/I
Gears: bevel-gear system, case hardened, fatigue endurable.
Lubrication: Mineral oil.
Motor: Three-phase AC RB/I
400V 50 Hz, dual speed, with brake.
Other motor and gear box versions (e.g. with frequency inverter or
angular gear) on request.
Ready-to-mount dual-speed geared motors incl. adaptor flange (as
torque support) to be combined with travel-wheel sets RB/I.
The mounting position can be modified in steps of 15º.
Single Wheel Drive: one geared motor RBM/I is flange-mounted
onto one travel-wheel system RB/I. In carriages two opposing trav-
el-wheel sets have to be powered.
Central Drive Set: the geared motor is flange-mounted onto the
travel-wheel system. The connection with the opposing travel-wheel
system is done with a central drive set (this set has to be ordered
separately). The connecting shaft (output shaft) is already mounted
on the geared motors (covered with protection sleeve and protec-
tion cap).
Travel-Wheel System RB/I has to ordered separately.
Ordering Details:e.g.: Product No., Type, Size
Geared Motors RBM/I for Travel-Wheel System Size 200 Geared Motors RBM/I for Travel-Wheel System Size 250
Product No. Motor- P* Transm. Current* Weight Dimensions Product No. Motor- P* Transm. Current* Weight Dimensions
Type kW i A kg Table Type kW i A kg Table
482 211 46 63A8/2 0,25 123 :1 0,95 23 1 483 231 46 63A8/2 0,25 156 :1 0,95 29 5
482 212 46 71A8/2 0,34 126 :1 1,0 29 3 483 232 46 71A8/2 0,34 166 :1 1,0 34 8
482 213 46 80A8/2 0,50 39,9 :1 1,4 34 2 483 233 46 90B8/2 0,80 48,3 :1 2,3 47 7
482 214 46 90B8/2 0,80 39,4 :1 2,3 46 4 483 234 46 100A8/2 1,20 49 :1 3,2 66 9
482 215 46 100A8/2 1,20 19,9 :1 3,2 54 4 483 235 46 100A8/2 1,20 25,3 :1 3,2 55 7
482 221 46 63A8/2 0,25 135 :1 0,95 27 3 483 241 46 63A8/2 0,25 156 :1 0,95 29 5
482 222 46 71A8/2 0,34 44,1 :1 1,0 25 1 483 242 46 71A8/2 0,34 166 :1 1,0 34 8
482 223 46 90B8/2 0,50 45,5 :1 1,4 46 4 483 243 46 80A8/2 0,50 55,7 :1 1,4 39 6
482 224 46 90B8/2 0,80 23 :1 2,3 46 4 483 244 46 90B8/2 0,80 55,7 :1 2,3 58 9
482 255 46 100A8/2 1,20 23 :1 3,2 54 4 483 245 46 100A8/2 1,20 29,2 :1 3,2 55 7
* Values at double-pole operation (high speeds).
Selection Tales for Travel-Wheel Systems
First the Travel-Wheel-System Size (200 or 250 depending on the has to be selected. The further selection is done according to the
ultimate load) and Type of Travel Wheel (cast iron flanged wheel load to be moved per driving motor and according to the driving
or Hydropur-tyre wheel, depending on the operating conditions) speed. the table value intersection point states the Product No. of
the geared motor to be used.
Travel-Wheel System Size 200 with Cast Wheel, Rmax. = 2500 kg Travel-Wheel System Size 200 with Hydropur Tyre Rmax. = 1200 kg
Product No. matching geared motor RBM/I at speed in m/min* Product No. matching geared motor RBM/I at speed in m/min*
Weight 12.5 (3.1) 40 (10) 80 (20) Weight 12.5 (3.1) 40 (10) 80 (20)
to 5000 kg 482 211 46** 482 213 46** 482 215 46 to 2000 kg 482 221 46 482 222 46** 482 224 46
to 6000 kg 482 211 46** 482 213 46** - to 4000 kg 482 221 46 482 223 46 482 225 46
to 10000 kg 482 212 46 482 214 46 - to 5000 kg 482 221 46 482 223 46 -
to 11000 kg 482 212 46 - -
* Values in brackets apply to lower speeds (the motors are dual-speed).
** Central drive not possible (due to stepped shaft or dimensions of motor casing).
Travel-Wheel System Size 250 with Cast Wheel, Rmax. = 3500 kg Travel-Wheel System Size 250 with Hydropur Tyre, Rmax. = 1700 kg
Product No. matching geared motor RBM/I at speed in m/min* Product No. matching geared motor RBM/I at speed in m/min*
Weight 12.5 (3.1) 40 (10) 80 (20) Weight 12.5 (3.1) 40 (10) 80 (20)
to 5000 kg 483 231 46** 483 233 46** 483 235 46** to 2000 kg 483 241 46** 483 243 46** 483 245 46**
to 8000 kg 483 231 46** 483 233 46** - to 4000 kg 483 242 46 483 244 46 -
to 16000 kg 483 232 46 483 234 46 -
* Values in brackets apply to lower speeds (the motors are dual-speed). ** Central drive not possible.
126 ®
Dimensions Table for Travel-Wheel System Drive RBM/I
Dimensions Size of Travel- L HG W WA AC AG XG (Vers.G) XK (Vers.K)
Table Wheel System mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1 200 228 131 608 539 140 103 17,5 30
2 200 238 131 664 595 157 103 9 21,5
3 200 253 160 615 546 140 103 7,5 20
4 200 281 160 715 646 196 133 -10,5 2
5 250 253 160 641 563 140 103 30 45
6 250 263 160 697 619 157 103 30 45
7 250 281 160 741 663 196 133 12 27
8 250 272 190 650 572 140 103 15 30
9 250 300 190 750 672 196 133 12 27
Central Drive Set
Material: Splined shaft, coupling, washers and rings made from
steel, shaft protection made from plastic.
Two sizes available suiting travel-wheel system 200 and 250. Two
length for gauges up to 1500 mm or up to 2900 mm.
Consisting of: Splined shaft, coupling with pin, shaft protection,
washers and retaining rings.
The central-drive set serves to combine two travel-wheel sets RB/I
with a geared motor RBM/I to make up a central drive. To achieve
this, the shaft is shortened to the required length on the coupling
side, then the shaft protection cap is taken off the geared motor
and the shafts are connected using the rigid coupling. The pin serves
as stop inside the coupling. The shaft is fixed in the travel-wheel
system with the retaining rings.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No, Type, Travel-Wheel System-Size, up to distance
Product No.Travel-Wheel Syst. for Distance* Shaft Ø Shaft Length Weight
Size up to mm mm approx. mm kg
480 256 84 200 1500 35 1115 9
480 257 84 200 2900 35 2515 18,5
480 356 84 250 1500 45 1070 13,5
480 357 84 250 2900 45 2470 29
* The shafts are to be shortened by the customer on assembly.
Application examples for Travel-Wheel System Drives
Two Single Drives: Central Drive Set:
4 x Travel-Wheel System 4 x Travel-Wheel System
RB/I RB/I
2 x Geared Motor RBM/I 1 x Geared Motor RBM/I
Optional accessories: 1 x Central Drive Set
4 x Buffer Set Optional accessories:
4 x Pin Connection Set 4 x Buffer Set
2 x Horizontal Guide 4 x Pin Connection Set
Roller Arrangement 2 x Horizontal Guide Roller
Arrangement
® 127
Timing Belt Drives - Overview
Contents Page
Description and selection guide .................................................... 129
Calculation (dimensioning) ........................................................... 131
Performance Figures T-Profile ...................................................... 132
Performance Figures AT-Profile .................................................... 133
Performance Figures HTD 3M and 5M .......................................... 134
Performance Figures HTD 8M and 14M ........................................ 135
Performance Figures Inch-Profile MXL and XL ............................... 136
Performance Figures Inch-Profile L and H ..................................... 137
Pulleys T 2.5 and T 5 made from plastic ....................................... 138
Pulleys T 2.5 made from aluminium .............................................. 139
Pulleys T 5 made from aluminium................................................. 140
Pulleys T 10 made from aluminium ............................................... 142
Pulleys AT 5 made from aluminium .............................................. 144
Pulleys AT 10 made from aluminium ............................................ 146
Pulleys HTD 3M made from aluminium ......................................... 148
Pulleys HTD 5M made from steel or aluminium ............................. 149
Pulleys HTD 5M for Taper clamping bush ..................................... 150
Pulleys HTD 8M made from steel or cast iron................................ 151
Mounting options for drive wheels ............................................... 153
Pulleys HTD 8M for Taper clamping bush ..................................... 154
Pulleys HTD 14M for Taper clamping bush ................................... 156
Taper clamping bushes ................................................................ 158
Pulleys Inch-Profile MXL made from aluminium ............................. 161
Pulleys Inch-Profile XL made from aluminium ................................ 162
Pulleys Inch-Profile L made from Steel or cast iron ........................ 162
Pulleys Inch-Profile H made from Steel or cast iron ....................... 164
Splined shafts T-Profile ................................................................ 166
Splined shafts AT-Profile .............................................................. 167
Splined shafts HTD-Profile ........................................................... 168
Splined shafts Inch-Profile ........................................................... 169
Flanges for Timing Belt Pulleys ..................................................... 170
Fixing Plates for open-length timing belts ..................................... 171
Open-length timing belts ............................................................. 172
Timing belts T-Profile .................................................................. 175
Timing belts AT-Profile ................................................................ 177
Timing belts HTD-Profile ............................................................. 178
Timing belts Inch Pitch ................................................................ 180
Tensioning rollers and tensioning elements ................................... 182
Timing Belt Welding
within 24h-Service
128 ®
Timing-Belt Drives - Description
General Description Mounting and Maintenance
Timing-belt drives enable a quiet operation and synchronous trans- At least one pulley must be equipped with flanges. The axes must
mission of power. As they are maintenance free, these drives are be parallel (deviation no more than +0.5°). The belt must not be
very cost efficient. Due to varying requirements and consideration overstretched during mounting. For mounting and adjustment of
of the latest developments, there are a large number of different the ideal belt there have to be sufficient possibilities for adjustment
profiles, belt types and pulleys on the market. When non-positive incorporated into the system.
drives (e.g. v-belt systems) are replaced, it is worth considering
whether a conversion to a positive power transmission could be Belt Tension
allowed from a safety point of view (some drives require slip at Each belt needs a certain pre-tension, depending on the type of
overload). belt, pulley diameter, center distance and the tangential force to
be transmitted. The overall sum of tensioning and peripheral force
Selection and Dimensioning must not exceed the permitted tensile force of the belt. The belt
The belt material and type of timing belt must be selected consider- tension is best adjusted by altering the center distance. Otherwise a
ing the specific situation (e.g. required features regarding machine smooth tensioning pulley mounted on the outside or a toothed one
or surroundings). There are performance tables and a user-friendly on the inside of the belt may be used for adjustment.
calculation programme on the internet to help you select the cor-
rect size. Small pulley diameters reduce the service life. And at least Degree of degree of efficiency de
6 teeth should be engaged at any time. Depending on the type of belt (flexibility) and the number of teeth
When consulting the performance tables, several application-specif- on the pulley (bending) the degree of efficiency can reach 98 %.
ic operating factors must be considered. Belts with tensile members of glass fibre cords (HTD and Inch) are
particularly flexible.
Timing Belt Profiles
Type Profile Pitch Overall Height** Tooth Height Tensile Force Type Profile Pitch Overall Height Tooth Height Tensile Force
mm mm mm N* mm mm mm N*
Metric T2.5 2.5 1.30 0.70 120 HTD 3M 3 2.40 1.20 100
T5 5.0 2.20 1.20 330 5M 5 3.60 2.10 208
T10 10.0 4.50 2.50 780 8M 8 5.60 3.40 375
Metric AT5 5 2.70 1.20 700 14M 14 10.00 6.10 425
AT10 10 5.00 2.50 1300 Inch MXL 2.032 1.10 0.51 39
XL 5.080 2.20 1.27 56
L 9.525 3.60 1.91 98
H 12.700 4.30 2.29 235
* Permissible tensile force at 10mm belt width.
** Hight may vary at open-length types.
T Timing Belt Drives AT Timing Belt Drives
• Classical, trapezoid profile in accordance with DIN 7721 with met- • Trapezoid profile especially designed to transmit high power,
ric dimensions, pitch 2.5 mm, 5 mm and 10 mm in several widths. with metric dimensions, pitch 5 mm and 10 mm, in stock in several
Pitch 20 mm and other widths available on request. widths. Pitch 20 mm and other widths available on request.
• Often used, cost-efficient, clean standard belt drive in many areas • Clean belt drive used in many areas of machine building, e.g. also
of machine building, e.g. also in the food industry. Polyurethane in the food industry.
(PU) timing belts with tensile members of steel, little lengthening • Polyurethane (PU) timing belts with tensile members of steel, little
• Little and light-coloured abrasion, good resistance against oil, fats lengthening
and many chemicals. Temperature range -30º to +80ºC. Good flex- • Little and light-coloured abrasion, good resistance against oil, fats
ibility. and many chemicals. Temperature range -30º to +80ºC. Good flex-
• Open length belts from thermoplastic polyurethane TPU can get ibility.
welded to endless belts in special lengths. • Open length belts from thermoplastic polyurethane TPU can get
• cost-efficient pulleys made from aluminium (some also made from welded to endless belts in special lengths.
plastic) pre-bored (custom bore etc. at extra charge). • Cheap pulleys made from aluminium (some also made from plastic)
• T timing belt drives do not feature little backlash (low backlash or pre-bored (custom bore etc. at extra charge).
zero backlash pulleys can be especially manufactured on request). • AT timing belt drives do not feature little backlash (low backlash or
zero backlash pulleys can be especially manufactured on request).
HTD Timing Belt Drives Inch Timing Belt Drives
• Heavy-duty timing belt with half-round teeth profile, with metric • Classical trapezoid profile in accordance with DIN 5296 with inch
dimensions, pitch 3 mm, 5 mm, 8 mm and 14 mm. dimensions, profile MXL, XL, L and H (pitch 0.08“ = 2.032 mm to
• Low-backlash belt drive with high efficiency used in many areas of 1/2“ = 12.7 mm), in several widths. Other sizes on request.
machine building. • Classical timing-belt drive which is, apart from the favoured MXL-
• Neoprene timing belts with tensile member of glass-fibre. Little, profile, usually not used in newly designed systems anymore.
but dark abrasion. Temperature range -20º to +100ºC. • Neoprene timing belts with tensile member of glass-fibre. Low
• Up to medium speed quiet. At higher speed some noise due to the noise, little, but dark abrasion. Temperature range -20º to +100ºC.
fast movement of air out of the tooth gaps. • Pulleys made from steel or cast iron (pitch MXL and XL made
• Pitch-true, more expensive pulleys made from steel (pitch 3M made from aluminium), pre-bored (custom bore, etc. at extra charge).
from aluminium, pitch 5M from 44 teeth made from aluminium). • Inch timing belt drives do not feature little backlash.
• Pulleys pre-bored (custom bore etc. at extra charge), pitch 8M and
14M also prepared for Taper clamping bush.
® 129
Timing Belts: Online – Calculation Program on the Internet
At www.maedler.de in the internet you click at the button MÄDLER ®-
Tools and you get to a comfortable online calculation programme.
This programme contains all common sizes and ensures a fast and
safe set up of timing belt drives.
The number and location of the pulleys can be altered. Select the
profile and the number of teeth. Enter your performance data and
let the system work out the required belt width. ATTENTION: The
performance data either has to be entered for every single pulley or
the performance calculation has to be turned of for the output pul-
leys. The determination of the belt length is simplified through the
use of a scroll-window listing the standard belt lengths. In a next
step lease check whether the stated safety factor is sufficient. If the
system is over or under dimensioned, choose larger or smaller tim-
ing belt profile respectively.
For your own documentation you can print out a calculation report
with all parametres and results of your drive set up. If a pop-up
blocker is activated in your Internet Explorer, it has to be turned off
first.
The parts list contains all selected products and simplifies the order-
ing process. You can print, export or save the parts list. By clicking
on the Product No. you get to the internet page of the respective
product group.
On theses pages you can get collect information, even look at 2D
and 3D CAD drawings.
130 ®
Timing belt drives – dimensioning and calculation factors
Calculation of the Power PB Notes Regarding the Calculation
P B = P N x (K 1 + K 2 + K 3 + C 1) The corrective factors below are in particular fitting for T and AT tim-
ing belt drives. This means that the calculations below only render exact
P B: Selection Power [kW] results for these belt types. The formulas are however generally valid,
P N: Nominal Power Driving Motor which means the results are roughly correct for HTD and Inch belt
K 1: Load Factor (Table 1) types. For an exact and comfortable calculation please use our online
K 2: Tensioning Pulley Factor (Table 2) calculation programme at www.maedler.de, see page 130.
K 3: Transmission Ratio Allowance (Table 3)
C 1: Teeth Meshing Factor (Table 4)
Table 1: Corrective Factor for Load K1
Examples for machines used: Example for Driving Units
Machines that are not mentioned below have Starting Torque up to 3 times Nominal Torque Starting Torque over 3 times Nominal Torque
to be matched to a group with similar load.
AC Motors (standard and synchronous Electric motors (with high starting and
motors) breaking torque)
DC Shunt-Wound Motor DC Compound Motors
Combustion engines with two or more Combustion engines with one cylinder
cylinder
Daily Operating Time (hours)
up to 5 up to 12 up to 24 up to 5 up to 12 up to 24
Office Machines, Household Machines 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.4 1.6
Counting Machines
Wood-working Machines, Printing Machines 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.4 1.6 1.8
Fans and Blowers
Machine Tools, Textile Machines 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.7 1.9
Laundry Machines
Paper Machines, Reciprocating Engines 1.4 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.8 2.0
Hoisting Devices
Table 2: Corrective Factor for Tens. Pulley K2 Table 3: Corrective Factor for Ratio K3 Table 4: Teeth-in-Mesh Factor C1
Mounting Position of Tensioning Pulley K 2 Transmission Ratio K3 Teeth in mesh
Inner Side Slack Length 0.0 1.00 - 1.24 0.4 No. of Teeth in Mesh: >_ 6 5 4 3 2
Outer Side Slack Length 0.1 1.25 - 1.74 0.3 Teeth-in-Mesh Factor C1: 0 0.25 0.7 1.5 4
Inner Side Tight Length 0.1 1.75 - 2.49 0.2
Outer Side Tight Length 0.2 2.50 - 3.49 0.1
over 3.50 0.0
Selection of Belt Type Selection of Pulley Checking the Belt Speed
For the calculation of P B select belt type, Use the largest pulley diameter possible. A Belt speeds above 30 m/s require an exact
pitch, width and pulley diameter by looking at larger diameter leads to a reduction of the the balancing of the pulleys. The belt speed is cal-
the Performance Table page 132. bending load and of the required belt width. culated with the formula below:
Please consider the width factors mentioned in We recommend the standard pulleys listed in v = (d w x n) / 19100
the table. the catalogue. The respective permissible tor-
ques can be found in the Performance Tables v: belt speed (m/s)
page 132. d w: effective diameter of the pulley (mm)
n: torque of the pulley (min -1)
Selecting the Belt Length
When selecting the belt length, always consider the lengths listed in the catalogue. The belt length
for a simple drive with two toothed pulleys and a transmission ratio of 1:1 can be easily calculated
from the effective diameter of the toothed pulley and the centre distance:
Effective length of the belt = effective circumference of the toothd pulley plus twice the centre
distance
The effective length of a belt and the centre distance for drives with a ratio other than 1:1 or with
more than two toothed pulleys can be detremined from a drawing or, even simpler, by using the
online tool at www.maedler.de, MÄDLER ®-Tools (see page 130).
Timing Belt Welding
within 24h-Service
® 131
T Timing Belt Drives (Metric Pitch)
Profile T 2.5 Performance Figures in W/10 mm Timing Belt Width
Speed Teeth No. of Small Pulley
of small 12 14 16 18 20 24 28 30 36 40 48 60
pulley Effective Diameter (mm)
min -1 9.56 11.14 12.73 14.32 15.92 19.15 22.35 23.95 28.75 31.90 38.30 47.85
100 2,3 2,5 3,0 3,3 3,8 4,5 5,0 5,5 6,5 7,3 8,8 11,0
200 4,5 5,0 5,8 6,5 7,3 8,8 10,3 11,0 13,3 14,5 17,5 22,0
400 8,8 10,3 11,8 13,3 14,5 17,5 20,5 22,0 26,3 29,3 35,0 43,8
500 11,0 12,8 14,5 16,5 18,3 22,0 25,5 27,5 32,8 36,5 43,8 54,8
600 13,3 15,3 17,5 19,8 22,0 26,3 30,8 32,8 39,5 43,8 52,5 65,8
800 17,5 20,5 23,5 26,3 29,3 35,0 41,0 43,8 52,5 58,5 70,0 87,5
1000 22,0 25,5 29,3 32,8 36,5 43,8 51,0 54,8 65,8 73,0 87,5 109,3
1400 - 35,8 41,0 46,0 51,0 61,3 71,5 76,8 92,0 102,0 122,5 152,8
1800 - 46,0 52,5 59,3 65,8 78,8 92,0 98,5 118,0 131,0 157,0 195,8
2400 - - 70,0 78,8 87,5 105,0 122,5 131,0 157,0 174,3 208,8 259,5
2800 - - 81,8 92,0 102,0 122,5 142,5 152,8 183,0 203,0 242,8 301,3
3000 - - 87,5 98,5 109,3 131,0 152,8 163,5 195,8 217,3 259,5 322,0
3600 - - 105,0 118,0 131,0 157,0 183,0 195,8 234,3 259,5 309,8 382,8
4000 - - 116,5 131,0 145,5 174,3 203,0 217,3 259,5 287,5 342,5 422,3
4800 - - 139,8 157,0 174,3 208,8 242,8 259,5 309,8 342,5 406,5 498,3
Profile T 5 Performance Figures in kW/10 mm Timing Belt Width
Speed Teeth No. of Small Pulley
of small 12 14 16 18 20 24 28 30 36 40 48 60
pulley Effective Diameter (mm)
min -1 19.10 22.28 25.46 28.65 31.83 38.20 44.56 47.75 57.30 63.66 76.39 95.49
100 0,01 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,04 0,05 0,06 0,07
200 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,04 0,05 0,05 0,06 0,07 0,09 0,11
400 0,04 0,05 0,05 0,06 0,06 0,08 0,09 0,10 0,12 0,13 0,16 0,19
500 0,05 0,06 0,06 0,07 0,08 0,10 0,11 0,12 0,14 0,16 0,19 0,24
600 0,06 0,07 0,08 0,08 0,09 0,11 0,13 0,14 0,17 0,19 0,23 0,28
800 0,07 0,09 0,10 0,11 0,12 0,15 0,17 0,18 0,22 0,24 0,29 0,36
1000 0,09 0,10 0,12 0,13 0,15 0,18 0,20 0,22 0,26 0,29 0,35 0,44
1400 0,12 0,13 0,15 0,17 0,19 0,23 0,27 0,29 0,35 0,38 0,46 0,58
1800 0,14 0,16 0,19 0,21 0,23 0,28 0,33 0,35 0,42 0,47 0,56 0,70
2400 0,17 0,20 0,23 0,26 0,29 0,35 0,40 0,43 0,52 0,58 0,69 0,86
3000 0,20 0,23 0,27 0,30 0,34 0,40 0,47 0,50 0,60 0,67 0,81 1,01
4000 0,24 0,28 0,32 0,37 0,41 0,49 0,57 0,61 0,73 0,81 0,97 1,22
5000 0,28 0,33 0,37 0,42 0,47 0,56 0,65 0,70 0,84 0,93 1,12 1,40
6000 - - 0,42 0,47 0,52 0,63 0,78 0,78 0,94 1,04 1,25 1,56
7000 - - 0,46 0,51 0,57 0,69 0,80 0,86 1,03 1,14 1,37 -
Profile T 10 Performance Figures in kW/10 mm Timing Belt Width
Speed Teeth No. of Small Pulley
of small 12 14 16 18 20 24 28 30 36 40 48 60
pulley Effective Diameter (mm)
min -1 38.20 44.56 50.93 57.30 63.66 76.39 89.13 95.49 114.59 127.32 152.79 190.99
100 0,04 0,05 0,06 0,06 0,07 0,08 0,10 0,10 0,12 0,14 0,17 0,21
200 0,07 0,08 0,10 0,11 0,12 0,15 0,17 0,18 0,22 0,24 0,29 0,36
400 0,13 0,15 0,17 0,20 0,22 0,26 0,31 0,33 0,39 0,44 0,52 0,65
600 0,19 0,22 0,25 0,28 0,31 0,37 0,43 0,47 0,56 0,62 0,74 0,93
800 0,24 0,28 0,32 0,36 0,40 0,48 0,56 0,59 0,71 0,79 0,85 1,19
1000 0,29 0,33 0,38 0,43 0,48 0,57 0,67 0,72 0,86 0,95 0,95 1,43
1400 0,38 0,44 0,50 0,56 0,63 0,75 0,88 0,94 1,14 1,25 1,33 1,88
1800 0,46 0,53 0,61 0,68 0,76 0,91 1,06 1,14 1,37 1,52 1,67 2,28
2200 0,53 0,62 0,70 0,79 0,88 1,06 1,23 1,32 1,59 1,76 1,97 2,64
2800 0,63 0,73 0,84 0,94 1,05 1,26 1,46 1,57 1,88 2,09 2,38 3,14
3000 - 0,77 0,88 0,99 1,10 1,32 1,54 1,65 1,98 2,20 2,51 3,29
3500 - 0,89 0,99 1,12 1,24 1,49 1,74 1,86 2,24 2,49 2,63 -
4000 - - 1,07 1,20 1,33 1,60 1,87 2,00 2,40 2,67 2,98 -
5000 - - 1,23 1,39 1,54 1,85 2,16 2,31 2,77 - - -
6000 - - 1,38 1,55 1,73 2,07 2,42 2,59 - - - -
The permissible performance figures for any timing belt width can be calculated by multi-
plying the figures in the table above with the respective width factors on page 133.
n t s a ea t e ta e t e se e e s a e ted
132 ®
AT Timing Belt Drives (Metric Pitch)
Profile AT 5 Performance Figures in kW/10 mm Timing Belt Width
Speed Teeth No. of Small Pulley
of small 12 14 16 18 20 24 28 30 36 40 48 60
pulley Effective Diameter (mm)
min -1 19.10 22.28 25.46 28.65 31.83 38.20 44.56 47.75 57.30 63.66 76.39 95.49
100 0,02 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,07 0,07 0,09 0,09 0,12 0,14 0,16
200 0,05 0,05 0,07 0,07 0,09 0,09 0,12 0,12 0,14 0,16 0,21 0,26
400 0,09 0,12 0,12 0,14 0,14 0,19 0,21 0,23 0,28 0,30 0,37 0,44
500 0,12 0,14 0,14 0,16 0,19 0,23 0,26 0,28 0,32 0,37 0,44 0,56
600 0,14 0,16 0,19 0,19 0,21 0,26 0,30 0,32 0,39 0,44 0,53 0,65
800 0,16 0,21 0,23 0,26 0,28 0,35 0,39 0,42 0,51 0,56 0,67 0,84
1000 0,21 0,23 0,28 0,30 0,35 0,42 0,46 0,51 0,60 0,67 0,81 1,02
1400 0,28 0,30 0,35 0,39 0,44 0,53 0,63 0,67 0,81 0,88 1,07 1,35
1800 0,32 0,37 0,44 0,49 0,53 0,65 0,77 0,81 0,97 1,09 1,30 1,62
2400 0,39 0,46 0,53 0,60 0,67 0,81 0,93 1,00 1,21 1,35 1,60 2,00
3000 0,46 0,53 0,63 0,70 0,79 0,93 1,09 1,16 1,39 1,55 1,88 2,34
4000 0,56 0,65 0,74 0,86 0,95 1,14 1,32 1,42 1,69 1,88 2,25 2,83
5000 0,65 0,77 0,86 0,97 1,09 1,30 1,51 1,62 1,95 2,16 2,60 3,25
6000 - - 0,97 1,09 1,21 1,46 1,81 1,81 2,18 2,41 2,90 3,62
7000 - - 1,07 1,18 1,32 1,60 1,86 2,00 2,39 2,64 3,18 -
Profile AT 10 Performance Figures in kW/10 mm Timing Belt Width
Speed Teeth No. of Small Pulley
of small 18 20 24 28 30 36 40 48 60
pulley Effective Diameter (mm)
min -1 57.30 63.66 76.39 89.13 95.49 114.59 127.32 152.79 190.99
100 0,16 0,19 0,22 0,27 0,27 0,32 0,38 0,46 0,57
200 0,30 0,32 0,41 0,46 0,49 0,59 0,65 0,78 0,97
400 0,54 0,59 0,70 0,84 0,89 1,05 1,19 1,40 1,76
600 0,76 0,84 1,00 1,16 1,27 1,51 1,67 2,00 2,51
800 0,97 1,08 1,30 1,51 1,59 1,92 2,13 2,30 3,21
1000 1,16 1,30 1,54 1,81 1,94 2,32 2,57 2,57 3,86
1400 1,51 1,70 2,03 2,38 2,54 3,09 3,38 3,59 5,08
1800 1,84 2,05 2,46 2,86 3,08 3,70 4,10 4,51 6,16
2200 2,13 2,38 2,86 3,32 3,56 4,29 4,75 5,32 7,13
2600 2,40 2,67 3,21 3,75 4,02 4,83 5,37 6,08 8,05
3000 2,67 2,97 3,56 4,16 4,46 5,35 5,94 6,78 8,88
3500 3,02 3,35 4,02 4,70 5,02 6,05 6,72 7,10 -
4000 3,24 3,59 4,32 5,05 5,40 6,48 7,21 8,05 -
5000 3,75 4,16 5,00 5,83 6,24 7,48 - - -
6000 4,19 4,67 5,59 6,53 6,99 - - - -
The permissible performance figures for other timing belt widths can be calculated by
multiplying the figures in the table above with the respective width factors.
Width Factors, Profile T 2.5
Belt Width 4 6 8 10 12
Width Factor 0.36 0.44 0.62 1.0 1.08
Width Factors, Profile T 5 and AT 5
Belt Width 6 10 16 20 25 50
Width Factor 0.58 1.0 1.42 1.83 2.33 4.98
Width Factors, Profile T 10 and AT 10
Belt Width 10 16 20 25 32 50 75
Width Factor 1.0 1.58 1.88 2.33 3.05 4.98 7.48
Timing Belt Welding
within 24h-Service
® 133
HTD Timing-Belt Drives (Metric Pitch)
Profile 3M, Performance Figures in kW/25 mm Timing Belt Width
Speed
of Teeth No. of Small Pulley
small 10 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 56 64 72 80
pulley Effective Diameter mm
(min-1) 9,55 11,46 15,28 19,10 22,92 26,74 30,56 34,38 38,20 42,02 45,84 53,48 61,12 68,75 76,39
20 0,005 0,006 0,009 0,012 0,015 0,017 0,020 0,022 0,025 0,028 0,030 0,035 0,040 0,045 0,050
40 0,009 0,012 0,017 0,022 0,027 0,032 0,037 0,042 0,047 0,052 0,056 0,066 0,075 0,084 0,093
60 0,013 0,017 0,024 0,032 0,039 0,046 0,054 0,061 0,068 0,075 0,082 0,095 0,109 0,122 0,135
100 0,020 0,026 0,038 0,050 0,062 0,074 0,085 0,096 0,107 0,118 0,129 0,151 0,172 0,193 0,214
200 0,036 0,048 0,071 0,093 0,115 0,137 0,158 0,179 0,200 0,220 0,240 0,280 0,320 0,358 0,397
400 0,065 0,087 0,130 0,171 0,212 0,252 0,291 0,330 0,369 0,406 0,444 0,517 0,590 0,660 0,730
600 0,091 0,122 0,184 0,244 0,302 0,359 0,415 0,471 0,525 0,579 0,632 0,736 0,838 0,937 1,035
800 0,115 0,155 0,235 0,312 0,387 0,461 0,533 0,604 0,674 0,742 0,810 0,942 1,070 1,194 1,315
1000 0,13 0,19 0,28 0,38 0,47 0,56 0,64 0,73 0,81 0,89 0,98 1,13 1,29 1,43 1,57
1400 0,18 0,24 0,37 0,50 0,62 0,74 0,86 0,97 1,08 1,18 1,29 1,49 1,67 1,85 2,01
1600 0,20 0,27 0,42 0,56 0,69 0,83 0,96 1,08 1,20 1,32 1,43 1,64 1,84 2,02 2,19
2000 0,23 0,33 0,59 0,67 0,84 0,99 1,14 1,29 1,43 1,56 1,69 1,92 2,13 2,31 2,45
2400 0,32 0,41 0,59 0,76 0,92 1,08 1,22 1,36 1,51 1,64 1,77 2,02 2,26 2,49 2,71
2850 0,35 0,46 0,67 0,86 1,04 1,22 1,39 1,55 1,71 1,86 2,00 2,29 2,55 2,81 3,06
3600 0,41 0,54 0,79 1,02 1,23 1,44 1,64 1,83 2,01 2,19 2,36 2,69 3,00 3,29 3,58
4000 0,44 0,58 0,85 1,09 1,33 1,55 1,765 1,97 2,16 2,35 2,54 2,89 3,22 3,53 3,83
5000 0,51 0,67 0,98 1,27 1,55 1,81 2,05 2,29 2,52 2,73 2,95 3,35 3,72 4,07 4,41
6000 0,56 0,75 1,11 1,44 1,75 2,04 2,32 2,58 2,84 3,08 3,31 3,76 4,17 4,56 4,93
8000 0,80 1,03 1,46 1,84 2,19 2,52 2,82 3,09 3,34 3,57 3,77 4,12 4,39 4,57 4,66
10000 0,89 1,16 1,65 2,09 2,48 2,83 3,15 3,43 3,68 3,89 4,07 4,34 4,47 4,47 4,33
12000 0,97 1,27 1,81 2,29 2,71 3,07 3,39 3,66 3,88 4,06 4,19 4,30 4,21 - -
14000 1,03 1,36 1,94 2,45 2,88 3,24 3,50 3,78 3,96 4,07 4,11 3,99 - - -
Profile 5M, Performance Figures in kW/25 mm Timing Belt Width
Speed
of Teeth No. of Small Pulley
small 14 16 18 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 56 64 72 80
pulley Effective Diameter mm
(min-1) 22,28 25,46 28,65 31,83 38,20 44,56 50,93 57,30 63,66 70,03 76,39 89,13 101,86 114,59 127,32
20 0,016 0,020 0,024 0,028 0,036 0,044 0,051 0,059 0,066 0,074 0,081 0,095 0,110 0,124 0,138
40 0,031 0,038 0,046 0,053 0,068 0,082 0,097 0,111 0,125 0,139 0,153 0,180 0,207 0,234 0,261
60 0,044 0,055 0,065 0,076 0,098 0,119 0,140 0,160 0,181 0,201 0,221 0,261 0,300 0,339 0,377
100 0,068 0,085 0,103 0,120 0,154 0,188 0,221 0,254 0,286 0,319 0,351 0,414 0,476 0,538 0,599
300 0,171 0,219 0,266 0,313 0,406 0,497 0,587 0,675 0,762 0,848 0,934 1,101 1,266 1,426 1,584
400 0,216 0,278 0,340 0,401 0,521 0,638 0,754 0,868 0,980 1,091 1,200 1,413 1,621 1,823 2,020
600 0,299 0,388 0,477 0,564 0,736 0,903 1,068 1,229 1,386 1,540 1,691 1,984 2,263 2,528 2,779
800 0,374 0,490 0,604 0,716 0,936 1,149 1,357 1,559 1,756 1,946 2,131 2,481 2,805 3,101 3,366
1000 0,44 0,58 0,72 0,86 1,12 1,38 1,62 1,86 2,09 2,31 2,51 2,90 3,23 3,52 3,75
1400 0,68 0,84 0,98 1,14 1,43 1,71 1,98 2,25 2,51 2,77 3,02 3,51 3,99 4,44 4,89
1600 0,76 0,90 1,10 1,26 1,59 1,90 2,21 2,51 2,80 3,08 3,36 3,91 4,43 4,93 5,41
2000 0,89 1,10 1,31 1,51 1,90 2,27 2,64 2,99 3,34 3,68 4,01 4,65 5,25 5,83 6,37
2400 1,03 1,27 1,50 1,74 2,19 2,62 3,04 3,45 3,85 4,24 4,61 5,33 6,00 6,63 7,21
2850 1,16 1,44 1,71 1,98 2,50 2,99 3,47 3,94 4,38 4,82 5,23 6,02 6,74 7,40 7,99
3600 1,37 1,70 2,04 2,36 2,98 3,57 4,13 4,67 5,19 5,68 6,15 7,01 7,75 8,39 8,90
4000 1,48 1,84 2,20 2,54 3,21 3,85 4,46 5,03 5,58 6,09 6,57 7,44 8,17 8,74 9,17
5000 1,71 2,14 2,57 2,98 3,76 4,49 5,18 5,81 6,40 6,94 7,42 8,22 8,77 9,05 9,04
6000 1,97 2,42 2,89 3,36 4,23 5,04 5,77 6,44 7,02 7,53 7,95 8,52 8,69 8,42 8,26
8000 2,63 3,14 3,53 4,00 4,92 5,62 6,38 6,65 6,96 7,12 7,12 7,02 - - -
10000 2,92 3,49 4,03 4,51 5,33 5,95 6,36 6,53 6,46 6,12 6,00 - - - -
12000 3,32 3,73 4,27 4,74 5,46 5,86 5,93 5,62 - - - - - - -
14000 3,62 3,93 4,35 4,76 5,27 5,30 4,83 - - - - - - -
The permissible performance figures for any timing belt width can be calculated by multiplying the figures in the table above with the respective width factors.
Width Factors 3M and 5M
Timing Belt Width 6 8 9 12 15 19 22 25 32 40 50
Width Factor 0,18 0,25 0,29 0,42 0,54 0,72 0,86 1,0 1,32 1,69 2,14
In this area of the table the service life might be shortened with increasing torque Refers to cases where both circumstance come together.
and a ratio close to 1 : 1. Please ask for more information. (shorter service life and no pulleys made from cast iron).
Speeds higher than 30 m/s.
Cast iron pulleys cannot be used in this range.
134 ®
HTD Timing Belt Drives (Metric Pitch)
Profile 8M, Performance Figures in kW/25 mm Timing Belt Width
Speed
of Teeth No. of small pulley
small 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 36 40 44 48 56 64 72 80
pulley Effective Diameter mm
(min-1) 50,93 56,02 61,12 66,21 71,30 76,39 81,49 91,67 101,86 112,05 122,23 142,60 162,97 183,35 203,72
10 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,04 0,05 0,06 0,07 0,08 0,09 0,11 0,13 0,14
20 0,04 0,05 0,05 0,06 0,07 0,08 0,09 0,10 0,12 0,14 0,15 0,19 0,22 0,25 0,28
50 0,10 0,12 0,14 0,16 0,18 0,20 0,22 0,26 0,30 0,34 0,38 0,46 0,54 0,62 0,70
100 0,19 0,23 0,27 0,31 0,35 0,39 0,43 0,51 0,59 0,67 0,75 0,91 1,07 1,22 1,38
200 0,38 0,46 0,54 0,62 0,70 0,77 0,85 1,01 1,17 1,32 1,48 1,79 2,10 2,41 2,72
400 0,74 0,89 1,05 1,21 1,36 1,52 1,67 1,98 2,29 2,59 2,90 3,51 4,11 4,72 5,32
500 0,91 1,11 1,30 1,49 1,69 1,88 2,07 2,46 2,84 3,22 3,60 4,35 5,10 5,85 6,59
600 1,09 1,32 1,55 1,78 2,01 2,24 2,47 2,93 3,38 3,84 4,29 5,18 6,07 6,97 7,84
800 1,43 1,74 2,04 2,35 2,65 2,95 3,26 3,86 4,46 5,05 5,64 6,81 7,97 9,14 10,28
1000 1,76 2,14 2,52 2,90 3,28 3,65 4,03 4,77 5,51 6,24 6,96 8,39 9,79 11,24 12,60
1200 2,09 2,55 3,00 3,45 3,89 4,34 4,78 5,66 6,53 7,39 8,24 9,91 11,53 13,24 14,80
1450 2,50 3,04 3,58 4,12 4,65 5,18 5,71 6,75 7,78 8,79 9,79 11,72 13,58 15,59 17,35
1800 3,05 3,71 4,37 5,03 5,68 6,32 6,96 8,21 9,44 10,64 11,81 14,05 16,14 18,54 20,45
2000 3,36 4,09 4,82 5,53 6,24 6,95 7,64 9,01 10,34 11,64 12,89 15,26 17,43 20,02 21,94
2500 4,10 4,99 5,88 6,74 7,60 8,44 9,27 10,88 12,43 13,91 15,30 17,84 19,98 22,94 24,62
2850 4,60 5,59 6,58 7,54 8,49 9,41 10,32 12,07 13,72 15,27 16,70 19,19 21,10 24,23 25,45
3000 4,80 5,94 6,87 7,87 8,85 9,81 10,75 12,54 14,23 15,79 17,22 19,64 21,39 24,56 25,52
3500 5,88 7,16 8,03 8,90 9,76 10,62 11,47 13,14 14,78 16,39 17,94 20,91 23,66 26,15 26,35
4000 7,07 8,16 9,15 10,13 11,10 12,06 13,01 14,88 16,69 18,45 20,14 23,29 26,11 27,55 -
4500 8,04 9,15 10,25 11,34 12,41 13,47 14,51 16,55 18,51 20,39 22,17 25,42 27,18 - -
5000 8,91 10,12 11,33 12,52 13,68 14,83 15,96 18,14 20,22 22,18 24,02 27,05 - - -
6000 10,60 12,02 13,41 14,78 16,11 17,41 18,67 21,07 23,28 25,30 27,08 - - -
-
Profile 14M, Performance Figures in kW/25 mm Timing Belt Width
Speed
of Teeth No. of small pulley
small 28 29 30 32 34 36 38 40 44 48 52 56 64 72 80
pulley Effective Diameter mm
(min-1) 124,78 129,23 133,69 142,60 151,51 160,43 169,34 178,25 196,08 213,90 231,73 249,55 285,21 320,86 356,51
10 0,12 0,13 0,14 0,16 0,18 0,20 0,22 0,24 0,27 0,32 0,34 0,36 0,41 0,46 0,50
20 0,24 0,25 0,27 0,32 0,36 0,41 0,46 0,50 0,55 0,59 0,68 0,73 0,82 0,91 1,00
40 0,50 0,55 0,59 0,64 0,73 0,82 0,91 0,96 1,10 1,19 1,32 1,42 1,64 1,83 2,05
60 0,73 0,78 0,87 1,00 1,10 1,23 1,37 1,46 1,64 1,83 2,01 2,15 2,47 2,74 3,06
100 1,23 1,32 1,42 1,64 1,87 2,15 2,28 2,42 2,74 3,01 3,29 3,56 4,11 4,61 5,11
200 2,47 2,65 2,88 3,29 3,74 4,25 4,61 4,89 5,43 6,03 6,62 7,17 8,17 9,18 10,23
300 3,33 3,61 3,93 4,52 5,11 5,80 6,26 6,62 7,40 8,17 8,90 9,68 11,23 12,83 14,52
400 4,15 4,52 4,84 5,57 6,35 7,17 7,72 8,17 9,09 10,05 10,96 11,83 13,70 15,62 17,58
500 4,89 5,30 5,71 6,57 7,44 8,40 9,09 9,60 10,64 11,69 12,74 13,74 15,89 17,99 20,18
600 5,57 6,03 6,53 7,49 8,49 9,54 10,27 10,87 12,01 13,20 14,34 15,48 17,81 20,09 22,47
700 6,21 6,72 7,23 8,29 9,41 10,57 11,35 12,01 13,23 14,52 15,75 16,96 19,40 21,75 24,29
800 6,85 7,35 7,94 9,09 10,32 11,60 12,47 13,15 14,47 15,84 17,17 18,45 21,00 23,56 26,12
1000 7,94 8,54 9,18 10,55 11,92 13,38 14,34 15,07 16,57 18,04 19,45 20,82 23,52 26,12 28,68
1200 8,90 9,59 10,32 11,78 13,29 14,89 15,94 16,76 18,31 19,86 21,32 22,69 25,39 27,90 30,27
1450 9,99 10,70 11,47 13,11 14,79 16,50 17,66 18,49 20,00 21,69 23,10 24,41 26,86 29,09 30,86
1600 10,55 11,32 12,15 13,84 15,57 17,35 18,54 19,36 20,96 22,51 23,88 25,11 27,40 29,18 30,55
2000 11,83 12,69 13,56 15,39 17,21 19,13 20,32 21,10 22,56 23,88 24,98 25,80 27,03 27,40 26,94
2400 13,74 14,16 14,61 16,44 18,36 20,27 21,37 22,00 23,15 24,00 24,57 24,75 24,25 - -
2850 15,82 16,37 16,76 17,62 18,85 20,73 21,54 22,09 22,56 22,45 22,42 22,42 - - -
3000 16,65 17,12 17,54 18,40 19,02 20,82 21,60 21,83 22,10 22,33 22,46 22,19 - - -
3500 18,54 19,00 19,41 20,18 20,87 21,42 21,87 22,24 22,42 22,19 - - - - -
4000 20,18 20,59 20,91 21,60 22,05 22,33 22,47 22,42 22,19 - - - - - -
The permissible performance figures for any timing belt width can be calculated by multiplying the figures in the table above with the respective width factors.
Width Factors 8M and 14 M
Belt Width 10 15 20 25 30* 30 40 50 65 85 100 115
Width Factor 0,35 0,56 0,77 1,0 1,14 1,21 1,46 2,1 2,76 3,66 4,32 4,98
* Only for profile 14M.
In this area of the table the service life might be shortened with increasing torque Refers to cases where both circumstance come together.
and a ratio close to 1 : 1. Please ask for more information. (shorter service life and no pulleys made from cast iron).
Speeds higher than 30 m/s.
Cast iron pulleys cannot be used here.
® 135
Standard Timing-Belt Drives (Inch Pitch)
Pitch MXL, Performance Figures in W for 1“ Timing Belt Width
Speed
of Teeth No. of Small Pulley
small 16 18 20 22 24 28 30 32 36 40 42 44 48
pulley Effective Diameter mm
(min-1) 10,35 11,64 12,94 14,23 15,52 18,11 19,40 20,70 23,29 25,87 27,17 28,46 31,05
100 9 19 11 12 13 16 17 18 20 22 24 25 27
200 18 20 22 25 27 31 34 36 40 45 47 49 54
400 36 40 45 49 54 63 67 72 81 90 94 99 108
600 54 61 67 74 81 94 101 108 121 135 142 148 162
800 72 81 90 99 108 126 135 144 162 180 189 198 216
1000 90 101 112 124 135 157 169 180 202 225 236 247 270
1200 108 121 135 148 162 189 202 216 243 270 283 297 324
1400 126 142 157 173 189 220 236 252 283 315 331 346 378
1600 144 162 180 198 216 252 270 288 324 360 378 396 432
2000 180 202 225 247 270 315 337 360 405 450 472 495 540
2500 225 253 281 309 337 394 422 450 506 562 590 618 675
3000 270 305 335 370 405 472 505 540 605 675 710 740 810
4000 360 405 450 495 540 630 675 720 810 899 944 989 1079
6000 540 605 675 742 810 945 1015 1078 1215 1350 1415 1485 1620
8000 720 810 900 990 1080 1260 1350 1440 1620 1800 1890 1980 2160
12000 1080 1215 1350 1485 1620 1890 2025 2160 2430 2700 2835 2970 3240
16000 1440 1620 1800 1980 2160 2520 2700 2880 3240 3555 3660 3760 4015
20000 1800 2025 2250 2475 2700 3150 3375 3555 3810 4020 4110 4190 4320
Pitch XL, Performance Figures in kW for 1“ Timing Belt Width
Speed
of Teeth No. of Small Pulley
small 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 28 30 32 36 40 44 48
pulley Effective Diameter mm
(min-1) 16,17 19,40 22,64 25,87 29,11 32,34 35,57 38,81 45,28 48,51 51,74 58,21 64,88 71,15 77,62
100 0,01 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,03 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,04 0,05 0,05 0,06 0,06 0,07 0,07
200 0,03 0,04 0,04 0,05 0,05 0,06 0,07 0,07 0,08 0,09 0,10 0,11 0,13 0,13 0,14
400 0,06 0,07 0,08 0,10 0,10 0,12 0,13 0,14 0,17 0,18 0,19 0,22 0,24 0,26 0,28
600 0,09 0,10 0,13 0,14 0,16 0,18 0,20 0,21 0,25 0,27 0,29 0,33 0,37 0,40 0,44
800 0,12 0,14 0,17 0,19 0,22 0,24 0,26 0,29 0,34 0,36 0,39 0,44 0,49 0,54 0,58
1000 0,15 0,18 0,21 0,24 0,27 0,30 0,33 0,36 0,42 0,45 0,49 0,54 0,60 0,67 0,73
1200 0,18 0,21 0,25 0,29 0,32 0,36 0,40 0,43 0,50 0,54 0,58 0,65 0,73 0,80 0,87
1400 0,21 0,25 0,29 0,34 0,38 0,42 0,46 0,50 0,59 0,63 0,68 0,76 0,85 0,93 1,01
1600 0,24 0,29 0,34 0,39 0,43 0,48 0,53 0,58 0,67 0,72 0,77 0,87 0,96 1,06 1,15
2000 0,30 0,36 0,42 0,48 0,54 0,60 0,66 0,72 0,85 0,90 0,96 1,08 1,20 1,31 1,43
2400 0,36 0,43 0,50 0,58 0,65 0,72 0,79 0,87 1,01 1,08 1,15 1,29 1,43 1,56 1,69
2800 0,42 0,51 0,59 0,68 0,76 0,85 0,93 1,01 1,17 1,26 1,34 1,49 1,65 1,80 1,95
3200 0,48 0,58 0,67 0,77 0,87 0,96 1,05 1,15 1,33 1,43 1,51 1,69 1,86 2,03 2,19
3600 0,54 0,65 0,76 0,87 0,97 1,07 1,18 1,29 1,49 1,59 1,69 1,88 2,07 2,25 2,42
4000 0,60 0,72 0,85 0,96 1,07 1,20 1,31 1,43 1,64 1,75 1,86 2,07 2,27 2,45 2,63
4400 0,66 0,79 0,92 1,05 1,18 1,31 1,43 1,56 1,80 1,92 2,03 2,25 2,46 2,65 2,83
5000 0,75 0,90 1,04 1,20 1,34 1,48 1,62 1,77 2,02 2,15 2,27 2,50 2,72 2,92 3,10
6000 0,90 1,08 1,26 1,43 1,59 1,76 1,92 2,07 2,38 2,51 2,63 2,88 3,10 3,27 3,41
The permissible performance figures for any timing belt width can be calculated by multiplying the figures in the table above with the respective width factors.
Width Factors, Inch Pitch
Timing Belt Width 1/4“ 3/8“ 7/16“ 1/2“ 5/8“ 3/4“ 7/8“ 1“ 1 1/4“ 1 1/2“ 1 3/4“ 2“
Width Factor 0,22 0,28 0,35 0,42 0,57 0,71 0,86 1,00 1,29 1,56 1,84 2,14
In this area of the table the service life might be shortened with increasing torque Speeds higher than 30 m/s.
and a ratio close to 1 : 1. Please ask for more information. Cast iron pulleys cannot be used here
136 ®
Standard Timing-Belt Drives (Inch Pitch)
Pitch L, Performance Figures in kW for 1“ Timing Belt Width
Speed
of Teeth No. of Small Pulley
small 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 26 30 32 36 40 44 48
pulley Effective Diameter mm
(min-1) 30,32 36,38 42,45 48,51 54,57 60,64 66,70 78,83 90,96 97,02 109,15 121,28 133,40 145,53
100 0,04 0,04 0,05 0,06 0,07 0,07 0,09 0,10 0,12 0,13 0,14 0,15 0,17 0,18
200 0,07 0,10 0,11 0,13 0,14 0,15 0,17 0,20 0,23 0,24 0,28 0,31 0,34 0,37
300 0,12 0,14 0,16 0,18 0,21 0,23 0,25 0,30 0,35 0,37 0,41 0,46 0,51 0,55
400 0,15 0,18 0,21 0,24 0,28 0,31 0,34 0,40 0,46 0,49 0,55 0,61 0,68 0,74
500 0,19 0,23 0,27 0,31 0,35 0,38 0,42 0,50 0,57 0,61 0,69 0,76 0,84 0,91
600 0,23 0,27 0,32 0,37 0,41 0,46 0,51 0,60 0,70 0,74 0,82 0,91 1,00 1,10
700 0,27 0,32 0,38 0,43 0,49 0,54 0,59 0,70 0,80 0,85 0,96 1,07 1,17 1,27
800 0,31 0,37 0,43 0,49 0,55 0,61 0,68 0,79 0,91 0,97 1,10 1,21 1,33 1,45
1000 0,38 0,46 0,54 0,61 0,69 0,76 0,84 0,99 1,14 1,21 1,36 1,51 1,65 1,79
1200 0,46 0,55 0,65 0,74 0,82 0,91 1,00 1,18 1,36 1,45 1,63 1,79 1,96 2,13
1400 0,54 0,64 0,75 0,85 0,96 1,07 1,17 1,38 1,58 1,68 1,88 2,07 2,27 2,46
1600 0,61 0,74 0,85 0,97 1,10 1,21 1,33 1,57 1,79 1,91 2,13 2,35 2,56 2,76
1800 0,69 0,82 0,96 1,10 1,23 1,36 1,49 1,75 2,01 2,13 2,38 2,61 2,84 3,06
2000 0,76 0,91 1,07 1,21 1,36 1,51 1,65 1,93 2,21 2,35 2,62 2,86 3,11 3,39
2400 0,92 1,10 1,27 1,45 1,63 1,79 1,96 2,29 2,62 2,76 3,07 3,34 3,60 3,83
2600 0,99 1,18 1,38 1,57 1,75 1,93 2,12 2,47 2,80 2,96 3,26 3,55 3,80 4,03
3000 1,15 1,36 1,58 1,79 2,01 2,21 2,42 2,80 3,16 3,34 3,65 3,93 4,18 4,37
3200 1,22 1,45 1,68 1,91 2,13 2,35 2,56 2,96 3,34 3,51 3,82 4,10 4,32 4,49
3600 1,37 1,63 1,86 2,13 2,38 2,61 2,84 3,27 3,65 3,83 4,13 4,38 4,54 4,64
4000 1,51 1,79 2,08 2,35 2,62 2,86 3,11 3,55 3,93 4,10 4,37 4,57 4,65 4,64
4600 1,74 2,05 2,37 2,67 2,95 3,22 3,48 3,93 4,28 4,42 4,60 4,67 4,58 4,33
5000 1,88 2,21 2,55 2,88 3,17 3,44 3,71 4,14 4,46 4,56 4,66 4,60 4,35 3,90
Pitch H, Performance Figures in kW for 1“ Timing Belt Width
Speed
of Teeth No. of Small Pulley
small 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 36 40 44 48
pulley Effective Diameter mm
(min-1) 56,60 64,68 76,81 80,85 88,94 97,02 105,11 113,19 121,28 129,36 145,53 161,70 177,87 194,04
100 0,18 0,21 0,24 0,25 0,29 0,31 0,34 0,37 0,39 0,42 0,47 0,52 0,57 0,63
200 0,37 0,42 0,47 0,52 0,57 0,63 0,68 0,73 0,78 0,83 0,93 1,04 1,15 1,25
300 0,54 0,63 0,71 0,78 0,86 0,93 1,01 1,10 1,17 1,25 1,40 1,56 1,71 1,87
400 0,73 0,83 0,93 1,04 1,15 1,25 1,35 1,46 1,56 1,66 1,87 2,07 2,28 2,49
500 0,91 1,04 1,17 1,30 1,43 1,56 1,69 1,82 1,95 2,07 2,33 2,59 2,85 3,10
600 1,10 1,25 1,40 1,56 1,71 1,87 2,02 2,18 2,33 2,48 2,79 3,10 3,41 3,71
700 1,27 1,46 1,64 1,82 2,00 2,18 2,37 2,54 2,72 2,90 3,26 3,61 3,97 4,32
800 1,46 1,66 1,87 2,07 2,28 2,49 2,69 2,90 3,10 3,31 3,71 4,12 4,52 4,92
900 1,64 1,87 2,10 2,33 2,57 2,79 3,02 3,26 3,49 3,71 4,17 4,63 5,07 5,51
1000 1,82 2,07 2,33 2,59 2,85 3,10 3,36 3,61 3,87 4,12 4,63 5,12 5,61 6,10
1100 2,00 2,28 2,57 2,85 3,13 3,41 3,69 3,97 4,24 4,52 5,07 5,61 6,15 6,68
1200 2,18 2,49 2,79 3,10 3,41 3,71 4,01 4,32 4,63 4,92 5,51 6,10 6,68 7,25
1400 2,55 2,90 3,26 3,61 3,96 4,32 4,67 5,02 5,37 5,72 6,39 7,06 7,71 8,35
1600 2,92 3,31 3,71 4,12 4,52 4,92 5,32 5,71 6,10 6,49 7,25 7,99 8,71 9,41
1800 3,29 3,71 4,17 4,62 5,07 5,51 5,96 6,39 6,82 7,25 8,08 8,89 9,67 10,43
2000 3,65 4,12 4,62 5,12 5,61 6,10 6,58 7,05 7,53 7,99 8,90 9,76 10,59 11,37
2400 4,38 4,92 5,51 6,10 6,68 7,24 7,81 8,36 8,89 9,41 10,43 11,37 12,25 13,06
2800 5,08 5,71 6,39 7,05 7,71 8,35 8,98 9,60 10,18 10,74 11,83 12,80 13,68 14,43
3200 5,79 6,49 7,24 7,98 8,71 9,40 10,09 10,76 11,37 11,96 13,07 14,01 14,81 15,43
3600 6,48 7,25 8,08 8,88 9,68 10,41 11,14 11,83 12,46 13,05 14,13 14,98 15,62 16,01
4000 7,15 7,99 8,89 9,74 10,59 11,35 12,10 12,82 13,43 14,00 15,00 15,67 16,05 16,10
4600 8,15 9,07 10,05 10,96 11,86 12,63 13,40 14,09 14,63 15,13 15,87 16,12 15,93 15,24
The permissible performance figures for any timing belt width can be calculated by multiplying the figures in the table above with the respective width factors.
Width Factors, Inch Pitch
Timing Belt Width 3/8“ 7/16“ 1/2“ 5/8“ 3/4“ 7/8“ 1“ 1 1/4“ 1 1/2“ 1 3/4“ 2“
Width Factor 0,28 0,35 0,42 0,57 0,71 0,86 1,00 1,29 1,56 1,84 2,14
In this area of the table the service life might be shortened with increasing torque Speeds higher than 30 m/s.
and a ratio close to 1 : 1. Please ask for more information. Cast iron pulleys cannot be used here.
® 137
T Pulleys with Metric Pitch and 2 Flanges Made from Acetal Resin
Material: Acetal resin in injection-moulded version, colour black. which means they can be used in various set-ups, e.g. also
Bores machined. High hardness and low coefficient of friction under water. Material reference values see page 821.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 160 512 00, Pulley, Pitch T 2.5, 12 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 6 mm
Profile T 2.5, Timing Belt Width 6 mm
Product No. Number Outside Ø
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 eg t
6 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
160 512 00 12 9,0 10,6 9,56 9 4,5 - 1 7,5 14 - 3,5 1,0
160 513 00 13 9,8 11,4 10,34 9 4,5 - 1 7,5 14 - 3,5 1,1
160 514 00 14 10,6 12,2 11,14 9 4,5 - 1 7,5 14 - 3,5 1,4
160 515 00 15 11,4 13,0 11,94 9 4,5 - 1 7,5 14 - 3,5 1,6
160 516 00 16 12,2 13,8 12,73 9 4,5 - 1 7,5 14 - 3,5 1,8
160 517 00 17 13,0 14,6 13,53 9 4,5 - 1 7,5 14 - 3,5 2,2
160 518 00 18 13,8 15,4 14,32 10 5,5 - 1 7,5 15 - 4 2,4
160 519 00 19 14,6 16,2 15,12 10 5,5 - 1 7,5 15 - 4 2,9
160 520 00 20 15,4 17,0 15,92 12 5,5 - 1 7,5 15 - 4 3,2
160 522 00 22 17,0 18,6 17,51 12 5,5 - 1 7,5 15 - 4 3,8
160 525 00 25 19,35 20,95 19,95 12 5,5 14,0 1 7,5 15 4,5 5 4,5
160 528 00 28 21,75 23,35 22,35 12 5,5 16,2 1 7,5 15 4,5 5 5,1
160 532 00 32 24,95 26,55 25,55 15 6,5 18,5 1 7,5 16 4,5 5 6,8
160 536 00 36 28,15 29,75 28,65 15 6,5 21,8 1 7,5 16 4,5 5 8,0
160 540 00 40 31,3 32,9 31,90 18 6,5 25,0 1 7,5 16 3,5 8 9,4
160 548 00 48 37,7 39,3 38,30 18 6,5 31,6 1 7,5 16 3,5 8 11,8
160 560 00 60 47,25 48,85 47,85 18 6,5 41,0 1 7,5 16 3,5 8 16,5
160 572 00 72 56,8 58,4 57,30 18 6,5 49,5 1 7,5 16 4,5 8 26,1
160 584 00 84 66,35 67,95 66,85 18 6,5 59,0 1 7,5 16 4,5 8 33,1
160 596 00 96 75,9 77,5 76,39 18 6,5 68,0 1 7,5 16 4,5 8 42,2
Profile T 5, Timing Belt Width 10 mm
Product No. Number Outside Ø
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 eg t
10 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
162 512 00 12 18,25 20,65 19,10 15 8 - 1,25 11,5 22 - 5 6,2
162 513 00 13 19,85 22,25 20,69 15 8 - 1,25 11,5 22 - 5 7,2
162 514 00 14 21,45 23,85 22,28 15 8 - 1,25 11,5 22 - 5 8,1
162 515 00 15 23,05 25,45 23,87 16 8 19 1,25 11,5 22 7 6 8,6
162 516 00 16 24,60 27,00 25,46 16 8 19 1,25 11,5 22 7 6 9,6
162 517 00 17 26,20 28,60 27,06 16 8 19 1,25 11,5 22 7 6 10,8
162 518 00 18 27,80 30,20 28,65 16 8 19 1,25 11,5 22 7 6 12,2
162 519 00 19 29,40 31,80 30,24 16 8 22 1,25 11,5 22 6 8 12,3
162 520 00 20 31,00 33,40 31,83 16 8 25 1,25 11,5 22 6 8 12,5
162 522 00 22 34,15 36,55 35,01 18 8 27 1,25 11,5 22 6 8 15,3
162 525 00 25 38,95 41,35 39,79 18 8 32 1,25 11,5 22 6 8 18,8
162 528 00 28 43,75 46,15 44,56 18 8 36 1,25 11,5 22 6 10 22,0
162 532 00 32 50,10 52,50 50,93 18 8 42 1,25 11,5 22 6 10 27,7
162 536 00 36 56,45 58,85 57,30 18 8 47 1,25 11,5 22 6 10 34,9
162 540 00 40 62,85 65,25 63,66 18 8 53 1,25 11,5 22 6 10 41,9
162 548 00 48 75,55 77,95 76,39 18 8 66 1,25 11,5 22 6 10 57,7
162 560 00 60 94,65 97,05 95,49 18 8 85 1,25 11,5 22 6 10 86,5
162 572 00 72 113,75 116,15 114,59 18 8 104 1,25 11,5 22 6 10 126,5
162 584 00 84 132,90 135,30 133,69 18 8 123 1,25 11,5 22 6 10 169,6
Note regarding pulleys made from acetal resin Reworking within
Inside these injection-moulded parts are some cavities caused by 24h-service possible.
production. These parts should therefore not be drilled too deep. Custom made parts
With larger bores or when grooving the cavities might become
visible. This often does not affect the functionality. on request.
138 ®
T Pulleys, Pitch 2.5 mm Made from Aluminium
Type 0F Type 1F Type 2
Material: Aluminium 6082-T6, UNI 9006. Flanges zinc-plated steel.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 160 212 00, Pulley, Pitch T2.5, 12 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 6 mm
Profile T 2.5, Timing Belt Width 6 mm
Product No. Type Number Type Outside Ø Pilot Hole Weight
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
6 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
160 212 00 16 T2,5/12-2 12 0F 9,00 13,0 9,56 12 9 16 - 3
160 214 00 16 T2,5/14-2 14 0F 10,60 15,0 11,14 14 9 16 - 4
160 215 00 16 T2,5/15-2 15 0F 11,40 15,0 11,94 15 9 16 - 5
160 216 00 16 T2,5/16-2 16 0F 12,20 16,0 12,73 16 9 16 - 5
160 218 00 16 T2,5/18-2 18 1F 13,80 18,0 14,32 10 10 16 3 6
160 219 00 16 T2,5/19-2 19 1F 14,60 18,0 15,12 10 10 16 3 7
160 220 00 16 T2,5/20-2 20 1F 15,40 19,5 15,92 11 10 16 3 8
160 222 00 16 T2,5/22-2 22 1F 17,00 23,0 17,51 11 10 16 3 9
160 224 00 16 T2,5/24-2 24 1F 18,55 23,0 19,15 12 10 16 3 12
160 225 00 16 T2,5/25-2 25 1F 19,35 23,0 19,95 13 10 16 3 13
160 226 00 16 T2,5/26-2 26 1F 20,15 25,0 20,75 14 10 16 4 14
160 228 00 16 T2,5/28-2 28 1F 21,75 25,0 22,35 14 10 16 4 16
160 230 00 16 T2,5/30-2 30 1F 23,35 28,0 23,95 16 10 16 6 18
160 232 00 16 T2,5/32-2 32 1F 24,95 32,0 25,55 16 10 16 6 20
160 236 00 16 T2,5/36-2 36 1F 28,10 36,0 28,75 20 10 16 6 26
160 240 00 16 T2,5/40-2 40 1F 31,30 38,0 31,90 22 10 16 6 32
160 244 00 16 T2,5/44-0 44 2 34,50 - 35,10 24 10 16 6 40
160 248 00 16 T2,5/48-0 48 2 37,70 - 38,30 26 10 16 6 48
160 260 00 16 T2,5/60-0 60 2 47,25 - 47,85 34 10 16 8 73
Profile T 2.5, Timing Belt Width 10 mm
Product No. Type Number Type Outside Ø Pilot Hole Weight
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
10 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
160 312 00 20 T2,5/12-2 12 0F 9,00 13,0 9,56 12 13 20 - 4
160 314 00 20 T2,5/14-2 14 0F 10,60 15,0 11,14 14 13 20 - 6
160 315 00 20 T2,5/15-2 15 0F 11,40 15,0 11,94 15 13 20 - 7
160 316 00 20 T2,5/16-2 16 0F 12,20 16,0 12,73 16 13 20 - 7
160 318 00 20 T2,5/18-2 18 1F 13,80 18,0 14,32 10 14 20 3 8
160 319 00 20 T2,5/19-2 19 1F 14,60 18,0 15,12 10 14 20 3 10
160 320 00 20 T2,5/20-2 20 1F 15,40 19,5 15,92 11 14 20 3 11
160 322 00 20 T2,5/22-2 22 1F 17,00 23,0 17,51 11 14 20 3 13
160 324 00 20 T2,5/24-2 24 1F 18,55 23,0 19,15 12 14 20 3 17
160 325 00 20 T2,5/25-2 25 1F 19,35 23,0 19,95 13 14 20 3 18
160 326 00 20 T2,5/26-2 26 1F 20,15 25,0 20,75 14 14 20 4 20
160 328 00 20 T2,5/28-2 28 1F 21,75 25,0 22,35 14 14 20 4 22
160 330 00 20 T2,5/30-2 30 1F 23,35 28,0 23,95 16 14 20 6 25
160 332 00 20 T2,5/32-2 32 1F 24,95 32,0 25,55 16 14 20 6 28
160 336 00 20 T2,5/36-2 36 1F 28,10 36,0 28,75 20 14 20 6 36
160 340 00 20 T2,5/40-2 40 1F 31,30 38,0 31,90 22 14 20 6 45
160 344 00 20 T2,5/44-0 44 2 34,50 - 35,10 24 14 20 6 56
160 348 00 20 T2,5/48-0 48 2 37,70 - 38,30 26 14 20 6 67
160 360 00 20 T2,5/60-0 60 2 47,25 - 47,85 34 14 20 8 102
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 139
T Pulleys, Pitch 5 mm from Aluminium
Type 1F Type 2
Material: Aluminium 6082-T6, UNI 9006. Flanges zinc-plated steel.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 162 210 00, Pulley, Pitch T5, 10 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 10 mm
Profile T 5, Timing Belt Width 10 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
10 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
162 210 00 21 T5/10-2 10 1F 15,05 19,5 15,92 8 15 21 - 12
162 212 00 21 T5/12-2 12 1F 18,25 23,0 19,10 10 15 21 - 16
162 214 00 21 T5/14-2 14 1F 21,45 25,0 22,28 13 15 21 - 19
162 215 00 21 T5/15-2 15 1F 23,05 28,0 23,87 16 15 21 - 21
162 216 00 21 T5/16-2 16 1F 24,60 32,0 25,46 18 15 21 - 25
162 218 00 21 T5/18-2 18 1F 27,80 32,0 28,65 20 15 21 - 31
162 219 00 21 T5/19-2 19 1F 29,40 36,0 30,24 22 15 21 - 36
162 220 00 21 T5/20-2 20 1F 31,00 36,0 31,83 23 15 21 - 38
162 222 00 21 T5/22-2 22 1F 34,15 38,0 35,01 24 15 21 - 46
162 224 00 21 T5/24-2 24 1F 37,40 42,0 38,20 26 15 21 - 54
162 225 00 21 T5/25-2 25 1F 38,95 44,0 39,79 26 15 21 - 58
162 226 00 21 T5/26-2 26 1F 40,60 44,0 41,38 26 15 21 - 62
162 227 00 21 T5/27-2 27 1F 42,20 48,0 42,97 30 15 21 8 64
162 228 00 21 T5/28-2 28 1F 43,75 48,0 44,56 32 15 21 8 71
162 230 00 21 T5/30-2 30 1F 46,95 51,0 47,75 34 15 21 8 75
162 232 00 21 T5/32-2 32 1F 50,10 54,0 50,93 38 15 21 8 88
162 236 00 21 T5/36-2 36 1F 56,45 64,0 57,30 38 15 21 8 114
162 240 00 21 T5/40-2 40 1F 62,85 66,0 63,66 40 15 21 8 138
162 242 00 21 T5/42-2 42 1F 66,00 71,0 66,84 40 15 21 8 180
162 244 00 21 T5/44-0 44 2 69,20 - 70,03 45 15 21 8 185
162 248 00 21 T5/48-0 48 2 75,55 - 76,39 50 15 21 8 200
162 260 00 21 T5/60-0 60 2 94,65 - 95,49 65 15 21 8 307
Profile T 5, Timing Belt Width 16 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
16 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
162 310 00 27 T5/10-2 10 1F 15,05 19,5 15,92 8 21 27 - 16
162 312 00 27 T5/12-2 12 1F 18,25 23,0 19,10 10 21 27 - 22
162 314 00 27 T5/14-2 14 1F 21,45 25,0 22,28 13 21 27 - 26
162 315 00 27 T5/15-2 15 1F 23,05 28,0 23,87 16 21 27 - 29
162 316 00 27 T5/16-2 16 1F 24,60 32,0 25,46 18 21 27 - 35
162 318 00 27 T5/18-2 18 1F 27,80 32,0 28,65 20 21 27 - 43
162 319 00 27 T5/19-2 19 1F 29,40 36,0 30,24 22 21 27 - 49
162 320 00 27 T5/20-2 20 1F 31,00 36,0 31,83 23 21 27 - 53
162 322 00 27 T5/22-2 22 1F 34,15 38,0 35,01 24 21 27 - 54
162 324 00 27 T5/24-2 24 1F 37,40 42,0 38,20 26 21 27 - 76
162 325 00 27 T5/25-2 25 1F 38,95 44,0 39,79 26 21 27 - 81
162 326 00 27 T5/26-2 26 1F 40,60 44,0 41,38 26 21 27 - 85
162 327 00 27 T5/27-2 27 1F 42,20 48,0 42,97 30 21 27 8 90
162 328 00 27 T5/28-2 28 1F 43,75 48,0 44,56 32 21 27 8 92
162 330 00 27 T5/30-2 30 1F 46,95 51,0 47,75 34 21 27 8 105
162 332 00 27 T5/32-2 32 1F 50,10 54,0 50,93 38 21 27 8 123
162 336 00 27 T5/36-2 36 1F 56,45 64,0 57,30 38 21 27 8 160
162 340 00 27 T5/40-2 40 1F 62,85 66,0 63,66 40 21 27 8 193
162 342 00 27 T5/42-2 42 1F 66,00 71,0 66,84 40 21 27 8 205
162 344 00 27 T5/44-0 44 2 69,20 - 70,03 45 21 27 8 228
162 348 00 27 T5/48-0 48 2 75,55 - 76,39 50 21 27 8 280
162 360 00 27 T5/60-0 60 2 94,65 - 95,49 65 21 27 8 430
140 ®
T Pulleys, Pitch 5 mm Made from Aluminium
Type 1F Type 2
Material: Aluminium 6082-T6, UNI 9006. Flanges zinc-plated steel.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 162 410 00, Pulley, Pitch T5, 10 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 25 mm
Profile T 5, Timing Belt Width 25 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
25 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
162 410 00 36 T5/10-2 10 1F 15,05 19,5 15,92 8 30 36 - 20
162 412 00 36 T5/12-2 12 1F 18,25 23,0 19,10 10 30 36 - 30
162 414 00 36 T5/14-2 14 1F 21,45 25,0 22,28 13 30 36 - 40
162 415 00 36 T5/15-2 15 1F 23,05 28,0 23,87 16 30 36 - 40
162 416 00 36 T5/16-2 16 1F 24,60 32,0 25,46 18 30 36 - 50
162 418 00 36 T5/18-2 18 1F 27,80 32,0 28,65 20 30 36 - 60
162 419 00 36 T5/19-2 19 1F 29,40 36,0 30,24 22 30 36 - 70
162 420 00 36 T5/20-2 20 1F 31,00 36,0 31,83 23 30 36 - 80
162 422 00 36 T5/22-2 22 1F 34,15 38,0 35,01 24 30 36 - 80
162 424 00 36 T5/24-2 24 1F 37,40 42,0 38,20 26 30 36 - 110
162 425 00 36 T5/25-2 25 1F 38,95 44,0 39,79 26 30 36 - 120
162 426 00 36 T5/26-2 26 1F 40,60 44,0 41,38 26 30 36 - 120
162 427 00 36 T5/27-2 27 1F 42,20 48,0 42,97 30 30 36 8 130
162 428 00 36 T5/28-2 28 1F 43,75 48,0 44,56 32 30 36 8 140
162 430 00 36 T5/30-2 30 1F 46,95 51,0 47,75 34 30 36 8 150
162 432 00 36 T5/32-2 32 1F 50,10 54,0 50,93 38 30 36 8 180
162 436 00 36 T5/36-2 36 1F 56,45 64,0 57,30 38 30 36 8 230
162 440 00 36 T5/40-2 40 1F 62,85 66,0 63,66 40 30 36 8 280
162 442 00 36 T5/42-2 42 1F 66,00 71,0 66,84 40 30 36 8 290
162 444 00 36 T5/44-0 44 2 69,20 - 70,03 45 30 36 8 310
162 448 00 36 T5/48-0 48 2 75,55 - 76,39 50 30 36 8 400
162 460 00 36 T5/60-0 60 2 94,65 - 95,49 65 30 36 8 610
Profile T 5, Timing Belt Width 32 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
32 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
162 110 00 46 T5/10-2 10 1F 15,05 19,5 15,92 8 40 46 - 30
162 112 00 46 T5/12-2 12 1F 18,25 23,0 19,10 10 40 46 - 42
162 114 00 46 T5/14-2 14 1F 21,45 25,0 22,28 13 40 46 - 49
162 115 00 46 T5/15-2 15 1F 23,05 28,0 23,87 16 40 46 - 55
162 116 00 46 T5/16-2 16 1F 24,60 32,0 25,46 18 40 46 - 66
162 118 00 46 T5/18-2 18 1F 27,80 32,0 28,65 20 40 46 - 81
162 119 00 46 T5/19-2 19 1F 29,40 36,0 30,24 22 40 46 - 93
162 120 00 46 T5/20-2 20 1F 31,00 36,0 31,83 23 40 46 - 100
162 122 00 46 T5/22-2 22 1F 34,15 38,0 35,01 24 40 46 - 102
162 124 00 46 T5/24-2 24 1F 37,40 42,0 38,20 26 40 46 - 144
162 125 00 46 T5/25-2 25 1F 38,95 44,0 39,79 26 40 46 - 153
162 126 00 46 T5/26-2 26 1F 40,60 44,0 41,38 26 40 46 - 161
162 127 00 46 T5/27-2 27 1F 42,20 48,0 42,97 30 40 46 8 170
162 128 00 46 T5/28-2 28 1F 43,75 48,0 44,56 32 40 46 8 174
162 130 00 46 T5/30-2 30 1F 46,95 51,0 47,75 34 40 46 8 198
162 132 00 46 T5/32-2 32 1F 50,10 54,0 50,93 38 40 46 8 232
162 136 00 46 T5/36-2 36 1F 56,45 64,0 57,30 38 40 46 8 302
162 140 00 46 T5/40-2 40 1F 62,85 66,0 63,66 40 40 46 8 365
162 142 00 46 T5/42-2 42 1F 66,00 71,0 66,84 40 40 46 8 387
162 144 00 46 T5/44-0 44 2 69,20 - 70,03 45 40 46 8 431
162 148 00 46 T5/48-0 48 2 75,55 - 76,39 50 40 46 8 529
162 160 00 46 T5/60-0 60 2 94,65 - 95,49 65 40 46 8 813
® 141
T Pulleys, Pitch 10 mm Made from Aluminium
Type 1F Type 2
Material: Aluminium 6082-T6, UNI 9006. Flanges zinc-plated steel.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 164 212 00, Pulley, Pitch T10, 12 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 16 mm
Profile T 10, Timing Belt Width 16 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
16 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
164 212 00 31 T10/12-2 12 1F 36,35 42 38,20 28 21 31 6 76
164 214 00 31 T10/14-2 14 1F 42,70 48 44,56 32 21 31 8 104
164 215 00 31 T10/15-2 15 1F 45,90 51 47,75 32 21 31 8 116
164 216 00 31 T10/16-2 16 1F 49,10 54 50,93 35 21 31 8 134
164 218 00 31 T10/18-2 18 1F 55,45 60 57,30 40 21 31 8 167
164 219 00 31 T10/19-2 19 1F 58,65 66 60,48 44 21 31 8 184
164 220 00 31 T10/20-2 20 1F 61,80 66 63,66 46 21 31 8 208
164 222 00 31 T10/22-2 22 1F 68,20 75 70,03 52 21 31 8 253
164 224 00 31 T10/24-2 24 1F 74,55 83 76,39 58 21 31 8 288
164 225 00 31 T10/25-2 25 1F 77,75 83 79,58 60 21 31 8 310
164 226 00 31 T10/26-2 26 1F 80,90 87 82,76 60 21 31 8 357
164 227 00 31 T10/27-2 27 1F 84,10 91 85,94 60 21 31 8 364
164 228 00 31 T10/28-2 28 1F 87,25 93 89,13 60 21 31 8 401
164 230 00 31 T10/30-2 30 1F 93,65 97 95,49 60 21 31 8 441
164 232 00 31 T10/32-2 32 1F 100,00 106 101,86 65 21 31 10 493
164 236 00 31 T10/36-2 36 1F 112,75 119 114,59 70 21 31 10 623
164 240 00 31 T10/40-2 40 1F 125,45 131 127,32 80 21 31 10 767
164 244 00 31 T10/44-0 44 2 138,20 - 140,06 88 21 31 10 993
164 248 00 31 T10/48-0 48 2 150,95 - 152,79 95 21 31 16 1090
164 260 00 31 T10/60-0 60 2 189,10 - 190,99 110 21 31 16 1701
Profile T 10, Timing Belt Width 25 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
25 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
164 312 00 40 T10/12-2 12 1F 36,35 42 38,20 28 30 40 6 99
164 314 00 40 T10/14-2 14 1F 42,70 48 44,56 32 30 40 8 134
164 315 00 40 T10/15-2 15 1F 45,90 51 47,75 32 30 40 8 152
164 316 00 40 T10/16-2 16 1F 49,10 54 50,93 35 30 40 8 176
164 318 00 40 T10/18-2 18 1F 55,45 60 57,30 40 30 40 8 224
164 319 00 40 T10/19-2 19 1F 58,65 66 60,48 44 30 40 8 247
164 320 00 40 T10/20-2 20 1F 61,80 66 63,66 46 30 40 8 276
164 322 00 40 T10/22-2 22 1F 68,20 75 70,03 52 30 40 8 337
164 324 00 40 T10/24-2 24 1F 74,55 83 76,39 58 30 40 8 392
164 325 00 40 T10/25-2 25 1F 77,75 83 79,58 60 30 40 8 422
164 326 00 40 T10/26-2 26 1F 80,90 87 82,76 60 30 40 8 477
164 327 00 40 T10/27-2 27 1F 84,10 91 85,94 60 30 40 8 536
164 328 00 40 T10/28-2 28 1F 87,25 93 89,13 60 30 40 8 540
164 330 00 40 T10/30-2 30 1F 93,65 97 95,49 60 30 40 8 640
164 332 00 40 T10/32-2 32 1F 100,00 106 101,86 65 30 40 10 693
164 336 00 40 T10/36-2 36 1F 112,75 119 114,59 70 30 40 10 873
164 340 00 40 T10/40-2 40 1F 125,45 131 127,32 80 30 40 10 1067
164 344 00 40 T10/44-0 44 2 138,20 - 140,06 88 30 40 10 1350
164 348 00 40 T10/48-0 48 2 150,95 - 152,79 95 30 40 16 1516
164 360 00 40 T10/60-0 60 2 189,10 - 190,99 110 30 40 16 2339
142 ®
T Pulleys, Pitch 10 mm Made from Aluminium
Type 1F Type 2
Material: Aluminium 6082-T6, UNI 9006. Flanges zinc-plated steel.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 164 418 00, Pulley, Pitch T10, 18 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 32 mm
Profile T 10, Timing Belt Width 32 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
32 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
164 418 00 47 T10/18-2 18 1F 55,45 60 57,30 40 37 47 10 250
164 419 00 47 T10/19-2 19 1F 58,65 66 60,48 44 37 47 10 290
164 420 00 47 T10/20-2 20 1F 61,80 66 63,66 46 37 47 12 320
164 422 00 47 T10/22-2 22 1F 68,20 75 70,03 52 37 47 12 390
164 424 00 47 T10/24-2 24 1F 74,55 83 76,39 58 37 47 12 470
164 425 00 47 T10/25-2 25 1F 77,75 83 79,58 60 37 47 12 530
164 426 00 47 T10/26-2 26 1F 80,90 87 82,76 60 37 47 12 560
164 427 00 47 T10/27-2 27 1F 84,10 91 85,94 60 37 47 12 600
164 428 00 47 T10/28-2 28 1F 87,25 93 89,13 60 37 47 12 640
164 430 00 47 T10/30-2 30 1F 93,65 97 95,49 60 37 47 12 740
164 432 00 47 T10/32-2 32 1F 100,00 106 101,86 65 37 47 12 840
164 436 00 47 T10/36-2 36 1F 112,75 119 114,59 70 37 47 16 1060
164 440 00 47 T10/40-2 40 1F 125,45 131 127,32 80 37 47 16 1320
164 444 00 47 T10/44-0 44 2 138,20 - 140,06 88 37 47 16 1610
164 448 00 47 T10/48-0 48 2 150,95 - 152,79 95 37 47 16 1930
164 460 00 47 T10/60-0 60 2 189,10 - 190,99 110 37 47 16 3000
Profile T 10, Timing Belt Width 50 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
50 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
164 518 00 66 T10/18-2 18 1F 55,45 60 57,30 40 56 66 10 420
164 519 00 66 T10/19-2 19 1F 58,65 66 60,48 44 56 66 10 470
164 520 00 66 T10/20-2 20 1F 61,80 66 63,66 46 56 66 12 520
164 522 00 66 T10/22-2 22 1F 68,20 75 70,03 52 56 66 12 570
164 524 00 66 T10/24-2 24 1F 74,55 83 76,39 58 56 66 12 740
164 525 00 66 T10/25-2 25 1F 77,75 83 79,58 60 56 66 12 770
164 526 00 66 T10/26-2 26 1F 80,90 87 82,76 60 56 66 12 820
164 527 00 66 T10/27-2 27 1F 84,10 91 85,94 60 56 66 12 950
164 528 00 66 T10/28-2 28 1F 87,25 93 89,13 60 56 66 12 960
164 530 00 66 T10/30-2 30 1F 93,65 97 95,49 60 56 66 12 1170
164 532 00 66 T10/32-2 32 1F 100,00 106 101,86 65 56 66 12 1300
164 536 00 66 T10/36-2 36 1F 112,75 119 114,59 70 56 66 16 1640
164 540 00 66 T10/40-2 40 1F 125,45 131 127,32 80 56 66 16 2000
164 544 00 66 T10/44-0 44 2 138,20 - 140,06 88 56 66 16 2360
164 548 00 66 T10/48-0 48 2 150,95 - 152,79 95 56 66 16 2830
164 560 00 66 T10/60-0 60 2 189,10 - 190,99 110 56 66 16 4370
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 143
AT Pulleys, Pitch 5 mm Made from Aluminium
Type 1F Type 2
Material: Aluminium 6082-T6, UNI 9006. Flanges zinc-plated steel.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 166 212 00, Pulley, Pitch AT5, 12 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 10 mm
Profile AT 5, Timing Belt Width 10 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
10 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
166 212 00 21 AT5/12-2 12 1F 17,85 23 19,10 10 15 21 - 16
166 214 00 21 AT5/14-2 14 1F 21,05 25 22,28 13 15 21 - 19
166 215 00 21 AT5/15-2 15 1F 22,65 28 23,87 16 15 21 - 21
166 216 00 21 AT5/16-2 16 1F 24,20 32 25,46 18 15 21 - 25
166 218 00 21 AT5/18-2 18 1F 27,40 32 28,65 20 15 21 - 31
166 219 00 21 AT5/19-2 19 1F 29,00 36 30,24 22 15 21 - 36
166 220 00 21 AT5/20-2 20 1F 30,60 36 31,88 23 15 21 - 38
166 222 00 21 AT5/22-2 22 1F 33,85 38 35,01 24 15 21 - 46
166 224 00 21 AT5/24-2 24 1F 37,00 42 38,20 26 15 21 - 54
166 225 00 21 AT5/25-2 25 1F 38,60 44 39,79 26 15 21 - 58
166 226 00 21 AT5/26-2 26 1F 40,20 44 41,38 26 15 21 - 62
166 227 00 21 AT5/27-2 27 1F 41,80 48 42,97 30 15 21 8 64
166 228 00 21 AT5/28-2 28 1F 43,35 48 44,56 32 15 21 8 71
166 230 00 21 AT5/30-2 30 1F 46,55 51 47,75 34 15 21 8 75
166 232 00 21 AT5/32-2 32 1F 49,70 54 50,93 38 15 21 8 88
166 236 00 21 AT5/36-2 36 1F 56,05 64 57,30 38 15 21 8 114
166 240 00 21 AT5/40-2 40 1F 62,45 66 63,66 40 15 21 8 138
166 242 00 21 AT5/42-2 42 1F 65,60 71 66,84 40 15 21 8 180
166 244 00 21 AT5/44-0 44 2 68,80 - 70,03 45 15 21 8 185
166 248 00 21 AT5/48-0 48 2 75,15 - 76,39 50 15 21 8 200
166 260 00 21 AT5/60-0 60 2 94,25 - 95,49 65 15 21 8 307
Profile AT 5, Timing Belt Width 16 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
16 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
166 312 00 27 AT5/12-2 12 1F 17,85 23 19,10 10 21 27 - 22
166 314 00 27 AT5/14-2 14 1F 21,05 25 22,28 13 21 27 - 26
166 315 00 27 AT5/15-2 15 1F 22,65 28 23,87 16 21 27 - 29
166 316 00 27 AT5/16-2 16 1F 24,20 32 25,46 18 21 27 - 35
166 318 00 27 AT5/18-2 18 1F 27,40 32 28,65 20 21 27 - 43
166 319 00 27 AT5/19-2 19 1F 29,00 36 30,24 22 21 27 - 49
166 320 00 27 AT5/20-2 20 1F 30,60 36 31,88 23 21 27 - 53
166 322 00 27 AT5/22-2 22 1F 33,85 38 35,01 24 21 27 - 54
166 324 00 27 AT5/24-2 24 1F 37,00 42 38,20 26 21 27 - 76
166 325 00 27 AT5/25-2 25 1F 38,60 44 39,79 26 21 27 - 81
166 326 00 27 AT5/26-2 26 1F 40,20 44 41,38 26 21 27 - 85
166 327 00 27 AT5/27-2 27 1F 41,80 48 42,97 30 21 27 8 90
166 328 00 27 AT5/28-2 28 1F 43,35 48 44,56 32 21 27 8 92
166 330 00 27 AT5/30-2 30 1F 46,55 51 47,75 34 21 27 8 105
166 332 00 27 AT5/32-2 32 1F 49,70 54 50,93 38 21 27 8 123
166 336 00 27 AT5/36-2 36 1F 56,05 64 57,30 38 21 27 8 160
166 340 00 27 AT5/40-2 40 1F 62,45 66 63,66 40 21 27 8 193
166 342 00 27 AT5/42-2 42 1F 65,60 71 66,84 40 21 27 8 205
166 344 00 27 AT5/44-0 44 2 68,80 - 70,03 45 21 27 8 228
166 348 00 27 AT5/48-0 48 2 75,15 - 76,39 50 21 27 8 280
166 360 00 27 AT5/60-0 60 2 94,25 - 95,49 65 21 27 8 430
144 ®
AT Pulleys, Pitch 5 mm Made from Aluminium
Type 1F Type 2
Material: Aluminium 6082-T6, UNI 9006. Flanges zinc-plated steel.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 166 412 00, Pulley, Pitch AT5, 12 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 25 mm
Profile AT 5, Timing Belt Width 25 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
25 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
166 412 00 36 AT5/12-2 12 1F 17,85 23 19,10 10 30 36 - 30
166 414 00 36 AT5/14-2 14 1F 21,05 25 22,28 13 30 36 - 40
166 415 00 36 AT5/15-2 15 1F 22,65 28 23,87 16 30 36 - 40
166 416 00 36 AT5/16-2 16 1F 24,20 32 25,46 18 30 36 - 50
166 418 00 36 AT5/18-2 18 1F 27,40 32 28,65 20 30 36 - 60
166 419 00 36 AT5/19-2 19 1F 29,00 36 30,24 22 30 36 - 70
166 420 00 36 AT5/20-2 20 1F 30,60 36 31,88 23 30 36 - 80
166 422 00 36 AT5/22-2 22 1F 33,85 38 35,01 24 30 36 - 80
166 424 00 36 AT5/24-2 24 1F 37,00 42 38,20 26 30 36 8 110
166 425 00 36 AT5/25-2 25 1F 38,60 44 39,79 26 30 36 8 120
166 426 00 36 AT5/26-2 26 1F 40,20 44 41,38 26 30 36 8 120
166 427 00 36 AT5/27-2 27 1F 41,80 48 42,97 30 30 36 8 130
166 428 00 36 AT5/28-2 28 1F 43,35 48 44,56 32 30 36 8 140
166 430 00 36 AT5/30-2 30 1F 46,55 51 47,75 34 30 36 8 150
166 432 00 36 AT5/32-2 32 1F 49,70 54 50,93 38 30 36 8 180
166 436 00 36 AT5/36-2 36 1F 56,05 64 57,30 38 30 36 8 230
166 440 00 36 AT5/40-2 40 1F 62,45 66 63,66 40 30 36 8 280
166 442 00 36 AT5/42-2 42 1F 65,60 71 66,84 40 30 36 8 290
166 444 00 36 AT5/44-0 44 2 68,80 - 70,03 45 30 36 8 310
166 448 00 36 AT5/48-0 48 2 75,15 - 76,39 50 30 36 8 400
166 460 00 36 AT5/60-0 60 2 94,25 - 95,49 65 30 36 8 610
Profile AT 5, Timing Belt Width 32 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
32 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
166 512 00 46 AT5/12-2 12 1F 17,85 23 19,10 10 40 46 - 42
166 514 00 46 AT5/14-2 14 1F 21,05 25 22,28 13 40 46 - 49
166 515 00 46 AT5/15-2 15 1F 22,65 28 23,87 16 40 46 - 55
166 516 00 46 AT5/16-2 16 1F 24,20 32 25,46 18 40 46 - 66
166 518 00 46 AT5/18-2 18 1F 27,40 32 28,65 20 40 46 - 81
166 519 00 46 AT5/19-2 19 1F 29,00 36 30,24 22 40 46 - 93
166 520 00 46 AT5/20-2 20 1F 30,60 36 31,88 23 40 46 - 100
166 522 00 46 AT5/22-2 22 1F 33,85 38 35,01 24 40 46 - 102
166 524 00 46 AT5/24-2 24 1F 37,00 42 38,20 26 40 46 8 144
166 525 00 46 AT5/25-2 25 1F 38,60 44 39,79 26 40 46 8 153
166 526 00 46 AT5/26-2 26 1F 40,20 44 41,38 26 40 46 8 161
166 527 00 46 AT5/27-2 27 1F 41,80 48 42,97 30 40 46 8 170
166 528 00 46 AT5/28-2 28 1F 43,35 48 44,56 32 40 46 8 174
166 530 00 46 AT5/30-2 30 1F 46,55 51 47,75 34 40 46 8 198
166 532 00 46 AT5/32-2 32 1F 49,70 54 50,93 38 40 46 8 232
166 536 00 46 AT5/36-2 36 1F 56,05 64 57,30 38 40 46 8 302
166 540 00 46 AT5/40-2 40 1F 62,45 66 63,66 40 40 46 8 365
166 542 00 46 AT5/42-2 42 1F 65,60 71 66,84 40 40 46 8 387
166 544 00 46 AT5/44-0 44 2 68,80 - 70,03 45 40 46 8 431
166 548 00 46 AT5/48-0 48 2 75,15 - 76,39 50 40 46 8 529
166 560 00 46 AT5/60-0 60 2 94,25 - 95,49 65 40 46 8 813
® 145
AT Pulleys, Pitch 10 mm Made from Aluminium
Type 1F Type 2
Material: Aluminium 6082-T6, UNI 9006. Flanges zinc-plated steel.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 168 215 00, Pulley, Pitch AT 10, 15 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 16 mm
Profile AT 10, Timing Belt Width 16 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
16 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
168 215 00 31 AT10/15-2 15 1F 45,90 51 47,75 32 21 31 8 116
168 216 00 31 AT10/16-2 16 1F 49,05 54 50,93 35 21 31 8 134
168 218 00 31 AT10/18-2 18 1F 55,45 60 57,30 40 21 31 8 167
168 219 00 31 AT10/19-2 19 1F 58,60 66 60,48 44 21 31 8 184
168 220 00 31 AT10/20-2 20 1F 61,80 66 63,66 46 21 31 8 208
168 222 00 31 AT10/22-2 22 1F 68,15 75 70,03 52 21 31 8 253
168 224 00 31 AT10/24-2 24 1F 74,55 83 76,39 58 21 31 8 288
168 225 00 31 AT10/25-2 25 1F 77,70 83 79,58 60 21 31 8 310
168 226 00 31 AT10/26-2 26 1F 80,90 87 82,76 60 21 31 8 357
168 227 00 31 AT10/27-2 27 1F 84,10 91 85,94 60 21 31 8 364
168 228 00 31 AT10/28-2 28 1F 87,25 93 89,13 60 21 31 8 401
168 230 00 31 AT10/30-2 30 1F 93,65 97 95,49 60 21 31 8 441
168 232 00 31 AT10/32-2 32 1F 100,00 106 101,86 65 21 31 10 493
168 236 00 31 AT10/36-2 36 1F 112,75 119 114,59 70 21 31 10 623
168 240 00 31 AT10/40-2 40 1F 125,45 131 127,32 80 21 31 10 767
168 244 00 31 AT10/44-0 44 2 138,20 140,06 88 21 31 10 993
168 248 00 31 AT10/48-0 48 2 150,95 - 152,79 95 21 31 16 1090
168 260 00 31 AT10/60-0 60 2 189,10 - 190,99 110 21 31 16 1701
Profile AT 10, Timing Belt Width 25 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
25 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
168 315 00 40 AT10/15-2 15 1F 45,90 51 47,75 32 30 40 8 152
168 316 00 40 AT10/16-2 16 1F 49,05 54 50,93 35 30 40 8 176
168 318 00 40 AT10/18-2 18 1F 55,45 60 57,30 40 30 40 8 224
168 319 00 40 AT10/19-2 19 1F 58,60 66 60,48 44 30 40 8 247
168 320 00 40 AT10/20-2 20 1F 61,80 66 63,66 46 30 40 8 276
168 322 00 40 AT10/22-2 22 1F 68,15 75 70,03 52 30 40 8 337
168 324 00 40 AT10/24-2 24 1F 74,55 83 76,39 58 30 40 8 392
168 325 00 40 AT10/25-2 25 1F 77,70 83 79,58 60 30 40 8 422
168 326 00 40 AT10/26-2 26 1F 80,90 87 82,76 60 30 40 8 477
168 327 00 40 AT10/27-2 27 1F 84,10 91 85,94 60 30 40 8 536
168 328 00 40 AT10/28-2 28 1F 87,25 93 89,13 60 30 40 8 540
168 330 00 40 AT10/30-2 30 1F 93,65 97 95,49 60 30 40 8 640
168 332 00 40 AT10/32-2 32 1F 100,00 106 101,86 65 30 40 10 693
168 336 00 40 AT10/36-2 36 1F 112,75 119 114,59 70 30 40 10 873
168 340 00 40 AT10/40-2 40 1F 125,45 131 127,32 80 30 40 10 1067
168 344 00 40 AT10/44-0 44 2 138,20 - 140,06 88 30 40 10 1350
168 348 00 40 AT10/48-0 48 2 150,95 - 152,79 95 30 40 16 1516
168 360 00 40 AT10/60-0 60 2 189,10 - 190,99 110 30 40 16 2339
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
146 ®
AT Pulleys, Pitch 10 mm Made from Aluminium
Type 1F Type 2
Material: Aluminium 6082-T6, UNI 9006. Flanges zinc-plated steel.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 168 418 00, Pulley, Pitch AT 10, 18 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 32 mm
Profile AT 10, Timing Belt Width 32 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
32 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
168 418 00 47 AT10/18-2 18 1F 55,45 60 57,30 40 37 47 10 250
168 419 00 47 AT10/19-2 19 1F 58,60 66 60,48 44 37 47 10 290
168 420 00 47 AT10/20-2 20 1F 61,80 66 63,66 46 37 47 12 320
168 422 00 47 AT10/22-2 22 1F 68,15 75 70,03 52 37 47 12 390
168 424 00 47 AT10/24-2 24 1F 74,55 83 76,39 58 37 47 12 470
168 425 00 47 AT10/25-2 25 1F 77,70 83 79,58 60 37 47 12 530
168 426 00 47 AT10/26-2 26 1F 80,90 87 82,76 60 37 47 12 560
168 427 00 47 AT10/27-2 27 1F 84,10 91 85,94 60 37 47 12 600
168 428 00 47 AT10/28-2 28 1F 87,25 93 89,13 60 37 47 12 640
168 430 00 47 AT10/30-2 30 1F 93,65 97 95,49 60 37 47 12 740
168 432 00 47 AT10/32-2 32 1F 100,00 106 101,86 65 37 47 12 840
168 436 00 47 AT10/36-2 36 1F 112,75 119 114,59 70 37 47 16 1060
168 440 00 47 AT10/40-2 40 1F 125,45 131 127,32 80 37 47 16 1320
168 444 00 47 AT10/44-0 44 2 138,20 - 140,06 88 37 47 16 1610
168 448 00 47 AT10/48-0 48 2 150,95 - 152,79 95 37 47 16 1930
168 460 00 47 AT10/60-0 60 2 189,10 - 190,99 110 37 47 16 3000
Profile AT 10, Timing Belt Width 50 mm
Product No. Type u e e uts de P t e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B
50 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
168 518 00 66 AT10/18-2 18 1F 55,45 60 57,30 40 56 66 10 420
168 519 00 66 AT10/19-2 19 1F 58,60 66 60,48 44 56 66 10 470
168 520 00 66 AT10/20-2 20 1F 61,80 66 63,66 46 56 66 12 520
168 522 00 66 AT10/22-2 22 1F 68,15 75 70,03 52 56 66 12 570
168 524 00 66 AT10/24-2 24 1F 74,55 83 76,39 58 56 66 12 740
168 525 00 66 AT10/25-2 25 1F 77,70 83 79,58 60 56 66 12 770
168 526 00 66 AT10/26-2 26 1F 80,90 87 82,76 60 56 66 12 820
168 527 00 66 AT10/27-2 27 1F 84,10 91 85,94 60 56 66 12 950
168 528 00 66 AT10/28-2 28 1F 87,25 93 89,13 60 56 66 12 960
168 530 00 66 AT10/30-2 30 1F 93,65 97 95,49 60 56 66 12 1170
168 532 00 66 AT10/32-2 32 1F 100,00 106 101,86 65 56 66 12 1300
168 536 00 66 AT10/36-2 36 1F 112,75 119 114,59 70 56 66 16 1640
168 540 00 66 AT10/40-2 40 1F 125,45 131 127,32 80 56 66 16 2000
168 544 00 66 AT10/44-0 44 2 138,20 - 140,06 88 56 66 16 2360
168 548 00 66 AT10/48-0 48 2 150,95 - 152,79 95 56 66 16 2830
168 560 00 66 AT10/60-0 60 2 189,10 - 190,99 110 56 66 16 4370
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 147
HTD Pulleys Profile 3M
Type OF Type 1F Type 2
Material: Aluminium 6082-T6, UNI 9006. The functionality of a V-belt drive is largely influenced by the
Flanges zinc-plated steel. quality of the used pulley.
HTD pulleys are precision components, manufactured pitch-true
with special cutters. This leads to a precise meshing of teeth.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 170 210 00, Pulleys, Pitch 3 mm, 10 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 9 mm
Profile 3M, Timing Belt Width 9 mm
Product No. u e e uts de P t e ust e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B B max.
9 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
170 210 00 10 0F 8,79 13,0 9,55 12,0 10,2 17,5 - 3,5 3,6
170 212 00 12 0F 10,70 15,0 11,46 15,0 10,2 17,5 - 5,0 5,2
170 214 00 14 0F 12,61 16,0 13,37 16,0 10,2 17,5 - 6,0 6,6
170 215 00 15 0F 13,56 18,0 14,32 17,5 10,2 17,5 - 7,0 7,7
170 216 00 16 1F 14,52 18,0 15,28 10,0 12,8 20,6 4 5,5 6,6
170 218 00 18 1F 16,43 19,5 17,19 11,0 12,8 20,6 6 6,5 7,7
170 220 00 20 1F 18,34 23,0 19,10 13,0 12,8 20,6 6 8,0 10,4
170 221 00 21 1F 19,29 25,0 20,05 14,0 12,8 20,6 6 9,0 12,5
170 222 00 22 1F 20,25 25,0 21,01 14,0 12,8 20,6 6 9,0 14
170 224 00 24 1F 22,16 25,0 22,92 14,0 12,8 20,6 6 9,0 15
170 226 00 26 1F 24,07 28,0 24,83 16,0 12,8 20,6 6 10,0 18,6
170 228 00 28 1F 25,98 32,0 26,74 18,0 12,8 20,6 6 11,0 23
170 230 00 30 1F 27,89 32,0 28,65 20,0 12,8 20,6 6 12,5 27
170 232 00 32 1F 29,80 36,0 30,56 22,0 12,8 20,6 6 13,5 32
170 236 00 36 1F 33,62 38,0 34,38 26,0 13,4 22,2 6 15,0 44,2
170 240 00 40 1F 37,44 42,0 38,20 28,0 13,4 22,2 6 16,5 53
170 244 00 44 1F 41,26 48,0 42,02 33,0 13,4 22,2 6 20,0 66
170 248 00 48 2 45,08 - 45,84 33,0 13,4 22,2 8 20,0 72
170 260 00 60 2 56,54 - 57,30 33,0 13,4 22,2 8 20,0 105
170 272 00 72 2 67,99 - 68,75 33,0 13,4 22,2 8 20,0 146
Timing belt width 6 mm available on request.
Profile 3M, Timing Belt Width 15 mm
Product No. u e e uts de P t e ust e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B B max.
15 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
170 310 00 10 0F 8,79 13,0 9,55 12,0 17,0 26 - 3,5 5
170 312 00 12 0F 10,70 15,0 11,46 15,0 17,0 26 - 5,0 7,4
170 314 00 14 0F 12,61 16,0 13,37 16,0 17,0 26 - 6,0 9,4
170 315 00 15 0F 13,56 18,0 14,32 17,5 17,0 26 - 7,0 11
170 316 00 16 1F 14,52 18,0 15,28 10,0 19,5 26 4 5,5 8,5
170 318 00 18 1F 16,43 19,5 17,19 11,0 19,5 26 6 6,5 10,2
170 320 00 20 1F 18,34 23,0 19,10 13,0 19,5 26 6 8,0 13,8
170 321 00 21 1F 19,29 25,0 20,05 14,0 19,5 26 6 9,0 16,2
170 322 00 22 1F 20,25 25,0 21,01 14,0 19,5 26 6 9,0 17,2
170 324 00 24 1F 22,16 25,0 22,92 14,0 19,5 26 6 9,0 20
170 326 00 26 1F 24,07 28,0 24,83 16,0 19,5 26 6 10,0 25
170 328 00 28 1F 25,98 32,0 26,74 18,0 19,5 26 6 11,0 31
170 330 00 30 1F 27,89 32,0 28,65 20,0 19,5 26 6 12,5 35
170 332 00 32 1F 29,80 36,0 30,56 22,0 19,5 26 6 13,5 41
170 336 00 36 1F 33,62 38,0 34,38 26,0 20,0 30 6 15,0 60
170 340 00 40 1F 37,44 42,0 38,20 28,0 20,0 30 6 16,5 72
170 344 00 44 1F 41,26 48,0 42,02 33,0 20,0 30 6 20,0 95
170 348 00 48 2 45,08 - 45,84 33,0 20,0 30 8 20,0 101
170 360 00 60 2 56,54 - 57,30 33,0 20,0 30 8 20,0 151
170 372 00 72 2 67,99 - 68,75 33,0 20,0 30 8 20,0 212
148 ®
HTD Pulleys Profile 5M
Type 1F Type 2
Material: Up to a Teeth Number of 40 phosphated steel, The functionality of a V-belt drive is largely influenced by the
a eet u e au nu quality of the used pulley.
HTD pulleys are precision components, manufactured pitch-true
with special cutters. This leads to a precise meshing of teeth.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 172 212 00, Pulleys, Pitch 5 mm, 12 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 9 mm
Profile 5M, Timing Belt Width 9 mm
Product No. u e e uts de P t e ust e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B B max.
9 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
172 212 00 12 1F 17,96 23 19,10 12,5 14,5 20,0 6 8,0 27
172 214 00 14 1F 21,14 25 22,28 13,5 14,5 20,0 6 9,0 34
172 215 00 15 1F 22,73 28 23,87 16,0 14,5 20,0 6 10,0 44
172 216 00 16 1F 24,32 28 25,46 16,5 14,5 20,0 6 10,5 49
172 218 00 18 1F 27,51 32 28,65 20,0 14,5 20,0 6 12,5 69
172 220 00 20 1F 30,69 36 31,83 23,0 14,5 22,5 6 13,5 96
172 221 00 21 1F 32,28 38 33,42 24,0 14,5 22,5 6 14,0 108
172 222 00 22 1F 33,87 38 35,01 25,5 14,5 22,5 6 15,0 118
172 224 00 24 1F 37,06 42 38,20 27,0 14,5 22,5 6 16,0 142
172 226 00 26 1F 40,24 44 41,38 30,0 14,5 22,5 6 18,0 168
172 228 00 28 1F 43,42 48 44,56 30,5 14,5 22,5 6 18,0 192
172 230 00 30 1F 46,60 51 47,75 35,0 14,5 22,5 6 21,0 232
172 232 00 32 1F 49,79 54 50,93 38,0 14,5 22,5 8 23,0 267
172 236 00 36 1F 56,16 60 57,30 38,0 14,5 22,5 8 23,0 325
172 240 00 40 1F 62,52 71 63,66 38,0 14,5 22,5 8 23,0 396
172 244 00 44 2 68,89 - 70,03 38,0 14,5 25,5 8 23,0 142
172 248 00 48 2 75,25 - 76,39 45,0 14,5 25,5 8 28,0 179
172 260 00 60 2 94,35 - 95,49 45,0 14,5 25,5 8 28,0 227
172 272 00 72 2 113,45 - 114,59 45,0 14,5 25,5 8 28,0 281
Profile 5M, Timing Belt Width 15 mm
Product No. u e e uts de P t e ust e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B B max.
15 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
172 312 00 12 1F 17,96 23 19,10 12,5 20,5 26 6 8,0 37
172 314 00 14 1F 21,14 25 22,28 13,5 20,5 26 6 9,0 46
172 315 00 15 1F 22,73 28 23,87 16,0 20,5 26 6 10,0 60
172 316 00 16 1F 24,32 28 25,46 16,5 20,5 26 6 10,5 64
172 318 00 18 1F 27,51 32 28,65 20,0 20,5 26 6 12,5 89
172 320 00 20 1F 30,69 36 31,83 23,0 20,5 26 6 13,5 118
172 321 00 21 1F 32,28 38 33,42 24,0 20,5 26 6 14,0 130
172 322 00 22 1F 33,87 38 35,01 25,5 20,5 26 6 15,0 144
172 324 00 24 1F 37,06 42 38,20 27,0 20,5 28 6 16,0 181
172 326 00 26 1F 40,24 44 41,38 30,0 20,5 28 6 18,0 215
172 328 00 28 1F 43,42 48 44,56 30,5 20,5 28 6 18,0 252
172 330 00 30 1F 46,60 51 47,75 35,0 20,5 28 6 21,0 298
172 332 00 32 1F 49,79 54 50,93 38,0 20,5 28 8 23,0 344
172 336 00 36 1F 56,16 60 57,30 38,0 20,5 28 8 23,0 420
172 340 00 40 1F 62,52 71 63,66 38,0 20,5 28 8 23,0 467
172 344 00 44 2 68,89 - 70,03 38,0 20,5 30 8 23,0 182
172 348 00 48 2 75,25 - 76,39 38,0 20,5 30 8 23,0 198
172 360 00 60 2 94,35 - 95,49 50,0 20,5 30 8 30,0 312
172 372 00 72 2 113,45 - 114,59 50,0 20,5 30 8 30,0 387
® 149
HTD Pulleys, Profile 5M for Taper Bushes
Type 10 Type 10F Type 15F
Material: Steel, phosphated. Taper bushes see page 158.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 172 773 34, Taper Pulley, Pitch 5 mm, 12 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 15 mm
Profile 5M, Timing Belt Width 15 mm
Outside-Ø Taper Bore-Ø
Product No. Number Type d0 Pulley Flange ND b L R Bush Type min. max. Weight
15 mm of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm page 158 mm mm g
172 773 34 34 15F 54,11 52,97 57 - 22 22 - 1008 10 25 200
172 773 36 36 15F 57,30 56,15 60 - 22 22 - 1108 10 28 250
172 773 38 38 15F 60,48 59,34 66 - 22 22 - 1108 10 28 300
172 773 40 40 15F 63,66 62,52 71 - 22 22 - 1108 10 28 350
172 773 44 44 15F 70,03 68,89 75 - 22 22 - 1108 10 28 400
172 773 48 48 10F 76,39 75,25 83 59 22 25 3 1210 10 32 460
172 773 56 56 10F 89,13 87,99 93 70 22 25 3 1210 10 32 600
172 773 64 64 10F 101,86 100,72 106 80 22 25 3 1210 10 32 800
172 773 72 72 10 114,59 113,45- - 92 22 25 3 1610 12 42 1200
172 773 80 80 10 127,32 126,18- - 92 22 25 3 1610 12 42 1760
172 773 90 90 10 143,24 142,10- - 92 22 25 3 1610 12 42 2320
HTD Pulleys Profile 5M
Type 1F Type 2
Material: Up to a Teeth Number of 72 steel, phosphated.
From a Teeth Number of 44 aluminium.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 172 412 00, Pulleys, Pitch 5 mm, 12 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 25 mm
Profile 5M, Timing Belt Width 25 mm
Product No. u e e uts de P t e ust e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L B B max.
25 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
172 412 00 12 1F 17,96 23 19,10 12,5 30,5 36 6 8,0 50
172 414 00 14 1F 21,14 25 22,28 13,5 30,5 36 6 9,0 80
172 415 00 15 1F 22,73 28 23,87 16,0 30,5 36 6 10,0 90
172 416 00 16 1F 24,32 28 25,46 16,5 30,5 36 6 10,5 110
172 418 00 18 1F 27,51 32 28,65 20,0 30,5 36 6 12,5 130
172 420 00 20 1F 30,69 36 31,83 23,0 30,5 36 6 13,5 170
172 421 00 21 1F 32,28 38 33,42 24,0 30,5 38 6 14,0 200
172 422 00 22 1F 33,87 38 35,01 25,5 30,5 38 6 15,0 220
172 424 00 24 1F 37,06 42 38,20 27,0 30,5 38 6 16,0 260
172 426 00 26 1F 40,24 44 41,38 30,0 30,5 38 6 18,0 320
172 428 00 28 1F 43,42 48 44,56 30,5 30,5 38 6 18,0 370
172 430 00 30 1F 46,60 51 47,75 35,0 30,5 38 6 21,0 440
172 432 00 32 1F 49,79 54 50,93 38,0 30,5 38 8 23,0 480
172 436 00 36 1F 56,16 60 57,30 38,0 30,5 38 8 23,0 590
172 440 00 40 1F 62,52 71 63,66 38,0 30,5 38 8 23,0 750
172 444 00 44 2 68,89 - 70,03 38,0 30,5 40 8 23,0 310
172 448 00 48 2 75,25 - 76,39 38,0 30,5 40 8 23,0 370
172 460 00 60 2 94,35 - 95,49 50,0 30,5 40 8 30,0 600
172 472 00 72 2 113,45 - 114,59 50,0 30,5 40 8 30,0 850
150 ®
HTD Pulleys Profile 8M
Type 1F Type 2F Type 3
Material: Up to a Teeth Number of 72 phosphated steel, The functionality of a V-belt drive is largely influenced by the
from a Teeth Number of 80 phosphated grey cast iron GG20. quality of the used pulley.
HTD pulleys are precision components, manufactured pitch-true
with special cutters. This leads to a precise meshing of teeth.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 174 111 00, Pulleys, Pitch 8 mm, 22 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 20 mm
Profile 8M, Timing Belt Width 20 mm
Product No. u e e uts de P t e ust e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L I B B max.
20 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
174 111 00 22 1F 54,65 60,0 56,02 43 28 38 - 12 25 535
174 112 00 24 1F 59,75 66,0 61,12 45 28 38 - 12 28 645
174 113 00 26 1F 64,85 71,0 66,21 48 28 38 - 12 30 753
174 114 00 28 1F 70,08 75,0 71,30 50 28 38 - 14 30 859
174 115 00 30 1F 75,13 83,0 76,39 55 28 38 - 14 32 1017
174 116 00 32 1F 80,16 87,0 81,49 60 28 38 - 14 35 1188
174 117 00 34 1F 85,22 91,0 86,58 66 28 38 - 14 42 1358
174 118 00 36 1F 90,30 98,5 91,67 70 28 38 - 14 42 1547
174 119 00 38 1F 95,39 103,0 96,77 75 28 38 - 14 45 1744
174 120 00 40 1F 100,49 106,0 101,86 75 28 38 - 14 45 1902
174 122 00 44 1F 110,67 119,0 112,05 75 28 38 - 14 45 2268
174 124 00 48 1F 120,86 127,0 122,23 75 28 38 - 14 45 2661
174 128 00 56 2F 141,23 148,0 142,60 80 28 38 116 14 45 2853
174 132 00 64 2F 161,60 168,0 162,97 80 28 38 137 14 45 3282
174 136 00 72 2F 181,97 192,0 183,35 80 28 38 158 14 45 3824
174 140 00 80 3 202,35 - 203,72 90 28 38 180 14 50 4317
174 145 00 90 3 227,81 - 229,18 90 28 38 204 14 50 5041
Profile 8M, Timing Belt Width 30 mm
Product No. u e e uts de P t e ust e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L I B B max.
30 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
174 211 00 22 1F 54,65 60,0 56,02 43 38 48 - 12 25 683
174 212 00 24 1F 59,75 66,0 61,12 45 38 48 - 12 28 827
174 213 00 26 1F 64,85 71,0 66,21 50 38 48 - 12 30 979
174 214 00 28 1F 70,08 75,0 71,30 50 38 48 - 14 30 1112
174 215 00 30 1F 75,13 83,0 76,39 55 38 48 - 14 32 1314
174 216 00 32 1F 80,16 87,0 81,49 60 38 48 - 14 35 1521
174 217 00 34 1F 85,22 91,0 86,58 66 38 48 - 14 42 1742
174 218 00 36 1F 90,30 98,5 91,67 70 38 48 - 14 42 1981
174 219 00 38 1F 95,39 103,0 96,77 75 38 48 - 14 45 2232
174 220 00 40 1F 100,49 106,0 101,86 75 38 48 - 14 45 2472
174 222 00 44 1F 110,67 119,0 112,05 75 38 48 - 14 45 2948
174 224 00 48 1F 120,86 127,0 122,23 75 38 48 - 14 45 3471
174 228 00 56 2F 141,23 148,0 142,60 90 38 48 116 14 50 4005
174 232 00 64 2F 161,60 168,0 162,97 90 38 48 137 14 50 4556
174 236 00 72 2F 181,97 192,0 183,35 95 38 48 158 14 55 5408
174 240 00 80 3 202,35 - 203,72 100 38 48 180 14 60 5712
174 245 00 90 3 227,81 - 229,18 100 38 48 204 14 60 6645
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 151
HTD Pulleys Profile 8M
Type 1F Type 10WF Type 10W
Material: Steel, phosphated. The functionality of a V-belt drive is largely influenced by the
quality of the used pulley.
HTD pulleys are precision components, manufactured pitch-true
with special cutters. This leads to a precise meshing of teeth.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 174 411 00, Pulleys, Pitch 8 mm, 22 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 50 mm
Profile 8M, Timing Belt Width 50 mm
Product No. u e e uts de P t e ust e eg t
Timing Belt Width of teeth Pulley Flange d0 ND b L I B B max.
50 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
174 411 00 22 1F 54,65 60,0 56,02 43 60 70 - 12 25 1100
174 412 00 24 1F 59,75 66,0 61,12 45 60 70 - 12 28 1300
174 413 00 26 1F 64,85 71,0 66,21 48 60 70 - 12 30 1600
174 414 00 28 1F 70,08 75,0 71,30 50 60 70 - 14 30 1700
174 415 00 30 1F 75,13 83,0 76,39 55 60 70 - 14 32 2000
174 416 00 32 1F 80,16 87,0 81,49 60 60 70 - 14 35 2350
174 417 00 34 1F 85,22 91,0 86,58 66 60 70 - 14 42 2800
174 418 00 36 1F 90,30 98,5 91,67 70 60 70 - 14 42 3150
174 419 00 38 1F 95,39 103,0 96,77 75 60 70 - 14 45 3300
174 420 00 40 1F 100,49 106,0 101,86 75 60 70 - 14 45 3600
174 422 00 44 1F 110,67 119,0 112,05 75 60 70 - 14 45 4400
174 424 00 48 1F 120,86 127,0 122,23 75 60 70 - 14 45 5000
174 428 00 56 10WF 141,23 148,0 142,60 80 60 60 116 18 50 5680
174 432 00 64 10WF 161,60 168,0 162,97 80 60 60 137 18 50 6930
174 436 00 72 10WF 181,97 192,0 183,35 80 60 60 158 18 55 7950
174 440 00 80 10W 202,35 - 203,72 110 60 - 180 18 80 6900
Timing belt width 85 mm available on request.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
152 ®
Mounting Options for Drive Wheels
There are several possibilities for mounting driving wheels
(sprockets, V-Belt Pulleys, pulleys, spur gears etc.) or hubs on
shafts. Most wheels are stocked with a rather small bore to
allow for further machining. Machining works as drilling out,
keywaying a.s.o. can be done at extra charge.
Please note: for several shaft diameters a number of sprockets,
V-belt pulleys, spur gears and worm-gear sets are in stock
“ready-to-install”, i.e. with custom bore and keyway or
prepared for Taper clamping bushes.
Fixing Pins
A hole is drilled through hub and shaft and both parts are then
connected with a fixing pin. Usually only one side of the hub
Pin Hole
is pre-drilled, then the wheel is pushed onto the shaft and the
hole is drilled through both shaft and the other side of the hub.
Then the pin is driven in. This mounting method is suitable for
low torques.
Feather Key Connection
Shaft and hub both receive a keyway, a key is pushed into the
keyway of the hub. The wheel is pushed onto the shaft and
secured against axial movement (with a set screw or with a
stepped shaft and axial screw and washer at the end of the
shaft). The most common kind of keyway is DIN 6885/1. Key
connections are suitable for medium torques. Keys DIN 6885
see page 578. Boxes with an assortment of keys DIN 6885 see
page 577.
Clamping Sets, Clamping Bushes and Shrink Disks
Clamping sets and thin-walled clamping bushes are available
for various diameters. They allow fast and easy mounting on
round shafts. A keyway is not required. Shrink disks are spe-
cial clamping sets which press a thin-walled hub onto a shaft.
Clamping connections are suitable for rather high torques.
Clamping sets and bushes, and shrink disks see page 330.
Taper Clamping Bushes
These customary conical bushes are used for easy and fast
mounting of driving elements in Taper version. They can be
used with and without key.
The bushes are available with various outer dimensions. For
every outside measure there are bushes with many different
bores available. This mounting method is cost-efficient and
fast, and suitable for rather high torques. A large selection of
cost-efficient driving elements in Taper version are available ex
stock.
Taper clamping bushes see page 360.
Welding hubs for taper bushes see page 362.
Taper sprockets see page 74, 92, 101. Reworking within
Taper V-belt pulleys see page 183.
Taper pulleys see page 154. 24h-service possible.
Taper couplings see page 388. Custom made parts
on request.
® 153
HTD Pulleys, Profile 8M for Taper Bushes
Material: Up to a Teeth Number of 72 phosphated steel, from a Teeth Number of 80 phosphated grey cast iron GG20.
Type 10F Type 11F Type 11
Type 15F Type 16F Type 18F
Type 18 Type 19F Type 19
154 ®
HTD Pulleys, Profile 8M for Taper Bushes
Material: Up to a Teeth Number of 72 phosphated steel, from a Teeth Number of 80 grey cast iron GG20 phosphated. Drawings see page 154.
Timing Belt Width 20 mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 174 771 11, Taper-Pulley, 8M, 22 Teeth for Width 20 mm
uts de a e e
Product No. Number Type d0 Pulley Flange ND Di b L R Bush Type min. max. Weight
20mm of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm page 158 mm mm g
174 771 11 22 16F 56,02 54,65 60 - 37 28 22 6 1008 10 25 250
174 771 12 24 16F 61,11 59,74 66 - 44 28 22 6 1108 10 28 300
174 771 13 26 16F 66,21 64,84 71 - 45 28 22 6 1108 10 28 360
174 771 14 28 16F 71,30 70,08 75 - 50 28 22 6 1108 10 28 450
174 771 15 30 16F 76,39 75,13 83 - 58 28 22 6 1108 10 28 550
174 771 16 32 16F 81,49 80,16 87 - 63 28 25 3 1610 12 42 430
174 771 17 34 16F 86,58 85,21 91 - 64 28 25 3 1610 12 42 570
174 771 18 36 16F 91,67 90,30 98 - 68 28 25 3 1610 12 42 700
174 771 19 38 16F 96,77 95,39 103 - 72 28 25 3 1610 12 42 820
174 771 20 40 16F 101,86 100,49 106 - 76 28 25 3 1610 12 42 1100
174 771 22 44 10F 112,05 110,67 119 92 - 28 32 4 2012 12 50 1200
174 771 24 48 10F 122,23 120,86 127 96 - 28 32 4 2012 12 50 1650
174 771 28 56 10F 142,60 141,23 148 110 - 28 32 4 2012 12 50 2500
174 771 32 64 11F 162,97 161,60 168 110 137 28 32 4 2012 12 50 2600
174 771 36 72 11F 183,35 181,97 192 110 158 28 32 4 2012 12 50 3400
174 771 40 80 11 203,72 202,35 - 110 180 28 32 4 2012 12 50 3600
174 771 45 90 11 229,18 227,81 - 110 204 28 32 4 2012 12 50 4100
Timing Belt Width 30 mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 174 772 11, Taper-Pulley, 8M, 22 Teeth for Width 30 mm
uts de a e e
Product No. Number Type d0 Pulley Flange ND Di b L R Bush Type min. max. Weight
30mm of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm page 158 mm mm g
174 772 11 22 16F 56,02 54,65 60 - 37 38 22 16 1008 10 25 330
174 772 12 24 16F 61,11 59,74 66 - 44 38 22 16 1108 10 28 400
174 772 13 26 16F 66,21 64,84 71 - 44 38 22 16 1108 10 28 450
174 772 14 28 16F 71,30 70,08 75 - 50 38 25 13 1210 10 32 500
174 772 15 30 15F 76,39 75,13 83 - - 38 38 - 1615 18 42 550
174 772 16 32 15F 81,49 80,16 87 - - 38 38 - 1615 18 42 600
174 772 17 34 15F 86,58 85,21 91 - - 38 38 - 1615 18 42 800
174 772 18 36 15F 91,67 90,30 98 - - 38 38 - 1615 18 42 1000
174 772 19 38 15F 96,77 95,39 103 - - 38 38 - 1615 18 42 1100
174 772 20 40 15F 101,86 100,49 106 - - 38 38 - 1615 18 42 1340
174 772 22 44 18F 112,05 110,67 119 - 86 38 32 3 2012 12 50 1300
174 772 24 48 18F 122,23 120,86 127 - 90 38 32 3 2012 12 50 1800
174 772 28 56 18F 142,60 141,23 148 - 110 38 32 3 2012 12 50 3800
174 772 32 64 10F 162,97 161,60 168 125 - 38 45 7 2517 16 65 4300
174 772 36 72 11F 183,35 181,97 192 125 158 38 45 7 2517 16 65 4400
174 772 40 80 11 203,72 202,35 - 125 180 38 45 7 2517 16 65 4650
174 772 45 90 11 229,18 227,81 - 125 204 38 45 7 2517 16 65 5800
Timing Belt Width 50 mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 174 774 14, Taper-Pulley, 8M, 28 Teeth for Width 50 mm
uts de a e e
Product No. Number Type d0 Pulley Flange ND Di b L R Bush Type min. max. Weight
50mm of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm page 158 mm mm g
174 774 14 28 16F 71,30 70,08 75 - 50 60 25 35 1210 10 32 600
174 774 15 30 16F 76,39 75,13 83 - 58 60 38 22 1615 18 42 650
174 774 16 32 16F 81,49 80,16 87 - 63 60 38 22 1615 18 42 800
174 774 17 34 16F 86,58 85,21 91 - 65 60 38 22 1615 18 42 1080
174 774 18 36 16F 91,67 90,30 98 - 68 60 38 22 1615 18 42 1350
174 774 19 38 16F 96,77 95,39 103 - 72 60 38 22 1615 18 42 1650
174 774 20 40 18F 101,86 100,49 106 - 80 60 32 14 2012 12 50 1700
174 774 22 44 18F 112,05 110,67 119 - 86 60 32 14 2012 12 50 1800
174 774 24 48 18F 122,23 120,86 127 - 95 60 32 14 2012 12 50 2350
174 774 28 56 18F 142,60 141,23 148 - 116 60 45 7,5 2517 16 65 3350
174 774 32 64 18F 162,97 161,60 168 - 136 60 45 7,5 2517 16 65 4900
174 774 36 72 19F 183,35 181,97 192 125 158 60 45 7,5 2517 16 65 6900
174 774 40 80 18 203,72 202,35 - - 180 60 51 4,5 3020 25 75 8900
174 774 45 90 19 229,18 227,81 - 160 204 60 51 4,5 3020 25 75 9900
Matching Taper bushes see page 158.
Mounting instructions see page 824.
® 155
HTD Pulleys, Profile 14M for Taper Bushes
Material: Up to a Teeth Number of 56 phosphated steel, from a Teeth Number of 64 phosphated grey cast iron GG20.
Type 18F Type 19F Type 19
Type 20
156 ®
HTD Pulleys, Profile 14M for Taper Bushes
Material: Up to a Teeth Number of 56 phosphated steel, from a Teeth Number of 64 phosphated grey cast iron GG20. Drawings see page 156.
Timing Belt Width 40 mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 176 771 14, Taper-Pulley 14M, 28 Teeth for Width 40 mm
uts de a e e
Product No. Number Type d0 Pulley Flange ND Di b L R Bush Type min. max. Weight
40mm of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm page 158 mm mm kg
176 771 14 28 18F 124,78 122,12 127 - 94 54 32 11 2012 12 50 2,1
176 771 15 30 18F 133,69 130,99 138 - 98 54 32 11 2012 12 50 2,7
176 771 16 32 18F 142,60 139,88 154 - 108 54 32 11 2012 12 50 3,4
176 771 17 34 18F 151,52 148,79 160 - 110 54 45 4,5 2517 16 65 3,9
176 771 18 36 18F 160,43 157,68 168 - 120 54 45 4,5 2517 16 65 4,8
176 771 19 38 18F 169,34 166,60 183 - 130 54 45 4,5 2517 16 65 5,4
176 771 20 40 18F 178,25 175,49 188 - 138 54 45 4,5 2517 16 65 6,0
176 771 22 44 18F 196,08 193,28 211 - 155 54 51 1,5 3020 25 75 7,5
176 771 24 48 18F 213,90 211,11 226 - 170 54 51 1,5 3020 25 75 8,5
176 771 28 56 18F 249,55 246,76 256 - 208 54 51 1,5 3020 25 75 10,1
176 771 36 72 19 320,86 318,06 - 170 280 54 51 1,5 3020 25 75 15,0
176 771 40 80 20 356,51 353,71 - 170 315 54 51 1,5 3020 25 75 16,0
176 771 45 90 20 401,07 398,28 - 170 360 54 51 1,5 3020 25 75 18,0
Timing Belt Width 55 mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 176 772 14, Taper-Pulley 14M, 28 Teeth for Width 55 mm
uts de a e e
Product No. Number Type d0 Pulley Flange ND Di b L R Bush Type min. max. Weight
55mm of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm page 158 mm mm kg
176 772 14 28 18F 124,78 122,12 127 - 94 70 32 19 2012 12 50 2,2
176 772 15 30 18F 133,69 130,99 138 - 98 70 45 12,5 2517 16 65 2,7
176 772 16 32 18F 142,60 139,88 154 - 108 70 45 12,5 2517 16 65 3,6
176 772 17 34 18F 151,52 148,79 160 - 110 70 45 12,5 2517 16 65 4,5
176 772 18 36 18F 160,43 157,68 168 - 120 70 45 12,5 2517 16 65 5,2
176 772 19 38 18F 169,34 166,60 183 - 130 70 45 12,5 2517 16 65 6,2
176 772 20 40 18F 178,25 175,49 188 - 138 70 45 12,5 2517 16 65 6,9
176 772 22 44 18F 196,08 193,28 211 - 155 70 51 9,5 3020 25 75 8,6
176 772 24 48 18F 213,90 211,11 226 - 170 70 51 9,5 3020 25 75 10,5
176 772 28 56 18F 249,55 246,76 256 - 208 70 51 9,5 3020 25 75 13,5
176 772 32 64 19F 285,21 282,41 296 170 240 70 51 9,5 3020 25 75 14,5
176 772 36 72 19 320,86 318,06 - 170 280 70 51 9,5 3020 25 75 16,3
176 772 40 80 20 356,51 353,71 - 170 315 70 51 9,5 3020 25 75 17,5
176 772 45 90 20 401,07 398,28 - 170 360 70 51 9,5 3020 25 75 20,0
Timing Belt Width 85 mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 176 773 14, Taper-Pulley 14M, 28 Teeth for Width 85 mm
uts de a e e
Product No. Number Type d0 Pulley Flange ND Di b L R Bush Type min. max. Weight
85mm of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm page 158 mm mm kg
176 773 14 28 18F 124,78 122,12 127 - 98 102 45 28,5 2517 16 65 2,7
176 773 15 30 18F 133,69 130,99 138 - 100 102 45 28,5 2517 16 65 3,8
176 773 16 32 18F 142,60 139,88 154 - 108 102 45 28,5 2517 16 65 4,7
176 773 17 34 18F 151,52 148,79 160 - 110 102 45 28,5 2517 16 65 6,0
176 773 18 36 18F 160,43 157,68 168 - 125 102 51 25,5 3020 25 75 5,7
176 773 19 38 18F 169,34 166,60 183 - 130 102 51 25,5 3020 25 75 6,8
176 773 20 40 18F 178,25 175,49 188 - 138 102 51 25,5 3020 25 75 8,0
176 773 22 44 18F 196,08 193,28 211 - 155 102 76 13,0 3030 35 75 11,7
176 773 24 48 18F 213,90 211,11 226 - 170 102 76 13,0 3030 35 75 15,0
176 773 28 56 18F 249,55 246,76 256 - 210 102 65 18,5 3525 35 80 19,0
176 773 32 64 19F 285,21 282,41 296 190 240 102 65 18,5 3525 35 80 23,5
176 773 36 72 19 320,86 318,06 - 190 280 102 65 18,5 3525 35 80 25,0
176 773 40 80 20 356,51 353,71 - 190 315 102 65 18,5 3525 35 80 26,0
176 773 45 90 20 401,07 398,28 - 190 360 102 65 18,5 3525 35 80 28,0
Matching Taper bushes see page 158.
Mounting instructions see page 824.
® 157
Taper Bushes
Material: GG20.
Bores ISO E8, feather keyways in accordance with DIN 6885/1. L
Screws included in delivery.
Shaft tolerance +0.05/-0.125 mm.
Can be used with or without parallel key,
t2
depending on the required torque.
D1
d
Other bush sizes and bores available at short notice
(some in stock).
b
Assembly instructions see page 824.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 501 10, Taper Bush 1008, 10 mm Bore
Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight
bush d b t2 L D1 bush d b t2 L D1
No. mm mm mm mm mm g No. mm mm mm mm mm g
622 501 10 1008 10 3 1,4 22,3 35 160 622 504 12 1610 12 4 1,8 25,4 57 416
622 501 11 1008 11 4 1,8 22,3 35 140 622 504 14 1610 14 5 2,3 25,4 57 412
622 501 12 1008 12 4 1,8 22,3 35 120 622 504 15 1610 15 5 2,3 25,4 57 408
622 501 14 1008 14 5 2,3 22,3 35 118 622 504 16 1610 16 5 2,3 25,4 57 402
622 501 15 1008 15 5 2,3 22,3 35 116 622 504 18 1610 18 6 2,8 25,4 57 390
622 501 16 1008 16 5 2,3 22,3 35 112 622 504 19 1610 19 6 2,8 25,4 57 380
622 501 18 1008 18 6 2,8 22,3 35 100 622 504 20 1610 20 6 2,8 25,4 57 373
622 501 19 1008 19 6 2,8 22,3 35 98 622 504 22 1610 22 6 2,8 25,4 57 366
622 501 20 1008 20 6 2,8 22,3 35 94 622 504 24 1610 24 8 3,3 25,4 57 356
622 501 22 1008 22 6 2,8 22,3 35 80 622 504 25 1610 25 8 3,3 25,4 57 348
622 501 24 1008 24 8 1) 1,3 1) 22,3 35 70 622 504 28 1610 28 8 3,3 25,4 57 324
622 501 25 1008 25 8 1) 1,3 1) 22,3 35 68 622 504 30 1610 30 8 3,3 25,4 57 304
622 502 10 1108 10 3 1,4 22,3 38 180 622 504 32 1610 32 10 3,3 25,4 57 280
622 502 11 1108 11 4 1,8 22,3 38 165 622 504 35 1610 35 10 3,3 25,4 57 264
622 502 12 1108 12 4 1,8 22,3 38 154 622 504 38 1610 38 10 3,3 25,4 57 240
622 502 14 1108 14 5 2,3 22,3 38 148 622 504 40 1610 40 12 3,3 25,4 57 210
622 502 16 1108 16 5 2,3 22,3 38 140 622 504 42 1610 42 12 3,3 25,4 57 200
622 502 18 1108 18 6 2,8 22,3 38 132 622 508 18 1615 18 6 2,8 38,1 57 561
622 502 19 1108 19 6 2,8 22,3 38 126 622 508 20 1615 20 6 2,8 38,1 57 552
622 502 20 1108 20 6 2,8 22,3 38 122 622 508 22 1615 22 6 2,8 38,1 57 540
622 502 22 1108 22 6 2,8 22,3 38 112 622 508 24 1615 24 8 3,3 38,1 57 520
622 502 24 1108 24 8 3,3 22,3 38 96 622 508 25 1615 25 8 3,3 38,1 57 510
622 502 25 1108 25 8 3,3 22,3 38 92 622 508 30 1615 30 8 3,3 38,1 57 446
622 502 28 1108 28 8 1) 1,3 1) 22,3 38 88 622 508 32 1615 32 10 3,3 38,1 57 414
622 503 10 1210 10 3 1,4 25,4 47,5 282 622 508 35 1615 35 10 3,3 38,1 57 380
622 503 11 1210 11 4 1,8 25,4 47,5 280 622 508 38 1615 38 10 3,3 38,1 57 346
622 503 12 1210 12 4 1,8 25,4 47,5 278 622 508 40 1615 40 12 3,3 38,1 57 340
622 503 14 1210 14 5 2,3 25,4 47,5 274 622 508 42 1615 42 12 2) 2,2 2) 38,1 57 260
622 503 16 1210 16 5 2,3 25,4 47,5 262 622 505 12 2012 12 4 1,8 31,8 70 810
622 503 18 1210 18 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 250 622 505 14 2012 14 5 2,3 31,8 70 800
622 503 19 1210 19 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 244 622 505 15 2012 15 5 2,3 31,8 70 785
622 503 20 1210 20 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 240 622 505 16 2012 16 5 2,3 31,8 70 770
622 503 22 1210 22 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 224 622 505 18 2012 18 6 2,8 31,8 70 762
622 503 24 1210 24 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 208 622 505 19 2012 19 6 2,8 31,8 70 756
622 503 25 1210 25 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 208 622 505 20 2012 20 6 2,8 31,8 70 750
622 503 28 1210 28 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 184 622 505 22 2012 22 6 2,8 31,8 70 736
622 503 30 1210 30 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 168 622 505 24 2012 24 8 3,3 31,8 70 724
622 503 32 1210 32 10 3,3 25,4 47,5 160 622 505 25 2012 25 8 3,3 31,8 70 714
622 513 14 1215 14 5 2,3 38,1 47,5 380 622 505 28 2012 28 8 3,3 31,8 70 684
622 513 16 1215 16 5 2,3 38,1 47,5 370 622 505 30 2012 30 8 3,3 31,8 70 658
622 513 18 1215 18 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 350 622 505 32 2012 32 10 3,3 31,8 70 630
622 513 19 1215 19 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 340 622 505 35 2012 35 10 3,3 31,8 70 604
622 513 20 1215 20 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 335 622 505 38 2012 38 10 3,3 31,8 70 566
622 513 22 1215 22 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 320 622 505 40 2012 40 12 3,3 31,8 70 538
622 513 24 1215 24 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 290 622 505 42 2012 42 12 3,3 31,8 70 510
622 513 25 1215 25 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 285 622 505 45 2012 45 14 3,8 31,8 70 460
622 513 28 1215 28 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 260 622 505 48 2012 48 14 3,8 31,8 70 404
622 513 30 1215 30 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 230 622 505 50 2012 50 14 3,8 31,8 70 372
622 513 32 1215 32 10 3,3 38,1 47,5 200
1) With flat keyway 1.3mm.
2) With flat keyway 2.2mm.
158 ®
Taper Bushes
Material: GG20.
Bores ISO E8, feather keyways in accordance with DIN 6885/1. L
Screws included in delivery.
Shaft tolerance +0.05/-0.125 mm.
Can be used with or without parallel key,
t2
depending on the required torque.
D1
d
Other bush sizes and bores available at short notice
(some in stock).
b
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 506 16, Taper Bush 2517, 16 mm Bore
Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight
bush d b t2 L D1 bush d b t2 L D1
No. mm mm mm mm mm g No. mm mm mm mm mm g
622 506 16 2517 16 5 2,3 44,5 85,5 1800 622 511 40 3030 40 12 3,3 76,2 108 3820
622 506 18 2517 18 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1700 622 511 45 3030 45 14 3,8 76,2 108 3550
622 506 19 2517 19 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1620 622 511 50 3030 50 14 3,8 76,2 108 3420
622 506 20 2517 20 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1602 622 511 60 3030 60 18 4,4 76,2 108 2950
622 506 22 2517 22 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1568 622 511 65 3030 65 18 4,4 76,2 108 2680
622 506 24 2517 24 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1566 622 511 70 3030 70 20 4,9 76,2 108 2060
622 506 25 2517 25 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1556 622 511 75 3030 75 20 4,9 76,2 108 1640
622 506 28 2517 28 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1520 622 509 35 3525 35 10 3,3 64,9 127 4910
622 506 30 2517 30 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1488 622 509 38 3525 38 10 3,3 64,9 127 4850
622 506 32 2517 32 10 3,3 44,5 85,5 1450 622 509 40 3525 40 12 3,3 64,9 127 4800
622 506 35 2517 35 10 3,3 44,5 85,5 1396 622 509 50 3525 50 14 3,8 64,9 127 4440
622 506 38 2517 38 10 3,3 44,5 85,5 1346 622 509 60 3525 60 18 4,4 64,9 127 4050
622 506 40 2517 40 12 3,3 44,5 85,5 1316 622 509 75 3525 75 20 4,9 64,9 127 3370
622 506 42 2517 42 12 3,3 44,5 85,5 1274 622 509 80 3525 80 22 5,4 64,9 127 3050
622 506 45 2517 45 14 3,8 44,5 85,5 1204 622 510 50 3535 50 14 3,8 88,9 127 6050
622 506 48 2517 48 14 3,8 44,5 85,5 1126 622 510 55 3535 55 16 4,3 88,9 127 5810
622 506 50 2517 50 14 3,8 44,5 85,5 1080 622 510 60 3535 60 18 4,4 88,9 127 5500
622 506 55 2517 55 16 4,3 44,5 85,5 958 622 510 65 3535 65 18 4,4 88,9 127 5200
622 506 60 2517 60 18 4,4 44,5 85,5 810 622 510 70 3535 70 20 4,9 88,9 127 4880
622 506 65 2517 65 18 1) 3,4 1) 44,5 85,5 650 622 510 75 3535 75 20 4,9 88,9 127 4460
622 507 25 3020 25 8 3,3 50,8 108 2910 622 510 80 3535 80 22 5,4 88,9 127 4080
622 507 28 3020 28 8 3,3 50,8 108 2790 622 510 90 3535 90 25 5,4 88,9 127 3210
622 507 30 3020 30 8 3,3 50,8 108 2840
622 507 32 3020 32 10 3,3 50,8 108 2800
622 507 35 3020 35 10 3,3 50,8 108 2745
622 507 38 3020 38 10 3,3 50,8 108 2700
622 507 40 3020 40 12 3,3 50,8 108 2635
622 507 42 3020 42 12 3,3 50,8 108 2594
622
622
622
507
507
507
45
48
50
3020
3020
3020
45
48
50
14
14
14
3,8
3,8
3,8
50,8
50,8
50,8
108
108
108
2515
2425
2370
Other bush sizes on request.
622 507 55 3020 55 16 4,3 50,8 108 2234
2000
Assembly Instructions Page 824
622 507 60 3020 60 18 4,4 50,8 108
622 507 65 3020 65 18 4,4 50,8 108 1888
622 507 70 3020 70 20 4,9 50,8 108 1700
and at www.maedler.de
622 507 75 3020 75 20 4,9 50,8 108 1485
1) With flat keyway 3.4mm.
Spare Screws for Taper Bushes
Material: Steel.
Supply: One screw (order quantity as needed).
Taper bushes have two or (from size 3030) three screws depending on size.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 501 99, Spare Screw , Taper Bush 1008 and 1108
Product No. to match Size Screw type Tightening Torque Weight
Taper bush inch Nm g
622 501 99 1008 and 1108 1/4’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 5.6 1.9
622 503 99 1210 to 1615 3/8’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 20 5.2
622 505 99 2012 and 2017 7/16’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 30 11
622 506 99 2517 and 2525 1/2’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 50 16.4
622 507 99 3020 and 3030 5/8’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 90 33.2
622 510 99 3525 and 3535 1/2’’ Screw with internal hexagon 90 49.7
® 159
Please use our website
at www.maedler.de
Put in a search word or part Find the Manual instructions, certificates,
number and go directly to PDF-catalogue page and safety data sheets in the section
the product page further information Downloads
Drag the mouse onto Download
The availability of all products
the currency-symbol to see CAD-drawings
is shown by coloured sign
the prices* in 3D
A lot of possibilities and information:
Download of PDF catalogues in different languages.
See all our branches and distributors.
Make easily your order online and follow your parcel.
MÄDLER ®-Tools: Use our selection- and calculation tools.
News: Useful information about exhibitions and others.
Newsletter: Monthly information per e-mail.
* Prices and terms of delivery depend on the country.
160 ®
Standard Pulleys, Inch Pitch DIN 5294
Type OF Type 1F Type 2
Material: Aluminium UNI 3571-T16.
anges n ated stee P e ed a eet u e
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 181 316 00, Pulleys, Pitch MXL, 16 Teeth, Timing-Belt Width 025
Pulleys, Pitch MXL = 0.08“ (2.032 mm) for Timing Belt Width 025 = 6.35 mm
Product No. Type Number De d0 Df ND b L B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
181 316 00 0F 16 9,84 10,35 15 15 8,5 16 - 4
181 318 00 0F 18 11,13 11,64 16 16 8,5 16 - 5
181 320 00 0F 20 12,43 12,94 16 16 8,5 16 - 5,5
181 322 00 1F 22 13,72 14,23 18 10 11 16 3 6
181 324 00 1F 24 15,02 15,52 18 10 11 16 3 8
181 328 00 1F 28 17,60 18,11 23 11 11 16 3 12
181 330 00 1F 30 18,90 19,40 23 12 11 16 4 13
181 332 00 1F 32 20,19 20,70 25 14 11 16 4 14
181 336 00 1F 36 22,78 23,29 28 16 11 16 4 18
181 340 00 1F 40 25,36 25,87 32 18 11 16 4 21
181 342 00 1F 42 26,66 27,17 32 18 11 16 5 24
181 344 00 1F 44 27,95 28,46 36 18 11 16 5 26
181 348 00 2 48 30,54 31,05 - 20 11 16 5 32
181 360 00 2 60 38,30 38,81 - 24 11 16 5 50
181 372 00 2 72 46,06 46,57 - 25 11 16 6 70
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 161
Standard Pulleys, Inch Pitch DIN 5294
Type 1F Type 2 Type 3 Type 4
Material at Pitch XL: Aluminium 6082-T6, UNI 9006, flanges Material at Pitch L: Up to a Teeth Number of 48 phosphated
zinc-plated steel. Pre-bored*. steel, from a Teeth Number of 50 grey cast iron GG20. Pre-bored.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 180 310 00, Pulleys, Pitch XL = 1/5“, 10 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 037, 2 Flanges
Pitch XL = 1/5“ (5.08 mm) for Timing Belt Width 037 = 9.53 mm
Product No. Type Number De d0 Df ND b L B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
180 310 00 1F 10 15,66 16,17 23 10 14,3 20 - 21
180 311 00 1F 11 17,28 17,79 23 10 14,3 20 - 23
180 312 00 1F 12 18,90 19,40 25 10 14,3 20 - 29
180 313 00 1F 13 20,51 21,02 25 10 14,3 20 - 36
180 314 00 1F 14 22,13 22,64 28 16 14,3 20 - 42
180 315 00 1F 15 23,75 24,26 28 16 14,3 20 - 50
180 316 00 1F 16 25,36 25,87 32 16 14,3 20 - 58
180 317 00 1F 17 26,98 27,49 32 20 14,3 20 - 71
180 318 00 1F 18 28,60 29,11 36 20 14,3 20 - 84
180 319 00 1F 19 30,22 30,72 36 20 14,3 22 - 87
180 320 00 1F 20 31,83 32,34 38 25 14,3 22 - 111
180 321 00 1F 21 33,45 33,96 38 25 14,3 22 - 111
180 322 00 1F 22 35,07 35,57 42 25 14,3 22 - 129
180 324 00 1F 24 38,30 38,81 44 30 14,3 22 - 161
180 326 00 1F 26 41,53 42,04 48 30 14,3 22 8 180
180 327 00 1F 27 43,15 43,66 48 34 14,3 22 8 199
180 328 00 1F 28 44,77 45,28 51 34 14,3 22 8 217
180 330 00 1F 30 48,00 48,51 54 38 14,3 22 8 253
180 332 00 1F 32 51,24 51,74 57 38 14,3 25 8 307
180 334 00 1F 34 54,47 54,98 60 38 14,3 25 8 339
180 335 00 1F 35 56,09 56,60 63 38 14,3 25 8 350
180 336 00 2 36 57,70 58,21 - 45 14,3 25 8 142
180 338 00 2 38 60,94 61,45 - 45 14,3 25 8 157
180 340 00 2 40 64,17 64,68 - 45 14,3 25 8 165
180 342 00 2 42 67,41 67,91 - 45 14,3 25 8 178
180 344 00 2 44 70,64 71,15 - 45 14,3 25 8 193
180 348 00 3 48 77,11 77,62 - 45 14,3 25 10 180
180 360 00 3 60 96,51 97,02 - 45 14,3 25 10 213
180 372 00 3 72 115,92 116,42 - 45 14,3 25 10 274
* Up to a Teeth Number of 24 only centre hole.
Pitch L = 3/8“ (9.525 mm) for Timing Belt Width 050 = 12.7 mm
Product No. Type Number De d0 Df ND b L B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
182 110 00 1F 10 29,56 30,33 36 20 19 28 8 0,11
182 111 00 1F 11 32,59 33,35 36 24 19 30 8 0,13
182 112 00 1F 12 35,62 36,38 42 24 19 30 8 0,17
182 113 00 1F 13 38,65 39,41 44 28 19 30 8 0,20
182 114 00 1F 14 41,68 42,45 48 28 19 30 8 0,23
182 115 00 1F 15 44,72 45,48 51 34 19 30 8 0,29
182 116 00 1F 16 47,75 48,51 54 36 19 32 8 0,34
182 117 00 1F 17 50,78 51,54 57 36 19 32 10 0,37
182 118 00 1F 18 53,81 54,57 60 40 19 32 10 0,43
182 119 00 1F 19 56,84 57,61 63 40 19 32 10 0,47
182 120 00 1F 20 59,88 60,64 66 40 19 32 10 0,51
182 121 00 1F 21 62,91 63,67 71 45 19 32 10 0,58
182 122 00 1F 22 65,94 66,70 75 45 19 32 10 0,64
182 123 00 1F 23 68,97 69,73 79 55 19 32 10 0,76
182 124 00 1F 24 72,00 72,77 79 55 19 32 10 0,80
182 125 00 1F 25 75,04 75,80 83 58 19 32 10 0,88
182 126 00 1F 26 78,07 78,83 87 58 19 32 12 0,93
182 127 00 1F 27 81,10 81,86 87 58 19 32 12 0,98
182 128 00 1F 28 84,13 84,89 91 58 19 32 12 1,04
182 130 00 1F 30 90,20 90,96 97 70 19 32 12 1,28
182 132 00 1F 32 96,26 97,02 103 70 19 32 12 1,40
182 133 00 1F 33 99,29 100,05 106 70 19 32 12 1,48
182 134 00 1F 34 102,32 103,08 111 70 19 32 12 1,56
182 135 00 1F 35 105,35 106,12 111 70 19 32 12 1,61
182 136 00 1F 36 108,39 109,15 115 70 19 32 12 1,69
182 140 00 1F 40 120,51 121,28 127 70 19 32 12 2,03
182 144 00 1F 44 132,64 133,40 140 70 19 32 12 2,40 Reworking within
182 148 00 1F 48 144,77 145,53 152 70 19 32 12 2,76
182 150 00 4 50 150,83 151,60 - 70 19 32 14 1,59 24h-service possible.
182 156 00 4 56 169,02 169,79 - 70 19 32 14 1,71
182 160 00 4 60 181,15 181,91 - 75 19 42 14 2,21 Custom made parts
182 172 00 4 72 217,53 218,30 - 75 19 42 14 2,77
182 184 00 4 84 253,92 254,66 - 75 19 42 14 2,96 on request.
182 187 00 4 96 290,30 291,06 - 75 19 42 14 3,27
162 ®
Standard Pulleys, Inch Pitch DIN 5294
Type 1F Type 4
Material: Up to a Teeth Number of 48 phosphated steel, from a Teeth Number of 50 grey cast iron GG20. Pre-bored.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 182 210 00, Pulleys, Pitch L = 3/8“, 10 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 075, 2 Flanges
Pitch L = 3/8“ (9.525 mm) for Timing Belt Width 075 = 19.1 mm
Product No. Type Number De d0 Df ND b L B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
182 210 00 1F 10 29,56 30,33 36 20 25,4 38 8 0,14
182 211 00 1F 11 32,59 33,35 38 24 25,4 38 8 0,17
182 212 00 1F 12 35,62 36,38 42 24 25,4 38 8 0,21
182 213 00 1F 13 38,65 39,41 44 28 25,4 38 8 0,26
182 214 00 1F 14 41,68 42,45 48 28 25,4 38 8 0,28
182 215 00 1F 15 44,72 45,48 51 34 25,4 38 8 0,35
182 216 00 1F 16 47,75 48,51 54 36 25,4 38 8 0,40
182 217 00 1F 17 50,78 51,54 57 36 25,4 38 10 0,45
182 218 00 1F 18 53,81 54,57 60 40 25,4 38 10 0,52
182 219 00 1F 19 56,84 57,61 63 40 25,4 38 10 0,58
182 220 00 1F 20 59,88 60,64 66 40 25,4 38 10 0,63
182 221 00 1F 21 62,91 63,67 71 45 25,4 38 10 0,70
182 222 00 1F 22 65,94 66,70 75 45 25,4 38 10 0,78
182 223 00 1F 23 68,97 69,73 79 55 25,4 38 10 0,92
182 224 00 1F 24 72,00 72,77 79 55 25,4 38 10 0,98
182 225 00 1F 25 75,04 75,80 83 58 25,4 38 10 1,07
182 226 00 1F 26 78,07 78,83 87 58 25,4 38 12 1,15
182 227 00 1F 27 81,10 81,86 87 58 25,4 38 12 1,29
182 228 00 1F 28 84,13 84,89 91 58 25,4 38 12 1,43
182 230 00 1F 30 90,20 90,96 97 70 25,4 38 12 1,57
182 232 00 1F 32 96,26 97,02 103 70 25,4 38 12 1,73
182 233 00 1F 33 99,29 100,05 106 70 25,4 38 12 1,84
182 234 00 1F 34 102,32 103,08 111 70 25,4 38 12 1,94
182 235 00 1F 35 105,35 106,12 111 70 25,4 38 12 2,02
182 236 00 1F 36 108,39 109,15 115 70 25,4 38 12 2,12
182 240 00 1F 40 120,51 121,28 127 70 25,4 38 12 2,55
182 244 00 1F 44 132,64 133,40 140 70 25,4 38 12 3,04
182 248 00 1F 48 144,77 145,53 152 70 25,4 38 12 3,54
182 250 00 4 50 150,83 151,60 - 70 25,4 38 14 1,91
182 256 00 4 56 169,02 169,79 - 70 25,4 38 14 2,11
182 260 00 4 60 181,15 181,81 - 75 25,4 45 14 2,59
182 272 00 4 72 217,53 218,30 - 75 25,4 45 14 2,86
182 284 00 4 84 253,92 254,66 - 75 25,4 45 14 3,79
182 287 00 4 96 290,30 291,06 - 75 25,4 45 14 3,76
Pitch L = 3/8“ (9.525 mm) for Timing Belt Width 100 = 25.4 mm
Product No. Type Number De d0 Df ND b L B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
182 310 00 1F 10 29,56 30,33 36,0 20 31,8 45 8 0,17
182 311 00 1F 11 32,59 33,35 38,0 24 31,8 45 8 0,20
182 312 00 1F 12 35,62 36,37 42,0 24 31,8 45 8 0,26
182 313 00 1F 13 38,65 39,41 44,0 28 31,8 45 8 0,31
182 314 00 1F 14 41,68 42,44 48,0 28 31,8 45 10 0,36
182 315 00 1F 15 44,72 45,48 51,0 34 31,8 45 10 0,44
182 316 00 1F 16 47,75 48,51 54,0 36 31,8 45 10 0,48
182 317 00 1F 17 50,78 51,54 57,0 36 31,8 45 10 0,55
182 318 00 1F 18 53,81 54,59 60,0 40 31,8 45 10 0,62
182 319 00 1F 19 56,84 57,61 63,0 40 31,8 45 10 0,69
182 320 00 1F 20 59,88 60,63 66,0 40 31,8 45 10 0,76
182 321 00 1F 21 62,91 63,68 71,0 45 31,8 45 10 0,86
182 322 00 1F 22 65,94 66,70 75,0 45 31,8 45 12 0,94
182 323 00 1F 23 68,97 69,73 79,0 55 31,8 45 12 1,11
182 324 00 1F 24 72,00 72,77 79,0 55 31,8 45 12 1,17
182 325 00 1F 25 75,04 75,80 83,0 58 31,8 45 12 1,29
182 326 00 1F 26 78,07 78,84 87,0 58 31,8 45 12 1,38
182 327 00 1F 27 81,10 81,86 87,0 58 31,8 45 12 1,46
182 328 00 1F 28 84,13 84,89 91,0 58 31,8 45 12 1,56
182 330 00 1F 30 90,20 90,96 97,0 70 31,8 45 12 1,89
182 332 00 1F 32 96,26 97,03 103,0 70 31,8 45 12 2,10
182 333 00 1F 33 99,29 100,05 106,0 70 31,8 45 12 2,21
182 334 00 1F 34 102,32 103,08 111,0 70 31,8 45 12 2,35
182 335 00 1F 35 105,35 106,12 111,0 70 31,8 45 12 2,44
182 336 00 1F 36 108,39 109,14 115,0 70 31,8 45 12 2,58
182 340 00 1F 40 120,51 121,29 127,0 70 31,8 45 12 3,12
182 344 00 1F 44 132,64 133,40 140,0 70 31,8 45 12 3,76
182 348 00 1F 48 144,77 145,54 152,0 70 31,8 45 12 4,33 Reworking within
182 350 00 4 50 150,83 151,60 - 70 31,8 45 14 2,21
182 356 00 4 56 169,02 169,79 - 70 31,8 45 14 2,44 24h-service possible.
182 360 00 4 60 181,15 181,92 - 75 31,8 45 14 2,79
182 372 00 4 72 217,53 218,29 - 75 31,8 45 14 3,16 Custom made parts
182 384 00 4 84 253,92 254,69 - 75 31,8 45 14 3,73
182 387 00 4 96 290,30 291,06 - 75 31,8 45 14 4,25 on request.
® 163
Standard Pulleys, Inch Pitch DIN 5294
Type 1F Type 4 Type 5F
Material: Up to a Teeth Number of 40 phosphated steel, from a Teeth Number of 44 grey cast iron
GG20. Pre-bored.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 184 014 00, Pulleys, Pitch H = 1/2“, 14 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 075, 2 Flanges
Pitch H = 1/2“ (12.7 mm) for Timing Belt Width 075 = 19.1 mm
Product No. Type Number De d0 Df ND b L B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
184 014 00 1F 14 55,22 56,60 63 40 26,4 40 10 0,60
184 015 00 1F 15 59,27 60,64 66 45 26,4 40 10 0,70
184 016 00 1F 16 63,31 64,68 71 45 26,4 40 10 0,77
184 017 00 1F 17 67,35 68,72 75 45 26,4 40 12 0,83
184 018 00 1F 18 71,39 72,77 79 55 26,4 40 12 1,03
184 019 00 1F 19 75,44 76,81 83 60 26,4 40 12 1,14
184 020 00 1F 20 79,48 80,85 87 62 26,4 40 12 1,27
184 021 00 1F 21 83,52 84,89 91 65 26,4 40 12 1,41
184 022 00 1F 22 87,56 88,94 93 68 26,4 40 12 1,54
184 023 00 1F 23 91,61 92,98 97 72 26,4 40 12 1,63
184 024 00 1F 24 95,65 97,02 103 72 26,4 40 12 1,82
184 025 00 1F 25 99,69 101,06 106 72 26,4 40 12 1,95
184 026 00 1F 26 103,73 105,11 111 80 26,4 40 12 2,19
184 027 00 1F 27 107,78 109,15 115 80 26,4 40 12 2,33
184 028 00 1F 28 111,82 113,19 119 80 26,4 40 12 2,47
184 030 00 1F 30 119,90 121,28 127 80 26,4 40 14 2,81
184 032 00 1F 32 127,99 129,36 135 80 26,4 40 14 3,08
184 033 00 1F 33 132,03 133,40 140 80 26,4 40 14 3,25
184 034 00 1F 34 136,07 137,45 143 80 26,4 40 14 3,41
184 035 00 1F 35 140,12 141,49 148 80 26,4 40 14 3,62
184 036 00 1F 36 144,16 145,53 152 80 26,4 40 14 3,04
184 038 00 1F 38 152,24 153,62 158 80 26,4 40 14 4,20
184 040 00 1F 40 160,33 161,70 168 80 26,4 40 14 4,58
184 044 00 5F 44 176,50 177,87 184 80 26,4 40 18 2,53
184 048 00 5F 48 192,67 194,04 200 90 26,4 45 18 3,34
184 050 00 4 50 200,75 202,13 - 90 26,4 45 18 3,34
Pitch H = 1/2“ (12.7 mm) for Timing Belt Width 100 = 25.4 mm
Product No. Type Number De d0 Df ND b L B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
184 114 00 1F 14 55,22 56,60 63 40 31,8 45 12 0,68
184 115 00 1F 15 59,27 60,64 66 45 31,8 45 12 0,77
184 116 00 1F 16 63,31 64,68 71 45 31,8 45 12 0,89
184 117 00 1F 17 67,35 68,72 75 45 31,8 45 12 0,96
184 118 00 1F 18 71,39 72,77 79 55 31,8 45 12 1,18
184 119 00 1F 19 75,44 76,81 83 60 31,8 45 14 1,28
184 120 00 1F 20 79,48 80,85 87 62 31,8 45 14 1,43
184 121 00 1F 21 83,52 84,89 91 65 31,8 45 14 1,58
184 122 00 1F 22 87,56 88,94 93 68 31,8 45 14 1,74
184 123 00 1F 23 91,61 92,98 97 72 31,8 45 14 1,92
184 124 00 1F 24 95,65 97,02 103 72 31,8 45 14 2,07
184 125 00 1F 25 99,69 101,06 106 72 31,8 45 14 2,22
184 126 00 1F 26 103,73 105,11 111 80 31,8 45 14 2,48
184 127 00 1F 27 107,78 109,15 115 80 31,8 45 14 2,65
184 128 00 1F 28 111,82 113,19 119 80 31,8 45 14 2,82
184 130 00 1F 30 119,90 121,28 127 80 31,8 45 14 3,18
184 132 00 1F 32 127,99 129,36 135 80 31,8 45 14 3,55
184 133 00 1F 33 132,03 133,40 140 80 31,8 45 14 3,79
184 134 00 1F 34 136,07 137,45 143 80 31,8 45 14 4,01
184 135 00 1F 35 140,12 141,49 148 80 31,8 45 14 4,22
184 136 00 1F 36 144,16 145,53 152 80 31,8 45 14 4,38
184 138 00 1F 38 152,24 153,62 158 80 31,8 45 14 5,01
184 140 00 1F 40 160,33 161,70 168 80 31,8 45 14 5,38
184 144 00 5F 44 176,50 177,87 184 80 31,8 50 18 3,79
184 148 00 5F 48 192,67 194,04 200 90 31,8 50 18 4,46
184 150 00 4 50 200,75 202,13 - 90 31,8 50 18 3,80 Reworking within
184 158 00 4 58 233,09 234,47 - 90 31,8 50 18 4,27
184 160 00 4 60 241,18 242,55 - 120 31,8 50 18 6,37 24h-service possible.
184 172 00 4 72 289,69 291,06 - 120 31,8 55 18 7,33 Custom made parts
184 184 00 4 84 338,20 339,57 - 120 31,8 55 18 8,33
on request.
164 ®
Standard Pulleys, Inch Pitch DIN 5294
Type 1F
Material: Up to a Teeth Number of 40 phosphated steel, from a Teeth Number of 44 grey cast iron GG20 (on
request). Pre-bored.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 184 214 00, Pulleys, Pitch H = 1/2“, 14 Teeth, Timing Belt Width 150, 2 Flanges
Pitch H = 1/2“ (12.7 mm) for Timing Belt Width 150 = 38.1 mm
Product No. Type Number De d0 Df ND b L B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
184 214 00 1F 14 55,22 56,60 63 40 46 58 18 0,922
184 215 00 1F 15 59,27 60,64 66 45 46 58 18 1,076
184 216 00 1F 16 63,31 64,68 71 45 46 58 18 1,203
184 217 00 1F 17 67,35 68,72 75 45 46 58 18 1,242
184 218 00 1F 18 71,39 72,77 79 55 46 58 18 1,575
184 219 00 1F 19 75,44 76,81 83 60 46 58 18 1,771
184 220 00 1F 20 79,48 80,85 87 62 46 58 18 1,973
184 221 00 1F 21 83,52 84,89 91 65 46 58 18 2,083
184 222 00 1F 22 87,56 88,94 93 68 46 58 18 2,387
184 223 00 1F 23 91,61 92,98 97 72 46 58 18 2,504
184 224 00 1F 24 95,65 97,02 103 72 46 58 18 2,726
184 225 00 1F 25 99,69 101,06 106 72 46 58 18 3,046
184 226 00 1F 26 103,73 105,11 111 80 46 58 18 3,254
184 227 00 1F 27 107,78 109,15 115 80 46 58 18 3,861
184 228 00 1F 28 111,82 113,19 119 80 46 58 18 3,866
184 230 00 1F 30 119,90 121,28 127 80 46 58 18 4,373
184 232 00 1F 32 127,99 129,36 135 80 46 58 18 4,932
184 233 00 1F 33 132,03 133,40 140 80 46 58 18 5,138
184 234 00 1F 34 136,07 137,45 143 80 46 58 18 5,394
184 235 00 1F 35 140,12 141,49 148 80 46 58 18 5,732
184 236 00 1F 36 144,16 145,53 152 80 46 58 18 6,158
184 238 00 1F 38 152,24 153,62 158 80 46 58 18 6,825
184 240 00 1F 40 160,33 161,70 168 80 46 58 18 7,438
Pitch H = 1/2“ (12.7 mm) for Timing Belt Width 200 = 50.8 mm
Product No. Type Number De d0 Df ND b L B Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
184 314 00 1F 14 55,22 56,60 63 40 58,7 70 18 1,140
184 315 00 1F 15 59,27 60,64 66 45 58,7 70 18 1,160
184 316 00 1F 16 63,31 64,68 71 45 58,7 70 18 1,487
184 317 00 1F 17 67,35 68,72 75 45 58,7 70 18 1,536
184 318 00 1F 18 71,39 72,77 79 55 58,7 70 18 1,931
184 319 00 1F 19 75,44 76,81 83 60 58,7 70 18 2,047
184 320 00 1F 20 79,48 80,85 87 62 58,7 70 18 2,421
184 321 00 1F 21 83,52 84,89 91 65 58,7 70 18 2,668
184 322 00 1F 22 87,56 88,94 93 68 58,7 70 18 2,944
184 323 00 1F 23 91,61 92,98 97 72 58,7 70 18 3,231
184 324 00 1F 24 95,65 97,02 103 72 58,7 70 18 3,490
184 325 00 1F 25 99,69 101,06 106 72 58,7 70 18 3,763
184 326 00 1F 26 103,73 105,11 111 80 58,7 70 18 4,151
184 327 00 1F 27 107,78 109,15 115 80 58,7 70 18 4,443
184 328 00 1F 28 111,82 113,19 119 80 58,7 70 18 4,773
184 330 00 1F 30 119,90 121,28 127 80 58,7 70 18 5,338
184 332 00 1F 32 127,99 129,36 135 80 58,7 70 18 6,157
184 333 00 1F 33 132,03 133,40 140 80 58,7 70 18 6,450
184 334 00 1F 34 136,07 137,45 143 80 58,7 70 18 6,731
184 335 00 1F 35 140,12 141,49 148 80 58,7 70 18 7,332
184 336 00 1F 36 144,16 145,53 152 80 58,7 70 18 7,736
184 338 00 1F 38 152,24 153,62 158 80 58,7 70 18 8,648
184 340 00 1F 40 160,33 161,70 168 80 58,7 70 18 9,455
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 165
Splined Shafts For Timing Belts Profile T
Material: Aluminium UNI 9006-T6.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 160 910 10, Splined Shafts T 2.5, No. of Teeth 10
Profile T 2.5 Profile T 5 Profile T 10
Product No. Number D e L1 L Weight Product No. Number D e L1 L Weight Product No. Number D e L1 L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
160 910 00 10 7,42 50 75 0,01 162 910 00 10 15,05 140 140 0,06 164 910 00 10 29,98 140 140 0,22
160 912 00 12 9,00 50 75 0,01 162 911 00 11 16,65 140 140 0,07 164 911 00 11 33,16 140 140 0,29
160 913 00 13 9,80 50 75 0,02 162 912 00 12 18,25 140 140 0,09 164 912 00 12 36,35 140 140 0,34
160 914 00 14 10,60 50 75 0,02 162 913 00 13 19,85 140 140 0,10 164 913 00 13 39,55 140 140 0,42
160 915 00 15 11,40 75 75 0,02 162 914 00 14 21,45 140 140 0,12 164 914 00 14 42,70 160 160 0,55
160 916 00 16 12,20 75 75 0,02 162 915 00 15 23,05 140 140 0,14 164 915 00 15 45,90 160 160 0,64
160 917 00 17 13,00 75 75 0,03 162 916 00 16 24,60 140 140 0,16 164 916 00 16 49,10 160 160 0,74
160 918 00 18 13,80 75 75 0,03 162 917 00 17 26,20 140 140 0,19 164 917 00 17 52,25 160 160 0,85
160 919 00 19 14,60 120 120 0,05 162 918 00 18 27,80 140 140 0,21 164 918 00 18 55,45 160 160 0,96
160 920 00 20 15,40 120 120 0,05 162 919 00 19 29,40 140 140 0,24 164 919 00 19 58,65 160 160 1,07
160 921 00 21 16,20 120 120 0,06 162 920 00 20 31,00 160 160 0,31 164 920 00 20 61,80 160 160 1,20
160 922 00 22 17,00 140 140 0,08 162 921 00 21 32,70 160 160 0,33 164 921 00 21 65,00 160 160 1,29
160 924 00 24 18,55 140 140 0,09 162 922 00 22 34,25 160 160 0,36 164 922 00 22 68,20 160 160 1,43
160 926 00 26 20,15 140 140 0,12 162 923 00 23 35,85 160 160 0,39 164 923 00 23 71,35 160 160 1,58
160 927 00 27 20,95 140 140 0,13 162 924 00 24 37,40 160 160 0,43 164 924 00 24 74,55 160 160 1,73
160 928 00 28 21,75 140 140 0,14 162 925 00 25 38,95 160 160 0,47 164 926 00 26 80,90 160 160 2,05
160 929 00 29 22,55 140 140 0,15 162 926 00 26 40,60 160 160 0,51 164 928 00 28 87,25 160 160 2,39
160 930 00 30 23,35 140 140 0,15 162 927 00 27 42,20 160 160 0,55 164 930 00 30 93,65 160 160 2,76
160 932 00 32 24,95 140 140 0,18 162 928 00 28 43,75 160 160 0,60 164 932 00 32 100,00 160 160 3,18
160 934 00 34 26,55 140 140 0,21 162 929 00 29 45,35 160 160 0,65 164 934 00 34 106,40 160 160 3,61
160 935 00 35 27,35 140 140 0,21 162 930 00 30 46,95 160 160 0,70 164 936 00 36 112,75 160 160 4,06
160 936 00 36 28,10 140 140 0,22 162 932 00 32 50,10 160 160 0,80 164 938 00 38 119,10 160 160 4,62
160 938 00 38 29,70 140 140 0,26 162 934 00 34 53,25 160 160 0,91 164 940 00 40 125,45 160 160 5,13
160 940 00 40 31,30 140 140 0,27 162 935 00 35 54,85 160 160 0,98 164 945 00 45 141,40 160 160 6,50
160 942 00 42 32,90 140 140 0,32 162 936 00 36 56,45 160 160 1,02 164 948 00 48 150,95 160 160 7,39
160 944 00 44 34,50 140 140 0,33 162 937 00 37 58,06 160 160 1,08 164 960 00 60 189,15 160 160 11,76
160 945 00 45 35,30 140 140 0,37 162 938 00 38 59,65 160 160 1,14 164 972 00 72 227,29 160 160 17,03
160 948 00 48 37,70 140 140 0,40 162 940 00 40 62,85 160 160 1,27
160 950 00 50 39,29 160 160 0,52 162 942 00 42 66,00 160 160 1,41
160 960 00 60 47,25 160 160 0,72 162 944 00 44 69,20 160 160 1,55
160 965 00 65 51,20 160 160 0,87 162 945 00 45 70,80 160 160 1,63
160 970 00 70 55,20 160 160 1,05 162 946 00 46 72,40 160 160 1,69
160 972 00 72 56,80 160 160 1,11 162 948 00 48 75,55 160 160 1,85
160 990 00 90 71,12 160 160 1,75 162 950 00 50 78,75 160 160 2,02
160 999 00 100 79,08 160 160 2,18 162 960 00 60 94,65 160 160 2,95
162 972 00 72 113,75 160 160 4,28
162 980 00 80 126,48 160 160 5,39
162 990 00 90 142,40 160 160 6,76
162 999 00 100 158,31 160 160 8,34
Flanges page 170
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
166 ®
Splined Shafts For Timing Belts Profile AT
Material: Aluminium UNI 9006-T6.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 166 912 00, Splined Shafts AT5, No. of Teeth 12
Profile AT 5 Profile AT 10
Product No. Number D e L1 L Weight Product No. Number D e L1 L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
166 912 00 12 17,85 140 140 0,08 168 915 00 15 45,90 160 160 0,62
166 913 00 13 19,45 140 140 0,10 168 916 00 16 49,10 160 160 0,72
166 914 00 14 21,05 140 140 0,12 168 917 00 17 52,25 160 160 0,82
166 915 00 15 22,65 140 140 0,14 168 918 00 18 55,45 160 160 0,94
166 916 00 16 24,20 140 140 0,15 168 919 00 19 58,65 160 160 1,05
166 917 00 17 25,80 140 140 0,18 168 920 00 20 61,80 160 160 1,17
166 918 00 18 27,40 140 140 0,20 168 921 00 21 65,00 160 160 1,31
166 919 00 19 29,00 140 140 0,23 168 922 00 22 68,20 160 160 1,44
166 920 00 20 30,60 160 160 0,30 168 923 00 23 71,35 160 160 1,60
166 921 00 21 32,30 160 160 0,33 168 924 00 24 74,55 160 160 1,75
166 922 00 22 33,85 160 160 0,36 168 925 00 25 77,75 160 160 1,91
166 923 00 23 35,45 160 160 0,40 168 926 00 26 80,90 160 160 2,06
166 924 00 24 37,00 160 160 0,44 168 927 00 27 84,05 160 160 2,23
166 925 00 25 38,55 160 160 0,47 168 928 00 28 87,25 160 160 2,42
166 926 00 26 40,20 160 160 0,51 168 930 00 30 93,65 160 160 2,79
166 927 00 27 41,80 160 160 0,55 168 932 00 32 100,00 160 160 3,20
166 928 00 28 43,35 160 160 0,60 168 934 00 34 106,40 160 160 3,65
166 930 00 30 46,55 160 160 0,69 168 936 00 36 112,75 160 160 4,09
166 932 00 32 49,70 160 160 0,81 168 938 00 38 119,10 160 160 4,59
166 934 00 34 52,85 160 160 0,90 168 940 00 40 125,45 160 160 5,16
166 936 00 36 56,05 160 160 1,02 168 942 00 42 131,85 160 160 5,65
166 938 00 38 59,25 160 160 1,14 168 944 00 44 138,20 160 160 6,22
166 940 00 40 62,45 160 160 1,28 168 948 00 48 150,95 160 160 7,45
166 942 00 42 65,60 160 160 1,41 168 952 00 52 163,65 160 160 8,93
166 944 00 44 68,80 160 160 1,55 168 956 00 56 176,40 160 160 10,39
166 948 00 48 75,15 160 160 1,85 168 960 00 60 189,15 160 160 11,78
166 952 00 52 81,55 160 160 2,19 168 970 00 70 220,95 160 160 16,18
166 956 00 56 87,90 160 160 2,55
166 958 00 58 91,10 160 160 2,74
166 960 00 60 94,25 160 160 2,94
166 964 00 64 100,65 160 160 3,36
166 972 00 72 113,35 160 160 4,29
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 167
Splined Shafts For Timing Belts Profile HTD
Material: HTD 5M: Aluminium 9006-T6.
HTD 8M: Steel.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 172 912 00,
Splined Shafts HTD 5M, No. of Teeth 12
Profile 5M Profile 8M
Product No. Number D e L1 L Weight Product No. Number D e L1 L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
172 912 00 12 17,96 160 160 0,08 174 918 00 18 44,47 200 200 2,03
172 913 00 13 19,55 160 160 0,10 174 919 00 19 47,01 200 200 2,30
172 914 00 14 21,14 175 200 0,16 174 920 00 20 49,56 200 200 2,57
172 915 00 15 22,73 175 200 0,19 174 921 00 21 52,11 200 200 2,88
172 916 00 16 24,32 175 200 0,21 174 922 00 22 54,65 200 200 3,18
172 917 00 17 25,92 175 200 0,24 174 923 00 23 57,20 200 200 3,52
172 918 00 18 27,51 200 200 0,27 174 924 00 24 59,75 200 200 3,86
172 919 00 19 29,10 200 200 0,31 174 925 00 25 62,29 200 200 4,23
172 920 00 20 30,69 200 200 0,35 174 926 00 26 64,84 200 200 4,60
172 921 00 21 32,28 200 200 0,39 174 928 00 28 69,93 200 200 5,40
172 922 00 22 33,87 200 200 0,43 174 930 00 30 75,02 200 200 6,27
172 923 00 23 35,47 200 200 0,48 174 932 00 32 80,12 200 200 7,20
172 924 00 24 37,06 200 200 0,52 174 934 00 34 85,21 200 200 8,20
172 925 00 25 38,85 200 200 0,57 174 935 00 35 87,76 200 200 8,71
172 926 00 26 40,24 200 200 0,62 174 936 00 36 90,30 200 200 9,26
172 927 00 27 41,83 200 200 0,67 174 938 00 38 95,40 200 200 10,39
172 928 00 28 43,42 200 200 0,73 174 940 00 40 100,49 200 200 11,58
172 930 00 30 46,61 200 200 0,84 174 944 00 44 110,88 200 200 14,16
172 932 00 32 49,79 200 200 0,97 174 948 00 48 120,86 200 200 16,99
172 934 00 34 52,97 200 200 1,11
172 936 00 36 56,16 200 200 1,25
172 938 00 38 59,34 200 200 1,40
172 940 00 40 62,52 200 200 1,55
172 942 00 42 65,71 200 200 1,73
172 944 00 44 68,89 200 200 1,90
172 945 00 45 70,48 200 200 1,99
172 948 00 48 75,25 200 200 2,27
172 950 00 50 78,44 200 200 2,48
172 960 00 60 94,35 200 200 3,60
172 972 00 72 113,45 200 200 5,28
Flanges page 170
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
168 ®
Splined Shafts For Timing Belts, Inch Pitch
Material: Aluminium UNI 9006-T6.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 181 912 00,
Splined Shafts MXL, No. of Teeth 12
Pitch MXL = 0.08“ Pitch XL = 1/5“ Pitch L = 3/8“
Product No. Number D e L1 L Weight Product No. Number D e L1 L Weight Product No. Number D e L1 L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg of teeth mm mm mm kg
181 912 00 12 7,25 50 75 0,01 180 910 00 10 15,66 140 140 0,07 182 910 00 10 29,56 140 140 0,23
181 914 00 14 8,55 50 75 0,01 180 911 00 11 17,28 140 140 0,08 182 911 00 11 32,59 140 140 0,28
181 915 00 15 9,19 50 75 0,01 180 912 00 12 18,90 140 140 0,10 182 912 00 12 35,62 160 160 0,39
181 916 00 16 9,84 50 75 0,02 180 913 00 13 20,51 140 140 0,11 182 913 00 13 38,65 160 160 0,46
181 918 00 18 11,13 50 75 0,02 180 914 00 14 22,13 140 140 0,13 182 914 00 14 41,68 160 160 0,55
181 920 00 20 12,43 90 120 0,04 180 915 00 15 23,75 140 140 0,16 182 915 00 15 44,72 160 160 0,63
181 922 00 22 13,72 125 140 0,05 180 916 00 16 25,36 140 140 0,18 182 916 00 16 47,75 160 160 0,73
181 924 00 24 15,02 125 140 0,06 180 917 00 17 26,98 140 140 0,20 182 917 00 17 50,78 160 160 0,82
181 925 00 25 15,66 125 140 0,07 180 918 00 18 28,60 140 140 0,23 182 918 00 18 53,81 160 160 0,93
181 926 00 26 16,31 125 140 0,08 180 919 00 19 30,22 140 140 0,26 182 919 00 19 56,84 160 160 1,04
181 928 00 28 17,60 125 140 0,09 180 920 00 20 31,83 140 140 0,28 182 920 00 20 59,88 160 160 1,16
181 930 00 30 18,90 125 140 0,10 180 921 00 21 33,45 160 160 0,36 182 921 00 21 62,91 160 160 1,28
181 932 00 32 20,19 125 140 0,12 180 922 00 22 35,07 160 160 0,40 182 922 00 22 65,94 160 160 1,41
181 934 00 34 21,48 125 140 0,13 180 923 00 23 36,60 160 160 0,44 182 923 00 23 68,98 160 160 1,55
181 936 00 36 22,78 140 140 0,15 180 924 00 24 38,30 160 160 0,48 182 924 00 24 72,00 160 160 1,69
181 940 00 40 25,36 140 140 0,19 180 925 00 25 39,92 160 160 0,51 182 927 00 27 81,10 160 160 2,15
181 942 00 42 26,66 140 140 0,20 180 926 00 26 41,53 160 160 0,56 182 930 00 30 90,20 160 160 2,67
181 944 00 44 27,95 140 140 0,23 180 927 00 27 43,15 160 160 0,60
181 945 00 45 28,60 140 140 0,24 180 928 00 28 44,77 160 160 0,65
181 948 00 48 30,54 140 140 0,27 180 929 00 29 46,39 160 160 0,70
181 950 00 50 31,83 140 140 0,30 180 930 00 30 48,00 160 160 0,75
181 960 00 60 38,30 160 160 0,49 180 932 00 32 51,24 160 160 0,87
181 970 00 70 44,77 160 160 0,67 180 933 00 33 52,85 160 160 0,92
181 972 00 72 46,06 160 160 0,72 180 934 00 34 54,47 160 160 0,98
180 935 00 35 56,09 160 160 1,04
180 936 00 36 57,70 160 160 1,10
180 938 00 38 60,94 160 160 1,23
180 939 00 39 62,56 160 160 1,30
180 940 00 40 64,17 160 160 1,37
180 941 00 41 65,79 160 160 1,43
180 942 00 42 67,41 160 160 1,51
180 943 00 43 69,02 160 160 1,58
180 944 00 44 70,64 160 160 1,65
180 948 00 48 77,11 160 160 1,98
180 956 00 56 90,04 160 160 2,71
180 960 00 60 96,51 160 160 3,10
180 972 00 72 115,92 160 160 4,52
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 169
Flanges for Timing Belt Pulleys
Material: Steel, zinc-plated. 15°
Flanges for timing belt pulleys, for custom-made parts or serial
production. For economical reason, normally the flanges are
mounted only at the smaller pulley. Often, the flanges get fixed
by beading: On a turntable, with a rolling tool, hub material s
will get shaped over the flange. A beading material overhang of
0.5mm is recommended.
dP
da
di
Sold by piece. Other sizes are available on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: 2 Pieces Product No. 160 101 00, flange 0.5mm,
Ø 13 x 10 x 6mm
Product No. s da dP di Weight Product No. s da dP di Weight
mm mm mm mm g mm mm mm mm g
160 101 00 0,5 13 10 6 1 160 103 00 1,5 36 31 25 6
160 101 01 0,5 15 12 8 1 160 103 01 1,5 38 34 28 6
160 101 02 0,5 16 13 9,5 1 160 103 02 1,5 42 38 30,5 8
160 101 04 0,5 18 15 11,5 1 160 103 03 1,5 44 40 33 8
160 101 05 0,5 19,5 17,5 12 1 160 103 04 1,5 48 43,5 37 9
160 101 06 0,5 23 17,5 12 1 160 103 05 1,5 51 47,5 40 10
160 101 07 0,5 23 20 14 1 160 103 06 1,5 54 50,5 43 10
160 101 08 0,5 25 22 15 1 160 103 07 1,5 57 53 46 11
160 101 09 0,5 28 24 18 1 160 103 08 1,5 60 57 47 13
160 101 10 0,5 32 28 21,5 1 160 103 09 1,5 63 57 48 16
160 101 11 0,5 36 31 25 2 160 103 10 1,5 66 61,5 52 16
160 101 12 0,5 38 34 28 3 160 103 11 1,5 71 65 56 18
160 101 13 0,5 42 38 30,5 3 160 103 12 1,5 75 68,5 60 20
160 101 14 0,5 48 43,5 37 3 160 103 13 1,5 79 73,5 64 20
160 102 00 1 19,5 17,5 12 1 160 103 14 1,5 83 76,5 68 21
160 102 01 1 23 17,5 12 1 160 103 15 1,5 87 82,5 72 22
160 102 02 1 23 20 14 2 160 103 16 1,5 91 85,5 76 21
160 102 03 1 25 22 15 3 160 103 17 1,5 93 89 80 21
160 102 04 1 28 24 18 3 160 103 18 1,5 97 93 83 24
160 102 05 1 32 28 21,5 3 160 103 19 1,5 98 92 79,3 32
160 102 06 1 36 31 25 4 160 103 20 1,5 103 97 86 30
160 102 07 1 38 34 28 4 160 103 21 1,5 106 101 90 30
160 102 08 1 42 38 30,5 5 160 103 22 1,5 111 106 94 30
160 102 09 1 44 40 33 5 160 103 23 1,5 115 110 99 32
160 102 10 1 48 43,5 37 6 160 103 25 1,5 119 113,5 103 33
160 102 11 1 51 47,5 40 7 160 103 26 1,5 123 117,5 107 33
160 102 12 1 54 50,5 43 7 160 103 27 1,5 127 122 111 36
160 102 13 1 57 53 46 7 160 103 28 1,5 135 130 119 37
160 102 14 1 60 57 47 10 160 103 30 1,5 140 134,5 123 42
160 102 15 1 63 57 48 10 160 103 31 1,5 143 139 127 42
160 102 16 1 66 61,5 52 10 160 103 33 1,5 148 143 132 42
160 102 17 1 71 65 56 12 160 103 34 1,5 152 147,5 136 44
160 102 18 1 75 68,5 60 13 160 103 35 1,5 158 154 142 44
160 102 19 1 83 76,5 68 14 160 103 38 1,5 168 163 149,5 45
160 102 20 1 87 82,5 72 15 160 103 39 1,5 184 179 165 62
160 102 21 1 91 85,5 76 16 160 103 40 1,5 192 187 173 64
160 102 22 1 93 89 80 14 160 103 42 1,5 200 195 181 67
160 102 23 1 97 93 83 15 160 104 00 2,5 127 120,2 104,7 82
160 102 24 1 106 101 90 20 160 104 01 2,5 138 130 108 110
160 102 25 1 119 113,5 103 22 160 104 02 2,5 146 138 116 120
160 102 26 1 131 125,5 115 25 160 104 03 2,5 154 146 122 132
160 104 04 2,5 160 150 128 139
160 104 05 2,5 168 162 135 152
160 104 06 2,5 183 170 145 199
160 104 07 2,5 188 180 158 159
160 104 09 2,5 198 188 165 157
160 104 10 2,5 200 192,8 172 154
160 104 11 2,5 211 198 173 218
160 104 12 2,5 226 214 190 227
160 104 14 2,5 240 224 192 317
160 104 15 2,5 256 240 220 258
160 104 16 2,5 256 247 225 230
160 104 18 2,5 296 287 252 370
Custom-made timing belt pulleys from our own production available at short time.
170 ®
Fixing Plates for Timing Belts
Material: Aluminium UNI 9006-T6. The fixing plates are used to connect the belt ends. Practical
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 160 699 00, Fixing Plate, Pitch T2.5 Width 6 mm examples see page 172.
T-Profile
Product No. Profile P Belt Width F d B A S C Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
160 699 00 T2,5 2,5 6 4 4,5 1,5 20,5 5 19 5
160 799 00 T2,5 2,5 10 4 4,5 1,5 20,5 5 24 6
162 699 00 T5 5 10 6 5,5 3,4 41,8 8 29 21
162 799 00 T5 5 16 6 5,5 3,4 41,8 8 35 27
162 899 00 T5 5 25 6 5,5 3,4 41,8 8 44 40
162 898 00 T5 5 32 6 5,5 3,4 41,8 8 51 58
164 699 00 T10 10 16 8 9,0 5,0 80,0 15 41 112
164 799 00 T10 10 25 8 9,0 5,0 80,0 15 50 140
164 899 00 T10 10 32 8 9,0 5,0 80,0 15 57 160
164 999 00 T10 10 50 8 9,0 5,0 80,0 15 75 220
AT-Profile
Product No. Profile P Belt Width F d B A S C Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
166 699 00 AT5 5 10 6 5,5 3,4 41,8 8 29 21
166 799 00 AT5 5 16 6 5,5 3,4 41,8 8 35 25
166 899 00 AT5 5 25 6 5,5 3,4 41,8 8 44 40
166 898 00 AT5 5 32 6 5,5 3,4 41,8 8 51 58
168 699 00 AT10 10 16 8 9,0 5,0 80,0 15 41 108
168 799 00 AT10 10 25 8 9,0 5,0 80,0 15 50 134
168 899 00 AT10 10 32 8 9,0 5,0 80,0 15 57 160
168 999 00 AT10 10 50 8 9,0 5,0 80,0 15 75 220
HTD-Profile
Product No. Profile P Belt Width F d B A S C Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
171 199 00 3M 3 9 4 4,5 2,0 25,0 6 24 8
171 399 00 3M 3 15 4 4,5 2,0 25,0 6 30 10
173 199 00 5M 5 10 6 5,5 3,4 41,8 8 28 17
173 399 00 5M 5 15 6 5,5 3,4 41,8 8 34 22
173 599 00 5M 5 25 6 5,5 3,4 41,8 8 44 30
175 199 00 8M 8 20 8 9,0 5,0 66,0 15 45 95
175 399 00 8M 8 30 8 9,0 5,0 66,0 15 55 120
175 599 00 8M 8 50 8 9,0 5,0 66,0 15 75 165
Inch-Profile
Product No. P e P e t dt d Weight
mm Inch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
180 899 00 XL 5,08 0,37 9,53 6 5,5 3,5 42,5 8 28,5 23
182 699 00 L 9,525 0,50 12,70 8 9,0 5,0 76,6 15 39,0 108
182 799 00 L 9,525 0,75 19,10 8 9,0 5,0 76,6 15 45,0 125
182 899 00 L 9,525 1,00 25,40 8 9,0 5,0 76,6 15 51,5 143
184 599 00 H 12,7 0,75 19,10 10 11,0 9,0 106,9 22 51,0 295
184 699 00 H 12,7 1,00 25,40 10 11,0 9,0 106,9 22 57,5 330
184 799 00 H 12,7 1,50 38,10 10 11,0 9,0 106,9 22 70,0 385
184 899 00 H 12,7 2,00 50,80 10 11,0 9,0 106,9 22 83,0 456
® 171
Open-Length Timing Belt from Thermoplastic Polyurethane (TPU), weldable
Material: Thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), with steel tensile member. TPU belts can get welded (tensile force -50%).
Ordering Details: e.g.: 160 600 00, Open-Length Timing Belt T 2.5, Width 6 mm.
T Open-Length Timing Belts
Product No. Profile Belt Width Belt Length perm. Tensile Force 1) Weight Matching Fixing Plate 2)
mm max. m N g/m Product No.
160 600 00 T 2,5 6 50 72 15 160 699 00
160 700 00 T 2,5 10 50 120 25 160 799 00
162 600 00 T5 10 100 330 25 162 699 00
162 700 00 T5 16 100 528 40 162 799 00
162 800 00 T5 25 100 825 63 162 899 00
162 870 00 T5 32 100 1056 80 162 898 00
162 880 00 T5 50 100 1650 126 -
164 600 00 T 10 16 100 1248 77 164 699 00
164 700 00 T 10 25 100 1950 120 164 799 00
164 800 00 T 10 32 100 2495 154 164 899 00
164 860 00 T 10 50 100 3900 240 164 999 00
164 900 00 T 10 100 100 7800 480 -
165 600 00 T 20 50 100 7480 395 -
165 700 00 T 20 75 100 11220 585 -
165 800 00 T 20 100 100 18480 780 -
AT Open-Length Timing Belts
Product No. Profile Belt Width Belt Length perm. Tensile Force 1) Weight Matching Fixing Plate 2)
mm max. m N g/m Product No.
166 600 00 AT 5 10 100 700 34 166 699 00
166 700 00 AT 5 16 100 1120 55 166 799 00
166 800 00 AT 5 25 100 1750 85 166 899 00
166 870 00 AT 5 32 100 2240 110 166 898 00
166 880 00 AT 5 50 100 3500 170 -
168 600 00 AT 10 16 100 2080 101 168 699 00
168 700 00 AT 10 25 100 3250 158 168 799 00
168 800 00 AT 10 32 100 4160 202 168 899 00
168 860 00 AT 10 50 100 6500 316 168 999 00
168 900 00 AT 10 100 100 13000 632 -
169 600 00 AT 20 50 100 11200 493 -
169 700 00 AT 20 75 100 16800 740 -
169 800 00 AT 20 100 100 24800 987 -
HTD Open-Length Timing Belts
Product No. Profile Belt Width Belt Length perm. Tensile Force 1) Weight Matching Fixing Plate 2)
mm max. m N g/m Product No.
173 661 00 5M 103) 100 780 48 173 199 00
173 663 00 5M 15 100 1268 72 173 399 00
173 665 00 5M 25 100 2145 120 173 599 00
173 667 00 5M 50 100 4290 240 -
175 661 00 8M 20 100 2640 140 175 199 00
175 663 00 8M 30 100 3960 210 175 399 00
175 664 00 8M 40 100 5280 280 -
175 665 00 8M 50 100 7480 350 175 599 00
175 668 00 8M 100 100 14960 700 -
177 661 00 14 M 40 100 9000 454 -
177 663 00 14 M 55 100 12800 625 -
177 665 00 14 M 85 100 21600 964 -
1) Permissable force at open length. When welded, the force is reduced to 50%.
2) Fixing Plates Page 171.
3) Fits on pulleys for belt width 9 mm. Timing Belt Welding
within 24h-Service
Other types and belt widths on request.
172 ®
Open-Length Timing Belts from Neoprene (Rubber)
Material: Neoprene with tensile member of glass-fibre. Neoprene belts cannot be welded.
Ordering Details: e.g.: 171 100 00, Open-Length Timing Belt HTD 3M, Width 9 mm.
HTD Open-Length Timing Belts
Product No. Profile Belt Width Belt Length perm. Tensile Force for Belt Weight Matching Fixing Plate 1)
mm max. m N g/m Product No.
171 100 00 3 M 9 30 90 27 171 199 00
171 300 00 3 M 15 30 150 44 171 399 00
173 100 00 5 M 10 2) 30 208 37 173 199 00
173 300 00 5 M 15 30 312 61 173 399 00
173 500 00 5 M 25 30 520 102 173 599 00
175 100 00 8 M 20 30 750 128 175 199 00
175 300 00 8 M 30 30 1125 192 175 399 00
175 500 00 8 M 50 30 1875 320 175 599 00
1) Fixing Plates page 171.
2) Fits on pulleys for belt width 9 mm.
Open-Length Inch Timing Belts
Product No. P e P t et dt e t engt e ens e e et eg t at ng ng P ate 1)
mm Inch mm max. m N g/m Product No.
180 800 00 XL 5,08 0,37 9,53 30 53 30 180 899 00
182 600 00 L 9,525 0,50 12,70 30 124 40 182 699 00
182 700 00 L 9,525 0,75 19,10 30 187 70 182 799 00
182 800 00 L 9,525 1,00 25,40 30 249 90 182 899 00
184 500 00 H 12,7 0,75 19,10 30 449 100 184 599 00
184 600 00 H 12,7 1,00 25,40 30 597 140 184 699 00
184 700 00 H 12,7 1,50 38,10 30 895 200 184 799 00
184 800 00 H 12,7 2,00 50,80 30 1194 270 184 899 00
1) Fixing Plates page 171.
Other types and belt widths on request.
® 173
Timing Belts - Welding and Customized Products
Timing Belts in Special Lengths:
• Open length belts from thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU) can get
welded to endless belts of any number of teeth, beginning from
pitch 2.5mm and width 6mm. Minimum length 420mm, depen-
ding on the belt profile and width.
• The welding is done directly in the timing belt stock of MÄDLER ®.
Normally, the welded belts should be sent to the customer within
24 hours after receiving the order.
• From one-off pieces to large series at very short notice.
Cutting and Welding of Timing Belts:
• The ends get punched into the shape of fingers.
• The welding is done at high temperature. By this, the plastic
melts and leads to a homogenous structure.
• After cooling down, the belt is ready to use and can be shiped
immediately.
• The tensile members don´t get welded. So the tensile strength
of a welded belt is approximate 50% of the open length belt.
• Alternatively, belts in special lengths also can get endless
extruded. Minimum lengths and minimum order quantities
have to be considered. Price and delivery time on request.
Price Calculator on the Internet:
• At www.maedler.de in the section Timing Belts and Pulleys,
in the subsection Welding of Timing Belts.
• Quick overview about the stock range of profiles, widths and
minimum lengths of weldable belts.
• After having selected a belt, you see the part number,
product text and the prices for several quantities.
Other Special Belts (on request):
• Timing belts with teeth in V-formation.
• Self-tracking timing belts with central guide.
• Convoyer belts with texture or welded cams on the backside.
• Round belts and flat belts.
• V-belts and timing belts with tissue layer. Timing belts PAZ with
polyamide fabric on the tooth side are on stock in many profiles
and widths.
174 ®
Timing Belts Profile T and AT
Material: Endless belts from cast polyurethane (PU), with steel Please note: T timing belts only run on T pulleys.
tensile member. Open length belts from thermoplastic polyure- AT timing belts only run on AT pulleys.
thane TPU, weldable, with steel tensile member.
Special length: Open length belts, which are sold by the meter,
Timing belts in metric dimensions. Classical shape with trapezo- are made from thermoplastic TPU and can get welded. To do
id teeth. this, the belt ends are cut in V-shape or finger shape, depen-
Type T: Standard type for normal set-ups in size T 2.5, T 5 and ding on the belt width, and then the TPU gets welded. The
T 10 in several widths. steel tensile member doesn´t get welded. Through the large
overlap at the welding point a high durability is reached. It
Type AT: Reinforced type for the transmission of higher torques does however rate approx. 50% below the power transmission
in sizes AT 5 and AT 10 in several widths. Due to their lower rate of the open length belts.
flexibility AT timing belts require a larger pulley diameter than T
timing belts.
T-Timing Belts Profile T 2.5
Material: Endless belts from cast polyurethane (PU), with steel
Metric
tensile member. Open length belts from thermoplastic polyure-
thane TPU, weldable, with steel tensile member.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 160 601 00, PU-Timing Belt, Profile T 2.5,
Belt Width 6 mm, 48 Teeth
Profile T 2.5, Pitch 2.5 mm
Product No. Product No. Effective Length Number
Width 6mm Width 10mm mm of teeth
160 601 00 160 701 00 120 48
160 602 00 160 702 00 145 58
160 603 00 160 703 00 160 64
160 604 00 160 704 00 177,5 71
160 605 00 160 705 00 200 80
160 606 00 160 706 00 230 92
160 607 00 160 707 00 245 98
160 608 00 160 708 00 265 106
160 609 00 160 709 00 285 114
160 610 00 160 710 00 305 122
160 611 00 160 711 00 317,5 127
160 612 00 160 712 00 330 132
160 613 00 160 713 00 380 152
160 614 00 160 714 00 420 168
160 615 00 160 715 00 480 192
160 617 00 160 717 00 500 200
160 618 00 160 718 00 600 240
160 619 00 160 719 00 620 248
160 620 00 160 720 00 650 260
160 621 00 160 721 00 780 312
160 622 00 160 722 00 915 366
160 623 00 160 723 00 950 380
160 600 00 160 700 00 Open length -
Belts sold by the meter see page 172.
Performance figures see page 132.
Permissible tensile forces for the belts see page 129.
Timing Belt Welding
within 24h-Service
® 175
T-Timing Belts
Material: Endless belts from cast polyurethane (PU), Metric
with steel tensile member.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 162 601 00, PU-Timing Belt, Profile T 5, 165 mm,
Belt Width 10 mm, 33 Teeth
Profile T 5, Pitch 5 mm Profile T 10, Pitch 10 mm
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Length* No. of Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Length* No. of
Width 10mm Width 16mm Width 25mm Width 32mm mm teeth Width 16mm Width 25mm Width 32mm Width 50mm mm teeth
162 601 00 162 701 00 162 801 00 - 165 33 164 601 00 164 701 00 164 801 00 164 861 00 260 26
162 602 00 162 702 00 162 802 00 - 185 37 164 602 00 164 702 00 164 802 00 164 862 00 370 37
162 603 00 162 703 00 162 803 00 - 200 40 164 603 00 164 703 00 164 803 00 164 863 00 400 40
162 604 00 162 704 00 162 804 00 162 870 04 215 43 164 604 00 164 704 00 164 804 00 164 864 00 410 41
162 605 00 162 705 00 162 805 00 162 870 05 220 44 164 605 00 164 705 00 164 805 00 164 865 00 440 44
162 606 00 162 706 00 162 806 00 162 870 06 225 45 164 606 00 164 706 00 164 806 00 164 866 00 450 45
162 607 00 162 707 00 162 807 00 162 870 07 245 49 164 607 00 164 707 00 164 807 00 164 867 00 500 50
162 608 00 162 708 00 162 808 00 162 870 08 250 50 164 608 00 164 708 00 164 808 00 164 868 00 530 53
162 609 00 162 709 00 162 809 00 162 870 09 255 51 164 609 00 164 709 00 164 809 00 164 869 00 560 56
162 610 00 162 710 00 162 810 00 162 870 10 260 52 164 610 00 164 710 00 164 810 00 164 870 00 610 61
162 611 00 162 711 00 162 811 00 162 870 11 270 54 164 611 00 164 711 00 164 811 00 164 871 00 630 63
162 612 00 162 712 00 162 812 00 162 870 12 275 55 164 612 00 164 712 00 164 812 00 164 872 00 660 66
162 613 00 162 713 00 162 813 00 162 870 13 280 56 164 613 00 164 713 00 164 813 00 164 873 00 690 69
162 614 00 162 714 00 162 814 00 162 870 14 295 59 164 614 00 164 714 00 164 814 00 164 874 00 700 70
162 615 00 162 715 00 162 815 00 162 870 15 300 60 164 615 00 164 715 00 164 815 00 164 875 00 720 72
162 616 00 162 716 00 162 816 00 162 870 16 305 61 164 616 00 164 716 00 164 816 00 164 876 00 750 75
162 617 00 162 717 00 162 817 00 162 870 17 325 65 164 617 00 164 717 00 164 817 00 164 877 00 780 78
162 618 00 162 718 00 162 818 00 162 870 18 330 66 164 618 00 164 718 00 164 818 00 164 878 00 810 81
162 619 00 162 719 00 162 819 00 162 870 19 340 68 164 619 00 164 719 00 164 819 00 164 879 00 840 84
162 620 00 162 720 00 162 820 00 162 870 20 350 70 164 620 00 164 720 00 164 820 00 164 880 00 880 88
162 621 00 162 721 00 162 821 00 162 870 21 355 71 164 621 00 164 721 00 164 821 00 164 881 00 890 89
162 622 00 162 722 00 162 822 00 162 870 22 365 73 164 622 00 164 722 00 164 822 00 164 882 00 900 90
162 623 00 162 723 00 162 823 00 162 870 23 375 75 164 623 00 164 723 00 164 823 00 164 883 00 920 92
162 624 00 162 724 00 162 824 00 162 870 24 390 78 164 624 00 164 724 00 164 824 00 164 884 00 960 96
162 625 00 162 725 00 162 825 00 162 870 25 400 80 164 625 00 164 725 00 164 825 00 164 885 00 970 97
162 626 00 162 726 00 162 826 00 162 870 26 410 82 164 626 00 164 726 00 164 826 00 164 886 00 980 98
162 627 00 162 727 00 162 827 00 162 870 27 420 84 164 627 00 164 727 00 164 827 00 164 887 00 1010 101
162 628 00 162 728 00 162 828 00 162 870 28 425 85 164 628 00 164 728 00 164 828 00 164 888 00 1080 108
162 629 00 162 729 00 162 829 00 162 870 29 450 90 164 629 00 164 729 00 164 829 00 164 889 00 1110 111
162 630 00 162 730 00 162 830 00 162 870 30 455 91 164 630 00 164 730 00 164 830 00 164 890 00 1140 114
162 631 00 162 731 00 162 831 00 162 870 31 465 93 164 631 00 164 731 00 164 831 00 164 891 00 1150 115
162 632 00 162 732 00 162 832 00 162 870 32 475 95 164 632 00 164 732 00 164 832 00 164 892 00 1210 121
162 633 00 162 733 00 162 833 00 162 870 33 480 96 164 633 00 164 733 00 164 833 00 164 893 00 1240 124
162 634 00 162 734 00 162 834 00 162 870 34 500 100 164 634 00 164 734 00 164 834 00 164 894 00 1250 125
162 635 00 162 735 00 162 835 00 162 870 35 510 102 164 635 00 164 735 00 164 835 00 164 895 00 1300 130
162 636 00 162 736 00 162 836 00 162 870 36 525 105 164 636 00 164 736 00 164 836 00 164 896 00 1320 132
162 637 00 162 737 00 162 837 00 162 870 37 545 109 164 637 00 164 737 00 164 837 00 164 897 00 1350 135
162 638 00 162 738 00 162 838 00 162 870 38 550 110 164 638 00 164 738 00 164 838 00 164 898 00 1390 139
162 639 00 162 739 00 162 839 00 162 870 39 560 112 164 639 00 164 739 00 164 839 00 164 979 00 1400 140
162 640 00 162 740 00 162 840 00 162 870 40 575 115 164 640 00 164 740 00 164 840 00 164 980 00 1420 142
162 641 00 162 741 00 162 841 00 162 870 41 600 120 164 641 00 164 741 00 164 841 00 164 981 00 1440 144
162 642 00 162 742 00 162 842 00 162 870 42 610 122 164 642 00 164 742 00 164 842 00 164 982 00 1450 145
162 643 00 162 743 00 162 843 00 162 870 43 620 124 164 643 00 164 743 00 164 843 00 164 983 00 1460 146
162 644 00 162 744 00 162 844 00 162 870 44 630 126 164 644 00 164 744 00 164 844 00 164 984 00 1500 150
162 645 00 162 745 00 162 845 00 162 870 45 640 128 164 645 00 164 745 00 164 845 00 164 985 00 1560 156
162 646 00 162 746 00 162 846 00 162 870 46 650 130 164 646 00 164 746 00 164 846 00 164 986 00 1610 161
162 647 00 162 747 00 162 847 00 162 870 47 660 132 164 647 00 164 747 00 164 847 00 164 987 00 1750 175
162 648 00 162 748 00 162 848 00 162 870 48 690 138 164 648 00 164 748 00 164 848 00 164 988 00 1780 178
162 649 00 162 749 00 162 849 00 162 870 49 695 139 164 649 00 164 749 00 164 849 00 164 989 00 1880 188
162 650 00 162 750 00 162 850 00 162 870 50 700 140 164 650 00 164 750 00 164 850 00 164 990 00 1960 196
162 651 00 162 751 00 162 851 00 162 870 51 720 144 164 651 00 164 751 00 164 851 00 164 991 00 2250 225
162 652 00 162 752 00 162 852 00 162 870 52 750 150 164 600 00 164 700 00 164 800 00 164 860 00 Open length**
162 653 00 162 753 00 162 853 00 162 870 53 780 156
162 654 00 162 754 00 162 854 00 162 870 54 815 163 Endless belts welded together from material sold by the meter
162 655 00 162 755 00 162 855 00 162 870 55 840 168 can be supplied on request in any special length.
162 656 00 162 756 00 162 856 00 162 870 56 850 170 Belts sold by the meter and fixing plates see page 171.
162 657 00 162 757 00 162 857 00 162 870 57 900 180
162 658 00 162 758 00 162 858 00 162 870 58 990 198 Performance figures see page 132.
162 659 00 162 759 00 162 859 00 162 870 59 1000 200 Permissible tensile forces for the belts see page 129.
162 660 00 162 760 00 162 860 00 162 870 60 1075 215
162 661 00 162 761 00 162 861 00 162 870 61 1100 220
162 662 00 162 762 00 162 862 00 162 870 62 1215 243
162 663 00 162 763 00 162 863 00 162 870 63 1380 276
162 664 00 162 764 00 162 864 00 162 870 64 1440 288 Timing Belt Welding
162 600 00 162 700 00 162 800 00 162 870 00 Open length**
within 24h-Service
* Effective length.
** Open length from thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), with steel tensile member.
176 ®
AT-Timing Belts
Material: Endless belts from cast polyurethane (PU), Metric
with steel tensile member.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 166 601 00, PU Timing Belts, Profile AT 5, 225
mm, Belt Width 10 mm, 45 Teeth
Profile AT 5, Pitch 5 mm Profile AT 10, Pitch 10 mm
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Length* No. of Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Length* No. of
Width 10mm Width 16mm Width 25mm Width 32mm mm teeth Width 16mm Width 25mm Width 32mm Width 50mm mm teeth
166 601 00 166 701 00 166 801 00 - 225 45 168 601 00 168 701 00 168 801 00 168 831 00 500 50
166 602 00 166 702 00 166 802 00 - 255 51 168 602 00 168 702 00 168 802 00 168 832 00 560 56
166 603 00 166 703 00 166 803 00 - 275 55 168 603 00 168 703 00 168 803 00 168 833 00 610 61
166 604 00 166 704 00 166 804 00 166 870 04 280 56 168 604 00 168 704 00 168 804 00 168 834 00 660 66
166 605 00 166 705 00 166 805 00 166 870 05 300 60 168 605 00 168 705 00 168 805 00 168 835 00 700 70
166 606 00 166 706 00 166 806 00 166 870 06 340 68 168 606 00 168 706 00 168 806 00 168 836 00 730 73
166 607 00 166 707 00 166 807 00 166 870 07 375 75 168 607 00 168 707 00 168 807 00 168 837 00 780 78
166 608 00 166 708 00 166 808 00 166 870 08 390 78 168 608 00 168 708 00 168 808 00 168 838 00 800 80
166 609 00 166 709 00 166 809 00 166 870 09 420 84 168 609 00 168 709 00 168 809 00 168 839 00 810 81
166 610 00 166 710 00 166 810 00 166 870 10 455 91 168 610 00 168 710 00 168 810 00 168 840 00 840 84
166 611 00 166 711 00 166 811 00 166 870 11 500 100 168 611 00 168 711 00 168 811 00 168 841 00 890 89
166 612 00 166 712 00 166 812 00 166 870 12 545 109 168 612 00 168 712 00 168 812 00 168 842 00 920 92
166 613 00 166 713 00 166 813 00 166 870 13 600 120 168 613 00 168 713 00 168 813 00 168 843 00 960 96
166 614 00 166 714 00 166 814 00 166 870 14 610 122 168 614 00 168 714 00 168 814 00 168 844 00 980 98
166 615 00 166 715 00 166 815 00 166 870 15 630 126 168 615 00 168 715 00 168 815 00 168 845 00 1010 101
166 616 00 166 716 00 166 816 00 166 870 16 660 132 168 616 00 168 716 00 168 816 00 168 846 00 1050 105
166 617 00 166 717 00 166 817 00 166 870 17 720 144 168 617 00 168 717 00 168 817 00 168 847 00 1080 108
166 618 00 166 718 00 166 818 00 166 870 18 750 150 168 618 00 168 718 00 168 818 00 168 848 00 1150 115
166 619 00 166 719 00 166 819 00 166 870 19 780 156 168 619 00 168 719 00 168 819 00 168 849 00 1210 121
166 620 00 166 720 00 166 820 00 166 870 20 825 165 168 620 00 168 720 00 168 820 00 168 850 00 1250 125
166 621 00 166 721 00 166 821 00 166 870 21 975 195 168 621 00 168 721 00 168 821 00 168 851 00 1320 132
166 622 00 166 722 00 166 822 00 166 870 22 1050 210 168 622 00 168 722 00 168 822 00 168 852 00 1400 140
166 623 00 166 723 00 166 823 00 166 870 23 1125 225 168 623 00 168 723 00 168 823 00 168 853 00 1500 150
166 624 00 166 724 00 166 824 00 166 870 24 1500 300 168 624 00 168 724 00 168 824 00 168 854 00 1600 160
166 600 00 166 700 00 166 800 00 166 870 00 Open length** 168 625 00 168 725 00 168 825 00 168 855 00 1700 170
168 626 00 168 726 00 168 826 00 168 856 00 1800 180
168 600 00 168 700 00 168 800 00 168 860 00 Open length**
* Effective length.
** Open length from thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU), with steel tensile member.
Endless belts welded together from material sold by the meter
can be supplied on request in any special length.
Belts sold by the meter and fixing plates see page 171.
Performance figures see page 132.
Permissible tensile forces for the belts see page 129.
Timing Belt Welding
within 24h-Service
® 177
HTD-Timing Belts
Material: Neoprene with glass-fibre tensile member.
HTD
Contact surface lined with nylon reinforcement.
HTD (High Torque Drive) timing belt with semi-circular teeth
profile for a more constant progress of stress in the tooth pro-
file, for the transmission of high loads.
Ordering Details: e.g.: 171 105 00, HTD Timing Belts, Profile 3M, 111 mm, Belt
Width 9 mm, 37 Teeth
Profile HTD 3M, Pitch 3 mm Profile HTD 5M, Pitch 5 mm
Product No. Product No. Effective Length Number Product No. Product No. Product No. Effective Length No.
Width 1 mm of teeth Width 1 2 mm of teeth
171 105 00 171 305 00 111 37 173 112 00 173 312 00 173 512 00 330 66
171 108 00 171 308 00 144 48 173 114 00 173 314 00 173 514 00 350 70
171 110 00 171 310 00 150 50 173 116 00 173 316 00 173 516 00 375 75
171 112 00 171 312 00 159 53 173 118 00 173 318 00 173 518 00 400 80
171 114 00 171 314 00 168 56 173 120 00 173 320 00 173 520 00 425 85
171 116 00 171 316 00 177 59 173 122 00 173 322 00 173 522 00 450 90
171 118 00 171 318 00 201 67 173 126 00 173 326 00 173 526 00 500 100
171 120 00 171 320 00 210 70 173 128 00 173 328 00 173 528 00 535 107
171 121 00 171 321 00 213 71 173 130 00 173 330 00 173 530 00 565 113
171 122 00 171 322 00 216 72 173 132 00 173 332 00 173 532 00 600 120
171 124 00 171 324 00 225 75 173 133 00 173 333 00 173 533 00 615 123
171 127 00 171 327 00 252 84 173 134 00 173 334 00 173 534 00 635 127
171 128 00 171 328 00 255 85 173 136 00 173 336 00 173 536 00 665 133
171 130 00 171 330 00 267 89 173 139 00 173 339 00 173 539 00 710 142
171 132 00 171 332 00 285 95 173 141 00 173 341 00 173 541 00 740 148
171 133 00 171 333 00 300 100 173 142 00 173 342 00 173 542 00 755 151
171 134 00 171 334 00 312 104 173 144 00 173 344 00 173 544 00 800 160
171 135 00 171 335 00 318 106 173 146 00 173 346 00 173 546 00 835 167
171 137 00 171 337 00 336 112 173 149 00 173 349 00 173 549 00 890 178
171 138 00 171 338 00 339 113 173 151 00 173 351 00 173 551 00 925 185
171 140 00 171 340 00 363 121 173 152 00 173 352 00 173 552 00 950 190
171 142 00 171 342 00 384 128 173 154 00 173 354 00 173 554 00 1000 200
171 143 00 171 343 00 390 130 173 156 00 173 356 00 173 556 00 1050 210
171 145 00 171 345 00 420 140 173 159 00 173 359 00 173 559 00 1125 225
171 147 00 171 347 00 447 149 173 163 00 173 363 00 173 563 00 1270 254
171 149 00 171 349 00 474 158 173 167 00 173 367 00 173 567 00 1420 284
171 150 00 171 350 00 486 162 173 169 00 173 369 00 173 569 00 1500 300
171 152 00 171 352 00 501 167 173 171 00 173 371 00 173 571 00 1595 319
171 154 00 171 354 00 513 171 173 175 00 173 375 00 173 575 00 1790 358
171 156 00 171 356 00 531 177 173 176 00 173 376 00 173 576 00 1800 360
171 157 00 171 357 00 537 179 173 178 00 173 378 00 173 578 00 1870 374
171 159 00 171 359 00 564 188 173 179 00 173 379 00 173 579 00 1895 379
171 161 00 171 361 00 597 199 173 182 00 173 382 00 173 582 00 2000 400
171 162 00 171 362 00 606 202 173 188 00 173 388 00 173 588 00 2525 505
171 164 00 171 364 00 633 211 173 100 00* 173 300 00 173 500 00 Open length -
171 167 00 171 367 00 669 223
* Width 10 mm
171 170 00 171 370 00 711 237
171 173 00 171 373 00 882 294
171 175 00 171 375 00 945 315
171 178 00 171 378 00 1062 354
171 180 00 171 380 00 1125 375
171 184 00 171 384 00 1263 421
171 188 00 171 388 00 1500 500
171 190 00 171 390 00 1530 510
171 192 00 171 392 00 1569 523
171 100 00 171 300 00 Open length -
Belts sold by the meter see page 172.
Performance figures see page 132.
Permissible tensile forces for the belts see page 129.
178 ®
HTD-Timing Belts
Material: Neoprene with glass-fibre tensile member.
HTD
Contact surface lined with nylon reinforcement.
HTD (High Torque Drive) timing belt with half-round teeth for
a more even progress of stress in the tooth profile, used for the
transmission of high powers.
Ordering Details: e.g.: 175 105 00, HTD Timing Belts, Profile 8M, 480 mm, Belt
Width 20 mm, 60 Teeth
Profile HTD 8M, Pitch 8 mm Profile HTD 14M, Pitch 14 mm
Product No. Product No. Product No. Effective Length No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Effective Length No.
Width 20 mm Width 30 mm Width 50 mm mm of teeth Width 40 mm Width 55 mm Width 85 mm mm of teeth
175 105 00 175 305 00 175 505 00 480 60 177 108 00 177 308 00 177 508 00 966 69
175 107 00 175 307 00 175 507 00 560 70 177 111 00 177 311 00 177 511 00 1190 85
175 109 00 175 309 00 175 509 00 600 75 177 114 00 177 314 00 177 514 00 1400 100
175 111 00 175 311 00 175 511 00 640 80 177 117 00 177 317 00 177 517 00 1610 115
175 112 00 175 312 00 175 512 00 656 82 177 120 00 177 320 00 177 520 00 1778 127
175 114 00 175 314 00 175 514 00 720 90 177 122 00 177 322 00 177 522 00 1890 135
175 117 00 175 317 00 175 517 00 800 100 177 125 00 177 325 00 177 525 00 2100 150
175 119 00 175 319 00 175 519 00 880 110 177 128 00 177 328 00 177 528 00 2310 165
175 121 00 175 321 00 175 521 00 960 120 177 130 00 177 330 00 177 530 00 2450 175
175 124 00 175 324 00 175 524 00 1040 130 177 132 00 177 332 00 177 532 00 2590 185
175 126 00 175 326 00 175 526 00 1120 140 177 136 00 177 336 00 177 536 00 2800 200
175 128 00 175 328 00 175 528 00 1200 150 177 139 00 177 339 00 177 539 00 3150 225
175 130 00 175 330 00 175 530 00 1280 160 177 142 00 177 342 00 177 542 00 3500 250
175 132 00 175 332 00 175 532 00 1360 170 177 145 00 177 345 00 177 545 00 3850 275
175 134 00 175 334 00 175 534 00 1440 180 177 148 00 177 348 00 177 548 00 4326 309
175 137 00 175 337 00 175 537 00 1600 200 177 151 00 177 351 00 177 551 00 4578 327
175 140 00 175 340 00 175 540 00 1760 220
175 142 00 175 342 00 175 542 00 1800 225
175 144 00 175 344 00 175 544 00 2000 250
175 148 00 175 348 00 175 548 00 2400 300
175 152 00 175 352 00 175 552 00 2800 350
175 100 00 175 300 00 175 500 00 Open length -
Performance figures see page 132.
Permissible tensile forces for the belts see page 129.
® 179
Standard Timing Belt, Inch Pitch
Material: Neoprene with glass-fibre tensile member.
Inch
Teeth surface fabric-coated.
Timing belt with inch dimensions, classical shape with trapezoid
teeth.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 181 802 00, Standard Timing Belt, Pitch MXL = 0.08“,
91.44 mm
Pitch MXL = 0.08“ (2.032 mm), Pitch XL = 1/5“ (5.08 mm),
Standard-Width 025 (1/4“ = 6.35 mm) Standard-Width 037 (3/8“ = 9.53 mm)
Product No. Type Nom. Length Nom. Length Number Product No. Type Nom. Length Nom. Length Number
Inch mm of teeth Inch mm of teeth
181 802 00 36 MXL 3,6 91,44 45 180 812 00 60 XL 6 152,4 30
181 804 00 40 MXL 4,0 101,60 50 180 814 00 70 XL 7 177,8 35
181 807 00 44 MXL 4,4 111,76 55 180 816 00 80 XL 8 203,2 40
181 810 00 48 MXL 4,8 121,92 60 180 818 00 90 XL 9 228,6 45
181 815 00 52 MXL 5,2 132,08 65 180 820 00 100 XL 10 254,0 50
181 820 00 56 MXL 5,6 142,24 70 180 822 00 110 XL 11 279,4 55
181 825 00 60 MXL 6,0 152,40 75 180 824 00 120 XL 12 304,8 60
181 830 00 64 MXL 6,4 162,56 80 180 826 00 130 XL 13 330,2 65
181 832 00 68 MXL 6,8 172,72 85 180 828 00 140 XL 14 355,6 70
181 835 00 72 MXL 7,2 182,88 90 180 830 00 150 XL 15 381,0 75
181 840 00 80 MXL 8,0 203,20 100 180 832 00 160 XL 16 406,4 80
181 845 00 88 MXL 8,8 223,52 110 180 834 00 170 XL 17 431,8 85
181 850 00 100 MXL 10,0 254,00 125 180 836 00 180 XL 18 457,2 90
181 855 00 112 MXL 11,2 284,48 140 180 838 00 190 XL 19 482,6 95
181 860 00 124 MXL 12,4 314,96 155 180 840 00 200 XL 20 508,0 100
181 865 00 140 MXL 14,0 355,60 175 180 842 00 210 XL 21 533,4 105
181 870 00 160 MXL 16,0 406,40 200 180 844 00 220 XL 22 558,8 110
181 875 00 180 MXL 18,0 457,20 225 180 846 00 230 XL 23 584,2 115
181 880 00 200 MXL 20,0 508,00 250 180 848 00 240 XL 24 609,6 120
181 885 00 224 MXL 22,4 568,96 280 180 850 00 250 XL 25 635,0 125
181 890 00 240 MXL 24,0 609,60 300 180 852 00 260 XL 26 660,4 130
181 895 00 256 MXL 25,6 650,24 320 180 800 00 XL Open length
Belts MXL sold by the meter on request.
Other widths available on request.
Pitch L = 3/8“ (9.525 mm)
Standard Widths 050 (1/2“= 12.7 mm); 075 (3/4“= 19.1 mm); 100 (1“= 25.4 mm)
Product No. Product No. Product No. Type Nom. Length Number
Width 050 Width 075 Width 100 Inch mm of teeth
182 612 00 182 712 00 182 812 00 124 L 12,375 314,33 33
182 615 00 182 715 00 182 815 00 150 L 15 381 40
182 619 00 182 719 00 182 819 00 187 L 18,75 476,25 50
182 621 00 182 721 00 182 821 00 210 L 21 533,4 56
182 622 00 182 722 00 182 822 00 225 L 22,5 571,5 60
182 624 00 182 724 00 182 824 00 240 L 24 609,6 64
182 626 00 182 726 00 182 826 00 255 L 25,5 647,7 68
182 627 00 182 727 00 182 827 00 270 L 27 685,8 72
182 629 00 182 729 00 182 829 00 285 L 28,5 723,9 76
182 630 00 182 730 00 182 830 00 300 L 30 762 80
182 632 00 182 732 00 182 832 00 322 L 32,25 819,15 86
182 635 00 182 735 00 182 835 00 345 L 34,5 876,3 92
182 637 00 182 737 00 182 837 00 367 L 36,75 933,45 98
182 639 00 182 739 00 182 839 00 390 L 39 990,6 104
182 642 00 182 742 00 182 842 00 420 L 42 1066,8 112
182 645 00 182 745 00 182 845 00 450 L 45 1143 120
182 648 00 182 748 00 182 848 00 480 L 48 1219,2 128
182 651 00 182 751 00 182 851 00 510 L 51 1295,4 136
182 654 00 182 754 00 182 854 00 540 L 54 1371,6 144
182 660 00 182 760 00 182 860 00 600 L 60 1524 160
182 600 00 182 700 00 182 800 00 L Open length
Belts sold by the meter see page 172.
Performance figures see page 132.
Permissible tensile forces for the belts see page 129.
180 ®
Standard Timing Belt, Inch Pitch
Material: Neoprene with glass-fibre tensile member.
Teeth surface fabric-coated.
Timing belt with inch dimensions, classical shape with trapez oid
teeth.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 184 513 00, Standard Timing Belt, Pitch H = 1/2“,
Width 075, 609.6 mm
Pitch H = 1/2“ (12.7 mm)
Standard Width 075 (3/4“= 19.1 mm); 100 (1“= 25.4 mm); 150 (1 1/2“ = 38.1 mm); 200 (2“ = 50.8 mm)
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Type Nom. Length Nom. Length Number
Width 075 Width 100 Width 150 Width 200 Inch mm of teeth
184 513 00 184 613 00 184 713 00 184 813 00 240 H 24 609,6 48
184 515 00 184 615 00 184 715 00 184 815 00 270 H 27 685,8 54
184 517 00 184 617 00 184 717 00 184 817 00 300 H 30 762 60
184 519 00 184 619 00 184 719 00 184 819 00 330 H 33 838,2 66
184 520 00 184 620 00 184 720 00 184 820 00 360 H 36 914,4 72
184 522 00 184 622 00 184 722 00 184 822 00 390 H 39 990,6 78
184 524 00 184 624 00 184 724 00 184 824 00 420 H 42 1066,8 84
184 525 00 184 625 00 184 725 00 184 825 00 450 H 45 1143 90
184 527 00 184 627 00 184 727 00 184 827 00 480 H 48 1219,2 96
184 529 00 184 629 00 184 729 00 184 829 00 510 H 51 1295,4 102
184 531 00 184 631 00 184 731 00 184 831 00 540 H 54 1371,6 108
184 533 00 184 633 00 184 733 00 184 833 00 570 H 57 1447,8 114
184 535 00 184 635 00 184 735 00 184 835 00 600 H 60 1524 120
184 537 00 184 637 00 184 737 00 184 837 00 630 H 63 1600,2 126
184 539 00 184 639 00 184 739 00 184 839 00 660 H 66 1676,4 132
184 541 00 184 641 00 184 741 00 184 841 00 700 H 70 1778 140
184 543 00 184 643 00 184 743 00 184 843 00 750 H 75 1905 150
184 545 00 184 645 00 184 745 00 184 845 00 800 H 80 2032 160
184 547 00 184 647 00 184 747 00 184 847 00 850 H 85 2159 170
184 550 00 184 650 00 184 750 00 184 850 00 900 H 90 2286 180
184 556 00 184 656 00 184 756 00 184 856 00 1000 H 100 2540 200
184 561 00 184 661 00 184 761 00 184 861 00 1100 H 110 2794 220
184 569 00 184 669 00 184 769 00 184 869 00 1250 H 125 3175 250
184 578 00 184 678 00 184 778 00 184 878 00 1400 H 140 3556 280
184 500 00 184 600 00 184 700 00 184 800 00 H Open length
The pitch XH and XXH are not listed above, but can be supplied on request.
Belts sold by the meter see page 172.
Performance figures see page 132.
Permissible tensile forces for the belts see page 129.
® 181
Tensioning Rollers and Tensioning Elements for Timing Belts
Tensioning rollers are used for tensioning on the outside of the
belt (back of belt). The tensioning rollers can either be mounted
rigidly or be combined with tensioning elements to make up an
elastic belt tensioner.
Note: tensioning rollers mounted on the outside of the closed
span, shorten the service life of the belt due to alternate bending
conditions. This means that when an outside tensioning roller is
mounted a corrective factor of at least 1.2 has to be used when
calculating the drive. If the belt is tensioned from the inside, a
toothed pulley must be used (pulley with ball bearing only made
to order).
Tensioning Rollers
Material: Short roller made from high-grade industrial plastic.
Roller
Mounted on a suitable tensioning element, the tensioning roller
becomes a ready-to-mount belt tensioner or on its own it can
be used as idler. It runs on two permanently lubricated 2-Z ball
bearings.
Tensioning element has to be ordered separately.
Element
Product-No. Diameter Product No.
A Tensioning Element B C D E max. F Weight
mm matching mm mm mm mm mm kg
140 872 00 30 140 800 00 35 2 14 5 M8 0,08
140 874 00 40 140 801 00 45 6 16 7 M10 0,17
140 876 00 60 140 803 00 60 8 17 8 M12 0,40
140 878 00 80 140 804 00 90 8 25 10 M20 1,15
Tensioning Elements
Material: Lever made from St52, housing up to Ø 78 mm made S normal
from sintered steel, over Ø 78 mm made from grey cast iron
GG20.
Tensioning elements are painted blue and are supplied with a
T normal
zinc-plated screw and a spring washer.
T hard
These tensioning element can be used for tensioning all common
kinds of chain and belt drives. The spring elements are based on
highly-elastic natural rubber with a good shape memory and are
designed for applications in temperatures from -40° to +80°C.
Can be used for both tensioning directions.
Product No. Size F max. s max.
normal hard normal hard D E G H J1 J2 K L M N O P Q T MA Weight
N N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
140 800 00 0 80 106 40 30 35 51 +1,0
-0,5 5 M6 80 60 20 90 20 22 6 8 5 8,5 10 0,2
140 801 00 1 135 168 50 40 45 64 +1,0
-0,5 5 M8 100 80 25 112,5 25 30 8 8,5 6 10,5 25 0,4
+1,5
140 802 00 2 350 437 50 40 58 79 -0,5 7 M10 100 80 30 115 30 35 10,5 8,5 8 10,5 49 0,6
140 803 00 3 800 1040 65 50 78 108 +2
-0,5 8 M12 130 100 50 155 40 52 15 10,5 10 12,5 86 1,7
140 804 00 4 1500 1875 87,5 70 95 140 +2
-0,5 10 M16 175 140 60 205 40 66 15 12,5 12 20,5 210 3,55
Other tensioning element versions (stainless, zinc plated etc.) see page 116.
182 ®
V-Belt Pulleys for Taper Bushes, 1 Groove
Material: cast iron EN-GJL200.
Types:
Taper V-belt pulleys similar to DIN 2211 or DIN 2217 matching
narrow V-belts DIN 2215 und DIN 7753.
Design:
B = dished pulley
V = solid pulley
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 151 106 00, V-Belt Pulley for Taper Clamping 0 1 4
Bush, 1 Groove, Profile 10, Ø63 mm
Profile 10 and SPZ
Product No. Nominal Ø D1 Design Type h l Relation of Bush* Bore d Weight approx.
mm mm mm Hub to Rim No. mm kg
151 106 00 63 V 1 16 22 one-sided projecting 6 1108 10 - 28 0,30
151 107 00 71 V 1 16 22 one-sided projecting 6 1108 10 - 28 0,40
151 108 00 80 V 1 16 25 one-sided projecting 9 1210 10 - 32 0,50
151 109 00 90 V 1 16 25 one-sided projecting 9 1210 10 - 32 0,70
151 110 00 100 V 1 16 25 one-sided projecting 9 1210 10 - 32 0,80
151 111 00 112 V 1 16 25 one-sided projecting 9 1610 12 - 42 1,00
151 112 00 125 V 1 16 25 one-sided projecting 9 1610 12 - 42 1,20
151 114 00 140 V 1 16 25 one-sided projecting 9 1610 12 - 42 1,60
151 116 00 160 V 1 16 25 one-sided projecting 9 1610 12 - 42 2,10
151 118 00 180 B 4 16 25 one-sided projecting 9 1610 12 - 42 1,80
151 120 00 200 B 4 16 32 one-sided projecting 16 2012 12 - 50 2,50
151 122 00 224 B 4 16 32 one-sided projecting 16 2012 12 - 50 2,80
151 125 00 250 B 4 16 32 projecting on both sides 8 2012 12 - 50 3,30
151 128 00 280 B 4 16 32 projecting on both sides 8 2012 12 - 50 3,80
151 131 00 315 B 4 16 32 projecting on both sides 8 2012 12 - 50 4,80
Profile 13 and SPA
Product No. Nominal Ø D1 Design Type h l Relation of Bush* Bore d Weight approx.
mm mm mm Hub to Rim No. mm kg
153 107 00 71 V 1 20 22 one-sided projecting 2 1108 10 - 28 0,40
153 108 00 80 V 1 20 25 one-sided projecting 5 1210 10 - 32 0,53
153 109 00 90 V 1 20 25 one-sided projecting 5 1210 10 - 32 0,80
153 110 00 100 V 1 20 25 one-sided projecting 5 1610 12 - 42 0,90
153 111 00 112 V 1 20 25 one-sided projecting 5 1610 12 - 42 1,00
153 112 00 125 V 1 20 25 one-sided projecting 5 1610 12 - 42 1,30
153 114 00 140 V 1 20 25 one-sided projecting 5 1610 12 - 42 1,80
153 116 00 160 V 1 20 25 one-sided projecting 5 1610 12 - 42 2,20
153 118 00 180 B 4 20 25 one-sided projecting 5 1610 12 - 42 2,10
153 120 00 200 B 4 20 32 one-sided projecting 12 2012 12 - 50 2,80
153 122 00 224 B 4 20 32 one-sided projecting 12 2012 12 - 50 3,20
153 125 00 250 B 4 20 32 projecting on both sides 6 2012 12 - 50 3,70
153 128 00 280 B 4 20 32 one-sided projecting 12 2012 12 - 50 4,00
153 131 00 315 B 4 20 32 one-sided projecting 12 2012 12 - 50 4,60
Profile 17 and SPB
Product No. Nominal Ø D1 Design Type h l Relation of Bush* Bore d Weight approx.
mm mm mm Hub to Rim No. mm kg
155 110 00 100 V 0 25 25 flush on both sides 1610 12 - 42 0,90
155 111 00 112 V 0 25 25 flush on both sides 1610 12 - 42 1,10
155 112 00 125 V 0 25 25 flush on both sides 1610 12 - 42 1,50
155 114 00 140 V 0 25 25 flush on both sides 1610 12 - 42 2,00
155 116 00 160 V 0 25 25 flush on both sides 1610 12 - 42 2,80
155 118 00 180 V 4 25 25 flush on both sides 1610 12 - 42 3,70
155 120 00 200 B 4 25 32 projecting on both sides 3.5 2012 12 - 50 4,10
155 122 00 224 B 4 25 32 projecting on both sides 3.5 2012 12 - 50 4,60
155 125 00 250 B 4 25 32 projecting on both sides 3.5 2012 12 - 50 5,60
155 128 00 280 B 4 25 32 projecting on both sides 3.5 2012 12 - 50 8,00
Matching Taper bushes see page 186.
Mounting instructions see page 824.
Other diameters or larger number of grooves
at short notice, on request.
® 183
V-Belt Pulleys for Taper Bushes, 2 Grooves
Material: cast iron EN-GJL200.
Types:
Taper V-belt pulleys similar to DIN 2211 or DIN 2217 matching
narrow V-belts DIN 2215 und DIN 7753.
Design:
A = spoked pulley
B = dished pulley
V = solid pulley
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 151 206 00, V-Belt Pulley for Taper Clamping 1 2 8
Bush, 2 Grooves, Profile 10, Ø63 mm
Profile 10 and SPZ
Product No. Nominal Ø D1 Design Type h l Relation of Bush* Bore d Weight approx.
mm mm mm Hub to Rim No. mm kg
151 206 00 63 V 8 28 22 one-sided set back 6 1108 10 - 28 0,45
151 207 00 71 V 8 28 22 one-sided set back 6 1108 10 - 28 0,48
151 208 00 80 V 8 28 25 one-sided set back 3 1210 10 - 32 0,57
151 209 00 90 V 8 28 25 one-sided set back 3 1610 12 - 42 0,67
151 210 00 100 V 8 28 25 one-sided set back 3 1610 12 - 42 0,94
151 211 00 112 V 8 28 25 one-sided set back 3 1610 12 - 42 1,30
151 212 00 125 V 8 28 25 one-sided set back 3 1610 12 - 42 1,80
151 214 00 140 V 8 28 25 one-sided set back 3 1610 12 - 42 2,40
151 216 00 160 V 1 28 32 one-sided projecting 4 2012 12 - 50 3,10
151 218 00 180 B 1 28 32 one-sided projecting 4 2012 12 - 50 2,70
151 220 00 200 B 1 28 32 one-sided projecting 4 2012 12 - 50 3,10
151 222 00 224 B 1 28 32 one-sided projecting 4 2012 12 - 50 3,40
151 225 00 250 A 1 28 32 projecting on both sides 2 2012 12 - 50 3,90
151 228 00 280 A 1 28 32 projecting on both sides 2 2012 12 - 50 4,90
Profile 13 and SPA
Product No. Nominal Ø D1 Design Type h l Relation of Bush* Bore d Weight approx.
mm mm mm Hub to Rim No. mm kg
153 207 00 71 V 8 35 22 one-sided set back 13 1108 10 - 28 0,55
153 208 00 80 V 8 35 25 one-sided set back 10 1210 10 - 32 0,74
153 209 00 90 V 8 35 25 one-sided set back 10 1610 12 - 42 0,90
153 210 00 100 V 8 35 25 one-sided set back 10 1610 12 - 42 1,00
153 211 00 112 V 8 35 25 one-sided set back 10 1610 12 - 42 1,40
153 212 00 125 V 8 35 25 one-sided set back 10 1610 12 - 42 1,90
153 214 00 140 V 8 35 32 one-sided set back 3 2012 12 - 50 2,60
153 216 00 160 V 8 35 32 one-sided set back 3 2012 12 - 50 3,20
153 218 00 180 B 1 35 32 set back on both sides 1.5 2012 12 - 50 5,20
153 220 00 200 B 1 35 45 projecting on both sides 5 2517 16 - 65 4,70
153 222 00 224 B 1 35 45 one-sided projecting 10 2517 16 - 65 5,30
153 225 00 250 B 1 35 45 projecting on both sides 5 2517 16 - 65 5,80
153 228 00 280 B 1 35 45 one-sided projecting 10 2517 16 - 65 6,50
153 231 00 315 B 1 35 45 one-sided projecting 10 2517 16 - 65 7,60
Profile 17 and SPB
Product No. Nominal Ø D1 Design Type h l Relation of Bore d max. Bush* Weight approx.
mm mm mm Hub to Rim mm No. kg
155 210 00 100 V 8 44 25 one-sided set back 19 1610 12 - 42 1,2
155 211 00 112 V 8 44 25 one-sided set back 19 1610 12 - 42 1,5
155 212 00 125 V 2 44 32 one-sided set back 12 2012 12 - 50 2,0
155 214 00 140 V 2 44 32 one-sided set back 12 2012 12 - 50 2,7
155 216 00 160 V 8 44 32 one-sided set back 12 2012 12 - 50 3,9
155 218 00 180 V 1 44 45 one-sided projecting 1 2517 16 - 65 5,5
155 220 00 200 V 1 44 45 one-sided projecting 1 2517 16 - 65 7,5
155 222 00 224 B 1 44 45 one-sided projecting 1 2517 16 - 65 6,6
155 225 00 250 B 1 44 45 one-sided projecting 1 2517 16 - 65 7,7
155 228 00 280 B 1 44 45 one-sided projecting 1 2517 16 - 65 9,5
155 231 00 315 B 1 44 45 one-sided projecting 1 2517 16 - 65 11,5
Matching Taper bushes see page 186.
Mounting instructions see page 824.
Other diameters or larger number of grooves
at short notice, on request.
184 ®
V-Belt Pulleys for Taper Bushes, 3 Grooves
Material: cast iron EN-GJL200.
Types:
Taper V-belt pulleys similar to DIN 2211 or DIN 2217 matching
narrow V-belts DIN 2215 und DIN 7753.
Design:
A = spoked pulley
B = dished pulley
V = solid pulley
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 151 306 00, V-Belt Pulley for Taper Clamping 2 6 8
Bush, 3 Grooves, Profile 10, Ø63 mm
Profile 10 and SPZ
Product No. Nominal Ø D1 Design Type h l Relation of Bush* Bore d Weight approx.
mm mm mm Hub to Rim No. mm kg
151 306 00 63 V 8 40 22 one-sided set back 18 1108 10 - 28 0,58
151 307 00 71 V 8 40 22 one-sided set back 18 1108 10 - 28 0,64
151 308 00 80 V 8 40 25 one-sided set back 15 1210 10 - 32 0,75
151 309 00 90 V 8 40 25 one-sided set back 15 1610 12 - 42 0,88
151 310 00 100 V 8 40 25 one-sided set back 15 1610 12 - 42 1,20
151 311 00 112 V 8 40 32 one-sided set back 8 2012 12 - 50 1,40
151 312 00 125 V 2 40 32 one-sided set back 8 2012 12 - 50 2,00
151 314 00 140 V 2 40 32 one-sided set back 8 2012 12 - 50 2,70
151 316 00 160 V 2 40 32 one-sided set back 8 2012 12 - 50 3,90
151 318 00 180 B 6 40 32 one-sided set back 8 2012 12 - 50 3,20
151 320 00 200 B 6 40 32 set back on both sides 4 2012 12 - 50 3,70
151 322 00 224 B 6 40 32 set back on both sides 4 2012 12 - 50 4,20
151 325 00 250 B 6 40 32 set back on both sides 4 2012 12 - 50 4,80
151 328 00 280 A 6 40 45 projecting on both sides 2.5 2517 16 - 65 7,10
151 331 00 315 A 6 40 45 projecting on both sides 2.5 2517 16 - 65 7,50
Profile 13 and SPA
Product No. Nominal Ø D1 Design Type h l Relation of Bush* Bore d Weight approx.
mm mm mm Hub to Rim No. mm kg
153 308 00 80 V 8 50 25 one-sided set back 25 1210 10 - 32 0,8
153 309 00 90 V 8 50 25 one-sided set back 25 1610 12 - 42 1,0
153 310 00 100 V 2 50 25 one-sided set back 25 1610 12 - 42 1,4
153 311 00 112 V 8 50 32 one-sided set back 18 2012 12 - 50 1,6
153 312 00 125 V 2 50 32 one-sided set back 18 2012 12 - 50 2,3
153 314 00 140 V 8 50 45 one-sided set back 5 2517 16 - 65 2,9
153 316 00 160 V 8 50 45 one-sided set back 5 2517 16 - 65 3,8
153 318 00 180 V 8 50 45 one-sided set back 5 2517 16 - 65 6,1
153 320 00 200 B 6 50 45 set back on both sides 2.5 2517 16 - 65 5,5
153 322 00 224 B 6 50 45 set back on both sides 2.5 2517 16 - 65 6,2
153 325 00 250 B 6 50 45 set back on both sides 2.5 2517 16 - 65 6,8
153 328 00 280 B 6 50 45 set back on both sides 2.5 2517 16 - 65 7,6
153 331 00 315 A 6 50 51 projecting on both sides 0.5 3020 25 - 75 11,0
Profile 17 and SPB
Product No. Nominal Ø D1 Design Type h l Relation of Bore d max. Bush* Weight approx.
mm mm mm Hub to Rim mm No. kg
155 310 00 100 V 8 63 25 one-sided set back 38 1610 12 - 42 1,7
155 311 00 112 V 8 63 25 one-sided set back 38 1610 12 - 42 2,0
155 312 00 125 V 2 63 32 one-sided set back 31 2012 12 - 50 2,7
155 314 00 140 V 2 63 32 one-sided set back 31 2012 12 - 50 3,5
155 316 00 160 V 2 63 45 one-sided set back 18 2517 16 - 65 4,8
155 318 00 180 V 2 63 45 one-sided set back 18 2517 16 - 65 6,6
155 320 00 200 V 2 63 45 one-sided set back 18 2517 16 - 65 8,6
155 322 00 224 B 6 63 45 one-sided set back 18 2517 16 - 65 8,1
155 325 00 250 B 6 63 51 one-sided set back 12 3020 25 - 75 11,0
155 328 00 280 B 6 63 51 set back on both sides 6 3020 25 - 75 13,0
155 331 00 315 B 6 63 51 set back on both sides 6 3020 25 - 75 15,5
Matching Taper bushes see page 186.
Mounting instructions see page 824.
Other diameters or larger number of grooves
at short notice, on request.
® 185
Taper Bushes
Material: GG20.
Bores ISO E8, feather keyways in accordance with DIN 6885/1. L
Screws included in delivery.
t2
Shaft tolerance +0.05/-0.125 mm.
b
Can be used with or without parallel key,
depending on the required torque.
D1
d
Other bush sizes and bores available at short notice
(some in stock).
Assembly instructions see page 824.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 501 10, Taper Bush 1008, 10 mm Bore
Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight
bush d b t2 L D1 bush d b t2 L D1
No. mm mm mm mm mm g No. mm mm mm mm mm g
622 501 10 1008 10 3 1,4 22,3 35 160 622 504 12 1610 12 4 1,8 25,4 57 416
622 501 11 1008 11 4 1,8 22,3 35 140 622 504 14 1610 14 5 2,3 25,4 57 412
622 501 12 1008 12 4 1,8 22,3 35 120 622 504 15 1610 15 5 2,3 25,4 57 408
622 501 14 1008 14 5 2,3 22,3 35 118 622 504 16 1610 16 5 2,3 25,4 57 402
622 501 15 1008 15 5 2,3 22,3 35 116 622 504 18 1610 18 6 2,8 25,4 57 390
622 501 16 1008 16 5 2,3 22,3 35 112 622 504 19 1610 19 6 2,8 25,4 57 380
622 501 18 1008 18 6 2,8 22,3 35 100 622 504 20 1610 20 6 2,8 25,4 57 373
622 501 19 1008 19 6 2,8 22,3 35 98 622 504 22 1610 22 6 2,8 25,4 57 366
622 501 20 1008 20 6 2,8 22,3 35 94 622 504 24 1610 24 8 3,3 25,4 57 356
622 501 22 1008 22 6 2,8 22,3 35 80 622 504 25 1610 25 8 3,3 25,4 57 348
622 501 24 1008 24 8 1) 1,3 1) 22,3 35 70 622 504 28 1610 28 8 3,3 25,4 57 324
622 501 25 1008 25 8 1) 1,3 1) 22,3 35 68 622 504 30 1610 30 8 3,3 25,4 57 304
622 502 10 1108 10 3 1,4 22,3 38 180 622 504 32 1610 32 10 3,3 25,4 57 280
622 502 11 1108 11 4 1,8 22,3 38 165 622 504 35 1610 35 10 3,3 25,4 57 264
622 502 12 1108 12 4 1,8 22,3 38 154 622 504 38 1610 38 10 3,3 25,4 57 240
622 502 14 1108 14 5 2,3 22,3 38 148 622 504 40 1610 40 12 3,3 25,4 57 210
622 502 16 1108 16 5 2,3 22,3 38 140 622 504 42 1610 42 12 3,3 25,4 57 200
622 502 18 1108 18 6 2,8 22,3 38 132 622 508 18 1615 18 6 2,8 38,1 57 561
622 502 19 1108 19 6 2,8 22,3 38 126 622 508 20 1615 20 6 2,8 38,1 57 552
622 502 20 1108 20 6 2,8 22,3 38 122 622 508 22 1615 22 6 2,8 38,1 57 540
622 502 22 1108 22 6 2,8 22,3 38 112 622 508 24 1615 24 8 3,3 38,1 57 520
622 502 24 1108 24 8 3,3 22,3 38 96 622 508 25 1615 25 8 3,3 38,1 57 510
622 502 25 1108 25 8 3,3 22,3 38 92 622 508 30 1615 30 8 3,3 38,1 57 446
622 502 28 1108 28 8 1) 1,3 1) 22,3 38 88 622 508 32 1615 32 10 3,3 38,1 57 414
622 503 10 1210 10 3 1,4 25,4 47,5 282 622 508 35 1615 35 10 3,3 38,1 57 380
622 503 11 1210 11 4 1,8 25,4 47,5 280 622 508 38 1615 38 10 3,3 38,1 57 346
622 503 12 1210 12 4 1,8 25,4 47,5 278 622 508 40 1615 40 12 3,3 38,1 57 340
622 503 14 1210 14 5 2,3 25,4 47,5 274 622 508 42 1615 42 12 2) 2,2 2) 38,1 57 260
622 503 16 1210 16 5 2,3 25,4 47,5 262 622 505 12 2012 12 4 1,8 31,8 70 810
622 503 18 1210 18 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 250 622 505 14 2012 14 5 2,3 31,8 70 800
622 503 19 1210 19 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 244 622 505 15 2012 15 5 2,3 31,8 70 785
622 503 20 1210 20 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 240 622 505 16 2012 16 5 2,3 31,8 70 770
622 503 22 1210 22 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 224 622 505 18 2012 18 6 2,8 31,8 70 762
622 503 24 1210 24 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 208 622 505 19 2012 19 6 2,8 31,8 70 756
622 503 25 1210 25 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 208 622 505 20 2012 20 6 2,8 31,8 70 750
622 503 28 1210 28 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 184 622 505 22 2012 22 6 2,8 31,8 70 736
622 503 30 1210 30 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 168 622 505 24 2012 24 8 3,3 31,8 70 724
622 503 32 1210 32 10 3,3 25,4 47,5 160 622 505 25 2012 25 8 3,3 31,8 70 714
622 513 14 1215 14 5 2,3 38,1 47,5 380 622 505 28 2012 28 8 3,3 31,8 70 684
622 513 16 1215 16 5 2,3 38,1 47,5 370 622 505 30 2012 30 8 3,3 31,8 70 658
622 513 18 1215 18 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 350 622 505 32 2012 32 10 3,3 31,8 70 630
622 513 19 1215 19 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 340 622 505 35 2012 35 10 3,3 31,8 70 604
622 513 20 1215 20 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 335 622 505 38 2012 38 10 3,3 31,8 70 566
622 513 22 1215 22 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 320 622 505 40 2012 40 12 3,3 31,8 70 538
622 513 24 1215 24 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 290 622 505 42 2012 42 12 3,3 31,8 70 510
622 513 25 1215 25 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 285 622 505 45 2012 45 14 3,8 31,8 70 460
622 513 28 1215 28 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 260 622 505 48 2012 48 14 3,8 31,8 70 404
622 513 30 1215 30 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 230 622 505 50 2012 50 14 3,8 31,8 70 372
622 513 32 1215 32 10 3,3 38,1 47,5 200
1) With flat keyway 1.3mm.
2) With flat keyway 2.2mm.
186 ®
Taper Bushes
Material: GG20.
Bores ISO E8, feather keyways in accordance with DIN 6885/1. L
Screws included in delivery.
t2
Shaft tolerance +0.05/-0.125 mm.
b
Can be used with or without parallel key,
depending on the required torque.
D1
d
Other bush sizes and bores available at short notice
(some in stock).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 506 16, Taper Bush 2517, 16 mm Bore
Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight
bush d b t2 L D1 bush d b t2 L D1
No. mm mm mm mm mm g No. mm mm mm mm mm g
622 506 16 2517 16 5 2,3 44,5 85,5 1800 622 511 40 3030 40 12 3,3 76,2 108 3820
622 506 18 2517 18 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1700 622 511 45 3030 45 14 3,8 76,2 108 3550
622 506 19 2517 19 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1620 622 511 50 3030 50 14 3,8 76,2 108 3420
622 506 20 2517 20 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1602 622 511 60 3030 60 18 4,4 76,2 108 2950
622 506 22 2517 22 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1568 622 511 65 3030 65 18 4,4 76,2 108 2680
622 506 24 2517 24 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1566 622 511 70 3030 70 20 4,9 76,2 108 2060
622 506 25 2517 25 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1556 622 511 75 3030 75 20 4,9 76,2 108 1640
622 506 28 2517 28 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1520 622 509 35 3525 35 10 3,3 64,9 127 4910
622 506 30 2517 30 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1488 622 509 38 3525 38 10 3,3 64,9 127 4850
622 506 32 2517 32 10 3,3 44,5 85,5 1450 622 509 40 3525 40 12 3,3 64,9 127 4800
622 506 35 2517 35 10 3,3 44,5 85,5 1396 622 509 50 3525 50 14 3,8 64,9 127 4440
622 506 38 2517 38 10 3,3 44,5 85,5 1346 622 509 60 3525 60 18 4,4 64,9 127 4050
622 506 40 2517 40 12 3,3 44,5 85,5 1316 622 509 75 3525 75 20 4,9 64,9 127 3370
622 506 42 2517 42 12 3,3 44,5 85,5 1274 622 509 80 3525 80 22 5,4 64,9 127 3050
622 506 45 2517 45 14 3,8 44,5 85,5 1204 622 510 50 3535 50 14 3,8 88,9 127 6050
622 506 48 2517 48 14 3,8 44,5 85,5 1126 622 510 55 3535 55 16 4,3 88,9 127 5810
622 506 50 2517 50 14 3,8 44,5 85,5 1080 622 510 60 3535 60 18 4,4 88,9 127 5500
622 506 55 2517 55 16 4,3 44,5 85,5 958 622 510 65 3535 65 18 4,4 88,9 127 5200
622 506 60 2517 60 18 4,4 44,5 85,5 810 622 510 70 3535 70 20 4,9 88,9 127 4880
622 506 65 2517 65 18 1) 3,4 1) 44,5 85,5 650 622 510 75 3535 75 20 4,9 88,9 127 4460
622 507 25 3020 25 8 3,3 50,8 108 2910 622 510 80 3535 80 22 5,4 88,9 127 4080
622 507 28 3020 28 8 3,3 50,8 108 2790 622 510 90 3535 90 25 5,4 88,9 127 3210
622 507 30 3020 30 8 3,3 50,8 108 2840
622 507 32 3020 32 10 3,3 50,8 108 2800
622 507 35 3020 35 10 3,3 50,8 108 2745
622 507 38 3020 38 10 3,3 50,8 108 2700
622 507 40 3020 40 12 3,3 50,8 108 2635
622 507 42 3020 42 12 3,3 50,8 108 2594
622
622
622
507
507
507
45
48
50
3020
3020
3020
45
48
50
14
14
14
3,8
3,8
3,8
50,8
50,8
50,8
108
108
108
2515
2425
2370
Other bush sizes on request.
622 507 55 3020 55 16 4,3 50,8 108 2234
2000
Assembly Instructions Page 824
622 507 60 3020 60 18 4,4 50,8 108
622 507 65 3020 65 18 4,4 50,8 108 1888
622 507 70 3020 70 20 4,9 50,8 108 1700
and at www.maedler.de
622 507 75 3020 75 20 4,9 50,8 108 1485
1) With flat keyway 3.4mm.
Spare Screws for Taper Bushes
Material: Steel.
Supply: One screw (order quantity as needed).
Taper bushes have two or (from size 3030) three screws depending on size.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 501 99, Spare Screw , Taper Bush 1008 and 1108
Product No. to match Size Screw type Tightening Torque Weight
Taper bush inch Nm g
622 501 99 1008 and 1108 1/4’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 5.6 1.9
622 503 99 1210 to 1615 3/8’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 20 5.2
622 505 99 2012 and 2017 7/16’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 30 11
622 506 99 2517 and 2525 1/2’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 50 16.4
622 507 99 3020 and 3030 5/8’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 90 33.2
622 510 99 3525 and 3535 1/2’’ Screw with internal hexagon 90 49.7
® 187
V-Belt Pulleys Made from a Special Light Alloy with Cast-Iron core, 1 Groove
Bimetal V-belt pulleys similar to DIN 2211 or DIN 2217 matching
narrow V-belts DIN 2215 und DIN 7753.
V-pelt pulleys with nominal diameters up to and including 250
mm
are supplied as solid pulley, from 280 mm Ø as spoked pulley.
1) Can only be used with standard V-belt DIN 2215 .
* Without cast-iron core.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 150 101 00,
V-Belt Pulley Bi-metal, 1 Groove, 40/1/10
Profile Z (10) and SPZ with 1 Groove, Rim Width h 16 mm
Product No. Nominal Ø Pilot Hole max. Bore Hub Ø Hub Length Weight
D1 d N L
mm approx. mm mm approx. mm approx. mm approx. kg
150 102 00 *50 1) - 22 35 28 0,1
150 103 00 *56 1) - 22 35 28 0,1
150 106 00 *63 - 22 35 28 0,1
150 107 00 *71 - 25 40 28 0,2
150 108 00 80 10 28 48 28 0,4
150 109 00 90 10 28 48 28 0,5
150 110 00 100 10 28 48 28 0,5
150 111 00 112 10 28 48 28 0,5
150 112 00 125 10 28 48 28 0,5
150 114 00 140 10 28 48 28 0,6
150 116 00 160 12 35 60 32 0,9
150 118 00 180 12 35 60 32 1,0
150 120 00 200 12 35 60 32 1,1
150 122 00 224 12 35 60 32 1,2
150 125 00 250 12 35 60 32 1,5
150 128 00 280 12 35 60 40 1,7
150 131 00 315 14 40 65 40 2,0
Profile A (13) and SPA with 1 Groove, Rim Width h 20 mm
Product No. Nominal Ø Pilot Hole max. Bore Hub Ø Hub Length Weight
D1 d N L
mm approx. mm mm approx. mm approx. mm approx. kg
152 102 00 *50 1) - 22 35 28 0,1
152 103 00 *56 1) - 22 35 28 0,15
152 106 00 *63 - 25 40 28 0,15
152 107 00 *71 - 25 40 28 0,2 V-Belt Pulleys GG in
152 108 00 80 10 28 48 28 0,4 Taper bushes-Type see
152 109 00 90 10 28 48 28 0,5 page 183.
152 110 00 100 10 28 48 28 0,5
152 111 00 112 10 28 48 28 0,5
152 112 00 125 10 35 60 28 0,7
152 114 00 140 10 35 60 32 0,8
152 116 00 160 12 35 60 40 1,0
152 118 00 180 12 40 65 40 1,3
152 120 00 200 12 40 65 40 1,4
152 122 00 224 12 40 65 40 1,5
152 125 00 250 12 45 75 50 2,2
152 128 00 280 12 45 75 50 2,4
152 131 00 315 12 45 75 50 2,8
Profile B (17) and SPB with 1 Groove, Rim Width h 25 mm
Product No. Nominal Ø Pilot Hole max. Bore Hub Ø Hub Length Weight
D1 d N L
mm approx. mm mm approx. mm approx. mm approx. kg
154 106 00 *63 1) - 25 40 32 0,2
154 107 00 *71 - 25 40 32 0,25
154 108 00 80 10 35 60 32 0,5
154 109 00 90 10 35 60 32 0,6
154 110 00 100 12 35 60 32 0,7
154 111 00 112 12 35 60 32 0,7
154 112 00 125 12 35 60 32 0,8
154 114 00 140 12 35 60 32 0,9
154 116 00 160 12 35 60 40 1,1 Reworking within
154 118 00 180 12 40 65 40 1,4
154 120 00 200 12 40 65 40 1,5 24h-service possible.
154 122 00 224 12 40 65 45 1,9 Custom made parts
154 125 00 250 12 45 75 45 2,3
154 128 00 280 14 45 75 45 2,4 on request.
154 131 00 315 20 45 75 45 2,7
188 ®
V-Belt Pulleys Made from a Special Light Alloy with Cast-Iron core, 2 Grooves
Bimetal V-belt pulleys similar to DIN 2211 or DIN 2217 matching
narrow V-belts DIN 2215 und DIN 7753.
V-belt pulleys with nominal diameters up to and including
250 mm are supplied as solid pulley, from 280 mm Ø as spoked
pulley.
1) Can only be used with standard V-belt DIN 2215 .
* Without cast-iron core.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 150 202 00, V-Belt Pulley Bi-metal, 2 Grooves, 50/2/10
Profile Z (10) and SPZ with 2 Grooves, Rim Width h 28 mm
Product No. Nominal Ø Pilot Hole max. Bore Hub Ø Hub Length Weight
D1 d N L
mm approx. mm mm approx. mm approx. mm approx. kg
150 202 00 *50 1) - 22 35 35 0,15
150 203 00 *56 1) - 22 35 35 0,15
150 206 00 *63 - 25 40 35 0,2
150 207 00 *71 - 25 40 35 0,3
150 208 00 80 10 28 - 28 0,5
150 209 00 90 10 28 - 28 0,6
150 210 00 100 10 28 - 28 0,7
150 211 00 112 10 35 60 32 0,8
150 212 00 125 10 35 60 32 0,8
150 214 00 140 12 35 60 40 1,0
150 216 00 160 12 35 60 40 1,2
150 218 00 180 12 40 65 40 1,5
150 220 00 200 12 40 65 40 1,6
150 222 00 224 12 40 65 40 1,7
150 225 00 250 12 40 65 40 2,1
150 228 00 280 12 40 65 45 2,4
150 231 00 315 14 45 75 45 2,7
Profile A (13) and SPA with 2 Grooves, Rim Width h 35 mm
Product No. Nominal Ø Pilot Hole max. Bore Hub Ø Hub Length Weight
D1 d N L
mm approx. mm mm approx. mm approx. mm approx. kg
152 202 00 *50 1) - 22 - 35 0,15
152 203 00 *56 1) - 22 - 35 0,2
152 206 00 *63 - 25 40 45 0,25
152 207 00 *71 - 28 48 45 0,35 V-Belt Pulleys GG in
152 208 00 80 10 35 60 45 0,7 Taper bushes-Type see
152 209 00 90 10 35 60 45 0,8 page 183.
152 210 00 100 10 35 60 45 0,9
152 211 00 112 12 35 60 45 1,0
152 212 00 125 12 35 60 45 1,0
152 214 00 140 12 35 60 45 1,2
152 216 00 160 12 40 65 45 1,5
152 218 00 180 12 40 65 45 1,7
152 220 00 200 12 40 65 50 1,9
152 222 00 224 12 40 65 50 2,2
152 225 00 250 14 45 75 50 2,8
152 228 00 280 14 45 75 50 2,9
152 231 00 315 14 45 75 50 3,2
Profile B (17) and SPB with 2 Grooves, Rim Width h 44 mm
Product No. Nominal Ø Pilot Hole max. Bore Hub Ø Hub Length Weight
D1 d N L
mm approx. mm mm approx. mm approx. mm approx. kg
154 207 00 *71 - 28 48 44 0,4
154 208 00 80 10 35 60 44 0,7
154 209 00 90 12 35 60 44 0,8
154 210 00 100 12 40 65 44 1,1
154 211 00 112 12 40 65 44 1,3
154 212 00 125 12 40 65 44 1,4
154 214 00 140 12 40 65 44 1,4
154 216 00 160 12 45 75 44 2,0
154 218 00 180 12 45 75 50 2,2 Reworking within
154 220 00 200 14 45 75 50 2,4
154 222 00 224 14 45 75 50 2,8 24h-service possible.
154 225 00 250 16 45 75 50 2,9
154 228 00 280 16 50 85 50 3,5 Custom made parts
154 231 00 315 20 50 85 60 4,3 on request.
® 189
V-Belt Pulley Made from a Special Light Alloy with Cast-Iron core, 3 Grooves
Bimetal V-belt pulleys similar to DIN 2211 or DIN 2217 matching
narrow V-belts DIN 2215 und DIN 7753.
V-belt pulleys with nominal diameters up to and including
250 mm are supplied as solid pulley, from 280 mm Ø as spoked
pulley.
1) Can only be used with standard V-belt DIN 2215 .
* Without cast-iron core.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 150 306 00, V-Belt Pulley Bi-metal, 3 Grooves, 63/3/10
Profile Z (10) and SPZ with 3 Grooves, Rim Width h 40 mm
Product No. Nominal Ø Pilot Hole max. Bore Hub Ø Hub Length Weight
D1 d N L
mm approx. mm mm approx. mm approx. mm kg
150 306 00 *63 - 25 - 40 0,3
150 307 00 *71 - 30 - 40 0,4
150 308 00 80 10 35 - 40 0,8
150 309 00 90 10 35 - 40 0,9
150 310 00 100 10 35 60 40 1,0
150 311 00 112 12 35 - 40 1,2
150 312 00 125 12 35 60 40 1,1
150 314 00 140 12 40 65 40 1,5
150 316 00 160 12 40 65 45 1,5
150 318 00 180 12 45 75 45 2,0
150 320 00 200 14 45 75 45 2,2
150 322 00 224 14 45 75 45 2,4
150 325 00 250 14 45 75 45 2,7
150 328 00 280 14 45 75 50 3,0
150 331 00 315 14 45 75 50 4,0
Profile A (13) and SPA with 3 Grooves, Rim Width h 50 mm
Product No. Nominal Ø Pilot Hole max. Bore Hub Ø Hub Length Weight
D1 d N L
mm approx. mm mm approx. mm approx. mm kg
152 302 00 *50 1) - 22 - 50 0,2
152 303 00 *56 1) - 25 - 50 0,3 V-Belt Pulleys GG in
152 306 00 *63 - 25 - 50 0,3 Taper bushes-Type see
152 307 00 *71 - 30 - 50 0,4 page 183.
152 308 00 80 12 35 - 50 0,8
152 309 00 90 12 40 - 50 1,1
152 310 00 100 12 40 - 50 1,3
152 311 00 112 12 40 - 50 1,5
152 312 00 125 12 40 65 50 1,8
152 314 00 140 12 40 65 50 1,7
152 316 00 160 12 40 65 50 1,9
152 318 00 180 14 45 75 50 2,4
152 320 00 200 14 45 75 50 2,6
152 322 00 224 16 45 75 50 2,8
152 325 00 250 16 50 85 50 3,5
152 328 00 280 16 50 85 50 3,6
152 331 00 315 16 50 85 60 4,5
Profile B (17) and SPB with 3 Grooves, Rim Width h 63 mm
Product No. Nominal Ø Pilot Hole max. Bore Hub Ø Hub Length Weight
D1 d N L
mm approx. mm mm approx. mm approx. mm kg
154 308 00 80 12 35 - 63 0,9
154 309 00 90 12 35 - 63 1,2
154 310 00 100 14 40 - 63 1,4
154 311 00 112 14 40 - 63 2,0
154 312 00 125 14 40 - 63 2,3
154 314 00 140 14 45 - 63 2,4
154 316 00 160 14 50 85 50 2,6
154 318 00 180 14 50 85 50 2,8
154 320 00 200 16 50 85 50 3,0 Reworking within
154 322 00 224 16 50 85 50 3,4
154 325 00 250 18 50 85 60 4,3 24h-service possible.
154 328 00 280 18 50 85 60 4,6
154 331 00 315 20 50 85 60 4,9 Custom made parts
on request.
190 ®
V-Belt Tensioner with Mounted V-Belt Pulley
Material: Housings up to Ø 78 mm made from sintered steel, G C s
over Ø 78 mm made from grey cast iron GG20.
Lever St52, V-belt pulley cast steel.
Sw
Dw
Matching narrow V-belts DIN 2215 und DIN 7753.
F
Pulley with sealed ball bearings, permanently lubricated. B
A
J
Measur A of the pulley can be adjusted by distance-washers
on the axis, which is screwed onto the tensioner.
H
ØD
Can be used for both tensioning directions.
E
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 850 01, SPZ, 1 Groove, Dw=90mm
Product No. Profile No. of Dw Tensioner Fmax. Speedmax. smax. A B C ØD E J G H sw Weight
Grooves mm Size N min-1 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
140 851 01 SPZ (10) 1 90 2 350 10000 50 20-43 12 13 58 79 100 16 M10 19 2,0
140 851 02 SPZ (10) 2 90 2 350 10000 50 31-48 12 13 58 79 100 28 M10 19 2,3
140 851 03 SPZ (10) 3 90 2 350 10000 50 31-37 12 13 58 79 100 40 M10 19 2,6
140 851 11 SPA (13) 1 90 2 350 7400 50 15-36 15 19 58 79 100 20 M10 27 2,0
140 851 12 SPA (13) 2 90 2 350 7400 50 20-42 15 19 58 79 100 35 M10 27 2,3
140 852 01 SPA (13) 1 90 3 800 7400 65 34-64 15 19 78 108 130 20 M12 27 3,1
140 852 02 SPA (13) 2 90 3 800 7400 65 49-70 15 19 78 108 130 35 M12 27 3,5
140 852 03 SPA (13) 3 90 3 800 7400 65 49-70 15 19 78 108 130 50 M12 27 3,8
140 852 04 SPA (13) 1 125 3 800 5300 65 33-63 15 19 78 108 130 20 M12 27 3,9
140 852 05 SPA (13) 2 125 3 800 5300 65 49-70 15 19 78 108 130 35 M12 27 4,8
140 854 01 SPB (17) 1 125 3 800 5300 65 35-65 19 19 78 108 130 25 M12 27 4,2
140 854 02 SPB (17) 2 125 3 800 5300 65 48-69 19 19 78 108 130 44 M12 27 5,3
140 854 03 SPB (17) 3 125 4 1500 5300 87,5 104-107 19 17 95 140 175 63 M16 27 7,9
140 854 04 SPB (17) 3 140 4 1500 4000 87,5 104-107 19 17 95 140 175 63 M16 27 9,2
Tensioning Rollers
Material: Short roller made from high-grade industrial plastic.
Roller
Tensioning rollers are used for tensioning (or as an idler) on the
outside of the belt (back of belt). The tensioning rollers can eit-
her be mounted rigidly or be combined with tensioning elements
to make up an elastic belt tensioner.
It runs on two permanently lubricated 2-Z ball bearings.
Tensioning element has to be ordered separately.
Element
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 872 00, Tensioning Roller Ø 30 mm
Product-No. Diameter Product No.
A Tensioning Element B C D E max. F Weight
mm matching mm mm mm mm mm kg
140 872 00 30 140 800 00 35 2 14 5 M8 0,08
140 874 00 40 140 801 00 45 6 16 7 M10 0,17
140 876 00 60 140 803 00 60 8 17 8 M12 0,40
140 878 00 80 140 804 00 90 8 25 10 M20 1,15
Tensioning Elements in Standard Version
Material: Housing up to Ø 78 mm made from sintered steel, S normal
over Ø 78 mm made from grey cast iron GG20, lever made from
St52.
Can be used for tensioning all common kinds of chain and belt
T normal
drives. The elastomeric inserts are based on highly-elastic natural
T hard
rubber with a good shape memory and are designed for applica-
tions in temperatures from -40° to +80°C
The tensioning elements are painted blue and supplied with a
zinc-plated screw and spring washer. Can be used for both ten-
sioning directions. Temperature range: -40º to +80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 800 00, Tensioning Element Ø 35 mm
Product No. Size F max. s max.
normal hard normal hard D E G H J1 J2 K L M N O P Q T MA Weight
N N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
+1,0
140 800 00 0 80 106 40 30 35 51 -0,5 5 M6 80 60 20 90 20 22 6 8 5 8,5 10 0,2
+1,0
140 801 00 1 135 168 50 40 45 64 -0,5 5 M8 100 80 25 112,5 25 30 8 8,5 6 10,5 25 0,4
+1,5
140 802 00 2 350 437 50 40 58 79 -0,5 7 M10 100 80 30 115 30 35 10,5 8,5 8 10,5 49 0,6
+2
140 803 00 3 800 1040 65 50 78 108 -0,5 8 M12 130 100 50 155 40 52 15 10,5 10 12,5 86 1,7
+2
140 804 00 4 1500 1875 87,5 70 95 140 -0,5 10 M16 175 140 60 205 40 66 15 12,5 12 20,5 210 3,55
® 191
V-Belts DIN 7753 V-Belts DIN 2215
Dimensions in mm/wedge angle approx. 36º Dimensions in mm/wedge angle approx. 38º
Standard Size SPZ SPA ISO short symbol Z A B
Width b 9.7 12.7 Width b 10 13 17
Height h 8 10 Height h 6 8 11
Width u 4.2 5.8 Width u 5.9 7.5 9.4
Smallest medium pulley diameter 63 90 Smallest medium pulley diameter 50 75 125
Conversion table for Outside (L A ) and Reference Length (L R ). Conversion table for reference and outside lengths.
Standard Size SPZ SPA Standard Profile 10 13 17
L A = L R + mm 13 18 Inside Length = Reference Length - mm (approx.value) 22 30 40
Outside Length = Inside Length + mm (approx.value) 35 50 65
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 150 816 00, V-Belt Profile SPZ, LR 630 mm
Profile SPZ (9.7) Profile SPA (12.7) Profile Z (10) Profile A (13) Profile B (17)
Product Reference Length Product Reference Length Product Reference Product Reference Product Reference
No. (LR) No. (LR) No. Length No. Length No. Length
mm mm mm mm mm
150 816 00 630 152 820 00 732 150 602 00 397* 152 610 00 510 154 606 00 690
150 818 00 670 152 822 00 757 150 603 00 422* 152 615 00 590 154 607 00 710
150 820 00 710 152 825 00 800 150 604 00 447* 152 618 00 630 154 608 00 750
150 822 00 750 152 830 00 850 150 606 00 472* 152 619 00 660 154 609 00 790
150 824 00 762 152 834 00 900 150 608 00 497* 152 620 00 700 154 610 00 815
150 825 00 800 152 836 00 950 150 609 00 522* 152 621 00 740 154 611 00 840
150 827 00 812 152 838 00 1000 150 611 00 552* 152 622 00 760 154 613 00 876
150 830 00 850 152 840 00 1060 150 613 00 582* 152 623 00 780 154 614 00 890
150 832 00 875 152 843 00 1120 150 615 00 597 152 624 00 805 154 616 00 940
150 834 00 900 152 844 00 1157 150 616 00 622 152 625 00 830 154 617 00 965
150 836 00 950 152 845 00 1180 150 618 00 652 152 626 00 855 154 618 00 990
150 838 00 1000 152 848 00 1232 150 619 00 692 152 628 00 880 154 620 00 1015
150 840 00 1060 152 849 00 1250 150 620 00 732 152 629 00 905 154 621 00 1040
150 841 00 1087 152 851 00 1320 150 621 00 747 152 630 00 930 154 623 00 1070
150 843 00 1120 152 854 00 1400 150 622 00 772 152 631 00 955 154 625 00 1100
150 845 00 1180 152 856 00 1482 150 623 00 797 152 632 00 980 154 628 00 1140
150 847 00 1212 152 857 00 1500 150 624 00 822 152 633 00 1005 154 629 00 1160
150 849 00 1250 152 860 00 1600 150 625 00 847 152 635 00 1030 154 630 00 1190
150 851 00 1320 152 863 00 1700 150 627 00 872 152 636 00 1060 154 631 00 1220
150 854 00 1400 152 866 00 1800 150 628 00 897 152 637 00 1071 154 632 00 1240
150 857 00 1500 152 869 00 1900 150 629 00 922 152 638 00 1090 154 634 00 1265
150 860 00 1600 152 872 00 2000 150 630 00 947 152 640 00 1130 154 635 00 1290
150 863 00 1700 152 874 00 2120 150 631 00 972 152 641 00 1150 154 637 00 1315
150 866 00 1800 152 875 00 2240 150 632 00 997 152 643 00 1180 154 639 00 1340
150 869 00 1900 152 877 00 2360 150 633 00 1022 152 645 00 1210 154 640 00 1360
150 872 00 2000 152 879 00 2500 150 635 00 1052 152 646 00 1230 154 642 00 1390
150 875 00 2240 152 881 00 2650 150 636 00 1082 152 647 00 1255 154 644 00 1412
150 877 00 2360 152 883 00 2800 150 638 00 1102 152 648 00 1280 154 646 00 1440
150 879 00 2500 152 886 00 3000 150 639 00 1142 152 649 00 1300 154 647 00 1462
150 881 00 2650 152 888 00 3150 150 641 00 1172 152 651 00 1330 154 648 00 1490
150 883 00 2800 152 891 00 3350 150 643 00 1202 152 652 00 1350 154 649 00 1513
150 886 00 3000 152 893 00 3550 150 645 00 1247 152 654 00 1405 154 650 00 1540
150 888 00 3150 152 895 00 3750 150 647 00 1272 152 655 00 1430 154 651 00 1565
150 891 00 3350 152 896 00 4000 150 648 00 1292 152 657 00 1480 154 652 00 1590
150 893 00 3550 152 897 00 4500 150 649 00 1317 152 658 00 1505 154 653 00 1615
150 651 00 1342 152 659 00 1530 154 654 00 1640
150 652 00 1393 152 660 00 1555 154 655 00 1665
Weight per Metre Important 150 654 00 1422 152 663 00 1605 154 656 00 1690
150 655 00 1472 152 664 00 1630 154 657 00 1716
150 657 00 1497 152 665 00 1655 154 658 00 1740
Profile kg/m During mounting the belt must be pre-tensi- 150 658 00 1522 152 666 00 1680 154 663 00 1840
SPZ 0,074 oned. After running in for 15 - 20 minutes the 150 659 00 1572 152 667 00 1706 154 668 00 1940
SPA 0,123 belt needs to be retightened. 150 661 00 1622 152 668 00 1730 154 673 00 2040
Z (10) 0,064 150 665 00 1673 152 669 00 1755 154 676 00 2100
At a continuous temperature of over 60º stan- 150 666 00 1697 152 670 00 1780 154 679 00 2160
A (13) 0,109 150 667 00 1722 152 671 00 1805 154 681 00 2240
B (17) 0,180 dard V-belts have only a short service life. Oil, 150 668 00 1772 152 672 00 1830 154 682 00 2280
Fats and chemicals should be kept away from 150 670 00 1822 152 674 00 1884 154 686 00 2400
the drive as they destroy the standard V-belts. 150 671 00 1872 152 675 00 1930 154 689 00 2490
Intermediate length are available on request. 150 672 00 1922 152 676 00 1960 154 691 00 2540
150 675 00 2022 152 677 00 2030 154 692 00 2580
150 677 00 2142 152 679 00 2150 154 694 00 2690
150 679 00 2262 152 681 00 2270 154 695 00 3040
150 681 00 2382 152 683 00 2390 154 696 00 3190
150 682 00 2522 152 685 00 2530 154 697 00 3590
* Toothed belt. Subject to change without notice.
192 ®
Qualitiy Management
DIN EN ISO 9001
MÄDLER GmbH maintains a
quality management system according to DIN EN ISO
9001 and was certified the first time in 1995.
On the iternet at www. maedler.de in the section Downloads you find:
- PDF catalogues in several languages.
- Operating instructions.
- Safety data sheets.
- Excel-Pricelist for customers in Germany.
- Certificates of conformity.
- Quality management certificate DIN 9001.
- Certificate AEO.
- Company profile.
- CAD files.
MÄDLER ® meets even the highest quality requirements:Top quality, precision and reliability.
® 193
Overview Spur Gears with Straight Tooth System
Module Tooth width in mm Page
Spur gears: Acetal / Polyketone, 0,5 .......................... 3 ..................... 199
die cast, straight tooth 0,7 .......................... 6 ..................... 200
system, with hub 1,0 .......................... 9 ..................... 201
1,25 ...................... 10 ..................... 202
1,5 ........................ 12 ..................... 203
2,0/3,0 ................15/19 ................... 204
Spur gears: POM white, milled 0,5 .......................... 4 ..................... 205
straight tooth system 0,7 .......................... 5 ..................... 206
with hub 1,0 ........................ 10 ..................... 207
1,25/1,5 .............10/15 ................... 208
2,0/2,5/3,0 ......16/20/25 ................ 209
Spur gears: POM black, milled 1,0 ........................ 15 ..................... 211
straight tooth system 1,5 ........................ 17 ..................... 211
with hub 2 ........................... 20 ..................... 212
2,5 ........... .............25 ..................... 212
3,0 .................. ......30 ..................... 212
Spur gears: Plastic with core 1,5/2,0 ...............17/20 ................... 213
A made from steel and 2,5/3,0/4,0 ......25/30/40 ................ 214
stainless steel, with hub
Spur gears: Brass, straight tooth system 0,3 .......................... 2 ..................... 215
with hub 0,5 .......................... 2 ..................... 216
0,7 .......................... 4 ..................... 217
1,0 .......................... 6,5 ................... 218
Spur gears: Steel, straight tooth system 0,5* ........................ 4 ..................... 219
with and without hub 0,7* ........................ 5 ..................... 220
(* only with hub) 1,0* ........................ 6,5 ................... 221
1,0...................... 10 / 15 ................. 222
1,25 ...................... 10 ..................... 224
1,5* ...................... 10 ..................... 225
1,5..................... 15 / 17 .................. 226
1,59 (pitch 5 mm)*.... 12 ..................... 248
2,0..................... 16 / 20 .................. 228
2,5..................... 20 / 25 .................. 230
3,0..................... 25 / 30 .................. 232
3,18 (pitch 10 mm)*... 25 ..................... 248
4,0..................... 30 / 40 .................. 234
5,0... ..................40 / 50 .................. 236
6,0..................... 50 / 60 .................. 238
8,0*.......................65........ ............. 239
Spur Gears: 1,0/1,5/2,0........ 15/15/20 .............. 240
straight tooth system, 2,5/3,0.............. 25/30 ....................241
teeth hardened 4,0/5,0.............. 40/50....................241
Precision Spur Gears: 1,0/1,5 ................ 10/15 .................. 242
straight tooth system, 2,0/3,0 ................ 20/25 .................. 243
hardened and ground
Spur gears: Stainless steel, straight 1,0/1,5................10/15 ................... 244
A tooth system with hub 2,0/2,5................16/20 ................... 245
3,0/4,0................25/30 ................... 246
1,59 (pitch 5 mm)......12 ...................... 248
3,18 (pitch 10 m)....... 25...................... 248
194 ®
Overview Spur Gear Elements with straight tooth system
Spur gear shafts: Steel, Module Length in mm Page
straight tooth system 1,0/1,5,/2,0 ..... 200-250 ................. 247
Internal gears: Brass, Module Length in mm Page
straight tooth system 0,5/0,7,/1,0 ......... 4/6/8 ................ 249
Internal gears: Steel,
straight tooth system 1,0/1,5/2,0 ........ 10/15/16............. 249
Ratchet wheels and braces: Module Length in mm Page
Steel, 3,14 ......................4/9 ................... 250
straight tooth system 4,71 ......................6/9 ................... 250
Overview Spur Gears with Helical Teeth
Spur gears: Brass, helical teeth, Module Length in mm Page
right hand 0,3/0,5 ................. 5/10 .................. 251
Spur gears: Steel, helical teeth, Module Length in mm Page
right hand and left hand
1,0 .........................10 .................... 251
Spur gears: Steel, helical teeth, Module Length in mm Page
left hand, hardened 2,0/3,0 ...................28 .................... 252
and ground
4,0/5,0 ................ 40/50 ................. 253
Gear racks
Page 255
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 195
General Basics for Spur Gears
Spur gears enable a non-slip power transmission between two Module-Series 1
parallel-mounted shafts. The spur gears listed in the catalogue Module 0.3 Module 0.5 Module 0.7 Module 1.0 Module 1.25 Module 1.5
are involute gears with a pressure angle of 20º. Module 2.0 Module 2.5 Module 3.0 Module 4.0 Module 5.0 Module 6.0
Please note that gears with a number of teeth < 17 are undercut Module 8.0
for manufacturing reasons (one reason for this is the simple cal- Module-Series 2
culation of the centre distance). The centre distance tolerances Module 0.75 Module 3.5 Module 7.0
depend on the tooth quality in line with DIN 3964. The modules
for spur gears used in the catalogue were derived from DIN 780
Series 1. Rotational
The formulas below apply to straight and helical spur gears for direction
the usual gear-cutting tools (see table) and for the addendum changes with
modification 0 for sprocket and wheel (the so-called reference every gear
centre distance tooth system).
Teeth straight Teeth helical
to be calculated given unit formula to be calculated given unit formula
No. of Teeth d No. of Teeth d . cos ß
Pitch Ø and Module Pitch Ø, Standard Module
=z m and Spiral Angle mn
Addendum-Circle Ø d a - 2m Tip Ø, Standard Module (d a - 2 m n ) . cos ß
m and Spiral Angle mn
Module = m Pitch to
in mm Normal Standard Pitch tn0
da Module
Tip Ø and No. of Teeth
z+2 Pitch Ø, No. of Teeth d . cos ß
d and Spiral Angle z
Pitch Ø and No. of Teeth z da
Tip Ø, No. of Teeth
Pitch Ø No. of Teeth and Module z.m and Spiral Angle
z +2
= d in mm cos ß
No. of Teeth and Tip Ø z . da
z+2 Real module Reference Circle Pitch ts
Tip Ø and Module d a -2m
Standard Module and mn
Tip Ø No. of Teeth and Module (z + 2) . m Spiral Angle
= d a in mm cos ß
2d
No. of Teeth and Pitch Ø d+ z Pitch Ø and d
No. of Teeth z
Pitch Ø and Module d+2m
Pitch Ø
No. of Teeth, Standard z . mn
Centre distance
= a in mm
No. of Teeth and Module
(z1 + z2
2
( .m Module and Spiral Angle cos ß
d1 + d2 No. of Teeth, Tip Ø z . da
Pitch Ø and Pitch Ø and Spiral Angle z + 2 . cos ß
2
Reduction No. of Teeth and No. of Teeth z2 Tip Ø and da - 2 mn
Ratio z1 Standard Module
=i
n1 Tip Ø z
Speed and Speed
n2
No. of Teeth, Standard
Module and Spiral Angle ( cos ß +2
(m n
Torque P
= Md in Nm Power and Speed 9550 . Pitch Ø and Standard Module d + 2m n
n
[kW] [min -1 ]
2 d . cos ß
Pitch Ø, No. of Teeth
d+ z
Peripheral Speed and Spiral Angle
= V in m/sec. Pitch Ø and Speed .d.n Centre distance z1 + z2
[mm] [min -1 ]
60.000
No. of Teeth, Standard
Module
( 2 ( cosm ß
n
Material quality: Information about the material quality can be found and Spiral Angle
d1 + d2
at each individual group of gears.
Pitch Ø and Pitch Ø 2
Spiral Angle Standard Module u. Real Module mn
= cos ß
ms
Standard Module, No. of z . mn
Teeth and Pitch Ø = cos ß
d
Recommendations for the Lubrication of Spur Gear Units
Peripheral Speed Lubrication Lubricant
up to 1 m/s Application of Lubricant Adhesive Lubricant
up to 4 m/s Splash Lubrication/Spray Lubrication Grease or Adh. Lubricant
up to 15 m/s Splash Lubrication Oil
over 15 m/s Pressure-Circulation or Spray Lubrication Oil
196 ®
Note Regarding the Torque-Values Stated in the Catalogue
The torque values given for gears in the dimension tables (the value The load bearing capacity calculations are based on the basic prin-
“perm. MT” stated in Nm or Ncm) only relate to the teeth, without ciples regarding the pitting resistance of the tooth flanks and the
considering the shaft diameter or key size. occurring tooth root stress. The calculations are based on the DIN
3990 (Method B). For the calculation, the following assumptions
were made:
Calcul. Factor/Determining Factor Abbreviation Value Note
Calculation Method - - DIN 3990, method B
DIN Quality - 8 -
Tooth-Number Ratio U 1 If U > 1, the flank safety for long and short addendum teeth increases while
the tooth-root safety decreases
For other tooth-number ratios please check both pinion and gear!
Manufacturing Tool: haP0/hfP0/rhoaPo 1.25/1/0.25 Hob
Addendum/Dedendum/
Tip Rounding
Flank Safety SH 1.0 Endurance strength 10.000 h (for steel)
Tooth-Root Safety SF 1.5 Endurance strength 10.000 h (for steel)
Application Factor KA 1.25 Industrial gear mechanisms, uniform, light shocks.
Dynamics Factor KV 1.0 Usually without great influence
Load Distribution over Width K Hbeta 1 Idealised; requires precise, rigid and symmetric mounting
Lubricant/Surface Roughness Z L *Z V *Z R 1 • sufficient oil-lubrication
Speed Factor • relative surface roughness R Z100 = 10
• peripheral speed 10 m/s
Lifetime Factor ZN 1 Endurance strength 10.000 h (for steel)
Operating temperature for T Betr up to 60ºC The material parametres of plastic gears largely depend on the temperature
plastic gears
The load bearing capacity of a gear depends on various different factors. The stated torques are only reference values, serving to
facilitate the selection process. If necessary, a specific calculation of strength and load bearing capacity must be carried out for each
application.
Depending on the operating conditions the wear lifespan may be influenced by adequate grease/oil lubrication. Please also note
that insufficient lubrication may lead to scuffing of the gear flanks.
IMPORTANT
Please make sure you always check the permissible torque sepa- K Hbeta of 1. Gears made from brass and zinc-die-cast are also cal-
rately for the pinion and the gear side! culated with a K Hbeta of 1, as a good running-in characteristic is
Due to their higher elasticity plastic gears are calculated with a assumed for these materials.
For the materials used, the following characteristic values were taken as basis:
Material Perm. Pulsating Fatigue Strength under Bending Stress Perm. Flank Pressure
s bw in N/mm2 s Hlim in N/mm2
POM 28 (VDI-2545) 40 (VDI-2545)
Acetal Resin 28 (VDI-2545) 40 (VDI-2545)
PA12G 40 48
ZnAl4Cu1 60 150
Ms58 (2.0401) 100 250
11SMnPb30 (alt: 9SMn28K) 150 350
C45 heat treated 200 590
42CrMo4 hardened 350 1360
16MnCr5 case hardened 400 1630
X10CrNiS18 9 (1.4305, 200 400
stainless, austenitic)
® 197
Real Size of the Module Teeth DIN 867
Module 0.3
Module 0.5
Module 4.0
Module 0.7
Module 1.0
Module 5.0
Module 1.25
Module 6.0
Module 1.5
Module 2.0
Module 8.0
Module 2.5
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
198 ®
Spur Gears Made from Plastic, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Die-Cast Version
Material: Acetal, nature white or
polyketone (PK), nature, ivory-colored.
Moulded version. Bores machined. Pressure angle 20º.
Usable also under water or other mediums.
Acetal: Standard quality with high hardness.
Polyketone: Lower friction leads to much larger lifespan,
even without lubrication. Much higher safety against tooth
braking, specially at longterm usage.
Temperature Range: -40°C to +140°C due to the load.
Material reference values page 821 .
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 281 012 00, Spur Gear, Acetal, Module 0.5, 12 Teeth
Module 0.5 Tooth Width b = 3 mm
perm. MT* perm. MT* Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. Number b da d L E c ND B Acetal Polyketone Acetal Polyketone
Acetal Polyketone of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm Ncm g g
281 012 00 281 012 01 12 3 7 6 7 - - 4 2 0,80 0,84 0,14 0,13
281 013 00 281 013 01 13 3 7,5 6,5 7 - - 4 2 0,90 0,95 0,16 0,14
281 014 00 281 014 01 14 3 8 7 7 - - 5 2 1,00 1,05 0,22 0,20
281 015 00 281 015 01 15 3 8,5 7,5 10 - - 6 3 1,10 1,16 0,34 0,30
281 016 00 281 016 01 16 3 9 8 10 - - 6 3 1,20 1,26 0,35 0,31
281 017 00 281 017 01 17 3 9,5 8,5 10 - - 6 3 1,30 1,37 0,39 0,35
281 018 00 281 018 01 18 3 10 9 10 - - 7,8 4 1,50 1,58 0,53 0,48
281 019 00 281 019 01 19 3 10,5 9,5 10 - - 7,8 4 1,70 1,79 0,57 0,51
281 020 00 281 020 01 20 3 11 10 10 - - 7,9 4 1,90 2,00 0,60 0,54
281 021 00 281 021 01 21 3 11,5 10,5 10 - - 8 4 2,10 2,21 0,63 0,57
281 022 00 281 022 01 22 3 12 11 10 - - 10 4 2,40 2,52 0,92 0,83
281 023 00 281 023 01 23 3 12,5 11,5 10 - - 9,9 4 2,60 2,73 0,95 0,85
281 024 00 281 024 01 24 3 13 12 10 - - 9,9 4 2,90 3,05 0,99 0,89
281 025 00 281 025 01 25 3 13,5 12,5 10 - - 9,9 4 3,20 3,36 1,03 0,92
281 026 00 281 026 01 26 3 14 13 10 - - 9,9 4 3,50 3,68 1,08 0,97
281 027 00 281 027 01 27 3 14,5 13,5 10 - - 9,9 4 3,80 3,99 1,12 1,00
281 028 00 281 028 01 28 3 15 14 10 - - 10 4 4,20 4,41 1,20 1,08
281 030 00 281 030 01 30 3 16 15 10 - - 11,9 4 4,90 5,15 1,55 1,39
281 032 00 281 032 01 32 3 17 16 10 - - 12 4 5,70 5,99 1,68 1,51
281 035 00 281 035 01 35 3 18,5 17,5 10 - - 12 4 7,00 7,35 1,86 1,67
281 036 00 281 036 01 36 3 19 18 10 - - 11,9 4 7,50 7,88 1,90 1,70
281 038 00 281 038 01 38 3 20 19 10 - - 12 4 8,50 8,93 2,01 1,80
281 040 00 281 040 01 40 3 21 20 10 14,8 2 12 4 9,50 9,98 2,01 1,80
281 042 00 281 042 01 42 3 22 21 10 17 2 12,2 4 10,6 11,1 2,14 1,92
281 045 00 281 045 01 45 3 23,5 22,5 10 18 2 12,2 4 12,5 13,1 2,33 2,09
281 048 00 281 048 01 48 3 25 24 10 19 2 15 6 14,5 15,2 3,03 2,72
281 050 00 281 050 01 50 3 26 25 10 20 2 15 6 16,0 16,8 3,11 2,79
281 052 00 281 052 01 52 3 27 26 10 21 2 15 6 17,5 18,4 3,24 2,91
281 054 00 281 054 01 54 3 28 27 10 21 2 15 6 19,0 20,0 3,43 3,08
281 055 00 281 055 01 55 3 28,5 27,5 10 23 2 15 6 19,8 20,8 3,47 3,11
281 056 00 281 056 01 56 3 29 28 10 23 2 15 6 20,4 21,4 3,61 3,24
281 060 00 281 060 01 60 3 31 30 10 23 2 15 6 21,2 22,3 3,88 3,48
281 064 00 281 064 01 64 3 33 32 10 23 2 15 6 23,5 24,7 4,33 3,88
281 065 00 281 065 01 65 3 33,5 32,5 10 23 2 15 6 23,9 25,1 4,42 3,96
281 070 00 281 070 01 70 3 36 35 10 29 2 15 6 25,8 27,1 4,62 4,14
281 072 00 281 072 01 72 3 37 36 10 30 2 15 6 26,5 27,8 4,89 4,39
281 075 00 281 075 01 75 3 38,5 37,5 10 33 2 15 6 27,7 29,1 4,86 4,36
281 080 00 281 080 01 80 3 41 40 10 33 2 15 6 29,5 31,0 5,68 5,09
281 090 00 281 090 01 90 3 46 45 10 39 2 15 6 33,2 34,9 6,55 5,88
281 096 00 281 096 01 96 3 49 48 10 42 2 15 6 35,5 37,3 6,90 6,19
281 100 00 281 100 01 100 3 51 50 10 44 2 15 6 37,0 38,9 7,51 6,74
281 120 00 281 120 01 120 3 61 60 10 54 2 15 6 44,0 46,2 10,3 9,23
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Note Regarding the Machining Reworking within
Inside these die-cast parts are some cavities caused by production. These parts should there- 24h-service possible.
fore not be drilled too deep. With larger bores or when grooving the cavities might become Custom made parts
visible. This often does not affect the functionality.
on request.
® 199
Spur Gears Made from Plastic, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Die-Cast Version
Material: Acetal, nature white or
polyketone (PK), nature, ivory-colored.
Moulded version. Bores machined. Pressure angle 20º.
Usable also under water or other mediums.
Acetal: Standard quality with high hardness.
Polyketone: Lower friction leads to much larger lifespan,
even without lubrication. Much higher safety against tooth
braking, specially at longterm usage.
Temperature Range: -40°C to +140°C due to the load.
Material reference values page 821 .
Ordering Details:e.g.: Product No. 282 012 00, Spur Gear, Acetal, Module 0.7, 12 Teeth
Module 0.7 Tooth Width b = 6 mm
perm. MT* perm. MT* Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. Number b da d L E c ND B Acetal Polyketone Acetal Polyketone
Acetal Polyketone of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm Ncm g g
282 012 00 282 012 01 12 6 9,8 8,4 15 - - 6 3 3,10 3,26 0,64 0,56
282 013 00 282 013 01 13 6 10,5 9,1 15 - - 6 3 3,60 3,78 0,72 0,63
282 014 00 282 014 01 14 6 11,2 9,8 15 - - 6 3 4,10 4,31 0,82 0,72
282 015 00 282 015 01 15 6 11,9 10,5 15 - - 6 3 4,60 4,83 0,88 0,77
282 016 00 282 016 01 16 6 12,6 11,2 15 - - 9 4 5,10 5,36 1,26 1,11
282 017 00 282 017 01 17 6 13,3 11,9 15 - - 9 4 5,30 5,57 1,63 1,43
282 018 00 282 018 01 18 6 14,0 12,6 15 - - 9 4 6,10 6,41 1,48 1,30
282 019 00 282 019 01 19 6 14,7 13,3 15 - - 9 4 7,00 7,35 1,62 1,42
282 020 00 282 020 01 20 6 15,4 14,0 15 - - 9 4 7,90 8,30 1,70 1,49
282 021 00 282 021 01 21 6 16,1 14,7 15 - - 9 4 8,90 9,35 1,85 1,63
282 022 00 282 022 01 22 6 16,8 15,4 15 - - 9 4 9,90 10,4 1,98 1,74
282 023 00 282 023 01 23 6 17,5 16,1 15 - - 9 4 11,0 11,6 2,13 1,87
282 024 00 282 024 01 24 6 18,2 16,8 15 13 3 9 4 12,2 12,8 2,00 1,76
282 025 00 282 025 01 25 6 18,9 17,5 15 13 3 9 6 13,4 14,1 2,01 1,77
282 026 00 282 026 01 26 6 19,6 18,2 15 13 3 9 6 14,7 15,4 2,12 1,86
282 027 00 282 027 01 27 6 20,3 18,9 15 13 3 9 6 16,0 16,8 2,28 2,00
282 028 00 282 028 01 28 6 21,0 19,6 15 13 3 9 6 17,5 18,4 2,47 2,17
282 030 00 282 030 01 30 6 22,4 21,0 15 16 3 12 6 20,5 21,5 3,47 3,05
282 032 00 282 032 01 32 6 23,8 22,4 15 16 3 12 6 24,0 25,2 3,87 3,40
282 035 00 282 035 01 35 6 25,9 24,5 15 18,5 3 15 6 29,4 30,9 5,20 4,57
282 036 00 282 036 01 36 6 26,6 25,2 15 18,5 3 15 6 31,4 33,0 5,43 4,77
282 038 00 282 038 01 38 6 28,0 26,6 15 21 3 15 6 35,6 37,4 5,68 4,99
282 040 00 282 040 01 40 6 29,4 28,0 15 21 3 15 6 40,0 42,0 6,07 5,34
282 042 00 282 042 01 42 6 30,8 29,4 15 24 2 18 6 45,0 47,3 7,07 6,21
282 045 00 282 045 01 45 6 32,9 31,5 15 24 2 18 6 52,8 55,4 7,98 7,01
282 048 00 282 048 01 48 6 35,0 33,6 15 24 2 18 8 61,3 64,4 8,51 7,48
282 050 00 282 050 01 50 6 36,4 35,0 15 27,5 2 18 8 67,4 70,8 8,10 7,12
282 052 00 282 052 01 52 6 37,8 36,4 15 27,5 2 18 8 73,8 77,5 8,97 7,88
282 054 00 282 054 01 54 6 39,2 37,8 15 27,5 2 18 8 77,6 81,5 9,40 8,26
282 055 00 282 055 01 55 6 39,9 38,5 15 30 2 18 8 79,2 83,2 9,91 8,71
282 056 00 282 056 01 56 6 40,6 39,2 15 30 2 18 8 80,7 84,7 9,93 8,73
282 060 00 282 060 01 60 6 43,4 42,0 15 30 2 18 8 86,4 90,7 11,3 9,93
282 064 00 282 064 01 64 6 46,2 44,8 15 37 2 18 8 92,2 96,8 10,2 9,00
282 065 00 282 065 01 65 6 46,9 45,5 15 37 2 18 8 94,7 99,4 10,5 9,23
282 070 00 282 070 01 70 6 50,4 49,0 15 37 2 18 8 102 107 12,5 11,0
282 072 00 282 072 01 72 6 51,8 50,4 15 37 2 18 8 103 109 13,2 11,6
282 075 00 282 075 01 75 6 53,9 52,5 15 37 2 18 10 108 114 14,0 12,3
282 080 00 282 080 01 80 6 57,4 56,0 15 46,5 2 21 10 116 122 14,3 12,5
282 090 00 282 090 01 90 6 64,4 63,0 15 57 2 21 10 130 137 20,5 18,0
282 096 00 282 096 01 96 6 68,6 67,2 15 57 2 21 10 140 147 23,6 20,7
282 100 00 282 100 01 100 6 71,4 70,0 15 57 2 21 10 145 152 26,9 23,6
282 120 00 282 120 01 120 6 85,4 84,0 15 77 2 21 10 173 182 33,6 29,5
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Note Regarding the Machining Reworking within
Inside these die-cast parts are some cavities caused by production. These parts should there- 24h-service possible.
fore not be drilled too deep. With larger bores or when grooving the cavities might become Custom made parts
visible. This often does not affect the functionality.
on request.
200 ®
Spur Gears Made from Plastic, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Die-Cast Version
Material: Acetal, nature white or
polyketone (PK), nature, ivory-colored.
Moulded version. Bores machined. Pressure angle 20º.
Usable also under water or other mediums.
Acetal: Standard quality with high hardness.
Polyketone: Lower friction leads to much larger lifespan,
even without lubrication. Much higher safety against tooth
braking, specially at longterm usage.
Temperature Range: -40°C to +140°C due to the load.
Material reference values page 821 .
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 283 012 00, Spur Gear, Acetal, Module 1, 12 Teeth
Module 1.0 Tooth Width b = 9 mm
perm. MT* perm. MT* Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. Number b da d L E c ND B Acetal Polyketone Acetal Polyketone
Acetal Polyketone of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm Ncm g g
283 012 00 283 012 01 12 9 14 12 17 - - 9 4 10,0 10,5 1,68 1,51
283 013 00 283 013 01 13 9 15 13 17 - - 9 4 12,0 12,6 2,04 1,83
283 014 00 283 014 01 14 9 16 14 17 - - 9 4 13,0 13,7 2,16 1,94
283 015 00 283 015 01 15 9 17 15 17 - - 9 4 15,0 15,8 2,50 2,24
283 016 00 283 016 01 16 9 18 16 17 - - 9 4 17,0 17,9 2,74 2,46
283 017 00 283 017 01 17 9 19 17 17 12 - 9 4 17,0 17,9 2,80 2,51
283 018 00 283 018 01 18 9 20 18 17 13 6 9 4 20,0 21,0 3,26 2,92
283 019 00 283 019 01 19 9 21 19 17 13 6 9 4 23,0 24,2 3,56 3,19
283 020 00 283 020 01 20 9 22 20 17 13 6 9 4 26,0 27,3 4,00 3,59
283 021 00 283 021 01 21 9 23 21 17 16 6 12 5 29,0 30,5 4,84 4,34
283 022 00 283 022 01 22 9 24 22 17 16 6 12 5 33,0 34,7 5,20 4,66
283 023 00 283 023 01 23 9 25 23 17 16 6 12 5 36,0 37,8 5,67 5,09
283 024 00 283 024 01 24 9 26 24 18 18,5 6 15 6 40,0 42,0 6,59 5,91
283 025 00 283 025 01 25 9 27 25 18 18,5 6 15 6 44,0 46,2 7,25 6,5
283 026 00 283 026 01 26 9 28 26 18 18,5 6 15 6 49,0 51,5 7,49 6,72
283 027 00 283 027 01 27 9 29 27 18 18,5 6 15 6 53,0 55,7 8,17 7,33
283 028 00 283 028 01 28 9 30 28 18 21 6 15 6 58,0 60,9 8,30 7,45
283 030 00 283 030 01 30 9 32 30 18 21 6 15 6 68,0 71,4 9,49 8,51
283 032 00 283 032 01 32 9 34 32 18 23,5 4,6 18 6 79,0 83,0 11,3 10,1
283 035 00 283 035 01 35 9 37 35 18 23,5 4,6 18 8 98,0 103 12,7 11,4
283 036 00 283 036 01 36 9 38 36 18 27 4,6 18 8 104 109 12,4 11,2
283 038 00 283 038 01 38 9 40 38 18 27 4,6 18 8 119 125 14,1 12,7
283 040 00 283 040 01 40 9 42 40 18 27 4,6 18 8 134 141 15,4 13,8
283 042 00 283 042 01 42 9 44 42 18 27 4,6 18 8 150 158 16,8 15,1
283 045 00 283 045 01 45 9 47 45 18 36,5 4,6 18 8 176 185 16,2 14,5
283 048 00 283 048 01 48 9 50 48 18 36,5 4,6 18 8 205 215 19,0 17,0
283 050 00 283 050 01 50 9 52 50 18 36,5 4,6 18 8 221 232 20,6 18,4
283 052 00 283 052 01 52 9 54 52 18 46 4,6 21 8 229 240 20,6 18,5
283 054 00 283 054 01 54 9 56 54 18 46 4,6 21 8 238 250 22,3 20,0
283 055 00 283 055 01 55 9 57 55 18 46 4,6 21 8 243 255 23,6 21,2
283 056 00 283 056 01 56 9 58 56 18 46 4,6 21 8 247 259 25,1 22,6
283 058 00 283 058 01 58 9 60 58 18 46 4,6 21 8 257 270 26,4 23,7
283 060 00 283 060 01 60 9 62 60 18 46 4,6 21 8 266 279 29,0 26,0
283 064 00 283 064 01 64 9 66 64 18 56,5 4,6 21 10 285 299 33,9 30,4
283 065 00 283 065 01 65 9 67 65 18 56,5 4,6 21 10 289 303 36,1 32,4
283 070 00 283 070 01 70 9 72 70 18 56,5 4,6 21 10 312 328 41,7 37,4
283 072 00 283 072 01 72 9 74 72 18 66 4,6 21 10 321 337 39,3 35,6
283 075 00 283 075 01 75 9 77 75 18 66 4,6 21 10 335 352 44,4 39,9
283 080 00 283 080 01 80 9 82 80 18 66 4,6 21 10 358 376 52,6 47,2
283 085 00 283 085 01 85 9 87 85 18 66 4,6 21 10 380 399 59,5 53,4
283 090 00 283 090 01 90 9 92 90 18 76 4,6 21 10 403 423 66,3 59,5
283 100 00 283 100 01 100 9 102 100 18 86 4,6 24 12 447 469 68,6 61,6
283 110 00 283 110 01 110 9 112 110 18 96 4,6 24 12 491 516 83,0 74,4
283 120 00 283 120 01 120 9 122 120 18 105,5 4,6 24 12 535 562 95,6 84,7
283 130 00 283 130 01 130 9 132 130 18 115 4,6 24 12 573 602 110 98,4
283 140 00 283 140 01 140 9 142 140 18 125 4,6 24 12 616 647 124 111
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Note Regarding the Machining Reworking within
Inside these die-cast parts are some cavities caused by production. These parts should there- 24h-service possible.
fore not be drilled too deep. With larger bores or when grooving the cavities might become Custom made parts
visible. This often does not affect the functionality.
on request.
® 201
Spur Gears Made from Plastic, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Die-Cast Version
Material: Acetal, nature white or
polyketone (PK), nature, ivory-colored.
Moulded version. Bores machined. Pressure angle 20º.
Usable also under water or other mediums.
Acetal: Standard quality with high hardness.
Polyketone: Lower friction leads to much larger lifespan,
even without lubrication. Much higher safety against tooth
braking, specially at longterm usage.
Temperature Range: -40°C to +140°C due to the load.
Material reference values page 821 .
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 284 012 00, Spur Gear, Acetal, Module 1.25, 12 Teeth
Module 1.25 Tooth Width b = 10 mm
perm. MT* perm. MT* Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. Number b da d L E c ND B Acetal Polyketone Acetal Polyketone
Acetal Polyketone of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm Ncm g g
284 012 00 284 012 01 12 10 17,5 15 19 - - 9 5 19,0 20,0 2,64 2,28
284 013 00 284 013 01 13 10 18,75 16,25 19 - - 9 5 21,0 22,1 2,92 2,62
284 014 00 284 014 01 14 10 20 17,5 19 - - 9 5 24,0 25,2 3,43 3,08
284 015 00 284 015 01 15 10 21,25 18,75 19 13 7 9 5 27,0 28,4 3,79 3,4
284 016 00 284 016 01 16 10 22,5 20 19 13 7 9 5 31,0 32,6 4,24 3,8
284 017 00 284 017 01 17 10 23,75 21,25 19 13 7 9 5 32,0 33,6 4,50 4,04
284 018 00 284 018 01 18 10 25 22,5 19 16 7 12 5 36,0 37,8 5,99 5,37
284 019 00 284 019 01 19 10 26,25 23,75 19 16 7 12 5 42,0 44,1 6,62 5,94
284 020 00 284 020 01 20 10 27,5 25 19 16 7 12 5 47,0 49,4 7,08 6,35
284 021 00 284 021 01 21 10 28,75 26,25 19 18,5 7 15 6 53,0 55,7 8,10 7,27
284 022 00 284 022 01 22 10 30 27,5 19 18,5 7 15 6 59,0 62,0 9,14 8,20
284 023 00 284 023 01 23 10 31,25 28,75 19 18,5 7 15 6 66,0 69,3 9,75 8,75
284 024 00 284 024 01 24 10 32,5 30 19 21 7 15 6 73,0 76,7 10,4 9,4
284 025 00 284 025 01 25 10 33,75 31,25 19 21 7 15 6 81,0 85,1 11,4 10,2
284 026 00 284 026 01 26 10 35 32,5 19 23,5 5,5 18 6 89,0 93,5 12,5 11,2
284 027 00 284 027 01 27 10 36,25 33,75 19 23,5 5,5 18 6 97,0 102 12,9 11,6
284 028 00 284 028 01 28 10 37,5 35 19 23,5 5,5 18 8 106 111 13,8 12,4
284 030 00 284 030 01 30 10 40 37,5 19 27 5,5 18 8 124 130 14,9 13,3
284 032 00 284 032 01 32 10 42,5 40 19 27 5,5 18 8 145 152 17,0 15,3
284 035 00 284 035 01 35 10 46,25 43,75 19 27 5,5 18 8 179 188 20,2 18,1
284 036 00 284 036 01 36 10 47,5 45 19 36 5,5 18 8 191 201 18,2 16,3
284 038 00 284 038 01 38 10 50 47,5 19 36 5,5 18 8 217 228 21,1 18,9
284 040 00 284 040 01 40 10 52,5 50 19 36 5,5 18 8 245 257 23,1 20,7
284 042 00 284 042 01 42 10 55 52,5 19 36 5,5 18 8 275 289 27,0 24,2
284 045 00 284 045 01 45 10 58,75 56,25 19 46 5,5 21 8 324 340 28,8 25,9
284 048 00 284 048 01 48 10 62,5 60 19 46 5,5 21 8 366 384 33,1 29,7
284 050 00 284 050 01 50 10 65 62,5 19 46 5,5 21 8 383 402 37,2 33,3
284 052 00 284 052 01 52 10 67,5 65 19 56 5,5 21 10 399 419 39,5 35,5
284 054 00 284 054 01 54 10 70 67,5 19 56 5,5 21 10 416 437 38,7 34,7
284 055 00 284 055 01 55 10 71,25 68,75 19 56 5,5 21 10 424 445 40,4 36,2
284 056 00 284 056 01 56 10 72,5 70 19 56 5,5 21 10 432 454 46,9 42,1
284 060 00 284 060 01 60 10 77,5 75 19 66 5,5 21 10 465 488 49,9 44,8
284 064 00 284 064 01 64 10 82,5 80 19 66 5,5 21 10 497 522 57,9 52,0
284 065 00 284 065 01 65 10 83,75 81,25 19 66 5,5 21 10 505 530 60,0 53,9
284 070 00 284 070 01 70 10 90 87,5 19 76 5,5 21 10 546 573 70,2 63,0
284 072 00 284 072 01 72 10 92,5 90 19 76 5,5 21 12 567 595 74,4 66,7
284 075 00 284 075 01 75 10 96,25 93,75 19 76 5,5 21 10 585 614 81,9 73,5
284 080 00 284 080 01 80 10 102,5 100 19 86 5,5 24 12 618 649 79,8 71,6
284 090 00 284 090 01 90 10 115 112,5 19 95 5,5 24 12 635 667 99,5 89,3
284 100 00 284 100 01 100 10 127,5 125 19 105,5 5,5 24 12 654 686 123 110
284 110 00 284 110 01 110 10 140 137,5 19 115 5,5 24 12 711 746 149 134
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Note Regarding the Machining Reworking within
Inside these die-cast parts are some cavities caused by production. These parts should there- 24h-service possible.
fore not be drilled too deep. With larger bores or when grooving the cavities might become Custom made parts
visible. This often does not affect the functionality.
on request.
202 ®
Spur Gears Made from Plastic, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Die-Cast Version
Material: Acetal, nature white or
polyketone (PK), nature, ivory-colored.
Moulded version. Bores machined. Pressure angle 20º.
Usable also under water or other mediums.
Acetal: Standard quality with high hardness.
Polyketone: Lower friction leads to much larger lifespan,
even without lubrication. Much higher safety against tooth
braking, specially at longterm usage.
Temperature Range: -40°C to +140°C due to the load.
Material reference values page 821 .
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 285 012 00, Spur Gear, Acetal, Module 1.5, 12 Teeth
Module 1.5 Tooth Width b = 12 mm / 19 mm
perm. MT* perm. MT* Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. Number b da d L E c ND B Acetal Polyketone Acetal Polyketone
Acetal Polyketone of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm Ncm g g
285 012 00 285 012 01 12 12 21 18 23 - - 14 6 33,0 34,7 5,66 5,08
285 013 00 285 013 01 13 12 22,5 19,5 23 - - 14 6 38,0 39,9 6,14 5,51
285 014 00 285 014 01 14 12 24 21 23 - - 14 6 44,0 46,2 6,95 6,23
285 015 00 285 015 01 15 12 25,5 22,5 23 - - 14 6 49,0 51,5 7,90 7,09
285 016 00 285 016 01 16 12 27 24 23 - - 14 6 55,0 57,8 8,69 7,79
285 017 00 285 017 01 17 12 28,5 25,5 23 - - 14 6 57,0 59,9 9,71 8,71
285 018 00 285 018 01 18 12 30 27 23 - - 17 8 65,0 68,3 10,8 9,70
285 019 00 285 019 01 19 12 31,5 28,5 23 - - 17 8 75,0 78,8 12,0 10,8
285 020 00 285 020 01 20 12 33 30 23 - - 17 8 85,0 89,3 12,6 11,3
285 021 00 285 021 01 21 12 34,5 31,5 23 22,5 5 17 8 96,0 101 13,1 11,7
285 022 00 285 022 01 22 12 36 33 23 22,5 5 17 8 107 112 14,3 12,9
285 023 00 285 023 01 23 12 37,5 34,5 23 22,5 5 17 8 119 125 15,5 13,9
285 024 00 285 024 01 24 12 39 36 23 26,5 5 19 8 132 139 17,0 15,2
285 025 00 285 025 01 25 12 40,5 37,5 23 26,5 5 19 8 146 153 19,0 17,0
285 026 00 285 026 01 26 12 42 39 23 26,5 5 19 8 160 168 19,9 17,9
285 027 00 285 027 01 27 12 43,5 40,5 23 25,5 5 19 8 175 184 21,9 19,7
285 028 00 285 028 01 28 12 45 42 23 25,5 5 19 8 191 201 23,5 21,1
285 030 00 285 030 01 30 12 48 45 23 33,5 5 24 10 225 236 26,2 23,5
285 032 00 285 032 01 32 12 51 48 23 33,5 5 24 10 262 275 30,2 27,1
285 035 00 285 035 01 35 12 55,5 52,5 23 41,5 5 24 10 324 340 31,9 28,6
285 036 00 285 036 01 36 12 57 54 23 41,5 5 24 10 347 364 33,3 29,9
285 038 00 285 038 01 38 12 60 57 23 41,5 5 24 10 394 414 38,7 34,7
285 040 00 285 040 01 40 12 63 60 23 48,5 5 24 10 445 467 37,9 34,0
285 042 00 285 042 01 42 12 66 63 23 48,5 5 24 10 500 525 41,8 37,5
285 045 00 285 045 01 45 12 70,5 67,5 23 48,5 5 24 10 589 618 50,2 45,1
285 048 00 285 048 01 48 12 75 72 23 48,5 5 24 10 635 667 57,7 51,8
285 050 00 285 050 01 50 12 78 75 23 63 5 27 12 664 697 52,4 47,0
285 052 00 285 052 01 52 12 81 78 23 63 5 27 12 693 728 57,6 51,7
285 054 00 285 054 01 54 12 84 81 23 63 5 27 12 721 757 64,2 57,6
285 055 00 285 055 01 55 12 85,5 82,5 23 63 5 27 12 735 772 67,9 60,9
285 060 00 285 060 01 60 12 93 90 23 63 5 27 12 806 846 85,8 77,0
285 070 00 285 070 01 70 12 108 105 23 88 5 30 14 946 993 95,7 85,9
285 080 00 285 080 01 80 12 123 120 23 104 5 30 14 1080 1140 117 104
285 090 00 285 090 01 90 12 138 135 23 116 5 30 14 1210 1270 144 129
285 100 00 285 100 01 100 19 153 150 34 133 8 40 20 1340 1410 290 260
285 110 00 285 110 01 110 19 168 165 34 148 8 40 20 1480 1550 336 301
285 120 00 285 120 01 120 19 183 180 34 163 8 40 20 1610 1690 389 384
285 130 00 285 130 01 130 19 198 195 34 178 8 40 20 1750 1840 440 394
285 140 00 285 140 01 140 19 213 210 34 193 8 40 20 1880 1970 498 447
285 150 00 285 150 01 150 19 228 225 34 208 8 40 20 2020 2120 566 508
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Note Regarding the Machining Reworking within
Inside these die-cast parts are some cavities caused by production. These parts should there- 24h-service possible.
fore not be drilled too deep. With larger bores or when grooving the cavities might become
visible. This often does not affect the functionality. Custom made parts
on request.
® 203
Spur Gears Made from Plastic, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Die-Cast Version
Material: Acetal, nature white or
polyketone (PK), nature, ivory-colored.
Moulded version. Bores machined. Pressure angle 20º.
Usable also under water or other mediums.
Acetal: Standard quality with high hardness.
Polyketone: Lower friction leads to much larger lifespan,
even without lubrication. Much higher safety against tooth
braking, specially at longterm usage.
Temperature Range: -40°C to +140°C due to the load.
Material reference values page 821 .
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 286 012 00, Spur Gear, Acetal, Module 2, 12 Teeth
Module 2.0 Tooth Width b = 15 mm
perm. MT* perm. MT* Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. Number b da d L E c ND B Acetal Polyketone Acetal Polyketone
Acetal Polyketone of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm Ncm g g
286 012 00 286 012 01 12 15 28 24 27 - - 18,5 8 78 82 11,7 10,5
286 013 00 286 013 01 13 15 30 26 27 - - 18,5 8 91 96 12,9 11,6
286 014 00 286 014 01 14 15 32 28 27 - - 18,5 8 103 108 15,0 13,4
286 015 00 286 015 01 15 15 34 30 27 - - 18,5 8 116 122 15,9 14,3
286 016 00 286 016 01 16 15 36 32 27 22 6 17,5 8 130 137 16,7 15,0
286 017 00 286 017 01 17 15 38 34 27 24 6 17,5 8 134 141 17,7 15,8
286 018 00 286 018 01 18 15 40 36 27 25 6 17,5 8 155 163 19,4 17,4
286 019 00 286 019 01 19 15 42 38 27 27 6 17,5 8 178 187 20,8 18,7
286 020 00 286 020 01 20 15 44 40 27 28 6 20 10 202 212 24,6 22,1
286 021 00 286 021 01 21 15 46 42 27 28 6 20 10 227 238 27,0 24,2
286 022 00 286 022 01 22 15 48 44 27 28 6 20 10 255 268 30,3 27,2
286 023 00 286 023 01 23 15 50 46 27 35 6 24 10 284 298 32,6 29,2
286 024 00 286 024 01 24 15 52 48 27 35 6 24 10 315 331 35,4 31,8
286 025 00 286 025 01 25 15 54 50 27 35 6 24 10 347 364 39,2 35,2
286 026 00 286 026 01 26 15 56 52 27 38,5 6 24 10 382 401 39,3 35,2
286 027 00 286 027 01 27 15 58 54 27 38,5 6 24 10 418 439 42,7 38,3
286 028 00 286 028 01 28 15 60 56 27 38,5 6 24 10 457 480 46,5 41,7
286 030 00 286 030 01 30 15 64 60 27 43,5 6 24 10 539 566 50,1 44,9
286 032 00 286 032 01 32 15 68 64 27 44 6 26 10 629 660 59,7 53,6
286 035 00 286 035 01 35 15 74 70 27 54 6 26 12 780 819 61,7 55,3
286 036 00 286 036 01 36 15 76 72 27 54 6 26 12 834 876 65,5 58,7
286 038 00 286 038 01 38 15 80 76 27 61,5 6 26 12 949 996 66,5 59,7
286 040 00 286 040 01 40 15 84 80 27 61,5 6 26 12 1070 1130 77,4 69,4
286 042 00 286 042 01 42 15 88 84 27 61,5 6 26 12 1210 1270 87,0 78,0
286 045 00 286 045 01 45 15 94 90 27 68 6 30 14 1320 1390 99,1 88,9
286 048 00 286 048 01 48 15 100 96 27 74 6 30 14 1420 1490 109 97,7
286 050 00 286 050 01 50 15 104 100 27 78 6 30 14 1480 1560 116 104
286 055 00 286 055 01 55 15 114 110 27 87,5 6 30 14 1640 1720 134 120
286 060 00 286 060 01 60 15 124 120 27 97,5 6 30 14 1800 1890 155 139
286 070 00 286 070 01 70 15 144 140 27 117 6 30 14 2100 2210 196 176
Module 3.0 Tooth Width b = 19 mm
perm. MT* perm. MT* Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. Number b da d L E c ND B Acetal Polyketone Acetal Polyketone
Acetal Polyketone of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm Ncm g g
288 012 00 288 012 01 12 19 42 36 34 - - 24 12 240 252 30,4 27,3
288 013 00 288 013 01 13 19 45 39 34 - - 24 12 280 294 35,0 31,4
288 014 00 288 014 01 14 19 48 42 34 - - 24 12 320 336 39,9 35,8
288 015 00 288 015 01 15 19 51 45 34 30,5 8 24 12 370 389 40,4 36,3
288 016 00 288 016 01 16 19 54 48 34 30,5 8 24 12 400 420 46,5 41,7
288 017 00 288 017 01 17 19 57 51 34 30,5 8 24 12 420 441 51,7 46,4
288 018 00 288 018 01 18 19 60 54 34 38 8 24 12 490 515 52,2 46,8
288 019 00 288 019 01 19 19 63 57 34 38 8 24 12 560 588 58,9 52,8
288 020 00 288 020 01 20 19 66 60 34 38 8 24 12 640 672 65,7 58,9
288 021 00 288 021 01 21 19 69 63 34 45 8 24 12 720 756 65,8 59,0
288 022 00 288 022 01 22 19 72 66 34 45 8 24 12 810 851 73,3 65,8
288 023 00 288 023 01 23 19 75 69 34 52 8 24 12 900 945 74,5 66,8
288 024 00 288 024 01 24 19 78 72 34 52 8 24 12 1000 1050 82,5 74,0
288 025 00 288 025 01 25 19 81 75 34 58 8 28 14 1110 1170 88,2 79,1
288 026 00 288 026 01 26 19 84 78 34 58 8 28 14 1220 1280 97,6 87,6
288 027 00 288 027 01 27 19 87 81 34 58 8 28 14 1340 1410 108 96,4
288 028 00 288 028 01 28 19 90 84 34 65 8 28 14 1460 1530 108 96,4
288 030 00 288 030 01 30 19 96 90 34 68 8 28 14 1730 1820 123 110
288 032 00 288 032 01 32 19 102 96 34 69 8 32 16 2020 2120 148 133
288 033 00 288 033 01 33 19 105 99 34 69 8 32 16 2180 2290 160 144
288 035 00 288 035 01 35 19 111 105 34 78 8 32 16 2510 2640 170 153
288 038 00 288 038 01 38 19 120 114 34 87 8 32 16 3060 3210 189 170
288 040 00 288 040 01 40 19 126 120 34 93 8 32 16 3330 3500 209 187
288 045 00 288 045 01 45 19 141 135 34 108 8 32 16 3780 3970 255 228
204 ®
Spur Gears Made from POM, White, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Milled Teeth
Tooth quality 10d DIN 58405.
Pressure angle 20º. b NL b
Untoleranced dimensions in accordance with DIN ISO 2768
middle.
Temperature limit: continuous 100 0C, only short time 140 0C.
Water absorption (satiable) 0.5% Cws.
Other material reference values page 821 .
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 291 010 00, Spur Gear, POM, Module 0.5, 10 Teeth
Module 0.5 Tooth Width b = 4 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
291 010 00 10 4 6 5 4 3,5 2 0,7 0,12
291 012 00 12 4 7 6 4 4 2 1,0 0,18
291 013 00 13 4 7,5 6,5 4 5 2 1,2 0,25
291 014 00 14 4 8 7 4 5 2 1,3 0,28
291 015 00 15 4 8,5 7,5 4 6 3 1,5 0,28
291 016 00 16 4 9 8 4 6 3 1,6 0,34
291 017 00 17 4 9,5 8,5 4 6 3 1,7 0,36
291 018 00 18 4 10 9 4 6 3 1,9 0,42
291 019 00 19 4 10,5 9,5 4 8 3 2,2 0,57
291 020 00 20 4 11 10 4 8 3 2,5 0,63
291 021 00 21 4 11,5 10,5 4 8 3 2,8 0,66
291 022 00 22 4 12 11 4 8 3 3,2 0,71
291 023 00 23 4 12,5 11,5 4 8 3 3,5 0,80
291 024 00 24 4 13 12 4 8 3 3,9 0,80
291 025 00 25 4 13,5 12,5 4 10 3 4,3 0,90
291 026 00 26 4 14 13 4 10 3 4,7 1,10
291 027 00 27 4 14,5 13,5 4 10 3 5,1 1,10
291 028 00 28 4 15 14 4 10 3 5,6 1,20
291 030 00 30 4 16 15 4 10 3 6,5 1,40
291 032 00 32 4 17 16 4 12 4 7,6 1,60
291 035 00 35 4 18,5 17,5 4 12 4 9,3 1,70
291 036 00 36 4 19 18 4 12 4 10,0 1,80
291 038 00 38 4 20 19 4 12 4 11,3 2,10
291 040 00 40 4 21 20 4 12 4 12,7 2,20
291 042 00 42 4 22 21 4 12 4 14,2 2,40
291 045 00 45 4 23,5 22,5 4 12 4 16,7 2,70
291 048 00 48 4 25 24 4 12 4 19,3 3,00
291 050 00 50 4 26 25 4 15 4 21,0 3,00
291 052 00 52 4 27 26 4 15 4 23,0 3,80
291 054 00 54 4 28 27 4 15 4 25,0 4,00
291 055 00 55 4 28,5 27,5 4 15 4 26,5 4,20
291 056 00 56 4 29 28 4 15 4 27,0 4,30
291 060 00 60 4 31 30 5 15 4 29,0 5,00
291 064 00 64 4 33 32 5 18 5 31,0 6,00
291 065 00 65 4 33,5 32,5 5 18 5 32,0 6,30
291 070 00 70 4 36 35 5 18 5 34,0 6,80
291 072 00 72 4 37 36 5 18 5 35,5 7,10
291 075 00 75 4 38,5 37,5 5 18 5 37,0 7,70
291 080 00 80 4 41 40 5 18 5 39,5 8,40
291 085 00 85 4 43,5 42,5 5 25 5 41,9 11,50
291 090 00 90 4 46 45 5 25 5 44,0 12,20
291 096 00 96 4 49 48 5 25 5 47,0 13,00
291 100 00 100 4 51 50 5 25 5 49,0 14,30
291 114 00 114 4 58 57 5 25 5 55,0 17,60
291 120 00 120 4 61 60 5 25 5 58,0 18,60
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 205
Spur Gears Made from POM, White, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Milled Teeth
Tooth quality 10d DIN 58405.
Pressure angle 20º. b NL b
Untoleranced dimensions in accordance with DIN ISO 2768
middle.
Temperature limit: continuous 100 0C, only short time 140 0C.
Water absorption (satiable) 0.5% Cws.
Other material reference values page 821 .
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 292 010 00, Spur Gear, POM, Module 0.7, 10 Teeth
Module 0.7 Tooth Width b = 5 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
292 010 00 10 5 8,4 7 6 5 3 1,9 0,30
292 012 00 12 5 9,8 8,4 6 6 3 2,6 0,50
292 013 00 13 5 10,5 9,1 6 7 3 3,0 0,65
292 014 00 14 5 11,2 9,8 6 8 3 3,4 0,85
292 015 00 15 5 11,9 10,5 6 8 3 3,8 0,88
292 016 00 16 5 12,6 11,2 6 8 3 4,3 0,95
292 017 00 17 5 13,3 11,9 6 8 3 4,4 1,00
292 018 00 18 5 14 12,6 6 10 3 5,1 1,40
292 019 00 19 5 14,7 13,3 6 10 3 5,8 1,40
292 020 00 20 5 15,4 14 6 10 4 6,6 1,50
292 021 00 21 5 16,1 14,7 6 10 4 7,4 1,60
292 022 00 22 5 16,8 15,4 6 12 4 8,2 2,10
292 023 00 23 5 17,5 16,1 6 12 4 9,2 2,10
292 024 00 24 5 18,2 16,8 6 12 4 10,1 2,20
292 025 00 25 5 18,9 17,5 6 12 4 11,2 2,40
292 026 00 26 5 19,6 18,2 6 12 4 12,2 2,50
292 027 00 27 5 20,3 18,9 6 12 4 13,4 2,70
292 028 00 28 5 21 19,6 6 12 4 14,6 2,80
292 030 00 30 5 22,4 21 6 15 4 17,1 3,60
292 032 00 32 5 23,8 22,4 6 15 4 20,0 4,10
292 035 00 35 5 25,9 24,5 6 15 4 24,5 4,50
292 036 00 36 5 26,6 25,2 6 15 4 26,0 4,70
292 038 00 38 5 28 26,6 6 15 4 29,5 5,20
292 040 00 40 5 29,4 28 6 15 4 33,5 5,50
292 042 00 42 5 30,8 29,4 6 20 5 37,5 7,10
292 045 00 45 5 32,9 31,5 6 20 5 44,0 7,80
292 048 00 48 5 35 33,6 6 20 5 51,0 8,20
292 050 00 50 5 36,4 35 6 20 5 56,0 9,00
292 052 00 52 5 37,8 36,4 6 20 5 61,5 9,60
292 054 00 54 5 39,2 37,8 6 20 5 65,0 9,00
292 055 00 55 5 39,9 38,5 6 20 5 66,0 8,50
292 056 00 56 5 40,6 39,2 6 20 5 67,5 10,60
292 060 00 60 5 43,4 42 8 20 5 72,5 12,70
292 064 00 64 5 46,2 44,8 8 20 5 77,5 14,40
292 065 00 65 5 46,9 45,5 8 20 5 79,0 14,60
292 070 00 70 5 50,4 49 8 20 5 85,0 16,30
292 072 00 72 5 51,8 50,4 8 20 6 87,0 17,00
292 075 00 75 5 53,9 52,5 8 20 6 90,5 18,10
292 080 00 80 5 57,4 56 8 20 6 96,5 20,10
292 085 00 85 5 60,9 59,5 8 20 6 101,5 22,20
292 090 00 90 5 64,4 63 8 20 6 109,0 24,70
292 096 00 96 5 68,6 67,2 8 25 8 116,0 29,20
292 100 00 100 5 71,4 70 8 25 8 121,0 30,50
292 114 00 114 5 81,2 79,8 8 25 8 137,5 39,80
292 120 00 120 5 85,4 84 8 25 8 144,5 43,20
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
206 ®
Spur Gears Made from POM, White, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Milled Teeth
Tooth quality 10d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. b NL b
Untoleranced dimensions in accordance with DIN ISO 2768
middle.
Temperature limit: continuous 100 0C, only short time 140 0C.
Water absorption (satiable) 0.5% Cws.
Other material reference values page 821 .
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 293 010 00, Spur Gear, POM, Module 1, 10 Teeth
Module 1.0 Tooth Width b = 10 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
293 010 00 10 10 12 10 6 8 5 8,3 1,0
293 011 00 11 10 13 11 6 8 5 9,8 1,2
293 012 00 12 10 14 12 6 10 5 11,4 1,7
293 013 00 13 10 15 13 6 10 5 13,1 2,0
293 014 00 14 10 16 14 6 10 5 14,9 2,3
293 015 00 15 10 17 15 6 12 5 16,8 2,8
293 016 00 16 10 18 16 6 12 5 18,7 3,2
293 017 00 17 10 19 17 6 12 5 19,3 3,5
293 018 00 18 10 20 18 6 12 5 22,2 4,0
293 019 00 19 10 21 19 6 15 5 25,5 4,9
293 020 00 20 10 22 20 8 15 5 29,0 5,8
293 021 00 21 10 23 21 8 15 5 32,5 6,2
293 022 00 22 10 24 22 8 15 5 36,0 6,5
293 023 00 23 10 25 23 8 15 5 40,0 7,1
293 024 00 24 10 26 24 8 15 5 44,5 7,6
293 025 00 25 10 27 25 8 15 5 49,0 8,2
293 026 00 26 10 28 26 8 15 5 54,0 8,7
293 027 00 27 10 29 27 8 15 5 59,0 9,3
293 028 00 28 10 30 28 8 15 5 64,0 9,9
293 030 00 30 10 32 30 8 15 5 75,5 11,2
293 032 00 32 10 34 32 8 18 6 88,0 13,2
293 035 00 35 10 37 35 8 18 6 109,0 15,4
293 036 00 36 10 38 36 8 18 6 116,0 16,1
293 038 00 38 10 40 38 8 18 6 132,0 17,9
293 040 00 40 10 42 40 8 18 6 148,0 19,6
293 042 00 42 10 44 42 8 18 6 166,0 21,5
293 045 00 45 10 47 45 8 18 6 196,0 24,0
293 048 00 48 10 50 48 8 20 6 228,0 27,8
293 050 00 50 10 52 50 8 20 6 245,0 30,0
293 052 00 52 10 54 52 8 20 6 254,0 32,4
293 054 00 54 10 56 54 8 20 6 264,0 34,6
293 055 00 55 10 57 55 8 20 6 269,0 35,6
293 056 00 56 10 58 56 8 20 6 274,0 36,9
293 060 00 60 10 62 60 8 25 6 295,0 44,1
293 064 00 64 10 66 64 10 25 6 316,0 51,1
293 065 00 65 10 67 65 10 25 6 321,0 52,7
293 070 00 70 10 72 70 10 25 6 347,0 59,6
293 072 00 72 10 74 72 10 30 6 357,0 65,5
293 075 00 75 10 77 75 10 30 6 372,0 71,1
293 080 00 80 10 82 80 10 50 10 397,0 94,7
293 085 00 85 10 87 85 10 50 10 422,0 104,1
293 090 00 90 10 92 90 10 50 10 447,0 113,1
293 096 00 96 10 98 96 10 50 10 468,0 126,1
293 100 00 100 10 102 100 10 50 10 496,0 135,0
293 120 00 120 10 122 120 10 50 10 594,0 182,6
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 207
Spur Gears Made from POM, White, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Milled Teeth
Tooth quality 10d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. b NL b
Untoleranced dimensions in accordance with DIN ISO 2768
midle.
Temperature limit: continuous 100 0C, only short time 140 0C.
Water absorption (satiable) 0.5% Cws.
Other material reference values page 821 .
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 294 010 00, Spur Gear, Delrin, Module 1.25, 10 Teeth
Module 1.25 Tooth Width b = 10 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
294 010 00 10 10 15 12,5 8 10 5 0,14 2,1
294 012 00 12 10 17,5 15 10 10 5 0,19 3,0
294 014 00 14 10 20 17,5 10 12 5 0,25 4,3
294 015 00 15 10 21,25 18,75 10 15 8 0,28 4,7
294 018 00 18 10 25 22,5 10 15 8 0,41 6,4
294 020 00 20 10 27,5 25 10 15 8 0,52 7,8
294 024 00 24 10 32,5 30 10 20 8 0,73 12,7
294 025 00 25 10 33,75 31,25 10 20 8 0,81 13,3
294 030 00 30 10 40 37,5 10 20 8 1,25 18,4
294 032 00 32 10 42,5 40 10 20 8 1,45 20,4
294 035 00 35 10 46,25 43,75 10 20 8 1,79 23,8
294 036 00 36 10 47,5 45 10 20 8 1,92 24,9
294 038 00 38 10 50 47,5 10 20 8 2,18 27,7
294 040 00 40 10 52,5 50 10 20 8 2,46 30,2
294 050 00 50 10 65 62,5 10 20 8 3,83 45,6
Module 1.5 Tooth Width b = 15 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
295 010 00 10 15 18 15 10 12 6 0,30 4,0
295 012 00 12 15 21 18 10 18 8 0,42 6,6
295 013 00 13 15 22,5 19,5 10 18 8 0,48 7,6
295 014 00 14 15 24 21 10 18 8 0,55 8,6
295 015 00 15 15 25,5 22,5 10 18 8 0,63 9,7
295 016 00 16 15 27 24 10 20 10 0,70 10,7
295 018 00 18 15 30 27 10 20 10 0,82 13,4
295 020 00 20 15 33 30 10 25 10 1,06 18,5
295 022 00 22 15 36 33 10 25 10 1,34 21,6
295 024 00 24 15 39 36 10 25 10 1,65 25,0
295 025 00 25 15 40,5 37,5 10 25 10 1,82 26,7
295 028 00 28 15 45 42 10 25 10 2,38 32,7
295 030 00 30 15 48 45 10 30 10 2,81 40,1
295 032 00 32 15 51 48 10 30 10 3,28 44,5
295 035 00 35 15 55,5 52,5 10 30 10 4,05 51,9
295 036 00 36 15 57 54 10 30 10 4,33 54,5
295 038 00 38 15 60 57 10 30 10 4,93 59,7
295 040 00 40 15 63 60 10 30 10 5,57 65,8
295 042 00 42 15 66 63 10 35 10 6,25 75,4
295 045 00 45 15 70,5 67,5 10 35 10 7,36 85,4
295 048 00 48 15 75 72 10 35 10 7,92 96,1
295 050 00 50 15 78 75 10 35 10 8,28 102
295 055 00 55 15 85,5 82,5 10 35 10 9,17 122
295 060 00 60 15 93 90 10 40 10 10,1 147
295 065 00 65 15 100,5 97,5 10 40 10 10,9 171 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
295 070 00 70 15 108 105 10 40 10 11,8 195
295 072 00 72 15 111 108 10 40 10 11,7 205
295 075 00 75 15 115,5 112,5 10 40 10 13,2 220
295 080 00 80 15 123 120 10 50 10 13,5 265
295 090 00 90 15 138 135 10 50 10 15,1 322
295 100 00 100 15 153 150 10 50 10 16,8 393 Reworking within
295 120 00 120 15 183 180 10 70 15 20,0 588
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
208 ®
Spur Gears Made from POM, White, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Milled Teeth
Tooth quality 10d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. b NL b
Untoleranced dimensions in accordance with DIN ISO 2768 m.
Temperature limit: continuous 100 0C, only short time 140 0C.
Water absorption (satiable) 0.5% Cws.
Other material reference values page 821 .
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 296 010 00, Spur Gear, POM, Module 2.0, 10 Teeth
Module 2.0 Tooth Width b = 16 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
296 010 00 10 16 24 20 15 15 8 0,60 8,0
296 012 00 12 16 28 24 15 20 8 0,83 13,9
296 014 00 14 16 32 28 15 20 8 1,08 18,0
296 015 00 15 16 34 30 15 20 12 1,24 17,0
296 016 00 16 16 36 32 15 25 12 1,38 23,2
296 018 00 18 16 40 36 15 30 12 1,65 32,0
296 020 00 20 16 44 40 15 30 12 2,15 37,3
296 024 00 24 16 52 48 15 30 12 3,40 50,0
296 025 00 25 16 54 50 15 30 12 3,70 53,6
296 028 00 28 16 60 56 15 30 12 4,85 64,4
296 030 00 30 16 64 60 15 30 12 5,75 72,7
296 032 00 32 16 68 64 15 40 12 6,70 92,6
296 035 00 35 16 74 70 15 45 12 7,80 114
296 036 00 36 16 76 72 15 45 12 9,15 118
296 040 00 40 16 84 80 15 50 12 11,5 149
296 045 00 45 16 94 90 15 50 12 14,1 177
296 050 00 50 16 104 100 15 60 12 15,8 231
296 056 00 56 16 116 112 15 60 12 17,7 272
296 060 00 60 16 124 120 15 60 12 19,2 307
296 070 00 70 16 144 140 20 70 15 22,6 439
296 072 00 72 16 148 144 20 70 15 23,3 459
296 075 00 75 16 154 150 20 70 20 24,2 482
296 080 00 80 16 164 160 20 70 20 25,9 536
296 090 00 90 16 184 180 20 70 20 28,9 654
296 100 00 100 16 204 200 20 80 20 32,1 819
296 120 00 120 16 244 240 20 80 20 38,4 1125
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 209
Spur Gears Made from POM, White, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Milled Teeth
Tooth quality 10d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. b NL b
Untoleranced dimensions in accordance with DIN ISO 2768m.
Temperature limit: continuous 100 0C, only short time 140 0C.
Water absorption (satiable) 0.5% Cws.
Other material reference values page 821 .
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 297 010 00, Spur Gear, POM, Module 2.5, 10 Teeth
Module 2.5 Tooth Width b = 20 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
297 010 00 10 20 30 25 15 20 10 1,23 15,6
297 012 00 12 20 35 30 15 20 10 1,71 21,7
297 014 00 14 20 40 35 15 20 10 2,23 29,3
297 015 00 15 20 42,5 37,5 15 25 12 2,56 35,0
297 016 00 16 20 45 40 15 25 12 2,85 39,5
297 018 00 18 20 50 45 15 30 12 3,40 53,0
297 020 00 20 20 55 50 15 30 12 4,45 63,0
297 024 00 24 20 65 60 15 30 12 7,00 87,0
297 025 00 25 20 67,5 62,5 15 40 12 7,70 105
297 028 00 28 20 75 70 15 40 12 10,1 127
297 030 00 30 20 80 75 15 40 12 12,0 143
297 035 00 35 20 92,5 87,5 15 50 12 17,3 202
297 036 00 36 20 95 90 15 50 15 19,2 226
297 040 00 40 20 105 100 20 50 15 23,9 264
297 045 00 45 20 117,5 112,5 20 50 15 27,6 322
297 050 00 50 20 130 125 20 70 15 31,0 443
297 056 00 56 20 145 140 20 70 20 34,7 515
297 060 00 60 20 155 150 20 70 20 37,4 585
297 072 00 72 20 185 180 20 80 20 45,3 826
297 080 00 80 20 205 200 20 90 20 50,3 1029
297 090 00 90 20 230 225 20 100 20 56,7 1301
297 100 00 100 20 255 250 20 100 25 62,9 1549
297 120 00 120 20 305 300 20 120 25 75,3 2242
Module 3.0 Tooth Width b = 25 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
298 010 00 10 25 36 30 15 25 12 2,30 27
298 012 00 12 25 42 36 15 25 12 3,20 38
298 014 00 14 25 48 42 15 25 12 4,20 52
298 015 00 15 25 51 45 15 25 12 4,80 58
298 018 00 18 25 60 54 15 30 12 6,45 87
298 020 00 20 25 66 60 15 30 12 8,40 106
298 024 00 24 25 78 72 15 30 12 13,2 149
298 025 00 25 25 81 75 15 45 15 14,6 179
298 028 00 28 25 90 84 15 45 15 19,2 217
298 030 00 30 25 96 90 15 45 15 22,7 244
298 035 00 35 25 111 105 15 45 15 35,0 325
298 036 00 36 25 114 108 15 45 15 37,5 340
298 040 00 40 25 126 120 15 50 15 43,7 424
298 045 00 45 25 141 135 15 50 20 49,6 521
298 048 00 48 25 150 144 15 50 20 53,2 603 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
298 050 00 50 25 156 150 20 70 20 55,6 708
298 056 00 56 25 174 168 20 70 20 62,2 854
298 060 00 60 25 186 180 20 70 20 67,5 987
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
210 ®
Spur Gears made from POM, Black, wide Version, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Milled Teeth
Tooth quality 10d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. b NL b
Untoleranced dimensions in accordance with DIN ISO 2768 m.
Temperature limit: continuous 100 0C, only short time 140 0C.
Water absorption (satiable) 0.5% Cws.
Other material reference values page 821 .
ND
da
d
da
B
d
B
Order. Details: e.g.: Product No. 293 110 10, Spur Gear, POM black, Module 1, 10 Teeth
Module 1.0 Tooth Width b = 15 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
293 110 10 10 15 12 10 10 8 4 0,13 1,6
293 110 12 12 15 14 12 10 9 4 0,17 2,2
293 110 15 15 15 17 15 10 12 6 0,25 4,3
293 110 18 18 15 20 18 10 15 6 0,33 6,8
293 110 20 20 15 22 20 10 16 6 0,44 8,3
293 110 24 24 15 26 24 10 20 8 0,67 11,5
293 110 25 25 15 27 25 10 20 8 0,74 12,3
293 110 28 28 15 30 28 10 20 8 0,96 14,9
293 110 30 30 15 32 30 10 20 8 1,13 16,8
293 110 32 32 15 34 32 10 25 8 1,32 21,3
293 110 36 36 15 38 36 10 25 8 1,74 25,7
293 110 40 40 15 42 40 10 25 8 2,22 30,7
293 110 45 45 15 47 45 10 30 8 2,94 40,6
293 110 50 50 15 52 50 10 30 8 3,68 48,4
293 110 56 56 15 58 56 10 40 8 4,11 66,4
293 110 60 60 15 62 60 10 40 8 4,43 73,9
293 110 72 72 15 74 72 10 50 10 5,36 109
293 110 75 75 15 77 75 10 50 10 5,58 116
293 110 80 80 15 82 80 10 60 10 5,96 141
293 110 90 90 15 92 90 10 60 10 6,71 169
293 111 00 100 15 102 100 10 60 10 7,44 200
Module 1.5 Tooth Width b = 17 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
295 110 10 10 17 18 15 13 12 6 0,34 5,0
295 110 12 12 17 21 18 13 14 6 0,48 7,6
295 110 15 15 17 25,5 22,5 13 18 8 0,71 11,9
295 110 18 18 17 30 27 13 20 8 0,93 16,5
295 110 20 20 17 33 30 13 25 8 1,20 22,8
295 110 24 24 17 39 36 13 25 8 1,87 30,2
295 110 25 25 17 40,5 37,5 13 25 8 2,06 32,2
295 110 28 28 17 45 42 13 30 8 2,70 42,7
295 110 30 30 17 48 45 13 30 8 3,18 47,5
295 110 36 36 17 57 54 13 35 8 4,91 68,6
295 110 40 40 17 63 60 13 40 8 6,31 86,6
295 110 45 45 17 70,5 67,5 13 50 12 8,34 115
295 110 50 50 17 78 75 13 50 12 9,38 135
295 110 56 56 17 87 84 13 60 12 9,66 177
295 110 60 60 17 93 90 13 60 12 11,4 196
295 110 72 72 17 111 108 13 80 12 13,3 302
295 110 90 90 17 138 135 13 80 12 17,1 423
* Basis of calculations see page 197. Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 211
Spur Gears made from POM, Black, wide Version, with One-Sided Hub, Straight Tooth System, Milled Teeth
Tooth quality 10d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. b NL b
Untoleranced dimensions in accordance with DIN ISO 2768 m.
Temperature limit: continuous 100 0C, only short time 140 0C.
Water absorption (satiable) 0.5% Cws.
Other material reference values page 821.
ND
da
d
da
B
d
B
Order. Details: e.g.: Product No. 296 110 10, Spur Gear, POM black, Module 2, 10 Teeth
Module 2.0 Tooth Width b = 20 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
296 110 10 10 20 24 20 15 15 8 0,75 9,9
296 110 12 12 20 28 24 15 18 8 1,04 15,4
296 110 15 15 20 34 30 15 24 8 1,55 25,9
296 110 18 18 20 40 36 15 25 8 2,06 35,3
296 110 20 20 20 44 40 15 30 8 2,69 46,4
296 110 24 24 20 52 48 15 35 12 4,25 64,6
296 110 25 25 20 54 50 15 35 12 4,63 68,9
296 110 30 30 20 64 60 15 40 12 7,19 98,9
296 110 36 36 20 76 72 15 50 12 11,5 148
296 110 40 40 20 84 80 15 50 12 14,3 175
296 110 45 45 20 94 90 15 60 12 17,6 230
296 110 50 50 20 104 100 15 70 15 19,8 289
296 110 60 60 20 124 120 15 70 15 24,0 385
296 110 90 90 20 184 180 15 90 20 36,1 821
Module 2.5 Tooth Width b = 25 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
297 110 10 10 25 30 25 15 20 8 1,54 20,0
297 110 12 12 25 35 30 15 20 8 2,14 27,5
297 110 15 15 25 42,5 37,5 15 25 8 3,20 44,9
297 110 18 18 25 50 45 15 35 8 4,25 71,5
297 110 20 20 25 55 50 15 35 12 5,56 81,7
297 110 24 24 25 65 60 15 40 12 8,75 118
297 110 25 25 25 67,5 62,5 15 45 12 9,65 133
297 110 30 30 25 80 75 15 50 12 15,0 187
297 110 36 36 25 95 90 15 60 12 24,0 273
297 110 40 40 25 105 100 15 70 12 30,0 346
297 110 45 45 25 117,5 112,5 15 70 15 34,5 414
297 110 50 50 25 130 125 15 80 15 38,8 519
297 110 60 60 25 155 150 15 90 15 46,8 734
Module 3.0 Tooth Width b = 30 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B JS10 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
298 110 10 10 30 36 30 20 25 12 2,79 35,1
298 110 12 12 30 42 36 20 25 12 3,84 48,0 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
298 110 15 15 30 51 45 20 35 12 5,76 84,9
298 110 18 18 30 60 54 20 45 12 7,74 131
298 110 20 20 30 66 60 20 45 12 10,1 154
298 110 24 24 30 78 72 20 50 12 15,8 216
298 110 25 25 30 81 75 20 60 14 17,5 251
298 110 30 30 30 96 90 20 60 14 27,2 332
298 110 35 35 30 111 105 20 80 14 41,9 489
298 110 36 36 30 114 108 20 80 14 45,0 509 Reworking within
298 110 40 40 30 126 120 20 80 14 52,4 599
298 110 45 45 30 141 135 20 90 20 59,5 749 24h-service possible.
298 110 50 50 30 156 150 20 100 20 66,7 930 Custom made parts
298 110 60 60 30 186 180 20 100 20 81,0 1253
on request.
212 ®
Spur Gears Made From Plastic with Steel Core, Milled, Straight Teeth
Material: Outer part: Plastic PA 12 G.
Steel core: Choice of steel or A
stainless steel 1.4305.
Tooth quality 8e25 DIN 3967.
Temperature range -60°C to +120° C, short periods 150° C.
• Special plastic with excellent material properties.
• Enables snugly fitting, high strength shaft-hub connection.
• Optimal force transmission due to cylindrical contact area.
• Light, silent and clean, with excellent dry running properties.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 218 550 25, spur gear, module 1.5, 25 teeth
Module 1.5 Tooth width b = 17 mm
Product No. Product No. Number b da d NL ND SK BH7 perm.MD* Weight
Steel Core Stainless Core of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
218 550 25 218 950 25 25 17 40,5 37,5 13 33 25 10 2,1 112
218 550 30 218 950 30 30 17 48 45 13 35 25 10 3,2 122
218 550 32 218 950 32 32 17 51 48 13 35 25 10 3,7 125
218 550 36 218 950 36 36 17 57 54 13 45 35 10 4,9 238
218 550 40 218 950 40 40 17 63 60 13 50 40 10 6,3 312
218 550 45 218 950 45 45 17 70,5 67,5 13 50 40 10 8,3 325
218 550 48 218 950 48 48 17 75 72 13 55 45 10 9,0 407
218 550 50 218 950 50 50 17 78 75 13 55 45 10 9,4 413
218 550 56 218 950 56 56 17 87 84 13 65 55 15 10,6 582
218 550 60 218 950 60 60 17 93 90 13 70 60 15 11,4 695
218 550 64 218 950 64 64 17 99 96 13 70 60 15 12,2 710
218 550 70 218 950 70 70 17 108 105 13 70 60 15 13,4 735
218 550 72 218 950 72 72 17 111 108 13 80 70 15 13,8 967
218 550 80 218 950 80 80 17 123 120 13 85 75 20 15,3 1096
218 550 90 218 950 90 90 17 138 135 13 90 80 20 17,1 1281
218 551 00 218 951 00 100 17 153 150 13 110 90 20 19,0 1652
218 551 20 218 951 20 120 17 183 180 13 120 90 20 22,7 2114
Module 2.0 Tooth width b = 20 mm
Product No. Product No. Number b da d NL ND SK BH7 perm.MD* Weight
Steel core Stainless Core of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
231 550 18 231 950 18 18 20 40 36 15 31 25 10 2,1 127
231 550 20 231 950 20 20 20 44 40 15 35 25 10 2,7 135
231 550 24 231 950 24 24 20 52 48 15 40 30 10 4,2 189
231 550 25 231 950 25 25 20 54 50 15 45 35 10 4,6 271
231 550 28 231 950 28 28 20 60 56 15 45 35 15 6,1 254
231 550 30 231 950 30 30 20 64 60 15 50 40 15 7,2 338
231 550 32 231 950 32 32 20 68 64 15 50 40 15 8,4 345
231 550 35 231 950 35 35 20 74 70 15 55 45 15 10,4 444
231 550 36 231 950 36 36 20 76 72 15 55 45 15 11,1 448
231 550 40 231 950 40 40 20 84 80 15 65 55 20 14,3 631
231 550 45 231 950 45 45 20 94 90 15 70 60 20 17,6 774
231 550 48 231 950 48 48 20 100 96 15 70 60 20 19,0 792
231 550 50 231 950 50 50 20 104 100 15 75 65 20 19,8 930
231 550 56 231 950 56 56 20 116 112 15 80 70 20 23,8 1105
231 550 60 231 950 60 60 20 124 120 15 85 75 20 24,0 1280
231 550 64 231 950 64 64 20 132 128 15 90 80 20 25,7 1467
231 550 70 231 950 70 70 20 144 140 15 90 80 25 28,1 1469
231 550 72 231 950 72 72 20 148 144 15 90 80 25 28,8 1487
231 550 80 231 950 80 80 20 164 160 15 100 90 25 32,0 1905
231 550 90 231 950 90 90 20 184 180 15 110 90 25 36,1 2393
231 551 00 231 951 00 100 20 204 200 15 120 110 25 40,1 2933
231 551 20 231 951 20 120 20 244 240 15 130 120 25 47,8 3671
* Basis of calculations see page 197. On request:
Other versions and components made from PA 6 G / PA 12
G without core or with aluminium core.
Plastic PA 12 G Steel core
Produced using the vertical casting process. Core with cylindrical body surface, knurled, permanently cast-in.
High-molecular, high crystalline and almost stress free. As standard made from normal steel or 1.4305.
Very low moisture absorption, excellent dimensional stability. On request in aluminium.
High viscosity even at very low temperatures. Bore tolerance H7, finished after casting.
Very good mechanical and chemical resistance. The steel core allows the transfer of high torque even
for small shaft diameters and correspondingly small
parallel key connections.
® 213
Spur Gears Made From Plastic with Steel Core, Milled, Straight Teeth
Material: Outer part: Plastic PA 12 G.
Steel core: Choice of steel or A
stainless steel 1.4305.
Tooth quality 8e25 DIN 3967.
Temperature range -60°C to +120° C, short periods 150° C.
• Special plastic with excellent material properties.
• Enables snugly fitting, high strength shaft-hub connection.
• Optimal force transmission due to cylindrical contact area.
• Light, silent and clean, with excellent dry running properties.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 232 550 15, spur gear, module 2,5, 15 teeth
Module 2.5 Tooth width b = 25 mm
Product No. Product No. Number b da d NL ND SK BH7 perm.MD* Weight
Steel Core Stainless Core of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
232 550 15 232 950 15 15 25 42,5 37,5 15 31 25 10 3,2 148
232 550 18 232 950 18 18 25 50 45 15 35 25 10 4,3 164
232 550 20 232 950 20 20 25 55 50 15 45 35 15 5,6 280
232 550 24 232 950 24 24 25 65 60 15 50 40 15 8,8 388
232 550 25 232 950 25 25 25 67,5 62,5 15 50 40 15 9,6 394
232 550 30 232 950 30 30 25 80 75 15 55 45 15 15,0 525
232 550 32 232 950 32 32 25 85 80 15 65 55 15 17,6 768
232 550 36 232 950 36 36 25 95 90 15 70 60 15 22,8 933
232 550 40 232 950 40 40 25 105 100 15 75 65 20 29,9 1070
232 550 45 232 950 45 45 25 117,5 112,5 15 80 70 20 34,5 1276
232 550 48 232 950 48 48 25 125 120 15 85 75 20 35,3 1475
232 550 50 232 950 50 50 25 130 125 15 85 75 20 38,8 1499
232 550 60 232 950 60 60 25 155 150 15 100 90 20 46,8 2197
232 550 70 232 950 70 70 25 180 175 15 100 90 20 54,8 2358
232 550 72 232 950 72 72 25 185 180 15 110 90 20 56,1 2824
232 550 80 232 950 80 80 25 205 200 15 120 110 20 62,2 3451
Module 3.0 Tooth width b = 30 mm
Product No. Product No. Number b da d NL ND SK BH7 perm.MD* Weight
Steel Core Stainless Core of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
233 550 15 233 950 15 15 30 51 45 20 35 25 10 5,8 204
233 550 18 233 950 18 18 30 60 54 20 45 35 10 7,7 398
233 550 20 233 950 20 20 30 66 60 20 45 35 15 10,1 376
233 550 24 233 950 24 24 30 78 72 20 55 45 15 15,8 643
233 550 25 233 950 25 25 30 81 75 20 55 45 15 17,5 654
233 550 30 233 950 30 30 30 96 90 20 70 60 15 27,2 1163
233 550 36 233 950 36 36 30 114 108 20 80 70 20 42,0 1565
233 550 40 233 950 40 40 30 126 120 20 85 75 20 52,4 1837
233 550 45 233 950 45 45 30 141 135 20 85 75 20 59,5 1927
233 550 48 233 950 48 48 30 150 144 20 90 80 20 63,8 2208
233 550 50 233 950 50 50 30 156 150 20 100 90 20 66,7 2734
233 550 60 233 950 60 60 30 186 180 20 100 90 20 81,0 2969
Module 4.0 Tooth width b = 40 mm
Product No. Product No. Number b da d NL ND SK BH7 perm.MD* Weight
Steel Core Stainless Core of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
234 550 12 234 950 12 12 40 56 48 20 35 25 10 8,1 256
234 550 15 234 950 15 15 40 68 60 20 50 40 20 12,1 519
234 550 16 234 950 16 16 40 72 64 20 50 40 20 13,5 535
234 550 20 234 950 20 20 40 88 80 20 65 55 20 20,9 1100
234 550 24 234 950 24 24 40 104 96 20 75 65 20 33,4 1588
234 550 25 234 950 25 25 40 108 100 20 75 65 20 38,4 1613
234 550 30 234 950 30 30 40 128 120 20 85 75 20 66,1 2227
234 550 36 234 950 36 36 40 152 144 20 100 90 30 98,7 3081
234 550 40 234 950 40 40 40 168 160 20 100 90 30 120,4 3234
234 550 45 234 950 45 45 40 188 180 20 110 90 30 135,6 4092
234 550 50 234 950 50 50 40 208 200 20 120 110 30 153,0 5042
234 550 60 234 950 60 60 40 248 240 20 130 120 30 185,8 6376
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
214 ®
Spur Gears Made from Brass, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: Ms58 (2.0401).
Tooth quality 8d DIN 58405. b NL b
Pressure angle 20º.
Up to 30 teeth without hub.
From 40 teeth with one-sided hub.
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 260 010 00, Spur Gear Ms, Module 0.3, 10 Teeth
Module 0.3
Product No. Number b** da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
260 010 00 10 5 3,6 3 - - 1,0 0,14 0,1
260 012 00 12 5 4,2 3,6 - - 1,5 0,18 0,2
260 014 00 14 5 4,8 4,2 - - 2,0 0,23 0,4
260 015 00 15 5 5,1 4,5 - - 2,0 0,25 0,5
260 016 00 16 5 5,4 4,8 - - 2,0 0,27 0,6
260 018 00 18 5 6,0 5,4 - - 2,0 0,36 0,8
260 020 00 20 5 6,6 6 - - 2,0 0,40 1,0
260 022 00 22 5 7,2 6,6 - - 2,0 0,49 1,3
260 024 00 24 5 7,8 7,2 - - 2,0 0,60 1,4
260 025 00 25 5 8,1 7,5 - - 2,0 0,65 1,6
260 030 00 30 5 9,6 9 - - 2,0 1,00 2,3
260 040 00 40 2 12,6 12 3 10 3,0 1,85 3,5
260 050 00 50 2 15,6 15 5 10 3,0 3,00 5,7
260 060 00 60 2 18,6 18 5 10 3,0 4,50 6,9
260 080 00 80 2 24,6 24 5 15 3,0 8,50 14,7
260 100 00 100 2 30,6 30 5 15 3,0 14,0 18,5
260 120 00 120 2 36,6 36 5 15 3,0 21,0 23,7
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
** Up to a No. of Teeth of 30 the teeth run over the entire width of the gear.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 215
Spur Gears Made from Brass, with One-Sided Hub, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: Ms58 (2.0401).
Tooth quality 8d DIN 58405. b NL b
Pressure angle 20º.
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 261 010 00, Spur Gear, Ms58, Module 0.5, 10 Teeth
Module 0.5 Tooth Width b = 2 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
261 010 00 10 2 6 5 4 4 2 0,42 0,5
261 012 00 12 2 7 6 4 4 2 0,55 0,7
261 013 00 13 2 7,5 6,5 4 5 2 0,62 1,0
261 014 00 14 2 8 7 4 5 2 0,69 1,1
261 015 00 15 2 8,5 7,5 4 6 2 0,75 1,4
261 016 00 16 2 9 8 4 6 2 0,80 1,5
261 017 00 17 2 9,5 8,5 4 7 2 0,83 2,0
261 018 00 18 2 10 9 4 7 2 0,94 2,2
261 019 00 19 2 10,5 9,5 4 8 2 1,07 2,8
261 020 00 20 2 11 10 4 8 2 1,20 2,8
261 021 00 21 2 11,5 10,5 4 8 2 1,34 2,7
261 022 00 22 2 12 11 4 8 2 1,49 3,1
261 023 00 23 2 12,5 11,5 4 10 2 1,65 4,1
261 024 00 24 2 13 12 4 10 2 1,80 4,3
261 025 00 25 2 13,5 12,5 4 10 2 2,00 4,6
261 026 00 26 2 14 13 4 10 3 2,20 4,4
261 027 00 27 2 14,5 13,5 4 10 3 2,40 4,5
261 028 00 28 2 15 14 4 10 3 2,60 4,8
261 030 00 30 2 16 15 4 10 3 3,00 5,2
261 032 00 32 2 17 16 4 10 3 3,50 5,6
261 035 00 35 2 18,5 17,5 4 12 3 4,20 7,3
261 036 00 36 2 19 18 4 12 3 4,50 7,7
261 038 00 38 2 20 19 4 12 3 5,10 8,0
261 040 00 40 2 21 20 4 12 3 5,70 8,6
261 042 00 42 2 22 21 4 12 3 6,30 8,9
261 045 00 45 2 23,5 22,5 4 12 3 7,40 9,9
261 048 00 48 2 25 24 4 12 3 8,50 10,7
261 050 00 50 2 26 25 4 12 3 9,30 11,4
261 052 00 52 2 27 26 4 12 3 10,2 12,1
261 054 00 54 2 28 27 4 12 3 11,1 13,0
261 055 00 55 2 28,5 27,5 4 12 3 11,5 13,2
261 056 00 56 2 29 28 4 12 3 12,0 13,7
261 060 00 60 2 31 30 4 12 3 14,0 15,4
261 064 00 64 2 33 32 4 15 3 16,0 18,7
261 065 00 65 2 33,5 32,5 4 15 3 16,7 19,0
261 070 00 70 2 36 35 4 15 3 19,7 21,3
261 072 00 72 2 37 36 4 15 3 21,0 22,4
261 075 00 75 2 38,5 37,5 4 15 3 23,0 23,7
261 080 00 80 2 41 40 4 15 3 26,5 26,2
261 085 00 85 2 43,5 42,5 4 15 3 30,5 29,1
261 090 00 90 2 46 45 4 15 3 34,5 32,3
261 096 00 96 2 49 48 4 15 3 40,0 36,1
261 100 00 100 2 51 50 4 15 3 44,0 39,4
261 114 00 114 2 58 57 4 15 3 62,0 47,5
261 120 00 120 2 61 60 4 25 3 72,0 62,8
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
216 ®
Spur Gears Made from Brass, with One-Sided Hub, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: Ms58 (2.0401).
Tooth quality 8d DIN 58405. b NL b
Pressure angle 20º.
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 262 010 00, Spur Gear, Ms58, Module 0.7, 10 Teeth
Module 0.7 Tooth Width b = 4 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
262 010 00 10 4 8,4 7 6 5 3 1,7 1,6
262 012 00 12 4 9,8 8,4 6 8 3 2,3 3,3
262 013 00 13 4 10,5 9,1 6 8 3 2,6 4,0
262 014 00 14 4 11,2 9,8 6 8 3 2,8 4,4
262 015 00 15 4 11,9 10,5 6 8 3 3,1 4,8
262 016 00 16 4 12,6 11,2 6 9 3 3,3 5,8
262 017 00 17 4 13,3 11,9 6 10 3 3,5 7,0
262 018 00 18 4 14 12,6 6 10 4 3,9 6,9
262 019 00 19 4 14,7 13,3 6 10 4 4,4 7,4
262 020 00 20 4 15,4 14 6 10 4 5,0 7,9
262 021 00 21 4 16,1 14,7 6 12 4 5,6 10,2
262 022 00 22 4 16,8 15,4 6 12 4 6,2 10,7
262 023 00 23 4 17,5 16,1 6 12 4 6,9 11,2
262 024 00 24 4 18,2 16,8 6 12 4 7,6 12,0
262 025 00 25 4 18,9 17,5 6 12 4 8,3 12,6
262 026 00 26 4 19,6 18,2 6 12 4 9,1 13,2
262 027 00 27 4 20,3 18,9 6 12 4 9,9 13,9
262 028 00 28 4 21 19,6 6 12 4 10,8 14,7
262 030 00 30 4 22,4 21 6 12 4 12,6 16,1
262 032 00 32 4 23,8 22,4 6 12 4 14,5 17,7
262 035 00 35 4 25,9 24,5 6 12 4 17,7 20,0
262 036 00 36 4 26,6 25,2 6 12 4 18,9 21,5
262 038 00 38 4 28 26,6 6 12 4 21,3 22,9
262 040 00 40 4 29,4 28 6 12 5 24,0 24,3
262 042 00 42 4 30,8 29,4 6 12 5 26,5 26,6
262 045 00 45 4 32,9 31,5 6 12 5 31,0 29,8
262 048 00 48 4 35 33,6 6 15 5 36,0 36,5
262 050 00 50 4 36,4 35 6 15 5 39,0 39,1
262 052 00 52 4 37,8 36,4 6 15 5 43,0 41,1
262 054 00 54 4 39,2 37,8 6 15 5 47,0 44,4
262 055 00 55 4 39,9 38,5 6 15 5 49,0 45,8
262 056 00 56 4 40,6 39,2 6 15 5 51,0 47,4
262 060 00 60 4 43,4 42 8 15 5 59,0 56,0
262 064 00 64 4 46,2 44,8 8 15 5 69,0 62,2
262 065 00 65 4 46,9 45,5 8 15 5 71,0 63,7
262 070 00 70 4 50,4 49 8 18 5 84,0 77,8
262 072 00 72 4 51,8 50,4 8 18 5 90,0 80,8
262 075 00 75 4 53,9 52,5 8 18 5 98,0 87,6
262 080 00 80 4 57,4 56 8 18 5 114 97,7
262 085 00 85 4 60,9 59,5 8 20 6 130 109,7
262 090 00 90 4 64,4 63 8 20 6 154 119,9
262 096 00 96 4 68,6 67,2 8 25 6 186 149,6
262 100 00 100 4 71,4 70 8 25 6 210 157,2
262 114 00 114 4 81,2 79,8 8 25 6 310 192,0
262 120 00 120 4 85,4 84 8 25 6 350 216,7
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 217
Spur Gears Made from Brass, with One-Sided Hub, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: Ms58 (2.0401).
Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. b NL b
Pressure angle 20º.
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 263 010 00, Spur Gear, Ms58, Module 1, 10 Teeth
Module 1.0 Tooth Width b = 6.5 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
263 010 00 10 6,5 12 10 6 8 4 6,1 5,1
263 012 00 12 6,5 14 12 6 10 4 8,0 8,4
263 013 00 13 6,5 15 13 6 10 5 9,1 8,7
263 014 00 14 6,5 16 14 6 10 5 10,0 9,9
263 015 00 15 6,5 17 15 6 12 5 11,1 12,9
263 016 00 16 6,5 18 16 6 12 5 11,8 14,2
263 017 00 17 6,5 19 17 6 12 5 12,2 15,7
263 018 00 18 6,5 20 18 6 12 5 13,8 17,1
263 019 00 19 6,5 21 19 6 15 5 15,8 21,8
263 020 00 20 6,5 22 20 6 15 5 17,8 23,3
263 021 00 21 6,5 23 21 6 15 5 20,0 27,0
263 022 00 22 6,5 24 22 6 15 5 22,2 27,1
263 023 00 23 6,5 25 23 6 15 5 24,5 28,8
263 024 00 24 6,5 26 24 6 15 5 27,0 31,2
263 025 00 25 6,5 27 25 6 15 5 30,0 33,1
263 026 00 26 6,5 28 26 6 15 5 32,5 35,1
263 027 00 27 6,5 29 27 6 15 5 35,5 37,5
263 028 00 28 6,5 30 28 6 15 5 38,5 39,9
263 030 00 30 6,5 32 30 6 15 5 45,0 44,7
263 032 00 32 6,5 34 32 6 15 5 52,0 50,6
263 035 00 35 6,5 37 35 6 15 5 64,0 58,9
263 036 00 36 6,5 38 36 6 15 5 68,0 61,3
263 038 00 38 6,5 40 38 6 18 5 77,0 72,0
263 040 00 40 6,5 42 40 6 18 6 86,0 77,5
263 042 00 42 6,5 44 42 6 18 6 96,0 84,7
263 045 00 45 6,5 47 45 8 18 6 113 99,4
263 048 00 48 6,5 50 48 8 18 6 130 110,4
263 050 00 50 6,5 52 50 8 18 6 143 119,8
263 052 00 52 6,5 54 52 8 18 6 156 127,8
263 054 00 54 6,5 56 54 8 18 6 170 138,3
263 055 00 55 6,5 57 55 8 18 6 177 141,8
263 056 00 56 6,5 58 56 8 18 6 185 146,9
263 060 00 60 6,5 62 60 8 18 6 216 166,6
263 064 00 64 6,5 66 64 8 18 6 250 187,2
263 065 00 65 6,5 67 65 8 18 6 259 195,0
263 070 00 70 6,5 72 70 8 20 6 317 229,2
263 072 00 72 6,5 74 72 10 20 6 345 241,9
263 075 00 75 6,5 77 75 10 40 8 389 335,9
263 080 00 80 6,5 82 80 10 40 8 469 367,5
263 085 00 85 6,5 87 85 12 40 8 560 423,6
263 090 00 90 6,5 92 90 12 40 8 685 466,8
263 096 00 96 6,5 98 96 12 40 8 800 505,6
263 100 00 100 6,5 102 100 12 50 10 880 609,9
263 120 00 120 6,5 122 120 12 50 10 1190 806,5
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
218 ®
Spur Gears Made from Steel, with One-Sided Hub, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: 11SMnPb30.
Tooth quality 8d DIN 58405. b NL b
Pressure angle 20º.
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 211 010 00, Spur Gear, 11SMnPb30 , Module 0.5, 10 Teeth
Module 0.5 Tooth Width b = 4 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
211 010 00 10 4 6 5 4 4 2 0,8 0,8
211 012 00 12 4 7 6 4 4 2 1,0 1
211 013 00 13 4 7,5 6,5 4 5 2 1,1 1
211 014 00 14 4 8 7 4 5 2 1,2 2
211 015 00 15 4 8,5 7,5 4 6 3 1,4 2
211 016 00 16 4 9 8 4 6 3 1,5 2
211 017 00 17 4 9,5 8,5 4 6 3 1,6 2
211 018 00 18 4 10 9 4 6 3 1,7 2
211 019 00 19 4 10,5 9,5 4 8 3 1,9 3
211 020 00 20 4 11 10 4 8 3 2,2 3
211 021 00 21 4 11,5 10,5 4 8 3 2,4 4
211 022 00 22 4 12 11 4 8 3 2,7 4
211 023 00 23 4 12,5 11,5 4 8 3 3,0 4
211 024 00 24 4 13 12 4 8 3 3,3 4
211 025 00 25 4 13,5 12,5 4 10 4 3,6 5
211 026 00 26 4 14 13 4 10 4 4,0 5
211 027 00 27 4 14,5 13,5 4 10 4 4,3 5
211 028 00 28 4 15 14 4 10 4 4,7 6
211 030 00 30 4 16 15 4 10 4 5,5 7
211 032 00 32 4 17 16 4 12 4 6,3 9
211 035 00 35 4 18,5 17,5 4 12 4 7,7 10
211 036 00 36 4 19 18 4 12 4 8,2 10
211 038 00 38 4 20 19 4 12 4 9,2 11
211 040 00 40 4 21 20 4 12 4 10,3 12
211 042 00 42 4 22 21 4 15 5 11,5 14
211 045 00 45 4 23,5 22,5 4 15 5 13,4 16
211 048 00 48 4 25 24 4 15 5 15,5 18
211 050 00 50 4 26 25 4 15 5 17,0 19
211 052 00 52 4 27 26 4 15 5 18,5 20
211 054 00 54 4 28 27 4 15 5 20,2 22
211 055 00 55 4 28,5 27,5 4 15 5 21,0 23
211 056 00 56 4 29 28 4 15 5 21,9 23
211 060 00 60 4 31 30 4 20 5 25,5 30
211 064 00 64 4 33 32 4 20 5 29,4 33
211 065 00 65 4 33,5 32,5 4 20 5 30,5 33
211 070 00 70 4 36 35 4 20 5 36,0 39
211 072 00 72 4 37 36 4 20 5 38,3 40
211 075 00 75 4 38,5 37,5 4 20 5 42,0 42
211 080 00 80 4 41 40 4 20 5 48,5 47
211 085 00 85 4 43,5 42,5 4 25 6 55,6 57
211 090 00 90 4 46 45 4 25 6 63,2 62
211 096 00 96 4 49 48 4 25 6 73,2 69
211 100 00 100 4 51 50 4 25 6 80,2 74
211 114 00 114 4 58 57 4 25 6 108 94
211 120 00 120 4 61 60 4 25 6 121 100
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 219
Spur Gears Made from Steel, with One-Sided Hub, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: 11SMnPb30.
Tooth quality 8d DIN 58405. b NL b
Pressure angle 20º.
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 212 010 00, Spur Gear, 11 SMnPb30, Module 0.7, 10 Teeth
Module 0.7 Tooth Width b = 5 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
212 010 00 10 5 8,4 7 6 5 3 2,0 2
212 012 00 12 5 9,8 8,4 6 8 3 2,6 3
212 013 00 13 5 10,5 9,1 6 8 3 2,9 4
212 014 00 14 5 11,2 9,8 6 8 3 3,3 5
212 015 00 15 5 11,9 10,5 6 8 3 3,6 5
212 016 00 16 5 12,6 11,2 6 10 4 3,8 6
212 017 00 17 5 13,3 11,9 6 10 4 4,0 6
212 018 00 18 5 14 12,6 6 10 4 4,5 7
212 019 00 19 5 14,7 13,3 6 10 4 5,1 8
212 020 00 20 5 15,4 14 6 10 4 5,7 8
212 021 00 21 5 16,1 14,7 6 12 4 6,4 10
212 022 00 22 5 16,8 15,4 6 12 4 7,1 11
212 023 00 23 5 17,5 16,1 6 12 4 7,9 12
212 024 00 24 5 18,2 16,8 6 12 4 8,7 13
212 025 00 25 5 18,9 17,5 6 15 4 9,5 16
212 026 00 26 5 19,6 18,2 6 15 5 10,4 16
212 027 00 27 5 20,3 18,9 6 15 5 11,3 17
212 028 00 28 5 21 19,6 6 15 5 12,2 18
212 030 00 30 5 22,4 21 6 15 5 14,3 20
212 032 00 32 5 23,8 22,4 6 15 5 16,5 21
212 035 00 35 5 25,9 24,5 6 15 5 20,2 24
212 036 00 36 5 26,6 25,2 6 15 5 21,5 26
212 038 00 38 5 28 26,6 6 18 5 24,3 31
212 040 00 40 5 29,4 28 6 18 5 27,2 33
212 042 00 42 5 30,8 29,4 6 18 6 30,4 35
212 045 00 45 5 32,9 31,5 6 18 6 35,5 39
212 048 00 48 5 35 33,6 6 18 6 41,0 43
212 050 00 50 5 36,4 35 6 18 6 45,0 46
212 052 00 52 5 37,8 36,4 6 18 6 49,0 49
212 054 00 54 5 39,2 37,8 6 18 6 53,4 53
212 055 00 55 5 39,9 38,5 6 18 6 55,6 53
212 056 00 56 5 40,6 39,2 6 18 6 57,9 56
212 060 00 60 5 43,4 42 6 18 6 67,9 63
212 064 00 64 5 46,2 44,8 6 18 6 78,2 70
212 065 00 65 5 46,9 45,5 6 18 6 81,0 72
212 070 00 70 5 50,4 49 6 18 6 95,8 83
212 072 00 72 5 51,8 50,4 6 20 6 102 89
212 075 00 75 5 53,9 52,5 6 20 6 112 97
212 080 00 80 5 57,4 56 6 20 6 130 108
212 085 00 85 5 60,9 59,5 6 20 6 149 121
212 090 00 90 5 64,4 63 6 20 6 170 133
212 096 00 96 5 68,6 67,2 6 25 8 196 157
212 100 00 100 5 71,4 70 6 25 8 216 168
212 114 00 114 5 81,2 79,8 6 25 8 291 217
212 120 00 120 5 85,4 84 6 25 8 327 239
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
220 ®
Spur Gears Made from Steel, with One-Sided Hub, Slim Design, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Gears marked with ** are from 11SMnPb30.
Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. b NL b
Pressure angle 20º.
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 213 010 00, Spur Gear, Module 1.0, 10 Teeth
Module 1.0 Tooth Width b = 6.5 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight Spur gears
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g made from Steel
213 010 00** 10 6,5 12 10 6 8 4 5,5 5 Module 1 with and
213 012 00** 12 6,5 14 12 6 10 4 7,3 8 without hub Wide
213 014 00** 14 6,5 16 14 6 10 5 9,2 9 version page 222-223.
213 015 00** 15 6,5 17 15 6 10 5 10,1 11
213 016 00** 16 6,5 18 16 6 12 5 10,8 13
213 017 00** 17 6,5 19 17 6 12 5 11,2 14
213 018 00** 18 6,5 20 18 6 15 5 12,7 19
213 020 00** 20 6,5 22 20 6 15 5 16,3 22
213 022 00** 22 6,5 24 22 6 15 5 20,3 25
213 024 00** 24 6,5 26 24 6 15 5 24,7 28
213 025 00** 25 6,5 27 25 6 15 5 27,1 30
213 028 00** 28 6,5 30 28 6 15 5 35,1 37
213 030 00** 30 6,5 32 30 6 15 5 41,0 41
213 032 00** 32 6,5 34 32 6 15 5 47,5 46
213 035 00** 35 6,5 37 35 6 15 5 58,1 54
213 036 00*** 36 6,5 38 36 6 15 5 61,9 57
213 040 00** 40 6,5 42 40 6 18 6 78,6 71
213 042 00** 42 6,5 44 42 6 18 6 87,7 78
213 045 00 45 6,5 47 45 6 18 6 277 88
213 048 00 48 6,5 50 48 8 18 6 320 103
213 050 00** 50 6,5 52 50 8 18 6 130 111
213 054 00 54 6,5 56 54 8 18 6 419 127
213 060 00** 60 6,5 62 60 8 18 6 197 155
213 064 00 64 6,5 66 64 8 18 6 616 174
213 065 00 65 6,5 67 65 8 18 8 637 175
213 070 00 70 6,5 72 70 8 25 8 756 219
213 072 00 72 6,5 74 72 10 25 8 806 236
213 075 00 75 6,5 77 75 10 40 8 886 313
213 080 00 80 6,5 82 80 10 40 10 994 342
213 090 00 90 6,5 92 90 12 40 10 1190 426
213 100 00 100 6,5 102 100 12 40 10 1400 501
213 120 00 120 6,5 122 120 12 40 10 1930 674
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
** 11SMnPb30.
*** 11SMnPb30 / C45.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 221
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 1.0, Tooth Width b = 10 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Teethed
Material: C45. Gears marked with ** are from 11SMnPb30. Material: C45. Gears marked with ** are from 11SMnPb30.
Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Pressure angle 20º. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
dda
da
da
dda
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 214 010 00, Spur Gear, Module 1, 10 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 224 018 00, Spur Gear, Module 1, 18 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT*Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT* Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm g
214 010 00** 10 10 12 10 6 8 4 0,08 7 224 018 00** 18 10 20 18 6 0,19 17
214 011 00** 11 10 13 11 6 8 4 0,10 8 224 020 00** 20 10 22 20 6 0,25 21
214 012 00** 12 10 14 12 6 10 4 0,11 10 224 021 00 21 10 23 21 6 0,76 26
214 013 00** 13 10 15 13 6 10 5 0,13 11 224 022 00** 22 10 24 22 6 0,31 26
214 014 00** 14 10 16 14 6 10 5 0,14 14 224 023 00** 23 10 25 23 6 0,35 29
214 015 00** 15 10 17 15 6 12 5 0,15 16 224 024 00** 24 10 26 24 6 0,38 32
214 016 00** 16 10 18 16 6 12 5 0,16 18 224 025 00** 25 10 27 25 6 0,42 35
214 017 00** 17 10 19 17 6 12 6 0,17 19 224 026 00** 26 10 28 26 6 0,46 38
214 018 00** 18 10 20 18 6 15 6 0,19 24 224 027 00 27 10 29 27 6 1,35 41
214 019 00** 19 10 21 19 6 15 6 0,22 26 224 028 00** 28 10 30 28 6 0,54 44
214 020 00** 20 10 22 20 6 15 6 0,25 28 224 030 00** 30 10 32 30 8 0,63 50
214 021 00** 21 10 23 21 6 15 6 0,28 31 224 032 00** 32 10 34 32 8 0,73 54
214 022 00** 22 10 24 22 6 15 6 0,31 33 224 033 00 33 10 35 33 8 2,13 61
214 023 00** 23 10 25 23 6 15 6 0,35 36 224 034 00** 34 10 36 34 8 0,84 65
214 024 00** 24 10 26 24 6 15 6 0,38 39 224 035 00** 35 10 37 35 8 0,90 69
214 025 00** 25 10 27 25 6 20 8 0,42 46 224 036 00** 36 10 38 36 8 0,96 74
214 026 00** 26 10 28 26 6 20 8 0,46 49 224 037 00 37 10 39 37 8 2,75 79
214 027 00** 27 10 29 27 6 20 8 0,50 52 224 038 00** 38 10 40 38 8 1,08 82
214 028 00** 28 10 30 28 6 20 8 0,54 55 224 039 00 39 10 41 39 8 3,08 87
214 029 00 29 10 31 29 6 20 8 1,59 59 224 040 00** 40 10 42 40 8 1,21 92
214 030 00** 30 10 32 30 8 25 8 0,63 77 224 041 00 41 10 43 41 8 3,46 97
214 031 00** 31 10 33 31 8 25 8 0,68 80 224 042 00** 42 10 44 42 8 1,35 101
214 032 00** 32 10 34 32 8 25 8 0,73 85 224 043 00 43 10 45 43 8 3,86 108
214 033 00** 33 10 35 33 8 25 8 0,79 89 224 044 00** 44 10 46 44 8 1,50 113
214 034 00** 34 10 36 34 8 25 8 0,84 92 224 045 00 45 10 47 45 10 4,27 116
214 035 00** 35 10 37 35 8 25 8 0,90 96 224 046 00 46 10 48 46 10 4,48 121
214 036 00** 36 10 38 36 8 25 8 0,96 102 224 047 00 47 10 49 47 10 4,70 128
214 037 00 37 10 39 37 8 25 8 2,75 106 224 048 00** 48 10 50 48 10 1,83 133
214 038 00 38 10 40 38 8 25 8 2,92 110 224 049 00 49 10 51 49 10 5,18 139
214 039 00 39 10 41 39 8 25 8 3,08 115 224 050 00** 50 10 52 50 10 2,00 145
214 040 00** 40 10 42 40 8 25 8 1,21 120 224 051 00 51 10 53 51 10 5,62 152
214 041 00 41 10 43 41 8 25 8 3,46 125 224 052 00 52 10 54 52 10 5,91 157
214 042 00 42 10 44 42 8 25 8 3,65 131 224 053 00 53 10 55 53 10 6,16 163
214 043 00 43 10 45 43 8 25 8 3,86 134 224 054 00 54 10 56 54 10 6,43 170
214 044 00** 44 10 46 44 8 25 8 1,50 140 224 055 00 55 10 57 55 10 6,72 176
214 045 00 45 10 47 45 10 30 10 4,27 165 224 056 00 56 10 58 56 10 6,99 183
214 046 00 46 10 48 46 10 30 10 4,48 171 224 059 00 59 10 61 59 10 7,88 204
214 047 00 47 10 49 47 10 30 10 4,70 178 224 060 00** 60 10 62 60 10 3,03 212
214 048 00 48 10 50 48 10 30 10 4,94 182 224 061 00 61 10 63 61 10 8,51 218
214 049 00 49 10 51 49 10 30 10 5,18 188 224 063 00 63 10 65 63 10 9,15 234
214 050 00** 50 10 52 50 10 30 10 2,00 193 224 064 00 64 10 66 64 10 9,48 242
214 052 00 52 10 54 52 10 40 10 5,91 249 224 065 00 65 10 67 65 10 9,83 249
214 053 00 53 10 55 53 10 40 10 6,16 254 224 066 00 66 10 68 66 10 10,2 260
214 054 00 54 10 56 54 10 40 10 6,43 262 224 067 00 67 10 69 67 10 10,4 265
214 055 00 55 10 57 55 10 40 10 6,72 269 224 068 00 68 10 70 68 10 10,9 274
214 056 00 56 10 58 56 10 40 10 6,99 275 224 069 00 69 10 71 69 10 11,3 283
214 057 00 57 10 59 57 12 40 10 7,29 300 224 070 00 70 10 72 70 10 11,6 290
214 058 00 58 10 60 58 12 40 10 7,59 307 224 071 00 71 10 73 71 10 12,0 301
214 060 00** 60 10 62 60 12 40 10 3,03 320 224 072 00** 72 10 74 72 10 4,59 309
214 062 00 62 10 64 62 12 40 10 8,83 337 224 073 00 73 10 75 73 10 12,8 317
214 064 00** 64 10 66 64 12 40 10 3,51 352 224 075 00 75 10 77 75 10 13,6 334
214 065 00 65 10 67 65 12 40 10 9,83 360 224 076 00 76 10 78 76 10 13,8 343
214 068 00 68 10 70 68 12 40 10 10,9 386 224 077 00 77 10 79 77 10 13,9 351
214 070 00** 70 10 72 70 12 40 10 4,31 401 224 078 00 78 10 80 78 10 14,0 366
214 072 00 72 10 74 72 12 50 10 12,4 484 224 079 00 79 10 81 79 10 14,3 373
214 074 00 74 10 76 74 12 50 10 13,2 502 224 080 00 80 10 82 80 10 14,5 384
214 075 00 75 10 77 75 12 50 10 13,6 510 224 082 00 82 10 84 82 10 15,0 401
214 076 00 76 10 78 76 12 50 10 13,8 521 224 084 00 84 10 86 84 10 15,6 423
214 078 00 78 10 80 78 12 50 10 14,0 541 224 085 00 85 10 87 85 12 15,9 427
214 080 00 80 10 82 80 12 50 10 14,5 560 224 090 00 90 10 92 90 12 17,5 486
214 082 00 82 10 84 82 12 50 10 15,0 583 224 092 00 92 10 94 92 12 18,1 508
214 083 00 83 10 85 83 12 50 10 15,3 594 224 096 00 96 10 98 96 12 19,4 550
214 085 00 85 10 87 85 12 50 10 15,9 611 224 100 00 100 10 102 100 12 20,7 601
214 087 00 87 10 89 87 12 50 10 16,5 633 224 105 00 105 10 107 105 12 25,5 662
214 090 00 90 10 92 90 12 50 12 17,5 659 224 110 00 110 10 112 110 12 26,5 728
214 095 00 95 10 97 95 12 60 12 19,0 795 224 114 00 114 10 116 114 12 27,3 783
214 100 00 100 10 102 100 12 60 12 20,7 856 224 120 00 120 10 122 120 12 28,6 870
214 110 00 110 10 112 110 12 60 12 26,5 983 224 124 00 124 10 126 124 12 29,1 934
214 114 00 114 10 116 114 12 60 12 27,3 1036
214 120 00 120 10 122 120 12 60 12 28,6 1125 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
** 11SMnPb30.
222 ®
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 1.0, Tooth Width b = 15 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Gear-tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Gear-tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
da
da
da
B
d
da
d
B
B
d
B
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 214 110 11, Spur Gear, C45, Module 1.0, 11 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 224 110 18, Spur Gear, C45, Module 1.0, 18 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm.
MT*Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT* Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm g
214 110 11 11 15 13 11 10 8 5 0,30 12 224 110 18 18 15 20 18 8 0,62 24
214 110 12 12 15 14 12 10 9 6 0,35 13 224 110 20 20 15 22 20 8 0,81 30
214 110 13 13 15 15 13 10 10 6 0,40 16 224 110 24 24 15 26 24 10 1,25 43
214 110 14 14 15 16 14 10 11 6 0,45 20 224 110 25 25 15 27 25 10 1,36 48
214 110 15 15 15 17 15 10 12 6 0,49 24 224 110 30 30 15 32 30 10 2,09 72
214 110 16 16 15 18 16 10 13 6 0,53 28 224 110 35 35 15 37 35 10 2,99 102
214 110 17 17 15 19 17 10 14 6 0,55 33 224 110 36 36 15 38 36 10 3,18 108
214 110 18 18 15 20 18 10 15 8 0,62 33 224 110 40 40 15 42 40 10 4,09 136
214 110 19 19 15 21 19 10 15 8 0,72 37 224 110 45 45 15 47 45 10 5,38 174
214 110 20 20 15 22 20 10 16 8 0,81 42 224 110 48 48 15 50 48 10 6,42 200
214 110 21 21 15 23 21 10 16 8 0,91 46 224 110 50 50 15 52 50 12 7,25 214
214 110 22 22 15 24 22 10 16 8 1,01 50 224 110 52 52 15 54 52 12 8,18 232
214 110 23 23 15 25 23 10 18 8 1,12 58 224 110 60 60 15 62 60 12 11,46 313
214 110 24 24 15 26 24 10 20 10 1,25 61 224 110 72 72 15 74 72 12 17,29 460
214 110 25 25 15 27 25 10 20 10 1,36 66 224 110 75 75 15 77 75 12 18,38 510
214 110 26 26 15 28 26 10 20 10 1,50 70 224 110 76 76 15 78 76 12 18,72 520
214 110 27 27 15 29 27 10 20 10 1,64 75 224 110 80 80 15 82 80 12 20,3 580
214 110 28 28 15 30 28 10 20 10 1,77 80 224 110 85 85 15 87 85 12 22,3 650
214 110 29 29 15 31 29 10 20 10 1,95 85 224 110 90 90 15 92 90 12 24,5 730
214 110 30 30 15 32 30 10 20 10 2,09 90 224 110 95 95 15 97 95 12 26,6 820
214 110 31 31 15 33 31 10 25 10 2,24 110 224 111 00 100 15 102 100 12 28,9 910
214 110 32 32 15 34 32 10 25 10 2,43 120 224 111 10 110 15 112 110 12 37,1 1084
214 110 33 33 15 35 33 10 25 10 2,62 120 224 111 14 114 15 116 114 12 38,2 1165
214 110 34 34 15 36 34 10 25 10 2,79 130 224 111 20 120 15 122 120 12 40,0 1320
214 110 35 35 15 37 35 10 25 10 2,99 135 224 111 27 127 15 129 127 12 42,0 1470
214 110 36 36 15 38 36 10 25 10 3,18 140
214 110 37 37 15 39 37 10 25 10 3,29 145
214 110 38 38 15 40 38 10 25 10 3,64 155
214 110 39 39 15 41 39 10 25 10 3,85 160 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
214 110 40 40 15 42 40 10 25 10 4,09 170
214 110 41 41 15 43 41 10 30 10 4,36 190
214 110 42 42 15 44 42 10 30 10 4,59 200
214 110 43 43 15 45 43 10 30 10 4,86 210
214 110 44 44 15 46 44 10 30 10 5,11 215
214 110 45 45 15 47 45 10 30 10 5,38 225
214 110 46 46 15 48 46 10 30 10 5,66 230
214 110 47 47 15 49 47 10 30 10 6,02 240
214 110 48 48 15 50 48 10 30 10 6,42 250
214 110 49 49 15 51 49 10 30 10 6,82 260
214
214
110
110
50
51
50
51
15
15
52
53
50
51
10
10
30
40
12
12
7,25
7,69
260
310
Gears with
214
214
110
110
52
53
52
53
15
15
54
55
52
53
10
10
40
40
12
12
8,18
8,43
320
330 hardened teeth
214 110 54 54 15 56 54 10 40 12 8,93 340
214
214
110
110
55
56
55
56
15
15
57
58
55
56
10
10
40
40
12
12
9,34
9,72
350
360
Page 240
214 110 57 57 15 59 57 10 40 12 10,1 370
214 110 58 58 15 60 58 10 40 12 10,5 380
214 110 59 59 15 61 59 10 40 12 11,0 390
214 110 60 60 15 62 60 10 40 12 11,5 400
214 110 61 61 15 63 61 10 50 12 12,0 470
214 110 62 62 15 64 62 10 50 12 12,7 480
214 110 63 63 15 65 63 10 50 12 13,3 490
214 110 64 64 15 66 64 10 50 12 14,0 500
214 110 65 65 15 67 65 10 50 12 14,6 515
Reworking within
214 110 66 66 15 68 66 10 50 12 15,0 525 24h-service possible.
214 110 67 67 15 69 67 10 50 12 15,5 540
214 110 68 68 15 70 68 10 50 12 15,9 550 Custom made parts
214 110 69 69 15 71 69 10 50 12 16,3 560
214 110 70 70 15 72 70 10 50 12 16,7 575
on request.
® 223
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 1.25, Tooth Width b = 10 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Gears marked with ** are from 11SMnPb30. Material: C45. Gears marked with ** are from 11SMnPb30.
Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Pressure angle 20º. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
dda
da
da
dda
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 216 012 00, Spur Gear, Module 1.25, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 226 016 00, Spur Gear, Module 1.25, 16 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND BH7perm. MT* Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT* Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm g
216 012 00** 12 10 17,5 15 10 12 5 0,19 19 226 016 00 16 10 22,5 20 6 0,73 21
216 013 00 13 10 18,75 16,25 10 12 5 0,57 21 226 017 00 17 10 23,75 21,25 6 0,76 25
216 014 00 14 10 20 17,5 10 12 5 0,62 24 226 019 00 19 10 26,25 23,75 6 1,00 32
216 015 00** 15 10 21,25 18,75 10 15 6 0,26 30 226 020 00** 20 10 27,5 25 6 0,41 35
216 016 00** 16 10 22,5 20 10 15 6 0,27 33 226 021 00 21 10 28,75 26,25 6 1,24 40
216 017 00 17 10 23,75 21,25 10 15 6 0,76 36 226 022 00 22 10 30 27,5 6 1,38 43
216 018 00** 18 10 25 22,5 10 15 6 0,32 40 226 023 00 23 10 31,25 28,75 6 1,54 48
216 019 00 19 10 26,25 23,75 10 15 6 1,00 43 226 024 00 24 10 32,5 30 8 1,70 50
216 020 00** 20 10 27,5 25 10 15 6 0,41 46 226 025 00 25 10 33,75 31,25 8 1,86 55
216 021 00** 21 10 28,75 26,25 10 15 6 0,46 50 226 026 00 26 10 35 32,5 8 2,03 59
216 022 00** 22 10 30 27,5 10 20 8 0,51 61 226 027 00 27 10 36,25 33,75 8 2,21 64
216 023 00 23 10 31,25 28,75 10 20 8 1,54 66 226 028 00 28 10 37,5 35 8 2,40 70
216 024 00** 24 10 32,5 30 10 20 8 0,63 70 226 030 00 30 10 40 37,5 10 2,59 81
216 025 00 25 10 33,75 31,25 10 20 8 1,86 75 226 032 00 32 10 42,5 40 10 2,81 90
216 026 00 26 10 35 32,5 10 20 8 2,03 80 226 034 00 34 10 45 42,5 10 3,73 103
216 027 00 27 10 36,25 33,75 10 20 8 2,21 88 226 035 00 35 10 46,25 43,75 10 4,00 109
216 028 00 28 10 37,5 35 10 20 8 2,40 90 226 036 00 36 10 47,5 45 10 4,27 117
216 030 00** 30 10 40 37,5 10 25 10 1,04 111 226 038 00 38 10 50 47,5 10 4,81 129
216 032 00 32 10 42,5 40 10 25 10 3,27 121 226 040 00 40 10 52,5 50 10 5,40 144
216 035 00 35 10 46,25 43,75 10 25 10 4,00 140 226 042 00 42 10 55 52,5 10 6,05 159
216 036 00 36 10 47,5 45 10 25 10 4,27 147 226 045 00 45 10 58,75 56,25 10 7,05 184
216 037 00 37 10 48,75 46,25 10 25 10 4,54 154 226 048 00 48 10 62,5 60 10 8,18 209
216 038 00** 38 10 50 47,5 10 30 10 1,78 179 226 050 00 50 10 65 62,5 10 8,30 229
216 040 00** 40 10 52,5 50 12 30 10 2,00 204 226 052 00 52 10 67,5 65 10 9,80 250
216 042 00 42 10 55 52,5 12 30 10 6,05 218 226 054 00 54 10 70 67,5 10 10,7 267
216 045 00 45 10 58,75 56,25 12 30 10 7,05 244 226 055 00 55 10 71,25 68,75 10 11,2 278
216 048 00 48 10 62,5 60 12 30 10 8,18 268 226 056 00** 56 10 72,5 70 10 4,3 291
216 050 00 50 10 65 62,5 12 30 10 8,30 291 226 060 00 60 10 77,5 75 10 14,0 334
216 052 00 52 10 67,5 65 12 30 10 9,80 307 226 064 00 64 10 82,5 80 10 17,0 384
216 054 00 54 10 70 67,5 12 40 10 10,7 380 226 070 00 70 10 90 87,5 12 20,9 460
216 055 00 55 10 71,25 68,75 12 40 10 11,2 392 226 072 00 72 10 92,5 90 12 22,2 488
216 056 00 56 10 72,5 70 12 40 10 11,6 402 226 075 00 75 10 96,25 93,75 12 23,6 525
216 057 00 57 10 73,75 71,25 12 40 10 12,1 407 226 080 00 80 10 102,5 100 12 26,0 601
216 060 00 60 10 77,5 75 12 40 10 14,0 444 226 090 00 90 10 115 112,5 12 31,1 758
216 064 00 64 10 82,5 80 12 40 10 17,0 491 226 095 00 95 10 121,25 118,75 12 38,1 842
216 065 00 65 10 83,75 81,25 12 40 10 17,6 507 226 100 00 100 10 127,5 125 15 39,6 940
216 070 00 70 10 90 87,5 12 40 12 20,9 566 226 114 00 114 10 145 142,5 15 43,0 1220
216 072 00 72 10 92,5 90 12 40 12 22,2 594 226 120 00 120 10 152,5 150 20 43,9 1335
216 075 00 75 10 96,25 93,75 12 40 12 23,6 634
216 076 00 76 10 97,5 95 12 50 12 24,1 712
216 080 00 80 10 102,5 100 12 50 12 26,0 772
216 085 00 85 10 108,75 106,25 12 50 12 28,5 868
216 090 00 90 10 115 112,5 12 50 12 31,1 938
216 100 00 100 10 127,5 125 12 50 12 39,6 1119
216 120 00 120 10 152,5 150 12 50 12 43,9 1537
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
** 11SMnPb30.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
224 ®
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 1.5, Tooth Width b = 10 mm, with Hub, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Gears marked with ** are from 11SMnPb30.
Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 217 012 00, Spur Gear, Module 1.5, 12 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight Spur gears
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g made from Steel
217 012 00** 12 10 21 18 10 15 8 0,28 24 Module 1.5 with and
217 015 00** 15 10 25,5 22,5 10 18 10 0,38 37 without hub Wide
217 018 00** 18 10 30 27 10 22 10 0,48 61 Version page 226.
217 020 00** 20 10 33 30 10 25 10 0,62 79
217 024 00** 24 10 39 36 10 25 10 0,94 101
217 025 00** 25 10 40,5 37,5 10 25 10 1,03 110
217 028 00 28 10 45 42 10 25 10 3,62 131
217 030 00 30 10 48 45 10 25 10 4,23 148
217 032 00 32 10 51 48 10 25 10 4,90 164
217 035 00 35 10 55,5 52,5 10 25 10 6,01 204
217 040 00 40 10 63 60 10 25 10 8,15 242
217 042 00 42 10 66 63 10 25 10 9,13 267
217 045 00 45 10 70,5 67,5 10 25 10 10,7 301
217 048 00 48 10 75 72 10 25 10 12,4 339
217 050 00 50 10 78 75 10 30 10 13,6 382
217 055 00 55 10 85,5 82,5 10 30 10 18,2 460
217 060 00 60 10 93 90 10 30 10 22,3 535
217 065 00 65 10 100,5 97,5 15 45 12 28,3 742
217 070 00 70 10 108 105 15 45 12 34,3 839
217 080 00 80 10 123 120 15 45 12 41,5 1041
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
** 11SMnPb30.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 225
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 1.5, Tooth Width b = 15 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Gears marked with ** are from 11SMnPb30. Material: C45. Gears marked with ** are from 11SMnPb30.
Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Pressure angle 20º. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
dda
da
da
dda
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 218 011 00, Spur Gear, Module 1.5, 11 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 228 018 00, Spur Gear, Module 1.5, 18 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm.MT*Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT* Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm g
218 011 00 11 15 19,5 16,5 10 12 6 0,95 28 228 018 00 18 15 30 27 8 1,94 60
218 012 00** 12 15 21 18,0 10 15 8 0,41 32 228 020 00** 20 15 33 30 8 0,92 75
218 013 00** 13 15 22,5 19,5 10 15 8 0,47 37 228 021 00** 21 15 34,5 31,5 8 1,03 83
218 014 00** 14 15 24 21,0 10 15 8 0,52 42 228 023 00** 23 15 37,5 34,5 8 1,28 101
228 024 00 24 15 39 36 8 3,81 110
218 015 00** 15 15 25,5 22,5 10 18 10 0,57 49 228 025 00 25 15 40,5 37,5 8 4,19 120
218 016 00** 16 15 27 24,0 10 20 10 0,62 60 228 026 00 26 15 42 39 8 1,69 131
218 017 00** 17 15 28,5 25,5 10 20 10 0,67 66 228 027 00 27 15 43,5 40,5 8 5,00 141
218 018 00** 18 15 30 27,0 10 22 10 0,72 79 228 028 00 28 15 45 42 10 5,43 149
218 019 00 19 15 31,5 28,5 10 25 10 2,21 95 228 029 00 29 15 46,5 43,5 10 5,89 161
218 020 00** 20 15 33 30,0 10 25 10 0,92 103 228 030 00** 30 15 48 45 10 2,35 174
218 021 00 21 15 34,5 31,5 15 25 10 2,78 128 228 032 00** 32 15 51 48 10 2,72 199
218 022 00** 22 15 36 33,0 15 25 10 1,15 136 228 033 00 33 15 52,5 49,5 10 7,88 212
218 023 00 23 15 37,5 34,5 15 25 10 3,46 145 228 035 00 35 15 55,5 52,5 10 9,02 240
218 024 00** 24 15 39 36,0 15 25 10 1,41 154 228 036 00 36 15 57 54 10 9,61 255
228 037 00 37 15 58,5 55,5 10 10,2 267
218 025 00** 25 15 40,5 37,5 15 25 10 1,55 166 228 038 00 38 15 60 57 10 10,9 284
218 026 00** 26 15 42 39,0 15 25 10 1,69 175 228 039 00 39 15 61,5 58,5 10 11,6 300
218 027 00 27 15 43,5 40,5 15 25 10 5,00 185 228 040 00** 40 15 63 60 10 4,53 316
218 028 00 28 15 45 42,0 15 25 10 5,43 198 228 041 00 41 15 64,5 61,5 10 13,0 336
218 030 00** 30 15 48 45,0 15 30 10 2,35 246 228 043 00 43 15 67,5 64,5 10 14,5 367
218 031 00 31 15 49,5 46,5 15 30 10 6,83 263 228 045 00 45 15 70,5 67,5 10 16,0 403
218 032 00** 32 15 51 48,0 15 30 10 2,72 273 228 047 00 47 15 73,5 70,5 10 17,7 441
218 034 00 34 15 54 51,0 15 30 10 8,45 298 228 048 00 48 15 75 72 10 18,6 460
218 035 00 35 15 55,5 52,5 15 30 10 9,02 317 228 050 00 50 15 78 75 10 20,4 500
218 036 00 36 15 57 54,0 15 40 10 9,61 392 228 051 00 51 15 79,5 76,5 10 21,3 525
228 052 00 52 15 81 78 10 24,0 545
218 038 00 38 15 60 57,0 15 40 10 10,88 422
228 053 00 53 15 82,5 79,5 10 25,1 574
218 040 00** 40 15 63 60,0 15 40 10 4,53 454 228 054 00 54 15 84 81 12 26,2 585
218 042 00 42 15 66 63,0 15 40 10 13,7 488 228 055 00 55 15 85,5 82,5 12 27,4 607
218 044 00 44 15 69 66,0 15 40 10 15,2 523 228 056 00 56 15 87 84 12 28,5 629
218 045 00 45 15 70,5 67,5 15 40 10 16,0 541 228 060 00 60 15 93 90 12 33,6 726
218 046 00 46 15 72 69,0 15 40 10 16,9 560 228 064 00 64 15 99 96 12 40,9 832
218 048 00 48 15 75 72,0 15 40 10 18,6 599 228 065 00 65 15 100,5 97,5 12 42,8 850
218 050 00 50 15 78 75,0 15 50 10 20,4 721 228 067 00 67 15 103,5 100,5 12 45,7 909
218 052 00 52 15 81 78,0 15 50 10 24,0 765 228 070 00 70 15 108 105 12 48,7 990
218 054 00 54 15 84 81,0 15 50 10 26,2 810 228 071 00 71 15 109,5 106,5 12 49,7 1022
218 055 00 55 15 85,5 82,5 15 50 10 27,4 831 228 072 00 72 15 111 108 12 50,7 1051
228 075 00 75 15 115,5 112,5 12 53,9 1146
218 056 00 56 15 87 84,0 15 50 10 28,5 855 228 076 00 76 15 117 114 15 54,9 1166
218 057 00 57 15 88,5 85,5 15 50 10 29,7 880 228 080 00 80 15 123 120 15 59,2 1298
218 058 00 58 15 90 87,0 15 50 10 30,9 905 228 085 00 85 15 130,5 127,5 15 73,3 1455
218 060 00 60 15 93 90,0 15 60 12 33,6 1041 228 088 00 88 15 135 132 15 75,6 1576
218 062 00 62 15 96 93,0 15 60 12 37,1 1096 228 090 00 90 15 138 135 15 77,1 1659
218 063 00 63 15 97,5 94,5 15 60 12 39,0 1122 228 095 00 95 15 145,5 142,5 15 80,8 1825
218 064 00 64 15 99 96,0 15 60 12 40,9 1148 228 096 00 96 15 147 144 15 81,5 1878
218 065 00 65 15 100,5 97,5 15 60 12 42,8 1172 228 100 00 100 15 153 150 15 83,8 2048
218 068 00 68 15 105 102,0 15 60 12 46,7 1254 228 110 00 110 15 168 165 20 86,2 2465
218 070 00 70 15 108 105,0 20 60 12 48,7 1423 228 114 00 114 15 174 171 20 87,5 2647
228 120 00 120 15 183 180 20 91,6 2939
218 072 00 72 15 111 108 20 70 12 50,7 1683
218 075 00 75 15 115,5 112,5 20 70 12 53,9 1726
218 076 00 76 15 117 114 20 70 15 54,9 1746
218 078 00 78 15 120 117 20 70 15 57,1 1782
218 080 00 80 15 123 120 20 70 15 59,2 1878
218 082 00 82 15 126 123 20 70 15 61,0 1941
218 085 00 85 15 130,5 127,5 20 70 15 73,3 2038
218 090 00 90 15 138 135 20 70 15 77,1 2221
218 095 00 95 15 145,5 142,5 20 70 15 80,8 2398
218 100 00 100 15 153 150 20 70 15 83,8 2620 Reworking within
218 114 00 114 15 174 171 20 70 20 87,5 3166 24h-service possible.
218 120 00 120 15 183 180 20 70 20 91,6 3468
Custom made parts
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
on request.
** 11SMnPb30.
226 ®
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 1.5, Tooth Width b = 17 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
da
da
da
B
d
da
d
B
B
d
B
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 218 110 11, Spur Gear, C45, Module 1.5, 11 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 228 110 18, Spur Gear, C45, Module 1.5, 18 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm.
MT*Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT* Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm g
218 110 11 11 17 19,5 16,5 13 12 6 0,99 33 228 110 18 18 17 30 27 8 1,99 68
218 110 12 12 17 21 18 13 14 8 1,14 40 228 110 20 20 17 33 30 8 2,60 86
218 110 13 13 17 22,5 19,5 13 15 8 1,30 50 228 110 24 24 17 39 36 10 4,02 123
218 110 14 14 17 24 21 13 17 8 1,46 60 228 110 25 25 17 40,5 37,5 10 4,38 135
218 110 15 15 17 25,5 22,5 13 18 8 1,58 70 228 110 30 30 17 48 45 12 6,74 195
218 110 16 16 17 27 24 13 19 8 1,71 80 228 110 35 35 17 55,5 52,5 12 9,66 270
218 110 17 17 17 28,5 25,5 13 20 8 1,79 90 228 110 36 36 17 57 54 12 10,3 285
218 110 18 18 17 30 27 13 20 8 1,99 100 228 110 40 40 17 63 60 12 13,2 355
218 110 19 19 17 31,5 28,5 13 20 8 2,31 100 228 110 45 45 17 70,5 67,5 12 17,3 455
218 110 20 20 17 33 30 13 25 8 2,60 130 228 110 48 48 17 75 72 14 20,7 510
218 110 21 21 17 34,5 31,5 13 25 10 2,92 130 228 110 50 50 17 78 75 14 23,4 560
218 110 22 22 17 36 33 13 25 10 3,25 140 228 110 60 60 17 93 90 16 37,0 810
218 110 23 23 17 37,5 34,5 13 25 10 3,61 160 228 110 72 72 17 111 108 16 55,8 1190
218 110 24 24 17 39 36 13 25 10 4,02 170 228 110 75 75 17 115,5 112,5 16 59,3 1300
218 110 25 25 17 40,5 37,5 13 25 10 4,38 180 228 110 76 76 17 117 114 16 60,4 1330
218 110 26 26 17 42 39 13 30 12 4,83 200 228 110 80 80 17 123 120 16 65,1 1480
218 110 27 27 17 43,5 40,5 13 30 12 5,28 220 228 110 85 85 17 130,5 127,5 16 80,6 1670
218 110 28 28 17 45 42 13 30 12 5,72 230 228 110 90 90 17 138 135 16 84,8 1880
218 110 29 29 17 46,5 43,5 13 30 12 6,29 240 228 110 95 95 17 145,5 142,5 16 88,9 2090
218 110 30 30 17 48 45 13 30 12 6,74 260 228 111 00 100 17 153 150 16 92,2 2320
218 110 31 31 17 49,5 46,5 13 35 12 7,23 300 228 111 10 110 17 168 165 16 94,2 2820
218 110 32 32 17 51 48 13 35 12 7,84 310 228 111 14 114 17 174 171 16 96,2 3030
218 110 33 33 17 52,5 49,5 13 35 12 8,44 330 228 111 20 120 17 183 180 16 100,8 3360
218 110 34 34 17 54 51 13 35 12 9,01 340 228 111 27 127 17 193,5 190,5 16 107,0 3770
218 110 35 35 17 55,5 52,5 13 35 12 9,66 360
218 110 36 36 17 57 54 13 35 12 10,3 370
218 110 37 37 17 58,5 55,5 13 40 12 10,6 420 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
218 110 38 38 17 60 57 13 40 12 11,7 440
218 110 39 39 17 61,5 58,5 13 40 12 12,4 460
218 110 40 40 17 63 60 13 40 12 13,2 480
218 110 41 41 17 64,5 61.5 13 40 12 14,1 500
218 110 42 42 17 66 63 13 50 12 14,8 590
218 110 43 43 17 67,5 64.5 13 50 12 15,7 610
218 110 44 44 17 69 66 13 50 12 16,5 630
218 110 45 45 17 70,5 67,5 13 50 12 17,3 650
218 110 46 46 17 72 69 13 50 14 18,3 660
218 110 47 47 17 73,5 70,5 13 50 14 19,4 700
218 110 48 48 17 75 72 13 50 14 20,7 700
218 110 49 49 17 76,5 73,5 13 50 14 22,0 730
218 110 50 50
218 110 51 51
17 78
17 79,5
75
76.5
13
13
50
60
14 23,4
14 24,8
760
860
Gears with
218 110 52 52
218 110 53 53
17 81
17 82,5
78
79.5
13
13
60
60
14 26,4
14 27,2
890
910 hardened teeth
218 110 54 54 17 84 81 13 60 14 28,8 940
218 110 55 55
218 110 56 56
17 85,5
17 87
82.5
84
13
13
60
60
14 30,1
16 31,4
960
980
Page 240
218 110 59 59 17 91,5 88,5 13 60 16 35,5 1060
218 110 60 60 17 93 90 13 60 16 37,0 1090
218 110 64 64 17 99 96 13 70 16 45,0 1310
218 110 65 65 17 100,5 97,5 13 70 16 47,1 1340
218 110 66 66 17 102 99 13 70 16 48,5 1370
218 110 68 68 17 105 102 13 70 16 51,4 1430
218 110 69 69 17 106,5 103,5 13 70 16 52,6 1460
218 110 70 70 17 108 105 13 70 16 53,7 1500
218 110 72 72 17 111 108 13 80 16 55,8 1660 Reworking within
218 110 75 75 17 115,5 112,5 13 80 16 59,3 1760 24h-service possible.
218 110 80 80 17 123 120 13 80 16 65,1 1940
218 110 90 90 17 138 135 13 80 16 84,8 2330 Custom made parts
218 111 00 100 17 153 150 13 80 16 92,2 2770
218 111 20 120 17 183 180 13 80 16 100,8 3790 on request.
® 227
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 2.0, Tooth Width b = 16 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Gears marked with ** are from 11SMnPb30. Material: C45. Gears marked with ** are from 11SMnPb30.
Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Pressure angle 20º. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
dda
da
da
dda
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 231 010 00, Spur Gear, Module 2, 10 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 241 018 00, Spur Gear, Module 2, 18 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm.MT*Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT* Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm g
231 010 00** 10 16 24 20 15 15 8 0,6 45 241 018 00** 18 16 40 36 12 1,5 108
231 012 00** 12 16 28 24 15 20 10 0,8 70 241 020 00** 20 16 44 40 12 1,9 138
231 013 00** 13 16 30 26 15 20 10 0,9 81 241 021 00 21 16 46 42 12 5,7 154
231 014 00** 14 16 32 28 15 25 10 1,1 110 241 022 00 22 16 48 44 12 6,2 170
231 015 00** 15 16 34 30 15 25 12 1,2 114 241 023 00 23 16 50 46 12 7,0 187
231 016 00** 16 16 36 32 15 25 12 1,3 126 241 024 00** 24 16 52 48 12 2,9 206
231 017 00 17 16 38 34 15 25 12 3,8 139 241 025 00** 25 16 54 50 12 3,2 225
231 018 00** 18 16 40 36 15 30 12 1,5 179 241 026 00 26 16 56 52 12 9,5 244
231 019 00 19 16 42 38 15 30 12 4,6 192 241 027 00 27 16 58 54 12 10,3 265
231 020 00** 20 16 44 40 15 30 12 1,9 207 241 028 00** 28 16 60 56 12 4,1 286
231 021 00 21 16 46 42 15 30 12 5,7 224 241 030 00** 30 16 64 60 12 4,8 330
231 022 00 22 16 48 44 15 30 12 6,2 240 241 032 00** 32 16 68 64 12 5,6 380
231 023 00** 23 16 50 46 15 30 12 2,6 257 241 035 00 35 16 74 70 12 18,6 457
231 024 00** 24 16 52 48 15 30 12 2,9 275 241 036 00 36 16 76 72 12 19,7 486
231 025 00** 25 16 54 50 15 30 12 3,2 295 241 037 00 37 16 78 74 12 21,1 514
231 026 00 26 16 56 52 15 35 12 9,5 344 241 038 00 38 16 80 76 12 24,1 545
231 027 00 27 16 58 54 15 35 12 10,3 364 241 039 00 39 16 82 78 12 25,6 578
231 028 00** 28 16 60 56 15 35 12 4,1 386 241 040 00 40 16 84 80 12 27,1 605
231 029 00 29 16 62 58 15 35 12 12,2 409 241 041 00 41 16 86 82 12 28,7 639
231 030 00** 30 16 64 60 15 40 12 4,8 466 241 042 00 42 16 88 84 12 30,4 668
231 031 00 31 16 66 62 15 40 12 14,0 489 241 043 00 43 16 90 86 12 32,1 703
231 032 00 32 16 68 64 15 40 12 15,1 514 241 045 00 45 16 94 90 12 35,6 773
231 034 00 34 16 72 68 15 40 12 17,3 566 241 047 00 47 16 98 94 12 39,8 843
231 035 00 35 16 74 70 15 45 12 18,6 632 241 048 00 48 16 100 96 12 42,5 879
231 036 00 36 16 76 72 15 45 12 19,7 659 241 049 00 49 16 102 98 12 45,2 921
231 037 00 37 16 78 74 15 45 12 21,1 689 241 050 00 50 16 104 100 12 48,0 954
231 038 00 38 16 80 76 15 45 12 24,1 720 241 051 00 51 16 106 102 12 50,9 995
231 040 00 40 16 84 80 15 50 12 27,1 825 241 052 00 52 16 108 104 12 54,0 1038
231 042 00 42 16 88 84 15 50 12 30,4 891 241 053 00 53 16 110 106 12 57,1 1092
231 044 00 44 16 92 88 15 50 12 33,8 955 241 054 00 54 16 112 108 12 60,3 1124
231 045 00 45 16 94 90 15 50 12 35,6 991 241 055 00 55 16 114 110 12 63,6 1153
231 046 00 46 16 96 92 15 50 12 37,5 1025 241 056 00 56 16 116 112 12 67,1 1208
231 047 00 47 16 98 94 15 50 12 39,8 1066 241 057 00 57 16 118 114 12 70,6 1249
231 048 00 48 16 100 96 15 50 12 42,5 1098 241 060 00 60 16 124 120 12 81,1 1385
231 050 00 50 16 104 100 15 50 12 48,0 1174 241 061 00 61 16 126 122 12 85,1 1443
231 052 00 52 16 108 104 15 60 12 54,0 1357 241 063 00 63 16 130 126 12 92,6 1530
231 053 00 53 16 110 106 15 60 12 57,1 1396 241 064 00 64 16 132 128 15 95,1 1576
231 054 00 54 16 112 108 15 60 12 60,3 1442 241 065 00 65 16 134 130 15 97,2 1625
231 055 00 55 16 114 110 15 60 12 63,6 1485 241 067 00 67 16 138 134 15 102 1733
231 056 00 56 16 116 112 15 60 12 67,1 1527 241 070 00 70 16 144 140 15 108 1886
231 057 00 57 16 118 114 15 70 12 70,6 1688 241 072 00 72 16 148 144 15 113 1988
231 058 00 58 16 120 116 15 70 12 74,2 1737 241 075 00 75 16 154 150 15 138 2178
231 059 00 59 16 122 118 15 70 12 77,6 1784 241 076 00 76 16 156 152 15 140 2229
231 060 00 60 16 124 120 15 70 12 81,1 1827 241 078 00 78 16 160 156 15 143 2358
231 062 00 62 16 128 124 15 70 12 88,8 1929 241 080 00 80 16 164 160 20 146 2458
231 063 00 63 16 130 126 15 70 12 92,6 1969 241 085 00 85 16 174 170 20 149 2782
231 064 00 64 16 132 128 15 70 12 95,1 2028 241 090 00 90 16 184 180 20 150 3134
231 065 00 65 16 134 130 20 70 15 97,2 2194 241 095 00 95 16 194 190 20 151 3493
231 067 00 67 16 138 134 20 70 15 102 2306 241 096 00 96 16 196 192 20 152 3556
231 068 00 68 16 140 136 20 70 15 104 2360 241 100 00 100 16 204 200 20 154 3870
231 070 00 70 16 144 140 20 70 15 108 2463 241 114 00 114 16 232 228 20 173 5052
231 072 00 72 16 148 144 20 80 15 113 2769 241 120 00 120 16 244 240 20 181 5585
231 074 00 74 16 152 148 20 80 15 137 2883
231 075 00 75 16 154 150 20 80 15 138 2945
231 076 00 76 16 156 152 20 80 15 140 2982 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
231 078 00 78 16 160 156 20 80 15 143 3129 ** 11SMnPb30.
231 080 00 80 16 164 160 20 80 20 146 3196
231 085 00 85 16 174 170 20 80 20 149 3513 Reworking within
231 090 00 90 16 184 180 20 80 20 150 3875
231 095 00 95 16 194 190 20 100 20 151 4652
24h-service possible.
231 100 00 100 16 204 200 20 100 20 154 5056 Custom made parts
231 110 00 110 16 224 220 20 100 20 168 5856
231 114 00 114 16 232 228 20 100 20 173 6179 on request.
231 120 00 120 16 244 240 20 100 20 181 6822
228 ®
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 2.0, Tooth Width b = 20 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Pressure angle
Pressure angle 20º. 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
da
da
da
B
d
da
d
B
B
d
B
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 231 110 12, Spur Gear, C45, Module 2.0, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 241 110 18, Spur Gear, C45 Module 2.0, 18 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm.MT* Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT*Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm g
231 110 12 12 20 28 24 15 18 10 2,8 80 241 110 18 18 20 40 36 10 4,9 145
231 110 13 13 20 30 26 15 20 10 3,2 100 241 110 20 20 20 44 40 10 6,4 180
231 110 14 14 20 32 28 15 22 10 3,6 120 241 110 24 24 20 52 48 12 9,9 260
231 110 15 15 20 34 30 15 24 10 3,9 140 241 110 25 25 20 54 50 12 10,8 285
231 110 16 16 20 36 32 15 25 10 4,2 160 241 110 30 30 20 64 60 14 16,6 410
231 110 17 17 20 38 34 15 25 10 4,4 180 241 110 35 35 20 74 70 14 23,8 570
231 110 18 18 20 40 36 15 25 10 4,9 190 241 110 36 36 20 76 72 14 25,3 600
231 110 19 19 20 42 38 15 25 10 5,7 210 241 110 40 40 20 84 80 14 32,5 750
231 110 20 20 20 44 40 15 30 10 6,4 260
241 110 45 45 20 94 90 16 42,7 950
231 110 21 21 20 46 42 15 30 12 7,2 270
231 110 22 22 20 48 44 15 30 12 8,0 290 241 110 48 48 20 100 96 16 51 1080
231 110 23 23 20 50 46 15 30 12 8,9 310 241 110 50 50 20 104 100 16 57,6 1180
231 110 24 24 20 52 48 15 35 12 9,9 360 241 110 72 72 20 148 144 16 135 2500
231 110 25 25 20 54 50 15 35 12 10,8 390 241 110 75 75 20 154 150 20 166 2710
231 110 26 26 20 56 52 15 40 12 11,9 450 241 110 76 76 20 156 152 20 168 2790
231 110 27 27 20 58 54 15 40 12 13,0 470 241 110 80 80 20 164 160 20 175 3090
231 110 28 28 20 60 56 15 40 12 14,1 500 241 110 85 85 20 174 170 20 179 3500
231 110 29 29 20 62 58 15 40 14 15,5 520 241 110 90 90 20 184 180 20 180 3930
231 110 30 30 20 64 60 15 40 14 16,6 550 241 110 95 95 20 194 190 20 181 4390
231 110 31 31 20 66 62 15 45 14 17,8 610 241 111 00 100 20 204 200 20 185 4870
231 110 32 32 20 68 64 15 45 14 19,3 650 241 111 10 110 20 224 220 20 201 5900
231 110 33 33 20 70 66 15 45 14 20,8 680 241 111 14 114 20 232 228 20 208 6340
231 110 34 34 20 72 68 15 45 14 22,2 710 241 111 20 120 20 244 240 20 217 7030
231 110 35 35 20 74 70 15 45 14 23,8 740 241 111 27 127 20 258 254 20 235 7890
231 110 36 36 20 76 72 15 45 14 25,3 780
231 110 37 37 20 78 74 15 50 14 26,1 860 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
231 110 38 38 20 80 76 15 50 14 28,9 900
231 110 39 39 20 82 78 15 50 14 30,6 930
231 110 40 40 20 84 80 15 50 14 32,5 970
231 110 41 41 20 86 82 15 55 16 34,6 1050
231 110 42 42 20 88 84 15 55 16 36,5 1090
231 110 43 43 20 90 86 15 55 16 38,6 1130
231 110 44 44 20 92 88 15 60 16 40,6 1230
231 110 45 45 20 94 90 15 60 16 42,7 1270
231 110 46 46 20 96 92 15 60 16 45 1310
231 110 47 47 20 98 94 15 70 16 47,8 1480
231 110 48 48 20 100 96 15 70 16 51 1530
231 110 49 49 20 102 98 15 70 16 54,2 1570
231 110 50 50 20 104 100 15 70 16 57,6 1620
231 110 51 51 20 106 102 15 70 16 61,1 1670
231 110 52 52 20 108 104 15 70 16 64,8 1720
231 110 53 53
231 110 54 54
20
20
110
112
106
108
15
15
70
70
16
16
68,5 1780
72,4 1830 Gears with
231 110 55 55 20 114 110 15 70 16 76,3 1880
231 110 56 56
231 110 57 57
20
20
116
118
112
114
15
15
70
70
16
16
80,5 1940
84,7 1990
hardened teeth
231 110 58 58
231 110 60 60
20
20
120
124
116
120
15
15
70
70
16
16
89 2050
97,3 2160 Page 240
231 110 62 62 20 128 124 15 80 16 107 2420
231 110 63 63 20 130 126 15 80 16 111 2480
231 110 64 64 20 132 128 15 80 16 114 2550
231 110 65 65 20 134 130 15 80 16 117 2610
231 110 66 66 20 136 132 15 80 16 120 2670
231 110 67 67 20 138 134 15 80 16 122 2740
231 110 69 69 20 142 138 15 80 16 127 2870
231 110 70 70 20 144 140 15 80 16 130 2940
231 110 75 75 20 154 150 15 80 20 166 3250
231 110 80 80 20 164 160 15 80 20 175 3600 Reworking within
231 110 90 90 20 184 180 15 90 20 180 4570
231 111 00 100 20 204 200 15 100 20 185 5670
24h-service possible.
231 111 20 120 20 244 240 15 100 20 217 7790 Custom made parts
on request.
® 229
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 2.5, Tooth Width b = 20 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
dda
da
da
dda
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 232 012 00, Spur Gear, Steel C45, Module 2.5, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 242 018 00, Spur Gear, Steel C45, Module 2.5, 18 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT* Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm kg
232 012 00 12 20 35 30 15 20 12 4,9 0,11 242 018 00 18 20 50 45 12 8,7 0,23
232 013 00 13 20 37,5 32,5 15 20 12 5,6 0,12 242 020 00 20 20 55 50 12 11,2 0,29
232 014 00 14 20 40 35 15 20 12 6,3 0,14 242 022 00 22 20 60 55 12 14,1 0,34
232 015 00 15 20 42,5 37,5 15 25 12 6,9 0,19 242 023 00 23 20 62,5 57,5 12 15,6 0,37
232 016 00 16 20 45 40 15 25 12 7,4 0,21 242 024 00 24 20 65 60 12 17,3 0,41
232 017 00 17 20 47,5 42,5 15 25 12 7,7 0,23 242 025 00 25 20 67,5 62,5 12 19,0 0,45
232 018 00 18 20 50 45 15 30 12 8,7 0,29 242 026 00 26 20 70 65 12 20,8 0,49
232 019 00 19 20 52,5 47,5 15 30 12 9,9 0,31 242 029 00 29 20 77,5 72,5 12 26,0 0,61
232 020 00 20 20 55 50 15 30 12 11,2 0,34 242 030 00 30 20 80 75 12 29,1 0,66
232 021 00 21 20 57,5 52,5 15 30 12 12,6 0,38 242 031 00 31 20 82,5 77,5 12 31,4 0,70
232 022 00 22 20 60 55 15 30 12 14,1 0,41 242 033 00 33 20 87,5 82,5 15 36,3 0,79
232 023 00 23 20 62,5 57,5 15 40 12 15,6 0,51 242 034 00 34 20 90 85 15 38,9 0,84
232 024 00 24 20 65 60 15 40 12 17,3 0,54 242 035 00 35 20 92,5 87,5 15 41,6 0,89
232 025 00 25 20 67,5 62,5 15 40 12 19,0 0,58 242 037 00 37 20 97,5 92,5 15 47,3 1,00
232 026 00 26 20 70 65 15 40 12 20,8 0,62 242 038 00 38 20 100 95 15 50,7 1,06
232 027 00 27 20 72,5 67,5 15 40 12 22,7 0,66 242 039 00 39 20 102,5 97,5 15 54,9 1,12
232 028 00 28 20 75 70 15 40 12 24,7 0,70 242 040 00 40 20 105 100 15 59,3 1,18
232 030 00 30 20 80 75 15 40 12 29,1 0,79 242 041 00 41 20 107,5 102,5 15 65,8 1,24
232 032 00 32 20 85 80 15 50 15 33,8 0,95 242 043 00 43 20 112,5 107,5 15 73,5 1,38
232 034 00 34 20 90 85 15 50 15 38,9 1,04 242 044 00 44 20 115 110 15 78,6 1,43
232 035 00 35 20 92,5 87,5 15 50 15 41,6 1,10 242 045 00 45 20 117,5 112,5 15 83,9 1,50
232 036 00 36 20 95 90 15 60 15 44,4 1,25 242 047 00 47 20 122,5 117,5 15 95,0 1,64
232 038 00 38 20 100 95 15 60 15 50,7 1,38 242 048 00 48 20 125 120 15 100 1,71
232 040 00 40 20 105 100 20 60 15 59,3 1,60 242 049 00 49 20 127,5 122,5 15 107 1,79
232 042 00 42 20 110 105 20 60 15 68,5 1,72 242 050 00 50 20 130 125 15 112 1,86
232 045 00 45 20 117,5 112,5 20 60 15 83,9 1,92 242 051 00 51 20 132,5 127,5 15 118 1,94
232 046 00 46 20 120 115 20 60 15 89,4 1,98 242 053 00 53 20 137,5 132,5 15 131 2,10
232 048 00 48 20 125 120 20 60 15 100 2,14 242 054 00 54 20 140 135 20 137 2,17
232 050 00 50 20 130 125 20 70 15 112 2,43 242 056 00 56 20 145 140 20 151 2,33
232 052 00 52 20 135 130 20 70 15 124 2,60 242 057 00 57 20 147,5 142,5 20 158 2,43
232 054 00 54 20 140 135 20 70 20 137 2,73 242 060 00 60 20 155 150 20 181 2,69
232 055 00 55 20 142,5 137,5 20 70 20 144 2,78 242 070 00 70 20 180 175 20 270 3,68
232 056 00 56 20 145 140 20 70 20 151 2,89 242 076 00 76 20 195 190 20 284 4,35
232 060 00 60 20 155 150 20 70 20 181 3,24 242 080 00 80 20 205 200 20 285 4,83
232 062 00 62 20 160 155 20 70 20 197 3,43 242 090 00 90 20 230 225 20 290 6,13
232 065 00 65 20 167,5 162,5 20 80 20 238 3,90 242 100 00 100 20 255 250 20 315 7,62
232 070 00 70 20 180 175 20 80 20 270 4,44 242 114 00 114 20 290 285 25 349 9,80
232 072 00 72 20 185 180 20 80 20 276 4,62 242 120 00 120 20 305 300 25 365 10,94
232 075 00 75 20 192,5 187,5 20 90 20 282 5,19
232 080 00 80 20 205 200 20 90 20 285 5,79
232 082 00 82 20 210 205 20 90 20 286 6,05
232 085 00 85 20 217,5 212,5 20 100 20 288 6,69
232 090 00 90 20 230 225 20 100 20 290 7,31
232 092 00 92 20 235 230 20 100 20 292 7,60
232 095 00 95 20 242,5 237,5 20 100 25 301 7,97
232 100 00 100* 20 255 250 20 100 25 315 8,74
232 110 00 110* 20 280 275 20 120 25 340 10,86
232 120 00 120* 20 305 300 20 120 25 365 12,64
232 127 00 127* 20 322,5 317,5 20 120 25 380 13,96
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
230 ®
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 2.5, Tooth Width b = 25 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
da
da
da
B
d
da
d
B
B
d
B
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 232 110 12, Spur Gear, C45, Module 2.5, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 242 110 18, Spur Gear, C45, Module 2.5, 18 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT*Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT* Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm kg
232 110 12 12 25 35 30 20 22 10 5,9 0,17 242 110 18 18 25 50 45 12 10,4 0,28
232 110 13 13 25 37,5 32,5 20 25 10 6,7 0,21 242 110 20 20 25 55 50 12 13,4 0,36
232 110 14 14 25 40 35 20 28 10 7,6 0,25 242 110 22 22 25 60 55 14 16,9 0,43
232 110 15 15 25 42,5 37,5 20 30 10 8,3 0,30 242 110 24 24 25 65 60 14 20,8 0,51
232 110 16 16 25 45 40 20 32 12 8,9 0,33 242 110 25 25 25 67,5 62,5 14 22,8 0,56
232 110 17 17 25 47,5 42,5 20 35 12 9,2 0,38 242 110 30 30 25 80 75 14 34,9 0,82
232 110 18 18 25 50 45 20 35 12 10,4 0,42 242 110 40 40 25 105 100 16 71,2 1,47
232 110 19 19 25 52,5 47,5 20 35 12 11,9 0,45 242 110 48 48 25 125 120 20 120 2,12
232 110 20 20 25 55 50 20 40 12 13,4 0,54 242 110 50 50 25 130 125 20 135 2,30
232 110 21 21 25 57,5 52,5 20 40 14 15,1 0,56 242 110 60 60 25 155 150 20 217 3,34
232 110 22 22 25 60 55 20 45 14 16,9 0,66 242 110 65 65 25 167,5 162,5 20 286 3,99
232 110 23 23 25 62,5 57,5 20 45 14 18,7 0,70 242 110 70 70 25 180 175 20 324 4,64
232 110 24 24 25 65 60 20 45 14 20,8 0,74 242 110 72 72 25 185 180 20 332 4,91
232 110 25 25 25 67,5 62,5 20 50 14 22,8 0,85 242 110 75 75 25 192,5 187,5 20 338 5,33
232 110 26 26 25 70 65 20 50 14 25,0 0,90 242 110 76 76 25 195 190 20 340 5,48
232 110 27 27 25 72,5 67,5 20 50 14 27,3 0,95 242 110 80 80 25 205 200 25 342 6,04
232 110 28 28 25 75 70 20 50 14 29,6 1,00 242 110 85 85 25 217,5 212,5 25 346 6,84
232 110 29 29 25 77,5 72,5 20 50 14 32,7 1,06 242 110 90 90 25 230 225 25 348 7,68
232 110 30 30 25 80 75 20 55 14 34,9 1,18 242 110 95 95 25 242,5 237,5 25 361 8,57
232 110 31 31 25 82,5 77,5 20 55 16 37,5 1,22 242 111 00 100 25 255 250 25 378 9,51
232 110 32 32 25 85 80 20 55 16 40,6 1,28 242 111 10 110 25 280 275 25 408 11,53
232 110 33 33 25 87,5 82,5 20 55 16 43,8 1,34 242 111 14 114 25 290 285 25 419 12,39
232 110 34 34 25 90 85 20 55 16 46,7 1,41 242 111 20 120 25 305 300 25 438 13,74
232 110 35 35 25 92,5 87,5 20 60 16 50,2 1,54 242 111 27 127 25 322,5 317,5 25 453 15,40
232 110 36 36 25 95 90 20 60 16 53,3 1,61
232 110 37 37 25 97,5 92,5 20 60 16 54,9 1,68
232 110 38 38 25 100 95 20 60 16 60,8 1,75
232 110 39 39 25 102,5 97,5 20 60 16 65,3 1,83
232 110 40 40 25 105 100 20 70 16 71,2 2,06
232 110 41 41 25 107,5 102,5 20 70 16 77,4 2,14
232 110 42 42 25 110 105 20 70 16 82,2 2,22
232 110 43 43 25 112,5 107,5 20 70 16 92,4 2,30
232 110 44 44 25 115 110 20 70 16 96,6 2,38
232 110 45 45 25 117,5 112,5 20 70 16 100 2,47
232 110 46 46 25 120 115 20 70 20 107 2,52
232 110 47 47 25 122,5 117,5 20 80 20 114 2,80
232 110 48 48 25 125 120 20 80 20 120 2,88
232 110 49 49 25 127,5 122,5 20 80 20 128 2,98
232 110 50 50 25 130 125 20 80 20 135 3,07
232 110 51 51 25 132,5 127,5 20 80 20 143 3,17
232 110 52
232 110 53
52
53
25
25
135
37,5
130
132,5
20
20
90
90
20
20
149
156
3,48
3,58
Gears with
232 110 54
232 110 55
54
55
25
25
140
142,5
135
137,5
20
20
90
90
20
20
165
173
3,68
3,78 hardened teeth
232 110 56 56 25 145 140 20 100 20 181 4,13
232 110 57
232 110 58
57
58
25
25
147,5
150
142,5
145
20
20
100
100
20
20
190
199
4,23
4,34
Page 241
232 110 59 59 25 152,5 147,5 20 100 20 208 4,46
232 110 60 60 25 155 150 20 100 20 217 4,57
232 110 70 70 25 180 175 20 100 20 324 5,74
232 110 90 90 25 230 225 20 120 25 348 9,24
232 111 20 120 25 305 300 20 120 25 438 15,19
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 231
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 3.0, Tooth Width b = 25 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
dda
da
da
dda
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 233 012 00, Spur Gear, Steel C45, Module 3, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 243 018 00, Spur Gear, Steel C45 , Module 3, 18 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT** Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT** Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm kg
233 012 00 12 25 42 36 15 25 12 9,3 0,21 243 018 00 18 25 60 54 12 16,5 0,42
233 013 00 13 25 45 39 15 25 12 10,5 0,24 243 020 00 20 25 66 60 15 21,3 0,50
233 014 00 14 25 48 42 15 25 12 11,8 0,28 243 021 00 21 25 69 63 15 23,9 0,55
233 015 00 15 25 51 45 15 35 12 13,0 0,37 243 024 00 24 25 78 72 15 32,7 0,74
233 016 00 16 25 54 48 15 35 12 14,0 0,41 243 025 00 25 25 81 75 15 36,0 0,81
233 017 00 17 25 57 51 15 35 12 14,8 0,46 243 028 00 28 25 90 84 15 47,0 1,02
233 018 00 18 25 60 54 15 45 12 16,5 0,58 243 030 00 30 25 96 90 20 55,2 1,15
233 019 00 19 25 63 57 15 45 12 18,8 0,63 243 035 00 35 25 111 105 20 85,0 1,61
233 020 00 20 25 66 60 15 45 15 21,3 0,67 243 037 00 37 25 117 111 20 100 1,80
233 021 00 21 25 69 63 15 45 15 23,9 0,72 243 038 00 38 25 120 114 20 108 1,91
233 022 00 22 25 72 66 15 45 15 26,7 0,78 243 040 00 40 25 126 120 20 125 2,11
233 023 00 23 25 75 69 15 50 15 29,6 0,89 243 042 00 42 25 132 126 20 142 2,34
233 024 00 24 25 78 72 15 50 15 32,7 0,95 243 045 00 45 25 141 135 20 170 2,70
233 025 00 25 25 81 75 15 50 15 36,0 1,01 243 046 00 46 25 144 138 20 180 2,81
233 026 00 26 25 84 78 15 50 15 39,5 1,08 243 047 00 47 25 147 141 20 191 2,95
233 027 00 27 25 87 81 15 50 15 43,2 1,16 243 048 00 48 25 150 144 20 202 3,09
233 028 00 28 25 90 84 15 50 20 47,0 1,19 243 050 00 50 25 156 150 20 224 3,34
233 030 00 30 25 96 90 15 50 20 55,2 1,35 243 052 00 52 25 162 156 20 249 3,64
233 032 00 32 25 102 96 15 60 20 64,9 1,62 243 053 00 53 25 165 159 20 261 3,78
233 035 00 35 25 111 105 15 60 20 85,0 1,90 243 056 00 56 25 174 168 20 302 4,23
233 036 00 36 25 114 108 15 60 20 92,4 2,00 243 058 00 58 25 180 174 20 332 4,54
233 038 00 38 25 120 114 20 60 20 108 2,30 243 060 00 60 25 186 180 20 380 4,87
233 040 00 40 25 126 120 20 70 20 125 2,67 243 065 00 65 25 201 195 20 462 5,72
233 042 00 42 25 132 126 20 70 20 142 2,89 243 067 00 67 25 207 201 20 476 6,09
233 045 00 45 25 141 135 20 70 20 170 3,26 243 070 00 70 25 216 210 20 480 6,67
233 048 00 48 25 150 144 20 80 20 202 3,84 243 072 00 72 25 222 216 30 482 6,99
233 050 00 50 25 156 150 20 80 20 224 4,10 243 076 00 76 25 234 228 30 486 7,80
233 052 00 52 25 162 156 20 80 20 249 4,39 243 080 00 80 25 246 240 30 490 8,63
233 054 00 54 25 168 162 20 80 20 275 4,66 243 090 00 90 25 276 270 30 530 11,00
233 055 00 55 25 171 165 20 80 20 288 4,82 243 096 00 96 25 294 288 30 559 12,53
233 056 00 56 25 174 168 20 90 20 302 5,18 243 100 00 100 25 306 300 30 580 13,61
233 057 00 57 25 177 171 20 90 20 317 5,33 243 114 00 114 25 348 342 30 644 17,72
233 058 00 58 25 180 174 20 90 20 332 5,49
233 060 00 60 25 186 180 20 90 20 380 5,83
233 065 00 65 25 201 195 20 90 20 462 6,67
233 067 00 67 25 207 201 20 90 20 476 7,04
233 070 00 70 25 216 210 20 90 20 480 7,64
233 072 00 72 25 222 216 20 100 20 482 8,22
233 075 00 75 25 231 225 20 100 20 484 8,87
233 076 00 76 25 234 228 20 100 30 486 8,94
233 080 00 80 25 246 240 20 100 30 490 9,77
233 090 00 90* 25 276 270 20 100 30 530 12,12
233 100 00 100* 25 306 300 20 100 30 580 14,72
233 114 00 114* 25 348 342 20 100 30 644 18,79
233 120 00 120* 25 366 360 20 100 30 673 21,00
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
232 ®
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 3.0, Tooth Width b = 30 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
da
da
da
B
d
da
d
B
B
d
B
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 233 110 12, Spur Gear, C45, Module 3.0, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 243 110 18, Spur Gear, C45, Module 3.0, 18 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm.MT* Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT* Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm kg
233 110 12 12 30 42 36 20 27 12 10,7 0,28 243 110 18 18 30 60 54 14 19 0,49
233 110 13 13 30 45 39 20 30 12 12,1 0,34 243 110 20 20 30 66 60 14 24,5 0,62
233 110 14 14 30 48 42 20 33 12 13,6 0,41 243 110 24 24 30 78 72 16 37,6 0,89
233 110 15 15 30 51 45 20 35 12 15 0,47 243 110 25 25 30 81 75 16 41,4 0,97
233 110 16 16 30 54 48 20 38 14 16,1 0,54 243 110 30 30 30 96 90 16 63,5 1,42
233 110 17 17 30 57 51 20 42 14 17 0,63 243 110 40 40 30 126 120 20 143 2,54
233 110 18 18 30 60 54 20 45 14 19 0,72 243 110 48 48 30 150 144 20 232 3,69
233 110 19 19 30 63 57 20 45 14 21,6 0,78 243 110 50 50 30 156 150 20 258 4,06
233 110 20 20 30 66 60 20 45 14 24,5 0,84 243 110 52 52 30 162 156 20 286 4,40
233 110 21 21 30 69 63 20 45 16 27,5 0,89 243 110 55 55 30 171 165 20 331 4,93
233 110 22 22 30 72 66 20 50 16 30,7 1,02 243 110 57 57 30 177 171 20 364 5,30
233 110 23 23 30 75 69 20 50 16 34 1,10 243 110 60 60 30 186 180 20 437 5,89
233 110 24 24 30 78 72 20 50 16 37,6 1,18 243 110 65 65 30 201 195 20 531 6,92
233 110 25 25 30 81 75 20 60 16 41,4 1,39 243 110 70 70 30 216 210 25 552 8,00
233 110 26 26 30 84 78 20 60 16 45,4 1,48 243 110 72 72 30 222 216 25 554 8,47
233 110 27 27 30 87 81 20 60 16 49,7 1,56 243 110 75 75 30 231 225 25 557 9,21
233 110 28 28 30 90 84 20 60 16 54,1 1,66 243 110 76 76 30 234 228 25 559 9,46
233 110 29 29 30 93 87 20 60 16 59,2 1,75 243 110 80 80 30 246 240 25 564 10,49
233 110 30 30 30 96 90 20 60 16 63,5 1,85 243 110 85 85 30 261 255 25 580 11,86
233 110 31 31 30 99 93 20 60 16 69,2 1,95 243 110 90 90 30 276 270 25 610 13,32
233 110 32 32 30 102 96 20 70 16 74,6 2,21 243 110 95 95 30 291 285 25 640 14,86
233 110 33 33 30 105 99 20 70 16 82,8 2,32 243 111 00 100 30 306 300 25 667 16,48
233 110 34 34 30 108 102 20 70 16 88,6 2,43 243 111 10 110 30 336 330 25 705 19,97
233 110 35 35 30 111 105 20 70 16 97,8 2,55 243 111 14 114 30 348 342 30 740 21,40
233 110 36 36 30 114 108 20 70 20 106 2,62 243 111 20 120 30 366 360 30 774 23,74
233 110 37 37 30 117 111 20 70 20 115 2,74 243 111 27 127 30 387 381 30 800 26,61
233 110 38 38 30 120 114 20 80 20 124 3,05
233 110 39 39 30 123 117 20 80 20 135 3,18
233 110 40 40 30 126 120 20 80 20 143 3,31
233 110 41 41 30 129 123 20 80 20 155 3,44
233 110 42 42 30 132 126 20 80 20 164 3,58
233 110 43 43 30 135 129 20 80 20 175 3,72
233 110 44 44 30 138 132 20 90 20 186 4,07
233 110 45 45 30 141 135 20 90 20 196 4,22
233 110 46 46 30 144 138 20 90 20 207 4,37
233 110 47 47 30 147 141 20 100 20 220 4,76
233 110 48 48 30 150 144 20 100 20 232 4,92
233 110 50 50 30 156 150 20 100 20 258 5,18
233 110 60 60 30 186 180 20 100 20 437 6,97
233 110 65 65 30 201 195 20 100 20 531 7,99
233 110 70
233 110 75
70
75
30
30
216
231
210
225
20
20
100
120
25
25
552
557
9,03
10,75
Gears with
233 110 90
233 111 20
90
120
30
30
276
366
270
360
20
20
120
120
25
30
610
774
14,79
24,98
hardened teeth
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Page 241
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 233
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 4.0, Tooth Width b = 30 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
dda
da
da
dda
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 234 012 00, Spur Gear, Steel C45, Module 4, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 244 020 00, Spur Gear, Steel C45 , Module 4, 20 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT**Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT** Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm kg
234 012 00 12 30 56 48 20 35 15 21 0,48 244 020 00 20 30 88 80 20 49 1,07
234 013 00 13 30 60 52 20 35 15 24 0,55 244 024 00 24 30 104 96 20 76 1,59
234 014 00 14 30 64 56 20 40 15 27 0,68 244 025 00 25 30 108 100 20 87 1,73
234 015 00 15 30 68 60 20 40 15 30 0,76 244 030 00 30 30 128 120 25 148 2,49
234 016 00 16 30 72 64 20 40 20 32 0,80 244 035 00 35 30 148 140 25 222 3,44
234 017 00 17 30 76 68 20 40 20 34 0,90 244 036 00 36 30 152 144 25 239 3,55
234 018 00 18 30 80 72 20 50 20 38 1,11 244 037 00 37 30 156 148 25 256 3,86
234 019 00 19 30 84 76 20 50 20 43 1,21 244 038 00 38 30 160 152 25 275 4,04
234 020 00 20 30 88 80 20 50 20 49 1,33 244 040 00 40 30 168 160 25 315 4,55
234 021 00 21 30 92 84 20 50 20 55 1,45 244 042 00 42 30 176 168 25 358 5,02
234 022 00 22 30 96 88 20 50 20 62 1,58 244 045 00 45 30 188 180 25 429 5,78
234 023 00 23 30 100 92 20 50 20 69 1,70 244 046 00 46 30 192 184 25 456 6,08
234 024 00 24 30 104 96 20 60 20 76 1,98 244 047 00 47 30 196 188 25 483 6,34
234 025 00 25 30 108 100 20 60 20 87 2,12 244 048 00 48 30 200 192 25 510 6,62
234 026 00 26 30 112 104 20 60 20 97 2,28 244 050 00 50 30 208 200 25 568 7,18
234 027 00 27 30 116 108 20 60 20 109 2,43 244 052 00 52 30 216 208 25 636 7,78
234 028 00 28 30 120 112 20 60 20 122 2,58 244 056 00 56 30 232 224 25 763 9,06
234 030 00 30 30 128 120 20 70 20 148 3,08 244 060 00 60 30 248 240 25 905 10,42
234 032 00 32 30 136 128 20 70 20 176 3,44 244 065 00 65 30 268 260 30 976 12,19
234 035 00 35 30 148 140 20 70 25 222 3,97 244 067 00 67 30 276 268 30 980 12,99
234 036 00 36 30 152 144 20 70 25 239 4,18 244 070 00 70 30 288 280 30 985 14,14
234 038 00 38 30 160 152 20 70 25 275 4,61 244 076 00 76 30 312 304 30 1042 17,00
234 040 00 40 30 168 160 20 80 25 315 5,27 244 080 00 80 30 328 320 30 1083 18,50
234 042 00 42 30 176 168 20 80 25 358 5,77 244 090 00 90 30 368 360 30 1200 23,50
234 044 00 44 30 184 176 20 80 25 404 6,24 244 096 00 96 30 392 384 30 1270 26,89
234 045 00 45 30 188 180 20 80 25 429 6,52
234 046 00 46 30 192 184 20 80 25 456 6,79
234 048 00 48 30 200 192 20 100 25 510 7,78
234 050 00 50 30 208 200 20 100 25 568 8,36
234 052 00 52 30 216 208 20 100 25 636 8,96
234 054 00 54 30 224 216 20 100 25 698 9,50
234 055 00 55 30 228 220 20 100 25 730 10,00
234 056 00 56 30 232 224 20 100 25 763 10,50
234 058 00 58 30 240 232 20 100 25 832 11,00
234 060 00 60 30 248 240 20 100 25 905 11,50
234 065 00 65* 30 268 260 20 100 30 976 13,50
234 067 00 67* 30 276 268 20 100 30 980 14,00
234 070 00 70* 30 288 280 20 100 30 985 15,30
234 072 00 72* 30 296 288 20 100 30 993 16,00
234 075 00 75* 30 308 300 20 100 30 1030 17,50
234 076 00 76* 30 312 304 20 120 30 1042 18,38
234 080 00 80* 30 328 320 20 120 30 1083 20,00
234 090 00 90* 30 368 360 20 120 30 1200 25,20
234 096 00 96* 30 392 384 20 120 30 1270 28,50
234 100 00 100* 30 408 400 20 120 30 1320 31,00
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
234 ®
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 4.0, Tooth Width b = 40 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
da
da
da
B
d
da
d
B
B
d
B
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 234 110 12, Spur Gear, C45, Module 4.0, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 244 110 20, Spur Gear, C45, Module 4.0, 20 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT*Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT* Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm kg
234 110 12 12 40 56 48 20 35 14 26 0,63 244 110 20 20 40 88 80 16 61 1,49
234 110 13 13 40 60 52 20 40 14 30 0,78 244 110 24 24 40 104 96 20 95 2,13
234 110 14 14 40 64 56 20 45 14 34 0,93 244 110 25 25 40 108 100 20 109 2,32
234 110 15 15 40 68 60 20 45 14 38 1,05 244 110 30 30 40 128 120 20 185 3,38
234 110 16 16 40 72 64 20 50 16 40 1,20 244 110 35 35 40 148 140 20 278 4,64
234 110 17 17 40 76 68 20 50 16 43 1,33 244 110 36 36 40 152 144 25 299 4,86
234 110 18 18 40 80 72 20 50 16 48 1,47
234 110 19 19 40 84 76 20 60 16 54 1,75
244 110 38 38 40 160 152 25 344 5,20
234 110 20 20 40 88 80 20 60 16 61 1,90
244 110 40 40 40 168 160 25 394 6,11
234 110 21 21 40 92 84 20 70 16 69 2,22 244 110 45 45 40 188 180 25 536 7,78
234 110 22 22 40 96 88 20 70 16 78 2,39 244 110 48 48 40 200 192 25 638 8,87
234 110 23 23 40 100 92 20 75 20 86 2,60 244 110 50 50 40 208 200 25 710 9,65
234 110 24 24 40 104 96 20 75 20 95 2,79 244 110 52 52 40 216 208 25 795 10,45
234 110 25 25 40 108 100 20 75 20 109 2,98 244 110 55 55 40 228 220 25 913 11,71
234 110 26 26 40 112 104 20 75 20 121 3,18 244 110 57 57 40 236 228 25 1020 12,59
234 110 27 27 40 116 108 20 75 20 136 3,39 244 110 60 60 40 248 240 25 1131 13,97
234 110 28 28 40 120 112 20 75 20 153 3,60 244 110 65 65 40 268 260 25 1220 16,43
234 110 29 29 40 124 116 20 75 20 171 3,83 244 110 70 70 40 288 280 25 1231 19,09
234 110 30 30 40 128 120 20 75 20 185 4,06 244 110 75 75 40 308 300 25 1288 21,94
234 110 31 31 40 132 124 20 80 20 205 4,39
234 110 32 32 40 136 128 20 80 20 220 4,64
244 110 76 76 40 312 304 30 1303 22,47
234 110 33 33 40 140 132 20 80 20 248 4,90 244 110 80 80 40 328 320 30 1354 24,93
234 110 34 34 40 144 136 20 80 20 264 5,16 244 110 85 85 40 348 340 30 1430 28,18
234 110 35 35 40 148 140 20 80 20 278 5,43 244 110 90 90 40 368 360 30 1500 31,62
234 110 36 36 40 152 144 20 80 25 299 5,63 244 110 95 95 40 388 380 30 1580 35,26
234 110 38 38 40 160 152 20 80 25 344 6,14 244 111 00 100 40 408 400 30 1650 39,11
234 110 40 40 40 168 160 20 80 25 394 6,74 244 111 10 110 40 448 440 30 1744 47,38
234 110 50 50 40 208 200 20 100 25 710 10,66 244 111 14 114 40 464 456 30 1830 50,91
234 110 60 60 40 248 240 20 100 25 1131 14,92
234 110 90 90 40 368 360 20 120 30 1500 32,76
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Gears with
hardened teeth
Page 241
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 235
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 5.0, Tooth Width b = 40 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
dda
da
da
dda
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 235 012 00, Spur Gear, Steel C45, Module 5, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 245 020 00, Spur Gear, Steel C45, Module 5, 20 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT**Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT** Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm kg
235 012 00 12 40 70 60 25 40 15 49 0,99 245 020 00 20 40 110 100 20 113 2,29
235 013 00 13 40 75 65 25 40 15 54 1,14 245 025 00 25 40 135 125 25 219 3,61
235 014 00 14 40 80 70 25 50 15 60 1,45 245 030 00 30 40 160 150 25 351 5,29
235 015 00 15 40 85 75 25 60 15 66 1,79 245 035 00 35 40 185 175 25 526 7,27
235 016 00 16 40 90 80 25 60 15 72 1,98 245 036 00 36 40 190 180 25 566 7,71
235 017 00 17 40 95 85 25 60 20 74 2,11 245 038 00 38 40 200 190 25 656 8,63
235 018 00 18 40 100 90 25 60 20 84 2,33 245 040 00 40 40 210 200 25 750 9,57
235 019 00 19 40 105 95 25 60 20 97 2,55 245 045 00 45 40 235 225 25 1010 12,15
235 020 00 20 40 110 100 25 60 20 113 2,78 245 048 00 48 40 250 240 30 1186 13,02
235 021 00 21 40 115 105 25 60 20 132 3,03 245 050 00 50 40 260 250 30 1312 13,59
235 022 00 22 40 120 110 25 60 20 152 3,30 245 052 00 52 40 270 260 30 1446 16,28
235 023 00 23 40 125 115 25 60 20 173 3,57 245 060 00 60 40 310 300 30 1850 22,00
235 024 00 24 40 130 120 25 80 20 195 4,29 245 065 00 65 40 335 325 30 1953 25,50
235 025 00 25 40 135 125 25 80 20 219 4,59 245 070 00 70 40 360 350 30 2086 30,00
235 026 00 26 40 140 130 25 80 25 242 4,80
235 027 00 27 40 145 135 25 80 25 267 5,13
235 028 00 28 40 150 140 25 80 25 293 5,47
235 030 00 30 40 160 150 25 80 25 351 6,18
235 032 00 32 40 170 160 30 80 25 416 7,14
235 035 00 35 40 185 175 30 80 25 526 8,36
235 036 00 36 40 190 180 30 100 25 566 9,45
235 038 00 38 40 200 190 30 100 25 656 10,33
235 040 00 40 40 210 200 30 100 25 750 11,30
235 045 00 45 40 235 225 30 100 25 1010 13,87
235 048 00 48** 40 250 240 30 100 30 1186 15,44
235 050 00 50** 40 260 250 30 120 30 1312 17,50
235 052 00 52** 40 270 260 30 120 30 1446 18,75
235 055 00 55** 40 285 275 30 150 30 1662 22,00
235 056 00 56** 40 290 280 30 150 30 1739 23,00
235 060 00 60** 40 310 300 30 160 30 1850 26,50
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
** The hubs on these gears are welded on.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
236 ®
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 5.0, Tooth Width b = 50 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
da
da
da
B
d
da
d
B
B
d
B
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 235 110 12, Spur Gear, C45, Module 5.0, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 245 110 20, Spur Gear, C45, Module 5.0, 20 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT*Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT* Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm kg
235 110 12 12 50 70 60 25 45 20 58 1,21 245 110 20 20 50 110 100 20 134 2,90
235 110 13 13 50 75 65 25 50 20 64 1,47 245 110 24 24 50 130 120 20 232 4,23
235 110 14 14 50 80 70 25 55 20 71 1,76 245 110 25 25 50 135 125 20 261 4,60
235 110 15 15 50 85 75 25 60 20 79 2,07 245 110 30 30 50 160 150 25 418 6,61
235 110 16 16 50 90 80 25 65 20 86 2,40 245 110 32 32 50 170 160 25 495 7,62
235 110 17 17 50 95 85 25 70 20 88 2,75 245 110 35 35 50 185 175 25 626 9,16
235 110 18 18 50 100 90 25 70 20 100 3,02 245 110 38 38 50 200 190 25 781 10,84
235 110 19 19 50 105 95 25 70 20 115 3,30 245 110 40 40 50 210 200 25 893 12,04
235 110 20 20 50 110 100 25 80 20 134 3,83 245 110 45 45 50 235 225 25 1202 15,30
235 110 21 21 50 115 105 25 80 20 157 4,15 245 110 48 48 50 250 240 25 1411 17,44
235 110 22 22 50 120 110 25 80 20 181 4,48 245 110 50 50 50 260 250 30 1561 18,86
235 110 23 23 50 125 115 25 90 20 206 5,08 245 110 52 52 50 270 260 30 1721 20,43
235 110 24 24 50 130 120 25 90 20 232 5,44 245 110 55 55 50 285 275 30 1978 22,89
235 110 25 25 50 135 125 25 90 20 261 5,82 245 110 57 57 50 295 285 30 2030 24,62
235 110 26 26 50 140 130 25 100 20 288 6,50 245 110 60 60 50 310 300 30 2202 27,31
235 110 27 27 50 145 135 25 100 20 318 6,91 245 110 65 65 50 335 325 30 2324 32,12
235 110 28 28 50 150 140 25 100 25 349 7,22 245 110 70 70 50 360 350 30 2482 37,31
235 110 29 29 50 155 145 25 110 25 385 7,98 245 110 75 75 50 385 375 30 2576 42,88
235 110 30 30 50 160 150 25 110 25 418 8,44 245 110 76 76 50 390 380 30 2606 44,04
235 110 32 32 50 170 160 25 110 25 495 9,30 245 110 80 80 50 410 400 30 2708 48,84
235 110 36 36 50 190 180 25 120 25 674 11,70 245 110 85 85 50 435 425 30 2860 55,19
235 110 40 40 50 210 200 25 120 25 893 14,00 245 110 90 90 50 460 450 30 3000 61,92
235 110 50 50 50 260 250 25 120 30 1561 20,67 245 110 95 95 50 485 475 30 3160 69,03
235 110 60 60 50 310 300 25 160 30 2202 30,69 245 111 00 100 50 510 500 30 3300 76,53
245 111 10 110 50 560 550 30 3450 92,69
245 111 14 114 50 580 570 30 3600 99,59
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Gears with
hardened teeth
Page 241
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 237
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 6.0, Tooth Width b = 50 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
dda
da
da
dda
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 236 012 00, Spur Gear, Steel C45, Module 6, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 246 020 00, Spur Gear, Steel C45 , Module 6, 20 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT**Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT** Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm kg
236 012 00 12 50 84 72 25 50 20 96 1,72 246 020 00 20 50 132 120 20 241 4,23
236 013 00 13 50 90 78 25 50 20 112 1,99 246 024 00 24 50 156 144 25 391 6,08
236 014 00 14 50 96 84 25 60 20 128 2,45 246 025 00 25 50 162 150 25 436 6,50
236 015 00 15 50 102 90 25 60 20 140 2,79 246 030 00 30 50 192 180 25 703 9,50
236 016 00 16 50 108 96 25 60 20 145 3,12 246 035 00 35 50 222 210 25 1045 13,14
236 017 00 17 50 114 102 25 60 20 150 3,47 246 036 00 36 50 228 216 25 1120 14,00
236 018 00 18 50 120 108 25 70 20 175 4,05 246 040 00 40 50 252 240 30 1460 17,50
236 019 00 19 50 126 114 25 70 20 207 4,46 246 045 00 45 50 282 270 30 1955 22,00
236 020 00 20 50 132 120 25 70 20 241 4,88 246 048 00 48 50 300 288 30 2300 25,00
236 021 00 21 50 138 126 25 70 25 276 5,24 246 050 00 50 50 312 300 30 2550 27,00
236 022 00 22 50 144 132 25 80 25 312 5,94 246 052 00 52 50 324 312 30 2800 29,50
236 023 00 23 50 150 138 25 80 25 350 6,43 246 056 00 56 50 348 336 40 3120 34,00
236 024 00 24 50 156 144 25 80 25 391 6,93 246 060 00 60 50 372 360 40 3350 39,00
236 025 00 25 50 162 150 25 80 25 436 7,49
236 026 00 26 50 168 156 25 80 25 483 8,05
236 027 00 27 50 174 162 25 80 25 533 8,62
236 028 00 28 50 180 168 25 90 25 587 9,78
236 030 00 30 50 192 180 30 100 25 703 11,33
236 032 00 32 50 204 192 30 100 25 836 12,74
236 035 00 35 50 222 210 30 100 25 1045 14,95
236 036 00 36 50 228 216 30 100 25 1120 15,70
236 038 00 38 50 240 228 30 120 25 1280 18,00
236 040 00 40** 50 252 240 30 120 30 1460 19,69
236 045 00 45** 50 282 270 30 120 30 1955 24,50
236 048 00 48** 50 300 288 30 120 30 2300 27,66
236 050 00 50** 50 312 300 30 140 30 2550 30,61
236 052 00 52** 50 324 312 30 140 30 2800 34,91
236 055 00 55** 50 342 330 30 150 40 3060 35,84
236 060 00 60** 50 372 360 30 150 40 3350 43,00
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
** The hubs on these gears are welded on.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
238 ®
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 6.0, Tooth Width b = 60 mm, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. Material: C45. Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
b NL b b NL b
ND
ND
da
da
da
B
d
da
d
B
B
d
B
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 236 110 12, Spur Gear, C45, Module 6.0, 12 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 246 110 20, Spur Gear, C45, Module 6.0, 20 Teeth
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight Product No. Number b da d B H7 perm. MT* Weight
with Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg without Hub of teeth mm mm mm mm Nm kg
236 110 12 12 60 84 72 20 54 20 110 1,82 246 110 20 20 60 132 120 20 277 5,08
236 110 13 13 60 90 78 20 60 20 129 2,20 246 110 24 24 60 156 144 25 450 7,29
236 110 14 14 60 96 84 20 65 20 147 2,88 246 110 25 25 60 162 150 25 500 7,93
236 110 15 15 60 102 90 20 70 20 161 3,01 246 110 28 28 60 180 168 25 675 10,00
236 110 16 16 60 108 95 20 75 20 167 3,46 246 110 30 30 60 192 180 25 808 11,52
236 110 17 17 60 114 102 20 75 20 172 4,26 246 110 32 32 60 204 192 25 960 13,14
236 110 18 18 60 120 108 20 80 20 201 4,33 246 110 35 35 60 222 210 25 1200 15,77
236 110 20 20 60 132 120 20 90 20 277 5,43 246 110 36 36 60 228 216 25 1284 16,69
236 110 21 21 60 138 126 20 90 25 317 6,44 246 110 38 38 60 240 228 25 1470 18,63
236 110 22 22 60 144 132 20 100 25 358 7,23 246 110 40 40 60 252 240 25 1680 20,66
236 110 24 24 60 156 144 20 110 25 450 7,88 246 110 50 50 60 312 300 30 2924 32,31
236 110 25 25 60 162 150 20 110 25 500 8,42 246 110 60 60 60 372 360 40 3842 46,42
236 110 30 30 60 192 180 20 120 25 808 13,20
236 110 36 36 60 228 216 20 130 25 1284 18,68
236 110 50 50 60 312 300 20 140 30 2924 34,59
236 110 60 60 60 372 360 20 150 40 3842 48,97
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Spur Gears Made from Steel, Module 8, with One-Sided Hub, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: C45.
b NL b
Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º.
ND
da
da
B
B
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 238 012 00, Spur Gear, C45, Module 8, 12 Teeth
Module 8.0 Tooth Width b = 65 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
238 012 00 12 65 112 96 30 70 25 240 4,20
238 015 00 15 65 136 120 30 80 25 370 6,50
238 018 00 18 65 160 144 30 80 25 495 9,00
238 020 00 20 65 176 160 30 100 30 655 11,50
238 024 00 24 65 208 192 30 120 30 1045 16,90
238 025 00 25 65 216 200 30 120 30 1160 18,10
238 030 00 30 65 256 240 30 150 30 1834 26,60 Reworking within
238 036 00 36 65 304 288 30 160 40 2900 36,90
238 040 00** 40 65 336 320 30 180 40 3790 46,00 24h-service possible.
* Basis of calculations see page 197. Custom made parts
** The hubs on these gears are welded on. on request.
® 239
Spur Gears with One-Sided Hub, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System, Teeth Induction Hardened
Material: C45. Teeth milled in quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
After milling, the tooth area is induction hardened, 54 + 4 HRC. b NL b
The hardening sets the tooth quality to 10-11.
Pressure angle 20º.
ND
da
d
da
B
d
B
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 214 881 12, Spur Gear, Hardened, Module 1, 12 Teeth
Module 1 Tooth Width b = 15 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
214 881 12 12 15 14 12 10 9 6 1,2 13
214 881 13 13 15 15 13 10 10 6 1,3 16
214 881 14 14 15 16 14 10 11 6 1,5 20
214 881 15 15 15 17 15 10 12 6 1,6 24
214 881 16 16 15 18 16 10 13 6 1,6 28
214 881 17 17 15 19 17 10 14 6 1,7 33
214 881 18 18 15 20 18 10 15 8 2,0 33
214 881 20 20 15 22 20 10 16 8 2,7 42
214 881 24 24 15 26 24 10 20 10 4,1 61
214 881 25 25 15 27 25 10 20 10 4,5 66
214 881 26 26 15 28 26 10 20 10 5,0 70
214 881 28 28 15 30 28 10 20 10 5,8 80
214 881 30 30 15 32 30 10 20 10 6,9 90
214 881 32 32 15 34 32 10 25 10 8,0 120
214 881 36 36 15 38 36 10 25 10 10,5 140
214 881 40 40 15 42 40 10 25 10 13,5 170
214 881 50 50 15 52 50 10 30 12 23,9 260
214 881 60 60 15 62 60 10 40 12 37,8 400
Module 1.5 Tooth Width b = 17 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
218 881 12 12 17 21 18 13 14 8 3,8 40
218 881 15 15 17 25,5 22,5 13 18 8 5,2 70
218 881 16 16 17 27 24 13 19 8 5,6 80
218 881 18 18 17 30 27 13 20 8 6,6 100
218 881 20 20 17 33 30 13 25 8 8,6 130
218 881 22 22 17 36 33 13 25 10 10,7 140
218 881 24 24 17 39 36 13 25 10 13,3 170
218 881 25 25 17 40,5 37,5 13 25 10 14,5 180
218 881 30 30 17 48 45 13 30 12 22,2 260
218 881 36 36 17 57 54 13 35 12 34 370
218 881 40 40 17 63 60 13 40 12 44 480
218 881 50 50 17 78 75 13 50 14 77 760
218 881 60 60 17 93 90 13 60 16 122 1090
Module 2 Tooth Width b = 20 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
231 881 12 12 20 28 24 15 18 10 9,0 80
231 881 13 13 20 30 26 15 20 10 10,6 100
231 881 14 14 20 32 28 15 22 10 11,9 120
231 881 15 15 20 34 30 15 24 10 12,9 140
231 881 16 16 20 36 32 15 25 10 13,5 160
231 881 18 18 20 40 36 15 25 10 16,2 190
231 881 20 20 20 44 40 15 30 10 21,1 260
231 881 22 22 20 48 44 15 30 12 26,4 290
231 881 24 24 20 52 48 15 35 12 32,7 360
231 881 25 25 20 54 50 15 35 12 35,6 390
231 881 30 30 20 64 60 15 40 14 55 550
231 881 32 32 20 68 64 15 45 14 64 650
231 881 36 36 20 76 72 15 45 14 84 780 Reworking within
231 881 40 40 20 84 80 15 50 14 107 970 24h-service possible.
231 881 50 50 20 104 100 15 70 16 190 1620
231 881 60 60 20 124 120 15 70 16 321 2160 Custom made parts
on request.
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
240 ®
Spur Gears with One-Sided Hub, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System, Teeth Induction Hardened
Material: C45. Teeth milled in quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
After milling, the tooth area is induction hardened, 54 + 4 HRC. b NL b
The hardening sets the tooth quality to 10-11.
Pressure angle 20º.
ND
da
d
da
B
d
B
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 232 881 12, Spur Gear, Hardened, Module 2.5, 12 Teeth
Module 2.5 Tooth Width b = 25 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
232 881 12 12 25 35 30 20 22 10 19,5 0,17
232 881 15 15 25 42,5 37,5 20 30 10 27,4 0,30
232 881 18 18 25 50 45 20 35 12 34,3 0,42
232 881 20 20 25 55 50 20 40 12 44,2 0,54
232 881 24 24 25 65 60 20 45 14 69 0,74
232 881 25 25 25 67,5 62,5 20 50 14 75 0,85
232 881 30 30 25 80 75 20 55 14 115 1,18
232 881 36 36 25 95 90 20 60 16 176 1,61
232 881 40 40 25 105 100 20 70 16 235 2,06
232 881 50 50 25 130 125 20 80 20 446 3,07
232 881 60 60 25 155 150 20 100 20 716 4,57
Module 3 Tooth Width b = 30 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
233 881 12 12 30 42 36 20 27 12 35 0,28
233 881 15 15 30 51 45 20 35 12 49 0,47
233 881 18 18 30 60 54 20 45 14 63 0,72
233 881 20 20 30 66 60 20 45 14 81 0,84
233 881 24 24 30 78 72 20 50 16 124 1,18
233 881 25 25 30 81 75 20 60 16 137 1,39
233 881 30 30 30 96 90 20 60 16 210 1,85
233 881 36 36 30 114 108 20 70 20 350 2,62
233 881 40 40 30 126 120 20 80 20 472 3,31
233 881 50 50 30 156 150 20 100 20 851 5,18
233 881 60 60 30 186 180 20 100 20 1442 6,97
Module 4 Tooth Width b = 40 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
234 881 12 12 40 56 48 20 35 14 86 0,63
234 881 15 15 40 68 60 20 45 14 125 1,05
234 881 18 18 40 80 72 20 50 16 158 1,47
234 881 20 20 40 88 80 20 60 16 201 1,90
234 881 24 24 40 104 96 20 75 20 314 2,79
234 881 25 25 40 108 100 20 75 20 360 2,98
234 881 30 30 40 128 120 20 75 20 611 4,06
234 881 36 36 40 152 144 20 80 25 987 5,63
234 881 40 40 40 168 160 20 80 25 1300 6,74
234 881 50 50 40 208 200 20 100 25 2343 10,66
234 881 60 60 40 248 240 20 100 25 3732 14,92
Module 5 Tooth Width b = 50 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
235 881 12 12 50 70 60 25 45 20 191 1,21
235 881 15 15 50 85 75 25 60 20 261 2,07
235 881 18 18 50 100 90 25 70 20 330 3,02
235 881 20 20 50 110 100 25 80 20 442 3,83 Reworking within
235 881 24 24 50 130 120 25 90 20 766 5,44
235 881 25 25 50 135 125 25 90 20 861 5,82 24h-service possible.
235 881 30 30 50 160 150 25 110 25 1380 8,44
Custom made parts
* Basis of calculations see page 197. on request.
® 241
Precision Spur Gears Made From Steel 16MnCr5, Hardened with Ground Tooth Flanks
Tooth quality 7e25.
Pressure angle 20º.
Case hardened HRC 58± 2.
Feather keyways in accordance with DIN
6885/1, Tol. P9.
Teeth, bores and faces ground.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 224 818 00,
spur gear, steel 16MnCr5 module 1.0, 18 teeth, ground
Module 1.0 tooth width b = 10 mm, various bore sizes
Product No. Number b da-0,1 d NL ND L± 0,05 BH6 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
224 818 00 18 10 20 18 1,5/1,5 15 13 8 5,7 19
224 820 00 20 10 22 20 1,5/1,5 15 13 8 7,5 23
224 824 00 24 10 26 24 1,5/1,5 18 13 10 12,2 33
224 824 12 24 10 26 24 1,5/1,5 18 13 12 12,2 30
224 825 00 25 10 27 25 1,5/1,5 20 13 10 13,5 41
224 825 12 25 10 27 25 1,5/1,5 20 13 12 13,5 38
224 830 00 30 10 32 30 1,5/1,5 25 13 10 16,1 58
224 830 12 30 10 32 30 1,5/1,5 25 13 12 16,1 54
224 836 00 36 10 38 36 1,5/1,5 25 13 10 19,3 82
224 836 15 36 10 38 36 1,5/1,5 25 13 15 19,3 72
224 840 00 40 10 42 40 1,5/1,5 30 13 12 21,4 102
224 840 15 40 10 42 40 1,5/1,5 30 13 15 21,4 95
224 848 00 48 10 50 48 1,5/1,5 40 13 12 25,7 158
224 848 15 48 10 50 48 1,5/1,5 40 13 15 25,7 151
224 850 00 50 10 52 50 1,5/1,5 40 13 12 26,8 170
224 850 20 50 10 52 50 1,5/1,5 40 13 20 26,8 149
224 860 00 60 10 62 60 1,5/1,5 50 13 12 32,6 253
224 860 20 60 10 62 60 1,5/1,5 50 13 20 32,6 232 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
Module 1.5 tooth width b = 15 mm, various bore sizes
Product No. Number b da-0,1 d NL ND L± 0,05 BH6 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
228 812 00 12 15 21 18 1,5/1,5 14 18 8 12,5 25
228 815 00 15 15 25,5 22,5 1,5/1,5 18 18 10 18,1 40
228 815 12 15 15 25,5 22,5 1,5/1,5 18 18 12 18,1 36
228 818 00 18 15 30 27 1,5/1,5 22 18 10 23,0 63
228 818 12 18 15 30 27 1,5/1,5 22 18 12 23,0 58
228 820 00 20 15 33 30 1,5/1,5 25 18 10 30,3 82
228 820 15 20 15 33 30 1,5/1,5 25 18 15 30,3 63
228 824 00 24 15 39 36 1,5/1,5 25 18 10 45,5 115
228 824 15 24 15 39 36 1,5/1,5 25 18 15 45,5 104
228 825 00 25 15 40,5 37,5 1,5/1,5 28 18 12 50,3 126
228 825 15 25 15 40,5 37,5 1,5/1,5 28 18 15 50,3 117
228 830 00 30 15 48 45 1,5/1,5 30 18 12 60,2 185
228 830 15 30 15 48 45 1,5/1,5 30 18 15 60,2 176
228 836 00 36 15 57 54 1,5/1,5 40 18 12 72,0 277
228 836 20 36 15 57 54 1,5/1,5 40 18 20 72,0 251
228 840 00 40 15 63 60 1,5/1,5 40 18 12 80,0 345
228 840 20 40 15 63 60 1,5/1,5 40 18 20 80,0 313
228 848 00 48 15 75 72 1,5/1,5 40 18 15 96,8 474
228 848 20 48 15 75 72 1,5/1,5 40 18 20 96,8 458
228 850 00 50 15 78 75 1,5/1,5 50 18 15 101,0 545
228 850 25 50 15 78 75 1,5/1,5 50 18 25 101,0 490
228 860 00 60 15 93 90 1,5/1,5 60 18 15 122,0 777
228 860 25 60 15 93 90 1,5/1,5 60 18 25 122,0 736 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
Precision Gear Racks
Page 260
242 ®
Precision Spur Gears Made From Steel 16MnCr5, Hardened with Ground Tooth Flanks
Tooth quality 7e25.
Pressure angle 20º.
Case hardened HRC 58±2.
Feather keyways in accordance with DIN
6885/1, Tol. P9.
Teeth, bores and faces ground.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 241 812 00,
spur gear, steel 16MnCr5 module 2, 12 teeth, ground
Module 2.0 tooth width b = 20 mm, various bore sizes
Product No. Number b da-0,1 d NL ND L± 0,05 BH6 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
241 812 00 12 20 28 24 1,5/1,5 18 23 10 30,5 61
241 815 00 15 20 34 30 1,5/1,5 25 23 12 44,4 100
241 815 15 15 20 34 30 1,5/1,5 25 23 15 44,4 88
241 818 00 18 20 40 36 1,5/1,5 28 23 12 56,4 150
241 818 15 18 20 40 36 1,5/1,5 28 23 15 56,4 139
241 820 00 20 20 44 40 1,5/1,5 30 23 12 74,2 190
241 820 15 20 20 44 40 1,5/1,5 30 23 15 74,2 179
241 824 00 24 20 52 48 1,5/1,5 30 23 12 113,3 271
241 824 15 24 20 52 48 1,5/1,5 30 23 15 113,3 265
241 824 20 24 20 52 48 1,5/1,5 30 23 20 113,3 240
241 825 00 25 20 54 50 1,5/1,5 35 23 15 125,2 294
241 825 20 25 20 54 50 1,5/1,5 35 23 20 125,2 269
241 830 00 30 20 64 60 1,5/1,5 40 23 15 151,0 430
241 830 20 30 20 64 60 1,5/1,5 40 23 20 151,0 411
241 830 25 30 20 64 60 1,5/1,5 40 23 25 151,0 379
241 836 00 36 20 76 72 1,5/1,5 45 23 15 188,3 629
241 836 20 36 20 76 72 1,5/1,5 45 23 20 188,3 612
241 836 25 36 20 76 72 1,5/1,5 45 23 25 188,3 580
241 840 00 40 20 84 80 1,5/1,5 50 23 15 213,3 793
241 840 20 40 20 84 80 1,5/1,5 50 23 20 213,3 769
241 840 25 40 20 84 80 1,5/1,5 50 23 25 213,3 737
241 848 00 48 20 100 96 1,5/1,5 50 23 15 261,2 1137
241 848 20 48 20 100 96 1,5/1,5 50 23 20 261,2 1122
241 848 25 48 20 100 96 1,5/1,5 50 23 25 261,2 1080
241 850 00 50 20 104 100 1,5/1,5 60 23 20 273,7 1225
241 850 25 50 20 104 100 1,5/1,5 60 23 25 273,7 1196
241 850 30 50 20 104 100 1,5/1,5 60 23 30 273,7 1157
241 860 00 60 20 124 120 1,5/1,5 70 23 20 337,0 1788 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
241 860 30 60 20 124 120 1,5/1,5 70 23 30 337,0 1717
241 860 35 60 20 124 120 1,5/1,5 70 23 35 337,0 1671
Module 3.0 tooth width b = 25 mm, various bore sizes
Product No. Number b da-0,1 d NL ND L± 0,05 BH6 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
243 812 00 12 25 42 36 1,5/1,5 25 28 12 90 183
243 812 15 12 25 42 36 1,5/1,5 25 28 15 90 169
243 815 00 15 25 51 45 1,5/1,5 35 28 12 130 305
243 815 20 15 25 51 45 1,5/1,5 35 28 20 130 261
243 818 00 18 25 60 54 1,5/1,5 40 28 15 167 434
243 818 20 18 25 60 54 1,5/1,5 40 28 20 167 402
243 820 00 20 25 66 60 1,5/1,5 45 28 15 220 550
243 820 25 20 25 66 60 1,5/1,5 45 28 25 220 477
243 824 00 24 25 78 72 1,5/1,5 50 28 15 336 780
243 824 25 24 25 78 72 1,5/1,5 50 28 25 336 727
243 824 35 24 25 78 72 1,5/1,5 50 28 35 336 624
243 825 00 25 25 81 75 1,5/1,5 50 28 25 371 792
243 825 35 25 25 81 75 1,5/1,5 50 28 35 371 688
243 830 00 30 25 96 90 1,5/1,5 50 28 20 463 1220
243 830 25 30 25 96 90 1,5/1,5 50 28 25 463 1171
243 830 35 30 25 96 90 1,5/1,5 50 28 35 463 1068
243 836 00 36 25 114 108 1,5/1,5 60 28 20 575 1762
243 836 30 36 25 114 108 1,5/1,5 60 28 30 575 1688
243 836 35 36 25 114 108 1,5/1,5 60 28 35 575 1632
243 840 00 40 25 126 120 1,5/1,5 70 28 20 650 2250
243 840 35 40 25 126 120 1,5/1,5 70 28 35 650 2073
243 840 40 40 25 126 120 1,5/1,5 70 28 40 650 2008
243 848 00 48 25 150 144 1,5/1,5 80 28 20 795 3208
243 848 35 48 25 150 144 1,5/1,5 80 28 35 795 3066
243 848 45 48 25 150 144 1,5/1,5 80 28 45 795 2928
243 850 00 50 25 156 150 1,5/1,5 80 28 20 830 3500
243 850 35 50 25 156 150 1,5/1,5 80 28 35 830 3355
243 850 45 50 25 156 150 1,5/1,5 80 28 45 830 3197
243 860 00 60 25 186 180 1,5/1,5 90 28 25 1060 4972 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
243 860 35 60 25 186 180 1,5/1,5 90 28 35 1060 4875
243 860 45 60 25 186 180 1,5/1,5 90 28 45 1060 4737
® 243
Spur Gears Made from Stainless Steel with One-Sided Hub, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305.
A
Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. b NL b
Pressure angle 20º.
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 214 990 10, Spur Gear, Stainless Steel, Module 1, 10 Teeth
Module 1 Tooth Width b = 10 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
214 990 10 10 10 12 10 6 8 4 0,11 7
214 990 11 11 10 13 11 6 8 4 0,14 8
214 990 12 12 10 14 12 6 10 4 0,15 10
214 990 13 13 10 15 13 6 10 5 0,18 11
214 990 14 14 10 16 14 6 10 5 0,19 14
214 990 15 15 10 17 15 6 12 5 0,21 16
214 990 16 16 10 18 16 6 12 5 0,22 18
214 990 17 17 10 19 17 6 12 6 0,23 19
214 990 18 18 10 20 18 6 15 6 0,26 24
214 990 19 19 10 21 19 6 15 6 0,30 26
214 990 20 20 10 22 20 6 15 6 0,33 28
214 990 22 22 10 24 22 6 15 6 0,42 33
214 990 24 24 10 26 24 6 15 6 0,51 39
214 990 25 25 10 27 25 6 20 8 0,56 46
214 990 26 26 10 28 26 6 20 8 0,61 49
214 990 28 28 10 30 28 6 20 8 0,72 55
214 990 30 30 10 32 30 8 25 8 0,84 77
214 990 36 36 10 38 36 8 25 8 1,27 102
214 990 40 40 10 42 40 8 25 8 1,62 120
214 990 45 45 10 47 45 10 30 10 2,11 165
214 990 48 48 10 50 48 10 30 10 2,44 182
214 990 50 50 10 52 50 10 30 10 2,68 193
214 990 54 54 10 56 54 10 40 10 3,19 262
214 990 60 60 10 62 60 12 40 10 4,05 320
214 990 64 64 10 66 64 12 40 10 4,69 352
214 990 65 65 10 67 65 12 40 10 4,86 360
214 990 70 70 10 72 70 12 40 10 5,76 401
214 990 72 72 10 74 72 12 50 10 6,14 484
214 990 75 75 10 77 75 12 50 10 6,74 510
214 990 80 80 10 82 80 12 50 10 7,82 560
214 991 00 100 10 102 100 12 60 12 13,1 856
214 991 20 120 10 122 120 12 60 12 21,5 1125
Module 1.5 Tooth Width b = 15 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
218 990 11 11 15 19,5 16,5 10 12 6 0,47 28 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
218 990 12 12 15 21 18 10 15 8 0,55 32
218 990 14 14 15 24 21 10 15 8 0,69 42
218 990 15 15 15 25,5 22,5 10 18 10 0,76 49
218 990 16 16 15 27 24 10 20 10 0,83 60
218 990 17 17 15 28,5 25,5 10 20 10 0,89 66
218 990 18 18 15 30 27 10 22 10 0,96 79
218 990 20 20 15 33 30 10 25 10 1,23 103
218 990 22 22 15 36 33 15 25 10 1,53 136
218 990 24 24 15 39 36 15 25 10 1,88 154
218 990 25 25 15 40,5 37,5 15 25 10 2,07 166
218 990 28 28 15 45 42 15 25 10 2,69 198
218 990 30 30 15 48 45 15 30 10 3,14 246
218 990 35 35 15 55,5 52,5 15 30 10 4,47 317
218 990 40 40 15 63 60 15 40 10 6,06 454
218 990 45 45 15 70,5 67,5 15 40 10 7,93 541
218 990 48 48 15 75 72 15 40 10 9,20 599
218 990 50 50 15 78 75 15 50 10 10,1 721
218 990 55 55 15 85,5 82,5 15 50 10 12,6 831 Reworking within
218 990 60 60 15 93 90 15 60 12 15,4 1041 24h-service possible.
218 990 65 65 15 100,5 97,5 15 60 12 18,5 1172
218 990 70 70 15 108 105 20 60 12 21,9 1423 Custom made parts
218 990 80 80 15 123 120 20 70 15 29,9 1878
on request.
244 ®
Spur Gears Made from Stainless Steel with One-Sided Hub, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305.
A
Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. b NL b
Pressure angle 20º.
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 231 990 10, Spur Gear, Stainless Steel,
Module 2, 10 Teeth
Module 2 Tooth Width b = 16 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
231 990 10 10 16 24 20 15 15 8 0,8 45
231 990 11 11 16 26 22 15 18 10 0,9 55
231 990 12 12 16 28 24 15 20 10 1,1 70
231 990 14 14 16 32 28 15 25 10 1,4 110
231 990 15 15 16 34 30 15 25 12 1,5 114
231 990 16 16 16 36 32 15 25 12 1,6 126
231 990 18 18 16 40 36 15 30 12 1,9 179
231 990 20 20 16 44 40 15 30 12 2,5 207
231 990 22 22 16 48 44 15 30 12 3,0 240
231 990 24 24 16 52 48 15 30 12 3,8 275
231 990 25 25 16 54 50 15 30 12 4,2 295
231 990 28 28 16 60 56 15 35 12 5,5 389
231 990 30 30 16 64 60 15 40 12 6,4 466
231 990 35 35 16 74 70 15 45 12 9,2 632
231 990 40 40 16 84 80 15 50 12 12,5 825
231 990 45 45 16 94 90 15 50 12 16,4 911
231 990 48 48 16 100 96 15 50 12 19,0 1098
231 990 50 50 16 104 100 15 50 12 20,9 1174
231 990 55 55 16 114 110 15 60 12 26,0 1485
231 990 60 60 16 124 120 15 70 12 31,9 1827
231 990 80 80 16 164 160 20 80 20 57,4 3196
Module 2.5 Tooth Width b = 20 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
232 990 12 12 20 35 30 15 20 12 2,3 110
232 990 14 14 20 40 35 15 20 12 2,9 140
232 990 15 15 20 42,5 37,5 15 25 12 3,2 190
232 990 16 16 20 45 40 15 25 12 3,4 210
232 990 18 18 20 50 45 15 30 12 4,0 290
232 990 20 20 20 55 50 15 30 12 5,2 340
232 990 24 24 20 65 60 15 40 12 7,9 540
232 990 25 25 20 67,5 62,5 15 40 12 8,7 580
232 990 28 28 20 75 70 15 40 12 11,4 700
232 990 30 30 20 80 75 15 40 12 13,4 790
232 990 32 32 20 85 80 15 50 15 15,5 950
232 990 35 35 20 92,5 87,5 15 50 15 19,1 1100
232 990 40 40 20 105 100 20 60 15 26,0 1600
232 990 45 45 20 117,5 112,5 20 60 15 34,3 1920
232 990 48 48 20 125 120 20 60 15 39,8 2140
232 990 50 50 20 130 125 20 70 15 43,8 2430
232 990 55 55 20 142,5 137,5 20 70 20 55,2 2780
232 990 60 60 20 155 150 20 70 20 72,0 3240
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 245
Spur Gears Made from Stainless Steel with One-Sided Hub, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305.
A
Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967. b NL b
Pressure angle 20º.
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 233 990 12, Spur Gear, Stainless Steel, Module 3, 12 Teeth
Module 3 Tooth Width b = 25 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
233 990 12 12 25 42 36 15 25 12 4,3 210
233 990 14 14 25 48 42 15 25 12 5,4 280
233 990 15 15 25 51 45 15 35 12 6,0 378
233 990 16 16 25 54 48 15 35 12 6,5 410
233 990 18 18 25 60 54 15 45 12 7,6 586
233 990 20 20 25 66 60 15 45 15 9,8 670
233 990 22 22 25 72 66 15 45 15 12,2 780
233 990 24 24 25 78 72 15 50 15 15,0 957
233 990 25 25 25 81 75 15 50 15 16,6 1019
233 990 26 26 25 84 78 15 50 15 18,2 1080
233 990 28 28 25 90 84 15 50 20 21,6 1190
233 990 30 30 25 96 90 15 50 20 25,4 1355
233 990 35 35 25 111 105 15 60 20 33,9 1904
233 990 36 36 25 114 108 15 60 20 36,8 2000
233 990 40 40 25 126 120 20 70 20 49,7 2670
233 990 45 45 25 141 135 20 70 20 65,5 3263
233 990 48 48 25 150 144 20 80 20 77,6 3841
233 990 50 50 25 156 150 20 80 20 88,0 4101
233 990 60 60 25 186 180 20 90 20 149,2 5830
Module 4 Tooth Width b = 30 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
234 990 12 12 30 56 48 20 35 15 9,8 480
234 990 14 14 30 64 56 20 40 15 12,4 680
234 990 15 15 30 68 60 20 40 15 13,8 760
234 990 16 16 30 72 64 20 40 20 14,7 800
234 990 18 18 30 80 72 20 50 20 17,5 1110
234 990 20 20 30 88 80 20 50 20 22,6 1330
234 990 24 24 30 104 96 20 60 20 35,0 1980
234 990 25 25 30 108 100 20 60 20 40,0 2120
234 990 28 28 30 120 112 20 60 20 49,0 2580
234 990 30 30 30 128 120 20 70 20 60,0 3080
234 990 35 35 30 148 140 20 70 25 85,0 3970
234 990 40 40 30 168 160 20 80 25 125,0 5270
234 990 45 45 30 188 180 20 80 25 176,0 6520
234 990 48 48 30 200 192 20 100 25 214,0 7780
234 990 50 50 30 208 200 20 100 25 240,0 8360 * Basis of calculations see page 197.
234 990 60 60 30 248 240 20 100 25 382,0 11500
Gears Stainless Module 1.59 and 3.18 Page 248
Gear Racks stainless Page 261 Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Round Gear Racks stainless Page 263 Custom made parts
on request.
246 ®
Spur Gear Shafts Made From Steel with One-Sided Hub, Milled, Straight Teeth
Material: C45.
Pressure angle 20º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 214 511 00, spur gear, module 1, 11 teeth
Module 1.0
Product No. Number d da ND NL b L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
214 511 00 11 11 13 12 50 150 200 0,14
214 513 00 13 13 15 12 50 150 200 0,18
214 514 00 14 14 16 12 50 150 200 0,21
214 516 00 16 16 18 12 50 150 200 0,27
214 517 00 17 17 19 16 50 150 200 0,33
214 519 00 19 19 21 16 50 180 230 0,46
214 521 00 21 21 23 16 50 180 230 0,55
214 523 00 23 23 25 16 50 180 230 0,64
214 527 00 27 27 29 16 50 180 230 0,86
214 531 00 31 31 33 16 50 180 230 1,12
214 535 00 35 35 37 16 50 180 230 1,40
214 537 00 37 37 39 16 50 180 230 1,56
214 545 00 45 45 47 16 50 180 230 2,28
214 552 00 52 52 54 16 50 180 230 3,02
214 557 00 57 57 59 16 50 180 230 3,61
Module 1.5
Product No. Number d da ND NL b L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
218 513 00 13 19,5 22,5 16 50 150 200 0,41
218 514 00 14 21 24 16 50 150 200 0,46
218 516 00 16 24 27 16 50 150 200 0,58
218 517 00 17 25,5 28,5 16 50 180 230 0,77
218 519 00 19 28,5 31,5 16 50 180 230 0,94
218 521 00 21 31,5 34,5 16 50 180 230 1,14
218 527 00 27 40,5 43,5 16 50 180 230 1,84
218 532 00 32 48 51 16 50 180 230 2,57
Module 2.0
Product No. Number d da ND NL b L Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
241 513 00 13 26 30 16 50 200 250 0,87
241 514 00 14 28 32 16 50 200 250 0,99
241 516 00 16 32 36 16 50 200 250 1,28
241 517 00 17 34 38 16 50 200 250 1,44
241 519 00 19 38 42 16 50 200 250 1,79
241 521 00 21 42 46 16 50 200 250 2,17
241 523 00 23 46 50 16 50 200 250 2,61
241 527 00 27 54 58 16 30 220 250 3,89
241 529 00 29 58 62 16 30 220 250 4,49
241 542 00 42 84 88 16 30 220 250 9,48
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 247
Spur Gears Metric Pitch, Straight Teeth, Made from Steel and Stainless Steel
Material: Steel C45.
Stainless steel 1.4305 A b NL b
Tooth quality 8d25 DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º.
Standard design with one-sided hub.
Other models and number of teeth on request.
ND
da
da
B
B
d
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 205 012 00, spur gear, steel C45, pitch 5 mm, 12 teeth
Pitch 5mm (Module 1.59) Tooth width b = 12 mm
perm. MT* per. MT*
Product No. Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 Steel Stainless Steel Weight
Steel Stainless Steel of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm Nm kg
205 012 00 205 990 12 12 12 22,3 19,1 13 14 6 0,8 0,4 0,03
205 015 00 205 990 15 15 12 27,0 23,9 13 18 6 1,1 0,5 0,06
205 018 00 205 990 18 18 12 31,8 28,6 13 20 8 1,4 0,7 0,07
205 020 00 205 990 20 20 12 35,0 31,8 13 20 8 1,9 0,9 0,10
205 024 00 205 990 24 24 12 41,4 38,2 13 25 8 2,9 1,3 0,14
205 025 00 205 990 25 25 12 43,0 39,8 13 25 8 3,1 1,4 0,14
205 030 00 205 990 30 30 12 50,9 47,7 13 30 10 4,8 2,2 0,20
205 036 00 205 990 36 36 12 60,5 57,3 13 40 10 7,3 3,4 0,32
205 040 00 205 990 40 40 12 66,8 63,6 13 40 10 9,4 4,3 0,36
205 045 00 205 990 45 45 12 74,8 71,6 13 45 10 12,4 5,7 0,45
205 050 00 205 990 50 50 12 82,7 79,6 13 50 12 16,7 7,7 0,56
205 060 00 205 990 60 60 12 98,6 95,5 13 60 12 26,4 12,1 0,82
Pitch 10mm (Module 3.18) Tooth width b = 25 mm
perm. MT* per. MT*
Product No. Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 Steel Stainless Steel Weight
Steel Stainless Steel of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm Nm kg
210 012 00 210 990 12 12 25 44,6 38,2 15 25 10 9,8 4,5 0,22
210 015 00 210 990 15 15 25 54,1 47,7 15 30 12 13,7 6,3 0,38
210 018 00 210 990 18 18 25 63,7 57,3 15 40 15 17,3 8,0 0,50
210 020 00 210 990 20 20 25 70,0 63,7 15 40 15 22,4 10,3 0,60
210 024 00 210 990 24 24 25 82,8 76,4 15 50 15 34,3 15,8 0,86
210 025 00 210 990 25 25 25 85,9 79,6 15 50 15 37,8 17,4 0,96
210 030 00 210 990 30 30 25 101,9 95,5 15 60 20 58 27 1,45
210 036 00 210 990 36 36 25 121,0 114,6 15 70 20 97 45 2,15
210 040 00 210 990 40 40 25 133,7 127,3 15 80 20 131 60 2,68
210 045 00 210 990 45 45 25 149,6 143,2 20 80 20 179 82 3,44
210 050 00 210 990 50 50 25 165,5 159,2 20 80 20 236 108 4,10
210 060 00 210 990 60 60 25 197,3 191,0 20 90 25 399 184 5,79
* Basis of calculations see page 197.
Matching
Gear Racks
Page 262
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
248 ®
Straight-Toothed Internal Gears Made from Brass Straight-Toothed Internal Gears Made from Steel
Tooth quality: 8, Teeth generated. Tooth quality: 8, Teeth generated.
Pressure angle 20º. Pressure angle 20º.
Outside-diameter tolerance in accordance with DIN ISO 2768 Outside-diameter tolerance in accordance with DIN ISO 2768
middle. middle.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 261 440 00, Internal Gear, Brass, Module 0.5, 40 Teeth Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 224 425 00, Internal Gear, Steel, Module 1, Width 10, 25 Teeth
Module 0.5 / b = 4 mm, Brass Ms58 (2.0401) Module 1.0 / b = 10 mm, Steel C45
Product No. Number b d di DA Weight Product No. Number b d di DA Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm mm g
261 440 00 40 4 20 19 36 23 224 425 00 25 10 25 23 50 113
261 445 00 45 4 22,5 21,5 40 28 224 430 00 30 10 30 28 55 128
261 448 00 48 4 24 23 40 27 224 436 00 36 10 36 34 60 141
261 450 00 50 4 25 24 45 37 224 440 00 40 10 40 38 65 156
261 460 00 60 4 30 29 50 42 224 445 00 45 10 45 43 70 180
261 470 00 70 4 35 34 55 45 224 448 00 48 10 48 46 75 198
261 490 00 90 4 45 44 70 74 224 450 00 50 10 50 48 75 185
261 410 00 100 4 50 49 70 63 224 460 00 60 10 60 58 85 213
224 470 00 70 10 70 68 95 249
224 472 00 72 10 72 70 100 294
224 480 00 80 10 80 78 105 275
224 490 00 90 10 90 88 115 306
224 410 00 100 10 100 98 125 342
224 412 00 120 10 120 118 150 488
Module 0.7 / b = 6 mm, Brass Ms58 (2.0401) Module 1.5 / b = 15 mm, Steel C45
Product No. Number b d di DA Weight Product No. Number b d di DA Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm mm g
262 440 00 40 6 28 26,6 48 59 228 425 00 25 15 37,5 34,5 70 320
262 445 00 45 6 31,5 30,1 50 58 228 430 00 30 15 45 42 75 328
262 448 00 48 6 33,6 32,2 55 75 228 436 00 36 15 54 51 85 392
262 450 00 50 6 35 33,6 55 74 228 440 00 40 15 60 57 90 413
262 460 00 60 6 42 40,6 65 96 228 445 00 45 15 67,5 64,5 100 497
262 470 00 70 6 49 47,6 70 97 228 448 00 48 15 72 69 100 465
262 480 00 80 6 56 54,6 80 126 228 450 00 50 15 75 72 105 489
262 490 00 90 6 63 61,6 85 128 228 460 00 60 15 90 87 120 558
262 410 00 100 6 70 68,6 95 171 228 470 00 70 15 105 102 135 653
228 472 00 72 15 108 105 140 716
228 480 00 80 15 120 117 150 738
228 490 00 90 15 135 132 170 975
228 410 00 100 15 150 147 190 1241
228 412 00 120 15 180 177 220 1441
Module 1.0 / b = 8 mm, Brass Ms58 (2.0401) Module 2.0 / b = 16 mm, Steel C45
Product No. Number b d di DA Weight Product No. Number b d di DA Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm g of teeth mm mm mm mm g
263 430 00 30 8 30 28 55 108 241 430 00 30 16 60 56 95 530
263 436 00 36 8 36 34 60 116 241 436 00 36 16 72 68 107 599
263 440 00 40 8 40 38 65 137 241 440 00 40 16 80 76 115 662
263 445 00 45 8 45 43 70 151 241 445 00 45 16 90 86 125 729
263 448 00 48 8 48 46 75 172 241 448 00 48 16 96 92 131 761
263 450 00 50 8 50 48 75 159 241 450 00 50 16 100 96 135 783
263 455 00 55 8 55 53 80 174 241 455 00 55 16 110 106 145 865
263 460 00 60 8 60 58 85 182 241 460 00 60 16 120 116 155 930
263 465 00 65 8 65 63 90 204 241 465 00 65 16 130 126 165 999
263 470 00 70 8 70 68 95 218 241 470 00 70 16 140 136 175 1070
263 480 00 80 8 80 78 105 246 241 472 00 72 16 144 140 185 1313
263 490 00 90 8 90 88 115 265 241 480 00 80 16 160 156 195 1202
263 410 00 100 8 100 98 125 293 241 490 00 90 16 180 176 220 1538
263 412 00 120 8 120 118 145 332 241 410 00 100 16 200 196 240 1711
241 412 00 120 16 240 236 280 2014
® 249
Ratchet Wheels Made from Steel
Material: C45Pb up to 80 mm diameter,
above C45. Unhardened.
Without Hub. Tip angle 60°.
Ordering Details:
e.g.: Product No. 223 720 00, Ratchet Wheel,
pitch 3.14, 20 Teeth
Product No. Number Tooth Width Pitch Tip Ø B Weight
of teeth b mm mm d a mm mm g
223 720 00 20 4 3,14 20 6 7
223 730 00 30 9 3,14 30 6 45
223 740 00 40 4 3,14 40 10 33
223 760 00 60 4 3,14 60 15 78
223 780 00 80 4 3,14 80 15 145
227 720 00 20 6 4,71 30 8 55
227 740 00 40 6 4,71 60 12 116
227 760 00 60 6 4,71 90 15 274
227 780 00 80 6 4,71 120 20 494
227 710 00 100 6 4,71 150 20 781
227 712 00 120 9 4,71 180 20 1723
Ratchet Braces Made from Steel
Material: Steel St37,
unhardened, without bore.
Tip angle 60°.
Ordering Details:
e.g.: Product No. 223 701 00, Ratchet Brace, Steel
Product No. Length L Radius R Width b Weight
approx. in mm approx. in mm approx. in mm g
223 701 00 49,5 9 4 20
227 701 00 49,5 9 6 28
227 702 00 75 13 9 127
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
250 ®
Spur Gears Made from Brass and Steel with One-Sided Hub, Helical Tooth System
Material: Module 0,3/0,5: Brass Ms58 (2.0401).
Module 1,0: Steel 11SMnPb30. b NL b
20º helical tooth system. Pressure angle 20º. Milled teeth.
These gears are designed to be used in combination with the
helical-toothed gear racks page 257. If this gear is used to
drive a mating gear instead, this mating gear must have the
ND
da
d
da
B
d
B
same lead angle and the opposite tooth direction (left hand).
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 269 012 00, Spur Gear, Helical Tooth System, Module 0.3,
12 Teeth Right Hand Photos: right hand
Module 0.3 from Ms58 (2.0401) Tooth Width b = 5 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
Right Hand of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
269 012 00 12 5 4,4 3,83 4 3 2,0 0,7 0,5
269 015 00 15 5 5,4 4,79 4 4 2,5 1,0 0,7
269 018 00 18 5 6,4 5,75 4 5 3 1,6 1,2
269 020 00 20 5 7,0 6,39 4 6 3,5 2,0 1,4
269 024 00 24 5 8,3 7,66 4 7 4,5 3,0 1,9
269 030 00 30 5 10,2 9,58 5 9 5 5,0 4,0
Module 0.5 from Ms58 (2.0401) Tooth Width b = 10 mm
Product No. Number b da d NL ND B H7 perm. MT* Weight
Right Hand of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
269 218 00 18 10 10,6 9,58 6 8 4 9,6 6,7
269 222 00 22 10 12,7 11,71 6 10 6 15,0 9,6
269 225 00 25 10 14,3 13,30 6 12 6 20,5 17,6
269 230 00 30 10 17,0 15,96 6 14 8 31,0 24,3
269 234 00 34 10 19,1 18,09 6 16 8 42,0 27,0
269 240 00 40 10 22,3 21,28 8 18 8 60,0 38,0
Module 1.0 from Steel 11SMnPb30 Tooth Width b = 10 mm
Product No.
Right Hand
Product No. Number b
Left Hand of teeth mm
da
mm
d
mm
NL
mm
ND
mm
B H7
mm
perm. MT* Weight
Ncm g
Helical Tooth
Gear racks
214 210 00 214 310 00 10 10 12,6 10,64 6 8 4 11 7,3
214 215 00 214 315 00 15 10 18,0 15,96 6 12 5 26 17,9
214 218 00 214 318 00 18 10 21,2 19,16 6 12 5 39 24,4
214 220 00 214 320 00 20 10 23,3 21,28 6 15 5 50 32,5
Page 257
214 224 00 214 324 00 24 10 27,5 25,54 6 15 5 78 44,4
214 225 00 214 325 00 25 10 28,6 26,60 6 15 5 85 47,8
214 230 00 214 330 00 30 10 33,9 31,93 6 15 5 131 66,9
214 236 00 214 336 00 36 10 40,3 38,31 6 18 6 201 96,9
214 240 00 214 340 00 40 10 44,6 42,57 6 18 6 258 118,3
214 250 00 214 350 00 50 10 55,2 53,21 8 18 6 436 184,4
*Basis of calculations see page 197.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 251
Precision Spur Gears, Helical Tooth System, Case Hardened, with Ground Teeth Flanks
Material: Steel 16MnCr5.
Tooth quality 7e25.
Helical tooth system, left hand 19º 31’ 42“.
Case hardened, approx. 60 HRC.
Keyways in accordance with DIN 6885/1,
tolerance P9.
Teeth, bores and faces ground. Matching
helical-toothed gear racks page 264.
Figure 1 Figure 1+2 Figure 2 Figure 1 Figure 2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 251 020 20, Spur
Middle of tooth gap
gear, Steel 16 MnCr5, Module 2.0, 20 Teeth, ground
Module 2.0 (Pitch 6.667mm), Tooth Width b = 28 mm
Product No. Number b Figure da d d H6 ND L u t perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
251 020 20 20 28 1 46,4 42,44 133,33 20 30 30 6 22,8 115 0,3
251 020 22 20 28 1 46,4 42,44 133,33 22 30 30 6 24,8 115 0,3
251 021 16 21 28 1 48,6 44,56 140,00 16 25 30 5 18,3 130 0,3
251 021 22 21 28 2 48,6 44,56 140,00 22 36 56 6 24,8 130 0,2
251 025 20 25 28 1 57,1 53,05 166,67 20 30 30 6 22,8 195 0,4
251 025 25 25 28 1 57,1 53,05 166,67 25 36 30 8 28,3 195 0,4
251 028 35 28 28 1 63,4 59,42 186,67 35 48 30 10 38,3 220 0,4
251 030 16 30 28 1 67,7 63,66 200,00 16 25 30 5 18,3 235 0,7
251 030 20 30 28 1 67,7 63,66 200,00 20 30 30 6 22,8 235 0,6
251 030 22 30 28 2 67,7 63,66 200,00 22 36 56 6 24,8 235 0,6
251 030 25 30 28 1 67,7 63,66 200,00 25 36 30 8 28,3 235 0,8
251 030 30 30 28 2 67,7 63,66 200,00 30 50 60 8 33,3 235 0,8
251 030 32 30 28 2 67,7 63,66 200,00 32 55 65 10 35,3 235 0,8
251 032 20 32 28 1 71,9 67,91 213,33 20 30 30 6 22,8 275 0,8
251 032 25 32 28 1 71,9 67,91 213,33 25 36 30 8 28,3 275 0,7
251 032 35 32 28 1 71,9 67,91 213,33 35 48 30 10 38,3 275 0,6
251 036 35 36 28 1 80,4 76,39 240,00 35 48 30 10 38,3 290 0,8
251 039 32 39 28 2 86,8 82,76 260,00 32 55 65 10 35,3 310 1,3
251 040 35 40 28 1 88,9 84,88 266,67 35 48 30 10 38,3 330 1,1
Module 3.0 (Pitch 10.00mm), Tooth Width b = 28 mm
Product No. Number b Figure da d d H6 ND L u t perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
253 020 22 20 28 2 69,7 63,66 200,00 22 36 56 6 24,8 275 0,6
253 020 25 20 28 2 69,7 63,66 200,00 25 44 60 8 28,3 275 0,7
253 020 30 20 28 1 69,7 63,66 200,00 30 45 30 8 33,3 275 0,8
253 020 32 20 28 2 69,7 63,66 200,00 32 55 65 10 35,3 275 0,8
253 020 35 20 28 1 69,7 63,66 200,00 35 48 30 10 38,3 275 0,7
253 022 25 22 28 1 76,0 70,03 220,00 25 36 30 8 28,3 345 0,8
253 022 30 22 28 1 76,0 70,03 220,00 30 45 30 8 33,3 345 0,7
253 022 35 22 28 1 76,0 70,03 220,00 35 48 30 10 38,3 345 0,7
253 025 22 25 28 2 85,6 79,58 250,00 22 36 56 6 24,8 440 1,0
253 025 25 25 28 1 85,6 79,58 250,00 25 36 30 8 28,3 440 1,0
253 025 30 25 28 1 85,6 79,58 250,00 30 45 30 8 33,3 440 1,0
253 025 32 25 28 2 85,6 79,58 250,00 32 55 65 10 35,3 440 1,2
253 025 35 25 28 1 85,6 79,58 250,00 35 48 30 10 38,3 440 0,9
253 025 40 25 28 1 85,6 79,58 250,00 40 70 50 12 43,3 440 1,1
Helical Tooth
Note
Gear racks
Page 264
These gears are designed to be used in combination with the
helical-toothed gear racks page 264. If this gear is used to
drive a mating gear instead, this mating gear must have the
same lead angle and the opposite tooth direction (right hand).
Spur Gears Metric Pitch, Straight Teeth Page 248
252 ®
Precision Spur Gears, Helical Tooth System, Case Hardened with Ground Teeth Flanks
Material: Steel 16MnCr5.
Tooth quality 7e25.
Helical tooth system, left hand 19º 31’ 42“.
Case hardened, approx. 60 HRC.
Keyways in accordance with DIN 6885/1,
tolerance P9.
Teeth, bores and faces ground. Matching
helical-toothed gear racks page 264.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 254 015 35, Spur Figure 1 Figure 1+2 Figure 2 Figure 1 Figure 2
gear, Steel 16 MnCr5, Module 4.0, 15 Teeth, Ground Middle of tooth gap
Module 4.0 (Pitch 13.333mm), Tooth Width b = 40 mm
Product No. Number b Figure da d d H6 ND L u t perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
254 015 35 15 40 1 71,7 63,66 200,00 35 52 50 10 38,3 670 1,4
254 018 32 18 40 2 84,4 76,39 240,00 32 55 75 10 35,3 900 1,5
254 020 35 20 40 1 92,9 84,88 266,67 35 52 50 10 38,3 975 1,9
254 020 45 20 40 1 92,9 84,88 266,67 45 65 50 14 48,8 975 1,6
254 021 32 21 40 2 97,1 89,13 280,00 32 55 75 10 35,3 1050 2,0
254 021 35 21 40 2 97,1 89,13 280,00 35 55 75 10 38,3 1050 1,9
254 021 40 21 40 2 97,1 89,13 280,00 40 62 75 12 43,3 1050 1,9
254 021 45 21 40 2 97,1 89,13 280,00 45 68 75 14 48,8 1050 1,7
254 022 35 22 40 1 101,4 93,37 293,33 35 52 50 10 38,3 1100 2,3
254 022 45 22 40 1 101,4 93,37 293,33 45 65 50 14 48,8 1100 2,0
254 024 32 24 40 2 109,9 101,86 320,00 32 55 75 10 35,3 1150 2,6
254 024 35 24 40 2 109,9 101,86 320,00 35 55 75 10 38,3 1150 2,5
254 024 40 24 40 2 109,9 101,86 320,00 40 62 75 12 43,3 1150 2,5
254 024 45 24 40 2 109,9 101,86 320,00 45 68 75 14 48,8 1150 2,3
254 024 55 24 40 2 109,9 101,86 320,00 55 80 80 16 59,3 1150 2,4
254 025 35 25 40 1 114,1 106,10 333,33 35 52 50 10 38,3 1200 3,1
254 025 45 25 40 1 114,1 106,10 333,33 45 65 50 14 48,8 1200 2,8
Module 5.0 (Pitch 16.666mm), Tooth Width b = 50 mm
Product No. Number b Figure da d d H6 ND L u t perm. MT* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
255 018 45 18 50 2 105,5 95,49 300,00 45 68 85 14 48,8 1575 2,7
255 024 45 24 50 2 137,3 127,32 400,00 45 68 85 14 48,8 2085 4,9
255 024 55 24 50 2 137,3 127,32 400,00 55 80 90 16 59,3 2085 4,9
255 024 75 24 50 2 137,3 127,32 400,00 75 110 110 20 79,9 2085 5,6
Helical Tooth
Note Gear racks
These gears are designed to be used in combination with the
helical-toothed gear racks page 264. If this gear is used to
drive a mating gear instead, this mating gear must have the
Page 264
same lead angle and the opposite tooth direction (right hand).
® 253
Rolling bearings at MÄDLER ®:
Ball bearings, open Ball bearings, 2Z Ball bearings, 2RS
®
®
The premium brand The reliable brand
- for the sophisiticated - the inexpensive
application option
Angular contact Self aligning Cylindrical roller
ball bearings ball bearings bearings
Spherical roller Tapered roller
bearings bearings
The rolling bearings are to find:
• in this catalog page 416
• on the internet at www.maedler.de
254 ®
Overview Gear Racks
Square gear racks with Material/Version Module Page
straight teeth
Acetal resin, die cast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0,5-3,0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
POM, milled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0,5-3,0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Brass, milled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0,3-1,0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Steel, milled quality 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0,5-8,0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Steel, milled quality 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,0-6,0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Steel, teeth hardened. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,0-5,0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Steel, hardened and ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,0-3,0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Stainless steel, milled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A 1,0-4,0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Steel and stainless steel, metric pitch A 1,59/3,18 (5mm/10mm). . . 262
Round gear racks with straight teeth Material/Version Module Page
Steel, milled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,0-6,0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
High strength steel, milled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,0-6,0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Stainless steel, milled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A 1,0-4,0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Steel and stainless steel, metric pitch.. A 1,59/3,18 (5mm/10mm). . . 262
Helical tooth gear racks, Material/Version Module Page
square, left hand Brass, milled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0,3-0,5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Steel, milled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Helical tooth gear racks, Material/Version Module Page
square, right hand Steel, milled, tempered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,0-5,0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Steel, hardened and ground. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,0-5,0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Spur gears Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Page 194 Custom made parts
on request.
® 255
Gear Racks Made from Plastic, Straight Tooth System
Because of the material used, plastic gear
racks are not straightened.
Material reference values page 821.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 281 601 00, Gear
Rack Polyketone, Module 0.5, 4x4.5x250 mm
Gear Racks Made from Acetal Resin (white) / Polyketone Resin (ivory), Die-Cast Version
Material Acetal: Standard quality Product No. Product No. b ha h0 Nom. Length L* Weight Weight
with high hardness. Acetal Polyketone mm mm mm mm Azet. g PK g
Material Polyketone: Lower fricti- Module 0.5 281 601 00 281 601 01 4 4,5 4 250 5,2 4,6
on leads to much larger lifespan, 281 602 00 281 602 01 4 6 5,5 250 7,5 6,8
even without lubrication. Much Module 0.7 282 601 00 282 601 01 6 6,7 6 250 12,0 10,6
higher safety against tooth bra- Module 1.0 283 601 00 283 601 01 9 9 8 250 24,8 21,8
king, specially at longterm usage. Module 1.25 284 601 00 284 601 01 10 11 9,75 250 35,0 30,8
Temperature Range: -40°C to Module 1.5 285 601 00 285 601 01 12 12 10,5 250 42,3 37,2
+140°C due to the load. Module 2.0 286 601 00 286 601 01 15,4 11 9 250 44,8 39,3
Pressure angle 20º. Module 2.5 287 601 00 287 601 01 17 13 10,5 250 58,2 51,1
Module 3.0 288 601 00 288 601 01 19,4 15 12 250 75,8 66,6
Gear Racks Made from POM, White, Milled Teeth, Slim Version
Material: POM, white (nature) Product No. b ha h0 Nominal Length L* Weight
mm mm mm mm g
Pressure angle 20º.
Module 0.5** 291 601 00** 4 6 5,5 250 8
The teeth on the gear racks are
manufactured using an over- Module 0.7 292 601 00 5 7 6,3 250 11
head milling cutter. This leads Module 1.0 293 601 00 10 10 9,0 250 32
to negative tolerances. 293 603 00 10 10 9,0 500 63
Dimensions h a and h 0 Module 1.25 294 601 00 10 10 8,75 250 31
up to Module 2: -0.2 mm 294 603 00 10 10 8,75 500 61
from Module 2.5: -0.3 mm.
Module 1.5 295 601 00 15 15 13,5 250 72
From Module 2, except for 295 603 00 15 15 13,5 500 140
nominal length 500 mm, cut
295 605 00 15 15 13,5 1000 285
for continuous linking.
Module 2.0 296 603 00 16 16 14,0 500 157
** Material PET. 296 605 00 16 16 14,0 1000 312
296 607 00 16 16 14,0 1500 466
Module 2.5 297 603 00 20 20 17,5 500 243
297 605 00 20 20 17,5 1000 489
297 607 00 20 20 17,5 1500 735
Module 3.0 298 603 00 25 25 22,0 500 385
298 605 00 25 25 22,0 1000 772
298 607 00 25 25 22,0 1500 1146
Gear Racks Made from POM, White or Black, Milled Teeth
Material: POM, on choice Product No. Product No. b ha h0 Nominal Length L* Weight
white (nature) or black. White Black mm mm mm mm g
Pressure angle 20º. Module 1.0 293 116 01 293 117 01 15 15 14,0 250 75
The teeth on the gear racks are 293 116 03 293 117 03 15 15 14,0 500 149
293 116 05 293 117 05 15 15 14,0 1000 300
manufactured using an over-
head milling cutter. This leads Module 1.5 295 116 01 295 117 01 17 17 15,5 250 92
to negative tolerances. 295 116 03 295 117 03 17 17 15,5 500 186
295 116 05 295 117 05 17 17 15,5 1000 400
Dimensions h a and h 0
up to Module 2: -0.2 mm Module 2.0 296 116 01 296 117 01 20 20 18,0 250 127
from Module 2.5 to 3: -0.3 mm. 296 116 03 296 117 03 20 20 18,0 500 254
296 116 05 296 117 05 20 20 18,0 1000 500
Module 2, nominal length 1000 297 116 01 297 117 01 25 25 22,5 250 198
Module 2.5
mm, and from module 3, the 297 116 03 297 117 03 25 25 22,5 500 397
racks are cut for continuous 297 116 05 297 117 05 25 25 22,5 1000 800
linking. 298 116 01 298 117 01 30 30 27,0 250 400
Module 3.0
298 116 03 298 117 03 30 30 27,0 500 800
298 116 05 298 117 05 30 30 27,0 1000 1600
* The real length is roughly one multiple of the pitch.
256 ®
Gear Racks Made from Brass (Ms58), Straight Tooth System, Precisely Straightened
Pressure angle 20º.
The teeth on the gear racks are manufactured
using an overhead milling cutter. This leads
to negative tolerances
Dimension h a and h 0 = -0.2 mm
The teeth on the gear racks are manufactured using an overhead milling cutter. This leads to negative tole-
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 260 601 00, rances. Dimension ha and h0 up to Module 2 -0.2 mm.
Straight-Toothed Gear Rack, Module 0.3, 250 mm
Teeth cut with reference profile (RP) II in accordance with DIN 867/DIN 3972.
Product No. b ha h0 Nominal Length L* Weight
mm mm mm mm g
Module 0.3 260 601 00 2 4 3,7 250 14
Module 0.5 261 601 00 2 4 3,5 250 14
Module 0.7 262 601 00 4 6 5,3 250 42
Module 1.0 263 600 00 7 5 4,0 250 56
263 601 00 10 8 7,0 230** 131
263 603 00 10 10 9,0 250 184
263 605 00 10 10 9,0 500 371
* The real length is roughly one multiple of the pitch.
** Special length.
Gear Racks Made from Brass (Ms58) and Steel (C45KG), Helical Toothed, Precisely Straightened
20º helical tooth system, left-toothed.
Pressure angle 20º.
The teeth on the gear racks are manufac-
tured using an overhead milling cutter. This
leads to negative tolerances.
Dimensions h and h o = -0.2 mm.
The standardised left-toothed gear racks
always need to be matched with a right-
toothed pinion.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 269 601 00, Helical
Toothed Gear Rack, Module 0.3, 250 mm
Product No. Material b ha h0 L Weight
mm mm mm mm g
Module 0.3 269 601 00 Ms58 5 3 2,7 250 29
Module 0.5 269 605 00 Ms58 10 4 3,5 250 70
269 606 00 Ms58 10 4 3,5 500 139
Module 1.0 224 655 00 C45KG 10 10 9,0 500 344
224 658 00 C45KG 10 10 9,0 1000 685
Matching helical-toothed spur gears see page 251 .
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 257
Gear Racks Made from Specially Treated Bright Steel C45KG, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Tooth quality 8d25
modelled on DIN 3962, 3967, 3968.
Pressure angle 20º. Precisely Straightened.
Cross-section tolerance h11 = -1/10 to
2/10 depending on size.
All gear racks from Module 2, except for Mounting Example
nominal length 500 mm, are cut of for con-
tinuous linking.
The teeth of the gear racks are not cut to
join edge-to-edge, which leads to minor
gaps when mounting. These gaps do, The teeth on the gear racks are manufactured using an overhead milling cutter. This leads to negative tole-
however, not cause any problems for the rances. Dimensions ha and h0 up to Module 2 -0.2 mm, Module 2.5-4 -0.3 mm, Module 5-8 -0.4 mm
gears rolling across.
Total pitch error page 261. Teeth cut with reference profile (RP) II in accordance with DIN 867/DIN 3972.
Rounded edge at square bar of 15 up to 60 mm.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 224 603 00, Gear Chamfered edge at square bar of 80 mm
Rack,
C45KG, Module 1.0, 250 mm.
Product No. Tooth Width Overall Height h0 Nominal Length Effective Length Weight
* Key Steel. b ha L
** St37K. mm mm mm mm mm kg
Module 0.5* 221 601 00 4 6 5,5 250 - 0,04
Module 0.7** 222 601 00 5 7 6,3 250 - 0,06
Module 1.0** 223 601 00 7 5 4,0 250 - 0,05
Module 1.0 224 603 00 10 10 9,0 250 - 0,17
224 605 00 10 10 9,0 500 - 0,34
224 608 00 10 10 9,0 1000 - 0,68
224 610 00 15 15 14,0 500 - 0,81
224 612 00 15 15 14,0 1000 - 1,61
Module 1.25 226 601 00 10 10 8,75 250 - 0,16
226 603 00 10 10 8,75 500 - 0,33
226 605 00 10 10 8,75 1000 - 0,66
Module 1.5 227 601 00 10 10 8,5 500 - 0,32
227 605 00 10 10 8,5 1000 - 0,63
228 601 00 15 10 8,5 1000 - 0,95
228 603 00 15 15 13,5 500 - 0,77
228 605 00 15 15 13,5 1000 - 1,54
228 607 00 15 15 13,5 1500 - 2,33
Module 2.0 241 601 00 16 20 18,0 1000 1005,0 – 1 2,22
241 603 00 20 20 18,0 500 1,38
241 605 00 20 20 18,0 1000 1005,0 – 1 2,77
241 607 00 20 20 18,0 1500 1501,0 – 1 4,12
241 609 00 20 20 18,0 2000 2004,0 – 1,5 5,50
Module 2.5 242 601 00 20 25 22,5 1000 1005,0 – 1 3,47
242 603 00 25 25 22,5 500 2,17
242 605 00 25 25 22,5 1000 1005,0 – 1 4,31
242 607 00 25 25 22,5 1500 1507,5 – 1 6,46
242 609 00 25 25 22,5 2000 2002,5 – 1,5 8,61
Module 3.0 243 601 00 25 30 27,0 1000 1008,0 – 1,5 5,24
243 603 00 30 30 27,0 500 3,17
243 605 00 30 30 27,0 1000 1008,0 – 1,5 6,27
243 607 00 30 30 27,0 1500 1507,5 – 1,5 9,33
243 609 00 30 30 27,0 2000 2007,0 – 1,5 12,43
Module 4.0 244 601 00 30 40 36,0 1000 1005,0 – 1,5 8,43
244 603 00 40 40 36,0 500 5,55
244 605 00 40 40 36,0 1000 1005,0 – 1,5 11,14
244 607 00 40 40 36,0 1500 1507,5 – 1 16,50
244 609 00 40 40 36,0 2000 2010,0 – 1,5 22,50
Module 5.0 245 601 00 40 50 45,0 1000 1005,0 – 1,5 14,00
245 603 00 50 50 45,0 500 8,50
245 605 00 50 50 45,0 1000 1005,0 – 1,5 17,50
245 607 00 50 50 45,0 1500 1507,5 – 1,5 26,00
245 609 00 50 50 45,0 2000 2010,0 – 1,5 35,00
Module 6.0 246 601 00 60 60 54,0 500 12,50
246 603 00 60 60 54,0 1000 998,5 – 1,5 25,00
246 605 00 60 60 54,0 1500 1507,5 – 1,5 37,50
246 607 00 60 60 54,0 2000 1997,5 – 1,5 50,00
Module 8.0 248 601 00 80 80 72,0 1000 1005,0 – 1,5 44,00
248 603 00 80 80 72,0 1500 1507,0 – 1,5 66,00
258 ®
Gear Racks Made from Steel C45, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System, Economy-Line
Material: Steel C45, burnished.
Tooth quality 9.
Pressure angle 20º.
From Module 2.5 cut for continuous lin-
king.
Mounting Example
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 224 116 08, Gear
Rack, C45 , Module 1, 1000 mm
Product No. Tooth Width Overall Height h0 Nominal Length Effective Length Weight
b ha L
mm mm mm mm mm kg
224 116 08 10 10 9,0 1000 1002 -1 0,68
Module 1.0
224 116 09 10 10 9,0 2000 2001 -1,5 1,36
224 116 12 15 15 14,0 1000 1002 -1 1,61
224 116 19 15 15 14,0 2000 2001 -1,5 3,32
228 116 05 15 15 13,5 1000 1003,5 -1 1,54
Module 1.5
228 116 09 15 15 13,5 2000 2002,5 -1,5 3,09
228 116 12 17 17 15,5 1000 1003,5 -1 2,05
228 116 19 17 17 15,5 2000 2002,5 -1,5 4,10
Module 2.0 241 116 05 20 20 18,0 1000 1005 -1 2,77
241 116 09 20 20 18,0 2000 2004 -1,5 5,54
Module 2.5 242 116 05 25 25 22,5 1000 1005 -1 4,35
242 116 09 25 25 22,5 2000 2002,5 -1,5 8,70
Module 3.0 243 116 05 30 30 27,0 1000 1008 -1,5 6,27
243 116 09 30 30 27,0 2000 2007 -1,5 12,54
Module 4.0 244 116 05 40 40 36,0 1000 1005 -1,5 11,10
244 116 09 40 40 36,0 2000 2010 -1,5 22,20
Module 5.0 245 116 05 50 50 45,0 1000 1005 -1,5 17,50
245 116 09 50 50 45,0 2000 2010 -1,5 35,00
Module 6.0 246 116 05 60 60 54,0 1000 998 -1,5 24,60
246 116 09 60 60 54,0 2000 1997 -1,5 49,20
Gear Racks Made from Bright Steel C45KG, Teeth Milled and Induction Hardened
Milled, quality 8.
Tooth area induction hardened, 54 + 4 HRC.
The hardening sets the tooth quality to 10-11.
Pressure angle 20º.
The gear racks are cut for continuous
linking. The teeth of the gear racks are not
cut to join edge-to-edge, which leads to Mounting Example
minor gaps when mounting. These gaps do,
however, not cause any problems for the
gears rolling across.
The teeth on the gear racks are manufactured using an overhead milling cutter. This leads to negative toleances.
Dimensions ha and h0 up to Module 2 -0.2 mm, Module 3-4 -0.3 mm, Module 5 -0.4 mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 241 886 05, Gear Teeth cut with reference profile (RP) II in accordance with DIN 867/DIN 3972.
Rack, Module 2.0, 1000mm, hardened Rounded edge.
Product No. Tooth Width Overall Height h0 Nominal Length Effective Length Weight
b ha L
mm mm mm mm mm kg
Module 2.0 241 886 05 20 20 18,0 1000 1005,0 – 1 2,77
241 886 09 20 20 18,0 2000 2004,0 – 1,5 5,50
Module 2.5 242 886 05 25 25 22,5 1000 1005,0 – 1, 4,31
242 886 09 25 25 22,5 2000 2002,5 – 1,5 8,61
Module 3.0 243 886 05 30 30 27,0 1000 1008,0 – 1,5 6,27
243 886 09 30 30 27,0 2000 2007,0 – 1,5 12,43
Module 4.0 244 886 05 40 40 36,0 1000 1005,0 – 1,5 11,14
244 886 09 40 40 36,0 2000 2010,0 – 1,5 22,50
Module 5.0 245 886 05 50 50 45,0 1000 1005,0 – 1,5 17,50
245 886 09 50 50 45,0 2000 2010,0 – 1,5 35,00
® 259
Precision Gear Racks Made from Steel 16MnCr5, Tooth Area Induction Hardened, Teeth Ground
Tooth quality 7h25.
Pressure angle 20º.
Tooth area induction hardened,
HRC 58±2.
Ground all around including teeth.
From Module 1.5 cut for continuous linking. Mounting Example
Angle accuracy 0.02 mm,
Parallelism on 500 mm = 0.03 mm,
on 1000 mm = 0.05 mm,
Tolerance to h 0 line
on 500 mm = 0.03 mm,
on 1000 mm = 0.05 mm.
The width is machined with a tolerance of Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 224 683 00, Gear Rack, Steel 16MnCr5, Module 1.0, 500 mm long,
0.05.
Teeth Ground
Product No. Tooth Width Overall Height Height to Line Nom. Length L Eff. Length Weight
b mm h a -0.1 mm h 0 mm mm mm kg
Module 1.0 224 683 00 15 15 14 500 500,0 +1 0,81
Module 1.5 228 683 00 15 15 13,5 500 499,1 ±0,3 0,78
Module 2.0 241 683 00 20 20 18 500 502,1 ±0,3 1,40
241 685 00 20 20 18 1000 998,5 ±0,3 2,53
Module 3.0 243 683 00 25 25 22 500 498,9 ±0,3 2,12
243 685 00 25 25 22 1000 998,4 ±0,3 4,22
Matching Precision
Spur Gears
Page 242
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
260 ®
Gear Racks Made from Stainless Steel (Stainless), Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305
A
Tooth quality
8d25 modelled on DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º. Precisely Straightened.
From Module 2, except for nominal length
500 mm, cut for continuous linking. Mounting Example
The teeth on the gear racks are manufac-
tured using an overhead milling cutter. This
leads to negative tolerances.
Dimensions h a and h o :
up to Module 2 -0.2 mm
Module 2.5 - 4 -0.3 mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 224 996 05, Gear
Rack, Module 1, 10 x 10x 500, Stainless
Product No. Tooth Width Overall Height h0 Nominal Length Effective Length Weight
b ha L
mm mm mm mm mm kg
Module 1.0 224 996 05 10 10 9,0 500 - 0,34
224 996 08 10 10 9,0 1000 - 0,68
Module 1.5 228 996 03 15 15 13,5 500 - 0,77
228 996 05 15 15 13,5 1000 - 1,55
228 996 07 15 15 13,5 1500 - 2,33
Module 2.0 241 996 03 20 20 18,0 500 - 1,38
241 996 05 20 20 18,0 1000 1005,0 – 1 2,77
241 996 07 20 20 18,0 1500 1501,0 – 1 4,12
241 996 09 20 20 18,0 2000 2004,0 – 1,5 5,50
Module 2.5 242 996 03 25 25 22,5 500 2,17
242 996 05 25 25 22,5 1000 1005,1 –1 4,31
242 996 07 25 25 22,5 1500 1507,5 –1 6,46
242 996 09 25 25 22,5 2000 2002,5 – 1,5 8,61
Module 3.0 243 996 03 30 30 27,0 500 - 3,17
243 996 05 30 30 27,0 1000 1008,0 – 1,5 6,27
243 996 07 30 30 27,0 1500 1507,5 – 1,5 9,33
243 996 09 30 30 27,0 2000 2007,0 – 1,5 12,43
Module 4.0 244 996 03 40 40 36,0 500 - 5,55
244 996 05 40 40 36,0 1000 1005,0 – 1,5 11,14
244 996 07 40 40 36,0 1500 1507,5 –1 16,50
244 996 09 40 40 36,0 2000 2010,0 – 1,5 22,50
Total pitch error for steel racks in tooth quality 8
Total Pitch Error Fp along the lines of Module Permissible Pitch Error for Length in mm
DIN 3962 quality 8 tolerance for teeth 250 500 1000 1500 2000
on spur gears, analogously applied on 1.00 - 2.00 50 56 63 63 71
gear racks. over 2.00 up to 3.55 50 63 71 71 80
Value in µ = 1/1000 mm over 3.55 up to 6.00 56 71 80 80 90
over 6.00 up to 10.00 63 71 80 80 90
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 261
Gear racks with metric pitch, straight teeth, square
Material: Steel C45KG.
Stainless steel 1.4305. A
Tooth quality 8d25 modelled on DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º.
Pitch 10 mm, can be assembled together except Mounting Example
for 500 mm nominal length.
The teeth on the gear racks are manufactured
using an overhead milling cutter. This leads to
negative tolerances.
Dim. h a and h 0 : Pitch 5 mm: -0.2 mm
Pitch 10 mm: -0.3 mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 205 601 00, gear rack pitch 5mm, 250 mm long
Tooth Width Overall Height Nominal Length
Product No. Product No. b ha h0 L Weight
Steel Stainless Steel mm mm mm mm kg
Pitch 5mm 205 601 00 205 996 01 15 15 13,4 250 0,39
(Module 1.59) 205 603 00 205 996 03 15 15 13,4 500 0,78
205 605 00 205 996 05 15 15 13,4 1000 1,55
205 609 00 205 996 09 15 15 13,4 2000 3,10
Pitch 10mm 210 601 00 210 996 01 30 30 26,8 250 1,59
(Module 3.18) 210 603 00 210 996 03 30 30 26,8 500 3,17
210 605 00 210 996 05 30 30 26,8 1000 6,27
210 609 00 210 996 09 30 30 26,8 2000 12,43
Round Gear racks with metric pitch, straight teeth
Material: Steel St50K (length 2000mm:C45K),
diameter tolerance h6, ground.
Stainless steel 1.4305.
Diameter tolerance h9. A
Tooth quality 8d25 modelled on DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º.
The teeth on the gear racks are manufactured
using an overhead milling cutter. This leads to
negative tolerances.
Dim. h a and h 0 : Pitch 5 mm: -0.2 mm
Pitch 10 mm: -0.3 mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 205 631 00, round gear rack, pitch 5mm, 500mm long
Product No. Product No. Nom. length L D h0 ha b Weight
Steel Stainless Steel mm mm mm mm mm kg
Pitch 5mm 205 631 00 205 996 31 500 15 13,4 15,0 9,4 0,64
(Module 1.59) 205 632 00 205 996 32 1000 15 13,4 15,0 9,4 1,28
205 634 00 205 996 34 2000 15 13,4 15,0 9,4 2,56
Pitch 10mm 210 631 00 210 996 31 500 30 26,8 30,0 18,8 2,59
(Module 3.18) 210 632 00 210 996 32 1000 30 26,8 30,0 18,8 5,14
210 634 00 210 996 34 2000 30 26,8 30,0 8,8 10,28
Matching
Spur Gears
Page 248
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
262 ®
Round Gear Racks Made From Steel
Tooth quality 8d25 modelled on DIN 3967.
Pressure angle 20º.
The teeth on the gear racks are manufactured
using an overhead milling cutter. This leads to
negative tolerances.
Dim. h a and h 0 : to module 2 -0.2 mm
module 2.5 - 4 -0.3 mm
module 5 - 6 -0.4 mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 224 631 00,
Round gear rack St. , module 1, D 10 x 500 mm
Round Gear Racks Made From Steel, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System, Precisely Straightened
On choice: High Strength Steel! Product No. Product No. Nom. length L h0 ha b Weight
Standard High Strength mm mm mm mm kg
Material standard: Module 1.0 224 631 00 224 666 31** 500 9,0 10,0 6,0 0,28
St50K D = 10 mm 224 632 00 224 666 32** 1000 9,0 10,0 6,0 0,56
Material High Module 1.0 225 631 00 - 500 14,0 15,0 7,5 0,66
Strength: D = 15 mm 225 632 00 - 1000 14,0 15,0 7,5 1,35
Special steel with Module 1.5 228 631 00 228 666 31 500 13,5 15,0 9,0 0,64
D = 15 mm 228 632 00 228 666 32 1000 13,5 15,0 9,0 1,28
strength 1,000N/mm²
Module 1.5 229 631 00 - 500 15,5 17,0 9,6 0,84
Diameter tolerance h6 D = 17 mm 229 632 00 - 1000 15,5 17,0 9,6 1,70
ground. Module 2.0 241 631 00 241 666 31 500 18,0 20,0 12,0 1,14
Prod. No. 224 666 31 D = 20 mm 241 632 00 241 666 32 1000 18,0 20,0 12,0 2,28
and 224 666 32 241 634 00* 241 666 34 2000 18,0 20,0 12,0 4,52
Ø tolerance h9. Module 2.5 242 631 00 242 666 31 500 22,5 25,0 15,0 1,78
Tooth flanks not D = 25 mm 242 632 00 242 666 32 1000 22,5 25,0 15,0 3,56
ground. 242 634 00* 242 666 34 2000 22,5 25,0 15,0 7,20
Other dimensions, also Module 3.0 243 631 00 243 666 31 500 27,0 30,0 18,0 2,59
from drawing, can D = 30 mm 243 632 00 243 666 32 1000 27,0 30,0 18,0 5,14
be supplied at short 243 634 00* 243 666 34 2000 27,0 30,0 18,0 10,28
notice. Module 4.0 244 631 00 244 666 31 500 36,0 40,0 24,0 4,56
D = 40 mm 244 632 00 244 666 32 1000 36,0 40,0 24,0 9,12
244 634 00* 244 666 34 2000 36,0 40,0 24,0 18,24
Module 5.0 245 631 00 245 666 31 500 45,0 50,0 30,0 7,10
D = 50 mm 245 632 00 245 666 32 1000 45,0 50,0 30,0 14,20
245 634 00* 245 666 34 2000 45,0 50,0 30,0 28,40
Module 6.0 246 631 00 246 666 31 500 54,0 60,0 36,0 10,28
D = 60 mm 246 632 00 246 666 32 1000 54,0 60,0 36,0 20,56
246 634 00* 246 666 34 2000 54,0 60,0 36,0 41,12
* Material: C45K. ** Ø tolerance h9.
Racks length 250 mm from C45 (up to module 5) at www.maedler.de
Round Gear Racks Made From Stainless Steel, Milled Teeth, Straight Tooth System, Precisely Straightened
Material:
Product No. Nom. length L h0 ha b Weight
Stainless steel
mm mm mm mm kg
1.4305.
Diameter tolerance Module 1.0 224 996 31 500 9,0 10,0 6,0 0,28
h9 drawn. D = 10 mm 224 996 32 1000 9,0 10,0 6,0 0,56
Module 1.5 228 996 31 500 13,5 15,0 9,0 0,64
D = 15 mm 228 996 32 1000 13,5 15,0 9,0 1,28
Module 2.0 241 996 31 500 18,0 20,0 12,0 1,14
A D = 20 mm 241 996 32 1000 18,0 20,0 12,0 2,28
241 996 34 2000 18,0 20,0 12,0 4,56
Module 2.5 242 996 31 500 22,5 25,0 15,0 1,78
D = 25 mm 242 996 32 1000 22,5 25,0 15,0 3,56
242 996 34 2000 22,5 25,0 15,0 7,12
Module 3.0 243 996 31 500 27,0 30,0 18,0 2,59
D = 30 mm 243 996 32 1000 27,0 30,0 18,0 5,14
243 996 34 2000 27,5 30,0 18,0 10,28
Module 4.0 244 996 31 500 36,0 40,0 24,0 4,56
D = 40 mm 244 996 32 1000 36,0 40,0 24,0 9,12
244 996 34 2000 36,0 40,0 24,0 18,24
® 263
Gear Racks Made from Steel, Helical Toothed, Tempered, Teeth Milled
Material: high-quality, specially treated bright steel with
approx. 900 N/mm2 tensile strength.
Tooth quality 8e27.
Helical tooth system, right hand 19º 31’ 42“.
For continuous linking.
Matching left hand-toothed counterparts, to simplify the
mounting, are available at cost.
Matching helical-toothed spur gears page 252.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 251 603 11, Gear Rack, Helical Toothed,
Tempered, Module 2.0, 500 mm
Module 2.0
Product No. L1 L2 Number b hk h0 f a l No. of h d1 d2 t a1 l1 d3 GT f Fu* Weight
with Bores of teeth bores /300 1)
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg
251 603 11 500,00 8,9 75 25 24 22 2 62,50 125 4 8 7 11 7 31,7 436,6 5,7 0,044 2100 2,10
251 605 11 1000,00 8,9 150 25 24 22 2 62,50 125 8 8 7 11 7 31,7 936,6 5,7 0,044 2100 4,30
without Bores
251 603 10 500,00 8,9 75 25 24 22 2 0,044 2100 2,10
251 605 10 1000,00 8,9 150 25 24 22 2 0,044 2100 4,30
Counterpart for mounting
251 600 00 200,00 8,8 30 25 24 22 0,85
Module 3.0
Product No. L1 L2 Number b hk h0 f a l No. of h d1 d2 t a1 l1 d3 GT f Fu* Weight
with Bores of teeth bores /300 1)
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg
253 603 11 500,00 10,6 50 30 29 26 2 62,50 125 4 9 10 15 9 35,0 430,0 7,7 0,046 4500 3,00
253 605 11 1000,00 10,6 100 30 29 26 2 62,50 125 8 9 10 15 9 35,0 930,0 7,7 0,046 4500 6,10
without Bores
253 603 10 500,00 10,6 50 30 29 26 2 0,046 4500 3,00
253 605 10 1000,00 10,6 100 30 29 26 2 0,046 4500 6,10
Counterpart for mounting
253 600 00 200,00 10,6 20 30 29 26 2,70
Module 4.0
Product No. L1 L2 Number b hk h0 f a l No. of h d1 d2 t a1 l1 d3 GT f Fu* Weight
with Bores of teeth bores /300 1)
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg
254 603 11 506,67 14,2 38 40 39 35 2 62,50 125 4 12 10 15 9 33,3 433,0 7,7 0,048 8700 5,50
254 605 11 1000,00 14,2 75 40 39 35 2 62,50 125 8 12 10 15 9 33,3 933,4 7,7 0,048 8700 10,90
without Bores
254 603 10 506,67 14,2 38 40 39 35 2 0,048 8700 5,50
254 605 10 1000,00 14,2 75 40 39 35 2 0,048 8700 10,90
Counterpart for mounting
254 600 00 200,00 14,2 15 40 39 35 2,70
Module 5.0
Product No. L1 L2 Number b hk h0 f a l No. of h d1 d2 t a1 l1 d3 GT f Fu* Weight
with Bores of teeth bores /300 1)
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg
255 603 11 500,00 17,4 30 50 39 34 3 62,50 125 4 12 14 20 13 37,5 425,0 11,7 0,050 15000 6,50
255 605 11 1000,00 17,4 60 50 39 34 3 62,50 125 8 12 14 20 13 37,5 925,0 11,7 0,050 15000 13,00
without Bores
255 603 10 500,00 17,4 30 50 39 34 3 0,050 15000 6,50
255 605 10 1000,00 17,4 60 50 39 34 3 0,050 15000 13,00
Counterpart for mounting
255 600 00 200,00 17,4 12 49 39 34 3,00
1)GTf /300 = total pitch error, i.e. the max. permissible deviation (per 300 mm) of the measured length of the rack compared to the theoretical
length L300, with L300 = (m / cos ß) • • z 300 ).
* Tangential force at tooth, calculated for z 20. With a smaller number of teeth, the tangential force has to be reduced by 10%.
264 ®
Precision Gear Racks Made from Steel, Helical Tooth System, Teeth Hardened and Ground
Material: 16MnCr5, Material-No. 1.7131, teeth induction
hardened to about 60 HRC after hardening ground all
around. As only the teeth are hardened subsequent drilling
and pinning is easily possible.
As only the teeth are hardened subsequent drilling and
pinning is easily possible. Tooth quality 6h25.
Helical tooth system, right hand 19º 31’ 42“.
For continuous linking.
Matching helical-toothed spur gears page 252.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 251 603 01, Gear Rack, Helical Tooth System,
hardened, Teeth Ground, Module 2.0, 500 mm
Module 2.0
Product No. L1 L2 Number b hk h0 f a l No. of h d1 d2 t a1 l1 d3 GT f Fu* Weight
with Bores of teeth bores /300 1)
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg
251 603 01 500,00 8,5 75 24 24 22 2 62,50 125 4 8 7 11 7 31,7 436,6 5,7 0,022 8500 2,10
251 605 01 1000,00 8,5 150 24 24 22 2 62,50 125 8 8 7 11 7 31,7 936,6 5,7 0,022 8500 4,10
without Bores
251 603 00 500,00 8,5 75 24 24 22 2 0,022 8500 2,10
251 605 00 1000,00 8,5 150 24 24 22 2 0,022 8500 4,10
Counterpart for mounting
251 600 00 200,00 8,5 30 24 24 22 0,85
Module 3.0
Product No. L1 L2 Number b hk h0 f a l No. of h d1 d2 t a1 l1 d3 GT f Fu* Weight
with Bores of teeth bores /300 1)
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg
253 603 01 500,00 10,3 50 29 29 26 2 62,50 125 4 9 10 15 9 35 430,0 7,7 0,024 15000 2,90
253 605 01 1000,00 10,3 100 29 29 26 2 62,50 125 8 9 10 15 9 35 930,0 7,7 0,024 15000 5,90
without Bores
253 603 00 500,00 10,3 50 29 29 26 2 0,024 15000 2,90
253 605 00 1000,00 10,3 100 29 29 26 2 0,024 15000 5,90
Counterpart for mounting
253 600 00 200,00 10,3 20 29 29 26 1,20
Module 4.0
Product No. L1 L2 Number b hk h0 f a l
No. of h d1 d2 t a1 l1 d3 GT f Fu* Weight
with Bores of teeth bores /300 1)
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg
254 603 01 506,67 13,8 38 39 39 35 3 62,50 125 4 12 10 15 9 33,3 433,0 7,7 0,024 25000 5,40
254 605 01 1000,00 13,8 75 39 39 35 3 62,50 125 8 12 10 15 9 33,3 933,4 7,7 0,024 25000 10,70
without Bores
254 603 00 506,67 13,8 38 39 39 35 3 0,024 25000 5,40
254 605 00 1000,00 13,8 75 39 39 35 3 0,024 25000 10,70
Counterpart for mounting
254 600 00 200,00 13,8 15 39 39 35 2,70
1) GTf /300 = total pitch error, i.e. the max. permissible deviation (per 300 mm) of the measured length of the rack compared to the theoretical
length L300, with L300 = (m / cos ß) • • z 300 ).
* Tangential force at tooth, calculated for z 20. With a smaller number of teeth, the tangential force has to be reduced by 10%.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 265
Precision Gear Racks Made from Steel, Helical Toothed, Teeth Hardened and Ground
Material: C45K, Material-No. 1.0503, made from specially treated
bright steel with approx. 650 N/mm2 tensile strength. Teeth induc-
tion hardened to 50 to 55 HRC, after hardening ground all around.
As only the teeth are hardened subsequent drilling and pinning is
easily possible. Tooth quality 6h25.
Helical tooth system, right hand 19º 31’ 42“.
For continuous linking.
Matching helical-toothed spur gears page 252.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 255 603 01, Gear Rack, Helical Toothed,
Hardened, Teeth Ground, Module 5.0, 500 mm
Module 5.0
Product No. L1 L2 Number b hk h0 f a l No. of h d1 d2 t a1 l1 d3 GT f Fu* Weight
with Bores of teeth bores /300 1)
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg
255 603 01 500,00 17,4 30 49 39 34 3 62,50 125 4 12 14 20 13 37,5 425,0 11,7 0,025 32000 6,50
255 605 01 1000,00 17,4 60 49 39 34 3 62,50 125 8 12 14 20 13 37,5 925,0 11,7 0,025 32000 13,00
without Bores
255 603 00 500,00 17,4 30 49 39 34 3 0,025 32000 6,50
255 605 00 1000,00 17,4 60 49 39 34 3 0,025 32000 13,00
Counterpart for mounting
255 600 00 200,00 17,4 12 49 39 34 0,025 32000 3,00
1) GTf /300 = total pitch error, i.e. the max. permissible deviation (per 300 mm) of the measured length of the rack compared to the theoretical
length L300, with L300 = (m / cos ß) • • z 300 ).
* Tangential force at tooth, calculated for z 20. With a smaller number of teeth, the tangential force has to be reduced by 10%.
Helical Tooth
Spur Gears
Page 252
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
266 ®
Bevel Gears Overview
Contents
Material Tooth System Ratio Module perm. Output Torque Page
Acetal Resin straight teeth 1:1 0,5 - 3,5 0,009 - 4,4 Nm 270
as ready-to-install angular gear drive 271
2:1 1-3 0,012 - 7,4 Nm 270
3:1 1 - 2,5 0,083 - 1,8 Nm 270
4:1 1-2 0,045 - 1,6 Nm 270
5:1 1 0,6 Nm 270
Zinc die-cast straight teeth 1:1 1 - 3,5 0,14 - 5,8 Nm 271
Brass straight teeth 1:1 0,5 - 1 0,009 - 1,97 Nm 272
1,5:1 0,5 - 1 0,036 - 0,27 Nm 272
2:1 0,5 - 1 0,027 - 0,41 Nm 272
2,5:1 0,5 0,075 Nm 272
3:1 0,5 - 1 0,045 - 0,33 Nm 272
4:1 1 0,49 Nm 272
Steel straight teeth 1:1 0,5 - 8 0,011 - 181,6 Nm 273
1,25:1 3-5 6,5 - 31,8 Nm 274
1,5:1 0,5 - 5 0,021 - 90,9 Nm 274
2:1 0,5 - 6 0,034 - 260 Nm 275
2,5:1 0,5 - 5 0,018 - 152,5 Nm 276
3:1 0,5 - 6 0,027 - 212 Nm 276
3,5:1 1-4 0,445 - 86,5 Nm 277
4:1 1-4 0,468 - 86,8 Nm 277
Stainless steel straight teeth 1:1 1-4 0,06 - 4,8 Nm 278
2:1 1-4 0,16 - 12 Nm 278
A 3:1 1-4 0,30 - 28,2 Nm 278
4:1 1-4 0,56 - 35,6 Nm 278
Steel hardned spiral teeth 1:1 0,6 - 3,5 2,1 - 238 Nm 279
1,24:1 1,5 17,1 Nm 280
1,39:1 1,5 15,7 Nm 280
1,5:1 0,6 - 3 3,3 - 215 Nm 280
1,62:1 1 3,9 Nm 280
2:1 0,6 - 3,5 4,6 - 394 Nm 281
2,07:1 1 7,4 Nm 281
2,5:1 0,6 - 3,5 6,5 - 315 Nm 281
3:1 0,6 - 3,5 6,3 - 396 Nm 282
4:1 1 - 1,5 31,2 - 45,2 Nm 282
® 267
General Basics about Bevel Gears
Bevel gears enable a non-slip power transmission between two
shafts mounted at 90 degrees.
Available from stock are transmission ratios of 1:1 up to max.
1:5 (depending on the material used). Other than for spur gears,
the module is not standardized, but is chosen with view to tech-
nical considerations. The module of the bevel gear is not a con-
stant value, but it changes with the diameter.
Sense of Rotation
Bevel Gears with Straight-Tooth System
to be calculated given unit formula
Module Pitch t
=m
d
Pitch Ø and No. of Teeth
z
Pitch Ø No. of Teeth and Module z.m
=d
Pitch (Cone) Angle No. of Teeth Gear 1 z1
and Gear 2 = tan 01
Gear 1 = 01 z2
Pitch (Cone) Angle Angle of Axles and Pitch
Gear 2 = 0 (Cone) Angle, Gear 1 a- 01
2
Addendum Angle Pitch (Cone) Angle and 2 . sin 0
= k No. of Teeth = tan k
z
Module and Outer Cone m
= tan k
Distance R a Ra
Tip Ø Pitch Ø, Pitch (Cone) d + (2m . cos 0 )
= da Angle and Module
No. of Teeth, Pitch (Cone)
Angle and Module z . m + (2m . cos 0)
Tip (Cone) Angle Pitch (Cone) Angle and
= k Addendum Angle 0 + k
Outer Cone Distance Pitch (Cone) Diameter Ø d
Cone Distance = R a and Pitch (Cone) Angle 2 . sin 0
Gear 1 = big gear, Gear 2 = small gear
Torque Power and Speed Gear 1 Gear 2
= Md in Nm P P
9550 9550
n1 n2
Tooth Width maximum 0.4 x Outer Cone Distance R a .
For Bevel Gears with a Shaft Angle larger or smaller than 90º, the fol-
lowing formula applies for the calculation of the Pitch (Cone) Angle
z2
+ cot a = cot 01
Z 1 . sin a
Note: if 01 is given, then k2 = a - ( 01 - k )
Addendum Angle is the same for both gears: k = k1 = k2
Tangent = tan, Cotangent = cot
Material quality: information about the material quality can be found
at each individual group of bevel gears.
Recommendations for the Lubrication of Bevel-Gear Sets
Peripheral speed Lubrication Lubricant
up to 1 m/s Application of Lubricant Adhesive Lubricant
up to 4 m/s Splash Lubrication/Spray Lubrication Grease or Adh. Lubricant
up to 15 m/s Splash Lubrication Oil
over 15 m/s Pressure-Circulation or Spray Lubrication Oil
268 ®
Notes Regarding the Torque Values Stated
The load bearing capacity calculations for the bevel gears are based If the transmission ratio is not 1 : 1 the stated max. torque
on the basic principles regarding the pitting resistance of the tooth applies to the smaller gear.
flanks and the occurring tooth root stress. The calculations are
based on the DIN 3991. For the calculation, the following assump-
tions were made:
Calc. Factor/Determining Factor Abbreviation Value Note
Calculation Method - - DIN 3991
Normal Pressure Angle - 20º (17.5º for spiral tooth system module 0.6 to 1.5)
Spiral Angle - oº (38º for spiral tooth system)
DIN Quality - 8 -
Flank Safety SH 1.0 (apart from zinc) Endurance strength 10.000 h (for steel)
Tooth-Root Safety SF 1.5 Endurance strength 10.000 h (for steel)
Application Factor KA 1.25 Industrial gear mechanisms, uniform, light shocks
Dynamics Factor KV 1.0 Usually without great influence
Load Distribution over Width K Hbeta 1.5 (1 for Acetal Resin, Ms58 Double-sided support
and ZnAl 4 Cu1)
Lubricant/Surface Structure Z L *Z V *Z R 1 • sufficient oil lubrication
Speed Factor • relative surface roughness R Z100 = 10
• peripheral speed 8 m/s
Lifetime Factor ZN 1 Endurance strength 10.000 h (for steel)
Operating temperature for T Betr up to 60ºC The material parametres of plastic gears
plastic gears highly depend on the temperature
The load bearing capacity of a bevel gear depends on various different factors. The torques stated are only reference values serving
to facilitate the selection process. If necessary a specific calculation of strength and load bearing capacity must be carried out for
each application.
Depending on the operating conditions the wear lifespan may be influenced by adequate grease/oil lubrication. Please also note
that insufficient lubrication may lead to scuffing of the gear flanks.
IMPORTANT
Please make sure you always check the permissible torque separa- In the torque calculation of zinc-die-cast bevel gears only the
tely for the pinion and the gear side! root strength was considered. Due to the material properties
Plastic gears are, due to the higher elasticity, calculated with a these gears are only to a limited extend suitable for continu-
K Hbeta of 1. Gears made from brass and zinc-die-cast are also cal- ous operation.
culated with a K Hbeta of 1, as a good running-in characteristic is
assumed for these materials.
For the materials used, the following characteristic values were taken as basis:
Material Perm. Pulsating Fatigue Strength under Bending Stress Perm. Flank Pressure
s bW in N/mm2 UHlim in N/mm2
Acetal Resin 28 (VDI-2545) 40 (VDI-2545)
ZnAl4Cu1 60 150
Ms58 (2.0401) 100 250
11SMnPb30 (alt: 9SMn28K) 150 350
C45 normalized 200 590
42CrMo4 hardened 350 1360
16MnCr5 case hardened 400 1630
X10CrNiS18 9 (1.4305, 200 400
stainless, austenitic)
® 269
Bevel Gears Made from Acetal Resin, Straight-Tooth System, Ratio 1:1 to 5:1
Shaft angle 90º. Version: injection-moulded.
Bores from Module 1.5 machined.
Material properties see page 821.
Thermoplastic materials have a far larger thermal expansion than
metals. This fact must be considered with view to the crown and
flank clearance when mounting the gear. Crown clearance S k ~
0.25 . m, flank clearance S c ~ 0.05 . m.
Thermal expansion coefficient = 1.1 . 10 -4 1/ºC.
The bevel gears are also available with smaller bores, or with fea-
ther key groove. Additional charge worked out on time basis.
Ordering Details: e.g.:
1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 1:1 Mod. 0.5 16 Teeth = 2 Piece Product No. 355 207 00.
1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 2:1 Mod. 1 15/30 Teeth = 1 Piece Product No. 355 556 00
and 1 Piece 355 557 00.
Drawing: Ratio 1:1, photo: ratio 2:1
Ratio 1:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L b B E S Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
355 207 00 0,5 16 8,7 8 7 6 8 8 2 3 10,5 6,6 0,9 0,3
355 507 00 1 16 17,6 16 12 8 13,6 13,6 4,7 5 18,4 10,6 8,3 1,9
355 520 00 1 30 31,4 30 15 7,4 12,9 15,3 7,4 6 24,8 10,8 58,0 5,9
355 707 00 1,5 16 26,4 24 18,5 10 16,2 18,4 7 8 25,8 14,4 29,0 5,9
356 007 00 2 16 34,9 32 21,9 9,6 18,3 21,2 10 10 30,4 14,9 73,0 10,4
356 107 00 2,5 16 43,5 40 25,2 11,5 22,9 25,5 12,3 12 37 18,2 145,0 20,0
356 407 00 3 16 52,3 48 28,8 13,2 25,8 29,2 13,8 14 43 20,6 250,0 32,0
356 507 00 3,5 16 61,4 56 33,3 14,4 28,1 33,1 15,8 18 49,5 22,8 440,0 50,0
Ratio 2:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L b B E S Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
355 556 00 1 15 16,8 15 12,2 10,6 17 17 6,6 5 26,4 11,5 12 2,4
355 557 00 1 30 31,1 30 18 9,1 14,8 16,2 6,6 8 20,9 13,6 24 6,3
355 756 00 1,5 15 25,4 22,5 17 11,5 22,8 22,8 10,5 8 35,8 13,8 43 7,5
355 757 00 1,5 30 46,4 45 23,4 9,6 17,5 19,5 10,5 10 26,2 15,0 86 17,0
356 056 00 2 15 33,6 30 22,5 11,8 26 27 14,6 10 44,2 14,5 107 13,3
356 057 00 2 30 62,2 60 30,2 11,8 22,6 24,2 14,6 12 32,6 18,5 214 41,0
356 156 00 2,5 15 42 37,5 26,5 13 29,6 31,2 17,3 12 53,3 16,4 209 23,6
356 157 00 2,5 30 77,3 75 36,1 15 27,5 29,5 17,3 16 40,5 22,8 418 69,0
356 456 00 3 15 50,3 45 31,2 14,8 35 36,3 20,5 14 63,3 19,0 370 38,0
356 457 00 3 30 93 90 45 19 34,2 37 20,5 18 49,5 29,2 740 129,0
Ratio 3:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L b B E S Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
355 576 00 1 15 16,6 15 12,3 11 20,4 20,4 9,2 5 34,3 12,1 16 2,7
355 577 00 1 45 46,1 45 23,4 9,6 16,5 18,2 9,2 10 22,7 15,7 48 16,0
355 776 00 1,5 15 25,1 22,5 17,2 12,5 26,8 26,8 14 8 47,9 13,5 64 8,5
355 777 00 1,5 45 68,8 67,5 30,4 11,5 21,5 23 14 12 29,4 19,2 192 49,0
356 074 00 2 10 24,0 20 15,6 12 25,0 25 12,5 6 43,7 13,2 30 6,1
356 075 00 2 30 61,7 60 30,3 11,5 20,2 22,5 12,5 12 28 19,0 90 38,0
356 174 00 2,5 10 29,7 25 18,8 13 28,8 28,8 15,7 8 52,4 14,1 60 10,2
356 175 00 2,5 30 77,2 75 36,1 15,5 25,2 29 15,7 18 35,7 24,1 180 68,0
Ratio 4:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L b B E S Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
355 588 00 1 10 12 10 7,8 9,3 17,7 17,7 8,2 4 30,1 10,1 4,5 0,9
355 589 00 1 40 40,8 40 23,4 10,8 15,7 17 8,2 10 20,1 15,1 18 12,6
355 788 00 1,5 10 18 15 11,3 10,9 23,5 23,5 12,3 5 41,7 11,7 17 3,0
355 789 00 1,5 40 61,2 60 30,4 12,8 20 21,7 12,3 12 26,2 18,6 68 32,0
356 088 00 2 10 23,8 20 14,3 12,8 28,9 28,9 16,3 6 54 13,2 40 6,4
356 089 00 2 40 81,5 80 36 16,6 24,7 27 16,3 18 32,5 23,1 160 65,0
Ratio 5:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L b B E S Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
355 598 00 1 12 13,7 12 9,5 10 20,3 20,3 9,5 4 40,5 10,5 12 2
355 599 00 1 60 60,4 60 20,5 11 15,5 17,4 9,5 10 21 15,4 60 17
Note Regarding the Gears Made from Acetal Resin
Inside these injection-moulded parts are some cavities caused by production. These parts should therefore not be drilled too deep.
With larger bores or when grooving the cavities might become visible. This often does not affect the functionality.
* Basis for calculations see page 269.
270 ®
Angular Drive with Acetal Bevel Gears, Ratio 1:1
Material: Housing made from zinc die-cast ZnAI4Cu1.
Hges.
Shafts made from stainless steel 1.4301, dismountable. A HM
Bevel gears from acetal resin, injection-moulded. T LE
LW
• Low cost angular gear drive, ratio 1:1, 6 sizes.
• Suitable for lower torques and intermittend use.
• Shafts running directly in the self-lubricating housing material.
• Easy to mount and maintenance-free.
Shaft angle = 90º. Temperature range - 20°C to +100º C. r
D s
Ordering details: e.g.: d E2
Art.-Nr. 410 355 10, Angular drive with acetal bevel gears, shaft-Ø d=5mm E1
Ratio 1:1
Product No. dh6 D E1 E2 HGes HM LE LW r s T Module Number Tmax. Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm of teeth Ncm g
410 355 10 5 12 32 19,4 18,8 10 50 15 6 4,8 4 1,0 16/16 8,3 60
410 355 15 8 18 45 28,4 28,2 15 70 20 9 5,8 5 1,5 16/16 29 180
410 355 20 10 22 55 35,0 37,5 20 90 30 11 7,0 6 2,0 16/16 73 320
410 355 25 12 25 65 41,0 46,8 25 105 35 12,5 9,0 7 2,5 16/16 145 480
410 355 30 15 30 75 47,5 56,2 30 120 40 15 9,0 8 3,0 16/16 250 760
410 355 35 18 33 85 54,0 65,7 35 135 45 16 11,0 9 3,5 16/16 440 1080
*asis for calculations see page 269.
Bevel gears Made from Zinc Die-Cast, Straight-Tooth System, Ratio 1:1
Material: ZnAI4Cu1.
E
Shaft angle = 90º.
Bores machined.
Zinc-die-cast gears under load should not be used at operating
temperatures higher than 100ºC. b
The bevel gears only run as a pair at same module.
E
L
L1
S
NL
B
ND
Ordering Details: e.g.: d
1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 1:1 Mod. 1 16 Teeth = 2 Pieces Product No. 358 507 00 da
Ratio 1:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L b BH9 E S Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
358 507 00 1 16 17,3 16 12 7,5 13,1 13,1 4,5 6 17,7 10,5 14 8
358 707 00 1,5 16 26,0 24 19 10,8 17,0 18,6 6,7 8 25,7 14,5 46 27
359 007 00 2 16 34,6 32 23 10 19,2 21,3 9,6 10 30 15,1 110 51
359 107 00 2,5 16 43,3 40 26 12 22,9 25,5 12,3 12 36 17,6 230 87
359 407 00 3 16 52,3 48 30 13 26,0 29,3 14 14 42,5 20,6 380 145
359 507 00 3,5 16 61,5 56 34 14 29,1 33,2 15,5 16 49,4 23,2 580 227
* In the torque calculation of zinc-die-cast bevel gears only the root strength was considered.
Due to the material properties these gears are only to a limited extend suitable for continuous operation.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 271
Bevel Gears Made from Brass, Straight-Tooth System, Ratio 1:1 to 4:1
Material: Ms58 (2.0401).
E
Milled teeth. Shaft angle = 90º.
The bevel gears only run as a pair at the stated ratio
and same module.
b
E
L
L1
S
NL
Ordering Details: e.g.: B
1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 1:1 Mod. 0.5 15 teeth = 2 pieces Product No. 350 206 00. ND
1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 1.5:1 Mod. 0.5 20/30 Teeth = 1 Piece Product No. 350 252 00 d
da
and 1 Piece 350 253 00.
Ratio 1:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
350 206 00 0,5 15 8,2 7,5 6 5 6,3 7,3 6,1 2 3 9,5 0,9 1
350 211 00 0,5 20 10,7 10 8 4 - 7 5 3 4 9,7 1,9 1
350 215 00 0,5 24 12,7 12 8 4 6,4 7 5 3 4 10,7 3,0 3
350 220 00 0,5 30 15,7 15 10 4 7,5 8,5 6,6 3 4 13,7 5,3 4
350 223 00 0,5 36 18,7 18 12 5 9 10,1 8 3 4 16,7 8,2 10
350 226 00 0,5 40 20,7 20 12 5 8,5 9,5 7,5 3 4 17,1 10,6 10
350 232 00 0,5 50 25,7 25 14 5 8,5 9,5 7,5 3 4 19,6 18,0 16
350 503 00 1 12 13,0 12 8 5 8,5 9,6 7,7 3 5 13,2 5,0 3
350 507 00 1 16 17,4 16 12 5 9 10,3 7,8 4 5 15,1 6,0 9
350 511 00 1 20 21,4 20 15 5 9 10,4 7,8 4 5 17,1 13,0 15
350 516 00 1 25 26,4 25 16 6,7 11,5 13 9,7 5 5 21,5 26,0 26
350 520 00 1 30 31,4 30 16 7 11,5 13,1 9,7 5 5 24,0 40,0 33
350 523 00 1 36 37,4 36 16 7 11,5 13 9,6 5 5 26,9 62,0 43
350 526 00 1 40 41,4 40 16 8 12,5 14 10,6 5 5 29,9 79,0 53
350 532 00 1 50 51,4 50 16 8 12,5 14 10,6 5 6 34,9 130,0 76
350 535 00 1 60 61,4 60 16 8 12,5 14,1 10,6 5 6 39,9 197,0 110
Ratio 1.5:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
350 252 00 0,5 20 11,0 10 8 3,5 6,5 7,1 4,7 3 4 11,9 2,4 2
350 253 00 0,5 30 15,4 15 10 4 6 7 5,4 3 4 10,1 3,6 4
350 552 00 1 20 22,1 20 15 5 10 11,1 7,2 5 5 21,5 18,0 16
350 553 00 1 30 30,8 30 16 5 9 10,9 8,3 5 5 17,7 27,0 28
Ratio 2:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
350 260 00 0,5 20 11,2 10 8 4 7 7,5 5,0 3 4 14,65 2,7 2
350 261 00 0,5 40 20,3 20 12 5 7,5 8,4 7,1 3 4 11,83 5,4 8
350 556 00 1 15 17,4 15 12,5 4,5 9 10,1 5,8 5 5 20,2 9,4 9
350 557 00 1 30 30,6 30 16 5 9 10,8 8,8 5 5 15,7 18,8 27
350 560 00 1 20 22,4 20 15 5 10 11,1 6,8 5 5 26,2 20,6 17
350 561 00 1 40 40,6 40 16 8 12 13,8 11,7 5 6 21,1 41,2 50
Ratio 2.5:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
350 272 00 0,5 20 11,3 10 8 4 7 7,6 4,9 3 4 17,1 3,0 3
350 273 00 0,5 50 25,2 25 14 5 7 7,8 6,8 3 4 11,5 7,5 12
Ratio 3:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
350 276 00 0,5 15 8,8 7,5 6 3,7 6,5 7 4,3 3 3 15,3 1,5 1
350 277 00 0,5 45 22,7 22,5 12 5 7,5 8,4 7,5 3 4 11,0 4,5 11
350 576 00 1 15 17,7 15 13 5 10 11,1 6,5 5 5 28,5 11,0 10
350 577 00 1 45 45,4 45 16 8 12,5 14,7 13,2 5 6 20,2 33,0 68
Ratio 4:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ncm g
350 592 00 1 15 17,8 15 13 5,5 10 11 6,3 5 5 35,9 12,2 10
350 593 00 1 60 60,3 60 16 8 12,5 14,6 13,6 5 6 20,5 48,8 110
* Basis for calculations see page 269.
272 ®
Bevel gears Made from Steel, Straight-Tooth System, Ratio 1:1
Material: up to module 2: 11SMnPb30.
from module 2.5: C45. E
Tooth quality 8 modelled on DIN 3967 (from module 2).
Up to module 5 with crowned, milled teeth.
From module 6 with planed teeth. Not hardened – not lapped.
b
Shaft angle = 90º.
E
The bevel gears only run as a pair at the stated ratio
L
L1
and at the same module.
S
NL
B
ND
Ordering Details: e.g.: d
1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 1:1 Mod. 0.5 20 Teeth = 2 Pieces Product No. 360 211 00 da
Ratio 1:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
360 211 00 0,5 20 10,7 10 8 4 - 7,0 5,0 3 4 9,7 0,011 1
360 215 00 0,5 24 12,7 12 8 4 6,4 7,0 5,0 3 4 10,7 0,018 3
360 220 00 0,5 30 15,7 15 10 4 7,5 8,5 6,6 3 4 13,7 0,032 4
360 223 00 0,5 36 18,7 18 12 5 9,0 10,1 8,0 3 4 16,7 0,050 10
360 226 00 0,5 40 20,7 20 12 5 8,5 9,5 7,5 3 4 17,1 0,064 10
360 232 00 0,5 50 25,7 25 14 5 8,5 9,5 7,5 3 4 19,6 0,108 16
360 507 00 1 16 17,4 16 14 7 10 11,2 8,7 4 5 16 0,052 9
360 510 00 1 19 20,4 19 15 6,5 10 11,8 9,2 4 5 18 0,085 14
360 513 00 1 22 23,4 22 18 7 11 12,8 9,7 4,7 5 20 0,158 22
360 518 00 1 26 27,4 26 22 7 12 13,4 9,7 5,5 5 22 0,193 35
360 520 00 1 30 31,4 30 22 7 14 16,0 11,7 6,4 5 26 0,29 50
360 526 00 1 40 41,4 40 30 10 18 19,8 15,7 6,0 8 35 0,55 111
360 707 00 1,5 16 26,1 24 20 11 15 17,3 14,1 5,1 8 25 0,18 32
360 711 00 1,5 20 32,1 30 22 9 15 17,2 13,1 6,4 8 27 0,34 47
360 713 00 1,5 22 35,1 33 20 8 15 17,1 12,6 7,0 8 28 0,44 50
360 716 00 1,5 25 39,6 37,5 25 8 15 17,6 12,3 8,0 10 30 0,62 70
360 720 00 1,5 30 47,1 45 30 12 20 21,9 15,6 9,6 10 37 1,01 135
360 726 00 1,5 40 62,1 60 40 12 25 27,7 19,1 12,7 15 48 2,46 310
361 007 00 2 16 34,8 32 25 11,5 18 20,7 16,4 6,8 10 31 0,45 66
361 011 00 2 20 42,8 40 30 10 17 19,9 14,4 8,5 10 33 0,84 104
361 013 00 2 22 46,8 44 30 10 19 21,0 15,4 9,3 10 36 1,08 130
361 016 00 2 25 52,8 50 35 8 19 21,4 14,4 10,6 10 38 1,50 182
361 020 00 2 30 62,8 60 40 12 25 26,9 18,4 12,7 15 47 2,45 306
361 026 00 2 40 82,8 80 50 15 31 33,7 23,4 15,2 20 62 16,3 660
361 107 00 2,5 16 43,7 40 30 10 21 23,8 16,8 11 10 35 2,6 120
361 109 00 2,5 18 48,7 45 30 10 22 25,0 17,4 12 10 38 3,6 150
361 111 00 2,5 20 53,7 50 35 10 22 25,9 16,9 14 10 40 4,9 210
361 113 00 2,5 22 58,7 55 30 10 24 27,1 17,3 15 10 43 6,3 240
361 116 00 2,5 25 66,2 62,5 45 10 25 28,8 17,6 17 15 47 9,3 370
361 120 00 2,5 30 78,7 75 50 12 29 32,7 19,3 20 15 55 16,3 560
361 126 00 2,5 40 103,6 100 60 14 31 35,4 21,8 20 25 70 33,6 1100
361 407 00 3 16 52,4 48 40 12 24 27,7 18,2 15 10 40 4,6 240
361 409 00 3 18 58,4 54 40 10 25 28,1 17,2 17 10 42 6,4 280
361 411 00 3 20 64,4 60 40 10 26 29,5 17,2 19 15 45 8,7 320
361 413 00 3 22 70,4 66 40 8 27 30,2 17,2 20 15 48 11,6 410
361 416 00 3 25 79,4 75 50 10 28 31,9 16,7 23 15 52 17,3 490
361 420 00 3 30 94,4 90 50 12 35 38,8 22,2 25 20 65 29,2 950
361 426 00 3 40 124,4 120 60 15 35 39,1 22,2 25 25 80 60,7 1600
361 807 00 4 16 70,0 64 50 11 29 32,9 21,0 19 20 50 11,1 420
361 809 00 4 18 78,0 72 50 16 36 41,0 27,0 22 20 60 15,6 640
361 811 00 4 20 85,9 80 50 16 39 43,5 28,0 24 20 65 20,8 810
361 813 00 4 22 93,9 88 50 12 37 40,9 24,0 26 20 65 27,9 940
361 816 00 4 25 105,9 100 60 12 38 42,7 23,0 30 20 70 41,9 1400
361 820 00 4 30 125,9 120 60 18 42 47,9 27,9 30 25 85 67,5 2000
361 826 00 4 40 165,8 160 80 20 48 53,2 32,9 30 30 110 138,0 4200
362 107 00 5 16 87,4 80 60 12 36 41,5 25,7 25 20 62 22,2 860
362 109 00 5 18 97,4 90 60 12 37 42,2 23,7 29 20 65 30,7 1050
362 111 00 5 20 107,4 100 60 12 39 44,4 23,7 32 25 70 42,7 1300
362 113 00 5 22 117,5 110 70 12 43 48,5 25,7 35 25 77 57,5 1840
362 116 00 5 25 132,4 125 70 12 42 47,5 21,2 40 30 80 85,8 2140
362 120 00 5 30 157,4 150 70 12 44 51,3 24,7 40 30 96 139,5 3520
362 126 00 5 40 207,3 200 90 20 52 60 32,9 40 35 128,1 288,0 7060
367 309 00 6 18 116,5 108 60 15 44 54 31,3 35 25 81,0 54,8 1770
367 311 00 6 20 128,5 120 70 15 44 54 27,8 40 30 83,4 76,3 2190
367 316 00 6 25 158,5 150 75 15 51 60 26,7 50 30 97,3 153,4 3790
367 320 00 6 30 188,5 180 90 15 51 60 26,4 50 35 112,1 250,6 5810
367 326 00 6 40 248,5 240 100 20 58 67 32,9 50 40 148,6 555,0 11600
367 711 00 8 20 171,3 160 90 15 52 62 29,20 50 40 103,3 181,6 4560
* Basis for calculations see page 269.
® 273
Bevel Gears Made from Steel, Straight-Tooth System, Ratio 1.25:1 and 1.5:1
Material: up to module 2: 11SMnPb30.
from module 2.5: C45. E
Tooth quality 8 modelled on DIN 3967 (from module 2).
With crowned, milled teeth. Not hardened – not lapped.
Shaft angle = 90º. b
The bevel gears only run as a pair at the stated ratio
E
and at the same module.
L
L1
S
NL
B
Ordering Details: e.g.: ND
1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 1.25:1 Mod. 3 16/20 Teeth = d
1 Piece Product No. 361 444 00 and da
1 Piece Product No. 361 445 00
Ratio 1.25:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
361 444 00 3 16 52,9 48 40 11,7 27 29,2 16,9 17 15 45 5,2 220
361 445 00 3 20 63,9 60 40 10,0 25 27,8 18,4 17 15 40 6,5 300
361 844 00 4 16 70,6 64 50 12,5 32 36,5 20,6 22 20 58 12,7 470
361 845 00 4 20 85,2 80 50 15,0 33 38,4 26,3 22 20 55 15,9 700
362 144 00 5 16 88,2 80 60 12,0 40 44,2 23,3 29 20 70 25,4 910
362 145 00 5 20 106,6 100 60 15,0 39 45,0 29,1 29 25 65 31,8 1300
Ratio 1.5:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
360 252 00 0,5 20 11,0 10 8 3,5 6,5 7,1 4,7 3 4 11,9 0,014 2
360 253 00 0,5 30 15,4 15 10 4,0 6,0 7,0 5,4 3 4 10,1 0,021 4
360 548 00 1 16 18,1 16 13 6,9 11 12,0 8,7 4,3 5 20 0,066 10
360 549 00 1 24 24,8 24 20 8,8 13 14,8 12,6 4,3 5 20 0,099 32
360 748 00 1,5 16 27,1 24 20 8,7 14 16,1 11,0 6,5 8 28 0,023 34
360 749 00 1,5 24 37,2 36 20 12,0 17 20,2 16,9 6,5 10 28 0,035 55
360 752 00 1,5 20 33,1 30 20 9,0 17 18,9 12,5 8,1 8 34 0,43 52
360 753 00 1,5 30 46,2 45 30 12,0 20 22,1 17,9 8,1 10 32 0,65 133
361 048 00 2 16 35,5 32 20 8,0 21 22,6 13,1 12 10 36 0,57 60
361 049 00 2 24 50,3 48 30 8,0 18 21,5 15,7 12 10 30 0,86 151
361 052 00 2 20 43,5 40 30 7,5 20 22,3 11,2 14 10 40 1,15 119
361 053 00 2 30 62,3 60 40 15,0 25 28,7 21,7 14 15 40 1,73 301
361 148 00 2,5 16 44,3 40 30 11,6 26 28,2 16,4 14 10 45 3,3 150
361 149 00 2,5 24 62,9 60 30 12,0 26 29,4 22,1 14 10 40 5,0 300
361 152 00 2,5 20 54,3 50 30 10,0 27 30,2 16,0 18 10 52 6,8 230
361 153 00 2,5 30 77,9 75 50 14,0 27 31,1 22,2 18 15 45 10,2 550
361 448 00 3 16 53,2 48 40 13,2 30 32,7 17,7 19 15 52 5,9 250
361 449 00 3 24 75,5 72 50 8,0 24 27,8 18,6 19 15 40 8,9 490
361 452 00 3 20 65,2 60 40 10,0 33 35,8 16,8 24 15 60 12,4 390
361 453 00 3 30 93,5 90 50 15,0 33 37,6 25,7 24 20 53 18,6 860
361 848 00 4 16 71,0 64 50 12,5 36 38,9 19,3 25 20 65 14,3 500
361 849 00 4 24 100,7 96 60 12,0 31 35,6 23,5 25 20 52 21,5 1010
361 852 00 4 20 87,0 80 50 18,0 48 51,1 27,3 30 20 85 29,5 950
361 853 00 4 30 124,6 120 60 18,0 40 46,4 31,5 30 25 68 44,3 1900
362 152 00 5 20 108,7 100 60 12,0 50 54,7 22,9 40 25 95 60,6 1630
362 153 00 5 30 155,8 150 70 12,0 40 46,3 26,4 40 30 72 90,9 3070
* Basis for calculations see page 269.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
274 ®
Bevel gears Made from Steel, Straight-Tooth System, Ratio 2:1
Material: up to product no. 36105700: 11SMnPb30.
from product no. 36106000: C45. E
Tooth quality 8 modelled on DIN 3967 (from module 2).
Up to module 5 with crowned, milled teeth.
From module 6 with planed teeth. Not hardened – not lapped. b
Shaft angle = 90º.
E
The bevel gears only run as a pair at the stated ratio
L
L1
S
NL
and at the same module.
B
ND
Ordering Details: e.g.:
d
1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 2:1 Mod. 0.5 20/40 Teeth =
da
1 Piece Product No. 360 260 00 and
1 Piece Product No. 360 261 00
Ratio 2:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
360 260 00 0,5 20 11,2 10 8 4,0 7,0 7,5 5,0 3 4 14,65 0,017 2
360 261 00 0,5 40 20,3 20 12 5,0 7,5 8,4 7,1 3 4 11,83 0,034 8
360 556 00 1 15 17,4 15 13 6,5 11 11,9 7,6 5 5 22 0,063 10
360 557 00 1 30 30,6 30 20 9,0 13 15,1 13,1 5 5 20 0,126 40
360 756 00 1,5 15 26,1 22,5 18 6,5 13 14,8 8,4 7,6 8 30 0,22 26
360 757 00 1,5 30 45,9 45 30 12,0 18 20,7 17,6 7,6 10 28 0,44 124
360 760 00 1,5 20 33,6 30 20 9,5 19 21,6 12,9 10,1 8 42 0,54 59
360 761 00 1,5 40 60,9 60 40 12,0 19 22,0 17,9 10,1 15 32 1,08 234
361 056 00 2 15 33,7 30 20 7,5 22 23,0 10,9 14 10 40 0,59 58
361 057 00 2 30 61,8 60 40 12,0 24 27,2 21,9 14 15 35 1,18 312
361 060 00 2 20 43,7 40 30 7,5 22 24,0 10,9 15 10 50 1,4 132
361 061 00 2 40 81,8 80 50 18,0 29 32,8 26,9 15 20 45 2,8 593
361 156 00 2,5 15 42,2 37,5 30 15,4 31 33,3 18,6 17 10 55 3,4 160
361 157 00 2,5 30 77,3 75 50 10,0 24 28,1 21,6 17 15 38 6,8 530
361 160 00 2,5 20 54,6 50 30 14,0 34 36,6 19,2 20 10 68 4,3 280
361 161 00 2,5 40 102,3 100 60 15,0 29 33,3 25,3 20 25 48 8,6 970
361 456 00 3 15 50,6 45 30 11,5 33 35,4 16,4 22 10 60 6,1 270
361 457 00 3 30 92,8 90 50 10 26 30,7 22,3 22 20 42 12,2 750
361 460 00 3 20 65,6 60 40 10 33 36,1 14,4 25 15 73 15,2 450
361 461 00 3 40 122,8 120 60 18 34 38,7 28,8 25 25 56 30,4 1400
361 856 00 4 15 67,5 60 40 10 38 41,0 16,9 28 20 75 14,6 410
361 857 00 4 30 123,8 120 60 15 33 39,4 28,8 28 25 55 29,2 1600
361 860 00 4 20 87,4 80 50 13 45 48,0 21,9 30 20 100 35,0 970
361 861 00 4 40 163,7 160 80 20 40 45,7 33,7 30 30 70 70,0 3300
362 156 00 5 15 84,4 75 60 15 50 54,1 21,4 38 20 94 30,2 980
362 157 00 5 30 154,7 150 70 15 40 46,7 32,2 38 30 65 60,4 3030
362 160 00 5 20 109,3 100 60 18 58 62,1 27,3 40 25 125 72,4 1890
362 161 00 5 40 204,7 200 90 20 48 55,6 39,7 40 35 85 144,8 6480
367 360 00 6 20 130,7 120 70 15 58 67 23,6 50 30 139,9 130,0 2960
367 361 00 6 40 245,3 240 100 20 50 58 37,7 50 40 92,3 260,0 9610
* Basis for calculations see page 269.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 275
Bevel Gears Made from Steel, Straight-Tooth System, Ratio 2.5:1 and 3:1
Material: up to module 2: 11SMnPb30.
from module 2.5: C45.
E
Tooth quality 8 modelled on DIN 3967 (from module 2).
Up to module 5 with crowned, milled teeth. b
From module 6 with planed teeth. Not hardened – not lapped.
Shaft angle = 90º.
E
The bevel gears only run as a pair at the stated ratio
L
L1
S
NL
and at the same module.
B
ND
Ordering Details: e.g.: d
1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 2.5:1 Mod. 0.5 20/50 Teeth = da
1 Piece Product No. 360 272 00 and
1 Piece Product No. 360 273 00
Ratio 2.5:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
360 272 00 0,5 20 11,3 10 8 4,0 7 7,6 4,9 3 4 17,1 0,018 3
360 273 00 0,5 50 25,2 25 14 5,0 7 7,8 6,8 3 4 11,5 0,045 10
360 564 00 1 16 18,6 16 13 7,4 13 14,4 8,5 6,5 5 28 0,090 13
360 565 00 1 40 40,5 40 25 9,0 13 14,8 12,6 6,5 8 20 0,225 65
360 764 00 1,5 16 27,9 24 18 8,8 18 19,5 10,8 9,7 8 40 0,32 36
360 765 00 1,5 40 60,7 60 40 10,0 17 20,1 16,9 9,7 15 28 0,80 220
360 768 00 1,5 18 30,9 27 20 10,8 21 22,9 13,0 10,9 8 46 0,47 54
360 769 00 1,5 45 68,2 67,5 50 12,0 20 24,1 20,4 10,9 15 33 1,18 370
361 064 00 2 16 35,8 32 20 9,0 25 26,4 12,7 15 10 52 0,84 76
361 065 00 2 40 81,5 80 50 15,0 29 32,7 27,9 15 20 42 2,10 650
361 068 00 2 18 39,8 36 30 11,8 26 27,4 13,8 15 10 58 1,18 133
361 069 00 2 45 91,5 90 60 18,0 30 33,8 28,9 15 25 45 2,95 830
361 164 00 2,5 16 44,8 40 30 13,0 32 34,1 15,9 20 10 65 5,0 180
361 165 00 2,5 40 101,9 100 60 15,0 29 33,8 27,4 20 25 45 12,5 1000
361 168 00 2,5 18 49,8 45 30 15,6 36 37,9 19,7 20 10 75 7,1 240
361 169 00 2,5 45 114,4 112,5 70 15,0 28 33,4 26,9 20 25 47 17,8 1200
361 464 00 3 16 53,8 48 40 13,6 37 38,8 16,1 25 15 75 9,0 310
361 465 00 3 40 122,3 120 60 16,0 32 36,8 28,9 25 25 50 22,5 1400
361 468 00 3 18 59,8 54 40 11,7 36 38,4 15,7 25 15 82 12,8 380
361 469 00 3 45 137,3 135 70 18,0 34 39,0 30,9 25 30 55 32,0 1900
361 864 00 4 16 71,8 64 50 12,0 41 43,8 16,5 30 20 95 20,9 600
361 865 00 4 40 163,1 160 80 20,0 40 46,4 36,9 30 30 65 52,3 3400
361 868 00 4 18 79,7 72 50 13,8 44 46,8 19,5 30 20 108 29,3 800
361 869 00 4 45 183,0 180 90 20,0 43 49,6 39,9 30 30 72 73,3 4900
362 168 00 5 18 99,6 90 60 16,5 57 60,8 24,4 40 25 135 61,0 1560
362 169 00 5 45 228,8 225 100 20,0 50 57,8 44,8 40 40 85 152,5 9080
Ratio 3:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
360 276 00 0,5 15 8,0 7,5 6 3,7 6,5 7,0 4,3 3 3 15,3 0,009 1
360 277 00 0,5 45 22,7 22,5 12 5,0 7,5 8,4 7,5 3 4 11,0 0,027 10
360 576 00 1 15 17,7 15 13 9,2 16 16,5 10,0 7,1 5 32 0,086 14
360 577 00 1 45 45,4 45 25 10 15 17,0 15,1 7,1 8 22 0,258 92
360 780 00 1,5 16 28 24 18 11 22 23,2 12,7 11,4 8 48 0,38 42
360 781 00 1,5 48 72,6 72 50 12 20 24,1 20,8 11,4 15 32 1,14 405
361 080 00 2 16 35,9 32 20 10 25 26,6 12,6 15 10 60 0,92 80
361 081 00 2 48 97,3 96 60 18 30 35,0 31,0 15 25 45 2,76 950
361 180 00 2,5 16 44,9 40 30 15 34 36,5 17,8 20 10 77 5,6 200
361 181 00 2,5 48 121,6 120 80 15 29 33,9 28,5 20 25 46 16,8 1600
361 480 00 3 16 53,9 48 40 12,5 36 38,3 15,0 25 15 86 10,0 310
361 481 00 3 48 145,9 144 70 18 34 38,7 32,0 25 30 53 30,0 2300
361 880 00 4 16 71,8 64 50 17 46 48,3 20,3 30 20 115 22,9 680
361 881 00 4 48 194,6 192 90 20 43 50,0 41,9 30 30 70 68,7 5700
362 176 00 5 15 84,9 75 60 15 53 56,4 19,1 40 20 130 39,3 1110
362 177 00 5 45 228,3 225 100 20 45 53,1 42,4 40 40 75 117,9 7920
362 180 00 5 16 89,8 80 60 16,5 55 59,0 21,6 40 20 140 47,7 1310
362 181 00 5 48 243,2 240 100 20 47 55,7 44,9 40 40 80 143,1 9640
367 376 00 6 15 101,4 90 70 20 67 73 26,2 50 30 159,2 70,7 1880
367 377 00 6 45 273,8 270 100 30 60 69 55,0 50 45 94,3 212,1 13170
* Basis for calculations see page 269. Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
276 ®
Bevel gears Made from Steel, Straight-Tooth System, Ratio 3.5:1 and 4:1
Material: up to module 2: 11SMnPb30.
from module 2.5: C45.
E
Tooth quality 8 modelled on DIN 3967 (from module 2).
With crowned, milled teeth. Not hardened – not lapped. b
Shaft angle = 90º.
The bevel gears only run as a pair at the stated ratio
E
and at the same module.
L
L1
S
NL
B
ND
Ordering Details: e.g.: d
1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 3.5:1 Mod. 1 16/56 Teeth = da
1 Piece Product No. 360 584 00 and
1 Piece Product No. 360 585 00
Ratio 3.5:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
360 584 00 1 16 18,7 16 13 7,6 16 16,6 8,4 8,7 5 36 0,127 16
360 585 00 1 56 56,3 56 30 10,0 14 16,7 14,6 8,7 8 22 0,445 130
360 784 00 1,5 16 28,1 24 18 12,2 24 26 13,6 13,1 8 55 0,45 48
360 785 00 1,5 56 84,5 84 50 12 24 27,1 23,8 13,1 15 35 1,58 634
361 084 00 2 16 35,9 32 20 10 25 26,8 12,5 15 10 68 0,99 82
361 085 00 2 56 113,1 112 60 18 31 35,5 31,9 15 25 46 3,47 1200
361 184 00 2,5 16 44,9 40 30 16,5 36 37,7 18,7 20 10 88 6,0 220
361 185 00 2,5 56 141,4 140 80 18 32 37,2 32,4 20 25 50 21,0 2300
361 484 00 3 16 53,9 48 40 15 39 40,6 16,8 25 15 100 10,9 340
361 485 00 3 56 169,7 168 80 18 33 39,8 34,0 25 30 55 38,2 3100
361 884 00 4 16 71,9 64 50 13 42 44,6 16,1 30 20 127 24,7 660
361 885 00 4 56 226,3 224 90 20 40 49,0 42,0 30 30 70 86,5 6900
Ratio 4:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
360 592 00 1 15 17,8 15 13 7,7 16 17,3 8,4 9,3 5 38 0,117 15
360 593 00 1 60 60,3 60 30 10,0 15 17,1 15,1 9,3 8 22 0,468 160
360 792 00 1,5 15 26,7 22,5 18 14,4 28 28,9 15,5 13,9 8 60 0,41 42
360 793 00 1,5 60 90,4 90 50 12,0 25 27,6 24,6 13,9 15 35 1,64 745
361 092 00 2 15 34,0 30 20 13,5 29 29,9 15,5 15 10 75 1,02 80
361 093 00 2 60 120,9 120 60 20,0 35 40,1 37,0 15 25 50 4,08 1600
361 192 00 2,5 15 42,5 37,5 30 16,0 35 36,8 17,6 20 10 92 5,3 190
361 193 00 2,5 60 151,2 150 80 18,0 33 37,8 33,8 20 25 50 21,2 2600
361 492 00 3 15 51,0 45 30 13,0 38 39,7 15,7 25 10 105 9,6 270
361 493 00 3 60 181,5 180 80 18,0 35 40,6 35,5 25 30 55 38,4 3800
361 892 00 4 15 68,0 60 40 12,5 43 44,8 16,0 30 20 135 21,7 520
361 893 00 4 60 242,0 240 90 20,0 41 50,1 44,0 30 30 70 86,8 8300
* Basis for calculations see page 269.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 277
Bevel Gears Made from Stainless Steel, Straight-Tooth System, Ratio 1:1 to 4:1
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305.
A
Tooth quality 8 modelled on DIN 3967 (from module 2).
Crowned, milled teeth.
Shaft angle 90º.
The bevel gears only run as a pair at the stated ratio
and at the same module.
Ordering Details: e.g.:
1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 1:1 Mod. 1 16 teeth = 2 pieces Product No. 360 995 07.
1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 2:1 Mod. 1 15/30 Teeth = 1 Piece Product No. 360 995 56
Drawing: Ratio 1:1, photo: ratio 3:1
and 1 Piece 360 995 57.
Ratio 1:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
360 995 07 1 16 17,4 16 14 7 10 11,2 8,7 4,0 5 16 0,06 9
360 997 07 1,5 16 26,1 24 20 11 15 17,3 14,1 5,1 8 25 0,19 32
361 990 07 2 16 34,8 32 25 11,5 18 20,7 16,4 6,8 10 31 0,46 66
361 991 07 2,5 16 43,7 40 30 10 21 23,8 16,8 11 10 35 1,1 120
361 994 07 3 16 52,4 48 40 12 24 27,7 18,2 15 10 40 2,0 240
361 998 07 4 16 70,0 64 50 11 29 32,9 21,0 19 20 50 4,8 420
Ratio 2:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
360 995 56 1 15 17,4 15 13 6,5 11 11,9 7,6 5,0 5 22 0,08 10
360 995 57 1 30 30,6 30 20 9,0 13 15,1 13,1 5,0 5 20 0,16 40
360 997 56 1,5 15 26,1 22,5 18 6,5 13 14,8 8,4 7,6 8 30 0,27 26
360 997 57 1,5 30 45,9 45 30 12,0 18 20,7 17,6 7,6 10 28 0,54 124
361 990 56 2 15 33,7 30 20 7,5 22 23,0 10,9 14 10 40 0,78 58
361 990 57 2 30 61,8 60 40 12,0 24 27,2 21,9 14 15 35 1,56 312
361 991 56 2,5 15 42,2 37,5 30 15,4 31 33,3 18,6 17 10 55 1,6 160
361 991 57 2,5 30 77,3 75 50 10,0 24 28,1 21,6 17 15 38 3,2 530
361 994 56 3 15 50,6 45 30 11,5 33 35,4 16,4 22 10 60 2,8 270
361 994 57 3 30 92,8 90 50 10,0 26 30,7 22,3 22 20 42 5,6 750
361 998 56 4 15 67,5 60 40 10,0 38 41,0 16,9 28 20 75 6,0 410
361 998 57 4 30 123,8 120 60 15,0 33 39,4 28,8 28 25 55 12,0 1600
Ratio 3:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
360 995 76 1 15 17,7 15 13 9,2 16 16,5 10,0 7,1 5 32 0,10 14
360 995 77 1 45 45,4 45 25 10 15 17,0 15,1 7,1 8 22 0,30 92
360 997 80 1,5 16 28,0 24 18 11 21 23,2 12,7 11,4 8 48 0,45 42
360 997 81 1,5 48 72,6 72 50 12 20 24,1 20,8 11,4 15 32 1,35 405
361 990 80 2 16 35,9 32 20 10 25 26,6 12,6 15 10 60 1,21 80
361 990 81 2 48 97,3 96 60 18 30 35,0 31,0 15 25 45 3,63 95
361 991 80 2,5 16 44,9 40 30 15 34 36,5 17,8 20 10 77 2,6 200
361 991 81 2,5 48 121,6 120 80 15 29 33,9 28,5 20 25 46 7,8 1600
361 994 80 3 16 53,9 48 40 12,5 36 38,3 15,0 25 15 86 4,6 310
361 994 81 3 48 145,9 144 70 18 34 38,7 32,0 25 30 53 13,8 2300
361 998 80 4 16 71,8 64 50 17 46 48,3 20,3 30 20 115 9,4 680
361 998 81 4 48 194,6 192 90 20 43 50,0 41,9 30 30 70 28,2 5700
Ratio 4:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
360 995 92 1 15 17,8 15 13 7,7 16 17,3 8,4 9,3 5 38 0,14 15
360 995 93 1 60 60,3 60 30 10,0 15 17,1 15,1 9,3 8 22 0,56 160
360 997 92 1,5 15 26,7 22,5 18 14,4 28 28,9 15,5 13,9 8 60 0,48 42
360 997 93 1,5 60 90,4 90 50 12,0 25 27,6 24,6 13,9 15 35 1,92 745
361 990 92 2 15 34,0 30 20 13,5 29 29,9 15,5 15 10 75 1,34 80
361 990 93 2 60 120,9 120 60 20,0 35 40,1 37,0 15 25 50 5,36 1600
361 991 92 2,5 15 42,5 37,5 30 16,0 35 36,8 17,6 20 10 92 2,5 190
361 991 93 2,5 60 151,2 150 80 18,0 33 37,8 33,8 20 25 50 10,0 2600
361 994 92 3 15 51,0 45 30 13,0 38 39,7 15,7 25 10 105 4,4 270
361 994 93 3 60 181,5 180 80 18,0 35 40,6 35,5 25 30 55 17,6 3800
361 998 92 4 15 68,0 60 40 12,5 43 44,8 16,0 30 20 135 8,9 520
361 998 93 4 60 242,0 240 90 20,0 41 50,1 44,0 30 30 70 35,6 8300
* Basis for calculations see page 269.
278 ®
Bevel Gears Made from Steel, Spiral Tooth System, Ratio 1:1
Material up to module 1.5: 42CrMo4, E
with cyclo-palloid spiral tooth system,
teeth induction hardened.
left hand
Material from module 2.0: 16MnCr5,
with palloid spiral tooth system, b
teeth case hardened.
E
Hubs and bores soft. driving,
L
left hand
L1
Products marked with *** are not hardened.
S
NL
Tooth quality 8 modelled on DIN 3967. B driven,
Sold in pairs only. ND right hand right hand
Ordering Details: e.g.: d
da
Product No. 385 316 00 = 1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 1:1
Mod. 0.6 25/25 Teeth
Ratio 1:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S1) b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g/Pair
385 316 00 0,6 25 23,3 22,5 19 7,2 12 13,4 9,2 6 6 20 2,1 50
385 320 00 0,6 30 27,8 27 22 7 13 14,9 9,9 7 8 23 3,0 75
385 322 00 0,6 35 32,3 31,5 25 7,2 15 16,3 10,6 8 8 26 3,5 116
385 511 00 1 20 31,4 30 25 8,4 15 17,3 11,7 8 8 26 6,3 112
385 516 00 1 25 38,9 37,5 25 8 16 19,0 11,9 10 10 30 10,0 155
385 520 00 1 30 46,4 45 30 8 19 21,7 13,2 12 10 35 14,3 278
385 611 00 1,3 20 41,8 40 30 7,3 19 20,7 12,9 11 10 32 14,8 222
385 616 00 1,3 25 51,8 50 30 8 19 21,8 11,9 14 10 36 18,5 326
385 620 00 1,3 30 61,8 60 35 8 21 24,2 12,9 16 12 42 31,5 530
385 709 00 1,5 18 41,7 39,6 30 8 17 20,3 13,2 10 10 32 15,9 209
385 715 00 1,5 24 54,9 52,8 35 8 20 22,6 12,7 14 10 38 21,2 408
385 719 00 1,5 28 63,7 61,6 40 8 20 23,2 13,3 14 12 43 34,5 576
386 011 00** 2 20 72,8 70 45 15 28 32,7 21,4 16 16 55 66,7 973
386 016 00** 2 25 80,3 78 45 15 29 32,3 22,4 14 16 60 72,8 1200
381 018 00*** 2 26 82,8 80 55 20 35 37,7 26,4 16 16 65 42,0 1581
386 111 00** 2,5 20 91,5 88 56 18 34 36,9 22,8 20 20 65 130,5 1700
386 116 00** 2,5 25 99,5 96 54 16 32 37,2 23,8 19 20 70 154,7 2000
381 119 00*** 2,5 28 109,9 106,4 70 25 44 47,7 33,6 20 20 85 98,6 3400
386 411 00** 3 20 104,2 100 68 17 36 43,4 27,1 23 25 75 216 2600
386 416 00** 3 25 116,2 112 64 18 34 41,7 26,1 22 25 80 257 2800
386 516 00** 3,5 25 132,9 128 72 20 38 46,2 28,5 25 30 90 396 4200
381 518 00*** 3,5 26 144,9 140 85 30 57 62,3 42,5 28 30 110 238 7300
1)Theoretical dimensions, from module 2, tips of teeth levelled.
* Basis for calculations see page 269.
** Gears with ground hub contact surfaces and bores.
*** Not hardened.
Description of spiral toothed bevel gears
Distinctive features of bevel gears with spiral tooth system Available from stock: Cyclo-Palloid Tooth System Mod. 0.6 up
(spiral bevel gears): to 1.5. Palloid Tooth System Mod. 2.0 up to 3.5.
Klingelnberg Cyclo-Palloid Tooth System: These gears are pro- Gleason Tooth System not in stock, supplied on demand.
duced using the continuous generating method with a two-part
cutter head.The tooth curvature follows the path of a The spiral tooth system offers very quiet running as there are
extended epicycloid. always several teeth in mesh. Without load, the contact profile
Klingelnberg Palloid Tooth System: These gears are produced zone should be in the middle of the tooth, lengthwise. Under
using the continuous indexing method with a cone shaped gear load the contact profile zone evenly expands towards the inside
hob. The tooth curvature follows the path of an extended invo- and outside diameter. The ground contact surfaces of the hubs
lute. and bores guarantee an exact adjustment of the assembly
Gleason-Circarc Gearing: These gears are produced using the dimension E.
continuous indexing method with a disk-shaped cutting head.
The tooth curvature follows the path of a circular arc. Sense of rotation:
Cyclo-Palloid-, Palloid- and Gleason Tooth Systems are If the transmission ratio is not 1:1, the rotational direction mar-
not interchangeable. ked on the drawing above should be preferred (more favourable
direction of the axial forces).
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 279
Bevel Gears Made from Steel, Spiral Tooth System, Ratio 1.214:1 to 1.615:1
Material up to module 1.5: 42CrMo4, E
with cyclo-palloid spiral tooth system,
teeth induction hardened.
left hand
Material from module 2.0: 16MnCr5, b
with palloid spiral tooth system,
teeth case hardened.
E
driving, left
L
Hubs and bores soft.
L1
S
NL
hand
Tooth quality 8 modelled on DIN 3967.
B
Sold in pairs only. ND driven,
right hand
d right hand
Ordering Details: e.g.: da
Product No. 385 740 00 = 1 Pair of Bevel Gears
Ratio 1.214:1 Mod. 1.5 14/17 Teeth
Ratio 1.214:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g/Pair
385 740 00 1,5 14 41,0 38,7 22 11 21,1 24,2 15,4 11,5 12 38,0 14,1 236
17 48,9 47,0 30 11 20,9 23,9 16,6 11,5 15 34,8 17,1
Ratio 1.385:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g/Pair
385 744 00 1,5 13 36,7 33,9 22 11 21,6 24,0 15,9 10 12 38,5 11,3 216
18 48,5 47,0 30 11 20,9 24,9 19,1 10 15 34,8 15,7
Ratio 1.5:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S1) b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g/Pair
385 354 00 0,6 22 20,8 19,8 17 7 13 14,3 8,5 7 6 23 2,2 116
33 30,3 29,7 20 8 14 15,5 11,6 7 8 21 3,3
385 552 00 1 20 31,6 30 25 8 17 18,3 10,0 10 8 32 8,1
166
30 46,3 45 30 8 17 19,5 14,0 10 10 28 12,2
385 648 00 1,3 16 34,3 32 25 8 18 19,9 10,7 11 8 34 11,9 220
24 49,4 48 30 8 18 21,1 15,0 11 10 30 17,9
385 748 00 1,5 16 37,8 35,8 30 8 17 18,8 10,5 10 10 36 14,3 273
24 54,4 52,8 35 8 17 21,1 15,6 10 10 32 21,5
386 048 00** 2 16 53,3 50 35 6 18 21,2 13,6 11 10 48,45 40,3
24 77,2 39 15 27,7 21,7 11 561
75 24 16 45 60,5
386 148 00** 2,5 16 68,2 64 40 14 25 31,7 18,4 16 16 65 83,8
1300
24 98,8 96 54 14 23 28,9 20,1 16 20 50 125,7
386 448 00** 3 16 81,0 76 50 15 28 35,5 19,7 19 20 75 143 1682
24 117,3 114 64 18 28 35,0 24,5 19 25 60 215
Ratio 1.615:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g/Pair
385 550 00 1 13 20,3 18,6 16 8,2 12 13,8 9,5 5 8 24 2,4
45
21 31,1 30,0 20 6 10,5 12,2 9,6 5 10 18 3,9
1)Theoretical dimensions, from module 2, tips of teeth levelled.
* Basis for calculations see page 269.
** Gears with ground hub contact surfaces and bores.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
280 ®
Bevel Gears Made from Steel, Spiral Tooth System, Ratio 2:1 to 2.5:1
Material up to module 1.5: 42CrMo4, E
with cyclo-palloid spiral tooth system,
teeth induction hardened.
left hand
Material from module 2.0: 16MnCr5, b
with palloid spiral tooth system,
teeth case hardened.
E
driving, left
L
Hubs and bores soft.
L1
S
NL
hand
Products marked with *** are not hardened.
B
Tooth quality 8 modelled on DIN 3967. ND driven,
Sold in pairs only. right hand
d right hand
Ordering Details: e.g.: da
Product No. 385 362 00 = 1 Pair of Bevel Gears Ratio 2:1
Mod. 0.6 22/44 Teeth
Ratio 2:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S1) b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g/Pair
385 362 00 0,6 22 20,8 19,8 16 7,4 15 15,6 8,5 8 6 28 2,3
116
44 40,1 39,6 25 8 15 17,2 13,6 8 10 23 4,6
385 560 00 1 20 31,8 30 25 8 19 20,2 9,4 12 8 39 9,8
323
40 60,9 60 40 8 18 21,2 15,9 12 12 30 19,6
385 658 00 1,3 16 34,4 32 25 7 20 22,1 9,6 14 8 41 12,0 397
32 65,1 64 40 8 20 23,3 17,1 14 12 32 24,0
385 756 00 1,5 16 38,0 35,2 30 8,4 19 21,2 10,5 12 10 45 14,4 435
32 71,7 70,4 45 8 17 21,0 15,7 12 12 32 28,8
381 054 00*** 2 12 45,1 41,5 30 12 27,8 27,8 14,4 15 12 54,94 10,1 846
24 84,5 83 50 15 29 32,6 26,0 15 16 44,97 20,2
386 054 00** 2 13 48,6 45 30 15 30 33,0 20,9 15 10 63,65 40,2 818
26 91,8 90 40 22 30 35,9 29,3 15 16 50 80,4
381 154 00*** 2,5 11 57,2 52,5 40 15 36,6 36,6 18,7 20 16 69,97 17,8
2000
22 107,1 105 70 20 39 44,6 35,9 20 20 59,95 35,6
386 154 00** 2,5 13 60,5 56 39 15 34 38,2 20,1 20 16 75,13 84
1400
26 114,2 112 54 21 30 38,0 29,3 20 25 55 168
386 454 00** 3 13 69,4 64 45 16 37 41,7 22,3 22 20 84,62 133 2000
26 130,6 128 54 20 32 40,3 30,7 22 25 60 266
381 456 00*** 3 15 77,9 72,5 55 25 51,3 51,3 28,8 25 20 100 64 4800
30 147,6 145 90 25 50 57,4 46,5 25 30 80 128
386 554 00** 3,5 13 78,3 72 54 12 34 39,5 19,5 24 20 88,38 197 2800
26 147,1 144 64 25 38 47,7 37,2 24 30 70 394
Ratio 2.066:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g/Pair
385 556 00 1 15 23,6 21,8 19 6 13,2 13,2 6,9 7 8 29,0 3,6
112
31 45,9 45,0 24 8 14,1 16,6 13,5 7 10 23,5 7,4
Ratio 2.5:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S1) b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g/Pair
385 374 00 0,6 22 20,9 19,8 16 6,8 16 16,7 7,5 10 6 32 2,6 172
55 49,9 49,5 30 8 16 19,3 15,6 10 10 25 6,5
385 572 00 1,0 20 31,8 30 25 8,4 21 22,8 9,8 14 8 47 9,9
355
50 75,7 75 50 8 18 21,1 15,9 14 12 30 24,8
385 666 00 1,3 14 30,5 28 22 8,7 20 21,6 10,5 12 8 45 11,3 420
35 70,9 70 45 8 18 21,6 17,1 12 12 30 28,2
385 764 00 1,5 16 38,0 35,2 30 7,5 20 21,6 9,6 13 10 53 14,5 624
40 89,1 88 60 8 16 20,6 15,8 13 15 32 36,3
386 162 00** 2,5 10 45,4 40 33 11 24,5 27,4 16,1 15 12 62,33 45,8
1200
25 101,5 100 54 22 30 37,3 32,0 15 25 50 114,5
386 462 00** 3,0 10 54,5 48 39 11 28 30,8 16,3 18 16 72,71 79 1700
25 121,8 120 64 28 38 44,8 38,4 18 25 60 198
386 562 00** 3,5 10 63,6 56 40 14 34 38,1 21,5 21 16 87,06 126 2400
25 142,1 140 70 35 45 52,3 44,8 21 30 70 315
1)Theoretical dimensions, from module 2, tips of teeth levelled.
* Basis for calculations see page 269.
** Gears with ground hub contact surfaces and bores.
*** Not hardened. Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 281
Bevel Gears Made from Steel, Spiral Tooth System, Ratio 3:1 and 4:1
Material up to module 1.5: 42CrMo4, driving, left
with cyclo-palloid spiral tooth system, hand
teeth induction hardened. E
left hand
Material from module 2.0: 16MnCr5,
b
with palloid spiral tooth system,
teeth case hardened.
Hubs and bores soft.
E
Tooth quality 8 modelled on DIN 3967.
L
L1
S
NL
Sold in pairs only.
B
driven, right hand
ND
Ordering Details: e.g.: right hand
d
Product No. 385 580 00 = 1 Pair of Bevel Gears da
Ratio 2.882:1 Mod. 1 17/49 Teeth
Ratio 3:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S1) b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g/Pair
385 378 00 0,6 20 19,1 18 15 7,5 17 17,0 8,2 10 6 35 2,1 175
60 54,3 54 45 8 16 19,7 16,6 10 10 25 6,3
385 584 00 1 16 26,1 24 20 8,3 22 22,6 9,3 14 8 45 5,8
380
48 72,5 72 50 8 18 21,3 16,8 14 12 28 17,4
385 678 00 1,3 11 25,1 22 19 6 17 17,9 7,5 11 8 40 7,7 320
33 66,6 60 40 8 17 20,4 16,9 11 12 27 23,1
385 774 00 1,5 10 26,0 22 17 8 19 20,1 9,6 11 8 42 9,1 380
30 66,6 66 40 8 17 21,3 17,8 11 12 28 27,3
386 074 00** 2 10 36,5 32 22 11 24 25,6 17,7 13 8 60,52 25,4
638
30 99,0 96 48 19 25 29,4 25,6 13 20 40 76,2
386 174 00** 2,5 10 43,1 37,5 27 12 26,5 28,8 19,6 15 12 69,84 45,8
30 113,7 112,5 54 24 32 37,6 33,2 15 25 50 137,4 1100
386 574 00** 3,5 10 60,3 52,5 40 12 33 36,1 22,5 22 16 92,64 132 2700
30 159,2 157,5 70 29 40 48,0 41,5 22 30 65 396
Ratio 4:1
Product No. Module Number da d ND NL L1 L S b BH7 E Torque* Weight
of teeth mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g/Pair
385 594 00 1 16 25,9 24 20 7,3 21 21,8 8,2 14 8 56 7,8
842
64 96,5 96 70 8 19 22,4 19 14 20 30 31,2
385 784 00 1,5 11 27,8 24,2 20 8 19 20,7 9 12 8 57 11,3 775
44 97,3 96,8 70 8 17 21,9 19 12 20 30 45,2
1)Theoretical dimensions, from module 2, tips of teeth levelled.
* Basis for calculations see page 269.
** Gears with ground hub contact surfaces and bores.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
282 ®
Mounting Options for Drive Wheels
There are several possibilities for mounting driving wheels
(sprockets, V-Belt Pulleys, pulleys, spur gears etc.) or hubs on
shafts. Most wheels are stocked with a rather small bore to
allow for further machining. Machining works as drilling out,
keywaying a.s.o. can be done at extra charge.
Please note: for several shaft diameters a number of sprockets,
V-belt pulleys, spur gears and worm-gear sets are in stock
“ready-to-install”, i.e. with custom bore and keyway or
prepared for Taper clamping bushes.
Fixing Pins
A hole is drilled through hub and shaft and both parts are then
connected with a fixing pin. Usually only one side of the hub
Pin Hole
is pre-drilled, then the wheel is pushed onto the shaft and the
hole is drilled through both shaft and the other side of the hub.
Then the pin is driven in. This mounting method is suitable for
low torques.
Feather Key Connection
Shaft and hub both receive a keyway, a key is pushed into the
keyway of the hub. The wheel is pushed onto the shaft and
secured against axial movement (with a set screw or with a
stepped shaft and axial screw and washer at the end of the
shaft). The most common kind of keyway is DIN 6885/1. Key
connections are suitable for medium torques. Keys DIN 6885
see page 578. Boxes with an assortment of keys DIN 6885 see
page 577.
Clamping Sets, Clamping Bushes and Shrink Disks
Clamping sets and thin-walled clamping bushes are available
for various diameters. They allow fast and easy mounting on
round shafts. A keyway is not required. Shrink disks are spe-
cial clamping sets which press a thin-walled hub onto a shaft.
Clamping connections are suitable for rather high torques.
Clamping sets and bushes, and shrink disks see page 330.
Taper Clamping Bushes
These customary conical bushes are used for easy and fast
mounting of driving elements in Taper version. They can be
used with and without key.
The bushes are available with various outer dimensions. For
every outside measure there are bushes with many different
bores available. This mounting method is cost-efficient and
fast, and suitable for rather high torques. A large selection of
cost-efficient driving elements in Taper version are available ex
stock.
Taper clamping bushes see page 360.
Welding hubs for taper bushes see page 362.
Taper sprockets see page 74, 92, 101. Reworking within
Taper V-belt pulleys see page 183.
Taper pulleys see page 154. 24h-service possible.
Taper couplings see page 388. Custom made parts
on request.
® 283
Worms and Worm Gears, General Basics and Overview
General descriptions:
• For right angled power transmission with simultaneous • Several transmissions and centre distances on stock.
vertical offset (centre distance of the crossed axles). • Silent and low vibration.
• The movement usually takes places via the worm
(the movement can be made via the gear wheel if necessary • Power loss is greater than in spur and bevel gears,
in the case of low transmissions up to 3:1). depending on the efficiency or transmission.
• The selection/dimensioning is made as function of the
• Power loss is converted to frictional heat.
torque (required torque on the worm gears). • Low transmission = higher efficiency and lower self-locking.
• High transmissions up to approx. 100:1 are possible in just • High transmission = low efficiency and high self-locking.
one stage.
Standard Worm Gears and Worm shafts page 286 - 293
For simple applications, e.g. manual operation or occasional Single thread, right hand Page
motorised operation. Continuous operation is possible at medi- Module 0.5 to 2.0 Worm Gears 286
um torques. Reworking (custom bore, feather keyway, fixed Worms 287
thread) is an optional extra.
Single thread: For high to medium transmissions. Module 3.0 to 5.0 Worm Gears 288
Double thread: For medium to low transmissions. Worms 289
Sorted by number of threads and module. The gear wheels Double thread, right hand Page
can be combined with worms having the same module and the Module 0.5 to 2.0 Worm Gears 290
same number of threads to make different transmissions. Worms 291
This results in the different centre distances. Module 3.0 to 4.0 Worm Gears 292
Worms 293
Precision worm gear sets page 295 - 304
Ideal for continuous operation at high speeds and torques. Centre distance Page Centre distance Page
Mostly ready-to install without needing reworking. Hence they 17 mm 295 150 mm 300
are also economical for simple applications. 22,62 mm 296 153 mm 300
25 mm 296 163 mm 301
Sorted by centre distance. The gear wheels can only be used with 31 mm 297 165 mm 301
worms having the same centre distance and the same transmissi- 33 mm 298 180 mm 302
on. Several transmissions are available per centre distance. 35 mm 299 100 mm 303
40 mm 299 125 mm 304
Gear Set, Right Hand Recommendation regarding the Lubrication
The catalogue parts are right han- Peripheral Speed Lubrication Lubricant
ded. up to 1 m/s (gear submerged) Dip-Feed Lubrication Grease
up to 4 m/s (gear submerged) Dip-Feed Lubrication Oil
Left hand sets have to be custom over 4 m/s (gear submerged) Spray lubrication Oil
made on request. up to 4 m/s (worm submerged) Dip-Feed Lubrication Grease
up to 10 m/s (worm submerged) Dip-Feed Lubrication Oil
over 10 m/s (worm submerged) Spray lubrication Oil
284 ®
Worms and Worm Gears, General Basics
Efficiency and self-locking Worm dimensions
The calculated efficiency depends on the friction conditions in to be calculated given unit formula
the contact zone and where the bearings and seal are mounted. Reference Circle Pitch Lead and Number H
These conditions may vary depending on the environmental con- = ts of Gears z
ditions or lubrication. This leads to a large array, where no exact
statement regarding the self-locking capacity can be made. This Standard pitch Pitch and Lead t s . cos. m
array is marked with “limited“. = t no Angle
A calculated self-locking capacity can be negatively influenced
by various factors. For this reason we cannot grant any guaran- Real module Reference Circle ts
tee regarding the self-locking capacity. = ms Pitch
Standard module Standard pitch tn
= mn
Maximum Torque med. lead angle Lead and Pitch Ø H
= m t an m =
d.
The torque values are to be taken as Maximum Values that
should under no circumstances be exceeded! Pitch Ø Lead and Lead H
Depending on the power of the gear unit , the prevailing tempe- =d Angle .t
an m
rature and lubrication conditions in the worm gear unit (depen-
ding on the cooling , lubricant, mounting etc.) operating set ups Tip Ø Pitch Ø and
with increasing wear may occur - having a negative influence = da Standard Module d + 2m n
on the wear lifespan of the unit - although the permissible tor-
ques were not exceeded. In order to go to the upper limit of Lead Number of Gears
the maximum torques, the whole construction must have a rigid =H z . ms .
and Real Module
design (housing, bearing, bearing distance), to avoid negative
influences due to deformation.
The stated torques were calculated presuming an alternating load.
They are output torques (of the worm gear, not the worm shaft). Worm Gear - Dimensions and Torque
to be calculated given unit formula
Pitch Ø z . ms
Torque Conversion =d
Tip Ø
Output torque = Input Torque x Efficiency x Transmission d + 2 ms
= d a in Median
Plane of Gear
Input torque = Output torque Output P2
Efficiency x Ratio torque 9550 . n2
= Md in Nm
Material quality:
Information about the material quality can be found at each worm and
worm gear.
Note Regarding the Torque-Values Stated in the Catalogue page 286 bis 293
The worm gear sets are calculated in accordance with DIN 3976 Calcul. Factor/Determining Factor Value Note
or Niemann/Winter (Niemann/Winter “Maschinenelemente Band
III, 2. Auflage, Nachdruck 1986“, Machine Components Volume Tooth root safety S F min. 2.0 --
III, 2nd Edition, Reprint 1986 , Publisher: Springer-Verlag). Flank safety S H min. 1.3 Endurance strength 10,000 h
The decisive strength criterion for small modules is the pitting Application factor K A 1.25 Industrial gear mechanisms,
resistance of the worm gear flanks and for larger modules usually uniform, light shocks
the tooth-root strength of the worm gear.
The following permissible Hertzian stress was assumed for the materials used:
Material permissible flank pressure Maximum Limit Stress before Tooth Fracture
s Hlim in N/mm2 Ulim in N/mm2
G-CuSn12 265 115
GG25 350 150
The load bearing capacity of a worm gear depends on various different factors. The stated torques are only reference values, ser-
ving to facilitate the selection process. If necessary a specific calculation of strength and load bearing capacity must be carried out
for each application.
Depending on the operating conditions, the wear lifespan may be influenced by grease/oil lubrication. Please also note that insuffi-
cient lubrication may lead to scuffing of the gear flanks.
IMPORTANT: The torque values stated refer to the permissible output torques (of the worm gear).
® 285
Worm Gears Made from Bronze (G-CuSn12) with Hollow Teeth, Single-Thread, Right Hand
Single-thread worm gears to be paired with
single-thread worms page 287. If the module
(and number of threads) are matching, various
ratios at various axle distances can be realized.
With one-sided hub up to Module 1.
With double-sided hub from Module 1.5.
Pressure angle 20º.
Efficiency: Module 0.5: approx. 0.53.
Module 0.75:approx. 0.58.
Module 1: approx. 0.53.
Module 1.5: approx. 0.49.
Module 2: approx. 0.50.
Self-locking capacity:
Module 0.5 and 0.75 limited self-locking
capacity. Other versions not self-locking.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 300 007 00, Worm Gear Bronze,
Module 0.5, 20 Teeth, Single-Thread, Right Hand
Product No. Number Transm. d0 da ND NL b L C* a B H7 perm. MT** Weight
of Teeth Ratio mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
300 007 00 20 20 : 1 10,0 11,2 8 5 3 8 - 8,5 3 0,13 3
Module 0.5 300 010 00 25 25 : 1 12,5 13,7 10 5 3 8 - 9,75 4 0,24 6
300 020 00 50 50 : 1 25 26,2 10 5 3 8 - 16 4 0,87 16
300 030 00 75 75 : 1 37,5 38,7 15 5 3 8 - 22,25 4 1,30 36
300 032 00 100 100 : 1 50 51,2 15 5 3 8 - 28,5 5 1,73 60
Module 0.75 300 307 00 20 20 : 1 15 16,7 10 6 3 9 - 11,75 4 0,35 8
300 310 00 25 25 : 1 18,75 20,4 12 6 3 9 - 13,62 4 0,59 13
300 320 00 50 50 : 1 37,5 39,2 12 6 3 9 - 23 4 2,70 35
300 330 00 75 75 : 1 56,25 57,9 15 6 3 9 - 32,37 4 4,10 73
300 332 00 100 100 : 1 75 76,7 15 6 3 9 - 41,75 5 5,40 123
300 605 00 16 16 : 1 16 18,8 12 8 6,5 14,5 - 15 5 0,29 16
Module 1.0 300 606 00 18 18 : 1 18 20,8 12 8 6,5 14,5 - 16 5 0,40 20
300 607 00 20 20 : 1 20 22,8 16 8 6,5 14,5 - 17 5 0,52 30
300 610 00 25 25 : 1 25 27,8 16 8 6,5 14,5 - 19,5 5 0,94 40
300 615 00 35 35 : 1 35 37,8 16 10 6,5 16,5 - 24,5 6 2,40 70
300 620 00 50 50 : 1 50 52,8 20 10 6,5 16,5 - 32 6 6,90 140
300 630 00 75 75 : 1 75 77,8 30 10 6,5 16,5 4,5 44,5 6 14,60 200
300 632 00 100 100 : 1 100 102,8 30 12 6,5 18,5 4,5 57 6 19,40 480
300 635 00 125 125 : 1 125 127,8 40 12 6,5 18,5 4,5 69,5 8 24,10 580
300 640 00 150 150 : 1 150 152,8 40 12 6,5 18,5 4,5 82 8 28,90 590
301 005 00 16 16 : 1 24 28,4 18 6/6 12 24 - 24,5 8 1,33 60
Module 1.5 301 006 00 18 18 : 1 27 31,7 20 8/8 12 28 - 26 8 1,80 80
301 007 00 20 20 : 1 30 34,7 25 8/8 12 28 - 27,5 10 2,30 130
301 013 00 30 30 : 1 45 49,7 30 8/8 12 28 - 35 10 6,60 260
301 018 00 40 40 : 1 60 64,7 30 10/10 12 32 - 42,5 10 14,80 400
301 020 00 50 50 : 1 75 79,7 30 10/10 12 32 10 50 10 25,00 440
301 030 00 75 75 : 1 112,5 117,2 40 10/10 12 32 10 68,75 12 37,00 860
301 032 00 100 100 : 1 150 154,7 45 10/10 12 32 10 87,5 12 49,00 1300
301 305 00 16 16 : 1 32 37,6 20 8/8 14 30 - 32 8 5,20 140
Module 2.0 301 306 00 18 18 : 1 36 41,6 25 8/8 14 30 - 34 10 7,00 250
301 307 00 20 20 : 1 40 45,6 30 10/10 14 34 - 36 12 9,10 260
301 313 00 30 30 : 1 60 65,6 40 10/10 14 34 - 46 12 26,40 600
301 318 00 40 40 : 1 80 85,6 40 10/10 14 34 11 56 12 47,00 650
301 320 00 50 50 : 1 100 105,6 40 10/10 14 34 11 66 12 58,30 760
301 324 00 60 60 : 1 120 125,6 50 10/10 14 34 11 76 12 69,50 1200
*Depending on the blanks, worm gears are supplied with or without dimension C!
** Basis of calculations see page 285.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
286 ®
Hollow Worms and Worm Shafts Single-Thread, Right Hand
Single-thread worms to be paired with single-thread worm gears various ratios at various axle distances can be realized.
page 286. If the module (and number of threads) are matching, (see table page 286).
Hollow Worms, Milled, Made from Steel (11SMnPb30), Single-Thread, Right Hand
Pressure angle 20º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 300 000 00, Worm,
11SMnPb30, Module 0.5, Single Thread, Right Hand
Product No. d da ND NL G L BH7 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
Module 0.5 300 000 00 7 8 5,5 4 12 16 3 4
Module 0.75 300 300 00 8,5 10 6 4 16 20 4 6
Module 1.0 300 600 00 14 16 11 6 24 30 6 26
Module 1.5 301 000 00 25 28 21 10 40 50 8 160
Module 2.0 301 300 00 32 36 25 10 45 55 8 300
Worm Shafts Milled, with Centring Hole, Made from Steel (11SMnPb30), Single-Thread, Right Hand
Pressure angle 20º.
Centring Hole Centring Hole
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 300 001 00, Worm
Shaft, 11SMnPb30, Module 0.5, Single Thread, Right
Hand
+ 0,2
Product No. d da ND + 0,4 NL 1 G NL 2 L Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
Module 0.5 300 001 00 7 8 5,5 18 12 10 40 9
Module 0.75 300 301 00 8,5 10 6 20 16 15 51 15
Module 1.0 300 601 00 14 16 10 30 24 20 74 60
Module 1.5 301 001 00 25 28 20 40 40 30 110 300
Module 2.0 301 301 00 32 36 25 50 45 36 131 620
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 287
Worm Gears Made from Cast Iron (GG25) with Hollow Teeth, Single-Thread, Right Hand
Single-thread worm gears to be paired with
single-thread worms page 289. If the modu-
le (and number of threads) are matching,
various ratios at various axle distances can be
realized.
Pressure angle 20º.
Efficiency: Module 3: approx. 0.46.
Module 4: approx. 0.48.
Module 5: approx. 0.49.
Module 6: approx. 0.46.
Self-locking capacity: not self-locking.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 310 005 00, worm gear, GG25,
Module 3, 16 Teeth, Single Thread, Right Hand
Prouct No. Number Transm. d0 da ND NL 1 /NL 2 b L G C* a B H7 perm. MT** Weight
of teeth Ratio mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
310 005 00
Module 3.0
310 006 00
310 007 00
310 011 00 26 26 : 1 78 87 45 18/4 24 46 60 12 58 18 73 1,20
310 014 00 32 32 : 1 96 105 50 18/4 24 46 70 12 67 20 132 1,40
310 018 00 40 40 : 1 120 129 65 18/4 24 46 90 12 79 25 189 2,20
310 021 00 52 52 : 1 156 165 75 23/4 24 51 116 12 97 30 242 3,40
310 026 00 65 65 : 1 195 204 85 23/4 24 51 150 12 116,5 35 305 4,90
310 305 00
Module 4.0 310 306 00
310 307 00
310 311 00 26 26 : 1 104 116 55 21/5 34 60 80 14 77 22 102 2,10
310 314 00 32 32 : 1 128 140 65 21/5 34 60 90 14 89 25 185 3,40
310 318 00 40 40 : 1 160 172 75 21/5 34 60 125 14 105 30 355 4,50
310 321 00 52 52 : 1 208 220 85 26/5 34 65 175 14 129 35 585 6,70
310 326 00 65 65 : 1 260 272 100 26/5 34 65 225 14 155 40 735 9,50
Module 5.0 310 605 00
310 611 00 26 26 : 1 130 145 70 27/5 40 72 99 16 96 28 343 4,20
310 614 00 32 32 : 1 160 175 75 27/5 40 72 125 16 111 30 620 5,30
310 618 00 40 40 : 1 200 215 85 27/5 40 72 160 16 131 35 874 7,40
310 621 00 52 52 : 1 260 275 100 32/5 40 77 220 16 161 40 1135 11,80
310 626 00 65 65 : 1 325 340 115 32/5 40 77 280 16 193,5 45 1420 17,00
*Depending on the blanks, worm gears are supplied with or without dimension C!
** Basis of calculations see page 285.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
288 ®
Hollow Worms and Worm Shafts Single-Thread, Right Hand
Single-thread worms to be paired with single-thread worm gears various ratios at various axle distances can be realized (see table
page 288. If the module (and number of threads) are matching, page 288).
Hollow Worms, Whirled, Made from Steel (C45), Single-Thread, Right Hand
Pressure angle 20º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 310 000 00, Worm,
Steel, Module 3, Single Thread, Right Hand
Product No. d da ND NL 1 G NL 2 L BH7 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
Module 3.0 310 000 00 38 44 30 12 46 3 61 15 0,4
Module 4.0 310 300 00 50 58 40 15 62 4 81 20 1,2
Module 5.0 310 600 00 62 72 50 18 80 5 103 25 1,8
Worm Shafts, Whirled, with Centring Hole, Made from Steel (C45), Single-Thread, Right Hand
Pressure angle 20º.
Centring Hole Centring Hole
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 310 001 00, Worm Shaft,
11 SMnPb30, Module 3, Single Thread, Right Hand
Product No. d da ND ++ 0,2
0,4 NL 1 G NL 2 L Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
Module 3.0 310 001 00 38 44 30 130 46 90 266 1,6
Module 4.0 310 301 00 50 58 40 175 62 120 357 3,8
Module 5.0 310 601 00 62 72 50 220 80 150 450 7,6
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 289
Worm Gears Made from Bronze (G-CuSn12), with Hollow Teeth, Double-Thread, Right Hand
Worm gears with double thread matching the
double-thread worms page 291. If the module
(and number of threads) are matching, various
ratios at various axle distances can be realized.
With one-sided hub up to Module 1.
With double-sided hub from Module 1.5.
Pressure angle 20º.
Efficiency: Module 0.5: approx. 0.69.
Module 0.75: approx. 0.73.
Module 1: approx. 0.69.
Module 1.5: approx. 0.49/0.65.
Module 2: approx. 0.66.
Self-locking capacity: Module 0.5 and 0.75 limited
self-locking capacity.
Other versions not self-locking.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 300 207 00, Worm
Gear, Bronze, Module 0.5, 20 Teeth, Double Thread,
Right Hand
Product No. Number Transm. d0 da ND NL b L C* a B H7 perm. MT** Weight
of Teeth Ratio mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm g
Module 0.5 300 207 00 20 10,0 : 1 10,0 11,2 8 5 3 8 - 8,5 3 0,06 3
300 210 00 25 12,5 : 1 12,5 13,7 10 5 3 8 - 9,75 4 0,10 6
300 220 00 50 25 : 1 25 26,2 10 5 3 8 - 16 4 0,75 16
300 230 00 75 37,5 : 1 37,5 38,7 15 5 3 8 - 22,25 4 11,30 36
300 507 00 20 10 : 1 15 16,7 10 6 3 9 - 11,75 4 0,14 8
Module 0.75 300 510 00 25 12,5 : 1 18,75 20,4 12 6 3 9 - 13,62 4 0,25 13
300 520 00 50 25 : 1 37,5 39,2 12 6 3 9 - 23 4 2,00 35
300 530 00 75 37,5 : 1 56,25 57,9 15 6 3 9 - 32,37 4 4,10 73
300 805 00 16 8 : 1 16 18,8 12 8 6,5 14,5 - 15 5 0,14 16
Module 1.0 300 806 00 18 9 : 1 18 20,8 12 8 6,5 14,5 - 16 5 0,17 20
300 807 00 20 10 : 1 20 22,8 16 8 6,5 14,5 - 17 5 0,24 30
300 810 00 25 12,5 : 1 25 27,8 16 8 6,5 14,5 - 19,5 5 0,40 40
300 815 00 35 17,5 : 1 35 37,8 16 10 6,5 16,5 - 24,5 6 1,10 70
300 820 00 50 25 : 1 50 52,8 20 10 6,5 16,5 - 32 6 2,90 140
300 830 00 75 37,5 : 1 75 77,8 30 10 6,5 16,5 4,5 44,5 6 10,50 200
300 832 00 100 50 : 1 100 102,8 30 12 6,5 18,5 4,5 57 6 19,40 480
Module 1.5 301 205 00 16 8 : 1 24 28,4 18 6/6 12 24 - 24,5 8 0,60 60
301 206 00 18 9 : 1 27 31,7 20 8/8 12 28 - 26 8 0,70 80
301 207 00 20 10 : 1 30 34,7 25 8/8 12 28 - 27,5 10 1,10 130
301 213 00 30 15 : 1 45 49,7 30 8/8 12 28 - 35 10 2,80 260
301 218 00 40 20 : 1 60 64,7 30 10/10 12 32 - 42,5 10 6,90 400
301 220 00 50 25 : 1 75 79,7 30 10/10 12 32 10 50 10 12,10 440
301 232 00 100 50 : 1 150 154,7 45 10/10 12 32 10 87,5 12 49,00 1300
Module 2.0 301 505 00 16 8 : 1 32 37,6 20 8/8 14 30 - 32 8 2,40 140
301 506 00 18 9 : 1 36 41,6 25 8/8 14 30 - 34 10 3,00 250
301 507 00 20 10 : 1 40 45,6 30 10/10 14 34 - 36 12 4,10 260
301 513 00 30 15 : 1 60 65,6 40 10/10 14 34 - 46 12 11,20 600
301 518 00 40 20 : 1 80 85,6 40 10/10 14 34 11 56 12 26,80 650
301 520 00 50 25 : 1 100 105,6 40 10/10 14 34 11 66 12 48,90 760
301 524 00 60 30 : 1 120 125,6 50 10/10 14 34 11 76 12 69,50 1200
* Depending on the blanks, worm gears are supplied with or without dimension C!
** Basis of calculations see page 285.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
290 ®
Hollow Worms and Worm Shafts, Double-Thread, Right Hand
Double-thread worms to be paired with single-thread worm gears various ratios at various axle distances can be realized (see table
page 290. If the module (and number of threads) are matching, page 290).
Hollow Worms, Whirled, Made from Steel (C45), Double-Thread, Right Hand
Pressure angle 20º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 300 200 00,
Worm, 11SMnPb30, Module 0.5, Double-Thread,
Right Hand Product No. d da ND NL G L BH7 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
Module 0.5 300 200 00 7 8 5,5 4 12 16 3 4
Module 0.75 300 500 00 8,5 10 6 4 16 20 4 6
Module 1.0 300 800 00 14 16 11 6 24 30 6 26
Module 1.5 301 200 00 25 28 21 10 40 50 8 160
Module 2.0 301 500 00 32 36 25 10 45 55 8 300
Worm Shafts, Whirled, with Centring Hole, Made from Steel (C45), Double-Thread, Right Hand
Pressure angle 20º.
Centring Hole Centring Hole
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 300 201 00,
Worm Shaft, 11SMnPb30, Module 0.5, Double-
Thread, Right Hand
Product No. d da ND ++ 0,2
0,4 NL 1 G NL 2 L Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
Module 0.5 300 201 00 7 8 5,5 18 12 10 40 9
Module 0.75 300 501 00 8,5 10 6 20 16 15 51 15
Module 1.0 300 801 00 14 16 10 30 24 20 74 60
Module 1.5 301 201 00 25 28 20 40 40 30 110 300
Module 2.0 301 501 00 32 36 25 50 45 36 131 620
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 291
Worm Gears Made from Cast Iron (GG25), with Hollow Teeth, Double Thread, Right Hand
Double-threaded worm gears to be paired
with double-threaded worms page 293. If
the module (and number of threads) are mat-
ching, various ratios at various axle distances
can be realized.
Pressure angle 20º.
Efficiency: Module 3 approx. 0.66.
Module 4 approx. 0.67.
Module 5 approx. 0.68.
Module 6 approx. 0.65.
Self-locking capacity: not self-locking.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 310 205 00, Worm gear,
GG25, Module 3, 16 Teeth, Double-Thread, Right Hand
Product No. Number Transm. d0 da ND NL 1 /NL 2 b L G C* a B H7 perm. MT** Weight
of Teeth Ratio mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kg
310 205 00 16 8 :1 48 57 40 18/4 24 46 - - 43 15 9 0,46
Module 3.0 310 207 00 20 10 : 1 60 69 40 18/4 24 46 - - 49 15 16 0,64
310 211 00 26 13 : 1 78 87 45 18/4 24 46 60 12 58 18 31 1,20
310 214 00 32 16 : 1 96 105 50 18/4 24 46 70 12 67 20 60 1,40
310 221 00 52 26 : 1 156 165 75 23/4 24 51 116 12 97 30 242 3,40
310 226 00 65 32,5 : 1 195 204 85 23/4 24 51 150 12 116,5 35 305 4,90
310 505 00 16 8 :1 64 76 50 21/5 34 60 - - 57 20 13 1,00
Module 4.0 310 507 00 20 10 :1 80 92 50 21/5 34 60 - - 65 20 21 1,60
310 511 00 26 13 :1 104 116 55 21/5 34 60 80 14 77 22 48 2,10
*Depending on the blanks, worm gears are supplied with or without dimension C!
** Basis of calculations see page 285.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
292 ®
Hollow Worms and Worm Shafts Double-Thread, Right Hand
Double-threaded worms to be paired with double-threaded worm various ratios at various axle distances can be realized (see table
gears page 292. If the module (and number of threads) are match page 292).
Hollow Worms, Whirled, Made from Steel (C45), Double-Thread, Right Hand
Pressure angle 20º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 310 200 00,
Worm, Steel, Module 3, Double-Thread, Right Hand
Product No. d da ND NL 1 G NL 2 L BH7 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
Module 3.0 310 200 00 38 44 30 12 46 3 61 15 0,4
Module 4.0 310 500 00 50 58 40 15 62 4 81 20 1,2
Worm Shafts, Whirled, with Centring Hole, Made from Steel (C45), Double-Thread, Right Hand
Pressure angle 20º.
Centring Hole Centring Hole
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 310 201 00,
Worm Shaft, 11SMnPb30, Module 3, Double-Thread,
Right Hand
Product No. d da ND ++ 0,2
0,4 NL 1 G NL 2 L Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
Module 3.0 310 201 00 38 44 30 130 46 90 266 1,6
Module 4.0 310 501 00 50 58 40 175 62 120 357 3,8
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 293
Note regarding the Precision Worm-Gear Sets page 295 to 302
Worm gears up to a centre distance of 65 mm are made from The stated torques are permissible driving torques for the
special brass CuZn40Al2/So, above made from bronze worm gear, permissible at a speed of 2800 min -1 at the worm
G-CuSn12 Ni. shaft. The calculations are based on an expected service life
Worms made from 11SMnPb30, inspected for fissures, case har- of 3,000 h. With lower torques, or a shorter expected service
dened or C45 induction hardened, hardness HV620-700, shafts life, the driving torque can be increased. The factor of security
(if used), bore and flanks ground. against rapture is 3.
Pressure angle 15º (to reduce the radial force at the worm The given torques are valid for shock-free drive, 10 starts
shaft). Especially designed for use with high torques, ready per hour, operating time up to 40% and sufficient lubrication
bored and some with keyway. with mineral low-viscosity grease. Viscous synthe tic oil should,
however be preferred. The figures for efficiency stated in the
table are theoretical values that can be negatively influenced by
IMPORTANT: various factors.
Some of the keyways are not in accordance with the DIN. For that reason we do not offer any guarantee regarding the
Please take good note of the keywidth stated. efficiency and the self-locking capacity.
Precision Worm Gear Sets, Flank Clearance at Centre Distance a = 17 - 100 mm
Flank-clearance tolerances for worm gears are only valid for gears with a pressure angle of 15º.
Reference Diameter Module Clearance at Tolerance Engagement Circumferential Backlash at Pitch Ø
of the Worm Gear mn Centre Distance S a2 Backlash S e2 with o up to 24º with o above 25º
d m2 min. max. min. max. min. max. min. max.
over 12 up to 25 0,4 - 0,6 0,13 0,172 0,042 0,067 0,089 0,07 0,092 0,077 0,102
>0,6 - 1,3 0,14 0,185 0,045 0,072 0,096 0,075 0,099 0,083 0,109
>1,3 - 2,0 0,15 0,198 0,048 0,078 0,102 0,08 0,106 0,089 0,117
over 25 up to 50 0,4 - 0,6 0,14 0,185 0,045 0,075 0,099 0,083 0,108
>0,6 - 1,3 0,15 0,198 0,048 0,08 0,106 0,089 0,117
>1,3 - 2,0 0,16 0,212 0,052 0,083 0,11 0,086 0,114 0,095 0,125
>2,0 - 4,0 0,17 0,231 0,056 0,091 0,12 0,094 0,124 0,103 0,137
over 50 up to 100 0,4 - 0,6 0,15 0,198 0,048 0,08 0,106 0,089 0,117
>0,6 - 1,3 0,16 0,212 0,052 0,086 0,114 0,095 0,125
>1,3 - 2,0 0,175 0,231 0,056 0,094 0,124 0,103 0,137
>2,0 - 4,0 0,19 0,25 0,06 0,098 0,129 0,102 0,134 0,112 0,148
o is the lead angle of the worm.
Self-locking capacity
The self-locking capacity is influenced by the lead angle, the Shocks or vibration can override the self-locking capacity. Apart
surface structure of the flanks, the sliding speed, the lubricant from that, various factors in connection with lubrication, gliding
and the heating. Dynamic and static self-locking capacity must speed and load can create such favourable operating conditions
be distinguished. that the self-locking capacity is negatively influenced.
Dynamic self-locking capacity: up to 3º lead angle lubricated For this reason we cannot grant any guarantee regarding the
with grease; up to 2.5º lead angle lubricated with synthetic oils. self-locking capacity.
Static self-locking capacity: from 3º up to 5º lead angle lubrica-
ted with grease; from 2.5º up to 4.5º lead angle lubricated with
synthetic oils.
With lead angles of 4.5º or 5º there is no self-locking capacity.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
294 ®
Precision Worm Gear Sets - Right Hand (Worm Gears and Hollow Worms)
Pressure angle 15º.
Material: ground
Worm gear: special brass CuZn40Al2/So.
Worm: 11SMnPb30, inspected for fissures,
case hardened HV620-700, ground.
Can be built into gear systems, no rewor-
king required, thus short assembly times.
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 320 002 00, Prec. Worm Gear A 17
Product No. 320 102 00, Prec. Worm A 17
Centre Distance in Casing 17 mm + 0.05
Product No. Product No. Trans- Module No. of No. of Lead Worm Worm Maximum *** Weight Weight
Worm Gear Worm mission Teeth Threads Angle Gear Torque Worm Worm
d A ± 0.2 da at 2800min -1 Gear
mm mm Nm g g
320 002 00 320 102 00 *2,25 : 1 0,9 18 8 48º 15’ 25,63 11,95 1,1 0,80 25 7
320 004 00 320 104 00 4,5 : 1 0,75 27 6 21º 50’ 24,60 13,60 1,7 0,75 25 11
320 005 00 320 105 00 5 : 1 0,7 30 6 21º 37’ 24,60 12,80 1,8 0,74 26 12
320 007 00 320 107 00 7 : 1 1,0 21 3 14º 4’ 24,60 14,34 1,6 0,68 25 12
320 009 00 320 109 00 9 : 1 0,75 27 3 9º 40’ 22,70 14,90 1,5 0,61 23 14
320 010 00 320 110 00 10 : 1 0,75 30 3 11º 48’ 24,60 12,50 1,9 0,64 27 9
320 015 00 320 115 00 15 : 1 0,75 30 2 7º 38’ 24,60 12,80 1,9 0,54 26 10
320 025 00 320 125 00 25 : 1 0,9 25 1 4º 32’ 24,60 13,20 1,8 0,42 26 10
320 030 00 320 130 00 30 : 1 0,75 30 1 3º 45’ 24,60 12,95 1,9 0,37 26 10
320 040 00 320 140 00 40 : 1 0,5 40 1 2º 3’ 21,60 14,98 1,4 0,26 22 16
320 050 00 320 150 00 **50 : 1 0,5 50 1 3º 12’ 27,20 9,95 1,0 0,33 32 5
320 060 00 320 160 00 60 : 1 0,4 60 1 2º 18’ 26,00 10,75 1,6 0,26 30 8
320 075 00 320 175 00 75 : 1 0,3 75 1 1º 28’ 24,00 12,34 1,3 0,19 26 10
320 080 00 320 180 00 80 : 1 0,3 80 1 1º 43’ 26,00 10,60 1,4 0,21 30 10
* Worm only polished, worm gear with helical gearing.
** Worm with 9 mm hub diameter only.
*** The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values, since - besides the lead angle - mounting, lubrication,
speed and assembly also have an influence on the efficiency .
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 295
Precision Worm Gear Sets - Right Hand (Worm Gears and Hollow Worms)
Pressure angle 15º.
Material: ground
Worm gear: special brass CuZn40Al2/So.
Worm: 11SMnPb30, inspected for fissures,
case hardened HV620-700, ground.
Can be built into gear systems, no rewor-
king required, thus short assembly times.
Keyway not
according to DIN
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 320 303 00, Prec. Worm Gear A 22.62
Product No. 320 403 00, Prec. Worm A 22.62
Centre Distance in Casing 22.62 mm + 0.05
Product No. Product No. Trans- Module No. of No. of Lead Worm Worm Maximum ** Weight Weight
Worm Gear Worm mission Teeth Threads Angle Gear Torque Worm Worm
d A ± 0.2 da at 2800min -1 Gear
mm mm Nm g g
320 303 00 320 403 00 3 : 1* 1,0 21 7 17º 36’ 24,8 25,15 2,2 0,74 40 60
320 304 00 320 404 00 4 : 1 1,25 20 5 19º 32’ 29,8 21,20 3,6 0,75 54 35
320 307 00 320 407 00 7 : 1 1,25 21 3 11º 46’ 29,8 20,90 3,6 0,66 54 34
320 310 00 320 410 00 10,5 : 1 1,25 21 2 7º 41’ 29,8 21,20 3,4 0,57 54 34
320 321 00 320 421 00 21 : 1 1,25 21 1 3º 48’ 29,8 21,40 3,4 0,40 53 35
320 330 00 320 430 00 30 : 1 0,9 30 1 2º 50’ 29,8 20,00 3,6 0,34 55 33
320 340 00 320 440 00 40 : 1 0,7 40 1 2º 20’ 29,8 18,60 3,9 0,29 60 28
* Worm only polished.
** The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values, as besides the lead angle, mounting, lubrication, speed and
assembly also have an influence on the efficiency.
Precision Worm Gear Sets - Right Hand (Worm Gears and Hollow Worms)
Pressure angle 15º.
ground
Material:
Worm gear: special brass CuZn40Al2/So.
Worm: 11SMnPb30, inspected for fissures,
case hardened HV620-700, ground.
Can be built into gear systems, no rewor-
king required, thus short assembly times.
Keyway not
Ordering Details: e.g.: according to DIN
Product No. 320 604 00, Prec. Worm Gear A 25
Product No. 320 704 00, Prec. Worm A 25
Centre Distance in Casing 25 mm + 0.05
Product No. Product No. Trans- Module No. of No. of Lead Worm Worm Maximum ** Weight Weight
Worm Gear Worm mission Teeth Threads Angle Gear Torque Worm Worm
d A ± 0.2 da at 2800min -1 Gear
mm mm Nm g g
320 604 00 320 704 00 4 : 1 1,4 20 5 20º 29’ 33,5 22,80 5,1 0,76 80 46
320 605 00 320 705 00 5 : 1 1,5 20 4 19º 15’ 34,8 21,20 6,5 0,75 84 37
320 606 00 320 706 00 6,5 : 1 1,15 26 4 13º 52’ 34,8 21,50 6,0 0,70 80 42
320 610 00 320 710 00 10 : 1 1,5 20 2 8º 48’ 34,8 22,60 5,9 0,61 80 44
320 615 00 320 715 00 15 : 1 1,0 30 2 6º 29’ 34,8 19,70 5,7 0,53 86 35
320 620 00 320 720 00 20 : 1 1,5 20 1 4º 19’ 34,8 22,90 5,8 0,44 77 46
320 625 00 320 725 00 25 : 1 1,0 25 1 2º 18’ 27,8 26,96 4,1 0,30 56 77
320 630 00 320 730 00 30 : 1 1,0 30 1 2º 53’ 33,5 21,90 5,9 0,34 78 46
320 640 00 320 740 00 40 : 1 0,8 40 1 2º 33’ 34,8 19,56 6,2 0,31 87 37
320 650 00 320 750 00 50 : 1 0,6 50 1 1º 43’ 33,5 21,16 5,1 0,24 78 47
** The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values,
as besides the lead angle, mounting, lubrication, speed and Reworking within
assembly also have an influence on the efficiency. 24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
296 ®
Precision Worm Gear Sets - Right Hand (Worm Gears and Hollow Worms)
Pressure angle 15º.
Material: ground
Worm gear: special brass CuZn40Al2/So.
Worm: 11SMnPb30,
inspected for fissures, case hardened
HV620-700, ground.
Can be built into gear systems, no rewor-
king required, thus short assembly times.
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 321 002 00, Prec. Worm Gear A 31
Product No. 321 102 00, Prec. Worm A 31
Centre Distance in Casing 31 mm + 0.05
Product No. Product No. Trans- Module No. of No. of Lead Worm Worm Maximum ** Weight Weight
Worm Gear Worm mission Teeth Threads Angle Gear Torque Worm Worm
d A ± 0.2 da at 2800min -1 Gear
mm mm Nm g g
321 002 00 321 102 00 *2,5 : 1 1,25 25 10 45º 15’ 46,9 20,10 4,4 0,82 132 39
321 004 00 321 104 00 4,28 : 1 1,25 30 7 25º 24’ 45,0 22,90 9 0,79 122 38
321 005 00 321 105 00 5 : 1 1,3 30 6 23º 46’ 46,5 21,95 9,5 0,78 150 52
321 006 00 321 106 00 6 : 1 1,3 30 5 18º 13’ 45,0 23,40 7,6 0,74 120 52
321 007 00 321 107 00 7 : 1 1,5 28 4 20º 32’ 48,8 20,10 9,7 0,75 128 47
321 008 00 321 108 00 8,33 : 1 1,75 25 3 19º 49’ 51,0 19,00 10 0,74 150 29
321 010 00 321 110 00 10 : 1 1,4 30 3 12º 50’ 47,0 21,70 9,5 0,68 130 44
321 012 00 321 112 00 12 : 1 1,25 36 3 13º 55’ 50,0 18,10 12,1 0,69 150 40
321 015 00 321 115 00 15 : 1 1,5 30 2 10º 40’ 50,0 19,20 10,7 0,64 145 32
321 018 00 321 118 00 18 : 1 1,25 36 2 8º 44’ 48,8 18,96 10,3 0,59 145 33
321 020 00 321 120 00 20 : 1 0,75 60 3 7º 49’ 48,0 18,04 8,3 0,57 145 34
321 022 00 321 122 00 22 : 1 1,0 44 2 6º 29’ 48,0 19,70 9,6 0,53 138 39
321 023 00 321 123 00 23 : 1 2,0 23 1 7º 29’ 52,0 19,35 10,5 0,56 148 28
321 024 00 321 124 00 24 : 1 1,75 24 1 5º 4’ 47,0 23,30 9,2 0,48 125 49
321 025 00 321 125 00 25 : 1 1,75 25 1 5º 35’ 48,5 21,50 9,6 0,49 132 40
321 028 00 321 128 00 28 : 1 1,5 28 1 4º 20’ 46,5 22,85 9,1 0,44 125 49
321 030 00 321 130 00 30 : 1 1,5 30 1 5º 7’ 48,8 19,80 10,3 0,47 142 54
321 032 00 321 132 00 32 : 1 1,4 32 1 4º 45’ 48,8 19,70 10,2 0,45 142 35
321 038 00 321 138 00 38 : 1 1,25 38 1 5º 1’ 51,2 16,80 11,4 0,46 158 24
321 045 00 321 145 00 45 : 1 1,0 45 1 3º 23’ 48,0 18,93 9,5 0,37 142 36
321 050 00 321 150 00 50 : 1 0,9 50 1 3º 3’ 48,0 18,70 9 0,35 143 35
321 055 00 321 155 00 55 : 1 0,9 55 1 4º 12’ 52,0 14,10 10,4 0,40 172 17
321 060 00 321 160 00 60 : 1 0,75 60 1 2º 33’ 48,0 18,40 8,2 0,31 144 35
321 070 00 321 170 00 70 : 1 0,7 70 1 3º 7’ 52,0 14,30 9 0,34 170 19
321 075 00 321 175 00 75 : 1 0,6 75 1 2º 2’ 47,0 18,10 7,3 0,26 143 35
321 090 00 321 190 00 90 : 1 0,5 90 1 1º 41’ 48,0 18,00 6,4 0,23 143 35
321 100 00 321 200 00 100 : 1 0,5 100 1 2º 24’ 52,7 12,96 7,4 0,28 175 16
* Worm only polished - worm gear with helical gearing.
** The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values, since - besides the lead angle - mounting, lubrication,
speed and assembly also have an influence on the efficiency.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 297
Precision Worm Gear Sets - Right Hand (Worm Gears and Hollow Worms)
Pressure angle 15º.
Material: ground
Worm gear: special brass CuZn40Al2/So.
Worm: 11SMnPb30, inspected for fissures,
case hardened HV620-700, ground.
Can be built into gear systems, no rewor-
king required, thus short assembly times.
Keyway not
according to DIN
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 321 303 00, Prec. Worm Gear A 33
Product No. 321 403 00, Prec. Worm A 33
Centre Distance in Casing 33 mm + 0.05
Product No. Product No. Trans- Module No. of No. of Lead Worm Worm Maximum * Weight Weight
Worm Gear Worm mission Teeth Threads Angle Gear Torque Worm Worm
d A ± 0.2 da at 2800min -1 Gear
mm mm Nm g g
321 303 00 321 403 00 3,5 : 1 1,75 21 6 25º 57’ 47,0 27,50 10,1 0,79 155 80
321 305 00 321 405 00 5 : 1 2,0 20 4 20º 50’ 49,0 26,50 10,6 0,77 164 70
321 307 00 321 407 00 7 : 1 1,5 28 4 15º 32’ 48,0 25,40 12,2 0,72 164 69
321 310 00 321 410 00 10 : 1 1,5 30 3 13º 10’ 51,0 22,75 13,3 0,69 186 53
321 311 00 321 411 00 11,3 : 1 1,3 34 3 10º 42’ 49,2 23,60 13,3 0,65 178 60
321 312 00 321 412 00 12 : 1 1,9 24 2 11º 14’ 52,0 23,30 13,5 0,66 186 50
321 314 00 321 414 00 14 : 1 1,5 28 2 7º 20’ 47,0 26,50 11,4 0,57 159 77
321 315 00 321 415 00 15 : 1 1,5 30 2 8º 25’ 50,0 23,50 13,0 0,60 180 57
321 316 00 321 416 00 16 : 1 1,5 32 2 10º 1’ 53,0 20,24 14,0 0,63 203 38
321 317 00 321 417 00 17 : 1 1,4 34 2 9º 3’ 52,5 20,60 14,2 0,61 202 41
321 318 00 321 418 00 18 : 1 1,25 36 2 6º 57’ 49,2 23,15 12,6 0,55 180 58
321 320 00 321 420 00 20 : 1 1,15 40 2 6º 43’ 50,5 21,96 12,7 0,54 188 52
321 324 00 321 424 00 24 : 1 1,9 24 1 5º 27’ 51,0 23,80 13,2 0,49 183 54
321 328 00 321 428 00 28 : 1 1,5 28 1 3º 36’ 46,6 26,90 11,2 0,40 156 80
321 330 00 321 430 00 30 : 1 1,5 30 1 4º 8’ 50,0 23,85 12,7 0,43 178 60
321 332 00 321 432 00 32 : 1 1,5 32 1 4º 50’ 52,5 20,80 13,5 0,46 200 40
321 338 00 321 438 00 38 : 1 1,25 38 1 3º 55’ 51,6 20,76 13,9 0,41 200 44
321 350 00 321 450 00 50 : 1 0,9 50 1 2º 27’ 48,0 22,80 10,0 0,31 178 60
321 356 00 321 456 00 56 : 1 0,8 56 1 2º 10’ 48,0 22,75 10,1 0,29 180 62
321 375 00 321 475 00 75 : 1 0,6 75 1 1º 41’ 48,0 21,70 9,0 0,24 183 56
* The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values, as besides the lead angle, mounting, lubrication, speed and
assembly also have an influence on the efficiency.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
298 ®
Precision Worm Gear Sets - Right Hand (Worm Gears and Hollow Worms)
Pressure angle 15º.
Material: ground
Worm gear: special brass CuZn40Al2/So.
Worm: 11SMnPb30, inspected for fissures,
case hardened HV620-700, ground.
Can be built into gear systems, no rewor-
king required, thus short assembly times.
Ordering Details:e.g.:
Product No. 322 002 00, Prec. Worm Gear A 35
Product No. 322 102 00, Prec. Worm A 35
Centre Distance in Casing 35 mm + 0.05
Product No. Product No. Trans- Module No. of No. of Lead Worm Worm Maximum ** Weight Weight
Worm Gear Worm mission Teeth Threads Angle Gear Torque Worm Worm
d A ± 0.2 da at 2800min -1 Gear
mm mm Nm g g
322 002 00 322 102 00 *2,78 : 1 1,5 25 9 31º 55’ 46,76 29,20 6,6 0,81 178 88
322 005 00 322 105 00 5 : 1 1,75 25 5 22º 52’ 53,00 26,02 15,3 0,78 220 62
322 007 00 322 107 00 7,25 : 1 1,5 29 4 13º 47’ 50,00 28,18 14,7 0,71 195 80
322 008 00 322 108 00 8 : 1 1,9 24 3 14º 25’ 53,00 26,69 16,7 0,71 210 65
322 010 00 322 110 00 10 : 1 1,5 30 3 10º 43’ 51,00 27,20 16,0 0,66 200 73
322 012 00 322 112 00 12 : 1 1,9 24 2 9º 11’ 52,00 27,60 16,1 0,63 210 70
322 015 00 322 115 00 15 : 1 1,5 30 2 7º 50,00 27,62 15,3 0,57 198 76
322 020 00 322 120 00 20 : 1 1,15 40 2 5º 33’ 50,50 26,08 14,8 0,51 210 70
322 025 00 322 125 00 25 : 1 0,9 50 2 4º 9’ 49,00 26,67 12,9 0,44 210 80
322 030 00 322 130 00 30 : 1 1,5 30 1 3º 27’ 50,00 27,92 15,0 0,40 196 80
322 040 00 322 140 00 40 : 1 1,15 40 1 2º 45’ 50,50 26,21 14,7 0,34 200 70
322 050 00 322 150 00 50 : 1 0,9 50 1 2º 4’ 49,00 26,73 12,9 0,28 188 78
322 058 00 322 158 00 58 : 1 0,85 58 1 2º 21’ 53,00 22,35 14,5 0,30 200 50
322 090 00 322 190 00 90 : 1 0,5 90 1 1º 9’ 49,00 26,00 9,1 0,18 198 79
Precision Worm Gear Sets - Right Hand (Worm Gears and Hollow Worms)
Pressure angle 15º.
Material: ground
Worm gear: special brass CuZn40Al2/So.
Worm: 11SMnPb30, inspected for fissures,
case hardened HV620-700, ground.
Can be built into gear systems, no rewor-
king required, thus short assembly times.
Ordering Details:e.g.: Keyway not
Product No. 322 306 00, Prec. Worm Gear A 40 according to DIN
Product No. 322 406 00, Prec. Worm A 40
Centre Distance in Casing 40 mm + 0.07
Product No. Product No. Trans- Module No. of No. of Lead Worm Worm Maximum ** Weight Weight
Worm Gear Worm mission Teeth Threads Angle Gear Torque Worm Worm
d A ± 0.2 da at 2800min -1 Gear
mm mm Nm g g
322 306 00 322 406 00 6,75 : 1 2,0 27 4 21º 19’ 64,0 26,00 29,5 0,77 386 58
322 308 00 322 408 00 8 : 1 2,25 24 3 16º 35’ 62,5 28,14 27,5 0,74 390 58
322 310 00 322 410 00 10 : 1 1,9 30 3 16º 1’ 65,0 24,46 29,5 0,72 402 49
322 312 00 322 412 00 12 : 1 1,5 36 3 10º 21’ 60,0 28,05 25,2 0,65 352 81
322 315 00 322 415 00 15 : 1 1,9 30 2 9º 53’ 64,0 25,94 28,0 0,64 380 60
322 320 00 322 420 00 20 : 1 1,5 40 2 8º 59’ 66,0 22,20 28,9 0,61 428 40
322 325 00 322 425 00 25 : 1 1,15 50 2 5º 58’ 62,0 24,45 24,4 0,52 370 60
322 328 00 322 428 00 28 : 1 2,0 28 1 4º 47’ 61,5 28,00 28,4 0,47 360 72
322 330 00 322 430 00 30 : 1 2,0 30 1 5º 50’ 66,0 23,68 30,1 0,51 480 42
322 335 00 322 435 00 35 : 1 1,75 35 1 5º 26’ 67,0 21,98 31,0 0,49 430 36
322 340 00 322 440 00 40 : 1 1,5 40 1 4º 20’ 65,0 22,83 28,3 0,44 420 44
322 350 00 322 450 00 50 : 1 1,25 50 1 4º 8’ 68,0 19,80 27,0 0,42 450 30
322 356 00 322 456 00 56 : 1 1,0 56 1 2º 23’ 59,0 26,00 21,9 0,31 370 40
322 360 00 322 460 00 60 : 1 0,9 60 1 1º 59’ 57,5 27,72 19,3 0,28 340 87
322 370 00 322 470 00 70 : 1 0,9 70 1 3º 3’ 67,0 18,71 24,1 0,35 460 28
322 375 00 322 475 00 75 : 1 0,75 75 1 1º 48’ 60,0 25,25 18,8 0,25 370 72
322 380 00 322 480 00 80 : 1 0,75 80 1 2º 10’ 64,0 21,40 20,1 0,28 420 45
* Worm only polished - worm gear with helical gearing.
** The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values.
® 299
Precision Worm Gear Sets, Right Hand (Worm Gears and Hollow Worms)
Pressure angle 15º.
Material:
Worm Gear: special brass CuZn40Al2/So.
Worm: 11SMnPb30, inspected for fissures,
case hardened HV620-700, ground.
Can be built into gear systems, no rewor-
king required , thus short assembly times.
Keyway not
ground
according to DIN
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 330 004 00, Prec. Worm Gear A 50.
Product No. 323 104 00, Prec. Worm A 50.
Centre distance in Housing 50 mm + 0,05
Product No. Product No. Trans- Module No. of No. of Lead Worm Worm Maximum * Weight Weight
Worm Gear Worm mission Teeth Threads Angle Gear Torque Worm Worm
d A ± 0.2 da at 2800min -1 Gear
mm mm Nm g g
330 004 00 323 104 00 4,25 : 1 3,5 17 4 25º 51’ 77 39,10 34 0,80 580 200
330 006 00 323 106 00 6 : 1 3,5 18 3 19º 17’ 77 38,80 52 0,77 580 180
330 008 00 323 109 00 8,66 : 1 2,5 26 3 13º 52’ 77 36,29 64 0,72 600 176
330 012 00 323 113 00 12 : 1 2,75 24 2 10º 23’ 77 36,00 66 0,66 620 156
330 014 00 323 115 00 13,5 : 1 2,5 27 2 9º 38’ 77 34,90 63 0,65 630 160
330 019 00 323 121 00 19 : 1 3,5 19 1 6º 17’ 77 39,00 78 0,55 590 190
330 023 00 323 125 00 23 : 1 3,0 23 1 5º 38’ 77 36,58 71 0,52 600 170
330 027 00 323 130 00 27 : 1 2,5 27 1 3º 40’ 77 35,73 65 0,48 620 170
330 035 00 323 138 00 35 : 1 2,0 35 1 3º 51’ 77 33,78 57 0,43 630 150
330 046 00 323 150 00 46 : 1 1,5 46 1 2º 47’ 74 33,85 51 0,36 620 170
330 055 00 323 160 00 55 : 1 1,25 55 1 2º 19’ 74 33,40 46 0,31 620 170
330 069 00 323 175 00 69 : 1 1,0 69 1 1º 51’ 74 32,90 41 0,27 620 170
Precision Worm Gear Sets, Right Hand (Worm Gears and Hollow Worms)
Pressure angle 15º.
Material: ground
Worm Gear: special brass CuZn40Al2/So.
Worm: 11SMnPb30, inspected for fissures,
case hardened HV620-700, ground.
Can be built into gear systems, no rewor-
king required , thus short assembly times.
Keyway not
Ordering Details: e.g.: according
to DIN
Product No. 323 004 00, Prec. Worm Gear A 53.
Product No. 323 104 00, Prec. Worm A 53.
Centre distance in Housing 53 mm + 0,07
Product No. Product No. Trans- Module No. of No. of Lead Worm Worm Maximum * Weight Weight
Worm Gear Worm mission Teeth Threads Angle Gear Torque Worm Worm
d A ± 0.2 da at 2800min -1 Gear
mm mm Nm g g
323 004 00 323 104 00 4,75 : 1 3,5 19 4 25º 51’ 83,0 39,10 45 0,80 590 200
323 006 00 323 106 00 6,67 : 1 3,5 20 3 19º 17’ 84,0 38,80 67 0,77 600 180
323 009 00 323 109 00 9,67 : 1 2,5 29 3 13º 52’ 82,0 36,29 77 0,72 620 176
323 013 00 323 113 00 13,5 : 1 2,75 27 2 10º 23’ 84,0 36,00 80 0,66 630 156
323 015 00 323 115 00 15 : 1 2,5 30 2 9º 38’ 83,0 34,90 75 0,65 650 160
323 021 00 323 121 00 21 : 1 3,5 21 1 6º 17’ 83,0 39,00 94 0,55 600 190
323 025 00 323 125 00 25 : 1 3,0 25 1 5º 38’ 84,0 36,58 84 0,52 630 170
323 028 00 323 128 00 28 : 1 2,5 28 1 3º 59’ 77,5 41,00 87 0,44 500 250
323 030 00 323 130 00 30 : 1 2,5 30 1 4º 40’ 83,0 35,73 77 0,48 640 170
323 038 00 323 138 00 38 : 1 2,0 38 1 3º 51’ 83,0 33,78 68 0,43 660 150
323 050 00 323 150 00 50 : 1 1,5 50 1 2º 47’ 81,0 33,85 60 0,36 640 170
323 060 00 323 160 00 60 : 1 1,25 60 1 2º 19’ 80,0 33,40 55 0,31 650 170
323 075 00 323 175 00 75 : 1 1,0 75 1 1º 51’ 78,0 32,90 49 0,27 640 170
* The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values, as besides the lead angle, mounting, lubrication,
speed and assembly also have an influence on the efficiency.
300 ®
Precision Worm Gear Sets, Right Hand (Worm Gears and Hollow Worms)
Pressure angle 15º.
Material:
ground
Worm Gear: special brass CuZn40Al2/So.
Worm: 11SMnPb30, inspected for fissures,
case hardened HV620-700, ground.
Can be built into gear systems, no rewor-
king required , thus short assembly times.
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 330 306 00, Prec. Worm Gear A 63.
Product No. 323 104 00, Prec. Worm A 63.
Centre distance in Housing 63 mm + 0,07
Product No. Product No. Trans- Module No. of No. of Lead Worm Worm Maximum * Weight Weight
Worm Gear Worm mission Teeth Threads Angle Gear Torque Worm Worm
d A ± 0.2 da at 2800min -1 Gear
mm mm Nm g g
330 306 00 323 104 00 6 : 1 3,5 24 4 25º 51’ 104 39,10 89 0,80 1200 200
330 312 00 323 109 00 12 : 1 2,5 36 3 13º 52’ 104 36,29 141 0,72 1100 180
330 319 00 330 419 00 19 : 1 2,5 38 2 10º 8’ 104 33,40 133 0,65 1200 136
330 326 00 323 121 00 26 : 1 3,5 26 1 6º 17’ 104 39,00 172 0,55 1065 190
330 334 00 330 434 00 34 : 1 2,75 34 1 5º 9’ 104 36,10 148 0,50 1200 170
330 348 00 323 138 00 48 : 1 2,0 48 1 3º 51’ 104 33,78 125 0,43 1200 150
330 363 00 323 150 00 63 : 1 1,5 63 1 2º 47’ 101 33,85 111 0,36 1200 170
330 370 00 323 475 00 70 : 1 1,25 70 1 1º 59’ 97 38,60 112 0,29 980 250
Precision Worm Gear Sets, Right Hand (Worm Gears and Hollow Worms)
Pressure angle 15º.
Material: ground
Worm Gear: special brass CuZn40Al2/So.
Worm: 11SMnPb30, inspected for fissures,
case hardened HV620-700, ground.
Can be built into gear systems, no rewor-
king required , thus short assembly times.
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 323 306 00, Prec. Worm Gear A 65.
Product No. 323 104 00, Prec. Worm A 65.
Centre distance in Housing 65 mm + 0,07
Product No. Product No. Trans- Module No. of No. of Lead Worm Worm Maximum * Weight Weight
Worm Gear Worm mission Teeth Threads Angle Gear Torque Worm Worm
d A ± 0.2 da at 2800min -1 Gear
mm mm Nm g g
323 306 00 323 104 00 6,25 : 1 3,5 25 4 25º 51’ 108,0 39,10 101 0,80 1200 200
323 312 00 323 109 00 12,66 : 1 2,5 38 3 13º 52’ 108,0 36,29 156 0,72 1300 176
323 328 00 323 121 00 28 : 1 3,5 28 1 6º 17’ 108,0 39,00 192 0,55 1200 190
323 350 00 323 138 00 50 : 1 2,0 50 1 3º 51’ 108,0 33,78 137 0,43 1200 150
323 366 00 323 150 00 66 : 1 1,5 66 1 2º 47’ 107,0 33,85 122 0,36 1200 170
323 375 00 323 475 00 75 : 1 1,25 75 1 1º 59’ 100,0 38,60 125 0,29 1100 250
* The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values,
as besides the lead angle, mounting, lubrication,
speed and assembly also have an influence on the efficiency.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 301
Precision Worm Gear Sets, Right Hand (Worm Gears and Hollow Worms)
Pressure angle 15º.
Material:
Worm Gear: special brass CuZn40Al2/So.
Worm: 11SMnPb30, inspected for fissures,
case hardened HV620-700, ground.
Can be built into gear systems, no rewor-
king required , thus short assembly times.
ground Keyway not
according to DIN
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 330 607 00, Prec. Worm Gear A 80.
Product No. 330 707 00, Prec. Worm A 80.
Centre distance in Housing 80 mm + 0,1
Product No. Product No. Trans- Module No. of No. of Lead Worm Worm Maximum * Weight Weight
Worm Gear Worm mission Teeth Threads Angle Gear Torque Worm Worm
d A ± 0.2 da at 2800min -1 Gear
mm mm Nm g g
330 607 00 330 707 00 6,75 : 1 4,0 27 4 23º 35’ 132 48,0 150 0,79 2900 280
330 612 00 330 712 00 12 : 1 2,5 48 4 16º 36’ 132,5 40,0 243 0,75 3200 270
330 620 00 330 720 00 20 : 1 3,0 40 2 8º 58’ 130,5 44,5 296 0,63 3033 340
330 630 00 330 730 00 30 : 1 4,0 30 1 5º 44’ 132,5 48,0 348 0,53 2900 380
330 650 00 330 750 00 50 : 1 2,5 50 1 4º 6’ 132,5 40,0 248 0,45 3200 266
330 680 00 330 780 00 80 : 1 1,5 80 1 2º 9’ 124,5 43,0 213 0,30 2900 380
* The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values, as besides the lead angle, mounting, lubrication,
speed and assembly also have an influence on the efficiency.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
302 ®
Precision Worm Gear Sets - Right Hand (Worm Gears and Worm Shafts)
Pressure angle: 20º.
Material: Worm gears with cast iron hub made from grey cast iron GG20 and toothed ring made from special worm-gear bronze
(G-CuSn12Ni).
Worm shafts made from steel C45 hardened. Shaft ends soft. Tooth flanks ground.
Worm Gears, Centre Distance in Casing a = 100 mm ± 0.03
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 332 014 01, Prec.-Worm Gear, a = 100, i = 14.5
Product No. Trans- Module Number dA d0 D1 b Md 2 * Weight
mission of teeth at 2800min -1
mm mm mm mm Nm kg
332 014 01 14,5 5 29 165 150 - 38 485 0,87 5,95
332 026 01 26 3,15 52 176 166,5 115 26 430 0,84 5,15
332 029 01 29 5 29 165 150 - 38 550 0,75 5,8
332 039 01 39 4 39 172 160 - 32 470 0,76 5,7
332 062 01 62 2,5 62 165 157,5 112 28 510 0,66 4,9
332 082 01 82 2 82 170,5 164,5 118 26 450 0,62 4,7
332 107 01 107 1,6 107 177 172 128 26** 300 0,59 4,5
* The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values, as besides the lead angle,
mounting, lubrication, speed and assembly also have an influence on the efficiency.
** Width of the main body: 26 mm, tapered, to be paired with Tooth Width 20 mm.
Worm Shafts, Centre Distance in Casing a = 100 mm ± 0.03
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 332 014 02, Pr.-Worm Shaft, a = 100, i = 14.5
Product No. Trans- Module Number d A d ND G e * Weight
mission of Threads
mm mm mm mm mm kg
332 014 02 14,5 5 2 60 50 40,5 70 110 0,87 3,85
332 026 02 26 3,15 2 39,8 33,5 40,5 58 110 0,84 3,05
332 029 02 29 5 1 60 50 40,5 70 110 0,75 3,86
332 039 02 39 4 1 48 40 40,5 64 110 0,76 3,3
332 062 02 62 2,5 1 47,5 42,5 40,5 50 90 0,66 3,5
332 082 02 82 2 1 39,5 35,5 40,5 46 90 0,62 3,2 Test point
100
332 107 02 107 1,6 1 31,2 28 30,5 42 90 0,59 1,85
Centring Hole Centring Hole
* The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values, as besides the lead angle,
mounting, lubrication, speed and assembly also have an influence on the efficiency.
Self-locking capacity
The self-locking capacity is influenced by the lead angle, the Shocks or vibration can override the self-locking capacity. Apart
surface structure of the flanks, the sliding speed, the lubricant from that, various factors in connection with lubrication, gliding
and the heating. speed and load can create such favourable operating conditions
For worm gears with centre distance a=100mm and 125mm: that the self-locking capacity is negatively influenced.
Up to ratio 39:1 not self-locking. For this reason we cannot grant any guarantee regarding the
self-locking capacity.
From ratio 62:1 Static self-locking.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 303
Precision Worm Gear Sets - Right Hand (Worm Gears and Worm Shafts)
Pressure angle: 20º.
Material: Worm gears with cast iron hub made from grey cast iron GG20 and toothed ring made from special worm-gear bronze
(G-CuSn12Ni).
Worm shafts made from Steel C45 hardened. Shaft ends not tempered. Tooth flanks ground.
Worm Gears, Centre Distance in Casing a = 125 mm ± 0.03
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 332 214 01, Pr.-Worm Gear, a = 125, i = 14.5
Product No. Trans- Module Number dA d0 D1 b Md 2 * Weight
mission of teeth at 1500min -1
mm mm mm mm Nm kg
332 214 01 14,5 6,3 29 206 187 - 50 950 0,88 11,4
332 226 01 25,5 4 51 222 210 155 32 810 0,86 10,3 70
332 229 01 29 6,3 29 206 187 - 50 1110 0,79 11,45
332 239 01 39 5 39 215 200 136 38 1060 0,78 10,1
332 262 01 62 3,15 62 206,5 197 145 34 1160 0,68 8,5
332 282 01 82 2,5 82 215 207,5 160 34 860 0,66 7,97
332 307 01 107 2 107 221 214,5 168 34 580 0,62 7,9
105
50
410
* The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values, since - besides the lead angle -
mounting, lubrication, speed and assembly also have an influence on the efficiency.
Worm Shafts, Centre Distance in Casing a = 125 mm ± 0.03
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 332 214 02, Pr.-Worm Shaft, a = 125, i = 14.5
Product No. Trans- Module Number d A d ND G e * Weight
mission of Threads
mm mm mm mm mm kg
332 214 02 14,5 6,3 2 75,6 63 50,5 85 135 0,88 7,05
332 226 02 25,5 4 2 48 40 50,5 75 135 0,86 5,42
332 229 02 29 6,3 1 75,6 63 50,5 85 135 0,79 7,05
332 239 02 39 5 1 60 50 50,5 82 135 0,78 6,06
332 262 02 62 3,15 1 59,3 53 50,5 64 105 0,68 6,35
332 282 02 82 2,5 1 47,5 42,5 45,5 58 105 0,66 4,9
125
Test point
332 307 02 107 2 1 39,5 35,5 40,5 52 105 0,62 3,75
Centring Hole Centring Hole
410
* The figures stated for the efficiency are only reference values, since - besides the lead angle -
mounting, lubrication, speed and assembly also have an influence on the efficiency.
Self-locking capacity
The self-locking capacity is influenced by the lead angle, the Shocks or vibration can override the self-locking capacity. Apart
surface structure of the flanks, the sliding speed, the lubricant from that, various factors in connection with lubrication, gliding
and the heating. speed and load can create such favourable operating conditions
For worm gears with centre distance a=100mm and 125mm: that the self-locking capacity is negatively influenced.
Up to ratio 39:1 not self-locking. For this reason we cannot grant any guarantee regarding the
self-locking capacity.
From ratio 62:1 Static self-locking.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
304 ®
Trapezoidal Thread Spindles and Nuts DIN 103 – Description
General description Production method
Trapezoidal threads are ideal for movement due to their flank Practically all of the spindles in the catalogue models are rolled.
profile. Application: Conversion of a rotary movement into a Thread rolling is the most economical production method for
linear one. Sometimes: Conversion of a linear movement into series production. Due to the chipless shaping, rolled threaded
a rotary one. Trapezoidal threads can also be used as easy-to- spindles feature a number of positive characteristics: Higher
loosen fastener. tensile strength, higher resistance to wear, higher fatigue
Thread profile of the catalogue products strength under reversed bending, burnished thread flanks, pre-
Metric DIN-ISO thread according to DIN 103, cise profile, unsevered grain structure and higher resistance to
with 15° flank angle. corrosion. During thread rolling a groove forms at the outside
diameter. This groove guarantees accuracy and cylindricity
Designation of a Trapezoidal thread spindle DIN 103 of the thread. It has no influence on the functioning of the
DIN-number, abbreviation for trapezoidal thread, threaded spindle, as the thread bears its load at the flanks. The
outside diameter x lead x length threads of the nuts are cut.
For example: Spindle DIN 103 Tr. 12 x 3 x 1000mm.
Catalogue Spindles page 310 - 312
Single thread right and left Steel C15 Tr. 10 x 3 to Tr. 70 x 10 Page 310
Stainless 1.4305 A Tr. 10 x 3 to Tr. 50 x 8 Page 311
Double thread, right hand Steel C15 Tr. 12 x 6P3 to Tr. 40 x 14P7 Page 312
Stainless 1.4305 A Tr. 12 x 6P3 to Tr. 40 x 14P7 Page 312
Stock lengths: 1000mm, 1500mm, 2000mm, 3000mm.
Other lengths and materials as well as customised models on request.
Stock Spindles page 313 - 315
Round nuts or hexagon nuts made from steel C35Pb Round flange nuts made from cast iron GG25.
and stainless steel 1.4305. As for round flange nut made from red brass but only
For clamping, manual adjustment and as a fastening nut. limited dry-running capabilities and not corrosion proof.
Not suitable for drive systems.
Round nuts made from plastic PA6.6 with MoS2.
Round nuts or round flange nuts made from red brass Rg 7. For low-noise drive systems. Maximum permissible
For drive systems at low and medium speed and operating peripheral speed V max. = 0.5 m/sec. at low load.
times under 20%. Good dry running properties in situations Good dry-running properties.
with insufficient lubrication. In combination with a stainless
spindle the drive becomes corrosion resistant.
Spindle and nut components are manufactured in accordance with DIN 103. Zero backlash (adjustable) can only be achieved with a
two-part nut or two counteracting nuts. Spindles and spindle nuts available from drawing on request.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
Chain Tensioners page 322 on request.
® 305
Basis for Calculation of Trapezoidal-Threaded Spindle Drives
Required Driving Torque for a Threaded Spindle Drive Torque due to an axial load
The required output torque at the spindle Calculation: Due to their degree of efficiency, many
can be derived from the axial load, the spindle drives with trapezoidal thread are
1) Lead angle calculated from:
lead of the spindle and the efficiency of not self-locking, i. e. an applied axial load
threaded spindle drive and mounting. At P causes a spindle torque. In this case the
short acceleration times and high speeds, tan = efficiency is lower than with a conversion
d2 .
the acceleration torque, and with sliding of rotary into linear motion.
guide the breakaway torque also have to Calculation method: as with the conversi-
be considered. 2) Selecting the friction coefficient µ on of rotary into linear motion, but with
Calculation method: from the table. M d ` and ’ .
See table page 295 bottom.
1) Determining the lead angle using
book of tables or DIN sheet or through 3) Calculating the effective angle of fric-
tion p’ from: Calculating the efficiency degree ’:
calculation.
2) Determining the friction coefficient µ tanp’ µ . 1,07
using a table. tan ( -p’)
’ =
3) Calculating the effective angle of fric- tan
tion p’. 4) Calculating the efficiency degree :
4) Calculating the degree of efficiency tan Calculating the torque M d ` in Nm:
=
5) Calculating the torque M d tan ( +p’)
F.P. ’
Important: About 10% should be added M d `=
2000 .
to the end result to make up for losses 5) Calculating the torque M d in Nm:
due to bearing situation. Additional fric-
tion due to linear guides and possible F.P
Md =
rotational forces have to considered by 2000 . .
adding a respective allowance. This can
also be done when calculating the input
power.
Legend Required Driving Power of a
Spindle Drive
(alpha) is the lead angle of the d 2 is the medium effective diameter.
thread. The power (in kW) can be derived from
F is the overall axial load in N.
(eta) is the degree of efficiency the driving torque M d and the spindle
M d is the driving torque at the spindle speed n (in min -1):
regarding the conversion of rotary
end in Nm.
into linear motion.
M d ` is the torque generated by the axial
’ is the degree of efficiency regarding
load in Nm.
the conversion of linear into rotary
n is the speed in min -1. Important: In order to allow for losses
motion.
caused by the bearing and other frictional
µ (mü) is the friction coefficient. P is the spindle lead in mm. losses and the power required for rota-
(pi) is ~ 3.14. p’ is the effective angle of friction. tory acceleration, the power selected for
the drive should be 60 to 100% above
the calculated figure.
Self-locking Capacity of Trapezoidal Spindle Drives
The self-locking capacity is linked to the the angle of friction. A small vibration locking.
friction coefficient (determined by the may, however be enough to set the nut
material match spindle/nut, surface qua- Due to their large lead, double-threaded
moving. The only dynamic self-locking spindle drives are generally not self-
lity, lubrication) and to the lead angle. If drive is size 70 x 10, as only here the
the lead angle is smaller than the angle of locking.
lead angle is small enough (friction coef-
friction, the spindle drive is self-locking. ficient 0.05 = 2.86º).
We need to distinguish between static Attention: the above statements are only
and dynamic self-locking capacity. With valid under the assumption that the fric-
static self-locking capacity a motionless tion coefficients listed in the catalogue
nut remains steadfast, as long as it is not are really fitting. In practice surface pro-
set in motion by other influences. perties and the type of lubrication and
With dynamic self-locking capacity a lubricant used may cause derivation from
moving nut comes to a stop, when it is the original value. To be on the safe side,
no longer driven. a locking device (clamping device) should
In theory all listed single-thread spindle be fitted. In connection with plastic nuts,
drives - except for plastic nuts - are self none of the spindle drives listed are self-
locking, as the lead angle is smaller than
306 ®
Basis for the Calculation of Trapezoidal-Threaded Spindle Drives
Critical Speed of Trapezoidal-Thread Spindles
With thin, fast running spindles there is a danger that resonant
bending vibration occurs. The method described below helps
to determine the resonant frequency provided a rigid enough
installation. Speeds close to the critical speed also immensely
increase the risk of lateral buckling - the critical speed must the-
refore always be considered when calculating the critical buckling
length. (see following chapter “critical buckling force”)
n perm. = n kr . f kr . c kr
n perm. is the fastest permissible spindle speed in min -1 .
Limit of
n kr is the critical spindle speed in min -1 - corresponds to Speed
the natural bending vibrations of the spindle and leads
to resonance occurrences.
f kr is a corrective factor, considering the spindle bearing.
Precondition is a rigid enough installation of the
spindle and a fixed bearing.
The following drawing shows 4 classic installation
methods of f kr for standard spindle bearings:
c kr is a corrective factor, considering the influence of the
critical buckling force. We would advise to first
determine n kr . f kr and to then to equate n perm.
with the actual speed n. This then leads to c kr
for n/(n kr . f kr ), and with these figures the diagramme
then renders c k (c kr ) the related maximum axial
pressure load.
Critical Buckling Force of Trapezoidal-Threaded Spindles
With thin spindles under pressure load there is a risk that lateral fk is a corrective factor, considering the spindle bearing
buckling occurs. Before the permissible pressure load is deter- Precondition is a rigid enough installation of the
mined, the safety factors of the mechanism have to be consi- spindle and a fixed bearing. The following table shows
dered . classic installation methods of f k for standard spindle
F = F .f .c ends.
zul. k k k
F perm. is the strongest permissible axial force (pressure load) fk = 0,5 fk = 1,0
on the spindle in kN.
Fk is the critical buckling force in kN in connection with
the free length L.
Critical Buckling Force Fk in kN fk = 1,4 fk = 2 (for small L’: fk 1,4)
ck is a corrective factor, considering the influence of the
critical speed.
Tension
Pressure
n
c kr is here calculated as follows: c kr =
n kr . f k
n is effective spindle speed in min -1
n kr is the critical spindle speed in min -1 according to the
diagramme above.
fk is the corrective factor of the critical spindle speed, under
of the spindle bearing method. Values for f k see above.
® 307
Basis for the Calculation of Trapezoidal-Threaded Spindles
Load Capacity Regarding the Operating Times
The load capacity for slide pairings usually depends on the materi- Especially single-thread, trapezoidal-threaded spindle drives,
al used, the surface properties, intake condition, lubrication condi- due to their low degree of efficiency, convert most of the input
tions and gliding speed, on the temperature and thus on the duty power of the shaft into heat, which is first absorbed by spindle
cycle and possibilities for heat dissipation as well as the type of and then has to be dissipated. At low power and short opera-
load (constant, fluctuating, alternating, shocks...). ting times the natural dissipation and radiation of heat is usually
The diagrammes below allow an assessment of the permissible sufficient. With continuous operation quite substantial cooling
axial load in connection with the speed of trapezoidal-threaded capacities might be required. As a thermodynamic calculation of
nuts on rolled trapezoidal-threaded spindles at normal operating these difficulties is usually to complex or even impossible, alrea-
conditions. dy existing comparative calculations are often the only source of
information.
Load table for nuts made from steel C35 see page 309.
Round nuts made from red brass Rg7 Round nuts made from plastic
Axial Load in kN Axial Load in kN
Limit of Limit of
Speed Speed
Speed in min-1 Speed in min-1
Round flange nuts made from cast iron GG25 Round flange nuts made from red brass Rg7
Axial load in kN Axial load in kN
Limit of Limit of
Speed Speed
Speed in min-1 Speed in min-1
Approx. 80% of the axial force in kN are permissible for double-threaded nuts .
308 ®
Load Table for Single-Thread Steel Nuts in kN Static (without Safety Margin)
Maximum static load capacity in kN for Trapezoidal Thread Length Load Capacity Length Load Capacity
single-thread, trapezoidal-threaded nuts Ø x Lead at h= 1.5 x d at h= 1.5 x d at h= 2 x d at h= 2 x d
made from steel C35 at a surface pressure mm mm kN mm kN
of 25 N/mm 2. 10 x 3 15 3,6 20 4,8
12 x 3 18 5,3 24 7,0
The figures do not include any safety 14 x 4 21 6,9 28 9,3
margin. Depending on the application a 16 x 4 24 9,2 32 12,3
safety of 1.5 to 6 might be required (this 18 x 4 27 11,8 36 15,8
means the figures in the table have to be 20 x 4 30 14,8 40 19,8
divided by 1.5 to 6). 24 x 5 36 21,2 48 28,3
28 x 5 42 29,2 56 38,9
In addition the spindle has to be checked 30 x 6 45 33,4 60 44,5
for buckling. The decisive factor in this 32 x 6 48 35,8 64 47,8
calculation is the free spindle length and 36 x 6 54 48,9 72 65,3
the bearing of the spindle, see page 307. 40 x 7 60 60,2 80 80,3
44 x 7 66 73,1 88 97,5
With dynamic load, the surface pressure
48 x 8 72 87,2 96 116,3
must be no larger than 10 N/mm 2. 50 x 8 75 94,9 100 126,5
With double-threaded nuts about 80% of 52 x 8 78 102,9 104 137,3
the axial load in kN is permissible. 60 x 9 90 137,3 120 183,0
70 x 10 105 211,3 - -
PA6.6 with MoS2, a Special Polyamide, Suitable for Nuts with Trapezoidal Thread
Material Properties Wear Properties
This plastic is a low-maintenance material for bearings. Common constructions (threaded spindle made from steel, nut
Compared to other plastics it has a much higher wear resistance. made from grey cast iron or bronze) lead to wear of the threa-
The spec. surface pressure is 35 N/mm 2 at 23ºC/ 50% RH. ded spindle and the nut. A threaded nut made from plastic does
Threaded nuts made from plastic are more resistant against loads not affect the spindle, i.e. if unexpected wear occurs, only the
caused by impacts or shocks then red brass and grey cast iron- nut has to be changed. In the pairing steel/plastic there is gene-
nuts. The material is also quieter than red brass and grey cast rally no hardening of the spindle required.
iron and increases the service life.
Fixing Plastic Nuts
Properties Unit of Measurement Plastic
PA6.6 with MoS2
The plastic nut can be pressed into the housing with a slight
Tensile Strength N/mm 2 90 (82) over-size of 0.1 - 0.2 mm. It can be secured against turning and
Elongation at Break % 20 (70) displacement with any of the common locking elements used in
Flexural Modus N/mm 2 3600 (1500) machine building, or with a flange attached to the face side.
Compressive Strength
Attention: The over-size used for pressing the nut in passes on
at 1% Deformation N/mm 2 37
1 : 1 to the inner diameter which reduces the clearance.
Izod Impact, Notched kJ/m 2 3.35 (>10)
Shore Hardness D D 80 - 90
Coefficient of Linear Note
Thermal Expansion 10 -6 /ºC 63
Thermal Conductivity W/mk 0.21 For systems with relatively high loads or extreme operating con-
Thermal Compr. Strength 0.46 N/mm 2 ºC 204 - 254 ditions we would advise you to contact us.
Melting Point ºC 260
es st t 13 (10 12 ) Maintenance
Dielelectric Constant - 3.6 (5.1)
Dissipation Factor - 0.03 (0.2) The nuts only need to be lubricated on the first mounting, after
Water Absorption 24 hours % 0.5 - 1.3 that they are maintenance free. In order to prolong the service
Water Absorption max. % 6-8 life of the nuts, they can be relubricated, if required. Any fat not
containing molybdenum sulphide (Molykote) can be used.
Figures are valid for a water content below 0.2%, Figures in
( ) at standard climate 23ºC/50% RF. Chemically resistant Tolerances
against all solutions, lubricants, hydrocarbons, ketones, aqueous
solutions and alkaline solutions pH5-pH11. Chemically unstable Other than for the rest of the trapezoidal-threaded nuts, the
against phenols, cresols, formic acid, concentrated mineral acids flank clearance is kept at the upper tolerance limit, as the plastic
and alkali, oxidisers including halogens. expands when heating up.
Comparison of Friction Coefficients
Spindle / Nut Static Dynamic Dry-Running
Dry Oil Lubricated Dry Oil Lubricated Characteristics
Steel / Steel 0.33 0.10 0.15 0.05 none
Steel / Cast iron 0.20 0.10 0.10 0.05 limited Reworking within
Steel / Red brass 0.20 0.10 0.10 0.05 good 24h-service possible.
Steel / plastic 0.10 0.04 0.10 0.01-0.04 excellent
Stainl. steel / Stainl. steel 0.33 0.1 0.15 0.05 none Custom made parts
Steel / Stainless steel 0.33 0.1 0.15 0.05 none
on request.
® 309
Metric ISO-Trapezoidal-Threaded Spindles DIN 103, Single-Thread, Right Hand and Left Hand
Material: C15
Tolerance zone 7e, version rolled.
Nuts with trapezoidal thread made from plastic, steel, stainless
steel, grey cast iron and red brass page 313.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 640 010 00, Spindle Tr.10x3 Right Hand, 1000 mm
Product No. Product No. Trapez. Thread Length Flanks Ø Flanks Ø Core Ø Weight
Single Thread Single Thread Outside Ø x Lead min. max. min. Rolled Spindles
Right Hand Left Hand mm mm mm mm mm kg High grade raw material C15, heat tre-
640 010 00 640 410 00 Tr. 10 x 3* 1000 8,191 8,415 5,84 0,6 ated by the manufacturer and without
640 110 00 640 510 00 1500 0,9
640 210 00 640 610 00 2000 1,2
exception delivered by German smelting
640 310 00 640 810 00 3000 1,8 works, and a complex machine and tool
640 012 00 640 412 00 Tr. 12 x 3 1000 10,191 10,415 7,84 0,8 technology lead to our excellent quality in
640 112 00 640 512 00 1500 1,2 the spindle production.
640 212 00 640 612 00 2000 1,6
640 312 00 640 812 00 3000 2,4 The strong densification causes frictional
640 014 00 640 414 00 Tr. 14 x 4* 1000 11,640 12,415 8,80 0,9 heat which has to be dissipated using
640 114 00 640 514 00 1500 1,35 a re-cooling or filtering system. If the
640 214 00 640 614 00 2000 1,8 compressed oil is changed continuously,
640 314 00 640 814 00 3000 2,7 press-polished flanks without any leaf-
640 016 00 640 416 00 Tr. 16 x 4 1000 13,640 13,905 10,80 1,4 shaped marks can be achieved.
640 116 00 640 516 00 1500 2,1
640 216 00 640 616 00 2000 2,8 To master the rolling process, in order
640 316 00 640 816 00 3000 4,2 to achieve exact leads and profiles up to
640 018 00 640 418 00 Tr. 18 x 4 1000 15,640 15,905 12,80 1,6 ±0.03 mm/300 mm (standard ±0.15/300,
640 118 00 640 518 00 1500 2,4
640 218 00 640 618 00 2000 3,2 material 1.4305 ±0.3/300) and high sur-
640 318 00 640 818 00 3000 4,8 face quality, has only become possible by
640 020 00 640 420 00 Tr. 20 x 4 1000 17,640 17,905 14,80 2,1 means of complex measuring and control-
640 120 00 640 520 00 1500 3,15 ling systems in combination with a new
640 220 00 640 620 00 2000 4,2 generation of machines with swiveling
640 320 00 640 820 00 3000 6,3 toolholders.
640 024 00 640 424 00 Tr. 24 x 5 1000 21,094 21,394 17,50 2,9
640 124 00 640 524 00 1500 4,35
640 224 00 640 624 00 2000 5,8
640 324 00 640 824 00 3000 8,7 Straightness:
640 028 00 640 428 00 Tr. 28 x 5 1000 25,049 25,390 21,50 3,9 Trapezoid 10 - 24 mm max. 0.8 mm/m,
640 128 00 640 528 00 1500 5,85 Trapezoid 28 - 70 mm max. 1.2 mm/m
640 228 00 640 628 00 2000 7,8
640 328 00 640 828 00 3000 11,7 Straightness on request:
640 030 00 640 430 00 Tr. 30 x 6 1000 26,547 26,882 21,90 4,7 Up to size Tr. 16: 0.10 mm/m.
640 130 00 640 530 00 1500 7,05 From size Tr. 20: 0.05 mm/m.
640 230 00 640 630 00 2000 9,4
640 330 00 640 830 00 3000 14,1
640 032 00 640 432 00 Tr. 32 x 6 1000 28,547 28,882 23,90 5,1
640 132 00 640 532 00 1500 7,65
640 232 00 640 632 00 2000 10,2
640 332 00 640 832 00 3000 15,3
640 036 00 640 436 00 Tr. 36 x 6 1000 32,547 32,882 27,90 6,7
640 136 00 640 536 00 1500 10,05
640 236 00 640 636 00 2000 13,4
640 336 00 640 836 00 3000 20,1
640 040 00 640 440 00 Tr. 40 x 7 1000 36,020 36,375 30,50 9,4
640 140 00 640 540 00 1500 14,1
640 240 00 640 640 00 2000 18,8
640 340 00 640 840 00 3000 28,2 * Lead angle is not in accordance
640 044 00 640 444 00 Tr. 44 x 7 1000 40,020 40,375 34,50 9,7 with DIN 103.
640 144 00 640 544 00 1500 14,55
640 244 00 640 644 00 2000 19,40
640 344 00 640 844 00 3000 29,1
640 048 00 640 448 00 Tr. 48 x 8 1000 43,468 43,868 37,80 11,7
640 148 00 640 548 00 1500 17,55
640 248 00 640 648 00 2000 23,4
640 348 00 640 848 00 3000 35,1
640 050 00 640 450 00 Tr. 50 x 8 1000 45,468 45,868 39,30 12,6
640 150 00 640 550 00 1500 18,9
640 250 00 640 650 00 2000 25,2
640 350 00 640 850 00 3000 37,8
640 052 00 640 452 00 Tr. 52 x 8 1000 47,468 47,868 41,17 14,4
640 152 00 640 552 00 1500 21,6
640 252 00 640 652 00 2000 28,8
640 352 00 640 852 00 3000 43,2
640 060 00 640 460 00 Tr. 60 x 9 1000 54,935 55,3000 48,15 18,9
640 160 00 640 560 00 1500 28,35 Reworking within
640 260 00 640 660 00 2000 37,8
640 360 00 640 860 00 3000 56,7 24h-service possible.
640 070 00 640 470 00 Tr. 70 x 10 1000 64,425 64,850 57,00 25,7
640 170 00 640 570 00 1500 38,55
Custom made parts
640 270 00 640 670 00 2000 51,4 on request.
640 370 00 640 870 00 3000 77,1
310 ®
Metric ISO-Trapezoidal-Threaded Spindles DIN 103, Stainless, Single-Thread, Right and Left Hand
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305.
A
Tolerance zone 7e. Version: up to Tr 40x7 rolled,
above this size whirled.
Nuts with trapezoidal thread made from plastic, Steel, Stainless
steel, grey cast iron and red brass page 313.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 640 990 10, Stainless Threaded Spindle, Tr. 10x3
Right Hand, 1000 mm
Product No. Product No. Trapez. Thread Length Flanks Ø Flanks Ø Core Ø Weight Rolled Spindles (up to Tr. 40x7)
Single Thread Single Thread Outside Ø x Lead min. max. min.
Right Hand Left Hand mm mm mm mm mm kg High grade raw material and complex
640 990 10 640 994 10 Tr. 10 x 3* 1000 8,191 8,415 5,84 0,6 machine and tool technology lead to our
640 991 10 640 995 10 1500 0,9 excellent quality in production of threa-
640 992 10 640 996 10 2000 1,2
640 993 10 640 998 10 3000 1,8 ded spindles.
640 990 12 640 994 12 Tr. 12 x 3 1000 10,191 10,415 7,84 0,8 The strong densification causes frictional
640 991 12 640 995 12 1500 1,2 heat which has to be dissipated using
640 992 12 640 996 12 2000 1,6 a re-cooling or filtering system. If the
640 993 12 640 998 12 3000 2,4
640 990 14 640 994 14 Tr. 14 x 4* 1000 11,640 12,415 8,80 0,9
compressed oil is changed continuously,
640 991 14 640 995 14 1500 1,35 press-polished flanks without any leaf-
640 992 14 640 996 14 2000 1,8 shaped marks can be achieved.
640 993 14 640 998 14 3000 2,7
To master the rolling process, in order
640 990 16 640 994 16 Tr. 16 x 4 1000 13,640 13,905 10,80 1,4
640 991 16 640 995 16 1500 2,1 to achieve exact leads and profiles up to
640 992 16 640 996 16 2000 2,8 ±0.03 mm/300 mm (standard ±0.15/300,
640 993 16 640 998 16 3000 4,2 material 1.4305 ±0.3/300) and high sur-
640 990 18 640 994 18 Tr. 18 x 4 1000 15,640 15,905 12,80 1,6 face quality, has only become possible by
640 991 18 640 995 18 1500 2,4 means of complex measuring and control-
640 992 18 640 996 18 2000 3,2
640 993 18 640 998 18 3000 4,8 ling systems in combination with a new
640 990 20 640 994 20 Tr. 20 x 4 1000 17,640 17,905 14,80 2,1 generation of machines with swiveling
640 991 20 640 995 20 1500 3,15 toolholders.
640 992 20 640 996 20 2000 4,2
640 993 20 640 998 20 3000 6,3
640 990 24 640 994 24 Tr. 24 x 5 1000 21,094 21,394 17,50 2,9
640 991 24 640 995 24 1500 4,35 Straightness:
640 992 24 640 996 24 2000 5,8 Trapezoid 10 - 24 mm max. 0.8 mm/m,
640 993 24 640 998 24 3000 8,7 Trapezoid 28 - 70 mm max. 1.2 mm/m
640 990 28 640 994 28 Tr. 28 x 5 1000 25,049 25,390 21,50 3,9
640 991 28 640 995 28 1500 5,85 Straightness on request:
640 992 28 640 996 28 2000 7,8 Up to size Tr. 16: 0.10 mm/m.
640 993 28 640 998 28 3000 11,7 From size Tr. 20: 0.05 mm/m.
640 990 30 640 994 30 Tr. 30 x 6 1000 26,547 26,882 21,90 4,7
640 991 30 640 995 30 1500 7,05
640 992 30 640 996 30 2000 9,4
640 993 30 640 998 30 3000 14,1
640 990 36 640 994 36 Tr. 36 x 6 1000 32,547 32,882 27,90 6,7
640 991 36 640 995 36 1500 10,05
640 992 36 640 996 36 2000 13,4
640 993 36 640 998 36 3000 20,1
640 990 40 640 994 40 Tr. 40 x 7 1000 36,020 36,375 30,50 9,4
640 991 40 640 995 40 1500 14,1
640 992 40 640 996 40 2000 18,8
640 993 40 640 998 40 3000 28,2
640 990 50 640 994 50 Tr. 50 x 8 1000 45,468 45,868 40,37 12,6
640 991 50 640 995 50 1500 18,9
640 992 50 640 996 50 2000 25,2
640 993 50 640 998 50 3000 37,8
* Lead not in accordance with DIN 103.
Chain Tensioners page 322
® 311
Metric ISO-Trapezoidal-Thread Spindles DIN 103, Double-Thread, Right Hand
Material: C15.
Stainless Steel 1.4305. A
Tolerance zone 7 e. Right Hand.
Double-threaded nuts made from plastic,
steel and red brass page 316. 2-thread
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 645 012 00, Threaded Spindle C15,
Double-Thread, Right Hand, Tr. 12 x 6 P3 x 1000 mm
Product No. Product No. Trapezoidal Thread Length Flanks Ø Flanks Ø Core Ø Weight
Rolled Spindles
Steel Stainles St. Outside Ø x Lead min. max. min.
C15 1.4305 mm mm mm mm mm kg High grade raw material and complex
645 012 00 645 990 12 Tr. 12 x 6 P3 1000 10,191 10,415 7,84 0,8 machine and tool technology lead to our
645 112 00 645 991 12 1500 1,2 excellent quality in production of thread-
645 212 00 645 992 12 2000 1,6 ed spindles.
645 312 00 645 993 12 3000 2,4
645 016 00 645 990 16 Tr. 16 x 8 P4 1000 13,640 13,905 10,80 1,4 The strong densification causes frictional
645 116 00 645 991 16 1500 2,1 heat which has to be dissipated using
645 216 00 645 992 16 2000 2,8 a re-cooling or filtering system. If the
645 316 00 645 993 16 3000 4,2 compressed oil is changed continuously,
645 020 00 645 990 20 Tr. 20 x 8 P4 1000 17,640 17,905 14,80 2,1 press-polished flanks without any leaf-
645 120 00 645 991 20 1500 3,15 shaped marks can be achieved.
645 220 00 645 992 20 2000 4,2
645 320 00 645 993 20 3000 6,3 To master the rolling process, in order
645 024 00 645 990 24 Tr. 24 x 10 P5 1000 21,094 21,394 17,50 2,9 to achieve exact leads and profiles up to
645 124 00 645 991 24 1500 4,35 ±0.03 mm/300 mm (standard ±0.15/300,
645 224 00 645 992 24 2000 5,8 material 1.4305 ±0.3/300) and high sur-
645 324 00 645 993 24 3000 8,7 face quality, has only become possible by
645 030 00 645 990 30 Tr. 30 x 12 P6 1000 26,547 26,882 21,90 4,7 means of complex measuring and control-
645 130 00 645 991 30 1500 7,05 ling systems in combination with a new
645 230 00 645 992 30 2000 9,4
645 330 00 645 993 30 3000 14,1
generation of machines with swiveling
645 040 00 645 990 40 Tr. 40 x 14 P7 1000 36,020 36,375 30,50 9,4 toolholders.
645 140 00 645 991 40 1500 14,1
645 240 00 645 992 40 2000 18,8
645 340 00 645 993 40 3000 28,2 Straightness:
Trapezoid 10 - 24 mm max. 0.8 mm/m,
Trapezoid 28 - 70 mm max. 1.2 mm/m
Straightness on request:
Up to size Tr. 16: 0.10 mm/m.
From size Tr. 20: 0.05 mm/m.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
Chain Tensioners page 322
312 ®
Round Nuts with Metric ISO-Trapezoidal Thread DIN 103, Single-Thread
Material: Steel C35Pb.
Stainless steel 1.4305. A
Red brass Rg7 (GC-CuSn7ZnPb).
Plastic (PA6.6 with MoS2).
Tolerance zone 7H.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 643 010 00, Round Nut, Steel, Tr. 10 x 3,
Single Thread Right Hand
Single-Thread, Right Hand
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Trapezoidal DIN ISO DIN Weight Weight Weight Weight
Steel Steel Stainless Res Brass Plastic Thread 2768m 668 Steel Steel Brass Plastic
Steel Ød h=1,5xd h=2xd ØAh11* 1,5 x d 2xd 2xd 2xd
h = 1,5 x d h=2xd h = 1,5 x d h=2xd h=2xd mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg
643 010 00 643 210 00 - 643 310 00 - 10 x 3** 15 20 22 0,04 0,06 0,06 -
643 012 00 643 212 00 643 990 12 643 312 00 643 412 00 12 x 3 18 24 26 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,02
643 014 00 643 214 00 - 643 314 00 - 14 x 4** 21 28 30 0,1 0,12 0,14 -
643 016 00 643 216 00 643 990 16 643 316 00 643 416 00 16 x 4 24 32 36 0,16 0,22 0,24 0,04
643 018 00 643 218 00 - 643 318 00 643 418 00 18 x 4 27 36 40 0,22 0,32 0,37 0,05
643 020 00 643 220 00 643 990 20 643 320 00 643 420 00 20 x 4 30 40 45 0,32 0,42 0,5 0,06
643 024 00 643 224 00 643 990 24 643 324 00 643 424 00 24 x 5 36 48 50 0,44 0,6 0,7 0,08
643 028 00 643 228 00 643 990 28 643 328 00 643 428 00 28 x 5 42 56 60 0,76 1,0 1,12 0,14
643 030 00 643 230 00 643 990 30 643 330 00 643 430 00 30 x 6 45 60 60 0,78 1,06 1,2 0,16
643 032 00 643 232 00 - 643 332 00 643 432 00 32 x 6 48 64 60 0,8 1,08 1,2 0,16
643 036 00 643 236 00 643 990 36 643 336 00 643 436 00 36 x 6 54 72 75 1,48 1,98 2,3 0,28
643 040 00 643 240 00 643 990 40 643 340 00 643 440 00 40 x 7 60 80 80 1,8 2,44 2,8 0,36
643 044 00 643 244 00 - 643 344 00 - 44 x 7 66 88 80 1,9 2,52 2,86 -
643 048 00 643 248 00 - 643 348 00 - 48 x 8 72 96 90 2,68 3,58 4,08 -
643 050 00 643 250 00 - 643 350 00 643 450 00 50 x 8 75 100 90 2,72 3,64 4,12 0,54
643 052 00 643 252 00 - 643 352 00 - 52 x 8 78 104 90 2,72 3,64 4,2 -
643 060 00 643 260 00 - 643 360 00 643 460 00 60 x 9 90 120 100 3,76 4,96 5,7 0,74
643 070 00 - - - - 70 x 10 105 - 110 4,96 - - -
Single-Thread, Left Hand
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Trapezoidal DIN ISO DIN Weight Weight Weight Weight
Steel Steel Stainless Res Brass Plastic Thread 2768m 668 Steel Steel Brass Plastic
Steel Ød h=1,5xd h=2xd ØAh11* 1,5 x d 2xd 2xd 2xd
h = 1,5 x d h=2xd h = 1,5 x d h=2xd h=2xd mm mm mm mm kg kg kg kg
643 510 00 643 710 00 - 643 810 00 - 10 x 3** 15 20 22 0,04 0,06 0,06 -
643 512 00 643 712 00 643 995 12 643 812 00 643 912 00 12 x 3 18 24 26 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,02
643 514 00 643 714 00 - 643 814 00 - 14 x 4** 21 28 30 0,1 0,12 0,14 -
643 516 00 643 716 00 643 995 16 643 816 00 643 916 00 16 x 4 24 32 36 0,16 0,22 0,24 0,04
643 518 00 643 718 00 - 643 818 00 643 918 00 18 x 4 27 36 40 0,24 0,32 0,37 0,05
643 520 00 643 720 00 643 995 20 643 820 00 643 920 00 20 x 4 30 40 45 0,32 0,42 0,5 0,06
643 524 00 643 724 00 643 995 24 643 824 00 643 924 00 24 x 5 36 48 50 0,44 0,6 0,7 0,08
643 528 00 643 728 00 - 643 828 00 643 928 00 28 x 5 42 56 60 0,76 1,0 1,12 0,14
643 530 00 643 730 00 643 995 30 643 830 00 643 930 00 30 x 6 45 60 60 0,78 1,06 1,2 0,16
643 532 00 643 732 00 - 643 832 00 643 932 00 32 x 6 48 64 60 0,8 1,08 1,2 0,16
643 536 00 643 736 00 - 643 836 00 643 936 00 36 x 6 54 72 75 1,48 1,98 2,3 0,28
643 540 00 643 740 00 643 995 40 643 840 00 643 940 00 40 x 7 60 80 80 1,8 2,44 2,8 0,36
643 544 00 643 744 00 - 643 844 00 - 44 x 7 66 88 80 1,9 2,52 2,86 -
643 548 00 643 748 00 - 643 848 00 - 48 x 8 72 96 90 2,68 3,58 4,08 -
643 550 00 643 750 00 - 643 850 00 643 950 00 50 x 8 75 100 90 2,72 3,64 4,12 0,54
643 552 00 643 752 00 - 643 852 00 - 52 x 8 78 104 90 2,72 3,64 4,2 -
643 560 00 643 760 00 - 643 860 00 643 960 00 60 x 9 90 120 100 3,76 4,96 5,7 0,74
643 570 00 - - - - 70 x 10 105 - 110 4,96 - - -
Comparison of friction coefficients see page 309 bottom.
* Tolerance h11 does not apply to plastic nuts.
** Lead angle is not in accordance with DIN 103.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 313
Round Flange Nuts with Metric ISO-Trapezoidal Thread DIN 103, Single-Thread
Material: Grey cast iron GG25
Red brass Rg7 (GC-CuSn 7ZnPb).
Tolerance zone 7H.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 644 010 00, round flange nut made from GG25,
Tr. 10 x 3, single thread, right hand
Single thread, right hand Single thread, left hand
Single thread, right hand Single thread, left hand Trapez. thread DIN ISO 2768 m Øh11 Weight
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Ød a b d1 d2 r1 r2 Iron Brass
Grey Cast Iron Red Brass Grey Cast Iron Red Brass mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
644 010 00 644 110 00 644 310 00 644 410 00 10 x 3* 14 5 20 33 0,5 0,3 0,04 0,05
644 012 00 644 112 00 644 312 00 644 412 00 12 x 3 18 6 22 40 0,5 0,3 0,08 0,09
644 014 00 644 114 00 644 314 00 644 414 00 14 x 4* 22 10 30 50 1,0 0,5 0,19 0,23
644 016 00 644 116 00 644 316 00 644 416 00 16 x 4 22 10 30 50 1,0 0,5 0,18 0,22
- 644 118 00 - 644 418 00 18 x 4 24 10 36 60 1,0 0,5 - 0,30
644 020 00 644 120 00 644 320 00 644 420 00 20 x 4 24 10 36 60 1,0 0,5 0,26 0,32
644 024 00 644 124 00 644 324 00 644 424 00 24 x 5 30 11 45 70 1,0 0,5 0,45 0,54
644 028 00 644 128 00 644 328 00 644 428 00 28 x 5 47 14 58 88 1,0 0,5 1,06 1,29
644 030 00 644 130 00 644 330 00 644 430 00 30 x 6 47 14 58 88 1,0 0,5 1,04 1,26
644 032 00 644 132 00 644 332 00 644 432 00 32 x 6 47 14 58 88 1,0 0,5 1,00 1,20
644 036 00 644 136 00 644 336 00 644 436 00 36 x 6 58 18 80 112 2,0 1,0 2,35 2,84
644 040 00 644 140 00 644 340 00 644 440 00 40 x 7 63 18 80 137 2,0 1,0 3,04 3,67
644 044 00 644 144 00 644 344 00 644 444 00 44 x 7 63 18 80 137 2,0 1,0 2,93 3,53
644 048 00 644 148 00 644 348 00 644 448 00 48 x 8 68 18 90 167 2,0 1,0 4,35 5,25
644 050 00 644 150 00 644 350 00 644 450 00 50 x 8 68 18 90 167 2,0 1,0 4,22 5,10
644 052 00 644 152 00 644 352 00 644 452 00 52 x 8 68 18 90 167 2,0 1,0 4,22 5,10
644 060 00 644 160 00 644 360 00 644 460 00 60 x 9 68 18 90 167 2,0 1,0 3,85 4,65
* Lead not according to DIN 103.
Ready-to-Install Flange Nuts with Metric ISO-Trapezoidal Thread DIN 103, Single-Thread
Material: Grey cast iron GG25
Red brass Rg7 (GC-CuSn7ZnPb).
Tolerance zone 7H.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 644 770 16, flange nut made from GG25,
Tr. 16 x 4, single thread, right hand
Single thread, right hand Single thread, left hand
Artikel-No. single thread right hand Artikel-No. single thread left hand Thread DIN ISO 2768 m Weight
Grey Cast Iron Red Brass Grey Cast Iron Red Brass Ød D1 D2 D3 6 x D4 A B C Grey Cast Rg
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
644 770 16 644 771 16 644 773 16 644 774 16 16 x 4 26 48 38 6 20 7 10 0,12 0,13
- 644 771 18 - 644 774 18 18 x 4 30 58 45 7 22 8 12 - 0,22
644 770 20 644 771 20 644 773 20 644 774 20 20 x 4 30 58 45 7 22 8 12 0,17 0,20
644 770 24 644 771 24 644 773 24 644 774 24 24 x 5 40 72 58 7 28 10 12 0,36 0,42
- 644 771 28 - 644 774 28 28 x 5 45 78 65 7 35 10 15 - 0,59
644 770 30 644 771 30 644 773 30 644 774 30 30 x 6 50 82 68 7 44 12 15 0,85 0,95
644 770 36 644 771 36 644 773 36 644 774 36 36 x 6 55 110 85 7 55 15 15 1,45 1,60
644 770 40 644 771 40 644 773 40 644 774 40 40 x 7 60 130 95 9 60 15 20 2,00 2,18
644 770 50 644 771 50 644 773 50 644 774 50 50 x 8 80 160 120 11 65 15 20 3,25 3,68
644 770 60 644 771 60 644 773 60 644 774 60 60 x 9 80 160 120 11 65 15 20 2,95 3,26
Comparison of friction coefficients see page 309. Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
314 ®
Hexagonal Nuts with Metric ISO-Trapezoidal Thread DIN 103, Single-Thread
Material: Steel C35Pb.
Stainless steel 1.4305, Stainless. A
Tolerance zone 7H.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 643 110 00, Hexagonal Nut, Steel, Tr. 10 x 3,
Single-Thread, Right Hand
Single-Thread, Right Hand Single-Thread, Left Hand
Product No. Product No. Trapezoidal DIN ISO DIN Weight Product No. Product No. Trapezoidal DIN ISO DIN Weight
Steel Stainless Thread 2768 m 176 Steel Stainless Thread 2768 m 176
Steel Ød h = 1,5 x d sw Steel Ød h = 1,5 x d sw
mm mm mm kg mm mm mm kg
643 110 00 - 10 x 3* 15 17 0,02 643 610 00 - 10 x 3* 15 17 0,02
643 112 00 643 991 12 12 x 3 18 19 0,03 643 612 00 643 996 12 12 x 3 18 19 0,03
643 114 00 - 14 x 4* 21 22 0,04 643 614 00 - 14 x 4* 21 22 0,04
643 116 00 643 991 16 16 x 4 24 27 0,08 643 616 00 643 996 16 16 x 4 24 27 0,08
643 118 00 - 18 x 4 27 27 0,10 643 618 00 - 18 x 4 27 27 0,10
643 120 00 643 991 20 20 x 4 30 30 0,12 643 620 00 643 996 20 20 x 4 30 30 0,12
643 124 00 643 991 24 24 x 5 36 36 0,20 643 624 00 643 996 24 24 x 5 36 36 0,20
643 128 00 643 991 28 28 x 5 42 46 0,42 643 628 00 - 28 x 5 42 46 0,42
643 130 00 643 991 30 30 x 6 45 46 0,42 643 630 00 - 30 x 6 45 46 0,42
643 132 00 - 32 x 6 48 46 0,42 643 632 00 - 32 x 6 48 46 0,42
643 136 00 643 991 36 36 x 6 54 55 0,72 643 636 00 - 36 x 6 54 55 0,72
643 140 00 643 991 40 40 x 7 60 65 1,20 643 640 00 - 40 x 7 60 65 1,20
643 144 00 - 44 x 7 66 65 1,18 643 644 00 - 44 x 7 66 65 1,18
643 148 00 - 48 x 8 72 75 1,82 643 648 00 - 48 x 8 72 75 1,82
643 150 00 - 50 x 8 75 75 1,80 643 650 00 - 50 x 8 75 75 1,80
643 152 00 - 52 x 8 78 75 1,80 643 652 00 - 52 x 8 78 75 1,80
643 160 00 - 60 x 9 90 90 3,18 643 660 00 - 60 x 9 90 90 3,18
643 170 00 - 70 x 10 105 90 2,86 643 670 00 - 70 x 10 105 90 2,86
Comparison of friction coefficients see page 309 bottom.
* Lead angle is not in accordance with DIN 103.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 315
Round Nuts with Metric ISO-Trapezoidal Thread DIN 103, Double-Thread
Material: Steel C35Pb.
Red brass Rg7 (GC-CuSn7ZnPb).
Plastic (PA6.6 with MoS2).
Tolerance zone 7H. 2-thread
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 645 612 00, Round Nut, Steel, Tr. 12 x 6 P3
Double-thread, Right Hand
Product No. Product No. Product No. Trapez. Thread DIN ISO 2768m DIN 668 Weight Weight Weight
Steel Red Brass Plastic Ød h=1,5xd h=2xd ØAh11* Steel Red Brass Plastic
h = 1,5 x d h=2xd h=2xd mm mm mm mm kg kg kg
645 612 00 645 812 00 645 912 00 12 x 6 P3 18 24 26 0,06 0,1 0,02
645 616 00 645 816 00 645 916 00 16 x 8 P4 24 32 36 0,16 0,24 0,04
645 620 00 645 820 00 645 920 00 20 x 8 P4 30 40 45 0,3 0,5 0,06
645 624 00 645 824 00 645 924 00 24 x 10 P5 36 48 50 0,44 0,7 0,08
645 630 00 645 830 00 645 930 00 30 x 12 P6 45 60 60 0,8 1,2 0,16
645 640 00 645 840 00 645 940 00 40 x 14 P7 60 80 80 1,8 2,8 0,36
* Tolerance h11 does not apply to plastic nuts.
Round Flange Nuts with Metric ISO-Trapezoidal Thread DIN 103, Double-thread
Material: Grey cast iron GG25
Red brass Rg7 (GC-CuSn 7ZnPb).
Tolerance zone 7H.
2-thread
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 645 440 12, round flange nut GG25, Tr. 12 x 6 P3
Double-thread, Right Hand
Product No. Product No. Tr. Thread DIN ISO 2768m Øh11 Weight Weight
Grey Cast Iron Red Brass Ød a b d1 d2 r1 r2 Grey Cast Iron Red Brass
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
645 440 12 645 441 12 12 x 6 P3 18 6 22 40 0,5 0,3 0,08 0,09
645 440 16 645 441 16 16 x 8 P4 22 10 30 50 1,0 0,5 0,18 0,22
645 440 20 645 441 20 20 x 8 P4 24 10 36 60 1,0 0,5 0,26 0,32
645 440 24 645 441 24 24 x 10 P5 30 11 45 70 1,0 0,5 0,45 0,54
645 440 30 645 441 30 30 x 12 P6 47 14 58 88 1,0 0,5 1,04 1,26
645 440 40 645 441 40 40 x 14 P7 63 18 80 137 2,0 1,0 3,04 3,67
Ready-to-Install Flange Nuts with Metric ISO-Trapezoidal Thread DIN 103, Double-thread
Material: Grey cast iron GG25
Red brass Rg7 (GC-CuSn7ZnPb).
Tolerance zone 7H.
2-thread
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 645 770 16, flange nut GG25, Tr. 16 x 8 P4
Double-thread, Right Hand
Product No. Product No. Tr. Thread DIN ISO 2768 m Weight Weight
Grey Cast Iron Red Brass Ød D1 D2 D3 6 x D4 A B C Grey Cast Red Brass
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
645 770 16 645 771 16 16 x 8 P4 26 48 38 6 20 7 10 0,12 0,13
645 770 20 645 771 20 20 x 8 P4 30 58 45 7 22 8 12 0,17 0,20
645 770 24 645 771 24 24 x 10 P5 40 72 58 7 28 10 12 0,36 0,42
645 770 30 645 771 30 30 x 12 P6 50 82 68 7 44 12 15 0,85 0,95
645 770 40 645 771 40 40 x 14 P7 60 130 95 9 60 15 20 2,00 2,18
Comparison of friction coefficients see page 309.
316 ®
Ball Screw Drives, Right Hand, Rolled Version
General Description Designation according to DIN
Because of the rolling friction, ball screw drives have a high According to DIN ISO 3408-1 and other standards, a ball screw
efficiency up to 98% and require a relatively low drive power. drive consists of a spindle and, for minimum, one nut. The size
Application: Conversion of a rotary movement into a linear one. has to be described by the nominal diameter and the pitch.
Sometimes: Conversion of a linear movement into a rotary one Another essential dimension is the ball diameter. Further infor-
(recommended only at high pitch, beginning from 1/3 of the mations are required: The version (shape) of the nut, the pitch
nominal diameter). accuracy, the length and, if needed, the details of the spindle
No Self-Locking ends.
Due to the low friction with high efficiency, ball screw drives Conditions of Use and Lifespan
require only a very low starting torque and are not no self- Ball screw drives are sensitive to dirt and high shock loads.
locking. Sufficiently protected, they reach a very long lifetime.
Catalog Spindles and Nuts
Catalog Version Load Capacity
Available from stock: Spindles right hand, rolled version in sizes The static and dynamic load rates are shown in the tables of
from 8x2 to 63x10mm. Flanged nuts and cylindrical nuts. the nuts. These loads only apply to the use with axial play. At
The production lengths are from 1,000mm up to 3,000mm, backlash-free preloaded nuts the load must be reduced, or the
depending on the size. Partial lengths are also in the stock lifespan will get shorter. Additional to the axial load, the accele-
range. Other lengths and reworking of the spindle ends on ration force and shock loads must be considered. Also the criti-
request. cal buckling force and critical spindle speed must be checked.
Rolled Spindles Maximum Speed
Rolled from high quality bearing steel 100Cr6, hardened and Ball screw drives allow very high speeds. But for sufficient life-
straightened. Rolled spindles have a unsevered grain structure span, the speed should not exceed 3,000min -1 for longer time.
and high pitch accuracy. Rolling is the most economical method And the length-depending, critical spindle speed must be con-
for serial production. The catalog spindles can get combined sidered.
with the flanged nuts and cylindrical nuts on the following Buckling Force and Critical Spindle Speed
pages. At thin spindles under pressure load, there is a risk of buckling.
Axial Clearance At high speed, there is an additionally risk of resonant vibra-
These ball screw drives are not backlash-free. Therefore the tions. For both, the calculation can be done like shown on page
nuts run very easy with very low friction. The axial clearances 307 for trapezoidal spindles.
are shown in the tables of the nuts. This play is only a disad- Lubrication
vantage if a high positioning accuracy is required at alternating Running without lubricant is not allowed. For grease lubrication,
direction of force. To eleminate the axial play, two nuts can normal roller bearing grease is recommended. The lubricant
get braced against each other. Alternatively, the nuts could be consumption depends on the condition of use. Often a lubrica-
equipped with better fitting ball sizes. This would be expensive. tion period of 200 hours is sufficient.
Bearing Units for Spindles Page 322 Shaft End Reworking for Spindles Page 325
These ready-to-install bearing units for trapezoidal and ball- The matching spindle reworking can be done by the customer
screw spindle drives are available from stock. The unit for the or, at short time, by MÄDLER ®. The spindle reworking shown on
fixed side has two angular contact ball bearings, lightly preloa- page 325 is just a recommendation. For shaft processing, soft
ded, to withstand high axial and radial forces. The unit for the annealing (tempering) of the hardened spindle ends is necessa-
support side has a standard ball bearing to hold the spindle end ry.
in it´s position.
® 317
Ball Screw Spindles, Right Hand, Rolled
Material: Bearing steel 100Cr6, No. 1.3505, rolled.
Tensile strength 1570 N/mm², Brinell hardness 207 HB. L
• Rolled ball screw spindle.
• To be combined with MÄDLER ® flanged ball screw nuts and
d1h11
d0
d2
cylindrical ball screw nuts.
Pt a u a
• Straightness 0,1 mm/m.
• Special lengths and spindle end reworking against extra charge.
Temperature range: -20°C to +80°C (for short time to +110°C).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 640 080 21, Ball Screw Spindle 8x2, Length 245mm
Product No. Size Length Pitch-Ø Outer Ø Core Ø Weight Product No. Size Length Pitch-Ø Outer Ø Core Ø Weight
L+5mm d0 d1 d2 L+5mm d0 d1 d2
mm mm mm mm mm kg mm mm mm mm mm kg
640 080 21 8x2 245 8,41 8,11 7 0,09 640 320 51 32x5 695 32,6 32 29,2 4,13
640 080 22 495 8,41 8,11 7 0,18 640 320 52 1395 32,6 32 29,2 8,30
640 080 23 1000 8,41 8,11 7 0,37 640 320 53 2100 32,6 32 29,2 12,49
640 100 21 10x2 245 10 9,7 8,5 0,13 640 320 54 2800 32,6 32 29,2 16,65
640 100 22 495 10 9,7 8,5 0,26 640 321 01 32x10 670 33,44 31,8 26,8 3,74
640 100 23 1000 10 9,7 8,5 0,53 640 321 02 1345 33,44 31,8 26,8 7,51
640 120 41 12x4 645 12,15 11,71 9,5 0,48 640 321 03 2025 33,44 31,8 26,8 11,31
640 120 42 1295 12,15 11,71 9,5 0,96 640 321 04 2700 33,44 31,8 26,8 15,07
640 120 43 1950 12,15 11,71 9,5 1,45 640 322 01 32x20 670 32,4 31,2 28,2 3,80
640 120 44 2600 12,15 11,71 9,5 1,93 640 322 02 1345 32,4 31,2 28,2 7,63
640 160 51 16x5 995 16,6 16 13,1 1,39 640 322 03 2025 32,4 31,2 28,2 11,48
640 160 52 1495 16,6 16 13,1 2,08 640 322 04 2700 32,4 31,2 28,2 15,31
640 160 53 1995 16,6 16 13,1 2,78 640 323 21 32x32 995 33,22 31,9 28,1 5,75
640 160 54 3000 16,6 16 13,1 4,18 640 323 22 1495 33,22 31,9 28,1 8,65
640 161 01 16x10 995 16,44 15,7 12,7 1,32 640 323 23 1995 33,22 31,9 28,1 11,54
640 161 02 1495 16,44 15,7 12,7 1,99 640 323 24 3000 33,22 31,9 28,1 17,35
640 161 03 1995 16,44 15,7 12,7 2,66 640 400 51 40x5 695 40,6 40 37,2 6,54
640 161 04 3000 16,44 15,7 12,7 3,99 640 400 52 1395 40,6 40 37,2 13,12
640 161 61 16x16 995 16,6 16 13,5 1,41 640 400 53 2100 40,6 40 37,2 19,75
640 161 62 1495 16,6 16 13,5 2,12 640 400 54 2800 40,6 40 37,2 26,33
640 161 63 1995 16,6 16 13,5 2,83 640 401 01 40x10 670 41,36 39,7 34,8 5,98
640 161 64 3000 16,6 16 13,5 4,25 640 401 02 1345 41,36 39,7 34,8 12,00
640 200 51 20x5 695 20,6 20 17,2 1,56 640 401 03 2025 41,36 39,7 34,8 18,06
640 200 52 1395 20,6 20 17,2 3,13 640 401 04 2700 41,36 39,7 34,8 24,08
640 200 53 2100 20,6 20 17,2 4,70 640 501 01 50x10 995 51,34 49,9 44,7 14,21
640 200 54 2800 20,6 20 17,2 6,27 640 501 02 1495 51,34 49,9 44,7 21,34
640 201 01 20x10 995 20,6 20 17 2,21 640 501 03 1995 51,34 49,9 44,7 28,48
640 201 02 1495 20,6 20 17 3,33 640 501 04 3000 51,34 49,9 44,7 42,83
640 201 03 1995 20,6 20 17 4,44 640 502 01 50x20 995 50,16 48,6 43,5 13,38
640 201 04 3000 20,6 20 17 6,67 640 502 02 1495 50,16 48,6 43,5 20,10
640 202 01 20x20 645 20,74 19,9 17,2 1,43 640 502 03 1995 50,16 48,6 43,5 26,83
640 202 02 1295 20,74 19,9 17,2 2,88 640 502 04 3000 50,16 48,6 43,5 40,34
640 202 03 1950 20,74 19,9 17,2 4,34 640 631 01 63x10 995 64,4 62,9 57,7 20,04
640 202 04 2600 20,74 19,9 17,2 5,78 640 631 02 1495 64,4 62,9 57,7 30,11
640 250 51 25x5 695 25,6 25 22,2 2,48 640 631 03 1995 64,4 62,9 57,7 40,18
640 250 52 1395 25,6 25 22,2 4,98 640 631 04 3000 64,4 62,9 57,7 60,42
640 250 53 2100 25,6 25 22,2 7,50
640 250 54 2800 25,6 25 22,2 9,99
640 251 01 25x10 670 25,5 24,8 21,8 2,33
640 251 02 1345 25,5 24,8 21,8 4,69
640 251 03 2025 25,5 24,8 21,8 7,05
640 251 04 2700 25,5 24,8 21,8 9,41
640 252 51 25x25 695 25,7 24,5 21,4 2,39
640 252 52 1395 25,7 24,5 21,4 4,79
640 252 53 2100 25,7 24,5 21,4 7,21
640 252 54 2800 25,7 24,5 21,4 9,61
Bearing Units for Spindles Page 322 Shaft End Reworking for Spindles Page 325
These ready-to-install bearing units for trapezoidal and ball- The matching spindle reworking can be done by the customer
screw spindle drives are available from stock. The unit for the or, at short time, by MÄDLER ®. The spindle reworking shown on
fixed side has two angular contact ball bearings, lightly preloa- page 325 is just a recommendation. For shaft processing, soft
ded, to withstand high axial and radial forces. The unit for the annealing (tempering) of the hardened spindle ends is necessa-
support side has a standard ball bearing to hold the spindle end ry.
in it´s position.
318 ®
Ball Screw Drives - Flanged Ball Screw Nuts
ØD6
Version E Version S
ØD6 ØD1 Version S
L9
L6
L10
L10
L7
L7
ØD1 g6 ØD1 g6
L2
L2
-0,1
-0,1 ØD1-0,8
L1
L1
ØD1 -0,8
Version E
5 5 5
ØD ØD ØD
6x 8x 4x
°
30
ØD4 ØD4 ØD4
90°
90°
60°
L8
L8
L8
23°
G
30°
G
L9
L9 L9
Bore pattern 1 Bore pattern 2 Bore pattern 4
Material : Bearing steel 100Cr6, No. 1.3505. With axial clearance, for running with low friction.
To be combined with MÄDLER ® ball screw spindles. Temperature range: -20°C to +80°C (for short time to +110°C).
The spindle has to be ordered separately.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 640 100 25, Flanged Ball Screw Nut 10x2mm
Product No. Size Ball Turns per Load rating Axial Weight
Ø Circuit Cdyn. Cstat. Clearance
mm mm kN kN mm kg Mounting
640 080 25 8x2 1,2 3 1,39 2,52 0,06 0,05 The ball screw nuts will be deli-
640 100 25 10x2 1,2 3 1,51 3,02 0,06 0,08 vered with a plastic tube inside.
640 120 45 12x4 2,381 3 4 6,7 0,07 0,1 This tube is a transport protection
640 160 55 16x5 3,175 3 7,65 13,2 0,07 0,16 against loosing the balls and is
640 161 05 16x10 3,5 3 6,8 12,6 0,1 0,16
640 161 65 16x16 2,778 1,7x2 6,5 12,8 0,07 0,2
also a mounting aid. When the
640 200 55 20x5 3,175 3 8,6 17,1 0,07 0,2 tube is hold against the spindle
640 201 05 20x10 3,175 3.8 8,5 18 0,07 0,2 end, the nut can get screwed
640 202 05 20x20 3,175 1,7x2 9,8 21,4 0,07 0,15 onto the spindle without loosing
640 250 55 25x5 3,175 3 9,8 23 0,07 0,25 balls. Before use, the nut and the
640 251 05 25x10 3,5 3 8,7 20,5 0,1 0,32 spindle have to be lubricated. For
640 252 55 25x25 3,969 1,7x2 12,7 35,2 0,1 0,6 grease lubrication, normal roller
640 320 55 32x5 3,175 5 16,9 51 0,07 0,6 bearing grease is recommended.
640 321 05 32x10 6,35 3 26,1 53,1 0,15 0,64
640 322 05 32x20 3,969 1,8x2 13,8 34,6 0,1 0,8 The lubricant consumption
640 323 25 32x32 4,762 1,7x2 21,4 52,6 0,12 0,9 depends on the condition of
640 400 55 40x5 3,175 5 19 66,2 0,07 0,8 use.
640 401 05 40x10 6,35 3 30,1 71 0,15 0,92
640 501 05 50x10 6,35 5 53,1 155 0,15 1,61
640 502 05 50x20 6,35 3 48 137 0,15 2,7
640 631 05 63x10 6,35 5 60,7 206 0,15 2,4
Dimensions
Size Version Bore D1 D4 D5 D6 L1 L2 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 G
mm pattern mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
8x2 E 4* 16 23 3,4 31 17 26 - 8 20 - - -
10x2 E 4 19 28 4,6 36 23 28 - 5 23 - - -
12x4 E 1 22 32 4,8 42 10 35 - 8 36 10 4 M6
16x5 E 1 28 38 5,5 48 10 42 - 10 40 10 5 M6
16x10 E 1 28 38 5,5 48 10 45 - 10 40 10 5 M6
16x16 S 4 32 42 4,5 53 - 48 12 10 38 10 5 M6
20x5 E 1 36 47 6,6 58 10 42 - 10 44 10 5 M6
20x10 E 1 36 47 6,6 58 10 56 - 10 44 10 5 M6
20x20 S 4 39 50 5,5 62 - 58 15,5 10 46 10 5 M6
25x5 E 1 40 51 6,6 62 10 42 - 10 48 10 5 M6
25x10 E 1 40 51 6,6 62 16 45 - 10 48 10 5 M6
25x25 S 4 47 60 6,6 74 - 67 15,5 12 56 10 6 M6
32x5 E 1 50 65 9 80 10 55 - 12 62 10 6 M6
32x10 E 1 53 65 9 80 16 69 - 12 62 10 6 M8x1
32x20 E 1 50 65 9 80 25 64 - 15 62 9 8 M6
32x32 S 4 58 74 9 92 - 85 22 15 68 10 7,5 M6
40x5 E 2 63 78 9 93 10 55 - 14 70 10 7 M6
40x10 E 2 63 78 9 93 16 71 - 14 70 10 7 M8x1
50x10 E 2 75 93 11 110 16 95 - 16 85 10 8 M8x1
50x20 E 2 85 103 11 125 22 125 - 18 95 10 9 M8x1
63x10 E 2 90 108 11 125 16 97 - 18 95 10 9 M8x1
* With countersinking for cap screws DIN 912.
® 319
L10
L7
L10
L2
L2
L1
Ball Screw Drives - Cylindrical Ball Screw Nuts D2
L3
B P 9 xT
ØD1 g6 ØD1
Version E Version R * Grease hole
L10
L7
L10
L2
L2
L1
D2
ØG ØG
* *
L3
B P 9 xT
Version E Version R
Material : Bearing steel 100Cr6, No. 1.3505. With axial clearance, for running with low friction.
To be combined with MÄDLER ® ball screw spindles. Temperature range: -20°C to +80°C (for short time to +110°C).
The spindle has to be ordered separately.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product
ØG No. 640 100 26,
ØGCylindrical Ball Screw Nut 10x2mm
* *
Mounting
Product No. Size Ball Turns per Load Rating Axial Weight The ball screw nuts will be deli-
Ø Circuit Cdyn. Cstat. Clearance vered with a plastic tube inside.
mm mm kN kN mm kg
This tube is a transport protection
640 100 26 10x2 1,2 3 1,51 3,02 0,06 0,028
640 120 46 12x4 2,381 3 4 6,7 0,07 0,05 against loosing the balls and is
640 160 56 16x5 3,175 3 6,3 11,5 0,07 0,07 also a mounting aid. When the
640 161 06 16x10 3,5 3 6,8 12,6 0,1 0,11 tube is hold against the spindle
640 200 56 20x5 3,175 3 7,5 14,68 0,07 0,15 end, the nut can get screwed
640 250 56 25x5 3,175 3 8 18,68 0,07 0,15 onto the spindle without loosing
640 251 06 25x10 3,5 3 8,7 20,5 0,1 0,22 balls. Before use, the nut and the
640 320 56 32x5 3,175 5 8,96 24,27 0,07 0,3 spindle have to be lubricated. For
640 321 06 32x10 6,35 3 25,52 55,3 0,15 0,4
grease lubrication, normal roller
640 323 26 32x32 4,762 1,75x2 21,4 52,6 0,12 0,6
640 400 56 40x5 3,175 5 19 66,2 0,07 0,5 bearing grease is recommended.
640 401 06 40x10 6,35 3 30,1 71 0,15 0,5 The lubricant consumption
640 501 06 50x10 6,35 5 53,1 155 0,15 1,05 depends on the condition of
640 502 06 50x20 6,35 3 48 137 0,15 1,1 use.
640 631 06 63x10 6,35 5 60,7 206 0,15 1,6
Dimensions
Size Version D1 D2 G L1 L2 L3 L7 L10 BxT
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
10x2 R 19,5 M17x1 - - 25 7 - - -
12x4 E 22 - 2,5 15 30 - 10 6 3x1,8
16x5 E 28 - 3 20 34 - 8,5 7 5x2
16x10 E 28 - 3 20 40 - 15 7 5x2
20x5 E 36 - 3 20 34 - 8,5 7 5x2
25x5 E 40 - 3 20 34 - 8,5 7 5x2
25x10 E 40 - 3 20 50 - 15 7,5 5x2
32x5 E 50 - 3 30 45 - 8,5 7 6x2,5
32x10 E 53 - 4 30 60 - 15 10 6x2,5
32x32 E 56 - 4 20 88 - 34 9,5 5x3
40x5 E 63 - 3 30 45 - 8,5 7 6x2,5
40x10 E 63 - 4 30 60 - 15 10 6x2,5
50x10 E 75 - 4 36 82 - 23 11 6x2,5
50x20 E 85 - 4 36 96 - 23 11 6x2,5
63x10 E 90 - 4 36 82 - 23 11 6x2,5
Chain Tensioners page 322
320 ®
Miniature Ballscrew Drives (on request)
These ballscrew drives with hardened and ground spindle are made
to the customer’s specifications. They can be optionally equipped
with single nut, long nut with screw-in thread or with flange nut.
(all hardened). The drawing below only serves as an example and
shows the smallest size of each type. The other drawings can be
sent if required. The lengths L1, L2 and L3 can be altered. Price and
delivery times on request.
Necessary specifications for your request:
Size, lead, thread length L1 (if requires also L2 and L3). Version of
the nut, version low axial backlash or zero axial backlash, amount.
Technical Data for Miniature Ballscrew Drives
Ø 6 mm* Ø 8 mm* Ø 8 mm* Ø 10 mm* Ø 12 mm* Ø 12 mm**
Lead 1 mm 1 mm 2 mm 2 mm 1 mm 2 mm
Lead Angle 2º56’ 2º13’ 4º23’ 3º32’ 1º30’ 2º58’
Lead Direction Right Hand Right Hand Right Hand Right Hand Right Hand Right Hand
Ball Diameter 0.8 mm 0.8 mm 1.6 mm 1.6 mm 0.8 mm 1.6 mm
Number of Ball Rotations 1x2 1x3 1x2 1x3 1x3 1x3
Dynamic Load Rating 600 N 700 N 900 N 1500 N 700 N 1700 N
Static Load Rating 900 N 1300 N 1500 N 2900 N 1300 N 3700 N
Axial Play**** 0/0.010 max. 0/0.010 max. 0/0.010 max. 0/0.010 max. 0/0.010 max. 0/0.010 max.
Ø 12 mm** Ø 12 mm** Ø 12 mm** Ø 16 mm** Ø 16 mm** Ø 16 mm**
Lead 2.5 mm*** 4 mm*** 5 mm*** 2 mm 2.5 mm*** 4 mm***
Lead angle 3º40’ 6º4’ 7º33’ 2º13’ 2º51’ 4º33’
Lead Direction Right Hand Right Hand Right Hand Right Hand Right Hand Right Hand
Ball Diameter 1.6 mm 2.5 mm 2.5 mm 1.6 mm 1.6 mm 2.5 mm
Number of Ball Rotations 1x3 1x3 1x3 1x3 1x3 1x3
Dynamic Load Rating 1700 N 2400 N 2400 N 2700 N 2700 N 7000 N
Static Load Rating 3700 N 4300 N 4300 N 6450 N 6450 N 8500 N
Axial Play**** 0/0.010 max. 0/0.020 max. 0/0.020 max. 0/0.010 max. 0/0.010 max. 0/0.020 max.
* Ball nuts without wiper.
** Ball nuts with wiper made from plastic PA6.
*** For this lead we can only supply single nuts or flange nuts (no screw-in thread available).
**** When ordering please state whether low backlash or zero backlash is required.
Miniature Ballscrew Drives, Standard Versions of Nuts
Materials: with cylindrical nut with screw-in thread with flange nut
Spindle: Cf53, induction hardened.
Nut: 100Cr6, hardened.
Other models available on request.
Example Drawing showing size Ø 6 with with cylindrical, single nut.
hardened
® 321
Pillow Block Bearing Units BK, for Fixed Side
B1 SW L2 L3
d4
d5
Ød
H
H1
d3
E
h
b C1 C2
P L1 L
B
Material: Housing from steel, all surfaces machined, burnished. Locknut and distance bushes are included. Due to the standard
On request: nickel plated. Rolling bearing from bearing steel. dimensions, these units can also replace parts of other suppliers.
Ready-to-install housing bearing unit for trapezoidal and ballscrew Spindle reworking on request (see page 325).
spindle drives, for the fixed side. With two angular contact ball Matching counterpart for support side: Pillow Block Bearing BF.
bearings, lightly preloaded, with seals. With 8 mounting holes.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 642 001 10, Ball Pillow Block Bearing Unit BK 10, Bore 10mm
Product No. Type d L L1 L2 L3 B H b±0,02 h±0,02 B1 H1 E P C1 C2 d3 d4 d5 t SW Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
642 001 10 BK 10 10 25 5 29,5 5 60 39 30 22 34 32,5 15 46 13 6 5,5 6,3 10,5 6,5 16 0,39
642 001 12 BK 12 12 25 5 29,5 5 60 42 30 25 34 32,5 18 46 13 6 5,5 6,3 10,5 1,5 19 0,41
642 001 15 BK 15 15 27 6 32 6 70 47 35 28 38 38 18 54 15 6 5,5 6,3 10,5 6,5 22 0,57
642 001 17 BK 17 17 35 9 44 7 86 63 43 39 48 55 28 68 19 8 6,6 8,7 14,0 8,6 24 1,27
642 001 20 BK 20 20 35 8 43 8 88 59 44 34 50 50 22 70 19 8 6,6 8,7 14,0 8,5 30 1,19
642 001 25 BK 25 25 42 12 54 9 106 79 53 48 62 70 33 85 22 10 9 10,7 17,5 10,8 35 2,30
642 001 30 BK 30 30 45 14 61 9 128 88 64 51 74 78 33 102 23 11 11 13,7 20 13 40 3,32
642 001 35 BK 35 35 50 14 67 12 140 95 70 52 86 79 35 114 26 12 11 13,7 20 13 50 4,33
642 001 40 BK 40 40 61 18 76 15 160 109 80 60 98 90 37 130 33 14 14 17,7 26 17,5 50 6,50
Pillow Block Bearing Units BF, for Support Side
B1
d4
d5
t
H
H1
d3
E
h
b
P L
B
Material: Housing from steel, all surfaces machined, burnished. Retaining ring for fixing on the spindle end is included.
On request: nickel plated. Rolling bearing from bearing steel. Due to the standard dimensions, these units can also replace parts
Ready-to-install housing bearing unit for trapezoidal and ballscrew of other suppliers.
spindle drives, for the support side. With one movable single row Spindle reworking on request (see page 325).
deep groove ball bearing with shields (2Z). With 6 mounting holes. Matching counterpart for fixed side: Pillow Block Bearing BK.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 642 002 10, Ball Pillow Block Bearing Unit BF 10, Bore 8mm
Product No. Type d L B H b±0,02 h±0,02 B1 H1 E P d3 d4 d5 t Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
642 002 10 BF 10 8 20 60 39 30 22 34 32,5 15 46 5,5 6,3 10,8 5,0 0,29
642 002 12 BF 12 10 20 60 43 30 25 34 32,5 18 46 5,5 6,3 10,8 1,5 0,30
642 002 15 BF 15 15 20 70 48 35 28 40 38 18 54 5,5 6,3 11 6,5 0,38
642 002 17 BF 17 17 23 86 64 43 39 50 55 28 68 6,6 8,7 14 8,6 0,74
642 002 20 BF 20 20 26 88 60 44 34 52 50 22 70 6,6 8,7 14 8,6 0,76
642 002 25 BF 25 25 30 106 80 53 48 64 70 33 85 9 10,7 17,5 11 1,42
642 002 30 BF 30 30 32 128 89 64 51 76 78 33 102 11 13,7 20 13 1,97
642 002 35 BF 35 35 32 140 96 70 52 88 79 35 114 11 13,7 20 13 2,22
642 002 40 BF 40 40 37 160 110 80 60 100 90 37 130 14 17,7 26 17,5 3,27
Nickel plated on request.
322 ®
Pillow Block Bearing Units EK, for Fixed Side
B1 SW L2 L3
d4
Ød
H
h
H1
b
P L1 L
B
Material: Housing from steel, all surfaces machined, burnished. Locknut and distance bushes are included. Due to the standard
On request: nickel plated. Rolling bearing from bearing steel. dimensions, these units can also replace parts of other suppliers.
Ready-to-install housing bearing unit for trapezoidal and ballscrew Spindle reworking on request (see page 325).
spindle drives, for the fixed side. With two angular contact ball Matching counterpart for support side: Pillow Block Bearing EF.
bearings, lightly preloaded, with seals. With 2 mounting holes.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 642 003 06, Ball Pillow Block Bearing Unit EK 6, Bore 6mm
Product No. Type d L L1 L2 L3 B H b±0,02 h±0,02 B1 H1 P d4 SW Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
642 003 06 EK 06 6 20 5,5 22 3,5 42 25 21 13 20 12 30 5,2 12 0,14
642 003 08 EK 08 8 23 7 26 4 52 32 26 17 27 16 38 6,3 14 0,24
642 003 10 EK 10 10 24 6 29,5 6 70 43 35 25 36 24 52 9 16 0,46
642 003 12 EK 12 12 24 6 29,5 6 70 43 35 25 36 24 52 9 19 0,44
642 003 15 EK 15 15 25 6 32 5 80 50 40 30 40 25 60 11 22 0,55
642 003 20 EK 20 20 42 10 50 10 95 58 47,5 30 56 25 75 11 30 1,35
Pillow Block Bearing Units EF, for Support Side
B1
d4
H
H1
h
b
P L
B
Material: Housing from steel, all surfaces machined, burnished. Retaining ring for fixing on the spindle end is included.
On request: nickel plated. Rolling bearing from bearing steel. Due to the standard dimensions, these units can also replace parts
Ready-to-install housing bearing unit for trapezoidal and ballscrew of other suppliers.
spindle drives, for the support side. With one movable single row Spindle reworking on request (see page 325).
deep groove ball bearing with shields (2Z). With 2 mounting holes. Matching counterpart for fixed side: Pillow Block Bearing EK.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 642 004 06, Ball Pillow Block Bearing Unit EF 6, Bore 6mm
Product No. Type d L B H b±0,02 h±0,02 B1 H1 P d4 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
642 004 06 EF 06 6 12 42 25 21 13 20 12 30 5,2 0,07
642 004 08 EF 08 6 14 52 32 26 17 27 16 38 6,3 0,13
642 004 10 EF 10 8 20 70 43 35 25 36 24 52 9 0,33
642 004 12 EF 12 10 20 70 43 35 25 36 24 52 9 0,32
642 004 15 EF 15 15 20 80 49 40 30 41 25 60 9 0,38
642 004 20 EF 20 20 26 95 58 47,5 30 56 25 75 11 0,63
Nickel plated on request.
® 323
Flange Bearing Units FK, for Fixed Side
L L1 L L2
F H H F
90° SW
ØA
ØD
Ød
Ød
LK
B
4 x d4 / d5 x t R0,6 max T1 T2
E E
Mounting method A Mounting method B
Material: Housing from steel, all surfaces machined, burnished. Locknut and distance bushes are included. Due to the standard
On request: nickel plated. Rolling bearing from bearing steel. dimensions, these units can also replace parts of other suppliers.
Ready-to-install housing bearing unit for trapezoidal and ballscrew Spindle reworking on request (see page 325).
spindle drives, for the fixed side. With two angular contact ball Matching counterpart for support side: Flange Bearing FF.
bearings, lightly preloaded, with seals. With 4 mounting holes.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 642 005 06, Flange Bearing Unit FK 6, Bore 6mm
Product No. Type d L H F E Dg6 A Lk B L1 T1 L2 T2 d4 d5 t SW Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
642 005 06 FK 06 6 20 7 13 22 22 36 28 28 5,5 3,5 6,5 4,5 3,4 6 3,3 12 0,08
642 005 08 FK 08 8 23 9 14 26 28 43 35 35 7,0 4 8 5 3,4 6 3,3 14 0,15
642 005 10 FK 10 10 27 10 17 29,5 34 52 42 42 7,3 5 8,5 6 4,5 8 4 16 0,21
642 005 12 FK 12 12 27 10 17 29,5 36 54 44 44 7,3 5 8,5 6 4,5 8 4 19 0,22
642 005 15 FK 15 15 32 15 17 36 40 63 50 52 9,8 6 12 8 5,5 9,5 6 22 0,39
642 005 17 FK 17 17 45 22 23 47 50 77 62 61 11,0 9 14 12 6,6 11 10 24 0,85
642 005 20 FK 20 20 52 22 30 50 57 85 70 68 7,8 10 12 14 6,5 11 10 30 1,09
642 005 25 FK 25 25 57 27 30 60 63 98 80 79 12,8 10 20 17 9 15 13 35 1,49
642 005 30 FK 30 30 62 30 32 61 75 117 95 93 10,8 12 17 18 11 17,5 15 40 2,32
Flange Bearing Units FF, for Support Side
L
F H
ØA
ØD
LK
B
4 x d4 / d5 x t R0,6 max
Material: Housing from steel, all surfaces machined, burnished. Retaining ring for fixing on the spindle end is included.
On request: nickel plated. Rolling bearing from bearing steel. Due to the standard dimensions, these units can also replace parts
Ready-to-install housing bearing unit for trapezoidal and ballscrew of other suppliers.
spindle drives, for the support side. With one movable single row Spindle reworking on request (see page 325).
deep groove ball bearing with shields (2Z). With 4 mounting holes. Matching counterpart for fixed side: Flange Bearing FK.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 642 006 06, Flange Bearing Unit FF 6, Bore 6mm
Product No. Type d L H F Dg6 A Lk B d4 d5 t Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
642 006 06 FF 06 6 10 6 4 22 36 28 28 3,4 6,0 3,3 0,04
642 006 10 FF 10 8 12 7 5 28 43 35 35 3,4 6,0 3,3 0,07
642 006 12 FF 12 10 15 7 8 34 52 42 42 4,2 8 4,4 0,11
642 006 15 FF 15 15 17 9 8 40 63 50 52 5,2 9,5 5,4 0,20
642 006 17 FF 17 17 20 11 9 50 77 62 61 6,6 11 8,6 0,35
642 006 20 FF 20 20 20 11 9 57 85 70 68 6,3 11 6,5 0,27
642 006 25 FF 25 25 24 14 10 63 98 80 79 8,7 14 8,6 0,67
642 006 30 FF 30 30 27 18 9 75 117 95 93 10,7 17,5 10,8 1,07
Nickel plated on request.
324 ®
Shaft Reworking and Bearing Load Data for Spindle Bearing Units BK, EK and FK (Fixed Side)
Shaft Reworking:
At MÄDLER ®, trapezoidal and ballscrew spindles can get reworked,
L7* L7*
fitting to the bearing units. The spindle reworking in the drawing is
just a recommendation. Due to the customer´s request, the length G
ød
L5 could be shorter or longer and the shaft end could get a keyway
DIN 6885.
ød2
øD
Bearing Load Data:
The loading rates and speed limits shown in the table are the limits L6
just for the bearings. The limits of the spindles are much lower,
depending on the diameter, length and material. L5 L4 Wrench flats optional
against surchage
Recommendated Shaft Reworking for Fixed Side Units Bearing Load Data
Bearing- Spindle-Ø D Load rating axial Speed
Unit KGT TR dg6 d2h7 L4±0,2 L5±0,2 G L6±0,2 L71) Bearing dyn.C stat.Co limit
Type mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Type kN kN min-1
EK 06 / FK 06 8 10* 6 4 28 8 M6x0,75 8 5 706 A P5 2,03 0,80 46.400
EK 08 / FK 08 10/12 12*/14 8 6 32 9 M8x1 10 5,5 708 A P5 3,35 1,45 35.200
BK 10 12/14/15 16 10 8 36 15 M10x1 16 5,5 7000 A P5 5,0 2,34 29.440
EK 10 / FK 10 12/14/15 16 10 8 36 15 M10x1 11 5,5 7000 A P5 5,0 2,34 29.440
BK 12 14/15/16 18 12 10 36 15 M12x1 14 5,5 7001 A P5 5,4 2,71 25.760
EK 12 / FK 12 14/15/16 18 12 10 36 15 M12x1 11 5,5 7001 A P5 5,4 2,71 25.760
BK 15 18/20 20*/24 15 12 40 20 M15x1 12 6 7002 A P5 3,2 2,36 22.080
EK 15 18/20 20*/24 15 12 47 20 M15x1 13 10 7002 A P5 3,2 2,36 22.080
FK 15 18/20 20*/24 15 12 47 20 M15x1 13 10 7002 A P5 3,2 2,36 22.080
BK 17 / FK 17 20/25 24/28 17 15 53 23 M17x1 17 7 7203 A P5 10,1 5,45 18.400
BK 20 25/28/30 30/36 20 17 53 25 M20x1 15 8 7004 A P5 10,3 6,10 16.560
EK 20 / FK 20 25/28/30 30/36 20 17 62 25 M20x1 17 11 7204 A P5 13,6 7,55 15.640
BK 25 30/32/36 36 25 20 65 30 M25x1,5 18 9 7205 A P5 15,4 9,45 13.800
FK 25 30/32/36 36 25 20 76 30 M25x1,5 20 15 7205 A P5 15,4 9,45 13.800
BK 30 / FK 30 36/40 36*/40 30 25 72 38 M30x1,5 25 9 7206 A P5 21,3 13,6 11.040
BK 35 45 36*/40 35 30 81 45 M35x1,5 28 12 7207 A P5 28,2 18,5 9.660
BK 40 50 50 40 35 93 50 M40x1,5 35 15 7208 A P5 33,5 23,3 8.832
1) The matching distance bushes are included in the scope of delivery of bearing units BK, EK and FK.
* A rest of the thread grooves may remain visible.
Shaft Reworking and Bearing Load Data for Spindle Bearing Units BF, EF and FF (Support Side)
Shaft Reworking:
At MÄDLER ®, trapezoidal and ballscrew spindles can get reworked,
fitting to the bearing units. The spindle reworking in the drawing is øds x m DIN 471
just a recommendation. Due to the customer´s request, the length
L8 could be shorter or longer and the shaft end could get a keyway
øD
ød
DIN 6885.
Bearing Load Data:
The loading rates and speed limits shown in the table are the limits L9
just for the bearings. The limits of the spindles are much lower, L8
depending on the diameter, length and material.
Recommendated Shaft Reworking for Support Side Units Bearing Load Data
Bearing- Spindle-Ø D Load rating axial Speed
Unit KGT TR dg6 ds-0,15 L8±0,2 L9±0,2 mH13 DIN 4711) Bearing dyn.C stat.Co limit
Type mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Type kN kN min-1
EF 06 / FF 06 8 10* 6 5,7 9 6,8 0,8 6 606-2Z 2,3 0,8 37.000
EF 08 10/12 10*/12 6 5,7 9 6,8 0,8 6 606-2Z 2,3 0,8 37.000
BF 10 / EF 10 / FF 10 12/14/15 12*/14 8 7,6 10 7,9 0,9 8 608-2Z 3,3 1,4 34.000
BF 12 / EF 12 / FF 12 14/15/16 16/18 10 9,6 11 9,15 1,15 10 6000-2Z 4,6 2,0 31.000
BF 15 / EF 15 / FF 15 18/20 20*/24 15 14,3 13 10,15 1,15 15 6002-2Z 5,6 2,8 23.000
BF 17 / FF 17 20/25 24/28 17 16,2 16 13,15 1,15 17 6203-2Z 9,6 4,8 17.000
BF 20 25/28/30 30/36 20 19,0 16 13,15 1,15 20 6004-2Z 9,4 5,0 15.000
EF 20 / FF 20 25/28/30 30/36 20 19,0 19 15,35 1,35 20 6204-2Z 12,8 6,7 14.000
BF 25 / FF 25 30/32/36 36 25 23,9 20 16,35 1,35 25 6205-2Z 14,0 7,9 12.000
BF 30 / FF 30 36/40 36*/40 30 28,6 21 17,75 1,75 30 6206-2Z 19,5 11,3 9.500
BF 35 40/45 36/40 35 33 22 18,75 1,75 35 6207-2Z 16,0 10,4 9.000
BF 40 50 50 40 38 23 19,95 1,95 40 6208-2Z 29,5 18,0 8.000
1)The retaining ring DIN 471 is included in the scope of delivery of bearing units BF, EF and FF.
* A rest of the thread grooves may remain visible.
® 325
Come and visit our
stall at a fair and get
detailed information on
our entire product range.
Exact dates at:
www.maedler.de
326 ®
Splined Shafts and Splined Hubs DIN ISO 14 – Description
General Description Production method:
Splined shafts with splined hubs are used when torques have to be Cold drawn: Economical production method. Due to the chipless
transmitted and the component to be driven needs to be movable shaping, the shafts have a unsevered grain structure and thus a
in axial direction. high strength. This production method is perfectly suited for easy
Common Profiles to shape materials as C45, 1.4301 or 42CrMo4.
DIN ISO 14 (used to be DIN 5463): Most common type, Milled: for single-unit production, if special dimensional accuracy is
with straight, parallel flanks. This is the profile of catalogue goods. required or for high strength materials. With this methods, shafts
Other standards are less commonly used. with diameters (steps) that are larger than the core diameter or
outside diameter can be produced.
Profile Description DIN ISO 14:
Number of splines x small diameter x big diameter. Example for
a component with 6 splines and outside diameter 14 mm: splined
shaft (KW) or splined hub (KN) 6 x 11 x 14.
Splined Shafts in Catalogue Version, Page 328
Profiles Tolerances
Main dimensions in accordance with DIN ISO 14. Shaft with splines Straightness 0.8 mm/m, Torsion max. 0.5 mm/m.
with parallel, straight flanks. Up to size 28 x 34 with six splines, A straightness of 0.1mm/m can be produced on request.
from size 32 x 38 with 8 splines. Lengths
Materials Splined shafts up to a length of 6 metres can be supplied from stock.
The catalogue splined shafts are optionally available in steel C45 Standard lengths sold are 1 metre, 1.5 metre, 2 metre and 3 metre.
cold drawn or stainless steel 1.4301 cold drawn. Price for bigger lengths up to 6 metre on request.
Other materials as e.g. 42CrMo4 on request.
Splined Hubs in in Catalogue Version, Page 328
Profile Tolerances
Main dimensions in accordance with DIN 14. Hub with splines Profile inner diameter: H7. Profile outside diameter: H11.
with parallel, straight flanks. Up to size 28 x 34 with six splines, Outer dimensions: according to DIN 2768m.
from size 32 x 38 with 8 splines. Lengths
Materials The standard lengths are equivalent to the maximum possible
The catalogue splined hubs are optionally available in steel C45, sweeping length. Longer splined hubs are available on request.
red brass or stainless steel 1.4301. Provide for at least one centred (or one-sided) relieve groove.
Other materials as e.g. 42CrMo4 on request.
Torque- and Performance Figures of Splined Shafts and Hubs based on the Torsional Stress (with Safety Margin of 2.5)
Material C45
Profile 11 x 14 13 x 16 16 x 20 18 x 22 21 x 25 23 x 28 26 x 32 28 x 34 32 x 38 36 x 42 42 x 48 46 x 54
Nm* fluctuating 38,1 59,5 103 141 215 293 373 455 655 906 1106 1455
Nm* alternating 33,3 52,0 90 124 189 257 326 398 573 793 973 1280
kW** fluctuating 6,0 9,3 16 22 34 46 59 72 103 142 174 230
kW** alternating 5,2 8,2 14 20 30 40 51 62 90 124 153 200
Material 1.4301
Profile 11 x 14 13 x 16 16 x 20 18 x 22 21 x 25 23 x 28 26 x 32 28 x 34 32 x 38 36 x 42 42 x 48 46 x 54
Nm* fluctuating 16,4 25,5 49 67 102 139 204 249 359 496 763 1005
Nm* alternating 14,4 22,5 43 59 90 122 180 220 316 437 672 885
kW** fluctuating 2,6 4,0 8 10 16 22 32 39 56 78 120 160
kW** alternating 2,3 3,5 7 9 14 19 28 34 50 69 106 140
* Transmittable torque in Nm.
** Transmittable power in kW at 1500 min-1.
® 327
Splined Shafts - Similar to DIN ISO 14 Cold Drawn C45 and Stainless Steel, Material-No. 1.4301
Lengths in stock: 1000, 1500, 2000 and 3000 mm.
Special lengths up to 6000 mm on request (some in stock).
Tolerances:
Straightness 0.8 mm/m, torsion max. 0.5 mm/m.
A straightness of 0.1 mm/m can be produced on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 648 402 00, Splined Shaft KW 11 x 14, 1000 mm long
Material C45
ØD Ød b
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Profile Number -0,07 -0,03 +0 Weight
1000 1500 2000 3000 Description of -0,27 -0,08 -0,08
mm mm mm mm mm splines mm mm mm kg/m
648 402 00 648 432 00 648 452 00 648 472 00 KW 11 x 14 6 14 11 3 0,949
648 404 00 648 434 00 648 454 00 648 474 00 KW 13 x 16 6 16 13 3,5 1,287
648 405 00 648 435 00 648 455 00 648 475 00 KW 16 x 20 6 20 16 4 1,911
648 401 00 648 431 00 648 451 00 648 471 00 KW 18 x 22 6 22 18 5 2,453
648 406 00 648 436 00 648 456 00 648 476 00 KW 21 x 25 6 25 21 5 3,139
648 403 00 648 433 00 648 453 00 648 473 00 KW 23 x 28 6 28 23 6 3,964
648 407 00 648 437 00 648 457 00 648 477 00 KW 26 x 32 6 32 26 6 5,008
648 409 00 648 439 00 648 459 00 648 479 00 KW 28 x 34 6 34 28 7 5,816
648 408 00 648 438 00 648 458 00 648 478 00 KW 32 x 38 8 38 32 6 7,433
648 412 00 648 442 00 648 462 00 648 482 00 KW 36 x 42 8 42 36 7 9,302
648 410 00 648 440 00 648 460 00 648 480 00 KW 42 x 48 8 48 42 8 12,371
648 414 00 648 444 00 648 464 00 648 484 00 KW 46 x 54 8 54 46 9 15,300
Material Stainless Steel
ØD Ød b
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Profile Number -0,07 -0,03 +0 Weight
1000 A 1500 A 2000 A 3000 A Description of -0,27 -0,08 -0,08
mm mm mm mm mm splines mm mm mm kg/m
648 994 02 648 994 32 648 994 52 648 994 72 KW 11 x 14 6 14 11 3 0,949
648 994 04 648 994 34 648 994 54 648 994 74 KW 13 x 16 6 16 13 3,5 1,287
648 994 05 648 994 35 648 994 55 648 994 75 KW 16 x 20 6 20 16 4 1,911
648 994 01 648 994 31 648 994 51 648 994 71 KW 18 x 22 6 22 18 5 2,453
648 994 06 648 994 36 648 994 56 648 994 76 KW 21 x 25 6 25 21 5 3,139
648 994 03 648 994 33 648 994 53 648 994 73 KW 23 x 28 6 28 23 6 3,964
648 994 07 648 994 37 648 994 57 648 994 77 KW 26 x 32 6 32 26 6 5,008
648 994 09 648 994 39 648 994 59 648 994 79 KW 28 x 34 6 34 28 7 5,816
648 994 08 648 994 38 648 994 58 648 994 78 KW 32 x 38 8 38 32 6 7,433
648 994 12 648 994 42 648 994 62 648 994 82 KW 36 x 42 8 42 36 7 9,302
648 994 10 648 994 40 648 994 60 648 994 80 KW 42 x 48 8 48 42 8 12,371
648 994 14 648 994 44 648 994 64 648 994 84 KW 46 x 54 8 54 46 9 15,300
Splined Hubs - DIN ISO 14
Material: Steel C45Pb, from diameter 80 C45,
red brass (GC-CuSn7ZnPb).
Stainless steel, Material-No. 1.4305 A
A/d up to size 16 x 20 = 0.2 mm, above 0.3 mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 648 302 00, Splined Hub DIN 14, KN 11 x 14
Product No. Product No. Product No. Profile Number DIN ISO 2768 m Weight Weight
C45 Rg7 Stainless Description of Ø DH11 Ø dH7 bD9 ØA Länge Steel Rg7
Steel mm keyways mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
648 302 00 648 352 00 648 993 02 KN 11 x 14 6 14 11 3 20 40 0,06 0,08
648 304 00 648 354 00 648 993 04 KN 13 x 16 6 16 13 3,5 28 45 0,16 0,18
648 305 00 648 355 00 648 993 05 KN 16 x 20 6 20 16 4 32 45 0,20 0,22
648 301 00 648 351 00 648 993 01 KN 18 x 22 6 22 18 5 40 50 0,27 0,3
648 306 00 648 356 00 648 993 06 KN 21 x 25 6 25 21 5 40 55 0,36 0,42
648 303 00 648 353 00 648 993 03 KN 23 x 28 6 28 23 6 50 55 0,47 0,54
648 307 00 648 357 00 648 993 07 KN 26 x 32 6 32 26 6 52 60 0,70 0,78
648 309 00 648 359 00 648 993 09 KN 28 x 34 6 34 28 7 60 60 0,76 0,87
648 308 00 648 358 00 648 993 08 KN 32 x 38 8 38 32 6 60 60 0,88 1,00
648 312 00 648 362 00 648 993 12 KN 36 x 42 8 42 36 7 70 65 1,08 1,23
648 310 00 648 360 00 648 993 10 KN 42 x 48 8 48 42 8 65 70 0,94 1,10
648 311 00 648 361 00 648 993 11 KN 42 x 48 8 48 42 8 80 70 1,88 2,16
648 314 00 648 364 00 648 993 14 KN 46 x 54 8 54 46 9 80 90 2,25 2,49
328 ®
Splined Hubs with Flange - DIN ISO 14
Material: Steel C45Pb, from diameter 70 C45.
Red brass Rg7 (GC-CuSn7ZnPb).
Stainless steel, Material-No. 1.4305. A
F/d and C/d = 0.03mm
Ready-to-install, with 4 mounting holes.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 648 502 00, Hub DIN 14 KN 11 x 14 with Flange
Product No. Product No. Product No. Profile DIN ISO 2768 m DIN74m DIN ISO 2768 m Weight Weight
C45 Rg7 Stainless Description ØA ØB Ø B1 Ø CH7 Ø Fh8 Ø dH7 E h L Steel Rg7
Steel mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
648 502 00 648 552 00 648 995 02 KN 11 x 14 42 28 4,5 20 20 11 8 3 35 0,10 0,12
648 504 00 648 554 00 648 995 04 KN 13 x 16 50 36 4,5 22 25 13 8 3 40 0,18 0,22
648 505 00 648 555 00 648 995 05 KN 16 x 20 52 38 5,5 25 28 16 10 3 40 0,22 0,26
648 501 00 648 551 00 648 995 01 KN 18 x 22 54 40 5,5 30 30 18 10 3,5 45 0,26 0,30
648 506 00 648 556 00 648 995 06 KN 21 x 25 62 48 6,6 35 34 21 10 3,5 50 0,34 0,38
648 503 00 648 553 00 648 995 03 KN 23 x 28 64 50 6,6 36 36 23 10 3,5 55 0,41 0,47
648 507 00 648 557 00 648 995 07 KN 26 x 32 70 56 6,6 40 42 26 10 3,5 60 0,50 0,58
648 509 00 648 559 00 648 995 09 KN 28 x 34 78 60 9,0 46 45 28 12 3,5 60 0,64 0,74
648 508 00 648 558 00 648 995 08 KN 32 x 38 82 65 9,0 50 50 32 12 3,5 60 0,72 0,84
648 512 00 648 562 00 648 995 12 KN 36 x 42 90 70 9,0 52 52 36 16 4 80 0,94 1,07
648 510 00 648 560 00 648 995 10 KN 42 x 48 95 75 11,0 60 60 42 16 4 80 1,22 1,38
648 514 00 648 564 00 648 995 14 KN 46 x 54 100 80 11,0 65 65 46 16 4 100 1,50 1,70
Clamp Collars for Splined Hubs - DIN ISO 14
Material: Steel C45Pb, from Ø 70 C45.
Red brass (GC-CuSn7ZnPb).
Stainless steel, Material-No. 1.4305. A
C/d = 0.03mm
Ready-to-install, with 4 mounting holes,
match with spline hubs with flange.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 648 602 00, Clamp Collar DIN 14 KN 11 x 14 * For screws DIN 912.
Product No. Product No. Product No. Profile DIN ISO 2768 m DIN74m 1) 1) DIN ISO 2768 m Weight Weight
C45 Rg7 Stainless Description ØA ØB Ø B1 Ø Ch8* Ø dH7* L K T S Steel Rg7
Steel mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
648 602 00 648 652 00 648 996 02 KN 11 x 14 42 28 4,5 20 11 12 2 4,6 M4 0,10 0,12
648 604 00 648 654 00 648 996 04 KN 13 x 16 50 36 4,5 22 13 12 2 4,6 M4 0,16 0,18
648 605 00 648 655 00 648 996 05 KN 16 x 20 52 38 5,5 25 16 14 2 5,7 M5 0,18 0,20
648 601 00 648 651 00 648 996 01 KN 18 x 22 54 40 5,5 30 18 14 3 5,7 M5 0,20 0,23
648 606 00 648 656 00 648 996 06 KN 21 x 25 62 48 6,6 35 21 14 3 6,8 M5 0,24 0,28
648 603 00 648 653 00 648 996 03 KN 23 x 28 64 50 6,6 36 23 15 3 6,8 M6 0,26 0,30
648 607 00 648 657 00 648 996 07 KN 26 x 32 70 56 6,6 40 26 15 3 6,8 M6 0,34 0,40
648 609 00 648 659 00 648 996 09 KN 28 x 34 78 60 9,0 46 28 18 3 9,0 M8 0,47 0,54
648 608 00 648 658 00 648 996 08 KN 32 x 38 82 65 9,0 50 32 18 3 9,0 M8 0,52 0,62
648 612 00 648 662 00 648 996 12 KN 36 x 42 90 70 9,0 52 36 18 3 9,0 M8 0,62 0,72
648 610 00 648 660 00 648 996 10 KN 42 x 48 95 75 11,0 60 42 22 3 11,0 M8 0,82 0,94
648 614 00 648 664 00 648 996 14 KN 46 x 54 100 80 11,0 65 46 24 3 11,0 M8 0,96 1,08
1) Manufacturing tolerance before making the clamp slot.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 329
Overview Shaft to Hub Connections: Locking Assemblies, Clamping Bushes and Shrink Disks
Selection Tool on the Internet at www.maedler.de in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
Type Smallest Product Biggest Product Assembly- Self- Material Page
inner Ø and torque inner Ø and torque time centering
BAR Ø 5mm 6Nm Ø 100mm 11.790Nm medium yes Steel 332
BAR QPQ Ø 5mm 6Nm Ø 50mm 1900Nm medium yes Steel QPQ 333
BAR Ø 6mm 3Nm Ø 40mm 400Nm medium yes Stainless 334
A Steel
COM-A Ø 19mm 270Nm Ø 100mm 9.560Nm long no Steel 335
COM-A Ø 20mm 110Nm Ø 50mm 700Nm long no Stainless 336
Steel
A
COM-AS Ø 19mm 320Nm Ø 100mm 11.300Nm long no Steel 337
COM-B Ø 6mm 12Nm Ø 100mm 14.300Nm long yes Steel 338
COM-B Ø 10mm 22Nm Ø 50mm 910Nm long yes Stainless 339
Steel
A
COM-C Ø 19mm 294Nm Ø 100mm 9.400Nm long yes Steel 340
COM-CB1 Ø 18mm 310Nm Ø 100mm 13.100Nm long yes Steel 341
COM-CB2 Ø 18mm 270Nm Ø 100mm 9.800Nm long yes Steel 342
COM-CB3 Ø 14mm 120Nm Ø 50mm 1.800Nm long yes Steel 343
COM-D Ø 19mm 353Nm Ø 100mm 15.000Nm long yes Steel 344
COM-L Ø 25mm 810Nm Ø 100mm 27.900Nm long yes Steel 345
330 ®
Type Smallest Product Biggest Product Assembly- Self- Material Page
inner Ø and torque inner Ø and torque time centering
COM-LL Ø 25mm 900Nm Ø 100mm 32900Nm long yes Steel 346
COM-LLH Ø 42mm 3290Nm Ø 120mm 38400Nm long yes Steel 347
COM-R Ø 6mm 2Nm Ø 120mm 6170Nm long no Steel 348
E Ø 15mm 46Nm Ø 50mm 1900Nm short yes Steel 349
E-N Ø 15mm 46Nm Ø 50mm 1900Nm short yes Stainless 349
A Steel
MSA Ø 19mm 170Nm Ø 50mm 1625Nm short yes Steel 350
MSD Ø 15mm 55Nm Ø 50mm 1900Nm short yes Steel 351
MSD-N Ø 15mm 45Nm Ø 50mm 1550Nm short yes Stainless 352
A
Steel
MSM Ø 6mm 5Nm Ø 14mm 48Nm short yes Steel 352
MSM-N Ø 6mm 5Nm Ø 14mm 48Nm short yes Stainless 352
Steel
A
SIG Ø 4mm 3Nm Ø 40mm 105Nm short yes Stainless 353
A Steel
SSG Ø 14mm 61Nm Ø 60mm 1290Nm short yes Steel 354
TT 5-16 Ø 5mm 9Nm Ø 16mm 149Nm short yes Steel 355
TT 17-35 Ø 17mm 174Nm Ø 35mm 681Nm short yes Steel 355
ST Ø 10mm 39Nm Ø 65mm 3940Nm long non Steel 356
ST-B Ø 11mm 30Nm Ø 75mm 6000Nm long no Steel 357
ST-R Ø 10mm 22Nm Ø 60mm 1450Nm long no Stainless 358
A Steel
ST-K Ø 15mm 125Nm Ø 100mm 5590Nm medium no Steel 359
Taper Ø 10mm 66Nm Ø 90mm 2600Nm short yes Grey Cast 360
Iron
® 331
Locking Assemblies BAR
Material: Steel.
• For fixing a hub (e.g. drive wheel, rotor or similar) on a shaft. L2
• For medium torques.
• Very good distribution of pressure.
• Very good self-centering.
• Self-releasing at dismounting.
• Also suitable for large hub and shaft tolerances. L
• Slight axial offset possible during assembly.
D
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 405 00, Locking Assembly BAR 5 mm
at TA Surface Pressure Tensioning Screw DIN 912-12.9
transmittable at Shaft at Hub Fastening
Product No. d D L L2 T F ax PW PN Torque T A Weight
mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm2 N/mm 2 Size Nm Amount kg
615 405 00 5 16 11 13,5 6 2 150 55 M2,5 x 10 1,2 3 0,012
615 406 00 6 16 11 13,5 9 3 188 69 M2,5 x 10 1,2 3 0,012
615 406 35 6,35 16 11 13,5 10 3 180 72 M2,5 x 10 1,2 3 0,012
615 407 00 7 17 11 13,5 11 3 155 64 M2,5 x 10 1,2 3 0,013
615 408 00 8 18 11 13,5 12 3 141 62 M2,5 x 10 1,2 3 0,015
615 409 00 9 20 13 15,5 17 4 132 60 M2,5 x 12 1,2 4 0,020
615 409 53 9,53 20 13 15,5 18 4 124 59 M2,5 x 12 1,2 4 0,020
615 410 00 10 20 13 15,5 19 4 120 60 M2,5 x 12 1,2 4 0,019
615 411 00 11 22 13 15,5 21 4 108 54 M2,5 x 12 1,2 4 0,024
615 412 00 12 22 13 15,5 24 4 102 55 M2,5 x 12 1,2 4 0,022
615 414 00 14 26 17 20 40 6 94 50 M3 x 16 2,1 4 0,039
615 415 00 15 28 17 20 44 6 93 50 M3 x 16 2,1 4 0,044
615 416 00 16 32 17 21 86 10 158 79 M4 x 16 4,9 4 0,067
615 417 00 17 35 21 25 88 10 116 56 M4 x 20 4,9 4 0,090
615 418 00 18 35 21 25 94 11 110 57 M4 x 20 4,9 4 0,087
615 419 00 19 35 21 25 99 11 104 56 M4 x 20 4,9 4 0,083
615 420 00 20 38 21 26 179 17 169 89 M5 x 20 10 4 0,10
615 422 00 22 40 21 26 187 18 146 80 M5 x 20 10 4 0,11
615 424 00 24 47 26 32 290 24 155 79 M6 x 25 17 4 0,20
615 425 00 25 47 26 32 300 24 147 78 M6 x 25 17 4 0,19
615 425 40 25,4 47 26 32 310 24 145 79 M6 x 25 17 4 0,18
615 428 00 28 50 26 32 480 34 186 105 M6 x 25 17 6 0,22
615 430 00 30 55 26 32 510 34 174 95 M6 x 25 17 6 0,27
615 432 00 32 55 26 32 600 38 181 105 M6 x 25 17 6 0,25
615 435 00 35 60 31 37 820 47 172 100 M6 x 30 17 8 0,36
615 438 00 38 65 31 37 880 47 157 92 M6 x 30 17 8 0,43
615 440 00 40 65 31 37 1000 50 171 99 M6 x 30 17 8 0,40
615 442 00 42 75 36 44 1410 67 177 99 M8 x 35 40 6 0,67
615 445 00 45 75 36 44 1510 67 165 99 M8 x 35 40 6 0,63
615 448 00 48 80 36 44 2150 86 206 123 M8 x 35 40 8 0,74
615 450 00 50 80 36 44 2150 89 190 118 M8 x 35 40 8 0,70
615 455 00 55 85 42 52 2772 110 270 174 M8 x 40 40 8 0,77
615 460 00 60 90 42 52 3060 120 248 166 M8 x 40 40 8 0,82
615 465 00 65 95 42 52 3645 120 253 174 M8 x 40 40 9 0,88
615 470 00 70 110 48 58 5724 180 283 182 M10 x 45 80 8 1,59
615 475 00 75 115 48 58 6210 180 268 129 M10 x 45 80 8 1,67
615 480 00 80 120 54 65 6660 190 260 130 M10 x 50 80 8 1,76
615 485 00 85 125 54 65 7560 190 273 123 M10 x 50 80 9 1,85
615 490 00 90 130 58 70 8100 200 233 121 M10 x 55 80 9 1,94
615 495 00 95 135 58 70 9900 230 271 140 M10 x 55 80 10 2,02
615 500 00 100 145 58 70 11790 260 265 186 M12 x 55 145 8 2,90
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0. Fit, Surface
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft. Shaft and hub up to tolerance h8/H8.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub. Surface finish for shaft and hub < 12.5µm.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Mounting
Hub Calculation and Selection Tool The locking assembly has to sit inside the bore by at least the
measure „L“. Slightly oil the locking assembly before moun-
ting, do not use molybdenum disulphide or fat. Tighten the
on the Internet at www.maedler.de screws evenly and crosswise in several steps.
Demounting
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools Remove all tensioning screws and screw them into the
(usually unused) forcing thread of the front ring, until
the ring is released.
332 ®
Locking Assemblies BAR, QPQ-Coated
Material: Steel.
• For fixing a hub on a shaft. L2
• QPQ coated: High corrosion resistance,
improved fatigue strength, primarily food safe
(further information see below).
• For medium torques.
• Self-centering. L
• Slight axial offset possible during assembly.
D
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 705 00, Locking Assembly BAR QPQ, 5 mm Bore
at TA Surface Pressure Tensioning Screw DIN 912-12.9
transmittable at Shaft at Hub Fastening
Product No. d D L L2 T F ax PW PN Torque T A Weight
mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm 2
N/mm 2 Size Nm Amount kg
615 705 00 5 16 11 13,5 6 2 150 55 M2,5 x 10 1,2 3 0,012
615 706 00 6 16 11 13,5 9 3 184 69 M2,5 x 10 1,2 3 0,012
615 706 35 6,35 16 11 13,5 10 3 180 72 M2,5 x 10 1,2 3 0,012
615 708 00 8 18 11 13,5 12 3 141 62 M2,5 x 10 1,2 3 0,015
615 709 00 9 20 13 15,5 17 4 132 60 M2,5 x 12 1,2 4 0,020
615 710 00 10 20 13 15,5 19 4 120 60 M2,5 x 12 1,2 4 0,019
615 711 00 11 22 13 15,5 21 4 108 54 M2,5 x 12 1,2 4 0,024
615 712 00 12 22 13 15,5 24 4 102 55 M2,5 x 12 1,2 4 0,022
615 714 00 14 26 17 20 40 6 94 50 M3 x 16 2,1 4 0,039
615 715 00 15 28 17 20 44 6 93 50 M3 x 16 2,1 4 0,044
615 716 00 16 32 17 21 86 10 158 79 M4 x 16 4,9 4 0,067
615 717 00 17 35 21 25 88 10 116 56 M4 x 20 4,9 4 0,090
615 718 00 18 35 21 25 94 11 110 57 M4 x 20 4,9 4 0,087
615 719 00 19 35 21 25 99 11 104 56 M4 x 20 4,9 4 0,080
615 720 00 20 38 21 26 179 17 169 89 M5 x 20 10 4 0,100
615 722 00 22 40 21 26 187 18 146 90 M5 x 20 10 4 0,110
615 725 00 25 47 26 32 300 24 147 78 M6 x 25 17 4 0,190
615 730 00 30 55 26 32 510 32 174 95 M6 x 25 17 6 0,270
615 735 00 35 60 31 37 820 47 172 100 M6 x 30 17 8 0,360
615 738 00 38 65 31 37 880 47 157 92 M6 x 30 17 8 0,430
615 740 00 40 65 31 37 1000 50 171 99 M6 x 30 17 8 0,400
615 750 00 50 80 36 44 2150 89 190 118 M8 x 35 40 8 0,700
* Screws with special coating.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
What is QPQ Nitro Carburising? QPQ Surface Properties
QPQ means: Very good corrosion resistance, better than hard chrome or
Q= Quench (nitrocarburising followed by oxidising cooling chem. nickel. Corrosion resistance in the salt spray test SS CASS
process). in accordance with DIN 50021.
P= Polish (mechanical polishing up to desired surface Layer thickness of 10 - 25 µm possible. For medium operational
finish before nitrocarburising). demands we recommend a layer thickness of approx. 15 µm at a
90 minute treatment.
Q= Quench (Oxidising to increase the corrosion resistance).
Only very small changes in dimensions (only 5 µm), as the sur-
Salt-bath nitro carburising using the TENIFER method is, in face modification is achieved through diffusion and not applica-
many cases, a good alternative to other surface layer treat- tion.
ments as case hardening or hard plating. The principle task of
the QPQ surface refinement is to protect machine components Surface hardness same as clamping set material
of all industries against wear and corrosion, but it also meets
other functional requirements as, e.g., improving the endurance Improved wear resistance, no fretting corrosion, no cold shut.
strength.
Increased endurance strength, sometimes up to 100% higher.
Is completely safe to use with food as long as there is no con-
ta t t an a d su stan es t a a ue
Mounting und Hub Calculation
Notes regarding fit, surface structure, mounting, demounting
and hub calculation see page 310.
® 333
Locking Assemblies BAR, Stainless
Material: Stainless steel 1.4401 (SS316).
A
• For fixing a hub (e.g. drive wheel, rotor or similar) L2
on a shaft.
• Stainless Steel.
• For low torques.
• Very good distribution of pressure.
• Very good self-centering. L
• Self-releasing at dismounting.
D
d
• Also suitable for large hub and shaft tolerances.
• Slight axial offset possible during assembly.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 994 06, Locking Assembly BAR Stainless 6 mm
at TA Surface Pressure Tensioning Screw DIN 912
transmittable at Shaft at Hub Fastening
Product No. d D L L2 T F ax PW PN Torque T A Weight
mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm 2 N/mm 2 Size Nm kg
615 994 06 6 16 11 13,5 3 0,9 49 19 M2,5 0,5 0,012
615 994 07 7 17 11 13,5 3 0,9 42 17 M2,5 0,5 0,013
615 994 08 8 18 11 13,5 4 0,9 37 17 M2,5 0,5 0,015
615 994 09 9 20 13 15,5 6 1,2 37 17 M2,5 0,5 0,020
615 994 10 10 20 13 15,5 6 1,2 33 17 M2,5 0,5 0,019
615 994 11 11 22 13 15,5 7 1,2 30 15 M2,5 0,5 0,024
615 994 12 12 22 13 15,5 7 1,2 26 15 M2,5 0,5 0,022
615 994 14 14 26 17 20 13 1,9 28 15 M3 0,9 0,039
615 994 15 15 28 17 20 14 1,9 26 14 M3 0,9 0,044
615 994 16 16 32 17 21 28 3,5 45 23 M4 2,2 0,066
615 994 17 17 35 21 25 30 3,5 34 17 M4 2,2 0,092
615 994 18 18 35 21 25 32 3,5 32 17 M4 2,2 0,087
615 994 19 19 35 21 25 34 3,5 31 17 M4 2,2 0,084
615 994 20 20 38 21 26 55 5,5 45 24 M5 4,2 0,100
615 994 22 22 40 21 26 61 5,5 41 23 M5 4,2 0,110
615 994 24 24 47 26 32 96 8,0 44 23 M6 7,3 0,200
615 994 25 25 47 26 32 100 8,0 43 23 M6 7,3 0,190
615 994 28 28 50 26 32 210 15,0 57 32 M6 7,3 0,220
615 994 30 30 55 26 32 220 15,0 54 29 M6 7,3 0,250
615 994 32 32 55 26 32 240 15,0 50 29 M6 7,3 0,250
615 994 35 35 60 31 37 350 20,0 55 32 M6 7,3 0,360
615 994 38 38 65 31 37 380 20,0 51 29 M6 7,3 0,430
615 994 40 40 65 31 37 400 20,0 48 29 M6 7,3 0,400
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Fit, Surface
Shaft and hub up to tolerance h8/H8.
Surface finish for shaft and hub < 10µm.
Mounting
Hub Calculation and Selection Tool The locking assembly has to sit inside the bore by at least the
measure „L“. Slightly oil the locking assembly before moun-
ting, do not use molybdenum disulphide or fat. Tighten the
on the Internet at www.maedler.de screws evenly and crosswise in several steps.
Demounting
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools Remove all tensioning screws and screw them into the
(usually unused) forcing thread of the front ring, until
the ring is released.
334 ®
Locking Assemblies COM-A
Material: Steel.
L2
• For fixing a hub (e.g. V-belt pulley or L
similar) on a shaft.
• For medium high torques.
• Not self-centering.
• Self-releasing at dismounting.
• No axial movement during mounting.
D
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 519 00, Locking Assembly COM-A, 19 mm
Product No. d D L L2 T F ax Pw PN Screws 12.9 TA Weight
mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm 2 N/mm 2 Number x Size Nm kg
615 519 00 19 47 20 26 270 28 221 93 8 x M6 15 0,20
615 520 00 20 47 20 26 290 28 232 98 8 x M6 15 0,22
615 522 00 22 47 20 26 290 30 200 90 8 x M6 15 0,23
615 524 00 24 50 20 26 380 32 216 103 8 x M6 15 0,23
615 525 00 25 50 20 26 400 33 200 100 8 x M6 15 0,23
615 528 00 28 55 20 26 520 36 208 104 10 x M6 15 0,27
615 530 00 30 55 20 26 520 37 183 99 10 x M6 15 0,26
615 532 00 32 60 20 26 690 43 209 112 12 x M6 15 0,30
615 535 00 35 60 20 26 770 44 196 113 12 x M6 15 0,30
615 538 00 38 65 20 26 940 49 202 116 14 x M6 15 0,35
615 540 00 40 65 20 26 980 49 190 115 14 x M6 15 0,32
615 542 00 42 75 24 32 1560 74 233 129 12 x M8 37 0,57
615 545 00 45 75 24 32 1700 74 216 127 12 x M8 37 0,55
615 548 00 48 80 24 32 1830 74 214 122 12 x M8 37 0,60
615 550 00 50 80 24 32 1830 75 196 118 12 x M8 37 0,56
615 555 00 55 85 24 32 2490 89 218 140 14 x M8 37 0,65
615 560 00 60 90 24 32 2640 92 192 126 14 x M8 37 0,66
615 565 00 65 95 24 32 3240 99 202 136 16 x M8 37 0,72
615 570 00 70 110 28 38 4700 124 218 135 14 x M10 70 1,27
615 575 00 75 115 28 38 4800 135 185 119 14 x M10 70 1,33
615 580 00 80 120 28 38 5400 137 185 124 14 x M10 70 1,35
615 585 00 85 125 28 38 6300 146 195 130 16 x M10 70 1,45
615 590 00 90 130 28 38 6500 148 178 124 16 x M10 70 1,55
615 595 00 95 135 28 38 7800 165 193 134 18 x M10 70 1,65
615 600 00 100 145 33 45 9560 187 195 135 14 x M12 127 2,20
More sizes up to d=1,000mm for 1,980,000Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Due to the cone angle, the locking assembly is usually released once
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm. bly before mounting, do not all screws have been fully unfastened. There a three large auxiliary
use molybdenum disulphide t hreads cut into the front ring, which serve to remove this ring.
or grease. Tighten the screws
evenly and crosswise in several
steps.
® 335
Locking Assemblies COM-A, Stainless
Material: Stainless steel 1.4401 (SS316).
A L2
• For fixing a hub (e.g. V-belt pulley or
L
similar) on a shaft.
• For low torques.
• Not self-centering.
• Self-releasing at dismounting.
• No axial movement during mounting.
D
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 995 20, Locking Assembly COM-A,
stainless, 20 mm
Product No. d D L L2 T F ax Pw PN Screws A2 TA Weight
mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm 2 N/mm 2 DIN 912 Nm kg
615 995 20 20 47 20 26 110 11 133 57 M6 8 0,21
615 995 22 22 47 20 26 120 11 121 57 M6 8 0,20
615 995 24 24 50 20 26 150 12 125 60 M6 8 0,22
615 995 25 25 50 20 26 155 12 120 60 M6 8 0,22
615 995 28 28 55 20 26 170 12 107 55 M6 8 0,27
615 995 30 30 55 20 26 185 12 100 55 M6 8 0,25
615 995 32 32 60 20 26 265 16 125 67 M6 8 0,30
615 995 35 35 60 20 26 290 16 114 67 M6 8 0,29
615 995 38 38 65 20 26 390 20 131 77 M6 8 0,33
615 995 40 40 65 20 26 410 20 125 77 M6 8 0,32
615 995 45 45 75 24 32 635 28 129 78 M8 18 0,53
615 995 50 50 80 24 32 700 28 116 73 M8 18 0,56
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Due to the cone angle, the locking assembly is usually released
Surface roughness max. 16µm. bly before mounting, do not once all screws have been fully unfastened. There a three large
use molibdenum disulphide auxiliary threads cut into the front ring, which serve to remove
or grease. Tighten the screws this ring.
evenly and crosswise in several
steps.
336 ®
Locking Assemblies COM-AS
Material: Steel. L2
L
• For fixing a hub (e.g. V-belt pulley or L1
similar) on a shaft.
• For medium high torques. Like COM-A,
but with slotted rings.
• Not self-centering.
• Self-releasing at dismounting.
D
d
• No axial movement during mounting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 300 19, Locking Assembly COM-AS, 19 mm
Product No. d D L L1 L2 T Fax PW PN Screws 12.9 TA Weight
mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm² N/mm² Number x Size Nm kg
615 300 19 19 47 20 17 26 320 33 225 98 8 x M6 15 0,20
615 300 20 20 47 20 17 26 340 33 237 103 8 x M6 15 0,22
615 300 22 22 47 20 17 26 340 35 204 95 8 x M6 15 0,23
615 300 24 24 50 20 17 26 450 38 220 108 8 x M6 15 0,23
615 300 25 25 50 20 17 26 470 39 204 105 8 x M6 15 0,23
615 300 28 28 55 20 17 26 610 42 212 109 10 x M6 15 0,27
615 300 30 30 55 20 17 26 610 44 187 104 10 x M6 15 0,26
615 300 32 32 60 20 17 26 810 51 213 118 12 x M6 15 0,30
615 300 35 35 60 20 17 26 910 52 200 119 12 x M6 15 0,30
615 300 38 38 65 20 17 26 1110 58 206 122 14 x M6 15 0,35
615 300 40 40 65 20 17 26 1160 58 194 121 14 x M6 15 0,32
615 300 42 42 75 24 20 32 1840 87 238 135 12 x M8 37 0,57
615 300 45 45 75 24 20 32 2000 87 220 133 12 x M8 37 0,55
615 300 48 48 80 24 20 32 2200 87 218 128 12 x M8 37 0,60
615 300 50 50 80 24 20 32 2200 89 200 124 12 x M8 37 0,56
615 300 55 55 85 24 20 32 2900 105 222 147 14 x M8 37 0,65
615 300 60 60 90 24 20 32 3100 109 196 132 14 x M8 37 0,66
615 300 65 65 95 24 20 32 3800 117 206 143 16 x M8 37 0,72
615 300 70 70 110 28 24 38 5500 146 222 142 14 x M10 70 1,27
615 300 75 75 115 28 24 38 5700 159 189 125 14 x M10 70 1,33
615 300 80 80 120 28 24 38 6400 162 189 130 14 x M10 70 1,35
615 300 85 85 125 28 24 38 7400 172 199 137 16 x M10 70 1,45
615 300 90 90 130 28 24 38 7700 175 182 130 16 x M10 70 1,55
615 300 95 95 135 28 24 38 9200 195 197 141 18 x M10 70 1,65
615 301 00 100 145 33 26 45 11300 221 199 142 14 x M12 127 2,2
More sizes up to d=1,000mm for 2,336,000Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Due to the cone angle, the locking assembly is usually released
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm. bly before mounting, do not once all screws have been fully unfastened. There are three
use molybdenum disulphide large auxiliary threads cut into the front ring, which serve to
or grease. Tighten the screws remove this ring.
evenly and crosswise in several
steps.
® 337
Locking Assemblies COM-B
Material: Steel.
L2
• For fixing a hub (e.g. timing belt pulley
L
or similar) on a shaft.
L1
• For medium torques.
• Also suitable for small hub diameters.
• Self-centering.
• Self-locking.
• No axial movement during mounting.
D1
d
D
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 606 00, Locking Assembly COM-B, 6 mm
Product No. d D L L1 L2 D1 T F ax Pw PN Screw 12.9 TA Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm 2 N/mm 2 Number x Size Nm kg
615 606 00 6 14 21 10 24 25 12 4 185 80 3 x M3 2 0,05
615 608 00 8 15 25 12 29 27 29 7 207 111 3 x M4 5 0,07
615 609 00 9 16 26 14 30 28 42 10 197 110 4 x M4 5 0,07
615 610 00 10 16 26 14 30 28 48 10 179 112 4 x M4 5 0,07
615 611 00 11 18 26 14 30 32 51 10 165 102 4 x M4 5 0,07
615 612 00 12 18 26 14 30 32 55 10 152 100 4 x M4 5 0,08
615 614 00 14 23 26 14 30 38 68 10 130 80 4 x M4 5 0,11
615 615 00 15 24 36 16 42 45 133 18 194 121 3 x M6 17 0,22
615 616 00 16 24 36 16 42 45 140 18 180 118 3 x M6 17 0,22
615 618 00 18 26 38 18 44 47 200 22 180 125 4 x M6 17 0,23
615 619 00 19 27 38 18 44 49 210 22 172 121 4 x M6 17 0,25
615 620 00 20 28 38 18 44 50 220 22 160 115 4 x M6 17 0,26
615 622 00 22 32 45 25 51 54 250 22 113 78 4 x M6 17 0,35
615 624 00 24 34 45 25 51 56 270 22 106 76 4 x M6 17 0,36
615 625 00 25 34 45 25 51 56 280 22 101 76 4 x M6 17 0,34
615 628 00 28 39 45 25 51 61 450 32 130 93 6 x M6 17 0,42
615 630 00 30 41 45 25 51 62 500 32 133 95 6 x M6 17 0,43
615 632 00 32 43 45 25 51 65 540 35 115 86 6 x M6 17 0,49
615 635 00 35 47 52 32 58 69 800 44 106 81 8 x M6 17 0,55
615 638 00 38 50 52 32 58 72 900 45 105 79 8 x M6 17 0,62
615 640 00 40 53 52 32 58 75 900 45 92 68 8 x M6 17 0,64
615 642 00 42 55 52 32 58 78 1000 47 90 70 8 x M6 17 0,85
615 645 00 45 59 70 45 78 86 1800 80 105 81 8 x M8 41 1,05
615 648 00 48 62 70 45 78 87 1950 81 102 78 8 x M8 41 1,13
615 650 00 50 65 70 45 78 92 2020 81 96 72 8 x M8 41 1,26
615 655 00 55 71 80 55 88 98 2730 95 89 68 9 x M8 41 1,53
615 660 00 60 77 80 55 88 104 2870 98 76 61 9 x M8 41 1,66
615 665 00 65 84 80 55 88 111 3190 99 73 57 9 x M8 41 1,90
615 670 00 70 90 96 65 106 119 5150 147 88 69 9 x M10 83 3,0
615 675 00 75 95 96 65 106 126 5710 153 82 66 9 x M10 83 3,1
615 680 00 80 100 96 65 106 131 8260 196 103 82 12 x M10 83 3,3
615 685 00 85 106 96 65 106 137 8670 204 97 77 12 x M10 83 3,6
615 690 00 90 112 96 65 106 144 8800 206 88 74 12 x M10 83 4,0
615 695 00 95 120 96 65 106 149 11300 237 103 82 14 x M10 83 4,7
615 700 00 100 125 96 65 106 154 14300 285 114 90 18 x M10 83 5,2
More sizes up to d=130mm for 24,800Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Remove all tensioning screws and screw them into the
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm. bly before mounting, do not (usually unused) forcing thread of the front flange, until
use molibdenum disulphide the flange is released.
or grease. Tighten the screws
evenly and crosswise in several
steps.
338 ®
Locking Assemblies COM-B, Stainless
Material: Stainless steel 1.4401 (SS316).
A L2
• For fixing a hub (e.g. timing belt pulley
L
or similar) on a shaft. L1
• For low torques.
• Also suitable for small hub diameters.
• Self-centering.
• Self-locking.
• No axial movement during mounting.
D1
d
D
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 995 10, Locking Assembly COM-B,
stainless, 10 mm
Product No. d D L L1 L2 D1 T F ax Pw PN Screw A2 TA Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm 2 N/mm 2 DIN 912 Nm kg
615 996 10 10 16 26 14 30 28 22 4 82 51 M4 2 0,12
615 996 12 12 18 26 14 30 32 26 4 69 46 M4 2 0,14
615 996 14 14 23 26 14 30 38 30 4 59 36 M4 2 0,15
615 996 15 15 24 36 16 42 45 73 10 107 67 M6 8 0,22
615 996 16 16 24 36 16 42 45 78 10 101 67 M6 8 0,22
615 996 18 18 26 38 18 44 47 87 10 79 55 M6 8 0,23
615 996 19 19 27 38 18 44 49 92 10 75 53 M6 8 0,25
615 996 20 20 28 38 18 44 50 97 10 71 51 M6 8 0,25
615 996 22 22 32 45 25 51 54 105 10 47 32 M6 8 0,32
615 996 24 24 34 45 25 51 56 175 15 64 45 M6 8 0,34
615 996 25 25 34 45 25 51 56 180 15 62 45 M6 8 0,35
615 996 28 28 39 45 25 51 61 200 15 55 40 M6 8 0,41
615 996 30 30 41 45 25 51 62 220 15 51 38 M6 8 0,41
615 996 32 32 43 45 25 51 65 310 19 64 48 M6 8 0,48
615 996 35 35 47 52 32 58 69 340 19 46 34 M6 8 0,55
615 996 38 38 50 52 32 58 72 370 19 42 32 M6 8 0,58
615 996 40 40 53 52 32 58 75 390 19 40 30 M6 8 0,63
615 996 45 45 59 70 45 78 86 820 36 48 36 M8 18 1,03
615 996 50 50 65 70 45 78 92 910 36 43 33 M8 18 1,27
Hub Calculation and Selection Tool
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Remove all tensioning screws and screw them into the
Surface roughness max. 16µm. bly before mounting, do not (usually unused) forcing thread of the front flange, until
use molybdenum disulphide the flange is released.
or grease. Tighten the screws
evenly and crosswise in several
steps.
® 339
Locking Assemblies COM-C
Material: Steel. L2
L
• For fixing a hub
A
(e.g. drive wheel, rotor or similar) L1
on a shaft.
• For medium to high torques.
• Self-centering.
• No axial offset.
D1
D
d
Concentricity: 0.02 to 0.04 mm.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 571 19,
Locking Assembly COM-C, 19 mm
at T A Surface Pressure Screws Weight
transmittable Shaft Hub DIN 912
Product No. d D L1 A L L2 D1 T F ax Pw PN 12.9 TA
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm 2 N/mm 2 Number x size Nm kg
615 571 19 19 47 26 31 39 45 53 294 20 228 96 4x M6x20 17 0,45
615 571 20 20 47 26 31 39 45 53 320 33 172 74 6x M6x20 17 0,37
615 571 22 22 47 26 31 39 45 53 366 33 158 74 6x M6x20 17 0,40
615 571 24 24 50 26 31 39 45 56 380 34 139 67 6x M6x20 17 0,45
615 571 25 25 50 26 31 39 45 56 430 35 144 72 6x M6x20 17 0,44
615 571 28 28 55 26 31 39 45 61 480 35 128 66 6x M6x20 17 0,50
615 571 30 30 55 26 31 39 45 61 530 35 120 68 6x M6x20 17 0,45
615 571 32 32 60 26 31 39 45 66 680 43 138 76 8x M6x20 17 0,59
615 571 35 35 60 26 31 39 45 66 780 43 134 79 8x M6x20 17 0,53
615 571 38 38 65 26 31 39 45 71 860 45 125 70 8x M6x20 17 0,62
615 571 40 40 65 26 31 39 45 71 860 45 115 67 8x M6x20 17 0,60
615 571 42 42 75 30 36 47 55 81 1350 60 138 77 6x M8x30 41 1,05
615 571 45 45 75 30 36 47 55 81 1450 60 129 77 6x M8x30 41 0,98
615 571 48 48 80 30 36 47 55 86 1550 60 125 73 6x M8x30 41 1,30
615 571 50 50 80 30 36 47 55 86 1570 70 109 69 6x M8x30 41 1,00
615 571 55 55 85 30 36 47 55 91 2400 80 142 95 8x M8x30 41 1,10
615 571 60 60 90 30 36 47 55 96 2500 80 125 86 8x M8x30 41 1,20
615 571 65 65 95 30 36 47 55 102 2700 90 113 78 8x M8x30 41 1,25
615 571 70 70 110 40 46 61 71 117 4500 130 120 77 8x M10x35 83 2,40
615 571 75 75 115 40 46 61 71 122 5000 130 119 79 8x M10x35 83 2,70
615 571 80 80 120 40 46 61 71 127 5300 130 109 74 8x M10x35 83 2,70
615 571 85 85 125 40 46 61 71 132 7000 160 129 89 10x M10x35 83 3,00
615 571 90 90 130 40 46 61 71 137 7400 160 123 83 10x M10x35 83 3,00
615 571 95 95 135 40 46 61 71 142 7500 170 109 81 10x M10x35 83 3,00
615 572 00 100 145 46 52 70 82 153 9400 190 112 78 8x M12x40 145 5,50
More sizes up to d=180mm for 34,600Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assembly Remove all tensioning screws and screw them into the unused forcing
Surface roughness hub/shaft max. before mounting, do not use MoS2 threads of the front flange evenly and crosswise in several steps, until
12.5µm. or grease. the flange is released.
Tighten the screws evenly and
crosswise in several steps to the set
torque.
340 ®
Locking Assemblies COM-CB1
Material: Steel.
L2
• For fixing a hub (e.g. drive wheel, rotor or L
L1
similar) on a shaft.
• For medium high torques.
• Self-centering.
• Self-locking.
• Axial movement during mounting.
D
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 573 18, Locking Assembly COM-CB1, 18 mm
Product No. d D L L1 L2 T Fax PW PN Screws 12.9 TA Weight
mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm² N/mm² Number x Size Nm kg
615 573 18 18 47 28 17 34 310 28 278 121 5 x M6 14 0,29
615 573 19 19 47 28 17 34 331 29 261 116 5 x M6 14 0,29
615 573 20 20 47 28 17 34 370 35 294 125 5 x M6 14 0,29
615 573 22 22 47 28 17 34 370 37 247 114 5 x M6 14 0,29
615 573 24 24 50 28 17 34 470 40 255 125 5 x M6 14 0,30
615 573 25 25 50 28 17 34 600 44 308 152 6 x M6 14 0,29
615 573 28 28 55 28 17 34 600 46 243 123 6 x M6 14 0,35
615 573 30 30 55 28 17 34 610 46 217 120 6 x M6 14 0,35
615 573 32 32 60 28 17 34 940 58 286 150 8 x M6 14 0,40
615 573 35 35 60 28 17 34 1030 58 262 150 8 x M6 14 0,40
615 573 38 38 65 28 17 34 1140 60 248 144 8 x M6 14 0,40
615 573 40 40 65 28 17 34 1170 60 227 141 8 x M6 14 0,40
615 573 42 42 75 33 20 41 2150 100 315 179 7 x M8 35 0,70
615 573 45 45 75 33 20 41 2220 100 293 172 7 x M8 35 0,70
615 573 48 48 80 33 20 41 2340 100 284 168 7 x M8 35 0,75
615 573 50 50 80 33 20 41 2400 100 242 149 7 x M8 35 0,70
615 573 55 55 85 33 20 41 3080 110 270 174 8 x M8 35 0,77
615 573 60 60 90 33 20 41 3400 120 248 166 8 x M8 35 0,84
615 573 65 65 95 33 20 41 4050 120 253 174 9 x M8 35 0,88
615 573 70 70 110 40 24 50 6360 180 283 182 8 x M10 70 1,58
615 573 75 75 115 40 24 50 6900 180 268 129 8 x M10 70 1,60
615 573 80 80 120 40 24 50 7400 190 260 130 8 x M10 70 1,70
615 573 85 85 125 40 24 50 8400 190 273 142 9 x M10 70 2,0
615 573 90 90 130 40 24 50 9000 200 233 121 9 x M10 70 2,2
615 573 95 95 135 40 24 50 11000 230 271 140 10 x M10 70 1,9
615 574 00 100 145 44 26 56 13100 260 265 186 8 x M12 125 3,0
More sizes up to d=200mm for 69,000Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Remove all tensioning screws and screw them into the
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm. bly before mounting, do not (usually unused) forcing thread of the front flange, until
use molybdenum disulphide the flange is released.
or grease. Tighten the screws
evenly and crosswise in several
steps.
® 341
Locking Assemblies COM-CB2
Material: Steel. L2
L
• For fixing a hub (e.g. spur toothed gear or
L1
similar) on a shaft.
• For medium high torques.
• Self-centering.
• Self-locking.
• No axial movement during mounting.
D1
D
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 575 18, Locking Assembly COM-CB2, 18 mm
Product No. d D L L1 L2 D1 T Fax PW PN Screws 12.9 TA Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm² N/mm² Number x Size Nm kg
615 575 18 18 47 28 17 34 54 270 28 212 94 5 x M6 17 0,30
615 575 19 19 47 28 17 34 54 274 28 215 93 5 x M6 17 0,30
615 575 20 20 47 28 17 34 54 280 28 218 94 5 x M6 17 0,32
615 575 22 22 47 28 17 34 54 300 28 200 95 5 x M6 17 0,32
615 575 24 24 50 28 17 34 57 330 28 178 89 5 x M6 17 0,35
615 575 25 25 50 28 17 34 57 420 34 210 105 6 x M6 17 0,32
615 575 28 28 55 28 17 34 62 480 34 196 98 6 x M6 17 0,37
615 575 30 30 55 28 17 34 62 510 35 177 96 6 x M6 17 0,37
615 575 32 32 60 28 17 34 67 730 40 222 116 8 x M6 17 0,39
615 575 35 35 60 28 17 34 67 770 44 194 112 8 x M6 17 0,39
615 575 38 38 65 28 17 34 72 830 45 181 103 8 x M6 17 0,46
615 575 40 40 65 28 17 34 72 940 50 182 109 8 x M6 17 0,46
615 575 42 42 75 33 20 41 82 1590 70 234 130 7 x M8 41 0,72
615 575 45 45 75 33 20 41 82 1630 70 213 124 7 x M8 41 0,70
615 575 48 48 80 33 20 41 87 1740 70 198 119 7 x M8 41 0,80
615 575 50 50 80 33 20 41 87 1830 80 195 120 7 x M8 41 0,77
615 575 55 55 85 33 20 41 92 2210 80 192 125 8 x M8 41 0,80
615 575 60 60 90 33 20 41 97 2410 80 178 120 8 x M8 41 0,88
615 575 65 65 95 33 20 41 102 3090 90 192 131 9 x M8 41 0,93
615 575 70 70 110 40 24 50 117 4620 130 208 134 8 x M10 83 1,60
615 575 75 75 115 40 24 50 122 4900 130 191 123 8 x M10 83 1,76
615 575 80 80 120 40 24 50 127 5000 130 176 119 8 x M10 83 1,81
615 575 85 85 125 40 24 50 132 6300 150 195 135 9 x M10 83 1,90
615 575 90 90 130 40 24 50 137 6800 150 187 131 9 x M10 83 2,0
615 575 95 95 135 40 24 50 142 7700 160 191 132 10 x M10 83 2,1
615 576 00 100 145 44 26 56 152 9800 190 202 141 8 x M12 145 2,8
More sizes up to d=200mm for 48,000Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Remove all tensioning screws and screw them into the (usually
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm. bly before mounting, do not unused) forcing thread of the front flange, until the flange is
use molybdenum disulphide released.
or grease. Tighten the screws
evenly and crosswise in several
steps.
342 ®
Locking Assemblies COM-CB3
Material: Steel. L2
L
• For fixing a hub (e.g. drive wheel, rotor or L1
similar) on a shaft.
• 3 Ranges of sizes, for middle, higher and
very high torques.
• Compact size in axial direction.
D1
• Self-centering.
D
d
• Self-locking.
• No axial movement during mounting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 577 14, Locking Assembly COM-CB3, 14 mm
Product No. d D L L1 L2 D1 T Fax PW PN Screws 12.9 TA Weight
Light series mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm² N/mm² Number x Size Nm kg
615 577 14 14 55 30 17 38 62 120 17 207 56 3 x M8 25 0,49
615 577 16 16 55 30 17 38 62 136 18 175 53 3 x M8 25 0,48
615 577 18 18 55 30 17 38 62 150 18 163 56 3 x M8 25 0,47
615 577 19 19 55 30 17 38 62 170 19 158 58 3 x M8 25 0,47
615 577 20 20 55 30 17 38 62 160 17 141 53 3 x M8 25 0,46
615 577 22 22 55 30 17 38 62 290 26 189 77 3 x M8 35 0,45
615 577 24 24 55 30 17 38 62 290 24 165 73 3 x M8 35 0,43
615 577 25 25 55 30 17 38 62 300 24 160 73 3 x M8 35 0,42
615 577 28 28 55 30 17 38 62 430 31 173 89 3 x M8 41 0,40
615 577 30 30 55 30 17 38 62 450 30 158 86 3 x M8 41 0,38
Medium series
615 578 24 24 65 30 17 38 72 430 40 237 87 5 x M8 30 0,63
615 578 25 25 65 30 17 38 72 440 40 221 86 5 x M8 30 0,62
615 578 28 28 65 30 17 38 72 610 40 248 107 5 x M8 35 0,59
615 578 30 30 65 30 17 38 72 590 40 222 103 5 x M8 35 0,57
615 578 32 32 65 30 17 38 72 660 40 202 100 5 x M8 35 0,56
615 578 35 35 65 30 17 38 72 950 50 243 131 5 x M8 41 0,52
615 578 38 38 65 30 17 38 72 1000 50 218 127 5 x M8 41 0,49
615 578 40 40 65 30 17 38 72 1090 50 213 131 5 x M8 41 0,47
Heavy series
615 579 30 30 80 33 20 41 87 800 50 239 90 7 x M8 30 1,02
615 579 32 32 80 33 20 41 87 860 50 226 90 7 x M8 30 1,01
615 579 35 35 80 33 20 41 87 1100 60 239 105 7 x M8 35 0,98
615 579 38 38 80 33 20 41 87 1200 60 223 106 7 x M8 35 0,94
615 579 40 40 80 33 20 41 87 1200 60 203 102 7 x M8 35 0,91
615 579 42 42 80 33 20 41 87 1500 70 228 120 7 x M8 41 0,88
615 579 45 45 80 33 20 41 87 1600 70 215 121 7 x M8 41 0,84
615 579 48 48 80 33 20 41 87 1700 70 197 118 7 x M8 41 0,78
615 579 50 50 80 33 20 41 87 1800 70 195 122 7 x M8 41 0,74
Hub Calculation and Selection Tool
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Remove all tensioning screws and screw them into the
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm. bly before mounting, do not (usually unused) forcing thread of the front flange, until
use molybdenum disulphide the flange is released.
or grease. Tighten the screws
evenly and crosswise in several
steps.
® 343
Locking Assemblies COM-D
Material: Steel. L2
L
• For fixing a hub L1
(e.g. drive wheel, rotor or similar)
on a shaft.
• For high torques.
• Self-centering.
D
d
• Slight axial offset possible during
assembly.
Concentricity: 0.02 to 0.04 mm.
A
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 570 19,
Locking Assembly COM-D, 19 mm
at T A Surface Pressure Screws Weight
transmittable Shaft Hub DIN 912
Product No. d D L1 A L L2 T F ax Pw PN 12.9 TA
mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm2 N/mm 2 Number x size Nm kg
615 570 19 19 47 26 31 39 45 353 31 228 98 6x M6x25 17 0,39
615 570 20 20 47 26 31 39 45 530 52 274 118 6x M6x25 17 0,37
615 570 22 22 47 26 31 39 45 582 52 247 116 6x M6x25 17 0,35
615 570 24 24 50 26 31 39 45 650 53 244 120 6x M6x25 17 0,40
615 570 25 25 50 26 31 39 45 680 54 216 110 6x M6x25 17 0,38
615 570 28 28 55 26 31 39 45 760 56 200 105 6x M6x25 17 0,45
615 570 30 30 55 26 31 39 45 850 56 192 109 6x M6x25 17 0,43
615 570 32 32 60 26 31 39 45 1130 70 228 121 8x M6x25 17 0,53
615 570 35 35 60 26 31 39 45 1220 71 206 120 8x M6x25 17 0,50
615 570 38 38 65 26 31 39 45 1370 71 198 114 8x M6x25 17 0,60
615 570 40 40 65 26 31 39 45 1410 72 184 112 8x M6x25 17 0,56
615 570 42 42 75 30 36 47 55 2170 100 219 122 6x M8x30 41 0,95
615 570 45 45 75 30 36 47 55 2330 100 204 122 6x M8x30 41 0,92
615 570 48 48 80 30 36 47 55 2480 100 194 117 6x M8x30 41 1,10
615 570 50 50 80 30 36 47 55 2560 100 182 116 6x M8x30 41 1,00
615 570 55 55 85 30 36 47 55 3700 130 222 141 8x M8x30 41 1,10
615 570 60 60 90 30 36 47 55 3800 140 192 130 8x M8x30 41 1,16
615 570 65 65 95 30 36 47 55 4600 140 194 131 8x M8x30 41 1,20
615 570 70 70 110 40 46 61 71 7700 220 209 133 8x M10x35 83 2,30
615 570 75 75 115 40 46 61 71 8100 220 192 126 8x M10x35 83 2,50
615 570 80 80 120 40 46 61 71 8600 220 182 121 8x M10x35 83 2,70
615 570 85 85 125 40 46 61 71 11600 270 214 148 10x M10x35 83 2,90
615 570 90 90 130 40 46 61 71 12000 270 200 135 10x M10x35 83 3,20
615 570 95 95 135 40 46 61 71 13000 280 196 134 10x M10x35 83 3,50
615 571 00 100 145 46 52 70 82 15000 300 173 120 8x M12x40 145 4,00
More sizes up to d=180mm for 58,900Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assembly Remove all tensioning screws and screw them into the unused forcing
Surface roughness hub/shaft max. before mounting, do not use MoS2 threads of the front tensioning ring, until it is released.
12.5µm. or grease.
Tighten the screws evenly and
crosswise in several steps to the set
torque.
344 ®
Locking Assemblies COM-L
Material: Steel. L2
• For fixing a hub L
(e.g. drive wheel, rotor or similar) L1
on a shaft.
• For very high torques.
• Self-centering.
• Slight axial offset possible during
assembly.
D
d
Concentricity: 0.02 to 0.04 mm.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 511 25,
Locking Assembly COM-L, 25 mm
at T A Surface Pressure Screws Weight
transmittable Shaft Hub DIN 912
Product No. d D L1 L C* L2 T F ax Pw PN 12.9 TA
mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm2 N/mm 2 Number x size Nm kg
615 511 25 25 55 32 40 4 46 810 65 288 98 6x M6x35 17 0,35
615 511 28 28 55 32 40 4 46 950 65 268 102 6x M6x35 17 0,42
615 511 30 30 55 32 40 4 46 970 68 241 98 6x M6x35 17 0,40
615 511 35 35 60 44 54 5 60 1240 70 157 83 7x M6x45 17 0,60
615 511 38 38 75 44 54 5 62 2780 145 263 117 7x M8x50 41 1,15
615 511 40 40 75 44 54 5 62 3020 146 293 121 7x M8x50 41 0,59
615 511 42 42 75 44 54 5 62 3150 151 248 116 7x M8x50 41 1,25
615 511 45 45 75 44 54 5 62 3390 151 261 121 7x M8x50 41 0,74
615 511 48 48 80 56 64 4 72 3920 159 161 96 8x M8x55 41 1,30
615 511 50 50 80 56 64 4 72 4110 163 156 97 8x M8x55 41 1,26
615 511 55 55 85 56 64 4 72 4370 164 137 89 8x M8x55 41 1,36
615 511 60 60 90 56 64 4 72 6320 211 167 111 10x M8x55 41 1,46
615 511 65 65 95 56 64 4 72 7100 217 160 109 10x M8x55 41 1,55
615 511 70 70 110 70 78 4 88 11730 314 184 117 10x M10x60 83 2,9
615 511 75 75 115 70 78 5 88 11900 340 159 104 10x M10x60 83 3,0
615 511 80 80 120 70 78 5 88 16400 392 196 130 12x M10x60 83 3,3
615 511 85 85 125 70 78 5 88 16600 400 175 119 12x M10x60 83 3,4
615 511 90 90 130 70 78 5 88 18000 400 169 116 12x M10x60 83 3,5
615 511 95 95 135 70 78 5 88 19000 412 160 112 12x M10x60 83 3,7
615 512 00 100 145 90 100 6 112 27900 559 165 113 12x M12x80 145 5,5
* When using in a stepped bore, the clearance C is to be foreseen for demounting.
More sizes up to d=300mm for 444,000Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assembly Remove all tensioning screws and screw them into the unused forcing
Surface roughness hub/shaft max. before mounting, do not use MoS2 threads of the front tensioning ring, until it is released.
12.5µm. or grease. Then screw in the screws into the unused forcing threads of the outer
Tighten the screws evenly and ring, until the rear tensioning ring is released.
crosswise in several steps to the set
torque.
To ease mounting the outer ring
and the rear tensioning ring can be
fixed with screws via the forcing
thread.
® 345
Locking Assemblies COM-LL
Material: Steel. L2
L
• For fixing a hub (e.g. drive wheel, rotor or L1
similar) on a shaft.
• For very high torques.
• Self-centering.
• Self-locking.
• Axial movement during mounting.
D
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 513 25, Locking Assembly COM-LL, 25 mm
Product No. d D L L1 L2 T Fax PW PN Screws 12.9 TA Weight
mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm² N/mm² Number x Size Nm kg
615 513 25 25 50 45 39 51 900 70 245 122 6 x M6 17 0,50
615 513 28 28 55 45 39 51 1010 70 219 111 6 x M6 17 0,60
615 513 30 30 55 45 39 51 1100 70 204 111 6 x M6 17 0,60
615 513 35 35 60 45 39 51 1340 76 175 102 8 x M6 17 0,70
615 513 38 38 65 45 39 51 1810 120 161 94 10 x M6 17 0,70
615 513 40 40 65 45 39 51 1920 120 153 94 10 x M6 17 0,70
615 513 42 42 75 64 56 72 2970 141 188 105 8 x M8 41 1,00
615 513 45 45 75 64 56 72 3150 141 175 105 8 x M8 41 0,90
615 513 48 48 80 64 56 72 4000 166 164 98 8 x M8 41 1,40
615 513 50 50 80 64 56 72 4850 192 159 102 8 x M8 41 1,26
615 513 55 55 85 64 56 72 5810 220 140 93 9 x M8 41 1,36
615 513 60 60 90 64 56 72 7460 249 170 117 10 x M8 41 1,46
615 513 65 65 95 64 56 72 8400 256 163 114 10 x M8 41 1,55
615 513 70 70 110 78 70 88 13800 371 188 123 10 x M10 83 2,9
615 513 75 75 115 78 70 88 14000 401 162 109 10 x M10 83 3,0
615 513 80 80 120 78 70 88 19400 463 200 137 12 x M10 83 3,3
615 513 85 85 125 78 70 88 19600 472 179 125 12 x M10 83 3,4
615 513 90 90 130 78 70 88 21200 472 172 122 12 x M10 83 3,5
615 513 95 95 135 78 70 88 22400 486 163 118 12 x M10 83 3,7
615 514 00 100 145 100 90 112 32900 660 168 119 12 x M12 145 5,5
More sizes up to d=300mm for 524,000Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Remove all tensioning screws and screw them into the (usually
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm. bly before mounting, do not unused) forcing thread of the front flange, until the flange is
use molybdenum disulphide released.
or grease. Tighten the screws
evenly and crosswise in several
steps.
346 ®
Locking Assemblies COM-LLH
Material: Steel. L2
L
• For fixing a hub (e.g. sprocket or L1
similar) on a shaft.
• For very high torques.
• Very good distribution of pressure.
• High resistant against bending forces.
• Self-centering.
D
d
• Self-locking.
• No axial movement during mounting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 580 42, Locking Assembly COM-LLH, 42 mm
Product No. d D L L1 L2 T Fax PW PN Screws 12.9 TA Weight
mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm² N/mm² Number x Size Nm kg
615 580 42 42 75 64 56 72 3290 147 175 103 8 x M8 41 1,25
615 580 45 45 75 64 56 72 3500 147 157 95 8 x M8 41 1,30
615 580 48 48 80 64 56 72 3670 149 143 90 8 x M8 41 1,50
615 580 50 50 80 64 56 72 3800 161 141 91 8 x M8 41 1,40
615 580 55 55 85 64 56 72 4430 167 140 88 8 x M8 41 1,50
615 580 60 60 90 64 56 72 5590 182 130 96 10 x M8 41 1,50
615 580 65 65 95 64 56 72 6020 182 134 91 10 x M8 41 1,60
615 580 70 70 110 78 70 88 10200 290 162 100 10 x M10 83 3,0
615 580 75 75 115 78 70 88 11660 308 157 101 10 x M10 83 3,1
615 580 80 80 120 78 70 88 14000 351 166 109 12 x M10 83 3,5
615 580 85 85 125 78 70 88 16200 374 170 113 12 x M10 83 3,5
615 580 90 90 130 78 70 88 16780 380 159 107 12 x M10 83 3,8
615 580 95 95 135 78 70 88 18410 389 158 107 12 x M10 83 4,0
615 581 00 100 145 100 90 112 26600 533 158 109 12 x M12 145 6,0
615 581 10 110 155 100 90 112 29200 533 142 101 12 x M12 145 6,2
615 581 20 120 165 100 90 112 38400 641 157 114 14 x M12 145 6,8
More sizes up to d=600mm for 977,000Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
Hub Calculation and Selection Tool
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of the screws.
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Remove all tensioning screws and screw them into the
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm. bly before mounting, do not (usually unused) forcing thread of the front flange,
use molybdenum disulphide until the flange is released.
or grease. Tighten the screws
evenly and crosswise in several
steps.
® 347
Locking Assemblies COM-R
Material: Steel.
L
• For fixing a hub (e.g. drive wheel, rotor or L1
similar) on a shaft.
• For lower to medium torques.
• Not self-centering.
• Loose clamping rings. For use with customer´s
pressure sleeves and customer´s screws.
D
d
• Up to 4 clamping sets can be used in line.
• Versatile usage, for customized solutions.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 000 06, Locking Assembly COM-R, 6 mm
Product No. d D L L1 T Fax PW PN FA Weight
mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm² N/mm² kN kg
615 000 06 6 9 4,5 3,7 2 0,83 116 76 4 0,002
615 000 07 7 10 4,5 3,7 3 0,85 101 67 5 0,002
615 000 08 8 11 4,5 3,7 5 1,22 125 94 6 0,002
615 000 09 9 12 4,5 3,7 8 1,83 146 109 15 0,002
615 000 10 10 13 4,5 3,7 10 1,83 130 101 16 0,002
615 000 12 12 15 4,5 3,7 11 1,91 115 90 16 0,002
615 000 14 14 18 6,3 5,3 23 3,31 120 94 26 0,005
615 000 15 15 19 6,3 5,3 25 3,34 113 88 27 0,005
615 000 16 16 20 6,3 5,3 28 3,40 110 89 27 0,006
615 000 17 17 21 6,3 5,3 29 3,59 102 82 27 0,006
615 000 18 18 22 6,3 5,3 33 3,68 102 82 33 0,007
615 000 19 19 24 6,3 5,3 47 4,96 133 105 33 0,007
615 000 20 20 25 6,3 5,3 55 5,54 140 109 33 0,009
615 000 22 22 26 6,3 5,3 65 5,88 132 113 34 0,007
615 000 24 24 28 6,3 5,3 73 5,89 130 110 34 0,008
615 000 25 25 30 6,3 5,3 73 6,02 117 97 37 0,009
615 000 28 28 32 6,3 5,3 85 6,13 112 97 40 0,010
615 000 30 30 35 6,3 5,3 90 6,14 99 84 40 0,012
615 000 32 32 36 6,3 5,3 127 7,99 126 112 44 0,011
615 000 35 35 40 7,0 6,0 166 9,20 121 107 54 0,016
615 000 38 38 44 7,0 6,0 186 9,84 113 98 60 0,021
615 000 40 40 45 8,0 6,6 226 10,8 113 103 70 0,021
615 000 42 42 48 8,0 6,6 226 11,3 106 91 75 0,026
615 000 45 45 52 10,0 8,6 364 16,2 108 98 110 0,045
615 000 48 48 55 10,0 8,6 589 24 160 139 110 0,043
615 000 50 50 57 10,0 8,6 608 25 152 131 110 0,045
615 000 55 55 62 10,0 8,6 700 25 146 130 120 0,049
615 000 60 60 68 12,0 10,4 830 28 120 106 160 0,07
615 000 65 65 73 12,0 10,4 970 30 117 102 170 0,09
615 000 70 70 79 14,0 12,2 1310 37 119 105 210 0,12
615 000 75 75 84 14,0 12,2 1440 39 114 99 230 0,12
615 000 80 80 91 17,0 15,0 2160 54 123 103 300 0,21
615 000 85 85 96 17,0 15,0 2450 58 122 107 320 0,21
615 000 90 90 101 17,0 15,0 2700 60 119 104 330 0,22
615 000 95 95 106 17,0 15,0 2900 61 114 105 340 0,23
615 001 00 100 114 21,0 18,7 4160 83 119 104 460 0,39
615 001 10 110 124 21,0 18,7 5000 91 116 102 475 0,42
615 001 20 120 134 21,0 18,7 6170 103 122 107 475 0,46
More sizes up to d=500mm for 270,000Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
Several sets in line Calculation the screws Axial Screw Force F S and Fastening torque
Several sets can be mounted in line. The screw size can be chosen. The Axial Screw Force FS in kN Fastening Torque TA in Nm
T and FA shown in the table are for number of screws must be calculated. Screw 8.8 10.9 12.9 8.8 10.9 12.9
one set. M4 3,9 5,8 6,7 3,0 4,4 5,1
Number of screws = FA ges. : FS M5 6,4 9,4 11,0 5,9 8,7 10
At 2 sets: Tges. = T x 1,6. FA ges. = Number of sets x FA M6 9,0 12,2 15,5 10 15 18
M8 16,5 24,3 28,4 25 36 43
At 3 sets: Tges. = T x 1,9. FA see data table above. M10 26,3 38,7 42,2 49 72 84
At 4 sets: Tges. = T x 2,1. M12 38,4 56,5 66,0 85 125 145
FS see data table on the right. M14 52,5 77,5 90,5 135 200 235
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Remove all tensioning screws. Then, due to the cone angle, the
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm. bly before mounting, do not locking assembly is usually released. If not, use a wheel puller
T = transmittable torque. or use carefully a rubber hammer to loosen the wheel from the
use molybdenum disulphide
F ax = transmittable axial force. clamping rings.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
or grease. Tighten the screws
PN = surface pressure onto the hub. evenly and crosswise in several
FA = required axial preload force. steps.
348 ®
Clamping Bushes E and E-N
Material E: High-quality steel.
Material E-N: Stainless steel 1.405. A
The clamping bush consists of a double-walled steel sleeve filled
N
with a pressure medium, and a flange part. Inside the flange there
is a screw and a piston with seal to build up compression.
R
Function: When the thrust screw is tightened, the sleeve expands
uniformly against shaft and hub, creating a rigid connection
through frictional force. When the thrust screw is loosened, the
bush returns to its initial position and can be easily disassembled.
L1
Concentricity: 0.02 mm. d
Tolerances: Shaft h7 for d = 15 mm. D L
Shaft k6-h7 for d = 19, 22, 24, 28 and 38 mm. D1
Shaft h8 for the other diameters d.
Hub H7.
Temperature range: -30 oC to 85 oC. PW
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 915 00, Clamping Bush E, 15 mm PN
Product No. Dimensions at TA transmittable Screw 12.9* Moment
Design Torque Axial Force Radial Force Size R N TA of Inertia Weight
E d D D1 L L1 T F ax Fr J
Steel mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN kN DIN 915 mm mm Nm kgm2.10-3 kg
615 915 00 15 18 46 39 25 46 6,1 0,5 M10 15,1 5 5 0,043 0,16
615 915 87 15,875 19 47 40 26 53 6,7 0,5 M10 15,6 5 5 0,047 0,17
615 919 00 19 23 50,5 42 28 85 8,9 1 M10 17,4 5 5 0,064 0,20
615 919 05 19,05 23 50,5 42 28 85 8,9 1 M10 17,4 5 5 0,064 0,20
615 920 00 20 24 51,5 44 30 110 11 1 M10 18 5 5 0,070 0,21
615 922 00 22 27 55,5 46 32 130 11 1,2 M10 19,3 5 5 0,097 0,25
615 924 00 24 29 57,5 47 33 190 15 1,4 M10 20,3 5 5 0,112 0,27
615 925 00 25 30 58 49 35 230 18 1,5 M10 20,8 5 5 0,117 0,27
615 925 40 25,4 31 59 49 35 190 15 1,5 M10 21,2 5 5 0,127 0,29
615 928 00 28 34 63 52 38 280 20 1,8 M10 22,6 5 5 0,170 0,34
615 930 00 30 36 64,5 54 40 380 25 2 M10 23,6 5 5 0,189 0,35
615 931 75 31,75 39 68,5 56 42 430 27 2,2 M10 24,8 5 5 0,249 0,42
615 932 00 32 39 68,5 56 42 440 27 2,2 M10 24,8 5 5 0,249 0,42
615 935 00 35 42 73 59 45 640 36 2,5 M10 26,4 5 5 0,325 0,48
615 938 00 38 46 84,5 72 52 890 46 2,8 M16 31 8 21 0,761 0,84
615 940 00 40 48 86,5 75 55 1100 55 3 M16 32 8 21 0,844 0,88
615 945 00 45 54 93 78 58 1400 62 3,5 M16 34,8 8 21 1,170 1,05
615 950 00 50 60 98,5 80 60 1900 76 4,5 M16 37,5 8 21 1,524 1,20
Product No. A Dimensions at TA transmittable Screw A4* Moment
Design Torque Axial Force Radial Force Size R N TA of Inertia Weight
E-N d D D1 L L1 T F ax Fr J
Stainless mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN kN DIN 915 mm mm Nm kgm2.10-3 kg
615 999 15 15 18 46 39 25 46 6,1 0,5 M10 15,1 5 5 0,043 0,16
615 999 20 20 24 51,5 44 30 110 11 1,0 M10 18 5 5 0,070 0,21
615 999 25 25 30 58 49 35 230 18 1,5 M10 20,8 5 5 0,117 0,27
615 999 30 30 36 64,5 54 40 380 25 2 M10 23,6 5 5 0,189 0,35
615 999 35 35 42 73 59 45 640 36 2,5 M10 26,4 5 5 0,325 0,48
615 999 40 40 48 86,5 75 55 1100 55 3 M16 32 8 21 0,844 0,88
615 999 45 45 54 93 78 58 1400 62 3,5 M16 34,8 8 21 1,170 1,05
615 999 50 50 60 98,5 80 60 1900 76 4,5 M16 37,5 8 21 1,524 1,20
T = transmittable torque at axial force of 0, if the screws are fastened with TA. Fr = maximum transmittable radial force.
Fax = transmittable axial force at torque of 0, if the screws are fastened with TA. TA = required fastening torque for the screws.
* With coated surface.
Properties Dimensioning Mounting
The unique hydraulic principle leads to For the maximum torque, the shaft must Before mounting always check whether
many advantages: be strong enough (min. strength 350 N/ the threads are lubricated (OKS 260 or
• very fast mounting/demounting with mm2, for example C45). Molykote D).
only one thrust screw. The hub diameter must be big enough.
• radial fastening of the thrust screw Recommend minimum hub diameter:
allows space saving installation Hub from Steel: ND = 1,4 x D.
conditions. Hub from grey cast iron: ND = 2,0 x D.
• very small assembly dimensions. Hub from Aluminium: ND = 2,5 x D.
• good concentricity, even after several
mountings.
® 349
Clamping Bushes MSA
Material: Steel.
L
• For fixing a hub (e.g. drive wheel, rotor or similar) on a shaft.
• For medium high torques and axial forces.
• Minimal space requirement.
• Self-centering.
• Not self-locking.
D1
D
d
• Little axial movement during mounting.
Concentricity: approx. 0.02 mm.
Tolerance: Shaft h11 up to k6, Hub H7 up to H11.
B L1
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 019 00, Locking Assembly MSA, Slotted, 19 mm
Product No. d D D1 L L1 B T Fax PN Screws TA Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm² Number x Size Nm kg
615 019 00 19 42 49 36 27 9,5 170 18 42 4 M6 x 12 8 0,33
615 020 00 20 42 49 36 27 9,5 180 18 42 4 M6 x 12 8 0,32
615 022 00 22 42 49 36 27 9,5 200 18 42 4 M6 x 12 8 0,31
615 024 00 24 46 53 37 27 10,5 325 27 58 6 M6 x 12 8 0,37
615 025 00 25 46 53 37 27 10,5 340 27 58 6 M6 x 12 8 0,36
615 028 00 28 55 63 44 32 12,5 490 35 66 4 M8 x 16 18 0,64
615 030 00 30 55 63 44 32 12,5 525 35 66 4 M8 x 16 18 0,61
615 032 00 32 60 67 49 37 12,5 650 41 60 5 M8 x 16 18 0,81
615 035 00 35 60 67 49 37 12,5 720 41 61 5 M8 x 16 18 0,75
615 038 00 38 67 75 57 45 12,5 950 50 54 6 M8 x 16 18 1,13
615 040 00 40 67 75 57 45 12,5 1000 50 54 6 M8 x 16 18 1,06
615 042 00 42 67 75 57 45 12,5 1050 50 54 6 M8 x 16 18 1,01
615 045 00 45 70 77 63 50 13,5 1280 57 53 7 M8 x 16 18 1,17
615 048 00 48 77 83 68,8 55 14 1560 65 50 8 M8 x 16 18 1,62
615 050 00 50 77 83 68,5 55 14 1625 65 50 8 M8 x 16 18 1,53
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0. Operating factor fB for various operating conditions
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
P N = surface pressure onto the hub. The values for the maximum transmittable torque and the max-
T A = fastening torque of the screws. imum permissible axial force for the clamping bush at static
load are stated in the table below. With dynamic load these
values have to be reduced, i.e. divided by the operating factors
listed in the adjoining table.
Drive Unit Type of Load
Uniform Moderate Strong
Load Shock Shock
Electric motors, turbines 1 - 1.25 1.25 - 1.5 1.5 - 1.75
Multi-cylinder piston engines 1.25 - 1.5 1.5 - 1.75 1.75 - 2
One-cylinder piston engines 1.75 - 2 2 - 2.25 2.25 - 3
Description Dimensioning
Mechanical, all-steel clamping elements, containing no hydraulic For the maximum torque, the shaft must be strong enough
pressure medium. Both inner part (1) and outer part (2) have a (min. strength 350 N/mm2, for example C45).
cylindrical buttress thread with a lengthwise slot. The inner ring The hub diameter must be big enough.
(3) connected to the inner part has threaded studs (4), that cre- Recommend minimum hub diameter:
ate a tensioning effect when tightened.The bushes are designed Hub from Steel: ND = 1,4 x D.
for very high loads in radial as well as in axial direction. If a Hub from grey cast iron: ND = 2,0 x D.
clamping bush without slot on the outside part is to be welded Hub from Aluminium: ND = 2,5 x D.
onto a workpiece, we would ask you to contact us first. Feather
key grooves in the shaft do not cause any problems; simply
remove the frictional corrosion.
350 ®
Clamping Bushes MSD
Material: Steel.
The MSD clamping bush consists of a double-walled, hardened
steel sleeve filled with a special pressure medium, a seal, a piston,
a compression flange and fastening screws. When tightening the
screws, the sleeves expand evenly against shaft and hub, creating
D1
a rigid connection. When the screws are loosened, the bush
D
d
returns to its initial position and can be easily demounted.
Temperature range: -30 oC to 85 oC.
Concentricity: 0.03 - 0.06 mm. L1
Tolerance: Shaft h8 - k6 (for Prod. No. 615 215 00 only h7), Hub H7. L
PW PN L2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 215 00, Clamping Bush MSD, 15 mm
Dimensions at TA transmittable Screws DIN 912, 12.9 Moment
Torque Force of Inertia Weight
Product No. d D D1 L L1 L2 T Fax TA J
mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN Amount Size Nm kgm2 . 10-3 kg
615 215 00 15 23 38 30 17 35 55 7,3 3 M5 6 0,018 0,10
615 219 00 19 28 45 37 21 42 100 10,6 3 M5 8 0,046 0,17
615 220 00 20 28 45 37 22 42 125 12,5 3 M5 8 0,046 0,16
615 222 00 22 32 49 37 22 42 135 12,3 4 M5 8 0,065 0,19
615 224 00 24 34 49 40 25 45 200 16,7 4 M5 8 0,067 0,20
615 225 00 25 34 49 43 27 48 250 20,0 4 M5 8 0,071 0,19
615 228 00 28 39 55 45 29 50 300 21,4 4 M5 8 0,120 0,26
615 230 00 30 41 57 47 32 52 420 28,0 4 M5 8 0,142 0,29
615 232 00 32 43 60 52 34 57 420 26,3 4 M5 8 0,195 0,35
615 235 00 35 47 63 55 37 60 650 37,1 6 M5 8 0,250 0,40
615 238 00 38 50 65 59 41 64 750 39,5 6 M5 8 0,310 0,43
615 240 00 40 53 70 63 43 68 940 47,0 6 M5 8 0,441 0,55
615 242 00 42 55 70 65 45 70 940 44,8 6 M5 8 0,467 0,55
615 245 00 45 59 77 69 49 75 1290 57,3 6 M6 13 0,686 0,71
615 248 00 48 62 80 73 52 79 1570 65,4 6 M6 13 0,833 0,78
615 250 00 50 65 83 76 53 82 1900 76,0 6 M6 13 1,045 0,86
T = transmittable torque at axial force of 0, if the screws are fastened with TA.
Fax = transmittable axial force at torque of 0, if the screws are fastened with TA.
TA = required fastening torque for the screws.
The dimensions refer to bushes before assembly.
Mounting
For mounting, the clamping bush MSD is placed between shaft After the screws have been tightened, there is a contact
and hub. between the surface of hub and shaft.
Advantages Dimensioning
The hydraulic principle leads to many advantages: For the maximum torque, the shaft must be strong enough
• fast mounting/demounting. (min. strength 350 N/mm2, for example C45).
• sensitive adjustment of the hub can be carried out The hub diameter must be big enough.
during assembly. Recommend minimum hub diameter:
• low fastening torque and few screws allow very simple Hub from Steel: ND = 1,4 x D.
assembly. Hub from grey cast iron: ND = 2,0 x D.
• good concentricity. Hub from Aluminium: ND = 2,5 x D.
• small dimensions allow little outside diameter of the hub.
• The clamping bushes are as standard equipped with Allen
screws, but hexagon-head screws can also be supplied.
® 351
Clamping Bushes MSD-N
Material: Stainless steel 1.4021.
The MSD-N clamping bush is identical with the MSD bush, but is
made from stainless steel. It has been used in many industries for
years, as, e.g., the food, medical, automotive, chemical, printing
and process engineering industries.
D1
D
Concentricity 0.03 - 0.06 mm.
d
Tolerance: Shaft h9 (Ø 15 mm only h8), Hub H7. A
Temperature range: -30 oC to 85 oC. L1
L
L2
PW PN
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 993 15, Clamping Bush MSD-N, 15 mm
Dimensions at TA transmittable Screws DIN 933, A4 Moment
Torque Force of Inertia Weight
Product No. d D D1 L L1 L2 T Fax TA J
mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN Amount Size Nm kgm2 . 10-3 kg
615 993 15 15 23 38 30 17 34 45 6 4 M5 4,5 0,018 0,10
615 993 20 20 28 45 37 22 41 100 10 5 M5 4,5 0,046 0,16
615 993 25 25 34 49 43 27 46 210 16,8 7 M5 4,5 0,071 0,19
615 993 30 30 41 57 47 32 51 350 23,3 7 M5 4,5 0,142 0,29
615 993 40 40 53 70 63 43 67 750 37,5 9 M5 4,5 0,441 0,55
615 993 50 50 65 83 76 53 80 1550 62 9 M6 7,8 1,045 0,86
T = transmittable torque at axial force of 0, if the screws are fastened with TA .
Fax = transmittable axial force at torque of 0, if the screws are fastened with TA .
TA = required fastening torque for the screws.
The dimensions refer to bushes before assembly.
Miniature Clamping Bushes MSM and MSM-N
Material: es n d stee
Version MSM-N: Stainless steel 1.4305. A
Concentricity: about 0.02 mm.
Tolerance: Shaft k6-h10, Hub H8.
D1
D
d
PW PN
L1
L
L2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 206 00, Miniature Clamping Bush MSM, 6 mm
Dimensions at TA transmittable Screws DIN 912, 12.9 Moment
Torque Force of Inertia Weight
Product No. d D D1 L L1 L2 T Fax TA J
MSM mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN Amount Size Nm kgm2 . 10-3 kg
615 206 00 6 14 25 19 10 22 5 1,7 2 M3 2 2,1 0,03
615 208 00 8 15 27 21,5 12 25,5 17 4,4 2 M4 4 3,3 0,04
615 209 00 9 16 28 24 14 28 20 4,4 2 M4 4 4,4 0,05
615 210 00 10 16 28 24 14 28 23 4,4 2 M4 4 4,3 0,05
615 212 00 12 18 30 25,5 14 29,5 27 4,4 2 M4 4 6,1 0,06
615 214 00 14 22 35 27,5 15 31,5 48 6,5 3 M4 4 13,2 0,08
MSM-N Stainless Screws DIN 912, A4
615 992 06 6 14 25 19 10 22 5 1,7 3 M3 1,2 2,1 0,03
615 992 08 8 15 27 21,5 12 25,5 17 4,4 3 M4 2,7 3,3 0,04
615 992 10 10 16 28 24 14 28 23 4,4 3 M4 2,7 4,3 0,05
615 992 12 12 18 30 25,5 14 29,5 27 4,4 3 M4 2,7 6,1 0,06
615 992 14 14 22 35 27,5 15 31,5 48 6,5 4 M4 2,7 13,2 0,08
T = transmittable torque at axial force of 0, if the screws are fastened with TA .
Fax = transmittable axial force at torque of 0, if the screws are fastened with TA .
TA = required fastening torque for the screws.
The dimensions refer to bushes before assembly.
Mounting Demounting
The bush is mounted quickly. Just place the bush inside the hub Remove tensioning screws. Put screws in forcing thread and fas-
and push both onto the shaft. Fasten with a torque wrench. ten them until the bush is pressed off.
352 ®
Locking Assemblies SIG
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301.
A
• For fixing a hub
(e.g. drive wheel, rotor or similar)
L
on a shaft.
L1
• For lower torques.
• Minimal space requirement.
• The connection can be disassembled with
D
d
a puller.
Required tolerances: Shaft: h8.
Bore of the part to be clamped: H8.
SW
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 104 00, Locking Assembly SIG, 4 mm
Product No. d D L L1 Torque T Thread SW Fastening Torque Weight
mm mm mm mm Nm mm Nm g
615 104 00 4 8 15 12,5 3 M6x0,5 8 4 3,8
615 105 00 5 10 15 12,5 4 M8x0,5 10 5 6,5
615 106 00 6 10 15 12,5 7 M8x0,5 10 8 5,3
615 106 35
615 107 00 7 12 15 12,0 8 M10x0,75 12 9 6,3
615 108 00 8 14 22 19,0 14 M12x1 16 15 17,5
615 109 00 9 14 22 19,0 14 M12x1 16 15 15,0
615 109 52 9,52 14 22 19,0 14 M12x1 16 15 12,8
615 110 00 10 17 22 18,5 18 M15x1 18 19 29,0
615 111 00 11 17 22 18,5 18 M15x1 18 19 28,0
615 112 00 12 17 22 18,5 18 M15x1 18 19 26,2
615 114 00 14 20 28 23,0 24 M17x1 20 25 35,3
615 115 00 15 20 28 23,0 24 M17x1 20 25 36,4
615 115 88 15,88 23 28 23,0 26 M20x1 26 27 48,4
615 116 00 16 23 28 23,0 26 M20x1 26 27 50,7
615 117 00 17 23 28 23,0 26 M20x1 26 27 45,0
615 119 00 19 25 28 23,0 29 M22x1 27 30 46,9
615 120 00 20 28 28 23,0 31 M25x1 30 32 67
615 125 00 25 32 35 27 45 M28x1 34 42 89
615 130 00 30 37 35 27 52 M33x1 38 47 105
615 135 00 35 43 40 29 57 M39x1,51) 48 52 179
615 140 00 40 50 40 29 95 M45x1,52) 55 58 249
1) In preperation: M39x1,25.
2) In preperation: M45x1,25.
Dimensioning Mounting
For the maximum torque, the shaft must be strong enough • The locking assembly has to be mounted without lubrication to
(min. strength 350 N/mm2, for example C45). achieve the torques stated above.
The hub diameter must be big enough. • The locking assembly has to be fully in contact with the shaft.
Recommend minimum hub diameter:
Hub from Steel: ND = 1,4 x D. • The locking assembly must not get in contact with any fixed
Hub from grey cast iron: ND = 2,0 x D. components (e.g. bearing housing or crankcase).
Hub from Aluminium: ND = 2,5 x D. • Tighten the nut with a torque wrench to the torque value
as per the table.
Hub Calculation and Selection Tool
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
® 353
Locking Assemblies SSG
Material: Steel.
L
• For fixing a hub (e.g. drive wheel, rotor or L1
similar) on a shaft.
• For low to medium torques.
• Also suitable for small hub diameters.
• Self-centering.
D1
D
d
• Self-locking.
• Axial movement during mounting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 200 14, Locking Assembly SSG, 14 mm
Product No. d D L L1 D1 T Fax PW PN Nut 8.8 TA Weight
mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm² N/mm² Thread Nm kg
615 200 14 14 25 30 20 32 61 9 81 43 M20x1 95 0,08
615 200 15 15 25 30 20 32 72 9 82 46 M20x1 95 0,08
615 200 16 16 25 30 20 32 73 9 75 45 M20x1 95 0,07
615 200 17 17 25 32 20 32 82 9 72 46 M20x1 95 0,09
615 200 18 18 30 32 20 38 98 10 78 44 M25x1,5 160 0,12
615 200 19 19 30 32 20 38 102 11 73 44 M25x1,5 160 0,12
615 200 20 20 30 32 20 38 110 11 69 44 M25x1,5 160 0,11
615 200 22 22 35 36 25 45 165 13 71 45 M30x1,5 220 0,18
615 200 24 24 35 36 25 45 178 14 65 45 M30x1,5 220 0,16
615 200 25 25 35 36 25 45 178 14 58 43 M30x1,5 220 0,19
615 200 28 28 40 42 30 52 248 17 54 40 M35x1,5 340 0,24
615 200 30 30 40 42 30 52 273 17 51 40 M35x1,5 340 0,24
615 200 32 32 45 44 30 58 347 21 59 45 M40x1,5 480 0,32
615 200 35 35 45 44 30 58 406 22 57 47 M40x1,5 480 0,32
615 200 38 38 50 45 30 65 510 25 62 46 M45x1,5 680 0,35
615 200 40 40 50 45 30 65 520 27 54 44 M45x1,5 680 0,33
615 200 42 42 55 46 30 70 650 29 68 52 M50x1,5 870 0,43
615 200 45 45 55 46 30 70 660 31 57 48 M50x1,5 870 0,40
615 200 48 48 60 46 30 75 810 34 58 48 M55x2 970 0,45
615 200 50 50 60 46 30 75 850 34 58 49 M55x2 970 0,40
615 200 55 55 65 46 30 80 1020 37 59 50 M60x2 1100 0,44
615 200 60 60 70 48 30 85 1290 43 62 52 M65x2 1300 0,55
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
PW = surface pressure onto the shaft.
PN = surface pressure onto the hub.
TA = fastening torque of slotted nut.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Re-bend the lock washer. Remove the nut. Then, due to the
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm. bly before mounting, do not cone angle, the locking assembly is usually released. If not, use
use molibdenum disulphide or a wheel puller or use carefully a rubber hammer to loosen the
grease. Tighten the slotted nut wheel from the clamping rings.
and bend the lock washer.
354 ®
Locking Assemblies TT 5-16 mm
Material: Steel.
• For fixing a hub (e.g. drive wheel,
rotor or similar) on a shaft. B
• For high torques.
• Self-centering.
• Axial offset during mounting
D
d
(can be compensated by correct positioning).
SW
L1
L
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 501 05,
Locking Assembly TT, 5 mm
Surface pressure Diameter Tightening
Product No. d D L L1 B Torque T Axial force on the hub across flats SW Torque T A Weight
mm mm mm mm mm max. Nm max. kN N/mm 2 mm Nm g
615 501 05 5 16 19 10 3 11 4 73 13 10 19
615 501 06 6 16 19 10 3 13 4 73 13 10 18
615 501 07 7 20 22 11 3 35 10 119 16 28 34
615 501 08 8 20 22 11 3 40 10 119 16 28 33
615 501 09 9 20 22 11 3 45 10 119 16 28 32
615 501 10 10 23 26 13 5 65 13 116 19 44 49
615 501 11 11 23 26 13 5 72 13 116 19 44 47
615 501 12 12 23 26 13 5 79 13 116 19 44 45
615 501 14 14 26 29 16 5 118 17 107 22 66 65
615 501 15 15 26 29 16 5 126 17 107 22 66 62
615 501 16 16 26 29 16 5 135 17 107 22 66 59
Locking Assemblies TT 17-35 mm
Material: Steel.
• For fixing a hub (e.g. drive wheel,
rotor or similar) on a shaft. B
• For high torques.
• Self-centering.
• Axial offset during mounting
(can be compensated by correct positioning).
D
d
SW
L1
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 501 17,
L
Locking Assembly TT, 17 mm
Surface pressure Diameter Tightening
Product No. d D L L1 B Torque T Axial force on the hub across flats SW Torque T A Weight
a a 2
mm Nm g
615 501 17 17 32 30 22 6 208 25 92 30 110 119
615 501 18 18 32 30 22 6 221 25 92 30 110 114
615 501 19 19 32 30 22 6 233 25 92 30 110 109
615 501 20 20 35 33 24 7 298 30 94 32 150 144
615 501 22 22 35 33 24 7 328 30 94 32 150 132
615 501 24 24 38 35 25 8 398 33 93 36 185 166
615 501 25 25 38 35 25 8 415 33 93 36 185 159
615 501 28 28 45 41 29 11 505 36 73 46 300 293
615 501 30 30 45 41 29 11 541 36 73 46 300 272
615 501 32 32 50 44 30 12 590 37 65 50 265 377
615 501 35 35 50 44 30 12 645 37 65 50 265 340
Fit, Surfaces Mounting
Size 5 to 16: Shaft and hub ±0.04mm. It is essential to degrease the shaft and hub.
Size 17 to 35: Shaft and hub ±0.08mm. Install the locking assembly as delivered, never lubricate it.
Tighten the nut with a torque wrench to the torque value
as per the table.
® 355
Shrink Disks ST
Material: 42CrMo4 quenched.
• For very high torques.
• No axial shaft-hub movement.
• Quick mounting.
• Quick demounting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 814 00, Shrink Disk Inner-Ø 14 mm
Product No. Inner-Ø Shaft-Ø1) Torque2) Axial Load2) Screws Fastening Contact- Weight
d dw T F ax D l L e DIN 931 Torque T A pressure P N
mm mm Nm Nm mm mm mm mm No. x Size Nm N/mm² kg
615 814 00 14 10 39 10 38 10 15 2,5 4x M5 3 343 0,1
11 51 12
12 63 14
615 816 00 16 12 66 14 41 12 17 2,5 4x M5 3 313 0,1
13 78 16
14 96 18
615 818 00 18 14 83 16 44 12 17 2,5 4x M5 4 298 0,1
15 102 18
16 132 20
615 824 00 24 19 220 32 50 15 21 3 6x M5 5 357 0,2
20 272 35
21 325 37
615 830 00 30 24 390 38 60 18 23 2,5 7x M5 5 292 0,3
25 435 41
26 465 43
615 836 00 36 28 442 50 72 19 25 3 5x M6 12 307 0,4
30 575 58
31 633 58
615 838 00 38 29 660 62 72 21 27 3 6x M6 12 341 0,5
30 720 65
31 750 64
615 844 00 44 32 740 62 80 22 26 2 7x M6 12 283 0,6
35 940 72
36 1010 75
615 850 00 50 38 1275 89 90 22 30 4 8x M6 12 320 0,8
40 1430 96
42 1635 103
615 855 00 55 42 1170 79 100 23 31 4 8x M6 12 250 1,1
45 1500 88
48 1870 97
615 862 00 62 48 2220 125 110 23 32 4,5 12x M6 12 330 1,3
50 2600 132
52 2900 135
615 868 00 68 50 2010 97 115 23 33 5 10x M6 12 260 1,4
55 2505 106
60 3140 120
615 875 00 75 55 2515 119 138 25 33 4 7x M8 30 272 2,4
60 3195 137
65 3940 155
1) Shaft-Ø of the customer´s machine (for example). 2) Transmittable values with shaft-Ø dw of the customer´s machine.
More sizes up to inner-Ø d=300mm, for shaft diameter 240mm and 292,000Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
Mounting Tolerances, Surface Roughness
Clean and slightly lubricate the contact surfaces of shaft and hub. One good turn is sufficient.
Place clamping set on the hub. Fasten the tensioning screws evenly, Highest permissible surface roughness: Rt=12.5µm.
step by step until the fastening torque TA of the table is reached.
To reach the value stated in the table several fastening steps are re- Tolerances for dw/d: h8/H8.
quired. The figures for T and Fax stated in the table were calculated
for an assembly with oil.
Attention: Do not use any lubricant containing molybdenum sul-
phide.
Demounting: Evenly unscrew all tensioning screws one by one. Do
not fully remove the screws from the thread. The clamping element
usually disengages on its own.
356 ®
Shrink Disks ST-B
Material: Steel.
• For high torques.
• No axial shaft-hub movement.
• Quick mounting.
• Quick demounting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 870 14, Shrink Disk ST-B, Inner-Ø 14 mm
Product No. Inner-Ø Shaft-Ø1) Torque2) Axial Load2) Screws Fastening Contact- Weight
d dw T F ax D l L e DIN 931 Torque T A pressure P N
mm mm Nm Nm mm mm mm mm No. x Size Nm N/mm² kg
615 870 14 14 11 30 6,3 38 7 11 2 4x M5 4 193 0,10
12 50 9,2 179
615 870 16 16 13 70 10 41 11 15 2 5x M5 4 133 0,10
14 90 13 131
615 870 24 24 19 170 26 50 14 19,5 2,75 6x M5 4 292 0,21
20 200 26 272
21 240 28 277
615 870 30 30 24 300 29 60 16 21,5 2,75 7x M5 4 231 0,32
25 340 31 235
26 370 32 226
615 870 36 36 28 440 50 72 18 23,5 2,75 5x M6 12 307 0,48
30 550 56 295
31 610 60 319
615 870 44 44 32 660 63 80 20 25,5 2,75 7x M6 12 314 0,64
35 800 75 323
36 830 75 307
615 870 50 50 38 980 78 90 22 27,5 2,75 8x M6 12 301 0,80
40 1110 82 277
42 1150 83 292
615 870 55 55 42 1390 90 100 23 30,5 3,75 8x M6 12 249 1,15
45 1550 93 257
48 1880 94 252
615 870 62 62 48 1900 97 110 23 30,5 3,75 10x M6 12 293 1,30
50 1940 105 290
52 2300 110 265
615 870 68 68 50 2300 111 115 23 30,5 3,75 10x M6 12 247 1,32
55 2600 115 265
60 2600 115 245
615 870 75 75 55 3020 123 138 25 32,5 3,75 7x M8 30 284 1,70
60 3070 124 262
65 3170 132 270
615 870 80 80 60 3910 141 145 25 32,5 3,75 7x M8 30 253 1,90
65 3940 153 259
70 4600 160 259
615 870 85 85 65 4650 165 155 30 39 4,5 10x M8 30 276 3,50
70 4660 170 279
75 6000 191 279
1) Shaft-Ø of the customer´s machine (for example). 2) Transmittable values with shaft-Ø dw of the customer´s machine.
More sizes up to inner-Ø d=300mm, for shaft diameter 240mm and 292,000Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
Mounting Tolerances, Surface Roughness
Clean and slightly lubricate the contact surfaces of shaft and hub. One good turn is sufficient.
Place clamping set on the hub. Fasten the tensioning screws evenly, Highest permissible surface roughness: Rt=12.5µm.
step by step until the fastening torque TA of the table is reached.
To reach the value stated in the table several fastening steps are re-
quired. The figures for T and Fax stated in the table were calculated Tolerances for dw/d: H8/h8.
for an assembly with oil.
Attention: Do not use any lubricant containing molybdenum sul-
phide.
Demounting: Evenly unscrew all tensioning screws one by one. Do
not fully remove the screws from the thread. The clamping element
usually disengages on its own.
® 357
Shrink Disks ST-R, Stainless
Material: Stainless steel 1.4057.
A
• For medium torques.
• No axial shaft-hub movement.
• Quick mounting.
• Quick demounting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 998 14, Shrink Disk ST-R, Inner-Ø 14 mm
Product No. Inner-Ø Shaft-Ø1) Torque2) Screws Fastening Contact- Weight
d dw T D l L e DIN 931 Torque T A pressure P N
mm mm Nm mm mm mm mm No. x Size Nm N/mm² kg
615 998 14 14 10 22 37 9 12 1,5 3x M4 2 229 0,10
11 28
12 39
615 998 16 16 12 50 41 12 15 1,5 4x M5 4 250 0,12
13 66
14 79
615 998 24 24 19 141 50 15 21 3 6x M5 4 268 0,21
20 185
21 220
615 998 30 30 24 212 60 18 23 2,5 7x M5 4 180 0,31
25 240
26 265
615 998 36 36 26 325 72 19 25 3,0 5x M6 7 215 0,53
28 405
30 485
615 998 44 44 32 340 80 22 28 3,0 7x M6 7 220 0,62
35 480
36 525
615 998 50 50 38 635 90 22 29,5 3,75 8x M6 7 225 0,81
40 740
42 850
615 998 55 55 42 595 100 23 30,5 3,75 8x M6 7 174 1,10
45 745
48 900
615 998 62 62 48 1150 110 23 32 4,5 12x M6 7 230 1,35
50 1275
52 1450
615 998 68 68 50 905 115 23 33 5,0 10x M6 7 175 1,45
55 1060
60 1450
1) Shaft-Ø of the customer´s machine (for example). 2) Transmittable values with shaft-Ø dw of the customer´s machine.
More sizes up to inner-Ø d=125mm, for shaft diameter 95mm and 8,555Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
Mounting Tolerances, Surface Roughness
Clean and slightly lubricate the contact surfaces of shaft and hub. One good turn is sufficient.
Place clamping set on the hub. Fasten the tensioning screws evenly, Highest permissible surface roughness: Rt=16µm.
step by step until the fastening torque TA of the table is reached.
To reach the value stated in the table several fastening steps are re- Tolerances for dw/d:
quired. The figures for T and Fax stated in the table were calculated
for an assembly with oil. For d from 14 - 30mm: H6/j6.
For d from 35 - 50 mm: H6/h6.
Attention: Do not use any lubricant containing molybdenum sul- For d from 55 - 68 mm: H6/g6.
phide.
Demounting: Evenly unscrew all tensioning screws one by one. Do
not fully remove the screws from the thread. The clamping element
usually disengages on its own.
358 ®
Locking Assemblies (Rigid Couplings) ST-K
Material: Steel.
L2
• For connecting two shafts, as a rigid coupling.
L
• For medium torques.
• Easy mounting.
• Self-releasing at dismounting.
• No axial movement during mounting. L1
D
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 880 15, Locking Assembly ST-K, 15 mm
Product No. d D L L1 L2 T Fax PW Screws 12.9 TA Weight
mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm² Number x Size Nm kg
615 880 15 15 45 50 44 56 125 16 126 4 x M6 17 0,40
615 880 16 16 45 50 44 56 131 17 117 4 x M6 17 0,40
615 880 17 17 50 50 44 56 210 23 118 4 x M6 17 0,50
615 880 18 18 50 50 44 56 220 24 109 4 x M6 17 0,46
615 880 19 19 50 50 44 56 230 24 96 4 x M6 17 0,50
615 880 20 20 50 50 44 56 240 25 93 4 x M6 17 0,50
615 880 22 22 55 60 54 66 270 25 107 4 x M6 17 0,60
615 880 24 24 55 60 54 66 290 25 96 4 x M6 17 0,60
615 880 25 25 55 60 54 66 470 35 95 6 x M6 17 0,66
615 880 28 28 60 60 54 66 490 35 84 6 x M6 17 0,70
615 880 30 30 60 60 54 66 540 37 79 6 x M6 17 0,73
615 880 32 32 75 60 54 68 730 43 77 6 x M8 41 1,30
615 880 35 35 75 75 69 83 810 45 82 4 x M8 41 1,34
615 880 38 38 75 75 69 83 860 46 75 4 x M8 41 1,30
615 880 40 40 75 75 69 83 880 46 64 4 x M8 41 1,40
615 880 42 42 90 75 69 83 1430 66 65 4 x M8 41 2,0
615 880 45 45 90 85 79 93 1490 66 73 6 x M8 41 2,5
615 880 48 48 90 85 79 93 1640 68 70 6 x M8 41 2,4
615 880 50 50 90 85 79 93 1670 68 64 6 x M8 41 2,0
615 880 55 55 105 85 79 93 2520 90 63 8 x M8 41 3,3
615 880 60 60 105 85 79 93 2760 92 59 8 x M8 41 2,6
615 880 65 65 105 85 79 93 2930 92 53 8 x M8 41 3,0
615 880 70 70 125 100 94 110 3800 106 50 6 x M10 83 5,4
615 880 75 75 125 100 94 110 3850 107 47 6 x M10 83 5,0
615 880 80 80 125 100 94 110 4030 109 65 8 x M10 83 4,7
615 880 85 85 130 100 94 110 4260 121 64 8 x M10 83 5,5
615 880 90 90 135 100 94 110 4820 122 72 8 x M10 83 7,0
615 880 95 95 140 120 114 130 5170 124 67 8 x M10 83 7,5
615 881 00 100 150 120 114 132 5590 127 66 8 x M12 142 7,8
More sizes up to d=110mm for 7,400Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
P W = surface pressure onto the shaft.
T A = Fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Due to the cone angle, the locking assembly is usually released
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm. bly before mounting, do not once all screws have been fully unfastened.
use molibdenum disulphide
or grease. Tighten the screws
evenly and crosswise in several
steps.
® 359
Taper Bushes
Material: GG20.
Bores ISO E8, feather keyways in accordance with DIN 6885/1. L
Screws included in delivery.
t2
Shaft tolerance +0.05/-0.125 mm.
b
Can be used with or without parallel key,
depending on the required torque.
D1
d
Other bush sizes and bores available at short notice
(some in stock).
Assembly instructions see page 824.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 501 10, Taper Bush 1008, 10 mm Bore
Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight
bush d b t2 L D1 bush d b t2 L D1
No. mm mm mm mm mm g No. mm mm mm mm mm g
622 501 10 1008 10 3 1,4 22,3 35 160 622 504 12 1610 12 4 1,8 25,4 57 416
622 501 11 1008 11 4 1,8 22,3 35 140 622 504 14 1610 14 5 2,3 25,4 57 412
622 501 12 1008 12 4 1,8 22,3 35 120 622 504 15 1610 15 5 2,3 25,4 57 408
622 501 14 1008 14 5 2,3 22,3 35 118 622 504 16 1610 16 5 2,3 25,4 57 402
622 501 15 1008 15 5 2,3 22,3 35 116 622 504 18 1610 18 6 2,8 25,4 57 390
622 501 16 1008 16 5 2,3 22,3 35 112 622 504 19 1610 19 6 2,8 25,4 57 380
622 501 18 1008 18 6 2,8 22,3 35 100 622 504 20 1610 20 6 2,8 25,4 57 373
622 501 19 1008 19 6 2,8 22,3 35 98 622 504 22 1610 22 6 2,8 25,4 57 366
622 501 20 1008 20 6 2,8 22,3 35 94 622 504 24 1610 24 8 3,3 25,4 57 356
622 501 22 1008 22 6 2,8 22,3 35 80 622 504 25 1610 25 8 3,3 25,4 57 348
622 501 24 1008 24 8 1) 1,3 1) 22,3 35 70 622 504 28 1610 28 8 3,3 25,4 57 324
622 501 25 1008 25 8 1) 1,3 1) 22,3 35 68 622 504 30 1610 30 8 3,3 25,4 57 304
622 502 10 1108 10 3 1,4 22,3 38 180 622 504 32 1610 32 10 3,3 25,4 57 280
622 502 11 1108 11 4 1,8 22,3 38 165 622 504 35 1610 35 10 3,3 25,4 57 264
622 502 12 1108 12 4 1,8 22,3 38 154 622 504 38 1610 38 10 3,3 25,4 57 240
622 502 14 1108 14 5 2,3 22,3 38 148 622 504 40 1610 40 12 3,3 25,4 57 210
622 502 16 1108 16 5 2,3 22,3 38 140 622 504 42 1610 42 12 3,3 25,4 57 200
622 502 18 1108 18 6 2,8 22,3 38 132 622 508 18 1615 18 6 2,8 38,1 57 561
622 502 19 1108 19 6 2,8 22,3 38 126 622 508 20 1615 20 6 2,8 38,1 57 552
622 502 20 1108 20 6 2,8 22,3 38 122 622 508 22 1615 22 6 2,8 38,1 57 540
622 502 22 1108 22 6 2,8 22,3 38 112 622 508 24 1615 24 8 3,3 38,1 57 520
622 502 24 1108 24 8 3,3 22,3 38 96 622 508 25 1615 25 8 3,3 38,1 57 510
622 502 25 1108 25 8 3,3 22,3 38 92 622 508 30 1615 30 8 3,3 38,1 57 446
622 502 28 1108 28 8 1) 1,3 1) 22,3 38 88 622 508 32 1615 32 10 3,3 38,1 57 414
622 503 10 1210 10 3 1,4 25,4 47,5 282 622 508 35 1615 35 10 3,3 38,1 57 380
622 503 11 1210 11 4 1,8 25,4 47,5 280 622 508 38 1615 38 10 3,3 38,1 57 346
622 503 12 1210 12 4 1,8 25,4 47,5 278 622 508 40 1615 40 12 3,3 38,1 57 340
622 503 14 1210 14 5 2,3 25,4 47,5 274 622 508 42 1615 42 12 2) 2,2 2) 38,1 57 260
622 503 16 1210 16 5 2,3 25,4 47,5 262 622 505 12 2012 12 4 1,8 31,8 70 810
622 503 18 1210 18 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 250 622 505 14 2012 14 5 2,3 31,8 70 800
622 503 19 1210 19 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 244 622 505 15 2012 15 5 2,3 31,8 70 785
622 503 20 1210 20 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 240 622 505 16 2012 16 5 2,3 31,8 70 770
622 503 22 1210 22 6 2,8 25,4 47,5 224 622 505 18 2012 18 6 2,8 31,8 70 762
622 503 24 1210 24 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 208 622 505 19 2012 19 6 2,8 31,8 70 756
622 503 25 1210 25 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 208 622 505 20 2012 20 6 2,8 31,8 70 750
622 503 28 1210 28 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 184 622 505 22 2012 22 6 2,8 31,8 70 736
622 503 30 1210 30 8 3,3 25,4 47,5 168 622 505 24 2012 24 8 3,3 31,8 70 724
622 503 32 1210 32 10 3,3 25,4 47,5 160 622 505 25 2012 25 8 3,3 31,8 70 714
622 513 14 1215 14 5 2,3 38,1 47,5 380 622 505 28 2012 28 8 3,3 31,8 70 684
622 513 16 1215 16 5 2,3 38,1 47,5 370 622 505 30 2012 30 8 3,3 31,8 70 658
622 513 18 1215 18 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 350 622 505 32 2012 32 10 3,3 31,8 70 630
622 513 19 1215 19 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 340 622 505 35 2012 35 10 3,3 31,8 70 604
622 513 20 1215 20 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 335 622 505 38 2012 38 10 3,3 31,8 70 566
622 513 22 1215 22 6 2,8 38,1 47,5 320 622 505 40 2012 40 12 3,3 31,8 70 538
622 513 24 1215 24 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 290 622 505 42 2012 42 12 3,3 31,8 70 510
622 513 25 1215 25 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 285 622 505 45 2012 45 14 3,8 31,8 70 460
622 513 28 1215 28 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 260 622 505 48 2012 48 14 3,8 31,8 70 404
622 513 30 1215 30 8 3,3 38,1 47,5 230 622 505 50 2012 50 14 3,8 31,8 70 372
622 513 32 1215 32 10 3,3 38,1 47,5 200
1) With flat keyway 1.3mm.
2) With flat keyway 2.2mm.
360 ®
Taper Bushes
Material: GG20.
Bores ISO E8, feather keyways in accordance with DIN 6885/1. L
Screws included in delivery.
t2
Shaft tolerance +0.05/-0.125 mm.
b
Can be used with or without parallel key,
depending on the required torque.
D1
d
Other bush sizes and bores available at short notice
(some in stock).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 506 16, Taper Bush 2517, 16 mm Bore
Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight Product No. Taper Bore Keyway Weight
bush d b t2 L D1 bush d b t2 L D1
No. mm mm mm mm mm g No. mm mm mm mm mm g
622 506 16 2517 16 5 2,3 44,5 85,5 1800 622 511 40 3030 40 12 3,3 76,2 108 3820
622 506 18 2517 18 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1700 622 511 45 3030 45 14 3,8 76,2 108 3550
622 506 19 2517 19 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1620 622 511 50 3030 50 14 3,8 76,2 108 3420
622 506 20 2517 20 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1602 622 511 60 3030 60 18 4,4 76,2 108 2950
622 506 22 2517 22 6 2,8 44,5 85,5 1568 622 511 65 3030 65 18 4,4 76,2 108 2680
622 506 24 2517 24 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1566 622 511 70 3030 70 20 4,9 76,2 108 2060
622 506 25 2517 25 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1556 622 511 75 3030 75 20 4,9 76,2 108 1640
622 506 28 2517 28 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1520 622 509 35 3525 35 10 3,3 64,9 127 4910
622 506 30 2517 30 8 3,3 44,5 85,5 1488 622 509 38 3525 38 10 3,3 64,9 127 4850
622 506 32 2517 32 10 3,3 44,5 85,5 1450 622 509 40 3525 40 12 3,3 64,9 127 4800
622 506 35 2517 35 10 3,3 44,5 85,5 1396 622 509 50 3525 50 14 3,8 64,9 127 4440
622 506 38 2517 38 10 3,3 44,5 85,5 1346 622 509 60 3525 60 18 4,4 64,9 127 4050
622 506 40 2517 40 12 3,3 44,5 85,5 1316 622 509 75 3525 75 20 4,9 64,9 127 3370
622 506 42 2517 42 12 3,3 44,5 85,5 1274 622 509 80 3525 80 22 5,4 64,9 127 3050
622 506 45 2517 45 14 3,8 44,5 85,5 1204 622 510 50 3535 50 14 3,8 88,9 127 6050
622 506 48 2517 48 14 3,8 44,5 85,5 1126 622 510 55 3535 55 16 4,3 88,9 127 5810
622 506 50 2517 50 14 3,8 44,5 85,5 1080 622 510 60 3535 60 18 4,4 88,9 127 5500
622 506 55 2517 55 16 4,3 44,5 85,5 958 622 510 65 3535 65 18 4,4 88,9 127 5200
622 506 60 2517 60 18 4,4 44,5 85,5 810 622 510 70 3535 70 20 4,9 88,9 127 4880
622 506 65 2517 65 18 1) 3,4 1) 44,5 85,5 650 622 510 75 3535 75 20 4,9 88,9 127 4460
622 507 25 3020 25 8 3,3 50,8 108 2910 622 510 80 3535 80 22 5,4 88,9 127 4080
622 507 28 3020 28 8 3,3 50,8 108 2790 622 510 90 3535 90 25 5,4 88,9 127 3210
622 507 30 3020 30 8 3,3 50,8 108 2840
622 507 32 3020 32 10 3,3 50,8 108 2800
622 507 35 3020 35 10 3,3 50,8 108 2745
622 507 38 3020 38 10 3,3 50,8 108 2700
622 507 40 3020 40 12 3,3 50,8 108 2635
622 507 42 3020 42 12 3,3 50,8 108 2594
622
622
622
507
507
507
45
48
50
3020
3020
3020
45
48
50
14
14
14
3,8
3,8
3,8
50,8
50,8
50,8
108
108
108
2515
2425
2370
Other bush sizes on request.
622 507 55 3020 55 16 4,3 50,8 108 2234
2000
Assembly Instructions Page 824
622 507 60 3020 60 18 4,4 50,8 108
622 507 65 3020 65 18 4,4 50,8 108 1888
622 507 70 3020 70 20 4,9 50,8 108 1700
and at www.maedler.de
622 507 75 3020 75 20 4,9 50,8 108 1485
1) With flat keyway 3.4mm.
Spare Screws for Taper Bushes
Material: Steel.
Supply: One screw (order quantity as needed).
Taper bushes have two or (from size 3030) three screws depending on size.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 501 99, Spare Screw , Taper Bush 1008 and 1108
Product No. to match Size Screw type Tightening Torque Weight
Taper bush inch Nm g
622 501 99 1008 and 1108 1/4’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 5.6 1.9
622 503 99 1210 to 1615 3/8’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 20 5.2
622 505 99 2012 and 2017 7/16’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 30 11
622 506 99 2517 and 2525 1/2’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 50 16.4
622 507 99 3020 and 3030 5/8’’ Set screw with internal hexagon 90 33.2
622 510 99 3525 and 3535 1/2’’ Screw with internal hexagon 90 49.7
® 361
Welding Hubs for Taper Bushes
Material: Steel (St52 or comparable), good weldable.
L
Hub for fixing a chain plate wheel or similar parts with a B2 B3
low priced taper bush onto a shaft. B1
Taper bush and chain plate wheel have to be ordered separately.
Recommended bore tolerance: H8.
Before welding, a taper bush should be mounted with a piece of
Dh8
da
shaft into the welding hub to avoid deforming by heat.
Other sizes for taper bushes up to type 5050 are available at
short delivery time.
7°
3x45°
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 901 01, Welding Hub for Taper Bush 1210
Product No. For Taper da Dh8 B1 B2 B3 L Weight
Bush Type mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
140 901 01 1210 73 60 10 16 9 25 0,31
140 901 02 1215 76 60 11 22 16 38 0,50
140 901 03 1610 83 70 10 16 9 25 0,37
140 901 04 1615 83 70 11 22 16 38 0,60
140 901 05 2012 96 90 12 22 10 32 0,72
140 901 06 2517 127 110 13 26 19 45 1,8
140 901 07 3020 152 130 18 27 24 51 2,6
140 901 08 3030 152 130 19 51 25 76 3,6 Taper Bushes page 360
140 901 09 3525 184 155 25 40 25 65 7,3
140 901 10 3535 184 155 25 57 32 89 6,4
362 ®
www.maedler.de
...the entire MÄDLER range with CAD files on the Internet
®
We present the entire MÄDLER ® range
with CAD files and MÄDLER ® info,
continuously updated, on the internet.
Fast access to the data, fast ordering
by internet.
Orders by internet, phone, fax or e-mail:
We guarantee delivery at short notice.
Dimensions and other information in this
catalogue display the current state of
technology. We reserve the right for
changes.
This catalogue was created with due
diligence, but errors might still occur. We
refuse to accept any claims in this respect.
We reserve the right to alter dimensions,
and to change or remove single products
and product groups without prior notice.
...we keep things moving
Our general conditions of sales, delivery
and payment can be found on the last
page of this catalogue.
® 363
Couplings Overview
Rigid, One-Piece Rigid Two-Piece
One-piece clamp One-piece clamp Two-Piece clamp Two-Piece clamp
coupling coupling Couplings Couplings
Steel burnished Stainless Steel Steel burnished Stainless Steel
Page 368 Page 368 Page 368 Page 368
Shaft diameter up to 50 mm. Shaft diameter up to 50 mm. Shaft diameter up to 50 mm. Shaft diameter up to 50 mm.
Torque up to 2250 Nm. Torque up to 2250 Nm. Torque up to 2250 Nm. Torque up to 2250 Nm.
Rigid Coupling TR Two-Piece clamp Rigid Coupling
Steel and Couplings ST-K
Stainless Steel Grey Cast Iron
DIN 115
Page 369 Page 369 Page 370
Shaft diameter up to 50 mm. Shaft diameter up to 100 mm. Shaft diameter up to 100 mm.
Torque up to 490 Nm. Torque up to 5400 Nm. Torque up to 5590 Nm.
Torsionally Stiff, Angular Flexibility
Torsionally-Stiff Torsionally-Stiff
Couplings HU Couplings HB
Set-Screw Style Clamp Style
Page 371 Page 371
Shaft diameter up to 12 mm. Shaft diameter up to 16 mm.
Torque up to 3.5 Nm. Torque up to 3.5 Nm.
Curved-Tooth Gear Curved-Tooth Gear
Coupling Curved-Tooth Gear
Coupling BOZ Coupling
BW Three-Part
Two-Part BOS II
Plastic Polyamide/
Plastic
Sintered Metal
Page 380 Page 381 Page 382
Shaft diameter up to 24 mm. Shaft diameter up to 24 mm. Shaft diameter up to 24 mm.
Torque up to 24 Nm. Torque up to 24 Nm. Torque up to 40 Nm.
Torsionally Stiff, Transversal Flexibility
Torsionally-Stiff Torsionally-Stiff
Couplings Couplings
HZ+HZD HF + HFD
Set-Screw Style Clamp Style
Page 372 Page 372
Shaft diameter up to 30 mm. Shaft diameter up to 30 mm.
Torque up to 44 Nm. Torque up to 44 Nm.
364 ®
Couplings Overview
Torsionally Stiff, Angular Flexibility, Transversal Flexibility Torsionally Stiff, Angular, Transv. and Longitudinal Flexibility
Self-Aligning Self-Aligning Metal-Bellow Membrane
Couplings KA Couplings LA Couplings Couplings MEM
Aluminium, Stainless Aluminium, MBK (Short) and
Steel, Plastic Stainless Steel, MBL (Long)
Plastic Clamp Style
Page 375 Page 375 Page 377 Page 379
Shaft diameter up to 16 mm. Shaft diameter up to 30 mm. Shaft diameter up to 35 mm. Shaft diameter up to 28mm.
Torque up to 10 Nm. Torque up to 102 Nm. Torque up to 60 Nm. Torque up to 60 Nm.
Torsionally Elastic, Angular Elastic, Transversal Flexible, Longitudinally Flexible
Flexible Couplings Flexible Couplings Chain Couplings Chain Couplings
EK One Layer EL Three Layers with Casing
Page 376 Page 376 Page 384 Page 384
Shaft diameter up to 14 mm. Shaft diameter up to 64 mm. Shaft diameter up to 60 mm. Shaft diameter up to 70 mm.
Torque up to 1.5 Nm. Torque up to 500 Nm. Torque up to 770 Nm. Torque up to 1480 Nm.
Elastic Couplings MU Highly-Elastic Elastic Couplings ME Elastic Couplings
Magnesium Couplings PU Plastic RN,
Aluminium
Page 385 Page 385 Page 386 Page 386
Shaft diameter up to 73 mm. Shaft diameter up to 16 mm. Shaft diameter up to 32 mm. Shaft diameter up to 48 mm.
Torque up to 2500 Nm. Torque up to 18 Nm. Torque up to 40 Nm. Torque up to 310 Nm.
Elastic Couplings Elastic Couplings Elastic Couplings Elastic Couplings
RNG, RNI, RNT RNK, backlash-free,
Grey Cast Iron Stainless Steel for Taper-Bushes with Clamp Hub
Page 387 Page 387 Page 388 Page 389
Shaft diameter up to 115 mm. Shaft diameter up to 48 mm. Shaft diameter up to 75 mm. Shaft diameter up to 48 mm.
Torque up to 3300 Nm. Torque up to 310 Nm. Torque up to 3600 Nm. Torque up to 495 Nm.
Elastic Couplings Spiders for Elastic Spiders for Elastic Spiders for Elastic
RNH, backlash-free, Couplings, Couplings, Couplings,
with Half Shell 92° Shore A 98° Shore A 64° Shore D
Clamp
Page 390 Page 391 Page 391 Page 391
Shaft diameter up to 48 mm. Torque up to 3300 Nm. Torque up to 4950 Nm. Torque up to 6185 Nm.
Torque up to 452 Nm.
Elastic Couplings DX Spiders for Elastic
Grey Cast Iron Couplings DX,
92° Shore A
Page 393 Page 393
Shaft diameter up to 100 mm. Torque up to 3000 Nm.
Torque up to 3000 Nm.
® 365
Couplings Overview
Friction Clutches
Friction Clutches Friction Clutches Sliding Hubs with Multi-Disk Friction
Type B Type C Torsionally-Flexible Clutches PD
Axial Arrangement Transversal Coupling
Flexibility
Page 394 Page 394 Page 395 Page 396
Shaft diameter up to 8 mm. Shaft diameter up to 8 mm. Shaft diameter up to 35 mm. Shaft diameter up to 70 mm.
Torque up to 1.3 Nm. Torque up to 1.3 Nm. Torque up to 140 Nm. Torque up to 320 Nm.
Safety Clutches SI Limit Switch for Safety Coupling CM
Safety Clutches for Very Exact Setting
Page 397 Page 397 Page 398
Shaft diameter up to 50 mm. Voltage 220 - 250 V AC. Shaft diameter up to 55 mm.
Torque up to 180 Nm. Strength of current up to 10 A. Torque up to 800 Nm.
Sliding Hubs
Slip hubs Type A Sliding Hubs FS Sliding Hubs FA Sliding Hubs FA
Concentric Design Simple Premium-Quality Premium-Quality
Version Version Version
with Clamp Hub
Page 394 Page 399 Page 400 Page 401
Shaft diameter up to 8 mm. Shaft diameter up to 65 mm. Shaft diameter up to 80 mm. Shaft diameter up to 40 mm.
Torque up to 1.3 Nm. Torque up to 1200 Nm. Torque up to 1200 Nm. Torque up to 280 Nm.
Sliding Hubs ROBA®
Premium-Quality
Version
Page 402
Selection Tool
Other sizes and on the Internet at www.maedler.de
designs on request. Connecting Shafts Page 766 in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
366 ®
Notes Regarding Couplings
General
Couplings serve to connect two shafts in order to transmit the driving available on the market. If possible, the shafts should be supported
power (transmission of speed and torque). As different applications lead right besides the couplings in order to avoid unnecessary vibration. This
to most diverse requirements for couplings, there is a large number of is particularly important for elastic couplings.
different types of couplings with sometimes contradictory characteristics
Torque Values
Depending on the type of coupling, the torques stated refer to either Operating Torque = Driving Torque x Operating Factor
the maximum value or the nominal torque. The maximum permissible
The operating torque of the drive unit must not exceed the nominal
torque must never be exceeded (risk of fracture). The nominal torque is
torque of the coupling.
the value valid for the permissible permanent load (e.g. for elastic cou-
plings). This value should be exceeded only as exception and for short The driving torque can be derived from the driving power with the fol-
times, and only up to the maximum permissible torque. Depending on lowing formula:
the type of drive unit used and the type of shock load, the nominal P [kW]
torque of the drive unit has to be multiplied with the respective operat- T [Nm] = 9550 . .S
ing factor taken from the table below: n [min -1 ]
Operating Factors
Type of Shock Load Type of Drive Unit
Electric Engines 4 - 6 Cylinder 1 - 3 Cylinder
Steam Turbines Combustion Combustion
Shaftings Engines Engines
Weak shock load 1.0 1.25 1.75
Low starting torque, uniform operation
small light generators, small centrifugal pumps, small blowers,
light machine tools, light transmissions
Medium shock load 1.25 1.5 2.0
Medium starting torque, slight torque fluctuations
larger conveying machinery, large blowers, centrifugal pumps and generators, large
machine tools and wood working machines, rapid presses, flower mills and food grinders,
shears, punches, grinding machines, washing machines, transmissions
Strong shock load 1.5 2.0 2.5
High starting torque, strong shocks, alternating sense of rotation.
centrifuges, gang saws, paper calender, roller tables, wet presses, ball and
rod mills, heavy rolling mills for metal, rubber rolling mill, reciprocating machines without
flywheel, cement mills, stone breakers
Rigid Couplings Torsionally-Stiff Couplings
These couplings do not compensate for misalignment of the shaft nei- These couplings transmit the rotational movement synchronously with
ther in axial nor in radial direction. They should therefore only be used hardly any damping. Depending on the type of coupling more or less
with perfectly aligned shafts. Shocks and vibration are transferred with- angular and/or axial displacement can be compensated.
out any damping.
Elastic Couplings Friction Clutches and Sliding Hubs
With these couplings an elastic intermediate ring usually dampens the These clutches or hubs are used if the torque must only be transmitted
shocks of the driving unit. In types without this ring, the coupling body up to a certain, adjustable value. If the set maximum value is exceeded
is elastic. Due to the small endurance strength of the shock-dampening the coupling device starts slipping. If the torque falls below the limit
components, the nominal torque of the coupling is much lower than again, the slipping stops. Thus for safety reasons a separate stop mech-
the maximum torque. The elastic rings are available as spare parts. anism for the drive unit might be required.
Friction clutches usually serve to connect two shafts. Sliding hubs usu-
For couplings with elastics inserts, following factors have to be ally serve to mount a drive wheel (chain wheel, drive pulley, spur gear,
considered, additional to the standard operating factors above: friction wheel, or similar ) on a shaft.
Some types can be used for both applications as, e.g., either a drive
Temperature-factor wheel or a shaft connection can be flange mounted. Combinations of
Temperatur --30 oC to + 30 oC to + 40 oC to + 60 oC to + 80 oC elastic coupling and friction clutch can also be supplied.
Factor 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,8
Starting-factor
Starts per hour 100 200 400 800
Reworking within
Factor 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 367
One-Piece Clamp Couplings MAS
Material: Steel C45 burnished,
Stainless steel 1.4301. A R
Temperature range from -40ºC to +175ºC.
Maximum torque 4,000 min-1.
The screws ISO 4762 are covered with a layer of nylon. Thus the bolts do
not loosen with vibrations.
Bore tolerance: +0.051 mm.
d L
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 600 603 00, Clamp Coupling MAS, 3 mm Bore, A
without keyway
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Torque T** Screws Fastening Torque TA
without keyway without keyway with keyway* with keyway* Steel Stainless d A R L ISO 4762 Steel Stainless Weight
Steel Stainless Steel Steel Stainless Steel Nm Nm mm mm mm mm 12.9 / A2-70 Nm Nm g
600 603 00 600 996 03 - - 6,6 3,7 3 14 18,0 30 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 35
600 604 00 600 996 04 - - 8,0 5,2 4 16 19,3 30 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 45
600 605 00 600 996 05 - - 10,6 6,0 5 18 21,2 30 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 47
600 606 00 600 996 06 600 706 00 600 997 06 34 10 6 18 21,2 30 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 47
600 608 00 600 996 08 600 708 00 600 997 08 50 16 8 24 26,8 35 M3 x 10 2,1 1,1 102
600 610 00 600 996 10 600 710 00 600 997 10 85 25 10 29 32,7 45 M4 x 12 4,6 2,5 185
600 612 00 600 996 12 600 712 00 600 997 12 105 32 12 29 32,7 45 M4 x 12 4,6 2,5 180
600 614 00 600 996 14 600 714 00 600 997 14 160 40 14 34 39,1 50 M5 x 16 9,5 5,4 272
600 615 00 600 996 15 600 715 00 600 997 15 180 50 15 34 39,1 50 M5 x 16 9,5 5,4 266
600 616 00 600 996 16 600 716 00 600 997 16 200 60 16 34 39,1 50 M5 x 16 9,5 5,4 261
600 619 00 600 996 19 600 719 00 600 997 19 300 90 19 42 48,2 65 M6 x 16 16 9,6 520
600 620 00 600 996 20 600 720 00 600 997 20 350 100 20 42 48,2 65 M6 x 16 16 9,6 518
600 625 00 600 996 25 600 725 00 600 997 25 400 110 25 45 50,8 75 M6 x 16 16 9,6 623
600 630 00 600 996 30 600 730 00 600 997 30 475 150 30 53 58,1 83 M6 x 18 16 9,6 920
600 635 00 600 996 35 600 735 00 600 997 35 1100 330 35 67 74,1 95 M8 x 25 39 23 1880
600 640 00 600 996 40 600 740 00 600 997 40 1325 400 40 77 83,4 108 M8 x 25 39 23 2710
600 650 00 600 996 50 600 750 00 600 997 50 2250 688 50 85 93,2 124 M10 x 25 77 46 3520
* Feather Key Groove DIN 6885/1, Tolerance P9.
** For version without keyway. Maximum values which can only be achieved with perfect mounting and dimensional accuracy of the shaft.
Two-Piece Clamp Couplings MAT
Material: Steel C45 burnished,
Stainless steel 1.4301. A
R
Temperature range from -40ºC to +175ºC.
Maximum torque 4,000 min-1.
The screws ISO 4762 are covered with a layer of nylon. Thus the bolts
do not loosen with vibrations.
Bore tolerance:+ 0.051 mm.
L
d
A
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 600 803 00, Clamp Coupling MAT, 3 mm Bore,
without keyway
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Torque T** Screws Fastening Torque TA
without keyway without keyway with keyway* with keyway* Steel Stainless d A R L ISO 4762 Steel Stainless Weight
Steel Stainless Steel Steel Stainless Steel Nm Nm mm mm mm mm 12.9 / A2-70 Nm Nm g
600 803 00 600 998 03 - - 9 5,0 3 14 18,0 30 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 35
600 804 00 600 998 04 - - 12 6,7 4 16 19,3 30 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 45
600 805 00 600 998 05 - - 15 8,4 5 18 21,2 30 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 47
600 806 00 600 998 06 600 906 00 600 999 06 34 10 6 18 21,2 30 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 47
600 808 00 600 998 08 600 908 00 600 999 08 50 16 8 24 26,8 35 M3 x 10 2,1 1,1 102
600 810 00 600 998 10 600 910 00 600 999 10 85 28 10 29 32,7 45 M4 x 12 4,6 2,5 185
600 812 00 600 998 12 600 912 00 600 999 12 105 34 12 29 32,7 45 M4 x 12 4,6 2,5 180
600 814 00 600 998 14 600 914 00 600 999 14 160 67 14 34 39,1 50 M5 x 16 9,5 5,4 272
600 815 00 600 998 15 600 915 00 600 999 15 180 72 15 34 39,1 50 M5 x 16 9,5 5,4 266
600 816 00 600 998 16 600 916 00 600 999 16 200 77 16 34 39,1 50 M5 x 16 9,5 5,4 261
600 819 00 600 998 19 600 919 00 600 999 19 300 130 19 42 48,2 65 M6 x 16 16 9,6 520
600 820 00 600 998 20 600 920 00 600 999 20 350 137 20 42 48,2 65 M6 x 16 16 9,6 518
600 825 00 600 998 25 600 925 00 600 999 25 400 171 25 45 50,8 75 M6 x 16 16 9,6 623
600 830 00 600 998 30 600 930 00 600 999 30 475 206 30 53 58,1 83 M6 x 18 16 9,6 920
600 835 00 600 998 35 600 935 00 600 999 35 1100 438 35 67 74,1 95 M8 x 25 39 23 1880
600 840 00 600 998 40 600 940 00 600 999 40 1325 449 40 77 83,4 108 M8 x 25 39 23 2710
600 850 00 600 998 50 600 950 00 600 999 50 2250 1006 50 85 93,2 124 M10 x 25 77 46 3520
* Feather Key Groove DIN 6885/1, Tolerance P9.
** For version without keyway. Maximum values which can only be achieved with perfect mounting and dimensional accuracy of the shaft.
368 ®
Set-Screw Couplings TR
Material: Steel C45 burnished.
Stainless Steel 1.4301. A
Bore tolerance: +0.05 mm.
These couplings do not allow any shaft displacement in axial or radial
direction. They should therefore only be used with perfectly aligned
shafts.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 600 106 00, Set Screw Coupling TR, Steel without Keyway,
Bore 6 mm
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Torque T** Fastening Torque TA
without keyway without keyway with keyway* with keyway* Steel Stainless d A L K Screws Steel Stainless Weight
Steel Stainless Steel Steel Stainless Steel Nm Nm mm mm mm mm DIN 916 Nm Nm g
600 106 00 600 991 06 600 206 00 600 992 06 4 2,7 6 18 30 2 M4 2,2 1,76 47
600 108 00 600 991 08 600 208 00 600 992 08 8 5,4 8 24 35 2 M4 2,2 1,76 102
600 110 00 600 991 10 600 210 00 600 992 10 12 8,1 10 29 45 3 M5 4,0 3,2 185
600 112 00 600 991 12 600 212 00 600 992 12 17 12 12 29 45 4 M6 7,2 5,8 180
600 114 00 600 991 14 600 214 00 600 992 14 30 20 14 34 50 5 M6 7,2 5,8 272
600 115 00 600 991 15 600 215 00 600 992 15 32 22 15 34 50 5 M6 7,2 5,8 266
600 116 00 600 991 16 600 216 00 600 992 16 35 24 16 34 50 5 M6 7,2 5,8 261
600 120 00 600 991 20 600 220 00 600 992 20 70 47 20 42 65 6 M6 7,2 5,8 518
600 125 00 600 991 25 600 225 00 600 992 25 135 91 25 45 75 8 M8 17 13,6 623
600 130 00 600 991 30 600 230 00 600 992 30 155 105 30 53 83 8 M8 17 13,6 920
600 135 00 600 991 35 600 235 00 600 992 35 230 155 35 67 95 10 M8 17 13,6 1880
600 140 00 600 991 40 600 240 00 600 992 40 310 210 40 77 108 12 M10 33 26,4 2710
600 150 00 600 991 50 600 250 00 600 992 50 490 340 50 85 124 14 M10 33 26,4 3520
* Feather Key Groove DIN 6885/1, Tolerance P9.
** For couplings with keyway: calculations based on feather-key connection.
For couplings without keyway, the transmittable torque is lower and depends on how far the set screws penetrate the shaft.
Clamp Couplings (Box couplings) DIN 115 Made from Cast Iron
Material: Grey Cast Iron GG25.
Up to 50 mm bore these two-part couplings are manufactured
according to bore tolerance zone V7. For larger bores the fit is
U7. All bores have a feather key grove according to DIN 6885/1.
Recommended shaft tolerance: f7.
A bearing must be placed right beside both ends of the coupling.
Box couplings can be assembled and dismantled in radial direction
without moving the shaft in vertical direction.
Version A: For shafts of the same diameter.
Version B: For shafts of different diameter available on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 600 020 00, clamp Coupling DIN 115 with Keyway
Product No. Torque Hexagon Screws DIN 931 Speed Weight
(with Keyway) max. D Da L dxl nmax.
Version A Nm mm mm mm Amount mm min-1 kg
600 020 00 25 20 85 100 4 M10 x 30 1700 1,9
600 025 00 40 25 100 130 4 M12 x 40 1500 4,5
600 030 00 60 30 100 130 4 M12 x 40 1500 4,2
600 035 00 80 35 110 160 6 M12 x 50 1420 6,5
600 040 00 100 40 110 160 6 M12 x 50 1420 6,2
600 045 00 125 45 120 190 6 M12 x 50 1350 8,5
600 050 00 150 50 130 190 6 M12 x 50 1300 9
600 055 00 500 55 150 220 6 M16 x 55 1200 13
600 060 00 850 60 150 220 6 M16 x 55 1200 12,5
600 065 00 1250 65 170 250 6 M16 x 55 1120 18,5
600 070 00 1700 70 170 250 6 M16 x 55 1120 17
600 080 00 2500 80 190 280 8 M16 x 60 1060 27
600 090 00 3800 90 215 310 8 M20 x 75 1000 41
600 100 00 5400 100 250 350 8 M20 x 90 920 63
® 369
Locking Assemblies (Rigid Couplings) ST-K
Material: Steel.
L2
• For connecting two shafts, as a rigid coupling.
L
• For medium torques.
• Easy mounting.
• Self-releasing at dismounting.
• No axial movement during mounting. L1
D
d
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 615 880 15, Locking Assembly ST-K, 15 mm
Product No. d D L L1 L2 T Fax PW Screws 12.9 TA Weight
mm mm mm mm mm Nm kN N/mm² Number x Size Nm kg
615 880 15 15 45 50 44 56 125 16 126 4 x M6 17 0,40
615 880 16 16 45 50 44 56 131 17 117 4 x M6 17 0,40
615 880 17 17 50 50 44 56 210 23 118 4 x M6 17 0,50
615 880 18 18 50 50 44 56 220 24 109 4 x M6 17 0,46
615 880 19 19 50 50 44 56 230 24 96 4 x M6 17 0,50
615 880 20 20 50 50 44 56 240 25 93 4 x M6 17 0,50
615 880 22 22 55 60 54 66 270 25 107 4 x M6 17 0,60
615 880 24 24 55 60 54 66 290 25 96 4 x M6 17 0,60
615 880 25 25 55 60 54 66 470 35 95 6 x M6 17 0,66
615 880 28 28 60 60 54 66 490 35 84 6 x M6 17 0,70
615 880 30 30 60 60 54 66 540 37 79 6 x M6 17 0,73
615 880 32 32 75 60 54 68 730 43 77 6 x M8 41 1,30
615 880 35 35 75 75 69 83 810 45 82 4 x M8 41 1,34
615 880 38 38 75 75 69 83 860 46 75 4 x M8 41 1,30
615 880 40 40 75 75 69 83 880 46 64 4 x M8 41 1,40
615 880 42 42 90 75 69 83 1430 66 65 4 x M8 41 2,0
615 880 45 45 90 85 79 93 1490 66 73 6 x M8 41 2,5
615 880 48 48 90 85 79 93 1640 68 70 6 x M8 41 2,4
615 880 50 50 90 85 79 93 1670 68 64 6 x M8 41 2,0
615 880 55 55 105 85 79 93 2520 90 63 8 x M8 41 3,3
615 880 60 60 105 85 79 93 2760 92 59 8 x M8 41 2,6
615 880 65 65 105 85 79 93 2930 92 53 8 x M8 41 3,0
615 880 70 70 125 100 94 110 3800 106 50 6 x M10 83 5,4
615 880 75 75 125 100 94 110 3850 107 47 6 x M10 83 5,0
615 880 80 80 125 100 94 110 4030 109 65 8 x M10 83 4,7
615 880 85 85 130 100 94 110 4260 121 64 8 x M10 83 5,5
615 880 90 90 135 100 94 110 4820 122 72 8 x M10 83 7,0
615 880 95 95 140 120 114 130 5170 124 67 8 x M10 83 7,5
615 881 00 100 150 120 114 132 5590 127 66 8 x M12 142 7,8
More sizes up to d=110mm for 7,400Nm are available.
Price and delivery time on request.
T = transmittable torque at F ax = 0.
F ax = transmittable axial force at T = 0.
P W = surface pressure onto the shaft.
T A = Fastening torque of the screws.
Fit Mounting Demounting
Shaft h8, Hub H8. Slightly oil the locking assem- Due to the cone angle, the locking assembly is usually released
Surface roughness max. 12.5µm. bly before mounting, do not once all screws have been fully unfastened.
use molibdenum disulphide
or grease. Tighten the screws
evenly and crosswise in several
steps.
370 ®
Torsionally-Stiff Couplings HU
Material: Set-screw style
Up to D1 = 28 mm hubs made from brass, chromated and passivated.
From D1 = 41.4 mm aluminium alloy with iridite NCP finish.
Torque disc made from black acetal.
These unique, zero backlash, general purpose couplings provide electri-
cal insulation. They are designed for the lower torque range and offer
generous angular and radial misalignment compensation. Their axial
stiffness is unique and they can anchor unrestricted shafts or perform
light push/pull duties
Applications: pulse-triggered drive units (e.g. stepper motors,
transducers, engine speed sensors, potentiometers).
Temperature range: -20ºC to +60ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 601 002 00, Coupling HU, 2 mm Bore
Product No. Torque Static Bore L1 L2 L3 D1 max. Compensation at 3000min-1 1) Torsional Weight
max.2) Break Torque B+0.03 Angular Radial Stiffness
Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm ±Degrees ±mm Nm/rad g
601 002 00 0,3 0,9 2 14,2 5,1 4,6 18 2 0,2 25 7
601 003 00 0,3 0,9 3 14,2 5,1 4,6 18 2 0,2 25 7
601 004 00 0,3 0,9 4 14,2 5,1 4,6 18 2 0,2 25 7
601 007 00 1,7 5 3 19,1 6,9 6,1 28 2 0,2 92 16
601 008 00 1,7 5 4 19,1 6,9 6,1 28 2 0,2 92 16
601 009 00 1,7 5 6 19,1 6,9 6,1 28 2 0,2 92 16
601 010 00 1,7 5 8 19,1 6,9 6,1 28 2 0,2 92 16
601 013 00 3,5 10,5 6 28,4 11,2 8,6 41,4 2 0,25 299 30
601 014 00 3,5 10,5 8 28,4 11,2 8,6 41,4 2 0,25 299 30
601 015 00 3,5 10,5 10 28,4 11,2 8,6 41,4 2 0,25 299 30
601 018 00 3,5 10,5 12 28,4 11,2 8,6 41,4 2 0,25 299 30
1) At lower speeds the couplings can compensate up to +/-1 mm radial and 10º angular displacement.
2) Operating factors: see coupling HB.
Torsionally-Stiff Couplings HB
Material: Clamp style (bore 16 in set-screw style)
Up to D1 = 28 mm hubs made from brass, chromated and passivated.
From D1 = 41.4 mm aluminium alloy with iridite NCP finish.
Torque disc made from black acetal.
These unique, zero backlash, general purpose couplings provide electri-
cal insulation. They are designed for the lower torque range and offer
generous angular and radial misalignment compensation. Their axial
stiffness is unique and they can anchor unrestricted shafts or perform
light push/pull duties
Applications: pulse-triggered drive units (e.g. stepper motors,
transducers, engine speed sensors, potentiometers).
Temperature range: -20ºC to +60ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 601 103 00, Coupling HB, 3 mm Bore
Product No. Torque Static Bore L1 L2 L3 D1 max. Compensation at 3000min-1 1) Torsional Weight
max.2) Break Torque B+0.03 Angular Radial Stiffness
Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm ±Degrees ±mm Nm/rad g
601 103 00 0,3 0,9 3 19,1 5,1 7 19,1 2 0,2 25 11
601 104 00 0,3 0,9 4 19,1 5,1 7 19,1 2 0,2 25 11
601 106 00 0,3 0,9 6 19,1 5,1 7 19,1 2 0,2 25 11
601 108 00 1,7 5 4 25,4 6,9 9,3 28 2 0,2 92 26
601 109 00 1,7 5 6 25,4 6,9 9,3 28 2 0,2 92 26
601 110 00 1,7 5 8 25,4 6,9 9,3 28 2 0,2 92 26
601 114 00 3,5 10,5 8 38,1 11,1 13,5 41,4 2 0,25 299 40
601 115 00 3,5 10,5 10 38,1 11,2 13,5 41,4 2 0,25 299 40
601 116 00 3,5 10,5 12 38,1 11,2 13,5 41,4 2 0,25 299 40
601 117 003) 3,5 10,5 163) 38,1 11,2 13,5 41,4 2 0,25 299 40
1) At lower speeds the couplings can compensate up to +/-1 mm radial and 10º angular displacement. The sizes D1 = 19 and D1 = 28 only 5 degrees.
2) Operating factors for couplings HU and HB (without shaft displacement): Load Period Operating Factor
short term 1
1 hour per day 1.5
3 hours per day 2
6 hours per day 3
u s e da
® 371
Torsionally-Stiff Couplings HZ with Blind Hole
Material: Hubs made from aluminium alloy with iridite NCP finish. Set-screw style
Sliding disc made from black acetal.
These 3-part zero-backlash couplings provide electrical insulation.
They consist of two hubs and a sliding disc. They are versatile and
of robust design. Large radial compensation, easy mounting even
in confined spaces.
Applications: Ideal for stepper motors due to the damping properties
of plastic torque rings. Positioning drives, position encoders and incre-
mental or absolute encoders, pumps etc. Torque ring
Temperature range: -20ºC to +60ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 601 201 00, Coupling HZ, 2 mm Bore
Product No. Torque Static Bore L1 L2 L3 D1 max. Compensation at 3000min-1 Torsional Weight Product No. Weight
Max.1) Break Torque B+0.03 Angular Radial Stiffness Spare Part
Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm ±Degrees ±mm Nm/rad g Sliding disc g
601 201 00* 0,06 0,7 2 12,7 3,8 5,1 6,4 0,5 0,1 10 2,5 601 237 00 0,1
601 202 00* 0,06 0,7 3 12,7 3,8 5,1 6,4 0,5 0,1 10 2,5 601 237 00 0,1
601 203 00* 0,21 2 3 12,7 3,8 5,1 9,5 0,5 0,1 30 4 601 238 00 0,1
601 204 00* 0,21 2 4 12,7 3,8 5,1 9,5 0,5 0,1 30 4 601 238 00 0,1
601 206 00* 0,5 4 3 15,9 4,3 7,3 12,7 0,5 0,1 65 11 601 239 00 0,5
601 207 00* 0,5 4 4 15,9 4,3 7,3 12,7 0,5 0,1 65 11 601 239 00 0,5
601 208 00* 0,5 4 6 15,9 4,3 7,3 12,7 0,5 0,1 65 11 601 239 00 0,5
601 301 00 1,7 8 4 22 6,3 9,4 19,1 0,5 0,2 115 12 601 242 00 1,5
601 302 00 1,7 8 6 22 6,3 9,4 19,1 0,5 0,2 115 12 601 242 00 1,5
601 303 00 1,7 8 8 22 6,3 9,4 19,1 0,5 0,2 115 12 601 242 00 1,5
601 305 00 4 13 6 28,4 8,6 11,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 31 601 244 00 2,7
601 306 00 4 13 8 28,4 8,6 11,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 31 601 244 00 2,7
601 307 00 4 13 10 28,4 8,6 11,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 31 601 244 00 2,7
601 308 00 9 53 8 48 13 22 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 86 601 246 00 8
601 309 00 9 53 10 48 13 22 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 86 601 246 00 8
601 310 00 9 53 12 48 13 22 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 86 601 246 00 8
601 312 00 17 57 10 50,8 16,7 17,4 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 148 601 248 00 12,7
601 313 00 17 57 12 50,8 16,7 17,4 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 148 601 248 00 12,7
601 315 00 17 57 16 50,8 16,7 17,4 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 148 601 248 00 12,7
* Hubs made of brass.
Torsionally-Stiff Couplings HF with Blind Hole
Material: Hubs made from aluminium alloy with iridite NCP finish. Clamp style
Sliding disc made from black acetal.
These 3-part zero-backlash couplings provide electrical insulation. They
consist of two hubs and a sliding disc.
They are versatile and of robust design. Large radial compensation,
easy mounting even in confined spaces.
Applications: Ideal for stepper motors due to the damping properties of
plastic torque rings. Positioning drives, position encoders and incremen-
tal or absolute encoders, pumps etc.
Temperature range: -20ºC to +60ºC.
Product No. Torque Static Bore L1 L2 L3 D1 max. Compensation at 3000min-1 Torsional Weight Product No. Weight
max.1) Break Torque B+0.03 Angular Radial Stiffness Spare Part
Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm ±Degrees ±mm Nm/rad g Sliding disc g
601 401 00 1,7 8 4 22 6,3 9,4 19,1 0,5 0,2 115 12 601 242 00 1,5
601 402 00 1,7 8 5 22 6,3 9,4 19,1 0,5 0,2 115 12 601 242 00 1,5
601 403 00 1,7 8 6 22 6,3 9,4 19,1 0,5 0,2 115 12 601 242 00 1,5
601 407 00 4 13 6 28,4 8,6 11,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 31 601 244 00 2,7
601 408 00 4 13 8 28,4 8,6 11,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 31 601 244 00 2,7
601 409 00 4 13 10 28,4 8,6 11,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 31 601 244 00 2,7
601 411 00 9 53 8 48 13 22 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 86 601 246 00 8
601 412 00 9 53 10 48 13 22 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 86 601 246 00 8
601 413 00 9 53 12 48 13 22 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 86 601 246 00 8
601 415 00 17 57 10 50,8 16,7 17,4 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 148 601 248 00 12,2
601 416 00 17 57 12 50,8 16,7 17,4 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 148 601 248 00 12,2
601 418 00 601 248 00 12,2
1) Operating factors (without shaft displacement):
Load Period Operating Factor
short term 1
1 hour per day 2
3 hours per day 4
6 hours per day 6
12 hours per day 8
372 ®
Torsionally-Stiff Couplings HZD with Through Hole
Material: Hubs made from aluminium alloy with iridite NCP finish. Set-screw style
Sliding disc made from black acetal.
These 3-part zero backlash couplings provide electrical insulation. They
consist of two hubs and a sliding disc.
They are versatile and of robust design. Large radial compensation,
easy mounting even in confined spaces.
Applications: Ideal for stepper motors due to the damping properties of
plastic torque rings. Positioning drives, position encoders and incremental
or absolute encoders, pumps etc. Torque ring
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 601 301 05, Coupling, 4 mm Bore
Product No. Torque Static Bore L1 L2 L3 D1 max. Compensation at 3000min-1 Torsional Weight Product No. Weight
max.1) Break Torque B+0.03 Angular Radial Stiffness Spare Part
Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm ±Degrees ±mm Nm/rad g Sliding disc g
601 301 05 1,7 8 4 26 9,4 7,2 19,1 0,5 0,2 115 13 601 242 00 1,5
601 302 05 1,7 8 6 26 9,4 7,2 19,1 0,5 0,2 115 13 601 242 00 1,5
601 303 05 1,7 8 8 26 9,4 7,2 19,1 0,5 0,2 115 13 601 242 00 1,5
601 305 05 4 13 6 32,4 11,6 9,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 31 601 244 00 2,7
601 306 05 4 13 8 32,4 11,6 9,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 31 601 244 00 2,7
601 307 05 4 13 10 32,4 11,6 9,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 31 601 244 00 2,7
601 308 05 9 53 8 48 15 18 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 74 601 246 00 8
601 309 05 9 53 10 48 15 18 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 74 601 246 00 8
601 310 05 9 53 12 48 15 18 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 74 601 246 00 8
601 312 05 17 57 10 50,8 17,8 15,3 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 142 601 248 00 12,7
601 313 05 17 57 12 50,8 17,8 15,3 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 142 601 248 00 12,7
601 315 05 17 57 16 50,8 17,8 15,3 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 142 601 248 00 12,7
601 318 05 30 95 12 59,6 20,6 18,4 50 0,5 0,25 1375 208 601 250 00 20
601 319 05 30 95 16 59,6 20,6 18,4 50 0,5 0,25 1375 208 601 250 00 20
601 320 05 30 95 20 59,6 20,6 18,4 50 0,5 0,25 1375 208 601 250 00 20
601 325 05 44 150 16 78 28,4 21,2 57,1 0,5 0,25 2610 361 601 257 00 30
601 326 05 44 150 20 78 28,4 21,2 57,1 0,5 0,25 2610 361 601 257 00 30
601 327 05 44 150 30 78 28,4 21,2 57,1 0,5 0,25 2610 361 601 257 00 30
Torsionally-Stiff Couplings HFD with Through Hole
Material: Hubs made from aluminium alloy with iridite NCP finish. Clamp style
Sliding disc made from black acetal.
These 3-part zero backlash couplings provide electrical insulation. They
consist of two hubs and a sliding disc.
They are versatile and of robust design. Large radial compensation,
easy mounting even in confined spaces.
Application: see description HZD (above).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 601 401 05, coupling, 4 mm Bore
Product No. Torque Static Bore L1 L2 L3 D1 max. Compensation at 3000min-1 Torsional Weight Product No. Weight
Max.1) Break Torque B+0.03 Angular Radial Stiffness Spare Part
Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm ±Degrees ±mm Nm/rad g Sliding disc g
601 401 05 1,7 8 4 26 9,4 7,2 19,1 0,5 0,2 115 13 601 242 00 1,5
601 402 05 1,7 8 5 26 9,4 7,2 19,1 0,5 0,2 115 13 601 242 00 1,5
601 403 05 1,7 8 6 26 9,4 7,2 19,1 0,5 0,2 115 13 601 242 00 1,5
601 407 05 4 13 6 32,4 11,6 9,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 31 601 244 00 2,7
601 408 05 4 13 8 32,4 11,6 9,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 31 601 244 00 2,7
601 409 05 4 13 10 32,4 11,6 9,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 31 601 244 00 2,7
601 411 05 9 53 8 48 15 18 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 74 601 246 00 8
601 412 05 9 53 10 48 15 18 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 74 601 246 00 8
601 413 05 9 53 12 48 15 18 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 74 601 246 00 8
601 415 05 17 57 10 50,8 17,8 15,3 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 142 601 248 00 12,7
601 416 05 17 57 12 50,8 17,8 15,3 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 142 601 248 00 12,7
601 418 05 17 57 16 50,8 17,8 15,3 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 142 601 248 00 12,7
601 420 00 30 95 12 59,6 20,6 18,4 50 0,5 0,25 1375 208 601 250 00 20
601 422 00 30 95 16 59,6 20,6 18,4 50 0,5 0,25 1375 208 601 250 00 20
601 424 00 30 95 20 59,6 20,6 18,4 50 0,5 0,25 1375 208 601 250 00 20
601 430 00 44 150 16 78 28,4 21,2 57,1 0,5 0,25 2610 361 601 257 00 30
601 432 00 44 150 20 78 28,4 21,2 57,1 0,5 0,25 2610 361 601 257 00 30
601 434 00 44 150 30 78 28,4 21,2 57,1 0,5 0,25 2610 361 601 257 00 30
1) Operating factors (without shaft Load Period Operating Factor
displacement): short term 1
1 hour per day 2
3 hours per day 4
6 hours per day 6
12 hours per day 8
® 373
Torsionally-Stiff Couplings HZD with Through Hole, Stainless
Material: Hubs made from stainless steel 1.4305.
Torque disc made from black acetal. A Set-screw style
These 3-part zero backlash couplings provide electrical insulation. They
consist of two hubs and a torque disc. They are versatile and of robust
design. Large radial compensation, easy mounting even in confined
spaces.
Applications: Ideal for stepper motors due to the damping properties of
plastic torque discs. Positioning drives, position encoders such as incre-
mental or absolute encoders , pumps etc. Torque disc
Temperature range: -20ºC to +60ºC.
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 601 993 05, Coupling, 6 mm bore
Product No. Torque Static Bore L1 L2 L3 D1 max. displacement at 3000min-1 Torsional Weight Product No. Weight
max.1) Break Torque B+0.03 Angular Radial stiffness Spare part
Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm ±Degrees ±mm Nm/rad g Torque disc g
601 993 05 4 13 6 32,4 11,6 9,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 76 601 244 00 2,7
601 993 06 4 13 8 32,4 11,6 9,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 76 601 244 00 2,7
601 993 07 4 13 10 32,4 11,6 9,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 76 601 244 00 2,7
601 993 08 9 53 8 42,0 15,0 12,0 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 165 601 245 00 8
601 993 09 9 53 10 42,0 15,0 12,0 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 165 601 245 00 8
601 993 10 9 53 12 42,0 15,0 12,0 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 165 601 245 00 8
601 993 12 17 57 10 50,8 17,8 15,3 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 305 601 248 00 12,7
601 993 13 17 57 12 50,8 17,8 15,3 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 305 601 248 00 12,7
601 993 15 17 57 16 50,8 17,8 15,3 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 305 601 248 00 12,7
601 993 18 30 95 12 59,6 20,6 18,4 50 0,5 0,25 1375 510 601 250 00 20
601 993 19 30 95 16 59,6 20,6 18,4 50 0,5 0,25 1375 510 601 250 00 20
601 993 20 30 95 20 59,6 20,6 18,4 50 0,5 0,25 1375 510 601 250 00 20
Torsionally-Stiff Couplings HFD with Through Hole, Stainless
Material: Hubs made from stainless steel 1.4305. Clamp style
Torque disc made from black acetal. A
These 3-part zero backlash couplings provide electrical insulation.
They consist of two hubs and a torque disc. They are versatile and
of robust design. Large radial compensation, easy mounting even in
confined spaces.
Applications: see description HZD (above).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 601 994 07, Coupling, 6 mm bore
Product No. Torque Static Bore L1 L2 L3 D1 max. displacement at 3000min-1 Torsional Weight Product No. Weight
max.1) Break Torque B+0.03 Angular Radial stiffness Spare part
Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm ±Degrees ±mm Nm/rad g Torque disc g
601 994 07 4 13 6 32,4 11,6 9,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 76 601 244 00 2,7
601 994 08 4 13 8 32,4 11,6 9,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 76 601 244 00 2,7
601 994 09 4 13 10 32,4 11,6 9,2 25,4 0,5 0,2 205 76 601 244 00 2,7
601 994 11 9 53 8 42,0 15,0 12,0 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 165 601 245 00 8
601 994 12 9 53 10 42,0 15,0 12,0 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 165 601 245 00 8
601 994 13 9 53 12 42,0 15,0 12,0 33,3 0,5 0,2 615 165 601 245 00 8
601 994 15 17 57 10 50,8 17,8 15,3 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 305 601 248 00 12,7
601 994 16 17 57 12 50,8 17,8 15,3 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 305 601 248 00 12,7
601 994 18 17 57 16 50,8 17,8 15,3 41,3 0,5 0,25 1200 305 601 248 00 12,7
601 994 20 30 95 12 59,6 20,6 18,4 50 0,5 0,25 1375 510 601 250 00 20
601 994 22 30 95 16 59,6 20,6 18,4 50 0,5 0,25 1375 510 601 250 00 20
601 994 24 30 95 20 59,6 20,6 18,4 50 0,5 0,25 1375 510 601 250 00 20
1) Operating factors (without shaft Load Period Operating Factor
displacement):
short term 1
1 hour per day 2
3 hours per day 4
6 hours per day 6
12 hours per day 8 Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
374 ®
Self-Aligning Couplings KA, Short Version
Material: Plastic acetal.
Aluminium 2014A.
Stainless steel 1.4305. A
• Torsionally rigid design.
• Zero backlash.
• Perfect transmission of torque.
• Very low restoring force.
• Speed max. 5,000 min -1 .
Number of screws: at plastic and steel 2 screws on each side.
At aluminium: 1 screw on each side.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 602 608 00, Coupling KA, Plastic, Bore 4mm
Product No. Product No. Product No. Max. Operating Torque* Bore Bore L1 L2** D1 Angular Parallel Weight
Plastic Alu Stainless Plastic Alu Stainl. B+0.03 max1) Misalignment Plastic Alu Stainl.
Steel Nm Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees mm g g g
- - 602 996 00***
- 6 2 2 6 2 6 2 - 0,4 0,5 3 3,18 14,2 4,5 9,52 3 0,1 - 2 6
602 608 00 602 708 00 602 996 08 0,24 0,9 1,0 4 6,00 19,05 6 12,70 5 0,127 2 6 10
602 610 00 602 710 00 602 996 10 0,24 0,9 1,0 6 6,00 19,05 6 12,70 5 0,127 2 6 10
602 612 00 602 712 00 602 996 12 0,35 1,5 1,8 4 6,35 20,3 6 15,87 5 0,127 3 8 22
602 614 00 602 714 00 602 996 14 0,35 1,5 1,8 5 6,35 20,3 6 15,87 5 0,127 3 8 22
602 616 00 602 716 00 602 996 16 0,35 1,5 1,8 6 6,35 20,3 6 15,87 5 0,127 3 8 22
602 620 00 602 720 00 602 996 20 0,64 2,5 2,7 6 8,00 22,85 6,5 19,05 5 0,127 8 12 34
602 622 00 602 722 00 602 996 22 0,64 2,5 2,7 8 8,00 22,85 6,5 19,05 5 0,127 8 12 34
602 624 00 602 724 00 602 996 24 1,4 4,0 6,0 6 11,00 31,75 9 25,40 5 0,127 13 32 90
602 626 00 602 726 00 602 996 26 1,4 4,0 6,0 8 11,00 31,75 9 25,40 5 0,127 13 32 90
602 628 00 602 728 00 602 996 28 1,4 4,0 6,0 10 11,00 31,75 9 25,40 5 0,127 13 32 90
602 630 00 602 730 00 602 996 30 2,5 6,0 10,0 10 16,00 44,45 12 31,75 5 0,127 35 76 220
602 632 00 602 732 00 602 996 32 2,5 6,0 10,0 12 16,00 44,45 12 31,75 5 0,127 35 76 220
602 634 00 602 734 00 602 996 34 2,5 6,0 10,0 16 16,00 44,45 12 31,75 5 0,127 35 76 220
* Please regard the operating factors page 377. ** Shaft can be pushed in further. Middle of coupling is relieved. *** Set-screw style. 1) Against surcharge.
Self-Aligning Couplings LA, Long Version
Material: Plastic acetal.
Aluminium 2014A.
Stainless steel 1.4305. A
• torsionally rigid design.
• zero backlash.
• perfect transmission of torque.
• very low restoring force.
• speed max. 5,000 min -1.
Number of screws: at plastic and steel 2 screws on each side.
At aluminium up to Ø D 1 =31.75mm only 1 screw on each side.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 602 806 00, Coupling LA, Plastic, Bore 4mm
Product No. Product No. Product No. Max. Operating Torque* Bore Bore L1 L2** D1 Angular Parallel Weight
Plastic Alu Stainless Plastic Alu Stainl. B+0.03 max1) Misalignment Plastic Alu Stainl.
Steel Nm Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees mm g g g
- 602 900 00 602 998 00 - 0,6 0,9 3 4,76 19,55 5,3 9,52 3 0,12 - 4 8
- 602 902 00 602 998 02 - 1 1,5 4 4,76 19,55 5,3 9,52 3 0,12 - 4 8
602 806 00 602 906 00 - 0,51 1,3 - 4 6,35 22,85 6,5 12,7 5 0,17 4 8 -
602 808 00 602 908 00 - 0,32 2 - 6 6,35 22,85 6,5 12,7 5 0,17 4 8 -
- - 602 998 12 - - 1,9 4 6,35 25,40 6,5 12,7 5 0,17 - - 18
- - 602 998 14 - - 3 6 6,35 25,40 6,5 12,7 5 0,17 - - 18
- 602 916 00 - - 3,4 - 4 8,00 25,40 6,5 15,87 5 0,2 - 10 -
602 818 00 602 918 00 602 998 18 0,61 2 3,4 5 8,00 25,40 6,5 15,87 5 0,2 6 10 30
602 820 00 602 920 00 602 998 20 0,91 3,4 5 6 8,00 25,40 6,5 15,87 5 0,2 6 10 30
602 824 00 602 924 00 - 0,87 3 - 6 10,00 26,50 6,5 19,05 7 0,25 12 16 -
602 826 00 602 926 00 - 1,3 5,3 - 8 10,00 26,50 6,5 19,05 7 0,25 12 16 -
- - 6 2 8 - - 4,8 6 10,00 28,00 6,5 19,05 7 0,25 - - 46
- - 602 998 32 - - 8 8 10,00 28,00 6,5 19,05 7 0,25 - - 46
602 834 00 602 934 00 602 998 34 1,67 5 10 6 12,70 38,10 11 25,4 7 0,38 20 44 115
602 836 00 602 936 00 602 998 36 2,5 10 16 8 12,70 38,10 11 25,4 7 0,38 20 44 115
602 838 00 602 938 00 602 998 38 2,5 10 16 10 12,70 38,10 11 25,4 7 0,38 20 44 115
602 840 00 602 940 00 602 998 40 4 15 25 10 16,00 57,15 16 31,75 7 0,5 58 100 290
602 842 00 602 942 00 602 998 42 4 15 25 12 16,00 57,15 16 31,75 7 0,5 58 100 290
602 844 00 602 944 00 602 998 44 4 15 25 16 16,00 57,15 16 31,75 7 0,5 58 100 290
602 846 00 602 946 00 602 998 46 6 22 36 12 19,00 66,67 18 38,1 7 0,6 86 160 440
602 848 00 602 948 00 602 998 48 6 22 36 16 19,00 66,67 18 38,1 7 0,6 86 160 440
602 850 00 602 950 00 602 998 50 6 22 36 19 19,00 66,67 18 38,1 7 0,6 86 160 440
- 602 954 00 602 998 54 - 30 48 16 22,00 76,20 20,00 44,5 7 0,8 - 240 730
- 602 956 00 602 998 56 - 30 48 19 22,00 76,20 20,00 44,5 7 0,8 - 240 730
- 602 958 00 602 998 58 - 40 37 16 26,00 95,30 25,06 50,8 7 0,9 - 405 1045
- 602 960 00 602 998 60 - 40 73 19 26,00 95,30 25,06 50,8 7 0,9 - 405 1045
- 602 962 00 602 998 62 - 40 73 24 26,00 95,30 25,06 50,8 7 0,93 - 405 1045
- 602 966 00 602 998 66 - 55 102 24 30,00 130,00 32 57,15 7 0,95 - 800 2155
- 602 968 00 602 998 68 - 55 102 30 30,00 130,00 32 57,15 7 0,95 - 800 2155
* Please regard the operating factors page 377. *** Shaft must not be pushed in any further. 1) Against surcharge.
® 375
Flexible Couplings EK
Material: Hubs made from zinc die-cast, Spring: Spring steel type C
zinc-plated.
These couplings are elastic all-metal couplings, with hubs and spring
bodies made from rustproof metal. The couplings only have a one-
layer spring body. They are, however, flexible in all directions, suit-
able for both rotational directions and maintenance-free. They are
locked against rotation with Allen set screws.
Temperature range from -40ºC to +120ºC.
Couplings are available pre-drilled ex stock.
Customized bores and feather-key grooves available at extra charge.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 602 000 00, Clutch EK, Pre-bored
Product No. Nominal Bores d Bending Speed Weight
Torque Pilot Bore max. max. D K L max.
Nm mm mm Degree mm mm mm min-1 kg
602 000 00 0,15 2 6 5º 12 9 25 8000 0,014
602 001 00 0,5 3 8 5º 16 12,5 35 3000 0,028
602 002 00 1,5 6 14 5º 26 17 50 3000 0,100
Flexible Couplings EL
Material: Hubs 11 SMn Pb 37, from Ø 55 mm CK45.
Spring: Spring steel type C.
Stainless version: Hub 1.4305. A
Spring: Spring steel 1.4310.
These couplings are elastic all-metal couplings and completely main-
tenance free. The all-metal design leads to a strong resistance
against oil and higher temperatures: -40ºC to +100ºC. Stainless
version: -40ºC to +300ºC. The elastic part consists of a spring
body, made up of three layers of wound springs welded into the
connecting hubs. The couplings are suitable for both rotating
directions. They can be locked against rotation with a feather
key or with pins. The couplings are press-fitted. Demounting is
done by pressing or pulling off. Vibrations and shocks are largely
absorbed. Depending on the length of the coupling - S, L or Db -
bending of 3 - 6º or axial displacement of 3 - 6% of the nominal
shaft diameter are possible.
Couplings are available pre-drilled ex stock.
Customized bores and feather-key grooves available at extra charge.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 602 016 00, Clutch EL, Pre-bored
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Nomin. Bores d Length L Speed Weight
Length L Length L Length L Length L Torque Pre- max. max. S= L= Db= D F l
short short long double-length bored for pin for slot short long double. max. short long double
Stainless Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm min-1 kg kg kg
602 016 00 602 990 16 602 017 00 602 018 00 2,5 2,5 10 6 25 30 35 17 15,5 8 20000 0,032 0,036 0,039
602 005 00 602 990 05 602 006 00 602 007 00 5 3,5 12 8 35 45 50 21 19 10 15000 0,065 0,075 0,08
602 010 00 602 990 10 602 011 00 602 012 00 10 5,5 15 12 50 60 70 26 24 15 12000 0,13 0,15 0,17
602 013 00 602 990 13 602 014 00 602 015 00 10 5,5 19 14 50 60 70 30 28 15 10000 0,17 0,19 0,21
602 020 00 602 990 20 602 021 00 602 022 00 20 5,5 20 16 65 80 90 35 32 20 9000 0,31 0,36 0,39
602 023 00 602 990 23 602 024 00 602 025 00 20 5,5 25 19 65 80 90 38 36 20 8000 0,35 0,40 0,43
602 040 00 602 990 40 602 041 00 602 042 00 40 5,5 27 20 80 95 110 45 40 25 7000 0,65 0,71 0,79
602 043 00 602 990 43 602 044 00 602 045 00 40 5,5 31 24 80 95 110 48 45 25 7000 0,69 0,77 0,85
602 090 00 602 990 90 602 091 00 602 092 00 90 5,5 34 25 100 120 140 55 50 31 6000 1,19 1,34 1,50
602 110 00 602 991 10 602 111 00 602 112 00 90 5,5 35 28 100 120 140 55 52 31 6000 1,14 1,29 1,46
602 150 00 - 602 151 00 602 152 00 150 5,5 40 30 125 150 175 65 60 37 5000 2,07 2,35 2,65
602 220 00 - 602 221 00 602 222 00 220 5,5 45 35 150 180 210 75 70 44 4500 3,35 3,87 4,35
602 300 00 - 602 301 00 602 302 00 300 21 50 40 170 200 240 80 75 50 3000 4,16 4,69 5,39
602 500 00 - 602 501 00 602 502 00 500 24 64 50 210 250 300 100 95 62 1500 8,08 9,18 10,65
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
376 ®
Metal Bellow Couplings MBK and MBL
Material: Hubs aluminium, bellow stainless steel. L1
• Zero backlash, with high torsional stiffness. L2
• For highly dynamic positioning and servo systems, pumps,
portal drives etc..
• With clamps, ready-to-install for rapid mounting.
• Short and long versions with different misalignment values
D2
D1
B
and different stiffnesses.
• Many different sizes and diameters available.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +120 ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 601 518 03, Metal Bellow Coupling MBK, 3mm
Short Version MBK
Product No. Torque Bore Bore maximum Misalignment Recommended Torsional Weight
B+0.03 1) max.2) L1 L2 D1 D2 Angular Radial Axial max. Speed Stiffness
max. Nm* mm mm mm mm mm mm ±Degrees ± mm ±mm min-1 Nm/rad g
601 518 03 2 3 8 31 11 20 18,2 2 0,06 0,35 5000 315 16
601 518 04 2 4 8 31 11 20 18,2 2 0,06 0,35 5000 315 16
601 518 05 2 5 8 31 11 20 18,2 2 0,06 0,35 5000 315 16
601 518 06 2 6 8 31 11 20 18,2 2 0,06 0,35 5000 315 16
601 518 08 2 8 8 31 11 20 18,2 2 0,06 0,35 5000 315 16
601 523 06 3,2 6 12 37,5 14 26 23,4 2 0,06 0,36 5000 755 34
601 523 08 3,2 8 12 37,5 14 26 23,4 2 0,06 0,36 5000 755 34
601 523 10 3,2 10 12 37,5 14 26 23,4 2 0,06 0,36 5000 755 34
601 523 12 3,2 12 12 37,5 14 26 23,4 2 0,06 0,36 5000 755 34
601 531 08 7,5 8 16 40 14 34 31 2,5 0,1 0,6 5000 1740 56
601 531 10 7,5 10 16 40 14 34 31 2,5 0,1 0,6 5000 1740 56
601 531 12 7,5 12 16 40 14 34 31 2,5 0,1 0,6 5000 1740 56
601 531 14 7,5 14 16 40 14 34 31 2,5 0,1 0,6 5000 1740 56
601 531 16 7,5 16 16 40 14 34 31 2,5 0,1 0,6 5000 1740 56
601 537 10 10 10 20 49,7 18 41 37,4 2,5 0,15 0,8 5000 2880 99
601 537 12 10 12 20 49,7 18 41 37,4 2,5 0,15 0,8 5000 2880 99
601 537 14 10 14 20 49,7 18 41 37,4 2,5 0,15 0,8 5000 2880 99
601 537 16 10 16 20 49,7 18 41 37,4 2,5 0,15 0,8 5000 2880 99
601 537 18 10 18 20 49,7 18 41 37,4 2,5 0,15 0,8 5000 2880 99
601 537 20 10 20 20 49,7 18 41 37,4 2,5 0,15 0,8 5000 2880 99
1)
Standard bores. 2)
Different bores (even one-sided) up to max bore available against surcharge.
Long Version MBL
Product No. Torque Bore Bore maximum Misalignment Recommended Torsional Weight
B+0.03 1) max.2) L1 L2 D1 D2 Angular Radial Axial max. Speed Stiffness
max. Nm* mm mm mm mm mm mm ±Degrees ± mm ±mm min-1 Nm/rad g
601 618 03 1 3 8 45,2 11 20 18,2 6 0,5 1 5000 170 18
601 618 04 1 4 8 45,2 11 20 18,2 6 0,5 1 5000 170 18
601 618 05 1 5 8 45,2 11 20 18,2 6 0,5 1 5000 170 18
601 618 06 1 6 8 45,2 11 20 18,2 6 0,5 1 5000 170 18
601 618 08 1 8 8 45,2 11 20 18,2 6 0,5 1 5000 170 18
601 623 06 1,6 6 12 54,3 14 26 23,4 6 0,5 1 5000 380 38
601 623 08 1,6 8 12 54,3 14 26 23,4 6 0,5 1 5000 380 38
601 623 10 1,6 10 12 54,3 14 26 23,4 6 0,5 1 5000 380 38
601 623 12 1,6 12 12 54,3 14 26 23,4 6 0,5 1 5000 380 38
601 631 08 3,8 8 16 57 14 34 31 8 1 1,9 5000 915 63
601 631 10 3,8 10 16 57 14 34 31 8 1 1,9 5000 915 63
601 631 12 3,8 12 16 57 14 34 31 8 1 1,9 5000 915 63
601 631 14 3,8 14 16 57 14 34 31 8 1 1,9 5000 915 63
601 631 16 3,8 16 16 57 14 34 31 8 1 1,9 5000 915 63
601 637 10 5 10 20 71,4 18 41 37,4 8 1,2 2,5 5000 1310 107
601 637 12 5 12 20 71,4 18 41 37,4 8 1,2 2,5 5000 1310 107
601 637 14 5 14 20 71,4 18 41 37,4 8 1,2 2,5 5000 1310 107
601 637 16 5 16 20 71,4 18 41 37,4 8 1,2 2,5 5000 1310 107
601 637 18 5 18 20 71,4 18 41 37,4 8 1,2 2,5 5000 1310 107
601 637 20 5 20 20 71,4 18 41 37,4 8 1,2 2,5 5000 1310 107
1)
Standard bores. 2) Different bores (even one-sided) up to max bore available against surcharge.
* The maximum torque is calculated for drives with uniform load and Operating Factors
constant speed, and without shaft misalignment or axial displacement
e.g.: Type of Load Operating Factor
Counter torque of application = 2 Nm Uniform Load 1.5
Operating factor =3 Alternating Load 2
Required torque = 6 Nm Shock load 3
Reversing shock load 4
Select a coupling, with a max. torque larger than 6 Nm. Please note
that the max. misalignment values (axial, radial and angular displace-
ment) are mutually exclusive, i.e., if the misalignment in one direction
reaches the maximum, the other two remaining misalignments must Fastening torques page 378
be at zero.
® 377
Metal Bellow Couplings MCK and MCL
Material: Aluminium clamp hubs, stainless steel bellow. L1
• Zero backlash, with high torsional stiffness. L2
• For machine tools, packing machines, textile machines,
Linear drives etc..
• With clamps, ready-to-install for rapid mounting.
• Short and long versions with different misalignment values
D2
D1
B
and different stiffnesses.
• Many different sizes and diameters available.
Temperature range: -30ºC to +120 ºC.
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 601 546 10, Metal Bellow Coupling MCK, 10mm
Short version MCK
Product No. Torque Bore Bore Breakdown- max. misalignment Recommended Torsional Weight
BH7 1) max.2) L1± 2 L2 D Ø 3) Angular Radial Axial max. Speed stiffness approx.
max. Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm ±Degrees ±mm ±mm min-1 Nm/rad g
601 546 10 18 10 25,4 63 19,5 45 48 1,5 0,2 0,5 12800 20000 200
601 546 11 18 11 25,4 63 19,5 45 48 1,5 0,2 0,5 12800 20000 200
601 546 14 18 14 25,4 63 19,5 45 48 1,5 0,2 0,5 12800 20000 200
601 546 19 18 19 25,4 63 19,5 45 48 1,5 0,2 0,5 12800 20000 200
601 546 24 18 24 25,4 63 19,5 45 48 1,5 0,2 0,5 12800 20000 200
601 546 25 18 25 25,4 63 19,5 45 48 1,5 0,2 0,5 12800 20000 200
601 556 10 30 10 30 65 24,5 56 - 1,5 0,15 0,6 10300 38000 270
601 556 11 30 11 30 65 24,5 56 - 1,5 0,15 0,6 10300 38000 270
601 556 14 30 14 30 65 24,5 56 - 1,5 0,15 0,6 10300 38000 270
601 556 19 30 19 30 65 24,5 56 - 1,5 0,15 0,6 10300 38000 270
601 556 24 30 24 30 65 24,5 56 - 1,5 0,15 0,6 10300 38000 270
601 556 25 30 25 30 65 24,5 56 - 1,5 0,15 0,6 10300 38000 270
601 566 14 60 14 35 79 29 66 67 1,5 0,15 0,6 8700 75000 500
601 566 19 60 19 35 79 29 66 67 1,5 0,15 0,6 8700 75000 500
601 566 24 60 24 35 79 29 66 67 1,5 0,15 0,6 8700 75000 500
601 566 28 60 28 35 79 29 66 67 1,5 0,15 0,6 8700 75000 500
601 566 32 60 32 35 79 29 66 67 1,5 0,15 0,6 8700 75000 500
601 566 35 60 35 35 79 29 66 67 1,5 0,15 0,6 8700 75000 500
1)
Standard bores. 2) Different bores (even one-sided) up to max bore as well feather keyways, available against surcharge.
3)
Screw head protrudes past D.
Long version MCL
Product No. Torque Bore Bore Breakdown- max. misalignment Recommended Torsional Weight
BH7 1) max.2) L1± 2 L2 D Ø 3) Angular Radial Axial max. Speed stiffness approx.
max. Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm ±Degrees ±mm ±mm min-1 Nm/rad g
601 646 10 18 10 25,4 71 19,5 45 48 2 0,25 0,5 12800 15000 200
601 646 11 18 11 25,4 71 19,5 45 48 2 0,25 0,5 12800 15000 200
601 646 14 18 14 25,4 71 19,5 45 48 2 0,25 0,5 12800 15000 200
601 646 19 18 19 25,4 71 19,5 45 48 2 0,25 0,5 12800 15000 200
601 646 24 18 24 25,4 71 19,5 45 48 2 0,25 0,5 12800 15000 200
601 646 25 18 25 25,4 71 19,5 45 48 2 0,25 0,5 12800 15000 200
601 656 10 30 10 30 73 24,5 56 - 2 0,25 1 10300 28000 270
601 656 11 30 11 30 73 24,5 56 - 2 0,25 1 10300 28000 270
601 656 14 30 14 30 73 24,5 56 - 2 0,25 1 10300 28000 270
601 656 19 30 19 30 73 24,5 56 - 2 0,25 1 10300 28000 270
601 656 24 30 24 30 73 24,5 56 - 2 0,25 1 10300 28000 270
601 656 25 30 25 30 73 24,5 56 - 2 0,25 1 10300 28000 270
601 666 14 60 14 35 89 29 66 67 2 0,25 1 8700 50000 500
601 666 19 60 19 35 89 29 66 67 2 0,25 1 8700 50000 500
601 666 24 60 24 35 89 29 66 67 2 0,25 1 8700 50000 500
601 666 28 60 28 35 89 29 66 67 2 0,25 1 8700 50000 500
601 666 32 60 32 35 89 29 66 67 2 0,25 1 8700 50000 500
601 666 35 60 35 35 89 29 66 67 2 0,25 1 8700 50000 500
1)
Standard bores. 2) Different bores (even one-sided) up to max bore as well feather keyways, available against surcharge.
3)
Screw head protrudes past D.
Tightening torques for the mounting screws Operating factors
Types MBK and MBL Types MCK and MCL
Type of Load Operating factor
Hub-Ø Screw Tightening Hub-Ø Screw Tightening
Uniform Load 1.5
D2 size Torque D size Torque Alternating Load 2
mm Nm mm DIN 912 Nm Shock Load 2.5
18,2 M2,5 1,32 45 M5 8 Reversing shock load 4
23,4 M3 2,43 56 M6 12
31 M3 2,43 66 M8 30 Please note that the max. misalignment values (axial, radial and angular dis-
37,4 M4 5,66 placement) are mutually exclusive. If the misalignment in one direction reaches
the maximum, the other two remaining misalignments must be at zero.
378 ®
Membrane Couplings, Clamp Style MEM
Materials:
Hubs and sleeves: Aluminium alloy 2011T3 and 2011T8
BS 4300/5 FC1,
clear anodised finish.
Membranes: stainless high-quality spring steel.
Screw connection: Screws: heat-treated steel,
burnished.
Bushes: Steel zinc-plated and chromated black.
Connecting parts: Heat-treated steel, burnished.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +120ºC.
Max. speed: 5,000 min -1.
Torsionally-stiff construction, no moving parts, all-metal design,
low moment of inertia.
The functional principle offers the highest operational readiness
to be achieved with flexible couplings. Excellent kinematic prop-
erties and high torsion-spring stiffness. Suitable for servo drives.
Tolerant flexural system and a dynamically balanced construc-
tion for high-end positioning and servo drives.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 601 701 00, Membrane Coupling MEM, 4 mm Bore
Product No. Torque Bore L L 1* D1 max. Misalignment Torsional Weight
max. B +0.03 Angular Radial Axial Stiffness
Nm mm mm mm mm ± Grad ± mm ± mm Nm/rad g
601 701 00 0,9 4 34,5 9,2 19,2 4 0,4 0,2 145 14
601 702 00 0,9 5 34,5 9,2 19,2 4 0,4 0,2 145 14
601 703 00 0,9 6 34,5 9,2 19,2 4 0,4 0,2 145 14
601 707 00 2,3 5 36,1 10 25,6 4 0,4 0,2 400 25
601 708 00 2,3 6 36,1 10 25,6 4 0,4 0,2 400 25
601 709 00 2,3 8 36,1 10 25,6 4 0,4 0,2 400 25
601 713 00 5,6 6 50,8 14 33,5 3 0,4 0,2 980 55
601 714 00 5,6 8 50,8 14 33,5 3 0,4 0,2 980 55
601 715 00 5,6 10 50,8 14 33,5 3 0,4 0,2 980 55
601 719 00 11,3 12 60,1 17 41,5 2 0,4 0,2 2020 109
601 720 00 11,3 14 60,1 17 41,5 2 0,4 0,2 2020 109
601 721 00 11,3 16 60,1 17 41,5 2 0,4 0,2 2020 109
601 725 00 30 16 78,1 22,9 52 2 0,4 0,2 4800 247
601 726 00 30 20 78,1 22,9 52 2 0,4 0,2 4800 247
601 729 00 60 20 90,7 26 66 2 0,4 0,2 12000 444
601 730 00 60 28 90,7 26 66 2 0,4 0,2 12000 444
* Depth of bore, remaining length relieved.
Operating Factor
Type of Load Operating Factor
Uniform 1.5
Alternating 2
Shock 3
Reversing 4
Selection Tool
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
® 379
Curved-Tooth Gear Couplings BW, Polyamide 6.6
Bore tolerance + 0.05/-0.10 mm
with feather keyways according to DIN
6885/1.
Largest axial displacement = max. ±1 mm.
Largest angular displacement = max. ±1º.
No radial displacement. The permissible
displacement values are dependent on
power and speed.
Max. speed: 6000 min -1
Both parts have to be ordered seperately.
.
Hub Part Sleeve Part
Ordering Details: e.g.:
1 Item Coupling BW, Bore d 1 = 6, d 2 = 10 mm:
1 Item Product No. 607 006 00 Hub Part
1 Item Product No. 606 110 00 Sleeve Part
Product No. Size Product No. Torque Torque Weight Weight
Hub d1 D1 Sleeve d2 D 2 normal peak DH B* I1 E L LH M F Hub Sleeve
mm mm mm mm Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
607 006 00 14 6 22 - - - 5 10 40 15 23 2 48 40 8 18,5 13,5 -
607 007 00 14 7 22 - - - 5 10 40 15 23 2 48 40 8 18,5 13,5 -
607 008 00 14 8 22 - - - 5 10 40 15 23 2 48 40 8 18,5 13,5 -
607 009 00 14 9 22 - - - 5 10 40 15 23 2 48 40 8 18,5 13,5 -
607 010 00 14 10 23 606 110 00 10 25 5 10 40 15 23 2 48 40 8 18,5 13,5 28
607 011 00 14 11 23 606 111 00 11 25 5 10 40 15 23 2 48 40 8 18,5 13,5 28
607 012 00 14 12 26 606 112 00 12 26 5 10 40 15 23 2 48 40 8 18,5 13,5 28
607 014 00 14 14 26 606 114 00 14 26 5 10 40 15 23 2 48 40 8 18,5 13,5 28
607 212 00 19 12 27 - - - 8 16 47 16 25 2 52 42 10 19,0 15,5 -
607 214 00 19 14 27 606 314 00 14 29 8 16 47 16 25 2 52 42 10 19,0 15,5 32
607 216 00 19 16 30 606 315 00 15 29 8 16 47 16 25 2 52 42 10 19,0 15,5 32
607 219 00 19 19 32 606 319 00 19 35 8 16 47 16 25 2 52 42 10 19,0 15,5 32
607 410 00 24 10 26 - - - 12 24 53 17 26 2 54 45 9 21,5 25 -
607 411 00 24 11 26 - - - 12 24 53 17 26 2 54 45 9 21,5 25 -
607 412 00 24 12 26 - - - 12 24 53 17 26 2 54 45 9 21,5 25 -
607 414 00 24 14 32 606 514 00 14 32 12 24 53 17 26 2 54 45 9 21,5 25 45
607 415 00 24 15 32 - - - 12 24 53 17 26 2 54 45 9 21,5 25 -
607 416 00 24 16 32 - - - 12 24 53 17 26 2 54 45 9 21,5 25 -
607 418 00 24 18 36 - - - 12 24 53 17 26 2 54 45 9 21,5 25 -
607 419 00 24 19 36 606 519 00 19 36 12 24 53 17 26 2 54 45 9 21,5 25 45
607 420 00 24 20 36 606 520 00 20 36 12 24 53 17 26 2 54 45 9 21,5 25 45
607 424 00 24 24 38 606 524 00 24 40 12 24 53 17 26 2 54 45 9 21,5 25 45
* B is the minimum dimension by which a machine part has to be moved in order to demount one of the coupled units in vertical direction.
General Mounting
All parts of the couplings are made from plastic (polyamide). Align shafts, put feather keys into the keyways, push hub and
This means large wear resistance and excellent resistance to sleeve part onto the shaft. The set screws can be entered. Now
oils, fats, grease, fuels, alcohols, esters, ketones, and grachatic the hub part is pushed that far into the sleeve part, that a gap
hydrocarbons. But concentrated mineral acids, formic acid, of 2mm remains between the shaft ends. Then the set screws
kresol, glycol and benzyl alcohol can - especially at higher tem- have to be tightened firmly.
peratures - dissolve polyamide 6.6. The plastics are resistant to
condensation and splash water. Operating temperature -25ºC to
+100ºC.
The torque of the couplings is transmitted from the first hub
with the toothing via the sleeve part with straight inner toothing
onto the second hub. Horizontal as well as vertical shaft connec-
tion is possible. The curved-tooth gear couplings BW compen-
sate angular and axial misalignment of the shafts.
When running the coupling in, the outer layer of the plastic
teeth is worn away. The resulting flocculent abrasion is not to
be interpreted as wear. Simple mounting - no maintenance - low
weight - long service life.
380 ®
Curved-Tooth Gear Couplings BOZ, Polyamide 6.6
Tolerance of the bore + 0.05/-0.10 mm
with feather keyway according to DIN
6885/1.
Largest axial displacement = max. ± 1 mm.
Largest angular displacement = max. ± 1º.
per hub part.
Largest radial displacement at 1500 min -1 .
Product No. 607 000 00 to 607 200 00
= max. 0.3 mm.
Product No. 607 400 00 = max. 0.35 mm.
The permissible displacement values are
dependent on power and speed.
Max. speed: 6,000 min -1 .
All 3 parts have to be ordered seperately.
Ordering Details: e.g.:
1 Item Coupling BOZ 5 Nm
Bore d 1 = 8, d 2 = 10 mm:
1 Item Product No. 607 000 00, Sleeve Part
1 Item Product No. 607 008 00, Hub Part d1
1 Item Product No. 607 010 00, Hub Part d2
Product No. Size Product No. Torque Torque Weight Weight
Hub d1 Sleeve normal peak D1 DH B* I1 E L LH M Hub Sleeve
mm Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
607 006 00 14 6 607 000 00 5 10 22 40 15 23 4 50 37 6,5 13,5 27
607 007 00 14 7 607 000 00 5 10 22 40 15 23 4 50 37 6,5 13,5 27
607 008 00 14 8 607 000 00 5 10 22 40 15 23 4 50 37 6,5 13,5 27
607 009 00 14 9 607 000 00 5 10 22 40 15 23 4 50 37 6,5 13,5 27
607 010 00 14 10 607 000 00 5 10 23 40 15 23 4 50 37 6,5 13,5 27
607 011 00 14 11 607 000 00 5 10 23 40 15 23 4 50 37 6,5 13,5 27
607 012 00 14 12 607 000 00 5 10 26 40 15 23 4 50 37 6,5 13,5 27
607 014 00 14 14 607 000 00 5 10 26 40 15 23 4 50 37 6,5 13,5 27
607 212 00 19 12 607 200 00 8 16 27 47 16 25 4 54 37 8,5 15,5 34
607 214 00 19 14 607 200 00 8 16 27 47 16 25 4 54 37 8,5 15,5 34
607 216 00 19 16 607 200 00 8 16 30 47 16 25 4 54 37 8,5 15,5 34
607 219 00 19 19 607 200 00 8 16 32 47 16 25 4 54 37 8,5 15,5 34
607 410 00 24 10 607 400 00 12 24 26 53 17 26 4 56 41 7,5 25 40
607 411 00 24 11 607 400 00 12 24 26 53 17 26 4 56 41 7,5 25 40
607 412 00 24 12 607 400 00 12 24 26 53 17 26 4 56 41 7,5 25 40
607 414 00 24 14 607 400 00 12 24 32 53 17 26 4 56 41 7,5 25 40
607 415 00 24 15 607 400 00 12 24 32 53 17 26 4 56 41 7,5 25 40
607 416 00 24 16 607 400 00 12 24 32 53 17 26 4 56 41 7,5 25 40
607 418 00 24 18 607 400 00 12 24 36 53 17 26 4 56 41 7,5 25 40
607 419 00 24 19 607 400 00 12 24 36 53 17 26 4 56 41 7,5 25 40
607 420 00 24 20 607 400 00 12 24 36 53 17 26 4 56 41 7,5 25 40
607 424 00 24 24 607 400 00 12 24 38,5 53 17 26 4 56 41 7,5 25 40
* B is the minimum dimension by which a machine part has to be moved in order to demount one of the coupled units in vertical direction.
General Mounting
The couplings BOZ are double-cardanic couplings to compensate Align shafts, put feather keys into the keyways, push hub and
radial and angular misalignment. sleeve part onto the shaft. The set screws can be entered. Now
All parts of the couplings are made from plastic (polyamide) and the hub part is pushed that far into the sleeve part, that a gap
consist of one sleeve part with 2 internal toothings and 2 hub of 4mm remains between the shaft ends. Then the set screws
parts d 1 and d 2 with external toothing. have to be tightened firmly.
This means large wear resistance and excellent resistance to
oils, fats, grease, fuels, alcohols, esters, ketones, and grachatic
hydrocarbons. But concentrated mineral acids, formic acid,
kresol, glycol and benzyl alcohol can - especially at higher tem-
peratures - dissolve polyamide 6.6. The plastics are resistant to
condensation and splash water. Operating temperature -25ºC to
Selection Tool
+100ºC.
When running the coupling in, the outer layer of the plastic
teeth is worn away. The resulting flocculent abrasion is not to
be interpreted as wear. Simple mounting - no maintenance - low
weight - long service life.
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
® 381
Curved-Tooth Gear Couplings BOS II made from Polyamide/Sintered Metal
Material: Sleeve part: polyamide 6.6.
Hub parts: sintered metal, burnished.
B**
Bore tolerance H7 with keyways DIN 6885/1 M LH M
and set screws (2 screws per hub).
Hubs with * are pre-bored, without keyway and
without set screw threads.
Axial displacement = max. ± 2 mm per hub.
Angular displacement = max. ± 1º per hub.
DH
D
d1
d2
Radial displacement = max. 0.3 mm at 1500 min -1 .
The permissible displacement values are dependent
on power and speed.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +80ºC, E
short time up to +120°C. l1 l1
All 3 parts have to be ordered seperately. L
Other sizes and bores on request.
Ordering Details: e.g. for coupling Size 14,
with bore 8mm and bore 10mm: Position of set screws:
1 Item Product No. 607 614 08 Hub, size 14, bore 8mm 1 x on opposite of keyway, 1 x 90° displaced.
1 Item Product No. 607 614 10 Hub, size 14, bore 10mm
1 Item Product No. 607 614 00 Sleeve, size 14
Product No. Size Hub- Product No. Torque Speed Weight Weight
Hub bore Sleeve normal peak max. D DH B** I1 E L LH M Hub Sleeve
d1 / d2 Nm Nm min -1 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
607 614 01* 14 5* 607 614 00 12 22 13000 25 41 14 20 9 49 37 6 80 25
607 614 08 14 8 607 614 00 12 22 13000 25 41 14 20 9 49 37 6 80 25
607 614 10 14 10 607 614 00 12 22 13000 25 41 14 20 9 49 37 6 80 25
607 614 12 14 12 607 614 00 12 22 13000 25 41 14 20 9 49 37 6 80 25
607 614 14 14 14 607 614 00 12 22 13000 25 41 14 20 9 49 37 6 80 25
607 619 01* 19 10* 607 619 00 18 30 11000 32 48 14 21 9 51 37 7 100 35
607 619 10 19 10 607 619 00 18 30 11000 32 48 14 21 9 51 37 7 100 35
607 619 12 19 12 607 619 00 18 30 11000 32 48 14 21 9 51 37 7 100 35
607 619 14 19 14 607 619 00 18 30 11000 32 48 14 21 9 51 37 7 100 35
607 619 15 19 15 607 619 00 18 30 11000 32 48 14 21 9 51 37 7 100 35
607 619 16 19 16 607 619 00 18 30 11000 32 48 14 21 9 51 37 7 100 35
607 619 19 19 19 607 619 00 18 30 11000 32 48 14 21 9 51 37 7 100 35
607 624 01* 24 10* 607 624 00 24 36 10000 36 52 13,5 21 13 55 40 7,5 150 35
607 624 12 24 12 607 624 00 24 36 10000 36 52 13,5 21 13 55 40 7,5 150 35
607 624 14 24 14 607 624 00 24 36 10000 36 52 13,5 21 13 55 40 7,5 150 35
607 624 15 24 15 607 624 00 24 36 10000 36 52 13,5 21 13 55 40 7,5 150 35
607 624 16 24 16 607 624 00 24 36 10000 36 52 13,5 21 13 55 40 7,5 150 35
607 624 19 24 19 607 624 00 24 36 10000 36 52 13,5 21 13 55 40 7,5 150 35
607 624 20 24 20 607 624 00 24 36 10000 36 52 13,5 21 13 55 40 7,5 150 35
607 624 24 24 24 607 624 00 24 36 10000 36 52 13,5 21 13 55 40 7,5 150 35
* Hubs pre-bored, without keyway, set screw threads and screws.
** B is the minimum dimension by which a machine part has to be moved in order to demount one of the coupled units in vertical direction.
General Mounting
When running the coupling in, the outer layer of the plastic Align shafts, put feather keys into the shafts, push hubs onto
teeth is worn away. The resulting flocculent abrasion is not to the shafts. Push the hubs into the sleeve part, until you reach
be interpreted as wear. Simple mounting - no maintenance - low length L. The distance between the shafts should be measure E.
weight - long service life. Then the set screws have to be tightened firmly.
382 ®
Curved-Tooth Gear Couplings BOS II made from Polyamide/Sintered Metal
Material: Sleeve part: polyamide 6.6.
Hub parts: sintered metal, burnished.
B**
Bore tolerance H7 with keyways DIN 6885/1 M LH M
and set screws (2 screws per hub).
Hubs with * are pre-bored, without keyway and
without set screw threads.
Axial displacement = max. ± 2 mm per hub.
Angular displacement = max. ± 1º per hub.
DH
D
d1
d2
Radial displacement = max. 0.3 mm at 1500 min -1 .
The permissible displacement values are dependent
on power and speed.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +80ºC, E
short time up to +120°C. l1 l1
L
All 3 parts have to be ordered seperately.
Other sizes and bores on request.
Ordering Details: e.g. for coupling Size 28,
with bore 14m and bore 15mm: Position of set screws:
1 Item Product No. 607 628 14 Hub, size 28, bore 14mm 1 x on keyway, 1 x 90° displaced.
1 Item Product No. 607 628 15 Hub, size 28, bore 15mm
1 Item Product No. 607 628 00 Sleeve, size 28
Product No. Size Hub- Product No. Torque Speed Weight Weight
Hub bore Sleeve normal peak max. D DH B** I1 E L LH M Hub Sleeve
d1 / d2 Nm Nm min -1 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
607 628 01* 28 6* 607 628 00 48 85 8000 44 67 16,5 35 13 83 46 18,5 380 70
607 628 14 28 14 607 628 00 48 85 8000 44 67 16,5 35 13 83 46 18,5 380 70
607 628 15 28 15 607 628 00 48 85 8000 44 67 16,5 35 13 83 46 18,5 380 70
607 628 16 28 16 607 628 00 48 85 8000 44 67 16,5 35 13 83 46 18,5 380 70
607 628 18 28 18 607 628 00 48 85 8000 44 67 16,5 35 13 83 46 18,5 380 70
607 628 19 28 19 607 628 00 48 85 8000 44 67 16,5 35 13 83 46 18,5 380 70
607 628 20 28 20 607 628 00 48 85 8000 44 67 16,5 35 13 83 46 18,5 380 70
607 628 22 28 22 607 628 00 48 85 8000 44 67 16,5 35 13 83 46 18,5 380 70
607 628 24 28 24 607 628 00 48 85 8000 44 67 16,5 35 13 83 46 18,5 380 70
607 628 25 28 25 607 628 00 48 85 8000 44 67 16,5 35 13 83 46 18,5 380 70
607 632 01* 32 12* 607 632 00 65 110 7300 50 76 17 35 13 83 47 18 500 90
607 632 19 32 19 607 632 00 65 110 7300 50 76 17 35 13 83 47 18 500 90
607 632 20 32 20 607 632 00 65 110 7300 50 76 17 35 13 83 47 18 500 90
607 632 22 32 22 607 632 00 65 110 7300 50 76 17 35 13 83 47 18 500 90
607 632 24 32 24 607 632 00 65 110 7300 50 76 17 35 13 83 47 18 500 90
607 632 25 32 25 607 632 00 65 110 7300 50 76 17 35 13 83 47 18 500 90
607 638 01* 38 12* 607 638 00 95 170 6500 58 84 17,5 35 13 83 48 17,5 650 105
607 638 19 38 19 607 638 00 95 170 6500 58 84 17,5 35 13 83 48 17,5 650 105
607 638 20 38 20 607 638 00 95 170 6500 58 84 17,5 35 13 83 48 17,5 650 105
607 638 22 38 22 607 638 00 95 170 6500 58 84 17,5 35 13 83 48 17,5 650 105
607 638 25 38 25 607 638 00 95 170 6500 58 84 17,5 35 13 83 48 17,5 650 105
607 638 30 38 30 607 638 00 95 170 6500 58 84 17,5 35 13 83 48 17,5 650 105
607 642 01* 42 12* 607 642 00 115 220 6200 68 93 17,5 38 14 90 49 20,5 930 130
607 642 25 42 25 607 642 00 115 220 6200 68 93 17,5 38 14 90 49 20,5 930 130
607 642 30 42 30 607 642 00 115 220 6200 68 93 17,5 38 14 90 49 20,5 930 130
607 642 35 42 35 607 642 00 115 220 6200 68 93 17,5 38 14 90 49 20,5 930 130
607 642 38 42 38 607 642 00 115 220 6200 68 93 17,5 38 14 90 49 20,5 930 130
607 648 01* 48 12* 607 648 00 160 300 5500 68 98 19 45 11 101 49 26 1100 160
607 648 30 48 30 607 648 00 160 300 5500 68 98 19 45 11 101 49 26 1100 160
607 648 35 48 35 607 648 00 160 300 5500 68 98 19 45 11 101 49 26 1100 160
607 648 38 48 38 607 648 00 160 300 5500 68 98 19 45 11 101 49 26 1100 160
607 648 40 48 40 607 648 00 160 300 5500 68 98 19 45 11 101 49 26 1100 160
* Hubs pre-bored, without keyway, set screw threads and screws.
** B is the minimum dimension by which a machine part has to be moved in order to demount one of the coupled units in vertical direction.
General Mounting
Simple mounting - no maintenance - long service life. Align shafts, put feather keys into the shafts, push hubs onto
When running the coupling in, the outer layer of the plastic the shafts. Push the hubs into the sleeve part, until you reach
teeth is worn away. The resulting flocculent abrasion is not to length L. The distance between the shafts should be measure E.
be interpreted as wear. Then the set screws have to be tightened firmly.
® 383
Chain Couplings with Casing
Material: Chain wheels made from steel, teeth hardened.
Chain with clip link made from steel. L2
Casing made from aluminium, yellow painted,
with o-ring-seals.
• Elastic transmission of torque.
• Compensation of large shaft disalignment.
• Fast declutching by simply loosening the chain.
D2
D1
• Axial shaft movement is allowed.
G
• Not for strong shocks recommend.
The chain wheels are pre-bored. Customized bores,
featherkeys and setscrew threads against extra charge.
At mounting, the casing has to be filled with grease.
Temperature range: -30ºC to +120ºC. l S l
L
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 330 12, Chain Coupling Type 3012
Product No. Chain- Torque Speed Product No.
Coupling Type size Nom. Peak max. d dmax. D1 D2 G L L2 l s Weight spare part Weight
complete DIN Nm Nm min -1 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg Chain kg
140 330 12 3012 06 B-2 45 190 5000 12 16 27,2 69 45 65,0 63 29,5 6,0 0,53 140 331 12 0,09
140 340 12 4012 08 A-2 110 249 4800 12 22 36 77 62 79,4 72 36,0 7,4 1,03 140 341 12 0,18
140 340 14 4014 08 A-2 150 329 4800 12 28 45 84 69 79,4 75 36,0 7,4 1,43 140 341 14 0,21
140 340 16 4016 08 A-2 180 419 4800 13,5 32 51,5 92 77 87,4 75 40,0 7,4 1,85 140 341 16 0,24
140 350 14 5014 10 A-2 250 620 3600 14,5 35 56 101 86 99,7 85 45,0 9,7 2,62 140 351 14 0,43
140 350 16 5016 10 A-2 300 791 3600 14,5 40 64 111 96 99,7 85 45,0 9,7 3,25 140 351 16 0,49
140 350 18 5018 10 A-2 380 979 3000 16 45 73,5 122 106 99,7 85 45,0 9,7 4,20 140 351 18 0,55
140 360 18 6018 12 A-2 630 1810 2500 20 56 89,5 147 127 123,5 105 56,0 11,5 7,75 140 361 18 0,99
140 360 20 6020 12 A-2 770 2210 2500 20 60 102,5 160 139 123,5 105 56,0 11,5 9,58 140 361 20 1,11
Chain Couplings
Material: Steel, with double-strand chain DIN 8187. L
The couplings are delivered assembled or unassembled. B
The chain is packed separately. Number of teeth = 18.
• Elastic transmission of torque.
• Compensation of large shaft disalignment.
• Fast declutching by simply loosening the chain.
• Axial shaft movement is allowed.
D1
G
• Not for strong shocks recommend.
The chain wheels are pre-bored. Customized bores, featherkeys
and setscrew threads against extra charge.
Temperature range: -30ºC to +220ºC. I
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 301 00, Chain Coupling 06 B-2
Product No. DIN-ISO Nominal* Moment P/n* n d D1 I B Max. Space required Weight
Torque of Inertia mD2 max. max. min. Ø G L
Nm kgm2 kW/min-1 min-1 mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
140 301 00 06 B-2 95 0,00117 0,0097 6000 12 45 25 15,2 63,9 55 0,78
140 304 00 08 B-2 240 0,00474 0,0246 5500 15 60 32 20,7 86 71 1,83
140 308 00 10 B-2 380 0,013 0,039 4500 15 75 35 25 107 78 3,21
140 312 00 12 B-2 600 0,0301 0,0616 3000 25 90 40 29,5 126,5 89,5 4,97
140 316 00 16 B-2 1480 0,158 0,1519 2500 30 120 60 46,7 170 137 12,30
* Selection according to the ratio of driving power to speed (P/n), the nominal torque must not be exceeded (incl. operating factor).
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
384 ®
Elastic Couplings MU
Material: The two halves of the coupling are made from
magnesium alloy. Insert made from neoprene.
These couplings are particularly suited for pump drives,
requiring high torque combined with a low-weight coupling.
The two halves of the coupling are made from special magnesium
alloy. This keeps the weight of the coupling down. The insert,
made from neoprene, elastically assimilates shock loads. The rim
of the neoprene insert automatically leads to the correct axial
clearance. Its sealing property also means that the coupling does
not need to be protected, even in dusty environments.
No frictional corrosion, i.e., easy disassembly even after
longterm use. The two halves of the coupling offer full electric
insulation.
Couplings are available pre-drilled ex stock.
Customized bores and feather-key grooves available at extra charge.
Temperature range: -30ºC to +120ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 603 022 00, Coupling MU, without Bore
Product No. Torque Torque max. Bores Distance between Weight
nominal max. Speed pre-bored max. A B C D E Shaft Ends
Nm Nm min-1 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm min. mm max. mm kg
603 022 00 38,5 150 23100 - 22 66 66 51 14 17 1,6 19 0,34
603 028 00 45 200 19900 - 28 79 74 57 17 21 1,6 22 0,45
603 038 00 79 380 15800 - 38 92 88 74 20 24 1,6 22 0,9
603 044 00 119 600 14700 - 44 109 102 77 26 27 1,6 28,6 1,36
603 057 00 248 800 11200 - 57 120 122 102 27 31 1,6 32 1,8
603 064 00 559 1580 9800 - 64 152 152 114 41 34 1,6 35 3,17
603 073 00 1315 2500 8600 - 73 180 175 132 53 33 1,6 47,6 5,4
Product No. Product No. Weight Product No. Product No. Weight
of coupling Spare Part Insert g of coupling Spare Part Insert g
603 022 00 603 122 00 20 603 057 00 603 157 00 70
603 028 00 603 128 00 46 603 064 00 603 164 00 80
603 038 00 603 138 00 50 603 073 00 603 173 00 90
603 044 00 603 144 00 60
Highly Elastic Couplings PU
Materials: Polyester, hubs either zinc plated steel
or stainless steel 1.4305. A
These torsionally-stiff couplings made in one-part
from flexible plastic are easily mounted.
They show very good chemical resistance against acids, bases, solvents,
greases and oils. They have a very high tear resistance, are highly flexible
at low temperatures, have good shock and vibration damping properties
and are corrosion resistant.
Max. speed: 3000 min -1.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +100ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 603 201 00, Highly Elastic Coupling PU, zinc-plated
Product No. Product No. torque1) Bore2) Ø max. Length Hub-Ø Hub Length max. Misalignment Screw Weight
d1+0,03 D L d h Angular Radial Axial size
zinc-plated stainless Nm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees mm mm g
603 201 00 603 992 01 0,5 (0,8) 6 (10) 27 27 18 7,9 10 2,6 4,5 M3 25
603 202 00 603 992 02 1,8 (3) 10 (12,7) 48 48 25 12,7 15 3,2 7,5 M4 92
603 205 00 603 992 05 5 (8) 12 (16) 54 55 28 16 15 3,2 8,5 M5 124
603 210 00 603 992 10 10 (18) 14 (16) 56 56 28 16 15 3,2 11 M6 136
1) Max. torque at max. shaft displacement. The bracketed values are valid for a shaft displacement of 1º, 0.5mm radial and 2mm axial.
2) Standard bore. Other bore sizes on request. Bracketed values: Max. possible bores.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 385
Elastic Couplings ME
Material: Polyamide.
These plastic couplings consist of only two parts. There are none s
of the usual toothed rings or rubber inserts. The coupling bod-
ies are made from polyamide. From 3 Nm, the bores of the cou-
pling are lined with an aluminium bush. Immaculate functioning
at operating temperatures of -25º to +80ºC, short term up to
+100ºC. The couplings are resistant to condensation and splash
A
B
d
water, as well as oil, grease, fat, fuel, alcohol and bases, but
not resistant to phenol, acids and benzyl alcohol. The couplings
require no maintenance. A single application of fat or oil onto the
contact areas when mounting the coupling does however increase M
the service life.
L L
Couplings are available pre-drilled ex stock.
Customized bores and feather-key grooves available at extra charge.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 603 310 00, Coupling ME, Pre-drilled
Product No. Nominal Bores d S S S* Speed Weight
Torque pre-drilled max. A B L M min. normal max. max.
Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm min-1 kg
603 310 00 0,3 4,9 10 35 20 20 12 1,5 2 2,5 10000 0,02
603 318 00 3 5,9 18 50 35 30 19 1,5 2 2,5 9000 0,13
603 324 00 15 7,9 24 65 45 40 25 2 3 4 7000 0,33
603 332 00 40 11,8 32 80 55 50 34 2 3 4 5000 0,58
* S max. must not be exceeded at axial or angular displacement.
Elastic Couplings RN
Material: Hubs made from aluminium, plastic spider (insert)
made from polyurethane, shore hardness 92º (yellow**).
Spare part plastic insert available in 92° an 98° Shore (red).
Couplings are available undrilled or pre-drilled ex stock.
Customized bores and feather-key grooves available at extra
charge.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +90ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 605 197 00, Coupling RN
Product No. Size Torque Bores d max. Speed Torsional
nominal. max. pre-drilled max. at 30m/s Angle at B* l1 E s b L M DH D dH Weight1)
Nm Nm mm mm min-1 max. Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
605 197 00** 7 1,12 2,24 - 6,35 40000 2º 7 7 8 1 6 22 - 14 14 - 0,007
605 198 00** 9 2,93 6 - 9 28000 2º 9 10 10 1 8 30 - 20 20 7 0,017
605 199 00 14 7,5 15 - 15 19000 10º 11 11 13 1,5 10 35 - 30 30 10 0,05
605 200 00 19 10 20 5,0 19 14000 5º 13 25 16 2 12 66 20 40 32 18 0,15
605 201 00 24 35 70 7,0 24 10600 5º 15 30 18 2 14 78 24 55 40 27 0,27
605 202 00 28 95 190 9,0 28 8500 5º 16 35 20 2,5 15 90 28 65 48 30 0,46
605 203 00 38 190 380 13,6 38 7100 5º 19 45 24 3 18 114 37 80 66 38 0,98
605 204 00 42 265 530 20,0 42 6000 5º 21 50 26 3 20 126 40 95 75 46 1,15
605 205 00 48 310 620 20,0 48 5600 5º 22 56 28 3,5 21 140 45 105 85 51 1,95
* B is the average dimension by which, e.g., a driven or driving machine has to be moved in order to demount one of the coupled units in radial direction.
** Size 7 and 9: With white insert. 1) Weights refer to max. customized bore without keyways.
Matches Size Product No. Torque Product No. Torque Weight
coupling Spare Part Spider nominal max. Optional Spider Nominal max.
Product No. 92º Shore, yellow Nm Nm 98º Shore, red Nm Nm g
605 197 00 7 605 192 07** 1,12 2,24 --- --- --- 0,7
605 198 00 9 605 192 09** 2,93 5,86 --- --- --- 1,8
605 199 00 14 605 092 14 7,5 15 605 098 14 12,5 25 5
605 200 00 19 605 092 19 10 20 605 098 19 17 34 7
605 201 00 24 605 092 24 35 70 605 098 24 60 120 22
605 202 00 28 605 092 28 95 190 605 098 28 160 320 32
605 203 00 38 605 092 38 190 380 605 098 38 325 650 58
605 204 00 42 605 092 42 265 530 605 098 42 450 900 70
605 205 00 48 605 092 48 310 620 605 098 48 525 1050 98 ** Size 7 and 9: White insert.
386 ®
Elastic Couplings RNG
Material: Coupling hubs: Grey Cast Iron GJL25.
Spider (insert): Polyurethane, hardness 92ºA Shore (yellow).
Spare part plastic spider available in 92°A (yellow), 98°A (red)
or 64°D (green).
Couplings are pre-bored ex stock.
Customized bores and feather-key grooves available at extra
charge.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +90ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 605 300 00, Coupling RNG
Product No. Size Torque Bores d max. Speed Torsional
nominal. max. pre-drilled max. at 30m/s Angle at B* l1 E s b L M DH D dH Weight1)
Nm Nm mm mm min-1 max. Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
605 300 00 19 10 20 5 19 14000 5 13 25 16 2,0 12 66 20 40 32 18 0,41
605 301 00 24 35 70 7 24 10600 5 15 30 18 2,0 14 78 24 55 40 27 0,73
605 302 00 28 95 190 9 28 8500 5 16 35 20 2,5 15 90 28 65 48 30 1,24
605 303 00 38 190 380 13 38 7100 5 19 45 24 3,0 18 114 37 80 66 38 2,1
605 304 00 42 265 530 13 42 6000 5 21 50 26 3,0 20 126 40 95 75 46 3,2
605 305 00 48 310 620 16 48 5600 5 22 56 28 3,5 21 140 45 105 85 51 4,4
605 307 00 55 410 820 16 55 4750 5 23 65 30 4,0 22 160 52 120 98 60 6,6
605 308 00 65 625 1250 18 70 4250 5 27 75 35 4,5 26 185 61 135 115 68 10,1
605 309 00 75 1280 2560 25 80 3550 5 32 85 40 5,0 30 210 69 160 135 80 16,0
605 310 00 90 2400 4800 29 97 2800 5 36 100 45 5,5 34 245 81 200 160 100 27,5
605 311 00 100 3300 6600 29 115 2500 5 40 110 50 6,0 38 270 89 225 180 113 34,5
* B is the average dimension by which, e.g., a driven or driving machine has to be moved in order to demount one of the coupled units in radial direction.
1) Weights refer to max. customized bore without keyways.
Spare part spiders page 391
Elastic Couplings RNI, Stainless Steel
Material: Coupling hubs: Stainless steel 1.4301.
Spider (insert): Polyurethane, hardness 92ºA Shore A
(yellow).
Spare part plastic spider available in 92°A (yellow), 98°A (red)
or 64°D (green).
Couplings are pre-bored ex stock.
Custom bores or feather keyways available at extra charge.
Temperature range: -20ºC to +80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 605 992 00, Coupling RNI, without Bore
Product No. Size Torque d d max. Speed Torsional angle B* l1 E s b L DH dH Weight
nominal peak max. at 30 m/s at max. Nm
Nm Nm mm mm min-1 Degrees mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
605 992 00 19 10 20 - 25 14000 5 13 25 16 2,0 12 66 40 18 0,44
605 992 01 24 35 70 - 35 10600 5 15 30 18 2,0 14 78 55 27 0,78
605 992 02 28 95 190 - 40 8500 5 16 35 20 2,5 15 90 65 30 1,33
605 992 03 38 190 380 - 48 7100 5 19 45 24 3,0 18 114 80 38 2,84
605 992 04 42 265 530 - 55 6000 5 21 50 26 3,0 20 126 95 46 3,34
605 992 05 48 310 620 - 62 5600 5 22 56 28 3,5 21 140 105 51 5,66
* B is the average dimension by which, e.g., a driven or driving machine has to be moved in order to demount one of the coupled units in radial direction.
1) Weights refer to max. customized bore without keyways.
Spare part spiders page 391
Operating Instructions at www.maedler.de in the section Downloads
® 387
Elastic Couplings RNT for Taper Bushes
Material: Coupling hubs: Grey Cast Iron GJL25.
Spider (insert): Polyurethane, hardness 92ºA or 98ºA Shore.
E
Two coupling hubs combined with an insert and two taper bushes
make up a ready-to-install elastic coupling. All components have
to be ordered separately. This means accessibility (mounting from
the inside or outside) and various bore diameters can be chosen.
Temperature range: -20ºC to +80ºC.
Design IS: Mounting of bush from inside.
Design AS: Mounting of bush from outside.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 605 201 01, Coupling Hub RNT, Version IS
605 201 01, Coupling Hub RNT, Version AS
605 092 24, Spider
and two matching Clamping Bushes 2x 622 501...
Hubs for Couplings RNT
Product No. Hub Size Nominal Torque da d L l U E Bore Bore Bush Speed max. Weight
Coupling version 92 Sh 98 Sh D min. D max. No. at V=40 m/s
hub Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm min-1 kg
605 201 01 IS 24 35 60 55 55 64 23 - 18 10 25 1008 14000 0,4
605 201 02 AS 24 35 60 55 55 64 23 - 18 10 25 1008 14000 0,4
605 202 01 IS 28 95 160 65 65 66 23 - 20 10 28 1108 11800 0,6
605 202 02 AS 28 95 160 65 65 66 23 - 20 10 28 1108 11800 0,6
605 203 01 IS 38 190 325 80 78 70 23 8 24 10 28 1108 9500 0,9
605 203 02 AS 38 190 325 80 78 70 23 8 24 10 28 1108 9500 0,9
605 204 01 IS 42 265 450 95 94 78 26 10 26 12 42 1610 8000 1,5
605 204 02 AS 42 265 450 95 94 78 26 10 26 12 42 1610 8000 1,5
605 205 01 IS 48 310 525 105 104 106 39 11 28 18 42 1615 7100 2,6
605 205 02 AS 48 310 525 105 104 106 39 11 28 18 42 1615 7100 2,6
605 206 01 IS 55 410 685 120 118 96 33 13 30 12 50 2012 6300 2,8
605 206 02 AS 55 410 685 120 118 96 33 13 30 12 50 2012 6300 2,8
605 207 01 IS 65 625 940 135 115 101 33 14 35 12 50 2012 5600 3,5
605 207 02 AS 65 625 940 135 115 101 33 14 35 12 50 2012 5600 3,5
605 208 01 IS 75 1280 1920 160 135 144 46 10 40 16 65 2517 4750 6,9
605 208 02 AS 75 1280 1920 160 135 144 46 10 40 16 65 2517 4750 6,9
605 209 01 IS 90 2400 3600 200 160 149 52 19 45 25 75 3020 3750 9,6
605 209 02 AS 90 2400 3600 200 160 149 52 19 45 25 75 3020 3750 9,6
Spiders for Couplings RNT (Page 391)
Product No. Transmittable torque Product No. Transmittable torque
Size Ø 92° Shore A nominal max. alternat. 98° Shore A nominal max. alternat. Weight
mm yellow Nm Nm Nm red Nm Nm Nm kg
24 55 605 092 24 35 70 9,1 605 098 24 60 120 16 0,02
28 65 605 092 28 95 190 25 605 098 28 160 320 42 0,03
38 80 605 092 38 190 380 49 605 098 38 325 650 85 0,06
42 95 605 092 42 265 530 69 605 098 42 450 900 117 0,07
48 105 605 092 48 310 620 81 605 098 48 525 1050 137 0,10
55 120 605 092 55 410 820 107 605 098 55 685 1370 178 0,12
65 135 605 092 65 625 1250 163 605 098 65* 940 1880 244 0,21
75 160 605 092 75 1280 2560 333 605 098 75* 1920 3840 499 0,34
90 200 605 092 90 2400 4800 624 605 098 90* 3600 7200 936 0,70
* From size 65 shore hardness 95°A.
Note: Spiders with hardness 64°D Shore are not recommended for taper couplings.
Coupling hub (shown: IS)
Taper clamping bush
Taper Bushes
Spider in yellow, red or green
Coupling hub (shown: AS)
Page 360
Taper clamping bush
388 ®
Elastic Couplings RNK, backlash-free, with clamps
Material: Size 5 - 38: Hubs made from Aluminium.
From size 42, made from steel. Spider made from Polyurethane.
Size 5 - 9: Shore hardness 92º (yellow or white). L
M
From size 14: Shore hardness 98º (red).
• Zero backlash, insertable elastic coupling.
• With clamps, ready-to-install for rapid mounting.
ødH7
øDH
øD
• Many different sizes and diameters available.
• From size 14 can be exchanged with couplings RN, RNH
and couplings from many other suppliers. l E
• On request with soft inserts.
Temperature range: -30ºC to +90ºC.
Clamp hub
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 605 405 03, Coupling RNK, 3mm bore
Product No. Size Torque Bore Bore maximum misalignment 4) Speed 5) Weight
max. dH7 1) min.-max. 2) DH 3) D 3) L I E M Angular Radial Axial max. approx.
Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees mm mm min-1 g
605 405 03 5 0,4 3 2-4 10 --- 15 5 5 --- 1 0,06 +0,4/-0,2 38000 2
605 405 04 5 0,5 4 2-4 10 --- 15 5 5 --- 1 0,06 +0,4/-0,2 38000 2
605 407 05 7 0,95 5 3-7 14 --- 22 7 8 --- 1 0,1 +0,6/-0,3 27000 6
605 407 06 7 1 6 3-7 14 --- 22 7 8 --- 1 0,1 +0,6/-0,3 27000 6
605 409 09 9 2,6 9 5 - 11 20 --- 30 10 10 --- 1 0,13 +0,8/-0,4 19000 17
605 409 10 9 2,7 10 5 - 11 20 --- 30 10 10 --- 1 0,13 +0,8/-0,4 19000 17
605 409 11 9 2,8 11 5 - 11 20 --- 30 10 10 --- 1 0,13 +0,8/-0,4 19000 17
605 414 11 14 5,6 11 6 - 16 30 --- 35 11 13 --- 0,9 0,09 +1/-0,5 13000 41
605 414 14 14 6,1 14 6 - 16 30 --- 35 11 13 --- 0,9 0,09 +1/-0,5 13000 41
605 414 16 14 6,5 16 6 - 16 30 --- 35 11 13 --- 0,9 0,09 +1/-0,5 13000 41
605 419 14 19 29 14 10 - 22 40 --- 66 25 16 --- 0,9 0,06 +1,2/-0,5 10000 150
605 419 16 19 30 16 10 - 22 40 --- 66 25 16 --- 0,9 0,06 +1,2/-0,5 10000 150
605 419 19 19 32 19 10 - 22 40 --- 66 25 16 --- 0,9 0,06 +1,2/-0,5 10000 150
605 424 16 24 38 16 12 - 28 55 --- 78 30 18 --- 0,9 0,1 +1,4/-0,5 7000 320
605 424 19 24 40 19 12 - 28 55 --- 78 30 18 --- 0,9 0,1 +1,4/-0,5 7000 320
605 424 24 24 44 24 12 - 28 55 --- 78 30 18 --- 0,9 0,1 +1,4/-0,5 7000 320
605 428 24 28 91 24 15 - 35 65 --- 90 35 20 --- 0,9 0,11 +1,5/-0,7 6000 470
605 428 28 28 97 28 15 - 35 65 --- 90 35 20 --- 0,9 0,11 +1,5/-0,7 6000 470
605 428 32 28 101 32 15 - 35 65 --- 90 35 20 --- 0,9 0,11 +1,5/-0,7 6000 470
605 438 28 38 110 28 16 - 45 80 --- 114 45 24 --- 0,9 0,12 +1,8/-0,7 5000 960
605 438 32 38 114 32 16 - 45 80 --- 114 45 24 --- 0,9 0,12 +1,8/-0,7 5000 960
605 438 38 38 120 38 16 - 45 80 --- 114 45 24 --- 0,9 0,12 +1,8/-0,7 5000 960
605 442 32 42 265 32 25 - 50 95 85 126 50 26 28 0,9 0,14 +2/-1 4000 3640
605 442 38 42 285 38 25 - 50 95 85 126 50 26 28 0,9 0,14 +2/-1 4000 3640
605 442 45 42 300 45 25 - 50 95 85 126 50 26 28 0,9 0,14 +2/-1 4000 3640
605 448 38 48 445 38 25 - 55 105 95 140 56 28 32 0,9 0,16 +2,1/-1 3600 4900
605 448 45 48 480 45 25 - 55 105 95 140 56 28 32 0,9 0,16 +2,1/-1 3600 4900
605 448 50 48 495 50 25 - 55 105 95 140 56 28 32 0,9 0,16 +2,1/-1 3600 4900
1) Standard bores (both sides).
2) Different bores (even one-sided) up to max bore as well feather keyways, available against surcharge (smaller bores as special parts).
3) Follow the breakdown Ø as per the table below (screw head protrudes over diameter D or D).
H
4) Maximal values are mutually exclusive.
5)Above 30m/s, dynamic balancing is required.
Further details and dimensions Spare Part Spiders
Size Torque1) Screw Tightening Max Torsion spring stiffness Moment of Product No. Shore
T kN T kmax size Torque Ø 2) static dynam. inertia 3) Spare Part Size hardness Colour Weight
Nm Nm DIN 912 Nm mm Nm/rad Nm/rad4) 10-6 Kgm2 Spider SH A g
5 0,5 1 M1,6 0,25 11,5 5,2 16 0,034 605 192 05 5 92 yellow 0,2
7 1,2 2,4 M2 0,35 16,5 14,3 43 0,196 605 192 07 7 92 yellow 0,7
9 3,0 6,0 M2,5 0,75 23,5 31 95 1,08 605 192 09 9 92 yellow 1,8
14 12,5 25 M3 1,5 32,2 172 513 5,7 605 198 14 14 98 red 5
19 17 34 M6 11 46 860 2580 36 605 198 19 19 98 red 7
24 60 120 M6 11 57 2060 6189 150 605 198 24 24 98 red 22
28 160 320 M8 25 71 3440 10314 330 605 198 28 28 98 red 32
38 325 650 M8 25 83 7160 21486 960 605 198 38 38 98 red 58
42 450 900 M10 69 91 19200 37690 4920 605 198 42 42 98 red 79
48 525 1050 M12 120 104,5 22370 45620 8260 605 198 48 48 98 red 98
1) Nominal moment and max. moment for the design. The permitted torque for each bore size may not be exceeded.
2) Screw head protrudes past diameter DH or D.
3) Each one calculated with the max. bore.
4) At 0.5 x T .
kN
® 389
Elastic Couplings RNH, backlash-free, with half shell clamp
Material: Size 14 - 38: Hubs made from Aluminium.
From size 42, made from steel. Spider made from Polyurethane.
Shore hardness 98º (red). L
• Zero backlash, insertable elastic coupling.
• With removable half shell clamps, ready-to-install for rapid
mounting with the possibility of demounting without removal
ødH7
øDH
of the other units.
• Many different sizes and diameters available.
• Size exchangeable with couplings RN, RNK and couplings
from many other suppliers. lw
• On request with soft inserts. l E
Temperature range: -30ºC to +90ºC.
Half shell, removable
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 605 514 10, Coupling RNH, 10mm bore
Product No. Size Torque Bore Bore maximum misalignment 4) Speed 5) Weight
max. dH7 1) min.-max. 2) DH 3) L I IW E Angular Radial Axial max. approx.
Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees mm mm min-1 g
605 514 10 14 5,5 10 10 - 14 30 35 11 8 13 0,9 0,09 +1/-0,5 13000 41
605 514 11 14 5,6 11 10 - 14 30 35 11 8 13 0,9 0,09 +1/-0,5 13000 41
605 514 14 14 6,1 14 10 - 14 30 35 11 8 13 0,9 0,09 +1/-0,5 13000 41
605 519 14 19 29 14 10 - 20 40 66 25 19,5 16 0,9 0,06 +1,2/-0,5 10000 150
605 519 16 19 30 16 10 - 20 40 66 25 19,5 16 0,9 0,06 +1,2/-0,5 10000 150
605 519 19 19 32 19 10 - 20 40 66 25 19,5 16 0,9 0,06 +1,2/-0,5 10000 150
605 519 20 19 32 20 10 - 20 40 66 25 19,5 16 0,9 0,06 +1,2/-0,5 10000 150
605 524 20 24 40 20 20 - 28 55 78 30 22,0 18 0,9 0,1 +1,4/-0,5 7000 320
605 524 24 24 44 24 20 - 28 55 78 30 22,0 18 0,9 0,1 +1,4/-0,5 7000 320
605 524 25 24 45 25 20 - 28 55 78 30 22,0 18 0,9 0,1 +1,4/-0,5 7000 320
605 524 28 24 47 28 20 - 28 55 78 30 22,0 18 0,9 0,1 +1,4/-0,5 7000 320
605 528 24 28 91 24 24 - 35 65 90 35 25,0 20 0,9 0,11 +1,5/-0,7 6000 470
605 528 25 28 92 25 24 - 35 65 90 35 25,0 20 0,9 0,11 +1,5/-0,7 6000 470
605 528 28 28 97 28 24 - 35 65 90 35 25,0 20 0,9 0,11 +1,5/-0,7 6000 470
605 528 32 28 101 32 24 - 35 65 90 35 25,0 20 0,9 0,11 +1,5/-0,7 6000 470
605 528 35 28 104 35 24 - 35 65 90 35 25,0 20 0,9 0,11 +1,5/-0,7 6000 470
605 538 32 38 114 32 32 - 44 80 114 45 33,0 24 0,9 0,12 +1,8/-0,7 5000 960
605 538 35 38 117 35 32 - 44 80 114 45 33,0 24 0,9 0,12 +1,8/-0,7 5000 960
605 538 38 38 120 38 32 - 44 80 114 45 33,0 24 0,9 0,12 +1,8/-0,7 5000 960
605 538 44 38 129 44 32 - 44 80 114 45 33,0 24 0,9 0,12 +1,8/-0,7 5000 960
605 542 35 42 217 35 35 - 50 95 126 50 36,5 26 0,9 0,14 +2/-1 4000 3640
605 542 38 42 235 38 35 - 50 95 126 50 36,5 26 0,9 0,14 +2/-1 4000 3640
605 542 44 42 270 44 35 - 50 95 126 50 36,5 26 0,9 0,14 +2/-1 4000 3640
605 542 50 42 310 50 35 - 50 95 126 50 36,5 26 0,9 0,14 +2/-1 4000 3640
605 548 40 48 362 40 40 - 60 105 140 56 39,5 28 0,9 0,16 +2,1/-1 3600 4900
605 548 44 48 390 44 40 - 60 105 140 56 39,5 28 0,9 0,16 +2,1/-1 3600 4900
605 548 50 48 452 50 40 - 60 105 140 56 39,5 28 0,9 0,16 +2,1/-1 3600 4900
1) Standard bores (both sides).
2) Different bores (even one-sided) up to max bore as well feather keyways, available against surcharge (smaller bores as special parts).
3) ) Follow the breakdown Ø as per the table below (screw head protrudes over diameter D .
H
4) Maximal values are mutually exclusive.
5) Above 30m/s, dynamic balancing is required.
Further details and dimensions Spare Part Spiders
Size Torque1) Screw Tightening Max. Torsion spring stiffness Moment of Product No. Shore
T kN T kmax size Torque Ø 2) static dynam. inertia 3) Spare Part Size hardness Colour Weight
Nm Nm DIN 912 Nm mm Nm/rad Nm/rad4) 10-6 Kgm2 Spider SH A g
14 12,5 25 M3 1,5 35 172 513 5,7 605 198 14 14 98 red 5
19 17 34 M6 10 46 860 2580 36 605 198 19 19 98 red 7
24 60 120 M6 10 58 2060 6189 150 605 198 24 24 98 red 22
28 160 320 M8 25 73 3440 10314 330 605 198 28 28 98 red 32
38 325 650 M8 25 84 7160 21486 960 605 198 38 38 98 red 58
42 450 900 M10 49 94 19200 37690 4920 605 198 42 42 98 red 79
48 525 1050 M12 86 105 22370 45620 8260 605 198 48 48 98 red 98
1) Nominal moment and max. moment for the design. The permitted torque for each bore size may not be exceeded.
2) Screw head protrudes past diameter DH.
3) Each one calculated with the max. bore.
4) At 0.5 x T .
kN
390 ®
Spiders for Elastic Couplings, standard type, 92° Shore A
Material: Polyurethane, shore hardness 92ºA (soft), yellow.
Spiders (plastic inserts) for elastic couplings (jaw couplings)
like RN, RNG, RNI, RNR, RNT and foreign parts of the same
kind from other suppliers. Soft type, for common usage.
Temperature range -40°C to +90°C.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 605 092 07, Spider standard, 92°A, Size 7
Transmittable torque Torsional angle
Product No. Size Ø No. of Nominal Peak Altern. TKN TK max Weight
yellow mm teeth Nm Nm Nm ° ° g
605 192 07 7* 14 4 1,1 2,2 0,3 1,3 2 0,7
605 192 09 9* 20 4 2,9 5,9 0,8 1,3 2 1,8
605 092 14 14 30 4 7,5 15 2,0 6,4 10 5
605 092 19 19 40 6 10 20 2,6 3,2 5 7
605 092 24 24 55 8 35 70 9,1 3,2 5 22
605 092 28 28 65 8 95 190 25 3,2 5 32
605 092 38 38 80 8 190 380 49 3,2 5 58
605 092 42 42 95 8 265 530 69 3,2 5 70
605 092 48 48 105 8 310 620 81 3,2 5 98
605 092 55 55 120 8 410 820 107 3,2 5 120
605 092 65 65 135 8 625 1250 163 3,2 5 210
605 092 75 75 160 10 1280 2560 333 3,2 5 340
605 092 90 90 200 10 2400 4800 624 3,2 5 700 TkN = Nominal torque.
605 092 95 100 225 10 3300 6600 858 3,2 5 900 TK max. = Peak torque.
* Size 7 and 9: White or yellow, depending on the producer.
Spiders for Elastic Couplings, standard type, 98° Shore A
Material: Polyurethane, shore hardness 98ºA (medium hard), red.
Spiders (plastic inserts) for elastic couplings (jaw couplings)
like RN, RNG, RNI, RNR, RNT and foreign parts of the same
kind from other suppliers. Medium hard type, for high torques.
Temperature range -30°C to +100°C.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 605 098 14, Spider standard, 98°A, Size 14
Transmittable torque Torsional angle
Product No. Size Ø No. of Nominal Peak Altern. TKN TK max Weight
red mm teeth Nm Nm Nm ° ° g
605 098 14 14 30 4 12,5 25 3,3 6,4 10 5
605 098 19 19 40 6 17 34 4,4 3,2 5 7
605 098 24 24 55 8 60 120 16 3,2 5 22
605 098 28 28 65 8 160 320 42 3,2 5 32
605 098 38 38 80 8 325 650 85 3,2 5 58
605 098 42 42 95 8 450 900 117 3,2 5 70
605 098 48 48 105 8 525 1050 137 3,2 5 98
605 098 55 55 120 8 685 1370 178 3,2 5 120
605 098 65 65* 135 8 940 1880 244 3,2 5 210
605 098 75 75* 160 10 1920 3840 499 3,2 5 340
605 098 90 90* 200 10 3600 7200 936 3,2 5 700 TkN = Nominal torque.
605 098 95 100* 225 10 4950 9900 1287 3,2 5 900 TK max. = Peak torque.
* From size 65 shore hardness 95° A.
Spiders for Elastic Couplings, standard type, 64° Shore D
Material: Polyurethane, shore hardness 64ºD (hard), green.
Spiders (plastic inserts) for elastic couplings (jaw couplings)
like RN, RNG, RNI, RNR and foreign parts of the same kind from
other suppliers. Hard type, for very high torques at small torsion
angle. Temperature range -20°C to +100°C.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 605 064 14, Spider standard, 64°D, Size 14
Transmittable torque Torsional angle
Product No. Size Ø No. of Nominal Peak Altern. TKN TK max Weight
green mm teeth Nm Nm Nm ° ° g
605 064 14 14 30 4 16 32 4,2 4,5 7,0 5
605 064 19 19 40 6 21 42 5,5 2,5 3,6 7 Note: Spiders with hardness 64°D
605 064 24 24 55 8 75 150 19,5 2,5 3,6 22 Shore are not recommended for taper
605 064 28 28 65 8 200 400 52 2,5 3,6 32 couplings. At couplings made from alu-
605 064 38 38 80 8 405 810 105 2,5 3,6 58 minium, the effective torque should not
605 064 42 42 95 8 560 1120 146 2,5 3,6 70 be higher than the transmittable torque
605 064 48 48 105 8 655 1310 170 2,5 3,6 98 of the 98°A Shore spiders.
605 064 55 55 120 8 825 1650 215 2,5 3,6 120
605 064 65 65 135 8 1175 2350 306 2,5 3,6 210
605 064 75 75 160 10 2400 4800 624 2,5 3,6 340
605 064 90 90 200 10 4500 9000 1170 2,5 3,6 700 TkN = Nominal torque.
605 064 95 100 225 10 6185 12370 1608 2,5 3,6 900 TK max. = Peak torque.
® 391
Spiders for Elastic Couplings, backlash-free type, 92° Shore A
Material: Polyurethane, shore hardness 92ºA (soft), yellow.
Spiders (plastic inserts) for backlash-free elastic couplings (jaw
couplings) like RNH and RNK and foreign parts of the same kind
from other suppliers. Soft type, for common usage.
Temperature range -40°C to +90°C.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 605 192 05, Spider backlash-free, 92°A, Size 5
Transmittable torque Tors. spring stiffness Stiffn.
Product No. Size Ø No. of Nominal Peak static dynam. radial Weight
yellow mm teeth Nm Nm Nm/rad Nm/rad N/mm g
605 192 05 5 10 4 0,5 1,0 5,2 16 154 0,2
605 192 07 7* 14 4 1,1 2,2 14,3 43 219 0,7
605 192 09 9* 20 4 2,9 5,9 31 95 262 1,7
605 192 14 14 30 4 7,5 15 115 344 336 4,6
605 192 19 19 40 6 10 20 573 1720 1120 7
605 192 24 24 55 8 35 70 1432 4296 1480 18
605 192 28 28 65 8 95 190 2292 6876 1780 29
605 192 38 38 80 8 190 380 4584 13752 2350 49
605 192 42 42 95 8 265 530 6300 14490 2430 79
605 192 48 48 105 8 310 620 7850 18055 2580 98
605 192 55 55 120 8 410 820 9500 21850 2980 115
* Size 7 and 9: White or yellow, depending on the producer.
Spiders for Elastic Couplings, backlash-free type, 98° Shore A
Material: Polyurethane, shore hardness 98ºA (medium hard), red.
Spiders (plastic inserts) for backlash-free elastic couplings (jaw
couplings) like RNH and RNK and foreign parts of the same
kind from other suppliers. Medium hard type, for high torques.
Temperature range -30°C to +100°C.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 605 198 14, Spider backlash-free, 98°A, Size 14
Transmittable torque Tors. spring stiffness Stiffn.
Product No. Size Ø No. of Nominal Peak static dynam. radial Weight
red mm teeth Nm Nm Nm/rad Nm/rad N/mm g
605 198 14 14 30 4 12,5 25 172 513 654 4,6
605 198 19 19 40 6 17 34 860 2580 2010 7
605 198 24 24 55 8 60 120 2060 6190 2560 18
605 198 28 28 65 8 160 320 3440 10314 3200 29
605 198 38 38 80 8 325 650 7160 21486 4400 49
605 198 42 42 95 8 450 900 19200 37690 5570 79
605 198 48 48 105 8 525 1050 22370 45620 5930 98
605 198 55 55 120 8 685 1370 23800 59500 6686 115
Spiders for Elastic Couplings, backlash-free type, 64° Shore D
Material: Polyurethane, shore hardness 64ºD (hard), green.
Spiders (plastic inserts) for backlash-free elastic couplings (jaw
couplings) like RNH and RNK and foreign parts of the same kind
from other suppliers. Hard type, for very high torques at small
torsion angle. Temperature range -20°C to +100°C.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 605 164 14, Spider backlash-free, 64°D, Size 14
Transmittable torque Tors. spring stiffness Stiffn.
Product No. Size Ø No. of Nominal Peak static dynam. radial Weight
green mm teeth Nm Nm Nm/rad Nm/rad N/mm g
605 164 14 14 30 4 16 32 234 702 856 4,6
605 164 19 19 40 6 21 42 2560 3810 2930 7 Note: Spiders with hardness 64°D
605 164 24 24 55 8 75 150 2978 8934 3696 18 Shore are not recommended for taper
605 164 28 28 65 8 200 400 4350 13050 4348 29 couplings. At couplings made from alu-
605 164 38 38 80 8 405 810 10540 31620 6474 49 minium, the effective torque should not
605 164 42 42 95 8 560 1120 27580 68950 7270 79 be higher than the transmittable torque
605 164 48 48 105 8 655 1310 36200 90500 8274 98 of the 98°A Shore spiders.
605 164 55 55 120 8 825 1650 41460 103650 9248 115
392 ®
Elastic Couplings DX
Material: To product 604 028 00: Hubs made from Aluminium.
From product 604 032 00: Hubs made from grey cast iron GG25.
Insert made from Polyurethane, shore hardness 92º A (soft).
• Insertable elastic coupling.
• Not backlash-free. Does not transfer any axial forces.
• Robust component for relatively large shaft offset.
Particularly suitable for large radial offset.
• Different sizes, up to a maximum
nominal torque of 3,000 Nm.
Temperature range: -20ºC to +80ºC.
Couplings are available pre-drilled ex stock.
Customized bores and feather-key grooves available at extra charge
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 604 024 00, Coupling DX without Bore
Product No. Torque Bores Max. Shaft Misalignment1) Speed Weight
nominal max. alternating pre-drilled max. d1 d5 d6 l l1 l2 S Radial Axial Angular Max. Max.
Nm Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm º min-1 kg
604 024 00* 40 120 15 - 24 55 55 66 24 - 18 0,3 1,2 0,7 12500 0,55
604 028 00* 63 190 25 - 28 62 62 76 28 - 20 0,3 1,2 0,7 11100 0,76
604 032 00 100 300 35 9 32 70 52 86 32 22 22 0,3 1,2 0,7 9800 1,09
604 038 00 160 480 60 14 38 84 60 100 38 27 24 0,4 1,5 0,7 8100 1,76
604 042 00 220 660 80 14 42 92 68 110 42 31 26 0,4 1,5 0,7 7400 2,38
604 048 00 320 960 120 17 48 105 76 124 48 36 28 0,4 1,5 0,7 6500 3,38
604 055 00 450 1350 180 17 55 120 88 140 55 43 30 0,5 1,8 0,7 5700 4,89
604 060 00 630 1900 230 22 60 130 96 152 60 47 32 0,5 1,8 0,7 5200 6,29
604 065 00 900 2700 300 24 65 142 104 165 65 51 35 0,5 1,8 0,7 4800 8,15
604 075 00 1250 3750 450 30 75 165 120 190 75 59 40 0,6 2,1 0,7 4100 12,6
604 085 00 1800 5400 675 40 85 185 136 214 85 68 44 0,7 2,1 0,7 3700 17,9
604 100 00 3000 9000 1125 58 100 220 160 250 100 80 50 0,8 2,4 0,7 3100 29,3
* Material aluminium.
1)
The stated maximum values for shaft misalignment must only occur in a single direction. With multiple misalignment the values have to be reduced. Furthermore,
the figures stated are only valid up to a speed of 600 min-1. At higher speeds the misalignment values must again be reduced.
Spiders for Coupling DX
Material: Polyurethane, shore hardness 92º A (soft).
Only suitable for couplings DX.
Temperature range: -20ºC to +80ºC.
Product No. Matching Weight
Spare Part Insert Product No. g
604 124 00 604 024 00 9
604 128 00 604 028 00 14
604 132 00 604 032 00 24
604 138 00 604 038 00 28
604 142 00 604 042 00 40
604 148 00 604 048 00 50
604 155 00 604 055 00 80
604 160 00 604 060 00 92
604 165 00 604 065 00 120
604 175 00 604 075 00 200
604 185 00 604 085 00 260
604 200 00 604 100 00 450
Recommendation:
Coupling RNG Reworking within
page 387 24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 393
Slip Clutches R2 and R6
Type A - Concentric Arrangement Type B - Axial Arrangement Type C - Axial Arrangement
as sliding hub for a to connect to connect two shafts
driving wheel two shafts with shaft misalignment
Material: Housing made of aluminium alloy with iridite NCP finish. Inner Hub made of steel.
Max. slip-speed 1,000 min -1 . Torsional backlash of the coupling below 2º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 610 403 00, Friction Clutch, Type A, 6 mm Bore
Product No. Type Number of Bore Set Screw Weight Product No. Weight
Friction Plates L L1 L2 D1 B+0.03 Size and Spare Part
P e es ange ent g Insert g
610 403 00 A 2 26,4 - 25,8 6 M 3x3, 37 - -
610 404 00 A 2 26,4 - 25,8 8 2x90º 37 - -
610 408 00 A 6 32,4 - 25,8 6 only 48 - -
610 409 00 A 6 32,4 - 25,8 8 at 1 Side 48 - -
610 423 00 B 2 36 25 9 25,8 6 M 3x3, 2x90º 50 - -
610 424 00 B 2 36 25 9 25,8 8 at Side 1 50 - -
610 428 00 B 6 42,5 31 9 25,8 6 M 4x4, 2x90º 61 - -
610 429 00 B 6 42,5 31 9 25,8 8 at Side 2 61 - -
610 443 00 C 2 46,5 25 8,6 25,8 6 M 3x3, 2x90º 57 601 244 00 2,7
610 444 00 C 2 46,5 25 8,6 25,8 8 at Side 1 57 601 244 00 2,7
610 448 00 C 6 53,4 31 8,6 25,8 6 M 4x4, 2x90º 83 601 244 00 2,7
610 449 00 C 6 53,4 31 8,6 25,8 8 at Side 2 83 601 244 00 2,7
Torque range with 2 friction plates 2.4 Ncm to 53.8 Ncm. Dissipation at 20ºC ambient
Sectional drawing of a slip clutch with 6 clutch plates temperature up to 7 watts. Torque range with 6 friction plates 7.8 Ncm to 132.4 Ncm.
Dissipation at 20ºC ambient temperature up to 8.6 Watt. Maximum permissible tem-
Sintered bearing perature at the surface for all sizes during operation 80ºC.
Setting ring with O-ring as adjusting bushes An adjusting ring - screwed to the outer body - serves to adjust the torque. This ring
access holes ring locking device acts via a disk spring onto the clutch or friction disks. Two sintered bearing sleeves
serve as bearing housing to inner component. An O-Ring seals the hub off against dirt
and with its friction force it also makes sure that the adjusting ring is not moved unin-
Hub part with tentionally. The power can be connected to either the hub or the housing.
through hole Depending on the specific application, the friction clutch can be employed as torque
limiter, as overrunning clutch or as brake. As the generation of heat is basically a func-
tion including the slip torque and the employed torque, the following formula was
derived:
Set screw
M3 ISO
Slippage (min -1 ) x Torque (Ncm) = Heat Dissipation in Watts
Spring 955
Pressure plate As the connected components (shafts, gears, etc.) support the heat dissipation, in case
of doubt please calculate the effective surface temperature under adverse operating
Axial locking device
conditions. The permissible temperatures are stated above.
Outer Body 6 clutch disks with 7 with washer and
friction disks snap ring Special designs: the modular-design principle used in slip clutches leads to many differ-
ent designs and possible connecting parts, e.g., special flanges and other components,
according to drawings.
ATTENTION: the adjusting screws can damage the adjusting ring if they are loosened
too far. 3/4 to 1 turn is sufficient.
Concentric mounting (type A) Axial arrangement, both shafts outside (type C) Axial arrangement, one shaft outside (type B)
1) Pulley or sprocket (bondage recommend), shaft also used as bearing. 4) Shaft of a multi-turn potentiometer divided with slip clutches.
2) Mounted to the housing as permanent brake and shaft bearing. No overrevving.
3) Connection electronic engine and gear box, with assembly-related shaft misalignment. 5) Protecting a lever key from damage using a slip clutch.
394 ®
Sliding Hubs with Torsionally-Flexible Coupling RNR
Material: Sliding hub: steel, zinc-plated and
L
chromated, rust-proof friction pads.
Elastic coupling: coupling hub steel (size
00 from aluminium), spider (plastic insert)
Polyurethane. Hardness 92° Shore A
(optional 98° Shore A).
• The slipping torque can be adjusted with
common assembly tools for screws.
DH
• The elastic coupling can be mounted in
DA
d2
d
axial direction.
• Torque can be altered after mounting.
• By mounting additional springs, the torque
range can be increased. (additional springs
have to be ordered separately).
• Customized bores and feather-key
LR
grooves available at extra charge.
l2 E l1
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 612 199 00, Sliding Hub
RNR with Torsionally-Flexible Coupling
Product No. Size d ; d2 dmax. d2 max. DA DH l1 E l2 LR L Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
612 199 00 00 4,8 16 10 44 30 11 13 35 31 59 0,35
612 200 00 0 5,7 25 20 63 40 25 16 37 33 78 0,90
612 201 00 01 10 35 22 80 55 30 18 50 45 98 1,95
612 202 00 1 10 40 25 98 65 35 20 58 52 113 3,10
612 203 00 2 14 48 35 120 80 45 24 64 57 133 5,50
Size Torque of Sliding Hub Torque Torque Speed
Standard 1) Optional 2) Optional 2) Coupling TKN 3) Coupling TKmax. 4) max.
Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm min -1
00 0,5 - 5 1 - 10 - - 7,5 15 10.000
0 2,0 - 10 4 - 20 - - 10,0 20 8.500
01 5,0 - 35 10 - 70 60 - 105 35,0 70 6.600
1 20,0 - 75 40 - 150 130 - 200 95,0 190 5.600
2 25,0 - 140 50 - 280 250 - 400 190,0 380 4.300
1) With one disc spring (standard version).
2) With second or third disc spring (order separately).
3) Nominal torque of the elastic coupling with standard spider 92° Shore A.
4) Maximum torque of the elastic coupling with standard spider 92° Shore A.
Replacement Friction Discs and additional Disc Springs
Matching Outer Outer
Coupling Size Product No. Ø Weight Product No. Ø Weight
Product No. Friction Disc1) mm g Disc Spring mm g
612 199 00 00 612 100 01 30 2 612 100 02 30 5
612 200 00 0 612 100 11 45 3 612 100 12 42,5 5
612 201 00 01 612 101 01 58 10 612 101 02 53,1 10
612 202 00 1 612 101 11 68 13 612 101 12 61,5 20
612 203 00 2 612 102 01 88 21 612 102 02 79,5 40
1) 2 pieces required.
Spiders for RNR
Matching Size Product No. Torque Product No. Torque Weight
Coupling Spare Part Spider Nom. max. Optional Spider Nom. max.
Product No. 92o Shore, yellow Nm Nm 98o Shore, red Nm Nm g
612 199 00 00 (14) 605 092 14 7,5 15 605 098 14 12,5 25 5
612 200 00 0 (19) 605 092 19 10 20 605 098 19 17 34 7
612 201 00 01 (24) 605 092 24 35 70 605 098 24 60 120 22
Reworking within
612 202 00 1 (28) 605 092 28 95 190 605 098 28 160 320 32
612 203 00 2 (38) 605 092 38 190 380 605 098 38 325 650 58 24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 395
Multi-Plate Friction Clutches PD
Material: Steel.
Multi-plate friction clutches have proven
to deliver an optimal performance when Bore for screws
DIN 6912 with lock
used with slow-starting machines. They are
washer DIN 7980
also used as safety couplings. The occur-
ring torque peaks are levelled out by friction
clutches. The disk pairing is steel/sintered
bronze, with the inner plates of the pairings
lined. The composition of the lining means
up to 400ºC can be withstood short term. At
permanent load, however, only up to 250ºC.
Sintered clutch plates have the advantage of
an almost constant friction coefficient even
with fast growing circumferential speeds and
higher temperatures. The assembly can be
used for dry and wet operation. Advantages
of these couplings are: Practical dimensions.
Easy adjustment and re-adjustment. Inner
and outer plates with special splines.
Couplings are available pre-drilled H7 ex
stock.
Customized bores and feather-key grooves
available at extra charge
Product No. Torque* Bore. A Speed Weight Product No. Weight
Dry Wet Pre-bore H7 max. B D GH7 H L L1 O max. Spare Plates Spare Part
Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm min-1 kg Compl. Set g
611 001 00 14 6 10 20 1) 3x for M5 55 22 34 28 36 22 3000 0,44 611 011 00 71
611 002 00 33 14 12 25 2) 3x for M5 67 32 44 35 43 28 3000 0,81 611 012 00 140
611 003 00 62 26 12 40 3) 4x for M6 82 45 58 40 48 30 3000 1,45 611 013 00 227
611 004 00 126 54 25 42 4x for M6 100 62 76 45 53 36 2500 2,24 611 014 00 339
611 005 00 230 100 25 55 4x for M8 120 72 90 55 65 42 2500 3,97 611 015 00 703
611 006 00 380 160 25 70 6x for M10 145 85 110 65 77 53 2500 5,82 611 016 00 1558
1)From Bore 17 mm only with flat feather key-grooves according to DIN 6885/3.
2)From Bore 22 mm only with flat feather key-grooves according to DIN 6885/3.
3)From Bore 38 mm only with flat feather key-grooves according to DIN 6885/3.
* Max. transmittable torque for dry or wet operation. The minimum adjustable torque is at about 50% of the maximum value.
Construction and Mounting
The hub 101 is equipped with splines, guiding the sinter-plates the sleeve or the inner bearing ring. At dry operating, make
215. The casing 8704 also has splines, which guide the outer sure no oil or lubricate enters the plate pack. For re-adjustment
plates 251 made from steel. The last component of the plate loosen the locking screw in the adjusting nut 8401. Turning
pack is the pressure plate 201. The disc springs 414 together right will increase the torque, turning left leads to a reduction.
with the adjusting screw 8401 lead to the friction grip of the After re-setting always re-tighten the locking screw. When
plate pack. During assembly please make sure that the hub 101 ordering spare parts always state the factory number 8401 on
and the casing are securely fixed in axial direction. When con- the adjusting screw.
necting 2 shaft ends, one shaft has to be mounted inside the
housing 8704 supported by a centering bearing.
The hub 101 must not rub against the casing 8704, but against
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
396 ®
Safety Clutchs SI
Material: Steel.
This clutch is a backlash-free overload system operating on the
positive principle. It works with the recently developed principle of
the “punched disk spring”. At overload the disk spring disengages,
the torque flow is interrupted. After the overload has passed, the
z = Amount
clutch re-engages on its own.
The axial movement of the shift ring can be used to trigger a limit
switch/sensor turning off the engine (travel 2mm).
Customer components (e.g. sprockets, pulleys) can be easily inte-
grated; special components, as needed for the common systems,
are not required here.
Customized bores and feather-key grooves available at extra
charge.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 612 720 00, Safety Clutch SI, 6-20 Nm
Product No. Torque dmax. L DA D2, z dl d1 l3 l4 l5 *Speed Weight
Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm max. min-1 kg
612 720 00 6 - 20 20 45 80 71, z= 8 4,5 65 16 6 35 1500 0,69
612 725 00 20 - 60 25 50 98 89, z= 8 5,5 81 17 8 39 1500 1,26
612 735 00 25 - 80 35 60 120 110, z=12 5,5 102 21 10 42 1500 1,89
612 750 00 60 - 180 50 70 162 152, z=12 6,6 142 25 13 56 1500 3,93
* Higher speeds possible if technical data is transmitted.
Limit Switch (Engine-Emergency-Stop Switch)
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 612 605 00 Limit Switch
Product No. Weight in g
612 605 00 324
Material: Housing made from aluminium die-cast, painted grey,
with rubber seal. Switch made from brass. Bellow made from
neoprene (black). Housing screws zinc-plated. Cable connection
made from plastic (grey).
Electrical connection: 220-250V AC, 10 A.
Application: Robust limit switch for safety clutches SI (see
above) and safety clutches CM (page 398) or similar applica-
tions. If the torque set on the clutch is exceeded, the clutch
slips. At the same time the shift ring moves. The shift ring then
triggers the switch and turns off the engine. This protects the
entire drive system and prevents possible damage.
Mounting: On the back wall are two bores Ø 4.3 mm. These
fit two screws M4 with internal hexagon, slot or cross recess
(head-Ø up to 7 mm). The wall thickness around the mounting
holes is 8 mm.
Dimension Z 1 for Limit Stop with Clutches SI
Product No. 612 720 00 to 612 750 00: 2 mm
Dimensions Z1 for Limit Stop with Clutches CM
Size 20: 1.4 mm
Size 25: 2.3 mm
Size 35: 2.4 mm
Size 45: 2.7 mm Reworking within
Size 55: 3.7 mm
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 397
Safety Clutches CM
Material: Steel.
Overload system operating on the positive principle, available in
5 sizes. For each size there are 4 different disk-plate sets for dif-
ferent torque ranges. The required disk-plate set has to be ordered
separately and is supplied unassembled.
When mounting simple driving elements, as sprockets, pulleys, etc.,
always make sure the shaft is supported.
Optimal protection against overloads.
Trigger torque can be adjusted.
High reproducibility of the triggering and re-engaging process.
Robust design, long service life, absolutely maintenance free.
Immediate free-wheeling of the drive. Automatic emergency stop of
the driving unit through switch (to be ordered separately).
Not negatively affected by frequent triggering sequences.
The disk-plate sets (S, M, L or LL) and the limit switch
(emergency-stop switch) for all sizes Product No. 612 605 00
(page 397) have to be ordered separately.
Customized bores and feather-key grooves available
at extra charge.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 612 620 00, Safety Clutch CM, Size 20
Product No. 612 620 02, Disk-Plate Set M (essential information)
Product No. Size A B C D E F G H K J L Mmin. Mmax. N P R S T Y Z Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
612 620 00 20 41 4 48 6xM5 6,5 55 50 9 7,5 3 38,5 7 20 35 3,1 6 38,5 5 2 0,3 0,5
612 625 00 25 60 4 70 6xM5 8 82 72 9 11,5 6 52 10 25 48 3,1 6 54 6 2 0,3 1,5
612 635 00 35 78 5 89 6xM6 10 100 91 9 12 6 61 14 35 56 3,6 8 70 6 2 0,5 2,9
612 645 00 45 90,5 5 105 6xM8 12 120 112 9 22 8,5 78 18 45 72 4,1 10 84 6 2 0,5 5,0
612 655 00 55 105 6,5 125 6xM10 15 146 140 9 27 11 100 24 55 93,5 4,1 14 108 10 2 0,8 9,8
Technical Data and Product No. of Disk-Plate Sets
Nm for Disk-Plate Sets Max. Speed
Product No. Product No S Product No. M Product No. L Product No. LL S-M L-LL
612 620 00 612 620 01 2,5 - 5 612 620 02* 5 - 10 612 620 02* 10 - 20 612 620 04 20 - 40 3300 1800
612 625 00 612 625 01 6,0 - 12 612 625 02 12 - 25 612 625 03 25 - 60 612 625 04 60 - 100 2890 1450
612 635 00 612 635 01 12,0 - 25 612 635 02 25 - 50 612 635 03 50 - 120 612 635 04 120 - 200 2350 1200
612 645 00 612 645 01 25,0 - 50 612 645 02 50 - 100 612 645 03 100 - 250 612 645 04 250 - 400 2000 1000
612 655 00 612 655 01 50,0 - 100 612 655 02 100 - 200 612 655 03 200 - 500 612 655 04 500 - 800 1650 850
* This spring set covers both torque ranges M and L (only for size 20).
Possible Disk-Plate Sets
S (light) M (medium) L (heavy) LL (very heavy)
Size 20 - 55 6 x 1S Size 20 - 55 5 x 1M Size 20 5 x 1M Size 20 4 x 1L
Size 25 - 55 5 x 1L Size 25 - 55 3 x 2L
Functioning Operating Factors
At normal operating conditions, the safety clutch transmits the This table shows the operating factor that should - dependent
torque from the driving shaft via the ball race onto the flange on the type of application - be used as basis for calculating the
(3). The balls (4a) are pressed into the CNC-milled recesses in correct size.
part (2) and (3) by the disk plates (6). In case of overload, i.e., Operating Conditions
if the torque request exceeds the preset limit, the clutch halves
are separated; the remaining transmitted torque is very low. Centrifugal Moment Uniform Shock Reversing
When the balls are lifted out of the recesses, against the spring Low 1,4 1,7 2,0
pressure, the clutch part number (2) is moved in axial direc- Medium 1,7 2,0 2,3
tion. This movement can be used to trigger an emergency-stop High 2,0 2,4 2,6
switch (9) for an engine. The clutch re-engages on its own as
soon as the torque requirement falls below the set limit. Torque
adjustment: By screwing in the torque-adjusting nut (7) all disk Reworking within
plates are further pretensioned (6). As soon as the desired pre- 24h-service possible.
tension is achieved, the adjusting screw has to be fixed in posi-
tion with the set screws (8). Custom made parts
on request.
398 ®
Sliding Hubs FS
Material:
Hub: Steel, zinc-plated and yellow
passivated. Spring: Steel, black.
The sliding hubs can be delivered ex
stock, pre-drilled with a bush of the
length in bold print.
Required bush length:
The required bush length depends on the
width of the component to be joined.
Up to Prod. No. 612 006 00:
Bush length 4.2 mm for a component
width of 5.3 to 6.0 mm.
From Prod. No. 612 010 00:
Bush length in mm = 1.5 x G + C.
Other bush lengths and customized
bores or feather-key grooves against
extra charge.
Up to No. 612 040 00 From No. 612 050 00
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 612 000 00,
Sliding Hub FS with hexagonal nut with round nut
Torques Bores Available Bore of the
Product No. d AØ B C D F G LØ M PØ R Bush Lengths mounted Weight
min. max. Pilot B.* min. max. max. L1 L2 L3 Parts +0.05
Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
612 000 00 0,5 5 3,7 4 10 30 31 6 8,5 2 2,5 M16 SW 27 - M4 4,2 - - 21,00 0,15
612 001 00 1 10 3,7 4 10 30 31 6 8,5 2 2,5 M16 SW 27 - M4 4,2 - - 21,00 0,17
612 005 00 2 10 5,7 6 20 45 33 7 8,5 2 2,5 M30 SW 41 - M4 4,2 - - 34,00 0,35
612 006 00 4 20 5,7 6 20 45 33 7 8,5 2 2,5 M30 SW 41 - M4 4,2 - - 34,00 0,37
612 010 00 7 34 10 11 22 64 48 9 16 5 4 M35 SW 50 - M5 10,3 12,2 14 41,33 0,70
612 020 00 14 68 10 11 22 64 48 9 16 5 4 M35 SW 50 - M5 10,3 12,2 14 41,33 0,72
612 030 00 20 90 13 14 25 90 62 16 19 5 4 M42 SW 60 - M6 10,3 13,7 21 49,28 1,36
612 040 00 40 180 13 14 25 90 62 16 19 5 4 M42 SW 60 - M6 10,3 13,7 21 49,28 1,40
612 050 00 50 300 19 20 40 127 76 16 21 6 4 M63 - 92 M8 16 19,5 21 73,10 3,36
612 060 00 100 600 19 20 40 127 76 16 21 6 4 M63 - 92 M8 16 19,5 21 73,10 3,70
612 070 00 115 690 24 25 60 178 98 28 25 6 5 M95 - 133 M10 17 20,6 22 104,88 8,60
612 080 00 230 1360 24 25 60 178 98 28 25 6 5 M95 - 133 M10 17 20,6 22 104,88 8,90
* ca.-dimensions.
Matching Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No.
Slidung Hub Friction Disc* Weight Disc Spring Weight Threaded Ring Weight Bushes Weight Bushes Weight Bushes Weight
Product No. g g or Adjusting Screw g Length 1 g Length 2 g Length 3 g
612 000 00 612 003 00 2 612 004 00 3 612 000 07 9 612 000 02 3 - - - -
612 001 00 612 003 00 2 612 004 00 3 612 000 07 9 612 000 02 3 - - - -
612 005 00 612 007 00 4 612 008 00 5 612 005 07 44 612 005 02 10 - - - -
612 006 00 612 007 00 4 612 008 00 5 612 005 07 44 612 005 02 10 - - - -
612 010 00 612 015 00 12 612 016 00 15 612 017 00 80 612 012 00 25 612 013 00 40 612 014 00 50
612 020 00 612 015 00 12 612 016 00 15 612 017 00 80 612 012 00 25 612 013 00 40 612 014 00 50
612 030 00 612 035 00 30 612 036 00 45 612 037 00 140 612 032 00 37 612 033 00 44 612 034 00 85
612 040 00 612 035 00 30 612 036 00 45 612 037 00 140 612 032 00 37 612 033 00 44 612 034 00 85
612 050 00 612 055 00 60 612 056 00 120 612 057 00 320 612 052 00 97 612 053 00 135 612 054 00 200
612 060 00 612 055 00 60 612 056 00 120 612 057 00 320 612 052 00 97 612 053 00 135 612 054 00 200
612 070 00 612 075 00 140 612 076 00 280 612 077 00 660 612 072 00 103 612 073 00 183 612 074 00 300
612 080 00 612 075 00 140 612 076 00 280 612 077 00 660 612 072 00 103 612 073 00 183 612 074 00 300
* 2 pieces required.
General
The sliding hubs FS are safety devices working on the positive With oil the load can be reduced by 50%. Higher torques, at the
principle. In case of overload, the disk clamped between the friction same outer diameter, can be achieved with a second spring disk.
disks starts slipping and thus keeps the torque within the permissible
Exception: Product No. 612 000 00 has 2 springs,
limits. The power reengages automatically as soon as normal load
Product No. 612 001 00 has 4 springs.
is reached again. The hubs are cadmium plated for rust-protection.
The drive disk is mounted on a maintenance-free bush made from Mounting instruction at www.maedler.de in the section
sintered metal. Up to product no. 612 040 00, the torque is set with Downloads.
a hexagon adjusting screw. From product no. 612 050 00 the torque
is set with a threaded ring with 3 hexagon nuts. On first use, the Reworking within
sliding hubs should be run in for about 250 turns at a speed of 60
min-1. This should be done at a hub setting of 70-80% of the max. 24h-service possible.
torque for one plate disk. Wear due to frequent slipping reduces the Custom made parts
set torque. The figures in the table are calculated for dry operation.
on request.
® 399
Sliding Hubs FA as Torque Limiters for Chain-, Gear- and Belt Drive-wheels
Material: Steel, zinc-plated and chromated.
• High-quality version.
Ød1
• The slipping torque can be adjusted with
common assembly tools for screws, also
after mounting.
• By mounting additional springs, the torque
range can be increased. (additional springs
DN
D
d
have to be ordered separately).
• The hubs are delivered with pilt bore and
max. bush length. Customized bores, key-
ways and bush lengths at extra charge.
Required bush length:
ZxM
The bush length required depends on the
B b s
width of the component to be joined. To
calculate the bush length take the width
L
of the component and add 1.5 times the
thickness of the friction disc, plus an
additional 0.5mm. Drawing: size 01 - 05
Bush length in mm = 1.5 x s + b + 0.5.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 612 100 00, Sliding Hub FA size 00
Torque range Speed Bore Bore of Width Bush length Screws Weight
Product No Size 1 Spring1) 2 Springs2) max. Pilot d max. D DN B Sprocket bmin. bmax. min. max. s L ZxM prebored
Nm Nm min-1 mm mm mm mm mm d1H8 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
612 100 00 00 0,5-5 1-10 10000 3,7 10 30 - 8,5 21 2 6 6 10 2,5 31 3x M4 0,1
612 100 10 0 2-10 4-20 8500 5,7 20 45 - 8,5 35 2 6 6 10 2,5 33 6x M4 0,3
612 101 00 01 5-35 10-70 6600 10 22 58 40 16 40 3 8 8 13 3 45 6x M4 0,6
612 101 10 1 20-75 40-150 5600 10 25 68 45 17 44 3 10 8 15 3 52 6x M5 0,9
612 102 00 2 25-140 50-280 4300 14 35 88 58 19 58 4 12 9 17 3 57 6x M6 1,8
612 103 00 3 50-300 100-600 3300 18 45 115 75 21 72 5 15 11 21,5 4 68 6x M8 3,4
612 104 00 4 90-600 180-1200 2700 24 55 140 90 23 85 6 18 12 24,5 4 78 6x M8 5,5
612 105 00 5 280-800 800-1600 2200 28 65 170 102 29 98 8 20 16 28 5 92 6x M8 8,8
612 106 00 6 300-1200 600-2400 1900 38 80 200 120 31 116 8 23 16 31 5 102 8x M20 14,0
612 107 00 7 600-2200 1200-4400 1600 45 100 240 150 33 144 8 25 16 33 5 113 12x M20 22,6
612 108 00 8 900-3400 1800-6800 1300 58 120 285 180 35 170 8 25 16 33 5 115 16x M20 33,6
1) With one disc spring (standard version). 2) With second disc spring (order separately).
Replacement Friction Discs and additional Disc Springs Remarkes to the versions
Matching Outer The pictures above show size 01 to 5.
Sliding Hub Size Ø Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Sizes 00 and 0 are on the left side without hub.
Product No. mm Friction Disc1) g Disc Spring g From size 6, instead of the central disc spring, there are
612 100 00 00 30 612 100 01 2 612 100 02 5 pairs of little disc springs around each preload screw.
612 100 10 0 45 612 100 11 3 612 100 12 5
612 101 00 01 58 612 101 01 10 612 101 02 10
612 101 10 1 68 612 101 11 13 612 101 12 20
612 102 00 2 88 612 102 01 21 612 102 02 40
612 103 00 3 115 612 103 01 51 612 103 02 100 Customized bores, keyways and bush lengths
612 104 00 4 140 612 104 01 79 612 104 02 200 are available at extra charge.
612 105 00 5 170 612 105 01 157 612 105 02 400
612 106 00 6 200 612 106 01 216 612 106 022) 320
612 107 00 7 240 612 107 01 250 612 107 023) 480
612 108 00 8 285 612 108 01 400 612 108 02 4) 640
1) 2 pieces required. 2) Set with 16 springs. 3) Set with 24 springs. 4) Set with 32 springs.
Technical Explanations Torque – Increase
The driving element (sprocket or pulley) is pushed onto the bush The torque values refer to the sprocket version with ground
and clamped between the friction discs, supported by the round surfaces. Non-ground surfaces lead to faster wear of the friction
adjusting nut, the pressure plate, preload screws and the disk disks.
spring. The harder the disk spring is compressed by the pres- Wear due to frequent slipping reduces the set torque.
sure plate, the higher is the torque at which the driving element
slips. The exact adjustment values for the torque can be found At all sizes, the specified torque can be doubled by the addition
in the table stuck onto the sliding hubs. of a (second) disc spring. The torque ranges with one or two
disc springs are shown in the table.
Mounting instruction at www.maedler.de in the section
Downloads. At sizes from 01 to 5, the specified torque can be tripled by the
addition of a (third) disc spring. The minimum torque setting is
then approx. 65% of the maximum value.
400 ®
Sliding Hubs FAK as Torque Limiters, with Clamp Hub
Material: Steel, zinc-plated and chromated.
• Clamp hub version.
• The slipping torque can be adjusted with
common assembly tools for screws, also
after mounting. R lk
Ø d1
• By mounting an additional springs the
torque range can be increased (additional
G
spring has to be ordered separately).
a
• The hubs are delivered with pilt bore and
d
max. bush length. Customized bores, key-
ways and bush lengths at extra charge.
Required bush length:
The bush length required depends on the
ZxM
B b s
width of the component to be joined. To L
calculate the bush length take the width
of the component and add 1.5 times the
thickness of the friction disc, plus an
additional 0.5mm.
Bush length in mm = 1.5 x s + b + 0.5.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 612 110 10, Sliding Hub FAK size 0
Torque range Speed Bore Bore of Width Bush length Screws Weight
Product No. Size 1 Spring1) 2 Springs2) max. Pilot d max. D B Sprocket bmin. bmax. min. max. s L ZxM prebored
Nm Nm min-1 mm mm mm mm d1H8 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
612 110 10 0 2 - 10 4 - 20 8500 10 22 45 21,5 35 2 6 6 10 2,5 46 6x M4 0,3
612 111 00 01 5 - 35 10 - 70 6600 10 25 58 26 40 3 8 8 13 3 55 6x M4 0,6
612 111 10 1 20 - 75 40 - 150 5600 18 28 68 30 44 3 10 8 15 3 65 6x M5 0,9
612 112 00 2 25 - 140 50 - 280 4300 18 40 88 34 58 4 12 9 17 3 72 6x M6 1,8
1) With one disc spring (standard version).
Clamp Screw Dimensions and Fastening Torque
2) With second disc spring (order separately).
Size R G TA lK a
mm mm Nm mm mm
0 50 M6 16 8 16
01 62 M8 41 10 19
1 74 M10 83 12 22
2 93 M12 145 14 30
Replacement Friction Discs and additional Disc Springs Remarkes to the versions
Matching Outer The pictures above show size 01 to 2.
Sliding Hub Size Ø Product No. Weight Product No. Weight Size 0 is on the left side without hub.
Product No. mm Friction Disc1) g Disc Spring g
612 110 10 0 45 612 100 11 3 612 100 12 5
612 111 00 01 58 612 101 01 10 612 101 02 10 Customized bores, keyways and bush lengths
612 111 10 1 68 612 101 11 13 612 101 12 20 are available at extra charge.
612 112 00 2 88 612 102 01 21 612 102 02 40
1) 2 pieces required.
Technical Explanations Torque – Increase
The driving element (sprocket or pulley) is pushed onto the bush The torque values refer to the sprocket version with ground
and clamped between the friction discs, supported by the round surfaces. Non-ground surfaces lead to faster wear of the friction
adjusting nut, the pressure plate, preload screws and the disk disks.
spring. The harder the disk spring is compressed by the pres- Wear due to frequent slipping reduces the set torque.
sure plate, the higher is the torque at which the driving element
slips. The exact adjustment values for the torque can be found At all sizes, the specified torque can be doubled by the addition
in the table stuck onto the sliding hubs. of a (second) disc spring. The torque ranges with one or two
disc springs are shown in the table.
Operating Instructions at www.maedler.de in the section Downloads
® 401
ROBA ®-Sliding Hubs as Torque Limiters for Chain-, Gear- and Belt Drive-wheels
Material: Steel, zinc-phosphated.
ROBA ® -sliding hubs are high-quality
machine components. They are machined
all-round and zinc-phosphated, i.e. rust-
proof. They are of fully-closed design.
The sliding hubs are delivered pre-drilled
with the max bush length (for b max ).
Required bush length:
The bush length required depends on the
width of the component to be joined. To
calculate the bush length take the width
of the component and add 1.5 times the
thickness of the friction lining, plus an
additional 0.5mm.
Bush length in mm = b + 1.5 x s + 0.5.
Other bush lengths, customized bores
feather-key grooves and setscrew-threads
available at extra charge. Pictured version for up to 700 Nm max.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 612 300 00, ROBA-
Sliding Hub
Torque Speed Clamping Tool B bmin. bmax. D DN Sprocket d Pilot Set Screw L SW Lining Weight
Product No. Size min. max. max. A a-0,2 Bore max. Bore G S Pre-drilled
Nm Nm min-1 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm d1H8 mm mm mm mm mm mm g
612 300 00 0 2 10 8500 37 3 8,5 2 6 45 45 35 201) 6 M4 33 - 2,5 300
612 320 00 1 14 70 5600 50 5 17 3 10 68 45 44 25 10 M* 52 41 3 900
612 340 00 2 26 130 4300 67 6 19 4 12 88 58 58 35 14 M** 57 50 3 1600
612 360 00 3 50 250 3300 84 6 21 5 15 115 75 72 45 18 M*** 68 65 4 3100
612 380 00 4 110 550 2700 104 7 23 6 18 140 90 85 55 24 M8 78 80 4 5400
612 400 00 5 140 700 2200 125 8 29 8 20 170 102 98 65 28 M8 92 90 5 9000
612 420 00 6 240 1200 1900 150 8 31 8 23 200 120 116 80 38 M8 102 105 5 12400
M* Up to Ø12 M4, above Ø12 M5,
above Ø17 M6.
M** Up to Ø 17 M5, above Ø 17 M6.
M*** Up to Ø 22 M6, above Ø 22 M8.
1) Above Ø19 only with keyway DIN6885/3.
Replacement Friction Linings and Face Spanners
Matching Product No. Weight Product No. Weight
Product No. Spare Part Face Spanner
Friction Lining* g g
612 300 00 612 301 00 3 612 302 00 114
612 320 00 612 321 00 13 612 322 00 159
612 340 00 612 341 00 21 612 342 00 240
612 360 00 612 361 00 51 612 342 00 240
612 380 00 612 381 00 79 612 382 00 750
612 400 00 612 401 00 157 612 402 00 1700
612 420 00 612 421 00 216 612 402 00 1700
* 2 pieces required.
Technical Explanations Torque – Increase
The driving element (sprocket or pulley) is pushed onto the Changing the series stacking shown to a parallel stacking the
bush and clamped between the friction disks, supported by maximum torque can be doubled. The minimum torque setting
the pressure plate, the disk springs and the adjusting nut. The is then approx. 50% of the maximum value.
harder the disk springs are compressed by the adjusting nuts, For product no. 612 320 00 to 612 400 00 the specified torque
the higher is the torque at which the driving element slips. The can be tripled by the addition of a (third) spring washer. The
exact adjustment values for the torque can be found in the table minimum torque setting is then approx. 65% of the maximum
stuck onto the sliding hubs. value.
The torque values refer to the sprocket version with ground For Product No. 612 360 00 to 612 400 00 this requires a spe-
surfaces. Non-ground surfaces lead to faster wear of the friction cial adjusting nut, and the pressure plate has to be shortened
disks. (both against surcharge).
Wear due to frequent slipping reduces the set torque.
402 ®
Overview Universal Joints
Single Universal Joints
Type Material Bearings Bores Torques* Speeds* Page
mm max. Nm max. min -1
UKM Plastic Plain bearings 2 - 10 0,11 - 1,6 1000 406
GF Plastic Plain bearings 8 - 16 5 - 22 1000 405
KE Steel Plain bearings 0 - 40 2 - 550 1000 412
WEL Steel Plain bearings 6 - 30 6,6 - 430 800 408
RW Steel Plain bearings 6 - 45 6 - 820 500 413
WE Steel Plain bearings , hardened 6 - 40 7 - 504 800 409
WEN Steel Needle bearings, hardened 8 - 40 5,8 - 365 4000 410
WER Stainless A
Plain bearings 6 - 30 3,5 - 250 800 411
Steel
Double Universal Joints
Type Material Bearings Bores Torques* Speeds* Page
mm max. Nm max. min-1
UKD Plastic Plain bearings 131 - 10 110,08 - 10 1000 406
WDL Steel Plain bearings 16 - 30 15,9 - 380 800 408
WD Steel Plain bearings , hardened 16 - 40 16,3 - 453 800 409
WDN Steel Needle bearings, hardened 10 - 40 19,8 - 328 4000 410
WDR Stainless A Plain bearings 12 - 30 13,2 - 225 800 411
Steel
Telescopic Double Universal Joints
Type Material Bearings Bores Torques* Speeds* Page
mm max. Nm max. min-1
UW Plastic Plain bearings 12 - 20 110,36 - 10,7 800 407
LW Steel Plain bearings 16 - 45 16 - 820 500 413
PW Steel Plain bearings , hardened 10 - 30 25 - 432 800 414
PWN Steel Needle bearings, hardened 10 - 35 20 - 293 4000 414
PWR Stainless A Plain bearings 10 - 25 13 - 192 800 415
Steel
* The max. permissible speeds can differ for each size.
The max. permissible torques depend on the speed and working angle.
See details and notes on the product pages. Bellows Page 415
® 403
Universal Joints, General Information
Universal joints and universal shafts are today, and will be in ating angle the greater the non-uniformity in motion of the
future, absolutely essential and versatile components for transfer- second shaft.
ring rotary motion and transmitting torque from the driving to Thus single universal joints are only used in applications where
the driven unit. non-uniformity of rotation is acceptable. This non-uniformity
If two shafts set at a certain angle are connected using a single can be compensated by either using two single universal joints in
universal joint and one shaft turns with constant velocity, the sequence - thus forming a universal shaft - or by using a double
other shaft will move irregularly. This non-uniformity – also universal joint. When properly installed, the second universal joint
called gimbal error – means that angle of rotation of the second can compensate the non-uniform rotation of the first universal
shaft slightly lags behind or leads the movement off the first joint, that is under the following preconditions, as described in
shaft, with kind of sinus-shaped variations. The greater the oper- DIN 808:
1. Correct yoke orientation: when two single universal joints are used, please make sure that the yokes of the inbound joints, or
brackets for the bracket-version, are properly aligned – as for double universal joints.
90º offset
CORRECT: yoke orientation properly aligned INCORRECT: yoke orientation offset by 90º
2. The operating angle must be the same at both ends.
CORRECT : angle is the same everywhere INCORRECT: angle and are different
3. When position of driving and driven shaft is changed, they must always be moved in parallel.
axis 1 axis 1
axis 2
axis 2
CORRECT : axis 1 is parallel to axis 2 INCORRECT: axis 1 is not parallel to axis 2
4. The universal-joint shaft – or the double universal joint – should be supported as close as possible to the universal joints.
CORRECT : bearing positioned as close as possible INCORRECT: bearing positioned is too far off the joint
The universal joints are supplied without pinholes and split pins. We recommend Split Pins accord. to DIN 1481.
The length of the split pin is determined by the outer diameter Bore Ø 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50
of the universal joint, i.e. the pin must be flush when inserted.
Pin Ø 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16
404 ®
Calculating the Size of the Universal Joint
When selecting the most suitable universal joint, the highest
transmittable torque is not the only decisive figure. Other opera-
tion conditions such as shock load, angle ratios, speeds etc. also
need to be considered. The adjoining diagram therefore helps to
determine a first rough sizing for the universal joint, and shows
Correction value
the respective reference values.
The respective reference value for smaller operating angles under
10º, between 0º and 5º, is 25% higher.
For larger operating angles above 40º to 45º (maximum) we can
only recommend manual operation.
Operating angle µ
Corrective Values Subject to the Operating Angle.
Lubrication / Maintenance of Universal Joints
Maintenance of universal joints is limited to adequate lubrication,
which has to be carried out at intervals (depending on the application).
For dusty work environments, universal joints should be protected with
bellows. The bellows can be filled with grease. This renders the joints Bellows
maintenance-free.
page 415
Ball Joints GF made from Plastic
Material: Acetal, glass-fibre reinforced.
Temperature range: -30ºC to +50ºC.
Max. operating angle 35º. Dimensions according to DIN 808.
For the joining, taper pins, dowel pins or grooved pins can be
used. The joints are maintenance-free and can therefore be used
in difficult-to-access parts of the machine. Other advantages
compared to steel are less weight, corrosion resistance and chem-
ical resistance.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 631 416 00, Ball joint GF, 8 mm bore
Torque Speed at Weight
Product No. max. d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 l3 w Operating Angle
Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 10º max. g
631 416 00 5 8±0,04 16±0,2 3+0,1 10,5 40 20 4-0,1 1.000 min-1 9
631 420 00 15 12±0,05 20±0,2 3+0,1 17 62 31 6-0,1 1.000 min-1 18
631 425 00 22 16±0,05 25±0,2 6+0,1 20,5 74 37 10-0,1 1.000 min-1 35
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 405
Cardan Joints UKM made from Plastic
Material: Plastic acetal-homopolymer with metal caps worked
into the ends. Metal caps and crosspiece made from brass.
Max. operating angle 45º.
These cardan joints are fixed on the shafts with Allen screws.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 630 230 00, Cardan Joint UKM, 2 mm bore
Product No. Torque Bore+0,03 Bore depth A B Weight
Nm mm mm mm mm g
630 230 00 0,11 2 9,3 27,2 7,1 3
630 231 00 0,11 3 9,3 27,2 7,1 3
630 234 00 0,36 3 13,1 37,6 11,1 8,5
630 235 00 0,36 4 13,1 37,6 11,1 8,5
630 239 00 0,85 4 15,7 46,2 14,3 17
630 240 00 0,85 6 15,7 46,2 14,3 17
630 243 00 1,6 6 22,3 67,6 17,5 34
630 244 00 1,6 8 22,3 67,6 17,5 34
630 245 00 1,6 10 22,3 67,6 17,5 34
Double Cardan Joints UKD made from Plastic
Material: Plastic acetal-homopolymer with metal caps worked into
the ends. Metal caps and crosspiece made from brass.
Max. operating angle 45º.
These cardan joints are fixed on the shafts with Allen screws.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 630 331 00, Cardan Joint UKD, 3 mm bore
Product No. Torque Bore+0,03 Bore depth A B C Weight
Nm mm mm mm mm mm g
630 331 00 0,08 3 9,3 35,3 7,1 8,1 3,5
630 334 00 0,16 3 13,1 50,8 11,1 13,2 11,1
630 335 00 0,16 4 13,1 50,8 11,1 13,2 11,1
630 336 00 0,16 5 13,1 50,8 11,1 13,2 11,1
630 339 00 0,59 4 15,7 62,1 14,3 15,9 21,6
630 340 00 0,59 6 15,7 62,1 14,3 15,9 21,6
630 343 00 1,3 6 22,3 89,8 17,5 22,2 42,4
630 344 00 1,3 8 22,3 89,8 17,5 22,2 42,4
630 345 00 1,3 10 22,3 89,8 17,5 22,2 42,4
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
406 ®
Telescopic Universal-Joint Shafts UW Made from Plastic and Brass
Material: Acetal (black).
Cross-pieces: Brass. Travel Travel
Joint faces are fitted with brass inserts,
with 2 set screws per hub.
Temperature range: -20 ºC to + 60 ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 630 811 00,
Telescopic Universal-Joint Shaft UW, 5 mm Bore
Product-No. B +0,03 ** D +/-1 L min. L max. Travel L2 Peak Torque Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm* g
630 811 00 1) 5,00 11,1 240 389 149 13,1 0,36 36
630 814 00 1) 5,00 14,3 300 484 184 15,7 0,85 58
630 817 00 1) 10,00 17,5 450 730 280 22,3 1,60 168
630 823 00 2) 10,00 23,0 464 745 281 17,0 2,80 241
630 828 00 2) 12,70 28,5 500 784 284 20,0 5,60 457
630 836 00 2) 20,00 36,5 564 868 304 21,0 10,70 827
* The stated peak torque refers to Lmin. (telescope retracted).
The max. torque for extended telescope has to be determined empirically and subject to the respective application.
** Bore-reducing bushes see below.
1) Joint faces fitted with brass inserts with 2 set screws per hub.
2) Joints only fitted with metal inserts, without set screws.
Note
Telescopic universal-joint shafts (teleshafts) made from plastic means of transmission. The profiled parts eliminate any torsion-
and brass are practical if the distance between driving and driven al play which may occur inside the bushes due to tolerances. To
unit varies during operation, or if changes in components need shorten the teleshafts, please always cut off the same length on
to be compensated or if, simply, fast disconnection of a drive either side.
unit is required.
These teleshafts are designed for light duty. Precisely-drawn,
square brass tubes, which can easily be shortened, serve as
Bore-Reducing Bushes for Further Bores at Telescopic Universal-Joint Shafts, Product No. 630 811 00 to 630 836 00
Material:
Product No. 622 302 05 up to 622 304 05 made from brass.
Product No. 622 303 05 up to 622 318 20 made from aluminium.
To guarantee an optimum shaft-hub connection, the bore-reducing
bush should be used as follows:
”S” indicates the adjusting screw inside the adjusting-screw hub.
“T” indicates tangential attachment screws for the clamping hub.
“F” indicates the recommended positioning of the flattened shaft
with adjusting-screw hubs.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 302 05, Bore-Reducing Bush, 2 mm Bore
Product No. Matching Bore B +0,03 L D Weight Product No. Matching Bore B +0,03 L D Weight
Universal-Joint Shafts mm mm mm g Universal-Joint Shafts mm mm mm g
622 302 05 630 811 00 2 4,3 5 1 622 305 12 630 828 00 5 10,7 12,7 3
622 303 05 630 811 00 3 4,3 5 1 622 306 12 630 828 00 6 10,7 12,7 3
622 304 05 630 811 00 4 4,3 5 1 622 308 12 630 828 00 8 10,7 12,7 3
622 303 05 630 814 00 3 4,3 5 1 622 309 12 630 828 00 9 10,7 12,7 3
622 304 05 630 814 00 4 4,3 5 1 622 310 12 630 828 00 10 10,7 12,7 3
622 304 10 630 817 00 4 8,1 10 1 622 310 20 630 836 00 10 20 20 6
622 305 10 630 817 00 5 8,1 10 1 622 312 20 630 836 00 12 20 20 6
622 306 10 630 817 00 6 8,1 10 1 622 314 20 630 836 00 14 20 20 6
622 308 10 630 817 00 8 8,1 10 1 622 315 20 630 836 00 15 20 20 6
622 304 10 630 823 00 4 8,1 10 1 622 316 20 630 836 00 16 20 20 6
622 305 10 630 823 00 5 8,1 10 1 622 318 20 630 836 00 18 20 20 6
622 306 10 630 823 00 6 8,1 10 1
622 308 10 630 823 00 8 8,1 10 1
Please note that concentricity and constant velocity can be influ- not recommend using flattened shafts with more than 1/4 of the
enced by mounted bushes. To achieve the best possible per- diameter removed.
formance, we recommend using shafts of tolerance class h6.
Undersized shafts are less effective. For the same reason we would
® 407
Single Universal Joints WEL Similar to DIN 808
Material: Steel.
Max. Operating Angle 45º.
These low-price, single universal joints are especially suited for
manual operation at low torques. As the contact surfaces are
not hardened/ground, they can only be used at high speeds for
short intervals.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 630 613 00, Universal Joint WEL, 6 mm Bore
permissible max. Torques in Nm* at different Speeds
Product No. B H7 D l1 l2 100 200 300 400 500 700 800 Weight
mm mm mm mm min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 kg
630 613 00 6 13 40 13 6,6 6 5,3 4,8 4,4 - - 0,03
630 616 00 8 16 40 10 13 9 8 7 6 5,2 4,7 0,04
630 620 00 10 20 45 10 25 17 15 12 11 10 7 0,08
630 625 00 12 25 50 11 45 25 21 16 14 11 9 0,14
630 629 00 14 29 56 13 70 45 40 33 30 26 22 0,20
630 632 00 16 32 65 15 88 85 72 55 50 43 34 0,29
630 637 00 18 37 72 17 160 120 100 68 58 54 - 0,44
630 640 00 20 40 82 19 240 170 120 90 80 72 - 0,57
630 647 00 22 47 95 22 300 200 150 110 93 - - 0,93
630 650 00 25 50 108 27 390 250 180 140 115 - - 1,19
630 658 00 30 58 122 30 430 330 200 150 128 - - 1,72
* Only for short intervals.
Bellows
page 415
Double Universal Joints WDL Similar to DIN 808
Material: Steel.
Max. Operating Angle 90º.
These low-price, single universal joints are especially suited for
manual operation at low torques. As the contact surfaces are
not hardened/ground, they can be only used at high speeds for
short intervals.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 630 713 00, Universal Joint WDL, 6 mm Bore
permissible max. Torques in Nm* at different Speeds
Product No. B H7 D1 l3 l4 l5 100 200 300 400 500 700 800 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 kg
630 713 00 6 13 63 23 13 5,9 5,4 4,8 4,3 3,9 - - 0,07
630 716 00 8 16 67 27 10 11 8,1 7,2 6,3 5,4 4,7 4,2 0,07
630 720 00 10 20 74 29 10 22 15 13 11 9,9 9 6,3 0,08
630 722 00 12 22 74 29 11 40 22 19 14 12 10 8,1 0,13
630 725 00 14 25 85 33 13 63 40 36 29 27 23 20 0,19
630 729 00 16 29 100 35 19 79 76 64 49 45 38 30 0,31
630 732 00 18 32 112 39 20 144 108 90 61 52 48 - 0,44
630 740 00 20 40 128 46 19 216 153 108 81 72 64 - 0,82
630 741 00 22 40 145 46 25 270 180 135 99 83 - - 0,94
630 750 00 25 50 163 59 24 350 225 160 126 103 - - 1,56
630 758 00 30 58 182 66 30 380 295 180 135 115 - - 2,43
* Only for short intervals. Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
408 ®
Precision Universal Joints Similar to DIN 808
These single and double universal joints feature a simple design extremely long service life. All contact surfaces are hardened,
with very small tolerances and high precision and performance. ground and lapped. These universal joints are used at high tor-
A special grinding process realizes a perfect parallelism of the ques and high speeds up to max. 800 min -1 .
axes and the single parts of the joints - this guarantees an
Single Precision Universal Joints WE Similar to DIN 808
Material: Steel 35SMnPb10, Bearing Parts 18NiCrMo5Pb.
Contact surfaces hardened, ground and lapped.
Max. Operating Angle 45º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 631 215 00, Universal Joint WE, 6 mm Bore
permissible max. Torques in Nm at different Speeds
Product No. B H7 D l1 l2 100 200 300 400 500 700 800 Weight
mm mm mm mm min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 kg
631 215 00 6 16 34 9 7 6,5 6,0 5,5 5,0 - - 0,04
631 216 00 8 16 40 11 14 10 9,5 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,4 0,04
631 218 00 8 18 40 11 16 11 11 9 7,9 6,8 6,1 0,07
631 220 00 10 22 45 10 25 17 15 13 12 11 7,5 0,09
631 222 00 10 22 48 12 25 17 15 13 12 11 7,5 0,10
631 226 00 12 25 50 11 43 25 21 17 16 13 12 0,20
631 227 00 12 26 56 13 43 25 21 17 16 13 12 0,16
631 229 00 14 29 56 13 69 43 40 36 34 29 27 0,18
631 230 00 14 29 60 17 69 43 40 36 34 29 27 0,21
631 232 00 16 32 65 15 87 84 72 58 52 41 36 0,33
631 233 00 16 32 68 18 87 84 72 58 52 41 36 0,34
631 237 00 18 37 72 17 156 120 96 72 60 48 - 0,39
631 238 00 18 37 74 18 156 120 96 72 60 48 - 0,42
631 240 00 20 40 82 19 240 168 120 96 84 60 - 0,54
631 242 00 20 42 82 19 252 176 126 101 88 63 - 0,62
631 247 00 22 47 95 22 300 192 144 120 96 72 - 0,86
631 250 00 25 50 108 26 384 240 168 144 120 96 - 1,06
631 252 00 25 52 105 26 400 250 175 150 125 - - 1,31
631 258 00 30 58 122 30 432 264 192 156 132 - - 1,67
631 270 00 35 70 140 35 456 300 228 174 144 - - 2,76
631 280 00 40 80 160 42 504 336 264 216 - - - 4,28
Double Precision Universal Joints WD Similar to DIN 808
Material: Steel 35SMnPb10, Bearing Parts 18NiCrMo5Pb.
Contact surfaces hardened, ground and lapped.
Max. Operating Angle 90º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No 631 715 00, Universal Joint WD, 6 mm Bore
permissible max. Torques in Nm at different Speeds
Product No. B H7 D1 l3 l4 l5 100 200 300 400 500 700 800 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 kg
631 715 00 6 16 61 27 -* 6,3 5,8 5,4 4,9 4,5 - - 0,07
631 716 00 8 16 67 27 -* 12,6 9 8,5 7,2 6,3 5,4 4,8 0,07
631 720 00 10 20 75 30 -* 22 15,3 13 11,7 10,8 9,9 6,7 0,08
631 726 00 12 22 74 29 11 38 22 18 15 13 11 10 0,13
631 729 00 14 25 85 33 13 61 38 35 32 30 25 23 0,19
631 732 00 16 29 100 35 19 77 75 64 51 46 36 32 0,31
631 737 00 18 32 112 39 20 140 108 86 64 54 43 - 0,44
631 740 00 20 40 128 46 19 216 151 108 86 75 54 - 0,82
631 747 00 22 40 145 48 25 270 172 129 108 86 64 - 0,94
631 750 00 25 50 163 59 24 345 216 151 129 108 86 - 1,56
631 758 00 30 58 182 66 28 388 237 172 140 118 - - 2,43
631 770 00 35 70 212 78 32 410 270 205 156 129 - - 4,01
631 780 00 40 80 245 95 38 453 203 237 194 - - - 6,55
* Through-bore.
® 409
Precision Needle-Bearing Universal Joints DIN 808
The needle-bearing universal joints have almost zero backlash, the axes and the single parts of the joints - which guarantees an
high accuracy and good turning properties. These special needle- extremely long service life.
rollers without cage can take high loads even at large operating
angles. A special grinding process realizes a perfect parallelism of
Single, Precision Universal Joints WEN with Needle-Roller Bearings, DIN 808
Material: Steel 35SMnPb10, Bearing Parts 18NiCrMo5Pb.
Max. Operating Angle 45º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 631 116 00, Precision, Universal Joint WEN, 8 mm Bore
permissible max. Torques in Nm at different Speeds
Product No. B H7 D l1 l2 250 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 Weight
mm mm mm mm min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 kg
631 116 00 8 16 52 15 5,8 5,8 5,8 5,8 - - 0,05
631 122 00 10 20 62 18 22 17 14 11 10 9 0,10
631 126 00 14 25 74 20 34 29 24 22 20 18 0,18
631 132 00 16 32 86 24 65 55 45 40 37 32 0,33
631 137 00 18 37 72 17 75 61 50 45 40 36 0,40
631 140 00 20 40 108 30 140 120 100 80 70 65 0,71
631 150 00 25 50 132 38 200 170 130 110 90 85 1,33
631 163 00 30 63 166 45 300 270 230 190 160 140 2,78
631 170 00 35 70 140 35 326 277 237 198 168 - 2,75
631 180 00 40 80 180 50 365 303 255 205 186 - 4,93
Double, Precision Universal Joints WDN with Needle-Roller Bearings, DIN 808
Material: Steel 35SMnPb10, Bearing Parts 18NiCrMo5Pb.
Max. Operating Angle 90º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 631 620 00, Precision Universal Joint WDN, 10 mm Bore
Permissible Max. Torques in Nm at different Speeds
Product No. B H7 D1 l3 l4 l5 250 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 kg
631 620 00 10 20 88 26 18 19,8 15,3 12,6 9,9 9 8 0,14
631 626 00 14 25 104 33 20 30 26 21 19 18 16 0,24
631 632 00 16 32 124 38 24 58 49 40 35 33 28 0,52
631 640 00 20 40 156 48 30 125 108 90 70 63 58 1,01
631 650 00 25 50 188 56 38 180 150 117 95 80 75 1,63
631 663 00 30 63 238 80 42 270 240 207 170 140 125 3,90
631 670 00 35 70 212 78 30 293 249 213 178 151 - 4,08
631 680 00 40 80 290 120 48 328 272,7 229,5 184,5 167,4 - 7,96
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
410 ®
Precision Universal Joints Similar to DIN 808 Stainless Steel 1.4301 (X5CrNi1810)
These single and double universal joints feature a simple design At an operating angle of 45º only manual operation is possible.
with very small tolerances and high precision and performance.
These universal joints can be used at speeds up to max. 800
min -1. The torques of the stainless precision universal joints
amount less of the standard steel version.
Single Precision Universal Joints WER Similar to DIN 808, Stainless
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301.
A
Max. Operating Angle 45º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 631 992 15, Universal Joint WER, 6 mm Bore
permissible max. Torques in Nm at different Speeds
Product-Nr. B H7 D l1 l2 100 200 300 400 500 700 800 Weight
mm mm mm mm min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 kg
631 992 15 6 13 50 18 3,5 3,3 3,0 2,8 2,5 - - 0,04
631 992 16 8 16 58 19 7,0 5,0 4,8 4,0 3,5 3,0 2,7 0,06
631 992 20 10 22 76 25 12,5 8,5 7,3 6,5 6,0 5,5 3,8 0,13
631 992 26 12 25 86 29 21,5 12,5 10,3 8,5 7,8 6,5 6,0 0,23
631 992 29 14 29 90 30 34,3 21,5 19,8 18,0 16,8 14,3 13,3 0,33
631 992 32 16 32 95 30 43,3 42 36 28,8 25,8 20,5 18,0 0,42
631 992 37 18 37 108 35 78 60 48 36 30 29 - 0,65
631 992 40 20 40 108 32 120 84 60 48 42 30 - 0,75
631 992 47 22 47 127 38 150 96 72 60 48 36 - 1,26
631 992 50 25 50 140 44 192 120 84 72 60 48 - 1,52
631 992 57 30 58 178 58 216 132 96 78 66 - - 2,60
Double Precision Universal Joints WDR Similar to DIN 808, Stainless
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301.
A
Max. Operating Angle 90º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 631 997 26, Universal Joint WDR, 12 mm Bore
permissible max. Torques in Nm at different Speeds
Product-Nr. B H7 D1 l3 l4 l5 100 200 300 400 500 700 800 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 kg
631 997 26 12 22 105 29 25 11,3 7,7 6,5 5,9 5,4 5,0 3,4 0,20
631 997 29 14 25 119 33 29 19,4 11,3 9,2 7,7 7,0 5,9 5,4 0,30
631 997 32 16 29 125 35 30 30,8 19,4 17,8 16,2 15,1 12,8 11,9 0,43
631 997 37 18 32 134 39 30 38,9 37,8 32,4 25,9 23,2 18,5 16,2 0,56
631 997 40 20 40 154 46 32 70 54 43 32 27 26 - 1,06
631 997 47 22 40 176 46 38 108 76 54 43 38 27 - 1,16
631 997 50 25 50 199 59 44 173 108 76 65 54 43 - 2,16
631 997 57 30 58 244 66 58 194 119 86 70 59 - - 3,48
Bellows Reworking within
24h-service possible.
page 415
Custom made parts
on request.
® 411
Cardan Joints KE According to the Old Standard DIN 7551 Similar to DIN 808 with and without Bore
Material: Steel C 45.
Max. Operating Angle 45º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 630 110 00, Cardan Joint KE, 6 mm Bore
Weight
Product No. Product No. Torque B H7 A S ±1 M T K with Bore without Bore
with Bore B without Bore max. Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
630 110 00 630 010 00 2 6 10 40 20 12 10,5 0,014 0,020
630 113 00 630 013 00 6 8 13 42 21 12 14 0,024 0,035
630 116 00 630 016 00 8 10 16 52 26 15 17,5 0,047 0,067
630 120 00 630 020 00 20 12 20 62 31 18 21,5 0,089 0,138
630 125 00 630 025 00 30 16 25 74 37 22 26,5 0,160 0,230
630 132 00 630 032 00 60 20 32 86 43 25 33,5 0,310 0,440
630 140 00 630 040 00 160 25 40 108 54 32 42 0,625 0,880
630 150 00 630 050 00 290 32 50 132 66 40 52,5 1,200 1,710
630 163 00 630 063 00 550 40 63 166 83 50 64 2,400 3,070
The cardan joints KE are, other than the cardan joints with needle- The following limit applies:
roller bearing, only sliding-contact bearings. Their scope of application The product of speed (min-1) x working angle (degrees) may not exceed
is therefore limited to slow running drives. The respective maximum the reference number 500. This means, e.g., for a working angle of 10
speeds depend on operating angle and load, but must never exceed degrees a max. speed of 50 min-1. If, however, the maximum torque
1000 min-1. The maximum torque values listed in the table are limits, is not taken to the limit, speed and working angle can be larger. At 0.5
which must neither be exceeded.They may only be used to their full x max. torque applies: speed x working angle, smaller or equal 4.000. In
extend with intermittent operation or at low speed. case of doubt choose larger joint.
At continuous operation the cardan joints need to be sufficiently lubrica-
ted. If no drip-feed lubrication is possible (drip-feed lubricators see page
582)), lubricate the joints at least once a day. Another possibility is to
cover the joints with a bellow, filled with a suitable lubricant.
Precision Single Universal Joints AR DIN 808
Material: Steel 11SMnPb30.
Max. Operating Angle 45º.
In their connecting dimensions, these universal joints comply with
m .
DIN 808. Their load capacity surpasses the performance required
according to the DIN standard. The constructive features indicate
i te
that with extreme loads, e.g., shock or vibration loads, these
joints should not be used.
u ed ke 09.
t i n ta 4
n e
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 631 016 00, Universal Joint AR, 6 mm Bore
o s e ag
norm.Bore max. Bore
c a
permissible max. Torques in Nm at different Speeds
s p
Product No. BH7 B D l1 l2 l3 Weight 100 200 300 400 500 700 800
Di Ple on
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg min- 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1
631 016 00 6 6 16 34 9 17 0,06 7 7,5 6 5,5 5 - -
E
631 019 00 8 8 18 40 11 20 0,07 14 10 9,5 8 7 6 5,4
631 022 00 10 10 22 48 12 24 0,10 21 14 12 11 10 9 6
631 026 00
631 029 00
12
14
e W 12
15*
26
29
56
60
16
17
28
30
0,16
0,21
36
57
21
36
17
33
14
30
13
28
11
23,5
10
22
631 032 00
631 037 00
631 042 00
t y p
16
18
20
17*
19*
22*
32
37
42
68
74
82
20
21
23
34
37
41
0,30
0,42
0,62
72
130
200
70
100
140
60
80
100
48
60
80
43
50
70
34
40
50
30
-
-
631 047 00 22 24* 47 95 25 47,5 0,90 250 160 120 100 80 60 -
631 052 00 25 27* 52 105 29 52,5 1,31 320 200 140 120 100 80 -
631 058 00 30 32* 58 122 34 61 1,72 360 220 160 130 110 - -
When pin holes are bored, do not bore through brackets. The joints must not be shortened. The outer part of the joints is
Pin holes can therefore only be positioned between brackets. a thin-walled sleeve, which is pressed onto the carrier and the
Feather-key grooves can also only be machined between bra- brackets. This sleeve gives the brackets additional support.
ckets, i.e. the keyways have to be cut offset by 90º to the bra-
ckets.
412 ®
Ball Joints RW
Material: Steel 11SMnPb30K.
Max. Operating Angle 35º.
Temperature range: -70ºC to +160ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 631 313 00, Ball Joint RW, 6 mm Bore
Product No. Torque BH7 D l1±1 l3 l2 Weight
max. Nm mm mm mm mm mm kg
631 313 00 6 6 13 35 17,5 10 0,03
631 316 00 8 8 16 40 20 10 0,05
631 320 00
631 324 00
631 328 00
20
30
50
10
12
14
20
24
28
50
60
70
25
30
35
13
14
17
0,09
0,14
0,24
Bellows
631 332 00 60 16 32 80 40 19 0,36
631 336 00
631 340 00
631 345 00
120
160
200
18
20
22
36
40
45
90
100
110
45
50
55
22
24
26
0,52
0,71
1,10
page 415
631 350 00 290 25 50 125 62,5 30 1,30
631 355 00 440 30 55 135 67,5 35 1,70
631 360 00 520 35 60 165 82,5 42 2,20
631 365 00 700 40 65 190 95 46 3,00
631 370 00 820 45 70 210 105 52 4,30
The ball joints RW are simple, sliding-contact bearing elements and can The following limit applies:
only be used at low speeds. The respective maximum speeds depend The product of speed (min-1) x working angle (degrees) must not
on operating angle and load, but should possibly not exceed 500 min-1. exceed the reference number 500. This means, e.g., for a working
The maximum torque values listed in the table are limits, which must angle of 10 degrees a max. speed of 50 min-1. If however the maxi-
also never be exceeded. They may only be used to their full extend mum torque is not used to the limit, speed and working angle can be
with intermittent operation or at low speed and small operating angle. larger. At 0.5 x max. torque applies: speed x working angle, smaller or
Can be used from -70º to +160ºC. equal 4.000. In case of doubt choose larger joint. Lubrication see car-
dan joints KE page 412.
Slip shafts LW with ball joints
Material: Steel 11SMnPb30K.
Max. operating angle per joint 35º.
With ball joints RW for power transmission in applications where
longitudinal displacement occurs. The variation in length is
effected with a multiple-spline shaft. Torques as for ball joints
RW.
Other lengths on request.
Temperature range: -70ºC to +160ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 631 520 00, Ball-Joint Shaft LW, 10 mm Bore
L Profile
Product No. Torque B H7 l2 D Retracted A M Weight similar DIN ISO 14
max. Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg z x mm x mm
631 520 00 20 10 13 20 200 70 25 0,50 6 x 11 x 14
631 524 00 30 12 14 24 220 75 30 0,65 6 x 11 x 14
631 528 00 50 14 17 28 250 80 35 0,95 6 x 16 x 20
631 532 00 60 16 19 32 280 90 40 1,38 6 x 16 x 20
631 536 00 120 18 22 36 300 85 45 1,90 6 x 18 x 22
631 540 00 160 20 24 40 350 110 50 2,75 6 x 21 x 25
631 545 00 200 22 26 45 400 140 55 4,00 6 x 21 x 25
631 550 00 290 25 30 50 400 100 62,5 4,80 6 x 28 x 32
631 555 00 440 30 35 55 450 100 67,5 6,70 6 x 28 x 32
631 560 00 520 35 42 60 500 100 82,5 8,90 8 x 36 x 42
631 565 00 700 40 46 65 550 100 95 11,40 8 x 36 x 42
631 570 00 820 45 52 70 630 120 105 15,50 18 x 44 x 52
631 580 00 930 50 58 80 700 140 115 18,00 18 x 50 x 58
® 413
Slip shafts with joints PW
Material: Steel 35SMnPb10, Bearing Parts 18NiCrMo5Pb,
Splined shaft C45 cold drawn.
Max. Operating Angle per Joint 45º.
Other lengths on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 631 820 00, slip shaft PW, 10 mm Bore
Standard size permissible max. Torques in Nm at different Speeds
Product No. B H7 D l1 l2 C E F L min L max 100 200 300 400 500 700 800 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 kg
631 820 00 10 22 45 10 40 11 14 170 230 25 17 14,5 13 12 11 7,5 0,37
631 826 00 12 25 50 11 45 13 16 200 270 43 25 20,5 17 15,5 13 12 0,58
631 829 00 14 29 56 13 45 13 16 210 280 68,5 43 39,5 36 33,5 28,5 26,5 0,85
631 832 00 16 32 65 15 45 16 20 250 350 86,5 84 72 57,5 51,5 41 36 1,15
631 837 00 18 37 72 17 45 16 20 270 370 156 120 96 72 60 48 - 1,56
631 840 00 20 40 82 19 45 18 22 290 380 240 168 120 96 84 60 - 2,08
631 847 00 22 47 95 22 48 21 25 330 430 300 192 144 120 96 72 - 3,33
631 850 00 25 50 108 26 48 23 28 350 450 384 240 168 144 120 96 - 3,79
631 858 00 30 58 122 30 50 26 32 400 510 432 264 192 156 132 - - 5,59
Slip shafts with joints with needle-roller bearings PWN
Material: Steel 35SMnPb10
Max. Operating Angle per Joint 45º.
Other lengths on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 631 920 00, slip shaft PWN, 10 mm Bore
Standard size permissible max. Torques in Nm at different Speeds
Product No. B H7 D l1 l2 C E F L min L max 250 500 1000 2000 3000 4000 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm -
min 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 kg
631 920 00 10 20 62 18 40 11 14 170 200 20 15 13 10 9 8 0,33
631 925 00 14 25 74 20 45 13 16 220 270 31 26 22 20 18 16 0,58
631 932 00 16 32 86 24 45 16 20 250 320 59 50 41 36 33 29 1,15
631 937 00 18 37 72 17 45 16 20 270 370 68 55 45 41 36 32 1,56
631 940 00 20 40 108 30 45 18 22 290 360 126 108 90 72 63 59 2,08
631 947 00 22 47 95 22 48 21 25 330 430 146 119 97 79 69 64 3,33
631 950 00 25 50 132 38 48 23 28 350 435 180 153 117 99 81 77 3,79
631 963 00 30 63 166 45 50 32 38 400 490 270 243 207 171 144 126 6,00
631 970 00 35 70 140 35 70 32 38 500 600 293 249 213 178 151 - 10,00
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
414 ®
Slip shafts with joints PWR
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301.
Max. operating angle per joint 45º. A
Other lengths on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 631 998 20, Slip shaft with joints PWR, bore 10 mm
Standard size permissible max torques in Nm at different Speeds
Product No. B H7 D l1 l2 C E F L min L max 100 200 300 400 500 700 800 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 min - 1 kg
631 998 20 10 22 76 25 30 11 14 215 245 12,5 8,5 7 6,5 6 5,5 3,5 0,99
631 998 26 12 25 86 29 35 13 16 240 270 21,5 12,5 10 8,5 7,5 6,5 6 0,76
631 998 29 14 29 90 30 35 13 16 250 280 34 21,5 19,5 18 16,5 14 13 0,92
631 998 32 16 32 95 30 35 16 20 280 330 43 42 36 29 25,5 20,5 18 1,35
631 998 37 18 37 108 35 35 16 20 305 355 78 60 48 36 30 24 - 1,79
631 998 40 20 40 108 32 48 23 28 315 365 120 84 60 48 42 30 - 2,41
631 998 47 22 47 127 38 48 23 28 355 405 150 96 72 60 48 36 - 3,75
631 998 50 25 50 140 44 48 23 28 380 430 192 120 84 72 60 48 - 4,33
Bellows FSG (black) for Single-Universal Joints
Material: NBR, black. Hardness about 45 Shore A.
Mineral-oil resistant.
Single-fold bellows are used to protect ball and universal joints.
The shaft lengths L1 and L2 are estimated dimensions.
To securely fix the bellows on the joints, the connections should
be fixed with hose fittings.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 630 516 00, Bellows FSG, inside diameter 16 mm
Product No. Inside-Ø D L d2 L1 L2 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm g
630 516 00 16 32 16 9 34 5
630 518 00 18 38 18 11 40 6
630 520 00 20 56 20 14 50 8
630 522 00 22 40 22 13 48 7
630 525 00 25 66 25 22 74 12
630 526 00 26 45 26 15 56 10
630 528 00 28 58 28 20 70 9
630 529 00 29 50 29 17 60 12
630 532 00 32 60 32 19 68 15
630 533 00 32 75 32 23 80 18
630 536 00 36 82 36 26 90 22
630 540 00 42 75 40 29 100 24
630 545 00 47 90 45 31 110 31 Reworking within
630 550 00 52 95 50 36 125 40
630 555 00 58 95 55 45 120 48
24h-service possible.
630 570 00 70 96 70 56 140 67 Custom made parts
on request.
® 415
Bearing Units, Roller Bearings, Plain Bearings, Bushes and Collars - Overwiew
Bearing units
Thermoplastic Pillow Thermoplastic Pillow Thermoplastic Flange Thermoplastic Flange
Block Bearings Block Bearings Bearings igubal® EFSM Bearings igubal® EFOM
igubal® KSTM igubal® ESTM
Page 418 Page 418 Page 419 Page 419
Light Duty Pillow Cap Bearing Version L, Heavy-Duty Pillow Block Heavy-Duty Pillow Block
Block Bearing HM with Red Brass Bushes Bearings Bearings
with Bores for Drive- for Compression Version A, with Red Brass Version B, without
In Oiler Lubricators (Type Bushes for Compression Bushes, for Compression
Stauffer) Lubricators (Type Stauffer) Lubricators (Type Stauffer)
Page 420 Page 420 Page 421 Page 421
Flange Bearings Flange Bearings Flange Bearings Ball Pillow Block
Version A, with Red Version B, without Version B, with Red Brass Bearings TUCP
Brass Bushes for Bushes, for Compression Bushes for Compression (Plastic / Stainless
Compression Lubricators Lubricators (Type Lubricators (Type Steel)
(Type Stauffer) Stauffer) Stauffer)
Page 422 Page 422 Page 422 Page 424
Protection Caps for Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings Ball Pillow Block
Thermoplastic Pillow TUCF TUCFL Bearings UCP
Bearings (Plastic) (Plastic / Stainless Steel) (Plastic / Stainless Steel) (Grey Cast Iron)
Page 424 Page 425 Page 425 Page 426
Ball Pillow Block Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings
Bearings BBP (Two- UCF (Grey Cast Iron) UCFL (Grey Cast Iron) UCFA (Grey Cast Iron)
Part Steel Sheet, Zinc
Plated)
Page 426 Page 427 Page 427 Page 428
Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings Ball Pillow Block Ball Pillow Block
BPF (Two-Part Steel BPFL (Two-Part Steel Bearings SSUCP Bearings SSBPP
Sheet, Zinc Plated) Sheet, Zinc Plated) (Stainless Steel) (Stainless Steel)
Page 428 Page 428 Page 429 Page 429
Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings Ball Flange Bearings
SSUCF SSUCFL SSBPF SSBPFL
(Stainless Steel) (Stainless Steel) (Stainless Steel) (Stainless Steel)
Page 430 Page 430 Page 431 Page 431
Pillow Block Bearing Pillow Block Bearing Pillow Block Bearing Pillow Block Bearing
Units BK, Units BF, Units EK, Units EF,
for Fixed Side for Support Side for Fixed Side for Support Side
Page 432 Page 432 Page 433 Page 433
Flange Bearing Units FK, Flange Bearing Units FF,
for Fixed Side for Support Side
Page 434 Page 434
416 ®
Bearing Units, Roller Bearings, Plain Bearings, Bushes and Collars - Overwiew
Roller Bearings
Single Row Ball Single Row Ball Single Row Ball
Bearings from SKF ® Bearings 2Z with Bearings 2RS with
Shields, from SKF ® Seals, from SKF ®
Page 436 Page 436 Page 436
MÄDLER ® Single Row Ball MÄDLER ® Single Row Ball
Bearings ZZ with Bearings 2RS with
Shields, from MÄDLER ® Seals, from MÄDLER ®
Page 438 Page 438
Angular Contact Ball Self aligning Cylindrical
Bearings from SKF ® Ball Bearings Roller Bearings
from SKF ® from SKF ®
Page 440 Page 440 Page 441
Spherical Roller Tapered Roller Radial Shaft Seals
Bearings from SKF ® Bearings from SKF ® Design A
Page 441 Page 442 Page 443
Sintered Bronze Bushes Sintered Bronze Raw Material
Bushes Version J Similar Flange Bushes Version V Raw Material Made Raw Material Made
to DIN 1850 (DIN 4379 Similar to DIN 1850 (DIN From Sintered Bronze From Sintered Bronze
Version C) Made From 4379 Version F) Made with Bore for Plain without Bore for Plain
Sintered Bronze For Plain From Sintered Bronze For Bearing Production Bearing Production
Bearings Plain Bearings
Page 445 Page 446 Page 446 Page 446
Slotted Bushes
Cylindrical Bushes, Flange Bushes, Slotted
Slotted (without any (without any lubri-
lubrication) cation)
Page 447 Page 447
Plastic Bushes
Bushes BP made from Bushes BBP made Cylindrical Bushes, Flange Bushes,
Polyamide 6.6 Die from Polyamide 6.6 plastic EP22TM plastic EP22TM,
Cast for Plain Bearings Die Cast for Plain -50°C to +170°C -50°C to +170°C
-40°C to +80°C Bearings,
-40°C to +80°C
Page 448 Page 448 Page 449 Page 449
Cylindrical Bushes, Flange Bushes,
plastic EP43TM, plastic EP43TM,
-40°C to +240°C -40°C to +240°C
Page 450 Page 450
Drill Bushes
Cylindrical Drill Cylindrical Flanged
Bushes DIN 179 Drill Bushes DIN 172
Version A Version A
Page 451 Page 451
Adjusting Rings / Set Collars, Clamp collars / Shaft Collars
Adjusting Rings Clamp Collars, Clamp Collars, Clamp Collars Slotted,
made from Steel, Slottet and 2-Part, Double Wide, with Thread,
Steel Zinc-plated from Steel burnished, Slottet and 2-Part from Steel burnished
and Stainless Steel Stainless Steel from Steel burnished and Stainless Steel
and Aluminium and Stainless Steel
Page 452 Page 454 Page 456 Page 457
® 417
Thermoplastic Pillow Block Bearings igubal ® KSTM, connection measures like DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) series K
Material spherical ball: iglidur ® W300, yellowish.
Material housing: igumid G, black.
b1
• Maintenance-free, silent running and anti-vibrating. b2
d1
• High strength at very low weight.
• Resistant against corrosion and many chemicals.
d6
• Electrical and thermal isolating.
h2
h1
• The shaft must rotate inside the bore of the spherical ball. With
c
a metal shaft, a sliding speed up to 30 m/min. may be possible. m
The spherical ball may only compensate shaft misalignement. a
Temperature range: -30º to +80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 620 550 05, Pillow Block igubal KSTM, 5mm
Load Rating Tilting Weight
radial* axial angle
Product No. d1E10 h1 h2 b1 b2 a m c d6 static static
KSTM mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N ° g
620 550 05 5 7 14 8 6 34 26,3 4,0 3,3 x 4,6 350 300 30 1,7
620 550 06 6 10 18 9 7 43 34,5 5,5 4,5 x 6,0 550 300 29 2,9
620 550 08 8 10 20 12 9 47 35,5 6,0 4,5 x 7,0 650 400 25 4,6
620 550 10 10 14 26 14 10,5 62 48,5 7,5 5,5 x 8,0 750 500 25 8,6
620 550 12 12 14 28 16 12 65 49,5 8,5 5,5 x 9,0 1100 600 25 11,8
620 550 16 16 18 36 21 15 86 65,4 10,5 6,6 x 12 1500 1000 23 23,7
620 550 20 20 22 44 25 18 98 73 13 9,0 x 14 2350 1300 23 40,0
620 550 25 25 27 54 31 22 124 94 16 9,0 x 17 3300 1600 22 75,3
620 550 30 30 32 64 37 25 139 105 17 11 x 20 4050 2100 22 116,8
* At short term, the radial load may be twice as high.
Other versions or sizes on request.
Thermoplastic Pillow Block Bearings igubal ® ESTM, connection measures like DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) series E
Material spherical ball: iglidur ® W300, yellowish.
Material housing: igumid G, black. b1
• Maintenance-free, silent running and anti-vibrating. S1 S2 b2
• High strength at very low weight.
• Resistant against corrosion and many chemicals.
• Electrical and thermal isolating.
d1
h2
l
h1
• The shaft must rotate inside the bore of the spherical ball. With
a metal shaft, a sliding speed up to 30 m/min. may be possible. m
The spherical ball may only compensate shaft misalignement. a
Temperature range: -30º to +80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 620 551 08, Pillow Block igubal ESTM, 8mm
Load rating* Load rating* Tilting Weight
radial push radial pull axial angle
Product No. d1E10 h1 h2 b1 b2 a m s1 s2 l static static static
ESTM mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N N ° g
620 551 08 8 9,5 19 8 9 31 22 4,5 - - 2150 1250 300 22 5,0
620 551 10 10 11 22 9 10 36 26 5,5 - - 2650 1700 350 22 7,1
620 551 12 12 13 26 10 10 38 28 5,5 - - 3250 2250 375 22 9,0
620 551 16 16 17 34 13 13 50 37 6,6 10,6 27,6 4250 3350 550 22 17,5
620 551 20 20 20 40 16 16 62 46 9 14 31,4 5750 4250 700 22 27,4
620 551 25 25 24 48 20 18 72 54 9 14 39,4 9250 6750 1150 20 50,8
620 551 30 30 28 56 22 22 86 64 11 17 45,4 8250 5000 1250 20 79,7
* At short term, the load may be twice as high.
Other versions or sizes on request.
418 ®
Thermoplastic Flange Bearings igubal ® EFSM, with 4 Mounting Holes
Material spherical ball: iglidur ® W300, yellowish. dB
Material housing: igumid G, black. d1
• Maintenance-free, silent running and anti-vibrating.
d6
• High strength at very low weight.
• Resistant against corrosion and many chemicals.
• Electrical and thermal isolating.
• The shaft must rotate inside the bore of the spherical ball. With
a metal shaft, a sliding speed up to 30 m/min. may be possible.
The spherical ball may only compensate shaft misalignement.
m c
Temperature range: -30º to +80ºC. a b
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 621 550 04, Flange Bearing igubal EFSM, 4mm
Load Rating* Tilting Weight
radial axial angle
Product No. d1E10 b dB a m±0,1 c±0,1 d6 static static
EFSM mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N ° g
621 550 04 4 8,5 14 25 17 4,5 3,2 500 100 28 2,6
621 550 05 5 8,5 14 25 17 4,5 3,2 500 150 29 2,7
621 550 06 6 8,5 14 25 17 4,5 3,2 500 150 25 2,8
621 550 08 8 10,5 18 33 22 5,5 4,3 700 225 25 5,9
621 550 10 10 12 21,9 38 26 6,5 5,3 1000 350 25 9,1
621 550 12 12 13 25 40 28 7 5,3 1250 425 21 11
621 550 15 15 15,5 30 49 34 8,5 6,4 1500 550 20 20,2
621 550 16 16 16,5 32 52 36 9 6,4 1600 675 27 23,3
621 550 17 17 18 35 54 38 10 6,4 1700 800 21 27,9
621 550 20 20 20 40 65 45 11 8,4 2000 1000 19 45
621 550 25 25 25 48,5 74 52 14 8,4 2800 1200 15 76
621 550 30 30 26 54,5 85 60 15 10,5 3000 1400 14 101
* At short term, the load may be twice as high.
Other versions or sizes on request.
Thermoplastic Flange Bearings igubal ® EFOM, with 2 Mounting Holes
Material spherical ball: iglidur ® W300, yellowish.
Material housing: igumid G, black. dB
• Maintenance-free, silent running and anti-vibrating. d1
• High strength at very low weight.
• Resistant against corrosion and many chemicals.
• Electrical and thermal isolating.
d6
• The shaft must rotate inside the bore of the spherical ball. With
a metal shaft, a sliding speed up to 30 m/min. may be possible.
m c
The spherical ball may only compensate shaft misalignement. a b
Temperature range: -30º to +80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 621 551 04, Flange Bearing igubal EFOM, 8mm
Load Rating* Tilting Weight
radial axial angle
Product No. d1E10 b dB a h m±0,1 c d6 static static
EFOM mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N ° g
621 551 04 4 8 14 33,8 16 24 4,5 3,2 x 5,0 375 200 28 1,9
621 551 05 5 8,5 14 33,8 16 24 4,5 3,2 x 5,0 375 200 29 2,3
621 551 06 6 8,5 14 33,8 16 24 4,5 3,2 x 5,0 400 250 25 1,8
621 551 08 8 10,5 18 44,2 22 31 5,5 4,3 x 6,5 550 350 25 4,1
621 551 10 10 12 22,2 52 26 36 6,5 5,3 x 8,0 1000 425 25 6,8
621 551 12 12 13 25 56,7 31 41 7 5,3 x 8,0 1100 550 21 8,9
621 551 15 15 15,5 29,8 68,6 36 50 8,5 6,4 x 10,0 1200 650 20 15,0
621 551 16 16 17,5 32 72,6 38 53 10 6,4 x 10,1 1400 700 27 17,7
621 551 17 17 18 34,8 74,6 41 55 10 6,4 x 10,2 1600 900 21 24,9
621 551 20 20 20 40 89 47 65 11 8,4 x 12,5 2750 900 19 32,8
621 551 25 25 25 48,5 101 58,5 75 14 8,4 x 12,6 3000 1500 15 58,5
621 551 30 30 26 55 118 65 87,5 15 10,5 x 16,0 3250 1750 14 78,9
* At short term, the load may be twice as high.
Other versions or sizes on request.
® 419
Light-Duty Pillow Block Bearings HM
Material: Grey Cast Iron.
Bore tolerance: ISO D9.
Front faces machined.
With Bores for Drive-In Oiler
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 620 015 00,
Pillow Block Bearing HM, 15 mm Bore
Product No. d1 h1* h2* b1 a b2* m c d6* d4 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
620 015 00 15 30 51 42 95 35 65 18,5 9x14** 5 0,6
620 020 00 20 30 51 42 95 35 65 18,5 9x14** 5 0,5
620 025 00 25 35 61 50 116 40 74 17,5 13 5 0,66
620 030 00 30 35 61 50 116 40 74 17,5 15 5 0,57
620 035 00 35 43 77 55 130 45 85 24 17 6 1,2
620 040 00 40 48 81 63 145 50 95 24 18 6 1,4
d ens ns ug ast su a es
** Slot hole.
Cap Bearings DIN 505 Version L, with Red Brass Bush
Material: Grey Cast Iron.
us g u n nP G
Bore Tolerance: ISO D10.
For compression lubricators type Stauffer.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No.620 325 00,
Cap Bearing DIN 505, 25 mm Bore
Product No. d1 h1 h2 b1 a b3 c d6 d7 d8 m1 m2 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
620 325 00 25 40 78 45 165 40 22 15 M12 M10 125 65 1,6
620 330 00 30 40 78 45 165 40 22 15 M12 M10 125 65 1,6
620 335 00 35 50 95 50 180 45 25 15 M12 M10 140 75 2,25
620 340 00 40 50 95 50 180 45 25 15 M12 M10 140 75 2,25
620 345 00 45 60 114 55 210 50 30 19 M16 M12 160 90 3,25
620 350 00 50 60 114 55 210 50 30 19 M16 M12 160 90 3,25
620 360 00 60 70 132 60 225 55 35 19 M16 M12 175 100 4,35
620 370 00 70 80 154 65 270 60 40 24 M20 M16 210 120 7,1
620 380 00 80 90 170 75 290 70 45 24 M20 M16 230 130 10,2
Compression lubricators page 586.
420 ®
Heavy-Duty Pillow Block Bearings DIN 504 Design A, with Red Brass Bush
Material: Grey Cast Iron.
us g u n nP
Bore Tolerance: ISO D10. G
For compression lubricators type Stauffer.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 620 130 00,
Pillow Block Bearing DIN 504 A, 30 mm Bore
Product No. d1 h1 h2 max. b1 d3 a b2 c m d6 d7 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
620 130 00 30 50 95 60 80 160 45 25 120 15 M12 3,0
620 140 00 40 60 110 70 90 190 50 30 140 19 M16 4,2
620 150 00 50 70 125 80 100 220 55 35 160 24 M20 5,5
620 160 00 60 80 145 90 120 240 60 35 180 24 M20 8,3
620 170 00 70 90 165 100 140 270 70 45 210 28 M24 11,6
620 180 00 80 100 185 100 160 300 80 45 240 28 M24 17,0
Heavy-Duty Pillow Block Bearings DIN 504 Design B, without Bush
Material: Grey Cast Iron.
Bore Tolerance: ISO D7. G
For compression lubricators type Stauffer.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 620 220 00,
Pillow Block Bearing DIN 504 B, 20 mm Bore
Product No. d1 h1 h2 max. b1 d3 a b2 c m d6 d7 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
620 220 00 20 30 56 50 45 110 35 18 75 12 M10 1,3
620 225 00 25 40 75 60 60 140 40 25 100 15 M12 2,0
620 230 00 30 40 75 60 60 140 40 25 100 15 M12 2,0
620 235 00 35 50 95 60 80 160 45 25 120 15 M12 3,0
620 240 00 40 50 95 60 80 160 45 25 120 15 M12 3,0
620 245 00 45 60 110 70 90 190 50 30 140 19 M16 4,2
620 250 00 50 60 110 70 90 190 50 30 140 19 M16 4,2
620 260 00 60 70 125 80 100 220 55 35 160 24 M20 5,5
620 270 00 70 80 145 90 120 240 60 35 180 24 M20 8,3
620 280 00 80 90 165 100 140 270 70 45 210 28 M24 11,6
Compression lubricators (type Stauffer) page 586.
® 421
Flange Bearings DIN 502 Design A, with Red Brass Bush
Material: Grey Cast Iron.
us g u n nP G
Bore Tolerance: ISO D10.
For compression lubricators type Stauffer.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 621 025 00,
Flange Bearing DIN 502 A, 25 mm Bore
Product No. d1 b d3h9 f a c m d6 d7 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
621 025 00 25 60 65 20 155 20 120 14 M12 1,4
621 030 00 30 60 65 20 155 20 120 14 M12 1,4
621 040 00 40 70 80 20 180 25 140 18 M16 3,0
621 050 00 50 80 90 20 210 30 160 22 M20 4,2
Flange Bearings DIN 502 Design B, without Bush
Material: Grey Cast Iron.
Bore Tolerance: ISO D7. G
For compression lubricators type Stauffer
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 621 125 00, Flange
bearing DIN 502 B, 25 mm Bore
Product No. d1 b d3h9 f a c m d6 d7 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
621 125 00 25 60 50 20 135 20 100 14 M12 1,2
621 130 00 30 60 50 20 135 20 100 14 M12 1,2
621 135 00 35 60 65 20 155 20 120 14 M12 1,4
621 140 00 40 60 65 20 155 20 120 14 M12 1,4
Flange Bearing DIN 503 Design A, with Red Brass Bush
Material: Grey Cast Iron.
us g u n nP G
Bore Tolerance: ISO D10.
For compression lubricators type Stauffer.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 621 240 00,
Flange Bearing DIN 503 A, 40 mm Bore
Product No. d1 b d3h9 f a h c m n d6 d7 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
621 240 00 40 70 80 20 145 85 20 110 50 14 M12 3,1
621 250 00 50 80 100 20 175 105 25 130 60 18 M16 5,5
621 260 00 60 90 120 25 195 125 25 150 80 18 M16 8,1
621 270 00 70 100 140 25 220 150 30 170 100 22 M20 12,2
621 280 00 80 100 160 30 240 170 30 190 120 22 M20 14,9
Adjusting rings and clamping collars page 452. Silver steel and precision shafts steel page 478.
Compression lubricators page 586.
422 ®
Technical Explanations for Ball Pillow Block Bearings and Ball Flange Bearings on Page 426-428
Bearings: The nominal inside diameters correspond Maintenance: Due to the perfect sealing, all bearing
with the standard dimensions of the 6200 types are usually maintenance free.
series bearings. The outer ring is spherical In special application they can, however
and allows an angular misalignment of be relubricated. See lubrication.
+/- 2°.
Temperatures: Bearings and housings made from cast or
Housings: The one-part housings are made from steel sheet can be used in continuous
massive grey cast iron and the two- operation from -30ºC to +100ºC.
part ones are drawn from steel sheet. Bearings for higher temperatures
The grey cast iron housings are that on request.
rigidly built, that the full load capacity
of the bearing can be used. Mounting on The housing bearings are supplied with
the shaft: longer inner ring and adjusting screw.
Materials: Only high-quality materials are used for The fixation on the shaft depends on
housing bearing, housing and all other the effective axial shifting force of the
components. inner ring. The stability mainly depends
Bearing: Bearing steel 100Cr6 on the quality and the tolerance zone of
Cast housing: GGL20 DIN 1691 of the shaft. To facilitate the assembly,
Sheet-metal housing: St10-03 DIN the inner rings are - other than the
1623 norm - produced with a plus tolerance.
Seal: s nt n t e u e
Sealing: All housing bearings are supplied with
an efficient, heat and oil resitant rubber
seal. The constructive design of the
seal varies with the different bearing
types.
Tolerances of Nominal Ø of Bore Tol. of Bore Inner Ring Nominal Ø of Outer Rings Outer Rings
roller bearings: d H7 d Bi D D
mm µm µm mm µm
10 - 18 + 18 0 50 - 80 0
0 - 120 - 13
18 - 30 + 21 0 80 - 120 0
0 - 120 - 15
30 - 50 + 25 0 120 - 150 0
0 - 120 - 18
Tolerances of Nominal Ø of Bore Tolerances of the connecting dimensions
Cast Housings d P
according to h i e
ISO 8062: mm mm mm mm
12 - 50 ± 0,15 ± 0,5 ± 0,7
Lubrication: All housing bearings are filled with a
high-grade lithium-soap grease. In most
mounting situations this lubricant-filling
guarantees maintenance-free operation.
In especially robust operating conditions
with higher loads, speeds, temperatures,
dirt etc. relubricating at shorter intervals
may be required, depending on the
application.
For relubrication we recommend using
lithium-based grease. Under no circum-
stances use soda saponification.
Load bearing rating: The radial static and dynamic load bea
ring ratings are stated at the individual
ea ngs a a ad a
Speed and The permissible speed is directly
load: connected to the load and the play
at bearing bore and shaft diamterer
® 423
Ball Pillow Block Bearings TUCP, Thermoplastic Housing with Stainless Steel Bearing
Material: us ng e ast P n
choice black or white. A
Rolling bearing: Stainless steel 1.4125
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misaligne-
ment. The shaft will get fastened with 2
setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal ope-
rating conditions. Re-lubricating is possible.
Delivery with stainless steel grease nipple.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 625 551 12, Ball Pillow Block Bearing TUCP 201, black, Bore 12mm
Housing Load Rating
Product No. Product No. P Bore h a e b s1 s2 g w Luc nuc radial* axial** Weight
Black White No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kg
625 551 12 625 561 12 201 12 33,3 127 95 38 11 14 14,2 65,5 31,0 12,7 7,7 5,0 0,30
625 551 15 625 561 15 202 15 33,3 127 95 38 11 14 14,2 65,5 31,0 12,7 7,7 5,0 0,30
625 551 17 625 561 17 203 17 33,3 127 95 38 11 14 14,2 65,5 31,0 12,7 7,7 5,0 0,30
625 551 20 625 561 20 204 20 33,3 127 95 38 11 14 14,2 65,5 31,0 12,7 7,7 5,0 0,28
625 551 25 625 561 25 205 25 36,5 140,5 105 38 11 14 14,5 71,0 34,0 14,3 10,0 8,1 0,34
625 551 30 625 561 30 206 30 42,9 163 119 46 14 18 17,8 84,0 38,1 15,9 10,6 5,8 0,52
625 551 35 625 561 35 207 35 47,6 170 127 48 14 18 18,0 94,5 42,9 17,5 10,8 7,5 0,73
625 551 40 625 561 40 208 40 49,2 184 137 54 14 18 19,5 99,0 49,2 19,0 11,1 8,5 1,00
625 551 45 625 561 45 209 45 54,0 192 146 54 17 20 23,0 106,0 49,2 19,0 11,4 9,0 1,15
625 551 50 625 561 50 210 50 57,2 206 159 60 17 20 23,0 114,0 51,6 19,0 11,8 9,6 1,34
a u ad a ad a a e
a u a a ad ad a e
Protection Caps for Thermoplastic Pillow Bearings TUCP, TUCF and TUCFL
Material: e ast P n e a
white.
Open Design with sealing for shaft side or
closed design.
The caps fit only on the one bearing side with
D
the setscrews. They can get clipped on by hand
by the customer.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 625 552 17, Protection Cap, black, Open Design, for Bearing Size 203
for Ø Length Weight
Product No. Product No. Design bearing Bore D L
Black White size mm mm mm g
625 552 17 - open 203 17 50 23 10
625 552 20 625 562 20 open 204 20 50 23 10
625 552 25 625 562 25 open 205 25 55 25 15
625 552 30 625 562 30 open 206 30 64 30 20
625 552 35 625 562 35 open 207 35 74,5 32 20
625 552 40 625 562 40 open 208 40 84 37 30
625 552 45 625 562 45 open 209 45 89 41 30
625 552 50 625 562 50 open 210 50 94 47 35
625 553 20 625 563 20 closed 201 - 204 - 50 23 10
625 553 25 625 563 25 closed 205 - 55 25 10
625 553 30 625 563 30 closed 206 - 64 30 15
625 553 35 625 563 35 closed 207 - 74,5 32 20
625 553 40 625 563 40 closed 208 - 84 37 30
625 553 45 625 563 45 closed 209 - 89 41 30
625 553 50 625 563 50 closed 210 - 94 47 35
424 ®
Ball Flange Bearings TUCF, Thermoplastic Housing with Stainless Steel Bearing
Material: us ng e ast P
on choice black or white.
Rolling bearing: Stainless steel 1.4125
A
With 4 mounting holes.
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misaligne-
ment. The shaft will get fastened with 2
setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal ope-
rating conditions. Re-lubricating is possible.
Delivery with stainless steel grease nipple.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 626 550 17, Ball Flange Bearing TUCF 203, black, Bore 17mm
Housing Load Rating
Product No. Product No. TUCF Bore a e i g l s uc nuc radial* axial** Weight
Black White No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kg
626 550 12 626 560 12 201 12 86 63,5 18 13,4 27,8 11 36,3 12,7 16 3,7 0,30
626 550 15 626 560 15 202 15 86 63,5 18 13,4 27,8 11 36,3 12,7 16 3,7 0,30
626 550 17 626 560 17 203 17 86 63,5 18 13,4 27,8 11 36,3 12,7 16 3,7 0,30
626 550 20 626 560 20 204 20 86 63,5 18 13,4 27,8 11 36,3 12,7 16 3,7 0,28
626 550 25 626 560 25 205 25 95 70 17 14,0 28,0 11 36,7 14,3 13 3,4 0,35
626 550 30 626 560 30 206 30 107 83 19,2 14,3 31,5 11 41,4 15,9 18 3,4 0,50
626 550 35 626 560 35 207 35 118 92 21,5 15,5 34,8 13 46,9 17,5 18,5 3,5 0,74
626 550 40 626 560 40 208 40 130 102 23 17,0 37,5 14 53,2 19 19,1 3,8 0,98
626 550 45 626 560 45 209 45 137 105 24 19,0 41,0 17 54,2 19 19,4 3,9 1,12
626 550 50 626 560 50 210 50 143 111 25 21,0 43,0 17 57,6 19 19,7 4,0 1,30
a u ad a ad a a e
a u a a ad ad a e
Ball Flange Bearings TUCFL, Thermoplastic Housing with Stainless Steel Bearing
Material: us ng e ast P n
choice black or white.
Rolling bearing: Stainless steel 1.4125
A
With 2 mounting holes.
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misaligne-
ment. The shaft will get fastened with 2
setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal ope-
rating conditions. Re-lubricating is possible.
Delivery with stainless steel grease nipple.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 626 551 17, Ball Flange Bearing TUCFL 203, black, Bore 17mm
Housing Load Rating*
Product No. Product No. TUCFL Bore a b e i g l s uc nuc vertical horizontal Weight
Black White No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kg
626 551 12 626 561 12 201 12 113 65 90 15,4 11,4 26,5 11 31 12,7 8,5 11,8 0,26
626 551 15 626 561 15 202 15 113 65 90 15,4 11,4 26,5 11 31 12,7 8,5 11,8 0,26
626 551 17 626 561 17 203 17 113 65 90 15,4 11,4 26,5 11 31 12,7 8,5 11,8 0,26
626 551 20 626 561 20 204 20 113 65 90 15,4 11,4 26,5 11 31 12,7 8,5 11,8 0,24
626 551 25 626 561 25 205 25 131 69,5 99 17 13,5 29,1 11 34 14,3 11,1 11,4 0,30
626 551 30 626 561 30 206 30 148 80 117 19 13,3 30,5 11 38,1 15,9 14,2 16,5 0,45
626 551 35 626 561 35 207 35 164 90 130 18 16,1 32,8 13 42,9 17,5 14,9 16,9 0,64
626 551 40 626 561 40 208 40 176 100 144 21,5 20 37,5 14 49,2 19 15,2 17,4 0,89
626 551 45 626 561 45 209 45 188 108 148 24 21 41 17 49,2 19 15,4 17,6 1,02
626 551 50 626 561 50 210 50 197 115 157 25 21 43 17 51,6 19 15,7 18,0 1,21
* Not recommended for axial force.
® 425
Ball Pillow Block Bearings UCP (Grey Cast Iron)
Material: Housing from grey cast iron.
Rolling bearing from bearing steel.
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misaligne-
ment. The shaft will get fastened with 2
setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal
operating conditions. Re-lubricating is
possible.
Technical explanations page 423.
Delivery with grease nipple.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 625 112 00, Ball Pillow Block Bearing UCP 201, Bore 12mm
Bearing-Load Rating*
Product No. P e a e s1 s2 g w Luc nuc dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kg
625 112 00 201 12 30,2 127 96 38 13 19 15 62 31 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,61
625 115 00 202 15 30,2 127 96 38 13 19 15 62 31 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,61
625 117 00 203 17 30,2 127 96 38 13 19 15 62 31 12,7 9,9 6,0 0,61
625 120 00 204 20 33,3 127 96 38 13 19 15 65 31 12,7 9,9 6,0 0,65
625 125 00 205 25 36,5 140 105 38 13 19 16 70 34 14,3 10,8 7,0 0,79
625 130 00 206 30 42,9 165 121 48 17 21 18 83 38,1 15,9 15,1 10,0 1,27
625 135 00 207 35 47,6 167 126 48 17 21 19 92 42,9 17,5 19,9 13,7 1,56
625 140 00 208 40 49,2 184 136 54 17 21 19 98 49,2 19 22,6 15,7 1,97
625 145 00 209 45 54 190 146 54 17 21 20 106 49,2 19 25,2 17,8 2,27
625 150 00 210 50 57,2 206 159 58 20 25 22 112 51,6 19 27,1 19,7 2,70
625 160 00 212 60 69,8 241 184 70 20 25 25 138 65,1 25,4 47,8 33,0 4,80
a u ad a ad a a e ea a ad at ng s a t e ad a ad at ng
Ball Pillow Block Bearings BPP (Two-Part Steel Sheet, Zinc-Plated)
Material: Housing from two-part steel
sheets, zinc-plated. Rolling bearing from
bearing steel.
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misaligne-
ment. The shaft will get fastened with 2
setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal
operating conditions. Re-lubricating is not
possible.
Technical explanations page 423.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 625 212 00, Ball Pillow Block Bearing BPP 201, Bore 12mm
Pe ss e ea ng ad at ng
Product No. PP e a e s g nB Housing Load dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN kg
625 212 00 201 12 22,2 86 68 25 9,5 3,5 43,8 6 2,16 7,4 4,5 0,16
625 215 00 202 15 22,2 86 68 25 9,5 3,5 43,8 6 2,16 7,4 4,5 0,16
625 217 00 203 17 22,2 86 68 25 9,5 3,5 43,8 6 2,16 7,4 4,5 0,16
625 220 00 204 20 25,4 99 76 32 9,5 3,5 50,5 7 2,62 9,9 6,2 0,23
625 225 00 205 25 28,6 108 86 32 11,5 4 56,6 7,5 3,72 10,8 7,0 0,28
625 230 00 206 30 33,3 119 95 38 11,5 4 66,3 8 4,41 15,1 10,0 0,47
625 235 00 207 35 39,7 130 106 42 11 5 78 8,5 4,90 19,9 13,7 0,60
a u ad a ad a a e ega d t e us ng ad ea a ad at ng s a t e ad a ad at ng
426 ®
Ball Flange Bearings UCF (Grey Cast Iron)
Material: Housing from grey cast iron.
Rolling bearing from bearing steel.
With 4 mounting holes.
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misaligne-
ment. The shaft will get fastened with 2
setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal
operating conditions. Re-lubricating is
possible.
Technical explanations page 423.
Delivery with grease nipple.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 626 012 00, Ball Flange Bearing UCF 201, Bore 12mm
Bearing-Load Rating*
Product No. e a e g s uc nuc dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kg
626 012 00 201 12 86 64 15 12 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,62
626 015 00 202 15 86 64 15 12 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,62
626 017 00 203 17 86 64 15 12 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,62
626 020 00 204 20 86 64 15 12 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,59
626 025 00 205 25 95 70 16 14 27 12 35,7 14,3 10,8 7,0 0,82
626 030 00 206 30 108 83 18 14 31 12 40,2 15,9 15,1 10,0 1,00
626 035 00 207 35 117 92 19 16 34 14 44,4 17,5 19,9 13,7 1,40
626 040 00 208 40 130 102 21 16 36 16 51,2 19 22,6 15,7 2,00
626 045 00 209 45 137 105 22 18 38 16 52,2 19 25,2 17,8 2,20
626 050 00 210 50 143 111 22 18 40 16 54,6 19 27,1 19,7 2,40
626 060 00 212 60 175 143 29 20 48 19 68,7 25,4 47,8 33,0 4,40
a u ad a ad a a e ea a ad at ng s a t e ad a ad at ng
Ball Flange Bearings UCFL (Grey Cast Iron)
Material: Housing from grey cast iron.
Rolling bearing from bearing steel.
With 2 mounting holes.
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misaligne-
ment. The shaft will get fastened with 2
setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal
operating conditions. Re-lubricating is
possible.
Technical explanations page 423.
Delivery with grease nipple.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 626 112 00, Ball Flange Bearing UCFL 201, Bore 12mm
Bearing-Load Rating*
Product No. e a e g s uc nuc dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kg
626 112 00 201 12 113 60 90 15 11 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,48
626 115 00 202 15 113 60 90 15 11 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,48
626 117 00 203 17 113 60 90 15 11 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,48
626 120 00 204 20 113 60 90 15 11 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,45
626 125 00 205 25 130 68 99 16 13 27 16 35,7 14,3 10,8 7,0 0,60
626 130 00 206 30 148 80 117 18 13 31 16 40,2 15,9 15,1 10,0 0,90
626 135 00 207 35 161 90 130 19 14 34 16 44,4 17,5 19,9 13,7 1,20
626 140 00 208 40 175 100 144 21 14 36 16 51,2 19 22,6 15,7 1,60
626 145 00 209 45 188 108 148,5 22 15 38 19 52,2 19 25,2 17,8 1,90
626 150 00 210 50 197 115 157 22 15 40 19 54,6 19 27,1 19,7 2,20
a u ad a ad a a e ea a ad at ng s a t e ad a ad at ng
® 427
Ball Flange Bearings UCFA (Grey Cast Iron)
Material: Housing from grey cast iron.
Rolling bearing from bearing steel.
With 2 mounting holes, one of them slotted.
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when mounting to com-
pensate shaft misalignement. The shaft will get fastened with
2 setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal operating conditions.
Re-lubricating is possible. Technical explanations page 423.
Delivery with grease nipple.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 626 312 00, Ball Flange Bearing UCFA 201, Bore 12mm
Bearing-Load Rating*
Product No. e a e g s uc nuc dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kg
626 312 00 201 12 98 60 78 15 11 25,5 10 50 33,3 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,47
626 315 00 202 15 98 60 78 15 11 25,5 10 50 33,3 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,47
626 317 00 203 17 98 60 78 15 11 25,5 10 50 33,3 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,47
626 320 00 204 20 98 60 78 15 11 25,5 10 50 33,3 12,7 9,9 6,2 0,47
626 325 00 205 25 124 70 98 16 13 27 12 65 35,7 14,3 10,8 7,0 0,68
626 330 00 206 30 141 83 117 18 13 31 12 72 40,2 15,9 15,1 10,0 1,00
626 335 00 207 35 155 96 130 19 14 34 14 82 44,2 17,5 19,9 13,7 1,50
626 340 00 208 40 171 105 144 21 14 38 14 87 50,2 19 22,6 15,7 1,90
626 345 00 209 45 179 111 148 22 14 40 16 90 52,2 19 25,2 17,8 2,03
626 350 00 210 50 189 116 157 22 14 40 16 94 54,6 19 27,1 19,7 2,38
a u ad a ad a a e ea a ad at ng s a t e ad a ad at ng
Ball Flange Bearings BPF (Two-Part Steel Sheet, Zinc Plated)
Material: Housing from two-part steel sheets, zinc-plated.
Rolling bearing from bearing steel.
With 3 mounting holes.
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when mounting to com-
pensate shaft misalignement. The shaft will get fastened with
2 setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal operating conditions.
Re-lubricating is not possible.
Technical explanations page 423.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 626 412 00, Ball Flange Bearing BPF 201, Bore 12mm
Pe ss e ea ng ad at ng
Product No. P e a t s i n Housing Load dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN kg
626 412 00 201 12 81 63,5 2 14 7,1 22 6 2,65 7,4 4,5 0,27
626 415 00 202 15 81 63,5 2 14 7,1 22 6 2,65 7,4 4,5 0,27
626 417 00 203 17 81 63,5 2 14 7,1 22 6 2,65 7,4 4,5 0,27
626 420 00 204 20 90 71,5 2 16 9 25 7 3,09 9,9 6,2 0,33
626 425 00 205 25 95 76 2 18 9 27 7,5 3,53 10,8 7,0 0,38
626 430 00 206 30 113 90,5 2,6 19 11 30 8 4,90 15,1 10,0 0,62
626 435 00 207 35 122 100 2,6 22 11 32 8,5 6,23 19,9 13,7 0,82
a u ad a ad a a e ega d t e us ng ad e a a ad at ng sa t e ad a ad at ng
Ball Flange Bearings BPFL (Two-Part Steel Sheet, Zinc-Plated)
Material: Housing from two-part steel sheets, zinc-plated.
Rolling bearing from bearing steel.
With 2 mounting holes.
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when mounting to com-
pensate shaft misalignement. The shaft will get fastened with
2 setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal operating conditions.
Re-lubricating is not possible.
Technical explanations page 423.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 626 512 00, Ball Flange Bearing BPFL 201, Bore 12mm
Pe ss e ea ng ad at ng
Product No. P e a e t s i n Housing Load dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN kg
626 512 00 201 12 81 63,5 2 14 59 7,1 22 6 2,65 7,4 4,5 0,19
626 515 00 202 15 81 63,5 2 14 59 7,1 22 6 2,65 7,4 4,5 0,19
626 517 00 203 17 81 63,5 2 14 59 7,1 22 6 2,65 7,4 4,5 0,19
626 520 00 204 20 91 71,5 2 16 67 9 25 7 3,09 9,9 6,2 0,24
626 525 00 205 25 96 76,0 2 18 71 9 27 7,5 3,53 10,8 7,0 0,28
626 530 00 206 30 113 90,5 2,6 19 85 11 30 8 4,90 15,1 10,0 0,38
626 535 00 207 35 123 100 2,6 20 94 11 32 8,5 6,23 19,9 13,7 0,58
a u ad a ad a a e ega d t e us ng ad e a a ad at ng s a t e ad a ad at ng
428 ®
Ball Pillow Block Bearings SSUCP, Stainless Steel
Material: Housing: Stainless steel 1.4305
A
Rolling bearing: Stainless steel 1.4125
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misaligne-
ment. The shaft will get fastened with 2
setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal ope-
rating conditions. Re-lubricating is possible.
Delivery with stainless steel grease nipple.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 625 991 12, Ball Pillow Block Bearing SSUCP 201, Bore 12mm
Bearing-Load Rating*
Product No. P e a e s1 s2 g w Luc nuc dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
Stainless No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kg
625 991 12 201 12 33,3 127 95 38 13 19 15 65 31 12,7 12,8 6,7 0,84
625 991 15 202 15 33,3 127 95 38 13 19 15 65 31 12,7 12,8 6,7 0,82
625 991 17 203 17 33,3 127 95 38 13 19 15 65 31 12,7 12,8 6,7 0,81
625 991 20 204 20 33,3 127 95 38 13 19 15 65 31 12,7 12,8 6,7 0,81
625 991 25 205 25 36,5 140 105 38 13 16 16 70 34 14,3 14,0 7,9 0,99
625 991 30 206 30 42,9 163 121 48 17 21 18 83 38,1 15,9 19,5 11,3 1,62
625 991 35 207 35 47,6 167 127 48 17 21 19 94 42,9 17,5 25,7 15,3 2,08
625 991 40 208 40 49,2 184 137 54 17 25 19 100 49,2 19 29,5 18,2 2,65
625 991 45 209 45 54,0 190 146 54 17 22 20 108 49,2 19 31,7 20,7 2,90
625 991 50 210 50 57,2 206 159 60 20 25 22 114 51,6 19 35,1 23,2 2,59
a u ad a ad a a e
ea a ad at ng s a t e ad a ad at ng
Ball Pillow Block Bearings SSBPP, Two-Part Sheet, Stainless Steel
Material: Housing from two-part sheets:
Stainless steel 1.4305
A
Rolling bearing: Stainless steel 1.4125
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misaligne-
ment. The shaft will get fastened with 2
setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal
operating conditions. Re-lubricating is not
possible.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 625 992 12, Ball Pillow Block Bearing SSBPP 201
Pe ss e ea ng ad at ng
Product No. PP e a e s g nB Housing Load dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN kg
625 992 12 201 12 22,2 86 68 25 9,5 3,5 43,8 6 2,16 9,6 4,8 0,19
625 992 15 202 15 22,2 86 68 25 9,5 3,5 43,8 6 2,16 9,6 4,8 0,19
625 992 17 203 17 22,2 86 68 25 9,5 3,5 43,8 6 2,16 9,6 4,8 0,19
625 992 20 204 20 25,4 98 76 32 9,5 3,5 50,5 7 2,62 12,9 6,7 0,23
625 992 25 205 25 28,6 108 86 32 11,5 4 56,6 7,5 3,72 14,0 7,9 0,32
625 992 30 206 30 33,3 117 95 38 11,5 4 66,3 8 4,41 19,5 11,3 0,50
625 992 35 207 35 39,7 130 106 42 11 5 78 8,5 4,90 25,7 15,3 0,60
a u ad a ad a a e ega d t e us ng ad ea a ad at ng s a t e ad a ad at ng
® 429
Ball Flange Bearings SSUCF, Stainless Steel
Material: Housing: Stainless steel 1.4305
A
Rolling bearing: Stainless steel 1.4125
With 4 mounting holes.
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misaligne-
ment. The shaft will get fastened with 2
setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal ope-
rating conditions. Re-lubricating is possible.
Delivery with stainless steel grease nipple.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 626 990 12, Ball Flange Bearing SSUCF 201, Bore 12mm
Bearing-Load Rating*
Product No. e a e g s uc nuc dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
Stainless No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kg
626 990 12 201 12 86 64 15 12 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 12,8 6,7 0,84
626 990 15 202 15 86 64 15 12 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 12,8 6,7 0,82
626 990 17 203 17 86 64 15 12 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 12,8 6,7 0,81
626 990 20 204 20 86 64 15 12 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 12,8 6,7 0,79
626 990 25 205 25 95 70 16 14 27 12 35,7 14,3 14,0 7,9 1,02
626 990 30 206 30 108 83 18 14 31 12 40,2 15,9 19,5 11,3 1,42
626 990 35 207 35 117 92 19 16 34 14 44,4 17,5 25,7 15,3 1,98
626 990 40 208 40 130 102 21 16 36 16 51,2 19 29,5 18,2 2,55
626 990 45 209 45 137 105 22 18 38 16 52,2 19 31,7 20,7 3,00
626 990 50 210 50 143 111 22 18 40 16 54,6 19 35,1 23,2 3,29
a u ad a ad a a e
ea a ad at ng s a t e ad a ad at ng
Ball Flange Bearings SSUCFL, Stainless Steel
Material: Housing: Stainless steel 1.4305
A
Rolling bearing: Stainless steel 1.4125
With 2 mounting holes.
The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misaligne-
ment. The shaft will get fastened with 2
setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal ope-
rating conditions. Re-lubricating is possible.
Delivery with stainless steel grease nipple.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 626 991 12, Ball Flange Bearing SSUCFL 201, Bore 12mm
Bearing-Load Rating*
Product No. e a e g s uc nuc dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
Stainless No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kg
626 991 12 201 12 113 60 90 15 12 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 12,8 6,7 0,70
626 991 15 202 15 113 60 90 15 12 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 12,8 6,7 0,68
626 991 17 203 17 113 60 90 15 12 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 12,8 6,7 0,67
626 991 20 204 20 113 60 90 15 12 25,5 12 33,3 12,7 12,8 6,7 0,65
626 991 25 205 25 125 68 99 16 14 27 16 35,7 14,3 14,0 7,9 0,83
626 991 30 206 30 141 80 117 18 14 31 16 40,2 15,9 19,5 11,3 1,26
626 991 35 207 35 157 90 130 19 16 34 16 44,4 17,5 25,7 15,3 1,68
626 991 40 208 40 172 100 144 21 16 36 16 51,2 19 29,5 18,2 2,25
626 991 45 209 45 179 108 148 22 18 38 19 52,2 19 31,7 20,7 2,60
626 991 50 210 50 189 115 157 22 18 40 19 54,6 19 35,1 23,2 2,99
a u ad a ad a a e
ea a ad at ng s a t e ad a ad at ng
430 ®
Ball Flange Bearings SSBPF, Two-Part Steel Sheet, Stainless Steel
Material: Housing from two-part sheets: Stainless steel 1.4305
Rolling bearing: Stainless steel 1.4125
A
With 3 mounting holes. The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misalignement. The shaft will get
fastened with 2 setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal opera-
ting conditions. Re-lubricating is not possible.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 626 994 12, Ball Flange Bearing SSBPF 201
Pe ss e ea ng ad at ng
Product No. P e a t s i n Housing Load dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN kg
626 994 12 201 12 81 63,5 2 14 7,1 22 6 2,65 9,6 4,8 0,27
626 994 15 202 15 81 63,5 2 14 7,1 22 6 2,65 9,6 4,8 0,27
626 994 17 203 17 81 63,5 2 14 7,1 22 6 2,65 9,6 4,8 0,27
626 994 20 204 20 90 71,5 2 16 9 25 7 3,09 12,9 6,7 0,33
626 994 25 205 25 95 76 2 18 9 27 7,5 3,53 14,0 7,9 0,38
626 994 30 206 30 113 90,5 2,6 19 11 30 8 4,90 19,5 11,3 0,62
626 994 35 207 35 122 100 2,6 22 11 32 8,5 6,23 25,7 15,3 0,82
a u ad a ad a a e ega d t e us ng ad ea a ad at ng s a t e ad a ad at ng
Ball Flange Bearings SSBPFL, Two-Part Steel Sheet, Stainless Steel
Material: Housing from two-part sheets: Stainless steel 1.4305
Rolling bearing: Stainless steel 1.4125
A
With 2 mounting holes. The rolling bearing can be swiveled when
mounting to compensate shaft misalignement. The shaft will get
fastened with 2 setscrews. Lubricated for life at normal opera-
ting conditions. Re-lubricating is not possible.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 626 995 12, Ball Flange Bearing SSBPFL 201
Pe ss e ea ng ad at ng
Product No. P e a e t s i n Housing Load dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
No. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN kg
626 995 12 201 12 81 63,5 2 14 59 7,1 22 6 2,65 9,6 4,8 0,19
626 995 15 202 15 81 63,5 2 14 59 7,1 22 6 2,65 9,6 4,8 0,19
626 995 17 203 17 81 63,5 2 14 59 7,1 22 6 2,65 9,6 4,8 0,19
626 995 20 204 20 90 71,5 2 16 67 9 25 7 3,09 12,9 6,7 0,24
626 995 25 205 25 95 76,0 2 18 71 9 27 7,5 3,53 14,0 7,9 0,28
626 995 30 206 30 113 90,5 2,6 19 84 11 30 8 4,90 19,5 11,3 0,38
626 995 35 207 35 123 100 2,6 20 94 11 32 8,5 6,23 25,7 15,3 0,58
a u ad a ad a a e ega d t e us ng ad ea a ad at ng s a t e ad a ad at ng
® 431
Pillow Block Bearing Units BK, for Fixed Side
B1 SW L2 L3
d4
d5
Ød
H
H1
d3
E
h
b C1 C2
P L1 L
B
Material: Housing from steel, all surfaces machined, burnished. Locknut and distance bushes are included. Due to the standard
On request: nickel plated. Rolling bearing from bearing steel. dimensions, these units can also replace parts of other suppliers.
Ready-to-install housing bearing unit for trapezoidal and ballscrew nd e e ng n e uest see age
spindle drives, for the fixed side. With two angular contact ball at ng unte a t su t s de P ea ng
bearings, lightly preloaded, with seals. With 8 mounting holes.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 642 001 10, Ball Pillow Block Bearing Unit BK 10, Bore 10mm
Product No. Type d L L1 L2 L3 B H b±0,02 h±0,02 B1 H1 E P C1 C2 d3 d4 d5 t SW Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
642 001 10 BK 10 10 25 5 29,5 5 60 39 30 22 34 32,5 15 46 13 6 5,5 6,3 10,5 6,5 16 0,39
642 001 12 BK 12 12 25 5 29,5 5 60 42 30 25 34 32,5 18 46 13 6 5,5 6,3 10,5 1,5 19 0,41
642 001 15 BK 15 15 27 6 32 6 70 47 35 28 38 38 18 54 15 6 5,5 6,3 10,5 6,5 22 0,57
642 001 17 BK 17 17 35 9 44 7 86 63 43 39 48 55 28 68 19 8 6,6 8,7 14,0 8,6 24 1,27
642 001 20 BK 20 20 35 8 43 8 88 59 44 34 50 50 22 70 19 8 6,6 8,7 14,0 8,5 30 1,19
642 001 25 BK 25 25 42 12 54 9 106 79 53 48 62 70 33 85 22 10 9 10,7 17,5 10,8 35 2,30
642 001 30 BK 30 30 45 14 61 9 128 88 64 51 74 78 33 102 23 11 11 13,7 20 13 40 3,32
642 001 35 BK 35 35 50 14 67 12 140 95 70 52 86 79 35 114 26 12 11 13,7 20 13 50 4,33
642 001 40 BK 40 40 61 18 76 15 160 109 80 60 98 90 37 130 33 14 14 17,7 26 17,5 50 6,50
Pillow Block Bearing Units BF, for Support Side
B1
d4
d5
t
H
H1
d3
E
h
b
P L
B
Material: Housing from steel, all surfaces machined, burnished. Retaining ring for fixing on the spindle end is included.
On request: nickel plated. Rolling bearing from bearing steel. Due to the standard dimensions, these units can also replace parts
Ready-to-install housing bearing unit for trapezoidal and ballscrew of other suppliers.
spindle drives, for the support side. With one movable single row nd e e ng n e uest see age
dee g e a ea ng t s e ds t unt ng es at ng unte a t ed s de P ea ng
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 642 002 10, Ball Pillow Block Bearing Unit BF 10, Bore 8mm
Product No. Type d L B H b±0,02 h±0,02 B1 H1 E P d3 d4 d5 t Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
642 002 10 BF 10 8 20 60 39 30 22 34 32,5 15 46 5,5 6,3 10,8 5,0 0,29
642 002 12 BF 12 10 20 60 43 30 25 34 32,5 18 46 5,5 6,3 10,8 1,5 0,30
642 002 15 BF 15 15 20 70 48 35 28 40 38 18 54 5,5 6,3 11 6,5 0,38
642 002 17 BF 17 17 23 86 64 43 39 50 55 28 68 6,6 8,7 14 8,6 0,74
642 002 20 BF 20 20 26 88 60 44 34 52 50 22 70 6,6 8,7 14 8,6 0,76
642 002 25 BF 25 25 30 106 80 53 48 64 70 33 85 9 10,7 17,5 11 1,42
642 002 30 BF 30 30 32 128 89 64 51 76 78 33 102 11 13,7 20 13 1,97
642 002 35 BF 35 35 32 140 96 70 52 88 79 35 114 11 13,7 20 13 2,22
642 002 40 BF 40 40 37 160 110 80 60 100 90 37 130 14 17,7 26 17,5 3,27
Nickel plated on request.
432 ®
Pillow Block Bearing Units EK, for Fixed Side
B1 SW L2 L3
d4
Ød
H
h
H1
b
P L1 L
B
Material: Housing from steel, all surfaces machined, burnished. Locknut and distance bushes are included. Due to the standard
On request: nickel plated. Rolling bearing from bearing steel. dimensions, these units can also replace parts of other suppliers.
Ready-to-install housing bearing unit for trapezoidal and ballscrew nd e e ng n e uest see age
spindle drives, for the fixed side. With two angular contact ball at ng unte a t su t s de P ea ng
bearings, lightly preloaded, with seals. With 2 mounting holes.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 642 003 06, Ball Pillow Block Bearing Unit EK 6, Bore 6mm
Product No. Type d L L1 L2 L3 B H b±0,02 h±0,02 B1 H1 P d4 SW Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
642 003 06 EK 06 6 20 5,5 22 3,5 42 25 21 13 20 12 30 5,2 12 0,14
642 003 08 EK 08 8 23 7 26 4 52 32 26 17 27 16 38 6,3 14 0,24
642 003 10 EK 10 10 24 6 29,5 6 70 43 35 25 36 24 52 9 16 0,46
642 003 12 EK 12 12 24 6 29,5 6 70 43 35 25 36 24 52 9 19 0,44
642 003 15 EK 15 15 25 6 32 5 80 50 40 30 40 25 60 11 22 0,55
642 003 20 EK 20 20 42 10 50 10 95 58 47,5 30 56 25 75 11 30 1,35
Pillow Block Bearing Units EF, for Support Side
B1
d4
H
H1
h
b
P L
B
Material: Housing from steel, all surfaces machined, burnished. Retaining ring for fixing on the spindle end is included.
On request: nickel plated. Rolling bearing from bearing steel. Due to the standard dimensions, these units can also replace parts
Ready-to-install housing bearing unit for trapezoidal and ballscrew of other suppliers.
spindle drives, for the support side. With one movable single row nd e e ng n e uest see age
dee g e a ea ng t s e ds t unt ng es at ng unte a t ed s de P ea ng
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 642 004 06, Ball Pillow Block Bearing Unit EF 6, Bore 6mm
Product No. Type d L B H b±0,02 h±0,02 B1 H1 P d4 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
642 004 06 EF 06 6 12 42 25 21 13 20 12 30 5,2 0,07
642 004 08 EF 08 6 14 52 32 26 17 27 16 38 6,3 0,13
642 004 10 EF 10 8 20 70 43 35 25 36 24 52 9 0,33
642 004 12 EF 12 10 20 70 43 35 25 36 24 52 9 0,32
642 004 15 EF 15 15 20 80 49 40 30 41 25 60 9 0,38
642 004 20 EF 20 20 26 95 58 47,5 30 56 25 75 11 0,63
Nickel plated on request.
® 433
Flange Bearing Units FK, for Fixed Side
L L1 L L2
F H H F
90° SW
ØA
ØD
Ød
Ød
LK
B
4 x d4 / d5 x t R0,6 max T1 T2
E E
Mounting method A Mounting method B
Material: Housing from steel, all surfaces machined, burnished. Locknut and distance bushes are included. Due to the standard
On request: nickel plated. Rolling bearing from bearing steel. dimensions, these units can also replace parts of other suppliers.
Ready-to-install housing bearing unit for trapezoidal and ballscrew nd e e ng n e uest see age
spindle drives, for the fixed side. With two angular contact ball Matching counterpart for support side: Flange Bearing FF.
bearings, lightly preloaded, with seals. With 4 mounting holes.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 642 005 06, Flange Bearing Unit FK 6, Bore 6mm
Product No. Type d L H F E Dg6 A Lk B L1 T1 L2 T2 d4 d5 t SW Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
642 005 06 FK 06 6 20 7 13 22 22 36 28 28 5,5 3,5 6,5 4,5 3,4 6 3,3 12 0,08
642 005 08 FK 08 8 23 9 14 26 28 43 35 35 7,0 4 8 5 3,4 6 3,3 14 0,15
642 005 10 FK 10 10 27 10 17 29,5 34 52 42 42 7,3 5 8,5 6 4,5 8 4 16 0,21
642 005 12 FK 12 12 27 10 17 29,5 36 54 44 44 7,3 5 8,5 6 4,5 8 4 19 0,22
642 005 15 FK 15 15 32 15 17 36 40 63 50 52 9,8 6 12 8 5,5 9,5 6 22 0,39
642 005 17 FK 17 17 45 22 23 47 50 77 62 61 11,0 9 14 12 6,6 11 10 24 0,85
642 005 20 FK 20 20 52 22 30 50 57 85 70 68 7,8 10 12 14 6,5 11 10 30 1,09
642 005 25 FK 25 25 57 27 30 60 63 98 80 79 12,8 10 20 17 9 15 13 35 1,49
642 005 30 FK 30 30 62 30 32 61 75 117 95 93 10,8 12 17 18 11 17,5 15 40 2,32
Flange Bearing Units FF, for Support Side
L
F H
ØA
ØD
LK
B
4 x d4 / d5 x t R0,6 max
Material: Housing from steel, all surfaces machined, burnished. Retaining ring for fixing on the spindle end is included.
On request: nickel plated. Rolling bearing from bearing steel. Due to the standard dimensions, these units can also replace parts
Ready-to-install housing bearing unit for trapezoidal and ballscrew of other suppliers.
spindle drives, for the support side. With one movable single row nd e e ng n e uest see age
dee g e a ea ng t s e ds t unt ng es Matching counterpart for fixed side: Flange Bearing FK.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 642 006 06, Flange Bearing Unit FF 6, Bore 6mm
Product No. Type d L H F Dg6 A Lk B d4 d5 t Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
642 006 06 FF 06 6 10 6 4 22 36 28 28 3,4 6,0 3,3 0,04
642 006 10 FF 10 8 12 7 5 28 43 35 35 3,4 6,0 3,3 0,07
642 006 12 FF 12 10 15 7 8 34 52 42 42 4,2 8 4,4 0,11
642 006 15 FF 15 15 17 9 8 40 63 50 52 5,2 9,5 5,4 0,20
642 006 17 FF 17 17 20 11 9 50 77 62 61 6,6 11 8,6 0,35
642 006 20 FF 20 20 20 11 9 57 85 70 68 6,3 11 6,5 0,27
642 006 25 FF 25 25 24 14 10 63 98 80 79 8,7 14 8,6 0,67
642 006 30 FF 30 30 27 18 9 75 117 95 93 10,7 17,5 10,8 1,07
Nickel plated on request.
434 ®
Shaft Reworking and Bearing Load Data for Spindle Bearing Units BK, EK and FK (Fixed Side)
Shaft Reworking:
At MÄDLER ®, trapezoidal and ballscrew spindles can get reworked,
L7* L7*
fitting to the bearing units. The spindle reworking in the drawing is
just a recommendation. Due to the customer´s request, the length G
ød
L5 could be shorter or longer and the shaft end could get a keyway
DIN 6885.
ød2
øD
Bearing Load Data:
The loading rates and speed limits shown in the table are the limits L6
just for the bearings. The limits of the spindles are much lower,
depending on the diameter, length and material. L5 L4 Wrench flats optional
against surchage
Recommendated Shaft Reworking for Fixed Side Units Bearing Load Data
Bearing- Spindle-Ø D Load rating axial Speed
Unit KGT TR dg6 d2h7 L4±0,2 L5±0,2 G L6±0,2 L7 Bearing dyn.C stat.Co limit
Type mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Type kN kN min-1
EK 06 / FK 06 8 10* 6 4 28 8 M6x0,75 8 5 P 2,03 0,80 46.400
EK 08 / FK 08 10/12 12*/14 8 6 32 9 M8x1 10 5,5 P 3,35 1,45 35.200
BK 10 12/14/15 16 10 8 36 15 M10x1 16 5,5 P 5,0 2,34 29.440
EK 10 / FK 10 12/14/15 16 10 8 36 15 M10x1 11 5,5 P 5,0 2,34 29.440
BK 12 14/15/16 18 12 10 36 15 M12x1 14 5,5 P 5,4 2,71 25.760
EK 12 / FK 12 14/15/16 18 12 10 36 15 M12x1 11 5,5 P 5,4 2,71 25.760
BK 15 18/20 20*/24 15 12 40 20 M15x1 12 6 P 3,2 2,36 22.080
EK 15 18/20 20*/24 15 12 47 20 M15x1 13 10 P 3,2 2,36 22.080
FK 15 18/20 20*/24 15 12 47 20 M15x1 13 10 P 3,2 2,36 22.080
BK 17 / FK 17 20/25 24/28 17 15 53 23 M17x1 17 7 P 10,1 5,45 18.400
BK 20 25/28/30 30/36 20 17 53 25 M20x1 15 8 P 10,3 6,10 16.560
EK 20 / FK 20 25/28/30 30/36 20 17 62 25 M20x1 17 11 P 13,6 7,55 15.640
BK 25 30/32/36 36 25 20 65 30 M25x1,5 18 9 P 15,4 9,45 13.800
FK 25 30/32/36 36 25 20 76 30 M25x1,5 20 15 P 15,4 9,45 13.800
BK 30 / FK 30 36/40 36*/40 30 25 72 38 M30x1,5 25 9 P 21,3 13,6 11.040
BK 35 45 36*/40 35 30 81 45 M35x1,5 28 12 P 28,2 18,5 9.660
BK 40 50 50 40 35 93 50 M40x1,5 35 15 P 33,5 23,3 8.832
The matching distance bushes are included in the scope of delivery of bearing units BK, EK and FK.
* A rest of the thread grooves may remain visible.
Shaft Reworking and Bearing Load Data for Spindle Bearing Units BF, EF and FF (Support Side)
Shaft Reworking:
At MÄDLER ®, trapezoidal and ballscrew spindles can get reworked,
fitting to the bearing units. The spindle reworking in the drawing is øds x m DIN 471
just a recommendation. Due to the customer´s request, the length
L8 could be shorter or longer and the shaft end could get a keyway
øD
ød
DIN 6885.
Bearing Load Data:
The loading rates and speed limits shown in the table are the limits L9
just for the bearings. The limits of the spindles are much lower, L8
depending on the diameter, length and material.
Recommendated Shaft Reworking for Support Side Units Bearing Load Data
Bearing- Spindle-Ø D Load rating axial Speed
Unit KGT TR dg6 ds-0,15 L8±0,2 L9±0,2 mH13 DIN 471 Bearing dyn.C stat.Co limit
Type mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Type kN kN min-1
EF 06 / FF 06 8 10* 6 5,7 9 6,8 0,8 6 2,3 0,8 37.000
EF 08 10/12 10*/12 6 5,7 9 6,8 0,8 6 2,3 0,8 37.000
BF 10 / EF 10 / FF 10 12/14/15 12*/14 8 7,6 10 7,9 0,9 8 3,3 1,4 34.000
BF 12 / EF 12 / FF 12 14/15/16 16/18 10 9,6 11 9,15 1,15 10 4,6 2,0 31.000
BF 15 / EF 15 / FF 15 18/20 20*/24 15 14,3 13 10,15 1,15 15 5,6 2,8 23.000
BF 17 / FF 17 20/25 24/28 17 16,2 16 13,15 1,15 17 9,6 4,8 17.000
BF 20 25/28/30 30/36 20 19,0 16 13,15 1,15 20 9,4 5,0 15.000
EF 20 / FF 20 25/28/30 30/36 20 19,0 19 15,35 1,35 20 12,8 6,7 14.000
BF 25 / FF 25 30/32/36 36 25 23,9 20 16,35 1,35 25 14,0 7,9 12.000
BF 30 / FF 30 36/40 36*/40 30 28,6 21 17,75 1,75 30 19,5 11,3 9.500
BF 35 40/45 36/40 35 33 22 18,75 1,75 35 16,0 10,4 9.000
BF 40 50 50 40 38 23 19,95 1,95 40 29,5 18,0 8.000
The retaining ring DIN 471 is included in the scope of delivery of bearing units BF, EF and FF.
* A rest of the thread grooves may remain visible.
® 435
Single Row Deep Groove Ball Bearings SKF ®, inner diameter 3 - 17 mm
Material: Bearing steel. B 2Z
• Standard ball bearings in premium-quality.
• Most common bearing type.
• Usable for high speed.
• Insensitive in use and maintenance. 2RS
n e en t t n ee eta s e ds
D
d
or with contacting rubber NBR seals 2RS1 / 2RSH.
e e atu e ange t s tt eu t
Clearance CN: Normal bearing play. Clearance C3: Greater play.
Other versions or other bearing types on request.
Orderung Details: e.g.: Product No., quantity
Main dimensions Load rating radial Speed Speed
Product No. Product No. d D B Version dyn.C stat.Co Pu* base limit Weight
Clearance CN Clearance C3 mm mm mm kN kN kN min-1 min-1 g
623-2Z-SKF 623-2Z-C3-SKF 3 10 4 shielded on both sides 0,54 0,18 0,007 130.000 60.000 1,5
624-2Z-SKF 624-2Z-C3-SKF 4 13 5 shielded on both sides 0,94 0,29 0,012 110.000 53.000 3,1
625-SKF - 5 16 5 open 1,14 0,38 0,016 95.000 60.000 5
625-2Z-SKF 625-2Z-C3-SKF 5 16 5 shielded on both sides 1,14 0,38 0,016 95.000 48.000 5
625-2RS1-SKF - 5 16 5 sealed on both sides 1,14 0,38 0,016 95.000 48.000 5
626-SKF 626-C3-SKF 6 19 6 open 2,34 0,95 0,04 80.000 50.000 8,4
626-2Z-SKF 626-2Z-C3-SKF 6 19 6 shielded on both sides 2,34 0,95 0,04 80.000 40.000 8,4
626-2RSH-SKF 626-2RSH-C3-SKF 6 19 6 sealed on both sides 2,34 0,95 0,04 - 24.000 8,4
607-2Z-SKF 607-2Z-C3-SKF 7 19 6 shielded on both sides 2,34 0,95 0,04 85.000 43.000 7,5
607-2RSH-SKF 607-2RSH-C3-SKF 7 19 6 sealed on both sides 2,34 0,95 0,04 - 24.000 7,5
627-2Z-SKF 627-2Z-C3-SKF 7 22 7 shielded on both sides 3,45 1,37 0,057 70.000 36.000 13
627-2RSH-SKF 627-2RSH-C3-SKF 7 22 7 sealed on both sides 3,45 1,37 0,057 - 22.000 12
608-SKF - 8 22 7 open 3,45 1,37 0,057 75.000 48.000 12
608-2Z-SKF 608-2Z-C3-SKF 8 22 7 shielded on both sides 3,45 1,37 0,057 75.000 38.000 12
608-2RSH-SKF 608-2RSH-C3-SKF 8 22 7 sealed on both sides 3,45 1,37 0,057 - 22.000 12
609-2Z-SKF 609-2Z-C3-SKF 9 24 7 shielded on both sides 3,9 1,66 0,071 70.000 34.000 14
609-2RSH-SKF 609-2RSH-C3-SKF 9 24 7 sealed on both sides 3,9 1,66 0,071 - 19.000 14
629-2Z-SKF 629-2Z-C3-SKF 9 26 8 shielded on both sides 4,75 1,96 0,083 60.000 30.000 20
629-2RSH-SKF 629-2RSH-C3-SKF 9 26 8 sealed on both sides 4,75 1,96 0,083 - 19.000 20
61800-SKF - 10 19 5 open 1,38 0,59 0,025 80.000 48.000 5,5
61800-2Z-SKF - 10 19 5 shielded on both sides 1,38 0,59 0,025 80.000 38.000 5,5
61800-2RS1-SKF - 10 19 5 sealed on both sides 1,38 0,59 0,025 - 22.000 5,5
6000-SKF 6000-C3-SKF 10 26 8 open 4,75 1,96 0,083 67.000 40.000 19
6000-2Z-SKF 6000-2Z-C3-SKF 10 26 8 shielded on both sides 4,75 1,96 0,083 67.000 34.000 19
6000-2RSH-SKF 6000-2RSH-C3-SKF 10 26 8 sealed on both sides 4,75 1,96 0,083 - 19.000 19
6200-SKF 6200-C3-SKF 10 30 9 open 5,4 2,36 0,1 56.000 34.000 32
6200-2Z-SKF 6200-2Z-C3-SKF 10 30 9 shielded on both sides 5,4 2,36 0,1 56.000 28.000 32
6200-2RSH-SKF 6200-2RSH-C3-SKF 10 30 9 sealed on both sides 5,4 2,36 0,1 - 17.000 32
6300-2Z-SKF 6300-2Z-C3-SKF 10 35 11 shielded on both sides 8,52 3,4 0,143 50.000 26.000 53
6300-2RSH-SKF 6300-2RSH-C3-SKF 10 35 11 sealed on both sides 8,52 3,4 0,143 - 15.000 53
61801-SKF - 12 21 5 open 1,43 0,67 0,028 70.000 43.000 6,3
61801-2Z-SKF - 12 21 5 shielded on both sides 1,43 0,67 0,028 70.000 36.000 6,3
61801-2RS1-SKF - 12 21 5 sealed on both sides 1,43 0,67 0,028 - 20.000 6,3
6001-SKF 6001-C3-SKF 12 28 8 open 5,4 2,36 0,1 60.000 38.000 22
6001-2Z-SKF 6001-2Z-C3-SKF 12 28 8 shielded on both sides 5,4 2,36 0,1 60.000 30.000 22
6001-2RSH-SKF 6001-2RSH-C3-SKF 12 28 8 sealed on both sides 5,4 2,36 0,1 - 17.000 22
6201-SKF 6201-C3-SKF 12 32 10 open 7,28 3,1 0,132 50.000 32.000 37
6201-2Z-SKF 6201-2Z-C3-SKF 12 32 10 shielded on both sides 7,28 3,1 0,132 50.000 26.000 37
6201-2RSH-SKF 6201-2RSH-C3-SKF 12 32 10 sealed on both sides 7,28 3,1 0,132 - 15.000 37
6301-2Z-SKF 6301-2Z-C3-SKF 12 37 12 shielded on both sides 10,1 4,15 0,176 45.000 22.000 60
6301-2RSH-SKF 6301-2RSH-C3-SKF 12 37 12 sealed on both sides 10,1 4,15 0,176 - 14.000 60
61802-2Z-SKF - 15 24 5 shielded on both sides 1,56 0,8 0,034 60.000 30.000 7,4
61802-2RS1-SKF - 15 24 5 sealed on both sides 1,56 0,8 0,034 - 17.000 7,4
6002-SKF 6002-C3-SKF 15 32 9 open 5,85 2,85 0,12 50.000 32.000 30
6002-2Z-SKF 6002-2Z-C3-SKF 15 32 9 shielded on both sides 5,85 2,85 0,12 50.000 26.000 30
6002-2RSH-SKF 6002-2RSH-C3-SKF 15 32 9 sealed on both sides 5,85 2,85 0,12 - 14.000 30
6202-SKF 6202-C3-SKF 15 35 11 open 8,06 3,75 0,16 43.000 28.000 45
6202-2Z-SKF 6202-2Z-C3-SKF 15 35 11 shielded on both sides 8,06 3,75 0,16 43.000 22.000 45
6202-2RSH-SKF 6202-2RSH-C3-SKF 15 35 11 sealed on both sides 8,06 3,75 0,16 - 13.000 45
6302-SKF 6302-C3-SKF 15 42 13 open 11,9 5,4 0,228 38.000 24.000 82
6302-2Z-SKF 6302-2Z-C3-SKF 15 42 13 shielded on both sides 11,9 5,4 0,228 38.000 19.000 82
6302-2RSH-SKF 6302-2RSH-C3-SKF 15 42 13 sealed on both sides 11,9 5,4 0,228 - 12.000 82
61803-2Z-SKF - 17 26 5 shielded on both sides 1,68 0,93 0,039 56.000 28.000 8,2
61803-2RS1-SKF - 17 26 5 sealed on both sides 1,68 0,93 0,039 - 16.000 8,2
6003-SKF 6003-C3-SKF 17 35 10 open 6,37 3,25 0,137 45.000 28.000 39
6003-2Z-SKF 6003-2Z-C3-SKF 17 35 10 shielded on both sides 6,37 3,25 0,137 45.000 22.000 39
6003-2RSH-SKF 6003-2RSH-C3-SKF 17 35 10 sealed on both sides 6,37 3,25 0,137 - 13.000 39
6203-SKF 6203-C3-SKF 17 40 12 open 9,95 4,75 0,2 38.000 24.000 65
6203-2Z-SKF 6203-2Z-C3-SKF 17 40 12 shielded on both sides 9,95 4,75 0,2 38.000 19.000 65
6203-2RSH-SKF 6203-2RSH-C3-SKF 17 40 12 sealed on both sides 9,95 4,75 0,2 - 12.000 65
6303-SKF 6303-C3-SKF 17 47 14 open 14,3 6,55 0,275 34.000 22.000 120
6303-2Z-SKF 6303-2Z-C3-SKF 17 47 14 shielded on both sides 14,3 6,55 0,275 34.000 17.000 120
6303-2RSH-SKF 6303-2RSH-C3-SKF 17 47 14 sealed on both sides 14,3 6,55 0,275 - 11.000 120
* Fatigue load limit.
436 ®
Single Row Deep Groove Ball Bearings SKF ®, inner diameter 20 - 50 mm
Material: Bearing steel. B 2Z
• Standard ball bearings in premium-quality.
• Most common bearing type.
• Usable for high speed.
• Insensitive in use and maintenance. 2RS
n e en t t n ee eta s e ds
D
d
or with contacting rubber NBR seals 2RS1 / 2RSH.
e e atu e ange t s tt eu t
Clearance CN: Normal bearing play. Clearance C3: Greater play.
Other versions or other bearing types on request.
Orderung Details: e.g.: product No., quantity
Main dimensions Load rating radial Speed Speed
Product No. Product No. d D B Version dyn.C stat.Co Pu* base limit Weight
Clearance CN Clearance C3 mm mm mm kN kN kN min-1 min-1 g
6004-SKF 6004-C3-SKF 20 42 12 open 9,95 5 0,212 38.000 24.000 69
6004-2Z-SKF 6004-2Z-C3-SKF 20 42 12 shielded on both sides 9,95 5 0,212 38.000 19.000 69
6004-2RSH-SKF 6004-2RSH-C3-SKF 20 42 12 sealed on both sides 9,95 5 0,212 - 11.000 69
6204-SKF 6204-C3-SKF 20 47 14 open 13,5 6,55 0,28 32.000 20.000 110
6204-2Z-SKF 6204-2Z-C3-SKF 20 47 14 shielded on both sides 13,5 6,55 0,28 32.000 17.000 110
6204-2RSH-SKF 6204-2RSH-C3-SKF 20 47 14 sealed on both sides 13,5 6,55 0,28 - 10.000 110
6304-SKF 6304-C3-SKF 20 52 15 open 16,8 7,8 0,335 30.000 19.000 140
6304-2Z-SKF 6304-2Z-C3-SKF 20 52 15 shielded on both sides 16,8 7,8 0,335 30.000 15.000 140
6304-2RSH-SKF 6304-2RSH-C3-SKF 20 52 15 sealed on both sides 16,8 7,8 0,335 - 9.500 140
6005-SKF 6005-C3-SKF 25 47 12 open 11,9 6,55 0,275 32.000 20.000 80
6005-2Z-SKF 6005-2Z-C3-SKF 25 47 12 shielded on both sides 11,9 6,55 0,275 32.000 16.000 80
6005-2RSH-SKF 6005-2RSH-C3-SKF 25 47 12 sealed on both sides 11,9 6,55 0,275 - 9.500 80
6205-SKF 6205-C3-SKF 25 52 15 open 14,8 7,8 0,335 28.000 18.000 130
6205-2Z-SKF 6205-2Z-C3-SKF 25 52 15 shielded on both sides 14,8 7,8 0,335 28.000 14.000 130
6205-2RSH-SKF 6205-2RSH-C3-SKF 25 52 15 sealed on both sides 14,8 7,8 0,335 - 8.500 130
6305-SKF 6305-C3-SKF 25 62 17 open 23,4 11,6 0,49 24.000 16.000 230
6305-2Z-SKF 6305-C3-SKF 25 62 17 shielded on both sides 23,4 11,6 0,49 24.000 13.000 230
6305-2RS1-SKF 6305-2RS1-C3-SKF 25 62 17 sealed on both sides 23,4 11,6 0,49 - 7.500 230
6006-SKF 6006-C3-SKF 30 55 13 open 13,8 8,3 0,355 28.000 17.000 120
6006-2Z-SKF 6006-2Z-C3-SKF 30 55 13 shielded on both sides 13,8 8,3 0,355 28.000 14.000 120
6006-2RS1-SKF 6006-2RS1-C3-SKF 30 55 13 sealed on both sides 13,8 8,3 0,355 - 8.000 120
6206-SKF 6206-C3-SKF 30 62 16 open 20,3 11,2 0,475 24.000 15.000 200
6206-2Z-SKF 6206-2Z-C3-SKF 30 62 16 shielded on both sides 20,3 11,2 0,475 24.000 12.000 200
6206-2RS1-SKF 6206-2RS1-C3-SKF 30 62 16 sealed on both sides 20,3 11,2 0,475 - 7.500 200
6306-SKF 6306-C3-SKF 30 72 19 open 29,6 16 0,67 20.000 13.000 350
6306-2Z-SKF 6306-2Z-C3-SKF 30 72 19 shielded on both sides 29,6 16 0,67 20.000 11.000 350
6306-2RS1-SKF 6306-2RS1-C3-SKF 30 72 19 sealed on both sides 29,6 16 0,67 - 6.300 350
6007-SKF 6007-C3-SKF 35 62 14 open 16,8 10,2 0,44 24.000 15.000 160
6007-2Z-SKF 6007-2Z-C3-SKF 35 62 14 shielded on both sides 16,8 10,2 0,44 24.000 12.000 160
6007-2RS1-SKF 6007-2RS1-C3-SKF 35 62 14 sealed on both sides 16,8 10,2 0,44 - 7.000 160
6207-SKF 6207-C3-SKF 35 72 17 open 27 15,3 0,66 20.000 13.000 290
6207-2Z-SKF 6207-2Z-C3-SKF 35 72 17 shielded on both sides 27 15,3 0,66 20.000 10.000 290
6207-2RS1-SKF 6207-2RS1-C3-SKF 35 72 17 sealed on both sides 27 15,3 0,66 - 6.300 290
6307-SKF 6307-C3-SKF 35 80 21 open 35,1 19 0,82 19.000 12.000 460
6307-2Z-SKF 6307-2Z-C3-SKF 35 80 21 shielded on both sides 35,1 19 0,82 19.000 9.500 460
6307-2RS1-SKF 6307-2RS1-C3-SKF 35 80 21 sealed on both sides 35,1 19 0,82 - 6.000 460
6008-SKF 6008-C3-SKF 40 68 15 open 17,8 11,6 0,49 22.000 14.000 190
6008-2Z-SKF 6008-2Z-C3-SKF 40 68 15 shielded on both sides 17,8 11,6 0,49 22.000 11.000 190
6008-2RS1-SKF 6008-2RS1-C3-SKF 40 68 15 sealed on both sides 17,8 11,6 0,49 - 6.300 190
6208-SKF 6208-C3-SKF 40 80 18 open 32,5 19 0,8 18.000 11.000 370
6208-2Z-SKF 6208-2Z-C3-SKF 40 80 18 shielded on both sides 32,5 19 0,8 18.000 9.000 370
6208-2RS1-SKF 6208-2RS1-C3-SKF 40 80 18 sealed on both sides 32,5 19 0,8 - 5.600 370
6308-SKF 6308-C3-SKF 40 90 23 open 42,3 24 1,02 17.000 11.000 630
6308-2Z-SKF 6308-2Z-C3-SKF 40 90 23 shielded on both sides 42,3 24 1,02 17.000 8.500 630
6308-2RS1-SKF 6308-2RS1-C3-SKF 40 90 23 sealed on both sides 42,3 24 1,02 - 5.000 630
6009-SKF 6009-C3-SKF 45 75 16 open 22,1 14,6 0,64 20.000 12.000 250
6009-2Z-SKF 6009-2Z-C3-SKF 45 75 16 shielded on both sides 22,1 14,6 0,64 20.000 10.000 250
6009-2RS1-SKF 6009-2RS1-C3-SKF 45 75 16 sealed on both sides 22,1 14,6 0,64 - 5.600 250
6209-SKF 6209-C3-SKF 45 85 19 open 35,1 21,6 0,92 17.000 11.000 410
6209-2Z-SKF 6209-2Z-C3-SKF 45 85 19 shielded on both sides 35,1 21,6 0,92 17.000 8.500 410
6209-2RS1-SKF 6209-2RS1-C3-SKF 45 85 19 sealed on both sides 35,1 21,6 0,92 - 5.000 410
6309-SKF 6309-C3-SKF 45 100 25 open 55,3 31,5 1,34 15.000 9.500 830
6309-2Z-SKF 6309-2Z-C3-SKF 45 100 25 shielded on both sides 55,3 31,5 1,34 15.000 7.500 830
6309-2RS1-SKF 6309-2RS1-C3-SKF 45 100 25 sealed on both sides 55,3 31,5 1,34 - 4.500 830
6010-SKF 6010-C3-SKF 50 80 16 open 22,9 16 0,71 18.000 11.000 260
6010-2Z-SKF 6010-2Z-C3-SKF 50 80 16 shielded on both sides 22,9 16 0,71 18.000 9.000 260
6010-2RS1-SKF 6010-2RS1-C3-SKF 50 80 16 sealed on both sides 22,9 16 0,71 - 5.000 260
6210-SKF 6210-C3-SKF 50 90 20 open 37,1 23,2 0,98 15.000 10.000 460
6210-2Z-SKF 6210-2Z-C3-SKF 50 90 20 shielded on both sides 37,1 23,2 0,98 15.000 8.000 460
6210-2RS1-SKF 6210-2RS1-C3-SKF 50 90 20 sealed on both sides 37,1 23,2 0,98 - 4.800 460
6310-SKF 6310-C3-SKF 50 110 27 open 65 38 1,6 13.000 8.500 1050
6310-2Z-SKF 6310-2Z-C3-SKF 50 110 27 shielded on both sides 65 38 1,6 13.000 6.700 1050
6310-2RS1-SKF 6310-2RS1-C3-SKF 50 110 27 sealed on both sides 65 38 1,6 - 4.300 1050
* Fatigue load limit.
® 437
Single Row Deep Groove Ball Bearings MÄDLER ®, inner diameter 3 - 17 mm
Material: Bearing steel. B
• Standard ball bearings in high quality. 2RS
• Most common bearing type.
• Usable for high speed. ZZ
• Insensitive in use and maintenance.
n e t t n ee eta s e ds
D
d
or with contacting rubber seals 2RS.
e e atu e ange t s tt eu t
Clearance CN: Normal bearing play. Clearance C3: Greater play.
Other versions or other bearing types on request.
Orderung Details: e.g.: Product No., quantity
Main dimensions Load rating radial Speed
Product No. Product No. d D B Version dyn.C stat.Co limit Weight
Clearance CN Clearance C3 mm mm mm kN kN min-1 g
623-ZZ-MAE 623-ZZ-C3-MAE 3 10 4 shielded on both sides 0,63 0,22 50.000 1,7
624-ZZ-MAE 624-ZZ-C3-MAE 4 13 5 shielded on both sides 1,30 0,49 40.000 3,0
625-ZZ-MAE 625-ZZ-C3-MAE 5 16 5 shielded on both sides 1,73 0,67 36.000 4,9
625-2RS-MAE 625-2RS-C3-MAE 5 16 5 sealed on both sides 1,73 0,67 25.000 4,9
626-ZZ-MAE 626-ZZ-C3-MAE 6 19 6 shielded on both sides 2,34 0,89 32.000 7,9
626-2RS-MAE 626-2RS-C3-MAE 6 19 6 sealed on both sides 2,34 0,89 22.000 7,9
607-ZZ-MAE 607-ZZ-C3-MAE 7 19 6 shielded on both sides 2,34 0,89 36.000 7,5
607-2RS-MAE 607-2RS-C3-MAE 7 19 6 sealed on both sides 2,34 0,89 22.000 7,5
627-ZZ-MAE - 7 22 7 shielded on both sides 3,30 1,37 30.000 12,9
627-2RS-MAE - 7 22 7 sealed on both sides 3,30 1,37 20.000 12,9
608-ZZ-MAE 608-ZZ-C3-MAE 8 22 7 shielded on both sides 3,30 1,37 34.000 12,2
608-2RS-MAE 608-2RS-C3-MAE 8 22 7 sealed on both sides 3,30 1,37 20.000 12,2
609-ZZ-MAE - 9 24 7 shielded on both sides 3,35 1,43 32.000 14,7
609-2RS-MAE - 9 24 7 sealed on both sides 3,35 1,43 19.000 14,7
629-ZZ-MAE - 9 26 8 shielded on both sides 4,55 1,97 28.000 19,3
629-2RS-MAE - 9 26 8 sealed on both sides 4,55 1,97 18.000 19,3
61800-ZZ-MAE 61800-ZZ-C3-MAE 10 19 5 shielded on both sides 1,72 0,84 24.000 5,5
61800-2RS-MAE 61800-2RS-C3-MAE 10 19 5 sealed on both sides 1,72 0,84 17.000 5,5
61900-ZZ-MAE 61900-ZZ-C3-MAE 10 22 6 shielded on both sides 2,70 1,27 22.000 10
61900-2RS-MAE 61900-2RS-C3-MAE 10 22 6 sealed on both sides 2,70 1,27 15.500 10
6000-ZZ-MAE 6000-ZZ-C3-MAE 10 26 8 shielded on both sides 4,55 1,97 31.000 19
6000-2RS-MAE 6000-2RS-C3-MAE 10 26 8 sealed on both sides 4,55 1,97 19.000 19
6200-ZZ-MAE 6200-ZZ-C3-MAE 10 30 9 shielded on both sides 5,10 2,39 24.000 32
6200-2RS-MAE 6200-2RS-C3-MAE 10 30 9 sealed on both sides 5,10 2,39 17.000 32
6300-ZZ-MAE - 10 35 11 shielded on both sides 8,10 3,47 22.000 53
6300-2RS-MAE - 10 35 11 sealed on both sides 8,10 3,47 15.000 53
61801-ZZ-MAE 61801-ZZ-C3-MAE 12 21 5 shielded on both sides 1,92 1,04 20.000 6,3
61801-2RS-MAE 61801-2RS-C3-MAE 12 21 5 sealed on both sides 1,92 1,04 14.000 6,3
61901-ZZ-MAE - 12 24 6 shielded on both sides 2,89 1,46 20.000 10
61901-2RS-MAE - 12 24 6 sealed on both sides 2,89 1,46 14.000 10
6001-ZZ-MAE 6001-ZZ-C3-MAE 12 28 8 shielded on both sides 5,10 2,84 27.000 22
6001-2RS-MAE 6001-2RS-C3-MAE 12 28 8 sealed on both sides 5,10 2,84 17.000 22
6201-ZZ-MAE 6201-ZZ-C3-MAE 12 32 10 shielded on both sides 6,80 3,06 22.000 37
6201-2RS-MAE 6201-2RS-C3-MAE 12 32 10 sealed on both sides 6,80 3,06 15.000 37
6301-ZZ-MAE - 12 37 12 shielded on both sides 9,70 5,09 20.000 60
6301-2RS-MAE - 12 37 12 sealed on both sides 9,70 5,09 14.000 60
61802-ZZ-MAE 61802-ZZ-C3-MAE 15 24 5 shielded on both sides 2,07 1,26 17.000 7,4
61802-2RS-MAE 61802-2RS-C3-MAE 15 24 5 sealed on both sides 2,07 1,26 12.000 7,4
61902-ZZ-MAE - 15 28 7 shielded on both sides 4,35 2,26 17.000 20
61902-2RS-MAE - 15 28 7 sealed on both sides 4,35 2,26 12.000 20
6002-ZZ-MAE 6002-ZZ-C3-MAE 15 32 9 shielded on both sides 5,60 2,84 23.000 30
6002-2RS-MAE 6002-2RS-C3-MAE 15 32 9 sealed on both sides 5,60 2,84 14.000 30
6202-ZZ-MAE 6202-ZZ-C3-MAE 15 35 11 shielded on both sides 7,65 3,72 20.000 45
6202-2RS-MAE 6202-2RS-C3-MAE 15 35 11 sealed on both sides 7,65 3,72 12.000 45
6302-ZZ-MAE - 15 42 13 shielded on both sides 11,40 5,43 17.000 82
6302-2RS-MAE - 15 42 13 sealed on both sides 11,40 5,43 12.000 82
61803-ZZ-MAE - 17 26 5 shielded on both sides 2,63 1,57 15.000 8,2
61803-2RS-MAE - 17 26 5 sealed on both sides 2,63 1,57 10.500 8,2
61903-ZZ-MAE - 17 30 7 shielded on both sides 4,60 2,55 15.000 20
61903-2RS-MAE - 17 30 7 sealed on both sides 4,60 2,55 10.500 20
6003-ZZ-MAE 6003-ZZ-C3-MAE 17 35 10 shielded on both sides 6,00 3,25 21.000 39
6003-2RS-MAE 6003-2RS-C3-MAE 17 35 10 sealed on both sides 6,00 3,25 13.000 39
6203-ZZ-MAE 6203-ZZ-C3-MAE 17 40 12 shielded on both sides 9,55 4,79 17.000 65
6203-2RS-MAE 6203-2RS-C3-MAE 17 40 12 sealed on both sides 9,55 4,79 12.000 65
6303-ZZ-MAE - 17 47 14 shielded on both sides 13,60 6,58 15.000 120
438 ®
Single Row Deep Groove Ball Bearings MÄDLER ®, inner diameter 20 - 50 mm
Material: Bearing steel. B
• Standard ball bearings in high quality. 2RS
• Most common bearing type.
• Usable for high speed. ZZ
• Insensitive in use and maintenance.
n e t t n ee eta s e ds
D
d
or with contacting rubber seals 2RS.
e e atu e ange t s tt eu t
Clearance CN: Normal bearing play. Clearance C3: Greater play.
Other versions or other bearing types on request.
Orderung Details: e.g.: Product No., quantity
Main dimensions Load rating radial Speed
Product No. Product No. d D B Version dyn.C stat.Co limit Weight
Clearance CN Clearance C3 mm mm mm kN kN min-1 g
61804-ZZ-MAE 61804-ZZ-C3-MAE 20 32 7 shielded on both sides 4,00 2,47 13.000 20
61804-2RS-MAE 61804-2RS-C3-MAE 20 32 7 sealed on both sides 4,00 2,47 9.100 20
61904-ZZ-MAE - 20 37 9 shielded on both sides 6,40 3,70 12.000 40
61904-2RS-MAE - 20 37 9 sealed on both sides 6,40 3,70 8.400 40
6004-ZZ-MAE 6004-ZZ-C3-MAE 20 42 12 shielded on both sides 9,40 5,03 15.000 69
6004-2RS-MAE 6004-2RS-C3-MAE 20 42 12 sealed on both sides 9,40 5,03 11.000 69
6204-ZZ-MAE 6204-ZZ-C3-MAE 20 47 14 shielded on both sides 12,8 6,65 14.000 110
6204-2RS-MAE 6204-2RS-C3-MAE 20 47 14 sealed on both sides 12,8 6,65 10.000 110
6304-ZZ-MAE 6304-ZZ-C3-MAE 20 52 15 shielded on both sides 15,9 7,88 13.000 140
6304-2RS-MAE 6304-2RS-C3-MAE 20 52 15 sealed on both sides 15,9 7,88 9.500 140
61805-ZZ-MAE - 25 37 7 shielded on both sides 4,50 3,15 10.000 20
61805-2RS-MAE - 25 37 7 sealed on both sides 4,50 3,15 7.000 20
61905-ZZ-MAE - 25 42 9 shielded on both sides 7,05 4,55 10.000 50
61905-2RS-MAE - 25 42 9 sealed on both sides 7,05 4,55 7.000 50
6005-ZZ-MAE 6005-ZZ-C3-MAE 25 47 12 shielded on both sides 10,1 5,85 13.000 80
6005-2RS-MAE 6005-2RS-C3-MAE 25 47 12 sealed on both sides 10,1 5,85 9.500 80
6205-ZZ-MAE 6205-ZZ-C3-MAE 25 52 15 shielded on both sides 14,0 7,88 12.000 130
6205-2RS-MAE 6205-2RS-C3-MAE 25 52 15 sealed on both sides 14,0 7,88 8.400 130
6305-ZZ-MAE - 25 62 17 shielded on both sides 20,6 11,5 10.000 230
6305-2RS-MAE - 25 62 17 sealed on both sides 20,6 11,5 7.000 230
61806-ZZ-MAE - 30 42 7 shielded on both sides 4,70 3,65 9.000 30
61806-2RS-MAE - 30 42 7 sealed on both sides 4,70 3,65 6.300 30
61906-ZZ-MAE - 30 47 9 shielded on both sides 7,25 5,00 8.500 50
61906-2RS-MAE - 30 47 9 sealed on both sides 7,25 5,00 6.000 50
6006-ZZ-MAE - 30 55 13 shielded on both sides 13,2 8,30 10.000 120
6006-2RS-MAE - 30 55 13 sealed on both sides 13,2 8,30 7.000 120
6206-ZZ-MAE - 30 62 16 shielded on both sides 19,5 11,3 9.500 200
6206-2RS-MAE - 30 62 16 sealed on both sides 19,5 11,3 6.500 200
6306-2RS-MAE - 30 72 19 sealed on both sides 26,7 15,2 6.500 350
61907-ZZ-MAE - 35 55 10 shielded on both sides 10,6 7,25 7.500 80
61907-2RS-MAE - 35 55 10 sealed on both sides 10,6 7,25 5.300 80
6007-ZZ-MAE - 35 62 14 shielded on both sides 16,0 10,4 9.000 160
6007-2RS-MAE - 35 62 14 sealed on both sides 16,0 10,4 6.300 160
6207-ZZ-MAE - 35 72 17 shielded on both sides 25,7 15,2 8.500 290
6207-2RS-MAE - 35 72 17 sealed on both sides 25,7 15,2 6.000 290
6307-2RS-MAE - 35 80 21 sealed on both sides 33,5 19,2 6.000 460
61908-ZZ-MAE - 40 62 12 shielded on both sides 13,7 10,0 6.300 120
61908-2RS-MAE - 40 62 12 sealed on both sides 13,7 10,0 4.410 120
6008-ZZ-MAE - 40 68 15 shielded on both sides 16,8 11,8 8.500 190
6008-2RS-MAE - 40 68 15 sealed on both sides 16,8 11,8 6.300 190
6208-ZZ-MAE - 40 80 18 shielded on both sides 29,5 18,0 8.000 370
6208-2RS-MAE - 40 80 18 sealed on both sides 29,5 18,0 5.600 370
6308-2RS-MAE - 40 90 23 sealed on both sides 40,8 24,0 4.900 630
61809-ZZ-MAE - 45 58 7 shielded on both sides 5,35 5,25 6.000 140
61809-2RS-MAE - 45 58 7 sealed on both sides 5,35 5,25 4.200 140
6009-ZZ-MAE - 45 75 16 shielded on both sides 21,0 14,8 8.000 250
6009-2RS-MAE - 45 75 16 sealed on both sides 21,0 14,8 5.600 250
6209-ZZ-MAE - 45 85 19 shielded on both sides 31,5 20,5 7.000 410
6209-2RS-MAE - 45 85 19 sealed on both sides 31,5 20,5 4.900 410
6309-ZZ-MAE - 45 100 25 shielded on both sides 52,8 31,8 6.300 830
6309-2RS-MAE - 45 100 25 sealed on both sides 52,8 31,8 4.400 830
6010-ZZ-MAE - 50 80 16 shielded on both sides 22,0 16,2 7.000 260
6010-2RS-MAE - 50 80 16 sealed on both sides 22,0 16,2 5.000 260
6210-ZZ-MAE - 50 90 20 shielded on both sides 35,0 23,2 6.700 460
6210-2RS-MAE - 50 90 20 sealed on both sides 35,0 23,2 4.700 460
6310-ZZ-MAE - 50 110 27 shielded on both sides 61,8 38,1 6.000 1050
6310-2RS-MAE - 50 110 27 sealed on both sides 61,8 38,1 4.200 1050
® 439
Angular Contact Ball Bearings SKF ®, Single Row, inner diameter 10 - 30 mm
Material: Bearing steel. B B
B T
• Angular contact ball bearings in premium-quality.
• For common axial and radial load.
• Usable for high speed.
as e s n ne ea ng e ea ng nt s a t end
se nd ea ng nt s te ea ng s e u ed
D
D
d
d
e e atu e ange t s tt eu t
Other versions or sizes on request.
Orderung Details: e.g.: Product No., quantity
Main dimensions Load rating radial Speed Speed
Product No. SKF- d D B Version dyn.C stat.Co Pu* base limit Weight
code mm mm mm kN kN kN min-1 min-1 g
647 710 01 P 10 30 9 basic 7,02 3,35 0,14 30.000 30.000 30
647 710 02 P 12 32 10 basic 7,61 3,8 0,16 26.000 26.000 36
647 710 05 P 15 35 11 basic 8,84 4,8 0,204 24.000 24.000 45
647 710 08 P 17 40 12 basic 10,4 5,5 0,236 20.000 20.000 64
647 710 13 P 20 47 14 basic 13,3 7,65 0,325 18.000 18.000 110
647 710 22 P 25 52 15 basic 14,8 9,3 0,40 15.000 15.000 130
647 710 29 P 30 62 16 basic 22,5 14,3 0,61 13.000 13.000 190
Supplementary designations: * Fatigue load limit.
nta t ang e
t ed nte na des gn
P ne t n u ded nd t e age g ass e en ed a de a ent ed
Self Aligning Ball Bearings SKF ®, Double Row, inner diameter 10 - 50 mm
Material: Bearing steel.
B B B T
• Self aligning ball bearings in premium-quality.
• For middle-high, common axial and radial load.
• Usable at angular displacement.
• Usable for high speed.
e e atu e ange t s tt eu t
D
D
D
d
d
Clearance CN: Normal bearing play. Clearance C3: Greater play.
Other versions or sizes on request.
Orderung Details: e.g.: Product No., quantity
Main dimensions Load radial Speed
Product No. SKF- Product No. SKF- d D B Version dyn.C stat.Co * limit Weight
Clearance CN Code Clearance C3 Code mm mm mm kN kN Grad min-1 g
647 730 12 1200 ETN9 - - 10 30 9 basic, open 5,53 1,18 2,5 36.000 34
647 730 14 2200 E-2RS1TN9 - - 10 30 14 sealed on both sides 5,53 1,18 1,5 17.000 48
647 730 16 1201 ETN9 - - 12 32 10 basic, open 6,24 1,43 2,5 32.000 40
647 730 18 2201 E-2RS1TN9 - - 12 32 14 sealed on both sides 6,24 1,43 1,5 16.000 53
647 730 24 1202 ETN9 647 733 24 1202 ETN9/C3 15 35 11 basic, open 7,41 1,76 2,5 28.000 49
647 730 26 2202 E-2RS1TN9 647 733 26 2202 E-2RS1TN9/C3 15 35 14 sealed on both sides 7,41 1,76 1,5 14.000 58
647 730 32 1203 ETN9 647 733 32 1203 ETN9/C3 17 40 12 basic, open 8,84 2,2 2,5 24.000 73
647 730 34 2203 E-2RS1TN9 - - 17 40 16 sealed on both sides 8,84 2,2 1,5 12.000 89
647 730 40 1204 ETN9 647 733 40 1204 ETN9/C3 20 47 14 basic, open 12,7 3,4 2,5 20.000 120
647 730 42 2204 E-2RS1TN9 647 733 42 2204 E-2RS1TN9/C3 20 47 18 sealed on both sides 12,7 3,4 1,5 10.000 140
647 730 48 1205 ETN9 647 733 48 1205 ETN9/C3 25 52 15 basic, open 14,3 4,0 2,5 18.000 140
647 730 50 2205 E-2RS1TN9 647 733 50 2205 E-2RS1TN9/C3 25 52 18 sealed on both sides 14,3 4,0 1,5 9.000 160
647 730 56 1206 ETN9 647 733 56 1206 ETN9/C3 30 62 16 basic, open 15,6 4,65 2,5 15.000 220
647 730 58 2206 E-2RS1TN9 - - 30 62 20 sealed on both sides 15,6 4,65 1,5 7.500 260
647 730 64 1207 ETN9 647 733 64 1207 ETN9/C3 35 72 17 basic, open 19,0 6,0 2,5 13.000 320
647 730 66 2207 E-2RS1TN9 647 733 66 2207 E-2RS1TN9/C3 35 72 23 sealed on both sides 19,0 6,0 1,5 6.300 410
647 730 72 1208 ETN9 647 733 72 1208 ETN9/C3 40 80 18 basic, open 19,9 6,95 2,5 11.000 420
647 730 74 2208 E-2RS1TN9 - - 40 80 23 sealed on both sides 19,9 6,95 1,5 5.600 500
647 730 82 1209 ETN9 647 733 82 1209 ETN9/C3 45 85 19 basic, open 22,9 7,8 2,5 11.000 470
647 730 84 2209 E-2RS1TN9 - - 45 85 23 sealed on both sides 22,9 7,8 1,5 5.300 530
647 730 90 1210 ETN9 647 733 90 1210 ETN9/C3 50 90 20 basic, open 26,5 9,15 2,5 10.000 530
647 730 92 2210 E-2RS1TN9 - - 50 90 23 sealed on both sides 22,9 8,15 1,5 4.800 570
Supplementary designations: * Max. disalignement.
t ed nte na des gn
ne t n u ded sna t e age g ass e e n ed a de a ent ed
eet stee e n ed nta t sea a n t e utad ene u e n t s des
g eate ea ng ea an e
440 ®
Cylindrical Roller Bearings SKF ®, Single Row, inner diameter 15 - 50 mm
Material: Bearing steel. B B
B T
• Cylindrical roller bearings in premium-quality.
• For high radial load.
s a ea e n t d e t ns t e
n ne d e t n e Type NU
• Usable for high speed, with groove and 3 lubribation holes.
D
D
d
d
as t unt t e nne ng s se
e e atu e ange t s tt eu t
Clearance CN: Normal bearing play. Clearance C3: Greater play. Type NJ
Other versions or sizes on request.
Orderung Details: e.g.: Product No., quantity
Main dimensions Displaceability Load radial Speed
Product No. SKF- Product No. SKF- d D B of the inner ring dyn.C stat.Co s* limit Weight
Clearance CN Code Clearance C3 Code mm mm mm kN kN mm min-1 g
647 750 01 P 647 753 01 P 15 35 11 to both sides 12,5 10,2 1,0 26.000 47
647 750 02 P - - 15 35 11 to one side 12,5 10,2 1,0 26.000 48
647 750 03 P 647 753 03 P 17 40 12 to both sides 17,2 14,3 1,0 22.000 68
647 750 04 P 647 753 04 P 17 40 12 to one side 17,2 14,3 1,0 22.000 70
647 750 13 P 647 753 13 P 20 47 14 to both sides 25,1 22,0 1,0 19.000 110
647 750 14 P 647 753 14 P 20 47 14 to one side 25,1 22,0 1,0 19.000 110
647 750 28 P 647 753 28 P 25 52 15 to both sides 28,6 27,0 1,3 16.000 130
647 750 29 P 647 753 29 P 25 52 15 to one side 28,6 27,0 1,3 16.000 140
647 750 52 P 647 753 52 P 30 62 16 to both sides 44,0 36,5 1,3 14.000 200
647 750 53 P 647 753 53 P 30 62 16 to one side 44,0 36,5 1,3 14.000 200
647 750 62 P 647 753 62 P 35 72 17 to both sides 56,0 48,0 1,3 12.000 290
647 750 63 P 647 753 63 P 35 72 17 to one side 56,0 48,0 1,3 12.000 300
647 750 78 P 647 753 78 P 40 80 18 to both sides 62,0 53,0 1,4 11.000 370
647 750 79 P 647 753 79 P 40 80 18 to one side 62,0 53,0 1,4 11.000 390
647 750 95 P 647 753 95 P 45 85 19 to both sides 69,5 64,0 1,2 9.500 430
647 750 96 P 647 753 96 P 45 85 19 to one side 69,5 64,0 1,2 9.500 440
647 751 12 P 647 754 12 P 50 90 20 to both sides 73,5 69,5 1,5 9.000 480
647 751 13 P 647 754 13 P 50 90 20 to one side 73,5 69,5 1,5 9.000 490
Supplementary designations: * Max. displacement from the middle.
t ed nte na des gn
P ne t n u ded nd t e age g ass e en ed a de a ent ed
g eate ea ng ea an e
Spherical Roller Bearings SKF ®, Double Row, inner diameter 25 - 50 mm
Material: Bearing steel.
B
• Spherical roller bearings in premium-quality.
• For very high radial load and common high
axial load in both directions.
• Usable at angular displacement.
• Usable for high speed, with groove and 3 lubribation holes.
D
d
e e atu e ange t s tt eu t
Clearance CN: Normal bearing play. Clearance C3: Greater play.
Other versions or sizes on request.
Orderung Details: e.g.: Product No., quantity
Main dimensions Load rating radial Speed Speed
Product No. SKF- Product No. SKF- d D B dyn.C stat.Co * Pu** base limit Weight
Clearance CN Code Clearance C3 Code mm mm mm kN kN Grad kN min-1 min-1 g
647 760 12 22205 E 647 763 12 22205 E/C3 25 52 18 49,0 44 2 4,75 13.000 17.000 260
647 760 14 22206 E 647 763 14 22206 E/C3 30 62 20 64,0 60 2 6,4 10.000 14.000 290
647 760 16 22207 E 647 763 16 22207 E/C3 35 72 23 86,5 85 2 9,3 9.000 12.000 450
647 760 18 22208 E 647 763 18 22208 E/C3 40 80 23 96,5 90 2 9,8 8.000 11.000 530
647 760 22 22209 E 647 763 22 22209 E/C3 45 85 23 102,0 98 2 10,8 7.500 10.000 580
647 760 28 22210 E 647 763 28 22210 E/C3 50 90 23 104,0 108 2 11,8 7.000 9.500 630
Supplementary designations: * Max. disalignement.
essed nd t e stee ages ange ess nne ng and ** Fatigue load limit.
guide ring centred on the inner ring.
g eate ea ng ea an e
® 441
Tapered Roller Bearings SKF ®, Single Row, inner diameter 15 - 50 mm
Material: Bearing steel.
B B B T
• Tapered roller bearings in premium-quality.
• For common axial and radial load.
• Usable for low speed to middle speed.
as t unt t e ute ng s se
D
e e atu e ange t s tt eu t
d
d
Other versions or sizes on request.
Orderung Details: e.g.: Product No., quantity
Main dimensions Load rating radial Speed Speed
Product No. SKF- d D T Version dyn.C stat.Co Pu* base limit Weight
Code mm mm mm kN kN kN min-1 min-1 g
647 770 10 30302 J2 15 42 14,25 standard size 22,4 20,0 2,08 13.000 18.000 95
647 770 11 30203 J2 17 40 13,25 compakt size 19,0 18,6 1,83 13.000 18.000 75
647 770 12 30303 J2 17 47 15,25 medium size 28,1 25,0 2,75 12.000 16.000 130
647 770 14 20 42 15 ISO-size 24,2 27,0 2,70 12.000 16.000 97
647 770 15 20 47 15,25 medium size 27,5 28,0 3,00 11.000 15.000 120
647 770 16 20 52 16,25 heavy size 34,1 32,5 3,60 11.000 14.000 170
647 770 19 25 47 15 ISO-size 27,0 32,5 3,25 11.000 14.000 110
647 770 20 25 52 16,25 medium size 30,8 33,5 3,45 10.000 13.000 150
647 770 23 25 62 18,25 heavy size 44,6 43,0 4,75 9.000 12.000 260
647 770 29 30 55 17 ISO-size 35,8 44,0 4,55 9.000 12.000 170
647 770 30 30 62 17,25 medium size 40,2 44,0 4,80 8.500 11.000 230
647 770 34 30 72 20,75 heavy size 56,1 56,0 6,40 7.500 10.000 390
647 770 39 35 62 18 ISO-size 49,0 54,0 5,85 8.500 11.000 220
647 770 41 35 72 18,25 medium size 51,2 56,0 6,10 7.000 9.500 320
647 770 44 35 80 22,75 heavy size 72,1 73,5 8,30 6.700 9.000 520
647 770 54 40 68 19 ISO-size 52,8 71,0 7,65 7.000 9.500 270
647 770 57 40 80 19,75 medium size 61,6 68,0 7,65 6.300 8.500 420
647 770 61 40 90 25,25 heavy size 85,8 95,0 10,80 6.000 8.000 720
647 770 64 45 75 20 ISO-size 58,3 80,0 8,80 6.300 8.500 340
647 770 67 45 85 20,75 medium size 66,0 76,5 8,65 6.000 8.000 480
647 770 73 45 100 27,25 heavy size 108,0 120,0 14,30 5.300 7.000 970
647 770 78 50 80 20 ISO-size 60,5 88,0 9,65 6.000 8.000 370
647 770 83 50 90 21,75 medium size 76,5 91,5 10,40 5.600 7.500 540
647 770 90 50 110 29,25 heavy size 143,0 140,0 16,60 5.300 6.300 1250
Supplementary designations: * Fatigue load limit.
tee age n s e a e s n
unda d ens ns anged t n t
t ed nta t ge et and su a e n s
Locknuts,
Lockwashers
page 515
Hook Wrenches
page 517
442 ®
Radial Shaft Seals Design A, for Shaft Diameter 6 to 30 mm
Material:: Elastomer: NBR.
b
Stiffening ring and tension spring from steel.
• According to DIN 3760 Design A respectively
ISO 6194-1 figure 1 and in many additional sizes.
• Most common design, with one seal lip.
• For oil- and grease-lubricated applications.
d1
d2
• For high speed, sliding speed up to 14m/s.
Recommended tolerances: Housing bore H8, shaft-Ø h11,
Shaft roughness Ra 0.2 to 0.8 µm.
Temperature range: t s tt eu t Outside Oilside
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 647 900 05, Radial Shaft Seal Design A, 6x16x5mm
Product No. d1 d2 b Weight Product No. d1 d2 b Weight
mm mm mm g mm mm mm g
647 900 05 6 16 5 1,7 647 900 93 22 32 7 5,7
647 900 06 6 16 7 1,8 647 900 94 22 35 7 7,0
647 900 07 6 22 7 3,8 647 900 96 22 38 8 10,0
647 900 08 7 22 7 3,6 647 900 97 22 40 7 10,1
647 900 12 8 22 7 4,0 647 900 98 22 40 10 13,3
647 900 14 10 19 7 2,7 647 901 02 22 47 7 15,2
647 900 17 10 22 7 3,4 647 901 06 24 35 7 6,7
647 900 18 10 24 7 4,0 647 901 07 24 37 7 7,7
647 900 20 10 26 7 4,4 647 901 08 24 40 7 9,6
647 900 21 12 19 5 1,5 647 901 12 25 35 7 6,4
647 900 22 12 22 5 2,5 647 901 13 25 37 5 5,7
647 900 23 12 22 6 2,8 647 901 15 25 37 7 7,2
647 900 24 12 22 7 3,6 647 901 16 25 38 7 7,9
647 900 25 12 24 7 3,8 647 901 17 25 40 5 7,6
647 900 27 12 28 7 5,3 647 901 18 25 40 7 9,0
647 900 28 12 30 7 6,1 647 901 19 25 40 8 9,7
647 900 29 12 32 7 6,5 647 901 20 25 40 10 12,2
647 900 31 14 24 7 4,0 647 901 23 25 42 7 10,1
647 900 32 14 25 5 3,0 647 901 24 25 42 10 13,0
647 900 34 14 30 7 5,8 647 901 27 25 45 10 16,3
647 900 35 15 24 7 3,3 647 901 29 25 47 7 13,2
647 900 36 15 25 5 2,6 647 901 30 25 47 10 17,3
647 900 38 15 26 7 4,0 647 901 31 25 50 10 19,6
647 900 39 15 30 7 6,2 647 901 32 25 52 7 18,4
647 900 40 15 32 7 6,4 647 901 33 25 52 8 17,8
647 900 41 15 35 7 8,5 647 901 34 25 52 10 21,3
647 900 43 15 40 10 12,9 647 901 35 25 62 7 25,5
647 900 45 16 28 7 4,8 647 901 37 25 62 10 28,8
647 900 48 16 30 7 5,5 647 901 39 26 37 7 7,3
647 900 49 16 32 7 6,3 647 901 40 26 38 5 6,2
647 900 50 16 35 7 7,5 647 901 41 26 38 7 8,3
647 900 51 17 28 7 4,4 647 901 43 26 47 7 13,5
647 900 52 17 29 5 4,1 647 901 44 27 37 7 6,4
647 900 53 17 30 7 6,0 647 901 49 28 38 7 6,7
647 900 54 17 32 7 6,1 647 901 51 28 40 7 8,0
647 900 55 17 35 7 8,5 647 901 53 28 42 7 10,1
647 900 57 17 40 7 10,9 647 901 54 28 42 8 10,2
647 900 58 17 40 10 11,6 647 901 57 28 47 7 14,1
647 900 59 18 28 7 4,1 647 901 59 28 52 7 15,6
647 900 61 18 30 7 5,5 647 901 60 28 52 10 20,1
647 900 62 18 32 7 6,7 647 901 61 30 40 7 7,4
647 900 63 18 35 7 7,9 647 901 64 30 42 7 8,3
647 900 66 19 30 7 5,7 647 901 65 30 42 8 9,7
647 900 68 19 32 7 6,7 647 901 67 30 45 7 10,5
647 900 70 20 30 5 3,7 647 901 68 30 45 8 11,9
647 900 71 20 30 7 5,5 647 901 69 30 46 7 10,9
647 900 73 20 32 7 6,3 647 901 71 30 47 7 11,9
647 900 76 20 35 7 8,7 647 901 72 30 47 8 13,1
647 900 77 20 35 10 10,2 647 901 73 30 47 10 15,2
647 900 80 20 36 7 8,4 647 901 76 30 50 7 13,8
647 900 82 20 40 7 10,5 647 901 77 30 50 10 16,8
647 900 84 20 42 7 11,7 647 901 78 30 52 7 15,5
647 900 87 20 47 7 15,2 647 901 79 30 52 8 17,1
647 900 88 20 47 10 18,8 647 901 80 30 52 10 20,0
647 900 89 20 52 7 17,9 647 901 81 30 55 7 17,5
647 900 90 20 52 10 22,5 647 901 82 30 55 10 22,1
647 901 83 30 62 7 23,4
647 901 84 30 62 10 26,9
647 901 85 30 72 10 37,5
® 443
Radial Shaft Seals Design A, for Shaft Diameter 32 to 50 mm
Material:: Elastomer: NBR. b
Stiffening ring and tension spring from steel.
• According to DIN 3760 Design A respectively
ISO 6194-1 figure 1 and in many additional sizes.
• Most common design, with one seal lip.
• For oil- and grease-lubricated applications.
d1
d2
• For high speed, sliding speed up to 14m/s.
Recommended tolerances: Housing bore H8, shaft-Ø h11,
Shaft roughness Ra 0.2 to 0.8 µm.
Temperature range: t s tt eu t Outside Oilside
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 647 901 86, Radial Shaft Seal Design A, 32x42x7mm
Product No. d1 d2 b Weight Product No. d1 d2 b Weight
mm mm mm g mm mm mm g
647 901 86 32 42 7 7,4 647 902 88 42 55 7 12,3
647 901 89 32 45 7 9,5 647 902 89 42 55 8 14,2
647 901 92 32 47 7 11,0 647 902 91 42 60 7 16,1
647 901 96 32 50 8 14,1 647 902 92 42 62 7 18,2
647 901 97 32 50 10 15,8 647 902 93 42 62 8 19,4
647 901 98 32 52 7 14,4 647 902 94 42 62 10 22,6
647 902 02 32 62 10 26,6 647 902 95 42 65 10 25,2
647 902 05 33 45 7 9,8 647 902 99 42 72 8 28,8
647 902 10 34 62 10 27,1 647 903 00 42 72 10 32,6
647 902 11 35 45 7 8,3 647 903 02 44 60 10 19,4
647 902 13 35 47 7 10,2 647 903 03 44 62 10 22,1
647 902 17 35 50 7 12,4 647 903 04 44 65 10 24,6
647 902 18 35 50 8 14,2 647 903 06 45 58 7 13,8
647 902 19 35 50 10 15,8 647 903 07 45 60 7 14,8
647 902 20 35 52 7 13,6 647 903 08 45 60 8 16,5
647 902 21 35 52 8 15,1 647 903 09 45 60 10 18,9
647 902 22 35 52 10 17,7 647 903 10 45 62 7 17,0
647 902 24 35 55 7 15,4 647 903 11 45 62 8 17,8
647 902 25 35 55 8 17,7 647 903 12 45 62 10 22,1
647 902 26 35 55 10 22,5 647 903 13 45 65 8 21,3
647 902 27 35 56 10 21,2 647 903 14 45 65 10 24,5
647 902 28 35 58 10 22,1 647 903 18 45 72 8 26,5
647 902 30 35 62 7 21,3 647 903 19 45 72 10 31,2
647 902 31 35 62 8 22,8 647 903 20 45 75 8 30,1
647 902 32 35 62 10 24,9 647 903 21 45 75 10 32,6
647 902 34 35 72 10 38,6 647 903 22 45 80 10 46,2
647 902 35 35 72 12 38,9 647 903 23 45 85 10 47,0
647 902 36 35 80 12 48,4 647 903 26 46 65 10 23,5
647 902 37 36 47 7 9,3 647 903 29 48 62 8 16,2
647 902 38 36 50 7 11,9 647 903 30 48 65 10 22,2
647 902 39 36 52 7 13,0 647 903 32 48 72 7 23,8
647 902 43 38 50 7 10,7 647 903 33 48 72 8 25,5
647 902 44 38 52 7 12,0 647 903 34 48 72 10 28,2
647 902 45 38 52 8 13,8 647 903 35 50 62 7 12,8
647 902 47 38 55 7 14,2 647 903 37 50 65 8 18,0
647 902 55 38 62 10 24,6 647 903 38 50 65 10 25,0
647 902 56 38 72 10 34,4 647 903 39 50 68 8 23,3
647 902 60 40 52 7 12,8 647 903 40 50 68 10 24,0
647 902 61 40 52 8 12,9 647 903 41 50 70 10 25,8
647 902 62 40 55 7 13,6 647 903 42 50 72 8 23,6
647 902 63 40 55 8 15,1 647 903 43 50 72 10 32,1
647 902 64 40 56 8 16,2 647 903 44 50 72 12 36,3
647 902 67 40 58 10 20,8 647 903 45 50 75 10 36,1
647 902 69 40 60 10 26,9 647 903 46 50 80 8 31,6
647 902 71 40 62 7 18,9 647 903 47 50 80 10 43,4
647 902 72 40 62 8 19,9 647 903 48 50 85 10 49,7
647 902 73 40 62 10 24,7 647 903 49 50 90 10 58,5
647 902 74 40 65 10 26,9
647 902 76 40 68 8 26,5 Other sizes and types on request.
647 902 77 40 68 10 29,2
647 902 79 40 72 7 28,8
647 902 80 40 72 10 34,6
647 902 82 40 80 10 42,4
444 ®
Bushes, Design J Similar to DIN 1850 (DIN 4379 Version C) Made from Sintered Bronze
Self lubricating, oil coated, pressed ready-to-install and kalibrated.
After press-fitting them into a rigid bearing housing with a mounting
hole H7, these bearings have a bore of H7.
Edges chamfered at 45º, at choice of the manufacturer.
The concentricity tolerance refers to d2.
1
n state ent ega d ng t e su a e ug ness a d ng t
en an e g en due t t e us st u tu e t e
sintered metal.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 623 302 00, Bronze Bush, 3 mm Bore
F7/G7 s7
Product No. d1
F7/G7
d2
s7
b 1 ±0,1 Weight Product No. d1 d2 b 1 ±0,1 Weight
mm mm mm g mm mm mm g
623 302 00 3 6 4 0,56 623 349 00 18 25 18 28,59
623 303 00 3 6 6 0,86 623 351 00 20 24 32 29,79
623 304 00 4 7 4 0,70 623 352 00 20 25 16 18,92
623 306 00 4 8 4 1,01 623 352 05 20 25 20 23,65
623 306 05 5 8 8 1,64 623 353 00 20 25 25 29,58
623 308 00 5 8 10 2,05 623 353 05 20 25 30 35,48
623 309 00 5 8 16 3,28 623 354 00 20 26 20 29,22
623 309 05 6 9 6 1,42 623 354 05 20 26 25 36,53
623 311 00 6 9 10 2,37 623 354 10 20 26 30 43,83
623 311 05 6 9 12 2,84 623 354 15 20 26 32 46,75
623 311 10 6 9 16 3,79 623 355 00 20 28 25 50,49
623 312 00 6 10 6 1,96 623 356 00 22 28 22 34,85
623 313 00 6 10 10 3,27 623 358 00 25 30 20 28,94
623 313 05 6 10 12 3,92 623 359 00 25 30 25 36,20
623 313 10 6 10 16 5,23 623 359 05 25 30 30 43,44
623 313 15 6 12 6 3,41 623 359 10 25 30 40 57,92
623 316 00 8 11 8 2,40 623 359 15 25 32 20 41,94
623 316 05 8 11 12 3,60 623 360 00 25 32 25 52,43
623 317 00 8 12 8 3,37 623 360 05 25 32 30 62,92
623 318 00 8 12 12 5,05 623 360 10 25 32 32 67,11
623 318 05 8 12 20 8,42 623 360 15 25 32 40 83,89
623 321 00 10 13 10 3,63 623 362 00 28 36 28 73,07
623 322 00 10 14 16 8,08 623 363 00 30 38 20 57,21
623 323 00 10 16 10 8,20 623 364 00 30 38 24 68,65
623 325 00 12 15 12 5,11 623 365 00 30 38 30 85,80
623 326 00 12 15 20 8,52 623 365 05 30 38 40 114,40
623 327 00 12 16 12 7,06 623 366 00 30 40 30 90,82
623 328 00 12 18 12 10,70 623 367 00 32 40 32 96,87
623 328 05 12 18 16 14,27 623 369 00 35 44 28 103,60
623 328 10 12 18 20 17,83 623 370 00 35 44 35 129,90
623 331 00 14 18 22 14,78 623 371 00 35 45 35 147,26
623 331 05 14 20 12 12,85 623 372 00 36 45 36 139,20
623 332 00 14 20 14 14,99 623 374 00 40 46 32 86,82
623 335 00 15 19 20 14,30 623 374 05 40 46 40 108,53
623 336 00 15 21 16 18,16 623 375 00 40 50 25 118,30
623 339 00 16 20 16 12,15 623 376 00 40 50 40 189,31
623 340 00 16 20 20 15,28 623 377 00 45 55 45 236,67
623 341 00 16 20 25 18,95 623 378 00 45 56 45 263,11
623 341 05 16 20 32 24,26 623 379 00 50 56 32 107,04
623 342 00 16 22 16 19,18 623 379 05 50 56 50 167,25
623 343 00 16 22 20 23,95 623 380 00 50 60 32 185,13
623 343 05 16 22 30 35,93 623 380 05 50 60 40 231,42
623 346 00 18 22 18 15,14 623 381 00 50 60 50 289,27
623 347 00 18 24 18 23,83
623 348 00 18 24 28 37,09
Technical Data:
Surface pressure: max. 35 N/mm2,
depending on speed and diameter
t te nd ng du ts ea ng
ad es e age
® 445
Flange Bushes Version V Similar to DIN 1850 (DIN 4379 Shape F) Raw Material of Sintered Bronze with Bore
Made from Sintered Bronze for Plain Bearings for Plain Bearing Production
Self lubricating, oil coated, pressed ready-to-install and kalibrated. Tube of sintered bronze to be machined into plain bearings.
After press-fitting them into a rigid bearing housing with a mounting After machining, the work piece should be coated with lubricants.
hole H7, these bearings have a bore of H7.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 623 501 00, Flange Bronze Bush, 3 mm Bore Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 623 390 20, Raw Material, 38/66 x 65mm
Product No. d 1 G8 d 2 s8 d 3 js13 b 1 js13 b 2 js14 Weight Tube d1 D L Weight
mm mm mm mm mm g Product No. mm mm mm kg
623 501 00 3 6 9 4 1,5 0,92 623 390 20 38 ±1 66 ±1,5 65 ±2 0,99
623 502 00 3 6 9 10 1,5 1,77 623 390 25 38 ±1 66 ±1,5 120 ±2 1,84
623 504 00 4 8 12 4 2 1,79 623 390 30 45 ±1 105 ±1,5 120 ±2 5,68
623 504 05 4 8 12 12 2 3,87 623 390 35 53 ±1 85 ±1,5 65 ±2 1,51
623 508 00 6 10 14 6 2 3,03 623 390 37 53 ±1 85 ±1,5 120 ±2 2,79
623 509 00 6 10 14 10 2 4,38 623 390 38 68 ±1 104 ±1,5 65 ±2 2,12
623 510 00 6 10 14 16 2 6,40 623 390 40 68 ±1 104 ±1,5 120 ±2 3,91
623 512 00 8 12 16 8 2 4,53 623 390 45 83 ±1 123 ±1,5 65 ±2 2,82
623 513 00 8 12 16 12 2 6,22 623 390 47 83 ±1 123 ±1,5 120 ±2 5,21
623 514 00 8 12 16 16 2 7,91 623 390 48 98 ±1 142 ±1,5 65 ±2 3,61
623 517 00 10 13 16 10 1,5 9,08 623 390 50 98 ±1 142 ±1,5 120 ±2 6,66
623 518 00 10 13 16 16 1,5 6,50
623 518 05 10 15 20 10 3 9,34
623 518 10 10 16 22 10 3 11,80
623 518 15 10 16 22 16 3 16,72 Raw Material of Sintered Bronze without Bore
623 520 00 12 15 18 12 1,5 5,89 for Plain Bearing Production
623 521 00 12 15 18 16 1,5 7,60
623 521 05 12 17 22 20 2,5 18,33
623 522 00 12 17 22 12 3 11,71
623 523 00 12 18 24 20 3 22,91
623 524 00 14 18 22 14 2 11,10
623 527 00 16 20 24 16 2 13,96
623 528 00 16 20 24 20 2 17,17
623 528 05 16 22 28 25 3 34,71
623 529 00 16 22 28 16 3 23,95
623 530 00 16 22 28 20 3 28,63
623 532 00 18 22 26 18 2 17,10
623 533 00 18 24 30 18 3 28,97
623 534 00 20 24 28 16 2 17,03
623 535 00 20 24 28 20 2 20,70 Solid material of sintered bronze to be machined into plain bea-
623 535 05 20 26 32 15 3 21,77 rings. After machining, the work piece should be coated with lubri-
623 536 00 20 26 32 16 3 28,94 cants.
623 537 00 20 26 32 20 3 34,45
623 538 00 20 26 32 25 3 41,69 Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 623 395 20, Raw Material 15 x 30 mm
623 538 05 20 26 32 32 3 51,94
623 539 00 20 28 35 20 4 49,67 Solid Material D L Weight
623 540 00 25 30 35 20 2,5 33,20 Product No. mm mm kg
623 541 00 25 30 35 25 2,5 40,38
623 541 05 25 32 39 25 3,5 64,58 623 395 20 15 ±0,8 30 ±1,5 0,04
623 542 00 28 33 38 22 2,5 39,96 623 395 23 20 ±0,8 25 ±1,5 0,06
623 542 05 28 33 38 36 2,5 62,42 623 395 25 20 ±0,8 50 ±1,5 0,11
623 543 00 28 36 44 22 4 72,72 623 395 27 25 ±0,8 25 ±1,5 0,08
623 544 00 30 38 46 20 4 71,36 623 395 30 25 ±0,8 50 ±1,5 0,16
623 544 05 30 38 46 25 4 85,67 623 395 33 32 ±0,8 40 ±1,5 0,22
623 544 10 30 38 46 30 4 99,97 623 395 35 32 ±0,8 80 ±1,5 0,43
623 547 00 36 45 54 28 4,5 128,44 623 395 40 42 ±0,8 50 ±1,5 0,46
623 547 05 36 45 54 36 4,5 159,12 623 395 43 42 ±0,8 100 ±2 0,92
623 551 00 36 45 54 22 4,5 105,42 623 395 45 45 ±1 90 ±2 0,96
623 550 00 40 46 52 40 3 117,83 623 395 47 52 ±1 60 ±2 0,82
623 552 00 40 50 60 25 5 147,26 623 395 48 52 ±1 120 ±2 1,64
623 552 05 40 50 60 40 5 218,27 623 395 50 62 ±1,5 120 ±2 2,43
623 555 00 50 60 70 32 5 219,32 623 395 55 70 ±1,5 120 ±2 3,09
623 555 05 50 60 70 50 5 323,46
Edges chamfered at 45º, at choice of the manufacturer. Technical Data:
The concentricity tolerance refers to d2.
n state ent ega d ng t e su a e ug ness a d ng t en Surface pressure: max. 35 N/mm2, dependent on speed and
can be given due to the porous structure of the sintered metal. diameter.
ens n es es
es
446 ®
Cylindrical Bushes, Slotted (Without Any Lubrication) Flange Bushes, Slotted (Without Any Lubrication)
P a n ea ng us stee s eet t ulti-porous bronze layer P a n ea ng ange us stee s eet t ulti-porous bron-
and s d ng su a e P ead und e a su ted e a e and s d ng su a e P ead und e a
for lubrication-free running, for high loads, extrem tempera- suited for lubrication-free running, for high loads, extrem tem-
tures. peratures.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 624 003 04, Cylindrical Bush, 3 mm Bore Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 624 103 04, Flange Bush, 3mm Bore
Product No. d x D x L Weight Product No. d x D x L Weight Product No. d x D / DB x L Weight
mm g mm g mm g
624 003 04 3 x 4,5 x 4 0,1 624 016 20 16 x 18 x 20 8,1 624 103 04 3 x 4,5 / 7 x 5 0,3
624 003 05 3 x 4,5 x 5 0,3 624 016 25 16 x 18 x 25 10,1 624 104 04 4 x 5,5 / 9 x 5,6 0,5
624 003 06 3 x 4,5 x 6 0,4 624 018 20 18 x 20 x 20 8,9 624 105 05 5 x 7 / 10 x 6 0,9
624 004 04 4 x 5,5 x 4 0,3 624 020 10 20 x 23 x 10 8,8 624 106 06 6 x 8 / 12 x 7 1,4
624 004 06 4 x 5,5 x 6 0,6 624 020 12 20 x 23 x 12 8,8 624 108 06 8 x 10 / 15 x 5,5 1,9
624 004 08 4 x 5,5 x 8 0,9 624 020 15 20 x 23 x 15 11,6 624 108 08 8 x 10 / 15 x 9,5 2,3
624 005 05 5 x 7,0 x 5 0,7 624 020 20 20 x 23 x 20 15,1 624 110 08 10 x 12 / 18 x 9 2,9
624 005 08 5 x 7,0 x 8 1,1 624 020 30 20 x 23 x 30 23,0 624 110 12 10 x 12 / 18 x 12 4,0
624 006 05 6 x 8,0 x 5 0,7 624 022 20 22 x 25 x 20 16,6 624 112 15 12 x 14 / 20 x 17 5,6
624 006 06 6 x 8,0 x 6 0,9 624 024 25 24 x 27 x 25 23,8 624 114 15 14 x 16 / 22 x 17 6,2
624 006 10 6 x 8,0 x 10 1,7 624 025 15 25 x 28 x 15 14,2 624 115 12 15 x 17 / 23 x 12 5,0
624 007 10 7 x 9,0 x 10 1,8 624 025 20 25 x 28 x 20 10,0 624 115 20 15 x 17 / 23 x 17 8,5
624 008 06 8 x 10 x 6 1,2 624 025 25 25 x 28 x 25 23,9 624 116 20 16 x 18 / 24 x 17 9,1
624 008 08 8 x 10 x 8 1,7 624 025 30 25 x 28 x 30 28,4 624 118 12 18 x 20 / 26 x 12 6,6
624 008 10 8 x 10 x 10 2,1 624 025 40 25 x 28 x 40 37,3 624 120 12 20 x 23 / 30 x 11,5 13,7
624 009 10 9 x 11 x 10 2,2 624 026 15 26 x 30 x 15 15,6 624 122 20 22 x 25 / 32 x 21,5 21,0
624 010 06 10 x 12 x 6 1,9 624 026 20 26 x 30 x 20 26,1 624 125 25 25 x 28 / 35 x 26,5 27,3
624 010 08 10 x 12 x 8 2,0 624 026 30 26 x 30 x 30 39,0 624 130 30 30 x 34 / 42 x 30 53,3
624 010 10 10 x 12 x 10 2,5 624 028 20 28 x 32 x 20 28,8 624 135 20 35 x 39 / 47 x 26 46,0
624 010 12 10 x 12 x 12 2,9 624 028 25 28 x 32 x 25 39,0 624 135 40 35 x 39 / 47 x 40 81,4
624 010 15 10 x 12 x 15 3,8 624 030 12 30 x 34 x 12 17,5 624 140 40 40 x 44 / 53 x 26 92,0
624 010 20 10 x 12 x 20 5,3 624 030 15 30 x 34 x 15 22,9 624 150 40 50 x 55 / 60 x 22 145,8
624 012 06 12 x 14 x 6 1,7 624 030 20 30 x 34 x 20 30,9
624 012 08 12 x 14 x 8 2,0 624 030 30 30 x 34 x 30 46,1
624 012 10 12 x 14 x 10 3,0 624 030 35 30 x 34 x 35 53,0 Note:
624 012 12 12 x 14 x 12 3,7 624 032 20 32 x 36 x 20 32,0
624 012 15 12 x 14 x 15 4,7 624 032 25 32 x 36 x 25 40,2 According to DIN ISO 3547 the supplied bush may be unround
624 012 20 12 x 14 x 20 6,1 624 035 20 35 x 39 x 20 35,4 and with open slot. After pressing the slotted bush into an
624 014 10 14 x 16 x 10 3,6 624 035 40 35 x 39 x 40 70,8 e t usua s und and t e ga t e s t s sed
624 014 20 14 x 16 x 20 7,1 624 038 30 38 x 42 x 30 56,9
624 015 10 15 x 17 x 10 3,8 624 040 20 40 x 44 x 20 40,0
624 015 12 15 x 17 x 12 4,5 624 040 30 40 x 44 x 30 60,2
624 015 15 15 x 17 x 15 5,7 624 040 50 40 x 44 x 50 101,5
624 015 20 15 x 17 x 20 7,6 624 050 30 50 x 55 x 30 95,0 t te nd ng du ts ea ng
624 016 10 16 x 18 x 10 4,6 624 050 50 50 x 55 x 50 159,9 ad es e age
624 016 15 16 x 18 x 15 6,1
Construction Mounting instructions
n ated stee a n edges ut us n e a e The edges of the mounting hole must be rounded or chamfered. We recom-
s d ng su a e P ead und mend using an arbor press for mounting. The gliding surface must not be
Technical data damaged. The butt joint must be located opposite the load area. Once
Stat. surface pressure max. 250 N/mm² mounted the bearing has pressfit. Glueing is possible, but not necessary.
Dyn. bearing load max. 56 N/mm² Application range
Friction coefficient von 0.03 - 0.20 Where no lubrication os possible: textile machinery, controls and instru-
Sliding speed max. 2 m/s ments, packing plants, electronic goods, medical equipment, paper machines,
Temperature range -195ºC to + 280ºC food-processing machines, brake and pump manufacturing, etc.
Therm. conductivity 40 W/K . m Where lubrication is often neglected:
Recommended mounting tolerances agricultural and construction machinery, fork lift trucks, etc.
Housing bore H7, shaft tolerance up to 55 Ø f7 above 55 Ø h8 Where lubricants should be used sparingly:
car and motorbike manufacture, machine tool building, conveyor plants,
Paired contact surface escalator manufacture, hoisting devices, turbine manufacturing, steel
Recommended: hardened contact surfaces with a surface roughness of R z 3 construction for hydraulic engineering, etc.
and finer.
Service life
Main characteristics
The service life of the bearing depends on ambient conditions as: sliding
e u at ng and a ntenan e ee ead t nsta Pe e t su ted e
speed, load, temperature, on-time, paired contact surface, etc. For lower
s d ng s eeds ea t n e ent n st s Pe e t su ted
wear, please regard the load and mounting instructions above, and protect
for circular, swivelling and partly for axial movement. Can be used at extremely
the bearing from corrosive influences and large amounts of dirt.
high bearing loads. No moisture absorption. High corrosion resistance.
® 447
Bushes BP, Polyamide 6.6 Die Cast Flanged Bushes BBP, Polyamide 6.6 Die Cast
P a n ea ng us low cost thermoplast. Low friction. P a n ea ng ange us low cost thermoplast. Low friction.
Specially suited for simplier applications at normal temperatures. Specially suited for simplier applications at normal temperatures.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 623 708 00, Bush BP, 8 mm Bore Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 623 806 00, Flange Bush BBP, 6 mm Bore
Product No. d1 Tolerance d2 Tolerance b1 Weight Product No. d1 Tolerance d2 Tolerance d3 b2 b1 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
623 708 00 8 +0,06 +0,10 12 +0,10 10 1,0 623 806 00 6 +0,06 +0,10 10 +0,10 15 1,5 8 0,8
623 709 00 8 +0,06 +0,10 14 +0,10 10 1,3 623 808 00 8 +0,06 +0,10 12 +0,10 16 2 6 0,8
623 711 00 10 +0,08 +0,12 12 +0,10 10 0,5 623 809 00 8 +0,06 +0,10 14 +0,10 20 2 10 1,7
623 712 00 10 +0,08 +0,12 14 +0,10 10 1,0 623 811 00 10 +0,08 +0,12 12 +0,10 16 2 6 0,6
623 713 00 10 +0,08 +0,12 16 +0,12 10 1,5 623 812 00 10 +0,08 +0,12 14 +0,10 20 2 10 1,3
623 715 00 12 +0,10 +0,14 14 +0,10 10 0,7 623 813 00 10 +0,08 +0,12 16 +0,12 20 2 10 1,8
623 716 00 12 +0,10 +0,14 16 +0,12 10 1,0 623 815 00 12 +0,10 +0,14 14 +0,10 20 2 10 1,0
623 717 00 12 +0,10 +0,14 18 +0,12 14 1,0 623 816 00 12 +0,10 +0,14 16 +0,12 20 2 10 1,5
623 721 00 15 +0,12 +0,18 20 +0,12 15 2,5 623 819 00 14 +0,11 +0,17 20 +0,12 30 2 24 2,8
623 722 00 15 +0,12 +0,18 22 +0,14 15 3,5 623 825 00 16 +0,13 +0,19 20 +0,12 28 2 15 2,8
623 723 00 15 +0,12 +0,18 25 +0,14 15 5,5 623 826 00 16 +0,13 +0,19 22 +0,14 30 2 15 4,0
623 725 00 16 +0,13 +0,19 20 +0,12 15 2,0 623 827 00 16 +0,13 +0,19 24 +0,14 30 2 15 5,0
623 726 00 16 +0,13 +0,19 22 +0,14 15 3,2 623 832 00 20 +0,16 +0,23 24 +0,14 30 2 15 3,0
623 727 00 16 +0,13 +0,19 24 +0,14 15 4,2 623 833 00 20 +0,16 +0,23 25 +0,14 30 2 15 3,5
623 732 00 20 +0,16 +0,23 24 +0,14 15 2,5 623 834 00 20 +0,16 +0,23 26 +0,14 30 2 12 3,5
623 733 00 20 +0,16 +0,23 25 +0,14 15 3,0 623 835 00 20 +0,16 +0,23 26 +0,14 32 2 15 4,5
623 734 00 20 +0,16 +0,23 26 +0,14 20 5,0 623 836 00 20 +0,16 +0,23 26 +0,14 32 3 20 5,8
623 735 00 20 +0,16 +0,23 28 +0,15 20 7,0 623 837 00 20 +0,16 +0,23 30 +0,15 36 3 20 9,7
623 736 00 20 +0,16 +0,23 30 +0,15 20 9,0 623 840 00 25 +0,18 +0,25 30 +0,15 36 3 20 6,0
623 740 00 25 +0,18 +0,25 30 +0,15 20 5,0 623 841 00 25 +0,18 +0,25 32 +0,15 40 3 20 8,5
623 741 00 25 +0,18 +0,25 30 +0,15 32 7,8 623 842 00 25 +0,18 +0,25 35 +0,18 45 3 20 12,7
623 742 00 25 +0,18 +0,25 32 +0,15 20 7,0 623 843 00 25 +0,18 +0,25 35 +0,18 45 4 30 18,5
623 743 00 25 +0,18 +0,25 35 +0,18 20 10,5 623 846 00 28 +0,20 +0,28 32 +0,15 40 4 30 8,0
623 746 00 28 +0,20 +0,28 32 +0,15 20 4,2 623 848 00 28 +0,20 +0,28 38 +0,18 48 4 30 20,0
623 748 00 28 +0,20 +0,28 38 +0,18 19 11,2 623 850 00 30 +0,21 +0,30 32 +0,15 40 4 30 5,0
623 750 00 30 +0,21 +0,30 35 +0,18 20 5,7 623 851 00 30 +0,21 +0,30 35 +0,18 45 4 30 11,5
623 751 00 30 +0,21 +0,30 36 +0,18 30 10,5 623 852 00 30 +0,21 +0,30 38 +0,18 48 4 30 17,0
623 752 00 30 +0,21 +0,30 40 +0,18 30 18,0 623 854 00 32 +0,22 +0,32 35 +0,18 45 4 30 8,5
623 754 00 32 +0,22 +0,32 36 +0,18 30 7,5 623 855 00 32 +0,22 +0,32 38 +0,18 48 4 30 18,5
623 755 00 32 +0,22 +0,32 40 +0,18 30 15,5 623 856 00 32 +0,22 +0,32 40 +0,18 50 4 30 19,0
623 762 00 40 +0,24 +0,36 45 +0,20 40 14,5 623 862 00 40 +0,24 +0,36 44 +0,20 54 5 40 16,5
623 763 00 40 +0,24 +0,36 48 +0,20 40 25,0 623 863 00 40 +0,24 +0,36 48 +0,20 58 5 40 30,0
623 764 00 40 +0,24 +0,36 50 +0,20 40 32,0 623 864 00 40 +0,24 +0,36 50 +0,20 60 5 40 36,0
623 768 00 50 +0,30 +0,43 56 +0,22 50 43,0 623 868 00 50 +0,30 +0,43 56 +0,22 70 5 50 34,5
623 769 00 50 +0,30 +0,43 60 +0,22 50 48,5 623 869 00 50 +0,30 +0,43 60 +0,22 70 5 50 52,0
623 771 00 54 +0,32 +0,46 62 +0,22 60 48,5 623 874 00 60 +0,34 +0,48 70 +0,24 80 5 60 74,0
623 774 00 60 +0,34 +0,48 70 +0,24 60 68,0
Description and technical data
Material: Thermoplastic polyamide 6.6. Technical data:
• Low cost. Surface pressure max.: 18 N/mm 2, dependant on sliding
speed and bearing temperature
• Low friction, suitable for lubrication-free running.
Sliding Speed: 2 m/s
• High moisture absorption, low dimension stability. Lubrication: usually not required
Typical for polyamide parts is the high moisture absorption. Bearing clearance: about 0.01 mm per mm shaft-Ø
But if the bushes and flange bushings are conditioned, Bearing temperature: -40°C up to +80ºC.
i.e. saturated with moisture before mounting, then usually Coefficient of linear expansion: 8 x 10 -5
dimensional changes due to the degree of moisture play a much stu e a s t n a
smaller role than dimensional changes due to temperature. stu e a s t n at and e u dt
Mounting hole: tolerance H7.
448 ®
Plain Bearings, Thermoplastic EP22 TM Flanged Plain Bearings, Thermoplastic EP22 TM
øIT 10
øIT 10
d2
d1
d3
d1
d2
b1 b2
b1
P a n ea ng us ade t e ast t g d ens n P a n ea ng ange us t e ast t g d ens n
accuracy. Low friction. Specially suited for dry-running and for accuracy. Low friction. Specially suited for dry-running and for
use at very low up to middle high temperatures. Colour: white. use at very low up to middle high temperatures. Colour: white.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 627 208 06, Bush EP22, 8 mm Bore Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 627 308 05, Flange Bush EP22, 8 mm Bore
Product No. d1 d2 b 1 h13 Tolerance d1* Weight Product No. d1 d2 d3 b 1 h13 b 2 h13 Tolerance d1* Weight
mm mm mm mm g mm mm mm mm mm mm g
627 208 06 8 10 6 +0,025 +0,083 0,2 627 308 05 8 10 15 5,5 1,0 +0,025 +0,083 0,4
627 208 08 8 10 8 +0,025 +0,083 0,3 627 308 07 8 10 15 7,5 1,0 +0,025 +0,083 0,5
627 208 10 8 10 10 +0,025 +0,083 0,4 627 308 10 8 10 15 10 1,0 +0,025 +0,083 0,5
627 208 12 8 10 12 +0,025 +0,083 0,5 627 310 07 10 12 18 7 1,0 +0,025 +0,083 0,6
627 208 15 8 10 15 +0,025 +0,083 0,6 627 310 09 10 12 18 9 1,0 +0,025 +0,083 0,7
627 210 04 10 12 4 +0,025 +0,083 0,2 627 310 12 10 12 18 12 1,0 +0,025 +0,083 0,8
627 210 06 10 12 6 +0,025 +0,083 0,3 627 310 15 10 12 18 15 1,0 +0,025 +0,083 1,0
627 210 08 10 12 8 +0,025 +0,083 0,4 627 310 17 10 12 18 17 1,0 +0,025 +0,083 1,1
627 210 10 10 12 10 +0,025 +0,083 0,5 627 312 07 12 14 20 7 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 0,6
627 210 15 10 12 15 +0,025 +0,083 0,7 627 312 09 12 14 20 9 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 0,8
627 210 20 10 12 20 +0,025 +0,083 1,0 627 312 12 12 14 20 12 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 1,2
627 212 10 12 14 10 +0,032 +0,102 0,6 627 312 15 12 14 20 15 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 1,3
627 212 12 12 14 12 +0,032 +0,102 0,7 627 312 17 12 14 20 17 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 1,4
627 212 15 12 14 15 +0,032 +0,102 0,9 627 312 20 12 14 20 20 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 1,5
627 212 20 12 14 20 +0,032 +0,102 1,2 627 314 12 14 16 22 12 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 0,9
627 214 12 14 16 12 +0,032 +0,102 0,9 627 314 17 14 16 22 17 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 1,5
627 214 15 14 16 15 +0,032 +0,102 1,0 627 315 09 15 17 23 9 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 1,0
627 214 20 14 16 20 +0,032 +0,102 1,4 627 315 12 15 17 23 12 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 1,2
627 214 25 14 16 25 +0,032 +0,102 1,7 627 315 17 15 17 23 17 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 1,5
627 215 15 15 17 15 +0,032 +0,102 1,1 627 315 20 15 17 23 20 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 1,8
627 215 20 15 17 20 +0,032 +0,102 1,4 627 316 12 16 18 24 12 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 1,3
627 215 25 15 17 25 +0,032 +0,102 1,7 627 316 17 16 18 24 17 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 1,7
627 216 15 16 18 15 +0,032 +0,102 1,2 627 318 12 18 20 26 12 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 1,4
627 216 20 16 18 20 +0,032 +0,102 1,6 627 318 17 18 20 26 17 1,0 +0,032 +0,102 2,1
627 216 25 16 18 25 +0,032 +0,102 1,8 627 320 11 20 23 30 11,5 1,5 +0,040 +0,124 2,4
627 218 20 18 20 20 +0,032 +0,102 1,8 627 320 16 20 23 30 16,5 1,5 +0,040 +0,124 3,2
627 218 25 18 20 25 +0,032 +0,102 2,0 627 320 21 20 23 30 21,5 1,5 +0,040 +0,124 3,9
627 220 10 20 23 10 +0,040 +0,124 1,5 627 325 11 25 28 35 11,5 1,5 +0,040 +0,124 2,9
627 220 15 20 23 15 +0,040 +0,124 2,2 627 325 16 25 28 35 16,5 1,5 +0,040 +0,124 3,9
627 220 20 20 23 20 +0,040 +0,124 2,9 627 325 21 25 28 35 21,5 1,5 +0,040 +0,124 4,9
627 220 25 20 23 25 +0,040 +0,124 3,9 627 330 16 30 34 42 16 2,0 +0,040 +0,124 6,4
627 220 30 20 23 30 +0,040 +0,124 4,4 627 330 26 30 34 42 26 2,0 +0,040 +0,124 9,5
627 225 15 25 28 15 +0,040 +0,124 2,7 627 330 40 30 34 42 40 2,0 +0,040 +0,124 13,9
627 225 20 25 28 20 +0,040 +0,124 3,6 627 340 16 40 44 52 16 2,0 +0,050 +0,150 8,4
627 230 20 30 34 20 +0,040 +0,124 6,2 627 340 26 40 44 52 26 2,0 +0,050 +0,150 12,4
627 230 30 30 34 30 +0,040 +0,124 9,3 627 340 50 40 44 52 50 2,0 +0,050 +0,150 22,2
627 240 30 40 44 30 +0,050 +0,150 12,2 627 350 26 50 55 63 26 2,0 +0,050 +0,150 18,8
627 240 40 40 44 40 +0,050 +0,150 16,3 627 350 60 50 55 63 60 2,0 +0,050 +0,150 40,4
627 250 40 50 55 40 +0,050 +0,150 25,4 627 360 50 60 65 73 50 2,0 +0,050 +0,150 40,5
627 250 50 50 55 50 +0,050 +0,150 31,7 627 360 70 60 65 73 70 2,0 +0,050 +0,150 55,6
627 260 40 60 65 40 +0,050 +0,150 30,2
627 260 60 60 65 60 +0,050 +0,150 45,4 * After press-fitting n e n t e an ente
Description and technical data
Material: Thermoplast polybutylenterephthalat, modified Technical data:
P P te Surface pressure: max. 50 N/mm².
• Good price/perfomance ratio with high dimension accuracy Sliding Speed: max. 1,0 m/s.
• Low friction, suitable also for lubrication-free running. pv-value for A H /A C s
• Low Temperatures suited until -50°C. pv-value for A H /A C s
Operating Conditions : pv-value for A H /A C s
dry : very good. Temperature range -50ºC to + 170ºC.
oiled: good. e ent t n t d
water: very good. a t su a e n s a t g und
Shaft hardness > 200 HV.
Field of application:
Domestic appliances, chemical equipment, office equipment, Recommended mounting tolerances:
s ts e u ent aut t e eda s stee ng a es Housing bore H7, recommended shaft tolerance h9.
® 449
Plain Bearings, Thermoplastic EP43 TM Flanged Plain Bearings, Thermoplastic EP43 TM
øIT 10
øIT 10
r
d3
d1
d2
d2
d1
b1 b2
b1
P a n ea ng us ade g s st ated t e ast P a n ea ng ange us g s st ated t e ast
Very low friction. Specially suited for dry-running and for use Very low friction. Specially suited for dry-running and for use
under water and at high temperatures. Colour: brown. under water and at high temperatures. Colour: brown.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 627 008 06, Bush EP43, 8 mm Bore Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 627 108 05, Flange Bush EP43, 8 mm Bore
Product No. d1 d2 b 1 h13 Tolerance d1* Weight Product No. d1 d2 d3 b 1 h13 b 2 h13 r Tolerance d1* Weight
mm mm mm mm g mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
627 008 06 8 10 6 +0,013 +0,071 0,2 627 108 05 8 10 15 5,5 1,0 0,3 +0,013 +0,071 0,4
627 008 08 8 10 8 +0,013 +0,071 0,3 627 108 07 8 10 15 7,5 1,0 0,3 +0,013 +0,071 0,5
627 008 10 8 10 10 +0,013 +0,071 0,4 627 108 10 8 10 15 10 1,0 0,3 +0,013 +0,071 0,5
627 008 12 8 10 12 +0,013 +0,071 0,5 627 110 07 10 12 18 7 1,0 0,3 +0,013 +0,071 0,6
627 008 15 8 10 15 +0,013 +0,071 0,6 627 110 09 10 12 18 9 1,0 0,3 +0,013 +0,071 0,7
627 010 04 10 12 4 +0,013 +0,071 0,2 627 110 12 10 12 18 12 1,0 0,3 +0,013 +0,071 0,8
627 010 06 10 12 6 +0,013 +0,071 0,3 627 110 15 10 12 18 15 1,0 0,3 +0,013 +0,071 1,0
627 010 08 10 12 8 +0,013 +0,071 0,4 627 110 17 10 12 18 17 1,0 0,3 +0,013 +0,071 1,1
627 010 10 10 12 10 +0,013 +0,071 0,5 627 112 07 12 14 20 7 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 0,6
627 010 15 10 12 15 +0,013 +0,071 0,7 627 112 09 12 14 20 9 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 0,8
627 010 20 10 12 20 +0,013 +0,071 1,0 627 112 12 12 14 20 12 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 1,2
627 012 10 12 14 10 +0,016 +0,086 0,6 627 112 15 12 14 20 15 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 1,3
627 012 12 12 14 12 +0,016 +0,086 0,7 627 112 17 12 14 20 17 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 1,4
627 012 15 12 14 15 +0,016 +0,086 0,9 627 112 20 12 14 20 20 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 1,5
627 012 20 12 14 20 +0,016 +0,086 1,2 627 114 12 14 16 22 12 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 0,9
627 014 15 14 16 15 +0,016 +0,086 1,0 627 114 17 14 16 22 17 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 1,5
627 014 20 14 16 20 +0,016 +0,086 1,4 627 115 09 15 17 23 9 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 1,0
627 014 25 14 16 25 +0,016 +0,086 1,7 627 115 12 15 17 23 12 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 1,2
627 015 15 15 17 15 +0,016 +0,086 1,1 627 115 17 15 17 23 17 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 1,5
627 015 20 15 17 20 +0,016 +0,086 1,4 627 115 20 15 17 23 20 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 1,8
627 015 25 15 17 25 +0,016 +0,086 1,7 627 116 17 16 18 24 17 1,0 0,3 +0,016 +0,086 1,7
627 020 15 20 23 15 +0,020 +0,104 2,2 627 120 11 20 23 30 11,5 1,5 0,5 +0,020 +0,104 2,4
627 020 20 20 23 20 +0,020 +0,104 2,9 627 120 16 20 23 30 16,5 1,5 0,5 +0,020 +0,104 3,2
627 020 30 20 23 30 +0,020 +0,104 4,4 627 120 21 20 23 30 21,5 1,5 0,5 +0,020 +0,104 3,9
627 025 15 25 28 15 +0,020 +0,104 2,7 627 125 11 25 28 35 11,5 1,5 0,5 +0,020 +0,104 2,9
627 025 20 25 28 20 +0,020 +0,104 3,6 627 125 16 25 28 35 16,5 1,5 0,5 +0,020 +0,104 3,9
627 125 21 25 28 35 21,5 1,5 0,5 +0,020 +0,104 4,9
* After press-fitting n e n t e an ente * After press-fitting n e n t e an ente
Description and technical data
Material: Thermoplast polyphenylensulfid, reinforced, modified Technical data:
PP P aa d n Surface pressure.: max. 83 N/mm².
• Good chemical and hydrolysis resistance. Sliding Speed: max. 1,0 m/s.
pv-value for A H /A C s
• Low friction, optimised for dry running conditions. pv-value for A H /A C s
• High dimensional stability. pv-value for A H /A C s
Operating Conditions : Temperature range -40ºC to + 240ºC.
dry : very good. e ent t n t d
oiled: good. a t su a e n s a t g und
water: very good. Shaft hardness > 200 HV.
field of application: Recommended mounting tolerances:
Domestic appliances, convoyers, machinery, cash slot machines Housing bore H7, recommended shaft tolerance h9.
and many more.
450 ®
Cylindrical Drill Bushes similar to the old Standard DIN 179, Design A
Material: up to bore 5.0 mm 1.2210 above 1.0718
Hardened, ground to tolerance inside and outside.
Hardness: 62 HRC.
Bore rounded at edge.
Mounting hole: tolerance H7.
Other dimensions and designs on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 204 08, Cylindrical Drill Bushes 4 x 8 mm
Product No. d1F7 d2n6 L Weight
mm mm mm g
622 204 08 4 7 8 1,6
622 204 12 4 7 12 2,3
622 205 08 5 8 8 1,9
622 205 12 5 8 12 2,8
622 206 10 6 10 10 4,0
622 206 16 6 10 16 6,1
622 208 10 8 12 10 4,8
622 208 16 8 12 16 7,7
622 210 12 10 15 12 9,0
622 210 20 10 15 20 15,0
622 212 12 12 18 12 13,0
622 212 20 12 18 20 22,0
622 213 16 13 22 16 30,0
622 214 16 14 22 16 27,0
622 214 28 14 22 28 49,0
622 215 16 15 22 16 25,0
622 215 28 15 22 28 44,0
622 216 16 16 26 16 40,0
622 216 28 16 26 28 71,0
622 218 16 18 26 16 34,0
622 218 28 18 26 28 60,0 Loctite bonding
622 220 20 20 30 20 60,0 du ts ea ng
622 222 20 22 30 20 50,0 ad es e
622 225 20 25 35 20 72,0 page 812.
622 230 25 30 42 25 130,0
Cylindrical, Flanged Drill Bushes similar to the old Standard DIN 172, Design A
Material: 1.0718.
Hardened, ground to tolerance inside and outside.
Hardness: 62 HRC.
Bore rounded at flange side.
Mounting hole: tolerance H7.
Other dimensions and designs on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 622 104 08, Flanged Drill Bushes 4 x 8 mm
Product No. d1 F7 d2 n6 d3 L2 L1 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm g
622 104 08 4 7 10 2,5 8 2,3
622 104 12 4 7 10 2,5 12 3,1
622 105 08 5 8 11 2,5 8 2,6
622 105 12 5 8 11 2,5 12 3,6
622 106 10 6 10 13 3,0 10 5,0
622 106 16 6 10 13 3,0 16 7,4
622 108 10 8 12 15 3,0 10 6,1
622 108 16 8 12 15 3,0 16 9,0
622 110 12 10 15 18 3,0 12 10,7
622 110 20 10 15 18 3,0 20 16,7
622 112 12 12 18 22 4,0 12 16,5
622 112 20 12 18 22 4,0 20 25,3
622 115 16 15 22 26 4,0 16 29,0
622 116 16 16 26 30 4,0 16 46,0 Loctite bonding
622 118 16 18 26 30 4,0 16 39,0 du ts ea ng
622 120 20 20 30 34 5,0 20 67,0 ad es e
622 122 20 22 30 34 5,0 20 57,0 page 812.
622 126 20 26 35 39 5,0 20 74,0
® 451
Shaft Collars with Set Screw (Adjusting Rings) According to the Old Standard DIN 703
Material: Steel, blank.
Steel, zinc-plated.
Heavy-duty series. With allen set screw made from steel /
steel zinc-plated, like DIN EN ISO 4027, but strength 12.9.
From size d 1 t set s e s t set
Blank turned and kalibrated. Bores tolerance H8.
Large chamfer on one side of the outside diameter.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +175ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 623 220 00,
Collar DIN 703, 20 mm Bore
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 b Screw Weight
Steel blank Steel zinc-plated g
623 220 00* 623 882 20* 20* 40 20 M8 14,6
623 225 00 623 882 25 25 56 22 M10 33,8
623 230 00 623 882 30 30 63 22 M10 41,5
623 235 00 623 882 35 35 70 22 M10 49,6
623 240 00 623 882 40 40 80 28 M12 82,7
623 245 00 623 882 45 45 80 28 M12 75,3
623 250 00 623 882 50 50 90 28 M12 96,3
623 255 00 623 882 55 55 90 28 M12 87,1
623 260 00 623 882 60 60 100 28 M12 110,0
623 265 00 623 882 65 65 100 28 M12 99,6
623 270 00 623 882 70 70 110 32 M16 141,0
623 275 00 623 882 75 75 110 32 M16 127,0
623 280 00 623 882 80 80 125 32 M16 181,0
623 285 00 623 882 85 85 125 32 M16 165,0
623 290 00 623 882 90 90 125 32 M16 148,0
* Size 20 is not part of the old standard DIN 703.
Other sizes and inch-sizes on request.
452 ®
Shaft Collars with Set Screw (Adjusting Rings) DIN 705 A
Material: Steel, blank.
Steel, zinc-plated.
Stainless steel 1.4305. A
Light-duty series. With set screw made from steel,
steel zinc-plated or stainless steel. Up to size d 1
with one slotted screw, DIN EN 27434. From size
d1 t a en s e s e
but strength 12.9, with offset 135°.
Blank turned and kalibrated. Bores tolerance H8.
Large chamfer on one side of the outside diameter.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +175ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 623 003 00,
Collar DIN 705 A, 3 mm Bore
Product No. Product No. Product No. d1 d2 b Screw Weight
Steel blank Steel zinc-plated Stainless Steel g
623 003 00 623 880 03 - 3 7 5 M2 0,123
623 004 00 623 880 04 623 990 04 4 8 5 M2,5 0,145
623 005 00 623 880 05 623 990 05 5 10 6 M3 0,280
623 006 00 623 880 06 623 990 06 6 12 8 M4 0,548
623 007 00 623 880 07 623 990 07 7 12 8 M4 0,488
623 008 00 623 880 08 623 990 08 8 16 8 M4 0,94
623 009 00* 623 880 09* 623 990 09* 9 18* 10* M5 1,51
623 010 00 623 880 10 623 990 10 10 20 10 M5 1,85
623 012 00 623 880 12 623 990 12 12 22 12 M6 2,52
623 014 00 623 880 14 623 990 14 14 25 12 M6 3,17
623 015 00 623 880 15 623 990 15 15 25 12 M6 2,98
623 016 00 623 880 16 623 990 16 16 28 12 M6 3,84
623 018 00 623 880 18 623 990 18 18 32 14 M6 6,00
623 020 00 623 880 20 623 990 20 20 32 14 M6 5,30
623 022 00 623 880 22 623 990 22 22 36 14 M6 6,90
623 025 00 623 880 25 623 990 25 25 40 16 M8 9,56
623 030 00 623 880 30 623 990 30 30 45 16 M8 11,1
623 035 00 623 880 35 623 990 35 35 56 16 M8 18,7
623 040 00 623 880 40 623 990 40 40 63 18 M10 26,1
623 045 00 623 880 45 623 990 45 45 70 18 M10 31,7
623 050 00 623 880 50 623 990 50 50 80 18 M10 42,9
623 055 00 623 880 55 - 55 80 18 M10 37,3
623 060 00 623 880 60 - 60 90 20 M10 55,2
623 065 00 623 880 65 - 65 100 20 M10 70,8
623 070 00 623 880 70 - 70 100 20 M10 62,6
623 080 00 623 880 80 - 80 110 22 M12 76,8
623 090 00 623 880 90 - 90 125 22 M12 101,0
623 100 00 623 881 00 - 100 140 25 M12 147,0
* At size 9, the outer dimensions are not like DIN 705.
Other sizes and inch-sizes on request.
® 453
Shaft Collars, Clamp Collars Single-Split
Material: Steel C45 burnished. Screw steel 12.9.
Stainless steel 1.4301. Screw stainless steel A2-70. øR
Aluminium. Screw stainless steel A2-70. A b
Features: does not damage the shaft, stronger clamping force
than with set collars, even distribution of clamping forces, easy
readjustment, precision honed bores.
The threads of the screws DIN 912 are covered with a layer of nylon.
d1
d2
Tolerance b: +0.08 mm
-0.25 mm
Temperature range: -40ºC to +175ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 623 103 00, Clamp Collar, 3 mm Bore
Product No. Product No. Product No. d1 d2 R b Screw Weight Steel Weight Alum.
Steel Stainless Steel Aluminium mm mm mm mm DIN 912 g g
623 103 00 623 991 03 623 661 03 3 16 20,7 9 M3 x 8 11 4
623 104 00 623 991 04 623 661 04 4 16 20,7 9 M3 x 8 11 4
623 105 00 623 991 05 623 661 05 5 16 20,7 9 M3 x 8 10 4
623 106 00 623 991 06 623 661 06 6 16 20,7 9 M3 x 8 10 4
623 107 00 623 991 07 623 661 07 7 18 22,4 9 M3 x 8 13 5
623 108 00 623 991 08 623 661 08 8 18 22,4 9 M3 x 8 12 5
623 109 00 623 991 09 623 661 09 9 24 26 9 M3 x 8 23 8
623 110 00 623 991 10 623 661 10 10 24 26 9 M3 x 8 22 8
623 111 00 623 991 11 623 661 11 11 28 31,8 11 M4 x 12 39 14
623 112 00 623 991 12 623 661 12 12 28 31,8 11 M4 x 12 38 13
623 113 00 623 991 13 623 661 13 13 30 33,9 11 M4 x 12 43 15
623 114 00 623 991 14 623 661 14 14 30 33,9 11 M4 x 12 42 15
623 115 00 623 991 15 623 661 15 15 34 39,4 13 M5 x 14 65 23
623 116 00 623 991 16 623 661 16 16 34 39,4 13 M5 x 14 63 22
623 117 00 623 991 17 623 661 17 17 36 41,2 13 M5 x 14 72 25
623 118 00 623 991 18 623 661 18 18 36 41,2 13 M5 x 14 69 24
623 119 00 623 991 19 623 661 19 19 40 46,4 15 M6 x 16 100 35
623 120 00 623 991 20 623 661 20 20 40 46,4 15 M6 x 16 97 34
623 121 00 623 991 21 623 661 21 21 42 48,1 15 M6 x 16 107 37
623 122 00 623 991 22 623 661 22 22 42 48,1 15 M6 x 16 103 36
623 123 00 623 991 23 623 661 23 23 45 50,8 15 M6 x 16 122 42
623 124 00 623 991 24 623 661 24 24 45 50,8 15 M6 x 16 117 40
623 125 00 623 991 25 623 661 25 25 45 50,8 15 M6 x 16 114 40
623 126 00 623 991 26 623 661 26 26 48 53,7 15 M6 x 18 133 46
623 128 00 623 991 28 623 661 28 28 48 53,7 15 M6 x 18 123 43
623 130 00 623 991 30 623 661 30 30 54 58,6 15 M6 x 18 163 56
623 132 00 623 991 32 623 661 32 32 54 58,6 15 M6 x 18 156 54
623 134 00 623 991 34 623 661 34 34 57 61,6 15 M6 x 18 174 60
623 135 00 623 991 35 623 661 35 35 57 61,6 15 M6 x 18 171 59
623 136 00 623 991 36 623 661 36 36 57 61,6 15 M6 x 18 163 56
623 138 00 623 991 38 623 661 38 38 60 65 15 M6 x 18 178 61
623 140 00 623 991 40 623 661 40 40 60 65 15 M6 x 18 163 56
623 142 00 623 991 42 623 661 42 42 73 79,4 19 M8 x 25 367 127
623 145 00 623 991 45 623 661 45 45 73 79,4 19 M8 x 25 344 119
623 148 00 623 991 48 623 661 48 48 78 84,2 19 M8 x 25 392 135
623 150 00 623 991 50 623 661 50 50 78 84,2 19 M8 x 25 370 128
623 155 00 623 991 55 --- 55 82 88,8 19 M8 x 25 380 ---
623 160 00 623 991 60 --- 60 88 94,0 19 M8 x 25 425 ---
623 165 00 623 991 65 --- 65 93 99,8 19 M8 x 25 450 ---
623 170 00 623 991 70 --- 70 98 104,5 19 M8 x 25 480 ---
623 175 00 623 991 75 --- 75 103 109,1 19 M8 x 25 510 ---
623 180 00 623 991 80 --- 80 108 113,8 19 M8 x 25 535 ---
Remarks to collars from steel
The black oxide on the clamping collars is formulated as part of has anti-stick-slip characteristics and helps to keep the torque
the total performance of the product. It enhances the holding rating of the screw within its designed parameters. The oxide
ability of the collar, it efficiently reduces slipping on the shaft, layer also provides corrosion protection.
454 ®
Shaft Collars, Clamp Collars Double-Split
Material: Steel C45 burnished. Screws steel 12.9.
Stainless steel 1.4301. Screws stainless steel A2-70. øR
Aluminium. Screws stainless steel A2-70. A b
Features: does not damage the shaft, stronger clamping force
than with set collars, even distribution of clamping forces, easy
readjustment, precision honed bores.
The threads of the screws DIN 912 are covered with a layer of nylon.
d1
d2
Tolerance b: +0.08 mm
-0.25 mm
Temperature range: -40ºC to +175ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 623 403 00, Double-split Clamp Collar, 3 mm Bore
Product No. Product No. Product No. d1 d2 R b Screws Weight Steel Weight Alum.
Steel Stainless Steel Aluminium mm mm mm mm DIN 912 g g
623 403 00 623 994 03 623 664 03 3 16 20,7 9 M3 x 8 12 4
623 404 00 623 994 04 623 664 04 4 16 20,7 9 M3 x 8 11 4
623 405 00 623 994 05 623 664 05 5 16 20,7 9 M3 x 8 11 4
623 406 00 623 994 06 623 664 06 6 16 20,7 9 M3 x 8 10 3
623 407 00 623 994 07 623 664 07 7 18 22,4 9 M3 x 8 13 4
623 408 00 623 994 08 623 664 08 8 18 22,4 9 M3 x 8 12 4
623 409 00 623 994 09 623 664 09 9 24 26 9 M3 x 8 25 9
623 410 00 623 994 10 623 664 10 10 24 26 9 M3 x 8 24 8
623 411 00 623 994 11 623 664 11 11 28 31,8 11 M4 x 12 40 14
623 412 00 623 994 12 623 664 12 12 28 31,8 11 M4 x 12 39 13
623 413 00 623 994 13 623 664 13 13 30 33,9 11 M4 x 12 45 16
623 414 00 623 994 14 623 664 14 14 30 33,9 11 M4 x 12 43 15
623 415 00 623 994 15 623 664 15 15 34 39,4 13 M5 x 14 68 23
623 416 00 623 994 16 623 664 16 16 34 39,4 13 M5 x 14 65 22
623 417 00 623 994 17 623 664 17 17 36 41,2 13 M5 x 14 74 26
623 418 00 623 994 18 623 664 18 18 36 41,2 13 M5 x 14 71 24
623 419 00 623 994 19 623 664 19 19 40 46,4 15 M6 x 16 104 36
623 420 00 623 994 20 623 664 20 20 40 46,4 15 M6 x 16 101 35
623 421 00 623 994 21 623 664 21 21 42 48,1 15 M6 x 16 113 39
623 422 00 623 994 22 623 664 22 22 42 48,1 15 M6 x 16 107 37
623 423 00 623 994 23 623 664 23 23 45 50,8 15 M6 x 16 127 44
623 424 00 623 994 24 623 664 24 24 45 50,8 15 M6 x 16 122 42
623 425 00 623 994 25 623 664 25 25 45 50,8 15 M6 x 16 120 41
623 426 00 623 994 26 623 664 26 26 48 53,7 15 M6 x 18 139 48
623 428 00 623 994 28 623 664 28 28 48 53,7 15 M6 x 18 128 44
623 430 00 623 994 30 623 664 30 30 54 58,6 15 M6 x 18 171 59
623 432 00 623 994 32 623 664 32 32 54 58,6 15 M6 x 18 161 56
623 434 00 623 994 34 623 664 34 34 57 61,6 15 M6 x 18 181 62
623 435 00 623 994 35 623 664 35 35 57 61,6 15 M6 x 18 172 60
623 436 00 623 994 36 623 664 36 36 57 61,6 15 M6 x 18 169 59
623 438 00 623 994 38 623 664 38 38 60 65 15 M6 x 18 183 63
623 440 00 623 994 40 623 664 40 40 60 65 15 M6 x 18 172 59
623 442 00 623 994 42 623 664 42 42 73 79,4 19 M8 x 25 383 132
623 445 00 623 994 45 623 664 45 45 73 79,4 19 M8 x 25 360 124
623 448 00 623 994 48 623 664 48 48 78 84,2 19 M8 x 25 414 143
623 450 00 623 994 50 623 664 50 50 78 84,2 19 M8 x 25 386 133
623 455 00 623 994 55 ---- 55 82 88,8 19 M8 x 25 395 ---
623 460 00 623 994 60 --- 60 88 94,0 19 M8 x 25 440 ---
623 465 00 623 994 65 --- 65 93 99,8 19 M8 x 25 465 ---
623 470 00 623 994 70 --- 70 98 104,5 19 M8 x 25 495 ---
623 475 00 623 994 75 --- 75 103 109,1 19 M8 x 25 525 ---
623 480 00 623 994 80 --- 80 108 113,8 19 M8 x 25 550 ---
Remarks to collars from steel
The black oxide on the clamping collars is formulated as part of has anti-stick-slip characteristics and helps to keep the torque
the total performance of the product. It enhances the holding rating of the screw within its designed parameters. The oxide
ability of the collar, it efficiently reduces slipping on the shaft, layer also provides corrosion protection.
® 455
Shaft Collars, Clamp Collars Double Wide, Single-Split
Material: Steel C45 burnished, screws steel 12.9.
Stainless steel 1.4301, A øR
a
screws stainless steel A2-70. b
Features: does not damage the shaft, stronger clamping force
than with set collars, even distribution of clamping forces, easy
readjustment, precision honed bores.
The threads of the screws DIN 912 are covered with a layer of nylon.
d1
d2
Tolerance b: +0.08 mm
-0.25 mm
Temperature range: -40ºC to +175ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 624 106 00, Clamp Collar, 6mm
Tighting Torque
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 R b a Screw Steel Stainless steel Weight
Steel Stainless Steel mm mm mm mm mm DIN 912 Nm Nm g
624 106 00 624 991 06 6+0,05 16 20,1 20 5,2 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 20
624 108 00 624 991 08 8+0,07 18 21,3 20 6,0 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 24
624 110 00 624 991 10 10+0,07 24 25,6 20 8,5 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 48
624 112 00 624 991 12 12+0,07 28 31,7 24 10,0 M4 x 12 4,6 2,5 78
624 116 00 624 991 16 16+0,07 34 38,5 29 12,0 M5 x 14 9,5 5,4 130
624 120 00 624 991 20 20+0,07 40 46,3 33 14,5 M6 x 16 16 9,6 202
624 125 00 624 991 25 25+0,07 45 50,6 33 17,0 M6 x 16 16 9,6 240
624 130 00 624 991 30 30+0,12 54 58,6 33 21,5 M6 x 18 16 9,6 342
624 140 00 624 991 40 40+0,12 60 65,0 33 25,0 M6 x 18 16 9,6 344
624 150 00 624 991 50 50+0,12 78 84,2 41 32,0 M8 x 25 17 13,6 772
Shaft Collars, Clamp Collars Double Wide, Double-Split
Material: Steel C45 burnished, screws steel 12.9.
Stainless steel 1.4301, A øR
screws stainless steel A2-70. a a b
Features: does not damage the shaft, stronger clamping force
than with set collars, even distribution of clamping forces, easy
readjustment, precision honed bores.
d1
d2
The threads of the screws DIN 912 are covered with a layer of nylon.
Tolerance b: +0.08 mm
-0.25 mm
Temperature range: -40ºC to +175ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 624 406 00, Clamp Collar, 6mm
Tighting Torque
Product-No. Product-No. d1 d2 R b a Screw Steel Stainless steel Weight
Steel Stainless Steel mm mm mm mm mm DIN 912 Nm Nm g
624 406 00 624 994 06 6+0,05 16 20,1 20 5,2 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 20
624 408 00 624 994 08 8+0,07 18 21,3 20 6,0 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 24
624 410 00 624 994 10 10+0,07 24 25,6 20 8,5 M3 x 8 2,1 1,1 44
624 412 00 624 994 12 12+0,07 28 31,7 24 10,0 M4 x 12 4,6 2,5 76
624 416 00 624 994 16 16+0,07 34 38,5 29 12,0 M5 x 14 9,5 5,4 126
624 420 00 624 994 20 20+0,07 40 46,3 33 14,5 M6 x 16 16 9,6 194
624 425 00 624 994 25 25+0,07 45 50,6 33 17,0 M6 x 16 16 9,6 228
624 430 00 624 994 30 30+0,12 54 58,6 33 21,5 M6 x 18 16 9,6 326
624 440 00 624 994 40 40+0,12 60 65,0 33 25,0 M6 x 18 16 9,6 326
624 450 00 624 994 50 50+0,12 78 84,2 41 32,0 M8 x 25 17 13,6 740
Remarks to collars from steel
The black oxide on the clamping collars is formulated as part of has anti-stick-slip characteristics and helps to keep the torque
the total performance of the product. It enhances the holding rating of the screw within its designed parameters. The oxide
ability of the collar, it efficiently reduces slipping on the shaft, layer also provides corrosion protection.
456 ®
Shaft Collars, Clamp Collars with Thread
Material: Steel C45 burnished, screws steel 12.9.
Stainless steel 1.4301, A
screws stainless steel A2-70.
The threads of the screws DIN 912 are covered with a
layer of nylon.
Max. speed: 4,000 min -1.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +175ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 623 604 00, Clamp Collar, M4 Thread
Product No. Product No. Thread G pitch d2 b Screw Weight
Steel Stainless Steel mm mm DIN 912 g
623 604 00 623 996 04 M4 0,7 16 9 M3 x 8 10
623 605 00 623 996 05 M5 0,8 16 9 M3 x 8 11
623 606 00 623 996 06 M6 1,0 16 9 M3 x 8 11
623 608 00 623 996 08 M8 1,25 18 9 M3 x 8 12
623 610 00 623 996 10 M10 1,5 24 9 M3 x 8 22
623 612 00 623 996 12 M12 1,75 28 11 M4 x 12 39
623 616 00 623 996 16 M16 2,0 34 13 M5 x 14 63
623 620 00 623 996 20 M20 2,5 40 15 M6 x 16 97
623 624 00 623 996 24 M24 3,0 45 15 M6 x 16 117
623 630 00 623 996 30 M30 3,5 54 15 M6 x 18 163
et standa d t ead u n
® 457
Rod Ends and Spherical Bearings Overview
Rod ends, series K (wide version), internal and external thread Page
Maintenance free, plastic Ø 5-20mm.................................... 461
Lubricateable (GS), steel Ø 2-40mm..................................... 462
Maintenance free (GT), steel Ø 4-40mm............................... 463
A Maintenance free (GT-R), stainless steel Ø 5-40mm.............. 464
With ball bearing (BR), steel Ø 6-30mm............................... 466
A With ball bearing (BR-R), stainless steel Ø 6-20mm.............. 467
Rod ends, series E (slim version), internal and external thread Page
Maintenance free (GEW, GAW), steel Ø 6-80mm.................. 465
Rod Ends, special sizes (medium wide version), internal thread Page
With ball bearing, steel, internal thread (PF), Ø 10-20mm.... 468
Spherical bearings, series K (wide version) Page
A Lubricateable, steel and stainless steel Ø 5-40mm................ 469
Lubricateable, with outer ring, steel Ø 5-40mm..................... 469
Lubricateable, with outer ring, stainless steel Ø 5-40mm....... 469
A
Maintenance free, steel and stainless steel Ø 5-40mm........... 470
Maintenance free, with outer ring, steel Ø 5-40mm............... 470
A Maintenance free, with outer ring, stainless steel Ø 5-40mm.. 470
Spherical bearings, series E (slim version) Page
Lubricateable, steel Ø 6-80mm............................................. 471
Maintenance free, steel Ø 6-80mm....................................... 471
A Maintenance free, stainless steel Ø 6-80mm......................... 471
458 ®
Rod Ends and Spherical Bearings, Basics
Load Capacity of Rod Ends and Spherical Bearings made from steel
Radial load: The load rating depends on the load case: Load case III (alternating or shock load):
Load case I (stationary or static load): The load rating depends highly on the real kind of application
Load rating like table 1. and use. We recommend 50% of the load rating from table 2.
Load case II (fluctuating or simple dynamic load): Axial load: The axial force may not exceed 20 % of the radial
Load rating like table 2. Attention for types GT and GT-R: load.
Load ratings from table 1 may not be exceeded.
Table 1: Static Load Rating C o in kN for Load Case I
Bore Diameter of Rod End Rod Ends with Internal Thread Rod Ends with External Thread Spherical bearings
mm GS GT GT-R GEW GS GT GT-R GAW S S…D G G…D GE…DO GE…UK
2 3 - - - 0,6 - - - - - - - - -
3 4,1 - - - 1,5 - - - - - - - - -
4 - 5,2 - - - 2,6 - - - - - - - -
5 9,9 8 11,8 - 4,3 4,3 6,2 - 10 12,5 19,8 12,5 - -
6 11,9 8,9 13,1 10,3 6 6 8,8 6,9 12,8 15,5 25,8 15,5 17 9
8 17,1 14,1 20,7 15,8 11 11 16,1 12,7 21,6 27,8 42,6 27,8 27,5 14,6
10 21,4 19,3 28,3 23,4 17,4 17,4 25,5 19,9 30 39 60 39 40,5 21,6
12 27 23,5 34,5 31 25,5 23,5 34,5 29 40 53,5 80 53,5 54 28,5
14 24,5 21 39,5 - 24,5 20,8 39,5 - 51,5 70 102,5 70 - -
15 - - - 42,5 - - - 39,5 - - - - 85 44
16 37 32 60,5 54,5 36,5 32 60,5 54 64,5 88 128,5 88 106 56
17 - - - 54,5 - - - 54 - - - - 106 56
18 43 38,6 73 - 43 38,6 73 - 78,5 106,5 157 106,5 - -
20 49,5 44 83 62,5 49,5 43,8 83 62,5 94,5 130 188,5 130 146 78
22 57 53 100 - 57 52,6 100 - 114 162 229 162 - -
25 68 62 118 92 68 61,4 118 92 142 204 293 204 240 127
30 82 82 155 124 82 81,6 155 124 416 281 416 281 310 166
35 101 101 191 144 101 101 191 144 480 343 480 343 400 338
40 124 124 235 178 124 124 235 178 693 495 693 495 500 419
45 - - - 263 - - - 263 - - - - 640 540
50 - - - 320 - - - 320 - - - - 780 665
60 - - - 497 - - - 497 - - - - 1220 1030
70 - - - 606 - - - 566 - - - 1560 1320
80 - - - 752 - - - 752 - - - - 2000 1700
Table 2: Dynamic Load Rating C in kN for Load Case II
Bore Diameter of Rod End Rod Ends with Internal Thread Rod Ends with External Thread Spherical bearings
mm GS GT GT-R GEW GS GT GT-R GAW S S…D G G…D GE…DO GE…UK
2 1,1 - - - 1,1 - - - - - - - - -
3 1,8 - - - 1,8 - - - - - - - - -
4 - 0,8 - - - 0,8 - - - - - - - -
5 2,5 7,5 7,5 - 2,5 7,5* 7,5* - 2,5 7,5 3,3 7,5 - -
6 3,2 9,3* 9,3 3,6 3,2 9,3* 9,3* 3,6 3,2 9,3 4,3 9,3 3,4 3,6
8 5,4 16,7* 16,7 5,8 5,4 16,7* 16,7* 5,8 5,4 16,7 7,1 16,7 5,5 5,8
10 7,5 23,4* 23,4 8,6 7,5 23,4* 23,4 8,6 7,5 23,4 10 23,4 8,1 8,6
12 10 32* 32 11,5 10 32* 32 11,5 10 32 13,5 32 10,8 11,5
14 13 42* 42* - 13 42* 42* - 13 42 17 42 - -
15 - - - 17,5 - - - 17,5 - - - - 17 17,5
16 16 52,5* 52,5 22,5 16 52,5* 52,5 22,5 16 62,5 21,5 62,5 21,2 22
17 - - - 22,5 - - - 22,5 - - - - 21,2 22
18 19,5 64* 64 - 19,5 64* 64* - 19,5 64 26 64 - -
20 23,5 78* 78 31,5 23,5 78* 78 31,5 23,5 78 31,5 78 30 31
22 29 97* 97 - 29 97* 97 - 29 97 38 97 - -
25 35 122* 122* 51 35 122* 122* 51 35 122 47 122 48 51
30 64 168* 168* 66 64 168* 168* 66 64 168 64 168 62 65
35 80 206* 206* 140 80 206* 206* 140 80 206 80 206 80 140
40 116 286* 286* 185 116 286* 286* 185 116 286 116 286 100 185
45 - - - 240 - - - 240 - - - - 127 240
50 - - - 295 - - - 295 - - - - 156 295
60 - - - 460 - - - 460 - - - - 245 460
70 - - - 590 - - - 590 - - - - 315 590
80 - - - 750 - - - 750 - - - - 400 750
* Attention: The static load rating is lower. The dynamic load ratings are calculatet for the bearing, to be used for further calculations.
The static load ratings from table 1 may not be exceeded.
® 459
Rod Ends and Spherical Bearings, Basic Informations
Permissible Speed of the Inner Ring for Rod Ends and Spherical Bearings made from steel
The effective determination of the maximum rotational speed For the aforementioned reasons the manufacturer cannot deter-
depends on various factors and variables which cannot all be mine any explicit, general values for the maximum speed of the
predefined by the manufacturer. inner ring. The values in the table were calculated assuming
a) Load. favourable conditions. Rod ends DIN series E (GEW and GAW)
b) Loading case (I,II and III). and spherical bearings DIN series E (GE…DO and GE…UK) are
c) Type of lubrication (central lubrication system etc.). not suitable for higher speeds (only for alternating load).
d) Ambient temperature.
e) Environmental influences (dust etc.).
Rod End-Bores Rod Ends Spherical Bearings
GS GT** GT-R** S S…D** G G…D**
min-1 min-1 min-1 min-1 min-1 min-1 min-1
5 1200 600 600 900 600 - 600
6 1500 530 530 760 530 1500 530
8 1200 420 420 620 420 1200 420
10 1000 350 350 500 350 1000 350
12 860 300 300 450 300 860 300
14 750 260 260 360 260 750 260
16 660 230 230 350 230 660 230
18 600 210 210 320 210 600 210
20 540 190 190 280 190 540 190
22 500 170 170 250 170 500 170
25 440 150 150 230 150 440 150
30 370 130 130 370 130 370 130
35 330 110 110 330 110 330 110
40 290 100 100 290 150 290 100
* Sizes 2, 3 and 4 mm and GS external thread 5 mm are not suitable for higher speeds.
** Speeds stated are for short-term rotary operation (not suitable for permanent rotary operation).
Tolerances for Rod Ends and Spherical Bearings
Ball Bores Outer diameter of the spherical bearing
Series K: Series K: Tolerance h6.
Bore tolerance H7. Housing tolerance J7 recommended.
Matching shaft: g6 recommended.
Series E: Tolerance h5.
Series E: Housing tolerance JS7 recommended.
Bore tolerance 0/-8µ.
Matching shaft: g7 recommended.
Thread Metric thread according to DIN 13. All external thread
are rolled for high strength.
Lubrication Tilting Angle
All rod ends and spherical bearings, wich are not declared as Max. tilting angle:
maintenance-free, must be lubricated. An initial lubrication the tilting angles
before use is required. But maintenance-free parts must not be stated in the table
lubricated. relate to the maxi-
We recommend the following lubrication intervals: mum permissible
• If the system runs at full speed during the phase of start- misalignment of
up wear, i.e., during the first 5 operating days, running 8 the shaft axis
hours per day, and in a dirty operating environment, i.e., towards the bea-
under unfavourable ambient conditions, the unit should ring
be lubricated twice a day.
• With oscillating motion once to twice a week.
• With higher temperatures possibly once or twice a day.
We recommend high quality grease with Molykote or graphite
ingrediant.
460 ®
Thermoplastic Rod Ends igubal ® KCRM and KCLM similar to DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) series K, Internal Thread
Material spherical ball: iglidur ® W300, yellowish.
B
Material housing: igumid G, black. C1
d2
• Maintenance-free, silent running and anti-vibrating.
• High strength at very low weight.
d
• Resistant against corrosion and many chemicals.
• Electrical and thermal isolating.
• The counter part must rotate inside the bore of the spherical ball.
h1
With a metal bolt, a sliding speed up to 30 m/min. may be possible.
l3
The spherical ball may only compensate shaft misalignement.
G
Temperature range: -30º to +80ºC. W
IR = Internal Right-hand thread. IL = Internal Left-hand thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 632 556 05, Rod End igubal KCRM, 5mm
Thread Tilting Load Rating* Weight
Product No. Product No. angle radial axial
KCRM KCLM dE10 B C1 d2 h1 l3 G W static static
IR IL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° N N g
632 556 05 632 557 05 5 8 6 18 27 12 M5 SW9 43 600 90 4,0
632 556 06 632 557 06 6 9 7 20 30 13,5 M6 SW10 40 700 150 4,2
632 556 08 632 557 08 8 12 9 24 36 17 M8 SW13 35 1050 250 7,6
632 556 10 632 557 10 10 14 10,5 30 43 22 M10 SW15 35 1500 400 12,8
632 556 10F 632 557 10F 10 14 10,5 30 43 21 M10x1,25 SW15 35 1500 400 12,8
632 556 12 632 557 12 12 16 12 34 50 25 M12 SW17 35 1780 375 19
632 556 12F 632 557 12F 12 16 12 34 50 25 M12x1,25 SW17 35 1780 375 19
632 556 16 632 557 16 16 21 15 42 64 30 M16 SW20 35 1900 400 34
632 556 16F 632 557 16F 16 21 15 42 64 30 M16x1,5 SW20 35 1900 400 34
632 556 20 632 557 20 20 25 18 50 77 35 M20 SW24 35 2275 200 55
632 556 20F 632 557 20F 20 25 18 50 77 35 M20x1,5 SW24 35 2275 200 55
* At short term, the radial load may be twice as high.
Other versions or sizes on request.
® 461
Heavy-Duty Rod Ends GS DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) Series K, Internal Thread
Material internal ring: Roller bearing steel 100Cr6, hardened
HRC 62 ±1, ground and polished. B d2
Material outer part: Bores 6-12 mm, free cutting steel, turned, bores C1
14-30 mm C22 forged, zinc-plated.
Material bearing race: Special brass CuZn40Al1.
d1
d
Normal bearing clearance: 15 - 45 µ at a measuring load of 100 N.
Sliding speeds up to 60 m/min. Steel on high-duty bronze, thus high
h1
radial and axial alternating loads.
l3
Load tables pages 459 - 460.
Initial lubrication before use is required! G d3
W d4
IR = Internal-Right hand thread. IL = Internal Left-hand thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 632 002 00, Rod End GS, IR
Thread ISO Tilting Weight
DIN 13 6H angle
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0.1 C1±0.2 d1 d2 d3 d4 h1 l3-1.0 G W
IR IL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° g
632 002 00* 632 102 00* 2 4,5 3,6 2,6 9 3,8 4,5 16 7 M2 4 16 3
632 003 00* 632 103 00* 3 6 4,5 5,1 14 5 6,5 21 10 M3 5,5 14 6
632 005 00 632 105 00 5 8 6 7,7 18 9 11 27 10 M5 9 13 86
632 006 00 632 106 00 6 9 6,75 8,9 20 10 13 30 12 M6 11 13 27
632 008 00 632 108 00 8 12 9 10,4 24 12,5 16 36 16 M8 13 14 46
632 010 00 632 110 00 10 14 10,5 12,9 28 15 19 43 20 M10 17 13 76
632 012 00 632 112 00 12 16 12 15,4 32 17,5 22 50 22 M12 19 13 115
632 014 00 632 114 00 14 19 13,5 16,8 36 20 25 57 25 M14 22 16 170
632 016 00 632 116 00 16 21 15 19,3 42 22 27 64 28 M16 22 15 230
632 018 00 632 118 00 18 23 16,5 21,8 46 25 31 71 32 M18x1,5 27 15 320
632 020 00 632 120 00 20 25 18 24,3 50 27,5 34 77 33 M20x1,5 32 14 415
632 022 00 632 122 00 22 28 20 25,8 54 30 37 84 37 M22x1,5 32 15 540
632 025 00 632 125 00 25 31 22 29,6 60 33,5 42 94 42 M24x2 36 15 750
632 030 00 632 130 00 30 37 25 34,8 70 40 51 110 51 M30x2 41 17 1130
632 035 00 632 135 00 35 43 28 37,7 80 46 58 125 56 M36x2 50 19 1600
632 040 00 632 140 00 40 49 35 44,2 90 57 69 142 60 M42x2 60 16 2770
* Up to size 3 without grease nipple.
Heavy-Duty Rod Ends GS DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) Series K, External Thread
Material internal ring: Roller bearing steel 100Cr6, hardened
HRC 62 ±1, ground and polished. B d2
Material outer part: Bores 6-12 mm, free cutting steel, turned, bores
C1
14-30 mm C22 forged, zinc-plated.
Material bearing race: Special brass CuZn40Al1.
Normal bearing clearance: 15 - 45 µ at a measuring load of 100 N.
d1
d
Sliding speeds up to 60 m/min. Steel on high-duty bronze, thus high
radial and axial alternating loads.
Load tables pages 459 - 460.
h
Initial lubrication before use is required! G
l1
AR = External Right-hand thread. AL = External Left-hand thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 632 202 00, Rod End GS, AR
Thread ISO Tilting Weight
DIN 13 6H angle
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0.1 C1±0.2 d1 d2 h l1-1.0 G
AR AL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° g
632 202 00* 632 302 00* 2 4,5 3,6 2,6 9 20 12 M2 16 3
632 203 00* 632 303 00* 3 6 4,5 5,1 14 26 15 M3 14 6
632 205 00* 632 305 00* 5 8 6 7,7 18 33 20 M5 13 13
632 206 00 632 306 00 6 9 6,75 8,9 20 36 22 M6 13 20
632 208 00 632 308 00 8 12 9 10,4 24 42 25 M8 14 33
632 210 00 632 310 00 10 14 10,5 12,9 28 48 29 M10 13 56
632 212 00 632 312 00 12 16 12 15,4 32 54 33 M12 13 87
632 214 00 632 314 00 14 19 13,5 16,8 36 60 36 M14 16 129
632 216 00 632 316 00 16 21 15 19,3 42 66 40 M16 15 189
632 218 00 632 318 00 18 23 16,5 21,8 46 72 44 M18x1,5 15 267
632 220 00 632 320 00 20 25 18 24,3 50 78 47 M20x1,5 14 348
632 222 00 632 322 00 22 28 20 25,8 54 84 51 M22x1,5 15 443
632 225 00 632 325 00 25 31 22 29,6 60 94 57 M24x2 15 600
632 230 00 632 330 00 30 37 25 34,8 70 110 71 M30x2 17 1030
632 235 00 632 335 00 35 43 28 37,7 80 125 73 M36x2 19 1600
632 240 00 632 340 00 40 49 35 44,2 90 142 78 M42x2 16 2550
* Up to size 5 without grease nipple.
462 ®
Heavy-Duty Rod Ends GT DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) Series K, Maintenance Free, Internal Thread
Material internal ring: Roller bearing steel 100Cr6, hardened
HRC 62 ±1, ground and polished. B d2
Material outer part: Bores 6-12 mm, free cutting steel, turned, bores C1
14-30 mm C22 forged, zinc-plated.
Material bearing race: Free cutting steel with PTFE-lining.
d1
d
For high, radial and axial alternating loads.
Sliding speeds up to 10 m/min.
h1
Load tables pages 459 - 460.
l3
IR = Internal Right-hand thread. IL = Internal Left-hand thread. d3
G
W d4
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 632 604 00, Rod End GT, IR
Thread ISO Tilting Weight
DIN 13 6H angle
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0.1 C1 ±0.2 d1 d2 d3 d4 h1 l3 -1.0 G W
IR IL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° g
632 604 00 632 704 00 4 7 5,25 6,5 14 7,8 9,5 24 12 M4 8 14 11
632 605 00 632 705 00 5 8 6 7,7 18 9 11 27 10 M5 9 13 18
632 606 00 632 706 00 6 9 6,75 8,9 20 10 13 30 12 M6 11 13 27
632 608 00 632 708 00 8 12 9 10,4 24 12,5 16 36 16 M8 13 14 46
632 610 00 632 710 00 10 14 10,5 12,9 28 15 19 43 20 M10 17 13 76
632 612 00 632 712 00 12 16 12 15,4 32 17,5 22 50 22 M12 19 13 115
632 614 00 632 714 00 14 19 13,5 16,8 36 20 25 57 25 M14 22 16 170
632 616 00 632 716 00 16 21 15 19,3 42 22 27 64 28 M16 22 15 230
632 618 00 632 718 00 18 23 16,5 21,8 46 25 31 71 32 M18x1,5 27 15 320
632 620 00 632 720 00 20 25 18 24,3 50 27,5 34 77 33 M20x1,5 32 14 415
632 622 00 632 722 00 22 28 20 25,8 54 30 37 84 37 M22x1,5 32 15 540
632 625 00 632 725 00 25 31 22 29,6 60 33,5 42 94 42 M24x2 36 15 750
632 630 00 632 730 00 30 37 25 34,8 70 40 51 110 51 M30x2 41 17 1130
632 635 00 632 735 00 35 43 28 37,7 80 46 58 125 56 M36x2 50 19 1600
632 640 00 632 740 00 40 49 35 44,2 90 57 69 142 60 M42x2 60 16 2770
Heavy-Duty Rod Ends GT DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) Series K, Maintenance Free, External Thread
Material internal ring: Roller bearing steel 100Cr6, hardened
HRC 62 ±1, ground and polished. B d2
Material outer part: Bores 6-12 mm, free cutting steel, turned, bores C1
14-30 mm C22 forged, zinc-plated.
Material bearing race: Free cutting steel with PTFE-lining.
d1
d
For high, radial and axial alternating loads.
Sliding speeds up to 10 m/min.
Load tables pages 459 - 460.
h
G
l1
AR = External Right-hand thread. AL = External Left-hand thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 632 804 00, Rod End GT, AR
Thread ISO Tilting Weight
DIN 13 6H angle
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0.1 C1±0,2 d1 d2 h l1-1.0 G
AR AL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° g
632 804 00 632 904 00 4 7 5,25 6,5 14 30 19 M4 14 9
632 805 00 632 905 00 5 8 6 7,7 18 33 20 M5 13 13
632 806 00 632 906 00 6 9 6,75 8,9 20 36 22 M6 13 20
632 808 00 632 908 00 8 12 9 10,4 24 42 25 M8 14 33
632 810 00 632 910 00 10 14 10,5 12,9 28 48 29 M10 13 56
632 812 00 632 912 00 12 16 12 15,4 32 54 33 M12 13 87
632 814 00 632 914 00 14 19 13,5 16,8 36 60 38 M14 16 129
632 816 00 632 916 00 16 21 15 19,3 42 66 40 M16 15 189
632 818 00 632 918 00 18 23 16,5 21,8 46 72 44 M18x1,5 15 267
632 820 00 632 920 00 20 25 18 24,3 50 78 47 M20x1,5 14 348
632 822 00 632 922 00 22 28 20 25,8 54 84 51 M22x1,5 15 443
632 825 00 632 925 00 25 31 22 29,6 60 94 57 M24x2 15 600
632 830 00 632 930 00 30 37 25 34,8 70 110 71 M30x2 17 1030
632 835 00 632 935 00 35 43 28 37,7 80 125 73 M36x2 19 1600
632 840 00 632 940 00 40 49 35 44,2 90 142 78 M42x2 16 2570
® 463
Heavy-Duty Rod Ends GT-R DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) Series K, Maintenance Free, Stainless Steel, Internal Thread
Material:
Rod End: Stainless steel 1.4057. A B d2
C1
(forged piece)
Thread rolled, surface clear stained.
d1
Ball: Stainless steel 1.4034, hardened, all sides ground, bearing
d
surface super finish.
h1
Bearing Shell: Stainless steel 1.4571 with PTFE-lining.
l3
Tolerances and load tables page 459 - 460.
G d3
IR = Internal Right-hand thread. IL = Internal Left-hand thread.
W d4
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 632 996 05, Rod End GT-R, IR Stainless
Thread ISO Tilting Weight
DIN 13 6H angle
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0.1 C1±0.2 d1 d2 d3 d4 h1 l3-1.0 G W
IR IL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° g
632 996 05 632 997 05 5 8 6 7,7 18 9 11 27 10 M5 9 13 18
632 996 06 632 997 06 6 9 6,75 8,9 20 10 13 30 12 M6 11 13 27
632 996 08 632 997 08 8 12 9 10,4 24 12,5 16 36 16 M8 13 14 46
632 996 10 632 997 10 10 14 10,5 12,9 28 15 19 43 20 M10 17 13 76
632 996 12 632 997 12 12 16 12 15,4 32 17,5 22 50 22 M12 19 13 115
632 996 14 632 997 14 14 19 13,5 16,8 36 20 25 57 25 M14 22 16 170
632 996 16 632 997 16 16 21 15 19,3 42 22 27 64 28 M16 22 15 230
632 996 18 632 997 18 18 23 16,5 21,8 46 25 31 71 32 M18x1,5 27 15 320
632 996 20 632 997 20 20 25 18 24,3 50 27,5 34 77 33 M20x1,5 32 14 415
632 996 22 632 997 22 22 28 20 25,8 54 30 37 84 37 M22x1,5 32 15 540
632 996 25 632 997 25 25 31 22 29,6 60 33,5 42 94 42 M24x2 36 15 750
632 996 30 632 997 30 30 37 25 34,8 70 40 50 110 51 M30x2 41 17 1130
632 996 35 632 997 35 35 43 28 37,7 80 46 58 125 56 M36x2 50 19 1600
632 996 40 632 997 40 40 49 35 44,2 90 57 69 142 60 M42x2 60 16 2770
Heavy-Duty Rod Ends GT-R DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) Series K, Maintenance Free, Stainless Steel, External Thread
Material:
Rod End: Stainless steel 1.4057. A B d2
(forged piece) C1
Thread rolled, surface clear stained.
Ball: Stainless steel 1.4034, hardened,
d1
all sides ground, bearing surface super finish.
d
Bearing Shell: Stainless steel 1.4571 with PTFE-lining.
h
Tolerances and load tables page 459 - 460.
G
l1
AR = External Right-hand thread. AL = External Left-hand thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 632 998 05, Rod End GT-R, AR Stainless
Thread ISO Tilting Weight
DIN 13 6H angle
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0.1 C1±0,2 d1 d2 h l1-1.0 G
AR AL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° g
632 998 05 632 999 05 5 8 6 7,7 18 33 20 M5 13 13
632 998 06 632 999 06 6 9 6,75 8,9 20 36 22 M6 13 20
632 998 08 632 999 08 8 12 9 10,4 24 42 25 M8 14 33
632 998 10 632 999 10 10 14 10,5 12,9 28 48 29 M10 13 56
632 998 12 632 999 12 12 16 12 15,4 32 54 33 M12 13 87
632 998 14 632 999 14 14 19 13,5 16,8 36 60 38 M14 16 129
632 998 16 632 999 16 16 21 15 19,3 42 66 40 M16 15 189
632 998 18 632 999 18 18 23 16,5 21,8 46 72 44 M18x1,5 15 267
632 998 20 632 999 20 20 25 18 24,3 50 78 47 M20x1,5 14 348
632 998 22 632 999 22 22 28 20 25,8 54 84 51 M22x1,5 15 443
632 998 25 632 999 25 25 31 22 29,6 60 94 57 M24x2 15 600
632 998 30 632 999 30 30 37 25 34,8 70 110 71 M30x2 17 1030
632 998 35 632 999 35 35 43 28 37,7 80 125 73 M36x2 19 1600
632 998 40 632 999 40 40 49 35 44,2 90 142 78 M42x2 16 2570
Threaded bars with metric thread and fine thread page 510.
Loctite thread locking and bonding products page 811.
464 ®
Rod Ends GEW DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) Series E, Maintenance Free, Internal Thread
Material:
Housing: up to size 10 free cutting steel 9SMnPb28K, turned, B d2
C1
from size 12 heat-treated steel C45, forged.
Bearing: maintenance-free steel/PTFE bearing.
dK
Tribological pairing: hard chrome - steel/PTFE
d
Tolerances and load tables page 459 - 460.
h1
Application: For pivoting motions (alternating load).
Not for higher speeds.
l3
d3
IR = Internal Right-hand thread. IL = Internal Left-hand thread. G
W d4
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 634 106 00, Rod End GEW, IR
Thread ISO Tilting Weight
DIN 13 6H angle
Product No. Product No. d B C1 d2 d3 d4 dK h1 l3 G W
IR IL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° g
634 106 00 634 306 00 6 6 4,4 20 10 13 10 30 12 M6 11 13 21
634 108 00 634 308 00 8 8 6 24 12,5 16 13 36 16 M8 14 15 38
634 110 00 634 310 00 10 9 7 28 15 19 16 43 20 M10 17 12 60
634 112 00 634 312 00 12 10 8 34 17,5 22 18 50 22 M12 19 11 96
634 115 00 634 315 00 15 12 10 40 21 26 22 61 29 M14 22 8 180
634 116 00 634 316 00 16 14 11 46 24 30 25 67 33 M16 27 10 220
634 117 00 634 317 00 17 14 11 46 24 30 25 67 33 M16 27 10 220
634 120 00 634 320 00 20 16 13 53 27,5 35 29 77 38 M20x1,5 32 9 350
634 125 00 634 325 00 25 20 17 64 33,5 42 35,5 94 48 M24x2 36 7 640
634 130 00 634 330 00 30 22 19 73 40 50 40,7 110 56 M30x2 41 6 930
634 135 00 634 335 00 35 25 21 82 47 58 47 125 60 M36x3 50 6 1300
634 140 00 634 340 00 40 28 23 92 52 65 53 142 65 M39x3 55 7 2000
634 145 00 634 345 00 45 32 27 102 58 70 60 145 65 M42x3 60 7 2500
634 150 00 634 350 00 50 35 30 112 62 75 66 160 68 M45x3 65 6 3500
634 160 00 634 360 00 60 44 38 135 70 88 80 175 70 M52x3 75 6 5550
634 170 00 634 370 00 70 49 42 160 80 98 92 200 80 M56x4 85 6 8600
634 180 00 634 380 00 80 55 47 180 95 110 105 235 85 M64x4 100 6 12000
Rod Ends GAW DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) Series E, Maintenance Free, External Thread
Material:
B
Housing: up to size 10 Free cutting steel 9SMnPb28K, turned, C1 d2
from size 12 heat-treated steel C45, forged.
Bearing: maintenance-free steel/PTFE bearing.
Tribological pairing: hard chrome - steel/PTFE.
dK
d
Tolerances and load tables page 459 - 460.
Application: For pivoting motions (alternating load).
h
Not for higher speeds.
G
l1
AR = External Right-hand thread. AL = External Left-hand thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 634 606 00, Rod End GAW, ER
Thread ISO Tilting Weight
DIN 13 6H angle
Product No. Product No. d B C1 d2 dK h l1 G
AR AL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° g
634 606 00 634 806 00 6 6 4,4 20 10 36 18 M6 13 16
634 608 00 634 808 00 8 8 6 24 13 42 22 M8 15 28
634 610 00 634 810 00 10 9 7 28 16 48 26 M10 12 50
634 612 00 634 812 00 12 10 8 34 18 54 28 M12 11 86
634 615 00 634 815 00 15 12 10 40 22 63 34 M14 8 140
634 616 00 634 816 00 16 14 11 46 25 69 36 M16 10 190
634 617 00 634 817 00 17 14 11 46 25 69 36 M16 10 190
634 620 00 634 820 00 20 16 13 53 29 78 43 M20x1,5 9 320
634 625 00 634 825 00 25 20 17 64 35,5 94 53 M24x2 7 560
634 630 00 634 830 00 30 22 19 73 40,7 110 65 M30x2 6 890
634 635 00 634 835 00 35 25 21 82 47 140 82 M36x3 6 1400
634 640 00 634 840 00 40 28 23 92 53 150 86 M39x3 7 1800
634 645 00 634 845 00 45 32 27 102 60 163 94 M42x3 7 2610
634 650 00 634 850 00 50 35 30 112 66 185 107 M45x3 6 3450
634 660 00 634 860 00 60 44 38 135 80 210 115 M52x3 6 5900
634 670 00 634 870 00 70 49 42 160 92 235 125 M56x4 6 8200
634 680 00 634 880 00 80 55 47 180 105 270 140 M64x4 6 12000
Threaded bars with metric thread and fine thread page 510.
Loctite thread locking and bonding products page 811.
® 465
Heavy-Duty Rod Ends BR with Spherical Bearing DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) Series K, Internal Thread
Material rod end: Alloyed, case-hardened steel (forged piece)
B
quenched and tempered, bearing race hardened, ground and C1 d2
lapped. Thread rolled/cut, surface zinc-plated and chromatised.
Material inner ring: Bearing steel hardened, precisely honed.
Lubricant: Calcium-complex grease (-20ºC to +120ºC).
d
If required special lubricants.
h1
Rod end with low friction ball bearing, long-term lubricated,
l3
sealed with cover plates, with high load rating.
G d3
d4
IR = Internal Right-hand thread. IL = Internal Left-hand thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 632 406 00, Rod End BR, IR
Load Rating [kN] Calculation Speed Weight
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0,1 C1 d2 d3 d4 h1 l3 G dynam. static Factors* nmax
IR IL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° C C0 Y Y0 min-1. g
632 406 00 632 456 00 6 9 6,75 20 10 13 30 12 M6 8 2,8 0,65 2,09 2,19 1350 23
632 408 00 632 458 00 8 12 9 24 12,5 16 36 16 M8 8,5 4,0 1,0 1,8 1,89 1300 41
632 410 00 632 460 00 10 14 10,5 28 15 19 43 20 M10 8 4,5 1,5 1,9 1,81 1225 66
632 412 00 632 462 00 12 16 12 32 17,5 22 50 22 M12 7,5 5,0 1,8 1,74 1,82 1125 100
632 414 00 632 464 00 14 19 13,5 36 20 25 57 25 M14 6 5,6 2,0 2,36 2,48 1025 150
632 416 00 632 466 00 16 21 15 42 22 27 64 28 M16 8 6,3 2,4 2,24 2,35 975 199
632 418 00 632 468 00 18 23 16,5 46 25 31 71 32 M18x1,5 8,5 7,1 2,9 2,21 2,31 900 278
632 420 00 632 470 00 20 25 18 50 27,5 34 77 33 M20x1,5 7 7,9 3,5 2,46 2,58 825 352
632 422 00 632 472 00 22 28 20 54 30 38 84 37 M22x1,5 8 9,3 4,0 2,35 2,24 725 470
632 425 00 632 475 00 25 31 22 64 30 35 94 42 M24x2 5 11,0 5,7 2,02 2,12 600 583
632 430 00 632 480 00 30 37 25 70 40 50 110 51 M30x2 7,5 14,2 7,5 2,24 2,35 450 925
* Calculation see page 468.
Heavy-Duty Rod Ends BR with Spherical Bearing DIN 12240-4 (DIN 648) Series K, External Thread
Material rod end: Alloyed, case-hardened steel (forged piece)
quenched and tempered, bearing race hardened, ground and B
d2
lapped. Thread rolled/cut, surface zinc-plated and chromatised. C1
Material inner ring: Bearing steel hardened, precisely honed.
Lubricant: Calcium-complex grease (-20ºC to +120ºC).
Special grease if required.
d
Basically without friction, long-term lubrication, sealed with cover
plates, offer small dimensions, large pivoting angle and high load
h
rating. G
l1
AR = External Right-hand thread. AL = External Left-hand thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 632 506 00, Rod End BR, AR
Load Rating [kN] Calculation Speed Weight
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0,1 C1 d2 h l1 G dynam. static Factors* nmax
AR AL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° C C0 Y Y0 min-1. g
632 506 00 632 556 00 6 9 6,75 20 36 22 M6 8 2,8 0,65 2,09 2,19 1350 18
632 508 00 632 558 00 8 12 9 24 42 25 M8 8,5 4,0 1,0 1,8 1,89 1300 33
632 510 00 632 560 00 10 14 10,5 28 48 29 M10 8 4,5 1,5 1,9 1,81 1225 57
632 512 00 632 562 00 12 16 12 32 54 33 M12 7,5 5,0 1,8 1,74 1,82 1125 81
632 514 00 632 564 00 14 19 13,5 36 60 36 M14 6 5,6 2,0 2,36 2,48 1025 122
632 516 00 632 566 00 16 21 15 42 66 40 M16 8 6,3 2,4 2,24 2,35 975 166
632 518 00 632 568 00 18 23 16,5 46 72 44 M18x1,5 8,5 7,1 2,9 2,21 2,31 900 241
632 520 00 632 570 00 20 25 18 50 78 47 M20x1,5 7 7,9 3,5 2,46 2,58 825 303
632 522 00 632 572 00 22 28 20 54 84 51 M22x1,5 8 9,3 4,0 2,35 2,24 725 391
632 525 00 632 575 00 25 31 22 64 94 57 M24x2 5 11,0 5,7 2,02 2,12 600 598
632 530 00 632 580 00 30 37 25 70 110 66 M30x2 7,5 14,2 7,5 2,24 2,35 450 825
* Calculation see page 468.
Threaded bars with metric thread and fine thread page 510.
Loctite thread locking and bonding products page 811.
466 ®
Heavy-Duty Rod Ends BR-R with Spherical Bearing DIN 12240-4 Series K, Stainless Steel, Internal Thread
Material rod end: Stainless steel, forged, hardened. B
Bearing race superfinished. A C1 d2
Material inner ring and rollers: Stainless steel,
hardened, superfinished.
d
Lubricant: Aluminium-complex-soap-grease,
approval according to USDA H1, -45ºC to +120ºC.
h1
If required special lubricants.
l3
Basically without friction, long-term lubrication, sealed with
cover plates, offer small dimensions, large pivoting angle and G d3
high load rating. d4
IR = Internal Right-hand thread. IL = Internal Left-hand thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 632 994 06, Rod End BR-R, IR
Load Rating [kN] Calculation Speed Weight
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0,1 C1 d2 d3 d4 h1 l3 G dynam. static Factors* nmax
IR IL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° C C0 Y Y0 min-1. g
632 994 06 632 994 56 6 9 6,75 20 10 13 30 12 M6 8 1,9 0,5 2,09 2,19 1350 24
632 994 08 632 994 58 8 12 9 24 12,5 16 36 16 M8 8,5 2,8 0,7 1,8 1,89 1300 44
632 994 10 632 994 60 10 14 10,5 28 15 19 43 20 M10 8 3,1 1,0 1,9 1,81 1225 72
632 994 12 632 994 62 12 16 12 32 17,5 22 50 22 M12 7,5 3,5 1,3 1,74 1,82 1125 107
632 994 16 632 994 66 16 21 15 42 22 27 64 28 M16 8 4,3 1,6 2,24 2,35 975 224
632 994 20 632 994 70 20 25 18 50 27,5 34 77 33 M20x1,5 7 5,4 2,3 2,46 2,58 825 367
* Calculation see page 468.
Heavy-Duty Rod Ends BR with Spherical Bearing DIN 12240-4 Series K, Stainless Steel, External Thread
Material rod end: Stainless steel, forged, hardened.
Bearing race superfinished, thread rolled. A B
C1 d2
Material inner ring and rollers: Stainless steel,
hardened, superfinished
Lubricant: Aluminium-complex-soap-grease,
d
approval according to USDA H1, -45ºC to +120ºC.
If required special lubricants.
h
Basically without friction, long-term lubrication, sealed with cover
G
l1
plates, offer small dimensions, large pivoting angle and high load
rating.
AR = External Right-hand thread. AL = External Left-hand thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 632 995 06, Rod End BR-R, AR
Load Rating [kN] Calculation Speed Weight
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0,1 C1 d2 h l1 G dynam. static Factors* nmax
AR AL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° C C0 Y Y0 min-1. g
632 995 06 632 995 56 6 9 6,75 20 36 22 M6 8 1,9 0,5 2,09 2,19 1350 19
632 995 08 632 995 58 8 12 9 24 42 25 M8 8,5 2,8 0,7 1,8 1,89 1300 36
632 995 10 632 995 60 10 14 10,5 28 48 29 M10 8 3,1 1,0 1,9 1,81 1225 60
632 995 12 632 995 62 12 16 12 32 54 33 M12 7,5 3,5 1,3 1,74 1,82 1125 87
632 995 16 632 995 66 16 21 15 42 66 40 M16 8 4,3 1,6 2,24 2,35 975 190
632 995 20 632 995 70 20 25 18 50 78 47 M20x1,5 7 5,4 2,3 2,46 2,58 825 338
* Calculation see page 468.
Threaded bars with metric thread and Fine
thread page 510.
Loctite thread locking and bonding products
page 811.
® 467
Heavy-Duty Rod Ends PF with Integral Spherical Bearing
Material rod end: Alloyed, case-hardened steel (forged) quenched
and tempered, bearing race hardened, ground and lapped. Thread B
d2
rolled/cut, surface zinc-plated and chromatised. C1
Material inner ring: Bearing steel hardened, precisely turned.
Lubricant: Calcium-complex grease (-20ºC to +120ºC).
d
Special grease if required.
l7
Short design with internal thread.
h1
Threaded bars with metric ISO thread and ISO fine thread page
l3
510.
G d3
IR = Internal Right-hand thread. IL = Internal Left-hand thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 634 410 00, Rod End PF
Bearing loads [kN] Calculation- Speed Weight
Product No. Product No. d11) Bh12 C1 d2 d3 h1 l3 l7 G dynam. static Factors
IR IL mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm ° C C0 Y Y0 nmax. g
634 410 00 634 460 00 10 13 9 30 15 38 17 14,5 M8 7 2,6 1,0 1,90 1,81 1225 63
634 415 00 634 465 00 15 16,5 12 40 19 51 24 20 M12 7 5,0 1,9 2,30 2,41 1025 143
634 420 00 634 470 00 20 20,5 15 48 22 65 32 22 M16 6,5 6,1 3,0 2,34 2,45 850 223
1) Tolerance DIN 620.
* in min-1
Inner Rings - Tolerances DIN 620
Nominal dimension range of the bore Tolerance
d1 in µm
mm
above up to min. max.
0,6 2,5 -8 +1
2,5 10 -8 +1
10 18 -8 +1
18 30 -9 +1
30 50 -11 +1
Rough Calculation for Rod Ends/Ball Bearing Type
= half the pivoting angle in º Nominal Service Life L n (n)
C = dynamic load rating in N
C0 = static load rating in N
Fa
Fr
n
=
=
=
axial load in N (F a
radial load in N
r)
speed or pivoting frequency in min -1
Rotating:
L h rot = 10 6
( )
C z
P
60 . n
[h]
P = dynamic equivalent radial load in N
(for self-aligning ball bearing P = Fr + Y . Fa)
(for self-aligning roller bearing P = F r + 9.5 . F a )
P0 = Static equivalent radial load in N
( )
(for self-aligning ball bearing P0 = Fr + Y0 . Fa) Oscillating: C z
(for self-aligning roller bearing P 0 = F r + 5 . F a ) 3
Y = axial factor, dynamic P
Y0 = axial factor, static 90
L h osz. = 10 6 [h]
60 . n
z=3 for self-aligning ball bearing
z = 3.33 for self-aligning roller bearing
Conditions: Pivoting angle 3º
For pivoting angle < 3º we recommend
the use of rod ends with slide bearings.
Static load
stationary: P0 0 [N]
468 ®
Spherical Bearings Series K, Steel or Stainless Steel, re-lubricateable
Material standard: Inner ring bearing steel 100Cr6, hardened, Version G
ground and polished. Bearing shell special bronze CuSn8.
B
Material stainless: Inner ring stainless steel 1.4034, hardened, C D
ground and polished. Bearing shell special bronze CuSn8. A
• DIN 12240-1 (DIN 648), series K (wide shape).
• Re-lubricateable (from size 6 with lubrication hole).
d1
d
• Initial lubrication before use is required.
• Suitable for higher speeds.
• Without additional outer ring.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 633 205 00, Spherical Bearing, Series K, Steel, re-lubricateable, 5mm
A
Load Rating [kN] Speed Weight
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0,1 C-0,1 D-0,012 d1 dynam. static nmax
Standard Stainless mm mm mm mm mm ° C C0 min-1. g
633 205 00* 633 992 05 5 8 6 13 7,7 13 3,3 19,8 - 5
633 206 00 633 992 06 6 9 6,75 16 8,9 13 4,3 25,8 1500 9
633 208 00 633 992 08 8 12 9 19 10,4 14 7,1 42,6 1200 16
633 210 00 633 992 10 10 14 10,5 22 12,9 13 10 60 1000 25
633 212 00 633 992 12 12 16 12 26 15,4 13 13,5 80 860 40
633 214 00 633 992 14 14 19 13,5 28 16,8 16 17 103 750 51
633 216 00 633 992 16 16 21 15 32 19,3 15 21,5 129 660 76
633 218 00 633 992 18 18 23 16,5 35 21,8 15 26 157 600 97
633 220 00 633 992 20 20 25 18 40 24,3 14 31,5 189 540 141
633 222 00 633 992 22 22 28 20 42 25,8 15 38 229 500 168
633 225 00 633 992 25 25 31 22 47 29,6 15 47 293 440 231
633 230 00 633 992 30 30 37 25 55 34,8 17 64 416 370 362
633 235 00 633 992 35 35 43 28 62 37,7 19 80 480 330 502
633 240 00 633 992 40 40 49 35 72 44,2 16 116 693 290 832
* Without lubrication bore.
Spherical Bearings Series K, Steel or Stainless Steel, re-lubricateable, with Outer Ring
Material standard: Inner ring bearing steel 100Cr6, hardened, Version S
ground and polished. Bearing shell special bronze CuSn8. B
Outer ring steel 9SMnPb28K, zinc plated. DA
C
Material stainless: Inner ring stainless steel 1.4034, hardened,
ground and polished. Bearing shell special bronze CuSn8. A
Outer ring stainless steel 1.4305.
• DIN 12240-1 (DIN 648), series K (wide shape).
d1
d
• Re-lubricateable, initial lubrication before use is required.
• Suitable for higher speeds.
• With additional outer ring.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 633 005 00, Spherical Bearing, Series K, Steel, re-lubricateable, with Outer Ring, 5mm
A
Load Rating [kN] Speed Weight
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0,1 C-0,1 DA-0,012 d1 dynam. static nmax
Standard Stainless mm mm mm mm mm ° C C0 min-1. g
633 005 00 633 990 05 5 8 6 16 7,7 13 3,3 19,8 1200 8
633 006 00 633 990 06 6 9 6,75 18 8,9 13 4,3 25,8 1500 12
633 008 00 633 990 08 8 12 9 22 10,4 14 7,1 42,6 1200 23
633 010 00 633 990 10 10 14 10,5 26 12,9 13 10 60 1000 38
633 012 00 633 990 12 12 16 12 30 15,4 13 13,5 80 860 58
633 014 00 633 990 14 14 19 13,5 34 16,8 16 17 103 750 83
633 016 00 633 990 16 16 21 15 38 19,3 15 21,5 129 660 115
633 018 00 633 990 18 18 23 16,5 42 21,8 15 26 157 600 150
633 020 00 633 990 20 20 25 18 46 24,3 14 31,5 189 540 200
633 022 00 633 990 22 22 28 20 50 25,8 15 38 229 500 270
633 025 00 633 990 25 25 31 22 56 29,6 15 47 293 440 375
633 030 00 633 990 30 30 37 25 66 34,8 17 64 416 370 540
633 035 00 633 990 35 35 43 28 78 37,7 19 80 480 330 850
633 040 00 633 990 40 40 49 35 87 44,2 16 116 693 290 1400
® 469
Spherical Bearings Series K, Steel or Stainless Steel, maintenance-free
Material standard: Inner ring bearing steel 100Cr6, hardened, Version G..D
ground and polished. Bearing shell steel 9SMnPb28K,
zinc plated, with PTFE-lining. B
C D
Material stainless: Inner ring stainless steel 1.4034, hardened,
ground and polished. Bearing shell stainless steel 1.4571, A
with PTFE-lining.
• DIN 12240-1 (DIN 648), series K (wide shape).
d1
d
• Maintenance-free.
• Suitable for high dynamic loads.
• Without additional outer ring.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 633 305 00, Spherical Bearing, Series K, Steel, maintenance-free, 5mm
A
Load Rating [kN] Speed Weight
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0,1 C-0,1 D-0,012 d1 dynam. static nmax
Standard Stainless mm mm mm mm mm ° C C0 min-1. g
633 305 00 633 993 05 5 8 6 13 7,7 13 7,5 12,5 600 6
633 306 00 633 993 06 6 9 6,75 16 8,9 13 9,3 15,5 530 9
633 308 00 633 993 08 8 12 9 19 10,4 14 16,7 27,8 420 17
633 310 00 633 993 10 10 14 10,5 22 12,9 13 23,4 39 350 26
633 312 00 633 993 12 12 16 12 26 15,4 13 32 53,5 300 41
633 314 00 633 993 14 14 19 13,5 28 16,8 16 42 70 260 56
633 316 00 633 993 16 16 21 15 32 19,3 15 52,5 88 230 75
633 318 00 633 993 18 18 23 16,5 35 21,8 15 64 107 210 97
633 320 00 633 993 20 20 25 18 40 24,3 14 78 130 190 142
633 322 00 633 993 22 22 28 20 42 25,8 15 97 162 170 169
633 325 00 633 993 25 25 31 22 47 29,6 15 122 204 150 230
633 330 00 633 993 30 30 37 25 55 34,8 17 168 281 130 369
633 335 00 633 993 35 35 43 28 62 37,7 19 206 343 110 505
633 340 00 633 993 40 40 49 35 72 44,2 16 286 495 100 832
Spherical Bearings Series K, Steel or Stainless Steel, maintenance-free, with Outer Ring
Material standard: Inner ring bearing steel 100Cr6, hardened, Version S..D
ground and polished. Outer ring and bearing shell steel, zinc B DA
plated. With PTFE-lining. C
Material stainless: Inner ring stainless steel 1.4034, hardened,
ground and polished. Bearing shell stainless steel 1.4571 A
with PTFE-lining. Outer ring stainless steel 1.4305.
• DIN 12240-1 (DIN 648), series K (wide shape).
d1
d
• Maintenance-free.
• Suitable for high dynamic loads.
• With additional outer ring.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 633 105 00, Spherical Bearing, Series K, Steel, maintenance-free, with Outer Ring 5mm
A
Load Rating [kN] Speed Weight
Product No. Product No. dH7 B-0,1 C-0,1 DA-0,012 d1 dynam. static nmax
Standard Stainless mm mm mm mm mm ° C C0 min-1. g
633 105 00 633 991 05 5 8 6 16 7,7 13 7,5 12,5 600 8
633 106 00 633 991 06 6 9 6,75 18 8,9 13 9,3 15,5 530 12
633 108 00 633 991 08 8 12 9 22 10,4 14 16,7 27,8 420 23
633 110 00 633 991 10 10 14 10,5 26 12,9 13 23,4 39 350 38
633 112 00 633 991 12 12 16 12 30 15,4 13 32 53,5 300 58
633 114 00 633 991 14 14 19 13,5 34 16,8 16 42 70 260 83
633 116 00 633 991 16 16 21 15 38 19,3 15 52,5 88 230 115
633 118 00 633 991 18 18 23 16,5 42 21,8 15 64 107 210 150
633 120 00 633 991 20 20 25 18 46 24,3 14 78 130 190 200
633 122 00 633 991 22 22 28 20 50 25,8 15 97 162 170 270
633 125 00 633 991 25 25 31 22 56 29,6 15 122 204 150 375
633 130 00 633 991 30 30 37 25 66 34,8 17 168 281 130 540
633 135 00 633 991 35 35 43 28 78 37,7 19 206 343 110 850
633 140 00 633 991 40 40 49 35 87 44,2 16 286 495 100 1400
470 ®
Spherical Bearings Series E, Steel, re-lubricateable
Material: Inner ring and bearing shell from bearing steel Version GE..DO
100Cr6, hardened, ground and phosphated. Treated with B
molybdenum disulfide. Bearing shell (outer ring) cut. D
C
• DIN 12240-1 (DIN 648), series E (slim shape).
• Re-lubricateable (from size 15 with lubrication hole).
• Initial lubrication before use is required.
dK
d1
d
• Suitable for high, alternating loads.
• Sliding speed up to 60 m/min.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 633 606 00, Spherical Bearing, Series E, re-lubricateable, 6mm
Tilting
Angel
Product No. d B* C D d1 dk Weight
Standard mm mm mm mm mm mm ° g
633 606 00** 6-0,008 6 4 14-0,008 8,0 10 13 4
633 608 00** 8-0,008 8 5 16-0,008 10,2 13 15 7
633 610 00** 10-0,008 9 6 19-0,009 13,2 16 12 11
633 612 00** 12-0,008 10 7 22-0,009 14,9 18 11 17
633 615 00 15-0,008 12 9 26-0,009 18,4 22 8 26
633 616 00 16-0,008 14 10 30-0,009 20,7 25 10 40
633 617 00 17-0,008 14 10 30-0,009 20,7 25 10 40
633 620 00 20-0,010 16 12 35-0,011 24,1 29 9 64
633 625 00 25-0,010 20 16 42-0,011 29,3 35,5 7 115
633 630 00 30-0,010 22 18 47-0,011 34,2 40,7 6 149
633 635 00 35-0,012 25 20 5-0,013 39,7 47 6 228
633 640 00 40-0,012 28 22 62-0,013 45,0 53 7 318
633 645 00 45-0,012 32 25 68-0,013 50,7 60 7 421
633 650 00 50-0,012 35 28 75-0,013 55,9 66 6 562
633 660 00 60-0,015 44 36 90-0,015 66,8 80 6 1030
633 670 00 70-0,015 49 40 105-0,015 77,8 92 6 1570
633 680 00 80-0,015 55 45 120-0,015 89,4 105 6 2320
* Outer ring tolerance before cutting. ** Up to size 12 without lubrication bore. Technical tables page 459 - 460.
Spherical Bearings Series E, Steel or Stainless Steel, maintenance-free
Material standard: Inner ring bearing steel 100Cr6, hardened, Version GE..UK
ground, polished and hard chromed. Bearing shell from bearing B
steel, 100Cr6 with PTFE-lining. From size 35 in 2RS-version D
C
(sealed on both sides).
Material stainless: Inner ring stainless steel 1.4125
(from size 45 stainless steel 1.4112), hardened, ground and A
polished. Bearing shell stainless steel 1.4571, with PTFE-lining.
dK
d1
d
• DIN 12240-1 (DIN 648), series E (slim shape).
• Maintenance-free.
• Suitable for high unidirectional load.
• Sliding speed up to 10 m/min.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 633 706 00, Spherical Bearing, Series E, maintenance-free, 6mm
Tilting
A
Angel
Product No. Product No. d B C D d1 dK Weight
Standard Stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm ° g
633 706 00 633 997 06 6-0,008 6 4 14-0,008 8,0 10 13 4
633 708 00 633 997 08 8-0,008 8 5 16-0,008 10,2 13 15 7
633 710 00 633 997 10 10-0,008 9 6 19-0,009 13,2 16 12 11
633 712 00 633 997 12 12-0,008 10 7 22-0,009 14,9 18 11 17
633 715 00 633 997 15 15-0,008 12 9 26-0,009 18,4 22 8 26
633 716 00 633 997 16 16-0,008 14 10 30-0,009 20,7 25 10 40
633 717 00 633 997 17 17-0,008 14 10 30-0,009 20,7 25 10 40
633 720 00 633 997 20 20-0,010 16 12 35-0,011 24,1 29 9 64
633 725 00 633 997 25 25-0,010 20 16 42-0,011 29,3 35,5 7 115
633 730 00 633 997 30 30-0,010 22 18 47-0,011 34,2 40,7 6 149
633 735 00* 633 997 35 35-0,012 25 20 55-0,013 39,8 47 6 228
633 740 00* 633 997 40 40-0,012 28 22 62-0,013 45,0 53 7 318
633 745 00* 633 997 45 45-0,012 32 25 68-0,013 50,8 60 7 421
633 750 00* 633 997 50 50-0,015 35 28 75-0,013 56,0 66 6 532
633 760 00* 633 997 60 60-0,015 44 36 90-0,015 66,8 80 6 1030
633 770 00* 633 997 70 70-0,015 49 40 105-0,015 77,9 92 6 1570
633 780 00* 633 997 80 80-0,015 55 45 120-0,015 89,4 105 6 2320
* From size 35 in 2RS-version (sealed on both sides). Technical tables page 459 - 460.
® 471
Clevis Joints similar DIN 71752, Aluminium, KL Clevis Joints similar DIN 71752, Aluminium, SL
d d
f f
e
b
b
a
a
c c
Material: Clevis and bolt aluminium, anodized black. Material: Clevis and bolt aluminium, anodized black.
With KL-Retainer from steel, bright zinc plated. With SL-Retainer from steel, bright zinc plated.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 660 01, Clevis joint 4 x 8, Aluminium, KL Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 664 01, Clevis joint 4 x 8, Aluminium, SL
Product No. Product No. Size a b c d e f Weight
KL right SL right mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
637 660 01 637 664 01 4x8 8 4 8 16 M4 4 2,2
637 660 02 637 664 02 4 x 16 8 4 16 24 M4 4 2,9
637 660 03 637 664 03 5 x 10 10 5 10 20 M5 5 4,2
637 660 05 637 664 05 6 x 12 12 6 12 24 M6 6 7,2
637 660 07 637 664 07 8 x 16 16 8 16 32 M8 8 16,8
637 660 09 637 664 09 10 x 20 20 10 20 40 M10 10 33,3
637 660 11 637 664 11 12 x 24 24 12 24 48 M12 12 54,4
637 660 13 637 664 13 14 x 28 27 14 28 56 M14 14 78,1
637 660 15 637 664 15 16 x 32 32 16 32 64 M16 16 121,2
Clevises similar DIN 71752, Aluminium Snap-On-Bolts type ES
c
b
e
a
Material: Aluminium, anodized black. Material: Steel, bright zinc plated.
To be used with ES bolt or customer´s bolt. ES bolt and clevis can be used as fork joint.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 662 01, Clevis 4 x 8, Aluminium Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 401 00, ES Bolt for Clevis 4 x 8
Weight Weiht
Product No. Product No. Size a b c d e f Clevis Bolt
Clevis ES Bolt mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
637 662 01 637 401 00 4x8 8 4 8 16 M4 4 1,7 1,5
637 662 02 637 402 00 4 x 16 8 4 16 24 M4 4 2,4 2,6
637 662 03 637 403 00 5 x 10 10 5 10 20 M5 5 3,1 2,7
637 662 05 637 405 00 6 x 12 12 6 12 24 M6 6 5,2 4,6
637 662 07 637 407 00 8 x 16 16 8 16 32 M8 8 12,7 10,4
637 662 09 637 409 00 10 x 20 20 10 20 40 M10 10 25,4 19
637 662 11 637 411 00 12 x 24 24 12 24 48 M12 12 41,6 33,5
637 662 13 637 413 00 14 x 28 27 14 28 56 M14 14 61,2 45
637 662 15 637 415 00 16 x 32 32 16 32 64 M16 16 96,9 70
Loctite thread locking and bonding products
page 811.
472 ®
Clevis Joints similar DIN 71752, Stainless Clevises similar DIN 71752, Stainless
Material: Stainless Steel 1.4305. Material: Stainless steel 1.4305.
A A
Design A: With bolt and circlip. Design G: Without bolt.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 990 01, Clevis DIN 71752, A 4 x 8, Right Hand, Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 992 01, Clevis DIN 71752, G 4 x 8, Right Hand,
Stainless Stainless
Weights
Product No. Product No. Size a b c d e f A G
A Right G Right mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
637 990 01 637 992 01 4x 8 8 4 8 16 M4 4 6 5
637 990 02 637 992 02 4 x 16 8 4 16 24 M4 4 8 7
637 990 03 637 992 03 5 x 10 10 5 10 20 M5 5 10 9
637 990 04 637 992 04 5 x 20 10 5 20 30 M5 5 14 13
637 990 05 637 992 05 6 x 12 12 6 12 24 M6 6 16 15
637 990 06 637 992 06 6 x 24 12 6 24 36 M6 6 23 22
637 990 07 637 992 07 8 x 16 16 8 16 32 M8 8 38 37
637 990 08 637 992 08 8 x 32 16 8 32 48 M8 8 55 54
637 990 09 637 992 09 10 x 20 20 10 20 40 M10 10 80 74
637 990 10 637 992 10 10 x 40 20 10 40 60 M10 10 120 116
637 990 11 637 992 11 12 x 24 24 12 24 48 M12 12 125 121
637 990 12 637 992 12 12 x 48 24 12 48 72 M12 12 180 175
637 990 13 637 992 13 14 x 28 27 14 28 56 M14 14 190 178
637 990 14 637 992 14 14 x 56 27 14 56 85 M14 14 265 258
637 990 15 637 992 15 16 x 32 32 16 32 64 M16 16 300 282
637 990 16 637 992 16 16 x 64 32 16 64 96 M16 16 430 410
Clevis Joints DIN 71752, Steel Clevises DIN 71752, Steel Snap-On-Bolts type ES, Steel
Material: Steel zinc-plated. Material: Steel zinc-plated. Material: Steel zinc-plated.
Design A: with split pin. Design G: without bolt. ES-Standard 01
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 001 00, Clevis Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 201 00, Clevis Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 401 00, ES Pin,
DIN 71752, A 4 x 8 Right Hand DIN 71752, G 4 x 8 Right Hand for G 4 x 8
Weights
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Size a b c d e f A G ES
A Right A Left G Right G Left ES Bolt mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g g
637 001 00 637 101 00 637 201 00 637 301 00 637 401 00 4x8 8 4 8 16 M4 4 6 5 1,5
637 002 00 637 102 00 637 202 00 637 302 00 637 402 00 4 x 16 8 4 16 24 M4 4 8 7 2,6
637 003 00 637 103 00 637 203 00 637 303 00 637 403 00 5 x 10 10 5 10 20 M5 5 10 9 2,7
637 004 00 637 104 00 637 204 00 637 304 00 637 404 00 5 x 20 10 5 20 30 M5 5 14 13 2,9
637 005 00 637 105 00 637 205 00 637 305 00 637 405 00 6 x 12 12 6 12 24 M6 6 16 15 4,6
637 006 00 637 106 00 637 206 00 637 306 00 637 406 00 6 x 24 12 6 24 36 M6 6 23 22 5
637 007 00 637 107 00 637 207 00 637 307 00 637 407 00 8 x 16 16 8 16 32 M8 8 38 37 10,4
637 008 00 637 108 00 637 208 00 637 308 00 637 408 00 8 x 32 16 8 32 48 M8 8 55 54 11,5
637 009 00 637 109 00 637 209 00 637 309 00 637 409 00 10 x 20 20 10 20 40 M10 10 80 74 19
637 010 00 637 110 00 637 210 00 637 310 00 637 410 00 10 x 40 20 10 40 60 M10 10 120 116 20,3
637 011 00 637 111 00 637 211 00 637 311 00 637 411 00 12 x 24 24 12 24 48 M12 12 125 121 33,5
637 012 00 637 112 00 637 212 00 637 312 00 637 412 00 12 x 48 24 12 48 72 M12 12 180 175 34,5
637 013 00 637 113 00 637 213 00 637 313 00 637 413 00 14 x 28 27 14 28 56 M14 14 190 178 45
637 014 00 637 114 00 637 214 00 637 314 00 637 414 00 14 x 56 27 14 56 85 M14 14 265 258 50
637 015 00 637 115 00 637 215 00 637 315 00 637 415 00 16 x 32 32 16 32 64 M16 16 300 282 70
637 016 00 637 116 00 637 216 00 637 316 00 637 416 00 16 x 64 32 16 64 96 M16 16 430 410 80
Clevis with ES-bolt can be used as fork joint.
® 473
Clevis Joints DIN 71752, External Thread, Zinc-Plated
Material: 11SMnPb30 zinc-plated.
Design A: Right-handed thread, with bolt and split pin.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 705 00, Clevis Joint DIN 71752, A, External Thread
Product No. Size a b c d e f l1±0,5 Weight
A Right mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
637 705 00 6 x 12 12 6 12 37 M6 6 44 16
637 707 00 8 x 16 16 8 16 47 M8 8 57 38
637 709 00 10 x 20 20 10 20 57 M10 10 69 74
637 711 00 12 x 24 24 12 24 68 M12 12 82 126
637 713 00 14 x 28 27 14 28 78 M14 14 94 183
637 715 00 16 x 32 32 16 32 89 M16 16 108 306
Clevises DIN 71752, External Thread, Zinc Plated Snap-On-Bolts type ES
Material: 11SMnPb30 zinc-plated. Material: Steel, zinc-plated.
Design G: Right-handed thread, without bolt. ES bolt and clevis can be used as fork joint.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 505 00, Clevis DIN 71752, G, External Thread Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 405 00, ES Bolt for Clevis 6 x 12
Weight
Product No. Product No. Size a b c d e f l1±0,5 Clevis ES Bolt
Clevis ES Bolt mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
637 505 00 637 405 00 6 x 12 12 6 12 37 M6 6 44 15 14,6
637 507 00 637 407 00 8 x 16 16 8 16 47 M8 8 57 36 10,4
637 509 00 637 409 00 10 x 20 20 10 20 57 M10 10 69 68 19,0
637 511 00 637 411 00 12 x 24 24 12 24 68 M12 12 82 122 33,5
637 513 00 637 413 00 14 x 28 27 14 28 78 M14 14 94 171 45,0
637 515 00 637 415 00 16 x 32 32 16 32 89 M16 16 108 288 70,0
Mating Pieces with Internal Thread for Clevis Joints DIN 71752, Zinc Plated
Material: 11SMnPb30 zinc-plated.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 637 605 00, Mating piece with Internal Thread,
Right-Hand
Product No. Size a b c d e f l 1±0,5 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
637 605 00 6 x 12 12 6 9 24 M6 6 31 21
637 607 00 8 x 16 16 8 12 32 M8 8 42 51
637 609 00 10 x 20 20 10 15 40 M10 10 52 98
637 611 00 12 x 24 24 12 18 48 M12 12 62 168
637 613 00 14 x 28 27 14 21 56 M14 14 72 247
637 615 00 16 x 32 32 16 24 64 M16 16 83 397
474 ®
Angle Joints DIN 71802, zinc-plated
Material: Steel zinc-plated. Socket with right-hand
or left-hand thread
Form C: With threaded bolt and hexagon nut, ball stud hardened. Design C Design CS
Form CS: With threaded bolt, hexagon nut and circlip. Ball stud
hardened.
Right = Right-hand thread in the socket.
Left = Left-hand thread in the socket.
Ball stud always with
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 636 405 00, Angle Joint DIN 71802, C 8, Right
right-hand thread.
Hand
Pivoting Angle Weight
Product-No. Product-No. Product-No. Product-No. d1H9/h9 d2 SWh14 a+0,3 e l3±3 l2±0,3 C CS*
C Rigth CS Right C Left CS Left mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees Degrees g
636 405 00 636 605 00 636 505 00 636 705 00 8 M5 7 22 10,2 9 10,2 18º 18º/10º 15,2
636 406 00 636 606 00 636 506 00 636 706 00 10 M6 8 25 11,5 11 12,5 18º 18º/15º 25,2
636 408 00 636 608 00 636 508 00 636 708 00 13 M8 11 30 14 13 16,5 18º 18º/15º 53,1
636 410 00 636 610 00 636 510 00 636 710 00 16 M10 13 35 15,5 16 20 18º 18º/15º 103,8
636 414 00 636 614 00 636 514 00 636 714 00 19 M14x1,5 16 45 21,5 20 28 18º 18º/15º 220,9
* Pivoting angle reduced by circlip.
Angle Joints DIN 71802, Stainless
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305. socket with right-hand
A Form CS or left-hand thread
Design CS: With threaded bolt, hexagon nut and circlip.
Right = Right-hand thread in the socket.
Left = Left-hand thread in the socket.
ball stud always right-
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 636 996 05, Angle Joint DIN 71802, CS 8, Right
hand thread.
Hand, Stainless
Product-No. Product-No. d1H9/h9 d2 SWh14 a+0,3 e l3±3 l2±0,3 Pivoting Angle* Weight
CS Rigth CS Left mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees g
636 996 05 636 997 05 8 M5 7 22 10,2 9 10,2 18º/10º 15,2
636 996 06 636 997 06 10 M6 8 25 11,5 11 12,5 18º/15º 25,2
636 996 08 636 997 08 13 M8 11 30 14 13 16,5 18º/15º 53,1
636 996 10 636 997 10 16 M10 13 35 15,5 16 20 18º/15º 103,8
636 996 14 636 997 14 19 M14x1,5 16 45 21,5 20 28 18º/15º 220,9
* Pivoting angle reduced by circlip.
Sealing Cap for Angle Joints DIN 71802
Material: Neoprene.
The sealing caps have delivered an optimal performance used
with joints in very dirty or dusty environment. They also offer
good protection against spray water and steam. Temperature
range: -30ºC to +110ºC (short term 140ºC).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 636 775 00, Sealing Cap for 8 mm d1
Product No. for d1 Weight
DIN 71802 d1 d2 d3 d4 h1 h2 p.% Pcs.
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
636 775 00 8 4 5,4 9 11,5 4,5 1,5 32
636 776 00 10 5,5 6,9 10,5 13 6,5 3,5 44
636 778 00 13 7 8,6 14 17 7,5 3,5 86
636 780 00 16 9 10,5 17,5 21 8,5 4,5 116
636 782 00 19 11 12,6 21 24,5 12 7 215
® 475
Linear Technology / Overview
Shaft Steel
Silver Steel Material Shaft Steel Hardened Shaft Steel Hardened Shaft Steel with Shaft
No. 1.2210 (115CrV3) and Ground, Material and Ground, Material Support
according to DIN 175 (h9) CF53 and Stainless Steel
ground and polished CF 53 chromated X46 and X90
Page 477 Page 478 Page 478 Page 479
Universal Shaft Blocks
Flange Shaft Blocks Flange Shaft Blocks Shaft Blocks
GWFL, universal use GWF, universal use GWL / GWLE,
universal use
Page 480 Page 480 Page 481
Precision Shaft Blocks and Linear Bearing Units ISO-Series 1
Shaft Blocks GW-1 Double Shaft Blocks Linear Bearings KB-1
GWD-1
Page 482 Page 482 Page 483
Linear Bearing Units Tandem Linear Bearing Quadro Linear Bearing
KG-1 Units KGT-1 Units KGQ-1
Page 483 Page 486 Page 486
Precision Shaft Blocks, Shaft Supports and Linear Bearing Units ISO-Series 3
Shaft Blocks GW Shaft Blocks GW-3 Double Shaft Blocks Precision Housing
GWD-3 Open and Closed
Page 487 Page 487 Page 488 Page 493
Linear Bearings Linear Bearings Linear Slide Bearings
Open and Closed Open and Closed Open and Closed
Economy-Line
Page 489 Page 491 Page 492
Linear Bearing Units Linear Bearing Units Linear Bearing Units
KG-3-K KG-3-KO KG-3-F Closed,
Closed Open Flange Version
Page 494 Page 494 Page 495
Linear Bearing Units Tandem Linear Bearing Quadro Linear Bearing
Open and Closed Units Open Units Open
and Closed and Closed
Page 496 Page 498 Page 500
476 ®
Linear Technology / Overview
Profiled Track Rollers
Profiled Track Rollers Bolts for Profil Track
LFR Rollers
Page 502 Page 503
Rail-Guide Sets Miniature Profile-Rail Guide
Precision Rail-Guide Miniature Profile-Rail
Sets RE and RE-ACS Guides
Page 504 Page 505
Miniature Slide Units Linear motion guide
Miniature Slide Units Linear motion guide
with ball carriage
Page 506 Page 507
Silver Steel Material Nr. 1.2210 (115CrV3) According to DIN 175 (h9) Ground and Polished
Unhardened, strength 700 - 800 N/mm2.
Subsequent hardening of short silver steel workpieces up to 64 HRC is
well possible.
Fixed lengths can be delivered on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 647 002 00, Silver Steel 2 mm, 500 mm long
Product No. Product No. Product No. Diameter Weight per m
0.5 m 1m 2m mm kg
647 002 00 647 102 00 647 202 00 2 0,02
647 003 00 647 103 00 647 203 00 3 0,06
647 004 00 647 104 00 647 204 00 4 0,11
647 005 00 647 105 00 647 205 00 5 0,15
647 006 00 647 106 00 647 206 00 6 0,22
647 008 00 647 108 00 647 208 00 8 0,39
- 647 110 00 647 210 00 10 0,62
- 647 112 00 647 212 00 12 0,89
- 647 114 00 647 214 00 14 1,21
- 647 115 00 647 215 00 15 1,38
- 647 116 00 647 216 00 16 1,57
- 647 117 00 647 217 00 17 1,78
- 647 118 00 647 218 00 18 2,00
- 647 119 00 647 219 00 19 2,22
- 647 120 00 647 220 00 20 2,45
- 647 125 00 647 225 00 25 3,83
® 477
Precision Shaft Steel, Hardened and Ground, on choice chromed
Material CF53: Steel 1.1213 (CF53), hardness min. 59 HRC.
Diameter tolerance: ISO h6.
Material CF53 CR: Steel 1.1213 (CF53), hardness min. 59 HRC,
chrome plated 10 µm, chrome-hardness min. 800 HV,
without CR(VI), suitable for food and medical industry.
Diameter tolerance: ISO h7.
Dimension-stable up to +120°C.
In lengths of 1 m and 2 m available ex stock.
Fixed lengths can be delivered on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 647 405 00, Shaft Steel CF53, 5 mm, length 1 m
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Shaft- Hardness Depth Weight Weight
CF53 CF53 CF53 CR CF 53 CR Diameter DIN 13012 Length 1m Length 2m
1m 2m 1m 2m mm mm min. kg kg
647 403 01* - - - 3 0,4 0,059 -
647 404 01 - - - 4 0,4 0,098 -
647 405 00 - 647 605 00 - 5 0,4 0,154 -
647 406 00 - 647 606 00 - 6 0,4 0,222 -
647 408 00 647 508 00 647 608 00 647 708 00 8 0,4 0,394 0,788
647 410 00 647 510 00 647 610 00 647 710 00 10 0,4 0,616 1,232
647 412 00 647 512 00 647 612 00 647 712 00 12 0,6 0,888 1,776
647 414 00 647 514 00 647 614 00 647 714 00 14 0,6 1,208 2,416
647 416 00 647 516 00 647 616 00 647 716 00 16 0,6 1,578 3,156
647 420 00 647 520 00 647 620 00 647 720 00 20 0,9 2,466 4,932
647 425 00 647 525 00 647 625 00 647 725 00 25 0,9 3,853 7,706
647 430 00 647 530 00 647 630 00 647 730 00 30 0,9 5,549 11,098
647 440 00 647 540 00 647 640 00 647 740 00 40 1,5 9,864 19,728
647 450 00 647 550 00 647 650 00 647 750 00 50 1,5 15,413 30,826
* Ø 3mm made from material 100CR6.
Precision Shaft Steel, Stainless, Hardened and Ground
Material X46: Stainless Steel 1.4043 (X46Cr13), min. 52 HRC.
Material X90: Stainless Steel 1.4112 (X90CrMoV18), min. 54 HRC.
Diameter tolerance: ISO h6.
A
Dimension-stable up to +120°C.
In lengths of 1 m and 2 m available ex stock.
Fixed lengths can be delivered on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 647 992 06, Shaft Steel X46, 6 mm, length 1 m
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Shaft- Hardness Depth Weight Weight
X46 A X46 A X90 A X90 A Diameter DIN 13012 Length 1m Length 2m
1m 2m 1m 2m mm mm min. kg kg
- - 647 994 04 - 4 0,4 0,098 -
- - 647 994 05 - 5 0,4 0,154 -
647 992 06 - 647 994 06 - 6 0,4 0,222 -
647 992 08 647 993 08 647 994 08 647 995 08 8 0,4 0,394 0,788
647 992 10 647 993 10 647 994 10 647 995 10 10 0,4 0,616 1,232
647 992 12 647 993 12 647 994 12 647 995 12 12 0,6 0,888 1,776
647 992 14 647 993 14 647 994 14 647 995 14 14 0,6 1,208 2,416
647 992 16 647 993 16 647 994 16 647 995 16 16 0,6 1,578 3,156
647 992 20 647 993 20 647 994 20 647 995 20 20 0,9 2,466 4,932
647 992 25 647 993 25 647 994 25 647 995 25 25 0,9 3,853 7,706
647 992 30 647 993 30 647 994 30 647 995 30 30 0,9 5,549 11,098
647 992 40 647 993 40 647 994 40 647 995 40 40 1,5 9,864 19,728
647 992 50 647 993 50 647 994 50 647 995 50 50 1,5 15,413 30,826
Dimension Tolerances for shafts with Ø-tolerance h6
Shaft Diameter
3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 30 40 50
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
Diameter [µm] 0,6 -8 -8 -8 -9 -9 -11 -11 -11 -13 -13 -13 -16 -16
Straightness [mm/m] 0,3 0,3 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1
Roundness [µm] 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7
Parallelity [µm] 4 5 5 5 6 6 8 8 8 9 9 9 11 11
478 ®
Precision Shaft Steel with Shaft Support, Low Version
ød
W
M
H
L
H1
øN J/2 J J/2
A1 600 / 1200
25°
A
Material shaft: Steel 1.1213 (Cf53), hardened and ground, Ready-to-install, supported linear shafts to be used with open
hardness 62±2 HRC, diameter tolerance ISO h6. linear bearings or open linear bearing units. The shafts are sup-
Material support: Extruded aluminium. ported over the entire length. Unit can be shortened by the
customer using an angle grinder. The shaft supports have internal
Length: Either 600 mm or 1200 mm. threads to get mounted from the downside of the customer´s
Delivery without mounting screws. base plate. The required screw lenght depends also on the thick-
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 647 412 05, Shaft with Support, Low Version, ness of the base plate. Longer versions on request.
Ø 12 mm, Length 600 mm
Product No. Product No. Weight Weight
Length Length d A A1 H±0,15 H1 J M N L W 600 mm 1200 mm
600 mm 1200 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
647 412 05 647 412 06 12 11 6 14,5 3 75 M4 4,5 15,5 5,4 660 1320
647 416 05 647 416 06 16 14 7 18 3 75 M5 5,5 16 7 1200 2400
647 420 05 647 420 06 20 17 8,5 22 3 75 M6 6,6 20 8,1 1790 3580
647 425 05 647 425 06 25 21 10,5 26 3 75 M8 9 25 10,3 2670 5340
647 430 05 647 430 06 30 23 11,5 30 3 100 M10 11 30 11 3760 7520
647 440 05 647 440 06 40 30 15 39 4 100 M12 13,5 38 15 6440 12880
Precision Shaft Steel with Shaft Support
600 / 1200
Material shaft: Steel 1.1213 (Cf53), hardened and ground, Ready-to-use, mounted, supported linear shafts to be used with
hardness 62±2 HRC, diameter tolerance ISO h6. open linear bearings or open linear bearing units. The shafts are
Material support: Extruded aluminium. supported over the entire length. The shaft supports have moun-
ting holes for mounting them on a base plate. Unit can be shor-
Length: Either 600 mm or 1200 mm. tened by the customer using an angle grinder. Longer versions on
request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 647 412 03, Shaft with Support, Ø 12 mm, Length 600 mm
Product No. Product No. Mounting Weight Weight
Length Length d A H±0,02 H1 J J1 M N NI ß Screw 600 mm 1200 mm
600 mm 1200 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees DIN 912 g g
647 412 03 647 412 04 12 40 22 5 75 29 5,8 4,5 4,5 50 M4x16 1080 2160
647 416 03 647 416 04 16 45 26 5 100 33 7 5,5 5,5 50 M5x20 1610 3220
647 420 03 647 420 04 20 52 32 6 100 37 8,3 6,6 6,6 50 M6x25 2444 4888
647 425 03 647 425 04 25 57 36 6 120 42 10,8 6,6 9 50 M8x25 3460 6920
647 430 03 647 430 04 30 69 42 7 150 51 11 9 11 50 M10x30 4840 9680
647 440 03 647 440 04 40 73 50 8 200 55 15 9 11 50 M10x35 7820 15640
647 450 03 647 450 04 50 84 60 9 200 63 19 11 13,5 46 M12x40 11780 23560
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 479
Flange Shaft Block GWFL universal use, low-cost type
L
A
J
A1
df
da
L1
N
SW
Material: Extruded Aluminium. Universel use shaft blocks,
Clamp screw strength 8.8, Steel zinc-plated. e.g. for flange fastening of guide shafts.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 405 10, Flange Shaft Block GWFL, for Shaft-Ø 10 mm
Clamp-
Product No. da L A A1 df J L1 N screw sw Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm DIN 912 mm g
646 405 10 10 43 10 5 20 32 24 5,5 M4 3 13
646 405 12 12 47 13 7 25 36 28 5,5 M4 3 20
646 405 14 14 47 13 7 25 36 28 5,5 M4 3 18
646 405 16 16 50 16 8 28 40 31 5,5 M4 3 27
646 405 20 20 60 20 8 34 48 37 7 M5 4 40
646 405 25 25 70 25 10 40 56 42 7 M5 4 60
646 405 30 30 80 30 12 46 64 50 9 M6 5 110
646 405 40 40 105 40 16 56 80 67 12 M10 8 510
646 405 50 50 122 50 19 70 96 83 14 M12 10 890
Flange Shaft Blocks GWF universal use
S W
Material: Extruded aluminium. Universal use shaft blocks,
Clamp screw strength 8.8, steel zinc-plated. e.g. for flange connection of guide shafts.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 401 12, Flange Blocks for Shaft-Ø 12 mm
Clamp-
Product No. da L A A1 df J NH13 screw sw Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm DIN 912 mm g
646 401 12 12 40 20 12 23,5 30±0,12 5,5 M4 3 60
646 401 16 16 50 20 12 27,5 35±0,12 5,5 M4 3 80
646 401 20 20 50 23 14 33,5 38±0,15 6,6 M5 4 100
646 401 25 25 60 25 16 42,0 42±0,15 6,6 M6 5 150
646 401 30 30 70 30 19 49,5 54±0,25 9,0 M8 6 300
646 401 40 40 100 40 26 65,0 68±0,25 11,0 M10 8 700
646 401 50 50 100 50 36 75,0 75±0,25 11,0 M10 8 1200
480 ®
Shaft Block GWL universal use, low-cost type
L1
SW
da
H2
N1
H
H4
L2
A
J
L
Material: Extruded Aluminium. Universel use shaft blocks,
Clamp screw strength 8.8, Steel zinc-plated. e.g. for fastening of guide shafts.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 406 08, Shaft Block GWL, for Shaft-Ø 8 mm
Clamp-
Product No. da A H±0,02 H2 H4 J L L1±0,05 L2 N1 screw sw Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm DIN 912 mm g
646 406 08 8 14 20 32,8 6 32 42 21 18 5,5 M4 3 24
646 406 10 10 14 20 32,8 6 32 42 21 18 5,5 M4 3 24
646 406 12 12 14 23 37,5 6 32 42 21 20 5,5 M4 3 30
646 406 14 14 14 23 37,5 6 32 42 21 20 5,5 M4 3 28
646 406 16 16 16 27 44 8 38 48 24 25 5,5 M4 3 40
646 406 20 20 20 31 51 10 45 60 30 30 6,6 M5 4 70
646 406 25 25 24 35 60 12 56 70 35 38 6,6 M6 5 130
646 406 30 30 28 42 70 12 64 84 42 44 9 M6 5 180
646 406 40 40 36 60 96 15 90 114 57 60 11 M8 6 420
646 406 50 50 40 70 120 18 100 126 63 74 14 M12 10 750
Shaft Block GWLE universal use, European Dimensions
L1
SW
da
H2
N1
H
H4
L2
A
J
L
Material: Extruded Aluminium. Universel use shaft blocks,
Clamp screw strength 8.8, Steel zinc-plated. e.g. for fastening of guide shafts.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 407 08, Shaft Block GWLE, for Shaft-Ø 8 mm
Clamp-
Product No. da A H±0,02 H2 H4 J L L1±0,05 L2 N1 screw sw Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm DIN 912 mm g
646 407 08 8 10 15 27 5 25 32 16 16 4,5 M3 2,5 24
646 407 12 12 12 20 35 5,5 32 42 21 20 5,5 M4 3 30
646 407 16 16 16 25 42 6,5 40 50 25 26 5,5 M4 3 40
646 407 20 20 20 30 50 8 45 60 30 32 5,5 M4 3 70
646 407 25 25 25 35 58 9 60 74 37 38 6,6 M5 4 130
646 407 30 30 28 40 68 10 68 84 42 45 9 M6 5 180
646 407 40 40 32 50 86 12 86 108 54 56 11 M8 6 420
646 407 50 50 40 60 100 14 108 130 65 80 11 M8 6 750
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 481
Precision Shaft Blocks GW-1 ISO Series 1
SW
Material: Extruded aluminium. Robust machine elements to attach the guiding shaft of the
Matching linear-bearing units of ISO Series 1. linear bearings. They allow true to size and cost efficient
constructions.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 406 06, Precision Shaft Block GW-1, for Shaft-Ø 6 mm
Product No. da A H±0,02 H2 H3 H4 J±0,12 L N1 N* sw Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
646 406 06 6 16 15 27 11 13 22 32 4,2 M5 2,5 30
646 408 08 8 16 16 27 11 13 22 32 4,2 M5 2,5 30
646 410 10 10 18 18 33 13 16 27 40 5,2 M6 3 50
646 412 12 12 18 19 33 13 16 27 40 5,2 M6 3 50
646 414 14 14 20 20 38 13 18 32 45 5,2 M6 3 70
646 416 16 16 20 22 38 13 18 32 45 5,2 M6 3 70
646 420 20 20 24 25 45 18 22 39 53 6,8 M8 4 120
646 425 25 25 28 31 54 22 26 44 62 8,6 M10 5 170
646 430 30 30 30 34 60 22 29 49 67 8,6 M10 5 220
646 440 40 40 40 42 76 26 38 66 87 10,3 M12 6 480
646 450 50 50 50 50 92 34 46 80 103 14,25 M16 8 820 Shaft steel page 478.
* When mounting from above choose the next smaller screw size.
Precision Double Shaft Blocks GWD-1 ISO Series 1
Material: Extruded aluminium. Robust machine elements to attach the guiding shafts of the
Matching quadro linear-bearing units KGQ-1 linear bearings. They allow true to size and cost efficient
of the ISO Series 1, page 486. constructions.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 402 12, Precision Shaft Block GWD-1 for Shaft-Ø 12 mm
Product No. da A H H1 H2 J L L1 N* Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
646 402 12 12 15 17 30 21,5 64 80 40 6,6 80
646 402 16 16 15 19,5 35 26,5 80 96 52 6,6 110
646 402 20 20 18 22 40 29 97 115 63 9 170
646 402 25 25 20 27 50 36,5 115 136 75 11 280
646 402 30 30 20 31 56 42,5 125 146 80 11 320
646 402 40 40 25 38 70 54 160 184 97 13,5 630
646 402 50 50 30 43 80 59 180 210 107 17,5 900
Shaft steel page 478.
* For cylindrical screws with Allen screw according to DIN 912 or ISO 4762.
482 ®
Linear Bearings KB-1 ISO Series 1
Linear bearings Series 1 of ISO standard 10285 is exact, the bearing does not to be secured axially. Either with
from premium brand in top quality. integral double-lip seal or with shields. Bearings up to FW 5mm
Especially compact dimensions enable a space-saving and cost must be lubricated before use.
efficient linear support. Easy to mount and provide automatic All other bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
retention in the mounting bore. I.e., if the boring in the housing Recommended shaft tolerance h6, housing tolerance H6 or JS6.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 003 03, Linear Bearing KB-1, Internal Ø 3 mm, with Shields
Product No. Product No. Fw D C Number of Load Rating* Weight
with Shields with Seals Rows of Balls dyn. C stat. C0
mm mm mm N N g
646 003 03 646 103 03 3 7 10 4 60 44 0,7
646 004 04 646 104 04 4 8 12 4 75 60 1
646 005 05 646 105 05 5 10 15 4 170 129 2
646 006 06 646 106 06 6 12 22 4 335 270 6
646 008 08 646 108 08 8 15 24 4 490 355 7
646 010 10 646 110 10 10 17 26 5 585 415 11
646 012 12 646 112 12 12 19 28 5 695 510 12
646 014 14 646 114 14 14 21 28 5 710 530 14
646 016 16 646 116 16 16 24 30 5 930 630 18
646 020 20 646 120 20 20 28 30 6 1160 800 21
646 025 25 646 125 25 25 35 40 7 2120 1560 47
646 030 30 646 130 30 30 40 50 8 3150 2700 70
646 040 40 646 140 40 40 52 60 8 5500 4500 130
646 050 50 646 150 50 50 62 70 9 6950 6300 180
* On stainless shafts, the dynamic load rating has to be reduced by 18%, the static load rating by 8%, Shaft steel page 478.
Shaft blocks page 480
Linear Bearings Units KG-1 ISO Series 1, with a Linear Bearing
W
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium With integral double-lip seal or with shields.
with a compact linear bearing of the ISO Series 1 All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
from premium brand in top quality. Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 506 06, Linear Bearings Unit KG-1, Internal Ø 6 mm, with Shields
Product No. Product No. Load Rating Weight Spare Linear Bearings
with with Fw A Da H±0,02 H1 H2 H3 L J N NI* Cdyn. stat. C0 with with
Shields Seals mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g Shields Seals
646 506 06 646 606 06 6 22** 12 13** 27** 13 9 32 23** 3,4 M4 335 270 50 646 006 06 646 106 06
646 508 08 646 608 08 8 24 15 14** 27 13 9 32 23** 3,4 M4 490 355 50 646 008 08 646 108 08
646 510 10 646 610 10 10 26 17 16 33** 16 11 40** 29** 4,3 M5 585 415 80 646 010 10 646 110 10
646 512 12 646 612 12 12 28 19 17 33 16 11 40 29 4,3 M5 695 510 90 646 012 12 646 112 12
646 514 14 646 614 14 14 28 21 18 36,5 18 11 43 34 4,3 M5 710 530 100 646 014 14 646 114 14
646 516 16 646 616 16 16 30 24 19 38 18 11 45 34 4,3 M5 930 630 100 646 016 16 646 116 16
646 520 20 646 620 20 20 30 28 23 45 22 13 53 40 5,3 M6 1160 800 140 646 020 20 646 120 20
646 525 25 646 625 25 25 40 35 27 54 26 18 62 48 6,6 M8 2120 1560 250 646 025 25 646 125 25
646 530 30 646 630 30 30 50 40 30 60 29 18 67 53 6,6 M8 3150 2700 370 646 030 30 646 130 30
646 540 40 646 640 40 40 60 52 39 76 38 22 87 69 8,4 M10 5500 4500 740 646 040 40 646 140 40
646 550 50 646 650 50 50 70 62 47 92 46 26 103 82 10,5 M12 6950 6300 1190 646 050 50 646 150 50
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size. Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 480.
** Dimension not in accordance with DIN ISO 13012-1.
® 483
Linear Bearings KB-1 ISO Series 1, Economy-Line
Linear bearings from reliable brand in good quality at low price. These bearings are self-aligning up to +/- 0,5°.
These linear bearings can be fitted inside a customer´s housing or All bearings must be lubricated before use.
as spare parts for our closed Economy-Line units. Recommended shaft tolerance h6, housing tolerance H6 or JS6.
With wiping double-lip seals.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 306 06, Linear Bearing KB-1 Economy-Line, Internal Ø 6mm
Load Rating*
Product No. Fw D C dyn. C stat. Co Weight
with seals mm mm mm N N g
646 306 06 6 12 22 400 239 7
646 308 08 8 15 24 441 280 12
646 310 10 10 17 26 500 370 14,5
646 312 12 12 19 28 620 510 18,5
646 314 14 14 21 28 620 520 20,5
646 316 16 16 24 30 800 620 27,5
646 320 20 20 28 30 950 790 32,5
646 325 25 25 35 40 1990 1670 66
646 330 30 30 40 50 2800 2700 95 Shaft steel with shaft support page 478.
646 340 40 40 52 60 4400 4450 182 Shaft blocks page 480.
646 350 50 50 62 70 5500 6300 252
Linear Bearings Units KG-1 ISO Series 1, Economy-Line, with a Linear Bearing
W
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
with a compact linear bearing of the ISO Series 1. From reliable Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
brand in good quality at low price. With integral double-lip seal.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 806 06, Linear Bearings Unit KG-1 Economy-Line, Internal Ø 6 mm
Load Rating Product No.
Product No. Fw A Da H±0,02 H1 H2 H3 L J N NI* dyn. C stat. C0 Weight Spare Linear
with seals mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g Bearings
646 806 06 6 22** 12 13** 27** 13 9 32 23** 3,4 M4 400 239 50 646 306 06
646 808 08 8 24 15 14** 27 13 9 32 23** 3,4 M4 435 280 50 646 308 08
646 810 10 10 26 17 16 33** 16 11 40** 29** 4,3 M5 500 370 80 646 310 10
646 812 12 12 28 19 17 33 16 11 40 29 4,3 M5 620 510 90 646 312 12
646 814 14 14 28 21 18 36,5 18 11 43 34 4,3 M5 620 520 100 646 314 14
646 816 16 16 30 24 19 38 18 11 45 34 4,3 M5 800 620 110 646 316 16
646 820 20 20 30 28 23 45 22 13 53 40 5,3 M6 950 790 150 646 320 20
646 825 25 25 40 35 27 54 26 18 62 48 6,6 M8 1990 1670 290 646 325 25
646 830 30 30 50 40 30 60 29 18 67 53 6,6 M8 2800 2700 420 646 330 30
646 840 40 40 60 52 39 76 38 22 87 69 8,4 M10 4400 4450 790 646 340 40
646 850 50 50 70 62 47 92 46 26 103 82 10,5 M12 5500 6300 1290 646 350 50
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size. Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 480.
** Dimension not in accordance with DIN ISO 13012-1.
484 ®
Linear Bearings KB-1 ISO Series 1, Stainless
Stainless linear bearings Series 1 of ISO standard 10285 is exact, the bearing does not to be secured axially. Either with
from premium brand in top quality. integral double-lip seal or with shields. Bearings up to FW 5mm
Especially compact dimensions enable a space-saving and cost must be lubricated before use.
efficient linear support. Easy to mount and provide automatic All other bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
retention in the mounting bore. I.e., if the boring in the housing Recommended shaft tolerance h6, housing tolerance H6 or JS6.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 998 03, Linear Bearing KB-1, Internal Ø 3 mm, with Shields, stainless
Product No. Product No. Fw D C Number of Load Rating* Weight A
with Shields with Seals Rows of Balls dyn. C stat. C0
mm mm mm N N g
646 998 03 646 999 03 3 7 10 4 49 40 0,7
646 998 04 646 999 04 4 8 12 4 62 55 1
646 998 05 646 999 05 5 10 15 4 139 119 2
646 998 06 646 999 06 6 12 22 4 275 248 6
646 998 08 646 999 08 8 15 24 4 402 327 7
646 998 10 646 999 10 10 17 26 5 480 382 11
646 998 12 646 999 12 12 19 28 5 570 469 12
646 998 14 646 999 14 14 21 28 5 582 488 14
646 998 16 646 999 16 16 24 30 5 763 580 18
646 998 20 646 999 20 20 28 30 6 951 736 21
646 998 25 646 999 25 25 35 40 7 1738 1435 47
646 998 30 646 999 30 30 40 50 8 2583 2484 70
646 998 40 646 999 40 40 52 60 8 4510 4140 130
646 998 50 646 999 50 50 62 70 9 5699 5796 180
* On stainless shafts X90. Shaft steel page 478.
Shaft blocks page 480.
Linear Bearings Units KG-1 ISO Series 1, with a Linear Bearing, Stainless
W
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium With integral double-lip seal or with shields.
with a stainless linear bearing of the ISO Series 1 All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
from premium brand in top quality. Recommended shaft tolerance h6. A
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 995 06, Linear Bearings Unit KG-1, Internal Ø 6 mm, with Shields, stainless
Load Rating* Weight Spare Linear Bearings
Product No. Product No. Fw A Da H±0.01 H1 H2 H3 L J N Nl* dyn.C stat.C0 with with
with Shields with Seals mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g Shields Seal
646 995 06 646 996 06 6 22** 12 13** 27** 13 9 32 23** 3,4 M4 275 248 50 646 998 06 646 999 06
646 995 08 646 996 08 8 24 15 14** 27 13 9 32 23** 3,4 M4 402 327 50 646 998 08 646 999 08
646 995 10 646 996 10 10 26 17 16 33** 16 11 40** 29** 4,3 M5 480 382 80 646 998 10 646 999 10
646 995 12 646 996 12 12 28 19 17 33 16 11 40 29 4,3 M5 570 469 90 646 998 12 646 999 12
646 995 14 646 996 14 14 28 21 18 36,5 18 11 43 34 4,3 M5 582 488 100 646 998 14 646 999 14
646 995 16 646 996 16 16 30 24 19 38 18 11 45 34 4,3 M5 763 580 100 646 998 16 646 999 16
646 995 20 646 996 20 20 30 28 23 45 22 13 53 40 5,3 M6 951 736 140 646 998 20 646 999 20
646 995 25 646 996 25 25 40 35 27 54 26 18 62 48 6,6 M8 1738 1435 250 646 998 25 646 999 25
646 995 30 646 996 30 30 50 40 30 60 29 18 67 53 6,6 M8 2583 2484 370 646 998 30 646 999 30
646 995 40 646 996 40 40 60 52 39 76 38 22 87 69 8,4 M10 4510 4140 740 646 998 40 646 999 40
646 995 50 646 996 50 50 70 62 47 92 46 26 103 82 10,5 M12 5699 5796 1190 646 998 50 646 999 50
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size. Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 480.
** Dimension not in accordance with DIN ISO 13012-1.
® 485
Tandem Linear-Bearing Units KGT-1 ISO Series 1, with Two Linear Bearings
W
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with two com- All bearing are lubricated ready-to-install.
pact linear bearings of the ISO Series 1 from premium brand in Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
top quality. With integral double-lip seal.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 403 12, Linear Bearings Unit KGT-1, Internal Ø 12 mm
Spare
Load Rating Weight Linear Bearing
Product No. FW A C Da H±0.02 H1 H2 H3 J J1 L N NI* dyn. C stat. C0 with
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g Seal
646 403 12 12 60 28 19 17 33 16 11 29 35 40 4,3 M5 1140 1020 170 646 112 12
646 403 16 16 65 30 24 19 38 18 11 34 40 45 4,3 M5 1530 1270 220 646 116 16
646 403 20 20 65 30 28 23 45 22 13 40 45 53 5,3 M6 1900 1600 310 646 120 20
646 403 25 25 85 40 35 27 54 26 18 48 55 62 6,6 M8 3450 3150 540 646 125 25
646 403 30 30 105 50 40 30 60 29 18 53 70 67 6,6 M8 5200 5400 800 646 130 30
646 403 40 40 125 60 52 39 76 38 22 69 85 87 8,4 M10 9000 9000 1570 646 140 40
646 403 50 50 145 70 62 47 92 46 26 82 100 103 10,5 M12 11400 12700 2510 646 150 50
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
Shaft steel page 478.
Shaft blocks page 480.
Quadro Linear-Bearing Units KGQ-1 ISO Series 1, with Four Linear Bearings
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with four com- All bearing are lubricated ready-to-install.
pact linear bearings of the ISO Series 1 from premium brand in Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
top quality. With integral double-lip seal.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 404 12, Linear Bearings Unit KGQ-1, Internal Ø 12 mm
Spare
Load Rating Weight Linear Bearing
Product No. FW A C Da H±0.02 H1 H2 H3 J J1 L L1 N NI* dyn. C stat. C0 with
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g Seal
646 404 12 12 70 28 19 15 30 14 11 69 59 80 40 4,3 M5 1860 2040 380 646 112 12
646 404 16 16 80 30 24 17,5 35 16,5 11 86 70 96 52 4,3 M5 2500 2550 570 646 116 16
646 404 20 20 85 30 28 20 40 19 13 103 73 115 63 5,3 M6 3100 3200 820 646 120 20
646 404 25 25 100 40 35 25 50 24 18 123 87 136 75 6,6 M8 5600 6300 1430 646 125 25
646 404 30 30 130 50 40 28 56 27 18 133 117 146 80 6,6 M8 8500 10800 2150 646 130 30
646 404 40 40 150 60 52 35 70 34 22 166 132 184 97 8,4 M10 14600 18000 3830 646 140 40
646 404 50 50 175 70 62 40 80 39 26 189 154 210 107 10,5 M12 18600 25500 5400 646 150 50
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size. Shaft steel page 478.
Shaft blocks page 480.
486 ®
Precision Shaft Blocks GW ISO Series 3
Material: Extruded aluminium. Robust machine elements to attach the guiding shafts of the
Light Design, matching linear-bearing units of ISO Series 3. linear bearings. They allow true to size and cost efficient
constructions.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 408 00, Precision Shaft Block GW, for Shaft-Ø 8 mm
Product No. da A H1±0.01 H2 H J J2 J3 L L1 N N2 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
646 408 00 8 10 15 5,5 25 25 35 5 45 22,5 4,3 2,7 12
646 412 00 12 12 20 6 32,5 32 42 6 52 26 5,3 3,2 23
646 416 00 16 15 20 7 35,5 40 46 7,5 56 28 5,3 4,3 34
646 420 00 20 20 25 8 43,5 45 58 10 70 35 5,3 5,3 65
646 425 00 25 28 30 10 53 60 68 16 80 40 6,4 6,4 140
646 430 00 30 30 35 10 63 68 76 18 88 44 8,4 6,4 200
646 440 00 40 36 45 12 81 86 94 22 108 54 10,5 8,4 470 Shaft steel page 478.
646 450 00 50 49 50 14 92,5 108 116 30 135 67,5 10,5 10,5 680
Precision Shaft Blocks GW-3 ISO Series 3
SW
da
H2
H1
H
H4
H3
A
N1
J mittig
Material: Extruded aluminium. Robust machine elements to attach the guiding shafts of the
Matching linear-bearing units of ISO Series 3. linear bearings. They allow true to size and cost efficient
constructions.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 412 01, Precision Shaft Block GW-3, for Shaft-Ø 12 mm
Product No. da A H±0.02 H1 H2 H3 H4 J±0,12 L N1 N* sw Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
646 412 01 12 20 20 6 35 13 16,5 30 43 5,2 M6 3 60
646 416 01 16 24 25 7 42 18 21 38 53 6,8 M8 4 110
646 420 01 20 30 30 7,5 50 22 25 42 60 8,6 M10 5 170
646 425 01 25 38 35 8,5 61 26 30 56 78 10,3 M12 6 340
646 430 01 30 40 40 9,5 70 26 34 64 87 10,3 M12 6 460
646 440 01 40 48 50 11 90 34 44 82 108 14,25 M16 8 900
646 450 01 50 58 60 11 105 43 49 100 132 17,5 M20 10 1450 Shaft steel page 478.
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
® 487
Precision Double Shaft Blocks GWD-3 ISO Series 3
Material: Extruded aluminium. Robust machine elements to attach the guiding shafts of the
Matching quadro linear-bearing units KGQ-3 linear bearings. They allow true to size and cost efficient
of the ISO Series 3, page 500. constructions.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 412 02, Precision Shaft Block GWD-3 for Shaft-Ø 12 mm
Product No. da A H H1 H2 J L L1 N* Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
646 412 02 12 14 18 32 23,5 70 85 42 6,6 90
646 416 02 16 18 20 37 26,5 82 100 54 9 140
646 420 02 20 20 25 46 32,5 108 130 72 11 250
646 425 02 25 25 30 56 40 132 160 88 13,5 470
646 430 02 30 25 35 64 48 150 180 96 13,5 620
646 440 02 40 30 44 80 59 190 230 122 17,5 1150
646 450 02 50 30 52 96 75 240 280 152 17,5 1700
Shaft steel page 478.
* For cylindrical screws with Allen screw according to DIN 912 or ISO 4762.
Collars
page 452
Retaining Rings
DIN 471 / DIN 472
page 514
488 ®
Linear Bearings KB-3 ISO Series 3, Closed Design
FW
D
C3
C
Linear bearings series 3 of ISO standard 10285 With shields or wiping double-lip seals.
from premium brand in top quality. Bearings with FW 5mm must be lubricated before use.
High load-bearing capacity, due to the asymmetric position of the All other bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
rows of balls and the specially shaped raceway segments. These linear Recommended shaft tolerance h6, housing tolerance H6 or JS6.
bearings can be fitted inside a closed or open housing and are thus Stainless version on request.
adjustable.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 005 00, Linear Bearing KB-3, Internal Ø 5 mm, with Shields
Product No.
Product No. Product No. Load Rating Load Rating Retaining Ring
with with Fw D C C3 Number of dyn. C stat. Co Weight DIN 471 Weight
Shields Seals mm mm mm mm Rows of Balls N N g Page 514 g
646 005 00 646 105 00 5 12 22 12 4 280 210 5 617 412 00 0,5
646 008 00 646 108 00 8 16 25 14 4 490 355 9 617 416 00 0,8
646 012 00 646 112 00 12 22 32 20 6 1160 980 16 617 422 00 1,7
646 016 00 646 116 00 16 26 36 22 6 1500 1290 21 617 426 00 2,1
646 020 00 646 120 00 20 32 45 28 7 2240 2040 43 617 432 00 3,6
646 025 00 646 125 00 25 40 58 40 7 3350 3350 85 617 440 00 6,3
646 030 00 646 130 00 30 47 68 48 7 5600 5700 130 617 447 00 7,8
646 040 00 646 140 00 40 62 80 56 7 9000 8150 260 617 462 00 14,4
646 050 00 646 150 00 50 75 100 72 7 13400 12200 460 617 475 00 21,0
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks
page 487. Precision housings page 493.
Linear Bearings KB-3-0 ISO Series 3, Open Design
D
FW
E
C3
C
Linear bearings series 3 of ISO standard 10285 With shields or wiping double-lip seals.
from premium brand in top quality. All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
High load-bearing capacity, due to the asymmetric position of the Recommended shaft tolerance h6, housing tolerance H6 or JS6.
rows of balls and the specially shaped raceway segments. Stainless version on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 012 01, Linear Bearing KB-3-0, Internal Ø 12 mm, with Shields
Product No. Product No. Fw D C C3 E Load Rating in N Weight
with Shields with Seals mm mm mm mm mm Degrees dyn. C stat. C0 g
646 012 01 646 112 01 12 22 32 20 7,6 78 1160 980 13
646 016 01 646 116 01 16 26 36 22 10,4 78 1500 1290 17
646 020 01 646 120 01 20 32 45 28 10,8 60 2240 2040 36
646 025 01 646 125 01 25 40 58 40 13,2 60 3350 3350 71
646 030 01 646 130 01 30 47 68 48 14,2 50 5600 5700 114
646 040 01 646 140 01 40 62 80 56 18,7 50 9000 8150 230
646 050 01 646 150 01 50 75 100 72 23,6 50 13400 12200 390
Shaft steel with shaft support page 479.
Precision housings page 493.
® 489
Linear Bearings KB-3-A ISO Series 3, Self-Aligning, Closed Design
FW
D
C3
C
Self-aligning linear bearings series 3 of ISO standard 10285 With wiping double-lip seals.
from premium brand in top quality. These bearings are self-aligning up to +/- 0,5°.
High load-bearing capacity, due to the asymmetric position of the All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
rows of balls and the specially shaped raceway segments. These linear Recommended shaft tolerance h6, housing tolerance H6 or JS6.
bearings can be fitted inside a closed or slotted housing and are thus
adjustable. Stainless version on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 112 06, Linear Bearing KB-3-A, Internal Ø 12 mm Product No.
Load rating Load rating Retaining Ring
Product No. Fw D C-0,02 C3-0,02 dyn. C stat. Co Weight DIN 471 Weight
with Seals mm mm mm mm N N g Page 514 g
646 112 06 12 22 32 20,3 1080 815 15 617 422 00 1,7
646 116 06 16 26 36 22,3 1320 865 20 617 426 00 2,1
646 120 06 20 32 45 28,3 2000 1370 42 617 432 00 3,6
646 125 06 25 40 58 40,4 2900 2040 83 617 440 00 6,3
646 130 06 30 47 68 48,4 4650 3250 130 617 447 00 7,8
646 140 06 40 62 80 56,3 7800 5200 260 617 462 00 14,4
646 150 06 50 75 100 72,3 11200 6950 440 617 475 00 21,0
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 487.
Precision housings page 493.
Linear Bearings KB-3-A-0 ISO Series 3, Self-Aligning, Open Design
D
FW
E
C3
C
Self-aligning linear bearings series 3 of ISO standard 10285 With wiping double-lip seals.
from premium brand in top quality. These bearings are self-aligning up to +/- 0,5°.
High load-bearing capacity, due to the asymmetric position of the All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
rows of balls and the specially shaped raceway segments. Recommended shaft tolerance h6, housing tolerance H6 or JS6.
Stainless version on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 112 07, Linear Bearing KB-3-A-0, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load rating
Product No. Fw D C-0,02 C3-0,02 E dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
with Seals mm mm mm mm mm ° N N g
646 112 07 12 22 32 20,3 7,6 78 1080 815 12
646 116 07 16 26 36 22,3 10,4 78 1320 865 16
646 120 07 20 32 45 28,3 10,8 60 2000 1370 35
646 125 07 25 40 58 40,4 13,2 60 2900 2040 70
646 130 07 30 47 68 48,4 14,2 50 4650 3250 110
646 140 07 40 62 80 56,3 18,7 50 7800 5200 220
646 150 07 50 75 100 72,3 23,6 50 11200 6950 370
Shaft steel with shaft support page 479.
Precision housings page 493.
490 ®
Linear Bearings KB-3 ISO Series 3, Economy-Line, Closed Design
FW
D
C3
C
Linear bearings from reliable brand in good quality at low price. These bearings are self-aligning up to +/- 0,5°.
These linear bearings can be fitted inside a customer´s housing or All bearings must be lubricated before use.
as spare parts for our closed Economy-Line units. Recommended shaft tolerance h6, housing tolerance H6 or JS6.
With wiping double-lip seals.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 112 02, Linear Bearing KB-3, Economy-Line, Internal Ø 12 mm Product No.
Load rating Load rating Retaining Ring
Product No. Fw D C-0,02 C3-0,02 dyn. C stat. Co Weight DIN 471 Weight
with Seals mm mm mm mm N N g Page 514 g
646 112 02 12 22 32 20,3 1020 1290 16 617 422 00 1,7
646 116 02 16 26 36 22,3 1250 1550 21 617 426 00 2,1
646 120 02 20 32 45 28,3 2090 2630 43 617 432 00 3,6
646 125 02 25 40 58 40,4 3780 4720 85 617 440 00 6,3
646 130 02 30 47 68 48,4 5470 6810 130 617 447 00 7,8
646 140 02 40 62 80 56,3 6590 8230 260 617 462 00 14,4
646 150 02 50 75 100 72,3 10800 13500 460 617 475 00 21,0
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 487.
Precision housings page 493.
Linear Bearings KB-3-0 ISO Series 3, Economy-Line, Open Design
D
FW
E
C3
C
Linear bearings from reliable brand in good quality at low price. These bearings are self-aligning up to +/- 0,5°.
These linear bearings can be fitted inside a customer´s housing or All bearings must be lubricated before use.
as spare parts for our open Economy-Line units. Recommended shaft tolerance h6, housing tolerance H6 or JS6.
With wiping double-lip seals.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 112 03, Linear Bearing KB-3, Economy-Line, Open Design, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load rating
Product No. Fw D C-0,02 C3-0,02 E dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
with Seals mm mm mm mm mm ° N N g
646 112 03 12 22 32 20,3 6,5 66 1020 1290 13
646 116 03 16 26 36 22,3 9,0 68 1250 1550 17
646 120 03 20 32 45 28,3 9,0 55 2090 2630 36
646 125 03 25 40 58 40,4 11,5 57 3780 4720 71
646 130 03 30 47 68 48,4 14,0 57 5470 6810 114
646 140 03 40 62 80 56,3 19,5 56 6590 8230 230
646 150 03 50 75 100 72,3 22,5 54 10800 13500 390
Shaft steel with shaft support page 479.
Precision housings page 493.
® 491
Linear Slide Bearings PO-3 Made from Plastic, ISO Series 3, Closed Design
External dimensions like ISO Series 3 from premium brand in top Linear slide bearings feature the same mounting and securing
quality. The sliding material is polyacetal with a specific polye- options as the linear bearings of the ISO Series 3 and can be
thylene. The linear slide bearings should be specifically chosen fitted in the same housings.
if, due to unusual operating conditions, linear bearings cannot
Tolerances: Mounting hole H6, shaft h6.
be used.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 205 00, Linear Slide Bearings PO-3, Internal Ø 5 mm
Load Rating Load Rating Product No.
dyn. C static C0 Retaining Ring
Product No. Fw D C C3 C4 at 0.1m/s at 4m/s Weight DIN 471 Weight
Closed g Page g
646 205 00 5 12 22 12 7 280 7 980 3 617 412 00 0,5
646 208 00 8 16 25 14 8 510 13 1800 5 617 416 00 0,8
646 212 00 12 22 32 20 10 965 24 3350 12 617 422 00 1,7
646 216 00 16 26 36 22 12 1530 38 5400 16 617 426 00 2,1
646 220 00 20 32 45 28 15 2400 60 8300 30 617 432 00 3,6
646 225 00 25 40 58 40 20 4000 100 14000 60 617 440 00 6,3
646 230 00 30 47 68 48 23 5500 137 19300 90 617 447 00 7,8
646 240 00 40 62 80 56 25 8000 200 28000 200 617 462 00 14,4
646 250 00 50 75 100 72 30 12000 300 41500 340 617 475 00 21,0
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 487.
Precision housings page 493.
Linear Slide Bearings PO-3-0 Made from Plastic, ISO Series 3, Open Design
External dimensions like ISO Series 3 from premium brand in top Linear slide bearings feature the same mounting and securing
quality. The sliding material is polyacetal with a specific polye- options as the linear bearings of the ISO Series 3 and can be
thylene. The linear slide bearings should be specifically chosen fitted in the same housings.
if, due to unusual operating conditions, linear bearings cannot Tolerances: Mounting hole H6, shaft h6.
be used.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 212 01, Linear Slide Bearings PO-3-0, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating Load Rating
dyn. C static C0
Product No. Fw D C C3 E at 0.1m/s at 4m/s Weight
Open mm mm mm mm mm Degrees N N N g
646 212 01 12 22 32 20 7,6 78 965 24 3350 8
646 216 01 16 26 36 22 10,4 78 1530 38 5400 12
646 220 01 20 32 45 28 10,8 60 2400 60 8300 23
646 225 01 25 40 58 40 13,2 60 4000 100 14000 45
646 230 01 30 47 68 48 14,2 50 5500 137 19300 70
646 240 01 40 62 80 56 18,7 50 8000 200 28000 150
646 250 01 50 75 100 72 23,6 50 12000 300 41500 260
Shaft steel with shaft support page 479.
Precision housings page 493.
492 ®
Precision Housings KG for Linear Bearings of Closed Design, ISO Series 3
Linear bearing (spherical
bearing or sliding bush)
and retaining rings have to
be ordered separately.
Material: Aluminium die-cast. The housings can be mounted standing, upside-down or
Light housing for linear bearings of closed design, ISO Series 3 horizontally. The bearing is secured in the housing against
(linear bearing has to be ordered separately). axial and radial movement with a grease nipple.
At the slotted housing, the desired radial clearance can be
set with an adjusting screw during the mounting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 508 00, Precision Housing KG, D = 16 mm, Closed
Product No. Product No.
Weight Matching Spherical Bearing Retaining Ring Weight
Product No. Product No. Fw D A A1 H H1±0,01 H2 J1 J2 J3 L N1 N2 or Slide Bearing DIN 471
Closed Slotted Dimensions in mm g Spher. Bear. / Spher. Bear. / Slide Bear. Page 514 g
646 508 00 646 608 00 8 16 14 27 28 15 5,5 35 25 20 45 3,2 5,3 18 646 008 00/ 646 108 00/ 646 208 00 617 416 00 0,8
646 512 00 646 612 00 12 22 20 31 34,5 18 6 42 32 23 52 4,3 5,3 38 646 012 00/ 646 112 00/ 646 212 00 617 422 00 1,7
646 516 00 646 616 00 16 26 22 34,5 40,5 22 7 46 40 26 56 4,3 5,3 54 646 016 00/ 646 116 00/ 646 216 00 617 426 00 2,1
646 520 00 646 620 00 20 32 28 41 48 25 8 58 45 32 70 4,3 6,4 100 646 020 00/ 646 120 00/ 646 220 00 617 432 00 3,6
646 525 00 646 625 00 25 40 40 52 58 30 10 68 60 40 80 5,3 6,4 200 646 025 00/ 646 125 00/ 646 225 00 617 440 00 6,3
646 530 00 646 630 00 30 47 48 59 67 35 10 76 68 45 88 6,4 6,4 300 646 030 00/ 646 130 00/ 646 230 00 617 447 00 7,8
646 540 00 646 640 00 40 62 56 74 85 45 12 94 86 58 108 8,4 8,4 460 646 040 00/ 646 140 00/ 646 240 00 617 462 00 14,4
646 550 00 646 650 00 50 75 72 66 99 50 14 116 108 50 135 8,4 10,5 750 646 050 00/ 646 150 00/ 646 250 00 617 475 00 21,0
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 487.
Precision Housings KG-0 for Linear Bearings of Open Design, ISO Series 3
Linear bearing (spherical
bearing or sliding bush)
have to be ordered
separately.
Material: Aluminium die-cast. The housings can be mounted standing, upside-down or hori-
Light housing for linear bearings of open design, ISO Series 3 zontally. The bearing is secured in the housing against axial and
(linear bearing has to be ordered separately). radial movement with a grease nipple.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 512 01, Precision Housing KG-O, D = 22 mm, Open
Product-No. Fw D A A1 H±0,01 H1 H2 J1 J2 J3 L N1 N2 E Gewicht Product-No. Matching Bearing
Open mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Grad g Spher. Bear./ Spher. Bear. / Slide Bear
646 512 01 12 22 20 31 28 18 6 42 32 23 52 4,3 5,3 7,6 78 33 646 012 01 646 112 01 646 212 01
646 516 01 16 26 22 34,5 35 22 7 46 40 26 56 4,3 5,3 10,4 78 44 646 016 01 646 116 01 646 216 01
646 520 01 20 32 28 41 42 25 8 58 45 32 70 4,3 6,4 10,8 60 88 646 020 01 646 120 01 646 220 01
646 525 01 25 40 40 52 51 30 10 68 60 40 80 5,3 6,4 13,2 60 180 646 025 01 646 125 01 646 225 01
646 530 01 30 47 48 59 60 35 10 76 68 45 88 6,4 6,4 14,2 50 260 646 030 01 646 130 01 646 230 01
646 540 01 40 62 56 74 77 45 12 94 86 58 108 8,4 8,4 18,7 50 400 646 040 01 646 140 01 646 240 01
646 550 01 50 75 72 66 88 50 14 116 108 50 135 8,4 10,5 23,6 50 650 646 050 01 646 150 01 646 250 01
a t stee t s a t su t age
® 493
Linear Bearings Units KG-3-K ISO Series 3, Short Version, with Linear Bearing of Closed Design
C L
A J
H2
N
H
H1
Da FW
L1
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with a closed All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
linear bearing of the ISO Series 3 from reliable brand in good Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
quality. Self-aligning capability that accommodates tilting. Spare linear bearing page 491.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 712 04, Linear Bearings Unit KG-3-K, Short Version, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw A C Da H±0,015 H1 H2 J L L1 N dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
Closed mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
646 712 04 12 20 32 22 18 35 6 42 52 30 5,3 1020 1290 90
646 716 04 16 22 36 26 22 40,5 7 46 56 34 5,3 1250 1550 120
646 720 04 20 28 45 32 25 48 8 58 70 40 6,4 2090 2630 250
646 725 04 25 40 58 40 30 58 10 68 80 50 6,4 3780 4720 490
646 730 04 30 48 68 47 35 67 10 76 88 58 6,4 5470 6810 780
646 740 04 40 56 80 62 45 85 12 94 108 74 8,4 6590 8230 1280
646 750 04 50 72 100 75 50 100 12 116 135 96 10,5 10800 13500 1700
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 487.
Linear Bearings Units KG-3-KO ISO Series 3, Short Version, with Linear Bearing of Open Design
C L
A J
H2
N
H
H1
Da FW
E
60°
L1
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with an open All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
linear bearing of the ISO Series 3 from reliable brand in good Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
quality. Self-aligning capability that accommodates tilting. Spare linear bearing page 491.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 712 05, Linear Bearings Unit KG-3-KO, Short Version, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw A C Da H±0,015 H1 H2 J L L1 E N dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
Open mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
646 712 05 12 20 32 22 18 28 6 42 52 30 7,5 5,3 1020 1290 90
646 716 05 16 22 36 26 22 33,5 7 46 56 34 10 5,3 1250 1550 120
646 720 05 20 28 45 32 25 42 8 58 70 40 10 6,4 2090 2630 250
646 725 05 25 40 58 40 30 51 10 68 80 50 12,5 6,4 3780 4720 490
646 730 05 30 48 68 47 35 60 10 76 88 58 12,5 6,4 5470 6810 780
646 740 05 40 56 80 62 45 77 12 94 108 74 16,8 8,4 6590 8230 1280
646 750 05 50 72 100 75 50 93 12 116 135 96 21 10,5 10800 13500 1700
Shaft steel with shaft support page 479.
494 ®
Linear Bearings Units KG-3-F ISO Series 3, Flange Version, with Linear Bearing of Closed Design
C
A L
10 A1 J
FW
Da
Df
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with a closed All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
linear bearing of the ISO Series 3 from reliable brand in good Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
quality. Self-aligning capability that accommodates tilting. Spare linear bearing page 491.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 712 06, Linear Bearings Unit KG-3-F, Flange Version, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw A A1 C Da Df g7 J L N dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
646 712 06 12 22 6 32 22 32 30 40 5,5 1020 1290 90
646 716 06 16 24 8 36 26 38 35 50 5,5 1250 1550 120
646 720 06 20 30 10 45 32 46 42 60 6,6 2090 2630 250
646 725 06 25 42 12 58 40 58 54 70 6,6 3780 4720 490
646 730 06 30 50 14 68 47 66 60 80 9 5470 6810 780
646 740 06 40 59 16 80 62 90 78 100 11 6590 8230 1280
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 487.
® 495
Linear Bearings Units KG-3 ISO Series 3, with Linear Bearing of Closed Design
Top view, turned
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with a closed All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
linear bearing of the ISO Series 3 from premium brand in top
Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
quality. With self-aligning capability that accommodates tilting.
Spare linear bearing page 490.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 712 00, Linear Bearings Unit KG-3, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw A Da H±0.02 H1 H2 H3 H4 J J1 L N NI* dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
Closed mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
646 712 00 12 32 22 18 35 16,5 11 6 32 23 43 4,3 M5 1080 815 93
646 716 00 16 37 26 22 42 21 13 7 40 26 53 5,3 M6 1320 865 161
646 720 00 20 45 32 25 50 24 18 7,5 45 32 60 6,6 M8 2000 1370 225
646 725 00 25 58 40 30 61 29 22 8,5 60 40 78 8,4 M10 2900 2040 533
646 730 00 30 68 47 35 70 34 22 9,5 68 45 87 8,4 M10 4650 3250 790
646 740 00 40 80 62 45 90 44 26 11 86 58 108 10,5 M12 7800 5200 1440
646 750 00 50 100 75 50 105 49 35 11 108 50 132 13,5 M16 11200 6950 2470
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 487.
Linear Bearings Units KG-3-O ISO Series 3, with Linear Bearing of Open Design
Top view, turned
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with an open All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
linear bearing of the ISO Series 3 from premium brand in top Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
quality. With self-aligning capability that accommodates tilting,
adjustable clearance and double-lip seals. Spare linear bearing page 490.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 712 01, Linear Bearings Unit KG-3-O, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw A Da H±0.02 H1 H2 H3 H4 J J1 L N NI* E dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
Open mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees N N g
646 712 01 12 32 22 18 28 16,5 11 6 32 23 43 4,3 M5 7,6 78 1080 815 74
646 716 01 16 37 26 22 35 21 13 7 40 26 53 5,3 M6 10,4 78 1320 865 132
646 720 01 20 45 32 25 42 24 18 7,5 45 32 60 6,6 M8 10,8 60 2000 1370 215
646 725 01 25 58 40 30 51 29 22 8,5 60 40 78 8,4 M10 13,2 60 2900 2040 443
646 730 01 30 68 47 35 60 34 22 9,5 68 45 87 8,4 M10 14,2 50 4650 3250 670
646 740 01 40 80 62 45 77 44 26 11 86 58 108 10,5 M12 18,7 50 7800 5200 1210
646 750 01 50 100 75 50 88 49 35 11 108 50 132 13,5 M16 23,6 50 11200 6950 2020
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
Shaft steel with shaft support page 479.
496 ®
Linear Bearings Units KG-3 ISO Series 3, Economy-Line, with Linear Bearing of Closed Design
L
L/2
N1 J
Da
H5
H3
M8 x 1
H
H2
J1
H1
A
Fw
N2
N
Bottom view
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with a closed All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
linear bearing of the ISO Series 3 from reliable brand in good Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
quality at low price. Self-aligning capability that accommodates
tilting. Spare linear bearing page 491.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 712 02, Linear Bearings Unit KG-3, Economy-Line, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw A Da H±0,02 H1 H2 H3 H5 J J1 L N NI* N2 dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
closed mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
646 712 02 12 39 22 18 35 25 13 10 32 23 43 4,2 M5 8 1020 1290 130
646 716 02 16 43 26 22 42 30 13 12 40 26 53 5,2 M6 10 1250 1550 200
646 720 02 20 54 32 25 50 34 18 13 45 32 60 6,8 M8 11 2090 2630 330
646 725 02 25 67 40 30 60 40 22 15 60 40 78 8,6 M10 15 3780 4720 670
646 730 02 30 79 47 35 70 48 22 16 68 45 87 8,6 M10 15 5470 6810 1010
646 740 02 40 91 62 45 90 60 26 20 86 58 108 10,3 M12 18 6590 8230 1810
646 750 02 50 113 75 50 105 49 34 20 108 50 132 14,25 M16 20 10800 13500 2930
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 487.
Linear Bearings Units KG-3-O ISO Series 3, Economy-Line, with Linear Bearing of Open Design
L J
L/2
NI Da
H5
H3
H6
J1
H
A
H2
M8
Ø8
H1
Fw
N2
E
N
M8 x 1
Bottom view
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with an open All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
linear bearing of the ISO Series 3 from reliable brand in good Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
quality at low price. Self-aligning capability that accommodates
tilting. Spare linear bearing page 491.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 712 03, Linear Bearings Unit KG-3-O, Economy-Line, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw A Da H±0,02 H1 H2 H3 H5 H6 J J1 L N NI* N2 E dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
open mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
646 712 03 12 39 22 18 28 23,5 11 8 16,7 32 23 43 4,2 M5 8 6,5 1020 1290 100
646 716 03 16 43 26 22 35 30 13 12 22,0 40 26 53 5,2 M6 10 9,0 1250 1550 170
646 720 03 20 54 32 25 42 34 18 13 25,0 45 32 60 6,8 M8 11 9,0 2090 2630 280
646 725 03 25 67 40 30 51 40 22 15 31,5 60 40 78 8,6 M10 15 11,5 3780 4720 570
646 730 03 30 79 47 35 60 48 22 16 33,0 68 45 87 8,6 M10 15 14,0 5470 6810 870
646 740 03 40 91 62 45 77 60 26 20 45,5 86 58 108 10,3 M12 28 19,5 6590 8230 1560
646 750 03 50 113 75 50 88 49 34 20 47,5 108 50 132 14,25 M16 20 22,5 10800 13500 2480
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
Shaft steel with shaft support page 479.
® 497
Tandem Linear-Bearing Units KGT-3 ISO Series 3, with Linear Bearings of Closed Design
Top view
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with two All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
closed linear bearings of the ISO Series 3 from premium brand Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
in top quality. With self-aligning capability that accommodates
tilting and double-lip seals. Spare linear bearing page 490.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 812 00, Linear Bearings Unit KGT-3, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw A C Da H±0.01 H1 H2 H3 J J1 L N NI* dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
Closed mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
646 812 00 12 76 32 22 18 35 27 13 30 40 42 5,3 M6 1760 1630 236
646 816 00 16 84 36 26 22 41,5 33 13 36 45 50 5,3 M6 2160 1730 372
646 820 00 20 104 45 32 25 49,5 39,5 18 45 55 60 6,4 M8 3200 2750 670
646 825 00 25 130 58 40 30 59,5 47 22 54 70 74 8,4 M10 4750 4150 1236
646 830 00 30 152 68 47 35 69,5 55 26 62 85 84 10,5 M12 7500 6550 1870
646 840 00 40 176 80 62 45 89,5 71 34 80 100 108 13 M16 12700 10400 3550
646 850 00 50 224 100 75 50 99,5 81 34 100 125 130 13 M16 18300 14000 5920
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 487.
Tandem Linear-Bearing Units KGT-3-0 ISO Series 3, with Linear Bearings of Open Design
Top view
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with two All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
open linear bearings of the ISO Series 3 from premium brand
Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
in top quality. With self-aligning capability that accommodates
tilting and double-lip seals. Spare linear bearing page 490.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 812 01, Linear Bearings Unit KGT-3-0, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw A C Da H±0.02 H1 H2 H3 J J1 L N NI* E dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
Open mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees N N g
646 812 01 12 76 32 22 18 29 23,5 13 30 40 42 5,3 M6 7,6 78 1760 1630 178
646 816 01 16 84 36 26 22 35 28 13 36 45 50 5,3 M6 10,4 78 2160 1730 284
646 820 01 20 104 45 32 25 42 33,5 18 45 55 60 6,4 M8 10,8 60 3200 2750 620
646 825 01 25 130 58 40 30 51 40 22 54 70 74 8,4 M10 13,2 60 4750 4150 966
646 830 01 30 152 68 47 35 60 46,5 26 62 85 84 10,5 M12 14,2 50 7500 6550 1490
646 840 01 40 176 80 62 45 77 61 34 80 100 108 13 M16 18,7 50 12700 10400 2810
646 850 01 50 224 100 75 50 88 72 34 100 125 130 13 M16 23,6 50 18300 14000 4830
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
a t stee t s a t su t age
498 ®
Tandem Linear-Bearing Units KGT-3 ISO Series 3, Economy-Line, with Linear Bearings of Closed Design
L A
J1
L/2
N1 Da
H5
H3
H
H2
H1
Fw
J
N
N2 M8 x 1
Bottom view, turned
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with two All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
closed linear bearings of the ISO Series 3 from reliable brand in Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
good quality at low price. Self-aligning capability that accommo-
dates tilting. Spare linear bearing page 491.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 812 02, Linear Bearings Unit KGT-3, Economy-Line, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw A Da H±0.02 H1 H2 H3 J J1 L N NI* N2 dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
closed mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
646 812 02 12 76 22 18 35 25 13 30 40 43 5,2 M6 10 1660 2580 250
646 816 02 16 84 26 22 42 30 13 36 45 53 5,2 M6 10 2030 3100 410
646 820 02 20 104 32 25 50 34 18 45 55 60 6,8 M8 11 3400 5260 640
646 825 02 25 130 40 30 60 40 22 54 70 78 8,6 M10 15 6160 9440 1290
646 830 02 30 152 47 35 70 48 26 62 85 87 10,3 M12 18 8610 13620 1970
646 840 02 40 176 62 45 90 60 34 80 100 108 14,25 M16 20 10740 16460 3520
646 850 02 50 224 75 50 105 49 34 100 125 132 14,25 M16 20 17600 27000 5860
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 487.
Tandem Linear-Bearing Units KGT-3-0 ISO Series 3, Economy-Line, with Linear Bearings of Open Design
L
L/2 A
NI Da J1
H5
H3
H6
H
H2
H1
Fw
E
N
N2 M5
M8 x 1 ø8
J2 Bottom view, turned
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with two All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
open linear bearings of the ISO Series 3 from reliable brand in Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
good quality at low price. Self-aligning capability that accommo-
dates tilting. Spare linear bearing page 491.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 812 03, Linear Bearings Unit KGT-3-0, Economy-Line, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw A Da H±0.02 H1 H2 H3 H6 J J1 J2 L N NI* N2 E dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
open mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
646 812 03 12 76 22 18 30 25 13 16,7 30 40 19,5 43 5,2 M6 10 6,5 1660 2580 210
646 816 03 16 84 26 22 35 30 13 22,0 36 45 21,5 53 5,2 M6 10 9,0 2030 3100 340
646 820 03 20 104 32 25 42 34 18 25,0 45 55 27,0 60 6,8 M8 11 9,0 3400 5260 560
646 825 03 25 130 40 30 51 40 22 31,5 54 70 33,5 78 8,6 M10 15 11,5 6160 9440 1140
646 830 03 30 152 47 35 60 48 26 33,0 62 85 39,5 87 10,3 M12 18 14,0 8910 13620 1670
646 840 03 40 176 62 45 77 60 34 43,5 80 100 45,0 108 14,25 M16 20 19,5 10740 16460 3020
646 850 03 50 224 75 50 88 49 34 47,5 100 125 56,5 132 14,25 M16 20 22,5 17600 27000 5010
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
a t stee t s a t su t age
® 499
Quadro Linear-Bearing Units KGQ-3 ISO Series 3, with Linear Bearings of Closed Design
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with four All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
closed linear bearings of the ISO Series 3 from premium brand Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
in top quality. With self-aligning capability that accommodates
tilting and double-lip seals. Spare linear bearing page 490.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 912 00, Linear Bearings Unit KGQ-3, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw C Da H±0.02 H1 H2 H3 J L L1 N N I* dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
Closed mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
646 912 00 12 32 22 16 32 25 13 73 85 42 5,3 M6 2850 3250 492
646 916 00 16 36 26 18 36 29 13 88 100 54 5,3 M6 3450 3450 744
646 920 00 20 45 32 23 46 37,5 18 115 130 72 6,6 M8 5200 5500 1680
646 925 00 25 58 40 28 56 45 22 140 160 88 8,4 M10 7650 8150 3022
646 930 00 30 68 47 32 64 50,5 26 158 180 96 10,5 M12 12200 12900 4270
646 940 00 40 80 62 40 80 64 34 202 230 122 13,5 M16 20800 20800 8380
646 950 00 50 100 75 48 96 80 34 250 280 152 13,5 M16 30000 28000 14990
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 487.
Quadro Linear-Bearing Units KGQ-3-0 ISO Series 3, with Linear Bearings of Open Design
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with four All bearings are lubricated ready to install.
open linear bearings of the ISO Series 3 from premium brand
Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
in top quality. With self-aligning capability that accommodates
tilting and double-lip seals. Spare linear bearing page 490.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 912 01, Linear Bearings Unit KGQ-3-0, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw C Da H±0.02 H1 H2 H3 J L L1 N NI* E dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
Open mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees N N g
646 912 01 12 32 22 18 30 23,4 13 73 85 42 5,3 M6 7,6 78 2850 3250 426
646 916 01 16 36 26 22 35 28,4 13 88 100 54 5,3 M6 10,4 78 3450 3450 698
646 920 01 20 45 32 25 42 33,5 18 115 130 72 6,6 M8 10,8 60 5200 5500 1420
646 925 01 25 58 40 30 51 40 22 140 160 88 8,4 M10 13,2 60 7650 8150 2572
646 930 01 30 68 47 35 60 46,5 26 158 180 96 10,5 M12 14,2 50 12200 12900 3790
646 940 01 40 80 62 45 77 61 34 202 230 122 13,5 M16 18,7 50 20800 20800 7800
646 950 01 50 100 75 55 93 77 34 250 280 152 13,5 M16 23,6 50 30000 28000 13960
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
Shaft steel with shaft support and shaft blocks page 479.
500 ®
Quadro Linear-Bearing Units KGQ-3 ISO Series 3, Economy-Line, with Linear Bearings of Closed Design
L
J
NI L1 M8 x 1
H3
H5
H
Fw
Da
H1
N
Bottom view, turned
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with four All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
closed linear bearings of the ISO Series 3 from reliable brand in Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
good quality at low price. Self-aligning capability that accommo-
dates tilting. Spare linear bearing page 491.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 912 02, Linear Bearings Unit KGQ-3, Economy-Line, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw Da H±0.02 H1 H3 H5 J L L1 N N I* dyn. C stat. C0 Weight
closed mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
646 912 02 12 22 16 32 13 13 73 85 42 5,3 M6 2690 5160 520
646 916 02 16 26 18 36 13 15 88 100 54 5,3 M6 3300 6200 800
646 920 02 20 32 23 46 18 19 115 130 72 6,8 M8 5510 10520 1740
646 925 02 25 40 28 56 22 24 140 160 88 9,0 M10 9980 18880 3190
646 930 02 30 47 32 64 26 27 158 180 96 10,5 M12 14440 27240 4540
646 940 02 40 62 40 80 34 35 202 230 122 13,5 M16 17390 32920 8790
646 950 02 50 75 48 96 34 40 250 280 152 13,5 M16 28510 54000 15520
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
Shaft steel page 478. Shaft blocks page 487.
Quadro Linear-Bearing Units KGQ-3-0 ISO Series 3, Economy-Line, with Linear Bearings of Open Design
L
J
NI L1 M8 x 1
H3
H
H1
Fw
Da
E
N
M5
ø8
Bottom view, turned
Material: Housing made from extruded aluminium with four All bearings are lubricated ready-to-install.
open linear bearings of the ISO Series 3 from reliable brand in Recommended shaft tolerance h6.
good quality at low price. Self-aligning capability that accommo-
dates tilting. Spare linear bearing page 491.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 646 912 03, Linear Bearings Unit KGQ-3-0, Economy-Line, Internal Ø 12 mm
Load Rating
Product No. Fw Da H±0.02 H1 H3 J L L1 N N I* E Cdyn. stat. C0 Weight
open mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
646 912 03 12 22 18 30 13 73 85 42 5,3 M6 6,5 2690 5160 470
646 916 03 16 26 22 35 13 88 100 54 5,3 M6 9,0 3300 6200 740
646 920 03 20 32 25 42 18 115 130 72 6,8 M8 9,0 5510 10520 1540
646 925 03 25 40 30 51 22 140 160 88 9,0 M10 11,5 9980 18880 2790
646 930 03 30 47 35 60 26 158 180 96 10,5 M12 14,0 14440 27240 4140
646 940 03 40 62 45 77 34 202 230 122 13,5 M16 19,5 17690 32920 8290
646 950 03 50 75 55 93 34 250 280 152 13,5 M16 22,5 28510 54000 14870
* When mounting from the bottom side choose the next smaller screw size.
Shaft steel with shaft support and shaft blocks page 479.
® 501
Profiled Track Rollers LFR
Material: Roller bearing steel 100CR6. ødw
• Standard rollers in high quality with very strong outer ring 2RS
and special groove design for 2-point contact. Pressure angle 30°.
• Integrated double-row angular contact ball bearings for common 2Z
A
axial and high radial load.
r
• Usable on hardened and ground linear shaft steel with shaft
ødz
øDA
B
support or on special linear guides.
• On choice: With friction-free metal shields 2Z
or with contacting rubber seals 2RS.
Accuracy class PN DIN 620. Radial clearance approaching class CN. C
Temperature range: -30°C to +90°C (for short time up to +110°C).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 647 801 01, Profiled Track Roller LFR50/5-4-2Z
Profiled Track Rollers LFR...-2Z with Shields
Product No. Type dw dz DA A B C r CW CW0 Frz F0rz Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN kN g
647 801 01 LFR50/5-4-2Z 4 5 16 9 8 7 0,2 1,2 0,86 1,3 1,78 9
647 801 02 LFR50/5-6-2Z 6 5 17 10,5 8 7 0,2 1,27 0,82 1,3 1,78 10
647 801 03 LFR50/8-6-2Z 6 8 24 14 11 11 0,3 3,67 2,28 1,3 4,56 20
647 801 04 LFR5201-10-2Z 10 12 35 20,65 15,9 15,9 0,3 8,5 5,1 5,1 10,2 66
647 801 05 LFR5301-10-2Z 10 12 42 24 19 19 0,6 13 7,7 7,5 14,2 135
647 801 06 LFR5302-10-2Z 10 15 47 26,65 19 19 1,0 16,2 9,2 6,2 18,4 170
647 801 07 LFR5201-12-2Z 12 12 35 21,75 15,9 15,9 0,3 8,4 5 5,1 10 66
647 801 08 LFR5204-16-2Z 16 20 52 31,5 22,6 20,6 0,6 16,8 9,5 12,1 16,6 195
647 801 09 LFR5206-20-2Z 20 25 72 41 25,8 23,8 0,6 29,5 16,6 20,7 33,2 435
647 801 10 LFR5206-25-2Z 25 25 72 43,5 25,8 23,8 0,6 29,2 16,4 23,1 32,8 425
647 801 11 LFR5207-30-2Z 30 30 80 51 29 27 1,0 38 20,8 21,4 36,2 600
647 801 12 LFR5208-40-2Z 40 40 98 62,5 38 36 1,0 54,8 29 55 58 1100
Profiled Track Rollers LFR...-2RS with contacting Seals
Product No. Type dw dz DA A B C r CW CW0 Frz F0rz Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN kN g
647 802 01 LFR50/5-4-2RS 4 5 16 9 8 7 0,2 1,2 0,86 1,3 1,78 9
647 802 02 LFR50/5-6-2RS 6 5 17 10,5 8 7 0,2 1,27 0,82 1,3 1,78 10
647 802 03 LFR50/8-6-2RS 6 8 24 14 11 11 0,3 3,67 2,28 1,3 4,56 20
647 802 04 LFR5201-10-2RS 10 12 35 20,65 15,9 15,9 0,3 8,5 5,1 5,1 10,2 66
647 802 05 LFR5301-10-2RS 10 12 42 24 19 19 0,6 13 7,7 7,5 14,2 135
647 802 06 LFR5302-10-2RS 10 15 47 26,65 19 19 1,0 16,2 9,2 6,2 18,4 170
647 802 07 LFR5201-12-2RS 12 12 35 21,75 15,9 15,9 0,3 8,4 5 5,1 10 66
647 802 08 LFR5204-16-2RS 16 20 52 31,5 22,6 20,6 0,6 16,8 9,5 12,1 16,6 195
647 802 09 LFR5206-20-2RS 20 25 72 41 25,8 23,8 0,6 29,5 16,6 20,7 33,2 435
647 802 10 LFR5206-25-2RS 25 25 72 43,5 25,8 23,8 0,6 29,2 16,4 23,1 32,8 425
647 802 11 LFR5207-30-2RS 30 30 80 51 29 27 1,0 38 20,8 21,4 36,2 600
647 802 12 LFR5208-40-2RS 40 40 98 62,5 38 36 1,0 54,8 29 55 58 1100
Cw = effective dynamical bearing load rate, taking account of the deformation of the outer ring.
C0w = effective statical bearing load rate, taking account of the deformation of the outer ring.
Frz = max. dynamical radial load, regarding the breaking strength of the outer ring.
F0rz = max. statical radial load, regarding the breaking strength of the outer ring.
Assignment of Profiled Track Rollers and Bolts, related to Linear Shaft Diameter d w and Bolt Diameter d z
dw dz DA Track Roller with Shields Track Roller with Seals Zentric Bolt Eccentric Bolt
mm mm mm Product No. Type Product No. Type Product No. Type Artikel-Nr. Type
4 5 16 647 801 01 LFR50/5-4-2Z 647 802 01 LFR50/5-4-2RS 647 803 01 LFZ5 647 804 01 LFE5
6 5 17 647 801 02 LFR50/5-6-2Z 647 802 02 LFR50/5-6-2RS 647 803 01 LFZ5 647 804 01 LFE5
6 8 24 647 801 03 LFR50/8-6-2Z 647 802 03 LFR50/8-6-2RS 647 803 03 LFZ8 647 804 03 LFE8
10 12 35 647 801 04 LFR5201-10-2Z 647 802 04 LFR5201-10-2RS 647 803 04 LFZ12 647 804 04 LFE12
10 12 42 647 801 05 LFR5301-10-2Z 647 802 05 LFR5301-10-2RS 647 803 05 LFZ12/M12 647 804 05 LFE12/M12
10 15 47 647 801 06 LFR5302-10-2Z 647 802 06 LFR5302-10-2RS 647 803 06 LFZ15 647 804 06 LFE15
12 12 35 647 801 07 LFR5201-12-2Z 647 802 07 LFR5201-12-2RS 647 803 07 LFZ12x45A1 647 804 07 LFE12x45A1
16 20 52 647 801 08 LFR5204-16-2Z 647 802 08 LFR5204-16-2RS 647 803 08 LFZ20x67A1 647 804 08 LFE20x67A1
20 25 72 647 801 09 LFR5206-20-2Z 647 802 09 LFR5206-20-2RS 647 803 09 LFZ25x82A1 647 804 09 LFE25x82A1
25 25 72 647 801 10 LFR5206-25-2Z 647 802 10 LFR5206-25-2RS 647 803 09 LFZ25x82A1 647 804 09 LFE25x82A1
30 30 80 647 801 11 LFR5207-30-2Z 647 802 11 LFR5207-30-2RS 647 803 11 LFZ30x95A1 647 804 11 LFE30x95A1
40 40 98 647 801 12 LFR5208-40-2Z 647 802 12 LFR5208-40-2RS 647 803 12 LFZ40x107A1 647 804 12 LFE40x107A1
502 ®
Centric Bolts LFZ for Profil Track Rollers
Material: Heat-treated steel, burnished. s
• Centric bolt for mounting profil track rollers on fixed position. SW
• Normally, a carriage has four rollers: On one side two rollers
Ds
G1
dz
with centric bolts on fixed position. On the other side two rollers
L3
on eccentric bolts, so that they can get adjusted clearance-free. H1
L2
• The assignment of the bolt to the profil track roller is made by L
the linear shaft diameter dw and the bolt diameter dz. L
• Included in scope of delivery, there is a distance washer for SW SW1
dz
release mount of the track roller, for turn without binding
ø5,9
(from LFZ8).
Dk
G1
L3
L2 H1
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 647 803 01, Centric Bolt LFZ5
Product No. Type dw dz L L2 L3 DK G1 H1 S DS SW SW1 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
647 803 01 LFZ5 4/6 5 19,5 16 9,5 10 M4 2,9 - - 3* - 6
647 803 03 LFZ8 6 8 28,3 24,3 15 - M8 4 1 14 12 - 14
647 803 04 LFZ12 10 12 43 36 22 - M10 8,4 1,8 21 17 - 34
647 803 05 LFZ12/M12 10 12 50,8 43,8 24 - M12 6,5 1,8 19 17 - 50
647 803 06 LFZ15 10 15 50,8 43,8 26 - M12 6,5 1,8 21 19 - 60
647 803 07 LFZ12x45A1 12 12 50 45 16 20 M10x1,5 8 2 21 17 17 40
647 803 08 LFZ20x67A1 16 20 75 67 23 30 M16x1,5 13 3 30 27 24 200
647 803 09 LFZ25x82A1 20/25 25 92 82 30 40 M20x1,5 16 3 37 36 30 400
647 803 11 LFZ30x95A1 30 30 107 95 32 45 M24x1,5 19 4 44 41 36 620
647 803 12 LFZ40x107A1 40 40 117 107 42 55 M30x1,5 24 4 56 46 46 1100
* Allen screw.
Eccentric Bolts LFE for Profil Track Rollers
Material: Heat-treated steel, burnished.
• Eccentric bolt for mounting profil track rollers on adjustable position, SW1 s L1 s
to install the rollers clearance-free. SW2
dz
G1
G2
• Normally, a carriage has four rollers: On one side two rollers
Ds
Ds
with centric bolts on fixed position. On the other side two rollers L7 L4
on eccentric bolts, so that they can get adjusted clearance-free. H1 A5
• The assignment of the bolt to the profil track roller is made by L SW1
SW
the linear shaft diameter dw and the bolt diameter dz.
dz
d1
E
ø5,9
• Included in scope of delivery, there is a distance washer for
Dk
G1
release mount of the track roller, for turn without binding
(from LFZ8). L3
A5 H1
L2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 647 804 01, Eccentric Bolt LFE5
Product No. Type dw dz L L1 L2 L3 L4 L7 A5 d1 DK G1 G2 H1 S DS E SW SW1 SW2 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
647 804 01 LFE5 4/6 5 - 20,5 - - 9 - 15 - - M4 M4 2,9 - - 0,5 - 7 2 6
647 804 03 LFE8 6 8 - 33,2 - - 13,7 3,5 22 - - M8 M8x0,75 4 1 14 1 - 13 5 14
647 804 04 LFE12 10 12 - 50 - - 19,5 5 33,5 - - M10 M10 8,4 1,8 21 1 - 17 6 34
647 804 05 LFE12/M12 10 12 - 57 - - 24 5 41 - - M12 M12 6,5 1,8 19 1 - 17 6 50
647 804 06 LFE15 10 15 - 57 - - 24 5 41 - - M12 M12 6,5 1,8 21 1 - 19 6 60
647 804 07 LFE12x45A1 12 12 50 - 45 16 - - 30 10 20 M10x1,5 - 8 2 21 0,75 17 17 - 40
647 804 08 LFE20x67A1 16 20 75 - 67 23 - - 45 17 30 M16x1,5 - 13 3 30 1 27 24 - 200
647 804 09 LFE25x82A1 20/25 25 92 - 82 30 - - 57 22 40 M20x1,5 - 16 3 37 1 36 30 - 400
647 804 11 LFE30x95A1 30 30 107 - 95 32 - - 67 27 45 M24x1,5 - 19 4 44 1 41 36 - 620
647 804 12 LFE40x107A1 40 40 117 - 107 42 - - 72 36 55 M30x1,5 - 24 4 56 1 46 46 - 1100
® 503
Precision Rail-Guide Sets RE and RE-ACS
Material: View packed View mounted
Rails: Tool steel 1.2842 (90MnCrV8), hardness 61±3 HRC.
Rollers: Bearing steel 100Cr6, hardness 62±4 HRC.
Cages and end pieces: Plastic.
Technical data:
• Speed: Up to 3 m/s.
• Acceleration: Up to 80 m/s2.
• Accuracy class: P10 (max. 10µm/1000 mm).
Higher accuracy classes P5 and P2 on request.
• Temperature range: -20ºC to +80ºC.
Lubrication: The rails have to be lubricated before mounting (z.B.
lithium soap grease on mineral oil basis). Relubrication intervals
depend on the type of application.
Contents of Delivery: A set consists of 4 half-rails, 2 plastic cages
with rollers and 8 end pieces (delivered unassembled).
From these components a complete rail-pair unit can be assembled
Sizes: Two sizes with different lengths. Other sizes on request.
Design RE: For applications with limited travel, if high stiffness or
load bearing capacity and positioning accuracy is required in very
confined spaces. The rails are usually supplied in pairs, see contents
of delivery.
Design RE-ACS: As version RE, but with an additional Anti-Cree-
ping-System (ACS) that prevents the cage from creeping. This
means the cage is guided by a plastic gear and teeth at the profile
base. Hub and Load Rating are lower than for version RE (see
table).
(with end-caps)
Applications: machine tools, handling systems, special machinery,
measuring and testing equipment.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 649 703 01, Rail-Guide Sets RE Size 3, Length 50 mm
Load Rating Weight
Product No. Size A-0.3 B-0.2 L L2 Stroke A1 Dw J J1 J2 G G1 N N1 J3 G2 G3 dyn. C stat. C0
RE mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
649 703 01 3 18 8 50 54 25 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 4230 5100 103
649 703 02 3 18 8 75 79 38 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 5803 7650 148
649 703 03 3 18 8 100 104 50 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 7263 10200 195
649 703 04 3 18 8 125 129 63 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 8644 12750 242
649 703 05 3 18 8 150 154 75 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 9964 15300 288
649 703 06 3 18 8 175 179 88 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 11238 17850 335
649 703 07 3 18 8 200 204 100 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 12471 20400 382
649 703 15 6 31 15 100 106 46 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 25743 27300 665
649 703 16 6 31 15 150 156 80 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 34000 39000 981
649 703 17 6 31 15 200 206 92 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 44204 54600 1302
649 703 18 6 31 15 250 256 126 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 51431 66300 1617
649 703 19 6 31 15 300 306 160 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 58382 78000 1933
649 703 20 6 31 15 350 356 172 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 67304 93600 2254
649 703 21 6 31 15 400 406 206 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 73781 105300 2569
Load Rating Weight
Product No. Size A-0.3 B-0.2 L L2 Stroke A1 Dw J J1 J2 G G1 N N1 J3 G2 G3 dyn. C stat. C0
RE-ACS mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
649 703 29 3 18 8 50 54 20 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 3465 4250 102
649 703 30 3 18 8 75 79 30 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 5294 6800 103
649 703 31 3 18 8 100 104 45 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 6300 8500 193
649 703 32 3 18 8 125 129 62 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 7731 11050 240
649 703 33 3 18 8 150 154 79 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 9090 13600 286
649 703 34 3 18 8 175 179 94 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 9964 15300 333
649 703 35 3 18 8 200 204 100 8,7 4 25 12,5 3,5 M4 3,3 6 3,2 4 M3 6 11653 18700 381
649 703 43 6 31 15 100 106 37 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 22826 23400 660
649 703 44 6 31 15 150 156 71 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 31318 35100 976
649 703 45 6 31 15 200 206 105 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 39196 46800 1291
649 703 46 6 31 15 250 256 117 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 49056 62400 1612
649 703 47 6 31 15 300 306 151 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 56093 74100 1928
649 703 48 6 31 15 350 356 163 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 65107 89700 2249
649 703 49 6 31 15 400 406 197 15,2 8 50 25 6 M6 5,2 9,5 5,2 6,75 M5 9 71640 101400 2564
504 ®
Miniature Profile Rail Guides
Material: Rails: Stainless steel 1.4037. Guide Carriage: Stainless steel Lubrication and Sealing
1.4037 with return zones of POM. Balls: Stainless steel 1.4037. Delivery prelubricated and ready for mounting. The individual carriages
Seals: Polyurethane. A can be relubricated through lubrication holes located at the face side.
Technical Data: The lubrication intervals depend on the distance travelled, the cycles
• Structure: 4-point contact ball recirculation system with identical load and ambient conditions.
ang es and a e u at n at s e a age un ted Demounting and Mounting of the Carriages
st e The system is premounted when delivered. To demount the system
• Product range: four different rail widths: 7, 9, 12, 15 mm with one or please regard the following instructions:
two carriages. • Remove the end stop (1) from the rail.
• Temperature range: from -20°C to +80°C.
• Speed: Up to max. 3 m/s. • Position the mounting rail at the end of the rail (2) , make sure there
• Acceleration: Up to 80 m/s2. is no misalignment or gap.
Use: e.g. for applications in the fields of precision engineering, medical • Move the carriage (3) from the rail onto the mounting rail while
engineering, electronics production and the optical industry. High load keeping both rails firm in position. For mounting the carriage on the
bearing capacity at a minimum of mounting space. rail, please proceed in reverse order.
Compact: Simple design, compact and cost efficient. Attention: please always use the enclosed mounting rail, as otherwise
the ball retention inside the carriage is not guaranteed.
Fast: Ideal for linear movements up to 3 m/s.
Durability: Due to the pointed-arch shaped raceways, the carriages can
take up loads and torques acting in any direction. High load bearing capa-
city and long service life.
Rust-resistant: All components are made from rust-resitant steel or of
plastic.
Easy maintenance: Easily relubricatable through lubrications holes located
in the end pieces of the carriage.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 649 010 71, Miniature Profile Guide Rails, 100 mm long, 1 Carriage
Product No. No. of Carriages Rail Length Rail Width W E Weight Product No. No. of Carriages Rail Length Rail Width W E Weight
Pcs. mm mm mm g Pcs. mm mm mm g
649 010 71 1 100 7 5,0 29 649 020 73 2 300 7 7,5 77
649 010 73 1 300 7 7,5 67 649 020 75 2 500 7 2,5 115
649 010 75 1 500 7 2,5 105 649 020 93 2 300 9 10,0 133
649 010 91 1 100 9 10,0 51 649 020 95 2 500 9 10,0 195
649 010 93 1 300 9 10,0 113 649 021 23 2 300 12 12,5 246
649 010 95 1 500 9 10,0 175 649 021 24 2 400 12 12,5 308
649 011 23 1 300 12 12,5 216 649 021 25 2 500 12 12,5 370
649 011 24 1 400 12 12,5 278 649 021 53 2 300 15 10,0 426
649 011 25 1 500 12 12,5 340 649 021 54 2 400 15 20,0 530
649 011 53 1 300 15 10,0 366 649 021 55 2 600 15 20,0 732
649 011 54 1 400 15 20,0 470
649 011 56 1 600 15 20,0 672
Dimensions of Carriages
Rail Width W H W1 W3 W2 L1 L2 L3 L5 M1 Fastening Torque H1 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm mm kg
7 8 17 2,5 12 22,0 16,0 8 23,5 M2 x 2,5 0,32 1,5 0,01
9 10 20 2,5 15 30,0 21,5 10 32,0 M3 x 3,0 1,10 2,0 0,02
12 13 27 3,5 20 33,0 23,0 15 36,0 M3 x 3,5 1,10 3,0 0,03
15 16 32 3,5 25 41,5 29,5 20 44,5 M3 x 4,0 1,10 4,0 0,06
Dimensions of Rail
Rail Width W H4 W4 d3 x d2 x h F Dyn. Load C Stat. Load C0 Stat. Torque MA Stat. Torque MB Stat. Torque MC Weight
mm mm mm mm mm N N Nm Nm Nm kg/m
7 4,8 3,5 2,5 x 4,5 x 2,5 15 860 1670 4,9 4,9 5,2 0,19
9 6,5 4,5 3,5 x 6,0 x 3,5 20 1850 3130 11,2 11,2 13,2 0,31
12 8,8 6,0 3,5 x 6,0 x 4,5 25 2550 4000 15,0 15,0 21,7 0,62
15 10,8 7,5 3,5 x 6,0 x 4,5 40 2880 5390 21,0 21,0 40,2 1,02
® 505
Miniature Slide Units
Material: Slides, rail and balls: Stainless steel 1.4034.
Cage and end pieces: Plastic. Bottom View
Technical data: A
• Speed: Up to 3 m/s.
• Acceleration: Up to 80 m/s2.
• Accuracy class: P5 (standard, for most applications).
• Preload class: TO (standard, slight clearance).
Other accuracy classes and preload classes on request.
• Temperature range: -20ºC to +80ºC.
Four rail widths to choose from (7, 9, 12 and 15 mm). Top View
Lubrication: Prelubricated with „Paraliq P460“.
Relubrication intervals depend on the type of application.
Ready-to-mount, pre-assembled. for limited stroke. Especially com-
pact construction. High running accuracy
(5 µm/100 mm stroke). Extremely smooth motion.
All technical parameters were set to ensure high
system stiffness and precision guidance.
Contents of Delivery: One slide mounted on a rail.
Application:
• Pneumatics.
• Semi Conductors manufacturing. complete length complete length
• Medical.
• electronics and micro assembly.
• Precision engineering.
• Measuring applications.
Advantages:
• Compact design.
• High load bearing capacity.
• Excellent running accuracy.
• Smooth running. rail width
• High stiffness.
• Easy mounting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 649 701 01, Miniature Slide Overall Length 29 mm
Rail Overall Max. Number of Bores Load Rating Torques Weight
Product No. Width Length Stroke* A B C Slide Rail dyn. C stat. Co Ma’ Mb MC
mm mm mm mm mm mm pcs. pcs. N N Nm Nm g
649 701 01 7 29 24 26 5,5 5 6 2 700 1100 3,5 6 18,4
649 701 02 7 37 34 34 9,5 5 8 2 900 1400 5,5 7 24,2
649 701 03 7 53 50 50 10 5 12 3 1100 2000 12 10 60,5
649 701 04 7 69 66 66 10,5 5 16 4 1400 2700 21 14 79,8
649 701 05 9 35 28 32 8 9,5 4 2 1200 1800 7 12 30,5
649 701 06 9 45 40 42 11 8 6 2 1400 2100 11 15 40,3
649 701 07 9 58 54 55 7,5 8 8 3 1900 3400 18 19 52,3
649 701 08 9 84 78 81 10,5 8 12 4 2500 4900 43 29 76,9
649 701 09 9 97 92 94 7 8 14 5 2700 5500 57 33 87,8
649 701 10 12 40 32 37 6 11 4 2 2200 3300 11 21 64,1
649 701 11 12 54 47 51 13 10,5 6 2 2600 4300 22 28 89,3
649 701 12 12 69 62 66 8 10,5 8 3 3000 5300 36 36 112,9
649 701 13 12 99 95 96 10,5 10,5 12 4 3800 7200 76 52 167,0
649 701 14 12 129 122 126 13 10,5 16 6 4700 9700 131 68 217,4
649 701 15 15 56 50 52 6 16,0 4 2 2800 3900 25 42 134,4
649 701 16 15 89 80 85 22,5 12,5 8 2 4600 7800 73 70 219,7
649 701 17 15 109 102 105 12,5 12,5 10 3 5100 9100 106 84 273,0
649 701 18 15 169 162 165 22,5 12,5 16 4 7300 15000 264 131 426,4
* Overall stroke from one mechanical end stop to the other.
Further Dimensions
Rail Width D E F G H J K L M N1 N2
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
7 17 12 8 2,35 2,5 8 15 2,5 4,5 M3 M2 x 2,5
9 20 15 10 3,55 3,5 13 20 3,5 6 M4 M3 x3
12 27 20 13 4,7 4,5 15 25 3,5 6 M4 M3 x 3,5
15 32 25 16 6 4,5 20 40 3,5 6 M4 M3 x 4
506 ®
Linear Motion Guide DA 0115 RC with Ball Carriage
Material: Track made from aluminium.
Carriage: Stainless steel housing with plastic sealings.
On choice: With stainless steel balls (greased) or
polymer balls (grease free).
Linear guide for universal use.
• Four track lenghts on choice (for to cut by the customer).
• Without boreholes, or with mounting holes.
• Several carriages can be used on one track.
• Resistant against corrosion and dirt.
• All parts have to be ordered seperately.
• Long service life, tested to 80,000 meters of travel distance.
Ordering details: e.g.: 1x Prod. No. 649 705 01, Carriage,
1x Prod. No. 649 705 06H, Track 600mm with Mounting Holes,
2x Prod. No. 649 705 03, End Stop
111+/-0,5
M5 (2x)
60,0 12,3+/-0,25
40,0
10,0
22,4
Length approx.
50 100 100 100 0)
Mounting holes only at
Product No. 649 705 06H,
No. 649 705 12H,
No. 649 705 18H,
and No. 649 705 24H
Ø 4,2 (Ø10 x 90°)
Load ratings in kg depending on mounting position and number of carriages
Product No. Product vertically mounted horizontally monted, lying horizontally monted, hanging Weight
1 Carriage 2 Carri. 3 Carri. 1 Carriage 2 Carri. 3 Carri. 1 Carriage 2 Carri. 3 Carri. g
649 705 01 Carriage with stainless steel balls 50 90 130 30 55 70 40 70 90 120
649 705 02 Carriage with polymer balls 30 54 75 18 32 42 24 42 54 85
649 705 06 Track, length 600mm 320
649 705 06H Track, length 600mm with holes 320
649 705 12 Track, length 1200mm 635
649 705 12H Track, length 1200mm with holes 635
649 705 18 Track, length 1800mm 950
649 705 18H Track, length 1800mm with holes 950
649 705 24 Track, length 2400mm 1270
649 705 24H Track, length 2400mm with holes 1270
649 705 03* End Stop (1 piece)* 15
* Depending on the application, 2 pieces may be required. 2 screws included.
On request:
vertically
horizontally, lying
horizontally, hanging
Carriage (with mounting aid) and End Tracks on choice without bores The load ratings depend on the Drilling jig: to drill pinholes for perma-
Stops have to be ordered seperately. or with mounting holes. mounting position (see table). nent pinned connection of tracks.
Note
Not recommended for high torque applicatins. Push the carriages with the mounting aid carefully onto the track.
Fix track on a rigid and levelm surface. Fixing recommendation: Distribute weight evenly across carriages. Infinte track lengths
M4 countersunk screw or 4mm countersunk wood screw. possible. Butt tracks end to end and align the centre lines. For
Drill countersunk holes in the middle of track, hole distance from permanent pinned connection, use drilling jig (on request) for
100mm up to 200mm, depending on mounting position and load. 3mm pins
® 507
Cup Rollers with Fastening Element
Material Version A: Housing: Steel, zinc plated.
Ball cup: Steel, case hardened.
Ball: Steel, hardened.
Material Version B: Housing: Steel, zinc plated.
Ball cup: Steel, case hardened.
Ball: Stainless steel, hardened,
Material No. 1.3541.
Due to the special shape of the top part, an assembly plug
should be used. Assembly plug see below.
Max. speed 2m/sec.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 310 15, Cup Roller with Fastening Element,
Version A, 15 mm
Product No. dw D D1 h H b Seating-Ø D B s Load Rating C* Weight
Version
A mm mm mm mm mm mm mm min N kg
654 310 15 15 24 -0,13 31 9,5 ±0,2 20,5 5,5 24 +0,5 1,5 500 0,044
654 310 22 22 36 -0,16 45 9,8 ±0,2 28,6 6,0 36 +0,8 2,0 1300 0,146
654 310 30 30 45 -0,16 55 13,8 ±0,3 37,5 8,0 45 +1,0 2,5 2500 0,290
Product No. dw D D1 h H b Seating-Ø D B s Load Rating C* Weight
Version
B mm mm mm mm mm mm mm min N kg
654 320 15 15 24 -0,13 31 9,5 ±0,2 20,5 5,5 24 +0,5 1,5 370 0,044
654 320 22 22 36 -0,16 45 9,8 ±0,2 28,6 6,0 36 +0,8 2,0 970 0,146
654 320 30 30 45 -0,16 55 13,8 ±0,3 37,5 8,0 45 +1,0 2,5 1900 0,290
* Due to unevenness of the running surface, there are often only three rollers carrying the weight.
Therefore the chosen load rating should equal at least one third of the load.
Assembly Plugs for cup rollers with Fastening Element
Material: Aluminium.
For ball cups with fastening element.
Avoids damage to the upper, conical part of the housing.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 300 15, Assembly Plug for Ball Cups 15 mm
Product No. Ball Cup-Ø d w D2 D3 t min Weight
mm mm mm mm º kg
654 300 15 15 29 17 10 30 0,34
654 300 22 22 43 24 10 20 0,46
654 300 30 30 53 30 10 24 0,63
508 ®
Cup Rollers with Steel-Sheet Housing
Material Version A: Housing: Steel, zinc plated.
Ball cup: Steel, case hardened.
Ball: Steel, hardened.
Material Version B: Housing: Steel, zinc plated.
Ball cup: Steel, case hardened.
Ball: Stainless steel, hardened,
Material No. 1.3541.
Material Version C: Housing and other parts: Stainless steel,
Material No. 1.4301.
Ball cup: Stainless steel, Material
A No. 1.4301, hardened.
Ball: Stainless steel, hardened,
Material No. 1.3541.
Max. speed 2m/sec.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 330 08, Ball Cup, Version A, 8 mm
Product No. dw D D1 h H a b Load Rating C* Weight
Version
A mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg
654 330 08 8 12,6 ±0,055 17 4,8 ±0,15 11,2 1,8 3,2 100 0,007
654 330 12 12 18 ±0,055 23 7,4 ±0,15 15,5 2,0 4,3 250 0,018
654 330 15 15 24 ±0,065 31 9,5 ±0,2 21,5 2,5 6,1 500 0,038
654 330 22 22 36 ±0,080 45 9,8 ±0,2 29,5 2,9 5,7 1300 0,132
654 330 30 30 45 ±0,080 55 13,8 ±0,3 37,5 3,7 7,9 2500 0,265
654 330 45 45 62 ±0,095 75 19,0 ±0,4 53,7 4,2 10,3 6000 0,720
Product No. dw D D1 h H a b Load Rating C* Weight
Version
B mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg
654 340 08 8 12,6 ±0,055 17 4,8 ±0,15 11,2 1,8 3,2 70 0,007
654 340 12 12 18 ±0,055 23 7,4 ±0,15 15,5 2,0 4,3 180 0,018
654 340 15 15 24 ±0,065 31 9,5 ±0,2 21,5 2,5 6,1 370 0,038
654 340 22 22 36 ±0,080 45 9,8 ±0,2 29,5 2,9 5,7 970 0,132
654 340 30 30 45 ±0,080 55 13,8 ±0,3 37,5 3,7 7,9 1900 0,265
654 340 45 45 62 ±0,095 75 19,0 ±0,4 53,7 4,2 10,3 4500 0,720
Product No. dw D D1 h H a b Load Rating C* Weight
Version
C mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N kg
654 350 08 8 12,6 ±0,055 17 4,8 ±0,15 11,2 1,8 3,2 70 0,007
654 350 12 12 18 ±0,055 23 7,4 ±0,15 15,5 2,0 4,3 180 0,018
654 350 15 15 24 ±0,065 31 9,5 ±0,2 21,5 2,5 6,1 370 0,038
654 350 22 22 36 ±0,080 45 9,8 ±0,2 29,5 2,9 5,7 970 0,132
654 350 30 30 45 ±0,080 55 13,8 ±0,3 37,5 3,7 7,9 1900 0,265
* Due to unevenness of the running surface, there are often only three rollers carrying the weight.
Therefore the chosen load rating should equal at least one third of the load.
Tolerance Rings for cup rollers with Steel-Sheet Housing
Material: Spring band steel.
Matching ball cups with steel-sheet housing.
The use of tolerance rings permits more generous tolerances in
the mounting hole (dimension D 1).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 390 08, Tolerance Ring D 12,6mm
Product No. Tolerance Ring Matching D Mounting Dim. D 1 b Weight
a u s t d w mm mm mm mm g
654 390 08 8 12,6 13,87+0,15 6,1+0,2 0,4
654 390 12 12 18 19,70+0,2 6,1+0,2 0,9
654 390 15 15 24 25,7+0,2 7,1+0,2 1,5
654 390 22 22 36 37,7+0,2 12,1+0,2 5,7
654 390 30 30 45 46,7+0,2 12,1+0,2 7,5
654 390 45 45 62 64,1+0,3 15,1+0,2 12,5
® 509
Metric Threaded Bars according to the Old Standard DIN 975, Similar to DIN 976
Threaded bars with metric ISO thread or fine thread,
rolled, in different materials.
Other sizes and designs on request.
Thread M...
Steel, 8.8, with Metric Thread, Right-Hand
Material: 8.8, zinc plated. Length either 1000 mm or 2000 mm.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 651 004 00, Threaded Bars DIN 975, 8.8, M4 x 1000 right
Product No. Product No. Thread Lead Weight Weight
1m 2m mm mm kg / 1m kg / 2m
651 004 00 -- M4 0,7 0,08 --
651 005 00 -- M5 0,8 0,12 --
651 006 00 -- M6 1 0,18 --
651 008 00 651 208 00 M8 1,25 0,32 0,64
651 010 00 651 210 00 M10 1,5 0,50 1,0
651 012 00 651 212 00 M12 1,75 0,73 1,5
651 016 00 651 216 00 M16 2 1,3 2,7
651 020 00 651 220 00 M20 2,5 2,1 4,2
651 024 00 651 224 00 M24 3 3,0 6,0
651 030 00 651 230 00 M30 3,5 4,8 9,5
651 036 00 651 236 00 M36 4 6,9 13,8
Steel, 4.6, with Metric Thread, Right / Left Steel, 4.6, with Fine Metric Thread, Right-Hand
Material: 4.6, zinc plated. Length 1000 mm. Material: 4.6, zinc plated. Length 1000 mm.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 650 003 00, Threaded Bar DIN 975, M3, right Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 650 708 00, Threaded Bar DIN 975, M8x1 right,
fine metric
Product No. Product No. Thread Lead Weight per % Product No. Thread Lead Weight per %
right left mm mm kg mm mm kg
650 003 00 - M3 0,5 4,4 650 708 00 M8x1 1 31,9
650 004 00 - M4 0,7 7,8 650 710 00 M10x1 1 50
650 005 00 650 305 00 M5 0,8 12,4 650 712 00 M12x1,5 1,5 72,5
650 006 00 650 306 00 M6 1 17,7 650 716 00 M16x1,5 1,5 133
650 008 00 650 308 00 M8 1,25 31,9 650 720 00 M20x1,5 1,5 208
650 010 00 650 310 00 M10 1,5 50,0 650 724 00 M24x1,5 1,5 300
650 012 00 650 312 00 M12 1,75 72,5 650 730 00 M30x2 2 475
650 016 00 650 316 00 M16 2 133
650 020 00 650 320 00 M20 2,5 208
650 024 00 650 324 00 M24 3 300
650 030 00 650 330 00 M30 3,5 475
650 036 00 - M36 4 690
Stainless Steel, with Metric Thread, Right-Hand Brass, with Metric Thread, Right-Hand
Material: V2A (A2). Length 1000 mm. A Material: Ms60 (CuZn40). Length 1000 mm.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 650 990 03, Threaded Bar DIN 975, M3, right, stainless Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 650 403 00, Threaded Bar DIN 975, M3, right, brass
Product No. Thread Lead Weight per % Product No. Thread Lead Weight per %
mm mm kg mm mm kg
650 990 03 M3 0,5 4,4 650 403 00 M3 0,5 4,8
650 990 04 M4 0,7 7,8 650 404 00 M4 0,7 8,5
650 990 05 M5 0,8 12,4 650 405 00 M5 0,8 13,4
650 990 06 M6 1 17,7 650 406 00 M6 1 19,2
650 990 08 M8 1,25 31,9 650 408 00 M8 1,25 34,5
650 990 10 M10 1,5 50 650 410 00 M10 1,5 54,2
650 990 12 M12 1,75 72,5 650 412 00 M12 1,75 78,5
650 990 16 M16 2 133 650 416 00 M16 2 144
650 990 20 M20 2,5 208 650 420 00 M20 2,5 226
650 990 24 M24 3 300
650 990 30 M30 3,5 475
510 ®
Hexagon Nuts DIN 934
Hexagon nuts DIN 934 with metric ISO thread or fine thread made
from various materials.
...with metric thread, right hand ...with metric thread, left hand
Material: Steel, tensile strength 8, zinc-plated. Material: Steel, tensile strength 8, zinc-plated.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 652 003 00, Hexagon Nut DIN 934, M3, Right Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 652 305 00, Hexagon Nut DIN 934, M5, Left
Product No. Thread Width Across Flats Weight p.% Pcs. Product No. Thread Width Across Flats Weight p.% Pcs.
mm mm kg mm mm kg
652 003 00 M3 5,5 0,04 652 305 00 M5 8 0,12
652 004 00 M4 7 0,08 652 306 00 M6 10 0,25
652 005 00 M5 8 0,12 652 308 00 M8 13 0,52
652 006 00 M6 10 0,25 652 310 00 M10 17 1,16
652 008 00 M8 13 0,52 652 312 00 M12 19 1,73
652 010 00 M10 17 1,16 652 316 00 M16 24 3,33
652 012 00 M12 19 1,73 652 320 00 M20 30 6,40
652 016 00 M16 24 3,33 652 324 00 M24 36 11,00
652 020 00 M20 30 6,40 652 330 00 M30 46 22,30
652 024 00 M24 36 11,00
652 030 00 M30 46 22,30
652 036 00 M36 55 39,30
...with metric, fine thread, right hand ...with metric thread, right hand
Material: Steel, tensile strength 8, zinc-plated. Material: Brass Ms60 (CuZn40)
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 652 508 00, Hexagon Nut DIN 934, M8, metr. fine Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 652 703 00, Hexagon Nut DIN 934, Brass, M3, Right
Product No. Thread Width Across Flats Weight p.% Pcs. Product No. ead dt ss ats eg t Ps
mm mm kg mm mm kg
652 508 00 M8x1 13 0,52 652 703 00 M3 5,5 0,04
652 510 00 M10x1 17 1,16 652 704 00 M4 7 0,09
652 512 00 M12x1,5 19 1,73 652 705 00 M5 8 0,13
652 516 00 M16x1,5 24 3,33 652 706 00 M6 10 0,27
652 520 00 M20x1,5 30 6,40 652 708 00 M8 13 0,56
652 524 00 M24x1,5 36 11,00 652 710 00 M10 17 1,26
652 530 00 M30x2 46 22,30 652 712 00 M12 19 1,87
652 716 00 M16 24 3,61
652 720 00 M20 30 7,00
652 724 00 M24 36 11,90
652 730 00 M30 46 24,00
Hexagon Nuts 2308 with Ball Cup (Swivel Nuts)
Material: Heat-treated steel, tensile strength 10, burnished.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 358 00, Hexagon Nut 2308 with Ball Cup, M8
Product No. d1 d2 m sw Weight
mm mm mm mm g
sw
653 358 00 M8 17 14 13 12
653 360 00 M10 21 17,5 16 27
653 362 00 M12 24 21,5 18 38
653 366 00 M16 30 28 24 68
653 370 00 M20 36 35 30 140
653 374 00 M24 44 42,5 36 255
653 380 00 M30 55 56 46 530
® 511
Hexagon Nuts DIN 6330 (Height 1.5 x d)
Material: Heat-treated steel, tensile strength 10. ly
cal
eri
Shape B, with round contact surface at one end. sph
The round end matches the spherical washers DIN 6319 page
468.
This combination can be used to compensate bearing displace-
ment.
m sw
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 206 00, Hexagon Nut DIN 6330, M6
Product No. d1 d2 e m r sw Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
653 206 00 M6 7 11,5 9 9 10 5
653 208 00 M8 9 15 12 11 13 9
653 210 00 M10 11,5 18,5 15 15 16 20
653 212 00 M12 14 20,8 18 17 18 28
653 214 00 M14 16 24,2 21 20 21 45
653 216 00 M16 18 27,7 24 22 24 58
653 220 00 M20 22 34,6 30 27 30 110
653 224 00 M24 26 41,6 36 32 36 195
653 230 00 M30 32 53,1 45 41 46 405
653 236 00 M36 38 63,5 54 50 55 715
Hexagon Nuts DIN 6331 with Collar (Height 1.5 x d)
Material: Heat-treated steel, tensile strength 10.
The collar on the nut means no separate washer is required.
m sw
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 308 00, Hexagon Nut DIN 6331, M8
Product No. d1 d2 e m a sw Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
653 308 00 M8 18 15 12 3,5 13 12
653 310 00 M10 22 18,5 15 4 16 25
653 312 00 M12 25 20,8 18 4 18 35
653 314 00 M14 28 24,2 21 4 21 51
653 316 00 M16 31 27,7 24 5 24 68
653 320 00 M20 37 34,6 30 6 30 130
653 324 00 M24 45 41,6 36 6 36 230
653 330 00 M30 58 53,1 45 8 46 470
653 336 00 M36 68 63,5 54 10 55 810
Extension Nuts 6334 (Height 3 x d)
Material: Heat-treated steel. Strength class 10.
m sw
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 006 00, Extension Nuts 6334, M6
Product No. d1 Lead sw m Weight
mm mm mm mm g
653 006 00 M6 1 10 18 8
653 008 00 M8 1,25 13 24 19
653 010 00 M10 1,5 16 30 42
653 012 00 M12 1,75 18 36 63
653 014 00 M14 2 21 42 95
653 016 00 M16 2 24 48 120
653 020 00 M20 2,5 30 60 235
653 024 00 M24 3 36 72 410
653 030 00 M30 3,5 46 90 850
512 ®
Turnbuckles Similar to DIN 1478, Zinc-Plated, Made From Seamless Steel Tube
Material: St37 DIN 1629, zinc-plated.
Some turnbuckle nuts are supplied with cross-holes, according
to DIN 1478 as at 09/2005, which serve to check the minimum
thread engagement.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 906 00, Turnbuckle DIN 1478, zinc-plated M6
Product No. d* L min. thread engagement Adjustability Weight
zinc-plated mm mm mm mm g
653 906 00 M6 110 9,5 90 120
653 908 00 M8 110 12 85 140
653 910 00 M10 125 14 95 190
653 912 00 M12 125 17 90 250
653 916 00 M16 170 22 120 430
653 920 00 M20 200 26 140 650
653 924 00 M24 255 31 180 1100
653 930 00 M30 255 38 160 1300
* One side right-hand thread, other side left-hand thread.
Turnbuckle Nuts Similar to DIN 1479
Material: St37 DIN 1629, either untreated or zinc-plated.
M6 to M16 with overlapping thread,
from M20 middle part relieved.
Some turnbuckle nuts are supplied with cross-holes, according
to DIN 1479 as at 09/2005, which serve to check the minimum
thread engagement.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 806 00, Turnbuckle Nut DIN 1479, M6
Min. thread
Product No. Product No. d* L SW engagement Adjustability Weight
untreated zinc-plated mm mm mm mm mm g
653 806 00 653 856 00 M6 30 10 9,5 15 14
653 808 00 653 858 00 M8 35 13 12 15 26
653 810 00 653 860 00 M10 45 16 14 21 62
653 812 00 653 862 00 M12 55 18 17 25 90
653 816 00 653 866 00 M16 75 24 22 35 180
653 820 00 653 870 00 M20 95 30 26 47 320
653 824 00 653 874 00 M24 115 36 31 57 530
653 830 00 653 880 00 M30 125 46 38 53 1080
* One side right-hand thread, other side left-hand thread.
Washers DIN 6340 (extra thick)
Material: Quenched and tempered steel, stamped out, pressed
flat or machine straightened, hardened.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 106 00, Washer DIN 6340 for M6
Product No. d1 d2 s for Bolt Size Weight
mm mm mm g
653 106 00 6,4 17 3 M6 5
653 108 00 8,4 23 4 M8 11
653 110 00 10,5 28 4 M10 16
653 112 00 13 35 5 M12 30
653 114 00* 15* 40 5 M14 42
653 116 00 17 45 6 M16 60
653 120 00 21 50 6 M20 75
653 124 00 25 60 8 M24 135
653 130 00 31 68 10 M30 230
Loctite thread locking and bonding products
* This size is not part of the DIN. page 811.
® 513
Retaining Rings DIN 471 for shafts Retaining Rings DIN 472 for boreholes
b
b
d5
d5
d3 s
d3 s
Material: Feather steel, phosphated, oiled. Material: Feather steel, phosphated, oiled.
External rings for axial fixing a machine part on a shaft. Internal rings for axial fixing a machine part inside a bore.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 617 403 00, Retaining Ring DIN 471, 3mm Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 617 608 00, Retaining Ring DIN 472, 8mm
Nominal Weight Nominal Weight
Product No. Size* s d3 a b d5 pro% Product No. Size* s d3 a b d5 pro%
DIN 471 mm mm mm mm mm mm kg DIN 472 mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
617 403 00 3 0,4 2,7 1,9 0,8 1,0 0,002 617 608 00 8 0,8 8,7 2,4 1,1 1,0 0,010
617 404 00 4 0,4 3,7 2,2 0,9 1,0 0,002 617 610 00 10 1,0 10,8 3,2 1,4 1,2 0,026
617 405 00 5 0,6 4,7 2,5 1,1 1,0 0,007 617 611 00 11 1,0 11,8 3,3 1,5 1,2 0,031
617 406 00 6 0,7 5,6 2,7 1,3 1,2 0,008 617 612 00 12 1,0 13,0 3,4 1,7 1,5 0,037
617 407 00 7 0,8 6,5 3,1 1,4 1,2 0,012 617 613 00 13 1,0 14,1 3,6 1,8 1,5 0,042
617 408 00 8 0,8 7,4 3,2 1,5 1,2 0,016 617 614 00 14 1,0 15,1 3,7 1,8 1,7 0,052
617 409 00 9 1,0 8,4 3,3 1,7 1,2 0,030 617 615 00 15 1,0 16,2 3,7 2,0 1,7 0,056
617 410 00 10 1,0 9,3 3,3 1,8 1,5 0,034 617 616 00 16 1,0 17,3 3,8 2,0 1,7 0,060
617 411 00 11 1,0 10,2 3,3 1,8 1,5 0,041 617 617 00 17 1,0 18,3 3,9 2,1 1,7 0,065
617 412 00 12 1,0 11,0 3,3 1,8 1,7 0,050 617 618 00 18 1,0 19,5 4,1 2,2 2,0 0,074
617 414 00 14 1,0 12,9 3,5 2,1 1,7 0,064 617 619 00 19 1,0 20,5 4,1 2,2 2,0 0,073
617 415 00 15 1,0 13,8 3,6 2,2 1,7 0,067 617 620 00 20 1,0 21,5 4,1 2,3 2,0 0,090
617 416 00 16 1,0 14,7 3,7 2,2 1,7 0,070 617 621 00 21 1,0 22,5 4,2 2,4 2,0 0,100
617 417 00 17 1,0 15,7 3,8 2,3 1,7 0,082 617 622 00 22 1,0 23,5 4,2 2,5 2,0 0,110
617 418 00 18 1,2 16,5 3,9 2,4 2,0 0,111 617 624 00 24 1,2 25,9 4,3 2,6 2,0 0,142
617 419 00 19 1,2 17,5 3,9 2,5 2,0 0,122 617 625 00 25 1,2 26,9 4,5 2,7 2,0 0,150
617 420 00 20 1,2 18,5 4,0 2,6 2,0 0,130 617 626 00 26 1,2 27,9 4,7 2,8 2,0 0,160
617 422 00 22 1,2 20,5 4,2 2,8 2,0 0,150 617 628 00 28 1,2 30,1 4,8 2,9 2,0 0,180
617 424 00 24 1,2 22,2 4,4 3,0 2,0 0,177 617 630 00 30 1,2 32,1 4,8 3,0 2,0 0,206
617 425 00 25 1,2 23,2 4,4 3,0 2,0 0,190 617 632 00 32 1,2 34,4 5,4 3,2 2,5 0,221
617 426 00 26 1,2 24,2 4,5 3,1 2,0 0,196 617 635 00 35 1,5 37,8 5,4 3,4 2,5 0,354
617 428 00 28 1,5 25,9 4,7 3,2 2,0 0,292 617 637 00 37 1,5 39,8 5,5 3,6 2,5 0,374
617 430 00 30 1,5 27,9 5,0 3,5 2,0 0,332 617 638 00 38 1,5 40,8 5,5 3,7 2,5 0,39
617 432 00 32 1,5 29,6 5,2 3,6 2,5 0,354 617 640 00 40 1,75 43,5 5,8 3,9 2,5 0,47
617 435 00 35 1,5 32,2 5,6 3,9 2,5 0,400 617 642 00 42 1,75 45,5 5,9 4,1 2,5 0,54
617 438 00 38 1,75 35,2 5,8 4,2 2,5 0,562 617 645 00 45 1,75 48,5 6,2 4,3 2,5 0,60
617 440 00 40 1,75 36,5 6,0 4,4 2,5 0,60 617 647 00 47 1,75 50,5 6,4 4,4 2,5 0,61
617 445 00 45 1,75 41,5 6,7 4,7 2,5 0,75 617 650 00 50 2,0 54,2 6,5 4,6 2,5 0,73
617 447 00 47 1,75 43,5 6,8 4,9 2,5 0,75 617 652 00 52 2,0 56,2 6,7 4,7 2,5 0,82
617 450 00 50 2,0 45,8 6,9 5,1 2,5 1,02 617 655 00 55 2,0 59,2 6,8 5,0 2,5 0,83
617 455 00 55 2,0 50,8 7,2 5,4 2,5 1,14 617 658 00 58 2,0 62,2 6,9 5,2 2,5 1,05
617 460 00 60 2,0 55,8 7,4 5,8 2,5 1,29 617 660 00 60 2,0 64,2 7,3 5,4 2,5 1,11
617 462 00 62 2,0 57,8 7,5 6,0 2,5 1,43 617 662 00 62 2,0 66,2 7,3 5,5 2,5 1,12
617 475 00 75 2,5 70,5 8,4 7,0 3,0 2,46 617 668 00 68 2,5 72,5 7,8 6,1 3,0 1,60
617 672 00 72 2,5 76,5 7,8 6,4 3,0 1,81
* Shaft diameter. 617 675 00 75 2,5 79,5 7,8 6,6 3,0 1,88
617 680 00 80 2,5 85,5 8,5 7,0 3,0 2,20
617 685 00 85 3,0 90,5 8,6 7,2 3,5 2,53
617 690 00 90 3,0 95,5 8,6 7,6 3,5 3,30
617 700 00 100 3,0 105,5 9,2 8,4 3,5 4,20
617 710 00 110 4,0 117,0 10,4 9,0 3,5 6,45
* Borehole diameter.
514 ®
Locknuts DIN 981, Steel or Stainless Steel
Material:
standard: Steel, min. strength 350 N/mm 2 . b Z
A
t
stainless: Stainless steel 1.4618 (AISI 201).
These nuts are used for unsafed, quickly to loosen applications,
or for a safe connection with an additional lockwasher DIN
5406 (for these lockwashers, a keyway is required on the shaft
d1
d2
d3
thread).
Recommend tolerance for the shaft thread: 6g DIN ISO 965.
30°
h
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 630 00, Locknut DIN 981, Steel, KM 0
Product No. Product No. Type d1 d2 d3 min. h b t Z Weight
standard stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
653 630 00 653 996 30 KM 0 M10 x 0,75 18 13,5 4 3 2 0,04 4
653 632 00 653 996 32 KM 1 M12 x 1 22 17 4 3 2 0,04 7
653 634 00 653 996 34 KM 2 M15 x 1 25 21 5 4 2 0,04 10
653 637 00 653 996 37 KM 3 M17 x 1 28 24 5 4 2 0,04 13
653 640 00 653 996 40 KM 4 M20 x 1 32 26 6 4 2 0,04 19
653 644 00 653 996 44 KM 5 M25 x 1,5 38 32 7 5 2 0,04 25
653 648 00 653 996 48 KM 6 M30 x 1,5 45 38 7 5 2 0,04 43
653 653 00 653 996 53 KM 7 M35 x 1,5 52 44 8 5 2 0,04 53
653 658 00 653 996 58 KM 8 M40 x 1,5 58 50 9 6 2,5 0,04 85
653 662 00 653 996 62 KM 9 M45 x 1,5 65 56 10 6 2,5 0,04 119
653 665 00 653 996 65 KM 10 M50 x 1,5 70 61 11 6 2,5 0,04 148
653 668 00 653 996 68 KM 11 M55 x 2 75 67 11 7 3 0,05 158
653 671 00 653 996 71 KM 12 M60 x 2 80 73 11 7 3 0,05 174
653 673 00 653 996 73 KM 13 M65 x 2 85 79 12 7 3 0,05 203
653 675 00 653 996 75 KM 14 M70 x 2 92 85 12 8 3,5 0,05 242
653 678 00 653 996 78 KM 15 M75 x 2 98 90 13 8 3,5 0,05 287
653 680 00 653 996 80 KM 16 M80 x 2 105 95 15 8 3,5 0,05 237
653 683 00 653 996 83 KM 17 M85 x 2 110 102 16 8 3,5 0,05 451
653 685 00 653 996 85 KM 18 M90 x 2 120 108 16 10 4 0,05 556
653 687 00 653 996 87 KM 19 M95 x 2 125 113 17 10 4 0,05 658
653 690 00 653 996 90 KM 20 M100 x 2 130 120 18 10 4 0,05 698
Lockwashers DIN 5406 for Locknuts DIN 981, Steel or Stainless Steel
Material:
~2
standard: Steel, min. strength 350 N/mm 2 . 5°
b1
stainless: Stainless steel 1.4618 (AISI 201). A
Safety plates for locknuts DIN 981.
d2
f
A keyway is required on the shaft thread. e
d1 s
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 630 01, Lockwasher DIN 5406 MB 0
Product No. Product No. Type matching d1 d2 d3 e f b1 s Weight
standard stainless nut type mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
653 630 01 653 995 30 MB 0 KM 0 10 21 13,5 3 8,5 3 1,00 1
653 632 01 653 995 32 MB 1 KM 1 12 25 17 3 10,5 3 1,00 2
653 634 01 653 995 34 MB 2 KM 2 15 28 21 4 13,5 4 1,00 3
653 637 01 653 995 37 MB 3 KM 3 17 32 24 4 15,5 4 1,00 3
653 640 01 653 995 40 MB 4 KM 4 20 36 26 4 18,5 4 1,00 4
653 644 01 653 995 44 MB 5 KM 5 25 42 32 5 23,0 5 1,25 6
653 648 01 653 995 48 MB 6 KM 6 30 49 38 5 27,5 5 1,25 8
653 653 01 653 995 53 MB 7 KM 7 35 57 44 6 32,5 5 1,25 10
653 658 01 653 995 58 MB 8 KM 8 40 62 50 6 37,5 6 1,25 12
653 662 01 653 995 62 MB 9 KM 9 45 69 56 6 42,5 6 1,25 15
653 665 01 653 995 65 MB 10 KM 10 50 74 61 6 47,5 6 1,25 16
653 668 01 653 995 68 MB 11 KM 11 55 81 67 8 52,5 7 1,50 20
653 671 01 653 995 71 MB 12 KM 12 60 86 73 8 57,5 7 1,50 25
653 673 01 653 995 73 MB 13 KM 13 65 92 79 8 62,5 7 1,50 29
653 675 01 653 995 75 MB 14 KM 14 70 98 85 8 66,5 8 1,50 33
653 678 01 653 995 78 MB 15 KM 15 75 104 90 8 71,5 8 1,50 36
653 680 01 653 995 80 MB 16 KM 16 80 112 95 10 76,5 8 1,80 46
653 683 01 653 995 83 MB 17 KM 17 85 119 102 10 81,5 8 1,80 52
653 685 01 653 995 85 MB 18 KM 18 90 126 108 10 86,5 10 1,80 62
653 687 01 653 995 87 MB 19 KM 19 95 133 113 10 91,5 10 1,80 67
653 690 01 653 995 90 MB 20 KM 20 100 142 120 12 96,5 10 1,80 77
® 515
Locknuts UW with Locking Device, Steel and Stainless Steel
Material:
standard: Body of the nut: Low carbon steel (FUOOSS).
stainless: Body of the nut: Stainless steel 1.4301. A
Locking insert: Stainless Steel.
With these slotted nuts no additional lock washers or keyways
are required. No keyway or washer required for roller bearing.
Designed for easy assembly. Maintenance-free construction. The
bolt thread has to meet the medium quality of ISO 965.
Locking Insert
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 430 00, Slot Nut UW, M 10 x 0.75
Product No. Product No. dxP D3-0,5 D4-0,5 g-0,5 T S±0,2 h H Tol. H Sd Weight
standard stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
653 428 00 - M8 x 0,75 16 12 13 1,5 3 4,3 5,3 ±0,3 0,05 4
653 430 00 653 994 30 M10 x 0,75 18 13 14,4 1,8 3 4 5,2 ±0,3 0,05 4,5
653 432 00 653 994 32 M12 x 1 22 17 18,4 1,8 3 4 5,4 ±0,3 0,05 8
653 434 00 653 994 34 M15 x 1 25 21 21,4 1,8 4 5 6,5 ±0,5 0,05 12
653 437 00 653 994 37 M17 x 1 28 24 24,2 1,9 4 5 6,4 ±0,5 0,05 13
653 440 00 653 994 40 M20 x 1 32 26 28,4 1,8 4 6 7,7 ±0,5 0,05 23
653 444 00 653 994 44 M25 x 1,5 38 32 34 2 5 7 9,1 ±0,5 0,05 36
653 448 00 653 994 48 M30 x 1,5 45 38 41 2 5 7 9,1 ±0,8 0,05 45
653 453 00 653 994 53 M35 x 1,5 52 44 48 2 5 8 10,2 ±0,8 0,05 70
653 458 00 653 994 58 M40 x 1,5 58 50 53 2,5 6 9 11,2 ±0,8 0,05 95
653 462 00 653 994 62 M45 x 1,5 65 56 60 2,5 6 10 12,5 ±1,0 0,05 130
653 465 00 653 994 65 M50 x 1,5 70 61 65 2,5 6 11 13,5 ±1,0 0,05 160
653 468 00 653 994 68 M55 x 2 75 67 69 3 7 11 13,5 ±1,0 0,07 185
653 471 00 653 994 71 M60 x 2 80 73 74 3 7 11 13,5 ±1,0 0,07 200
Please note: Function:
Ensure that there are at least two or three full threads behind This system consists of a shaft nut and a special spring, acting
the locking insert. as friction ring. This special spring is integrated into the upper
This slot nut must not be used on shafts with keyway. part of the nut.
Lubricate the nut when screwing it onto the shaft. Due to the lead of the thread the special spring locks itself bet-
Larger thread diameters can be supplied on request. ween shaft and nut. The system is locked in any position!
Locknuts KMK with Integral Locking Device
Material: Body of the nut steel, min. strength 350 N/mm 2 .
Design: Metric ISO thread according to DIN 13 part 27.
Tolerance class: 5H or ISO 965/III-1980.
Reusable shaft nut with integrated locking device. Special fea-
ture of the shaft nut is the locking insert, integrated into the
nut. This insert is threaded and thus does not cause any dama-
ge. The locking insert is pressed against the shaft thread with a
locking screw and thus prevents the nut from turning.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 530 00, Shaft Nut KMK, M10 x 0.75
Thread Fastening Torque Permissible Weight
Product No. G d1 d2 B b h S T of Locking Screw Axial Load
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm N g
653 530 00 M10 x 0,75 16 20 9 3 2 M5 4 4 9800 16
653 532 00 M12 x 1 18 22 9 3 2 M5 4 4 11800 18
653 534 00 M15 x 1 21 25 9 4 2 M5 4 4 14600 21
653 537 00 M17 x 1 24 28 9 4 2 M5 4 4 19600 27
653 540 00 M20 x 1 28 32 9 4 2 M5 4 4 24000 30
653 544 00 M25 x 1,5 34 38 9 5 2 M5 10 4 31500 30
653 548 00 M30 x 1,5 41 45 9 5 2 M5 10 4 36500 60
653 553 00 M35 x 1,5 48 52 9 5 2 M5 10 4 50000 70
653 558 00 M40 x 1,5 53 58 11 6 2,5 M6 12 8 62000 110
653 562 00 M45 x 1,5 60 65 11 6 2,5 M6 12 8 78000 140
653 565 00 M50 x 1,5 65 70 15 6 2,5 M8 12 18 91500 180
653 568 00 M55 x 2 69 75 15 7 3 M8 12 18 91500 190
653 571 00 M60 x 2 74 80 15 7 3 M8 12 18 95000 200
516 ®
Hook Wrenches DIN 1810 form A for Locknuts
Material: High grade tool steel, burnished.
Hook wrenches for locknuts DIN 981 and slotted nuts DIN 1804.
Please note: For some applications like mounting the precision
levelling adjusters, there are two wrenches required.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 400 12, Hook Wrench 12-14mm
Product No. D m Range Length Thickness Weight
mm mm mm g
653 400 12 12 - 14 110 3 25
653 400 16 16 - 20 110 3 25
653 400 25 25 - 28 136 4 45
653 400 30 30 - 32 136 4 50
653 400 34 34 - 36 170 5 90
653 400 40 40 - 42 170 5 90
653 400 45 45 - 50 206 6 155
653 400 52 52 - 55 206 6 160
653 400 58 58 - 62 240 7 260
653 400 68 68 - 75 240 7 255
653 400 80 80 - 90 280 8 410
653 400 95 95 - 100 280 8 405
653 401 10 110 - 115 335 10 745
653 401 20 120 - 130 335 10 720
Collars
page 452
® 517
T-Nuts DIN 508
Material: Tempered steel, tensile strength 8, blank.
Suitable for T-slots DIN 650.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 655 105 00, Nut for T-Slots DIN 508, M5
Product No. d for T-Slots a e h k Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
655 105 00 M5 6 5,6 10 8 4 3
655 106 00 M6 8 7,6 13 10 6 8
655 108 00 M8 10 9,6 15 12 6 14
655 110 00 M10 12 11,6 18 14 7 22
655 112 00 M12 14 13,6 22 16 8 34 Threaded bars page
655 114 00 M14* 16 15,6 25 18 9 50 510. Nuts with
655 116 00 M16 18 17,6 28 20 10 68 collar page 512.
655 120 00 M20 22 21,6 35 28 14 155 Washers page 513.
655 124 00 M24 28 27,6 44 36 18 330
* These dimension is not part of the DIN.
T-Slot Bolts DIN 787
Material: Tempered steel, forged, slot flats milled, burnished.
Tensile strength:
Up to M12: strength 10.9. Above M12: strength 8.8.
More sizes up to M36 x 600mm on request.
Ordering Details: z.B.: Product No. 655 001 00, Bolt for T-Slots DIN 787, M6 x 25 mm
Product No. d for T-Slots l a b e k Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
655 001 00 M6 6 25 5,6 15 10 4 10
655 002 00 M6 6 40 5,6 28 10 4 15
655 004 00 M8 8 50 7,6 35 13 6 26
655 005 00 M8 8 80 7,6 50 13 6 37
655 006 00 M10 10 40 9,6 30 15 6 33
655 007 00 M10 10 63 9,6 45 15 6 50
655 009 00 M10 10 100 9,6 60 15 6 67
655 011 00 M12 12 50 11,6 35 18 7 58
655 012 00 M12 12 80 11,6 55 18 7 87
655 014 00 M12 12 125 11,6 75 18 7 120
655 015 00 M12 14 50 13,6 35 22 8 76
655 016 00 M12 14 80 13,6 55 22 8 100
655 018 00 M12 14 125 13,6 75 22 8 135
655 019 00 M16 16 63* 15,6 45 25 9 136
655 020 00 M16 16 100* 15,6 65 25 9 200
655 022 00 M16 16 160* 15,6 100 25 9 290
655 023 00 M16 18 63 17,6 45 28 10 162
655 024 00 M16 18 100 17,6 65 28 10 220
655 026 00 M16 18 160 17,6 100 28 10 300
655 028 00 M20 20 160* 19,6 100 32 12 444 Threaded bars page
655 029 00 M20 22 80 21,6 55 35 14 332 510. Nuts with
655 030 00 M20 22 125 21,6 85 35 14 390 collar page 512.
655 032 00 M20 22 160* 21,6 100 35 14 497 Washers page 513.
* These dimensions are not part of the DIN.
518 ®
Knurled Nuts DIN 466, Steel and Stainless Steel
Material: Steel, tensile strength 5,
visible face precision turned, burnished.
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305,
visible face precision turned, A
sand blasted matt.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 723 00, Knurled Nut DIN 466, M3
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 h k Weight
Steel Stainless mm mm mm mm mm g
653 723 00 - M3 12 6 7,5 2,5 3
653 724 00 653 997 24 M4 16 8 9,5 3,5 7
653 725 00 653 997 25 M5 20 10 11,5 4 13
653 726 00 653 997 26 M6 24 12 15 5 23
653 728 00 653 997 28 M8 30 16 18 6 44
653 730 00 653 997 30 M10 36 20 23 8 84
653 732 00 - M12* 40 22 25 10 118
* Not part of the DIN.
Flat Knurled Nuts DIN 467, Steel and Stainless Steel
Material: Steel, tensile strength 5,
visible face precision turned, burnished.
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305,
visible face precision turned, sand blasted, A
matt finish.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 743 00, Flat Knurled Nuts DIN 466, M3
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 h k Weight
Steel Stainless mm mm mm mm mm g
653 743 00 - M3 12 6 3 2,5 2
653 744 00 653 997 44 M4 16 8 4 3,5 5
653 745 00 653 997 45 M5 20 10 5 4 10
653 746 00 653 997 46 M6 24 12 6 5 18
653 748 00 653 997 48 M8 30 16 8 6 35
653 750 00 653 997 50 M10 36 20 10 8 61
653 752 00 - M12* 40 22 12 10 92
* Not part of the DIN.
Knurled Nuts DIN 6303, Steel and Stainless Steel
Material: Steel, burnished.
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305 A
Without pin hole.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 705 00, Knurled Nut DIN 6303, M5
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 d4 h k t Weight
Steel Stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
653 705 00 653 997 05 M5 20 14 15 12 8 5 15
653 706 00 653 997 06 M6 24 16 18 14 10 6 27
653 708 00 653 997 08 M8 30 20 24 17 12 7 40
653 710 00 653 997 10 M10 36 28 30 20 14 8 85
653 712 00 653 997 12 M12 40 32 34 24 16 10 132
® 519
Hollow Knurled Nuts 420
Material:
Type Steel:
Head: Plastic thermoplast (polyamide) black, glossy.
Bush: Steel, zinc plated, chromatised blue.
Type Stainless Steel:
Head: Plastic thermoplast (polyamide) black, glossy.
Bush: Stainless steel 1.4305. A
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 754 00, Knurled Nut M 4
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 d4 h k l Weight
steel stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
653 754 00 - M4 9 12 19 14 8 9 4
653 755 00 653 997 55 M5 9 12 19 14 8 9 4
653 756 00 653 997 56 M6 11 14 24 16,5 9,5 10,5 7
653 758 00 653 997 58 M8 13 16 30 19,5 11 11,5 10
653 760 00 - M10 15 18 36 22,5 12,5 14 16
Knurled Thumb Screws 421
Material:
Type with threaded bolt of steel:
Head: Plastic thermoplast (polyamide) black, glossy.
Threaded bolt: Steel, zinc plated, chromatised blue.
Type with threaded bolt of stainless steel:
Head: Plastic thermoplast (polyamide) black, glossy. A
Threaded bolt: Stainless steel 1.4567.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 653 770 00, Knurled Thumb Screw M4 x 10
Product No. Product No. d1 Length l d2 d3 d4 h k Weight
steel stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
653 770 00 - M4 10 9 12 19 14 8 6
653 772 00 - M4 15 9 12 19 14 8 6
653 774 00 - M4 20 9 12 19 14 8 6
653 775 00 - M4 30 9 12 19 14 8 7
653 776 00 653 997 76 M5 10 9 12 19 14 8 7
653 778 00 653 997 78 M5 15 9 12 19 14 8 7
653 780 00 653 997 80 M5 20 9 12 19 14 8 7
653 781 00 653 997 81 M5 25 9 12 19 14 8 8
653 782 00 653 997 82 M6 16 11 14 24 16,5 9,5 8
653 784 00 653 997 84 M6 20 11 14 24 16,5 9,5 12
653 786 00 653 997 86 M6 25 11 14 24 16,5 9,5 13
653 787 00 653 997 87 M6 30 11 14 24 16,5 9,5 10
653 788 00 - M8 16 13 16 30 19,5 11 17
653 790 00 653 997 90 M8 20 13 16 30 19,5 11 18
653 792 00 653 997 92 M8 30 13 16 30 19,5 11 24
653 793 00 653 997 93 M8 40 13 16 30 19,5 11 20
653 794 00 653 997 94 M10 20 15 18 36 22,5 12,5 30
653 795 00 653 997 95 M10 25 15 18 36 22,5 12,5 33
653 796 00 653 997 96 M10 30 15 18 36 22,5 12,5 35
653 798 00 - M10 40 15 18 36 22,5 12,5 40
- 653 997 99 M10 55 15 18 36 22,5 12,5 48
Loctite thread locking and bonding products
page 811.
520 ®
Knurled Thumb Screws DIN 464, Burnished Steel and Stainless Steel
Material: Steel burnished, tensile strength 5.8.
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305. A
Visible face precision turned.
Contrary to the standards sheet, all knurled screws are produced
from one piece and threaded over their full length.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 205 00, Knurled Screw DIN 464, M4 x 8
Product No. Product No. d1 l d2 d3 h k Weight
Steel 5.8 stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm g
654 205 00 654 992 05 M4 8 16 8 9,5 3,5 9
654 206 00 654 992 06 M4 10 16 8 9,5 3,5 9
654 207 00 654 992 07 M4 12 16 8 9,5 3,5 10
654 208 00 654 992 08 M4 16 16 8 9,5 3,5 10
654 212 00 654 992 12 M5 10 20 10 11,5 4 12
654 214 00 654 992 14 M5 16 20 10 11,5 4 16
654 216 00 654 992 16 M5 20 20 10 11,5 4 16
654 218 00 - M6 10 24 12 15 5 28
654 220 00 654 992 20 M6 16 24 12 15 5 29
654 221 00 654 992 21 M6 20 24 12 15 5 30
654 222 00 654 992 22 M6 25 24 12 15 5 31
654 224 00 654 992 24 M8 16 30 16 18 6 56
654 225 00 654 992 25 M8 20 30 16 18 6 60
654 227 00 654 992 27 M8 30 30 16 18 6 61
654 229 00 - M10 20 36 20 23 8 108
654 231 00 - M10 30 36 20 23 8 113
654 232 00 - M10 40 36 20 23 8 118
Knurled Thumb Screws DIN 653, Burnished Steel and Stainless Steel
Material: Steel burnished, tensile strength 5.8.
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305. A
Visible face precision turned.
Produced from one piece and threaded over their full length
(DIN designation A).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 233 05, Knurled Screw DIN 653, M3 x 6
Product No. Product No. d1 l d2 k Weight
Steel 5.8 Stainless mm mm mm mm g
654 233 05 - M3 6 12 2,5 2,3
654 233 06 - M3 8 12 2,5 2,4
654 233 07 - M3 10 12 2,5 2,5
654 233 08 - M3 16 12 2,5 2,7
654 233 10 654 234 10 M4 8 16 3,5 5,6
654 233 11 654 234 11 M4 10 16 3,5 5,7
654 233 12 654 234 12 M4 12 16 3,5 6,1
654 233 13 654 234 13 M4 16 16 3,5 6,2
654 233 14 - M4 20 16 3,5 6,6
654 233 16 654 234 16 M5 10 20 4 10
654 233 17 654 234 17 M5 12 20 4 11
654 233 18 654 234 18 M5 16 20 4 12
654 233 19 654 234 19 M5 20 20 4 13
654 233 20 - M5 25 20 4 14
654 233 22 654 234 22 M6 12 24 5 18
654 233 23 654 234 23 M6 16 24 5 20
654 233 24 654 234 24 M6 20 24 5 22
654 233 25 654 234 25 M6 25 24 5 24
654 233 26 - M6 30 24 5 26
654 233 28 654 234 28 M8 16 30 6 33
654 233 29 654 234 29 M8 20 30 6 37
654 233 30 654 234 30 M8 25 30 6 39
654 233 31 654 234 31 M8 30 30 6 41
654 233 33 - M8 40 30 6 44
654 233 34 654 234 34 M10 20 36 8 68
654 233 35 654 234 35 M10 25 36 8 72
654 233 36 654 234 36 M10 30 36 8 76
654 233 38 654 234 38 M10 40 36 8 80
® 521
Swing Bolts similar to DIN 444, Burnished Steel and Stainless Steel
Material: Steel burnished, tensile strength 5.8.
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305. A
Precision made, thread rolled.
Contrary to the standards sheet the burnished steel version
has a higher tensile strength (5.8 instead of 4.6 / 5.6) and the
thread length l 2 is larger at both version.
The stainless steel version is not part of the DIN.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 406 00, Swing Bolt DIN 444, M6
Product No. Product No. d1 l1 l2 d 2 H7 d3 s -0,2 Weight
Steel 5.8 stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm g
654 404 00 654 994 04 M5 50 32 5 12 6 9
654 405 00 654 994 05 M5 75 32 5 12 6 13
654 406 00 654 994 06 M6 50 32 6 14 7 14
654 407 00 654 994 07 M6 75 32 6 14 7 20
654 410 00 654 994 10 M8 50 32 8 18 9 26
654 411 00 654 994 11 M8 75 32 8 18 9 36
654 414 00 654 994 14 M10 50 40 10 20 12 38
654 415 00 654 994 15 M10 75 40 10 20 12 52
654 416 00 654 994 16 M10 100 40 10 20 12 68
654 418 00 654 994 18 M12 75 40 12 25 14 80
654 420 00 654 994 20 M12 100 40 12 25 14 98
654 421 00 654 994 21 M12 130 40 12 25 14 120
654 424 00 654 994 24 M16 75 50 16 32 17 146
654 425 00 654 994 25 M16 100 50 16 32 17 183
654 426 00 654 994 26 M16 130 50 16 32 17 220
654 428 00 654 994 28 M20 100 63 18 40 22 305
654 429 00 654 994 29 M20 130 63 18 40 22 366
654 430 00 654 994 30 M20 160 63 18 40 22 438
522 ®
Spherical Washers DIN 6319 Conical Seats DIN 6319
ly
cal
eri
sph
Material: Steel, blank, turned, case hardened, Material: Steel, blank, turned, case hardened,
hardening depth min. 0.2 mm. hardening depth min. 0.2 mm.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 655 406 00, Spherical Washer DIN 6319, 6.4 mm Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 655 506 00, Conical Seat DIN 6319, 7.1 mm
Product No. d1H13 d3 h1 h2 r1 for Bolt F* Weight Product No. d2H13 d4 d5 h3 h4** for Bolt F* Weight
Type C mm mm mm mm mm Ø kN g Type D mm mm mm mm mm Ø kN g
655 406 00 6,4 12 0,7 2,3 9 6 9 0,9 655 506 00 7,1 12 11 2,8 4 6 9 1,3
655 408 00 8,4 17 0,6 3,2 12 8 17 2,5 655 508 00 9,6 17 14,5 3,5 5 8 17 3,5
655 410 00 10,5 21 0,8 4,0 15 10 26 5 655 510 00 12 21 18,5 4,2 6,3 10 26 6,7
655 412 00 13 24 1,1 4,6 17 12 38 7,3 655 512 00 14,2 24 20 5 8 12 38 10
655 414 00 15 28 1,2 5,0 22 14 53 11,4 655 514 00 16,5 28 24,8 5,6 8,6 14 53 14,4
655 416 00 17 30 1,3 5,3 22 16 73 12,7 655 516 00 19 30 26 6,2 9,3 16 73 18
655 420 00 21 36 2,0 6,3 27 20 117 22 655 520 00 23,2 36 31 7,5 11,5 20 117 31
655 424 00 25 44 2,4 8,2 32 24 168 43 655 524 00 28 44 37 9,5 15 24 168 61
655 430 00 31 56 3,6 11,2 41 30 269 102 655 530 00 35 56 49 12 19,7 30 269 130
655 436 00 37 68 4,6 14,0 50 36 394 190 655 536 00 42 68 60 15 23 36 394 230
655 440 00 43 78 6,5 17,0 58 42 542 305 655 540 00 49 78 70 18 29 42 542 360
655 448 00 50 92 8,0 21,0 67 48 714 540 655 548 00 56 92 82 22 36 48 714 640
* Max. statical load. ** Total height, together with spherical washer.
Spherical Washers DIN 6319 of Stainless Steel Conical Seats DIN 6319 of Stainless Steel
ly
cal
eri
sph
Material: 1.4301. Material: 1.4301.
A A
Ordering Details e.g.: Product No. 655 994 06, Spherical Washer DIN 6319, 6.4 mm, stainless Ordering Details e.g.: Product No. 655 995 06, Conical Seat DIN 6319, 7.1 mm, stainless
Product No. d1H13 d3 h1 h2 r1 for Bolt Weight Product No. d2H13 d4 d5 h3 for Bolt Weight
Type C mm mm mm mm mm Ø g Type D mm mm mm mm Ø g
655 994 06 6,4 12 0,7 2,3 9 6 0,9 655 995 06 7,1 12 11 2,8 6 1,3
655 994 08 8,4 17 0,6 3,2 12 8 2,5 655 995 08 9,6 17 14,5 3,5 8 3,5
655 994 10 10,5 21 0,8 4 15 10 5 655 995 10 12 21 18,5 4,2 10 6,7
655 994 12 13 24 1,1 4,6 17 12 7,3 655 995 12 14,2 24 20 5 12 10
655 994 16 17 30 1,3 5,3 22 16 12,7 655 995 16 19 30 26 6,2 16 18
655 994 20 21 36 2 6,3 27 20 22 655 995 20 23,2 36 31 7,5 20 31
655 994 24 25 44 2,4 8,2 32 24 43 655 995 24 28 44 37 9,5 24 61
655 994 30 31 56 3,6 11,2 41 30 102 655 995 30 35 56 49 12 30 130
® 523
Ball-Ended Thrust Screws
Material typ A and typ B: Screw: Steel tensile strength 12.9, Type A / A-N Type B / B-N Type A Type B-N
burnished. Ball: Steel, hardened, blank.
SW SW
Material typ A-N and typ B-N: Screw: Stainless steel 1.4305.
Ball: Stainless steel, hardened.
A
Type A / A-N: with full ball.
Type B / B-N: with flat-faced ball,
to clamp surfaces that are not exactly parallel.
Temperature range: -60ºC to +350ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 503 05, Ball-Ended Thrust Screw M3 x 5mm
Nominal Ball
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. d1 length d3 l1 l2 Ø SW Weight
Type A Type B Type A-N Type B-N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN* g
654 503 05 - 654 903 05 - M3 5 - 5 - 1,5 1,5 2,5 0,15
654 503 08 - 654 903 08 - M3 8 - 7,5 - 1,5 1,5 2,5 0,22
654 503 10 - 654 903 10 - M3 10 - 10 - 1,5 1,5 2,5 0,33
654 504 06 654 554 06 654 904 06 654 954 06 M4 6 1,8 6 5,6 2,5 2 3,5 0,4
654 504 10 654 554 10 654 904 10 654 954 10 M4 10 1,8 10 9,6 2,5 2 3,5 0,7
654 504 16 654 554 16 654 904 16 654 954 16 M4 16 1,8 16 15,6 2,5 2 3,5 1,1
654 505 08 654 555 08 654 905 08 654 955 08 M5 8 2,2 8 7,5 3 2,5 4,5 0,8
654 505 12 654 555 12 654 905 12 654 955 12 M5 12 2,2 12 11,5 3 2,5 4,5 1,3
654 505 20 654 555 20 654 905 20 654 955 20 M5 20 2,2 20 19,5 3 2,5 4,5 2,3
654 506 10 654 556 10 654 906 10 654 956 10 M6 10 3 10,8 10 4 3 9 1,5
654 506 16 654 556 16 654 906 16 654 956 16 M6 16 3 16,8 16 4 3 9 2,4
654 506 25 654 556 25 654 906 25 654 956 25 M6 25 3 25,8 25 4 3 9 3,9
654 508 10 654 558 10 654 908 10 654 958 10 M8 10 5 11,2 10 5,5 4 15 2,6
654 508 12 654 558 12 654 908 12 654 958 12 M8 12 5 13,2 12 5,5 4 15 3,2
654 508 20 654 558 20 654 908 20 654 958 20 M8 20 5 21,2 20 5,5 4 15 5,7
654 508 30 654 558 30 654 908 30 654 958 30 M8 30 5 31,2 30 5,5 4 15 8,9
654 510 12 654 560 12 654 910 12 654 960 12 M10 12 6 13,7 12 7 5 20 5
654 510 16 654 560 16 654 910 16 654 960 16 M10 16 6 17,7 16 7 5 20 6,8
654 510 25 654 560 25 654 910 25 654 960 25 M10 25 6 26,7 25 7 5 20 11,2
654 510 35 654 560 35 654 910 35 654 960 35 M10 35 6 36,7 35 7 5 20 16,2
654 512 16 654 562 16 654 912 16 654 962 16 M12 16 7 18 16 8,5 6 30 10
654 512 20 654 562 20 654 912 20 654 962 20 M12 20 7 22 20 8,5 6 30 12,4
654 512 30 654 562 30 654 912 30 654 962 30 M12 30 7 32 30 8,5 6 30 19,6
654 512 40 654 562 40 654 912 40 654 962 40 M12 40 7 42 40 8,5 6 30 28,5
654 516 20 654 566 20 654 916 20 654 966 20 M16 20 11 23,3 20 12 8 60 22
654 516 25 654 566 25 654 916 25 654 966 25 M16 25 11 28,3 25 12 8 60 28
654 516 35 654 566 35 654 916 35 654 966 35 M16 35 11 38,3 35 12 8 60 41
654 516 50 654 566 50 654 916 50 654 966 50 M16 50 11 53,3 50 12 8 60 48
654 520 30 654 570 30 - - M20 30 13,5 34,2 30 15 10 90 52
654 520 40 654 570 40 - - M20 40 13,5 44,2 40 15 10 90 72
654 520 50 654 570 50 - - M20 50 13,5 54,2 50 15 10 90 93
654 520 60 654 570 60 - - M20 60 13,5 64,2 60 15 10 90 115
* Max. Load Capacity kN, only with static load, only type A and type B.
Thrust Screws with Brass Bolt
Material:
Screw: Steel, tensile strength 12.9, burnished.
Bolt: Brass.
Note: Brass bolt press-fitted. Used for gentle pressing-in
or clamping of threaded spindles, axles, shafts and surface
treated parts.
Temperature range: -60ºC to +350ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 604 06, Thrust Screw with Brass Bolt, M4 x 6.5
Product No. d1 l d2 SW Weight
mm mm mm mm g
654 604 06 M4 6,5 2,5 2 0,5
654 604 10 M4 10,5 2,5 2 0,8
654 605 08 M5 8,5 3 2,5 0,9
654 605 12 M5 12,5 3 2,5 1,4
654 606 11 M6 11,5 4 3 1,7
654 606 17 M6 17,5 4 3 2,5
654 608 12 M8 12 5,5 4 2,7
654 608 22 M8 22 5,5 4 6,1
654 610 14 M10 14 7 5 5,6
654 610 18 M10 18 7 5 7,2 Loctite thread locking and bonding products
page 811.
524 ®
Spring Plungers with Ball and Head, Steel or Stainless Steel
Material: Type A: Body: Steel, burnished. Type A Type AN
Ball: Ball bearing steel, hardened.
Spring: Stainless steel.
Type AN: Body: Stainless steel.
Ball: Stainless steel. A
Spring: Stainless steel.
Used for fixation and to press something in or push it out.
Temperature: max. +250°C.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 634 00, Spring Plunger M4
Spring Tension* Weight
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 l3 S Initial End
Type A Type AN mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
654 634 00 654 996 34 M4 2,5 6 9,5 6,5 5,0 0,8 8 14 1,0
654 635 00 654 996 35 M5 3,0 8 12,5 8,5 6,7 0,9 8 14 2,0
654 636 00 654 996 36 M6 3,5 10 14,0 9,0 - 1,0 11 18 3,7
654 638 00 654 996 38 M8 4,5 13 16,5 11,0 - 1,5 18 31 7,0
654 640 00 654 996 40 M10 6,0 16 20,0 14,0 - 2,0 24 45 13,2
654 642 00 654 996 42 M12 8,0 18 22,0 15,0 - 2,5 26 49 19,5
* Statistical average.
Spring Plungers with Ball and Slot, Burnished or Stainless Steel
Material:
Body: Steel, burnished. Ball: Hardened. Spring: Stainless steel.
Standard spring tension.
Material Type R:
Body: Stainless steel.
Ball: Stainless steel, hardened. A
Spring: Stainless steel, standard spring tension.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +250ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 996 02, Spring Plunger Type R, M2
Spring Tension* Weight
Product No. Product No. d1 l s Ball Ø Initial End
Note
burnished Type R mm mm mm mm N N g These Spring Plungers are, e.g., used for
- 654 996 02 M2 4 0,3 1,0 0,8 1,5 0,1 fixation or as device to press something
654 603 00 654 996 03 M3 7 0,4 1,5 3 4,5 0,3 in or push it out.
654 604 00 654 996 04 M4 9 0,8 2,5 6 14,5 0,6
654 605 00 654 996 05 M5 12 0,9 3 8 14 0,9
654 606 00 654 996 06 M6 14 1,0 3,5 11 18 1,5
654 608 00 654 996 08 M8 16 1,5 4,5 18 31 3,5
654 610 00 654 996 10 M10 19 2,0 6 24 45 7 * Statistical average.
654 612 00 654 996 12 M12 22 2,5 8 26 49 10
654 616 00 654 996 16 M16 24 3,5 10 41 86 24
654 620 00 654 996 20 M20 30 4,5 12 56 111 43
654 624 00 654 996 24 M24 34 5,5 15 81 151 70
Spring Plungers with Ball and Slot, Burnished or Stainless Steel, Strong Spring Tension
Material:
Body: Steel, burnished. Ball: Hardened. Spring: Stainless steel.
Strong spring tension.
Material Type R:
Body: Stainless steel.
A
Ball: Stainless steel, hardened.
Spring: Stainless steel, strong spring tension.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +250ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 805 00, Spring Plunger, M5
Spring Tension* Weight
Product No. Product No. d1 l s Ball Ø Initial End Note
burnished Type R mm mm mm mm N N g These Spring Plungers are, e.g., used for
654 805 00 654 998 05 M5 12 0,9 3 15 22 0,9 fixation or as device to press something
654 806 00 654 998 06 M6 14 1,0 3,5 19 28 1,5 in or push it out.
654 808 00 654 998 08 M8 16 1,5 4,5 36 62 3,5
654 810 00 654 998 10 M10 19 2,0 6 57 104 7
654 812 00 654 998 12 M12 22 2,5 8 61 110 10
654 816 00 654 998 16 M16 24 3,5 10 68 142 24
654 820 00 654 998 20 M20 30 4,5 12 84 166 43 * Statistical average.
654 824 00 654 998 24 M24 34 5,5 15 127 237 70
® 525
Spring Plungers, Plastic
Material:
Body: POM, blue. Ball made from hardened stainless steel or of
POM, white. Spring: Stainless steel.
Type N: Ball made from stainless steel.
Type P: Ball made from POM.
Temperature range -30ºC to +50ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 726 00, Spring Plunger M6, Version P, Delrin
Spring Tension* Weight
Product No. Product No. d1 l s Ball Ø Initial End
Note
Version N Version P mm mm mm mm N N g These parts are used in applications where,
654 706 00 654 726 00 M6 14 1 3,5 12 17 0,4 e.g., electrical conductivity is not desired
654 708 00 654 728 00 M8 16 1,5 5 20 35 1,1 or in aggressive environments.
654 710 00 654 730 00 M10 19 2 6 20 45 3,0
* Statistical average.
Spring Plungers with Ball and Internal Hexagon, Stainless
Material:
Body: Stainless Steel 1.4305.
Ball: Stainless steel, hardened. A
Spring: Stainless steel.
Standard spring load.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +250ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 999 06, Spring Plunger M6, Type KN Stainless
Spring Tension*
Product No. d1 d2 l s WS Initial End Weight Note
mm mm mm mm mm N N g
Used for fixation or as device to press
654 999 06 M6 3,5 15 1 3 11 18 2 something in or push it out.
654 999 08 M8 4,5 18 1,5 4 18 31 4
654 999 10 M10 6 23 2 5 24 45 8
654 999 12 M12 8 26 2,5 6 26 49 12
654 999 16 M16 10 33 3,5 8 41 86 31
654 999 20 M20 12 43 4,5 10 66 111 64
654 999 24 M24 15 48 5,5 12 81 151 100 * Statistical average.
Spring Plungers with Internal Hexagon, Burnished or Stainless Steel
Material:
Body: Steel, burnished. Bolt: Steel,
hardened. Spring: Stainless steel
Type “stainless”: Stainless steel 1.4305. A
Standard spring tension.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +250ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 653 00, Spring Plunger M 3
Spring Tension* Weight
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 l n s t SW Initial End
burnished stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
654 653 00 - M3 1,0 12 0,4 1,0 0,5 0,7 2 4 0,4
654 654 00 654 996 54 M4 1,5 15 0,6 1,5 0,6 1,3 4,5 16 0,8
654 655 00 654 996 55 M5 2,4 18 1,2 2,3 0,8 1,5 6 19 1,3
654 656 00 654 996 56 M6 2,7 20 1,3 2,5 0,9 2 6 19 2,5
654 658 00 654 996 58 M8 3,5 22 1,5 3 1,4 2,5 10 39 6
654 660 00 654 996 60 M10 4 22 1,5 3 1,4 3 10 39 9
654 662 00 654 996 62 M12 6 28 2,7 4 2 4 12 53 16
654 666 00 654 996 66 M16 7,5 32 3,2 5 2,5 5 45 100 35
654 670 00 654 996 70 M20 10 40 3,7 7 3 6 52 125 65
654 674 00 - M24 12 52 3,7 10 3 8 70 170 120
* Statistical average.
Note
Used for fixation or as device to press
something in or push it out. The spring
plungers can be mounted and demounted
using the internal hexagon or the slot.
526 ®
Spring Plungers, Smooth with Collar, Stainless
Material:
Type GN: Body, ball and spring stainless steel. A
Type GP: Body: Plastic POM.
Ball and spring: Stainless steel.
Temperature range GN: -40ºC to +250ºC.
Temperature range GP: -30ºC to +50ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 997 53, Spring Plunger, Type GN, Stainless, 3mm
Spring Tension* GN Spring Tension* GP Weight
Product No. Product No. d1+0,08 d2 d3 l1 l2 GN / GP s GN / GP Initial F2 Initial End GN GP
Type GN Type GP mm mm mm mm mm mm N N N N g g
654 997 53 654 784 03 3 2,38 3,5 4 0,75/0,6 0,7/0,55 1,8 3,5 1,7 3,5 0,20 0,09
654 997 54 654 784 00 4 3 4,6 5 0,9/1,0 1,0/0,8 2,5 6 2,5 6,5 0,35 0,20
654 997 55 654 785 00 5 4 5,6 6 0,9/1,0 1,4/1,0 3 6,5 4,5 9 0,60 0,40
654 997 56 654 786 00 6 5 6,5 7 1,0/1,0 1,8/1,6 5,5 11,5 6,5 13 1,00 0,70
654 997 58 654 788 00 8 6,5 8,5 9 1,1/1,0 1,9/1,9 7 12,5 8 18 2,20 1,50
654 997 60 654 790 00 10 8,5 11 13,5 1,7/1,5 3,3/2,4 8,5 18,5 12 23 5,30 3,1
654 997 62 654 792 00 12 10 13 16 2,3/1,5 4,0/3,3 12 26,5 13 25 7,80 5,8
* Statistical average.
Note
Spring plungers are used for fixation or as
device to press something in or push it out.
Double-Ended Spring Plunger
Material:
Body: Brass.
Ball: Stainless steel, hardened. Knurl
Spring: Stainless steel.
Temperature range: -40ºC to +250ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 843 00, Spring Plunger, Double-Ended 3 mm
Spring Tension* Weight Note
Product No. d1 d2 d 3 +0,5 l1 s Initial End
mm mm mm mm mm N N g To fix or secure axles and bolts and as
654 843 00 3 2,5 3,02 7,3 0,8 2 4,5 0,4 electronic contact.
654 844 00 4 3 4,03 9 0,9 2,5 7,5 0,6
654 845 00 5 4 5,03 10,8 1,2 3,5 8 1,2
654 847 00 7 6 7,03 14 2 4 12 3,0
654 848 00 8 6,5 8,03 18 2,1 6 15 5,1
* Statistical average.
® 527
Spring-Action Side Thrust Pins 2214, Version A, Stainless Ball, Normal Spring Pressure, Single-Sided
Material: b s
Steel, burnished. Ball: Stainless steel, hardened.
Spring: Stainless steel.
l2
d2
Temperature range -30ºC to +50ºC.
≈3
l1
l3
d1
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 928 00, Spring-Action Side Thrust Pin, Vers. A, 8mm
Spring Load *
Product No. d1 d2 l1 l2 l3 b s Intake Bore Initial End Weight
Version A mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mmH8 N N g
654 928 00 8 3 25 3,6 6 3,2 0,9 8 2,5 6,5 8,7
654 930 00 10 4 30 4,2 7 4 1 10 4,5 9 17
654 932 00 12 5 35 4,8 9 5 1,5 12 6,5 13 29
654 934 00 14 6,5 40 5,8 10 5,4 1,8 14 8 18 43
* Statistical average.
Note
The side thrust pin is pressed into the bore by at least as far
as the measure l 3 . It serves to position, hold or clamp small
workpieces inside fixtures. If the workpiece is machined, additi-
onal clamping devices might be required for holding it safely in
place.
Spring-Action Side Thrust Pins 2214, Version B, Steel Ball, Strong Spring Pressure, Single-Sided
Material: b s
Free cutting steel, burnished. Ball: Steel, hardened.
Spring: Plastic.
l2
l2
Temperature range -40ºC to +80ºC.
d2
≈3
l1
Plastic
Spring
l3
d1
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 950 00, Spring-Action Side Thrust Pin, Vers. B, 10mm
Spring Load*
Product No. d1 d2 l1 l2 l3 b s Intake Bore Initial End Weight
Version B mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mmH8 N N g
654 950 00 10 5,5 30 7 8 4,5 1 10 50 160 8,6
654 952 00 12 6,5 35 8 9 5,5 1,5 12 60 270 13
* Statistical average.
Note
The side thrust pin is pressed into the bore by at least as far
as the measure l 3 . It serves to position, hold or clamp small
workpieces inside fixtures. If the workpiece is machined, addi-
tional clamping devices might be required for holding it safely
in place. If fixtures are stored please make sure that the plastic
spring is not loaded.
528 ®
Standard Parts for Operating - Overview
Cam-Action Indexing Plungers / Indexing Plungers
Cam-Action Indexing Indexing Plunger 417 Indexing Plunger 717, Indexing Plunger 817,
Plunger 612, Made Made from Steel and Made from Steel and
from Steel and Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Page
Page 532 Page 533 534 Page 536
Knobs / Grips
Control Knobs 726.1 Star Grips Star Grips Similar to Star Grips with Axial
DIN 6335 GG DIN 6335 Pr Bearing
Page 537 Page 538 Page 538 Page 538
Star Grip Screws with Star Grips Star Grips Star Grips
Axial Bearing DIN 6336 GG Similar to DIN 6336 Pr Similar to DIN 6336 AL
Page 538 Page 538 Page 539 Page 539
Star Grips 5335 Star Grips 5334 Star Grip Screws 5334 Star Grips
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Similar to DIN
6336, Made From
Thermoplastics
Page 539 Page 540 Page 540 Page 541
Star Grip Screws Triangular Knobs, Triangular Knob Knurled Knobs,
Similar to DIN 6336 Made from Plastic Screws, Made from Made from Plastic
Plastic
Page 541 Page 542 Page 542 Page 543
Knurled Knob Screws, Triangular Knobs, Wing Nuts, Plastic Wing screws,
Made from Plastic Made from Stainless Plastic
Steel
Page 543 Page 542 Page 544 Page 544
Wing Nuts, Wing screws, Ball Knobs DIN 319 Pr Ball Knobs Similar to
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Plastic DIN 319,
Metal
Page 544 Page 544 Page 545 Page 545
Revolving Ball Knobs Gear Lever Handles
3192 209 with Ball Knob
DIN 319, Steel,
Burnished or Zinc
Plated or Stainless
Page 546 Page 546
® 529
Standard Parts for Operating - Overview
Knobs / Grips
Revolving Cylindrical Retractable Handles Cylindrical Knobs, Gear Lever Handles
Grips 598 NG Press-on Type 209 with Cylindrical
Grip, Steel, Burnished
or Zinc Plated or
Stainless
Page 547 Page 547 Page 547 Page 546
Fixed Handles Fixed Handles Revolving Handles DIN Revolving Handles
DIN 39 St and DIN 39 Pr 98 St and DIN 98 Pr
DIN 39 AL DIN 98 AL
Page 548 Page 548 Page 549 Page 549
Clamping Levers
Adjustable Clamping Adjustable Clamping Adjustable Clamping Adjustable Clamping
Levers 355 from Plastic Levers 355 from Levers 120 Levers 120
Plastic with Screw with Screw
Page 550 Page 550 Page 551 Page 551
Adjustable Adjustable Clamping Adjustable Clamping Adjustable Clamping
Clamping Levers Levers 300, with Levers 300.5 Levers 300.5, with
300, Disengaged by External Thread, Stainless External Thread,
Pulling Disengaged by Pulling Stainless
Page 552 Page 552 Page 553 Page 553
Eccentric Clamps Eccentric Clamps
Version A and B Version A and B,
with External Thread
Page 554 Page 554
Clamp Nuts Control Levers
Clamp Nuts DIN 99 St Adjustable Clamp Nuts Control Levers 223 St Control Levers with
Made From Steel or 119 St Long Hub
Stainless Steel 2120 St
Page 555 Page 555 Page 557 Page 557
Clamp Nuts
Clamp Nuts 202 Tg Cylindrical Clamp Clamp Nuts with
Cast Steel and Nuts, Steel or Stainless Double Lever, Steel or
Stainless Steel Steel Stainless Steel
Page 555 Page 556 Page 556
Cabinet “U” Handles / Arch Handles / Folding Handles
Cabinet “U” Handles Cabinet “U” Cabinet “U” Handles Cabinet “U” Handles
525and 725 made Handles 528 made 565 565.1
From Polyamide or From Polyamide or
Polypropylene Polypropylene
Page 558 Page 558 Page 559 Page 559
Cabinet “U” Handles Cabinet “U” Handles Arch handles Cabinet “U” Handles
565.2 426 / 426.1 425, Chrome plated
or Stainless Steel
Page 559 Page 560 Page 560 Page 561
Folding Handles Made Folding Handle with Tubular Handles Tubular Handles
From Steel or Stainless Recessed Tray 425.4 with Inclined Feet, with Straight Feet,
Steel Aluminium Aluminium and
Stainless Steel
Page 561 Page 561 Page 562 Page 562
530 ®
Standard Parts for Operating - Overview
Cranks / Handwheels
Tri-Ball Handles 2140 Hand Cranks Hand Cranks Hand Cranks 471
DIN 468 Tg DIN 469 Tg
Page 563 Page 563 Page 563 Page 564
Hand Cranks 569 Turret Levers 2130 St Handwheels, Handwheels,
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel,
solid version
Page 564 Page 564 Page 565 Page 565
Handwheels, Handwheels 527.1 Spoked Handwheels Retractable-Handle
Stainless Steel, with Peripheral 522, with Revolving Handwheels 5223,
solid version Grooves, Plastic Cylindrical Handle, Plastic
similar to DIN 950 Plastic
Page 565 Page 566 Page 566 Page 566
Spoked Handwheels Spoked Handwheels Spoked Handwheels Solid-Disk
DIN 950, DIN 950, DIN 950, Handwheels, Similar to
Grey Cast Grey Cast, Aluminium DIN 950,
with Square Hole Aluminium
Page 567 Page 567 Page 568 Page 568
Solid-Disk Handwheels Solid-Disk Retractable-Handle Spoked Handwheels
DIN 3670, Handwheels 323, Handwheels 3223, 320,
with Recessed Grips, Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
Aluminium
Page 569 Page 569 Page 569 Page 570
Solid-Disk Handwheels Safety Handwheels
326, SHR,
Aluminium Aluminium
Page 570 Page 570
Lifting Pins / Socket Pins with Spring Loaded Balls
Lifting Pins, Self- Socket Pins with
Locking Spring-Loaded Balls,
Self-Locking
Page 571 Page 571
Latch Clamps / Quick Clamps
Latch Clamps Quick Clamps
Zinc Plated Steel and
Stainless Steel
Page 572 Page 573
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 531
Cam-Action Indexing Plungers 612 Made from Steel
Material: Steel, burnished, cam-action indexing plunger precision turned and
nitrided. Cap: Plastic Thermoplast (polyamide) black, matt finish.
Note: cam-action indexing plungers are used if the plunger pin sometimes
needs to be retracted, i.e must not stick out. Turning the indexing plunger by
180º causes the plunger pin to retract. There is a notched catch to ensure the
Plastic Cap
plunger can be locked in both positions. Counter Nut
Version A: without counter nut, without plastic cap. ISO 8675
Version B: without counter nut, with plastic cap.
Version AK: with counter nut, without plastic cap.
Version BK: with counter nut, with plastic cap.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 773 00, Indexing Plunger 612, Version A, 5 mm
-0,02/-0,04 Spring Load* Weight
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 l3+1,5 l4 l5 Initial End
Version A Version B Version AK Version BK mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
666 773 00 666 783 00 666 873 00 666 883 00 5 M12 x 1,5 12 47 8 26 26 32 9 21 39
666 774 00 666 784 00 666 874 00 666 884 00 6 M12 x 1,5 12 47 8 26 26 32 9 21 39
666 775 00 666 785 00 666 875 00 666 885 00 6 M16 x 1,5 16 56 10 30 32 42 12 32 59
666 776 00 666 786 00 666 876 00 666 886 00 8 M12 x 1,5 12 47 8 26 26 32 9 21 39
666 777 00 666 787 00 666 877 00 666 887 00 8 M16 x 1,5 16 56 10 30 32 42 12 32 79
666 778 00 666 788 00 666 878 00 666 888 00 8 M20 x 1,5 20 69 12 36 37 52 21 57 115
666 779 00 666 789 00 666 879 00 666 889 00 10 M16 x 1,5 16 56 10 30 32 42 12 32 64
666 780 00 666 790 00 666 880 00 666 890 00 10 M20 x 1,5 20 69 12 36 37 52 21 57 119
666 782 00 666 792 00 666 882 00 666 892 00 12 M20 x 1,5 20 69 12 36 37 52 21 57 125
* Statistical average.
Cam-Action Indexing Plungers 612 Stainless Steel
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305/1.4404. Tension spring: 1.4310.
Plunger pin ground. A
Cap: Plastic Thermoplast (polyamide) black, matt finish.
Note: cam-action indexing plungers are used if the plunger pin sometimes
needs to be retracted, i.e must not stick out. Turning the indexing plunger by
180º causes the plunger pin to retract. There is a notched catch to ensure the Plastic Cap
plunger can be locked in both positions. Counter Nut
ISO 8675
Version A-N: without counter nut, without plastic cap.
Version B-N: without counter nut, with plastic cap.
Version AK-N: with counter nut, without plastic cap.
Version BK-N: with counter nut, with plastic cap.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 997 73, Indexing Plunger 612, Version A-N, 5 mm
-0,02/-0,04 Spring Load* Weight
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 l3 l4 l5 Initial End
Version A-N Version B-N Version AK Version BK-N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
666 997 73 666 997 83 666 998 73 666 998 83 5 M12 x 1,5 12 47 8 26 26 32 9 21 39
666 997 74 666 997 84 666 998 74 666 998 84 6 M12 x 1,5 12 47 8 26 26 32 9 21 39
666 997 75 666 997 85 666 998 75 666 998 85 6 M16 x 1,5 16 56 10 30 32 42 12 32 59
666 997 76 666 997 86 666 998 76 666 998 86 8 M12 x 1,5 12 47 8 26 26 32 9 21 39
666 997 77 666 997 87 666 998 77 666 998 87 8 M16 x 1,5 16 56 10 30 32 42 12 32 79
666 997 78 666 997 88 666 998 78 666 998 88 8 M20 x 1,5 20 69 12 36 37 52 21 57 115
666 997 79 666 997 89 666 998 79 666 998 89 10 M16 x 1,5 16 56 10 30 32 42 12 32 64
666 997 80 666 997 90 666 998 80 666 998 90 10 M20 x 1,5 20 69 12 36 37 52 21 57 119
666 997 82 666 997 92 666 998 82 666 998 92 12 M20 x 1,5 20 69 12 36 37 52 21 57 125
* Statistical average.
Loctite thread locking and bonding
products page 811.
532 ®
Indexing Plungers 417, without Rest Position
Material: Housing zinc die-cast, plastic coated black, textured finish. b2
Plunger pin: Stainless steel 1.4305. Spring and lifting ring (type A): k3 k4
Stainless steel 1.4310. Knob (type B): Plastic (Polyamide PA) black, k2
matt finish, not removable. d3
k2
Indexing Plungers without rest position are used where, on releasing
b4
the knob or lifting ring, the plunger pin should be returned to its A
k1
b1
b3
initial position by the spring force.
Type A: without rest position, with lifting ring.
l2
Type B: without rest position, with knob. l1 b2
d2
d1
h1
B
h2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 680 04, Indexing Plunger 417 type A, 4mm
Spring Load* Weight
Product No. Type d1 d2 d3 b1 b2 b3 b4 h1 h2 k1 k2 k3 k4 l1 l2 Initial End
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
666 680 04 A 4 - 14 22 16,5 6 3,3 7,0 4 14 4 8 4,5 4 - 3 12 11
666 680 05 A 5 - 18 28 22 8 4,3 9,5 4,5 18 5 10 7 5 - 5 24 22
666 680 06 A 6 - 24 32 27,5 10 5,4 10,5 5 21 5,5 12 10 6 - 5 21 36
666 680 08 A 8 - 30 34 33 12 5,4 12,5 6 23 5,5 12 15,5 8 - 6 22 58
666 680 10 A 10 - 30 39 35 14,5 6,5 14,5 6 27 6 15 13,5 10 - 4 25 83
666 681 04 B 4 12 - 22 16,5 6 3,3 7,0 4 14 4 8 4,5 4 26,5 3 12 11
666 681 05 B 5 16 - 28 22 8 4,3 9,5 4,5 18 5 10 7 5 35 5 24 22
666 681 06 B 6 18 - 32 27,5 10 5,4 10,5 5 21 5,5 12 10 6 43 5 21 37
666 681 08 B 8 21 - 34 33 12 5,4 12,5 6 23 5,5 12 15,5 8 51 6 22 59
666 681 10 B 10 25 - 39 35 14,5 6,5 14,5 6 27 6 15 13,5 10 57,5 4 25 90
* Statistical average.
Indexing Plungers 417, with Rest Position
Material: Housing zinc die-cast, plastic coated black, textured finish. b2
Plunger pin: Stainless steel 1.4305. Spring: Stainless steel 1.4310. k3 k4
Knob: Plastic (Polyamide PA) black, matt finish, not removable. k2
Indexing Plungers with rest position are used where the pin has to
k2
remain in retracted position. To achieve this, the knob is rotated by
b4
90 degrees after being retracted. A notched catch stops the locked-
k1
b1
b3
in knob from returning to its initial position accidentally or due to
vibration.
l2
Type C: with rest position, with knob.
l1 b2
d1
d2
h1
h2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 682 04, Indexing Plunger 417 type C, 4mm
Spring Load* Weight
Product No. Type d1 d2 b1 b2 b3 b4 h1 h2 k1 k2 k3 k4 l1 l2 Initial End
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
666 682 04 C 4 12 22 19 6 3,3 7 4 14 4 8 7 4 29 3 12 10
666 682 05 C 5 16 28 25,5 8 4,3 9,5 4,5 18 5 10 10,5 5 38,5 5 24 25
666 682 06 C 6 18 32 30,5 10 5,4 10,5 5 21 5,5 12 13 6 46 5 21 41
666 682 08 C 8 21 34 37,5 12 5,4 12,5 6 23 5,5 12 20 8 55,5 6 22 66
666 682 10 C 10 25 39 40 14,5 6,5 14,5 6 27 6 15 18,5 10 62,5 4 25 98
* Statistical average.
® 533
Indexing Plungers 717, Steel and Stainless Steel, without Rest Position
Material Standard Version: Body zinc plated, blue passivated.
Material Stainless Version: Body stainless steel 1.4305. A AK B BK
Both versions: Plunger pin stainless steel 1.4305. Spring and lifting d3
d3
ring (type A/K) stainless steel 1.4310. Knob (type B/BK) d3
plastic (Polyamide PA) black, matt finish, not removable. A
0,5 x d2
Indexing plungers 717 are reasonably priced, with small dimensions, SW SW
l4
for applications where high precision indexing is not required.
l4
l2
e e
l2
l2
Indexing Plungers without rest position are used where, on releasing
l3
l3
l5
the knob or lifting ring, the plunger pin should be returned to its
l5
initial position by the spring force.
l1
l1
During assembly, do not exceed the fastening torque TA. d1 d1
Type A: without rest position, with lifting ring, without counter nut. d2 d2
Type AK: without rest position, with lifting ring, with counter nut.
Type B: without rest position, with knob, without counter nut. Type A: without rest position, with lifting ring, without counter nut.
Type AK: without rest position, with lifting ring, with counter nut.
Type BK: without rest position, with knob, with counter nut. Type B: without rest position, with knob, without counter nut.
Type BK: without rest position, with knob, with counter nut.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 717 01, Indexing Plunger 717 type A, 3mm
Spring Load* Weight
Product No. Product No. Type d1 l1 min. d2 d3 e l2 max. l3 l4 l5 sw TA** Initial End
Standard Stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm N N g
666 717 01 666 718 01 A 3 3,5 M6 14 6,9 30,5 12 4,5 10 6 2 3 12 3,5
666 717 02 666 718 02 A 3 3,5 M6 x 0,75 14 6,9 30,5 12 4,5 10 6 3 3 12 3,6
666 717 03 666 718 03 A 4 4 M6 14 6,9 30,5 12 4,5 10 6 2 3 12 4
666 717 04 666 718 04 A 4 4,5 M8 x 1 18 9,2 40 16 6 13,5 8 8 5 24 8,4
666 717 05 666 718 05 A 5 5 M8 18 9,2 40 16 6 13,5 8 7 5 24 8
666 717 06 666 718 06 A 5 5 M8 x 1 18 9,2 40 16 6 13,5 8 7 5 24 13
666 717 07 666 718 07 A 5 5 M10 x 1 18 11,5 40 16 6 13,5 10 22 5 24 12,8
666 717 08 666 718 08 A 6 6 M10 24 11,5 51,5 20 7,5 17 10 15 5 21 17
666 717 09 666 718 09 A 6 6 M12 x 1,5 24 13,8 51,5 20 7,5 16,5 12 38 5 21 23
666 717 10 666 718 10 A 8 8 M12 30 13,8 63 24 9 20,5 12 20 6 22 30
666 717 11 666 718 11 A 8 8 M12 x 1,5 30 13,8 63 24 9 20,5 12 20 6 22 30
666 717 12 666 718 12 A 8 8 M16 x 1,5 30 19,6 63 24 9 20,5 17 80 6 22 54
666 717 13 666 718 13 A 10 10 M16 x 1,5 30 19,6 65 26 9 22,5 17 80 4 27 55
666 717 14 666 718 14 AK 3 3,5 M6 14 6,9 30,5 12 4,5 10 6 2 3 12 3
666 717 15 666 718 15 AK 3 3,5 M6 x 0,75 14 6,9 30,5 12 4,5 10 6 3 3 12 3,4
666 717 16 666 718 16 AK 4 4 M6 14 6,9 30,5 12 4,5 10 6 2 3 12 5
666 717 17 666 718 17 AK 4 4,5 M8 x 1 18 9,2 40 16 6 13,5 8 8 5 24 10
666 717 18 666 718 18 AK 5 5 M8 18 9,2 40 16 6 13,5 8 7 5 24 11
666 717 19 666 718 19 AK 5 5 M8 x 1 18 9,2 40 16 6 13,5 8 7 5 24 13
666 717 20 666 718 20 AK 5 5 M10 x 1 18 11,5 40 16 6 13,5 10 22 5 24 18
666 717 21 666 718 21 AK 6 6 M10 24 11,5 51,5 20 7,5 17 10 15 5 21 22
666 717 22 666 718 22 AK 6 6 M12 x 1,5 24 13,8 51,5 20 7,5 16,5 12 38 5 21 30
666 717 23 666 718 23 AK 8 8 M12 30 13,8 63 24 9 20,5 12 20 6 22 39
666 717 24 666 718 24 AK 8 8 M12 x 1,5 30 13,8 63 24 9 20,5 12 20 6 22 39
666 717 25 666 718 25 AK 8 8 M16 x 1,5 30 19,6 63 24 9 20,5 17 80 6 22 70
666 717 26 666 718 26 AK 10 10 M16 x 1,5 30 19,6 65 26 9 22,5 17 80 4 27 80
666 717 27 666 718 27 B 3 3,5 M6 12 6,9 26,5 12 4,5 10 6 2 3 12 3
666 717 28 666 718 28 B 3 3,5 M6 x 0,75 12 6,9 26,5 12 4,5 10 6 3 3 12 3,8
666 717 29 666 718 29 B 4 4 M6 12 6,9 26,5 12 4,5 10 6 2 3 12 3,9
666 717 30 666 718 30 B 4 4,5 M8 x 1 16 9,2 35 16 6 13,5 8 8 5 24 9
666 717 31 666 718 31 B 5 5 M8 16 9,2 35 16 6 13,5 8 7 5 24 9
666 717 32 666 718 32 B 5 5 M8 x 1 16 9,2 35 16 6 13,5 8 7 5 24 9,3
666 717 33 666 718 33 B 5 5 M10 x 1 18 11,5 37,5 16 6 13,5 10 22 5 24 14
666 717 34 666 718 34 B 6 6 M10 18 11,5 43 20 7,5 17 10 15 5 21 18
666 717 35 666 718 35 B 6 6 M12 x 1,5 21 13,8 46 20 7,5 16,5 12 38 5 21 26
666 717 36 666 718 36 B 8 8 M12 21 13,8 51 24 9 20,5 12 20 6 22 31
666 717 37 666 718 37 B 8 8 M12 x 1,5 21 13,8 51 24 9 20,5 12 20 6 22 31
666 717 38 666 718 38 B 8 8 M16 x 1,5 25 19,6 55,5 24 9 20,5 17 80 6 22 54
666 717 39 666 718 39 B 10 10 M16 x 1,5 25 19,6 57,5 26 9 22,5 17 80 4 27 18
666 717 40 666 718 40 BK 3 3,5 M6 12 6,9 26,5 12 4,5 10 6 2 3 12 5
666 717 41 666 718 41 BK 3 3,5 M6 x 0,75 12 6,9 26,5 12 4,5 10 6 3 3 12 5,3
666 717 42 666 718 42 BK 4 4 M6 12 6,9 26,5 12 4,5 10 6 2 3 12 5
666 717 43 666 718 43 BK 4 4,5 M8 x 1 16 9,2 35 16 6 13,5 8 8 5 24 10
666 717 44 666 718 44 BK 5 5 M8 16 9,2 35 16 6 13,5 8 7 5 24 12
666 717 45 666 718 45 BK 5 5 M8 x 1 16 9,2 35 16 6 13,5 8 7 5 24 12
666 717 46 666 718 46 BK 5 5 M10 x 1 18 11,5 37,5 16 6 13,5 10 22 5 24 20
666 717 47 666 718 47 BK 6 6 M10 18 11,5 43 20 7,5 17 10 15 5 21 23
666 717 48 666 718 48 BK 6 6 M12 x 1,5 21 13,8 46 20 7,5 16,5 12 38 5 21 35
666 717 49 666 718 49 BK 8 8 M12 21 13,8 51 24 9 20,5 12 20 6 22 40
666 717 50 666 718 50 BK 8 8 M12 x 1,5 21 13,8 51 24 9 20,5 12 20 6 22 40
666 717 51 666 718 51 BK 8 8 M16 x 1,5 25 19,6 55,5 24 9 20,5 17 80 6 22 70
666 717 52 666 718 52 BK 10 10 M16 x 1,5 25 19,6 57,5 26 9 22,5 17 80 4 27 76
* Statistical average.
** Fastening torque during assembly.
534 ®
Indexing Plungers 717, Steel and Stainless Steel, with Rest Position
Material Standard Version: Body zinc plated, blue passivated.
Material Stainless Version: Body stainless steel 1.4305. C CK
Both versions: Plunger pin stainless steel 1.4305. Spring stainless d3
steel 1.4310. Knob (type B/BK) plastic (Polyamide
d3
PA) dblack,
3
matt finish, not removable. A
Indexing plungers 717 are reasonably priced, with small dimensions,
0,5 x d2
0,5 x d2
SW SW
for applications where high precision indexing is not required.
l4
l4
l2
e e
l2
Indexing Plungers with rest position are used where the pin has to
l2
remain in retracted position. To achieve this, the knob is rotated by
l3
l3
l5
l5
90 degrees after being retracted. A notched catch stops the locked-
l1
l1
in knob from returning to its initial position accidentally or due to
vibration. d1 d1
d2 d2
Type C: with rest position, with knob, without counter nut.
Type CK: with rest position, with knob ring, with counter nut.
Type C: with rest position, with knob, without counter nut.
Type CK: with rest position, with knob, with counter nut.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 717 53, Indexing Plunger 717 type C, 3mm
Spring Load* Weight
Product No. Product No. Type d1 l1 min. d2 d3 e l2 max. l3 l4 l5 sw TA** Initial End
Standard Stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm N N g
666 717 53 666 718 53 C 3 3,5 M6 12 6,9 29 12 7 10 6 2 3 12 4
666 717 54 666 718 54 C 3 3,5 M6 x 0,75 12 6,9 29 12 7 10 6 3 3 12 4
666 717 55 666 718 55 C 4 4 M6 12 6,9 29 12 7 10 6 2 3 12 4
666 717 56 666 718 56 C 4 4,5 M8 x 1 16 9,2 38,5 16 9,5 13,5 8 8 5 24 10
666 717 57 666 718 57 C 5 5 M8 16 9,2 38,5 16 9,5 13,5 8 7 5 24 10
666 717 58 666 718 58 C 5 5 M8 x 1 16 9,2 38,5 16 9,5 13,5 8 7 5 24 10
666 717 59 666 718 59 C 5 5 M10 x 1 18 11,5 41 16 10 13,5 10 22 5 24 16
666 717 60 666 718 60 C 6 6 M10 18 11,5 46 20 10,5 17 10 15 5 21 19
666 717 61 666 718 61 C 6 6 M12 x 1,5 21 13,8 49 20 11 16,5 12 38 5 21 27
666 717 62 666 718 62 C 8 8 M12 21 13,8 55,5 24 13,5 20,5 12 20 6 22 34
666 717 63 666 718 63 C 8 8 M12 x 1,5 21 13,8 55,5 24 13,5 20,5 12 20 6 22 57
666 717 64 666 718 64 C 8 8 M16 x 1,5 25 19,6 60 24 13,5 20,5 17 80 6 22 60
666 717 65 666 718 65 C 10 10 M16 x 1,5 25 19,6 62,5 26 14 22,5 17 80 4 27 66
666 717 66 666 718 66 CK 3 3,5 M6 12 6,9 29 12 7 10 6 2 3 12 17
666 717 67 666 718 67 CK 3 3,5 M6 x 0,75 12 6,9 29 12 7 10 6 3 3 12 6
666 717 68 666 718 68 CK 4 4 M6 12 6,9 29 12 7 10 6 2 3 12 5
666 717 69 666 718 69 CK 4 4,5 M8 x 1 16 9,2 38,5 16 9,5 13,5 8 8 5 24 20
666 717 70 666 718 70 CK 5 5 M8 16 9,2 38,5 16 9,5 13,5 8 7 5 24 13
666 717 71 666 718 71 CK 5 5 M8 x 1 16 9,2 38,5 16 9,5 13,5 8 7 5 24 13
666 717 72 666 718 72 CK 5 5 M10 x 1 18 11,5 41 16 10 13,5 10 22 5 24 20
666 717 73 666 718 73 CK 6 6 M10 18 11,5 46 20 10,5 17 10 15 5 21 24
666 717 74 666 718 74 CK 6 6 M12 x 1,5 21 13,8 49 20 11 16,5 12 38 5 21 20
666 717 75 666 718 75 CK 8 8 M12 21 13,8 55,5 24 13,5 20,5 12 20 6 22 44
666 717 76 666 718 76 CK 8 8 M12 x 1,5 21 13,8 55,5 24 13,5 20,5 12 20 6 22 57
666 717 77 666 718 77 CK 8 8 M16 x 1,5 25 19,6 60 24 13,5 20,5 17 80 6 22 79
666 717 78 666 718 78 CK 10 10 M16 x 1,5 25 19,6 62,5 26 14 22,5 17 80 4 27 84
* Statistical average.
** Fastening torque during assembly.
® 535
Indexing Plungers 817, Steel and Stainless Steel
Material Steel Version: Steel burnished. Plunger pin: Hardened.
Material Stainless Steel Version: Stainless steel 1.4305. Plunger pin B BK C CK G GK
nickel plated. Knob: Plastic Thermoplast (polyamide) black, matt finish, B BK C CK G GK
cannot be disassembled.
Indexing plunger 817 offer the following advantages: A
- small outer dimensions.
- most of the release mechanism (version C/CK) is covered.
- defined thread length by an undercut at the end of the
thread (version G/GK).
Version B/BK with knob, without notched catch, this version is used
where, on releasing the knob, the plunger pin should be returned to its Counter nut
initial position by the spring force.
Version C/CK with knob, is used if the plunger pin has to remain in
retracted position. To achieve this, the knob is rotated by 90 degrees after
being retracted. A notched catch stops the locked-in knob from returning
Version B: with knob, without counter nut. Version G: with threaded bolt,
to its initial position accidentally or due to vibration. Version BK: with knob, with counter nut. without counter nut.
Version G/GK with threaded plunger end, for applications where a special Version GK: with threaded bolt,
knob to customer’s request is required or where the plunger pin is not Version C: with indexing knob,
without counter nut. with counter nut.
shifted manually. Version CK: with indexing knob,
with counter nut.
A
-0,02/-0,04 Spring Load* Weight
Product No. Product No. Version d1 l1 min. d2 d3 d4 d5 l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 SW Initial End
Steel Stainless Steel mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm N N g
666 684 00 666 996 84 B 4 4 M8x1 16 - - 35 16 5 - - 10 4,0 12,0 11,0
666 685 00 666 996 85 B 5 5 M10x1 19 - - 40 18 6 - - 12 5,0 15,0 18,0
666 686 00 666 996 86 B 6 6 M12x1,5 23 - - 48 22 6 - - 14 6,0 19,0 29,0
666 687 00 666 996 87 B 8 8 M16x1,5 28 - - 58 26 8 - - 17 8,5 26,0 63,0
666 690 00 666 996 90 B 10 12 M16x1,5 28 - - 58 26 8 - - 17 9,5 38,0 64,0
666 694 00 666 996 94 BK 4 4 M8x1 16 - - 35 16 5 - - 10 4,0 12,0 13,8
666 695 00 666 996 95 BK 5 5 M10x1 19 - - 40 18 6 - - 12 5,0 15,0 25,0
666 696 00 666 996 96 BK 6 6 M12x1,5 23 - - 48 22 6 - - 14 6,0 19,0 39,0
666 698 00 666 996 98 BK 8 8 M16x1,5 28 - - 58 26 8 - - 17 8,5 26,0 83,0
666 700 00 666 997 00 BK 10 12 M16x1,5 28 - - 58 26 8 - - 17 9,5 38,0 79,8
666 704 00 666 997 04 C 4 4 M8x1 16 - - 35 16 5 - - 10 4,0 12,0 13,0
666 705 00 666 997 05 C 5 5 M10x1 19 - - 40 18 6 - - 12 5,0 15,0 21,0
666 706 00 666 997 06 C 6 6 M12x1,5 23 - - 48 22 6 - - 14 6,0 19,0 33,0
666 708 00 666 997 08 C 8 8 M16x1,5 28 - - 58 26 8 - - 17 8,5 26,0 66,5
666 710 00 666 997 10 C 10 12 M16x1,5 28 - - 58 26 8 - - 17 9,5 38,0 69,6
666 714 00 666 997 14 CK 4 4 M8x1 16 - - 35 16 5 - - 10 4,0 12,0 15,8
666 715 00 666 997 15 CK 5 5 M10x1 19 - - 40 18 6 - - 12 5,0 15,0 28,0
666 716 00 666 997 16 CK 6 6 M12x1,5 23 - - 48 22 6 - - 14 6,0 19,0 43,0
666 718 00 666 997 18 CK 8 8 M16x1,5 28 - - 58 26 8 - - 17 8,5 26,0 86,5
666 720 00 666 997 20 CK 10 12 M16x1,5 28 - - 58 26 8 - - 17 9,5 38,0 85,0
666 734 00 666 997 34 G 4 4 M8x1 - M3 7 - 16 5 4,5 2,5 10 4,0 12,0 9,8
666 735 00 666 997 35 G 5 5 M10x1 - M4 8 - 18 6 5,5 3,0 12 5,0 15,0 15,8
666 736 00 666 997 36 G 6 6 M12x1,5 - M5 9 - 22 6 7,0 3,5 14 6,0 19,0 25,3
666 738 00 666 997 38 G 8 8 M16x1,5 - M6 10 - 26 8 8,5 4,0 17 8,5 26,0 53,9
666 740 00 666 997 40 G 10 12 M16x1,5 - M6 10 - 26 8 8,5 4,0 17 9,5 38,0 55,6
666 744 00 666 997 44 GK 4 4 M8x1 - M3 7 - 16 5 4,5 2,5 10 4,0 12,0 12,7
666 745 00 666 997 45 GK 5 5 M10x1 - M4 8 - 18 6 5,5 3,0 12 5,0 15,0 22,8
666 746 00 666 997 46 GK 6 6 M12x1,5 - M5 9 - 22 6 7,0 3,5 14 6,0 19,0 35,3
666 748 00 666 997 48 GK 8 8 M16x1,5 - M6 10 - 26 8 8,5 4,0 17 8,5 26,0 73,9
666 750 00 666 997 50 GK 10 12 M16x1,5 - M6 10 - 26 8 8,5 4,0 17 9,5 38,0 75,6
* Statistical average.
Steel Versions:
B BK C CK G GK
Stainless Steel Versions:
B BK C CK G GK
536 ®
Control Knobs 726.1
Material:
Aluminium, black anodised finish, scale (version S) and arrow
(version A): white, engraved with laser precision . Knob cover
disk: light- grey plastic. Collet/hexagon nut: brass. Stainless
steel set screw: DIN 916 with Allen screw and serrated end.
Type A: with arrow.
Type B: neutral, without arrow or grading.
Type S: with scale 0...9, 20 graduations.
Version 1: with set screw (bore d 2).
Version 2: with collet (bore d 3). 0 or arrow
When mounting, the cover is pressed in by hand, for demounting in opposite of screw
it can be lifted up at the slot using a screwdriver. The collet ver-
sion allows easy “adjustment” of the knobs and offers completely Set screw Clamp collet
secure mounting on the shaft. Scale or arrow are fully abrasion
proof and easy to read, as the engraving makes the aluminium
coloured figures and numbers stand out against the black, anodi-
sed surface. Besides the standard scale (Version S) these knobs
can be supplied with any scale desired (on request).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 660 701 22, Control Knob Vers. 1, Version A, 22 mm Version 1 Version 2
Product No. Product No. Type d1 d2H8 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 h1 h2 h3 h4 l t Weight in g
Version 1 Version 2 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Vers. 1 Vers. 2
660 701 22 - A 22 5 - 16 14 M4 20 22 16 4,3 8 12,5 - 17 -
660 701 27 660 705 27 A 27 6 6 20 18 M4 25 26 20 4,3 9 14 14 32 37
660 701 34 660 705 34 A 34 8 8 25 23 M5 32 30 24 4,2 10 15 17 58 65
660 701 42 660 705 42 A 42 10 10 32 30 M5 40 34 28 4,0 11 16 20 103 112
660 702 22 - B 22 5 - 16 14 M4 20 22 16 4,3 8 12,5 - 17 -
660 702 27 660 706 27 B 27 6 6 20 18 M4 25 26 20 4,3 9 14 14 32 37
660 702 34 660 706 34 B 34 8 8 25 23 M5 32 30 24 4,2 10 15 17 58 65
660 702 42 660 706 42 B 42 10 10 32 30 M5 40 34 28 4,0 11 16 20 103 112
660 703 22 - S 22 5 - 16 14 M4 20 22 16 4,3 8 12,5 - 17 -
660 703 27 660 707 27 S 27 6 6 20 18 M4 25 26 20 4,3 9 14 14 32 37
660 703 34 660 707 34 S 34 8 8 25 23 M5 32 30 24 4,2 10 15 17 58 65
660 703 42 660 707 42 S 42 10 10 32 30 M5 40 34 28 4,0 11 16 20 103 112
Type A: with arrow. Type B: neutral, without Type S: with scale 0...9, Version 1: with set screw (bore d 2).
arrow or grading. 20 graduations. Version 2: with collet (bore d 3).
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 537
Star Knobs DIN 6335 GG Star Knobs Similar to DIN 6335 Pr
Version E Version C
Material: Grey cast iron. Material: Plastic PF31, black, glossy finish.
Type E = with tapped blind hole. Type K = with press-fitted threaded bush made from brass.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 660 232 00, Star Knobs DIN 6335 GG, Vers. E 32 mm Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 660 520 00, Star Knobs DIN 6335 Pr, Vers. K 20 mm
Product No. d1 d2 d4 h1 h3 t1 Weight Product No. d1 d5 d8 h3 h4 t 6 min . Weight
Type E mm mm mm mm mm mm g Type K mm mm mm mm mm mm g
660 232 00 32 M6 12 21 10 12 30 660 520 00 20 M4 10 6 13 6,5 3
660 240 00 40 M8 14 26 14 15 49 660 525 00 25 M5 13 8 17 9,5 7
660 250 00 50 M10 18 34 20 18 105 660 532 00 32 M6 14 10 20 12 10
660 263 00 63 M12 20 42 25 22 170 660 540 00 40 M8 18 14 26 14 19
660 280 00 80 M16 25 52 30 28 350 660 550 00 50 M10 22 18 32 18 35
660 298 00 100 M20 32 65 38 36 715 660 563 00* 63 M12 26 22 40 22 65
660 580 00* 80 M16 34 29 53 30 137
* W ith threaded bush made from steel.
Star Knobs with Axial Bearing
Material: Grip: Thermoplast (PA). d1
Insert: Heat-treated steel nitrided, burnished.
The advantages of the axial bearing:
• double clamping force with same lever size, by reducing the
surface friction.
• Less wear on the component due to fixed locating face. h1
h2
t1
• Little settling due to higher pre-tensioning force of the bolt or
t2
thread. d2
Axial Bearing
d3
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 660 640 00, Star Knob with Axial Bearing, Ø 40 mm
Product No. d1 d2 d3 h1 h2 t1 t2 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
660 640 00 40 M6 24 27 15 12,5 5 45
660 650 00 50 M8 25 34 22,5 14 4,2 68
660 663 00 63 M10 30 41 26,5 18 5,4 111
660 680 00 80 M12 35 54 34 26,5 6,6 218
Star Knob Screws with Axial Bearing
Material: Grip: Thermoplast (PA). d1
Insert: Heat-treated steel nitrided, burnished.
Screw: Steel tensile strength 8.8, burnished.
The advantages of the axial bearing:
h1
• double clamping force with same lever size, by reducing the
h2
surface friction.
• Less wear on the component due to fixed locating face. d3 Axial Bearing
• Little settling due to higher pre-tensioning force.
l
d2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 660 640 01, Star Knob Screw with Axial Bearing, Ø 40mm, M6 x 15mm
Product No. d1 d2 l d3 h1 h2 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
660 640 01 40 M6 15 24 27 15 50
660 640 02 40 M6 25 24 27 15 52
660 650 01 50 M8 20 25 34 22,5 81
660 650 02 50 M8 35 25 34 22,5 86
660 663 01 63 M10 30 30 41 26,5 137
660 663 02 63 M10 40 30 41 26,5 142
660 680 01 80 M12 30 35 54 34 258
660 680 02 80 M12 50 35 54 34 276
538 ®
Star Knobs DIN 6336 GG
Material: Grey cast iron.
Version C = with blind hole d 3 H7 Version C Version E
Version E = with tapped blind hole d 2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 132 00, Star Knob DIN 6336 GG, Vers. C 32 mm
Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d 3 H7 d4 h1 h3 t1 Vers. C Vers. E
Vers. C Vers. E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
661 132 00 661 232 00 32 M6 6 12 20 10 12 47 49
661 140 00 661 240 00 40 M8 8 14 25 13 15 70 70
661 150 00 661 250 00 50 M10 10 18 32 17 18 145 148
661 163 00 661 263 00 63 M12 12 20 40 21 22 246 254
661 180 00 661 280 00 80 M16 16 25 50 25 28 542 542
Star Knobs Similar to DIN 6336 Pr Star Knobs Similar to DIN 6336 AL
Version K Version E
Material: Plastic PF31, black, glossy finish. Material: GKAISi7Cu3, polished.
Version K = with threaded bush of zinc-plated steel. Version E = with tapped blind hole.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 520 00, Star Knob DIN 6336 Pr, Vers. K 20 mm Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 740 00, Star Knob DIN 6336 EL, Vers. E 40 mm
Product No. d1 d5 d8 h3 h4 t 6 min Weight Product No. d1 d2 h1 h3 d4 Weight
Vers. K mm mm mm mm mm mm g Vers. E mm mm mm mm mm g
661 520 00* 20 M4* 10 7 13 6,5 3 661 740 00 40 M8 26 13 14 35
661 525 00 25 M5 12 8 16 9,5 7 661 750 00 50 M10 34 17 18 65
661 532 00 32 M6 14 9 20 12 11 661 763 00 63 M12 42 21 20 100
661 540 00 40 M8 18 13 26 14 26 661 780 00 80 M16 52 25 25 220
661 550 00 50 M10 22 17 33 18 44
661 563 00 63 M10 25 21 42 18 83
661 564 00 63 M12 25 21 42 22 83
661 580 00 80 M12 35 22 50 22 158
* W ith threaded bush made from brass.
Star Knobs 5335 Stainless Steel
Material: Stainless steel 1.4305, blasted, matt finish.
A Version C Version E
Version C = with blind hole d 3 H7
Version E = with tapped blind hole d 2
Especially suited for the food-processing machinery industry,
with smooth and enclosed areas.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 993 21, Star Knob Stainless Steel, Cast, 40 mm
Product No. Product No. d1 Thread d 2 Bore d 3 d4 h1 h2 t 2min. (C) t 1min. (E) Weight
Vers. C Vers. E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
- 661 993 30 40 M6 - 18 30,5 15 - 12 150
661 993 21 661 993 31 40 M8 8 18 30,5 15 15 12 125
- 661 993 32 50 M8 - 21 34,0 17 - 15 240
661 993 23 661 993 33 50 M10 10 21 34,0 17 18 15 208
- 661 993 34 60 M10 - 25 39,0 18 - 18 370
661 993 25 661 993 35 60 M12 12 25 39,0 18 22 22 365
® 539
Star Knobs 5334 Stainless Steel
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301. Grip drawn from
stainless-steel sheet. Hub butt-welded on, blasted, A Version C Version E
matt finish.
Version C = with blind hole d 3 H7
Version E = with tapped blind hole d 2
Refined and cost-saving manufacturing techniques led to this
cost-efficient stainless steel-version.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 993 01, Star Knob Stainless Steel, Drawn, 40 mm
Product No. Product No. d1 Thread d 2 Bore d 3 H7 d4 h1 h2 t min. Weight
Vers. C Vers. E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
661 993 01 661 993 11 40 M8 8 14 24 12 15 37
661 993 03 661 993 13 50 M10 10 18 31 17,5 18 65
661 993 05 661 993 15 60 M12 12 20 39 21 22 107
Star Knob Screws 5334 Stainless Steel
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301. Grip drawn from
stainless-steel sheet. Hub butt-welded on, blasted, A d3
matt finish.
Refined and cost-saving manufacturing techniques led to this
h1
h2
cost-efficient stainless steel-version.
d1
l
d2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 993 01, Star Knob Screw Stainless Steel, 40 mm
Product No. d1 d2 l d3 h1 h2 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
661 993 41 40 M8 20 14 24 12 50
661 993 42 40 M8 30 14 24 12 55
661 993 43 40 M8 40 14 24 12 57
661 993 44 50 M10 20 18 30 16,5 91
661 993 45 50 M10 30 18 30 16,5 97
661 993 46 50 M10 40 18 30 16,5 101
661 993 47 60 M12 30 20 37,5 20 155
661 993 48 60 M12 40 20 37,5 20 162
661 993 49 60 M12 50 20 37,5 20 170
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
540 ®
Star Knobs Similar to DIN 6336, Thermoplast
Material: Plastic Thermoplast (Polyamide), impact resistant, Version C Version E
black, matt finish. Bush: Steel, zinc-plated, chromated blue.
Version C = with blind hole d 3 H7
Version E = with tapped blind hole d 2
The full diameter of the contact surface is made from Steel.
The protruding steel bush allows a perfect cross-pin connection.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 332 00, Star Knob Thermoplast, 32 mm
Vers. C Vers. E
Product No. Product No. d1 d3 d2 d4 h1 h2 h3 t min. Weight
Vers. C Vers. E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
661 332 00 661 332 01 32 6 M6 12 20 10 8,5 12 15
661 340 00 661 340 01 40 8 M8 14 26 13 10 14 25
661 350 00 661 350 01 50 10 M10 18 32 17 10 18 53
661 363 00 661 363 01 63 12 M12 20 40 21 14 22 85
661 380 00 661 380 01 80 16 M16 25 52 27 15 30 195
Star Knob Screws Similar to DIN 6336
Material: Plastic Thermoplast (Polyamide). Threaded bolt: steel, Version ST Version TE
zinc-plated, chromated blue.
Version ST = grip part fully made from plastic with moulded-in
threaded bolt.
Version TE = grip part with moulded-in protruding steel hub
(steel hub and threaded bolt made from one part, turned).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 825 10, Star Knob screw Thermoplast, 25 mm
Version ST
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 l Weight
Vers. ST Vers. TE mm mm mm g
661 825 10 - 25 M5 10 5
661 825 15 - 25 M5 15 7
661 825 20 - 25 M5 20 8
661 832 10 - 32 M6 10 10
661 832 16 661 932 16 32 M6 16 11
661 832 20 661 932 20 32 M6 20 12
661 832 25 661 932 25 32 M6 25 13
661 840 16 661 940 16 40 M8 16 21
661 840 20 661 940 20 40 M8 20 22
661 840 25 661 940 25 40 M8 25 24
661 840 30 661 940 30 40 M8 30 26 Version TE
661 850 20 - 50 M10 20 43
661 850 25 661 950 25 50 M10 25 45
661 850 30 661 950 30 50 M10 30 48
661 850 45 661 950 45 50 M10 45 58
661 863 20 - 63 M12 20 79
661 863 30 661 963 30 63 M12 30 91
661 863 40 661 963 40 63 M12 40 105
661 863 60 661 963 60 63 M12 60 115
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 541
Triangular Knobs, Made from Thermoplast Triangular Knobs, Made from Stainless Steel
Natural coloured
anodised aluminium disk
Material: Thermoplast (Polyamide PA), Material: Stainless steel 1.4308, matt blasted.
black glossy finish, brass bush. A
Very elegant and easy to grip. Elegant, easy to grip and clean.
For comparably high torque transmission.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 632 11, Triangular Knob, 32mm, M5 Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 996 31, Triangular Knob stainless, 32mm, M5
Product No. d1 d2 d3 h1 h2 t Weight Product No. d1 d2 d4 h1 h2 t Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g mm mm mm mm mm mm g
661 632 11 32 M5 14 26 16 10 7 661 996 31 32 M5 12 21 12 10 62
661 632 12 32 M6 14 26 16 12 9 661 996 32 32 M6 12 21 12 10 60
661 640 11 40 M6 16 30 17 12 11 661 996 41 40 M6 14 26 14 12 103
661 640 12 40 M8 16 30 17 14 13 661 996 42 40 M8 14 26 14 12 100
661 650 11 50 M8 19 35 19 14 18 661 996 51 50 M8 18 33 19 15 160
661 650 12 50 M10 19 35 19 16 22 661 996 52 50 M10 18 33 19 15 155
661 660 11 60 M10 22 41 22 16 30 661 996 61 60 M10 20 41 23 18 295
661 660 12 60 M12 22 41 22 18 32 661 996 62 60 M12 20 41 23 18 290
Triangular Knob screws, Made from Thermoplast
Material: Thermoplast (Polyamide PA),
black glossy finish.
Grub screw, zinc-plated steel, chromated.
Very elegant and easy to grip.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 632 13, Triangular Knob screw, 32mm, M5
Natural coloured
anodised aluminium disk
Product No. d1 d2 l h1 h2 d3 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
661 632 13 32 M5 10 26 16 14 9
661 632 14 32 M5 20 26 16 14 10
661 632 15 32 M5 40 26 16 14 13
661 632 16 32 M6 10 26 16 14 10
661 632 17 32 M6 20 26 16 14 13
661 632 18 32 M6 40 26 16 14 15
661 640 13 40 M6 10 30 17 16 14
661 640 14 40 M6 20 30 17 16 15
661 640 15 40 M6 40 30 17 16 19
661 640 16 40 M8 16 30 17 16 19
661 640 17 40 M8 30 30 17 16 25
661 640 18 40 M8 50 30 17 16 30
661 650 13 50 M8 16 35 19 19 28
661 650 14 50 M8 30 35 19 19 32
661 650 15 50 M8 50 35 19 19 37
661 650 16 50 M10 20 35 19 19 35
661 650 17 50 M10 30 35 19 19 40
661 650 18 50 M10 50 35 19 19 50
661 660 13 60 M10 20 41 22 22 42
661 660 14 60 M10 30 41 22 22 48
661 660 15 60 M10 50 41 22 22 60
661 660 16 60 M12 20 41 22 22 57
661 660 17 60 M12 30 41 22 22 65
661 660 18 60 M12 50 41 22 22 80
542 ®
Knurled Knobs, Made from Thermoplast
Material: Thermoplast (Polypropylene PP) reinforced,
impact resistant, black, matt, brass bush. Version C Version E
Version C = with blind hole d 2 H9
Version E = with threaded blind hole d 3
h1
d1
h2
t1
t2
Special surface (contact points as a quadratic truncated pyramid)
for maximum torque without uncomfortable stress on the skin. d2 d3
d4 d4
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 632 01, Knurled Knob, Thermoplast, 32 mm, M5
Version C Version E
Product No. Product No. d1 d 2 H9 d3 d4 h1 h2 t 1 min. t2 Weight
Version C Version E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
--- 661 632 01 32 -- M5 15 22 9 - 10 11
--- 661 632 02 32 -- M6 15 22 9 - 12 16
661 640 00 661 640 01 40 6 M6 17 24 11 14 12 20
--- 661 640 02 40 -- M8 17 24 11 - 13 21
661 650 00 661 650 01 50 8 M8 20 30 13,5 20 20 42
--- 661 650 02 50 -- M10 20 30 13,5 - 18 32
661 660 00 661 660 01 60 10 M10 23 35 15 25 20 46
--- 661 660 02 60 -- M12 23 35 15 -- 20 54
--- 661 670 01 70 -- M12 24 38 18,5 -- 20 65
--- 661 670 02 70 -- M14 24 38 18,5 -- 20 73
Knurled Knob Screws, Made from Thermoplast
Material: Thermoplast (Polypropylene PP) reinforced, impact
resistant, black, matt.
Grub screw, zinc-plated steel, chromated.
Special surface (contact points as a quadratic truncated pyramid)
h1
for maximum torque without uncomfortable stress on the skin.
h2
d1
max.2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 632 03, Knurled Knob, Thermoplast, 32 mm d2
d3
Product No. d1 d2 l h1 h2 d3 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
661 632 03 32 M5 10 22 9 15 12
661 632 04 32 M5 20 22 9 15 13
661 632 05 32 M5 40 22 9 15 15
661 632 06 32 M6 10 22 9 15 13
661 632 07 32 M6 20 22 9 15 15
661 632 08 32 M6 40 22 9 15 18
661 640 03 40 M6 10 24 11 17 16
661 640 04 40 M6 20 24 11 17 18
661 640 05 40 M6 40 24 11 17 22
661 640 06 40 M8 16 24 11 17 24
661 640 07 40 M8 30 24 11 17 28
661 640 08 40 M8 50 24 11 17 34
661 650 03 50 M8 16 30 13,5 20 34
661 650 04 50 M8 30 30 13,5 20 36
661 650 05 50 M8 50 30 13,5 20 42
661 650 06 50 M10 20 30 13,5 20 40
661 650 07 50 M10 30 30 13,5 20 45
661 650 08 50 M10 50 30 13,5 20 55
661 660 03 60 M10 20 35 15 23 54
661 660 04 60 M10 30 35 15 23 59
661 660 05 60 M10 50 35 15 23 69
661 660 06 60 M12 20 35 15 23 66
661 660 07 60 M12 30 35 15 23 74
661 660 08 60 M12 50 35 15 23 90
661 670 03 70 M12 30 38 18,5 24 85
661 670 04 70 M12 50 38 18,5 24 100
® 543
Wing nuts, Made from Thermoplast Wing Nuts, made from Stainless Steel
cap, removable
h1
d1
d1
h1
h3
h2
h3
h2
d2
d2 d3
d3 b
b
Material: Thermoplast (Polyamide PA), Material: Stainless steel 1.4308,
glass-fibre reinforced, black matt, brass bush. Precision cast, matt blasted. A
With indents for large, easy to grip contact surfaces. With indents for large, easy to grip contact surfaces.
For relatively high tightening torques. For high tightening torques. Easy to clean.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 748 01, Wing Nut, Thermoplast, 48mm, M5 Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 997 41, Wing Nut stainless, 46mm, M6
Product No. d1 d2 h1 h2 h3 b d3 Weight Product No. d1 d2 h1 h 2 ca. h 3 min. b d 3 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
661 748 01 48 M5 24 5,5 12 7 13,5 10 661 997 41 46 M6 22,5 5,5 12 6 13 38
661 748 02 48 M6 24 5,5 12 7 13,5 9 661 997 42 46 M8 22,5 5,5 15 6 13 36
661 755 01 55 M6 28 6,5 18 8 16 20 661 997 51 58 M8 26,5 6,5 15 7 16 70
661 755 02 55 M8 28 6,5 18 8 16 19 661 997 52 58 M10 26,5 6,5 18 7 16 65
661 770 01 70 M8 36 8 20 10 20 32
661 770 02 70 M10 36 8 20 10 20 34
Wing screws, Made from Thermoplast Wing screws, Made from Stainless Steel
cap, removable
h1
h1
d1
d1
h2
h2
l
d2
b b d2
d3
d3
Material: Thermoplast (Polyamide PA), Material: Stainless steel 1.4308,
glass-fibre reinforced, black matt. Precision cast, matt blasted. A
Grub screw, zinc-plated steel, chromated. With indents for large, easy to grip contact surfaces.
With indents for large, easy to grip contact surfaces. For high tightening torques. Easy to clean.
For relatively high tightening torques.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 748 03, Wing Screw, Thermoplast, 48mm, M5 Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 997 61, Wing Screw stainless, 46mm, M6 x 16
Product No. d1 d2 l h1 h2 b d3 Weight Product No. d1 d2 l h1 h2 b d3 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
661 748 03 48 M5 16 24 5,5 7 13,5 10 661 997 61 46 M6 16 22,5 6 6 13 40
661 748 04 48 M5 20 24 5,5 7 13,5 12 661 997 62 46 M6 20 22,5 6 6 13 41
661 748 05 48 M6 20 24 5,5 7 13,5 15 661 997 63 46 M6 25 22,5 6 6 13 42
661 748 06 48 M6 30 24 5,5 7 13,5 15 661 997 64 46 M8 16 22,5 6 6 13 60
661 748 07 48 M6 40 24 5,5 7 13,5 17 661 997 65 46 M8 20 22,5 6 6 13 61
661 755 03 55 M8 20 28 6,5 8 16 22 661 997 66 46 M8 25 22,5 6 6 13 62
661 755 04 55 M8 30 28 6,5 8 16 25 661 997 67 58 M8 20 26,5 7 7 16 83
661 755 05 55 M8 40 28 6,5 8 16 29 661 997 68 58 M8 25 26,5 7 7 16 84
661 755 06 55 M10 20 28 6,5 8 16 30 661 997 69 58 M8 30 26,5 7 7 16 85
661 755 07 55 M10 30 28 6,5 8 16 34 661 997 70 58 M10 20 26,5 7 7 16 80
661 755 08 55 M10 40 28 6,5 8 16 38 661 997 71 58 M10 25 26,5 7 7 16 83
661 770 03 70 M8 20 36 8 10 20 35 661 997 72 58 M10 30 26,5 7 7 16 85
661 770 04 70 M8 30 36 8 10 20 38
661 770 05 70 M10 20 36 8 10 20 41
661 770 06 70 M10 30 36 8 10 20 45
661 770 07 70 M10 40 36 8 10 20 49
544 ®
Ball Knobs DIN 319 PF
Material: Plastic PF31 (phenolic resin), black, high-gloss finish. Version C Version E
Version C: With compression-moulded thread.
Version E: With threaded bush of zinc-plated steel.
h
t1
*M4 threaded bush made from brass.
t3
d2 d3
d6 d6
d1 d1
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 664 016 00, Ball Knob DIN 319 PF, Version C, 16 mm
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 h d6 t1 min. t3 min. Weight in g
Version C Version E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Version C Version E
664 016 00 664 116 00* 16 M4 M4* 15 8 6 6 2,8 3,4
664 020 00 664 120 00 20 M5 M5 18 12 7,5 7,5 5,2 8,1
664 025 00 664 125 00 25 M6 M6 22,5 15 9 9 9,9 13,6
664 032 00 664 132 00 32 M8 M8 29 18 12 12 20,8 30,2
664 040 00 664 140 00 40 M10 M10 37 22 15 15 42,7 54,5
664 045 00 - 45** M10 M10 44 17 15 18 62,0 -
664 050 00 664 150 00 50 M12 M12 46 28 18 18 85,4 106,4
** Size 45 is not part of the DIN.
Ball Knobs DIN 319 PF, Version L with Tolerance Ring
Material: Plastic PF31 (phenolic resin), black, high-gloss finish.
Shaft d 5 is not included in the delivery.
h
t5
d5
d6
d1
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 664 216 00, Ball Knob DIN 319 PF Version L, 16 mm
Product No. d1 d5h9 d6 h t5 Weight
Version L mm mm mm mm mm g
664 216 00 16 4 8 15 11 2,5
664 220 00 20 5 12 18 13 5
664 225 00 25 6 15 22,5 16 10,3
664 226 00 25 8 15 22,5 15 9,9
664 232 00 32 8 18 29 15 22,5
664 233 00 32 10 18 29 20 20
664 240 00 40 10 22 37 20 42
664 241 00 40 12 22 37 23 40
664 250 00 50 16 28 46 23 82
Ball Knobs DIN 319 Version C, Steel, Stainless Steel and Aluminium
Material: Steel, polished.
Stainless steel 1.4305, matt blasted. A
Aluminium, polished.
h
t1
Ball knobs with dimensions according to DIN 319,
made from metal.
d2
d6
d1
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 664 416 00, Ball Knob DIN 319 Version C, Steel, 16mm
Product No. Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d6 h t1 min. Weight in g
Steel Stainless Steel Aluminium mm mm mm mm mm Steel Stainless Aluminium
664 416 00 664 994 16 664 664 16 16 M4 8 15 6 15 15 6
664 420 00 664 994 20 664 664 20 20 M5 12 18 7,5 26 26 11
664 425 00 664 994 25 664 664 25 25 M6 15 22,5 9 59 59 21
664 432 00 664 994 32 664 664 32 32 M8 18 29 12 116 116 43
664 440 00 664 994 40 664 664 40 40 M10 22 37 15 235 235 85
664 450 00 - 664 664 50 50 M12 28 46 18 475 475 169
® 545
Revolving Ball Knobs 3192 with Gear Lever Handle
Material: Duroplast PF31, black, glossy finish.
Bolt: Steel, zinc plated.
Use: Instead of revolving handles, e.g. for handwheels and
hand cranks. Revolving ball knobs have the same connecting
dimensions as handles DIN 39 and DIN 98 page 548.
Internal hexagon
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 664 525 00, Revolving Ball Knob 3192, 25 mm
Product No. d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 l3 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
664 525 00 25 M6 10 11 37,5 15 28
664 532 00 32 M8 13 13 48 19 62
664 540 00 40 M10 16 14 61 24 117
664 550 00 50 M12 20 21 78 31 237
Gear Lever Handles 209 with Ball Knob DIN 319, Steel Burnished or Zinc Plated or Stainless
Material: Lever: Steel burnished or
steel zinc plated or
stainless steel 1.4305 matt. A
Ball knob: Plastic duroplast PF31,
black, glossy finish.
The knob is screwed on.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 006 00, Handle 209 with Ball Knob,
burnished, 8 mm
Product No. Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 l3 Weight
Burnished Zinc Plated Stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 006 00 666 066 00 666 990 06 8 M6 20 80 9 18 36
666 007 00 666 067 00 666 990 07 8 M6 20 100 9 18 40
666 008 00 666 068 00 666 990 08 10 M8 25 100 11 22,5 63
666 009 00 666 069 00 666 990 09 10 M8 25 125 11 22,5 78
666 010 00 666 070 00 666 990 10 12 M10 32 125 14 29 123
666 011 00 666 071 00 666 990 11 12 M10 32 160 14 29 154
666 012 00 666 072 00 666 990 12 14 M12 35 160 16 32,5 202
666 013 00 666 073 00 666 990 13 14 M12 35 200 16 32,5 250
666 014 00 666 074 00 - 16 M14 40 200 18 37 331
666 015 00 666 075 00 - 16 M14 40 250 18 37 410
Gear Lever Handles 209 with Cylindrical Grip, Steel Burnished or Zinc Plated or Stainless
Material: Lever: Steel burnished or
steel zinc plated or
stainless steel 1.4305 matt. A
Cylindrical grip: Plastic duroplast PF31,
black, glossy finish.
The grip is screwed on.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 106 00, Handle 209 with Cylindrical Grip,
burnished, 8mm
Product No. Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 l3 Weight
Burnished Zinc Plated Stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 106 00 666 166 00 666 991 06 8 M6 18 80 9 40 33
666 107 00 666 167 00 666 991 07 8 M6 18 100 9 40 44
666 108 00 666 168 00 666 991 08 10 M8 21 100 11 50 62
666 109 00 666 169 00 666 991 09 10 M8 21 125 11 50 78
666 110 00 666 170 00 666 991 10 12 M10 23 125 14 65 103
666 111 00 666 171 00 666 991 11 12 M10 23 160 14 65 133
666 112 00 666 172 00 666 991 12 14 M12 26 160 16 80 168
666 113 00 666 173 00 666 991 13 14 M12 26 200 16 80 216
666 114 00 666 174 00 - 16 M14 28 200 18 90 273
666 115 00 666 175 00 - 16 M14 28 250 18 90 352
546 ®
Revolving Cylindrical Handles 598
Material:
Version K: Duroplast PF31, black, glossy finish.
Spindle: Steel, zinc-plated.
Version N: Duroplast PF31, black, glossy finish.
Spindle: Stainless steel 1.4305. A
Modern design.
Allen screw
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 663 418 00, Handle 598, Version K, 18 mm
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 d4 l1 l2 l3 Weight in g
Vers. K Vers. N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Vers. K Vers. N
663 418 00 663 518 00 18 M6 10 15 40 12 2,5 29 29
663 421 00 663 521 00 21 M6 10 17 50 13 2,5 42 42
663 422 00 – 22 M6 10 18 56 13 2,5 47 -
663 423 00 663 523 00 23 M8 13 19 65 14 2,5 79 79
663 426 00 663 526 00 26 M10 13 21 80 16 2,5 109 109
663 428 00 663 528 00 28 M10 13 22 90 16 2,5 125 125
663 431 00 663 531 00 31 M12 14 25 102 20 2,5 175 175
Retractable Handles NG
Material:
Version K: Duroplast PF31, black, glossy finish.
Folding mechanism: Steel, burnished.
Version N: Duroplast PF31, black, glossy finish.
Folding mechanism: Stainless steel 1.4305. A
Use: When the handle must at times not stick out.The handle
is pulled out of its taper seating and then tilted. A compression
spring locks the handle in both end positions.
All handles are revolving (type 598).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 663 200 00, Retractable Handle NG, Version K, 21 mm
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 l 3 -0,5 l4 Weight
Vers. K Vers. N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
663 200 00 - 21 M5 16 67 15,0 5 62 58
663 201 00 663 992 01 26 M6 20 102 19,5 6 95 134
663 202 00 663 992 02 28 M8 26 118 26,0 10 106 214
Cylindrical Knobs, Press-On Type
Material: Thermoplast (Polypropylene PP),
impact resistant, black, matt finish. l1
l2
These knobs do not require a thread at the shaft.
During mounting, easy blows with a soft hammer are sufficient
d2
d3
d1
to drive the knob into place. The shaft end with tolerance h9
should be slightly rounded or chamfered (30°). The knob is quic-
kly mounted and sits absolute vibration-tight.
Temperature resistant up to 80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 662 201 18, Cylindrical Knob, 18 mm
Product No. d1 d2 d3 l1 l 2 min. Weight
mm mm mm mm mm g
662 202 18 18 8 15 40 28 7
662 202 21 21 10 17 50 35 10
662 202 23 23 10 19 65 45 17
662 202 26 26 12 21 80 50 25
662 202 28 28 15 22 90 60 33
® 547
Fixed Handles DIN 39 St
Material: Steel, zinc-plated.
Version E = with threaded bolt and Allen screw. l1
l2 l3
d1
d4
d3
Allen screw SW
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 662 110 00, Grip DIN 39 St, Vers. E 10 mm
Product No. d1 d3 d 4 H13 l1 l2 l3 SW Weight
Vers. E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
662 110 00 10 M4 7 32 7 4 - 11
662 113 00 13 M5 8 40 9 5 - 24
662 116 00 16 M6 10 50 11 7 3 45
662 120 00 20 M8 13 64 13 8 4 91
662 125 00 25 M10 16 80 14 10 5 177
662 132 00 32 M12 20 100 21 13 6 360
662 136 00 36 M16 22 112 26 14 8 526
Fixed Handles DIN 39 Pr
Material: Plastic Thermoplast (Polyamide), black, matt finish.
Version E = with threaded bolt and Allen screw. l1
l2 l3
d1
d4
d3
Allen screw SW
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 662 220 00, Grip DIN 39 Pr, Version E 20 mm
Product No. d1 d3 d 4 H13 l1 l2 l3 SW Weight
Vers. E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
662 220 00 20 M8 13 64 13 8 4 25
662 225 00 25 M10 16 80 14 10 5 50
662 232 00 32 M12 20 100 21 13 6 100
Fixed Handles DIN 39 AL
Material: Aluminium polished.
Version E = with moulded-in threaded bolt and Allen screw. l1
l2 l3
d1
d4
d3
Allen screw SW
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 662 316 00, Grip DIN 39 AL, Version E 16 mm
Product No. d1 d3 d 4 H13 l1 l2 l3 SW Weight
Vers. E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
662 316 00 16 M6 10 50 10 7 3 20
662 320 00 20 M8 13 64 12 8 4 35
662 325 00 25 M10 16 80 16 12 5 85
662 332 00 32 M12 20 100 21 16 6 150
662 336 00 36 M16 22 112 25 16 8 210
548 ®
Revolving Handles DIN 98 St
Material: Steel, zinc-plated.
Version E = with threaded spindle and Allen screw.
l1
l2 l 3
d1
d4
d3
d6
l4
Allen screw SW
Ordering Details: z.B.: Product No.. 663 116 00, Grip DIN 98 St, Vers. E 16 mm
Product No. d1 d3 d 4 H13 d6 l1 l2 l3 l4 SW Weight
Vers. E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
663 116 00 16 M6 10 14 49 11 5,5 5 3 55
663 120 00 20 M8 13 18 61 13 6 6 4 104
663 125 00 25 M10 16 21 75 14 8 6,5 5 187
663 132 00 32 M12 20 26 95 21 10,5 8 6 387
663 136 00 36 M16 22 29 106 26 11 9 8 541
Revolving Handles DIN 98 Pr
Material: Plastic Thermoplast (Polyamide), black, matt finish.
Version E = with threaded spindle and Allen screw. l1
Spindle: Steel, zinc-plated. l2 l 3
d1
d4
d3
l4 d6
Allen screw SW
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 663 216 00, Grip DIN 98 Pr, Vers. E 16 mm
Product No. d1 d3 d 4 H13 d6 l1 l2 l3 l4 SW Weight
Vers. E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
663 216 00 16 M6 10 14 49 11 5,5 5 3 21
663 220 00 20 M8 13 18 61 13 6 6 4 45
663 225 00 25 M10 16 21 75 14 8 6,5 5 71
663 232 00 32 M12 20 26 95 21 10,5 8 6 144
Revolving Handles DIN 98 AL
Material: Aluminium polished.
Version E = with threaded spindle and Allen screw. l1
Spindle Steel, zinc-plated. l2 l 3
d1
d4
d3
d6
l4
Allen screw SW
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 663 316 00, Grip DIN 98 AL, Vers. E 16 mm
Product No. d1 d3 d 4 H13 d6 l1 l2 l3 l4 SW Weight
Vers. E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
663 316 00 16 M6 10 14 49 11 5,5 5 3 20
663 320 00 20 M8 13 18 61 13 6 6 4 35
663 325 00 25 M10 16 21 75 14 8 6,5 5 85
663 332 00 32 M12 20 26 95 21 10,5 8 6 150
663 336 00 36 M16 22 29 106 26 11 9 8 210
® 549
Adjustable Clamping Levers 355, Version N with Internal Thread, Disengaged by Pulling, Plastic
Material: Threaded bush and retaining screw steel, burnished. Retaining screw
l1
Grip body: technopolymer (Polyamide PA), glas fibre reinforced,
h4
black-grey RAL 7021. Serrated ring zinc die casting. Splines
User-friendly design. To be used preferably when the clamping range
h3
h1
h2
is limited or if a specific clamping position is required. By lifting
(pulling) the handle the splines work loose and the clamping lever can d3
Annular
be turned to the most suitable clamping position. Letting go causes d4
Gear
the handle to re-engage automatically.
t
d1
Temperature resistant up to +130°C.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 557 01, Adjustable Clamping Lever 355, version I, 44 mm, M4
Product No. l1 d1 d3 d4 h1 h2 h3 h4 t Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 557 01 44 M4 10 15,5 24,5 3,5 30,5 3 8 17
665 557 02 44 M5 10 15,5 24,5 3,5 30,5 3 8 17
665 557 03 44 M6 10 15,5 24,5 3,5 30,5 3 8 16
665 557 04 63 M6 13,5 19 31 3,5 38,5 3 10 37
665 557 05 63 M8 13,5 19 31 3,5 38,5 3 10 35
665 557 06 78 M8 16 23 36 3,5 46,5 4 14 62
665 557 07 78 M10 16 23 36 3,5 46,5 4 14 60
665 557 08 95 M10 19 26,5 43 5 56,5 5 17 95
665 557 09 95 M12 19 26,5 43 5 56,5 5 17 90
Adjustable Clamping Levers 355, Version G with External Thread, Disengaged by Pulling, Plastic
Material: Threaded stud and retaining screw steel, burnished. Retaining screw
l1
Grip body: technopolymer (Polyamide PA), glas fibre reinforced, Splines
h4
black-grey RAL 7021. Serrated ring zinc die casting.
User-friendly design. To be used preferably when the clamping range h3
h1
is limited or if a specific clamping position is required. By lifting
h2
Annular
(pulling) the handle the splines work loose and the clamping lever can d3 Gear
be turned to the most suitable clamping position. Letting go causes d4
l2
the handle to re-engage automatically.
d1
Temperature resistant up to +130°C.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 557 11, Adjustable Clamping Lever 355, version A, 44 mm, M4x12mm
Product No. l1 l2 d1 d3 d4 h1 h2 h3 h4 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 557 11 44 12 M4 10 15,5 24,5 3,5 30,5 3 18
665 557 12 44 16 M4 10 15,5 24,5 3,5 30,5 3 16
665 557 16 44 12 M5 10 15,5 24,5 3,5 30,5 3 19
665 557 18 44 20 M5 10 15,5 24,5 3,5 30,5 3 19
665 557 19 44 25 M5 10 15,5 24,5 3,5 30,5 3 20
665 557 32 63 20 M6 13,5 19 31 3,5 38,5 3 41
665 557 34 63 32 M6 13,5 19 31 3,5 38,5 3 45
665 557 40 63 20 M8 13,5 19 31 3,5 38,5 3 46
665 557 41 63 25 M8 13,5 19 31 3,5 38,5 3 47
665 557 42 63 32 M8 13,5 19 31 3,5 38,5 3 47
665 557 43 63 40 M8 13,5 19 31 3,5 38,5 3 52
665 557 54 78 20 M8 16 23 36 3,5 46,5 4 75
665 557 55 78 25 M8 16 23 36 3,5 46,5 4 70
665 557 56 78 32 M8 16 23 36 3,5 46,5 4 73
665 557 57 78 40 M8 16 23 36 3,5 46,5 4 78
665 557 62 78 20 M10 16 23 36 3,5 46,5 4 79
665 557 63 78 25 M10 16 23 36 3,5 46,5 4 76
665 557 64 78 32 M10 16 23 36 3,5 46,5 4 81
665 557 65 78 40 M10 16 23 36 3,5 46,5 4 86
665 557 66 78 50 M10 16 23 36 3,5 46,5 4 88
665 557 67 78 63 M10 16 23 36 3,5 46,5 4 94
665 557 78 95 32 M10 19 26,5 43 5 56,5 5 120
665 557 79 95 40 M10 19 26,5 43 5 56,5 5 121
665 557 80 95 50 M10 19 26,5 43 5 56,5 5 128
665 557 81 95 63 M10 19 26,5 43 5 56,5 5 133
665 557 86 95 32 M12 19 26,5 43 5 56,5 5 125
665 557 87 95 40 M12 19 26,5 43 5 56,5 5 131
665 557 88 95 50 M12 19 26,5 43 5 56,5 5 138
665 557 89 95 63 M12 19 26,5 43 5 56,5 5 148
550 ®
Adjustable Clamping Levers 120 Version N with Internal Thread, Disengaged by Pulling
Material: Handle: Zinc die-cast. Threaded bush and locking screw: Steel
burnished. Handle: plastic coated, colour black RAL 9005.
Version N = Handle slanted, with metric-threaded bush. Splines
As they are adjustable, they are very versatile in use.
The threaded insert is connected to the lever via the serration and can
be released by pulling
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 705 00, Adjustable Clamping Lever, Thread M5
Stroke
Product No. d1 d2 d5 h1 h2 h4 h3 l2 t Weight
Version N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 705 00 14 M5 10 25 4,5 3,5 35 45 9 33
665 706 00 14 M6 10 25 4,5 3,5 35 45 9 33
665 707 00 18 M6 13,5 31 6,5 4 45 62 12 70
665 708 00 18 M8 13,5 31 6,5 4 45 62 12 70
665 709 00 22 M8 16 36 8 4 52 74 15 116
665 710 00 22 M10 16 36 8 4 52 74 15 116
665 711 00 25 M10 19 43 11 4 63 89 18 173
665 712 00 25 M12 19 43 11 4 63 89 18 173
665 713 00 30 M12 23 50,5 12 5 76 108 24 285
665 716 00 30 M16 23 50,5 12 5 76 108 24 285
Adjustable Clamping Levers 120 Version G with External Thread, Disengaged by Pulling
Material: Handle: zinc die-cast. Threaded stud and locking screw: Steel
burnished. Handle: Plastic coated, colour black RAL 9005.
Splines
Version G = Handle slanted, with metric-threaded stud.
As they are adjustable, they are very versatile in use.
The threaded insert is connected to the lever via the serration and can
be released by pulling
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 755 12, Adjustable Clamping Lever, Thread M5x12
Stroke
Product No. d1 d2 l1 d4 h1 h2 h3 h4 l2 Weight
Version G mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 755 12 14 M5 12 10 25 4,5 35 3,5 45 37
665 755 16 14 M5 16 10 25 4,5 35 3,5 45 38
665 755 20 14 M5 20 10 25 4,5 35 3,5 45 39
665 755 25 14 M5 25 10 25 4,5 35 3,5 45 39
665 755 32 14 M5 32 10 25 4,5 35 3,5 45 40
665 756 16 18 M6 16 13,5 31 6,5 45 4 62 76
665 756 20 18 M6 20 13,5 31 6,5 45 4 62 77
665 756 25 18 M6 25 13,5 31 6,5 45 4 62 80
665 756 32 18 M6 32 13,5 31 6,5 45 4 62 81
665 756 40 18 M6 40 13,5 31 6,5 45 4 62 82
665 758 16 18 M8 16 13,5 31 6,5 45 4 62 78
665 758 20 18 M8 20 13,5 31 6,5 45 4 62 80
665 758 25 18 M8 25 13,5 31 6,5 45 4 62 81
665 758 32 18 M8 32 13,5 31 6,5 45 4 62 87
665 758 40 18 M8 40 13,5 31 6,5 45 4 62 89
665 760 20 22 M10 20 16 36 8 52 4 74 132
665 760 25 22 M10 25 16 36 8 52 4 74 136
665 760 32 22 M10 32 16 36 8 52 4 74 137
665 760 40 22 M10 40 16 36 8 52 4 74 143
665 760 50 22 M10 50 16 36 8 52 4 74 148
665 762 25 25 M12 25 19 43 11 63 4 89 203
665 762 32 25 M12 32 19 43 11 63 4 89 206
665 762 40 25 M12 40 19 43 11 63 4 89 214
665 762 50 25 M12 50 19 43 11 63 4 89 219
665 766 32 30 M16 32 23 50,5 12 76 5 108 362
665 766 40 30 M16 40 23 50,5 12 76 5 108 373
665 766 50 30 M16 50 23 50,5 12 76 5 108 386
Note
This clamping lever has proven ideal wherever the swivel range can be turned into any direction and the threaded insert can be
is limited or where a specific lever position is most convenient screwed in or out by turning the locking screw. When the lever
for the operator. The lever also features a modern design. By is released, the serration re-engages automatically because of
pulling the lever, the serrations are disengaged. Now the handle the spring tension.
® 551
Adjustable Clamping Levers 300, Version N with Internal Thread, Disengaged by Pulling
Material: Threaded bush and locking screw: steel 5.8, burnished.
Handle: zinc die-cast.
Plastic coating: black.
Modern industrial design. Easy to operate. Ideal wherever parts have
to be clamped in confined spaces or in a particular lever position.
Pulling the lever upwards disengages the serrations, allowing the lever
to be turned to the ideal clamping position. When the lever is relea-
sed, the serrations automatically re-engage.
Splines
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 720 00, Adjustable Clamping Lever 300, 30 mm, M4
Product No. l1 d1 d3 d4 h1 h2 h3 h4 t Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 720 00 30 M4 10 13 24,5 4 31 3,5 7 27
665 722 00 30 M5 10 13 24,5 4 31 3,5 7 27
665 724 00 45 M4 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 8 34
665 726 00 45 M5 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 8 34
665 728 00 63 M6 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 10 76
665 730 00 63 M8 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 10 74
665 731 00 78 M8 16 21 36 8 55 4 14 123
665 733 00 78 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 14 119
665 734 00 92 M10 19 24 43 11 65 4 17 194
665 736 00 92 M12 19 24 43 11 65 4 17 171
665 738 00 108 M16 23 30 50,5 12 76 5 23 289
Adjustable Clamping Levers 300, Version G with external Thread, disengaged by pulling
Material: Screw insert and locking screw: Steel 5.8 burnished.
Handle: zinc diecast.
Plastic coating: black.
Modern industrial design. Easy to operate. Ideal wherever parts have
to be clamped in confined spaces or in a particular lever position.
The insert is connected to the lever via serrations. Pulling the lever
upwards disengages the serrations, allowing the lever to be turned to
the ideal clamping position. When the lever is released, the serrations
automatically re-engage.
Splines
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 775 08, Adjustable Clamping Lever 300, 30 mm, M4
Product No. l1 l2 d1 d3 d4 h1 h2 h3 h4 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 775 08 30 12 M4 10 13 24,5 4 31 3,5 28
665 775 09 30 20 M4 10 13 24,5 4 31 3,5 28
665 775 10 30 12 M5 10 13 24,5 4 31 3,5 29
665 775 11 30 20 M5 10 13 24,5 4 31 3,5 29
665 775 12 45 12 M5 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 36
665 775 16 45 16 M5 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 36
665 775 20 45 20 M5 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 36
665 775 25 45 25 M5 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 37
665 775 32 45 32 M5 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 38
665 776 16 45 16 M6 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 37
665 776 20 45 20 M6 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 37
665 776 25 45 25 M6 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 38
665 776 32 45 32 M6 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 40
665 776 40 45 40 M6 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 41
665 778 10 63 20 M6 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 81
665 778 16 63 32 M6 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 83
665 778 20 63 20 M8 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 84
665 778 25 63 25 M8 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 86
665 778 32 63 32 M8 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 88
665 778 40 63 40 M8 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 91
665 780 20 78 20 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 139
665 780 25 78 25 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 141
665 780 32 78 32 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 142
665 780 40 78 40 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 146
665 780 50 78 50 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 152
665 780 63 78 63 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 159
665 782 32 92 32 M12 19 24 43 11 65 4 217
665 782 40 92 40 M12 19 24 43 11 65 4 222
665 782 50 92 50 M12 19 24 43 11 65 4 229
665 782 63 92 63 M12 19 24 43 11 65 4 239
On request, the adjustable clamping levers 300 can also be supplied with stainless-steel insert 1.4305.
552 ®
Adjustable Clamping Levers 300.5, Version IS-N with Internal Thread, Disengaged by Pulling, Stainless
Material: Threaded bush and set screw, stainless steel 1.4305.
Grip body: Stainless steel 1.4308, matt blasted.
A
Version IS: With internal hexagon screw.
User-friendly design. To be used preferably when the clamping range
is limited or if a specific clamping position is required. The thread insert
is connected to the handle via splines and can be removed.
By lifting (pulling) the handle the splines work loose and the clamping
lever can be turned to the most suitable clamping position. Letting go
causes the handle to engage automatically. Splines
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 997 01, Adjustable Clamping Lever 300.5, version I, 45 mm.
Product No. l1 d1 d3 d4 h1 h2 h3 h4 t Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 997 01 45 M5 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 9 34
665 997 02 45 M6 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 9 34
665 997 03 63 M6 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 11 76
665 997 04 63 M8 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 11 74
665 997 05 78 M8 16 21 36 8 55 4 14 123
665 997 06 78 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 14 119
Alternatively with outside-hexagon screw on request.
Adjustable Clamping Levers 300.5, Version IS-G with External Thread, Disengaged by Pulling, Stainless
Material: Screwed insert and set screw, stainless steel 1.4305.
Grip body: Stainless steel 1.4308, matt blasted.
A
Version IS: With internal hexagon screw.
User-friendly design. To be used preferably when the clamping range
is limited or if a specific clamping position is required. The thread insert
is connected to the handle via splines and can be removed.
By lifting (pulling) the handle the splines work loose and the clamping
lever can be turned to the most suitable clamping position. Letting go
causes the handle to engage automatically. Splines
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 997 11, Adjustable Clamping Lever 300.5, version A, 45 mm.
Product No. l1 l2 d1 d3 d4 h1 h2 h3 h4 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 997 11 45 12 M5 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 36
665 997 12 45 16 M5 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 36
665 997 13 45 20 M5 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 36
665 997 14 45 25 M5 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 37
665 997 15 45 32 M5 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 38
665 997 19 45 16 M6 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 37
665 997 20 45 20 M6 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 37
665 997 21 45 25 M6 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 38
665 997 22 45 32 M6 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 40
665 997 23 45 40 M6 10 13 24,5 4 35 3,5 41
665 997 26 63 20 M6 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 81
665 997 27 63 25 M6 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 82
665 997 28 63 32 M6 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 83
665 997 29 63 40 M6 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 83
665 997 30 63 50 M6 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 84
665 997 33 63 20 M8 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 84
665 997 34 63 25 M8 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 86
665 997 35 63 32 M8 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 88
665 997 36 63 40 M8 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 91
665 997 37 63 50 M8 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 94
665 997 38 63 63 M8 13,5 17,5 31 6,5 45 4 98
665 997 39 78 20 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 139
665 997 40 78 25 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 141
665 997 41 78 32 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 142
665 997 42 78 40 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 146
665 997 43 78 50 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 152
665 997 44 78 63 M10 16 21 36 8 55 4 159
Alternatively with outside-hexagon screw on request.
® 553
Eccentric clamps 927 with internal thread
Materials: Lever: Zinc die cast, with wear-resistant Version A
epoxy resin coating, black matt.
Knurled setting nut version A and d3
threaded bush: Zinc-plated steel, chromated. b
Contact plate version A: Polyacetal (POM),
h
h
glass-fibre reinforced, black matt.
l3 min
l3 max
l4
Contact plate version B: Polyamid (PA),
t
glass-fibre reinforced, black matt. l1
d1
l5
Version A: With adjustable contact plate, with knurled setting d4
nut with fine thread. Thus the clamping force and the lever
position can be set exactly on the lever side.
Version B: Non-adjustable contact plate. The clamping force, Version B
can either be set on the lever side by turning the lever, or on
d3
the backside by adjusting the nut/knurled nut if present. b
• For rapid clamping and loosening by hand.
h
• Clamping is made without generating a torque.
l3 min
• Clamping force is up to 8 kN.
t
l1
d1
l5
d5
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 661 763 10, Eccentric Clamp Version A,
Length 63mm, M6
Product No. Product No. l1 d1 b d3 d4 d5 h l 3 min. l 3 max. l4 l 5 min. t Weight
Version A Version B mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 763 10 665 763 20 63 M6 16 16 19 18,5 0,75 16,3 18,8 2,5 3 10 56
665 782 10 665 782 20 82 M8 20 20 25 22,5 1 19,5 22,5 3 3,7 12 108
Eccentric clamps 927 with external thread
Materials: Lever: Zinc die cast, with wear-resistant Version A
d3
epoxy resin coating, black matt. b
Knurled setting nut version A and
h
threaded bolt: Zinc-plated steel, chromated.
l3 min
l3 max
Contact plate version A: Polyacetal (POM),
l5
h
l4
glass-fibre reinforced, black matt.
l2 max
Contact plate version B: Polyamid (PA),
glass-fibre reinforced, black matt l1
d2
Version A: With adjustable contact plate, with knurled setting d4
nut with fine thread. Thus the clamping force and the lever
position can be set exactly on the lever side.
Version B
Version B: Non-adjustable support washer. The clamping force, d3
b
can either be set on the lever side by turning the lever, or on
the backside by adjusting the nut/knurled nut if present.
h
For rapid clamping and loosening by hand.
l3 min
•
• Clamping is made without generating a torque.
l2 max
• Clamping force is up to 8 kN.
l1
d2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 763 11, Eccentric Clamp Version A, d5
Length 63mm, M6x 20
Product No. Product No. l1 d2 l2 b d3 d4 d5 h l 3 min. l 3 max. l4 l 5 min. Weight
Version A Version B mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 763 11 665 763 21 63 M6 20 16 16 19 18,5 0,75 16,3 18,8 2,5 3 62
665 763 12 665 763 22 63 M6 25 16 16 19 18,5 0,75 16,3 18,8 2,5 3 63
665 763 13 665 763 23 63 M6 30 16 16 19 18,5 0,75 16,3 18,8 2,5 3 64
665 763 14 665 763 24 63 M6 35 16 16 19 18,5 0,75 16,3 18,8 2,5 3 65
665 763 15 665 763 25 63 M6 40 16 16 19 18,5 0,75 16,3 18,8 2,5 3 66
665 763 16 665 763 26 63 M6 50 16 16 19 18,5 0,75 16,3 18,8 2,5 3 68
665 782 11 665 782 21 82 M8 25 20 20 25 22,5 1 19,5 22,5 3 3,7 122
665 782 12 665 782 22 82 M8 30 20 20 25 22,5 1 19,5 22,5 3 3,7 124
665 782 13 665 782 23 82 M8 35 20 20 25 22,5 1 19,5 22,5 3 3,7 126
665 782 14 665 782 24 82 M8 40 20 20 25 22,5 1 19,5 22,5 3 3,7 128
665 782 15 665 782 25 82 M8 50 20 20 25 22,5 1 19,5 22,5 3 3,7 132
665 782 16 665 782 26 82 M8 60 20 20 25 22,5 1 19,5 22,5 3 3,7 136
554 ®
Clamp Nuts DIN 99 St Made from Steel or Stainless Steel
Material Version N: Steel burnished.
Material Stainless: Stainless steel 1.4305, A
matt finish blasted.
Handle slanted, with metric thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 106 00, Clamp Nut DIN 99, 8 mm
Product No. Product No. d1 Thread d3 l1 h b Weight
Version N Stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 106 00 665 991 06 8 M6 12 48 24 9,5 17
665 108 00 665 991 08 10 M8 16 60 30,5 12 38
665 110 00 665 991 10 13 M10 20 76 38 14,5 76
665 112 00 665 991 12 16 M12 25 95 47 18,5 144
665 116 00 665 991 16 20 M16 32 119 59,5 24 283
665 120 00 - 25 M20 40 152 76 30 561
665 124 00 - 32 M24 50 190 97 40 1116
Adjustable Clamping Levers 119 St
Material: Steel burnished.
Version N = handle slanted, with metric thread.
Use: In applications where either the clamping range is limited Splines
or where a specific lever position is required. The serrated bore
in the spherical hub is fitted with a threaded-bolt insert, which
engages in the hub with its own serrations.
By depressing the clamping lever, the serrations are disengaged,
freeing it for re-positioning in the most convenient position.
When releasing the lever, the serrations re-engage automati-
cally. Should a rotation of 360º not be possible, the insert can
be slightly screwed in (after the lever has been disengaged) by
means of the slotted knurled screw.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 508 00, Adjustable Clamping Lever 119 St, 10 mm
Product No. d1 d2 d4 d5 h1 h2 h3 l2 t Weight
Version N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 508 00 10 M8 13,5 20 25 8 39,5 60 12 59
665 510 00 13 M10 16 25 29 8 49,5 76 15 118
665 512 00 16 M12 19 28 33,5 10,5 60,5 95 18 188
Clamp Nuts 202 Tg Made from Steel or Stainless Steel
Material Version N: Cast steel.
Material Stainless: Stainless steel 1.4308, A
matt finish blasted.
Deburred, contact surface machined. Simple and cost efficient
clamping elements.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 308 00, Clamp Nut 202 Tg, version N, 16 mm
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 a b h1 h 2 ca. l ca. Weight
Version N Stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 308 00 665 993 08 16 M8 7 12 12 34 56 30
665 310 00 665 993 10 20 M10 9 14 14 42,5 70 60
665 312 00 665 993 12 25 M12 11 18 18 53 87 125
665 316 00 665 993 16 32 M16 15 22 22 66,5 109 248
665 320 00 665 993 20 40 M20 18 28 28 84,5 140 419
® 555
Cylindrical Clamp Nuts, Steel or Stainless Steel
Material: Steel zinc plated (glossy),
or stainless steel 1.4305, blasted, matt finish finish. A
Shaft butt-welded on.
These clamp nuts are a modified version of the common ball
knobs DIN 99. Material-saving design. Cost-efficient clamping
element by rationalised production process.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 408 00, Cylindrical Clamp Nuts, Steel. M8
Product No. Product No. Length l1 d1 d2 d3 h1 h2 l2 Weight
Steel Stainless Steel mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 408 00 665 994 08 63 M8 16 9 12,5 30,5 60 39
665 410 00 665 994 10 80 M10 20 11 15 37 76 75
665 412 00 665 994 12 100 M12 25 14 19 46 95 147
665 416 00 665 994 16 125 M16 32 18 25 58,5 119 309
665 420 00 665 994 20 160 M20 40 20 31 73 152 526
Clamping Nuts with Double Lever, Steel or Stainless Steel
Material: Steel zinc plated (glossy),
or stainless steel 1.4305, blasted, matt finish finish. A
Shaft butt-welded on.
Material-saving design. Cost-efficient clamping element by
rationalised production process.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 665 458 00, Clamping Nut with Double lever, Steel. M8
Product No. Product No. l d1 d2 d3 h1 h2 Weight
Steel Stainless Steel mm mm mm mm mm mm g
665 458 00 665 994 58 47,5 M8 16 9 12,5 26 50
665 460 00 665 994 60 59,5 M10 20 11 15,0 32 100
665 462 00 665 994 62 75,5 M12 25 14 19,0 40 212
665 466 00 665 994 66 94,5 M16 32 18 25,0 52 435
665 470 00 665 994 70 118,0 M20 40 20 31,0 62 710
556 ®
Control Levers 223 St
Material: Steel, precision turned and burnished. Ball knob DIN 319
Ball knob made from plastic.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 132 00, Control Lever 223 St
Product No. d1 d2H7 d3 d4 h1 h2 l Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 132 00 32 10 8 20 18 6,5 62 103
666 140 00 40 12 10 30 22 8,5 95 214
666 152 00 52 16 14 40 28 11 136 503
Control Levers with Long Hub 2120 St
Material: Steel, precision turned and burnished.
Ball knob made from plastic.
Version E = lever slanted with thread.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 420 00, Control Lever 2120 St, Version E, 20 mm
Product No. d1 d2 d4 d5 h l t1 Weight
Version E mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 420 00 20 M8 8 20 33 70 15 94
666 422 00 22 M10 8 20 37 82 15 118
666 425 00 25 M12 10 25 42 96 18 182
666 428 00 28 M12 12 30 47 110 18 274
666 432 00 32 M16 12 32 52 124 23 352
666 436 00 36 M16 14 35 58 138 24 525
666 440 00 40 M20 16 40 64 152 27 709
666 445 00 45 M20 16 40 71 170 30 949
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 557
Cabinet “U” Handles 525
Material: Plastic Duroplast PF31, black glossy finish,
flash mark thoroughly polished.
A special feature is that the flash mark on this handle is not
visible nor can it be felt. The large tube diameter and the brass
threaded bush lead to an immense rigidity.
Temperature resistant up to 110ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 601 00, Cabinet “U” Handle 525, 86 mm
Product No. Length l a b d h t Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 601 00 86±0,5 17 26 M6 43 12 85
666 602 00 117±0,5 20 30 M8 54 13 138
666 603 00 179±1 20 30 M8 62 13 185
Cabinet “U” Handles 725 Made from Polypropylene or Polyamide
Material:
Version Plastic PP: Thermoplast Polypropylene,
glass-fibre reinforced, black, matt.
h
Cost efficient. Temperature resistant up to 100ºC.
t
Version Plastic PA HT: Thermoplast Polyamide, glass-fibre d
reinforced, black, matt. l
Temperature resistant up to 200º C.
b
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 601 01, Cabinet “U” Handle 725 PP, 86 mm
Product No. Product No. Length l a b d h t Weight
PP PA HT mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 601 01 666 602 01 86±0,5 14 23 M6 44 12 46
666 601 02 666 602 02 117±0,5 15 25 M6 49 12 69
666 601 03 666 602 03 117±0,5 15 25 M8 49 13 69
666 601 04 - 120±0,5 15 25 M8 49 13 74
666 601 05 - 132±0,5 16 26 M8 54 13 83
666 601 06 - 150±1 16 27 M8 56 13 95
666 601 07 666 602 07 179±1 16 27 M8 57 13 108
666 601 08 - 300±1 20 32 M10 64 17 205
Cabinet “U” Handles 528 Made from Polypropylene or Polyamide
Material: Bore for screw DIN 912
Version Plastic PP: Thermoplast Polypropylene,
glass-fibre reinforced, black, matt.
Cost efficient. Temperature resistant up to 100ºC.
Version Plastic PA: Thermoplast Polyamide, glass-fibre
reinforced, black, matt.
Temperature resistant up to 150º C.
Cabinet handles 528 are mounted from the operating side with
socket-head cap screws.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 540 00, Cabinet “U” Handle 528 PP, 94 mm
Product No. Product No. Length l1 b d1 d2 h1 h2 l2 l3 s t Weight
PP PA mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 4 666 94-1 21 6,5 10,5 38 6 109 74 6 7,0 26
666 542 00 666 532 00 117±1 26 8,5 13,5 41 6,5 137 93 7 8,5 44
666 544 00 666 534 00 132±1 27 8,5 13,5 45 7,5 150 108 7 8,5 47
666 546 00 666 536 00 179±1 28 8,5 13,5 50 8,5 196 151 7,5 8,5 70
666 548 00 666 538 00 235±1 30 10,5 16,5 54 9,5 260 201 8,5 10,5 118
558 ®
Cabinet “U” Handles 565
Material: Aluminium, plastic coated, matt finish black RAL 9011.
Made from drawn aluminium. Smooth surface and rigid design.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 633 00, Cabinet “U” Handle 565, 100 mm
Product No. Length I a b d h r t Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 633 00 100 13 20 M6 47 13 10 87
666 635 00 112 13 20 M6 49 13 10 97
666 637 00 128 13 20 M6 51 13 10 107
666 640 00 160 13 20 M6 51 13 10 127
666 645 00 112 17 26 M8 53 17 12 160
666 647 00 128 17 26 M8 55 17 12 183
666 649 00 160 17 26 M8 57 17 12 211
666 652 00 192 17 26 M8 57 17 12 245
666 656 00 300 17 26 M8 57 17 12 350
666 658 00 400 17 26 M8 57 17 12 445
Cabinet “U” Handles 565.1
Material: Aluminium plastic coated, matt finish, black RAL 9011.
Made from drawn aluminium. Smooth surface and rigid design.
To be mounted from the operating side. Bore for
Screw DIN
912-M6
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 660 00, Cabinet “U” Handle 565.1, 116 mm
Product No. l1 a b d h1 h2 l2 r Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 660 00 116 17 26 6,4 55 17 130 17 147
666 662 00 132 17 26 6,4 55 17 146 17 163
666 664 00 164 17 26 6,4 57 17 178 17 197
666 666 00 196 17 26 6,4 57 17 210 17 229
Cabinet “U” Handles 565.2
Material: Aluminium, plastic coated, matt finish, black RAL 9011.
Made from drawn aluminium. Smooth surface and rigid design.
The angled contact surface allows improved access even in confined
spaces such as corners. “tactile friendliness” by epoxy coating.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 860 00, Cabinet “U” Handle 565.2, 112 mm
Product No. l1 a b1 b2 d h1 h2 h3 h4+1 r t Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 860 00 112 13 20 24 M6 32 48 50 13,5 13 10 100
666 862 00 128 13 20 24 M6 32 48 50 13,5 13 10 112
666 864 00 128 17 26 32 M8 34 54 57 18 17 12 192
666 866 00 160 17 26 32 M8 34 54 57 18 17 12 225
® 559
Cabinet “U” Handles 426
Material: Aluminium plastic coated, matt finish black RAL 9005.
Handles d 1 = 20 mm are drawn from aluminium extrusions.
Handles d 1 = 28 mm are produced from aluminium tube with a
d1
wall thickness of 4 mm with threaded bush from aluminium.
d2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 669 01, Cabinet “U” Handle 426, 200 mm
Product No. Length l d1 d2 h r t min. Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 669 01 200 20 M8 68 22 15 238
666 669 02 250 20 M8 68 22 15 280
666 669 03 300 20 M8 68 22 15 330
666 669 04 350 20 M8 68 22 15 375
666 669 05 250 28 M10 78 32 15 290
666 669 06 300 28 M10 78 32 15 330
666 669 07 350 28 M10 78 32 15 375
666 669 08 400 28 M10 78 32 15 415
Cabinet “U” Handles 426.1
Material: Aluminium plastic coated, matt finish black RAL 9005.
Handles d 1 = 20 mm are drawn from aluminium extrusions.
Handles d 1 = 28 mm are produced from aluminium tube with a
wall thickness of 4 mm. Threaded bush aluminium.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 670 00, Cabinet “U” Handle 426.1, 200 mm
Product No. Length I d1 d2 h1 h2 r t Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 670 00 200 20 M8 105 68 22 15 380
666 672 00 300 20 M8 105 68 22 15 475
666 674 00 250 28 M10 120 78 32 15 430
666 676 00 350 28 M10 120 78 32 15 505
666 678 00 500 28 M10 120 78 32 15 628
Arch Handles
Material: Aluminium, natural colour, anodized or
borehole for
plastic coated, matt finish black RAL 9005. Screw DIN 912
These arched handles are noted for their elegant design.
The well-proven elliptical profile has been used again.
Type A: Mounting from the back.
Type B: Mounting from the operating side.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 844 00, Arch Handle Aluminium
Product No. Product No. Type b l1 l2 ca. a d1 d2 h1 h2 t min. Weight
alu colour black mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 844 00 666 840 00 A 20 160 185 13 M6 - 51 - 8,5 106
666 845 00 666 841 00 A 20 192 221 13 M6 - 51 - 8,5 130
666 846 00 666 842 00 A 26 160 190 17 M8 - 57 - 12 116
666 847 00 666 843 00 A 26 192 227 17 M8 - 57 - 12 140
666 854 00 666 850 00 B 20 160 185 13 - 5,3 51 10 - 106
666 855 00 666 851 00 B 20 192 221 13 - 5,3 51 10 - 130
666 856 00 666 852 00 B 26 160 190 17 - 6,4 57 12 - 116
666 857 00 666 853 00 B 26 192 227 17 - 6,4 57 12 - 140
560 ®
Cabinet “U” Handles 425 from Steel or Stainless Steel
Material: Version CR: Steel, chrome plated.
Washers zinc die-cast, nickel plated.
Version NI: Stainless steel 1.4305, blasted, A
matt finish. Washers stainless steel 1.4305.
Washer
Supplied with two washers. These discs guarantee perfect
positioning even with large bores in the cabinet. The washers
are loosely packed.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 612 00, Cabinet “U” Handle 425, CR, 88 mm
Product No. Product No. Length l d h r Weight
Version CR Version NI mm mm mm mm g
666 612 00 666 996 12 88 10 42 12 89
666 614 00 666 996 14 100 10 42 12 96
666 616 00 666 996 16 120 10 42 12 108
666 619 00 666 996 19 180 10 42 12 148
666 621 00 666 996 21 200 10 42 12 160
666 623 00 666 996 23 235 10 42 12 181
Folding Handles Made from Steel or Stainless Steel
Material: Version CR: Steel, chrome plated.
Version NI: 1.4305, blasted, matt finish. A
Mainly used in applications where the handle should not stick out, unfolded
or where sticking out should be kept to a minimum. The handle is
locked in both end positions by a spring-loaded pressure pin. Hexa-
gon nuts and washers are included in the delivery.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 680 00, Folding Handle, Steel, Chrome Plated
Product No. Product No. Length l h1 h2 Weight
Version CR Version NI mm mm mm g
666 680 00 666 996 80 100 34 44 150
666 682 00 666 996 82 120 34 44 161
666 688 00 666 996 88 180 34 44 195
Folding Handle with Recessed Tray 425.4
Material:
Folding handle made from steel, chrome plated. Tray: Zinc die-
cast, plastic coated, black. Housing Wall
unfolded
Used in applications where the folded handle must not stick
out, or where the sticking out must be max. 3 mm. In addition,
screws M4 are sufficient for mounting the handle on the housing.
Handle and folding mechanism are made from chrome-plated
steel and the tray is made from zinc die-cast. This gives the fol-
ding handle additional strength (supplied as complete assembly). 4 Bores for
countersunc
screw DIN 7991
M4
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 550 00, Folding Handle with Recessed Tray
Product No. Length l1 l2 l3 m1 m2 Weight
g
666 550 00 120 170 65 154 49 402
® 561
Tubular Handles 333, with Inclined Feet, Aluminium
Material: Grip tube Ø28mm x 1.5 mm made from Aluminium.
Either natural coloured anodised or black plastic coated RAL
9005 matt.
Feet made from zinc die cast, black plastic coated RAL 9005 matt.
High stability for small sizes. Tube either aluminium silver or
black. Grip tube fixed against turning with screws on the face
ends (screws below bright grey removable plastic caps).
Other sizes on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 505 02, Tubular handle 333, aluminium colour, length 200mm
Product No. Product No. l1+0,5 d1 d2 b1 b2 b3 h1 h2 l2 l3 t min. Weight
alu colour black mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 505 02 666 505 22 200 28 M8 50 66 25 50 66 214 186 15 432
666 505 04 666 505 24 250 28 M8 50 66 25 50 66 264 236 15 455
666 505 06 666 505 26 300 28 M8 50 66 25 50 66 314 286 15 470
666 505 08 666 505 28 400 28 M8 50 66 25 50 66 414 386 15 530
666 505 10 666 505 30 500 28 M8 50 66 25 50 66 514 486 15 575
666 505 12 666 505 32 600 28 M8 50 66 25 50 66 614 586 15 620
Tubular Handles 333.1, with Straight Feet, Aluminium
Material: Grip tube Ø20mm / Ø28mm x 1.5mm made from
Aluminium. Either natural coloured anodised or black plastic
coated RAL 9005 matt.
Feet made from zinc die cast, black plastic coated RAL 9005 matt.
High stability for small sizes. Tube either aluminium silver or
black. Grip tube fixed against turning with screws on the face
ends (screws below bright grey removable plastic caps).
Other sizes on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 505 02, Tubular handle 333.1, aluminium colour, length 180mm
Product No. Product No. l1+0,2 d1 d2 b h1 h2 l2 l3 t min. Weight
alu colour black mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 505 42 666 505 72 180 20 M6 24 42 54 192 168 12 190
666 505 44 666 505 74 200 20 M6 24 42 54 212 188 12 200
666 505 46 666 505 76 250 20 M6 24 42 54 262 238 12 225
666 505 48 666 505 78 300 20 M6 24 42 54 312 288 12 250
666 505 50 666 505 80 400 20 M6 24 42 54 412 388 12 300
666 505 52 666 505 82 200 28 M8 25 50 66 214 186 15 340
666 505 54 666 505 84 250 28 M8 25 50 66 264 236 15 360
666 505 56 666 505 86 300 28 M8 25 50 66 314 286 15 380
666 505 58 666 505 88 400 28 M8 25 50 66 414 386 15 440
666 505 60 666 505 90 500 28 M8 25 50 66 514 486 15 480
666 505 62 666 505 92 600 28 M8 25 50 66 614 586 15 520
Tubular Handles 335, with Straight Feet, Stainless Steel
Material: Grip tube Ø28mm x 2 mm made from
Stainless Steel 1.4305, silk matt gloss, ground. A
Feet made from stainless steel, precision cast 1.4308,
matt blasted.
Very high stability for small sizes.
Connection between tube and foot is sealed against water spray.
Other sizes on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 995 52, Tubular handle 335, length 200 mm
Product No. l1+1 d1 d2 b h1 h2 l2 l3 t min. Weight
stainless mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 995 52 200 28 M8 25 50 66 214 186 15 500
666 995 54 250 28 M8 25 50 66 264 236 15 565
666 995 56 300 28 M8 25 50 66 314 286 15 630
666 995 58 400 28 M8 25 50 66 414 386 15 760
666 995 60 500 28 M8 25 50 66 514 486 15 890
666 995 62 600 28 M8 25 50 66 614 586 15 1020
562 ®
Tri-Ball Handles 2140
Material: Steel, zinc plated, with handle DIN 39.
With through hole d 1 H7
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 667 425 00, Tri-Ball Handles 2140, Version A, 25 mm
Product No. I d1H7 d2 d3 d4 tmin. Handle-Ø Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
667 425 00 25 7 13 16 18 11 10 60
667 434 00 34 8 16 20 22 15 14 136
667 441 00 41 10 18 23 25 17 16 194
667 450 00 50 12 20 26 28 19 18 283
Cranked Handles DIN 468 Tg
Material: Cast iron, plastic coated, black.
Handle made from Steel, zinc plated.
Hand cranks: Square hole reamed true to gauge.
Hub: Machined, cast iron burr precisely ground, sand blasted.
Version F = with fixed handle.
Version D = with revolving handle.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 668 008 00, Cranked Handle DIN 468 Tg, Version F, 80 mm
Grip- Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. l sH11 d h1 h2 h3 Ø Vers. F Vers. D
Version F Version D mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
668 008 00 668 208 00 80 10 24 24 13 38 18 183 195
668 010 00 668 210 00 100 12 28 28 13 48 20 281 295
668 012 00 668 212 00 125 14 34 34 14 55 22 434 448
668 016 00 668 216 00 160 17 38 38 14 65 25 650 664
668 020 00 668 220 00 200 19 44 44 21 78 28 999 1022
668 025 00 668 225 00 250 22 48 48 21 90 32 1427 1435
668 031 00 668 231 00 315 24 54 54 26 105 36 2123 2168
Cranked Handles DIN 469 Tg
Material: Cast iron, plastic coated, black.
Handle made from Steel, zinc plated.
Hand cranks: Square hole reamed true to gauge.
Hub: Machined, cast iron burr precisely ground, sand blasted.
Version F = with fixed handle.
Version D = with revolving handle.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 669 008 00, Cranked Handle DIN 469 Tg, Version F, 80 mm
Grip- Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. l sH11 d h1 h2 h3 Ø Vers. F Vers. D
Version F Version D mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
669 008 00 669 208 00 80 10 24 24 13 18 18 179 191
669 010 00 669 210 00 100 12 28 28 13 21 20 271 285 Reworking within
669 012 00 669 212 00 125 14 34 34 14 26 22 434 448 24h-service possible.
669 016 00 669 216 00 160 17 38 38 14 29 25 642 652
669 020 00 669 220 00 200 19 44 44 21 34 28 998 1021 Custom made parts
669 025 00 669 225 00 250 22 48 48 21 36 32 1332 1340
on request.
® 563
Cranked Handles 471
Material: Crank body made from aluminium.
Revolving cylindrical handle: Plastic black.
Modern design.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 667 306 00, Hand Crank 471, 64 mm
Product No. l sH11 d2 d3 h1 h2 h3 Cyl.Grip-Ø Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
667 306 00 64 10 19 22 20 11 12 18 97
667 308 00 80 10 23 26 24 14 14 21 166
667 310 00 100 12 27 30 28 17 15 23 251
667 312 00 125 14 32 35 34 22 18 26 270
667 316 00 160 17 35 39 38 26 18 26 313
Cranked Handles 569
Material: Plastic Thermoplast reinforced
Crank body made from plastic. Hub insert: steel, burnished,
brass-threaded bush for screwing in the cylindrical handle.
Cylindrical handle made from black plastic and revolving. The
protruding steel bush ensures an accurate bore and a flush fit of
the bore face. It can be retained with a pin or a retaining screw. little disk made from
anodised aluminium
Version B = with bore d1 H7 of natural colour
(self adhesive)
Version V = with square bore s H11
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 667 106 00, Cranked Handles 569, Version B, 64 mm
Grip Grip Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. l d1H7 sH11 d2 d3 d4 h1 h2 h3 h4 Ø length Version B Version V
Version B Version V mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
667 106 00 667 206 00 64 10 10 18 16 27 29 10 20 13 18 42,5 88 63
667 108 00 667 208 00 80 10 10 22 17 30 32 10 23 13 21 52,5 132 103
667 110 00 667 210 00 100 12 12 24 21 34 37 10 25 16 23 67,5 220 185
667 113 00 667 213 00 130 14 14 28 24 40 44 14 34 16 26 82,5 320 260
667 116 00 - 160 16 17 34 27 45 49 15 38 18 28 92,5 442 370
Turret Levers 2130 St
Material: Steel, precision turned and burnished. Ball Knob DIN 319
Ball knobs made from plastic.
with 4 shafts
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 512 00, Turret Lever 2130 St, 50 mm
Product No. d1 d2H7 d3 d4 d5 h1 h2 l Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
666 512 00 50 12 28 8 20 26 9 82 382
666 514 00 55 14 30 10 25 28 10 96 544
666 515 00 60 15 32 10 25 30 11 96 633 Reworking within
666 516 00 65 16 35 12 30 32 12 110 848 24h-service possible.
666 518 00 72 18 40 12 32 36 14 124 1097
666 520 00 80 20 44 14 35 40 16 138 1531 Custom made parts
on request.
564 ®
Handwheels Stainless Steel
Material: Wheel body: Stainless steel plate 1.4301. b
Hub: Welded on, matt blasted. A
At version B: Handle Duroplast PF31, black,
glossy finish. Spindle: Stainless steel 1.4305.
d2
Hub lengths comply with DIN 950. High mechanical strength,
d3
insensitive to blows and impacts.
l1
Version A: Without cylindrical handle.
Version B: With revolving cylindrical handle.
d1 l2
Keyway available at extra charge.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 670 999 16, Handwheel, Diameter 160 mm Version B with handle
Cyl. Grip- Grip- No. of Sheet Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. d1 d 2 H9 b d3 l1 l2 Ø length spokes gauge Vers. A Vers. B
Version A Version B mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm pcs. mm g g
670 999 16 670 994 16 160 12 22 30 20 39 26 83 4 2 430 540
670 999 20 670 994 20 200 14 22 40 24 44 26 83 4 2,5 824 935
670 999 25 670 994 25 250 17 30 45 28 52 28 93 5 3 1477 1600
670 999 32 670 994 32 315 19 36 55 33 64 28 93 5 3 2330 2400
670 999 40 670 994 40 400 24 43 65 38 81 28 93 5 3 4210 4300
Handwheels Stainless Steel, Solid Version
Material: Wheel body: Cast stainless steel 1.4308. b
Rim turned, matt blasted. A
At version B: Handle Duroplast PF31, black, SW
glossy finish. Spindle: Stainless steel 1.4305.
Version A: Without cylindrical handle.
d3
d2
Version B: With revolving cylindrical handle.
Easy to clean.
Keyway available at extra charge. l1
d1 l2
Version B with handle
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 670 995 10, Handwheel, Diameter 100 mm
Cyl. Grip- Grip- No. of Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. d1 d 2 H8 b d3 l1 l2 Ø length spokes sw Vers. A Vers. B
Version A Version B mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm pcs. mm g g
670 995 10 670 996 10 100 10 7 20 15 27,5 18 45 3 9 222 255
670 995 12 670 996 12 125 12 9 24 16 28,5 21 55 3 9 425 460
670 995 14 670 996 14 140 14 10 28 18 30,5 23 71 3 11 640 800
670 995 16 670 996 16 160 16 11 31 20 35,5 23 71 3 11 805 900
670 995 20 670 996 20 200 18 14 36 23 39 23 71 3 11 1442 1524
670 995 22 670 996 22 200 20 14 36 23 39 23 71 3 11 1400 1482
Handwheels Stainless Steel, Solid Version, similar to DIN 950
Material: Wheel body: Cast stainless steel 1.4401. b
Rim turned and polished. A
At version B: Handle stainless steel 1.4404.
Version A: Without handle.
Version B: With fixed handle.
d2
d3
Acid-resistant A4-quality. Easy to clean.
Dimensions almost according to DIN 950.
l1
Keyway available at extra charge. d1 l2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 670 997 10, Handwheel DIN 950, stainless steel,
Version A, 100 mm Version B with handle
Cyl. Grip- Grip- No. of Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. d1 d 2 H9 b d3 l1 l2 Ø length spokes Vers. A Vers. B
Version A Version B mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm pcs. g g
670 997 10 670 998 10 100 10 14,5 25,5 17 33 16 50 3 433 480
670 997 12 670 998 12 125 12 15,8 27 18 35,5 20 64 3 659 770
670 997 14 670 998 14 140 14 17 29 19 38,5 20 64 3 865 940
670 997 16 670 998 16 160 14 17,5 31 20 39,5 25 80 3 1156 1320
670 997 20 670 998 20 200 18 20 37 24 44,5 25 80 3 1938 2060
® 565
Handwheels 527.1 with Peripheral Grooves
Material: Plastic Thermoplast (PA) reinforced, black, gloss finish. b
Hub: Steel, burnished.
With steel hubs of large dimension. For applications requiring a
large contact surface or a large diameter bore.
d1
d4
d6
d2
d5
Temperature resitant up to +120°C.
Keyway available at extra charge.
l3
t
l1
l2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 675 052 01, Handwheel 527.1, 50mm
Product No. d1 d2H7 d4 d5 d6 t b l1-0.5 l2 l3 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
675 052 01 50 10 20 18 - - 13 21 29 10 60
675 062 01 60 12 25 24 - - 16 23 30 11 110
675 070 01 70 14 30 29 21,4 1,5 18 25 33 12 160
675 083 01 80 16 35 34 21,4 1,5 19 30 40 15 255
Spoked Handwheels 522 Made from Plastic with Revolving Cylindrical Handle
Material: Plastic Thermoplast reinforced, impact-proof, black,
matt finish. Hub bush: Steel burnished.
Brass threaded bush for screwing in the cylindrical grip.
Revolving cylindrical handle: Plastic, black.
Perfect and flawless surface and excellent concentricity.
Keyway available at extra charge.
disk made
from anodised
aluminium of
natural colour
(self adhesive)
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 675 708 00, Spoked Handwheel 522, 80 mm
Product No. d1 d2H7 d3 d4 d5 b l1 l2 Cyl. Grip Ø Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
675 708 00 80 8 18 17 23 18 17 35 18 106
675 710 00 100 10 18 17 25 20 17 37 22 150
675 712 00 125 12 22 21 31 22 22 44 23 248
675 716 00 160 14 26 25 40 25 27 51 23 379
675 720 00 200 20 30 31 50 28 34 61 26 561
675 725 00 250 20 35 34 59 32 38 70 28 880
Retractable-Handle Handwheels 5223
Material: Thermoplast reinforced, impact-proof, black,
matt finish.
Hub bush: Steel burnished.
Folding system: Steel burnished.
Retractable handle: Plastic black.
Use: When the handle must not stick out. The handle is firmly locked
in a slim taper in the operating position. To retract the handle, it is pul-
led out of its taper seat and then tilted. A compression spring locks the
disk made
handle in both end positions. When folding the handle away, it auto- from anodised
matically locks in position. aluminium of
natural colour
(self adhesive)
Keyway available at extra charge.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 675 508 00, Retractable-Handle Handwheel 5223, 80 mm
Product No. d1 d2H7 d3 d4 d5 b l1 l2 Retr. Handle Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Ø/mm g
675 508 00 80 10 18 17 23 18 17 35 21 70 Reworking within
675 510 00 100 12 18 17 25 20 17 37 22 165
675 512 00 125 12 22 21 31 22 22 44 23 240 24h-service possible.
675 516 00 160 14 26 25 40 25 27 51 23 400 Custom made parts
675 520 00 200 20 30 31 50 28 34 61 26 585
675 525 00 250 20 35 34 59 32 38 70 28 950 on request.
566 ®
Spoked Handwheels DIN 950 with Smooth Rim and Slanted Spokes
Material: Grey cast iron.
Number of spokes:
3 spokes for sizes: up to Ø 200.
5 spokes for sizes: from Ø 225.
Version B/A = Rim turned and polished. Hub surfaces
machined. Bores H7.
Version B/G = As vers. B/A, but with threaded lug
for handle.
Keyway available at extra charge.
Version B/G with mounted handle.
Ordering Details: e.g.: 672 408 00, Spoked Handwheel DIN 950, B/G, 80 mm Handle has to be ordered separately.
(Matching handle DIN 39, Product No. 662 116 00 or DIN 98, Product No. 663 116 00)
Rim Ø Bore Hub- Hub- Overall Weight Product No.
Product No. Product No. D S H7 Ø Length B Height V Matching Handle Steel
Vers. B/A Vers. B/G mm mm mm mm mm kg Fixed DIN 39 Revolving DIN 98
672 208 00 672 408 00 80 10 24 16 29 0,45 662 116 00 663 116 00
672 210 00 672 410 00 100 10 26 17 33 0,56 662 116 00 663 116 00
672 212 00 672 412 00 125 12 28 18 36 0,85 662 120 00 663 120 00
672 214 00 672 414 00 140 14 30 19 39 1,10 662 120 00 663 120 00
672 216 00 672 416 00 160 14 32 20 40 1,35 662 125 00 663 125 00
672 218 00 672 418 00 180 16 35 22 43 1,80 662 125 00 663 125 00
672 220 00 672 420 00 200 18 38 24 45 2,30 662 125 00 663 125 00
672 222 00 672 422 00 225 20 42 26 48 3,30 662 125 00 663 125 00
672 225 00 672 425 00 250 22 45 28 50 4,20 662 132 00 663 132 00
672 228 00 672 428 00 280 24 50 30 53 5,20 662 132 00 663 132 00
672 231 00 672 431 00 315 26 53 33 56 6,50 662 132 00 663 132 00
672 236 00 672 436 00 360 28 60 35 59 8,90 662 136 00 663 136 00
672 240 00 672 440 00 400 30 65 38 63 11,20 662 136 00 663 136 00
Handles page 548.
Spoked Handwheels DIN 950 with Smooth Rim and Slanted Spokes, with Square Hole
Material: Grey cast iron.
Number of spokes:
3 spokes for sizes: up to Ø 200.
5 spokes for sizes: from Ø 225.
Version V/A = Rim turned and polished. Hub surface
machined, square hole reamed true to gauge
Version V/G = As version V/A, but with threaded lug for
handle.
Ordering Details: e.g.: 673 408 00, Spoked Handwheel DIN 950, V/G, 80 mm Version V/G with mounted handle.
(Matching Handle DIN 39, Product No. 662 116 00 or DIN 98, Product No. 663 116 00) Handle has to be ordered separately.
Rim-Ø Square Hub Hub Overall Weight Product No.
Product No. Product No. D Hole Ø Length b Height V Matching Handle Steel
Vers.
V/A Vers. V/G mm mm mm mm mm kg Fixed DIN 39 Revolving DIN 98
673 208 00 673 408 00 80 9 24 16 29 0,45 662 116 00 663 116 00
673 210 00 673 410 00 100 10 26 17 33 0,56 662 116 00 663 116 00
673 212 00 673 412 00 125 11 28 18 36 0,85 662 120 00 663 120 00
673 214 00 673 414 00 140 12 30 19 39 1,10 662 120 00 663 120 00
673 216 00 673 416 00 160 14 32 20 40 1,35 662 125 00 663 125 00
673 218 00 673 418 00 180 14 35 22 43 1,80 662 125 00 663 125 00
673 220 00 673 420 00 200 17 38 24 45 2,30 662 125 00 663 125 00
673 222 00 673 422 00 225 19 42 26 48 3,30 662 125 00 663 125 00
673 225 00 673 425 00 250 22 45 28 50 4,20 662 132 00 663 132 00
673 231 00 673 431 00 315 27 53 33 56 6,50 662 132 00 663 132 00
673 240 00 673 440 00 400 32 65 38 63 11,20 662 136 00 663 136 00
Handles page 548.
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 567
Spoked Handwheels DIN 950 AL with Smooth Rim and Slanted Spokes
Material: Aluminium.
Number of spokes:
3 spokes for sizes up to Ø 200 mm.
5 spokes for sizes from Ø 225 mm.
Version C = wheel rim ground and high-gloss finish.
Version CA = as Version C, but with threaded lug for handle.
Keyway available at extra charge.
Vers. CA with mounted handle.
Handle has to be ordered separately.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 670 008 00, Spoked Handwheel DIN 950 Al, Vers. C, 80 mm
Product No. Product No. D S H7 Hub-Ø b v Weight Matching Handle AL
Vers. C Vers. CA mm mm mm mm mm kg Fixed DIN 39 Revolving DIN 98
670 008 00 670 108 00 80 10 26 16 29 0,15 662 316 00 663 316 00
670 010 00 670 110 00 100 12 28 17 33 0,19 662 316 00 663 316 00
670 012 00 670 112 00 125 13 30 18 36 0,29 662 320 00 663 320 00
670 014 00 670 114 00 140 14 32 19 39 0,36 662 320 00 663 320 00
670 016 00 670 116 00 160 15 34 20 40 0,52 662 325 00 663 325 00
670 018 00 670 118 00 180 16 37 22 43 0,70 662 325 00 663 325 00
670 020 00 670 120 00 200 18 40 24 45 0,89 662 325 00 663 325 00
670 022 00 670 122 00 225 20 46 26 48 1,20 662 325 00 663 325 00
670 025 00 670 125 00 250 22 48 28 50 1,60 662 332 00 663 332 00
670 028 00 670 128 00 280 24 56 30 53 2,00 662 332 00 663 332 00
670 032 00 670 132 00 315 26 56 33 56 2,46 662 332 00 663 332 00
Handles page 548.
Solid-Disk Handwheels, Similar DIN 950 AL
Material: Aluminium.
Version C = rim of wheel ground and with high-gloss finish.
Keyway available at extra charge.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 670 308 00, Solid-Disk Handwheel DIN 950 Al, Version C, 80 mm
Product No. D SH7 Hub-Ø b v Weight
Vers. C mm mm mm mm mm kg
670 308 00 80 10 26 16 29 0,15
670 310 00 100 12 27 17 33 0,26
670 312 00 125 13 28 18 36 0,35
670 314 00 140 14 30 19 39 0,46
670 316 00 160 15 37 20 40 0,72
670 318 00 180 16 36 22 43 0,95
670 320 00 200 18 40 24 45 1,20
670 322 00 225 20 42 26 48 1,60
670 325 00 250 22 51 28 50 2,00
670 328 00 280 24 52 30 53 2,40
670 332 00 315 26 55 33 56 3,50
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
568 ®
Solid-Disk Handwheels DIN 3670 with Recessed Grips
Material: Aluminium, hub machined, rim turned and polished.
Without Handle.
Keyway available at extra charge.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 670 412 00, Solid-Disk Handwheel DIN 3670, 125 mm
Product No. d1 d2H7 d3 b l1 l2 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
670 412 00 125 12 31 16 18 36 306
670 416 00 160 14 36 18 20 40 514
670 420 00 200 18 42 22 24 45 943
670 425 00 250 22 48 26 28 50 1608
Solid-Disk Handwheels 323
Material: Aluminium gravity die-cast, plastic coated, black,
textured finish.
Hub machined. Rim turned on all sides. The rim is machined before
coating, thus it is perfectly concentric.
Version A: Without cylindrical handle.
Version B: With revolving cylindrical handle.
Keyway available at extra charge.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 670 901 00, Solid-Disk Handwheel 323, 80 mm Version B with revolving cylindrical handle
Cylindrical Weight
Product No. Product No. d1 d2H7 d3 b l1 l2 Handle Ø Vers. A Vers. B
Vers. A Vers. B mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
670 901 00 670 911 00 80 10 26 13 16 26 18 140 160
670 902 00 670 912 00 100 10 28 14 17 30 21 210 250
670 903 00 670 913 00 125 12 31 15 18 33 23 320 400
670 904 00 670 914 00 140 14 36 16,5 19 36 23 440 510
670 905 00 670 915 00 160 14 36 18 20 39 26 570 670
670 906 00 670 916 00 200 18 42 20,5 24 45 26 930 1030
670 907 00 670 917 00 250 22 48 23 28 51 28 1550 1670
Handwheels with Retractable Handle 3223
Material: Aluminium gravity die-cast, hub machined, rim turned
and polished. Parts of the folding mechanism: Steel hardened and bur-
nished.
These handwheels are used in applications where the handle must not
stick out. Handle and folding mechanism are fully encased in the rim.
The handle is locked in the operating position. To retract it, the handle
it is pulled out of its taper seat and then tilted. A compression spring
locks the handle in both end positions.
Keyway available at extra charge.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 670 516 00, Handwheel with Retractable Handle 3223,
160 mm
Product No. d1 d2H7 d3 b c min. l1 l2 Handle Ø Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
670 512 00 125 12 31 24,5 4,5 18 44 23 469
670 516 00 160 14 36 25 4 20 47 26 697
670 520 00 200 18 42 25 5,5 24 52,5 26 978 Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
® 569
Spoked Handwheels 320 and Solid-Disk Handwheels 326
Material: Aluminium, gravity die-cast.
Revolving cylindrical handle made from
plastic with threaded steel stud and Allen
screw. Hub machined, rim of wheel tur-
ned and polished all over.
Hub length and bore diameter according
to DIN 950.
Keyway available at extra charge.
Type 320: Type 326:
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 670 712 00, Spoked
Handwheel 320 with Handle, 125 mm
Spoked Handwheel Solid-Disk Handwheel
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Cylindrical Weight g
320 320 326 326 d1 d2H7 d3 b l1 l2 Handle Ø 320 320 326 326
with Handle without Handle with Handle without Handle mm mm mm mm mm mm mm with H. without H. with H. without H.
- - - 670 801 00 80 10 26 13 16 26 18 - - 161 134
- - 670 810 00 670 802 00 100 10 31 14 17 30 21 - - 255 215
670 712 00 670 703 00 670 812 00 670 803 00 125 12 31 15 18 33 23 383 311 394 318
670 714 00 670 704 00 670 814 00 670 804 00 140 14 34 16,5 19 36 23 486 411 507 431
670 716 00 670 705 00 670 816 00 670 805 00 160 14 36 18 20 39 26 643 539 675 570
670 720 00 670 706 00 670 820 00 670 806 00 200 18 42 20,5 24 45 26 996 892 990 885
670 725 00 670 707 00 670 825 00 670 807 00 250 22 48 23 28 51 28 1598 1478 1626 1552
Safety Handwheels SHR
Material: Aluminium, polished.
Coupling attachment assembled.
Can only be supplied with revolving, cylindrical handle made from Engage
plastic with threaded steel bolt and with hub keyway. by pulling
According to safety regulations, handwheels must be mounted Shaft design for Hub keyway P9
pulling version DIN 6885/2
on the shaft in such a way that they do not rotate along with the
machine drive. Safety handwheels comply with this regulation.
Procedure: Wheel disengaged if not used. By axial displacement
t3
of the wheel (pulling) the two serrated wheel rims are engaged.
The wheel is now positively keyed to the shaft. When the wheel
is released, it automatically disengages. The coupling elements
are assembled together in an enclosed unit. Coupling attachment
made from steel, nitrided, bearing surface ground and PTFE coa-
ted, for minimal friction between bearing surfaces and high wear
resistance. An oil hole is provided, which serves to connected
to a pressure oiler in the wheel hub. Frequent lubrication is an
important precondition in guaranteeing the correct functioning of
the plain-bearing coupling attachment. The range of application
of these handwheels is limited to low shaft speeds, or to higher
speeds of only short duration (e.g. feed screws for milling machi-
ne table with rapid feed).
The coupling attachments can also be supplied separately, to be
mounted with existing handwheels. Prices on request.
We assume no liability for any consequential damage.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 670 612 00, Safety Handwheel SHR, 125 mm
Product No. d1 d2H7 d3 d4 max. l1 l2 l3 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
670 612 00 125 12 28 17 28,5 18 5 552
670 614 00 140 12 28 17 28,5 18 5 660
670 616 00 160 14 32 21 32,5 20 6 907
670 620 00 200 18 38 26 36,5 24 6 1324
670 625 00 250 22 45 30 47,5 28 12 2122
Reworking within
24h-service possible.
Custom made parts
on request.
570 ®
Lifting Pins, Self Locking
Material: Steel, manganese-phosphate treated. Press bolt
made from AL.
Press = release.
Loosen = lock.
Fast and easy-to-use, robust lifting element with moveable
shackle. Special lifting devices, i.e., threads are no longer
required on the workpiece. Simple H11 bores are sufficient.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 666 910 15, Lifting Pin, Self Locking, 10 x 15
Product No. d1 l1 d2 d3 d4 l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 l7 l8 x x Location F1* F2* F3* Weight
min. min. max. HoleH11
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN g
666 910 15 10 15 11,7 21,5 12,2 10,2 25,7 36,0 27 30 49 87,5 1,5 10 10 2,7 2,4 2,1 139
666 910 25 10 25 11,7 21,5 12,2 10,2 25,7 36,0 27 30 49 87,5 1,5 15 10 2,7 2,4 2,1 145
666 910 35 10 35 11,7 21,5 12,2 10,2 25,7 36,0 27 30 49 87,5 1,5 25 10 2,7 2,4 2,1 152
666 910 50 10 50 11,7 21,5 12,2 10,2 25,7 36,0 27 30 49 87,5 1,5 35 10 2,7 2,4 2,1 161
666 912 15 12 15 14,2 21,5 14,7 11,0 25,7 36,0 27 30 49 87,5 1,5 10 12 3,5 3,2 2,8 147
666 912 25 12 25 14,2 21,5 14,7 11,0 25,7 36,0 27 30 49 87,5 1,5 20 12 3,5 3,2 2,8 156
666 912 35 12 35 14,2 21,5 14,7 11,0 25,7 36,0 27 30 49 87,5 1,5 25 12 3,5 3,2 2,8 162
666 912 50 12 50 14,2 21,5 14,7 11,0 25,7 36,0 27 30 49 87,5 1,5 45 12 3,5 3,2 2,8 278
666 916 25 16 25 18,6 26,0 19,2 15,1 31,0 44,5 27 30 49 92,8 1,5 20 16 4,8 4,5 4,1 272
666 916 50 16 50 18,6 26,0 19,2 15,1 31,0 44,5 27 30 49 92,8 1,5 40 16 4,8 4,5 4,1 311
666 916 75 16 75 18,6 26,0 19,2 15,1 31,0 44,5 27 30 49 92,8 1,5 55 16 4,8 4,5 4,1 351
* For a 5-fold safety.
Socket Pins with Spring-Loaded Balls, Self Locking (Ball Lock PINS)
Material: Pin part: stainless steel 1.4542 hardened. d3
Handle: Plastic (PA6). A l4 l2±1 l1+0,06 l3
d1-0,04
-0,08
Spring: stainless steel.
Press = release.
d2
Loosen = lock.
d4
For quick fastening and securing of parts and workpieces. Fast
and easily released for frequently repeated actions, e.g.,
replaceable bearing pins.
Temperature range: -30º / +80º C.
Product No. d1 l1 d2 d3 d4 l2 l3 l4 Location Shearing Resistance* Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Hole H11 kN g
666 806 10 6 10 7,0 33,2 14,5 7,0 26,7 10,8 6 35 16
666 806 20 6 20 7,0 33,2 14,5 7,0 26,7 10,8 6 35 18
666 806 30 6 30 7,0 33,2 14,5 7,0 26,7 10,8 6 35 20
666 806 40 6 40 7,0 33,2 14,5 7,0 26,7 10,8 6 35 22
666 806 50 6 50 7,0 33,2 14,5 7,0 26,7 10,8 6 35 24
666 808 20 8 20 9,6 39,2 19,3 8,2 33,3 13,4 8 63 40
666 808 30 8 30 9,6 39,2 19,3 8,2 33,3 13,4 8 63 44
666 808 40 8 40 9,6 39,2 19,3 8,2 33,3 13,4 8 63 47
666 808 50 8 50 9,6 39,2 19,3 8,2 33,3 13,4 8 63 51
666 810 20 10 20 12,0 39,2 19,3 9,6 33,3 13,4 10 100 47
666 810 30 10 30 12,0 39,2 19,3 9,6 33,3 13,4 10 100 53
666 810 40 10 40 12,0 39,2 19,3 9,6 33,3 13,4 10 100 58
666 810 50 10 50 12,0 39,2 19,3 9,6 33,3 13,4 10 100 64
666 810 60 10 60 12,0 39,2 19,3 9,6 33,3 13,4 10 100 70
666 812 30 12 30 14,5 47,6 26,3 10,6 39,7 16,7 12 144 100
666 812 40 12 40 14,5 47,6 26,3 10,6 39,7 16,7 12 144 109
666 812 50 12 50 14,5 47,6 26,3 10,6 39,7 16,7 12 144 117
666 812 70 12 70 14,5 47,6 26,3 10,6 39,7 16,7 12 144 134
666 812 80 12 80 14,5 47,6 26,3 10,6 39,7 16,7 12 144 143
666 816 50 16 50 19,0 47,6 26,3 14,0 39,7 16,7 16 257 168
666 816 80 16 80 19,0 47,6 26,3 14,0 39,7 16,7 16 257 208
* Rupture limit.
® 571
Latch Clamps
Material: Sheet-metal parts: Case-hardened steel C10,
zinc-plated, blue passivated.
Pulling latch: Steel St37, zinc-plated, blue passivated.
Handle with plastic sleeve, red, oil resistant.
Latch clamps allow a fast and secure locking of lids and covers.
The stroke of the pulling ledge can be adjusted within its range.
In the clamped position the pulling ledge with its clamping arm is
parallel to the plane of the operating handle.
Latch bracket included in the delivery. Axis of rotation
Arrester
Adjustment travel
Stroke
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 676 204 00, Latch Clamp, Size 160
Product No. Size Holding approx. Dimensions Weight
Force FH a b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 d 1 d2 h 1 h2 l1 l2 m1 m2 m3 m 4 m5 r s w1 w2
N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
676 204 00 160 1600 12 26 28 21 20 14 M4 4,3 22 18 98 11 19 5,0 16,0 5,0 10 34 2,0 25 11 85
676 206 00 320 3200 16 40 44 32 28 22 M6 6,5 30 25 152 19 32 10,5 19,0 7,0 14 57 3,0 48 13 250
676 208 00 700 7000 24 60 54 39 38 26 M8 8,5 42 36 220 23 38 9,5 41,5 9,5 19 74 3,5 58 26 60
Latch Clamps, Stainless Steel
Material: Sheet-metal parts: 1.4301. A
Pulling latch: 1.4305.
Handle: Plastic sleeve, red, oil resistant.
Latch clamps allow a fast and secure locking of lids and covers.
The stroke of the pulling ledge can be adjusted within its range.
In the clamped position the pulling ledge with its clamping arm is
parallel to the plane of the operating handle.
Latch bracket included in the delivery.
Axis of rotation
Arrester
Adjustment travel
Stroke
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 676 992 04, Latch Clamp, Stainless Steel, Size 160
Product No. Size Holding approx. Dimensions Weight
Force FH a b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 d1 d 2 h1 h2 l1 l2 m1 m2 m3 m4 m5 r s w1 w2
N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
676 992 04 160 1600 12 26 28 21 20 14 M4 4,3 22 18 98 11 19 5,0 16 5 10 37 2 25 11 85
676 992 06 320 3200 16 40 44 32 28 22 M6 6,5 30 25 152 19 32 10,5 19 7 14 57 3 48 13 250
572 ®
Quick Clamps (Vertical Clamp with Horizontal Base, without Clamping Bolts)
Material: Steel-sheet parts: Case-hardened steel C10, zinc-
plated. Bearing pins: Hardened, from size 200 case hardened.
All moving parts lubricated with special grease. Version A Version E
Handle with plastic sleeve, red, oil resistant.
Operating handle and clamping lever move in the same direction. Version E
In the clamping position the operating handle is vertical. Vertical Clamping Bolts
page 574
clamps are available for holding forces F H from
90 daN up to 460 daN. d1 d1
Note: Worth pointing out is the clamping arm on all vertical
h3
clamps: It is blanked out from full and reinforced on the points of
h4
highest load. During the closing movement it is guided on both
sides to prevent being affected by possible side thrusts.
h2
s1
b1 Clamping bolt retainer for
m2
d2
welding to clamping arm
m1
Version E
with clamping
b3
bolt retainer for
s2
welding
m3
m4
b2
a
l3
l2
Version A
with two stepped
side washers Axis of rotation
clamping arm
Version A
Version A: forked clamping arm.
Version E: solid clamping arm.
Product No. Product No. Size FH a b1 b2 b3 d1* d2 h1 h2 h3 h4 l1 max l2 l3 max m1 m2 m3 m4 r s1 s2 Weight
Version A Version E N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
676 003 00 676 043 00 70 900 20 29 34 5,2 M5 4,5 98 20 11 21 67 32 41 15 16 24 24 63 2 4 95
676 006 00 676 046 00 130 1600 28 35 42 6,2 M6 5,5 142 28 16 27 86 42 54 12,5 19 27 29 80 2,5 5 210
676 010 00 676 050 00 230 2200 40 43 45 8,5 M8 6,5 168 33 18 31 112 58 73 19 20 32 32 104 3 6 350
676 015 00 676 055 00 330 2700 43 50 65 10,5 M10 8,5 195 43 22 38 131 66 86 29 32 46 45 122 3,5 7 550
676 020 00 676 060 00 430 3000 64 58 65 12,5 M12 8,5 247 55 26 45 166 88 114 32 32 54 45 156 4 10 1000
676 025 00 676 065 00 530 4600 90 80 95 12,5 M12 12,5 303 84 32 51 225 125 152 50 51 70 70 212 7 10 1960
* Clamping bolt page 574 has to be ordered separately.
Operating Principle
Operating handle
Clamping
arm
Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4
Position 1: By using the toggle link principle, these quick clamps of the clamping bolt: It increases if the entire contact area of
offer essential advantages: the bolt touches the workpiece before the dead centre point is
The clamping arm retracts to such an extent, that the workpiece reached. This effect is clearly illustrated when using an elastic
can be inserted and removed completely unobstructed. clamping pad.
Position 2: Even the slightest forward movement of the opera- Position 4: In this position the toggle link has arrived in the
ting handle moves the clamping arm with the contact pad over over-centre lock position, and the operating lever has reached
the workpiece. a firm stop. This leads to a secure locking(self-blocking) of the
As can be seen from the sketch, the position of the toggle links quick clamp, preventing it from opening until it is released by
leads to a multiple of the input force at the operating handle the operator. The force which the clamping element is capable
being applied to the clamping arm. of withstanding in this over-centre lock position without suffe-
In this position the quick clamp is not yet fully locked, i.e., any ring permanent deformation is known as holding force F H . The
counter force applied to the operating handle will open the holding force F H is a characteristic value (co-efficient) for togg-
clamp. le clamps, and this value is mainly dependent on:
Position 3: In this position all three pivots are perfectly aligned • the size (dimensions, geometry) of the quick clamp,
yielding the maximum clamping force (dead centre point).The • the position of the clamping bolt on the clamping arm.
clamping force applied to the workpiece is mainly dependent on: In the tables, the maximum holding force F H is stated in relation
• the input force applied to the operating handle, to a particular position of the clamping arm.
• the position of the clamping bolt on the clamping lever.
The clamping force can be altered by readjusting the position
® 573
Quick Clamps (Horizontal Clamp with Horizontal Base, without Clamping Bolts)
Material: Steel-sheet parts: Case-hardened steel C10, zinc-
plated. Bearing pins: hardened, from size 350 case hardened.
All moving parts lubricated with special grease.
Handle with plastic sleeve, red, oil resistant.
Low profile in the clamping position, designed to avoid the
operator’s fingers being caught between the retracting clam- Version M Version O
ping arm and the operating handle (safety distance). During the
closing movement it is guided on both sides to prevent it from
being affected by possible side thrusts
Operating principle page 573.
Clamping bolt
Axis of rotation
clamping arm
Version O
with clamping bolt
retainer for welding
Version M
with two stepped
side washers
Clamping bolt
retainer for
welding
Version M: forked clamping arm. Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 676 102 00, Horizontal Clamp, Version M, Size 25
Version O: solid clamping arm.
Holding Force
Product No. Product No. Size FH a² b1 b2 b3 d1** d2 h1 h2 h3 h4 l1 l2 l3 l4 m1 m2 m3 r s1 s2 Weight
Version M Version O N mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
676 102 00 - 25* 400 10 24 24,5 4,3 M4 4,3 23 12 7 15 68 43 20 - 15 16 4,5 24,5 1,2 - 25
676 103 00 676 143 00 75 900 20 28 26 5,5 M5 4,5 38 20 11 22,5 118 67 40 49,5 13,5 17 7,2 43 2 4 80
676 105 00 676 145 00 130 1000 32 36 40 6,5 M6 5,5 51 29 14 27 168 92 53 64 26 26 5 62 2,5 5 180
676 111 00 676 151 00 230 1700 37 44 42 8,5 M8 6,5 61,5 37 18 35 196 110 63,5 78 26 28,5 9 72 3 6 300
676 117 00 676 157 00 355 3200 58 60 56 10,4 M10 8,5 83 50 22 43 270 161 96 115 41 41 9,5 108,5 3,5 7 600
676 122 00 676 162 00 455 6200 65 70 65 12,4 M12 8,5 99 60 26 53 309 186 116 135 41,5 41,5 14,2 126 4 10 1400
* Size 25 only available in version M.
** Clamping bolts have to be ordered separately.
Clamping Bolts and Protective Caps for Quick Clamps
Material:
Hexagon Bolt: DIN 933, steel, strength class 8, zinc-plated.
Hexagon nuts: DIN 934/DIN 936, steel, zinc-plated.
Protective cap: Neoprene 85º Shore hardness, black.
Note: Protective cap has to be ordered separately.
The elastic protective cap can be easily slipped over the bolt
head.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 676 000 04, Clamping Bolt M4
Weight
Product No. Product No. d1 Length l1 d2 h1 h2 l2 m sw Screw Cap
Screw Protect. Cap mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g g
676 000 04 676 000 44 M4 23 11 3 6,5 2,5 3,2 7 5 1
676 000 05 676 000 45 M5 38 12,5 3,5 8 2,5 4,7 8 9 1
676 000 06 676 000 46 M6 49 15 4 10 4 5,2 10 11 2
676 000 08 676 000 48 M8 56 19 5,5 13 5,5 6,8 13 24 4
676 000 10 676 000 50 M10 77 24 6,5 16 7 8,4 16 47 7
676 000 12 676 000 52 M12 88 26 7,5 19 8,5 10,8 18 75 10
574 ®
Rolling bearings at MÄDLER®:
Ball bearings, open Ball bearings, 2Z Ball bearings, 2RS
®
®
The premium brand The reliable brand
- for the sophisiticated - the inexpensive
application option
Angular contact Self aligning Cylindrical roller
ball bearings ball bearings bearings
Spherical roller Tapered roller
bearings bearings
The rolling bearings are to find:
• in this catalog page 416
• on the internet at www.maedler.de
® 575
Assortment Box Retainers for shafts, type KL
Material: Steel, phosphatized and oiled.
Product No. 618 000 01
The assortment box is made from impact-
resitant plastic of premium quality and is
filled with KL-Retainers matching BEKbolts
with groove/clevises/clevis joints. Contains
880 pieces. Weight 1.8 kg.
Size Amount
3 100
4 100
5 100
6 100
8 100
10 80
12 100
14 80
16 100
24 20
Product No. 618 000 01
Assortment Box SL-Retainers Retainers for shafts, type SL
Material: Steel, phosphatized and oiled. Product No. 618 000 02
The assortment box is made from impact-
resitant plastic of premium quality and is
filled with SL-Retainers matching BEKbolts
with groove/clevises/clevis joints. Contains
560 pieces. Weight 1.23 kg.
Size Amount
4 100
5 100
6 100
8 100
10 40
12 40
14 40
16 40
Product No. 618 000 02
576 ®
Assortment Box Washers and Pins
Material: Steel, zinc-plated, white/blue.
Product No. 618 000 03
The assortment box is made from impact-
resitant plastic of premium quality and is
filled with washers and pins according to
DIN 125 and DIN 94, matching BEK-bolts
with groove/clevises/clevis joints.
Contains 1480 pieces. Weight 4.9 kg.
Washer Amount Pin Amount
Size Size
A4.3 100 1 x 10 200
A5.3 100 1.6 x 16 100
A6.4 100 2 x 16 100
A8.4 100 3.2 x 20 100
A 10.5 100 4 x 32 100
A 13.0 100 5 x 45 100
A 15.0 100
A 17.0 30
A 19.0 25
A 21.0 25
Product No. 618 000 03
Assortment Box Feather Keys According to DIN 6885 Version A and shaft Collars
Materials: Feather keys made from C45K,
Product No. 618 000 00
single split Shaft sollars made from steel,
burnished.
The assortment box is made from impact-
resitant plastic of premium quality and is filled
with Feather keys and clamp collars.
Contains 316 pieces. Weight 2.05 kg.
Product Size Amount
Parallel keys 3 x 3 x 12 40
Parallel keys 3 x 3 x 20 40
Parallel keys 4 x 4 x 15 30
Parallel keys 4 x 4 x 20 30
Parallel keys 5 x 5 x 15 20
Parallel keys 5 x 5 x 20 20
Parallel keys 5 x 5 x 25 20
Parallel keys 5 x 5 x 30 15
Parallel keys 6 x 6 x 25 15
Parallel keys 6 x 6 x 30 15
Parallel keys 6 x 6 x 40 15
Parallel keys 8 x 7 x 25 15
Parallel keys 8 x 7 x 40 10
Parallel keys 10 x 8 x 40 6
Clamp Collars 6 mm Bore 8
Clamp Collars 8 mm Bore 8
Clamp Collars 10 mm Bore 5
Clamp Collars 12 mm Bore 4
Product No. 618 000 00
® 577
Feather Keys According to DIN 6885
Material: C45K
Version A. hh11 l1
h9
b
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 618 002 00, Feather Keys, 2 x 2 x 6 mm
Product No. bh9 h l1 Weight Product No. bh9 h l1 Weight Product No. bh9 h l1 Weight Product No. bh9 h l1 Weight
mm mm mm g mm mm mm g mm mm mm g mm mm mm g
618 002 00 2 2 6 0,2 618 069 00 4 4 20 2,5 618 129 00 6 6 45 12,7 618 202 00 12 8 60 45
618 003 00 2 2 8 0,3 618 070 00 4 4 22 2,8 618 130 00 6 6 50 14,1 618 203 00 12 8 65 49
618 004 00 2 2 10 0,3 618 071 00 4 4 25 3,1 618 131 00 6 6 55 15,5 618 204 00 12 8 70 53
618 005 00 2 2 12 0,4 618 072 00 4 4 28 3,5 618 132 00 6 6 60 17,0 618 211 00 14 9 40 40
618 006 00 2 2 14 0,4 618 073 00 4 4 30 3,8 618 146 00 8 7 20 8,8 618 212 00 14 9 45 45
618 007 00 2 2 15 0,5 618 094 00 5 5 12 2,4 618 147 00 8 7 22 9,7 618 213 00 14 9 50 49
618 008 00 2 2 16 0,5 618 095 00 5 5 14 2,7 618 148 00 8 7 25 11,0 618 214 00 14 9 55 54
618 009 00 2 2 18 0,6 618 096 00 5 5 15 2,9 618 149 00 8 7 28 12,3 618 215 00 14 9 60 59
618 010 00 2 2 20 0,6 618 097 00 5 5 16 3,1 618 150 00 8 7 30 13,2 618 216 00 14 9 65 64
618 011 00 2 2 22 0,7 618 098 00 5 5 18 3,5 618 151 00 8 7 35 15,4 618 217 00 14 9 70 69
618 012 00 2 2 25 0,8 618 099 00 5 5 20 3,9 618 152 00 8 7 40 17,6 618 218 00 14 9 75 74
618 030 00 3 3 8 0,6 618 100 00 5 5 22 4,3 618 153 00 8 7 45 19,8 618 219 00 14 9 80 79
618 031 00 3 3 10 0,7 618 101 00 5 5 25 4,9 618 154 00 8 7 50 22,0 618 228 00 16 10 45 57
618 032 00 3 3 12 0,8 618 102 00 5 5 28 5,5 618 155 00 8 7 55 24,2 618 229 00 16 10 50 63
618 034 00 3 3 14 1,0 618 103 00 5 5 30 5,9 618 156 00 8 7 60 26,4 618 230 00 16 10 55 69
618 035 00 3 3 15 1,1 618 104 00 5 5 35 6,9 618 171 00 10 8 25 15,7 618 231 00 16 10 60 75
618 036 00 3 3 16 1,1 618 105 00 5 5 40 7,9 618 172 00 10 8 28 17,6 618 232 00 16 10 65 82
618 037 00 3 3 18 1,3 618 106 00 5 5 45 8,8 618 173 00 10 8 30 18,8 618 233 00 16 10 70 88
618 038 00 3 3 20 1,4 618 107 00 5 5 50 9,8 618 174 00 10 8 35 22,0 618 234 00 16 10 75 94
618 039 00 3 3 22 1,6 618 119 00 6 6 15 4,2 618 175 00 10 8 40 25,1 618 235 00 16 10 80 100
618 040 00 3 3 25 1,8 618 120 00 6 6 16 4,5 618 176 00 10 8 45 28,3 618 246 00 18 11 50 78
618 041 00 3 3 28 2,0 618 121 00 6 6 18 5,1 618 177 00 10 8 50 31,4 618 247 00 18 11 55 85
618 042 00 3 3 30 2,1 618 122 00 6 6 20 5,7 618 178 00 10 8 55 34,5 618 248 00 18 11 60 93
618 063 00 4 4 10 1,3 618 123 00 6 6 22 6,2 618 179 00 10 8 60 37,7 618 249 00 18 11 65 101
618 064 00 4 4 12 1,5 618 124 00 6 6 25 7,1 618 197 00 12 8 35 26,4 618 250 00 18 11 70 109
618 065 00 4 4 14 1,8 618 125 00 6 6 28 7,9 618 198 00 12 8 40 30,1 618 251 00 18 11 75 117
618 066 00 4 4 15 1,9 618 126 00 6 6 30 8,5 618 199 00 12 8 45 33,9 618 252 00 18 11 80 124
618 067 00 4 4 16 2,0 618 127 00 6 6 35 9,9 618 200 00 12 8 50 37,7
618 068 00 4 4 18 2,3 618 128 00 6 6 40 11,3 618 201 00 12 8 55 41,4
Bright Key Steel DIN 6880
Material: C45K.
Standard length about 1000 mm. hh11 ≈1000
h9
b
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 618 902 02, Bright Key Steel DIN 6880, 2x2x1000 mm
Product No. bh9 hh11 Weight Product No. bh9 hh11 Weight
mm mm g mm mm g
618 902 02 2 2 31 618 910 10 10 10 785
618 903 03 3 3 71 618 912 08 12 8 754
618 904 04 4 4 126 618 912 12 12 12 1130
618 905 05 5 5 196 618 914 09 14 9 989
618 906 06 6 6 283 618 916 10 16 10 1256
618 908 07 8 7 440 618 918 11 18 11 1554
618 908 08 8 8 502 618 920 12 20 12 1884
618 910 08 10 8 628
578 ®
Feather Keys According to DIN 6885, Stainless
Material: Stainless steel 1.4571
A
Version A. hh11 l1
h9
b
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No 618 990 30, Feather Keys, 3 x 3 x 8 mm, Stainless
Product No. bh9 h l1 Weight Product No. bh9 h l1 Weight
mm mm mm g mm mm mm g
618 990 30 3 3 8 0,6 618 991 22 6 6 20 5,7
618 990 31 3 3 10 0,7 618 991 24 6 6 25 7,1
618 990 32 3 3 12 0,8 618 991 25 6 6 28 7,9
618 990 36 3 3 16 1,1 618 991 26 6 6 30 8,5
618 990 38 3 3 20 1,4 618 991 28 6 6 40 11,3
618 990 40 3 3 25 1,8 618 991 29 6 6 45 12,7
618 990 63 4 4 10 1,3 618 991 30 6 6 50 14,1
618 990 64 4 4 12 1,5 618 991 46 8 7 20 8,8
618 990 67 4 4 16 2,0 618 991 48 8 7 25 11,0
618 990 69 4 4 20 2,5 618 991 49 8 7 28 12,3
618 990 71 4 4 25 3,1 618 991 50 8 7 30 13,2
618 990 72 4 4 28 3,5 618 991 52 8 7 40 17,6
618 990 73 4 4 30 3,8 618 991 53 8 7 45 19,8
618 990 94 5 5 12 2,4 618 991 54 8 7 50 22,0
618 990 97 5 5 16 3,1 618 991 71 10 8 25 15,7
618 990 99 5 5 20 3,9 618 991 72 10 8 28 17,6
618 991 01 5 5 25 4,9 618 991 73 10 8 30 18,8
618 991 02 5 5 28 5,5 618 991 75 10 8 40 25,1
618 991 03 5 5 30 5,9 618 991 76 10 8 45 28,3
618 991 05 5 5 40 7,9 618 991 77 10 8 50 31,4
618 991 06 5 5 45 8,8 618 991 98 12 8 40 30,1
618 991 07 5 5 50 9,8 618 991 99 12 8 45 33,9
618 991 20 6 6 16 4,5 618 992 00 12 8 50 37,7
Bright Key Steel DIN 6880, Stainless
Material: Stainless steel 1.4571.
A
Standard length about 1000 mm. hh11 ≈1000
h9
b
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 619 902 02, Key Steel DIN 6880, Stainless,
2 x 2 x 1000 mm
Product No. bh9 hh11 Weight Product No. bh9 hh11 Weight
mm mm g mm mm g
619 902 02 2 2 31 619 910 08 10 8 626
619 903 03 3 3 70 619 912 08 12 8 750
619 904 04 4 4 125 619 914 09 14 9 984
619 905 05 5 5 195 619 916 10 16 10 1250
619 906 06 6 6 280 619 918 11 18 11 1560
619 908 07 8 7 438 619 920 12 20 12 1880
® 579
Edge Trims
Material: PVC/Steel.
Edge trims simplify the protection of
edges, save time in preparatory and sub-
sequent work, and cover sharp edges.
They also have a decorative effect.
The substructure of the edge trim con-
tains steel metal clips or a wire construc-
tion. This means they have a strong hold
even if there are radii or bent parts. Edge
trims are mounted on the edges to be
covered by hand or with a plastic mallet.
Glues or special mounting parts are not
required.
Product No. Clamp Range Colour Maximum Length Weight
mm m g/m
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 687 010 00,
687 010 00 1,0 - 2,0 black 100 65
Edge Trim
Product No. Clamp Range Colour Maximum Length Weight
mm m g/m
687 020 00 1,0 - 4,0 black 50 140
Product No. Clamp Range Colour Maximum Length Weight
mm m g/m
687 030 00 4,0 - 6,0 black 100 160
Minimum Bending Radii
Please note that the stated minimum ben- Product No. a b c d
ding radii are only reference values that mm mm mm mm
can vary depending on the material, the 687 010 00 15 15 10 10
clamp range and the application in which 687 020 00 30 20 20 20
the profile is used. 687 030 00 50 40 30 30
580 ®
Trim Seals
Material: PVC/EPDM/Steel.
Trim seals are a combination of edge
trims made from PVC with a substructure
of metal clips and sealed on EPDM-foam
rubber.
These profiles serve a double function:
1.Easy covering of construction-condi-
tioned sharp edges.
2. The sealing effect.The foam rubber
strips or hollow section are highly flexible
and can seal doors and lids. The mounting
is done as with edge trims.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 687 140 00, Product No. Clamp Range Colour Maximum Length Weight
Trim Seal mm m g/m
687 140 00 1,0 - 4,0 black 100 175
Product No. Clamp Range Colour Maximum Length Weight
mm m g/m
687 150 00 1,0 - 4,0 black 100 180
Product No. Clamp Range Colour Maximum Length Weight
mm m g/m
687 160 00 1,0 - 4,0 black 100 170
Minimum Bending Radii
Please note that the stated minimum ben- Product No. a b c d
ding radii are only reference values that mm mm mm mm
can vary depending on the material, the 687 140 00 70 80 15 15
clamp range and the application in which 687 150 00 50 30 100 120
687 160 00 40 40 150 150
the profile is used.
® 581
Automatic Lubricators perma ® (Housing Made from Steel Sheet)
Function
Ring Eyelet
Tightening the activating screw makes the gas generator drop Predetermined Break Point
into the electrolyte fluid, where it starts a chemical reaction that
builds up pressure and causes the piston to move forward. The Gas-Generating Pellet
lubricant is continuously injected into the lubrication point. When
the lubrication cartridge is empty, the coloured piston becomes
clearly visible. The initial delay between activation and the first
discharge of lubricant depends on the perma ® type. Lubricant Electrolyte Fluid
volume 120 cm 3 . The activator screw and the lubricator have to
be ordered seperately. Piston
Lubricant
perma® Activator Screws Lid with External Thread/
Lubricant-Level Indicator
Material: Body of screw from plastic.
External Thread
The lubrication period is determined by the different coloured R1/4“
activator screws. The lubricator has to be ordered seperately. Sealing Plug
Dimensions in mm
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 680 510 01, Perma Activator Screw Type 1
Product No. Type Period of Colour
Lubrication
680 510 01 1 1 Month yellow
680 510 03 3 3 Months green
680 510 06 6 6 Months red
680 510 12 12 12 Months grey
perma® Lubricators
Material: Housing made from steel sheet. Recommendation
The code for the lubricant contained is stamped into the bottom of Application
of the housing (e.g. SF 01 = all-purpose grease). The activator
Roller Chain Drives
screw has to be ordered seperately. Weight 265 g.
Gears and Racks
Roller Bearings
Linear Motion
Spindle Drives
Plain Bearings
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 680 500 01, Perma Lubricator Type SF01
Sealings
Product No. Type Lubricant DIN NLGI- Thickener Basis Oil Temperature Viskosity
51 502 Grade Range at +40°C
680 500 01 SF01 Multipurpose Grease KP2K-30 2 Li / Ca Mineral -30° / +130°C 220 X X X X X
680 500 02 SF02 Extreme Pressure Grease KPF2K-30 2 Li + MoS2 Mineral -30° / +120°C 105 X X
680 500 03 SF03 High Temperature Grease KE1T-20 2 PHS + solids Ester + PFPE -20° / +220°C 420 X X
680 500 04 SF04 High Performance Grease K1S-20 0/1 PHS Mineral + PAO -20° / +160°C 500 X X X X
680 500 05 SF05 High Temp./High Pressure KPF1S-20 0/1 PHS + MoS2 Mineral + PAO -20° / +160°C 500 X X X
680 500 06 SF06 Liquid Grease K0G-20 0 Al.-Kom. Mineral -20° / +130°C 220 X X X X
680 500 08 SF08 High Speed Grease KHC2N-50 2 Ca-Kom. PAO -40° / +140°C 100 X X
680 500 10 SF10 Food Grade Grease K1K-40 1 Al-Kom. PAO -20° / +220°C 150 X X X X
680 500 14 SO14 High Performance Oil CLPE320 Oil - PAO + Ester -20° / +250°C 320 X
Accessories
Product No. Description Accessory Weight g
Lubricator
680 540 00 Bracket 16
680 547 00 Oil throttle G 1/4 27
680 543 00 Extension G 1/4, 30 mm long 25
680 545 00 Oil brush Ø 20 mm, R 1/4 internal thread 34
680 546 00 Oil brush of horsehair,
Width 30 x 40 mm long, R 1/4 internal thread 38 Oil Throttle G 1/4
Bracket
Oil Brush
On request, the lubricator can also be supplied with
transparent plastic housing.
582 ®
Drip-Feed Oilers System Unikum with Adjustment from Top
Material: pickled brass. Vase glasses up to Ø 80 mm made from
acrylic glass, above made from natural glass.
With instantaneous shutting off, with turnable replenishing
bowl, easy visual inspection of drop fall.
Thread
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 680 401 00, Drip-Feed Oiler Unikum, R 1/4“
Product No. Capacity Thread A D d H h Weight Product No. Weight
Complete Unit cm3 Inch mm mm mm mm mm g Spare glass g
680 401 00 20 R 1/4“ 11 32 20 120 42 100 680 421 00 6
680 402 00 20 R 1/8“ 11 32 20 120 42 100 680 422 00 6
680 403 00 35 R 1/4“ 11 40 20 125 48 120 680 423 00 10
680 404 00 35 R 3/8“ 11 40 20 130 48 120 680 424 00 10
680 405 00 65 R 3/8“ 12 50 20 135 55 125 680 425 00 15
680 406 00 115 R 1/2“ 14 60 28 165 72 200 680 426 00 35
680 407 00 200 R 1/2“ 14 70 28 190 85 260 680 427 00 50
680 408 00 280 R 1/2“ 14 80 28 190 95 420 680 428 00 70
680 409 00 450 R 3/4“ 16 90 28 210 110 630 680 429 00 270
680 410 00 600 R 3/4“ 16 100 28 225 120 730 680 430 00 400
680 411 00 880 R 3/4“ 16 110 28 250 140 850 680 431 00 500
Drip-Feed Oilers UNI with Adjustment at Top
Material: Brass, nickel-plated. Glass cylinder made from acryl.
Advantages of these drip-feed oilers: drip rate can be precise-
ly adjusted, instantaneous shutting off, stainless valve needle
(brass), large filler spout with dust cover.
Thread
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 680 202 00, Drip-Feed Oiler UNI, R 1/8”
Product No. Capacity Thread A B C D Weight Product No. Weight
Complete Unit cm3 Inch mm mm mm mm g Spare Glass g
680 202 00 10 R 1/8“ 80 39 25 9 100 680 212 00 3
680 203 00 20 R 1/8“ 85 42 30 9 100 680 213 00 5
680 204 00 36 R 1/4“ 120 54 40 11 160 680 113 00 9
680 205 00 84 R 1/4“ 120 55 50 11 200 680 115 00 17
680 206 00 140 R 1/4“ 130 65 60 11 240 680 117 00 40
680 207 00 200 R 1/4“ 150 85 60 11 260 680 118 00 40
680 208 00 500 R 1/2“ 185 110 80 13 500 680 219 00 80
680 209 00 1000 R 1/2“ 210 135 100 13 620 680 220 00 120
® 583
Electric Drip-Feed Oilers ELO
Material: Brass nickel-plated. Glass cylinder made from acryl.
Voltage and frequency of the electromagnetic valve:
230V, 50Hz or 24V DC.
Drip rate normal: about 45 drops per 1 ml.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 680 301 00, Oiler ELO, 230 V, 50Hz, G 1/2“
Product No. Product No. Capacity E A B C D F Weight Product No. Weight
230V, 50Hz 24V DC cm³ Inch mm mm mm mm mm g Spare Glass g
680 301 00 680 331 00 140 G 1/2“ 163 60 60 15 67 670 680 117 00 40
680 302 00 680 332 00 200 G 1/2“ 180 80 60 15 67 680 680 118 00 40
680 304 00 680 334 00 500 G 1/2“ 209 100 80 15 67 820 680 219 00 80
680 305 00 680 335 00 1000 G 1/2“ 235 120 100 15 67 960 680 220 00 120
680 306 00 680 336 00 2000 G 1/2“ 270 150 133 15 67 1320 680 321 00 220
680 307 00 680 337 00 3000 G 1/2“ 310 180 150 15 67 1580 680 322 00 400
Other than the manual drip-feed oiler, which also drips when Almost all liquids can be dosed drop by drop, provided they are
the machine has stopped, the electric drip-feed oiler only drips not mixed with solid matters. It is also suited for other media,
as long as the machine is running. When the machine stops, the provided they do not thicken with heat. Attention must be
electric drip-feed oiler is also automatically shut off, as the oiler paid to the compatibility with acrylic glass and buna N used as
is controlled via the machine programme. Finest dosing of drops sealing material. (possibly natural glass and vitone sealings on
is possible - by turning a knurled nut at the top part of the oiler. request)
Rolling bearings are to find:
• in this catalog page 416
• on the internet at www.maedler.de
584 ®
Oil-Level Sight Glasses 541, Plastic
Material: Housing: Polyamid (PA-T) non-ageing, highly transpa-
Seal
rent. Reflector: Aluminium, anodized in natural colour.
Seal: Rubber NBR (Perbunan ®).
Temperature resistant up to 100ºC.
ød1
ød3
d2
High strength. Resistant against oil, diesel and solvents.
Not resistant against alcohol. At mounting wall thickness below
4mm, a nut is required.
s
l1 l2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 681 835 01, Oil-Level Sight Glass 541, G 1/4“ Reflector
Product No. d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 s TA* Weight
mm Thread mm mm mm mm Nm g
681 835 01 9 18 10 6 15 2-3 1,8
681 835 02 11 22 8 7 19 3-5 4
681 835 03 11 M16 x 1,5 22 8 7 19 2-3 3
681 835 04 14 26 10 8 22 4-6 5
681 835 05 14 M20 x 1,5 26 10 8 22 8 - 10 4
681 835 06 18 M25 x 1,5 31 8 10 27 8 - 10 9
681 835 07 19 M26 x 1,5 31 13 9 27 8 - 10 8
681 835 08 20 31 10 10 27 6-8 6
681 835 09 20 M27 x 1,5 31 10 10 27 8 - 10 10
681 835 10 22 M30 x 1,5 35 9 10 30 8 - 10 6
681 835 11 25 G 1“ 40 11 10 34 8 - 10 12
681 835 12 25 M35 x 1,5 40 11 10 34 8 - 10 13
681 835 13 30 47 12 13 41 8 - 10 20
681 835 14 30 M40 x 1,5 47 12 13 41 8 - 10 20
* Fastening torque.
Oil-Level Sight Glasses 743 and 743.1, Aluminium
Material oil-level sight glass 743: Housing: Aluminium, polished. Reflector
Reflector: Thermoplast. Temperature resistant up to 100ºC.
Sight glass: Float-Glass. Seals: Rubber NBR (Perbunan ®).
Material oil-level sight glass 743.1: as oil-level sight glass 743,
but temperature resistant up to 180ºC.
ød1
ød3
d2
Sight glass: tempered glass.
Seals: Synthetic rubber FPM (Viton ®), identification by non-black
finish.
s l1 l2
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 681 801 00, Oil-Level Sight Glass 743, G 3/8“ Seal
Product No. Product No. d1 d2 d3 l1 l2 s Weight
743 743.1 mm Thread mm mm mm mm g
681 801 00 681 821 00 11 G 3/8“ 22 8 7,5 20 9
681 802 00 681 822 00 11 M16 x 1,5 22 8 7,5 20 8
681 803 00 681 823 00 14 G 1/2“ 26 8,5 7,5 23 11
681 804 00 681 824 00 14 M20 x 1,5 26 8,5 7,5 23 10
681 805 00 681 825 00 18 G 3/4“ 32 9 8 30 18
681 806 00 681 826 00 18 M26 x 1,5 32 9 8 30 18
681 807 00 681 827 00 24 G 1“ 40 11 8,5 36 26
681 808 00 681 828 00 24 M33 x 1,5 40 11 8,5 36 26
681 809 00 681 829 00 32 G 1 1/4“ 50 12 9 46 42
681 810 00 681 830 00 32 M40 x 1,5 50 12 9 46 39
® 585
Oil-Level Windows SR
Material: Aluminium with inserted disk of natural glass
and Perbunan ® seal.
Rectangular shape, clear readability.
Also diesel-oil resistant.
Temperature resistant up to +120ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 681 130 00, Oil-Level Window SR 60, 39 x 18 mm
Product No. Type Sight L x Width Mounting Holes X Weight
mm mm Quantity x mm mm g
681 130 00 SR 60 39 x 18 60 x 45 4 x Ø 5,5 28 55
681 131 00 SR 80 59 x 18 80 x 45 4 x Ø 5,5 45 84
681 132 00 SR 100 79 x 18 100 x 45 6 x Ø 5,5 35 108
681 133 00 SR 125 104 x 18 125 x 45 6 x Ø 5,5 45 135
681 134 00 SR 160 139 x 18 160 x 45 8 x Ø 5,5 40 170
681 135 00 SR 200 179 x 18 200 x 45 10 x Ø 5,5 40 210
681 136 00 SR 250 229 x 18 250 x 45 12 x Ø 5,5 40 270
Stauffer Grease Boxes DIN 3411
Material: Steel, blued. Top and bottom part drawn,
with rolled spigot screw thread.
Width
across Flats
Thread
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 680 001 00, Stauffer Grease Box DIN 3411, Gr. 1
Product No. Size Thread Width Across Flats Outer Ø D Weight
Inch mm mm g
680 001 00 1 R 1/8“ 12 17,5 15
680 002 00 2 R 1/4“ 17 24 30
680 003 00 3 R 1/4“ 17 32,5 45
680 004 00 4 R 1/4“ 17 38 55
680 005 00 5 R 1/4“ 17 49,5 85
680 006 00 6 R 1/4“ 17 58 115
586 ®
Come and visit our
stall at a fair and get
detailed information on
our entire product range.
Exact dates at:
www.maedler.de
Precision Levelling Adjusters
The precision levelling adjusters consist of a threaded mounting bolt (1) and a nut
base (2). The fine thread design permits a precise adjustment as well as easy readjust-
ment using the wrench spanner HS (page 594).
Under static load, the adjusted level is firmly fixed by tightening the mounting bolt.
The Levellers with Locking Nut are recommended for dynamic loads or when no bolts
are used for the mounting.
The safety screw features (3) serves as an end stop for maximum adjustment.
The use of Precision Adjusters KAE/KAEK, KVS/KVSK and KAS facilitates precise
adjustment of non-parallel surfaces.
Precision Adjuster Ball Head Precision Adjuster Precision Leveller
NAE and NAEK Page 590 KAE and KAEK Page 591 HVS and HVSK Page 592
• For parallel surfaces. • For non-parallel surfaces • For parallel surfaces.
• Low overall height with short up to 4º slope. • Larger overall height with more
adjustment travel. • Low overall height with short adjustment travel.
• Type NAE (without lock nut): adjustment travel. • Type HVS (without lock nut):
From 15mm (plus 4mm adjustment travel) • Type KAE (without lock nut): From 28mm (plus 15mm adjustment travel)
to 48mm (plus 14mm adjustment travel). From 22mm (plus 4mm adjustment travel) to 95 mm (plus 55mm adjustment travel).
• Type NAEK (with lock nut): to 72mm (plus 14mm adjustment travel). • Type HVSK (with lock nut):
From 20mm (plus 4mm adjustment travel) • Type KAEK (with lock nut): From 33mm (plus 10mm adjustment travel)
to 63mm (plus 14mm adjustment travel). From 27mm (plus 4mm adjustment travel) to 110mm (plus 40mm adjustment travel).
to 87mm (plus 14mm adjustment travel).
Ball Head Precision Adjuster Spacer Ball Shim
KVS and KVSK Page 593 DS Page 594 KAS Page 594
Pos. B
Pos. A
DS
• For non-parallel surfaces The Spacer DS is used to bridge gaps bet- Like the ball head precision adjusters
up to 4º slope. ween the levelling adjuster and the bea- KAE the ball shim KAS (Pos. A) facilitates
• Larger overall height with more ring surface when the adjustment travel adjustment of non-parallel surfaces with
adjustment travel. h is insufficient. an angle of inclination of up to 4º. If the
• Type KVS (without lock nut): angle of inclination > 1º, the use of an
From 35mm (plus 15mm adjustment travel) additional ball shim (Pos. B) is recommen-
to 119mm (plus 55mm adjustment travel). ded to assure a stable support of the bolt
• Type KVSK (with lock nut): head.
From 40mm (plus 10mm adjustment travel)
to 134mm (plus 40mm adjustment travel).
Notes on Mounting
All models can be assembled with a normal screw is not included. The adjustment thread is All precision levelling adjusters have a safety
mounting screw, to prevent a change of posi- greased on all models (with high quality longli- screw to keep them from falling apart.
tion. Suitable screw sizes are provided in the fe grease), to prevent seizing.
dimensions tables. The screw length depends This means that loosening / adjustment
on the customers components. That’s why the is possible even after prolonged use.
588 ®
Precision levelling adjusters
Examples
Precise fixation of components at an exact level using the With an incline of up
Precision Levelling Adjusters NAE or HVS to about 4º the level
can be adjusted by
using ball head pre-
cision adjusters KAE
or KVS.
Level adjustment if there are various
substructures.
Load Table (static)
s t a n d a r d s t a i n l e s s
Type Mounting Torque1) Preload2) F add.3) F tot4) Torque1) Preload2) F add.3) F tot4)
(Size) Screw kN kN kN kN kN kN kN kN
15-6,6 M6
20-6,6 M6
20-9,0 M8
20-11 M10
30-11 M10 48 120 36,5
30-13,5 M12 84 120 62
30-17,5 M16 206 120 153
40-17,5 M16 206 136 210 153 148
40-22 M20 415 120 210 300 148
40-26 M24 714 173 210 515 128 148
50-22 M20 415 120 210 330 300 136 225
50-26 M24 714 173 157 330 515 128 225
50-33 M30 1420 277 330 1031 204 225
60-26 M24 714 173 322 495 515 128 195 323
60-33 M30 1420 277 218 495 1031 204 118 323
60-39 M36 2482 394 101 495 1793 285 323
80-39 M36 2482 394 466 (526) 5) 860 (920) 5) 1793 285 261 546
1) Fastening torque (for screw strength 8.8 for standard versions or 6.8 for stainless version).
2) The preload of any mounting screw used (tensile strength 8.8 for standard versions or 6.8 for stainless version).
3) F = max. permissible static load, in addition to the preload of a mounting screw.
add.
4) F = max. permissible total static load.
tot.
5) Bracketed values apply to HVS / HVSK and KVS / KVSK.
® 589
Precision Levelling Adjusters
Precision Adjusters NAE
Material:
Standard version: 42CrMo4V, No. 1.7225,
Surface zinc plated and chromated.
Stainless version: X10CrNiS18.9, No. 1.4305. A
• For parallel surfaces.
• Low overall height with short adjustment travel.
• Without lock nut.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 686 305 00, NAE 15-6.6 standard
Product No. Product No. Type matching h h1 h D d g dD F tot.* F add.* Weight
standard stainless screw mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN g
686 305 00 686 993 05 NAE 15- 6,6 M6 15 19 4 25 M15x1,0 6,6 40 30,7 43
686 310 00 686 993 10 NAE 20- 6,6 M6 18 23 5 32 M20x1,0 6,6 65 55,7 92
686 315 00 686 993 15 NAE 20- 9,0 M8 18 23 5 32 M20x1,0 9,0 65 48,0 90
686 320 00 686 993 20 NAE 20-11,0 M10 18 23 5 32 M20x1,0 11,0 65 37,9 84
686 325 00 686 993 25 NAE 30-11,0 M10 22 29 7 45 M30x1,5 11,0 120 92,9 219
686 330 00 686 993 30 NAE 30-13,5 M12 22 29 7 45 M30x1,5 13,5 120 80,4 210
686 335 00 686 993 35 NAE 30-17,5 M16 22 29 7 45 M30x1,5 17,5 120 45,5 196
686 340 00 686 993 40 NAE 40-17,5 M16 28 37 9 58 M40x1,5 17,5 210 136,0 457
686 345 00 686 993 45 NAE 40-22,0 M20 28 37 9 58 M40x1,5 22,0 210 90,0 425
686 350 00 686 993 50 NAE 40-26,0 M24 28 37 9 58 M40x1,5 26,0 210 37,0 387
686 355 00 686 993 55 NAE 50-22,0 M20 33 43 10 70 M50x1,5 22,0 330 210,0 780
686 360 00 686 993 60 NAE 50-26,0 M24 33 43 10 70 M50x1,5 26,0 330 157,0 741
686 365 00 686 993 65 NAE 50-33,0 M30 33 43 10 70 M50x1,5 33,0 330 53,0 656
686 370 00 686 993 70 NAE 60-26,0 M24 38 50 12 80 M60x2,0 26,0 495 322,0 1135
686 375 00 686 993 75 NAE 60-33,0 M30 38 50 12 80 M60x2,0 33,0 495 218,0 1060
686 380 00 686 993 80 NAE 60-39,0 M36 38 50 12 80 M60x2,0 39,0 495 101,0 965
686 385 00 686 993 85 NAE 80-39,0 M36 48 62 14 105 M80x2,0 39,0 860 466,0 2500
Other sizes on request.
Precision Adjusters NAEK
Material:
Standard version: 42CrMo4V, No. 1.7225,
Surface zinc plated and chromated.
Stainless version: X10CrNiS18.9, No. 1.4305. A
• For parallel surfaces.
• Low overall height with short adjustment travel.
• With lock nut.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 686 605 00, NAEK 15-6.6 standard
Product No. Product No. Type matching h h1 h D d g dD F tot.* F add.* Weight
standard stainless screw mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN g
686 605 00 686 996 05 NAEK 15- 6,6 M6 20 24 4 25 M15x1,0 6,6 40 30,7 59
686 610 00 686 996 10 NAEK 20- 6,6 M6 24 29 5 32 M20x1,0 6,6 65 55,7 129
686 615 00 686 996 15 NAEK 20- 9,0 M8 24 29 5 32 M20x1,0 9,0 65 48,0 121
686 620 00 686 996 20 NAEK 20-11,0 M10 24 29 5 32 M20x1,0 11,0 65 37,9 116
686 625 00 686 996 25 NAEK 30-11,0 M10 29 36 7 45 M30x1,5 11,0 120 92,9 299
686 630 00 686 996 30 NAEK 30-13,5 M12 29 36 7 45 M30x1,5 13,5 120 80,4 287
686 635 00 686 996 35 NAEK 30-17,5 M16 29 36 7 45 M30x1,5 17,5 120 45,5 262
686 640 00 686 996 40 NAEK 40-17,5 M16 37 46 9 58 M40x1,5 17,5 210 136,0 628
686 645 00 686 996 45 NAEK 40-22,0 M20 32 46 9 58 M40x1,5 22,0 210 90,0 586
686 650 00 686 996 50 NAEK 40-26,0 M24 37 46 9 58 M40x1,5 26,0 210 37,0 543
686 655 00 686 996 55 NAEK 50-22,0 M20 44 54 10 70 M50x1,5 22,0 330 210,0 1096
686 660 00 686 996 60 NAEK 50-26,0 M24 44 54 10 70 M50x1,5 26,0 330 157,0 1038
686 665 00 686 996 65 NAEK 50-33,0 M30 44 54 10 70 M50x1,5 33,0 330 53,0 932
686 670 00 686 996 70 NAEK 60-26,0 M24 49 61 12 80 M60x2,0 26,0 495 322,0 1533
686 675 00 686 996 75 NAEK 60-33,0 M30 49 61 12 80 M60x2,0 33,0 495 218,0 1428
686 680 00 686 996 80 NAEK 60-39,0 M36 49 61 12 80 M60x2,0 39,0 495 101,0 1301
686 685 00 686 996 85 NAEK 80-39,0 M36 63 77 14 105 M80x2,0 39,0 860 466,0 3469
* Values apply to standard version. Values for stainless version, see page 589.
Other sizes on request.
Ftot. = max. load. (incl. preload from any mounting screw).
Fadd = Load after subtracting the preload of any mounting screw.
590 ®
Precision Levelling Adjusters
Ball Head Precision Adjusters KAE
Material:
Standard version: 42CrMo4V, No. 1.7225,
Surface zinc plated and chromated.
Stainless version: X10CrNiS18.9, No. 1.4305. A
• For non-parallel surfaces up to 4º slope.
• Low overall height with short adjustment travel.
• Without lock nut.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 686 405 00, KAE 15-6.6 standard
Product No. Product No. Type matching h h1 h D d g dD F tot.* F add.* Weight
standard stainless screw mm mm mm mm mm mm approx. kN kN g
686 405 00 686 994 05 KAE 15- 6,6 M6 22 26 4 25 M15x1,0 6,6 4º 40 30,7 64
686 410 00 686 994 10 KAE 20- 6,6 M6 26 31 5 32 M20x1,0 6,6 4º 65 55,7 132
686 415 00 686 994 15 KAE 20- 9,0 M8 26 31 5 32 M20x1,0 9,0 4º 65 48,0 126
686 420 00 686 994 20 KAE 20-11,0 M10 26 31 5 32 M20x1,0 11,0 4º 65 37,9 120
686 425 00 686 994 25 KAE 30-11,0 M10 34 41 7 45 M30x1,5 11,0 4º 120 92,9 340
686 430 00 686 994 30 KAE 30-13,5 M12 34 41 7 45 M30x1,5 13,5 4º 120 80,4 324
686 435 00 686 994 35 KAE 30-17,5 M16 34 41 7 45 M30x1,5 17,5 4º 120 45,5 299
686 440 00 686 994 40 KAE 40-17,5 M16 44 53 9 58 M40x1,5 17,5 4º 210 136,0 720
686 445 00 686 994 45 KAE 40-22,0 M20 44 53 9 58 M40x1,5 22,0 4º 210 90,0 667
686 450 00 686 994 50 KAE 40-26,0 M24 44 53 9 58 M40x1,5 26,0 4º 210 37,0 622
686 455 00 686 994 55 KAE 50-22,0 M20 50 60 10 70 M50x1,5 22,0 4º 330 210,0 1225
686 460 00 686 994 60 KAE 50-26,0 M24 50 60 10 70 M50x1,5 26,0 4º 330 157,0 1170
686 465 00 686 994 65 KAE 50-33,0 M30 50 60 10 70 M50x1,5 33,0 4º 330 53,0 1043
686 470 00 686 994 70 KAE 60-26,0 M24 56 68 12 80 M60x2,0 26,0 4º 495 322,0 1666
686 475 00 686 994 75 KAE 60-33,0 M30 56 68 12 80 M60x2,0 33,0 4º 495 218,0 1000
686 480 00 686 994 80 KAE 60-39,0 M36 56 68 12 80 M60x2,0 39,0 4º 495 101,0 1181
686 485 00 686 994 85 KAE 80-39,0 M36 72 86 14 105 M80x2,0 39,0 4º 860 466,0 3400
Other sizes on request.
Ball Head Precision Adjusters KAEK
Material:
Standard version: 42CrMo4V, No. 1.7225,
Surface zinc plated and chromated.
Stainless version: X10CrNiS18.9, No. 1.4305. A
• For non-parallel surfaces up to 4º slope.
• Low overall height with short adjustment travel.
• With lock nut.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 686 705 00, KAEK 15-6.6 standard
Product No. Product No. Type matching h h1 h D d g dD F tot.* F add.* Weight
standard stainless screw mm mm mm mm mm mm approx. kN kN g
686 705 00 686 997 05 KAEK 15- 6,6 M6 27 31 4 25 M15x1,0 6,6 4º 40 30,7 84
686 710 00 686 997 10 KAEK 20- 6,6 M6 32 37 5 32 M20x1,0 6,6 4º 65 55,7 168
686 715 00 686 997 15 KAEK 20- 9,0 M8 32 37 5 32 M20x1,0 9,0 4º 65 48,0 166
686 720 00 686 997 20 KAEK 20-11,0 M10 32 37 5 32 M20x1,0 11,0 4º 65 37,9 153
686 725 00 686 997 25 KAEK 30-11,0 M10 41 48 7 45 M30x1,5 11,0 4º 120 92,9 421
686 730 00 686 997 30 KAEK 30-13,5 M12 41 48 7 45 M30x1,5 13,5 4º 120 80,4 389
686 735 00 686 997 35 KAEK 30-17,5 M16 41 48 7 45 M30x1,5 17,5 4º 120 45,5 356
686 740 00 686 997 40 KAEK 40-17,5 M16 53 62 9 58 M40x1,5 17,5 4º 210 136,0 847
686 745 00 686 997 45 KAEK 40-22,0 M20 53 62 9 58 M40x1,5 22,0 4º 210 90,0 782
686 750 00 686 997 50 KAEK 40-26,0 M24 53 62 9 58 M40x1,5 26,0 4º 210 37,0 720
686 755 00 686 997 55 KAEK 50-22,0 M20 61 71 10 70 M50x1,5 22,0 4º 330 210,0 1312
686 760 00 686 997 60 KAEK 50-26,0 M24 61 71 10 70 M50x1,5 26,0 4º 330 157,0 1238
686 765 00 686 997 65 KAEK 50-33,0 M30 61 71 10 70 M50x1,5 33,0 4º 330 53,0 1082
686 770 00 686 997 70 KAEK 60-26,0 M24 67 79 12 80 M60x2,0 26,0 4º 495 322,0 1538
686 775 00 686 997 75 KAEK 60-33,0 M30 67 79 12 80 M60x2,0 33,0 4º 495 218,0 1367
686 780 00 686 997 80 KAEK 60-39,0 M36 67 79 12 80 M60x2,0 39,0 4º 495 101,0 1194
686 785 00 686 997 85 KAEK 80-39,0 M36 87 101 14 105 M80x2,0 39,0 4º 860 466,0 4387
Other sizes on request. * Values apply to standard version. Values for stainless version, see page 589.
Ftot. = max. load. (incl. preload from any mounting screw).
Fadd = Load after subtracting the preload of any mounting screw.
® 591
Precision Levelling Adjusters
Precision Levellers HVS
Material:
Standard Version: 42CrMo4V, Nr. 1.7225,
Surface zinc plated and chromated
Stainless Steel: X10CrNiS18.9, Nr. 1.4305. A
• For parallel surfaces.
• Larger overall height with more adjustment travel.
• Without lock nut.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 686 105 00, HVS 15-6.6 Standard
Product No. Product No. Type Matching h h1 h D d g dD F tot.* F add.* Weight
standard stainless Screw mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN g
686 105 00 686 991 05 HVS 15- 6,6 M6 28 43 15 25 M15x1,0 6,6 40 30,7 68,1
686 110 00 686 991 10 HVS 20- 6,6 M6 35 55 20 32 M20x1,0 6,6 65 55,7 160,9
686 115 00 686 991 15 HVS 20- 9,0 M8 35 55 20 32 M20x1,0 9,0 65 48,0 151,6
686 120 00 686 991 20 HVS 20-11,0 M10 35 55 20 32 M20x1,0 11,0 65 37,9 143,5
686 125 00 686 991 25 HVS 30-11,0 M10 42 67 25 45 M30x1,5 11,0 120 92,9 372,0
686 130 00 686 991 30 HVS 30-13,5 M12 42 67 25 45 M30x1,5 13,5 120 80,4 349,3
686 135 00 686 991 35 HVS 30-17,5 M16 42 67 25 45 M30x1,5 17,5 120 45,5 318,4
686 140 00 686 991 40 HVS 40-17,5 M16 54 86 32 58 M40x1,5 17,5 210 136,0 782,0
686 145 00 686 991 45 HVS 40-22,0 M20 54 86 32 58 M40x1,5 22,0 210 90,0 730,0
686 150 00 686 991 50 HVS 40-26,0 M24 54 86 32 58 M40x1,5 26,0 210 37,0 666,4
686 155 00 686 991 55 HVS 50-22,0 M20 66 106 40 70 M50x1,5 22,0 330 210,0 1440,0
686 160 00 686 991 60 HVS 50-26,0 M24 66 106 40 70 M50x1,5 26,0 330 157,0 1360,0
686 165 00 686 991 65 HVS 50-33,0 M30 66 106 40 70 M50x1,5 33,0 330 53,0 1200,0
686 170 00 686 991 70 HVS 60-26,0 M24 76 126 50 80 M60x2,0 26,0 495 322,0 2167,0
686 175 00 686 991 75 HVS 60-33,0 M30 76 126 50 80 M60x2,0 33,0 495 218,0 1862,0
686 180 00 686 991 80 HVS 60-39,0 M36 76 126 50 80 M60x2,0 39,0 495 101,0 1671,0
686 185 00 686 991 85 HVS 80-39,0 M36 95 150 55 105 M80x2,0 39,0 920 526,0 4540,0
Other sizes available on request.
Precision Levellers with Lock Nut HVSK
Material:
Standard Version: 42CrMo4V, Nr. 1.7225,
Surface zinc plated and chromated
Stainless Steel: X10CrNiS18.9, Nr. 1.4305. A
• For parallel surfaces.
• Larger overall height with more adjustment travel.
• With lock nut.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 686 205 00, HVSK 15-6.6 standard
Product No. Product No. Type Matching h h1 h D d g dD F tot.* F add.* Weight
standard stainless Screw mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN g
686 205 00 686 992 05 HVSK 15- 6,6 M6 33 43 10 25 M15x1,0 6,6 40 30,7 78,0
686 210 00 686 992 10 HVSK 20- 6,6 M6 41 55 14 32 M20x1,0 6,6 65 55,7 179,2
686 215 00 686 992 15 HVSK 20- 9,0 M8 41 55 14 32 M20x1,0 9,0 65 48,0 172,3
686 220 00 686 992 20 HVSK 20-11,0 M10 41 55 14 32 M20x1,0 11,0 65 37,9 165,5
686 225 00 686 992 25 HVSK 30-11,0 M10 49 67 18 45 M30x1,5 11,0 120 92,9 409,1
686 230 00 686 992 30 HVSK 30-13,5 M12 49 67 18 45 M30x1,5 13,5 120 80,4 393,2
686 235 00 686 992 35 HVSK 30-17,5 M16 49 67 18 45 M30x1,5 17,5 120 45,5 365,0
686 240 00 686 992 40 HVSK 40-17,5 M16 63 86 23 58 M40x1,5 17,5 210 136,0 881,9
686 245 00 686 992 45 HVSK 40-22,0 M20 63 86 23 58 M40x1,5 22,0 210 90,0 822,9
686 250 00 686 992 50 HVSK 40-26,0 M24 63 86 23 58 M40x1,5 26,0 210 37,0 761,7
686 255 00 686 992 55 HVSK 50-22,0 M20 77 106 29 70 M50x1,5 22,0 330 210,0 1595,0
686 260 00 686 992 60 HVSK 50-26,0 M24 77 106 29 70 M50x1,5 26,0 330 157,0 1516,0
686 265 00 686 992 65 HVSK 50-33,0 M30 77 106 29 70 M50x1,5 33,0 330 53,0 1344,0
686 270 00 686 992 70 HVSK 60-26,0 M24 87 126 39 80 M60x2,0 26,0 495 322,0 2340,0
686 275 00 686 992 75 HVSK 60-33,0 M30 87 126 39 80 M60x2,0 33,0 495 218,0 2140,0
686 280 00 686 992 80 HVSK 60-39,0 M36 87 126 39 80 M60x2,0 39,0 495 101,0 1840,0
686 285 00 686 992 85 HVSK 80-39,0 M36 110 150 40 105 M80x2,0 39,0 920 526,0 4950,0
Other sizes on request. * Values apply to standard version. Values for stainless version, see page 589.
Ftot. = max. load. (incl. preload from any mounting screw).
Fadd = Load after subtracting the preload of any mounting screw.
592 ®
Precision Levelling Adjusters
Ball Head Precision Adjusters KVS
Material:
Standard version: 42CrMo4V, No. 1.7225,
Surface zinc plated and chromated.
Stainless version: X10CrNiS18.9, No. 1.4305. A
• For non-parallel surfaces up to 4º slope.
• Larger overall height with more adjustment travel.
• Without lock nut.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 686 805 00, KVS 15-6.6 standard
Product No. Product No. Type matching h h1 h D d g dD F tot.* F add.* Weight
standard stainless screw mm mm mm mm mm mm approx. kN kN g
686 805 00 686 998 05 KVS 15- 6,6 M6 35 50 15 25 M15x1,0 6,6 4º 40 30,7 100
686 810 00 686 998 10 KVS 20- 6,6 M6 43 63 20 32 M20x1,0 6,6 4º 65 55,7 205
686 815 00 686 998 15 KVS 20- 9,0 M8 43 63 20 32 M20x1,0 9,0 4º 65 48,0 195
686 820 00 686 998 20 KVS 20-11,0 M10 43 63 20 32 M20x1,0 11,0 4º 65 37,9 187
686 825 00 686 998 25 KVS 30-11,0 M10 54 79 25 45 M30x1,5 11,0 4º 120 92,9 492
686 830 00 686 998 30 KVS 30-13,5 M12 54 79 25 45 M30x1,5 13,5 4º 120 80,4 468
686 835 00 686 998 35 KVS 30-17,5 M16 54 79 25 45 M30x1,5 17,5 4º 120 45,5 437
686 840 00 686 998 40 KVS 40-17,5 M16 70 102 32 58 M40x1,5 17,5 4º 210 136,0 1042
686 845 00 686 998 45 KVS 40-22,0 M20 70 102 32 58 M40x1,5 22,0 4º 210 90,0 989
686 850 00 686 998 50 KVS 40-26,0 M24 70 102 32 58 M40x1,5 26,0 4º 210 37,0 925
686 855 00 686 998 55 KVS 50-22,0 M20 83 123 40 70 M50x1,5 22,0 4º 330 210,0 1897
686 860 00 686 998 60 KVS 50-26,0 M24 83 123 40 70 M50x1,5 26,0 4º 330 157,0 1816
686 865 00 686 998 65 KVS 50-33,0 M30 83 123 40 70 M50x1,5 33,0 4º 330 53,0 1652
686 870 00 686 998 70 KVS 60-26,0 M24 94 144 50 80 M60x2,0 26,0 4º 495 322,0 2771
686 875 00 686 998 75 KVS 60-33,0 M30 94 144 50 80 M60x2,0 33,0 4º 495 218,0 2460
686 880 00 686 998 80 KVS 60-39,0 M36 94 144 50 80 M60x2,0 39,0 4º 495 101,0 2265
686 885 00 686 998 85 KVS 80-39,0 M36 119 174 55 105 M80x2,0 39,0 4º 920 526,0 5549
Other sizes on request.
Ball Head Precision Adjuster KVSK
Material:
Standard version: 42CrMo4V, No. 1.7225,
Surface zinc plated and chromated.
Stainless version: X10CrNiS18.9, No. 1.4305. A
• For non-parallel surfaces up to 4º slope.
• Larger overall height with more adjustment travel.
• With lock nut.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 686 905 00, KVSK 15-6.6 standard
Product No. Product No. Type matching h h1 h D d g dD F tot.* F add.* Weight
standard stainless screw mm mm mm mm mm mm approx. kN kN g
686 905 00 686 999 05 KVSK 15- 6,6 M6 40 50 10 25 M15x1,0 6,6 4º 40 30,7 110
686 910 00 686 999 10 KVSK 20- 6,6 M6 49 63 14 32 M20x1,0 6,6 4º 65 55,7 225
686 915 00 686 999 15 KVSK 20- 9,0 M8 49 63 14 32 M20x1,0 9,0 4º 65 48,0 216
686 920 00 686 999 20 KVSK 20-11,0 M10 49 63 14 32 M20x1,0 11,0 4º 65 37,9 208
686 925 00 686 999 25 KVSK 30-11,0 M10 61 79 18 45 M30x1,5 11,0 4º 120 92,9 537
686 930 00 686 999 30 KVSK 30-13,5 M12 61 79 18 45 M30x1,5 13,5 4º 120 80,4 513
686 935 00 686 999 35 KVSK 30-17,5 M16 61 79 18 45 M30x1,5 17,5 4º 120 45,5 482
686 940 00 686 999 40 KVSK 40-17,5 M16 79 102 23 58 M40x1,5 17,5 4º 210 136,0 1139
686 945 00 686 999 45 KVSK 40-22,0 M20 79 102 23 58 M40x1,5 22,0 4º 210 90,0 1086
686 950 00 686 999 50 KVSK 40-26,0 M24 79 102 23 58 M40x1,5 26,0 4º 210 37,0 1021
686 955 00 686 999 55 KVSK 50-22,0 M20 94 123 29 70 M50x1,5 22,0 4º 330 210,0 2050
686 960 00 686 999 60 KVSK 50-26,0 M24 94 123 29 70 M50x1,5 26,0 4º 330 157,0 1969
686 965 00 686 999 65 KVSK 50-33,0 M30 94 123 29 70 M50x1,5 33,0 4º 330 53,0 1805
686 970 00 686 999 70 KVSK 60-26,0 M24 105 144 39 80 M60x2,0 26,0 4º 495 322,0 2945
686 975 00 686 999 75 KVSK 60-33,0 M30 105 144 39 80 M60x2,0 33,0 4º 495 218,0 2634
686 980 00 686 999 80 KVSK 60-39,0 M36 105 144 39 80 M60x2,0 39,0 4º 495 101,0 2439
686 985 00 686 999 85 KVSK 80-39,0 M36 134 174 40 105 M80x2,0 39,0 4º 920 526,0 6008
Other sizes on request. * Values apply to standard version. Values for stainless version, see page 589
Ftot. = max. load. (incl. preload from any mounting screw).
Fadd = Load after subtracting the preload of any mounting screw.
® 593
Precision Levelling Adjusters
Ball Shims KAS
Material:
Standard Version: 42CrMo4V, Nr. 1.7225,
Surface zinc plated and chromated.
Stainless Steel: X10CrNiS18.9, Nr. 1.4305. A
For an angle of inclination (alpha) of up to 4º. If the angle of
inclination (alpha) exceeds > 1º out of parallel, the use of an
additional KAS is recommended to assure a stable support of
the bolt head. See also page 588.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 686 505 00, KAS 15 standard
Product No. Product No. Type suitable h D d D Weight
standard stainless for mm mm mm mm g
686 505 00 686 995 05 KAS 15 M6 8,0 25 15 8,5 22
686 510 00 686 995 10 KAS 20 M10 10,0 32 20 13,0 44
686 515 00 686 995 15 KAS 30 M16 12,5 45 30 20,0 104
686 520 00 686 995 20 KAS 40 M24 16,0 58 38 29,0 215
686 525 00 686 995 25 KAS 50 M30 20,0 70 48 36,0 366
686 530 00 686 995 30 KAS 60 M36 20,0 80 61 44,0 439
686 535 00 686 995 35 KAS 80 M48 25,0 105 78 58,0 944
Spacers DS
Material:
Standard Version: 42CrMo4V, Nr. 1.7225,
Surface zinc plated and chromated.
Stainless Steel Version: X10CrNiS18.9, Nr. 1.4305. A
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 686 555 00, DS 15 Standard
Product No. Product No. Type for Type NAE, KAE, Dm dD s Weight
standard stainless HVS, HVSK mm mm mm g
686 555 00 686 995 55 DS 15 ...15-... 25 6,6 4 14
686 560 00 686 995 60 DS 20 ...20-... 32 11,0 5 27
686 565 00 686 995 65 DS 30 ...30-... 45 17,5 6 62
686 570 00 686 995 70 DS 40 ...40-... 58 26,0 8 128
686 575 00 686 995 75 DS 50 ...50-... 70 33,0 10 222
686 580 00 686 995 80 DS 60 ...60-... 80 39,0 12 342
686 585 00 686 995 85 DS 80 ...80-... 105 52,0 16 775
Hook Wrenches DIN 1810 A
Material:
Special steel, hardened and burnished.
Important: two spanner wrenches are required for mounting the
precision levelling adjusters.
Ordering Details: e.g.: 2 Pieces, Product No. 653 400 25, Hock Wrenches 25-28mm
Product No. D m Range for Type Length Weight
mm (Size) mm g
653 400 25 25 - 28 ...15-... 136 45
653 400 30 30 - 32 ...20-... 136 50
653 400 45 45 - 50 ...30-... 206 155
653 400 58 58 - 62 ...40-... 240 260
653 400 68 68 - 75 ...50-... 240 255
653 400 80 80 - 90 ...60-... 280 410
653 401 10 110 - 115 (105) ...80-... 335 745 More sizes page 517
594 ®
Grub Screws according to DIN 6332 with Thrust Point
Material: Steel quality 5.8, turned, thrust point hardened, burnished.
Type S: With slot. S
Type SK: With internal hexagon.
Assembly: Turn thrust screw into thrust pad. The thrust pad has
to be held thus that the spring retainer lies in the recess with its
open side at the bottom. Now tilt the grub screw as far as possible
towards the open side of the ring and press it in. To be combined
with the thrust pads DIN 6311 below on this page. SK
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 006 00, Grub Screw DIN 6332, Type S, M6
Product No. Product No. d1 l1 d2h11 d3 Z2 Z3 Weight
Type S Type SK mm mm mm mm mm mm g
654 006 00 654 006 01 M6 30 4,5 4 6 2,5 4,9
654 007 00 654 007 01 M6 50 4,5 4 6 2,5 8,4
654 009 00 654 009 01 M8 40 6 5,4 7,5 3 11,8
654 011 00 654 011 01 M8 60 6 5,4 7,5 3 18,1
654 013 00 654 013 01 M10 60 8 7,2 9 4,5 27,5
654 015 00 654 015 01 M10 80 8 7,2 9 4,5 37,5
654 017 00 654 017 01 M12 60 8 7,2 10 4,5 40
654 019 00 654 019 01 M12 80 8 7,2 10 4,5 55
654 020 00 654 020 01 M12 100 8 7,2 10 4,5 69
654 024 00 654 024 01 M16 80 12 11 12 5 100
654 025 00 654 025 01 M16 100 12 11 12 5 126
654 026 00 654 026 01 M16 125 12 11 12 5 160
654 030 00 654 030 01 M20 100 15,5 14,4 14 5,5 190
654 031 00 654 031 01 M20 125 15,5 14,4 14 5,5 240
654 032 00 654 032 01 M20 150 15,5 14,4 14 5,5 290
Thrust Pads with Spring Retainer according to DIN 6311 and Factory Standard
Material: Steel turned, case hardened, burnished.
Spring retainer included.
Up to size d 1 = 40 mm for grub screws according to DIN 6332.
from size d 1 = 48 mm for grub screws according to factory stan-
dard, manufactured according to measuring table below.
Thrust face
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 654 106 00, Thrust Pad DIN 6311, d1 = 12 mm
Product No. d1 d2 h12 d4 h1 h2 t1 f. Grub Screw/ Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm Thrust Point g
654 106 00 12 4,6 10 7 2,5 4 DIN 6332/M6 4,4
654 108 00 16 6,1 12 9 4 5 DIN 6332/M8 9
654 110 00 20 8,1 15 11 5 6 DIN 6332/M10 17
654 112 00 25 8,1 18 13 6 7 DIN 6332/M12 33
654 116 00 32 12,1 22 15 7 7,5 DIN 6332/M16 57
654 120 00 40 15,6 28 16 9 8 DIN 6332/M20 103
654 124 00 48 17,7 32 24 12 12 Tr./M24 215
654 130 00 60 22 40 32 17 14 Tr./M28/30/32 465
654 140 00 80 30,3 60 45 25 17 Tr./M40 1287
Dimension Table for Thrust Points
For Thrust d d1 d2 z1 z2 r
Pads d1 mm mm mm mm mm mm
48 Tr. 24 17,5 16,5 16,5 6,5 11
60 Tr. 28/30/32 21,8 20 20 8 13
80 Tr. 40 30 28,5 25 10 22
® 595
Levelling Pads 2259
Material Type A: Ball bearing: free cutting steel,
induction hardened, burnished,
Pad: steel, heat-treated, burnished.
Material Type D: Ball bearing: stainless steel 1.4305.
Pad: Plastic POM, white,
Temperature range: -30ºC to +80ºC.
A
Material Type N: Completely from stainless steel 1.4305.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 655 206 00, Levelling Pad 2259, Type A, M6
Static Load Capacity* Weight Weight Weight
Product No. Product No. Product No. d1 d2 h1 h2 t SW Typ A Typ D** Typ N Typ A Typ D Typ N
Typ A Typ D Typ N mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN g g g
655 206 00 655 226 00 655 992 06 M6 20 14 2,5 5 10 10 4 8 17,2 8,2 17,2
655 208 00 655 228 00 655 992 08 M8 25 18 4 7 13 18 7 14 36,7 17,2 36,7
655 210 00 655 230 00 655 992 10 M10 32 22 5 9 17 20 10 16 77,3 35,8 77,3
655 212 00 655 232 00 655 992 12 M12 40 26 6 11 19 35 18 28 125 54 125
655 216 00 655 236 00 655 992 16 M16 50 32 7 13,5 24 45 20 36 249 103 249
655 220 00 655 240 00 655 992 20 M20 60 42 8 17 30 55 22 44 478 205 478
655 224 00 655 244 00 655 992 24 M24 60 45 9,5 19 36 65 25 52 665 285 665
* Only suitable for compressive load.
** Figures apply to room temperature only, at higher temperatures the load bearing capacity is reduced.
Levelling Pads 2259, with external Thread
Material Type AG: Ball with threated bolt: free cutting steel,
induction hardened, burnished.
Pad: steel, heat-treated, burnished.
Material Type NG: Stainless steel 1.4305. A
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 655 206 01, Levelling Pad 2259, Type AG, M6 x 60
Static Load Capacity* Weight
Product No. Product No. d1 l1 d2 l2 h1 h2 SW Typ AG Typ NG AG, NG
Typ AG Typ NG mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN g
655 206 01 655 206 91 M6 60 20 57 14 2,5 10 10 8 29
655 208 01 655 208 91 M8 80 25 76 18 4 13 18 14 66
655 210 01 655 210 91 M10 100 32 95,5 22 5 17 20 16 133
655 210 02 655 210 92 M10 150 32 145,5 22 5 17 20 16 159
655 212 01 655 212 91 M12 100 40 94,5 26 6 19 35 28 211
655 212 02 655 212 92 M12 150 40 144,5 26 6 19 35 28 247
655 216 01 655 216 91 M16 100 50 94 32 7 24 45 36 407
655 216 02 655 216 92 M16 200 50 194 32 7 24 45 36 540
655 220 01 655 220 91 M20 100 60 92,5 42 8 30 55 44 722
655 220 02 655 220 92 M20 200 60 192,5 42 8 30 55 44 924
655 224 01 655 224 91 M24 100 60 91 45 9,5 36 65 52 935
655 224 02 655 224 92 M24 200 60 191 45 9,5 36 65 52 1231
* Only suitable for compressive load.
596 ®
Articulated Levelling Feets 344 and 344.5 Plastic with Steel or Stainless Steel Bolt
Material Version 344: base: plastic (polyamide), glass-fibre
reinforced, matt finish black.
Bolt: steel, strength class 5.8., zinc plated, chromated.
Rubber pad: NBR (perbunan) 70º Shore hardness, black.
Type A: without nut, without rubber pad, bolt steel.
Type AG: without nut, with rubber pad, bolt steel.
Material Version 344.5: Base: Plastic (polyamide), glass-fibre rein-
forced, matt finish black. Bolt M10, M12, M16 (SW16): 1.4305.
Bolt M20, M24: 1.4301. A
Rubber pad: NBR (perbunan) 70º Shore hardness, black.
Type N: without nut, without rubber pad, bolt stainless steel.
Type NG: without nut, with rubber pad, bolt stainless steel.
AG / NG with Rubber Pad
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 655 301 00 Foot 344, A, Ø 60 x 43 mm
Version 344, steel Version 344.5, stainless
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. d1 d2 l1 l2 l3 sw Ball Ø Static Weight
Type
A Type AG Type N Type NG mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Load N * kg
655 301 00 655 331 00 655 993 01 655 993 31 60 M10 43 32 23 14 14 14000 0,05
655 302 00 655 332 00 655 993 02 655 993 32 60 M10 68 32 23 14 14 14000 0,08
655 303 00 655 333 00 655 993 03 655 993 33 60 M10 98 32 23 14 14 14000 0,16
655 304 00 655 334 00 655 993 04 655 993 34 60 M12 43 32 23 14 14 14000 0,07
655 305 00 655 335 00 655 993 05 655 993 35 60 M12 68 32 23 14 14 14000 0,10
655 306 00 655 336 00 655 993 06 655 993 36 60 M12 98 32 23 14 14 14000 0,19
655 311 00 655 341 00 655 993 11 655 993 41 60 M16 68 32 23 16 14 14000 0,14
655 312 00 655 342 00 655 993 12 655 993 42 60 M16 108 32 23 16 14 14000 0,12
655 313 00 655 343 00 655 993 13 655 993 43 60 M16 148 32 23 16 14 14000 0,27
655 314 00 655 344 00 655 993 14 655 993 44 80 M16 68 32 23 16 14 16000 0,16
655 315 00 655 345 00 655 993 15 655 993 45 80 M16 108 32 23 16 14 16000 0,21
655 316 00 655 346 00 655 993 16 655 993 46 80 M16 148 32 23 16 14 16000 0,26
655 321 00 655 351 00 655 993 21 655 993 51 80 M20 98 42 23 24 24 18000 0,36
655 322 00 655 352 00 655 993 22 655 993 52 80 M20 138 42 23 24 24 18000 0,43
655 323 00 655 353 00 655 993 23 655 993 53 80 M20 158 42 23 24 24 18000 0,47
655 324 00 655 354 00 655 993 24 655 993 54 100 M20 98 42 23 24 24 25000 0,44
655 325 00 655 355 00 655 993 25 655 993 55 100 M20 138 42 23 24 24 25000 0,48
655 326 00 655 356 00 655 993 26 655 993 56 100 M20 158 42 23 24 24 25000 0,50
655 327 00 655 357 00 655 993 27 655 993 57 100 M24 98 42 23 24 24 25000 0,61
655 328 00 655 358 00 655 993 28 655 993 58 100 M24 158 42 23 24 24 25000 0,77
655 329 00 655 359 00 655 993 29 655 993 59 100 M24 198 42 23 24 24 25000 0,88
* Static Load General
The load figures specified in the table above are guide line Articulated Feet 344 and 344.5 are slightly stepped, this makes
values. If these are exceeded, serious permanent deformation or them look good and easy to clean.
breakage of the plastic base can occur. Due to the use of a high grade plastic material and their shape
These values were established through a series of tests, where (ribbed base), that serves to spread the weight over a larger
with a certain number of levelling feet, a vertical force was area, the feet have a high load bearing capacity.
applied on the disk for a certain time. The rubber pad is fixed to the base with four pins/bores. The
Dependend on the application and the load, a safety factor has rubber pad levels out slightly uneven ground and makes the foot
to be taken into account, so that the permissable load may be non-slip.
below the guide line values stated in the table.
We cannot accept any liability for possible damages which
could be caused by the incorrect use of the articulated feet.
® 597
Levelling Feets 340 of Steel and 340.5 of Stainless Steel
Material Version 340: Steel, zinc plated, chromated.
Rubber pad: NBR (perbunan) 80 - 85º Shore hardness, black.
Type AG: Steel, with rubber pad.
Material Version 340.5: Stainless steel 1.4301. A
Rubber pad: NBR (perbunan) 70º Shore hardness, black.
Type NG: Stainless Steel, with rubber pad.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 655 741 00 Levelling Foot 340, Type AG, 50 x M16 x 75
Product No. Product No. approx. Static Load*
Version 340 Version 340.5 d1 d2 l1 l2 l3 l4 l5 l6 sw 1 sw 2 Vers. 340 Vers. 340.5 Weight
Zinc plated Stainless Steel mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN g
655 741 00 655 997 41 50 M16 75 29 25,5 14,5 11 3,5 8 12 16 28 193
655 742 00 655 997 42 50 M16 100 29 25,5 14,5 11 3,5 8 12 16 28 270
655 743 00 655 997 43 50 M16 125 29 25,5 14,5 11 3,5 8 12 16 28 290
655 744 00 655 997 44 50 M16 150 29 25,5 14,5 11 3,5 8 12 16 28 310
655 751 00 655 997 51 60 M16 75 30 26 16 12 4 8 12 16 28 280
655 752 00 655 997 52 60 M16 100 30 26 16 12 4 8 12 16 28 300
655 753 00 655 997 53 60 M16 125 30 26 16 12 4 8 12 16 28 320
655 754 00 655 997 54 60 M16 150 30 26 16 12 4 8 12 16 28 340
655 761 00 655 997 61 80 M16 75 32 27 18 13 5 8 12 12 19 400
655 762 00 655 997 62 80 M16 100 32 27 18 13 5 8 12 12 19 450
655 763 00 655 997 63 80 M16 125 32 27 18 13 5 8 12 12 19 470
655 764 00 655 997 64 80 M16 150 32 27 18 13 5 8 12 12 19 500
655 765 00 655 997 65 80 M20 75 33 28 18 13 5 10 15 12 19 490
655 766 00 655 997 66 80 M20 100 33 28 18 13 5 10 15 12 19 525
655 767 00 655 997 67 80 M20 125 33 28 18 13 5 10 15 12 19 570
655 768 00 655 997 68 80 M20 150 33 28 18 13 5 10 15 12 19 630
655 771 00 655 997 71 100 M20 75 35 29 20 14 6 10 15 11 17 610
655 772 00 655 997 72 100 M20 100 35 29 20 14 6 10 15 11 17 660
655 773 00 655 997 73 100 M20 125 35 29 20 14 6 10 15 11 17 680
655 774 00 655 997 74 100 M20 150 35 29 20 14 6 10 15 11 17 780
655 775 00 655 997 75 100 M24 100 38 32 20 14 6 12 19 11 17 840
655 776 00 655 997 76 100 M24 125 38 32 20 14 6 12 19 11 17 890
655 777 00 655 997 77 100 M24 150 38 32 20 14 6 12 19 11 17 940
* Static Load General
The static load is limited by any deformation of the steel base A feature of the leveling feet is the firmly bonded rubber pad
(3 mm thick). in the steel foot also fixed by a screw.
The load figures specified in the table above are based on a The bolt can be adjusted either at the hexagon at the upper
series of tests in which a vertical load was applied on the base. end or at the spanner flats at the bottom end.
At the values stated in the table, a slight deformation of the
base might occur.
598 ®
Machine Mounts KA with Chromated Steel Plate and Vacuum Profile
Material:
Elastomer: NBR (perbunan) 70º Shore, oil resistant.
Case: Steel, chromated.
Machine mount with vacuum profile, height adjustable without
need for bolting down.
For a first, rough calculation:
Overall weight to be supported
= Load per machine mount
Number of mounting points
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 685 912 00, Machine Mount KA 010
Product No. Size DA Ø DU Ø Height H Height Adjustment h Thread d Thread Length Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
685 912 00 KA 010 73 53 30 10 M10 60 0,27
685 913 00 KA 090 90 73 35 10 M12 100 0,60
685 915 00 KA 015 120 95 35 12 M12 100 0,94
685 918 00 KA 020 150 120 40 12 M16 100 2,24
685 921 00 KA 030 200 170 45 15 M20 x 1,5 120 4,90
Load Bearing Cap.per Element (in Newton) KA 010 KA 090 KA 015 KA 020
General Machines 1500 4200 6500 14000 34000
Milling Machines and Lathes 2100 3500 12000 28000
Presses, Stroke/min. up to 100 4200 8000 25000
150 2400 4000 13500
170 1750 2500 9000
200 1400 2000 4500
Permiss. Stat. Max. Load 6300 11000 18000 40000
Machine Mounts (Failsafe)
Material:
Elastomer: Natural rubber 60º +/-5º Shore.
Metal parts: Steel, quality 5.6.
Failsafe machine mounts can be universally used as elastic
mounts for all kind of machines. Especially if tensile forces can be
expected, these failsafe mounts are the perfect choice of damping
element.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 685 950 00, Machine Mount, 77 x 128
Product No. A B P F (xM) CF G L s Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
685 950 00 77 30 M10 9 110 59 128 2 0,30
685 955 00 92 45 M12 10,5 110 73,5 138 3 0,69
685 960 00 106 38 M12 14 x 18 138/146 81 172 3 0,75
685 965 00 108 50 M16 16,5 160 83 190 5 1,12
685 970 00 121 42 M16 13,5 158 92 188 3 0,97
Product No. Permissable Permanent Static Load* Compression Spring Load
N mm N/mm
685 950 00 2700 2,8 964
685 955 00 6000 3,3 1818
685 960 00 5500 2,8 1964
685 965 00 8100 2,9 2793
685 970 00 6800 3,5 1942
The stated values are guideline values for the static load at durometer of 60º Shore A
(medium).
* Tensile / compressive load. No damping for tensile load.
® 599
Rubber-Metal Bump Stops MGS with Threaded Stud
Material: Elastomer: Natural rubber, hardness 55º Shore.
Metal parts: Steel, zinc plated or
stainless steel 1.4301. A
Metal on one side only.
For elastically mounting of power units or bump stops. Also to
be used as machine feet for machines that cannot be fixed to
the floor or are standing on floors with an easily damaged sur-
face, e.g. office machines.
Temperature resistant up to 80ºC.
Other sizes, Shore hardnesses or elastomer types on request.
Ordering Details: z.B.: Product No.. 685 781 00, Bump Stop MGS, 10 mm
Pressure Load
Spring Load CD Permiss. Load
Product No. Product No. ØD H G l medium Fperm.* Weight
Zinc plated Stainless mm mm mm mm N/mm N g
685 781 00 689 781 00 10 10 M4 10 38 43 2,6
685 783 00 689 783 00 10 15 M4 10 13 43 2,9
685 786 00 689 786 00 15 7 M4 10 136 95 3,5
685 787 00 689 787 00 15 8 M4 10 122 95 3,6
685 788 00 689 788 00 15 10 M4 10 106 95 3,8
685 790 00 689 790 00 15 15 M4 10 74 95 7,3
685 791 00 689 791 00 20 5 M6 18 340 170 8,0
685 801 00 689 801 00 20 8 M6 18 330 170 7,9
685 801 11 689 801 11 20 11 M6 18 150 170 9,0
685 802 00 689 802 00 20 15 M6 18 138 170 10,3
685 802 20 689 802 20 20 20 M6 18 100 170 11
685 802 25 689 802 25 20 25 M6 18 80 170 14
685 803 08 689 803 08 25 8 M6 18 300 280 14
685 803 10 689 803 10 25 10 M6 18 270 280 14
685 803 00 689 803 00 25 15 M6 18 254 280 17
685 803 20 689 803 20 25 20 M6 18 128 280 20
685 803 25 689 803 25 25 25 M6 18 100 280 24
685 803 30 689 803 30 25 30 M6 18 80 280 30
685 804 15 689 804 15 30 15 M8 23 290 400 29
685 804 00 689 804 00 30 20 M8 20 200 400 27
685 804 25 689 804 25 30 25 M8 20 180 400 35
685 804 30 689 804 30 30 30 M8 20 120 400 35
685 804 40 689 804 40 30 40 M8 20 90 400 48
685 805 20 689 805 20 40 20 M8 23 340 650 52
685 805 00 689 805 00 40 30 M8 23 234 650 75
685 805 30 689 805 30 40 30 M10 28 240 650 74
685 805 40 689 805 40 40 40 M8 23 200 650 80
685 806 00 689 806 00 50 20 M10 28 680 1000 85
685 806 30 689 806 30 50 30 M10 28 425 1000 100
685 806 40 689 806 40 50 40 M10 28 390 1000 132
685 806 45 689 806 45 50 45 M10 28 350 1000 140
685 806 50 689 806 50 50 50 M10 28 310 1000 152
685 806 60 689 806 60 60 40 M10 28 470 1500 179
685 806 65 689 806 65 60 40 M12 33 460 1500 190
685 806 70 689 806 70 70 25 M10 28 650 1800 198
685 806 75 689 806 75 70 45 M10 28 800 1800 292
685 807 00 689 807 00 75 25 M12 37 2000 2300 241
685 807 40 689 807 40 75 40 M12 37 810 2300 320
685 807 50 689 807 50 75 50 M12 37 620 2300 357
685 807 55 689 807 55 75 55 M12 37 760 2300 384
685 808 00 689 808 00 100 40 M16 41 1578 4200 641
685 808 50 689 808 50 100 50 M16 41 900 4200 669
685 808 55 689 808 55 100 55 M16 41 860 4200 760
685 808 60 689 808 60 100 60 M16 41 800 4200 730
685 808 75 689 808 75 100 75 M16 41 540 4200 874
Note for Spring Load and Mounting
For a linear resilience characteristic the Spring Load C means, * Fperm. is the permissible static permanent load, which may be overlaid
for any operating point, the constant relation of load F [N] to by a dynamic, alternating load. With shearing load please take care that
jounce travel f [mm]. no tension load in the rubber occurs at all during mounting. To achieve
a sufficient fatigue strength provide some compressive prestressing.
F
C= [N/mm] In the technical data, these constants The stated permissible loads are only approximate, guideline values for
f are stated as CD for pure pressure load the static load for “medium” rubber hardness.
and as CS for pure shear load. With particularly high, dynamic, alternating loads or high frequencies,
the load figures have to be accordingly reduced.
600 ®
Rubber-Metal Bumpers MGK, Conical Design
Material: Metal parts: Steel, zinc plated.
Elastomer: Natural rubber hardness 55º Shore.
* Fperm. is the permissible static permanent load, which may be overlaid
by a dynamic, alternating load. With shearing load please take care
that no tension load in the rubber occurs at all during mounting. To
achieve a sufficient fatigue strength provide some compressive pre-
stressing.
The stated permissible loads are only approximate, guideline values for
the static load for “medium” rubber hardness.
With particularly high, dynamic, alternating loads or high frequencies,
the load figures have to be reduced accordingly.
Temperature resistant up to 80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 685 831 00, Rubber-Metal Bumpers MGK, 25 mm
Product No. DØ H GxL Spring Rate CD medium Load Fperm. * Weight
mm mm mm N/mm N g
685 831 00 25 17 M6 x 18 external thread 119 500 15
685 835 00 50 18 M10 x 28 external thread 670 2000 75
685 841 00 25 17 M6 x 6 internal thread 130 500 15
685 845 00 50 18 M10 x 10 internal thread 735 2000 75
* Fperm: Note page 600 bottom.
Rubber-Metal Buffers KP
Material: Metal parts: Steel, zinc plated.
Elastomer: Natural rubber hardness 55º Shore.
Simple, reasonably priced standard components used for elastic
mounting. When shearing load occurs their load-bearing capaci-
ty is considerably lower than with pressure load. This has to be
considered when horizontal mass forces or belt traction occur.
The grade of rubber used has perfect physical properties.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 685 031 00, Rubber-Metal Buffers KP 20x24
Spring Rate Perm. Pressure Weight
Product No. DØ H G I CD medium Load Fperm.*
mm mm mm mm N/mm N g
685 031 00 20 24 M6 18 15 60 11
685 035 00 30 36 M8 20 23 140 37
685 041 00 35 40 M8 20 27 150 45
685 045 00 50 58 M 10 28 33 320 127
685 051 00 50 67 M8 36 40 400 136
685 055 00 75 89 M12 37 55 900 341
685 061 00 115 136 M16 43 75 1800 1042
* Fperm: Note page 600 bottom.
Rubber-Metal Buffers KE
Material: Metal parts: Steel, zinc plated.
Elastomer: Natural rubber Hardness 55º Shore.
Simple, reasonably priced standard components for elastic moun-
ting. When shearing load occurs their load-bearing capacity is
considerably lower than with pressure load. This has to be con-
sidered when horizontal mass forces or belt traction occur. The
grade of rubber used has perfect physical properties.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 685 131 00, Rubber-Metal Buffers KE 50x35
Spring Rate Perm. Pressure Weight
Product No. DØ H G I CD medium Load Fperm.*
mm mm mm mm N/mm N g
685 131 00 50 35 M10 10 100 400 88
685 135 00 80 60 M12 12 170 1200 308
685 141 00 125 90 M16 16 260 3000 830
* Fperm: Note page 600 bottom.
® 601
Rubber-Metal Buffers MGP with Threaded Studs
Material: Elastomer: Natural rubber, hardness 55º Shore.
Metal parts: Steel, zinc plated or
stainless steel 1.4301. A
External threads on both sides.
Standard components for elastic mounting.
The grade of rubber used has perfect physical properties.
Temperature resistant up to 80ºC.
Other sizes, Shore hardnesses or elastomer types on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 685 280 00, Rubber-Metal Buffers MGP, 8 mm
Pressure Load Shearing Load
Spring Load CD Permiss. Load Spring Load CS Permiss. Load
Product No. Product No. ØD H G l medium Fperm.* medium Fperm.* Weight
Zinc plated Stainless mm mm mm mm N/mm N N/mm N g
685 280 00 689 280 00 8 8 M3 6 30 35 9 10 1,0
685 281 00 689 281 00 10 10 M4 10 44 43 9 15 3,2
685 283 00 689 283 00 10 15 M4 10 29 43 5 15 3,9
685 286 00 689 286 00 15 7 M4 10 174 95 29 35 5,8
685 287 00 689 287 00 15 8 M4 10 160 95 27 35 6,0
685 288 00 689 288 00 15 10 M4 10 124 95 24 35 6,4
685 289 00 689 289 00 15 20 M4 13 54 95 10 35 7,0
685 290 00 689 290 00 15 15 M4 10 61 95 13 35 7,8
685 301 00 689 301 00 20 8 M6 18 307 170 36 60 15
685 302 00 689 302 00 20 10 M6 18 150 170 40 60 15
685 304 00 689 304 00 20 15 M6 18 130 170 24 60 20
685 304 20 689 304 20 20 20 M6 18 100 170 20 60 19
685 304 25 689 304 25 20 25 M6 18 70 170 13 60 20
685 305 00 689 305 00 25 20 M6 18 85 170 17 60 30
685 307 00 689 307 00 25 10 M6 18 750 280 74 95 20
685 307 15 689 307 15 25 15 M6 18 140 280 25 95 28
685 307 25 689 307 25 25 25 M6 18 600 280 37 95 32
685 307 30 689 307 30 25 30 M6 18 71 280 17 95 40
685 308 00 689 308 00 30 15 M8 20 525 400 58 140 37
685 309 00 689 309 00 30 20 M8 20 204 400 40 140 56
685 309 25 689 309 25 30 25 M8 20 180 400 33 140 58
685 311 00 689 311 00 30 30 M8 20 108 400 25 140 65
685 311 10 689 311 10 30 40 M8 20 85 400 18 140 64
685 311 20 689 311 20 40 15 M8 20 380 650 90 250 79
685 311 23 689 311 23 40 25 M8 23 270 650 60 250 84
685 311 28 689 311 28 40 25 M10 28 270 650 60 250 90
685 312 00 689 312 00 40 30 M8 23 213 650 43 250 102
685 312 30 689 312 30 40 30 M10 28 213 650 40 250 105
685 313 00 689 313 00 40 40 M8 23 140 650 22 250 115
685 315 00 689 315 00 50 20 M10 28 857 1000 110 400 141
685 314 00 689 314 00 50 25 M10 28 583 1000 84 400 155
685 316 00 689 316 00 50 30 M10 28 375 1000 66 400 163
685 317 00 689 317 00 50 40 M10 28 260 1000 53 400 178
685 324 00 689 324 00 50 45 M10 33 215 1000 43 400 208
685 317 50 689 317 50 50 50 M10 28 200 1000 39 400 199
685 317 60 689 317 60 60 40 M10 28 390 1500 60 550 231
685 317 70 689 317 70 70 45 M10 28 450 1800 70 750 401
685 318 00 689 318 00 75 25 M12 37 2710 2300 211 850 369
685 318 40 689 318 40 75 40 M12 37 734 2300 117 850 420
685 319 00 689 319 00 75 50 M12 37 506 2300 91 850 483
685 320 00 689 320 00 75 55 M12 37 417 2300 78 850 514
685 322 00 689 322 00 100 30 M16 41 3800 4200 310 1600 831
685 321 00 689 321 00 100 40 M16 41 1970 4200 257 1600 956
685 321 50 689 321 50 100 50 M16 41 900 4200 160 1600 1033
685 321 55 689 321 55 100 55 M16 41 892 4200 145 1600 980
685 323 00 689 323 00 100 60 M16 41 809 4200 136 1600 1177
685 325 00 689 325 00 100 75 M16 41 750 4200 110 1600 1124
* Fperm.: Note page 600 bottom.
Loctite thread locking and bonding products
page 811.
602 ®
Rubber-Metal Buffers AT
Material: Metal parts: Steel, zinc plated.
Elastomer: Natural rubber hardness 55º Shore.
Simple, reasonably priced standard components for elastic moun-
ting. When shearing load occurs their load-bearing capacity is
considerably lower than with pressure load. This has to be con-
sidered when horizontal mass forces or belt traction occur. The
grade of rubber used has perfect physical properties.
Temperature resistant up to 80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 685 631 00, Rubber-Metal Buffers AT 20x15
Spring Rate Perm. Pressure Weight
Product No. DØ H G I CD medium Load Fperm.*
mm mm mm mm N/mm N g
685 631 00 20 15 M6 18 100 300 15
685 635 00 30 20 M8 20 150 700 46
685 641 00 40 48 M8 23 160 900 88
685 645 00 50 30 M 10 33 210 1100 140
685 651 00 75 40 M12 37 600 3000 369
685 655 00 100 55 M16 45 850 4100 975
* Fperm.: Note page 600 bottom.
Rubber-Metal Buffers CT
Material: Metal parts: Steel, zinc plated.
Elastomer: Natural rubber hardness 55º Shore.
Rubber-Metal buffers are simple, reasonably priced standard
components used for elastic mounting. When shearing load
occurs their load-bearing capacity is considerably lower than
with pressure load. This has to be considered when horizontal
mass forces or belt traction occur. The grade of rubber used has
perfect physical properties.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 685 721 00, Rubber-Metal Buffers CT 10x10
Pressure Load Shearing Load
Spring Rate Perm. Pressure Spring Rate Perm. Shearing Weight
Product No. DØ H G I CD medium Load Fperm* CS medium Load Fperm.*
mm mm mm mm N/mm N N/mm N g
685 721 00 10 10 M4 4 30 35 4 20 2
685 723 00 30 20 M8 8 130 650 25 85 25
685 725 00 40 48 M8 8 145 870 80 130 80
685 727 00 50 30 M10 10 200 1000 63 240 63
* Fperm.: Note page 600 bottom.
® 603
Rubber-Metal Buffers MGA with Internal Thread and Threaded Stud
Material: Elastomer: Natural rubber, hardness 55º Shore.
Metal parts: Steel, zinc plated or
stainless steel 1.4301. A
One side with internal thread, other side with external thread.
Standard components for elastic mounting.
The grade of rubber used has perfect physical properties.
Temperature resistant up to 80ºC.
Other sizes, Shore hardnesses or elastomer types on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 685 580 00, Rubber-Metal Buffers MGA, 8 mm
Pressure Load Shearing Load
Spring Load CD Permiss. Load Spring Load CS Permiss. Load
Product No. Product No. ØD H G l t medium Fperm.* medium Fperm.* Weight
Zinc plated Stainless mm mm mm mm mm N/mm N N/mm N g
685 580 00 689 580 00 8 8 M3 6 3 28 35 10 10 1,0
685 581 00 689 581 00 10 10 M4 10 4 48 43 10 15 2,7
685 583 00 689 583 00 10 15 M4 10 4 29 43 5 15 3,6
685 590 00 689 590 00 15 15 M4 10 4 67 95 15 35 8,3
685 591 15 689 591 15 15 15 M5 8 5 65 95 5 35 5,0
685 591 20 689 591 20 15 20 M4 10 4 43 95 12 35 6,0
685 591 30 689 591 30 15 30 M4 15 4 32 95 9 35 9,0
685 592 15 689 592 15 20 15 M6 18 6 110 170 37 60 14
685 592 20 689 592 20 20 20 M6 18 6 85 170 17 60 16
685 601 00 689 601 00 20 25 M6 18 6 61 170 11 60 17
685 602 15 689 602 15 25 15 M6 18 6 165 280 45 95 25
685 602 00 689 602 00 25 20 M6 18 6 130 280 30 95 28
685 602 25 689 602 25 25 25 M6 18 6 89 280 27 95 29
685 602 30 689 602 30 25 30 M6 18 6 71 280 19 95 31
685 607 15 689 607 15 30 15 M8 20 8 270 400 68 140 38
685 607 00 689 607 00 30 20 M8 20 8 235 400 42 140 41
685 607 25 689 607 25 30 25 M8 20 8 180 400 37 140 45
685 603 00 689 603 00 30 30 M8 20 8 113 400 28 140 47
685 605 00 689 605 00 30 40 M8 20 8 106 400 13 140 60
685 598 00 689 598 00 40 25 M8 23 8 265 650 35 250 77
685 608 00 689 608 00 40 30 M8 23 8 234 650 49 250 91
685 600 00 689 600 00 40 30 M10 28 10 234 650 48 250 92
685 609 00 689 609 00 40 40 M8 23 8 147 650 23 250 103
685 610 20 689 610 20 50 20 M10 28 10 450 1000 95 400 112
685 610 25 689 610 25 50 25 M10 28 10 425 1000 82 400 125
685 610 30 689 610 30 50 30 M10 28 10 395 1000 73 400 135
685 610 00 689 610 00 50 40 M10 28 10 273 1000 58 400 168
685 611 00 689 611 00 50 45 M10 33 10 250 1000 50 400 174
685 613 00 689 613 00 50 50 M10 28 10 210 1000 37 400 183
685 613 60 689 613 60 60 40 M10 28 10 390 1500 63 550 224
685 613 65 689 613 65 60 40 M12 33 12 390 1500 60 550 243
685 613 70 689 613 70 70 45 M10 28 10 450 1800 72 700 348
685 613 75 689 613 75 75 25 M12 37 12 980 2300 270 850 299
685 614 40 689 614 40 75 40 M12 37 12 735 2300 118 850 384
685 614 45 689 614 45 75 45 M12 37 12 690 2300 105 850 417
685 614 00 689 614 00 75 50 M12 37 12 530 2300 101 850 467
685 614 55 689 614 55 75 55 M12 37 12 500 2300 90 850 469
685 615 00 689 615 00 100 40 M16 41 16 2160 4200 283 1600 716
685 615 50 689 615 50 100 50 M16 41 16 950 4200 220 1600 808
685 615 55 689 615 55 100 55 M16 41 16 870 4200 170 1600 841
685 616 00 689 616 00 100 60 M16 41 16 843 4200 142 1600 866
685 616 75 689 616 75 100 75 M16 41 16 750 4200 110 1600 1026
* Fperm.: Note page 600 bottom.
604 ®
Rubber-Metal Buffers MGI
Material: Elastomer: Natural rubber, hardness 55º Shore.
Metal parts: Steel, zinc plated or
stainless steel 1.4301. A
Both sides with internal thread.
Standard components for elastic mounting.
The grade of rubber used has perfect physical properties.
Temperature resistant up to 80ºC.
Other sizes, Shore hardnesses or elastomer types on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 685 410 00, Rubber-Metal Buffer 10 mm
Pressure Load Shearing Load
Spring Load CD Permiss. Load Spring Load CS Permiss. Load
Product No. Product No. ØD H G l medium Fperm.* medium Fperm.* Weight
Zinc plated Stainless mm mm mm mm N/mm N N/mm N g
685 410 00 689 410 00 10 10 M4 4 39 43 9 15 2
685 410 15 689 410 15 10 15 M4 4 28 43 4 15 2
685 415 00 689 415 00 15 15 M4 4 62 95 12 35 5
685 420 00 689 420 00 20 25 M6 6 103 170 15 60 17
685 425 00 689 425 00 25 20 M6 6 83 170 16 60 24
685 425 30 689 425 30 25 30 M6 6 67 280 16 95 30
685 430 00 689 430 00 30 20 M8 8 207 400 37 140 35
685 430 30 689 430 30 30 30 M8 8 117 400 24 140 44
685 430 40 689 430 40 30 40 M8 8 67 400 13 140 50
685 440 00 689 440 00 40 30 M8 8 209 650 41 250 78
685 440 40 689 440 40 40 40 M8 8 114 650 20 250 93
685 450 00 689 450 00 50 30 M10 10 352 1000 68 400 126
685 450 40 689 450 40 50 40 M10 10 247 1000 51 400 145
685 450 50 689 450 50 50 50 M10 10 118 1000 37 400 169
685 475 00 689 475 00 75 40 M12 12 720 2300 110 850 366
685 475 50 689 475 50 75 50 M12 12 498 2300 89 850 425
685 500 00 689 500 00 100 40 M16 16 1830 4200 249 1600 733
685 500 60 689 500 60 100 60 M16 16 770 4200 129 1600 863
* Fperm.: Note page 600 bottom.
® 605
Heavy-Duty steel rubber Bushes PHO
Material: Metal Parts: Steel.
Elastomer: Natural rubber, Strength 55º Shore.
Fit: Up to external diameter 30mm: mounting hole H11 / H12.
From external diameter 34mm: mounting hole H13.
Temperature resistant up to 80ºC.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 685 001 00, Heavy Duty Bush PHO, 26 mm
Radial-Load Axial-Load Torsion
Length Length Perm.Stat. Radial Perm.Stat. Axial Perm.St. Perm.St. Torsion Perm. Perm.
of of Radial Spring Axial Spring Torsion Torque Spring Max. Max.
External Internal Internal External Load Rate Load Rate Angle Rate Torsion Torque
Ø Ø Bush Bush Angle
Product No. D d l L Fr Cr Fa Ca Md Cf max. Mdmax Weight
mm mm mm mm N N/mm N N/mm degrees Nm Nm/degree degrees Nm g
685 001 00 26+0,1 12+0,15 24,0±0,1 18,0±0,3 690 1962 680 226 13 4,4 0,338 26 9,0 37
685 002 00 30+0,1 13+0,15 40,0±0,1 40,0±0,3 1670 3335 - 392 15 9,0 0,6 30 18,0 79
685 003 00 34+0,15 18+0,3 36,0±0,1 32,0±0,3 1570 3237 830 417 14 12,0 0,9 28 25,0 94
685 004 00 45+0,15 20+0,3 62,5±0,1 55,0±0,3 3430 3924 1860 540 15 22,0 1,5 30 44,0 255
685 005 00 45+0,15 20+0,3 62,5±0,1 59,5±0,3 3920 4905 910 608 15 30,0 2,0 30 60,0 258
685 006 00 50+0,15 25+0,3 67,5±0,1 65,5±0,3 6380 6082 760 755 15 60,0 3,9 30 120,0 370
685 007 00 55+0,15 25+0,3 93,5±0,1 89,5±0,3 9810 8829 1650 824 15 70,0 4,6 30 140,0 677
685 008 00 55+0,15 30+0,4 94,0±0,1 89,5±0,3 13730 16677 2600 1177 13 100,0 7,6 26 200,0 622
685 009 00 70+0,15 50+0,4 60,0±0,1 60,0±0,3
685 010 00 75+0,2 40+0,4 70,0±0,1 57,0±0,3 5890 4611 4510 697 14 130,0 9,1 28 260,0 759
General
These Rubber-Metal, heavy-duty bushes feature an especially silent and vibration isolating along with a high fatigue strength.
high permissible load and large permissible deformation. This Spring element and joint are combined in one single element.
great performance is achieved because the rubber parts are The grade of rubber used is not oil proof. An operating tempe-
firmly attached to the metal parts. The bushes withstand radial, rature of max. 80º must not be exceeded, otherwise the service
axial and torsional load, without the rubber moving in relation to life is shortened. Hardness about 60 Shore-A-units. The bushes
the metal parts. Minimal gimbal offset (tilting) of the axis of the are usually fixed to the outer tube by pressfit.The inner tube
inner tube in relation to the outer tube, or vice versa, is possible. can, e.g., be fixed by applying pressure on the front face. In
Depending on the strength, hardness, and length of the rubber, this case the bolt running through the bore of the bush presses
the rubber parts are relatively stiff. the counter bearing against the front face of the inner tube.
Can be used in machine building or car manufacture as elastic
joints, which at permanent operation have to withstand a deflec-
tion of approx. ±15º and have to absorb higher radial forces.
During deflection a recoiling moment occurs, which is proporti-
onal to the torsional angle, as the rubber cannot move in rela-
tion to the metal. The bushes are completely maintenance free,
606 ®
Profile Dampers TR Radial Damping
Material: Co-Polyester Elastomer.
Maintenance-free, self-contained damping
element. The radial deformation provides a very
soft deceleration with a progressive energy ab-
sorption towards the end of the stroke. The ex-
cellent temperature characteristic of the material
provides consistent damping performance over a
temperature range of -40ºC to +90ºC.
The low installed weight, the economic price and
the long operating life of up to 1 million cycles
makes this an attractive alternative to hydraulic
end position damping, if the moving mass does
not need to stop in an exact datum position and
it is not necessary to absorb 100% of the inco- max. stroke
ming energy. The space-saving, compact shape
has been realized in all sizes ranging from Ø29
mm up to Ø83 mm and is installed very simply Overload Capacity: For one cycle it is Mounting: in any position
and quickly with the supplied, specially shaped possible to exceed the W3 rating by 40%.
mounting bolt. The TR Series has been specially Impact Velocity range: up to max. 5 m/s
developed to provide maximum stroke at a mini- Environment: Resistant to oil, grease
Mounting Bolt Torque:
mum mounting space in the capacity range from seawater and to microbe or chemical attack.
M5: 6 Nm
2 Nm up to 115 Nm. Excellent UV and ozone resistance.
M6: 10 Nm
The life cycle is up to 20 times longer than for Material does not absorb water or swell.
On request: special strokes, characteristics,
urethene dampers, up to ten times longer than Dynamic Force Range:
spring rates, sizes and materials.
for rubber and up to five times longer than for 300 N to 2100 N.
steel springs.
Temperature Range:
-40ºC to +90ºC.
Energy Absorption: 17% to 35%.
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 691 229 00, Damper TR, Ø 28 mm Material Hardness: Shore 40D
Product No. Type W3* Max. Stroke A** L1 M L2** B** C** Weight
Nm/Stroke mm mm mm Thread mm mm mm g
691 229 00 29-17 2 17 28 5 M5 25 13,5 38 10
691 237 00 37-22 3 22 36 5 M5 32 19,5 50 15
691 243 00 43-25 4 25 43 5 M5 37 19,5 58 20
691 250 00 50-35 6 35 49 5 M5 44 34 68 25
691 263 00 63-43 15 43 64 5 M5 55 43,5 87 55
691 267 00 67-40 25 40 66,5 5 M5 59 46 88 80
691 276 00 76-46 40 46 76 6 M6 67 46 102 105
691 283 00 83-50 45 50 83 6 M6 73 51 109 150
* Max. energy capacity per cycle for continuous use. For a single cycle it is possible to exceed this rating by +40% ** Approx. dimension.
Characteristics of Product No. 691 250 00
Energy-Stroke Characteristics (static) Force-Stroke and Energy Stroke Characteristic (dynamic)
Etot4.3 Nm Eabs: 0.9 Nm Eabs/tot: 22% Etot: 6.1 Nm Eabs: 2.1 Nm Eabs/tot: 35%
Energy [N]
Energy [N]
Energy [Nm]
Stroke [mm] F in Stroke [mm] F in
F back F back
Absorbed Energy
With aid of the characteristics curves above you can determine the amount of energy that will be absorbed.
Example: Energy to be absorbed 3 Nm = stroke needed 21 mm see chart energy-stroke characteristic. The energy stroke chart serves to determine
the absorbed or rebound energy at a given stroke length.
Dynamic (v>0.5 m/s) and static (v 0.5 m/s) characteristics for all types available on request.
® 607
Profile Dampers TA Axial Damping
Material: Co-Polyester Elastomer.
Maintenance-free, self-contained damping ele-
ments. Due to the degressive damping characte-
ristics it provides a very high energy absorption
at the beginning of the stroke. The excellent
temperature characteristic of the material provides
consistent damping performance over a tempera-
ture range of -40ºC to +90ºC.
The low installed weight, the economic price and
the long operating life of up to 1 million cycles
makes this an attractive alternative to hydraulic
end position damping, if the moving mass does
not need to stop in an exact datum position and it max. stroke
is not necessary to absorb 100% of the incoming
energy. The space-saving, compact shape has
been realized in all sizes ranging from Ø12 mm up Overload Capacity: For one cycle it is possible Mounting: in any position
to Ø80 mm and is installed very simply and quickly to exceed the W3 rating by 40%.
Impact Velocity range: up to max. 5 m/s
with the supplied, specially shaped mounting bolt. Environment: Resistant to oil, grease seawater
The TA Series has been specially developed to Mounting Bolt Torque:
and to microbe or chemical attack. Excellent
provide maximum stroke at a minimum mounting M3: 2 Nm
UV and ozone resistance. Material does not
space in the capacity range from 2 Nm up to M4: 4 Nm
absorb water or swell.
280 Nm. M5: 6 Nm
Dynamic Force Range: M6: 10 Nm
The life cycle is up to 20 times longer than for 980 N to 23500 N. M8: 25 Nm
urethene dampers, up to ten times longer than for M12: 85 Nm
rubber and up to five times longer than for steel Temperature Range:
-40ºC to +90ºC. M16: 210 Nm
springs.
Energy Absorption: 40% to 59%. On request: special strokes, characteristics,
spring rates, sizes and materials.
Material Hardness: Shore 55D
Product No. Type W3* Max. Stroke D** L1 M L2** d1** d2** Weight
Nm/Stroke mm mm mm Thread mm mm mm g
691 012 00 12-5 2 5 12 3 M3 10,5 15 11 3
691 017 00 17-7 6 7 17 4 M4 16 22 15 4
691 021 00 21-9 10 9 20 5 M5 18,5 26 18 5
691 022 00 22-10 15 10 20 6 M6 19,5 27 19 5
691 028 00 28-12 30 12 28 6 M6 26 36 25 10
691 034 00 34-14 50 14 34 6 M6 30 43 30 20
691 037 00 37-16 65 16 34 6 M6 33 48 33 25
691 043 00 43-18 100 18 43 8 M8 38 55 38 40
691 047 00 47-20 130 20 45 12 M12 41 60 41 50
691 050 00 50-22 160 22 50 12 M12 45 64 44 60
691 054 00 54-22 190 22 52 12 M12 47 68 47 65
691 057 00 57-24 230 24 57 12 M12 52 73 50 90
691 062 00 62-25 280 25 59 12 M12 54 78 53 105
691 065 00 65-27 350 27 65 12 M12 58 82 57 130
691 080 00 80-32 600 32 80 16 M16 69 100 69 225
* Max. energy capacity per cycle for continuous use. For a single cycle it is possible to exceed this rating by +40% ** Approx. dimensions.
Characteristics of Product No. 691 037 00
Force-Stroke Characteristics (static) Force-Stroke and Energy-Stroke Characteristics (dynamic)
Etot: 25.9 Nm Eabs: 12.0 Nm Eabs/tot: 46% Etot: 62.6 Nm Eabs: 40.3 Nm Eabs/tot: 64%
Force [N]
Energy [Nm]
Force [N]
Stroke [mm] Stroke [mm]
With aid of the characteristics curves above you can determine the amount of the energy that will be absorbed.
Example: Energy to be absorbed 50 Nm = stroke needed 8.8 mm see chart energy-stroke characteristic. The energy stroke chart serves to deter-
mine the absorbed or rebound energy at a given stroke length.
Dynamic (v>0.5 m/s) and static (v 0.5 m/s) characteristics for all types available on request.
608 ®
Profile Dampers TS, Axial, Soft Damping
Material: Co-Polyester Elastomer.
Maintenance free, self-contained damping
elements. Due to the almost linear damping
characteristics it provides very smooth energy
absorption along with minimum reaction loads
on the machine. The excellent temperature
characteristic of the material provides consistent
damping performance over a temperature range
of -40ºC to +90ºC.
The low installed weight, the economic price and
the long operating life of up to 1 million cycles
makes this an attractive alternative to hydraulic
end position damping, if the moving mass does
not need to stop in an exact datum position and it max. stroke
is not necessary to absorb 100% of the incoming
energy. The space-saving compact shape has been Overload Capacity: For one cycle it is possible Material hardness: Shore 40D
realised in all size ranges from Ø14 mm up to Ø64 to exceed the W3 rating by 40%.
Mounting position: optional
mm and is very simply and quickly installed with Environment: Resistant to microbes, seawater,
the supplied, specially shaped mounting bolt. The Impact velocity range: up to max. 5 m/s
chemicals and exhibits excellent UV and ozone
TS Series has been specially developed to provide resistance. Tightening torque:
maximum energy absorption for the minimum Material does not absorb water and swell. M4: 4 Nm
overall height in the capacity range from 2 Nm to M5: 6 Nm
65 Nm. Dynamic Force Range:
M6: 10 Nm
670 N to 5800 N.
The life cycle is up to 20 times longer than the M12: 85 Nm
urethane dampers, up to 10 times longer than Permissible temperature range: M16: 210 Nm
for rubber and up to 5 times longer than for -40ºC to +90ºC.
Special strokes, characteristics, spring rates,
steel springs. Energy absorption: 26% to 45%. sizes and materials on request.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 691 114 00, Damper TS, Ø 14 mm.
Product No. Type W3* Max. stroke D** L1 M L2** d1** d2** Weight
Nm/Stroke mm mm mm Thread mm mm mm g
691 114 00 14-7 2 7 14 4 M4 15 19 13 3
691 118 00 18-9 4 9 17 5 M5 18,5 24 16 4
691 120 00 20-10 6 10 19,5 6 M6 21 27 19 5
691 126 00 26-15 15 15 26 6 M6 28 37 25 10
691 132 00 32-16 25 16 31 6 M6 33 44 30 15
691 135 00 35-19 30 19 33,5 6 M6 36,5 48 33 25
691 140 00 40-19 35 19 36,5 6 M6 37,5 51 34 30
691 141 00 41-21 45 21 39,5 12 M12 41,5 55 38 40
691 144 00 44-23 65 23 42 12 M12 44,5 60 40 45
691 148 00 48-25 80 25 48 12 M12 49 64 44 60
691 151 00 51-27 90 27 51 12 M12 52 69 47 70
691 154 00 54-29 115 29 54 12 M12 55 73 50 80
691 158 00 58-30 135 30 58 12 M12 59 78 53 100
691 161 00 61-32 160 32 61 16 M16 62 83 56 120
691 164 00 64-34 195 34 64 16 M16 66 87 60 145
* Max. energy absorption per stroke for continuous use. For a single cycle it is possible to exceed this rating by +40%. ** Approx. dimensions.
Characteristics for Product No. 691 144 00
Force-Stroke Characteristics (static) Force-Stroke and Energy-Stroke Characteristics (dynamic)
Etot: 32,7 Nm Eabs: 10,1 Nm Eabs/tot: 31% Etot: 64,1 Nm Eabs: 29,2 Nm Eabs/tot: 45%
Energy [Nm]
Force [N]
Force [N]
Stroke [mm] Stroke [mm]
F in
F back
Energy abs.
With aid of the characteristic curves, you can determine the amount of energy that will be absorbed.
For example: Energy to be absorbed 50 Nm = stroke needed 14 mm see chart of energy-stroke characteristic. The energy-stroke chart serves to
determine the absorbed or rebound energy at a given stroke length.
Dynamic (v>0.5 m/s) and static (v 0.5 m/s) characteristics for all types available on request.
® 609
Miniature Shock Absorbers
Material: Shock absorber and accessories: Stahl burnished. Button:
hardened. Piston rod: hardened, stainless steel.
Impact Buttom
Miniature shock absorbers are maintenance-free, self-contained
hydraulic elements. The adjustable miniature shock absorbers can Piston Rod
be perfectly set up for the respective application. They include an Positive Stop
integrated mechanical stop. Due to the long stroke length, the unit
offers smooth deceleration and low reaction forces. Seal
These shock absorbers are ideal for absorbing fast movements in Main Bearing
small linear units, handling modules, robotics systems and other Lock Nut
applications.
Accumulator
Adjustment: by turning the adjustment screw. After installation, cycle
the machine a few times, turning the adjustment screw until optimum Piston
deceleration is achieved. Piston Check Valve
Impact velocity range: 0.3 to 3.6 m/s. Metering Orifices
Exceeding W4 (max. energy absorption per hour) is possible, if the Return Spring
unit is turned off from time to time or the shock absorber is cooled
with the cylinder exhaust air. Outer Body
Mounting position: optional. Pressure/Adjust Chamber
Permissible temperature range: 0ºC to 66ºC. Adjustment Knob
Capacity Chart
Product No. Max. Energy Capacity Effective Weight me
per Cycle per hour adjustable
W3 W4 min. max. Return Force Rod Reset Time Max. Side Load Angle
Nm Nm kg kg N s Degrees
690 030 00 3,5 5650 0,23 15 1- 5 0,3 2
690 050 00 5,5 5100 4,5 20 3- 6 0,3 2
690 035 00 4 6000 5,9 57 5 - 11 0,2 2
690 150 00 22 35000 1,0 109 3- 5 0,4 5*
690 225 00 25 45000 2,3 226 5 - 10 0,1 2*
690 600 00 68 68000 9,0 1360 10 - 30 0,2 2*
690 900 00 100 90000 14 2040 10 - 35 0,4 1
* For higher side load angles consider using the Side Load Adaptor (on request).
Dimensions
Type of Button A
Stroke
Type of Button B
Type of Button C
Type of Button A Type of Button B Type of Button C
additional
lock nut
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 690 030 00, Miniature Shock Absorbers , Stroke 8 mm
Product No. Width Across Flats Type of Weight Product No. Weight
Miniature A B C stroke I DØ EØ G SW Buttom additional Lock nut
Shock Absorber mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Thread mm g lock nut g
690 030 00 48 13,1 3 8 4,1 3,2 6,4 M8x1 10 A 25 690 030 04 0,8
690 050 00 50 14,9 4 7 5,1 3,2 7,7 M10x1 12 A 30 690 050 04 1,4
690 035 00 66 18 5 10 5 3,2 7,7 M12x1 14 A 43 690 035 04 2,4
690 150 00 70 22,5 6 12,5 7,5 4,8 12 M14x1,5 17 B 60 690 150 04 4,8
690 225 00 88 30 8 19 13,5 4,8 17 M20x1,5 23 C 130 690 225 04 8
690 600 00 106,6 36,4 10 25,4 16,5 6,3 23 M25x1,5 30 C 310 690 600 04 18
690 900 00 138 51 10 40 16,5 6,3 23 M25x1,5 30 C 400 690 600 04 18
610 ®
Accessories Miniature Shock Absorbers
Mounting Blocks
Material: Steel burnished.
When mounting blocks are used, the shock
absorber has to be secured with a lock nut.
2 socket-head screws DIN 912 are included.
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 690 030 01, Mounting Block M8x1
Product No. for Product No. A B C D E G H Tighten.Torque Weight Product No. Weight
Mounting Block Shock absorbers mm mm mm mm mm Thread Thread Nm g Lock Nut g
690 030 01 690 030 00 25 12 16 3,5 10 M8x1 M4x12 4 15 690 030 04 0,8
690 050 01 690 050 00 25 14 16 3,5 10 M10x1 M4x16 4 20 690 050 04 1,4
Clamp Mounts
Material: Steel burnished.
When using the clamp mount, no lock nut is
required. Fine adjustment can be carried out
before the clamping.
2 socket-head screws DIN 912 are included.
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 690 035 02, Clamp Mount M12x1
Product No. for Product No. A B C D E G H Tighten. Torque Weight
Clamp Mount Shock absorbers mm mm mm mm mm Thread Thread Nm g
690 035 02 690 035 00 32 16 20 4,5 12 M12x1 M5x16 6 35
690 150 02 690 150 00 32 20 20 4,5 12 M14x1,5 M5x20 6 40
690 225 02 690 225 00 40 25 28 6 20 M20x1,5 M6x25 11 89
690 600 02 690 600 00 / 690 900 00 46 32 34 6 25 M25x1,5 M6x30 11 185
Rectangular Flanges
Material: Steel burnished.
The rectangular flange allows front-end
mounting without using an additional lock
nut. The low and compact design allows
space-saving constructions.
2 socket-head screws DIN 912 are included.
Ordering Details: e.g.:
Product No. 690 030 03, Rectangular Flange M8x1
Product No. for Product No. A B C E G H Tighten. Torque Weight
Rectangular Flange Shock absorbers mm mm mm mm Thread Thread Nm g
690 030 03 690 030 00 25 14 18 6 M8x1 M4x10 4 15
690 050 03 690 050 00 28 14 20 6 M10x1 M4x10 4 15
690 035 03 690 035 00 32 20 24 6 M12x1 M5x12 6 25
690 150 03 690 150 00 34 20 26 6 M14x1,5 M5x12 6 25
690 225 03 690 225 00 46 32 36 8 M20x1,5 M6x14 11 89
690 600 03 690 600 00 / 690 900 00 52 32 42 8 M25x1,5 M6x14 11 185
® 611
Qualitiy Management
DIN EN ISO 9001
MÄDLER GmbH maintains a
quality management system according to DIN EN ISO
9001 and was certified the first time in 1995.
On the iternet at www. maedler.de in the section Downloads you find:
- PDF catalogues in several languages.
- Operating instructions.
- Safety data sheets.
- Excel-Pricelist for customers in Germany.
- Certificates of conformity.
- Quality management certificate DIN 9001.
- Certificate AEO.
- Company profile.
- CAD files.
MÄDLER ® meets even the highest quality requirements:Top quality, precision and reliability.
612 ®
Pneumatic-Elements Overview
Contents
Standard Cylinder Air Preparation Equipment
Diameter 32 - 80 mm............................Page 6 1 4 and Accessories.....................................Page 634
Compact Cylinder Push-in and
Diameter 20 - 40 mm............................Page 616 Compression Fittings.............................Page 638
Round-Line Cylinder Ball Valves, Manually Operated..............Page 644
Diameter 10 - 25 mm............................Page 618
Mounting Elements for Filters, Silencers, Flow Regulators,
Cylinders............................................Page 620 Exhaust Valves, Non-Return and
Stop Valves, Tools.................................Page 645
Magnetic Switches for Tubing.................................................Page 648
Cylinders............................................Page 627
Solenoid Valves for Blow Guns and Accessories.......................Page 649
Gases and Liquids .................................Page 629
Solenoid Valves for Compressed Air
(Pneumatic Valves) ...............................Page 631
® 613
Double-Acting Standard Cylinder According to ISO 6431 and VDMA 24562 with Magnetic Piston
Stroke Section
damp screw
at Ø
Materials: Profile barrel: Anodised aluminium. End covers: Cylinder Theoretical Forces (N) Cushion Initial Cushion
Aluminium die-cast. Piston rod: Stainless steel (ferritic), Piston and Ø at 6 bar Length Volume
piston rod seals: Polyurethane. O-ring seals: Nitrile rubber. mm Thrust Pull mm cm3
32 482 414 19 12,3
Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated. 40 754 633 22 20,7
Standard: ISO 6431, VDMA 24562, NFE 49-003-1. 50 1178 990 24 36
Mode of operation: Double-acting with magnetic piston and adju- 63 1870 1680 24 64
stable end-of-stroke cushioning. 80 3016 2722 27 116
Operating pressure:1 to 16 bar.
Operating temperature: -20°C to +80°C.
Below +2°C please consider the air quality.
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 801 320 25, Double-Acting Standard Cylinder
According to ISO 6431 with Magnetic Piston, Cylinder Ø 32 mm, Stroke 25 mm
Symbol Product No. Standard Strokes Cylinder- Connection
25 mm 50 mm 80 mm 100 mm 125 mm 160 mm 200 mm 250 mm Ø mm
801 320 25 801 320 50 801 320 80 801 321 00 801 321 25 801 321 60 801 322 00 801 322 50 32 G1/8
801 400 25 801 400 50 801 400 80 801 401 00 801 401 25 801 401 60 801 402 00 801 402 50 40 G1/4
801 500 25 801 500 50 801 500 80 801 501 00 801 501 25 801 501 60 801 502 00 801 502 50 50 G1/4
801 630 25 801 630 50 801 630 80 801 631 00 801 631 25 801 631 60 801 632 00 801 632 50 63 G3/8
801 800 25 801 800 50 801 800 80 801 801 00 801 801 25 801 801 60 801 802 00 801 802 50 80 G3/8
Cyl. Ø AM AP ØBe11 e11
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
32 22 3,5 30 30 18 6 47 G1/8 27,5 M10x1,25 17 5 20
40 24 4,5 35 35 18 6 53 G1/4 32 M12x1,25 19 6 22
50 32 6 40 40 18 8 65 G1/4 31 M16x1,5 24 8 27
63 32 10 45 45 17,5 8 75 G3/8 33 M16x1,5 24 8 29
80 40 8,5 45 45 21,5 19 95 G3/8 33 M20x1,5 30 10 33
Cyl. Ø L8 L9 L12 MMh9 P eg t n g
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm at 0 mm per 25 mm
32 94 4 6 12 13 32,5 M6 10 3 6 26 0,51 0,06
40 105 4 6,5 16 15 38 M6 13 3,5 6 30 0,80 0,08
50 106 5 8 20 18,5 46,5 M8 17 3,5 6 37 1,33 0,12
63 121 5 8 20 19 56,5 M8 17 4 6 37 1,80 0,13
80 128 - 10 25 19 72 M 10 22 4 6 46 3,25 0,20
614 ®
Mounting Elements for Standard Cylinders
6
2
3 6
4
5 8
12 * 7
11 *
9
11 *
16 10 *
12 *
15
13 17
2
14
1
10 *
9
Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder
Ø 32mm Ø 40mm Ø 50mm Ø 63mm Ø 80mm Dim.
No. Designation Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Page*
1 Rear Flange, Front Flange 810 001 32 810 001 40 810 001 50 810 001 63 810 001 80 620
2 Foot Plate Mounting 810 002 32 810 002 40 810 002 50 810 002 63 810 002 80 620
3 Rear Eye Mounting 810 004 32 810 004 40 810 004 50 810 004 63 810 004 80 620
4 Rear Eye Mounting with Spherical Bearing 810 012 32 810 012 40 810 012 50 810 012 63 810 012 80 621
5 Rear Clevis Mounting Slim 810 007 32 810 007 40 810 007 50 810 007 63 810 007 80 621
6 a et nge unt ng g d de 810 010 32 810 010 40 810 010 50 810 010 63 810 010 80 621
7 Rear Clevis Mounting Slim 810 008 32 810 008 40 810 008 50 810 008 63 810 008 80 622
8 a et nge unt ng t e a ea ng 810 011 32 810 011 40 810 011 50 810 011 63 810 011 80 622
9 Trunnion Mounting 810 013 32 810 013 40 810 013 50 810 013 63 810 013 80 622
10 Front or Rear Stud Mounting * 810 006 32* 810 006 32* 810 006 50* 810 006 50* 810 006 80* -
11 Adjustable Trunnion Mounting * 810 014 32* 810 014 40* 810 014 50* 810 014 63* 810 014 80* -
12 Swivel Bearings for No.9 oder No.11 810 015 32 810 015 40 810 015 40 810 015 63 810 015 63 623
13 Clevis 810 003 25 810 003 40 810 003 50 810 003 50 810 003 80 623
14 a et nge unt ng g d 810 009 32 810 009 40 810 009 50 810 009 63 810 009 80 623
15 Rod End 810 005 25 810 005 40 810 005 50 810 005 50 810 005 80 623
16 Piston Rod Swivel Mounting 810 000 25 810 000 40 810 000 50 810 000 50 810 000 80 623
* Discontinued item.
No. 17: Magnetic switches 810 000 01 to 810 000 07 (page 627) can be mounted straight on the keyways of the profile barrel, without further elements.
® 615
Double-Acting Compact Cylinder with Magnetic Piston, According to ISO 21287
Stroke
Materials: Cylinder Ø Theoretical Forces at 6 bar (N)
Profile barrel: Anodised aluminium. mm Thrust Pull
End covers: Aluminium die-cast. 20 188 141
Piston rod: Stainless steel (Ø 20 and 25 mm austenitic, 25 294 247
Ø 32 and 40 mm ferritic). 32 482 414
Piston rod seal: Polyurethane. 40 754 633
Piston seal: Nitrile rubber.
O-ring seals: Nitrile rubber.
Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated
Standard: ISO 21287.
Mode of operation: double-acting, magnetic piston, piston rod
with internal thread, buffer cushioning.
Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar.
Operating temperature: -5°C* to +80°C.
t te e atu es e ease ns de t e a ua t
On request also available with external thread.
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 803 200 10, Double-Acting Compact Cylinders with Magnetic Piston, Cylinder Ø 20 mm, Stroke 10 mm
Symbol Product No. Standard Strokes Cyl. Ø Connection
10 mm 25 mm 50 mm mm
803 200 10 803 200 25 803 200 50 20 M5
803 250 10 803 250 25 803 250 50 25 M5
803 320 10 803 320 25 803 320 50 32 G1/8
803 400 10 803 400 25 803 400 50 40 G1/8
Cyl. Ø AF BG Ø CD h9
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
20 10 12 10 37 M5 M6 2,5 10
25 10 13 10 41 M5 M6 2,5 10
32 12 14,5 14 48 G 1/8 M8 2,5 12
40 12 14,5 14 54,4 G 1/8 M8 2,5 16
Cyl. Ø P eg t n g
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm at 0 mm per 5 mm
20 7 22 4,3 M5 8 6 43 0,12 0,01
25 7 26 4,3 M5 8 6 45 0,15 0,01
32 7,5 32,5 5,3 M6 10 7 51 0,23 0,02
40 7,5 38 5,3 M6 13 7 52 0,30 0,02
616 ®
Mounting Elements for Compact Cylinders
1
13
2 3
2 6
4 8
5
12 * 7
11 * 9
10 * 15
11 *
12 *
2
1
14
9
10 *
Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder
Ø 20mm Ø 25mm Ø 32mm Ø 40mm Dim.
No. Designation Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Page
1 Rear Flange, Front Flange 810 001 20 810 001 25 810 001 32 810 001 40 620
2 Foot Plate Mounting 810 002 20 810 002 25 810 002 32 810 002 40 620
3 Rear Eye Mounting 810 004 20 810 004 25 810 004 32 810 004 40 620
4 Rear Eye Mounting with Spherical Bearing --- --- 810 012 32 810 012 40 621
5 ea e s unt ng de --- --- 810 007 32 810 007 40 621
6 a et nge unt ng g d de --- --- 810 010 32 810 010 40 621
7 Rear Clevis Mounting Slim --- --- 810 008 32 810 008 40 621
8 a et nge unt ng t e a ea ng --- --- 810 011 32 810 011 40 622
9 Trunnion Mounting --- --- 810 013 32 810 013 40 622
10 Front or Rear Stud Mounting * --- --- 810 006 32* 810 006 32* -
11 Adjustable Trunnion Mounting * --- --- 810 014 32* 810 014 40* -
12 Swivel Bearings for No.9 oder No.11 --- --- 810 015 32 810 015 40 623
13 a et nge unt ng 810 023 20 810 023 20 --- --- 624
* Discontinued item.
No. 14: Magnetic switches 810 000 01 to 810 000 07 (page 627) can be mounted straight on the keyways of the profile barrel, without further elements.
® 617
Double-Acting Round-Line Cylinders According to ISO 6432 with Magnetic Piston (Buffer Cushioning)
Stroke
Materials: Profile Barrel: Stainless Steel (austenitic). Cylinder Ø Theoretical Forces at 6 bar (N)
End Covers: Anodised Aluminium, Piston Rod: Stainless Steel mm Thrust Pull
austen t e P u et ane u e us n ng 10 47,1 39,6
Polyurethane, Seals: Nitrile Rubber. 12 67,8 51
16 120 104
Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated. 20 188 158
Standard: ISO 6432. 25 294 247
Mode of Operation: Double-acting with magnetic piston and
buffer cushioning.
Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar.
Operating temperature: max. +80 °C.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 805 100 10, Double-Acting Round-Line Cylinder
according to ISO 6431 with Magnet Piston, Cylinder Ø 10 mm, Stroke 10 mm
Symbol Product No. Standard Strokes Cylinder Connection
10 mm 25 mm 50 mm 80 mm 100 mm 125 mm 160 mm 200 mm Ø mm
805 100 10 805 100 25 - - - - - - 10 M5
805 120 10 805 120 25 - - - - - - 12 M5
805 160 10 805 160 25 805 160 50 - - - - - 16 M5
805 200 10 805 200 25 805 200 50 805 200 80 805 201 00 805 201 25 805 201 60 805 202 00 20 G1/8
805 250 10 805 250 25 805 250 50 805 250 80 805 251 00 805 251 25 805 251 60 805 252 00 25 G1/8
Cyl. Ø AM Ø B/BA-0,1 BE BF ØCD -0,1
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
10 12 12 M12x1,25 12 4 16,5 M5 7,9 9 M4 19 7 6 2
12 16 16 M16x1,5 17 6 21 M5 11,9 9,5 M6 22 10 5 3
16 16 16 M16x1,5 17 6 21 M5 11,9 9,5 M6 22 10 5 3
20 20 22 M22x1,5 20 8 30 G1/8 15,9 15 M8 27 13 8 4
25 22 22 M22x1,5 22 8 30 G1/8 15,9 15 M10x1,25 27 17 8 5
Cyl. Ø L L12 LB ØMMh9 P eg t n g
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm at 0 mm per 25 mm
10 6 - 2 4 8 5,5 - 14 16 1,5 64 0,034 0,007
12 9 3 3 6 8 5,5 5 19 22 2 75 0,058 0,011
16 9 3 4 6 7 5,5 5 19 22 2 82 0,070 0,012
20 12 3 3 8 11 8 7 27 24 2 95 0,145 0,018
25 12 4 7 10 9 8 9 27 28 2 104 0,200 0,028
618 ®
Mounting Elements for Round-Line Cylinders
9 2
12
11 * 3
10
4*
9 5
8 6 1
7
Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder Cylinder
Ø 10mm Ø 12mm Ø 16mm Ø 20mm Ø 25mm Dim.
No. Designation Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No Page*
1 Trunnion Mounting -- 810 021 12 810 021 12 810 021 20 810 021 20 624
2 a et nge unt ng t 810 023 10 810 023 12 810 023 12 810 023 20 810 023 20 626
3 a et nge unt ng t t Pn 810 022 10 810 022 12 810 022 12 810 022 20 810 022 20 626
4 Rear Flange, front Flange* 810 019 10* 810 019 12* 810 019 12* 810 019 20* 810 019 20* -
5 Foot Plate Mounting 810 020 10 810 020 12 810 020 12 810 020 20 810 020 20 625
6 Piston Rod Lock Nut 810 024 10 810 024 12 810 024 12 810 024 20 810 024 20 625
7 Universal Piston Rod Mounting with Spherical Bearing 810 005 10 810 005 12 810 005 12 810 005 20 810 005 25 624
8 Piston Rod Swivel Mounting 810 000 10 810 000 12 810 000 12 810 000 20 810 000 25 624
9 Clevis 810 003 10 810 003 12 810 003 12 810 003 20 810 003 25 623
10 unt ng a et agnet t es t e 810 017 10 810 017 12 810 017 16 810 017 20 810 017 25 625
11 Mounting Bracket for Magnetic Switches < 15mm Stroke* 810 018 10* 810 018 12* 810 018 16* 810 018 20* 810 018 25* -
* Discontinued item.
No. 12: The magnetic switch (product no. 810 000 01 to 810 000 07, page 627) requires the mounting bracket no. 10.
® 619
Rear Flanges, Front Flanges
Materials:
Flange: Anodised Aluminium.
Screws: Steel, zinc-plated.
Mounting element at the bearing or end cover.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product-No. 810 001 20, Rear and Front Flange for Cylinder Ø 20 mm
Product No. eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
810 001 20 20 36 6,6 8 0* 55 70 160
810 001 25 25 40 6,6 8 0* 60 76 200
810 001 32 32 50 7 10 32 64 80 250
810 001 40 40 55 9 10 36 72 90 350
810 001 50 50 65 9 12 45 90 110 700
810 001 63 63 75 9 12 50 100 125 800
810 001 80 80 100 12 16 63 126 154 1350
* 2 bores on the centre line at a distance TF.
Foot Plate Mountings
Materials:
Mounting: Steel, zinc-plated.
Screws: Steel, zinc-plated.
Mounting element at the bearing and end cover.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product-No. 810 002 20, Foot Plate Mounting for Cylinder Ø 20 mm
Product No. eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
810 002 20 20 7 27 6 4 16 36 22 30
810 002 25 25 7 29 7 4 16 40 26 40
810 002 32 32 7 32 8 4 24 48 32 150
810 002 40 40 9 36 9 4 28 53 36 180
810 002 50 50 9 45 10 5 32 64 45 300
810 002 63 63 9 50 12 5 32 74 50 390
810 002 80 80 12 63 19 5 41 98 63 800
Rear Eye Mountings
Materials:
Mounting: Aluminium, die-cast.
Screws: Steel, zinc-plated.
Mounting element at the end cover.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product-No. 810 004 20, Rear Eye Mounting for Cylinder Ø 20 mm
Product No. Cyl. Ø Ø CD eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
810 004 20 20 8 15,8 20 14 8 22 20
810 004 25 25 8 15,8 20 14 8 26 30
810 004 32 32 10 25,8 22 13 9 32,5 90
810 004 40 40 12 27,8 25 16 12 38 110
810 004 50 50 12 31,7 27 17 12 46,5 170
810 004 63 63 16 39,7 32 22 15 56,5 240
810 004 80 80 16 49,7 36 22 15 72 370
620 ®
Rear Eye Mountings with Spherical Bearing
Materials:
Mounting: Aluminium, die-cast.
Screws: Steel, zinc-plated
Inner ring: Roller bearing steel, hardened
Outer ring: Steel.
Mounting element at the end cover.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 810 012 32, Rear Eye Mounting with Spherical Bearing
for Cylinder Ø 32 mm
Product No. Cyl. Ø CN eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees g
810 012 32 32 10 14 16 22 14,5 13° 170
810 012 40 40 12 16 19 25 18 13° 250
810 012 50 50 16 21 21 27 19 13° 400
810 012 63 63 16 21 24 32 24 15° 550
810 012 80 80 20 25 28 36 24 15° 900
Rear Clevis Mountings, Wide Clevis
Materials:
Mounting: Aluminium, die-cast.
Screws: Steel, zinc-plated
Bolts: Stainless Steel.
Mounting element at the end cover.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 810 007 32, Rear Clevis Mounting Made from
Aluminium for Cylinder Ø 32 mm
Product No. Cyl. Ø CB f8 eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
810 007 32 32 26 10 22 13 52 9 32,5 45 110
810 007 40 40 28 12 25 16 60 12 38 52 160
810 007 50 50 32 12 27 17 68 12 46,5 60 220
810 007 63 63 40 16 32 22 79 15 56,5 70 340
810 007 80 80 50 16 36 22 99 15 72 90 540
Bracket Hinge Mountings, Rigid, Wide Design (Aluminium), Mating Piece for Clevis Mounting
Material:
Aluminium, die-cast.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 810 010 32, Bracket Hinge Mounting, Rigid, Wide
Design, for Cylinder Ø 32 mm
Product No. eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees g
810 010 32 32 32 10 11 26 21 18 31 8 38 51 1,6 10 6,6 13º 150
810 010 40 40 36 12 11 28 24 22 35 10 41 54 1,6 11 6,6 13º 200
810 010 50 50 45 12 15 32 33 30 45 12 50 65 1,6 13 9 13º 480
810 010 63 63 50 16 15 40 37 35 50 12 52 67 1,6 15 9 15º 500
810 010 80 80 63 16 18 50 47 40 60 14 66 86 2,5 15 11 15º 750
® 621
Rear Clevis Mountings, Slim Clevis
Materials:
Mounting: Aluminium.
Screws: Steel, zinc-plated.
Bolts: Stainless Steel.
Mounting element at the end cover.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 810 008 32, Rear Clevis Mounting
for Cylinder Ø 32 mm
Product No. Cyl. Ø B1 h9 eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
810 008 32 32 14 34 3,3 10 22 32,5 11 17 200
810 008 40 40 16 40 4,3 12 25 38 12 20 230
810 008 50 50 21 45 4,3 16 27 46,5 14,5 22 360
810 008 63 63 21 51 4,3 16 32 56,5 18 25 550
810 008 80 80 25 65 4,3 20 36 72 22 30 900
Bracket Hinge Mountings with Spherical Bearing (Steel) for Slim Clevis
Materials:
Bracket hinge: Grey cast iron, coated.
Inner ring: Roller bearing steel, hardened.
Outer ring: Steel.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 810 011 32, Bracket Hinge Mounting, with
Spherical Bearing, for Cylinder Ø 32 mm
Product No. ØD EN-0.1 eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees g
810 011 32 32 32 10 11 14 16 10,5 21 18 31 8 38 51 1,6 6,6 13º 190
810 011 40 40 36 12 11 16 18 12 24 22 35 10 41 54 1,6 6,6 13º 240
810 011 50 50 45 16 15 21 21 15 33 30 45 12 50 65 1,6 9 13º 460
810 011 63 63 50 16 15 21 23 15 37 35 50 12 52 67 1,6 9 15º 590
810 011 80 80 63 20 18 25 28 18 47 40 60 14 66 86 2,5 11 15º 1030
Trunnion Mountings (front or rear)
Materials:
Mounting: Grey cast iron.
Screws: Steel, zinc-plated.
Mounting element at the bearing or end cover.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 810 013 32, Trunnion Mounting for Cylinder Ø 32
mm
Product No. Cyl. Ø ØD L1 L3 R ØTDe9 TL TMh14 eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
810 013 32 32 30 16 8 1,0 12 12 50 50 200
810 013 40 40 35 20 10 1,6 16 16 63 55 380
810 013 50 50 40 24 12 1,6 16 16 75 65 600
810 013 63 63 45 24 12 1,6 20 20 90 75 1100
810 013 80 80 45 28 14 1,6 20 20 110 100 1900
622 ®
Swivel Bearings
Materials:
Mounting: Steel.
Bearing: Sintered bronze.
Mounting Element for Trunnion Mounting.
2 bearings included in the delivery.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 810,015 32, Swivel Bearing for Trunnion
Mounting for Cylinder Ø 32 mm
Product No. eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
810 015 32 32 32 46 18 10,5 12 6,6 11 1,0 30 15 6,8 110
810 015 40 40/50 36 55 21 12 16 9 15 1,6 36 18 9 160
810 015 63 63/80 42 65 23 13 20 11 18 1,6 40 20 11 230
Clevises
Materials::
Mounting: Steel, zinc-plated.
Bolts: Steel, zinc-plated.
Mounting element at the piston rod.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product-No. 810 003 10, Clevis for Cylinder Ø 10 mm
Product No. ead h11 eg t
g
810 003 10 10 M4 16 4 8 4 6,5 8 11,5 10
810 003 12 12/16 M6 24 6 12 6 9,5 12 17,5 20
810 003 20 20 M8 32 8 16 8 13 16 22 60
810 003 25 25/32 M10x1,25 40 10 20 10 16 20 28 100
810 003 40 40 M12x1,25 48 12 24 12 19 24 32 30
810 003 50 50/63 M16x1,5 64 16 32 16 25 32 41,5 330
810 003 80 80 M20x1,5 80 20 40 20 32 40 50 670
Bracket Hinge Mounting, Rigid, Slim (Cast), Mating Piece for Clevis Mounting
Material:
Grey cast iron, coated.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 810 009 32, Bracket Hinge Mounting, Rigid,
Slim Design, for Cylinder Ø 32 mm
Product No. Cyl. Ø CA CNG7 eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Degrees g
810 009 32 32 32 10 11 10 21 18 31 8 38 51 1,6 10 6,6 13º 50
810 009 40 40 36 12 11 12 24 22 35 10 41 54 1,6 11 6,6 13º 70
810 009 50 50 45 16 15 16 33 30 45 12 50 65 1,6 13 9 13º 140
810 009 63 63 50 16 15 16 37 35 50 12 52 67 1,6 15 9 15º 180
810 009 80 80 63 20 18 20 47 40 60 14 66 86 2,5 15 11 15º 280
® 623
Universal Piston Rod Mountings with Spherical Bearing
Materials:
Mounting: Steel, zinc-plated.
Inner ring: Roller bearing steel, hardened.
Outer ring: Brass.
Mounting element at the piston rod.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product-No. 810 005 10, Universal Piston Rod Mounting for
Cylinder Ø 10 mm
Product No. ead EN-0.1 eg t
eg ees g
810 005 10 10 M4 14 27 5 8 6,5 10 5° 20
810 005 12 12/16 M6 14 30 6 9 9,5 11 5° 20
810 005 20 20 M8 16 36 8 12 11 13 5° 50
810 005 25 25/32 M10x1,25 20 43 10 14 14 15 13° 90
810 005 40 40 M12x1,25 22 50 12 16 16 17 13° 130
810 005 50 50/63 M16x1,5 28 64 16 21 21 22 15° 330
810 005 80 80 M20x1,5 33 77 20 25 25 26 15° 670
Piston Rod Swivel Mountings
Materials:
us ng tee n ated
Bolt: Steel, hardened.
Nut: Steel, zinc-plated.
Mounting element at the piston rod.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product-No. 810 000 10, Piston Rod Swivel Mounting for
Cylinder Ø 10 mm, Thread M4
Product No. ead eg t
g
810 000 10 10 M4 2 12,5 33 8 11 3,2 7 11 15
810 000 12 12/16 M6 3 14 39 12 7 5 10 13 24
810 000 20 20 M8 4 18 55 16 10 7 13 17 54
810 000 25 25/32 M10x1,25 5 26 73 20 19 12 17 30 233
810 000 40 40 M12x1,25 6 26 77 24 19 12 19 30 200
810 000 50 50/63 M16x1,5 8 34 106 32 30 19 24 42 650
810 000 80 80 M20x1,5 10 42 122 40 30 19 30 42 720
Trunnion Mountings
Materials:
Mounting: Steel, zinc-plated.
Bolts: Steel, zinc-plated.
Mounting element at the bearing or end cover.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product-No. 810 021 12, Trunnion Mounting for Cylinder Ø
12/16 mm
Product No. Cyl. Ø L1 TD+0,03 eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
810 021 12 12/16 8 6 10 38 25 51
810 021 20 20/25 8 6 10 46 30 67
624 ®
Foot Plate Mountings
Material:
Steel, zinc-plated.
Mounting element at the bearing or end cover.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product-No. 810 020 10, Foot Plate Mounting for Cylinder Ø 10 mm
Product No. eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
810 020 10 10 4,5 16 6 2 10 35 25 20
810 020 12 12/16 5,5 20 6 3 13 43 32 30
810 020 20 20/25 6,6 25 7,5 4 16 53 40 50
Nuts for the Piston Rod Bearing
Material:
Steel, zinc-plated.
Mounting element at the bearing or end cover.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product-No. 810 024 10, Nut on Piston Rod Bearing for Cylinder Ø 10 mm
Product No. eg t
mm mm mm g
810 024 10 10 M12x1,25 19 6 10
810 024 12 12/16 M16x1,5 22 5 9
810 024 20 20/25 M22x1,5 27 8 17
Mounting Elements for Magnetic Switch at Profile Barrel for ≥ 15 mm Stroke
Materials:
Mounting: Plastic.
Screw: Steel, zinc-plated.
* Magnetic Switch
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 810 017 10, Mounting Elements for Magnetic **Mounting Element
1 1
Product No. a eg t
mm mm mm g
810 017 10 10 8 16 3
810 017 12 12 8 18 4
810 017 16 16 10 20 6
810 017 20 20 10 22 6
810 017 25 25 10 24 7
® 625
Bracket Hinge Mountings with Circlip
Materials:
Mounting: Steel, zinc-plated.
Bolts: Stainless Steel.
Mating bracket for rear end mounting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 810,023 10, Bracket Hinge, Rear with Circlip for
Cylinder Ø 10 mm
Product No. Cyl. Ø Bolt Ø CA G1 eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
810 023 10 10 4 24 11 12,5 20 4 2,5 17,5 13 4,5 18
810 023 12 12/16 6 27 13 15 25 5 3 23 18 5,5 35
810 023 20 20/25 8 30 16 20 32 6 4 29,5 24 6,6 77
Bracket Hinge Mountings with Split Pin
Materials:
Mounting: Steel, zinc-plated.
Bolts: Stainless Steel.
Mating bracket for rear end mounting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 810 022 10, Bracket Hinge, Rear with Split Pin for
Cylinder Ø 10 mm
product No. t eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
810 022 10 10 4 12 6,5 - 15 6 1 13,5 10,5 2 4,8 5
810 022 12 12/16 6 20 18,5 15 30 8 1,5 20 15 3 5,5 20
810 022 20 20/25 8 25 20 15 35 10 2 25 20,5 3 6,6 40
626 ®
Magnetic Switches with Reed Contact
Section
Set screw SW 1,5
brown
blue (exit)
Section
Set screw SW 1,5
black
blue
brown
Section View
black
brown blue
Plug
Set screw SW 1,5
brown
black (exit)
Materials:
us ng P ast a e P P
Mode of operation: N/O with LED (yellow), change over contact
without LED.
Switching Voltage (Ub):10 to 240 V AC/170 V DC.
Switching Voltage output: Ub - 2.7 V.
Switching current (see graph): 0.18 A max.
t ng e a
Note: Switch life may be greatly reduced if the maximum values for
contact load, switching current and switching voltage are exceeded.
nta t es stan e
Response time: 1.8 ms.
Operating temperature: -20°C to +80°C.
Protection rating: IP 66 (DIN 40050).
Shock resistance: 50 g (during 11 ms).
at n es stan e g at
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 810 000 01, Magnetic Switch, N/O,
2 m cable
Product No. un t n a e engt eg t
m g
810 000 01 N/O, without Plug 5 92
810 000 02 Change-over, without Plug 5 92
810 000 03 N/O, with Plug 0,3 16
Plug-In Connector Cable for Prod.-No. 810 000 03
Material: PVC 3 x 0.25.
Product No. a e engt eg t
m g
810 000 00 5 150
® 627
Magnetic Switch, Solid State
Product No. 810 000 04
Section
Set screw SW 1,5
brown
blue
black
(exit)
Product No. 810 000 06
Section View
black
brown blue
Plug
Set screw SW 1,5
brown
blue
black
(exit)
Materials: Switching Current and Switching Voltage
us ng P ast a d ng t
Cable: PVC 3 x 0.25.
Mode of Operation: Output with LED (yellow).
Switching voltage (Ub): 10 to 30 V DC.
Switching voltage output: Ub - 2 V.
Induced voltage: 0.5 V.
Switching Current (see Graph): max. 150 mA.
t ng e a
Response time: < 0.5 ms.
e at ng e uen
Operating temperature: -20°C to +80°C.
Protection rating: IP 67 (DIN 40050).
Cable length: 2 m.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 810 000 04, Magnetic Switch without plug
Magnetic Switch
Product No. un t n a e engt eg t
m g
810 000 04 pnp, without plug 5 92
810 000 06 pnp, with plug 0,3 16
Plug-in connector cable for Prod.-No. 810 000 06 / 810 000 07
Material: PVC 3 x 0.25.
Product No. a e engt eg t
m g
810 000 00 5 150
628 ®
2/2 Solenoid Valves DN 10, Short Version, Nominal diameter 10 mm
Material: Features
us ng ass P • Suitable for vacuum.
Seat seal: NBR (Perbunan). • Clear design.
Internal parts: 1.4104, 1.4303, PVDF. • Compact solenoid with integrated core tube.
• For neutral gaseous and liquid fluids. a e s t ut n u essu e d e en e e P
• Electromagnetically actuated valve, with forced valve lifting. • Operating pressure 0 - 20 bar with alternating voltage and NBR seal.
• Diaphragm valves.
• Connection internal thread G1/4 to G1/2.
• Operating pressure 0 to 10 bar (up to 25 mm2/s cSt).
For contaminated fluids insertion of a strainer is recommended. Symbol
Description (standard unit):
Solenoid valve for, e.g., air , water, oil.
Switching function: Normally closed.
Flow direction: determined.
Fluid temperature: -10°C to +90°C.
Ambient temperature: -10 °C to +50°C.
Mounting position: optional, preferably solenoid vertical on top.
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No., Voltage, Connection
Product No. tage nne t n a ue eg t
(Thread) mm mm mm mm mm mm Base m3/h kg
851 114 11 24V DC G1/4 14 87 73 44 21 12 1,5 0,5
851 114 12 G1/4 14 87 73 44 21 12 1,5 0,5
851 138 11 24V DC G3/8 14 87 73 44 21 12 1,7 0,5
851 138 12 G3/8 14 87 73 44 21 12 1,7 0,5
851 112 11 24V DC G1/2 14 90 74,5 60 27 15 1,7 0,6
851 112 12 G1/2 14 90 74,5 60 27 15 1,7 0,6
* Cv-Value (US) = kv-Value x 1.2.
Power consumption Magnet
According to DIN VDE 0580 at a coil temperature of +20ºC. At ope- Design according to VDE 0580.
rating state temperature of the solenoid (DC) the power consumpti- Voltage range ±10%.
on decreases, for physical reasons by up to approx. 30%. 100% duty cycle.
Protection class acc. to EN 60529 IP65.
DC AC
Socket acc. to DIN EN 175301-803 (in accessory box).
n us d ng
20 VA 16 VA
® 629
2/2 Solenoid Valves, DN 20 and DN 25, Standard Version
Material: Features
us ng ass g ate
Seat seal: NBR (Perbunan). • For rugged applications.
Internal parts: Stainless steel, PVDF, Brass. • Damped operation.
• For neutral gaseous and liquid fluids. • Suitable for vacuum.
• Electromagnetically actuated valve, with forced valve lifting. • For systems with low or changing pressure difference.
• Diaphragm valves. a e s t ut n u essu e d e en e e P
• Connection internal thread G3/4 and G1. • Solenoid can be replaced without tools.
• Operating pressure 0 to 10 bar (up to 25 mm2/s cSt).
For contaminated fluids insertion of a strainer is recommended.
Symbol
Description (standard unit)
Solenoid valve for, e.g., air , water, oil.
Switching function: Normally closed.
Flow direction: determined.
Fluid temperature: -10°C to max. +90°C.
Ambient temperature: -10°C to max. +50°C.
Mounting position: optional, preferably solenoid vertical on top.
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No., Voltage, Connection
Product No. Voltage Connection Nominal Ø ØA 1 L L1 a ue eg t
(Thread) mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Base m3/h kg
851 234 11 24V DC G3/4 20 50 115 99 80 36,5 16 5,8 1,00
851 234 12 G3/4 20 50 115 99 80 36,5 16 5,8 1,00
851 210 11 24V DC G1 25 62 124 103,5 95 44 18 8,0 1,30
851 210 12 G1 25 62 124 103,5 95 44 18 8,0 1,30
* Cv-Value (US) = kv-Value x 1.2.
Power consumption Magnet
According to DIN VDE 0580 at a coil temperature of +20ºC. At ope- Design according to VDE 0580.
rating state temperature of the solenoid (DC) the power consumpti- Voltage range ±10%.
on decreases, for physical reasons by up to approx. 30%. 100% duty cycle.
Protection class acc. to EN 60529 IP65.
DC AC
Socket acc. to DIN EN 175301-803 A (in accessory box).
n us d ng
20 VA 18 VA
Note: For explosion-proof solenoids (on request) the permissible
temperature range decreases.
630 ®
3/2 Solenoid Valves, Single Pilot, Normally closed
Version with twin pilot on
request.
Materials:
us ng and ase ates u n u nd e ta n ess stee P st n
s a e s and e P ast tat and d na sea s e s
n ated ngs ta n ess tee
Standard pilot controls with replaceable solenoid system for all common Symbol
voltages.
The valves are suitable for lubricated or non-lubricated standard com-
pressed air.
At normal operating conditions the system has a lifespan of 50 million
switching cycles.
The valve system (cartridge) is an optimised version of the million-times
proven sealing system. Manual override with detent.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 850 118 11, 3/2 Solenoid Valve,
Connecting Thread G 1/8, Voltage 24 V
Product No. nne t n tage e at ng eg t Product No. Product No.
(l/min) pressure (bar) g Socket* Spare Solenoid*
850 118 11 G 1/8 24V DC 750 2-8 220 858 000 01 858 000 06
850 118 12 G 1/8 858 000 01 858 000 07
850 128 11 G 1/4 24V DC 1300 2-8 290 858 000 01 858 000 06
850 128 12 G 1/4 858 000 01 858 000 07
* See page 633.
Dim. P
G1/8 35 16 – 3,2 6,5 17 G1/8 22 16,2 28 - 114 25 25 4,5 26 35 – –
G 1/4 46 18 – 3,2 6,5 20 G1/4 25 21 28 - 130 32 29 4,5 26 40 – –
Solenoid and Voltage Selection
22mm solenoid with plug interface according to DIN 43650 Form B.
Voltage: 24V DC.
en d e n us d ng
tage
Solenoid power inrush/holding: 6/5VA.
® 631
5/2 Solenoid Valves, Single and Twin Pilot
Single pilot
Double pilot
Materials: Symbol
us ng and ase ates u n u nd e ta n ess stee P st n
s a e s and e P ast tat and d na sea s e s
n ated ngs ta n ess tee
Standard pilot controls with replaceable solenoid system for all common
voltages.
The valves are suitable for lubricated or non-lubricated standard com-
pressed air.
At normal operating conditions the system has a lifespan of 50 million
switching cycles.
The valve system (cartridge) is an optimised version of the million-times
proven sealing system. Manual override with detent.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 850 318 11, 5/2 Solenoid Valve,
Connecting Thread G 1/8, Voltage 24 V, Single Pilot
Product No. Product No. nne t n tage e at ng eg t Product No. Product No.
single pilot twin pilot (l/min) pressure (bar) g Socket* Spare Solenoid*
850 318 11 850 418 11 G 1/8 24V DC 750 2-8 240 858 000 01 858 000 06
850 318 12 850 418 12 G 1/8 858 000 01 858 000 07
850 328 11 850 428 11 G 1/4 24V DC 1300 2-8 330 858 000 01 858 000 06
850 328 12 850 428 12 G 1/4 858 000 01 858 000 07
* See page 633.
Dim. es gn P
G 1/8 Rest Position 50 16 16,2 3,2 6,5 17 G1/8 22 32,4 28 – 129 25 25 4,5 26 35 – –
G 1/4 Rest Position 66 1821 3,2 6,5 20 G1/4 25 42 28 – 150 32 29 4,5 26 40 – –
Solenoid and Voltage Selection
22 mm solenoid with plug interface according to DIN 43650 Form B.
Voltage: 24V DC.
en d e n us d ng
tage
Solenoid power inrush/holding: 6/5VA.
632 ®
5/3 Solenoid Valves, with twin pilot
Materials: Version A: Rest position: all connections locked
us ng and ase ates u n u nd e ta n ess tee
P st n s a e s and e P ast tat and d na sea s
e s n ated
Springs: Stainless Steel. Symbol
Standard pilot controls with replaceable solenoid system for all common
voltages.
The valves are suitable for lubricated or non-lubricated standard com-
pressed air.
At normal operating conditions the system has a lifespan of 50 million Version B: Rest position: Connection 2 and 4 relieved
switching cycles.
The valve system (cartridge) is an optimised version of the million-times Symbol
proven sealing system. Manual override with detent.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 850 518 11, 5/3 Solenoid Valve, Connecting Thread G 1/8, Voltage 24 V
Product No. Product No. nne t n tage e at ng eg t Product No. Product No.
Version A Version B (l/min) pressure (bar) g Socket* Spare Solenoid*
850 518 11 850 618 11 G 1/8 24V DC 500 3-8 350 858 000 01 858 000 06
850 518 12 850 618 12 G 1/8 858 000 01 858 000 07
850 528 11 850 628 11 G 1/4 24V DC 950 3-8 470 858 000 01 858 000 06
850 528 12 850 628 12 G 1/4 858 000 01 858 000 07
* See below.
Dim. P
G1/8 50 – 16,2 3,2 6,5 17 G1/8 22 32,4 28 189 – 25 – 4,5 26 35 – –
G 1/4 66 – 21 3,2 6,5 20 G1/4 25 42 28 217 – 32 – 4,5 26 40 – –
Solenoid and Voltage Selection Socket according to DIN 43650, without Cable
22 mm solenoid with plug interface according to DIN 43650 Form B. Material: Polyamide. Version B
Solenoid can be turned in steps of 90°. eg t g
Voltage: 24V DC + 10%. Product No.
en d e n us d ng 858 000 01
Voltage: 230V +
Solenoid power inrush/holding: 6/5VA.
Duty cycle: 100% ED.
Protection rating: IP 65 with sealed connectors (ISO 6952). Spare Solenoids according to DIN 43650
eg t g Version B
Product No. 24 V DC
858 000 06
Product No.
858 000 07
® 633
Air Preparation Equipment
Product No. 830 001 00 Product No. 830 003 00
Section Section
73 (69 secured)
73 (69 secured)
Materials: Operating pressure: max. 10 bar.
Bowl: Polycarbonate. Pressure range: 0.3 to 10 bar.
us ng n d e ast Relief valve: Standard with relief valve.
O-ring seals: synthetic elastomers. Pressure Gauge: Standard.
Filter element: Polypropylene. Filter element: 40 µm standard.
Bowl size (oiler): 0.04 litre.
Medium: Compressed Air. Max. flow: 13 l/s (connection G1/4, inlet pressure 10 bar.
Operating temperature: -20°C to +65°C. et essu e a a
For temperatures below +2°C please take the air properties into account. Draining: Manual.
Oiler version: Micro-fog oiler.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 830 001 00, Air Preparation Unit without Shut-
Off Valve
Symbol Product No. nne t n ut a e eg t
g
830 001 00 G 1/4 without 1122
830 003 00 G 1/4 with 1415
Air preperation equipment 1 The patented Quikclamps® allows the equipment to be used in
consists of Shutt-off Valve,
Filter-Regulator and Micro- 5 individual or modular installations. The Quikclamp®-Connection Set
fog Oiler also allows the mounting and maintenance of individual units wit-
hout removing the tubes. Equipment like pressure regulators can be
easily mounted in four different operation levels.
6
1 Push-to-lock adjusting knob.
2
2 Easy mounting and maintenance due to Quikclamp®.
3 3/2-way shut-off valve – compact, lockable,
with relief function.
7 4 Easy handling for manual draining of condensate.
5 Lubricator sight-feed dome simplifies adjustment and
readability of the oil drip rate.
6 Micro-fog oiler produces a fine oil fog –
3 ideal for long and complex pipeworks.
7 Quick release bayonet bowl.
634 ®
Pressure Regulator (with Relief Function)
Materials:
us ng n d e ast
End covers: Acetal.
Valve: Brass.
O-ring seals: Synthetic elastomers.
Medium: Compressed air.
73 (69 secured)
Operating pressure: Max. 20 bar.
Pressure range: 0.3 to 10 bar as standard.
Relieving Operation: Relief function as standard.
Max. flow: 33 l/s (connection G1/4, inlet pressure 10 bar, set pres-
su e a a
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 830 005 00, Pressure Regulator with Relief Valve,
Connection G1/4
Symbol Product No. nne t n eg t
g Pressure Gauge Connection Rc 1/8
830 005 00 G1/4 360
Compressed-Air Filter
Materials:
Bowl: Polycarbonate.
us ng n d e ast
O-ring seals: Synthetic elastomers.
Filter element: Polypropylene.
Medium: Compressed air.
Operating pressure: Max. 10 bar.
Max. flow: 28 l/s (Connection G 1/4).
Operating pressure = 6.3 bar.
a
Filter element 40 µm.
Draining: Manual as standard.
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 830 007 00, Compressed-Air Filter with Manual
Draining, Connection G 1/4
Symbol Product No. nne t n eg t
g
830 007 00 G 1/4 490
® 635
Filter / Regulators
Materials:
Bowl: Polycarbonate.
us ng n d e ast
73 (69 secured)
up to
O-ring seals: synthetic elastomers.
Filter element: Polypropylene.
Medium: Compressed Air.
Operating pressure: max. 10 bar.
Filter element: 40 µm standard.
Draining: Manual.
Pressure range: 0.3 to 10 bar as standard.
Relief valve: Standard with relief valve.
Max. flow: 38 l/s (connection G1/4, inlet pressure 10 bar,
et essu e a a te e e ent
Ordering Details: e.g.: Article No. 830 011 00, Filter/ Regulator with Manual Draining
Symbol Product No. nne t n eg t Product No.
g Spare filter
830 011 00 G1/4 520 830 007 01
Micro-Fog or Standard Fog Oilers
Materials:
Bowl: Polycarbonate.
us ng n d e ast
O-ring seals: synthetic elastomers.
Sight-feed dome: Polycarbonate.
Medium: Compressed Air.
Operating pressure: max. 10 bar.
Bowl size: 0.04 litre.
Flow: 0.47 l/s to 24 l/s*.
*Max. value (connection G 1/4 n et essu e a a
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 830 013 00, Micro-Fog Oiler
Symbol Product No. nne t n e eg t
g
830 013 00 G1/4 Micro-fog oiler 490
830 015 00 G1/4 Standard Fog Oiler 490
Pressure Relief Valve
Materials:
us ng n d e ast
End cover: Acetal.
O-ring seals: synthetic elastomers.
73 (69 secured)
up to
Medium: Compressed Air.
Operating pressure: max. 17 bar.
Pressure range: 0.3 to 10 bar as standard.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 830 017 00, Pressure Relief Valve ventilation
Symbol Product No. nne t n eg t
g
830 017 00 G1/4 330
636 ®
Accessories: Flexible Exchange of Elements with Patented Quikclamp ® System
3/2 Way Shut-Off Valve (manual) Universal Mounting Bracket Universal Mounting Bracket
Connection
Connection
Materials: Material: Materials:
us ng n d e ast Steel. Nut: Plastic: Bracket: Steel.
Slider: Plastic:
Symbol Product No. nne t n eg t Product No. eg t Product No. eg t
g g g
830 022 00 G1/4 293 830 031 00 49 830 033 00 72
Panel Mounting Nut Pressure Gauge
Material: Materials: us ng e ng g ass P ast
Plastic: Connecting thread: Brass.
Operating pressure: 0-10 bar. T = -20°C to 60°C
Product No. eg t Product No. nne t n eg t
g mm g
830 035 00 3 830 037 00 R1/8 40 43
® 637
Quick connectors Pneufit C and Pneufit Push-In fittings
Fitting body Release
Secure hold and unproblematic multiple Pneufit C Fittings ring
mounting, due to high-quality grab ring.
Mounting holes for wall mounting*. us ng ade a ast
• Low cost.
O-Ring seals with parallel threads (G).
• Modern design. Grab ring
PTFE-free pre-applied thread sealant with • Increasing distribution.
taper threads (R). Seal
Internal hexagons on all straight fittings O-ring
offer easy mounting.
Colour codings for improved safety*. Pneufit Push-In
Fast Connectors Thread
Red release rings for quick identification of
metric tube sizes*. us ng ade a n e ated ass
PTFE-free pre-
applied thread sealant
O-ring seals made from silicone-free Nitrile • Classical design. (taper thread)
rubber.
* Only for Pneufit C.
Tube stop
O-ring
Collet
Fitting body
Technical Data:
Internal hexagon
Medium: Compressed Air.
Operating pressure: 18 bar max. Thread sealing
(Regulating-out banjo bolts max. 10 bar).
Vacuum: 98% max.** Pneufit C dimensions Mounting
Operating temperature: -20°C* to 80°C
g te e atu e de s n e uest
*For temperatures below +2°C please take
the air properties into account.
** Only for Pneufit Push-In.
Tube sizes
4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 mm outside Ø.
Note: Push-on fittings must not be used in Ensure that tube is cut off square and is free
compressed-air break systems of commercial from burrs.
vehicles.
ØA Ø S* Ø T** Vmax
Tubes/hoses
4 mm 2,8 15,3 10,7
Polyamide tube 11 and 12, polyurethane 6 mm 4,4 17,1 12,9
and polyethylene hoses according to DIN 8 mm 6,0 19,2 14,5
73378, DIN 74234, NFE 49-100 or BS
5409/1. For safety reasons we recommend
our tubes and hoses.
Push end of tube (outside surface must be
Fastening torques Pneufit Push-In dimensions free from damage) into the collet.
The following fastening torques apply for
fittings with pre-applied thread sealant and
taper threads:
Thread Fastening Torque (Nm)
R1/8 6,86 ... 8,82
R1/4 11,76 ... 13,72
R3/8 21,56 ... 25,32
R1/2 27,44 ... 29,40 Push the tube firmly through the O-ring
ØA Ø S* Ø T** Vmax until it bottoms on the Stop.
4 2,8 14,0 7,5
6 4,4 15,5 11,0 disassembly
8 6,0 16,5 13,0
10 7,6 21,0 14,5
12 9,6 24,5 18,0
14 11,5 24,5 20,0
* Dimensions valid for all threaded connectors
(exemptions possible).
** Dimensions with pushed out grab ring.
Push the collet against the fitting and with-
draw the tube.
638 ®
Pneufit C Fittings
Ø A = matching tube outer diameter. B = Thread (G for parallel, R for conical).
Drawings with complete dimensions can be found on the internet under www.maedler.de
Straight Unions Swivel Elbow Adaptors with Taper Thread
Product No. ØA Product No. ØA B
mm mm
866 104 00 4 866 404 18 4 R1/8
866 106 00 6 866 404 14 4 R1/4
866 108 00 8 866 406 18 6 R1/8
866 406 14 6 R1/4
866 408 18 8 R1/8
866 408 14 8 R1/4
Straight Adaptors with Taper Thread Swivel Elbow Adaptors with Cylindrical Thread
Product No. ØA B Product No. ØA B
mm mm
866 204 18 4 R1/8 866 504 18 4 G1/8
866 204 14 4 R1/4 866 504 14 4 G1/4
866 206 18 6 R1/8 866 506 18 6 G1/8
866 206 14 6 R1/4 866 506 14 6 G1/4
866 208 18 8 R1/8 866 508 18 8 G1/8
866 208 14 8 R1/4 866 508 14 8 G1/4
Straight Adaptors with Cylindrical Thread Swivel Tee-Adaptors with Cylindrical Thread
Product No. ØA B Product No. ØA B
mm mm
866 304 18 4 G1/8 866 604 18 4 G1/8
866 304 14 4 G1/4 866 604 14 4 G1/4
866 306 18 6 G1/8 866 606 18 6 G1/8
866 306 14 6 G1/4 866 606 14 6 G1/4
866 308 18 8 G1/8 866 608 18 8 G1/8
866 308 14 8 G1/4 866 608 14 8 G1/4
Union Elbows
Product No. ØA
mm
866 124 00 4
866 126 00 6
866 128 00 8
® 639
Pneufit Push-In fittings
Ø A = matching tube outer diameter. B = Thread (G for parallel, R for conical).
Drawings with complete dimensions can be found on the internet under www.maedler.de
Straight Adaptors with Cylindrical Thread
Product No. ØA B
mm
860 104 03 4 M3
860 104 05 4 M5
860 104 18 4 G1/8A
860 104 28 4 G1/4A
860 106 05 6 M5
860 106 18 6 G1/8A
860 106 28 6 G1/4A
860 108 18 8 G1/8A
860 108 28 8 G1/4A
860 108 38 8 G3/8A
860 108 48 8 G1/2A
860 110 18 10 G1/8A
860 110 28 10 G1/4A
860 110 38 10 G3/8A
860 110 48 10 G1/2A
860 112 28 12 G1/4A
860 112 38 12 G3/8A
860 112 48 12 G1/2A
860 114 38 14 G3/8A
860 114 48 14 G1/2A
Straight Unions
Product No. ØA
mm
860 604 00 4
860 606 00 6
860 608 00 8
860 610 00 10
860 612 00 12
Push-In Silencers
Product No. ØA
mm
861 404 00 4
861 406 00 6
861 408 00 8
Plugs
Product No. ØA
mm
861 104 00 4
861 106 00 6
861 108 00 8
861 110 00 10
861 112 00 12
Reducing / Enlarging Connectors
Product No. Ø A1 ØA
Reducing mm mm
860 906 04 6 4
860 908 04 8 4
860 908 06 8 6
860 910 06 10 6
860 910 08 10 8
Enlarging:
860 904 06 4 6
860 906 08 6 8
640 ®
Pneufit Push-In fittings
Ø A = matching tube outer diameter. B = Thread (G for parallel, R for conical).
Drawings with complete dimensions can be found on the internet under www.maedler.de
Swivel Elbow Adaptors with Cylindrical Thread Tee Connectors
Product No. ØA B Product No. ØA
mm mm
861 704 05 4 M5 862 604 00 4
861 704 18 4 G1/8A 862 606 00 6
861 704 28 4 G1/4A 862 608 00 8
861 706 05 6 M5 862 610 00 10
861 706 18 6 G1/8A 862 612 00 12
861 706 28 6 G1/4A
861 708 18 8 G1/8A
861 708 28 8 G1/4A
861 708 38 8 G3/8A
861 710 28 10 G1/4A
861 710 38 10 G3/8A 4-Way Cross Connectors
861 710 48 10 G1/2A
861 712 28 12 G1/4A Product No. ØA
861 712 48 12 G1/2A mm
862 906 00 6
862 908 00 8
862 910 00 10
Swivel Elbow Adaptors 45° with O ring
Product No. ØA B
mm mm
862 006 18 6 G1/8A
862 006 28 6 G1/4A
862 008 18 8 G1/8A
862 008 28 8 G1/4A Parallel Y-Connectors
Product No. ØA Ø A1
mm mm
863 004 00 1x4 2x4
863 006 00 1x6 2x6
863 008 00 1x8 2x8
Elbow Connectors 863 010 00 1x10 2x10
Product No. ØA 863 006 04 1x6 2x4
mm 863 008 06 1x8 2x6
863 010 08 1x10 2x8
862 104 00 4
862 106 00 6
862 108 00 8
862 110 00 10
862 112 00 12
Swivel Elbow Bulkhead Connectors
Product No. ØA
mm
862 206 00 6
862 208 00 8
862 210 00 10
Stem Elbow Connectors
Product No. ØA Ø A1
mm mm
862 304 00 4 4
862 306 00 6 6
862 308 00 8 8
® 641
Elbow Banjo Assembly with Sealing Ring
Material: Brass, nickel plated.
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 863 504 05, Elbow Banjo Assembly with Sealing Ring,
Tube Outer-Ø 4 mm, Thread M5
Product No. eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
863 504 05 4 M5 18,7 22 8 9,5 4,0 13
863 504 18 4 G1/8A 20,6 30 14 11,0 6,0 34
863 506 05 6 M5 22,2 22 8 12,5 4,0 17
863 506 28 6 G1/4A 24,2 34 17 13,0 7,4 54
863 508 18 8 G1/8A 23,7 30 14 14,0 6,0 37
863 508 28 8 G1/4A 24,7 34 17 14,0 7,4 56
863 508 38 8 G3/8A 26,7 41 22 16,5 9,0 112
863 510 28 10 G1/4A 30,2 34 17 16,0 7,4 59
Elbow Banjo Assembly, Regulating Out, with Sealing Ring
Material: Brass, nickel plated.
Symbol
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 863 604 05, Elbow Banjo Assembly, Regulating Out,
with Sealing Ring, Tube Outer-Ø 4 mm, Thread M5
Product No. eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm g
863 604 05 4 M5 18,7 27,0 8 9,5 4,4 13
863 604 18 4 G1/8A 20,6 34,0 14 11,0 6,0 34
863 606 05 6 M5 22,2 27,0 8 12,5 4,4 17
863 606 18 6 G1/8A 23,7 34,0 14 12,5 6,0 37
863 606 28 6 G1/4A 24,2 36,5 17 13,0 6,0 58
863 608 28 8 G1/4A 24,7 36,5 17 14,0 6,0 59
863 608 38 8 G3/8A 26,7 51,5 22 16,5 10,0 123
863 608 18 8 G1/8A 23,7 34,0 14 13,5 6,0 39
863 610 28 10 G1/4A 30,2 36,5 17 15,7 6,0 63
642 ®
Banjo Bolts with Sealing Rings
Materials: Brass, nickel plated.
For combination with banjo bodies.
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 864 700 18, Banjo Bolt with Sealing Rings, G1/8 A
Product No. eg t
mm mm mm g
864 700 18 G1/8A 30 14 5,0 15
864 700 28 G1/4A 34 17 8,5 25
864 700 38 G3/8A 41 22 10,0 60
® 643
Ball Valves Made from Brass, Exhausting, Full Bore
Materials: us ng ass n e ated
Ball seat: PTFE, O-ring seals: Viton.
Operating pressure: 0 to 45 bar.
Operating temperature: -20°C to +150°C.
ventilation
Ordering details e.g.: Product No. 865 131 28, Ball Valves Made from Brass, Exhausting,
Full Bore, Internal Thread G1/4
Product No. e gt
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
865 131 28 G1/4 57 61 8 29 100 6,5 22 259
865 131 38 G3/8 54 61 10 29 100 8,5 22 245
865 131 48 G1/2 69 64 15 35 100 9,5 27 365
865 131 68 G3/4 77 76 20 45 120 10,5 33 619
865 131 88 G1 89 80 25 54 120 11,5 40 883
Ball Valves Made from Brass, Full Bore
Materials: us ng ass n e ated
Seat: PTFE, O-ring seals: Viton.
Operating pressure: 0 to 45 bar.
Operating temperature: -20°C to +150°C.
Ordering details e.g.: Product No. 865 022 28, Ball Valves made from Brass, Standard,
Full Bore, External thread G1/4
Product No. e gt
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
865 022 28 G1/4 G1/4A 50 36 8 23 85 18 6,5 6,5 128
865 022 38 G3/8 G3/8A 54 36 10 24 85 21 8,5 8,5 154
865 022 48 G1/2 G1/2A 65 40 15 30 85 25 9,5 9,5 212
865 022 68 G3/4 G3/4A 75 47 20 38 105 31 10,5 10,5 365
865 022 88 G1 G1A 86 51 25 46 105 38 11,5 11,5 545
644 ®
Exhaust Filters
Material: us ng u nu te e e ent nte ed eta
Operating pressure: max. 10 bar.
Ordering details e.g.: Product No. 865 315 11, Exhaust Filter, Thread
Outer Ø G1/8A
at eg t
Product No. a e at ng P essu e
mm mm mm mm m3/h g
865 315 11 G1/8A 6 16 8 15 11,3 6
865 315 12 G1/4A 8 22 10 23 27,7 18
865 315 14 G1/2A 10,5 25 13 30 37,8 30
865 315 16 G3/4A 14 31 16 42 98,3 50
865 315 18 G1A 15 35 19 47 138,6 91
Silencers
Material: te e e ent nte ed eta us ng ass
Operating pressure: max. 10 bar.
Ordering details e.g.: Product No. 866 005 00, Silencer, Thread M5
Product No. ent ng se d easu ng stan e eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm at 0,7 bar at 6 bar g
866 005 00 M5 5 5 5 2,5 2,0 7 56 70 4
866 018 00 G 1/8 A 6 5 9,5 6 24 13 66 75 10
866 028 00 G 1/4A 8 5 12 8,5 33 17 68 78 20
866 038 00 G 3/8 A 10 5 17 12 44 22 75 84 39
866 048 00 G 1/2 A 12 5,5 20 14,8 56 27 75 88 68
866 068 00 G 3/4 A 14 6 26 19 80 32 87 96 130
866 088 00 G1A 16 6 31 25 82 41 93 100 200
® 645
Block Form Flow Regulators, Uni Directional
Materials:
M5
us ng ast eaded nse t ass
Seals: Nitrile rubber. Valve needle: Brass, nickel plated.
us ng n a ea s t e u e
Valve needle/inner part: Brass. Outer parts: Aluminium alloy.
us ng u n u a ea s t e u e
Valve needle/inner part: Brass. Outer parts: Aluminium alloy.
Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated.
Inert gases.
Operating pressure: 1 to 10 bar (2 to 10 bar for M5).
Operating temperature: max. +80°C (60°C max. for M5).
Mode of operation: Flow regulator.
G...
Section 00 Symbols
Symbol 123
Ordering details e.g.: Product No. 865 405 00, Block Form Flow Regulators,
Uni Directional, Thread M5
Pane a eg t
Bore Panel
Symbol Product No. P ness
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
865 405 00 M5 25 15 45 6,5 12 18 4,5 12 5,5 M10x0,75 8 12 12,5 10,5 4 12
865 418 00 G 1/8 34 20 51 - 16,5 24 4,5 16 8 M12x1 10 14 17 12,5 4 65
865 428 00 G 1/4 45 25,5 61,5 - 21 32 4,5 19 9,5 M14x1 10 17 22,5 14,5 4 115
865 438 00 G 3/8 58 32,5 78,5 - 27 43 6,5 28 13 M20x1 14 24 29 20,5 4 153
865 448 00 G 1/2 65 36 82 - 30,5 50 6,5 30 15 M20x1 14 24 32,5 20,5 4 186
Flow dates
a a a ue at a a ue at a
in regulating direction against regulating direction in regulating direction in regulating direction against regulating direction against regulating direction
at 6 bar at 6 bar 1 to 2 1 to 2 2 to 1 2 to 1
l/min l/min m3/h m3/h
200 210 0,13 12,1 0,14 12,6
550 550 0,37 33 0,37 33
1800 2460 1,2 108,1 1,64 148
2770 3000 1,84 166,05 1,99 180
Quick Exhaust Valves
Materials: us ng and e u nu n a
Seals: Nitrile rubber.
Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated.
Mode of operation: Poppet valve.
Mounting: In-line.
Operating pressure: 0.5 to 10 bar.
Operating temperature: max. +80°C.
• Enables air to be dumped quickly from air reservoirs and cylinders.
• Allows higher cylinder speeds to be achieved.
Ordering details e.g.: Product No. 865 518 00, Quick Exhaust Valves, Thread G1/8
Symbol Product No. eg t
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
865 518 00 G 1/8 19 28 15,3 3,5 53 29 35,5 19 30 150
865 528 00 G 1/4 19 28 15,3 3,5 53 29 35,5 19 30 130
865 538 00 G 3/8 30 40 15,5 4 73,5 46 48 30 46 210
865 548 00 G 1/2 30 40 15,5 4 73,5 46 48 30 46 190
Product No. P ts P t a ue at a e at ng essu e 3
/h)
Primary Secondary Size 1 to 2 2 to 3 1 to 2 2 to 3
865 518 00 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 1,06 1,23 95,80 110,9
865 528 00 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 2,23 2,46 201,6 221,8
865 538 00 G 3/8 G 3/8 G 3/8 4,47 5,02 403,2 453,6
865 548 00 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 1/2 6,14 6,84 554,4 617,4
646 ®
Non-Return Valves
Material: us ng n d sed a u nu
Seals Nitrile rubber.
Medium: Compressed air, filtered, lubricated or non-lubricated.
Mode of operation: Poppet valve.
Operating pressure: -0.9 to 16 bar.
Operating temperature: 80°C.
Ordering details e.g.: Product No. 865 800 04, Non-Return Valves, Tube Outer-Ø 4 mm
Symbol Product No. eg t
mm mm mm Operating Pressure 6 bar g
865 800 04 4 49 11 0,11 (159.6 l/min) 10
865 800 06 6 56,5 13 0,44 (659,4 l/min) 16
865 800 08 8 61 15 0,89 (1344 l/min) 22
865 800 10 10 77,5 20 1,26 (1890 l/min) 48
865 800 12 12 88,5 22 1,87 (2814 l/min) 64
Plug with Sealing Ring
Material: Brass, nickel plated.
Ordering details e.g.: Product No. 865 900 05, Plug with Sealing Ring, Thread M5
Product No. eg t
mm mm mm g
865 900 05 M5 8 4,5 8 2
865 900 28 G1/4 A 13 9 17 13
865 900 38 G 3/8 A 13,5 9,5 19 20
865 900 48 G1/2 A 14,5 10 24 27
865 900 68 G3/4 A 16 11 30 49
865 900 88 G1A 17 12 40 190
Tube Cutter Disconnection Tool
Ordering details e.g.: Product No. 869 999 00, Tube Cutter Ordering details e.g.: Product No. 869 999 90, Disconnection Tool
Product No. eg t Product No. eg t
g g
869 999 99 25 869 999 90 45
® 647
Polyamide Tubes PA
Dimensions and tolerances to DIN 73378.
Ordering details e.g.: Product No. 869 804 01 Polyamide Tube Outer Ø 4 mm,
Inner-Ø 2.5 mm, Length (Max. Length 100 m)
Product No. Product No. Product No. eg t
Outer Inner per m
Natural Blue Black mm mm g
869 804 01 869 804 02 869 804 03 4 2,5 10
869 806 01 869 806 02 869 806 03 6 4 20
869 808 01 869 808 02 869 808 03 8 6 30
869 810 01 869 810 02 869 810 03 10 7,5 50
869 812 01 869 812 02 869 812 03 12 9 70
869 814 01 869 814 02 869 814 03 14 11 90
Polyurethane Hoses PU
Dimensions and tolerances to DIN 73378.
Ordering details e.g.: Product No. 869 904 01, Polyurethane Hose,
Outer Ø 4 mm, Inner Ø 2.5 mm, Length (Max. Length 100 m)
eg t
Product No. Product No. Product No. Outer Inner per m
Natural Blue Black mm mm g
869 904 01 869 904 02 869 904 03 4 2,5 13
869 906 01 869 906 02 869 906 03 6 4 25
869 908 01 869 908 02 869 908 03 8 5,5 40
869 910 01 869 910 02 869 910 03 10 7 50
869 912 01 869 912 02 869 912 03 12 8 100
Note
Max. Operating Pressure
Tube Outer-Ø 4 mm 6 mm 8 mm 10 mm 12 mm 14 mm
Max. Pressure* Polyamide Tube 28 bar 25 bar 19 bar 24 bar 18 bar 15 bar
at t P u et ane se a a a a a
Min. Bend Radius Polyamide Tube 25 mm 30 mm 50 mm 60 mm 75 mm 80 mm
n end ad us P u et ane se
* Permissible Operating Pressure = Max. Operating Pressure x Factor.
Conversion factor: Temp. / Operating Pressure
Operating Pressure Factor
+ 30 ºC 0.83
+ 40 ºC 0.72
+ 50 ºC 0.64
+ 60 ºC 0.57
+ 70 ºC 0.47
Maximum permanent operating temperature:
PA +80ºC. PU +60ºC.
648 ®
Blow Guns
Blow Gun with Metal Nozzle
Material: Composite material. Port thread with brass insert,
Nozzle: Steel thread.
Applications:
• Blow off and remove chippings, swarf and dust.
• Cleaning of machines, work benches, work places, and areas
which are difficult to reach.
• Drying of work pieces.
• Can be used with air and water.
Blow guns are made from a high-tech composite material and thus very
rugged, scratch-resistant, insulating and slip proof. Perfect mounting
safety due to brass insert (G1/4 inch internal thread). The blow guns
feature good ergonomics. This ergonomic shape means no swarf or dust
can gather on the gun.
Steel nozzle: Ø 3 x 6 mm. Temperature: -15 to +70ºC.
Length of nozzle: 110 mm. G 1/4 internal thread.
Flow at 6 bar: 23 N.m3/h. Max. operating pressure: 10 bar. Product No. eg t
mm g
870 001 00 235 138
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No. 870 001 00, Blow Gun with Metal Nozzle Hoses and tail pieces see next page.
Blow Gun with Straight, Scratch-Resistant Nozzle
Material: Composite material. Port thread with brass insert.
Nozzle: Composite material to prevent surface from getting damaged.
Applications:
• Blow off and remove chippings, swarf and dust.
• Cleaning of machines, work benches, work places, and areas
which are difficult to reach.
• Drying of work pieces.
• Can be used with air and water.
Blow guns are made from a high-tech composite material and thus very
rugged, scratch-resistant, insulating and slip proof. Perfect mounting
safety due to brass insert (G1/4 inch internal thread). The blow guns
feature good ergonomics. This ergonomic shape means no swarf or dust
can gather on the gun.
Nozzle : Ø 2 x 12 mm. Temperature: -15 to +70ºC.
Length of nozzle: 59 mm. G 1/4 internal thread.
Flow at 6 bar: 15 N.m3/h. Max. operating pressure: 10 bar. Product No. eg t
mm g
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No. 870 002 00, Blow Gun with Straight, Scratch-Proof 870 002 00 187 119
Nozzle
Hoses and tail pieces see next page.
Blow Gun with Silent Nozzle
Material: Composite material. Port thread with brass insert.
Nozzle: Composite material to lower noise level.
Applications:
• Blow off and remove chippings, swarf and dust.
• Cleaning of machines, work benches, work places, and areas
which are difficult to reach.
• Drying of work pieces.
• Can be used with air and water.
Blow guns are made from a high-tech composite material and thus very
rugged, scratch-resistant, insulating and slip proof. Perfect mounting
safety due to brass insert (G1/4 inch internal thread). The blow guns
feature good ergonomics. This ergonomic shape means no swarf or dust
can gather on the gun.
Nozzle to lower noise level.
Length of nozzle: 56 mm. Temperature: -15 to +70ºC Product No. eg t
es t a e G 1/4 internal thread. mm g
standard. Max. operating pressure: 10 bar.
870 003 00 185 119
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No. 870 003 00, Blow Gun with Silent Nozzle Hoses and tail pieces see next page.
® 649
Hose Coils with Swiveling Hose Tail
Material: Polyurethane, flexible and extremely rugged.
Fitting made from nickel-plated brass.
The hose retracts to its original shape: the coils will not loose their
original shape even under most adverse operating conditions.
Data of fixed fitting on the supply side:
• PTFE pre-coated thread.
• PVC coating to protect hose.
Data of the swivel connection on the side of the compressed-air tool:
• Swivelling joint with ball bearing.
• Easy swivelling, even under pressure, no overstressing of hose coil.
Max. temperature: 70ºC. Operating pressure at 20ºC: Ø 5 x 8: 9 bar.
Ø 6.5 x 10: 9 bar.
Ø 8 x 12: 8 bar.
Pressure: 10 bar. Flexibility: bendable. Colour: blue.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No. 870 105 02, Hose Coil 5x8 mm
Product No. ed nne t n e nne t n a engt n engt eg t
mm Inch Inch m m mm g
870 105 02 5 x 8 G 1/4 G 1/4 2 0,18 42 189
870 105 04 5 x 8 G 1/4 G 1/4 4 0,4 42 290
870 106 04 6,5 x 10 G 1/4 G 1/4 4 0,4 52 413
870 106 06 6,5 x 10 G 1/4 G 1/4 6 0,63 52 577
870 106 08 6,5 x 10 G 1/4 G 1/4 8 0,8 52 711
870 106 10 6,5 x 10 G 1/4 G 1/4 10 0,95 52 877
870 108 08 8 x 12 G 3/8 G 3/8 8 0,72 65 947
Flexible Hoses
Material: PVC, transparent, blue, nylon reinforced.
Used for compressed air, oil and water.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No. 870 206 12, 6x12 mm
Product No. a ete e at ng P essu e a P essu e a e e atu e eg t
Inner/Outer at 20ºC at 20ºC g
mm bar bar ºC per Meter
870 206 12 6 x 12 15 50 60 97
870 208 14 8 x 14 15 50 60 124
870 209 15 9 x 15 15 50 60 125
870 210 16 10 x 16 15 50 60 147
870 213 20 13 x 20 15 50 60 214
Hose Tail Pieces with Taper External Thread
Material: Brass, nickel plated.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No. 870 306 14, 1/4“, for Hose 6 mm
Product No. ead se eg t
Inch mm mm mm g
870 306 14 R 1/4“ 36 6 14 15
870 309 14 R 1/4“ 36 9 14 15
870 310 14 R 1/4“ 36 10 14 19
650 ®
Standard and Safety Quick-Release Couplings
Standard and safety quick-release cou-
plings ISO 4414, DIN-Standard EN 983.
Adaptor profile 7.2 German standard.
The safety locking system of the safety cou-
pling stops the dangerous „whip effect“.
The novel locking system of the coupling offers
optimum tightness at low coupling forces. Standard Quick Coupling Safety Quick Coupling: one pull and the compressed air is dumped.
Innovative, patented technology. One push and the adaptor is safely disconnected
Perfect performance and safety.
Standard and Safety Quick-Release Couplings with Internal Thread
Material: Composite material.
Air-flow-Ø: 7.2/7.4 mm.
n P a
n P a
da t e and
Operating pressure: 2 to 12 bar.
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar.
Temperature range: -15ºC to +70ºC.
Safety Standard
Quick Coupling Quick Coupling
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No., Type, Size
Product No. Product No. Connection L1 Ø L2 e g t a et e g t tanda d
Safety Quick Coupling Standard Quick Coupling mm mm mm Quick Coupling in g Quick Coupling in g
870 401 14 870 411 14 G 1/4 49 32 60 73 72
870 401 38 870 411 38 G 3/8 49 32 60 70 65
870 401 12 870 411 12 G 1/2 49 32 70 88 87
Standard and Safety Quick-Release Couplings with Parallel External thread (with PTFE Coating)
Material: Composite material.
Air-flow-Ø: 7.2/7.4 mm.
n P a
n P a
da t e and
Operating pressure: 2 to 12 bar.
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar.
Temperature range: -15ºC to +70ºC.
Safety Standard
Quick Coupling Quick Coupling
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No., Type, Size
Product No. Product No. Connection L1 Ø L2 e g t a et e g t tanda d
Safety Quick Coupling Standard Quick Coupling mm mm mm Quick Coupling in g Quick Coupling in g
870 403 14 870 413 14 G 1/4 49 32 71 89 87
870 403 38 870 413 38 G 3/8 49 32 72 87 86
870 403 12 870 413 12 G 1/2 49 32 75 114 114
Standard and Safety Quick-Release Couplings with Hose Connection
Material: Composite material.
Air-flow-Ø: 7.2/7.4 mm.
n P a
n P a
da t e and
Operating pressure: 2 to 12 bar.
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar.
Temperature range: -15ºC to +70ºC. Safety Standard
Quick Coupling Quick Coupling
Product No. Product No. Connection L1 Ø L2 eg t e g t tanda d
Safety Quick Coupling Standard Quick Coupling mm mm mm mm Quick Coupling in g Quick Coupling in g
870 406 01 870 416 01 6-7 49 32 78 80 78
870 406 03 870 416 03 8 49 32 78 81 80
870 406 05 870 416 05 9 49 32 78 80 79
870 406 07 870 416 07 9 - 10 49 32 78 83 82
870 406 09 870 416 09 13 49 32 83 92 92
® 651
Adaptors for Standard and Safety Quick-Release Couplings
Adaptors with Internal Thread for Standard and Safety Quick-Release Couplings
Material: Carbonated steel, with
corrosion- proof treatment.
Internal diameter: 7.2 mm/7.4 mm.
Operating pressure: 2 - 12 bar.
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar.
Precision: constant dimensions. connection
a dness ea es tant
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No., Type, Size
Product No. nne t n eg t
mm mm g
870 330 14 G 1/4 40 20 21
870 330 38 G 3/8 42 21 39
870 330 12 G 1/2 46 25 56
Adaptors with External Thread for Standard and Safety Quick-Release Couplings
Material: Carbonated steel, with
corrosion- proof treatment.
Internal diameter: 7.2 mm/7.4 mm.
Operating pressure: 2 - 12 bar.
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar.
Precision: constant dimensions.
a dness ea es tant
connection
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No., Type, Size
Product No. nne t n eg t
mm mm g
870 332 14 G 1/4 35 15 19
870 332 38 G 3/8 41 17 31
870 332 12 G 1/2 49 22 62
Adaptors with Hose Connector for Standard and Safety Quick-Release Couplings
Material: Carbonated steel, with
corrosion- proof treatment.
Internal diameter: 7.2 mm/7.4 mm.
Operating pressure: 2 - 12 bar.
Max. operating pressure: 16 bar.
Precision: constant dimensions.
a dness ea es tant
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No., Type, Size
Product No. nne t n eg t
mm mm g
870 346 00 6 45 14
870 348 00 8 46 17
870 349 00 9 54 25
870 350 00 10 46 19
870 353 00 13 52 26
652 ®
www.maedler.de
...the entire MÄDLER range with CAD files on the Internet
®
e esent t e ent e MÄDLER ® range
with CAD files and MÄDLER ® info,
continuously updated, on the internet.
Fast access to the data, fast ordering
by internet.
Orders by internet, phone, fax or e-mail:
e gua antee de e at s t n t e
Dimensions and other information in this
catalogue display the current state of
te n g e ese e t e g t
changes.
This catalogue was created with due
d gen e ut e s g t st u e
refuse to accept any claims in this respect.
e ese e t e g t t a te d ens ns
and to change or remove single products
and product groups without prior notice.
...we keep things moving
Our general conditions of sales, delivery
and payment can be found on the last
page of this catalogue.
® 653
Gearboxes and Geared Motors Overview
Type i Md in Nm Type i Md in Nm
Helical Gearboxes 2,11 24,2 Bevel Gearboxes 1:1 15
Type BT/I - - Type KU/I - -
with Two 53,79 700 Model H 6:1 600
Shaft Ends,
2-stage
Page 657 Page 678
Shaft Mounted 3,34 105 Worm Gear Units 5:1 7
Flat Gearboxes - - Type G/II - -
Type BOC/I, 2-Stage 65,70 900 75 : 1 14
Page 662 Page 680
Bevel Gearboxes 1:1 0,11 Worm Gear Units 13 : 1 4,5
Type HUG - KES - -
0,68 65 : 1 18
Page 666 Page 681
1:1 0,83 Worm Gear Units 7,5 : 1 12
Angular Drives with
- Type H/I - -
Acetal Bevel Gears
on Metal Plate 4,40 100 : 1 187
Page 682
Page 666
Worm Gear Units 4,83 : 1 37
Bevel Gearboxes 1:1 0,05
Type ZM/I, - -
Type KEK -
Version A and 82 : 1 840
10
Version HL
Page 685
Page 667
Bevel Gearboxes 1:1 2,0 Ready to install Lifting Power
Type DZA and - Linear Actuators, 133 N
DZR (stainless) 2:1 89 230 V AC/50Hz to
Versions A und B and 24 V DC 6000 N
Page 668 Page 758
Bevel Gearboxes 1:1 1,1 Linear drives Lifting Power
Type DZA and - 24 V DC 400 N
DZR (stainless) 2:1 42 to
Versions A und B 1200 N
Page 670 Page 760
Bevel Gearboxes 1:1 7 Worm Gear Screw Jacks Lifting Power
Type DZA - Type NP/I 2500 N
model H 2:1 38 Version A, B, C to
3:1 50000 N
Page 672 Page 761
Bevel Gearboxes 1:1 15 Connecting Shafts 15
Type KU/I - - universal use -
Models K and L 6:1 600 530
Page 673 Page 766
654 ®
Type P n2 Md2 Type P n2 Md2
min-1 Nm min-1 Nm
Standard Three-Phase 0,18 kw 750 2 Worm Geared Motors 45 W 14 1,3
Motors Type SM/I, - - - Type MEK - - -
230/400V, 50 Hz 7,5 kW 3000 2,8 and MEG 250 W 560 14
230/400 V, 50 Hz
Page 692 Page 723
Control Units for DC Worm Geared Motors 180 W 19 3,6
Drives Type MH - - -
with Hollow Shaft 250 W 560 14
230/400 V, 50 Hz
Page 696 Page 725
Frequency converters Worm Helical Geared 90 W 2,8 4,3
- Motors - - -
2,2 kW Type SRM 120 W 224 25
230/400V, 50 Hz
Page 698 Page 726
Small Geared Motors 3,7 W 0,25 0,1 Worm Geared Motors 180 W 18 6,8
Type CRO, - - Type R - - -
230 V, 50 Hz 60 2,0 230/400V, 50 Hz 250 W 207 30
Page 700 Page 727
Small Geared Motors 6,7 W 0,26 0,28 Worm Geared Motors 180 W 18 6,8
Type GE/I - - Type RH - - -
12 V DC 173,3 2,4 with Hollow Shaft 250 W 207 30
24 V DC 230/400V, 50 Hz
230 V AC
Page 702 Page 728
Small Helical Geared 0,31 W 2 0,1 Worm Helical Geared 90 W 2,4 5,1
Motors - - - Motors - - -
Type SF 5,55 W 610 2 Type SRS 120 W 190 10
24 V DC 230/400V, 50 Hz
Page 704 Page 729
Small Worm Geared 2,1 W 7,4 1 Worm Geared Motors 90 W 0,9 3,7
Motors - - - Type MZ - - -
Type SFS 56 W 543 5 230/400V, 50 Hz 120 W 224 10
12 - 24 V DC
Page 705 Page 730
Small Worm Geared 28 W 44 0,4 Worm Geared Motors 90 W 0,6 3,7
Motors - - - Type RL - - -
Type SG and SGH 54 W 1000 2,3 RM and RS 250 W 224 60
12 - 24 V DC 230/400V, 50 Hz
Page 707 Page 731
Planetary Small Geared 2,1 W 22 0,46 Worm Geared Motors 0,09 kW 9 3
Motors - - - Type HMD/I - - -
Type PE 49 W 600 6 230/400V, 50 Hz 1,5 kW 200 351
24 V DC
Page 709 Page 734
Small Geared Motors 7,8 W 79 0,2 Worm Geared Motors 0,09 kW 9 3
Type SE - - - Type HMD/II - - -
12 V DC 57 W 833 3,2 230/400V, 50 Hz 1,50 kW 200 351
24 V DC
Page 711 Page 739
Helical Geared Motors 0,09 kW 5,8 9 Worm Geared Motors 0,12 kW 13,4 15
Type HR/I - - - Type ZMD/I - - -
230/400 V, 50 Hz 1,5 kW 407 603 230/400V, 50 Hz 1,5 kW 380,7 333
Page 714 Page 744
Helical Geared Motors 0,12 kW 3.2 3 Continuously Variable 0,18 kW 0,17 0,27
Type NR/I - - - Geared Motors - -
230/400 V, 50 Hz 1,5 kW 417 668 Type MUN/I 4200 70
230/400V, 50 Hz
Page 719 Page 753
® 655
Operating and maintenance instructions
on the internet at www.maedler.de d
e age
L
ungsa
ten und
a
e te
in the Section Downloads
s
b
M o n ta E
s
g e a n le
E la s tis itu n g
R N , R N c h e K u a e
e
G , R N H p p l u n g e age ungs e te
, R N I, R e n e
tanda
N K a n d u
ungen
d R N 7 L
E
essu
[mm
]
ngen
T n
ts
e e
22
9
b
a e
sat
e us
14 30 8
35 10 6 s ungen
19
66 13 8 1,0 a ad a e
24 e sat e te
28 78 16 10 1,0 +0,6
/ -0,3 750
e a s nd d
38 90 18 12 1,5 +0,8
/ -0,4
n
n -1] e a
2,0 +1,0
0,10 1000 a
42 114 20 14 / -0,5 0,13 0,09 1500 ng g
24 15 2,0 +1,2 n e
48 126 / -0,5 0,22 0,12 3000
2,5 +1,4 0,07 e sat
140 26 18 / -0,5 e a
55 0,27 0,20 0,09 0,05 750
20 3,0 +1,5 n
65 160 28 / -0,7 n -1]
0,30 0,24 0,16 0,07 1,0 1000
30 21 3,0 +1,8
75 185 / -0,7 0,34 0,27 0,20 0,11 1,0 1,0 1500
35 22 3,5 +2,0
90 210 / -1,0 0,38 0,30 0,22 0,13 1,3 1,0 0,9 3000
40 26 4,0 +2,1
100 245 / -1,0 0,43 0,35 0,25 0,15 1,3 1,3 0,9 0,8
45 30 4,5 +2,2
270 / -1,0 0,50 0,38 0,28 0,17 1,1 1,3 1,2 0,8
50 34 5,0 +2,6
/ -1,0 0,54 0,44 0,32 0,19
5,5 +3,0 1,1 1,0 1,2 1,1
38 / -1,5 0,56 0,46 0,36 0,21 1,1 1,0 0,9 1,1
a e 6,0 +3,4
/ -1,5
e +3,8
0,65 0,50 0,38 0,25 1,1 1,1 0,9 0,8
e age / -1,5 0,68 0,58 0,42 0,26 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,8
ungs 0,71 0,60 0,48 0,28 1,2
e te 1,2 1,0 0,8
0,64 0,50 0,32
e s e 1,2 1,2 1,1 0,8
ee 0,52 0,34 1,3 1,2 1,1 0,9
u
essu
ngen
ungen 0,36 1,3 1,2 1,2 1,0
[mm
] e 1,3 1,3 1,2 1,0
L e te
5 s nd a 1,3 1,2 1,0
15 E a e 1,2 1,1
7
b
sat ng g
22 5
9
k.A. s ad a
n de 1,1
14 30 8 e sat
10 6 k.A. a e
19 35
1,0 +0,4
te des
8 e
24 66 13 / -0,2 te a n
28 78 16 10 1,0 +0,6
/ -0,3 0,06
n e an es
1,5 +0,8 e sat
90 18 12 / -0,4
38 0,10
2,0 +1,0 -
114 20 14 / -0,5 e
42 0,13 te
2,0 +1,2 - -
126 24 15 / -0,5
48 0,13 - 1,0
2,5 +1,4 -
18
On our website you can find operating and maintenance
55 140 26 / -0,5 0,10 0,09 - 1,0 -
28 20 3,0 +1,5
160 / -0,7 0,14 0,06 0,06 1,0 - -
30 21 3,0 +1,8
/ -0,7 0,15 0,10 0,04
3,5 +2,0 1,0 - -
22 / -1,0 0,17 0,11 0,07 1,0 0,9 -
4,0 +2,1
/ -1,0 0,19 0,12 0,08
+2,2 1,0 0,9 0,8
/ -1,0
®
0,23 0,14 0,09 1,0 0,9 0,8
! 0,24 0,16 0,10 1,0 0,9 0,8
e ang 0,17 0,11 1,0 0,9 0,8
ege
instructions in various languages for all our technically-
d enen 0,12 1,0 0,9 0,8
en
Z u s tä n nu
ante
e g
e
e age 1,0 0,9 0,8
d ig e M g gen e t ge ungs
e
0,9 0,8
n a c h P Ä D L E R ® nt
e en ut t u t ete te s nd 0,8
o s tle it -N ie d e e d e e den n a
z a h lg e r la s s u e age
n ad a
a un e te d e
P L Z 1 , b ie te n n g e n ungs d n
N ie d e r
2 u n d
3 : e te n e e t g e
l a s s u n Z u s tä n
t ess sat etg
sophisticated products. We are continuously extending
M Ä D L g P L Z 0 , d
E R G m 4 u n d 5 u d ig en d as
b H N ie d e r nea e u a
B ro o k
s tie g 1 la s s u n g P L Z 6 , fü r S c h de ss gen
a e
te au
D -2 2 1 4
5 S ta p
6 M Ä D L
E R G m b H H a u p ts
7 , 8 u n
d 9 w e iz : e e e age t ete
T e l. 0 4 e lfe ld B u b litz itz e ungs n
0 -6 0 0 e r S tr. 2 1 M Ä D L M Ä D L
F a x 0 4 4 7 5 1 0 D -4 0 5 9 E R G m E R N o e te
0 -6 0 0 4 9 D ü s s e ld T rä n k e b H P rm o s tfa c -A n tr ie
h a m b u 7 5 3 3 T e l. 0 2 o rf s tr. 6 -8 h 7 4 b A G
rg @ m a 1 1 -9 7 4 7 1 D -7 0 5 9 G ü te rs
e d le r.d
e
F a x 0 2 1 1 0 7 S tu tt tr. 6
this list of instructions.
-9 7 4 7 T e l. 0 7 g C H -8 2
S ta n d d u e s s
e ld o r f@ 1 3 3 1 1 -7 2 0 a rt T e l. 0 5
4 5 F e u
e r
15. 07. 201 m a e d l
e r.d e F a x 0 7
1 1 -7 2 0
9 5 0 2 -6 4 7 4 th a le n
5 s tu ttg 9 5 3 F a x 0 5 0 4 0 9
A k tu e ll a rt@ m 3 2 -6 4 7 4
im a
e d le r.d in fo @ m 0 4 1
In te rn e e a
e d le r.c
t u n te r w w w .m h
w w w .m a e d le r
.c h
a e d le r
.d e
Instructions available: Language
Bevel Gearboxes DZA, DZR German English French
Bevel Gearboxes KU/I, KUM German English French
Chain Tensioners SPANNBOX®, SPANNBOY® Deutsch English
Continuously Variable Geared Motors MUN/I German English
Couplings DX German English
Couplings RN, RNG, RNH, RNI, RNK, RNT German English
Couplings BW / BOS / BOZ German English French
Electronic Drip Oilers ELO German English
Frequency Converters FU6 German
Frequency Converters RoFre 897 German
Helical Gear Boxes BT/I German English
Helical Geared Motor HR/I German English
Helical Geared Motor NR/I German English French
Linear Drives (Actuator Systems) GR/I German English
Motor Controllers SFRG 05 German
Motor Controllers SFRG 3 German
Precision Worm Gear Sets German
Safety Clutches CM German
Safety Clutches SI German English French
Shaft Mounted Gearboxes BOC/I German English
Sliding Hubs FA German
Sliding Hubs FS German English
Sliding Hubs ROBA® German
Sliding Hubs with Coupling RNR German
Slip Clutches KF German English
Slip Clutches R2, R6 German
Standard Three-Phase-Motors SM/I German
Taper Bushes German English French
Telescopic Slides Accuride German English French
Worm Geared Motors HMD I / HMD II German English French
Worm-Geared Motors MEG / MEK / MH / MZ German English French
Worm-Geared Motors R / RH / RL / RM / RS German English French
Worm-Geared Motors SRM / SRS German English French
Worm-Geared Motors SZM, ZMD German English French
Worm Gear Screw Jacks NP/I German
Worm Gear Units G/II German English French
Worm Gear Units ZM German English French
656 ®
Helical Gear Boxes BT/I with Two Shaft Ends
Casing: Cast iron casing with thick walls and ribbed construc-
tion, sealed against oil leaks and dust.
Gears: Special steel, extremely hard wearing and case hardened.
Smooth-running helical gear wheels with ground or scraped
tooth profiles.
Bearing: Generously dimensioned bearings as standard version
(heavy-duty bearings for higher overhung or thrust loads availa-
ble at extra cost).
Lubrication: The gear boxes are delivered ready for work, filled
with the correct level of oil or grease, which offers sufficient
lubrication for about 10,000 operation hours, or for an operation
period of max. 2 years, at a temperature of -30 to +80ºC.
Before start up, the plastic plug must be taken out of the
venting screw, otherwise excess pressure will build up inside the
gearbox.
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Size, Ratio, Model, Product No.
Size 1
Product No. Ratio at fB = 1 at n1 = 1380 min-1* Permissible Weight
i Mn2 n2 P n1*
Nm min-1 kW min-1 kg
400 100 01 2,90 24,2 476 1,27 4000 6,5
400 100 02 3,10 25,9 445 1,27 4000 6,5
400 100 03 3,31 27,6 417 1,27 4000 6,5
400 100 04 3,55 29,6 389 1,27 4000 6,5
400 100 05 3,81 31,8 362 1,27 4000 6,5
400 100 06 4,10 34,2 337 1,27 4000 6,5
400 100 07 4,43 37 311 1,27 4000 6,5
400 100 08 4,81 40,2 287 1,27 4000 6,5
400 100 09 5,23 43,7 264 1,27 4000 6,5
400 100 10 5,73 48 241 1,27 4000 6,5
400 100 11 6,30 50 219 1,21 4000 6,5
400 100 12 6,98 50 198 1,05 4000 6,5
400 100 13 7,79 33,3 177 0,65 4000 6,5
400 100 14 8,31 35,5 166 0,65 4000 6,5
400 100 15 8,89 38 155 0,65 4000 6,5
400 100 16 9,52 40,7 145 0,65 4000 6,5
400 100 17 10,23 43,7 135 0,65 4000 6,5
400 100 18 11,02 47,1 125 0,65 4000 6,5
400 100 19 11,90 50 116 0,64 4000 6,5
400 100 20 12,91 50 107 0,59 4000 6,5
400 100 21 14,06 50 98 0,54 4000 6,5
400 100 22 15,38 50 90 0,49 4000 6,5
400 100 23 16,93 50 82 0,45 4000 6,5
400 100 24 18,75 50 74 0,41 4000 6,5
400 100 25 21,11 40 65 0,29 4000 6,5
400 100 26 22,52 43 61 0,29 4000 6,5
400 100 27 24,08 46 57 0,29 4000 6,5
400 100 28 25,80 50 53 0,29 4000 6,5
400 100 29 27,71 50 50 0,27 4000 6,5
400 100 30 29,85 50 46 0,25 4000 6,5
400 100 31 32,25 50 43 0,24 4000 6,5
400 100 32 34,97 50 39 0,22 4000 6,5
400 100 33 38,09 50 36 0,20 4000 6,5
400 100 34 41,68 50 33 0,18 4000 6,5
400 100 35 45,87 50 30 0,17 4000 6,5
400 100 36 50,82 50 27 0,15 4000 6,5
* Lower and higher inputs than the given speeds n1 are possible. Please enquire before application.
Dimensions tables see page 661.
Connecting Shafts Page 766
® 657
Helical Gear Boxes BT/I with Two Shaft Ends
Size 2
Product No. Ratio at fB = 1 at n1 = 1380 min-1* Permissible Weight
i Mn2 n2 P n1*
Nm min-1 kW min-1 kg
400 110 01 2,39 68 579 3 4000 8
400 110 03 2,59 74 534 3 4000 8
400 110 04 2,81 80 491 3 4000 8
400 110 05 3,07 87 450 3 4000 8
400 110 06 3,36 96 411 3 4000 8
400 110 07 3,70 100 373 3 4000 8
400 110 08 4,03 100 343 3 4000 8
400 110 09 4,43 100 312 3 4000 8
400 110 10 4,90 100 282 3 4000 8
400 110 11 5,46 100 253 2,79 4000 8
400 110 12 6,13 100 225 2,48 4000 8
400 110 13 7,04 98 196 2,12 4000 8
400 110 14 7,68 100 180 1,98 4000 8
400 110 15 8,41 100 164 1,81 4000 8
400 110 16 9,26 100 149 1,64 4000 8
400 110 17 10,24 100 135 1,49 4000 8
400 110 18 11,40 100 121 1,33 4000 8
400 110 19 12,80 100 108 1,19 4000 8
400 110 20 13,57 98 102 1,10 4000 8
400 110 21 14,80 100 93 1,03 4000 8
400 110 23 16,21 100 83 0,94 4000 8
400 110 24 17,84 100 77 0,85 4000 8
400 110 25 19,73 100 71 0,77 4000 8
400 110 26 21,00 93 66 0,67 4000 8
400 110 27 22,76 96 61 0,64 4000 8
400 110 28 24,75 98 56 0,60 4000 8
400 110 29 27,00 100 51 0,56 4000 8
400 110 30 29,57 100 47 0,51 4000 8
400 110 31 32,54 100 42 0,47 4000 8
400 110 32 36,00 100 38 0,42 4000 8
400 110 33 40,09 100 34 0,38 4000 8
400 110 34 45,00 100 31 0,34 4000 8
400 110 35 51,00 100 27 0,30 4000 8
Size 3
Product No. Ratio at fB = 1 at n1 = 1380 min-1* Permissible Weight
i Mn2 n2 P n1*
Nm min-1 kW min-1 kg
400 120 01 2,13 117 648 8,36 4000 13
400 120 03 2,51 138 550 8,37 4000 13
400 120 06 2,99 165 462 8,40 4000 13
400 120 08 3,62 200 382 8,41 4000 13
400 120 10 4,01 200 344 7,59 4000 13
400 120 12 5,03 200 275 6,05 4000 13
400 120 14 6,04 184 229 4,64 4000 13
400 120 15 6,69 200 206 4,55 4000 13
400 120 16 7,47 200 185 4,07 4000 13
400 120 17 8,40 200 164 3,62 4000 13
400 120 18 9,53 200 145 3,19 4000 13
400 120 19 9,62 183 143 2,89 4000 13
400 120 20 10,56 200 131 2,88 4000 13
400 120 21 11,64 200 119 2,61 4000 13
400 120 22 12,91 200 107 2,36 4000 13
400 120 23 14,40 200 96 2,11 4000 13
400 120 24 16,19 200 85 1,88 4000 13
400 120 25 18,38 200 75 1,65 4000 13
400 120 26 19,60 200 70 1,55 4000 13
400 120 27 21,61 200 64 1,41 4000 13
400 120 28 23,96 200 58 1,27 4000 13
400 120 29 26,73 200 52 1,14 4000 13
400 120 30 28,15 200 49 1,08 4000 13
400 120 31 30,90 200 45 0,98 4000 13
400 120 32 34,07 200 41 0,89 4000 13
400 120 33 37,77 200 37 0,81 4000 13
400 120 34 42,14 200 33 0,72 4000 13
400 120 35 47,38 200 29 0,64 4000 13
400 120 36 53,79 200 26 0,57 4000 13
* Lower and higher inputs than the given speeds n1 are possible. Please enquire before application.
Dimensions tables see page 661.
658 ®
Helical Gear Boxes BT/I with Two Shaft Ends
Size 4
Product No. Ratio at fB = 1 at n1 = 1400 min-1* Permissible Weight
i Mn2 n2 P n1*
Nm min-1 kW min-1 kg
400 130 01 2,22 147 632 10,20 4000 21
400 130 03 2,40 159 584 10,20 4000 21
400 130 05 2,83 188 495 10,30 4000 21
400 130 07 3,38 225 414 10,30 4000 21
400 130 09 4,12 274 340 10,30 4000 21
400 130 10 4,59 300 305 10,10 4000 21
400 130 11 5,16 300 272 8,98 4000 21
400 130 12 5,29 226 265 6,60 4000 21
400 130 13 5,89 252 238 6,60 4000 21
400 130 14 6,62 283 212 6,60 4000 21
400 130 15 6,82 181 205 4,10 4000 21
400 130 17 8,10 215 173 4,10 4000 21
400 130 18 8,87 236 158 4,11 4000 21
400 130 19 9,77 260 143 4,11 4000 21
400 130 20 10,81 287 130 4,10 4000 21
400 130 21 12,04 300 116 3,84 4000 21
400 130 22 13,52 300 104 3,42 4000 21
400 130 23 14,19 202 99 2,20 4000 21
400 130 24 15,39 219 91 2,20 4000 21
400 130 25 16,75 239 84 2,20 4000 21
400 130 26 18,28 261 77 2,20 4000 21
400 130 27 20,03 286 70 2,20 4000 21
400 130 28 22,05 300 64 2,10 4000 21
400 130 29 24,40 300 57 1,90 4000 21
400 130 30 27,19 300 52 1,70 4000 21
400 130 31 30,53 300 46 1,52 4000 21
400 130 32 33,42 300 42 1,39 4000 21
400 130 33 36,99 300 38 1,25 4000 21
400 130 34 41,21 300 34 1,12 4000 21
400 130 35 46,28 300 30 1,00 4000 21
Size 5
Product No. Ratio at fB = 1 at n1 = 1400 min-1* Permissible Weight
i Mn2 n2 P n1*
Nm min-1 kW min-1 kg
400 140 01 2,11 140 665 10,30 4000 28
400 140 03 2,29 152 611 10,20 4000 28
400 140 05 2,50 166 560 10,20 4000 28
400 140 07 2,74 182 512 10,30 4000 28
400 140 08 3,01 200 466 10,30 4000 28
400 140 10 3,32 221 422 10,30 4000 28
400 140 11 3,68 245 380 10,30 4000 28
400 140 12 4,11 274 340 10,30 4000 28
400 140 13 4,63 308 302 10,30 4000 28
400 140 14 5,26 350 266 10,30 4000 28
400 140 15 5,94 254 236 6,60 4000 28
400 140 16 6,75 289 207 6,61 4000 28
400 140 17 7,18 191 195 4,11 4000 28
400 140 18 7,89 210 178 4,11 4000 28
400 140 19 8,70 231 161 4,10 4000 28
400 140 20 9,66 257 145 4,11 4000 28
400 140 21 10,79 287 130 4,10 4000 28
400 140 22 12,14 323 115 4,10 4000 28
400 140 23 13,80 367 101 4,10 4000 28
400 140 24 14,80 211 95 2,20 4000 28
400 140 25 16,20 231 86 2,20 4000 28
400 140 26 17,80 254 79 2,20 4000 28
400 140 27 19,65 280 71 2,20 4000 28
400 140 28 21,81 311 64 2,20 4000 28
400 140 29 24,36 347 58 2,20 4000 28
400 140 30 27,42 391 51 2,20 4000 28
400 140 31 31,15 444 45 2,20 4000 28
400 140 32 33,06 314 42 1,47 4000 28
400 140 33 36,92 351 38 1,47 4000 28
400 140 34 41,56 395 34 1,47 4000 28
400 140 35 47,22 450 30 1,47 4000 28
* Lower and higher inputs than the given speeds n1 are possible. Please enquire before application.
Dimensions tables see page 661.
® 659
Helical Gear Boxes BT/I with Two Shaft Ends
Size 6
Product No. Ratio at fB = 1 at n1 = 1420 min-1* Permissible Weight
i Mn2 n2 P n1*
Nm min-1 kW min-1 kg
400 150 01 2,38 294 597 19,30 4000 32
400 150 03 2,82 349 503 19,30 4000 32
400 150 05 3,40 420 418 19,30 4000 32
400 150 07 3,75 463 379 19,30 4000 32
400 150 09 4,65 574 306 19,30 4000 32
400 150 11 5,63 405 252 11,20 4000 32
400 150 12 6,22 447 228 11,20 4000 32
400 150 13 6,9 496 206 11,20 4000 32
400 150 14 7,71 554 184 11,20 4000 32
400 150 15 8,68 623 164 11,20 4000 32
400 150 16 9,86 700 144 11,10 4000 32
400 150 17 10,90 566 130 8,10 4000 32
400 150 18 12,18 632 117 8,10 4000 32
400 150 19 13,71 700 104 8,00 4000 32
400 150 20 15,58 700 91 7,00 4000 32
400 150 21 16,43 667 86 6,35 4000 32
400 150 22 18,13 683 78 5,89 4000 32
400 150 24 20,13 700 71 5,44 4000 32
400 150 25 22,48 700 63 4,87 4000 32
400 150 26 25,30 700 56 4,33 4000 32
400 150 27 28,00 700 51 3,91 4000 32
400 150 28 31,27 700 45 3,50 4000 32
400 150 29 35,20 700 40 3,11 4000 32
400 150 30 37,92 700 38 2,89 4000 32
400 150 31 42,68 700 33 2,57 4000 32
400 150 32 48,50 700 29 2,26 4000 32
Size 7
Product No. Ratio at fB = 1 at n1 = 1420 min-1* Permissible Weight
i Mn2 n2 P n1*
Nm min-1 kW min-1 kg
400 160 01 2,38 294 597 19,30 4000 34
400 160 03 2,82 349 503 19,30 4000 34
400 160 05 3,40 420 418 19,30 4000 34
400 160 07 3,75 463 379 19,30 4000 34
400 160 09 4,65 574 306 19,30 4000 34
400 160 11 5,63 405 252 11,20 4000 34
400 160 12 6,22 447 228 11,20 4000 34
400 160 13 6,90 496 206 11,20 4000 34
400 160 14 7,71 554 184 11,20 4000 34
400 160 15 8,68 623 164 11,20 4000 34
400 160 16 9,86 700 144 11,10 4000 34
400 160 17 10,90 566 130 8,10 4000 34
400 160 18 12,18 632 117 8,10 4000 34
400 160 19 13,71 700 104 8,00 4000 34
400 160 20 15,58 700 91 7,00 4000 34
400 160 21 16,43 667 86 6,35 4000 34
400 160 22 18,13 683 78 5,89 4000 34
400 160 24 20,13 700 71 5,44 4000 34
400 160 25 22,48 700 63 4,87 4000 34
400 160 26 25,30 700 56 4,33 4000 34
400 160 27 28,00 700 51 3,91 4000 34
400 160 28 31,27 700 45 3,50 4000 34
400 160 29 35,20 700 40 3,11 4000 34
400 160 30 37,92 700 38 2,89 4000 34
* Lower and higher inputs than the given speeds n1 are possible. Please enquire before application.
Dimensions tables see page 661.
660 ®
Dimension Table for Helical Gearboxes BT/I With Two Shaft Ends
Foot Mounting Model B 3 Flange Mounting Model B 5
Centering 2 Centering 2
Centering 1
Centering 1
Selection of available flanges: Mountings according to DIN 42948.
Up to 300 mm diameter a 1 the recess Ø b 1 of the output flanges is
manufactured according to ISO j6, over 300mm according to ISO h6.
Size Ø a1 Ø b1 c1 Ø e1 f1 s1
1 120 80 10 100 3 4xØ 7
3 2 140 95 10 115 3 4xØ 9
4 3 2 160 110 10 130 3,5 4xØ 9
5 4 3 2 200 130 12 165 3,5 4 x Ø11
6 4 3 250 180 16 215 4 4 x Ø14
The shaft ends Ø d are machined according to ISO k6. 7 300 230 20 265 4 4 x Ø14
Feather keys according to DIN 6885.
Ø Ø Ø Centering
Size a b c dxl d1 x l1 e f h h1 i k m n p p1 s t t1 u u1 w x x1 z 1 2
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm DIN 332/2
1 78 130 12 16x40 11x23 50 110 86 84 52 210 120 20 146 144 9 18 12,5 5 4 120 2 2 0 M5 M4
2 110 135 14 20x40 14x30 85 105 102 101 67,5 232 135 30 170 169 9 22,5 16 6 5 129 2 2 0 M6 M5
3 124 154 16 25x60 16x40 100 130 125 123 97 289 154 24 202 200 11 28 18 8 5 169 3 2 0 M10 M5
4 175 190 20 30x70 22x50 140 155 130 128 115 370 170 35 215 213 14 33 24,5 8 6 208 3 2 0 M10 M8
5 160 215 25 35x80 22x50 135 185 160 153 114 375 215 35 268 261 14 38 24,5 10 6 215 4 2 23,5 M12 M8
6 164 215 25 40x80 25x60 134 175 175 173 120 386 215 40 283 281 14 43 28 12 8 224 4 2 0 M16 M10
7 164 215 25 50x100 25x60 134 175 175 173 140 406 215 40 283 281 14 53,5 28 14 8 244 4 2 0 M16 M10
Permissible Radial and Axial Loads of the Output Shaft
Size Output Speeds n2 [min-1]
16 25 36 50 80 125 > 130
1 FR [N] 600 500 450 400 350 300 250
1 FA [N] 450 400 350 320 300 250 200
2 FR [N] 1250 1100 1000 900 800 700 600
2 FA [N] 500 450 400 360 320 280 250
3 FR [N] 2000 1800 1700 1600 1500 1300 1200
3 FA [N] 800 720 680 640 600 520 480
4 FR [N] 3000 2700 2500 2300 2100 1700 1500
4 FA [N] 1200 1080 1000 920 840 680 600
5 FR [N] 3600 3400 3150 2900 2500 2000 1800
5 FA [N] 1440 1370 1260 1150 1010 800 720
6 FR [N] 4000 3800 3500 3200 2800 2200 2000
6 FA [N] 1600 1520 1400 1280 1120 880 800
7 FR [N] 10400 9880 9100 8320 7280 5720 5200 The stated values for radial load (F R ) assume that the impact
7 FA [N] 4160 3950 3640 3330 2910 2290 2080 of the load is in the centre of the shaft length (see drawing). If
Size 7 is as standard equipped with a stronger bearing system.
both radial and axial forces occur, the permissible radial force
(F R ) indicated in the table is reduced by the value of the occur-
ring axial force (F A ).
Gearbox Selection for Operating Factors Larger Than f B = 1
In addition to the input power (P) and output speed (n 2 ) you P x 9550 M n [Nm] = Output torque.
Mn = x fB 2
also enter the respective operating factor (f B ) into the 2 n2
P [kW] = Input power.
formula. When selecting the gearbox from the table,
the table value (M n ) must be no smaller than the calculated n 2 [min -1 ] = Output speed.
figure (M n ). fB = Operating factor.
® 661
Shaft-Mounted Flat Gearboxes BOC/I, 2-Stage
General data: Compact design for confined spaces. Ratios of
i = approx. 3.5:1 to 59:1. Larger ratios on request. Input power
of 0.3 to 11.2 kW.
Version A: With hollow shaft on output side = Standard.
Version B: With torque arm.
Version C: With flange on the output side.
Version D: With foot mounting brackets, see drawing page 606.
Version E: With foot mounting brackets, see drawing page 606.
Version F: With single-sided solid output shaft.
(Version B - F on request).
Housing: Rigid, ribbed grey cast iron housing, thus quiet, low-
vibration running characteristics. Fully sealed against oil leaks
and protected against water jets.
Gears: The helical gear wheels are made from heat-treated and
case-hardened steel. The gearing is hardened and precisely
machined.
Bearing: Generously-dimensioned roller bearings.
Input shaft/end shield: The shaft tolerances, and the flange
adapters which can be delivered on request, are suited for IEC
standard motors.
Lubrication: The gear boxes are delivered ready for work, fil-
led with the correct level of oil or grease (ambient temperature
-10ºC to 50ºC), which offers sufficient lubrication for about Foot mounting against extra charge.
10,000 operation hours, or for an operation period of max. 2
years.
Before start up, the plastic plug must be taken out of the venting
screw.
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Version (A-F), Mounting Position ( 1 - 5 ), Size,
Ratio, Product No.
Possible Combinations Mounting Positions
1 Shaft-mounted gearboxes to connect to
flange motors, motor shaft dimensions
according to factory standard.
2 Shaft-mounted geared motor.
3 Shaft-mounted gearboxes with shaft end on
input side.
4 Shaft-mounted gearboxes with assembled
flange to take up standard IEC-motors.
5 Shaft-mounted geared motor with overload
safety clutch.
6 Shaft-mounted geared motor with
break-clutch combination.
7 Shaft-mounted gearboxes with
helical-geared motor.
8 Shaft-mounted gearboxes with
worm-gearbox.
9 Shaft-mounted gearboxes with
belt/variable-speed geared motor.
10 Shaft-mounted gearboxes with
friction wheel/variable-speed Section X-Y
geared motor.
11 Shaft-mounted gearboxes with single
or double-sided fixed output shaft.
12 Shaft-mounted gearboxes with
output flange.
Terminal
box position
Lubricant Level
Venting Screw
Drain plug
662 ®
Shaft-Mounted Flat Gearboxes BOC/I, 2-Stage
Size 0, Version A
Product No. Ratio M2max at n1 = 1380 min-1 and fB = 1 Weight
i Nm n2 min-1 Pmax kW kg
400 290 01 3,69 105 373,8 4,3 8
400 290 02 3,97 113 347,7 4,3 8
400 290 03 4,28 122 322,4 4,3 8
400 290 04 4,63 125 297,8 4,1 8
400 290 05 4,76 122 290,2 3,9 8
400 290 06 5,13 125 269 3,7 8
400 290 07 5,55 125 248,5 3,4 8
400 290 08 6,04 125 228,6 3,1 8
400 290 09 6,60 125 209,2 2,9 8
400 290 10 7,25 125 190,4 2,6 8
400 290 11 8,02 125 172,1 2,4 8
400 290 12 8,94 125 154,4 2,1 8
400 290 13 9,94 125 138,8 1,9 8
400 290 14 10,72 125 128,7 1,8 8
400 290 15 11,61 124 118,9 1,6 8
400 290 16 12,62 125 109,4 1,5 8
400 290 17 13,78 125 100,1 1,4 8
400 290 18 15,15 125 91,1 1,3 8
400 290 19 16,76 125 82,4 1,1 8
400 290 20 18,69 125 73,8 1,0 8
400 290 21 20,66 125 66,8 0,92 8
400 290 22 22,36 125 61,7 0,85 8
400 290 23 24,31 125 56,8 0,78 8
400 290 24 26,56 125 51,9 0,72 8
400 290 25 29,19 125 47,3 0,65 8
400 290 26 32,29 125 42,7 0,59 8
400 290 27 34,94 125 39,5 0,54 8
400 290 28 37,69 125 36,6 0,50 8
400 290 29 40,80 125 33,8 0,47 8
400 290 30 44,36 125 31,1 0,43 8
400 290 31 48,46 125 28,5 0,39 8
400 290 32 53,25 125 25,9 0,36 8
400 290 33 58,91 125 23,4 0,32 8
400 290 34 65,70 125 21,0 0,29 8
Size 1, Version A
Product No. Ratio M2max at n1 = 1380 min-1 and fB = 1 Weight
i Nm n2 min-1 Pmax kW kg
400 300 01 3,34 184 413,6 8,4 12,5
400 300 02 3,58 197 385,2 8,4 12,5
400 300 03 3,86 213 357,7 8,4 12,5
400 300 04 4,17 230 331,2 8,4 12,5
400 300 05 4,52 250 305,5 8,4 12,5
400 300 06 4,92 250 280,6 7,7 12,5
400 300 07 5,38 250 256,5 7,1 12,5
400 300 08 5,92 250 233,1 6,4 12,5
400 300 09 6,44 196 214,2 4,6 12,5
400 300 10 6,96 212 198,3 4,6 12,5
400 300 11 7,54 229 182,9 4,6 12,5
400 300 12 8,21 250 168,0 4,6 12,5
400 300 13 8,98 250 153,6 4,2 12,5
400 300 14 9,89 250 139,6 3,8 12,5
400 300 15 10,75 204 128,4 2,9 12,5
400 300 16 11,54 219 119,6 2,9 12,5
400 300 17 12,42 236 111,1 2,9 12,5
400 300 18 13,42 250 102,8 2,8 12,5
400 300 19 14,55 250 94,8 2,6 12,5
400 300 20 15,84 250 87,1 2,4 12,5
400 300 21 17,33 250 79,6 2,2 12,5
400 300 22 19,07 250 72,4 2,0 12,5
400 300 23 19,94 227 69,2 1,7 12,5
400 300 24 21,41 244 64,4 1,7 12,5
400 300 25 23,06 250 59,8 1,6 12,5
400 300 26 24,91 250 55,4 1,5 12,5
400 300 27 27,00 250 51,1 1,4 12,5
400 300 28 29,40 250 46,9 1,3 12,5
400 300 29 32,16 250 42,9 1,2 12,5
400 300 30 35,39 250 39,0 1,1 12,5
400 300 31 36,35 250 38,0 1,0 12,5
400 300 32 39,27 250 35,1 0,97 12,5
400 300 33 42,57 250 32,4 0,89 12,5
400 300 34 46,35 250 29,8 0,82 12,5
Dimensions tables see
400 300 35 50,71 250 27,2 0,75 12,5
page 665.
400 300 36 55,79 250 24,7 0,68 12,5
® 663
Shaft-Mounted Flat Gearboxes BOC/I, 2-Stage
Size 2, Version A
Product No. Ratio M2max at n1 = 1400 min-1 and fB = 1 Weight
i Nm n2 min-1 Pmax kW kg
400 320 01 3,55 236 394,8 10,3 19,5
400 320 02 3,80 253 368,3 10,3 19,5
400 320 03 4,09 272 342,6 10,3 19,5
400 320 04 4,41 293 317,6 10,3 19,5
400 320 05 4,77 317 293,4 10,3 19,5
400 320 06 5,19 345 269,9 10,3 19,5
400 320 07 5,67 377 247,0 10,3 19,5
400 320 08 6,12 262 228,8 6,6 19,5
400 320 09 6,65 284 210,4 6,6 19,5
400 320 10 7,27 311 192,6 6,6 19,5
400 320 11 7,65 203 182,9 4,1 19,5
400 320 12 8,15 217 171,8 4,1 19,5
400 320 13 8,69 231 161,0 4,1 19,5
400 320 14 9,30 247 150,6 4,1 19,5
400 320 15 9,97 265 140,5 4,1 19,5
400 320 16 10,72 285 130,7 4,1 19,5
400 320 17 11,56 307 121,1 4,1 19,5
400 320 18 12,51 333 111,9 4,1 19,5
400 320 19 13,60 362 102,9 4,1 19,5
400 320 20 14,86 395 94,2 4,1 19,5
400 320 21 16,25 232 86,1 2,2 19,5
400 320 22 17,28 246 81,0 2,2 19,5
400 320 23 18,40 262 76,1 2,2 19,5
400 320 24 19,63 280 71,3 2,2 19,5
400 320 25 20,99 299 66,7 2,2 19,5
400 320 26 22,50 321 62,2 2,2 19,5
400 320 27 24,19 345 57,9 2,2 19,5
400 320 28 26,09 372 53,7 2,2 19,5
400 320 29 28,25 400 49,6 2,2 19,5
400 320 30 30,71 400 45,6 2,0 19,5
400 320 31 33,55 400 41,7 1,8 19,5
400 320 32 34,10 324 41,0 1,5 19,5
400 320 33 36,67 348 38,2 1,5 19,5
400 320 34 39,55 376 35,4 1,5 19,5
400 320 35 42,81 400 32,7 1,4 19,5
400 320 36 46,55 400 30,1 1,3 19,5
400 320 37 50,85 400 27,5 1,2 19,5
Size 3, Version A
Product No. Ratio M2max at n1 = 1420 min-1 and fB = 1 Weight
i Nm n2 min-1 Pmax kW kg
400 340 01 4,13 510 344,1 19,3 36
400 340 02 4,46 551 318,4 19,3 36
400 340 03 4,84 597 293,6 19,3 36
400 340 04 5,27 650 269,6 19,3 36
400 340 05 5,76 712 246,4 19,3 36
400 340 06 6,34 783 223,9 19,3 36
400 340 07 6,84 492 207,5 11,3 36
400 340 08 7,40 531 192,0 11,2 36
400 340 09 8,02 576 177,0 11,2 36
400 340 10 8,73 627 162,6 11,2 36
400 340 11 9,56 686 148,6 11,2 36
400 340 12 10,52 755 135,0 11,2 36
400 340 13 10,81 561 131,3 8,1 36
400 340 14 11,68 606 121,5 8,1 36
400 340 15 12,67 657 112,1 8,1 36
400 340 16 13,80 716 102,9 8,1 36
400 340 17 15,10 783 94,1 8,1 36
400 340 18 16,62 862 85,5 8,1 36
400 340 19 18,53 900 76,6 7,6 36
400 340 20 19,96 900 71,2 7,1 36
400 340 21 21,56 900 65,9 6,5 36
400 340 22 23,38 900 60,7 6,0 36
400 340 23 25,46 900 55,8 5,5 36
400 340 24 27,87 900 51,0 5,1 36
400 340 25 30,00 900 47,3 4,7 36
400 340 26 32,53 900 43,6 4,3 36
400 340 27 35,43 900 40,1 4,0 36
400 340 28 38,77 900 36,6 3,6 36
400 340 29 42,67 900 33,3 3,3 36
400 340 30 47,01 900 30,2 3,0 36
400 340 31 51,73 900 27,4 2,7 36 Dimensions tables see
page 665.
664 ®
Dimensions Table Shaft-Mounted Flat Gearboxes BOC/I
Centering 1
Dimensions Version A
Size A B b Ød Ød1 f f1 H h k l M t t1 u u1 Z Center. 1
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm DIN 332/2
0 112,5 83 81 20H7 14k6 1 1 245 68 139,5 30 150 22,8 16 6JS9 5 75,5 M5
1 143 95 93 30H7 16k6 1 1 288 82 161,5 40 176 33,3 18 8JS9 5 81,5 M5
2 150,5 105 103 35H7 22k6 1 2 330 90 206,5 50 190 38,3 24,5 10JS9 6 97,5 M8
3 207 140 138 40H7 25k6 1 2 430 120 221,0 60 265 43,3 28 12JS9 8 125,0 M10
Screw M...
Dimensions Version B Dimensions Version C
Size c1 h1 h2 l2 n Øs1 Screw Size Øa2 Øb2 c2 Øe2 f2 l3 Øs2
mm mm mm mm mm mm M mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
0 3 163 198 12,5 51,5 6,6 M6 0 160 200 110j6 130j6 10 12 130 165 3,5 3,5 15 15 9 11
1 3 187 230 12,5 58 9,0 M8 1 160 200 110j6 130j6 16 12 130 165 3,5 3,5 22 22 9 11
2 4 220 260 7,5 65 14,0 M10 2 160 200 110j6 130j6 16 12 130 165 3,5 3,5 22 22 9 11
3 5 277,5 347,5 21,0 92,5 14,0 M12 3 250 300 180j6 230j6 16 20 215 265 4,0 4,0 21 21 14 14
D E
Centering 2
Dimensions Version D and E Dimensions Version F
Size a b1 b4 c e f4 f5 f6 h3 h4 Øs Size Ød3 f3 l1 t3 u3 Center. 2
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm DIN
0 92 234 140 4 78 124 194 42,5 78 78 6,6 332/2
0 20k6 12 40 22,5 6 M6
1 124 274 170 4 100 146 220 48 92 92 9 1 30k6 15 70 33 8 M10
2 162 318 190 5 132 150 270 60 101 101 11 2 35k6 14 80 38 10 M12
3 168 397 265 6 138 225 325 67,5 136,5 131,5 14 3 40k6 16,5 80 43 12 M16
® 665
Bevel Gearboxes HUG, Ratio 1:1
General: Miniaturised right-angle drives for light duty.
Suitable for manual and short term drive applications.
Housing: Gear cases are injection moulded in filled nylon 6.6
for low moisture take up, low thermal expansion, high rigidity.
Electrical insulating. Shafts hardened and ground.
Gearing: straight teeth, max. backlash 2º. Speed max. 1,000min -1.
Version A: with steel bevel gears, bonded onto the shafts.
Version B: with acteal bevel gears, moulded onto the shafts.
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Version, Product No.
Product No. Version Tmax. (Ncm) Weight (g)
410 000 00 A (steel gears) 68 41
410 001 00 B (acetal gears) 11 37
Shaft Ø 4.000/3.988 mm
Locating register
Ø12.7/12.6
2 through holes Brass insert threaded 5.0 maximum permissible
Ø 3.7 counter bored Ø M3x0.5 screw penetration
7.4x5.0 deep both sides Screws not supplied
Angular Drive with Acetal Bevel Gears, Ratio 1:1
Material: Housing made from zinc die-cast ZnAI4Cu1.
Hges.
Shafts made from stainless steel 1.4301, dismountable. A HM
Bevel gears from acetal resin, injection-moulded. T LE
LW
• Low cost angular gear drive, ratio 1:1, 6 sizes.
• Suitable for lower torques and intermittend use.
• Shafts running directly in the self-lubricating housing material.
• Easy to mount and maintenance-free.
Shaft angle = 90º. Temperature range - 20°C to +100º C. r
D s
Ordering details: e.g.: d E2
Art.-Nr. 410 355 10, Angular drive with acetal bevel gears, shaft-Ø d=5mm E1
Product No. dh6 D E1 E2 HGes HM LE LW r s T Module Number Tmax. Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm of teeth Ncm g
410 355 10 5 12 32 19,4 18,8 10 50 15 6 4,8 4 1,0 16/16 8,3 60
410 355 15 8 18 45 28,4 28,2 15 70 20 9 5,8 5 1,5 16/16 29 180
410 355 20 10 22 55 35,0 37,5 20 90 30 11 7,0 6 2,0 16/16 73 320
410 355 25 12 25 65 41,0 46,8 25 105 35 12,5 9,0 7 2,5 16/16 145 480
410 355 30 15 30 75 47,5 56,2 30 120 40 15 9,0 8 3,0 16/16 250 760
410 355 35 18 33 85 54,0 65,7 35 135 45 16 11,0 9 3,5 16/16 440 1080
666 ®
Bevel Gearboxes KEK
Angular drives with high torques at very low dimensions.
Suitable in a wide variety of applications
7 Sizes. Ratio 1:1.
Housing: Aluminium, silver anodized. Sealed against lubricant
leaks, protected against dust. Can be mounted in any position.
Gearing: Bevel gears from steel, surface hardened.
Bearing: Ball bearings with rubber seal RS.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Angular backlash: 3°+/-1°.
Operating time: 20% at 5 min.
Life time: 1,000 hours at max. performance at speed 500 min -1
and operating time 20%.
Permiss. operating temperature: -20° to +60°C.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 410 001 01 Bevel Gearbox KEK Size 1
d
S1 (2x) Z
U
Rotational Sense (Rot. direction interchangeable)
C1
P (8x)
E
S2 (4x)
B1
L1
H
B2
F
L2
L4
L3 L3 C2 L1 L2 O (2x) H H
E B2
C1 B1
Performance Data
Product No. Size Shafts Ratio Permittable Torque at Speed Permittable Power at Speed Shaft Load Weight
Ø d j6 100 min-1 500 min-1 1.000 min-1 100 min-1 500 min-1 1.000 min-1 FR* FA**
mm i Nm Nm Nm W W W N N g
410 001 01 1 6 1:1 0,35 0,1 0,05 3,7 5,2 5,2 60 60 52
410 001 02 2 8 1:1 0,75 0,3 0,15 7,9 15,7 15,7 100 100 73
410 001 03 3 10 1:1 2,5 1 0,50 26,2 52,4 52,4 120 120 142
410 001 04 4 12 1:1 4 1,5 0,75 41,9 78,5 78,5 140 140 189
410 001 05 5 12 1:1 5 2 1,0 52 105 105 240 240 268
410 001 06 6 12 1:1 8 3 1,5 84 157 157 550 550 330
410 001 07 7 12 1:1 10 4 2,0 105 209 209 550 550 395
* Radial load FR max. (on middle of the Output Shaft) for FA = 0.
** Axial load FA max. for FR = 0.
Dimensiones
Size B1 B2 C1 C2 d j6 E F H L1 L2 L3 L4 O P S1 S2 T U Z
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1 32 18 12 2,1 6 23 13 6,5 8,5 6 6,5 11 3,1 M3 x 10 M3 x 8 M3 x 6 8 0,8 2
2 35 20 12 2,05 8 25 16 7,5 10 7 7,5 10 3,1 M3 x 10 M3 x 8 M3 x 6 8 0,8 2
3 42 24 16 2,0 10 30 19 9 12 8 9 16 4,1 M4 x 10 M4 x 8 M4 x 8 12 1,5 4
4 46 26 16 2,0 12 33 21 10 13 9 10 16 4,1 M4 x 10 M5 x 8 M4 x 8 12 1,5 4
5 53 30 16 2,1 12 38 24 11 15 11 11 16 4,1 M4 x 10 M5 x 8 M4 x 8 12 1,5 4
6 56 32 16 2,1 12 40 28 12 17 12 12 16 4,1 M4 x 10 M5 x 8 M4 x 8 12 1,5 4
7 60 35 16 2,1 12 42,5 30 13 17,5 13,5 13 16 4,1 M4 x 10 M5 x 8 M4 x 8 12 1,5 4
® 667
Bevel Gearboxes DZA
General data: 4 sizes and 2 versions.
Ratio either 1 : 1 or 2 : 1. Any mounting position possible.
Ratio for gearing up to max. 750 min-1 possible.
Housing: Thick-walled, one-piece cast aluminium housing,
fully oil-tight and dust-proof.
Gearing: The gears are to the Coniflex system, case hardened.
Shafts/bearing system: Input and output shaft are ground and
mounted on ball bearings. From size 2 with keyways.
Lubrication/maintenance: Lubricated for life, viscosity ISO VG 150.
Gearboxes are maintenance free.
Angular backlash: 15 to 30 angular minutes.
Permiss. operating temperature: -18ºC to +80ºC.
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Size, Version, Ratio, Product No.
Product No. Size Version Ratio i
410 010 00 1 A 1:1
410 010 02 1 A 2:1 A A
410 020 00 1 B 1:1
410 020 02 1 B 2:1
410 012 00 2 A 1:1
410 012 02 2 A 2:1
410 022 00 2 B 1:1
410 022 02 2 B 2:1
410 014 00 3 A 1:1
410 014 02 3 A 2:1
410 024 00 3 B 1:1
410 024 02 3 B 2:1
410 016 00 4 A 1:1 B C B
410 016 02 4 A 2:1
410 026 00 4 B 1:1
410 026 02 4 B 2:1
Version A Version B
Performance Data
Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4
Output Ratio Input Output Input Output Input Output Input Output
Speed* Power Torque** Power Torque** Power Torque** Power Torque**
min-1 i kW Nm kW Nm kW Nm kW Nm
50 1:1 0,026 4,7 0,093 16,5 0,280 50,5 0,500 89,0
50 2:1 0,010 1,7 0,038 6,7 0,150 27,0 0,260 46,0
100 1:1 0,047 4,2 0,162 14,5 0,490 44,0 0,890 79,0
100 2:1 0,017 1,5 0,069 6,2 0,290 26,0 0,490 44,0
200 1:1 0,082 3,7 0,280 12,6 0,850 38,0 1,540 69,0
200 2:1 0,030 1,3 0,131 5,9 0,550 24,5 0,950 42,5
400 1:1 0,142 3,2 0,470 10,6 1,440 32,5 2,600 58,7
400 2:1 0,053 1,2 0,235 5,3 0,980 22,0 1,730 39,0
600 1:1 0,195 2,9 0,665 10,0 1,980 29,7 3,530 53,1
600 2:1 0,074 1,1 0,332 5,0 1,400 21,0 2,460 37,0
1000 1:1 0,287 2,6 1,014 9,2 3,000 27,1 5,100 46,3
1000 2:1 0,106 1,0 0,496 4,5 2,090 19,0 3,640 33,0
1400 1:1 0,368 2,4 1,320 8,6 3,870 25,2 6,460 42,1
1400 2:1 0,135 0,9 0,645 4,2 2,790 17,9 4,530 29,5
1800*** 1:1 0,442 2,3 1,571 8,0 4,610 23,5 9,680 39,1
2000*** 1:1 0,476 2,2 1,723 7,9 4,980 22,8 8,270 37,9
2500*** 1:1 0,556 2,1 2,105 7,8 5,750 21,3 9,530 35,3
3000*** 1:1 0,632 2,0 2,494 7,7 6,540 20,2 10,780 33,3
* The gearboxes are thus dimensioned, that the lifetime comes to 10,000 *** Speeds above 1,400 min-1 shorten the lifespan and are only permitted
hours at full load and a starting speed of 1,400 min-1. for a short time. If the permiss. operating temperature is exceeded,
** Only for version A. At version B, the torque at each output shaft end oil leaks may occur.
may be only 50%.
Input shaft / output shaft, speed
At both types and both ratios, the input can be at shaft A as well as at shaft B/C.
At ratio 1:1 the maximum speed is 1,400 min -1.
Ratio 2:1 can be used for gearing down and also for gearing up.
Gearing down: Input at shaft A with max. speed 1,400 min -1 (output speed max. 700 min -1).
Gearing up: Input at shaft B/C with max. speed 750 min -1 (output speed max. 1,500 min -1).
668 ®
Dimensions Table Bevel Gearboxes DZA
4 Through bores P
3 bores 0 through
Size Shaft- No. of Ratio Weight
Ø Output- A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T* U Z
mm Shafts Dim. in mm kg
1 8 1 1:1 6 34 15 34 21 21 60 11 15 40 32 16 16 16 5,2 4,2 22 2 8 - - - 0,30
1 8 2 1:1 6 34 15 34 21 21 60 11 15 40 32 16 16 16 5,2 4,2 22 2 8 - - - 0,31
1 8 1 2:1 6 34 15 34 21 21 60 11 15 40 32 16 16 16 5,2 4,2 22 2 8 - - - 0,30
1 8 2 2:1 6 34 15 34 21 21 60 11 15 40 32 16 16 16 5,2 4,2 22 2 8 - - - 0,31
2 15 1 1:1 10 52 35 52 31,5 31,5 90 18 26 66 50 24 24 24 8,2 6,2 35 3 15 27 3 5 1,25
2 15 2 1:1 10 52 35 52 31,5 31,5 90 18 26 66 50 24 24 24 8,2 6,2 35 3 15 27 3 5 1,31
2 15 1 2:1 10 52 35 52 31,5 31,5 90 18 26 66 50 24 24 24 8,2 6,2 35 3 15 27 3 5 1,25
2 15 2 2:1 10 52 35 52 31,5 31,5 90 18 26 66 50 24 24 24 8,2 6,2 35 3 15 27 3 5 1,31
3 20 1 1:1 8,5 75 50 76 47 47 140 27 38 97 74 38 38 38 9,0 8,5 52 2,5 20 40 3,5 6 3,75
3 20 2 1:1 8,5 75 50 76 47 47 140 27 38 97 74 38 38 38 9,0 8,5 52 2,5 20 40 3,5 6 3,89
3 20 1 2:1 8,5 75 50 76 47 47 140 27 38 97 74 38 38 38 9,0 8,5 52 2,5 20 40 3,5 6 3,75
3 20 2 2:1 8,5 75 50 76 47 47 140 27 38 97 74 38 38 38 9,0 8,5 52 2,5 20 40 3,5 6 3,89
4 25 1 1:1 13 80 70 100 81 57,5 150 38 38 99 98 45 45 70 10,3 10,3 62 3,5 25 60 4 8 6,20
4 25 2 1:1 13 80 70 100 81 57,5 150 38 38 99 98 45 45 70 10,3 10,3 62 3,5 25 60 4 8 6,52
4 25 1 2:1 13 80 70 100 81 57,5 150 38 38 99 98 45 45 70 10,3 10,3 62 3,5 25 60 4 8 6,20
4 25 2 2:1 13 80 70 100 81 57,5 150 38 38 99 98 45 45 70 10,3 10,3 62 3,5 25 60 4 8 6,52
* Size 1 without feather key groove.
Permissible Radial and Axial Loads Operating Factors
Size FR** FA*** Operating hours per day
N N Uniform load 0,7 0,9 1 1,3
1 100 20 Light shocks 0,9 1 1,3 1,8
2 250 50 Heavy shocks 1,3 1,6 1,8 2,3
3 400 80
4 800 160 Operating temperature -18º to + 80ºC.
Pe ss ad a e A=0.
*** Permiss. axial force for FR=0.
Size 1 2 3 4
Oil volume (in dm3) 0.03 0.06 0.10 0.13
® 669
Bevel Gearboxes DZR, Stainless Steel
General data: High resistance to corrosion.
4 sizes and 2 versions. A
Ratio either 1 : 1 or 2 : 1. Any mounting position possible.
Ratio for gearing up to max. 750 min-1 possible.
Housing: Stainless steel 1.4401 (V4A / AISI 316). Thick-walled,
one-piece housing, fully oil-tight and dust-proof.
Gearing: Gleason-spiral bevel gears, hardened.
Shafts/bearing system: Stainless steel 1.4401 (V4A / AISI 316),
ground and mounted on ball bearings. From size 2 with keyways.
Lubrication/maintenance: Lubricated for life, viscosity ISO VG 150.
Gearboxes are maintenance free.
Angular backlash: 15 to 30 angular minutes.
Permiss. operating temperature: -18ºC to +80ºC.
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Size, Version, Ratio, Product No.
Product No. Size Version Ratio i
410 910 00 1 A 1:1 A A
410 910 02 1 A 2:1
410 920 00 1 B 1:1
410 920 02 1 B 2:1
410 912 00 2 A 1:1
410 912 02 2 A 2:1
410 922 00 2 B 1:1
410 922 02 2 B 2:1
410 914 00 3 A 1:1
410 914 02 3 A 2:1
410 924 00 3 B 1:1
410 924 02 3 B 2:1 B C B
410 916 00 4 A 1:1
410 916 02 4 A 2:1
410 926 00 4 B 1:1
410 926 02 4 B 2:1
Version A Version B
Performance Data
Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4
Output Ratio Input Output Input Output Input Output Input Output
Speed* Power Torque** Power Torque** Power Torque** Power Torque**
min-1 i kW Nm kW Nm kW Nm kW Nm
50 1:1 0,012 2,2 0,038 7,2 0,11 21,0 0,220 42,0
50 2:1 0,008 1,6 0,030 5,7 0,099 19,0 0,204 39,0
100 1:1 0,021 2,0 0,070 6,7 0,215 20,5 0,419 40,0
100 2:1 0,016 1,5 0,058 5,5 0,188 18,0 0,387 37,0
200 1:1 0,037 1,75 0,136 6,5 0,419 20,0 0,796 38,0
200 2:1 0,031 1,5 0,105 5,0 0,356 17,0 0,733 35,0
400 1:1 0,073 1,75 0,272 6,5 0,817 19,5 1,508 36,0
400 2:1 0,059 1,4 0,209 5,0 0,670 16,0 1,382 33,0
700 1:1 0,125 1,7 0,440 6,0 1,393 19,0 2,492 34,0
700 2:1 0,103 1,4 0,348 4,75 1,026 14,0 2,126 29,0
1400 1:1 0,235 1,6 0,880 6,0 2,785 19,0 4,545 31,0
1400 2:1 0,161 1,1 0,586 4,0 1,759 12,0 3,372 23,0
2000*** 1:1 0,272 1,3 0,942 4,5 3,351 16,0 5,236 25,0
3000*** 1:1 0,346 1,1 1,257 4,02 4,398 14,0 6,911 22,0
* The gearboxes are thus dimensioned, that the lifetime comes to 10,000 *** Speeds above 1,400 min-1 shorten the lifespan and are only permitted
hours at full load and a starting speed of 1,400 min-1. for a short time. If the permiss. operating temperature is exceeded,
** Only for version A. At version B, the torque at each output shaft end oil leaks may occur.
may be only 50%.
Input shaft / output shaft, speed
At both types and both ratios, the input can be at shaft A as well as at shaft B/C.
At ratio 1:1 the maximum speed is 1,400 min -1.
Ratio 2:1 can be used for gearing down and also for gearing up.
Gearing down: Input at shaft A with max. speed 1,400 min -1 (output speed max. 700 min -1).
Gearing up: Input at shaft B/C with max. speed 750 min -1 (output speed max. 1,500 min -1).
670 ®
Dimensions Table Bevel Gearboxes DZR, Stainless Steel
4 Through bores P
3 bores 0 through
ØE
N
Q
M
Size Shaft- No. of Ratio Weight
Ø Output- A B C D E G H I J K L M N O P QH7 R Sf7 T* U Z
mm Shafts Dim. in mm kg
1 8 1 1:1 5 34 15 33 11 60 11 15 42,4 32 16 16 16 5,2 4,2 22 1,3 8 - - - 0,483
1 8 2 1:1 5 34 15 33 11 60 11 15 42,4 32 16 16 16 5,2 4,2 22 1,3 8 - - - 0,492
1 8 1 2:1 5 34 15 33 11 60 11 15 42,4 32 16 16 16 5,2 4,2 22 1,3 8 - - - 0,483
1 8 2 2:1 5 34 15 33 11 60 11 15 42,4 32 16 16 16 5,2 4,2 22 1,3 8 - - - 0,492
2 15 1 1:1 7 52 35 52 17 90 18 26 65 50 24 24 24 8,5 6,2 35 2,0 15 27 3 5 1,795
2 15 2 1:1 7 52 35 52 17 90 18 26 65 50 24 24 24 8,5 6,2 35 2,0 15 27 3 5 1,855
2 15 1 2:1 7 52 35 52 17 90 18 26 65 50 24 24 24 8,5 6,2 35 2,0 15 27 3 5 1,795
2 15 2 2:1 7 52 35 52 17 90 18 26 65 50 24 24 24 8,5 6,2 35 2,0 15 27 3 5 1,855
3 20 1 1:1 9 75 50 76 18 140 27 38 94 74 38 38 38 9,0 8,5 52 2,0 20 40 3,5 6 5,388
3 20 2 1:1 9 75 50 76 18 140 27 38 94 74 38 38 38 9,0 8,5 52 2,0 20 40 3,5 6 5,536
3 20 1 2:1 9 75 50 76 18 140 27 38 94 74 38 38 38 9,0 8,5 52 2,0 20 40 3,5 6 5,538
3 20 2 2:1 9 75 50 76 18 140 27 38 94 74 38 38 38 9,0 8,5 52 2,0 20 40 3,5 6 5,536
4 25 1 1:1 11 80 70 100 25 150 38 38 101 98 45 45 70 12,5 10,3 62 3,0 25 60 4 8 9,136
4 25 2 1:1 11 80 70 100 25 150 38 38 101 98 45 45 70 12,5 10,3 62 3,0 25 60 4 8 9,445
4 25 1 2:1 11 80 70 100 25 150 38 38 101 98 45 45 70 12,5 10,3 62 3,0 25 60 4 8 9,136
4 25 2 2:1 11 80 70 100 25 150 38 38 101 98 45 45 70 12,5 10,3 62 3,0 25 60 4 8 9,445
* Size 1 without feather key groove.
Permissible Radial and Axial Loads Operating Factors
Size FR** FA*** Operating hours per day
N N Uniform load 0,7 0,9 1 1,3
1 60 20 Light shocks 0,9 1 1,3 1,8
2 140 50 Heavy shocks 1,3 1,6 1,8 2,3
3 300 80
4 400 160 Operating temperature -18º to + 80ºC.
Pe ss ad a e A=0.
*** Permiss. axial force for FR=0.
Size 1 2 3 4
Oil volume (in dm3) 0.03 0.06 0.10 0.13
® 671
Bevel Gearboxes DZA Model H
General data: Gearbox with hollow shaft on the output side. 2 sizes.
Ratio either 1 : 1 or 2 : 1 or 3 : 1. Any mounting position possible. Size 2 Size 3
The maximum input speed (hollow shaft as input device) for gearing
up is 750 min-1 at 2 : 1 and 500 min-1 at 3 : 1.
Housing: Thick-walled, one-piece cast aluminium housing,
fully oil-tight and dust-proof.
Gearing: The gears are to the Coniflex system, case hardened.
Shafts/bearing system: Input and output shaft are ground and moun-
ted on ball bearings.
Lubrication/maintenance: Lubricated for life, viscosity ISO VG 150.
Gearboxes are maintenance free.
Angular backlash: 15 to 30 angular minutes.
Permiss. operating temperature: -18ºC to +80ºC.
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No., Type, Size, Version, Ratio
Rotational direction depends on mounting position:
Product No. Size Ratio Input Output Oil Weight
Power* Torque* Volume
i kW Nm dm3 kg
410 132 00 2 1:1 1,83 13 0,075 2,0
410 132 02 2 2:1 0,5 7 0,075 2,0
410 132 03 2 3:1 0,25 5 0,075 2,0
410 134 00 3 1:1 5,5 38 0,12 4,8
410 134 02 3 2:1 1,83 25 0,12 4,8
410 134 03 3 3:1 0,91 18 0,12 4,8
*Permiss. max. values for input speed 1,400 min-1 (at the solid shaft) at
continuous operation.
Dimensions Size 2 Dimensions Size 3
Size 2 with low housing version.
The dimensions and fastening threads M8
are the same on all three flanges.
Permissible Radial and Axial Loads Operating Factors
Size R A*** Operating hours per day
Uniform load 0,8 0,9 1 1,25
2 250 50 Light shocks 0,9 1 1,25 1,5
3 400 80 Strong shocks 1,0 1,5 1,6 1,8
Pe ss ad a e at A=0.
*** Permiss. axial force at FR=0.
672 ®
Bevel Gearboxes KU/I (Rigid Design)
General data: 3 Designs, 6 standard version, and many further
variations available as multi-shaft gearboxes, please enquire. Model K Page 674 - 675
Also Available in corrosion-proof and NO-TOX version for the
food processing and pharmaceutic industry.
Housing: Thick-walled grey cast iron, fully sealed against oil
leaks and protected against dust. Due to the cube shape, all 6
sides of the gear box can be used as mounting surfaces. The
diameters l 1 and l 2 are provided for use as alignment studs. Version 10 Version 20
Gearing: Hardened bevel gears, lapped in pairs
Ratios: 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1, 3:1, 4:1, 5:1, 6:1
Special transmission ratios available on request. Size 0 only to
3:1. Model L Page 676 - 677
Bearing System: Generously dimensioned roller bearings, rein-
forced bearings on request.
Lubrication: The gearboxes are fully enclosed, lubricated for life
and maintenance free. On request, the gearboxes can also be
supplied with oil change lubrication or NO-TOX lubrication for
the food industry. If the gearbox is used at higher speeds (see
Version 30 Version 60
table) venting must be provided. For this purpose, please state
the mounting position (downward-facing side) and operating
time.
Model H Page 678 - 679
Model K: Input side A: Ratio for gearing up.
Input side C: Transmission ratio for gearing down.
Model L: Straight-through shaft, slowly turning.
Model H: Straight-through hollow shaft, slowly turning.
Version 70 Version 80
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Model, Size, Version, Mounting Side (A-F), Ratio,
Mounting Position, Output Speed, Product No.
Selection of the Gearbox Size
The following pages serve to determine the required gearbox In this process, all 3 factors must be taken into consideration, when
size from the tables considering: selecting the gearbox according to the specific requirements. The
stated figures refer to an operating time of 100%. Operating time
Output Torque – Power – Load of Input and Output Shaft 8h/day. Ambient temperature 20ºC, shock-free operation and no
additional cooling. If the operating conditions differ from the above,
the following factors have to be regarded when determining the
required gearbox size (see examples).
Factors by which the transmissible torque has to be multiplied:
Output (load type of driven machine)
Input Uniform Medium shocks Strong shocks Operating time
Uniform 1.0 1.25 1.75 up to 2 h/day: Load factor x 0.8
Light shocks 1.25 1.5 2.0 up to 8 h/day: Load factor x 1.0
Medium shocks 1.5 1.75 2.25 up to 8 h/day: Load factor x 1.25
The product of transmissible torque x load factor x operating time Example:
factor has to be smaller than the permiss. torque stated in the Torque: 250 Nm; Load factor 1.5; Operating time 1.5 h/day
table. Torque for gearbox selection: 250 Nm x 1.5 x 0.8 = 300 Nm; i = 1
: 1; n = 250 min-1 = Selected Gearbox Size 25.
Factors determining the max. transmissible power considering heating up of the gear box:
Ambient temperature T Operating time OT Max. permiss. power output without cooling at 100% OT
10º C: permiss. power x 1.2 OT 100% permiss. power x 1.0 Gearbox size 0 1.5 kW
20º C: permiss. power x 1.0 OT 80% permiss. power x 1.2 Gearbox size 1 4.0 kW
30º C: permiss. power x 0.9 OT 60% permiss. power x 1.4 Gearbox size 2 7.0 kW
40º C: permiss. power x 0.8 OT 40% permiss. power x 1.6 Gearbox size 25 17.0 kW
50º C: permiss. power x 0.7 OT 20% permiss. power x 1.8 Gearbox size 30 26.0 kW
At the same time do not exceed the permiss.T2!
If the permissible power multiplied with the ambient temperature Example:
factor and the operating time is smaller than the existing power, Gearbox size 25; i = 1 : 1; n = 750 min-1;
additional cooling of the gearbox must be provided. P = 25.63 kW; T = 30ºC, OT = 20%
Maximum power from the table: 17 kW x 0.9 x 1.8 = 27.5 kW
Gearbox size sufficient, no additional cooling required.
® 673
Bevel Gearboxes KU/I, Model K, Technical Data
Ratio Version Version Permissible Output Torque T2 in Nm** Max. Input Power P1 in kW**
10 20 at Output Speed n2 in min-1 at Input Speed n1 in min-1
Size Product No. Product No. 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
0 *412 001 00 412 002 00 18 17 15 13 12 11 10 0,1 0,47 0,83 1,07 1,32 1,82 3,31
1 *412 004 00 412 005 00 50 44 40 37 34 32 27 0,28 1,21 2,2 3,06 3,75 5,29 8,93
1:1 2 *412 007 00 412 008 00 130 123 115 103 92 82 66 0,72 3,39 6,34 8,51 10,14 13,56 21,82
25 *412 010 00 412 011 00 380 350 330 310 290 260 --- 2,09 9,64 18,19 25,63 31,96 42,99 ---
30 *412 013 00 412 014 00 750 710 620 555 510 450 --- 4,13 19,56 34,17 45,88 56,21 74,4 ---
Size Product No. Product No. 33 167 333 500 667 1000 2000 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
0 412 001 01 412 002 01 18 17 15 13 12 11 10 0,07 0,31 0,55 0,72 0,88 1,21 2,2
1 412 004 01 412 005 01 45 40 37 35 32 29 25 0,16 0,74 1,36 1,93 2,35 3,2 5,51
1,5 : 1 2 412 007 01 412 008 01 113 108 105 94 86 78 61 0,41 1,99 3,85 5,18 6,32 8,6 13,45
25 412 010 01 412 011 01 355 330 315 295 280 252 185 1,29 6,07 11,56 16,26 20,59 27,78 40,78
30 412 013 01 412 014 01 750 690 615 550 505 437 330 2,73 12,7 22,57 30,31 37,13 48,17 72,75
Size Product No. Product No. 25 125 250 375 500 750 1500 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
0 *412 001 02 412 002 02 18 17 15 13 12 11 10 0,05 0,23 0,41 0,54 0,66 0,91 1,65
1 *412 004 02 412 005 02 37 36 34 32 31 27 23 0,1 0,5 0,94 1,32 1,71 2,23 3,8
2:1 2 *412 007 02 412 008 02 107 98 92 86 81 73 56 0,29 1,35 2,54 3,55 4,46 6,03 9,26
25 *412 010 02 412 011 02 355 320 300 280 270 245 170 0,98 4,41 8,27 11,57 14,88 20,25 28,11
30 412 013 02 412 014 02 750 680 610 540 500 425 310 2,07 9,37 16,81 22,32 27,56 35,13 51,25
Size Product No. Product No. 17 83 167 250 333 500 1000 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
0 *412 001 03 412 002 03 14 13 13 12 12 11 10 0,03 0,12 0,24 0,33 0,44 0,61 1,1
1 *412 004 03 412 005 03 37 36 34 32 31 27 23 0,07 0,33 0,63 0,88 1,14 1,49 2,54
3:1 2 *412 007 03 412 008 03 110 95 90 87 82 74 58 0,21 0,87 1,66 2,40 3,01 4,08 6,39
25 412 010 03 412 011 03 305 280 260 250 245 230 190 0,57 2,56 4,79 6,89 8,99 12,68 20,94
30 412 013 03 412 014 03 690 630 600 530 490 470 420 1,29 5,76 11,04 15,98 20,37 28,38 46,29
Size Product No. Product No. 12,5 62,5 125 187,5 250 375 750 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
1 412 004 04 412 005 04 37 36 34 32 31 27 23 0,05 0,25 0,47 0,66 0,85 1,12 1,9
2 412 007 04 412 008 04 90 87 84 82 79 74 60 0,12 0,6 1,16 1,69 2,18 3,06 4,96
4:1 25 412 010 04 412 011 04 280 270 260 250 240 220 180 0,39 1,86 3,58 5,17 6,61 9,09 14,88
30 412 013 04 412 014 04 580 550 525 510 485 420 350 0,8 3,79 7,23 10,54 13,36 18,81 28,93
Size Product No. Product No. 10 50 100 150 200 300 600 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
1 412 004 05 412 005 05 37 36 34 32 31 27 23 0,04 0,2 0,37 0,53 0,68 0,89 1,52
2 412 007 05 412 008 05 95 92 89 86 80 72 60 0,1 0,51 0,98 1,42 1,76 2,38 3,97
5:1 25 412 010 05 412 011 05 280 270 250 240 225 215 180 0,32 1,49 2,76 3,97 4,96 7,11 11,9
30 412 013 05 412 014 05 525 505 470 440 420 380 300 0,58 2,78 5,18 7,27 9,26 12,57 19,84
Size Product No. Product No. 8 42 83 125 167 250 500 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
1 412 004 06 412 005 06 33 30 29 29 29 27 23 0,03 0,14 0,27 0,4 0,53 0,74 1,25
6:1 2 412 007 06 412 008 06 71 69 68 68 66 64 54 0,06 0,33 0,63 0,94 1,22 1,75 2,95
25 412 010 06 412 011 06 210 199 187 176 164 143 129 0,18 0,92 1,72 2,43 3,01 3,95 7,09
* Gearboxes in stock (without ventilation). ** Transmission ratio for gearing down. For gearing up the
values for 1:1 apply. In addition the heating up process has to
be considered (see page 673).
Max. Speed in min -1 for Gear Boxes without Ventilation, at the Output Shaft, i = 1:1 to 6:1
For version 10 and horizontal mounting position. For version 20 the values have to be halved. Values for other OT and other mounting positions on request.
Operating Time Size 0 Size 1* Size 2* Size 25* Size 30*
ED 100 % 1100 700 600 400 300
ED 30 % 1900 1300 1000 700 500
* From size 1 available with ventilation against surcharge.
Permissible Radial and Axial Loads at shaft d 1 Permissible Radial and Axial Loads at shaft d 2
Gearbox T n1 [ min-1] - FR [N] Gearbox T n1 [ min-1] - FR [N]
Size Nm 3000 1000 500 250 100 50< Size Nm 3000 1000 500 250 100 50
0 < 12 180 250 300 350 450 550 0 < 12 180 250 300 350 450 550
> 12 150 210 250 290 380 460 > 12 150 210 250 290 380 460
1 < 30 300 400 470 580 700 800 1 < 30 300 400 470 580 700 800
> 30 250 330 390 490 590 670 > 30 250 330 390 490 590 670
2 < 80 470 620 720 900 1150 1400 2 < 80 470 620 720 900 1150 1400
> 80 390 520 600 750 960 1170 > 80 390 520 600 750 960 1170
25 < 220 1200 1600 1900 2200 2850 3300 25 < 220 1200 1600 1900 2200 2850 3300
> 220 1000 1340 1590 1840 2380 2750 > 220 1000 1340 1590 1840 2380 2750
30 < 500 2200 1700 3200 3900 5000 6200 30 < 500 2200 1700 3200 3900 5000 6200
> 500 1840 1420 2670 3250 4170 5170 > 500 1840 1420 2670 3250 4170 5170
The maximum permiss. radial forces stated in the table are calculated for the Axial loads FA can be absorbed, without need for further calculation, up to
centre of the output shaft end, also calculating in the speed and torque. The about 50% of the permiss. radial forces. If the axial load exceeds this value con-
values were calculated for the most unfavourable load direction. Precise calcula- siderably or if combined loads of FR and FA occur – please ask us.
tion of load and rotational direction may lead to higher permissible loads for the
shaft – please ask us.
674 ®
Dimensions Table Bevel Gearboxes KU/I Model K
D D
Version 10
A B E F
C C
Version 20
The driving unit can be connected to either d 1 or d 2 , so that
transmission ratios of up to 6 : 1 for gearing down and for
gearing up are possible (apart from gearbox size 0).
Shaft ends for all types: Tolerance = j 6 ; Thread alignment accor-
ding to DIN 332 page 2; Keyways according to DIN 6885/1.
Threaded holes for mounting on all sides of the gearbox as
standard. Thread depth of mounting holes = 2 x thread diameter
or the thickness of the flange.
Dimensions for i = 1 : 1 to 6 : 1 (intermediate transmission ratios on request)
Size b c d1 j6 d2j6 e1 e2
mm mm mm mm mm mm
to 1,5 : 1 5:1
0 65 32,5 12 12 - - 12 72 72 - 72
1 90 45 18 12 12 12 18 85 85 95 85
2 120 60 25 20 20 15 25 115 115 125 115
25 160 80 35 28 24 24 35 150 150 170 150
30 200 100 42 35 35 28 42 190 190 190 190
Size f1 f2 g h i l1f7 l2f7 o
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1,5 : 1 5:1 1,5 : 1 3:1 5:1
2:1 3:1 4:1 6:1 2:1 4:1 6:1
0 100 100 - - 100 2 42 M6 44 44 - 44 2
1 122 122 132 132 122 2 55 M8 60 60 60 60 2
2 162 162 172 162 162 2 75 M10 80 80 70 80 3
25 212 212 232 232 212 2 95 M12 110 100 100 110 3
30 273 261 261 261 273 3 120 M12 120 120 110 120 3
Size p1 p2 r s t u v
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1:1 1:1
1,5 : 1 3:1 5:1 to
2:1 4:1 6:1 6:1
0 26 26 - 26 45 54 10 42 19,5
1 35 35 35 35 70 75 10 55 20,0
2 45 45 35 45 100 100 10 72 25,0
25 60 60 60 60 120 135 20 95 35,0
30 80 68 68 80 160 175 20 117 40,0
Size Feather Key Size at d1 Feather Key Size at d2 and d3 Weight
mm mm kg
1:1 1:1
1,5 : 1 3:1 5:1 to
2:1 4:1 6:1 6:1
0 4 x 20 4 x 20 - 4 x 20 2,5
1 6 x 28 4 x 28 4 x 28 6 x 28 5,5
2 8 x 36 6 x 36 5 x 28 8 x 36 12
25 10 x 50 8 x 50 8 x 50 10 x 50 24
30 12 x 70 10 x 63 8 x 63 12 x 70 48
Size 1 2 2
Oil volume (in dm 3 ) 0,1 0,3 0,6 1,2 2,5
® 675
Bevel Gearboxes KU/I, Model L, Technical Data
Ratio Version Version Permissible Output Torque T2 in Nm** Max. Input Power P1 in kW**
30 60 at Output Speed n2 in min-1 at Input Speed n1 in min-1
Size Product No. Product No. 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
0 *412 031 00 412 032 00 18 17 15 13 12 11 10 0,1 0,47 0,83 1,07 1,32 1,82 3,31
1 *412 034 00 412 035 00 50 44 40 37 34 32 27 0,28 1,21 2,2 3,06 3,75 5,29 8,93
1:1 2 *412 037 00 412 038 00 130 123 115 103 92 82 66 0,72 3,39 6,34 8,51 10,14 13,56 21,82
25 *412 040 00 412 041 00 380 350 330 310 290 260 --- 2,09 9,64 18,19 25,63 31,96 42,99 ---
30 412 043 00 412 044 00 750 710 620 555 510 450 --- 4,13 19,56 34,17 45,88 56,21 74,4 ---
Size Product No. Product No. 33 167 333 500 667 1000 2000 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
0 412 031 01 412 032 01 18 17 15 13 12 11 10 0,07 0,31 0,55 0,72 0,88 1,21 2,2
1 412 034 01 412 035 01 45 40 37 35 32 29 25 0,16 0,74 1,36 1,93 2,35 3,2 5,51
1,5 : 1 2 412 037 01 412 038 01 113 108 105 94 86 78 61 0,41 1,99 3,85 5,18 6,32 8,6 13,45
25 412 040 01 412 041 01 355 330 315 295 280 252 185 1,29 6,07 11,56 16,26 20,59 27,78 40,78
30 412 043 01 412 044 01 750 690 615 550 505 437 330 2,73 12,7 22,57 30,31 37,13 48,17 72,75
Size Product No. Product No. 25 125 250 375 500 750 1500 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
0 *412 031 02 412 032 02 18 17 15 13 12 11 10 0,05 0,23 0,41 0,54 0,66 0,91 1,65
1 *412 034 02 412 035 02 37 36 34 32 31 27 23 0,1 0,5 0,94 1,32 1,71 2,23 3,8
2:1 2 *412 037 02 412 038 02 107 98 92 86 81 73 56 0,29 1,35 2,54 3,55 4,46 6,03 9,26
25 *412 040 02 412 041 02 355 320 300 280 270 245 170 0,98 4,41 8,27 11,57 14,88 20,25 28,11
30 412 043 02 412 044 02 750 680 610 540 500 425 310 2,07 9,37 16,81 22,32 27,56 35,13 51,25
Size Product No. Product No. 17 83 167 250 333 500 1000 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
0 *412 031 03 412 032 03 14 13 13 12 12 11 10 0,03 0,12 0,24 0,33 0,44 0,61 1,1
1 *412 034 03 412 035 03 37 36 34 32 31 27 23 0,07 0,33 0,63 0,88 1,14 1,49 2,54
3:1 2 *412 037 03 412 038 03 110 95 90 87 82 74 58 0,21 0,87 1,66 2,40 3,01 4,08 6,39
25 412 040 03 412 041 03 305 280 260 250 245 230 190 0,57 2,56 4,79 6,89 8,99 12,68 20,94
30 412 043 03 412 044 03 690 630 600 530 490 470 420 1,29 5,76 11,04 15,98 20,37 28,38 46,29
Size Product No. Product No. 12,5 62,5 125 187,5 250 375 750 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
1 412 034 04 412 035 04 37 36 34 32 31 27 23 0,05 0,25 0,47 0,66 0,85 1,12 1,9
2 412 037 04 412 038 04 90 87 84 82 79 74 60 0,12 0,6 1,16 1,69 2,18 3,06 4,96
4:1 25 412 040 04 412 041 04 280 270 260 250 240 220 180 0,39 1,86 3,58 5,17 6,61 9,09 14,88
30 412 043 04 412 044 04 580 550 525 510 485 420 350 0,8 3,79 7,23 10,54 13,36 18,81 28,93
Size Product No. Product No. 10 50 100 150 200 300 600 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
1 412 034 05 412 035 05 37 36 34 32 31 27 23 0,04 0,2 0,37 0,53 0,68 0,89 1,52
2 412 037 05 412 038 05 95 92 89 86 80 72 60 0,1 0,51 0,98 1,42 1,76 2,38 3,97
5:1 25 412 040 05 412 041 05 280 270 250 240 225 215 180 0,32 1,49 2,76 3,97 4,96 7,11 11,9
30 412 043 05 412 044 05 525 505 470 440 420 380 300 0,58 2,78 5,18 7,27 9,26 12,57 19,84
Size Product No. Product No. 8 42 83 125 167 250 500 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
1 412 034 06 412 035 06 33 30 29 29 29 27 23 0,03 0,14 0,27 0,4 0,53 0,74 1,25
6:1 2 412 037 06 412 038 06 71 69 68 68 66 64 54 0,06 0,33 0,63 0,94 1,22 1,75 2,95
25 412 040 06 412 041 06 210 199 187 176 164 143 129 0,18 0,92 1,72 2,43 3,01 3,95 7,09
* Gearboxes in stock (without ventilation). ** Transmission ratio for gearing down. For gearing up the
values for 1:1 apply. In addition the heating up process has to
be considered (see page 673).
Max. Speed in min -1 for Gearbox without Ventilation, at the Output Shaft, i = 1:1 to 6:1
For version 30 and horizontal mounting position. For version 60 these values have to be halved. Values for other OT and other mounting positions on request.
Operating Time Size 0 Size 1* Size 2* Size 25* Size 30*
ED 100 % 1100 700 600 400 300
ED 30 % 1900 1300 1000 700 500
* From size 1 available with ventilation against surcharge.
Permissible Radial and Axial Loads at shaft d 1 Permissible Radial and Axial Loads at shaft d 2
Gearbox T n1 [ min-1] - FR [N] Gearbox T n1 [ min-1] - FR [N]
Size Nm 3000 1000 500 250 100 50 Size Nm 3000 1000 500 250 100 50
0 < 12 180 250 300 350 450 550 0 < 12 300 400 500 650 750 900
> 12 150 210 250 290 380 460 > 12 250 330 420 540 630 750
1 < 30 300 400 470 580 700 800 1 < 30 500 660 800 950 1250 1500
> 30 250 330 390 490 590 670 > 30 420 550 670 790 1040 1250
2 < 80 470 620 720 900 1150 1400 2 < 80 750 1000 1250 1500 1900 2200
> 80 390 520 600 750 960 1170 > 80 630 830 1040 1250 1580 1830
25 < 220 1200 1600 1900 2200 2850 3300 25 < 220 2000 2800 3300 4000 5000 6500
> 220 1000 1340 1590 1840 2380 2750 > 220 1670 2340 2750 3340 4170 5420
30 < 500 2200 1700 3200 3900 5000 6200 30 < 500 3200 4300 5000 6500 8000 10000
> 500 1840 1420 2670 3250 4170 5170 > 500 2670 3580 4170 5420 6670 8330
The maximum permiss. radial forces stated in the table are calculated for the Axial loads FA can be absorbed, without need for further calculation, up to
centre of the output shaft end, also calculating in the speed and torque. The about 50% of the permiss. radial forces. If the axial load exceeds this value con-
values were calculated for the most unfavourable load direction. Precise calcula- siderably or if combined loads of FR and FA occur – please ask us.
tion of load and rotational direction may lead to higher permissible loads for the
shaft – please enquire.
676 ®
Dimensions Table Bevel Gearboxes KU/I Model L
D D
Version 30
A B E F
C C
Version 60
The large bevel gear is usually mounted on the straight-through Threaded holes for mounting on all sides of the gearbox as
shaft. It is the slow running one. standard. Thread depth of mounting holes = 2 x thread diame-
The gearbox sizes 1, 2, 25 and 30 can also be supplied as Type ter or the thickness of the flange.
LS with straight-through, fast running shaft. In this case the Dimensions for i = 1 : 1 to 6 : 1, power input at d 1 (intermedi-
transmission ratio is max. 1 : 2. ate transmission ratios on request) *Type LS: straight-through
Shaft ends for all types: Tolerance = j 6 ; Thread alignment accor- fast running shaft.
ding to DIN 332 page 2; Keyways according to DIN 6885/1.
Size a b c d1j6 d2j6 e1 f1 g
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1:1 1:1 1:1
1,5 : 1 1,5 : 1 1,5 : 1
2:1 1:1 2:1 4:1 2:1
1 : 1,5* 5:1 bis 1 : 1,5* 1 : 1,5* 5:1 1 : 1,5* 5:1
1 : 2* 3:1 4:1 6:1 6:1 1 : 2* 1 : 2* 3:1 6:1 1 : 2* 3:1 4:1 6:1
0 144 65 32,5 12 12 - - 12 - 72 72 - 100 100 - - 2
1 190 90 45,0 18 12 12 12 18 14 85 85 98 122 122 132 132 2
2 244 120 60,0 25 20 20 15 25 16 115 115 125 162 162 172 162 2
25 320 160 80,0 35 28 24 24 35 25 150 150 170 212 212 232 232 2
30 406 200 100,0 42 35 35 28 42 35 190 190 190 273 261 261 261 3
Size h i k l1f7 l2f7 m n o p1 p2
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1:1 1:1
1,5 : 1 1,5 : 1
2:1 2:1
1 : 1,5* 3:1 5:1 1 : 1,5* 3:1 5:1
1 : 2* 4:1 6:1 1 : 2* 4:1 6:1
0 42 M6 19,5 44 44 - 44 42 72 2 26 26 - 26
1 55 M8 20,0 60 60 60 60 55 95 2 35 35 35 35
2 75 M10 22,0 80 80 70 80 72 122 3 45 45 35 45
25 95 M12 35,0 110 100 100 110 95 160 3 60 60 60 60
30 120 M12 37,0 120 120 110 120 117 203 3 80 68 68 80
Size q r s t Feather Key Size at d1 Feather Key Size at d2 u. d3 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
1:1
1,5 : 1 1:1
2:1 3:1 5:1 to 1 : 1,5*
1 : 1,5* 4:1 6:1 6:1 1 : 2*
1 : 2*
0 2 45 54 10 4 x 20 4 x 20 - 4 x 20 - 2,5
1 3 70 75 10 6 x 28 4 x 28 4 x 28 6 x 28 5 x 28 5,5
2 2 100 100 10 8 x 36 6 x 36 5 x 28 8 x 36 5 x 36 12,0
25 2 120 135 20 10 x 50 8 x 50 8 x 50 10 x 50 8 x 50 24,0
30 3 160 175 20 12 x 70 10 x 63 8 x 63 12 x 70 10 x 70 48,0
Size 1 2 2
Oil volume (in dm 3) 0,1 0,3 0,6 1,2 2,5
® 677
Bevel Gearboxes KU/I, Model H, Technical Data
Ratio Version Version Permissible Output Torque T2 in Nm** Max. Input Power P1 in kW**
70 80 at Output Speed n2 in min-1 at Input Speed n1 in min-1
Size Product No. Product No. 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
0 *412 061 00 412 062 00 18 17 15 13 12 11 10 0,1 0,47 0,83 1,07 1,32 1,82 3,31
1 *412 064 00 412 065 00 50 44 40 37 34 32 27 0,28 1,21 2,2 3,06 3,75 5,29 8,93
1:1 2 *412 067 00 412 068 00 130 123 115 103 92 82 66 0,72 3,39 6,34 8,51 10,14 13,56 21,82
25 *412 070 00 412 071 00 380 350 330 310 290 260 --- 2,09 9,64 18,19 25,63 31,96 42,99 ---
30 412 073 00 412 074 00 750 710 620 555 510 450 --- 4,13 19,56 34,17 45,88 56,21 74,4 ---
Size Product No. Product No. 33 167 333 500 667 1000 2000 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
0 412 061 01 412 062 01 18 17 15 13 12 11 10 0,07 0,31 0,55 0,72 0,88 1,21 2,2
1 412 064 01 412 065 01 45 40 37 35 32 29 25 0,16 0,74 1,36 1,93 2,35 3,2 5,51
1,5 : 1 2 412 067 01 412 068 01 113 108 105 94 86 78 61 0,41 1,99 3,85 5,18 6,32 8,6 13,45
25 412 070 01 412 071 01 355 330 315 295 280 252 185 1,29 6,07 11,56 16,26 20,59 27,78 40,78
30 412 073 01 412 074 01 750 690 615 550 505 437 330 2,73 12,7 22,57 30,31 37,13 48,17 72,75
Size Product No. Product No. 25 125 250 375 500 750 1500 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
0 *412 061 02 412 062 02 18 17 15 13 12 11 10 0,05 0,23 0,41 0,54 0,66 0,91 1,65
1 *412 064 02 412 065 02 37 36 34 32 31 27 23 0,1 0,5 0,94 1,32 1,71 2,23 3,8
2:1 2 *412 067 02 412 068 02 107 98 92 86 81 73 56 0,29 1,35 2,54 3,55 4,46 6,03 9,26
25 *412 070 02 412 071 02 355 320 300 280 270 245 170 0,98 4,41 8,27 11,57 14,88 20,25 28,11
30 412 073 02 412 074 02 750 680 610 540 500 425 310 2,07 9,37 16,81 22,32 27,56 35,13 51,25
Size Product No. Product No. 17 83 167 250 333 500 1000 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
0 *412 061 03 412 062 03 14 13 13 12 12 11 10 0,03 0,12 0,24 0,33 0,44 0,61 1,1
1 *412 064 03 412 065 03 37 36 34 32 31 27 23 0,07 0,33 0,63 0,88 1,14 1,49 2,54
3:1 2 *412 067 03 412 068 03 110 95 90 87 82 74 58 0,21 0,87 1,66 2,40 3,01 4,08 6,39
25 *412 070 03 412 071 03 305 280 260 250 245 230 190 0,57 2,56 4,79 6,89 8,99 12,68 20,94
30 412 073 03 412 074 03 690 630 600 530 490 470 420 1,29 5,76 11,04 15,98 20,37 28,38 46,29
Size Product No. Product No. 12,5 62,5 125 187,5 250 375 750 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
1 412 064 04 412 065 04 37 36 34 32 31 27 23 0,05 0,25 0,47 0,66 0,85 1,12 1,9
2 412 067 04 412 068 04 90 87 84 82 79 74 60 0,12 0,6 1,16 1,69 2,18 3,06 4,96
4:1 25 412 070 04 412 071 04 280 270 260 250 240 220 180 0,39 1,86 3,58 5,17 6,61 9,09 14,88
30 412 073 04 412 074 04 580 550 525 510 485 420 350 0,8 3,79 7,23 10,54 13,36 18,81 28,93
Size Product No. Product No. 10 50 100 150 200 300 600 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
1 412 064 05 412 065 05 37 36 34 32 31 27 23 0,04 0,2 0,37 0,53 0,68 0,89 1,52
2 412 067 05 412 068 05 95 92 89 86 80 72 60 0,1 0,51 0,98 1,42 1,76 2,38 3,97
5:1 25 412 070 05 412 071 05 280 270 250 240 225 215 180 0,32 1,49 2,76 3,97 4,96 7,11 11,9
30 412 073 05 412 074 05 525 505 470 440 420 380 300 0,58 2,78 5,18 7,27 9,26 12,57 19,84
Size Product No. Product No. 8 42 83 125 167 250 500 50 250 500 750 1000 1500 3000
1 412 064 06 412 065 06 33 30 29 29 29 27 23 0,03 0,14 0,27 0,4 0,53 0,74 1,25
6:1 2 412 067 06 412 068 06 71 69 68 68 66 64 54 0,06 0,33 0,63 0,94 1,22 1,75 2,95
25 412 070 06 412 071 06 210 199 187 176 164 143 129 0,18 0,92 1,72 2,43 3,01 3,95 7,09
* Gearboxes in stock (without ventilation). ** Transmission ratio for gearing down. For gearing up the
values for 1:1 apply. In addition the heating up process has to
be considered (see page 673).
Max. Speed in min -1 for Gearbox without Ventilation, at the Output Shaft, i = 1:1 to 6:1
For version 70 and horizontal mounting position. For version 80 these values have to be halved. Values for other OT and other mounting positions on request.
Operating Time Size 0 Size 1* Size 2* Size 25* Size 30*
ED 100 % 1100 700 600 400 300
ED 30 % 1900 1300 1000 700 500
* From size 1 available with ventilation against surcharge.
Permissible Radial and Axial Loads at shaft d 1 Permissible Radial and Axial Loads at shaft d 2
Gearbox T n1 [ min-1]- FR [N] Gearbox T n1 [ min-1] - FR [N]
Size Nm 3000 1000 500 250 100 50 Size Nm 3000 1000 500 250 100 50
0 < 12 180 250 300 350 450 550 0 < 12 300 400 500 650 750 900
> 12 150 210 250 290 380 460 > 12 250 330 420 540 630 750
1 < 30 300 400 470 580 700 800 1 < 30 500 660 800 950 1250 1500
> 30 250 330 390 490 590 670 > 30 420 550 670 790 1040 1250
2 < 80 470 620 720 900 1150 1400 2 < 80 900 1200 1400 1700 2100 2500
> 80 390 520 600 750 960 1170 > 80 750 1000 1170 1420 1750 2080
25 < 220 1200 1600 1900 2200 2850 3300 25 < 220 2300 3100 3600 4300 5300 7000
> 220 1000 1340 1590 1840 2380 2750 > 220 1920 2580 3000 3580 4420 5830
30 < 500 2200 1700 3200 3900 5000 6200 30 < 500 3600 4700 5400 7200 9000 11000
> 500 1840 1420 2670 3250 4170 5170 > 500 3000 3900 4500 6000 7500 9200
The maximum permiss. radial forces stated in the table are calculated for the Axial loads FA can be absorbed, without need for further calculation, up to
centre of the output shaft end, also calculating in the speed and torque. The about 50% of the permiss. radial forces. If the axial load exceeds this value con-
values were calculated for the most unfavourable load direction. Precise calcula- siderably or if combined loads of FR and FA occur – please ask us.
tion of load and rotational direction may lead to higher permissible loads for the
shaft – please ask us.
678 ®
Dimensions Table Bevel Gearboxes KU/I Model H
D D
Version 70
A B E F
C C
Version 80
Shaft ends for all types: Tolerance = j 6 ; Thread alignment accor- Threaded holes for mounting on all sides of the gearbox as
ding to DIN 332 page 2; Keyways according to DIN 6885/1. standard. Thread depth of mounting holes = 2 x thread diame-
Tolerance of hollow shaft bore = H7. The hollow shaft is always ter or the thickness of the flange.
the slower running one.
Dimensions at i = 1 : 1 to 6 : 1, standard power input at d 1 (intermediate transmission ratios on request).
Size a b c d1j6 d2H7 e1
mm mm mm mm mm mm
to to s
0 92 65 32,5 12 12 - - 12 72 -
1 124 90 45 18 12 12 12 18 85 95
2 170 120 60 25 20 20 15 25 115 125
25 206 160 80 35 28 24 24 35 150 170
30 250 200 100 42 35 35 28 42 190 190
Size f1 g h i k l1f7 l2f7 m n
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1,5 : 1 5:1 1,5 : 1 3:1 5:1
2:1 3:1 4:1 6:1 2:1 4:1 6:1
0 100 100 - - 2 42 M6 19,5 44 44 - 44 42 46
1 122 122 132 132 2 55 M8 20 60 60 60 60 55 62
2 162 162 172 162 2 75 M10 27 80 80 70 80 77 85
25 213 212 232 232 2 95 M12 35 110 100 100 110 95 103
30 273 261 261 261 3 120 M12 37 120 120 110 120 117 125
Size o p1 q r s t
mm mm mm mm mm mm
1:1 1:1 1:1
to 1,5 : 1 3:1 5:1 to
6:1 2:1 4:1 6:1 6:1
0 2 26 26 - 2 45 54 10
1 2 35 35 35 5 70 75 10
2 3 45 45 35 5 100 100 10
25 3 60 60 60 5 120 135 20
30 3 80 68 68 5 160 175 20
Size Feather Key Size at d1 Keyway Size in Hollow Shaft Weight
mm mm kg
1:1
1,5 : 1 3:1 5:1
2:1 4:1 6:1
0
1 6 x 28 4 x 28 4 x 28 6JS9 5,5
2 8 x 36 6 x 36 5 x 28 8JS9 12,0
25 10 x 50 8 x 50 8 x 50 10JS9 24,0
30 12 x 70 10 x 63 8 x 63 12JS9 48,0
Size H0 H1 H2 H 25 H 30
Oil Volume (in dm 3) 0,1 0,3 0,6 1,2 2,5
® 679
Worm Gear Units G/II
General data: Version A: Centre distance 31 mm.
Version B: Centre distance 33 mm.
Housing: Aluminium permanent-mould casting, fully sealed
against oil leaks and protected against dust, can be mounted in
any position.
Gear set: Worms hardened and ground, worm gears made from
special bronze.
Bearing System: Input and output shaft with roller bearing.
Lubrication: As a special gearbox oil has been used, in most
applications no relubrication or change is required.
Input shaft is the smaller shaft d 1.
The permiss. output torque refers to shaft d 2.
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Version, Ratio, Product No.
Housing
without Input
through
bore
Version A (Load Bearing Capacity of the Output Shaft Radial = 100 N, Axial = 60 N)
Product No. Ratio i Centre Distance a d1 d2 h max. Output Torque Weight
mm mm mm mm Nm kg
420 005 00 5:1 31 8 10 34 10 1,05
420 007 00 7:1 31 8 10 34 10 1,05
420 010 00 10 : 1 31 8 10 34 10 1,05
420 012 00 12 : 1 31 8 10 34 12 1,05
420 015 00 15 : 1 31 8 10 34 11 1,05
420 018 00 18 : 1 31 8 10 34 10 1,05
420 020 00 20 : 1 31 8 10 34 10 1,05
420 024 00 24 : 1 31 8 10 34 9 1,05
420 030 00 30 : 1 31 8 10 34 10 1,05
420 038 00 38 : 1 31 8 10 34 11 1,05
420 050 00 50 : 1 31 8 10 34 9 1,05
420 075 00 75 : 1 31 8 10 34 7 1,05
Version B (Load Bearing Capacity of the Output Shaft Radial = 150 N, Axial = 100 N)
Product No. Ratio i Centre Distance a d1 d2 h max. Output Torque Weight
mm mm mm mm Nm kg
420 107 00 7:1 33 10 12 32 12 1,15
420 111 00 11,33 : 1 33 10 12 32 13 1,15
420 115 00 15 : 1 33 10 12 32 13 1,15
420 117 00 17 : 1 33 10 12 32 14 1,15
420 120 00 20 : 1 33 10 12 32 13 1,15
420 124 00 24 : 1 33 10 12 32 13 1,15
420 130 00 30 : 1 33 10 12 32 13 1,15
420 132 00 32 : 1 33 10 12 32 14 1,15
420 138 00 38 : 1 33 10 12 32 14 1,15
420 156 00 56 : 1 33 10 12 32 10 1,15
420 175 00 75 : 1 33 10 12 32 9 1,15
All shaft diameters with tolerance h6.
Dimensions without stated tolerance are non binding.
680 ®
Worm Gear Units KES
Angular drives with hollow output shaft for high torques at very
low dimensions. Suitable in a wide variety of applications.
One size with center distance 20mm, in 7 ratios.
Housing: Aluminium, silver anodized. Sealed against lubricant
leaks, protected against dust. Can be mounted in any position.
Worm shaft in vertically position not recommended for continu-
ous operation.
Gearing: Worm from steel, wheel from special brass.
Bearing: Ball bearings with rubber seal RS.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Angular backlash: +/-1°. Operating time: 10% at 5 min.
Life time: 1,000 hours at max. performance at speed 500 min -1
and operating time 20%.
Permiss. operating temperature: -20° to +60°C.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 420 020 13 Bevel Gearbox KES Size 1
25 25
DIN6885-A-4x4x30 13 13 13 13
4 Ø4,2
4 (4x)
M4 x 8 (4x)
M4 x 8 (4x)
17,5 30 16
1,5
13 13
42,5
42,5
13,8
60
20
13 13
13 13
33
1,5
M5 x 8
Ø12j6
12
13 13 Ø12 H7
M4 x 8 (4x) 11,25
Ø4,2 11,25
35 (2x) 15,5 15,5
60 M4 x 8 (4x)
Performance Data
Product No. Ratio Self- Permittable Output Torque at Speed Permittable Input Power at Speed Efficiency Shaft Load Weight
locking 100 min-1 500 min-1 1.000 min-1 100 min-1 500 min-1 1.000 min-1 approx. FR* FA**
i Nm Nm Nm W W W N N g
420 020 13 13 : 1 no 18,0 17,0 15,5 18 86 156 0,80 200 200 422
420 020 15 15 : 1 no 17,5 16,5 15,0 16 76 138 0,76 250 250 425
420 020 18 18 : 1 no 17,5 16,0 15,0 14 63 118 0,74 250 250 426
420 020 23 23 : 1 no 16,5 16,0 15,0 11 52 98 0,70 250 250 428
420 020 30 30 : 1 no 15,0 14,0 13,5 8 37 71 0,66 350 350 438
420 020 40 40 : 1 yes 9,5 9,5 9,5 4 21 42 0,59 400 400 426
420 020 65 65 : 1 yes 4,5 4,5 4,5 1 8 16 0,51 500 500 432
Pe ss ad a e at A=0.
** Permiss. axial force at FR=0.
Rotational Sense (Rot. direction interchangeable) Torque Conversion
Output torque = Input Torque x Efficiency x Transmission
Output: Output torque
Worm wheel on hollow shaft Input torque =
Efficiency x Ratio
Mxn
Power P =
9550
Input: 9550 x P
Worm shaft Torque M =
n
M = Torque [Nm]
P = Power [kW]
n = Speed [min-1]
® 681
Worm Gear Units H/I
Housing: Aluminium die-cast, with connecting threads on both
input and output sides. With mounting holes on all other sides.
Worm shaft: hardened and ground.
Worm Gear: Bronze, on cast iron hub.
Lubrication: synthetic oil (lubricated for life).
Lightweight, high quality model range, 5 sizes, centre distance
31.5, 40, 50, 63 and 75 mm. Size 90 and 110 on request. The
gearboxes can be used without ventilation and
independent from the mounting position.
Output shaft push-in type: The basic gearbox version has a
hollow shaft. They can, however, also be supplied with a push
in type output shaft (single sided, to be used left and right, or
double sided).
These output shafts have their own product No. and have to be
ordered separately.
a = Centre distance T2 = Output torque
i = Ratio P1 perm. = Input power
n1, n2 = Input/Output speed = Operating efficiency
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No., Type, Size, Ratio
If required: Output Shaft Single Sided (or Double Sided), Prod No., Size
A c c e s s o r i e s *
Product No. Product No.
Product No. a i ist n 1max. n2 T 2perm. P 1perm. Weight Single-Sided Double-Sided
mm min -1 min -1 Nm kW kg Output Shaft Output Shaft
422 031 07 31,5 7,5 1400 187 21 0,49 0,84 1,4 422 031 01 422 031 02
422 031 10 31,5 10 1400 140 22 0,40 0,82 1,4 422 031 01 422 031 02
422 031 15 31,5 15 1400 93 22 0,28 0,77 1,4 422 031 01 422 031 02
422 031 20 31,5 20 1400 70 19 0,19 0,72 1,4 422 031 01 422 031 02
422 031 25 31,5 25 1400 56 21 0,18 0,69 1,4 422 031 01 422 031 02
422 031 30 31,5 30 1400 47 20 0,15 0,66 1,4 422 031 01 422 031 02
422 031 40 31,5 40 1400 35 21 0,13 0,59 1,4 422 031 01 422 031 02
422 031 50 31,5 50 1400 28 19 0,10 0,55 1,4 422 031 01 422 031 02
422 031 65 31,5 65 1400 22 20 0,09 0,51 1,4 422 031 01 422 031 02
422 031 80 31,5 80 1400 18 17 0,06 0,48 1,4 422 031 01 422 031 02
422 031 11 31,5 100 1400 14 14 0,05 0,45 1,4 422 031 01 422 031 02
422 040 07 40 7,5 1400 187 40 0,92 0,85 2,4 422 040 01 422 040 02
422 040 10 40 10 1400 140 41 0,73 0,83 2,4 422 040 01 422 040 02
422 040 15 40 15 1400 93 42 0,52 0,79 2,4 422 040 01 422 040 02
422 040 20 40 20 1400 70 40 0,39 0,76 2,4 422 040 01 422 040 02
422 040 25 40 25 1400 56 35 0,29 0,72 2,4 422 040 01 422 040 02
422 040 30 40 30 1400 47 41 0,29 0,68 2,4 422 040 01 422 040 02
422 040 40 40 40 1400 35 38 0,22 0,64 2,4 422 040 01 422 040 02
422 040 50 40 50 1400 28 38 0,19 0,59 2,4 422 040 01 422 040 02
422 040 65 40 65 1400 22 35 0,15 0,54 2,4 422 040 01 422 040 02
422 040 80 40 80 1400 18 33 0,12 0,52 2,4 422 040 01 422 040 02
422 040 11 40 100 1400 14 28 0,08 0,49 2,4 422 040 01 422 040 02
422 050 07 50 7,5 1400 187 70 1,60 0,86 4,0 422 050 01 422 050 02
422 050 10 50 10 1400 140 73 1,30 0,84 4,0 422 050 01 422 050 02
422 050 15 50 15 1400 93 74 0,90 0,80 4,0 422 050 01 422 050 02
422 050 20 50 20 1400 70 75 0,71 0,78 4,0 422 050 01 422 050 02
422 050 25 50 25 1400 56 65 0,51 0,74 4,0 422 050 01 422 050 02
422 050 30 50 30 1400 47 66 0,46 0,71 4,0 422 050 01 422 050 02
422 050 40 50 40 1400 35 69 0,38 0,67 4,0 422 050 01 422 050 02
422 050 50 50 50 1400 28 70 0,33 0,62 4,0 422 050 01 422 050 02
422 050 65 50 65 1400 22 64 0,25 0,58 4,0 422 050 01 422 050 02
422 050 80 50 80 1400 18 60 0,20 0,54 4,0 422 050 01 422 050 02
422 050 11 50 100 1400 14 55 0,16 0,51 4,0 422 050 01 422 050 02
422 063 07 63 7,5 1400 187 120 2,70 0,87 6,6 422 063 01 422 063 02
422 063 10 63 10 1400 140 127 2,20 0,85 6,6 422 063 01 422 063 02
422 063 15 63 15 1400 93 130 1,60 0,81 6,6 422 063 01 422 063 02
422 063 20 63 20 1400 70 144 1,30 0,80 6,6 422 063 01 422 063 02
422 063 25 63 25 1400 56 118 0,90 0,77 6,6 422 063 01 422 063 02
422 063 30 63 30 1400 47 142 0,95 0,73 6,6 422 063 01 422 063 02
422 063 40 63 40 1400 35 150 0,79 0,69 6,6 422 063 01 422 063 02
422 063 50 63 50 1400 28 122 0,55 0,65 6,6 422 063 01 422 063 02
422 063 65 63 65 1400 22 122 0,45 0,61 6,6 422 063 01 422 063 02
422 063 80 63 80 1400 18 113 0,36 0,58 6,6 422 063 01 422 063 02
422 063 11 63 100 1400 14 102 0,28 0,53 6,6 422 063 01 422 06302
422 075 07 75 7,5 1400 187 180 4,0 0,87 11 422 075 01 422 075 02
422 075 15 75 15 1400 93 202 2,4 0,83 11 422 075 01 422 075 02
422 075 20 75 20 1400 70 226 2,0 0,81 11 422 075 01 422 075 02
422 075 30 75 30 1400 47 220 1,5 0,74 11 422 075 01 422 075 02
422 075 50 75 50 1400 28 211 0,92 0,67 11 422 075 01 422 075 02
422 075 65 75 65 1400 22 195 0,70 0,63 11 422 075 01 422 075 02
422 075 11 75 100 1400 14 162 0,43 0,56 11 422 075 01 422 075 02
Dimensions table page 684. For gearbox size 75 , i = 10:1, 25:1, 40:1 and 80:1 available on request. * More details see page 683.
682 ®
Accesories Worm Gear Units H/I
Push-In Type Output Shafts, Single Sided
Material: Steel.
To change the gearboxes H/I over from hollow shaft to solid
shaft. The shaft is only pushed in and secured with the enclosed
cover disc and mounting screw. The shaft can be pushed in eit-
her left or right.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 422 031 01, Push-In Type Output Shaft, Single-
Sided, Gearbox Size 031
Product No. Gearbox B C D h6 d1 F L O S t2 Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
422 031 01 031 5 30 14 18,5 62 94,5 M6x16 2,5 16,3 0,16
422 040 01 040 6 40 18 23,5 77 120,0 M6x16 3,0 20,8 0,27
422 050 01 050 8 50 25 31,5 90 143,5 M8x22 3,5 28,3 0,59
422 063 01 063 8 50 25 31,5 111 165,0 M8x22 4,0 28,3 0,68
422 075 01 075 8 60 28 34,5 119 183,0 M8x22 4,0 31,3 1,05
Push-In Type Output Shafts, Double Sided
Material: Stahl.
To change the gearboxes H/I over from hollow shaft to double-
sided solid shaft. The shaft is only pushed in and secured with
the enclosed retaining ring.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 422 031 02, Push-In Type Output Shaft, Double
Sided, Gearbox Size 031
Product No. Gearbox B C C1 D h6 d1 F L O S t2 Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
422 031 02 031 5 30 29,0 14 18,5 64,0 125,5 M6x16 2,5 16,3 0,18
422 040 02 040 6 40 38,8 18 23,5 79,2 161,0 M6x16 3,0 20,8 0,32
422 050 02 050 8 50 50,0 25 31,5 93,2 196,7 M8x22 3,5 28,3 0,77
422 063 02 063 8 50 48,8 25 31,5 113,2 216,0 M8x22 4,0 28,3 0,98
422 075 02 075 8 60 58,8 28 34,5 121,0 244,0 M8x22 4,0 31,3 1,49
Permissible Radial and Axial Forces
The values are calculated for the centre of the output shaft end,
also calculating in the transmission ratio. F R is the max. radial
force for F A = 0.
F A is the max. permissible axial force for F R = 0.
Gearbox i= 7.5 i= 10 i = 15 i = 20 i= 25 i= 30 i= 40 i= 50 i= 65 i= 80 i = 100
Size FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
031 750 150 775 115 800 160 850 170 900 180 950 190 1000 200 1100 220 1200 240 1300 260 1450 290
040 1150 230 1200 240 1250 250 1350 270 1500 300 1600 320 1700 340 1800 360 1950 390 2100 420 2300 460
050 1200 240 1400 280 1600 320 1900 380 2100 420 2500 500 2800 560 3000 600 3200 640 3200 640 3200 640
063 1250 250 1700 340 1750 350 2000 400 2500 500 2700 540 3000 600 3250 650 3500 700 3700 740 3900 780
075 1300 260 1900 380 2300 460 2500 500 3000 600 3200 640 3500 700 3800 760 4100 820 4400 880 4700 940
Lubricant Volume in Litre (dm 3)
The gearboxes are lubricated for life using synthetic oil. Under
normal operating conditions, no oil change is required. The
lubricant volume is identical for all mounting positions.
Size 031 040 050 063 075
Oil quantity 0.05 0.07 0.15 0.4 0.6
® 683
Dimensions Table Worm Gear Units H/I
Size Centre Shaft dimensions Housing dimensions
distance D j6 b t O D 1H7 b1 t1 A B E E1 E2 E3 E4 E5
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
031 31,5 9 3 10,2 M4x10 14 5 16,3 80 56 44 54 27 44 71 40
040 40,0 11 4 12,5 M4x12 18 6 20,8 105 71 60 70 35 55 90 50
050 50,0 14 5 16 M5x13 25 8 28,3 125 85 70 80 40 64 104 60
063 63,0 19 6 21,5 M8x20 25 8 28,3 147 103 85 100 50 80 130 72
075 75,0 24 8 27 M8x20 28 8 31,3 176 112 90 120 60 93 153 86
Size E6 E7 E8 E9 E 10 f 1* f 2h8 f3 H H1 H2 L ME S S1 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
031 44,5 31,5 29,0 1,5 5,5 65 55 35,4 97 25,5 57 15 31,5 M6x8 6,5 1,4
040 57,5 39 36,5 1,5 6,0 75 60 42,4 125 35 75 20 40,0 M6x10 6,5 2,4
050 67,5 46 43,5 1,5 7,0 85 70 53,7 150 40 90 25 50,0 M8x10 8,5 4,0
063 77,5 56 53,0 2,0 8,0 95 80 60,8 182 47 110 30 63,0 M8x14 9,0 6,6
075 95,0 60 57,0 2,0 10 115 95 70,7 219,5 58,5 133,5 40 75,0 M8x14 11 11,1
Mounting Holes on the Drive Side Mounting Holes on the Output Side
Size 31: 4 Threads M5 Size 031 Size 040 Size 063 and 075
Size 40: 4 Threads M5 4 Threads M6 x 8 4 Threads M6 x 10 8 Threads M8 x 14
Size 50: 4 Threads M6
Size 63: 4 Threads M6 Size 050
Size 75: 4 Threads M8 4 Threads M8 x 10
Ø of circle with holes: See size f 3 in table. Ø of circle with holes: See size f 1 in table.
684 ®
Worm Gear Units ZM/I
General data: Universal heavy-duty gearboxes.
Version A
4 sizes, centre distance 40, 50, 63 and 80 mm.
Centre distance 100 - 315 mm available on request.
Housing: High-quality grey cast iron, all sides machined and with
mounting holes on 5 sides.
Gearing: 13 ratios from 5 to 83 : 1; worm shaft hardened and
ground. Worm gear made from special centrifugally cast bronze.
Efficiency factor: The efficiency factors stated in the selection tables
are guideline values for properly run-in and lubricated gearboxes at
operating temperature with nominal load and driving worm shaft.
Proper running in is a crucial factor influencing the lifetime of the
gearbox. The starting efficiency factor ( A ) is, as the operating effi-
ciency factor (h), depending on the lead angle.
Self-locking: Self-locking only occurs in worm gear units, when the
unit cannot be driven from the output side. Worms with 4 and 6
threads sometimes permit transmission ratios for gearing up (i = 5 :
1 to 13.3 : 1). If a gearbox must be implicitly self-locking, or must
implicitly not be self-locking, we urge you to contact us. Version HL
Ratio 72:1 is static and dynamic self-locking.
Bearing system: All gearbox shafts with generously dimensioned rol-
ler bearings.
Lubrication: The gearboxes are lubricated for life using synthe-
tic oil. Under normal operating conditions, no maintenance is
required. The housing should be checked for leakages at an
interval of approx. 2 years .
Ventilation: Size (centre distance) 40 is supplied without ventilation.
With the other gearboxes, the sealing plug has to be exchanged
with the separately packed venting filter.
Venting Filter (VF) Lubrication Volume in Litre (dm 3 )
Size A B C D E F Size Mounting Position
mm mm mm mm mm mm 1 2 3+4 5+6
40* - - - - - - 40 0,20 0,25 0,20 0,20
50 50 20 33 22 58 25 50 0,30 0,60 0,45 0,45
63 62,5 27,5 37 22 67 25 63 0,50 1,10 0,70 0,80
80 77,5 32,5 57 22 82 25 80 0,90 2,10 1,40 1,60
* Size 40 without Ventilation. The standard lubrication volume is calculated for mounting position 2. For other
mounting positions and high permanent speeds it might have to be reduced, to avoid
oil leakages.
Position of the Oil Fittings Size 50 - 80
Mounting Position 1 Mounting Position 2 Mounting Position 3
Mounting Position 4 Mounting Position 5 Mounting Position 6
Mounting Sides
The worm gear units can be mounted in any position and the shaft
Sizes 40 - 80
ends can be positioned to your requirements.
® 685
Worm Gear Units ZM/I, Technical Data, Size 40
The input power P 1 perm and output torques T 2 perm listed in the i n , i ist = nominal ratio, real ratio.
selection tables are based on shock-free continuous operation, n 1 , n 2 [min -1 ] = input speed, output speed.
an operating time of 8 hours/day, 3 starts per hour, opera- P 1 perm [kW] = permittable input power.
ting time (OT) = 100% and 20ºC ambient temperature. The T 2 perm [Nm] = permittable output torque (permanent).
maximum output torques T 2max may frequently be reached in T 2max [Nm] = maximum output torque (peak).
short-term load peaks but they must not be exceeded. With an = operating efficiency.
operating time under 90%, the permissible gearbox output can Dimensions Table Page 690.
usually be increased.
Version with foot mounting brackets or shafts on both sides on request.
Version A Version HL
Output Side 5 Output Side 6 Hollow Shaft Ratio n1 n2 P1 perm T2 perm T2max
Product No. Product No. Product No. i= min-1 min-1 kW Nm Nm
421 001 00 421 001 01 421 003 00 4,83 : 1 1500 300 1,77 52 73 0,94
*29/6 1000 200 1,24 54 73 0,94
500 100 0,69 59 73 0,91
10 2 0,02 73 73 0,86
421 001 02 421 001 03 421 003 01 7,25 : 1 1500 200 1,29 55 83 0,92
*29/4 1000 133 0,91 57 83 0,91
500 67 0,50 62 83 0,88
10 1,3 0,01 83 83 0,82
421 001 04 421 001 05 421 003 02 9,75 : 1 1500 150 0,77 43 77 0,90
*39/4 1000 100 0,55 45 77 0,89
500 50 0,32 50 77 0,87
10 1 0,01 70 77 0,82
421 001 06 421 001 07 421 003 03 13,0 : 1 1500 113 0,45 32 67 0,87
*52/4 1000 75 0,32 34 67 0,86
500 38 0,18 39 67 0,85
10 0,75 0,01 55 67 0,82
421 001 08 421 001 09 421 003 04 14,5 : 1 1500 100 0,77 61 97 0,86
*29/2 1000 67 0,54 63 97 0,84
500 33 0,32 72 97 0,80
10 0,67 0,01 97 97 0,73
421 001 10 421 001 11 421 003 05 19,5 : 1 1500 75 0,49 50 90 0,83
*39/2 1000 50 0,35 53 90 0,86
500 25 0,20 58 90 0,78
10 0,5 0,01 82 90 0,72
421 001 12 421 001 13 421 003 06 26,0 : 1 1500 57 0,29 38 80 0,80
*52/2 1000 38 0,21 40 80 0,77
500 19 0,12 45 80 0,75
10 0,38 0,004 65 80 0,72
421 001 14 421 001 15 421 003 07 29,0 : 1 1500 50 0,45 63 107 0,75
*29/1 1000 33 0,33 65 107 0,72
500 17 0,20 75 107 0,67
10 0,33 0,01 107 107 0,58
421 001 16 421 001 17 421 003 08 39,0 : 1 1500 38 0,34 61 99 0,72
*39/1 1000 25 0,25 64 99 0,69
500 13 0,15 71 99 0,65
10 0,25 0,005 99 99 0,58
421 001 18 421 001 19 421 003 09 52,0 : 1 1500 28 0,21 46 88 0,66
*52/1 1000 19 0,15 48 88 0,65
500 9,4 0,09 55 88 0,62
10 0,19 0,003 74 88 0,58
421 001 20 421 001 21 421 003 10 63,0 : 1 1500 24 0,20 48 72 0,60
*63/1 1000 16 0,15 51 72 0,58
500 8,1 0,09 56 72 0,54
10 0,16 0,002 57 72 0,48
421 001 24 421 001 25 421 003 12 72,0 : 1 1500 21 0,18 46 62 0,55
*72/1 1000 14 0,13 46 62 0,52
500 6,9 0,07 46 62 0,47
10 0,14 0,002 46 62 0,41
421 001 26 1) 421 001 271) 421 003 131) 72,0 : 1 100 1,39 0,02 46 62 0,44
*72/1 optimized 10 0,14 0,002 46 62 0,41
for manual operation1)
421 001 22 421 001 23 421 003 11 82,0 : 1 1500 18 0,13 37 64 0,54
*82/1 1000 12 0,09 38 64 0,52
500 6 0,05 38 64 0,49
10 0,12 0,001 38 64 0,46
* Example: Worm gear number of teeth 29 / worm shaft 6 threads.
1) This implicity self-locking version is optimezed for hand operation
(special worm surface and special oil).
686 ®
Worm Gear Units ZM/I, Technical Data, Size 50
The input power P 1 perm and output torques T 2 perm listed in the i n , i ist = nominal ratio, real ratio.
selection tables are based on shock-free continuous operation, n 1 , n 2 [min -1 ] = input speed, output speed.
an operating time of 8 hours/day, 3 starts per hour, opera- P 1 perm [kW] = permittable input power.
ting time (OT) = 100% and 20ºC ambient temperature. The T 2 perm [Nm] = permittable output torque (permanent).
maximum output torques T 2max may frequently be reached in T 2max [Nm] = maximum output torque (peak).
short-term load peaks but they must not be exceeded. With an = operating efficiency.
operating time under 90%, the permissible gearbox output can Dimensions Table Page 690.
usually be increased.
Version with foot mounting brackets or shafts on both sides on request.
Version A Version HL
Output Side 5 Output Side 6 Hollow Shaft Ratio n1 n2 P1 perm T2 perm T2max
Product No. Product No. Product No. i= min-1 min-1 kW Nm Nm
421 011 00 421 011 01 421 013 00 4,83 : 1 1500 300 3,71 109 144 0,95
*29/6 1000 200 2,58 113 144 0,95
500 100 1,40 120 144 0,93
10 2 0,04 144 144 0,86
421 011 02 421 011 03 421 013 01 7,25 : 1 1500 200 2,60 113 164 0,94
*29/4 1000 133 1,82 117 164 0,93
500 67 1,00 125 164 0,90
10 1,3 0,03 164 164 0,83
421 011 04 421 011 05 421 013 02 9,5 : 1 1500 150 1,62 91 150 0,92
*38/4 1000 100 1,14 94 150 0,91
500 50 0,63 102 150 0,88
10 1 0,02 139 150 0,82
421 011 06 421 011 07 421 013 03 12,75 : 1 1500 113 0,82 60 107 0,89
*51/4 1000 75 0,58 62 107 0,88
500 38 0,32 67 107 0,86
10 0,75 0,01 107 107 0,82
421 011 08 421 011 09 421 013 04 14,5 : 1 1500 100 1,57 128 194 0,88
*29/2 1000 67 1,13 136 194 0,86
500 33 0,63 145 194 0,83
10 0,67 0,02 194 194 0,74
421 011 10 421 011 11 421 013 05 19,0 : 1 1500 75 1,02 106 176 0,86
*38/2 1000 50 0,72 110 176 0,84
500 25 0,41 119 176 0,80
10 0,5 0,01 164 176 0,73
421 011 12 421 011 13 421 013 06 25,5 : 1 1500 57 0,57 77 140 0,82
*51/2 1000 38 0,41 80 140 0,80
500 19 0,23 87 140 0,77
10 0,38 0,01 134 140 0,72
421 011 14 421 011 15 421 013 07 29,0 : 1 1500 50 0,87 126 215 0,78
*29/1 1000 33 0,70 148 215 0,70
500 17 0,45 176 215 0,71
10 0,33 0,01 215 215 0,60
421 011 16 421 011 17 421 013 08 38,0 : 1 1500 38 0,76 128 194 0,76
*38/1 1000 25 0,51 134 194 0,73
500 13 0,29 145 194 0,68
10 0,25 0,01 194 194 0,58
421 011 18 421 011 19 421 013 09 51,0 : 1 1500 28 0,37 84 156 0,70
*51/1 1000 19 0,27 88 156 0,68
500 9,4 0,15 96 156 0,64
10 0,19 0,01 154 156 0,58
421 011 20 421 011 21 421 013 10 62,0 : 1 1500 24 0,41 105 139 0,65
*62/1 1000 16 0,30 109 139 0,62
500 8,1 0,17 113 139 0,56
10 0,16 0,004 113 139 0,47
421 011 24 421 011 25 421 013 12 72,0 : 1 1500 21 0,32 86 121 0,59
*72/1 1000 14 0,22 86 121 0,56
500 6,9 0,12 86 121 0,50
10 0,14 0,004 86 121 0,41
421 011 261) 421 011 271) 421 013 131) 72,0 : 1 100 1,38 0,04 86 121 0,46
*72/1 optimized 10 0,14 0,004 86 121 0,41
for manual operation1)
421 011 22 421 011 23 421 013 11 83,0 : 1 1500 18 0,20 61 114 0,57
*83/1 1000 12 0,14 64 114 0,56
500 6 0,08 69 114 0,52
10 0,12 0,002 75 114 0,47
* Example: Worm gear number of teeth 29 / worm shaft 6 threads.
1) This implicity self-locking version is optimezed for hand operation
(special worm surface and special oil).
® 687
Worm Gear Units ZM/I, Technical Data, Size 63
The input power P 1 perm and output torques T 2 perm listed in the i n , i ist = nominal ratio, real ratio.
selection tables are based on shock-free continuous operation, n 1 , n 2 [min -1 ] = input speed, output speed.
an operating time of 8 hours/day, 3 starts per hour, opera- P 1 perm [kW] = permittable input power.
ting time (OT) = 100% and 20ºC ambient temperature. The T 2 perm [Nm] = permittable output torque (permanent).
maximum output torques T 2max may frequently be reached in T 2max [Nm] = maximum output torque (peak).
short-term load peaks but they must not be exceeded. With an = operating efficiency.
operating time under 90%, the permissible gearbox output can Dimensions Table Page 690.
usually be increased.
Version with foot mounting brackets or shafts on both sides on request.
Version A Version HL
Output Side 5 Output Side 6 Hollow Shaft Ratio n1 n2 P1 perm T2 perm T2max
Product No. Product No. Product No. i= min-1 min-1 kW Nm Nm
421 021 00 421 021 01 421 023 00 4,83 : 1 1500 300 5,87 174 288 0,96
*29/6 1000 200 4,25 188 288 0,95
500 100 2,57 223 288 0,94
10 2 0,07 288 288 0,86
421 021 02 421 021 03 421 023 01 7,25 : 1 1500 200 4,44 194 328 0,95
*29/4 1000 133 3,17 206 328 0,94
500 67 1,93 244 328 0,91
10 1,3 0,06 328 328 0,83
421 021 04 421 021 05 421 023 02 9,75 : 1 1500 150 3,35 195 301 0,94
*39/4 1000 100 2,35 203 301 0,93
500 50 1,29 216 301 0,90
10 1 0,04 289 301 0,83
421 021 06 421 021 07 421 023 03 12,75 : 1 1500 113 1,81 135 243 0,92
*51/4 1000 75 1,28 142 243 0,91
500 38 0,71 152 243 0,88
10 0,75 0,02 239 243 0,82
421 021 08 421 021 09 421 023 04 14,5 : 1 1500 100 2,24 186 387 0,89
*29/2 1000 67 1,78 217 387 0,88
500 33 1,14 268 387 0,84
10 0,67 0,04 387 387 0,74
421 021 10 421 021 11 421 023 05 19,5 : 1 1500 75 2,00 220 355 0,88
*39/2 1000 50 1,46 235 355 0,87
500 25 0,82 252 355 0,83
10 0,5 0,02 339 355 0,74
421 021 12 421 021 13 421 023 06 25,5 : 1 1500 57 1,25 174 314 0,86
*51/2 1000 38 0,89 182 314 0,84
500 19 0,50 197 314 0,80
10 0,38 0,02 281 314 0,73
421 021 14 421 021 15 421 023 07 29,0 : 1 1500 50 1,22 183 429 0,81
*29/1 1000 33 0,99 215 429 0,79
500 17 0,67 274 429 0,73
10 0,33 0,03 429 429 0,60
421 021 16 421 021 17 421 023 08 39,0 : 1 1500 38 1,11 217 393 0,79
*39/1 1000 25 0,89 255 393 0,76
500 13 0,58 305 393 0,71
10 0,25 0,02 393 393 0,60
421 021 18 421 021 19 421 023 09 51,0 : 1 1500 28 0,78 191 346 0,75
*51/1 1000 19 0,57 201 346 0,73
500 9,4 0,33 218 346 0,68
10 0,19 0,01 298 346 0,58
421 021 20 421 021 21 421 023 10 61,0 : 1 1500 24 0,78 211 281 0,70
*61/1 1000 16 0,58 226 281 0,67
500 8,1 0,32 226 281 0,60
10 0,16 0,01 226 281 0,47
421 021 24 421 021 25 421 023 12 72,0 : 1 1500 21 0,60 176 235 0,64
*72/1 1000 14 0,43 176 235 0,60
500 6,9 0,24 176 235 0,53
10 0,14 0,01 176 235 0,39
421 021 261) 421 021 271) 421 023 131) 72,0 : 1 100 1,38 0,09 176 235 0,41
*72/1 optimized 10 0,14 0,01 176 235 0,39
for manual operation1)
421 021 22 421 021 23 421 023 11 82,0 : 1 1500 18 0,45 152 247 0,64
*82/1 1000 12 0,32 152 247 0,61
500 6 0,17 152 247 0,56
10 0,12 0,004 152 247 0,46
* Example: Worm gear number of teeth 29 / worm shaft 6 threads.
1) This implicity self-locking version is optimezed for hand operation
(special worm surface and special oil).
688 ®
Worm Gear Units ZM/I, Technical Data, Size 80
The input power P 1permiss. and output torques T 2permiss. listed in i n , i ist = nominal ratio, real ratio.
the selection tables are based on shock-free continuous opera- n 1 , n 2 [min -1 ] = input speed, output speed.
tion, an operating time of 8 hours/day, 3 starts per hour, ope- P 1 perm [kW] = permittable input power.
rating time (OT) = 100% and 20ºC ambient temperature. The T 2 perm [Nm] = permittable output torque (permanent).
maximum output torques T 2max may frequently be reached in T 2max [Nm] = maximum output torque (peak).
short-term load peaks but they must not be exceeded. With an = operating efficiency.
operating time under 90%, the permissible gearbox output can Dimensions Table Page 690.
usually be increased.
Version with foot mounting brackets or shafts on both sides on request.
Version A Version HL
Output Side 5 Output Side 6 Hollow Shaft Ratio n1 n2 P1 perm T2 perm T2max
Product No. Product No. Product No. i= min-1 min-1 kW Nm Nm
421 031 00 421 031 01 421 033 00 5,0 : 1 1500 300 9,82 303 597 0,97
*30/6 1000 200 7,16 329 597 0,96
500 100 4,40 399 597 0,95
10 2 0,14 597 597 0,87
421 031 02 421 031 03 421 033 01 7,5 : 1 1500 200 7,22 330 681 0,96
*30/4 1000 133 5,35 364 681 0,95
500 67 3,31 441 681 0,93
10 1,3 0,11 681 681 0,84
421 031 04 421 031 05 421 033 02 10,0 : 1 1500 150 6,17 373 613 0,94
*40/4 1000 100 4,35 391 613 0,94
500 50 2,70 473 613 0,92
10 1 0,08 613 613 0,83
421 031 06 421 031 07 421 033 03 13,25 : 1 1500 113 2,40 188 335 0,93
*53/4 1000 75 1,69 197 335 0,92
500 38 0,93 212 335 0,89
10 0,75 0,03 335 335 0,83
421 031 08 421 031 09 421 033 04 15,0 : 1 1500 100 3,59 313 810 0,91
*30/2 1000 67 2,86 370 810 0,90
500 33 1,83 455 810 0,87
10 0,67 0,08 810 810 0,75
421 031 10 421 031 11 421 033 05 20,0 : 1 1500 75 3,11 356 725 0,90
*40/2 1000 50 2,46 416 725 0,89
500 25 1,59 518 725 0,85
10 0,5 0,05 725 725 0,74
421 031 12 421 031 13 421 033 06 26,5 : 1 1500 57 1,67 245 444 0,87
*53/2 1000 38 1,18 257 444 0,86
500 19 0,67 277 444 0,82
10 0,38 0,03 444 444 0,73
421 031 14 421 031 15 421 033 07 30,0 : 1 1500 50 1,92 308 878 0,84
*30/1 1000 33 1,55 364 878 0,82
500 17 1,03 454 878 0,77
10 0,33 0,04 878 878 0,60
421 031 16 421 031 17 421 033 08 40,0 : 1 1500 38 1,69 350 802 0,81
*40/1 1000 25 1,36 411 802 0,79
500 13 0,74 519 802 0,74
10 0,25 0,04 802 802 0,60
421 031 18 421 031 19 421 033 09 53,0 : 1 1500 28 1,04 271 501 0,78
*53/1 1000 19 0,75 285 501 0,75
500 9,4 0,43 309 501 0,70
10 0,19 0,02 501 501 0,59
421 031 20 421 031 21 421 033 10 62,0 : 1 1500 24 1,16 333 570 0,73
*62/1 1000 16 0,94 393 570 0,70
500 8,1 0,60 448 570 0,63
10 0,16 0,02 448 570 0,47
421 031 24 421 031 25 421 033 12 72,0 : 1 1500 21 1,00 314 498 0,69
*72/1 1000 14 0,82 370 498 0,66
500 6,9 0,46 370 498 0,58
10 0,14 0,02 370 498 0,41
421 031 261) 421 031 271) 421 033 131) 72,0 : 1 100 1,38 0,18 370 498 0,50
*72/1 optimized 10 0,14 0,02 370 498 0,41
for manual operation1)
421 031 22 421 031 23 421 033 11 82,0 : 1 1500 18 0,84 304 510 0,69
*82/1 1000 12 0,59 304 510 0,66
500 6 0,33 304 510 0,60
10 0,12 0,01 304 510 0,47
* Example: Worm gear number of teeth 30 / worm shaft 6 threads.
1) This implicity self-locking version is optimezed for hand operation
(special worm surface and special oil).
® 689
Dimensions Table Worm Gear Units ZM/I
The sides 1 to 6 are machined and can be used as mounting Version A
surfaces. The foot mounting brackets F can be connected to the
sides 1 and 2.
(1) The sides 1, 2, 3, 5 and 6 are ex-works always supplied with
threaded bores.
If side 4 is to be used as mounting surface, the respective sur-
face is supplied with threaded bores. The worm shaft end can be
fitted on side 3 or 4 as desired. Shaft end with thread alignment
according to DIN 332/page 2, feather keys and grooves accor-
ding to DIN 6885/1. Position of the venting filter according to S
the table on page 685. The gearbox can function in any moun-
ting position. f2
Version with foot mounting bracket or double-sided output shaft
on request.
Version HL
Gearbox Dimensions
Size ME A B B1 c c1 D4 DxL D1 x L1 D2 D3 E E1 E2* E3* F1
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
40 40 104 90 85 125 110 70 14 x 24 22 x 36 22 35 70 70 55 35 53
50 50 140 105 100 150 130 90 16 x 28 25 x 42 25 40 80 100 70 50 65
63 63 164 120 115 165 145 110 18 x 28 30 x 58 30 45 95 125 87,5 62,5 80
80 80 204 140 135 190 165 140 24 x 36 38 x 58 38 55 115 155 107,5 77,5 100
Size f1 f2 G G1 H1 h1 H I k1 O O1 S* S1 t1 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm g
40 85 50 79 81 32 40 124 3 8 25 14 M6 x 12 10 80 7
50 110 64 100 94,5 40 50 160 3 10 30 18 M8 x 14 12 100 12
63 130 70 113 118 45 55 190 3 10 30 18 M8 x 14 12 118 18
80 165 81 141 128 55 67 237 3 12 35 22 M10 x 17 15 147 28
* Threaded bores on page 4 at extra charge. Dimensions may be subject to alteration.
Permissible Radial Loads F R [N] for Normal Output Shaft and Bearing System
The permiss. radial loads indicated in the table are calculated
for the centre of the output shaft end, also calculating in the
output speed and the nominal output torque. The values were
calculated for the adverse rotational direction. The permiss. radi-
al loads only apply to unilateral load. If in your application high
radial loads occur in combination with axial loads, we ask you to
contact us.
Output Torques Permiss. Radial Load [N] at Output Speeds n2 [min-1]
Size Nm 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 320
40 0 - 80 2500 2375 2250 2125 2000 1875 1775 1675 1575 1400 1325 1250 1175 1125 1050 925 875 800
50 0 - 125 3500 3325 3150 2970 2800 2620 2480 2340 2200 1960 1850 1750 1640 1570 1470 1290 1220 1120
125 - 160 3200 3040 2880 2720 2560 2400 2270 2140 2010 1790 1700 1600 1500 1440 1340 1180 1120 1020
63 0 - 200 5000 4750 4500 4250 4000 3750 3550 3350 3150 2800 2650 2500 2350 2250 2100 1850 1750 1600
200 - 250 4600 4360 4140 3910 3680 3450 3260 3080 2900 2570 2440 2300 2160 2070 1930 1700 1610 1470
250 - 320 3500 3325 3150 2975 2800 2625 2485 2345 2205 1960 1855 1750 1645 1575 1470 1295 1225 1120
80 0 - 500 7500 7120 6740 6370 6000 5620 5320 5000 4700 4200 4000 3750 3500 3370 3140 2770 2620 2400
690 ®
Please use our website
at www.maedler.de
Put in a search word or part Find the Manual instructions, certificates,
number and go directly to PDF-catalogue page and safety data sheets in the section
the product page further information Downloads
Drag the mouse onto Download
The availability of all products
the currency-symbol to see CAD-drawings
is shown by coloured sign
the prices* in 3D
A lot of possibilities and information:
Download of PDF catalogues in different languages.
See all our branches and distributors.
Make easily your order online and follow your parcel.
MÄDLER ®-Tools: Use our selection- and calculation tools.
News: Useful information about exhibitions and others.
Newsletter: Monthly information per e-mail.
* Prices and terms of delivery depend on the country.
® 691
Standard Three-Phase Motors SM/I, with Cage Rotor, Surface Cooled, for 230/400 V, 50 Hz
These motors comply with the recommendations IEC 72.
Electrical characteristics according to VDE 0530 and recommen-
dation IEC 34-1. Housing aluminium die-cast. The motors are
self-ventilated and are fitted with radial plastic fans, which cool
independently of the sense of rotation. Fan cover made from
steel sheet. Protection class IP 55. Isolation class F.
The rated output stated below refers to continuous duty, an
operating frequency of 50 Hz, a maximum ambient temperature
of 40ºC and an altitude 1,000 m above sea level. B3
From 0.75 kW in efficiency class IE2 (only 2 - 6 pole motors). Standard version with terminal
box mounted on top. If other
Special versions on request: With non-standard voltage and fre- positions of the terminal box
quency, dual speed, with electromagnetical DC spring-tension are required, please state in B5
disc brake; AC capacitor motor 230 Volt. the order.
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Model, Product No.
2 Poles approx. 3000 min -1
Model B3 Model B5 Size Nominal Nominal J at speed Power Current Nominal Starting Starting max. Weight
Product No. Product No. Power Speed 4/4n 3/4n 2/4n Factor at 400V Torque Torque Current Torque B3
kW min-1 kgm2 % cos A Tn [Nm] Ta/Tn ld/ln Tmax/Tn kg
430 004 00 430 024 00 63 0,25 2710 0,00024 65 / - / - 0,78 0,71 0,88 2,2 6,0 2,4 4,4
430 005 00 430 025 00 71 0,37 2730 0,00035 65 / - / - 0,79 0,97 1,3 2,2 6,0 2,4 5,6
430 006 00 430 026 00 71 0,55 2760 0,00052 65 / - / - 0,79 1,42 1,9 2,2 6,0 2,4 6,1
430 007 00 430 027 00 80 0,75 2840 0,00073 77,4 / 77,4 / 74,3 0,80 1,75 2,5 2,9 5,8 3,3 8,7
430 008 00 430 028 00 80 1,1 2850 0,00090 79,6 / 79,5 / 77,0 0,82 2,42 3,7 3,5 6,8 3,6 10,5
430 009 00 430 029 00 90 S 1,5 2850 0,00125 81,3 / 81,2 / 78,8 0,83 3,20 5,0 3,5 6,9 3,6 13,1
430 010 00 430 030 00 90 L 2,2 2860 0,00145 83,2 / 83,4 / 81,4 0,84 4,54 7,4 4,1 7,9 4,1 15,0
430 011 00 430 031 00 100 L 3 2880 0,00310 84,6 / 84,2 / 82,0 0,87 5,88 9,9 3,4 7,8 3,4 24,2
430 012 00 430 032 00 112 M-T 4 2890 0,00550 85,8 / 85,8 / 83,9 0,89 7,54 13,2 2,7 7,5 3,3 25,8
430 013 00 430 033 00 132 S 5,5 2900 0,01040 87,0 / 87,6 / 86,6 0,89 10,20 18,1 2,4 7,7 3,0 43,8
4 Poles approx. 1500 min -1
Model B3 Model B5 Size Nominal Nominal J at speed Power Current Nominal Starting Starting max. Weight
Product No. Product No. Power Speed 4/4n 3/4n 2/4n Factor at 400V Torque Torque Current Torque B3
kW min-1 kgm2 % cos A Tn [Nm] Ta/Tn ld/ln Tmax/Tn kg
430 043 00 430 063 00 63 0,18 1350 0,0003 59 / - / - 0,65 0,68 1,3 2,2 6,0 2,4 4,3
430 044 00 430 064 00 71 0,25 1350 0,0007 60 / - / - 0,72 0,84 1,8 2,2 6,0 2,4 5,4
430 045 00 430 065 00 71 0,37 1370 0,0010 65 / - / - 0,74 1,11 2,6 2,2 6,0 2,4 6,2
430 046 00 430 066 00 80 0,55 1370 0,0020 67 / - / - 0,75 1,58 3,7 2,2 6,0 2,4 9,0
430 047 00 430 067 00 80 0,75 1410 0,0022 79,6 / 80,6 / 79,1 0,76 1,79 5,1 2,8 5,3 3,0 10,5
430 048 00 430 068 00 90 S 1,1 1420 0,0024 81,4 / 82,0 / 80,1 0,78 2,50 7,4 3,8 6,7 2,6 14,5
430 049 00 430 069 00 90 L 1,5 1420 0,0030 82,8 / 83,3 / 81,4 0,79 3,31 10,1 4,0 7,2 2,7 17,6
430 050 00 430 070 00 100 L 2,2 1440 0,0056 84,3 / 84,4 / 82,5 0,78 4,83 14,6 3,6 7,4 3,6 20,0
430 051 00 430 071 00 100 L 3 1440 0,0069 85,5 / 85,7 / 84,0 0,80 6,33 19,9 3,8 7,8 3,5 21,1
430 052 00 430 072 00 112 M-T 4 1440 0,0097 86,6 / 87,2 / 86,2 0,81 8,23 26,5 3,1 7,1 2,9 30,8
430 053 00 430 073 00 132 S 5,5 1450 0,0221 87,7 / 88,1 / 87,2 0,83 10,90 36,2 2,6 7,4 2,7 43,0
6 Poles approx. 1000 min -1
Model B3 Model B5 Size Nominal Nominal J at speed Power Current Nominal Starting Starting max. Weight
Product No. Product No. Power Speed 4/4n 3/4n 2/4n Factor at 400V Torque Torque Current Torque B3
kW min-1 kgm2 % cos A Tn [Nm] Ta/Tn ld/ln Tmax/Tn kg
430 104 00 430 124 00 71 0,25 900 0,0013 59 / - / - 0,70 0,87 2,65 2,1 4,0 2,2 6,5
430 105 00 430 125 00 80 0,37 900 0,0016 62 / - / - 0,70 1,23 3,93 1,9 4,0 1,9 8,2
430 106 00 430 126 00 80 0,55 900 0,0026 67 / - / - 0,72 1,65 5,84 2,0 4,0 2,3 9,9
430 107 00 430 127 00 90 S 0,75 925 0,0031 75,9 / 75,0 / 70,5 0,71 2,01 7,7 3,1 4,7 3,1 12,1
430 108 00 430 128 00 90 L 1,1 930 0,0038 78,1 / 78,1 / 75,2 0,72 2,82 11,3 3,2 5,0 3,2 16,6
430 109 00 430 129 00 100 L 1,5 940 0,0075 79,8 / 80,0 / 77,6 0,73 3,71 15,2 3,1 5,9 2,9 21,8
430 110 00 430 130 00 112 M-T 2,2 945 0,0143 81,8 / 82,5 / 81,0 0,75 5,17 22,2 2,6 5,5 2,8 29,5
430 111 00 430 131 00 132 S 3 960 0,0238 83,3 / 84,4 / 83,5 0,76 6,84 29,8 2,2 5,7 2,7 35,0
430 112 00 430 132 00 132 M 4 960 0,0321 84,6 / 85,3 / 84,1 0,77 8,86 39,8 2,4 6,2 2,7 49,7
430 113 00 430 133 00 132 M 5,5 960 0,0436 86,0 / 86,4 / 85,3 0,77 12,0 54,7 2,6 6,7 2,7 54,7
8 Poles approx. 750 min -1
Model B3 Model B5 Size Nominal Nominal J at speed Power Current Nominal Starting Starting max. Weight
Product No. Product No. Power Speed 4/4n Factor at 400V Torque Torque Current Torque B3
kW min-1 kgm2 % cos A Tn [Nm] Ta/Tn ld/ln Tmax/Tn kg
430 144 00 430 164 00 80 0,25 680 0,00254 56 0,61 1,06 3,5 1,6 2,7 2,0 10,9
430 145 00 430 165 00 90 S 0,37 680 0,00242 63 0,63 1,35 5,2 1,6 2,8 1,8 14,8
430 146 00 430 166 00 90 L 0,55 680 0,00320 66 0,65 1,85 7,7 1,6 3,0 1,8 17,2
430 147 00 430 167 00 100 L 0,75 710 0,00519 66 0,67 2,45 10,1 1,7 3,5 2,1 17,5
430 148 00 430 168 00 100 L 1,1 710 0,00668 72 0,69 3,20 14,8 1,7 3,5 2,1 19,7
430 149 00 430 169 00 112 M-T 1,5 710 0,01220 74 0,68 4,30 20,2 1,8 4,2 2,1 25,6
430 150 00 430 170 00 132 S 2,2 720 0,01940 75 0,71 5,96 29,2 2,0 5,5 2,0 35,5
430 151 00 430 171 00 132 M 3 720 0,03430 77 0,73 7,70 39,8 2,0 5,5 2,0 45,0
Other power rates and model B14 available at short time. Motor-tensioning rails see page 695.
692 ®
Dimensions Table Standard Three-Phase Motors SM/I, Model B 3
Standard version
with terminal
box mounted
on top. If other
positions of the
terminal box are
required, please
state in the
order.
Threaded Threaded
Bore Bore
Position of terminal box:
standard on top (against drawing!)
+0
A B C D E F G H -0.5 K I L P R S C1 F1 G1 X Y W b t PG-Screw Threaded
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Connect. Bore
63 100 80 40 11j6 23 212 158 63 6 103 128 28 125 7 73 239 113 86 18 68 4 12,5 Pg11 M4x0,7
71 112 90 45 14j6 30 238 185 71 7 101 137 24 144 10 85.5 280 125 111 20 88 5 16 Pg11 M5x0,8
80 125 100 50 19j6 40 274 210 80 9 122 155 30 164 10 93.5 323 133 113 30 96 6 21,5 Pg11 M6x1
90S 140 100 56 24j6 50 297 230 90 10 125 175 34 180 12 118 374 148 134 30 115 8 27 Pg13.5 M8x1,25
90L 140 125 56 24j6 50 322 230 90 10 150 175 34 180 12 118 399 148 134 30 115 8 27 Pg13.5 M8x1,25
100L 160 140 63 28j6 60 361 253 100 12 173 198 37 205 14 107 430 156 160 35 123 8 31 Pg13.5 M10x1,5
112M-T 190 140 70 28j6 60 361 265 112 12 178 224 38 217 15 100 430 173 160 47 123 8 31 Pg13.5 M10x1,5
132S 216 140 89 38k6 80 470 328 132 13 225 258 50 264 19 167 556 189 198 50 162 10 41 Pg21 M12x1,75
132M 216 178 89 38k6 80 496 328 132 13 225 258 50 264 19 173 600 189 198 50 162 10 41 Pg21 M12x1,75
Dimensions Table Standard Three-Phase Motors SM/I, Model B 5
Threaded
Bore
Threaded
Bore
D E F f G M N P Q R S Flange- F1 G1 X W b t PG-Screw Threaded
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm bores* mm mm mm mm mm mm Connect. Bore
63 11j6 23 212 9,5 165 115 95j6 140 3 125 10 4 239 113 86 68 4 12,5 Pg11 M4x0,7
71 14j6 30 238 9,5 195 130 110j6 160 3,5 148 10 4 280,5 125 111 88 5 16 Pg11 M5x0,8
80 19j6 40 274 11,5 226 165 130j6 200 3,5 170 12 4 323,4 133 113 96 6 21,5 Pg11 M6x1
90S 24j6 50 297 11,5 242 165 130j6 200 3,5 185 12 4 374 148 134 115 8 27 Pg13.5 M8x1,25
90L 24j6 50 322 11,5 242 165 130j6 200 3,5 185 12 4 399 148 134 115 8 27 Pg13.5 M8x1,25
100L 28j6 60 361 14 280 215 180j6 250 4 210 14 4 430 173 160 123 8 31 Pg13.5 M10x1,5
132S 38k6 80 470 14 350 265 230j6 300 4 260 14 4 556 189 198 162 10 41 Pg21 M12x1,75
132M 38k6 80 496 14 350 265 230j6 300 4 260 14 4 600 189 198 162 10 41 Pg21 M12x1,75
* Number of Flange boreholes.
® 693
Operating and maintenance instructions
on the internet at www.maedler.de d
e age
L
ungsa
ten und
a
e te
in the Section Downloads
s
b
M o n ta E
s
g e a n le
E la s tis itu n g
R N , R N c h e K u a e
e
G , R N H p p l u n g e age ungs e te
, R N I, R e n e
tanda
N K a n d u
ungen
d R N 7 L
E
essu
[mm
]
ngen
T n
ts
e e
22
9
b
a e
sat
e us
14 30 8
35 10 6 s ungen
19
66 13 8 1,0 a ad a e
24 e sat e te
28 78 16 10 1,0 +0,6
/ -0,3 750
e a s nd d
38 90 18 12 1,5 +0,8
/ -0,4
n
n -1] e a
2,0 +1,0
0,10 1000 a
42 114 20 14 / -0,5 0,13 0,09 1500 ng g
24 15 2,0 +1,2 n e
48 126 / -0,5 0,22 0,12 3000
2,5 +1,4 0,07 e sat
140 26 18 / -0,5 e a
55 0,27 0,20 0,09 0,05 750
20 3,0 +1,5 n
65 160 28 / -0,7 n -1]
0,30 0,24 0,16 0,07 1,0 1000
30 21 3,0 +1,8
75 185 / -0,7 0,34 0,27 0,20 0,11 1,0 1,0 1500
35 22 3,5 +2,0
90 210 / -1,0 0,38 0,30 0,22 0,13 1,3 1,0 0,9 3000
40 26 4,0 +2,1
100 245 / -1,0 0,43 0,35 0,25 0,15 1,3 1,3 0,9 0,8
45 30 4,5 +2,2
270 / -1,0 0,50 0,38 0,28 0,17 1,1 1,3 1,2 0,8
50 34 5,0 +2,6
/ -1,0 0,54 0,44 0,32 0,19
5,5 +3,0 1,1 1,0 1,2 1,1
38 / -1,5 0,56 0,46 0,36 0,21 1,1 1,0 0,9 1,1
a e 6,0 +3,4
/ -1,5
e +3,8
0,65 0,50 0,38 0,25 1,1 1,1 0,9 0,8
e age / -1,5 0,68 0,58 0,42 0,26 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,8
ungs 0,71 0,60 0,48 0,28 1,2
e te 1,2 1,0 0,8
0,64 0,50 0,32
e s e 1,2 1,2 1,1 0,8
ee 0,52 0,34 1,3 1,2 1,1 0,9
u
essu
ngen
ungen 0,36 1,3 1,2 1,2 1,0
[mm
] e 1,3 1,3 1,2 1,0
L e te
5 s nd a 1,3 1,2 1,0
15 E a e 1,2 1,1
7
b
sat ng g
22 5
9
k.A. s ad a
n de 1,1
14 30 8 e sat
10 6 k.A. a e
19 35
1,0 +0,4
te des
8 e
24 66 13 / -0,2 te a n
28 78 16 10 1,0 +0,6
/ -0,3 0,06
n e an es
1,5 +0,8 e sat
90 18 12 / -0,4
38 0,10
2,0 +1,0 -
114 20 14 / -0,5 e
42 0,13 te
2,0 +1,2 - -
126 24 15 / -0,5
48 0,13 - 1,0
2,5 +1,4 -
18
On our website you can find operating and maintenance
55 140 26 / -0,5 0,10 0,09 - 1,0 -
28 20 3,0 +1,5
160 / -0,7 0,14 0,06 0,06 1,0 - -
30 21 3,0 +1,8
/ -0,7 0,15 0,10 0,04
3,5 +2,0 1,0 - -
22 / -1,0 0,17 0,11 0,07 1,0 0,9 -
4,0 +2,1
/ -1,0 0,19 0,12 0,08
+2,2 1,0 0,9 0,8
/ -1,0
®
0,23 0,14 0,09 1,0 0,9 0,8
! 0,24 0,16 0,10 1,0 0,9 0,8
e ang 0,17 0,11 1,0 0,9 0,8
ege
instructions in various languages for all our technically-
d enen 0,12 1,0 0,9 0,8
en
Z u s tä n nu
ante
e g
e
e age 1,0 0,9 0,8
d ig e M g gen e t ge ungs
e
0,9 0,8
n a c h P Ä D L E R ® nt
e en ut t u t ete te s nd 0,8
o s tle it -N ie d e e d e e den n a
z a h lg e r la s s u e age
n ad a
a un e te d e
P L Z 1 , b ie te n n g e n ungs d n
N ie d e r
2 u n d
3 : e te n e e t g e
l a s s u n Z u s tä n
t ess sat etg
sophisticated products. We are continuously extending
M Ä D L g P L Z 0 , d
E R G m 4 u n d 5 u d ig en d as
b H N ie d e r nea e u a
B ro o k
s tie g 1 la s s u n g P L Z 6 , fü r S c h de ss gen
a e
te au
D -2 2 1 4
5 S ta p
6 M Ä D L
E R G m b H H a u p ts
7 , 8 u n
d 9 w e iz : e e e age t ete
T e l. 0 4 e lfe ld B u b litz itz e ungs n
0 -6 0 0 e r S tr. 2 1 M Ä D L M Ä D L
F a x 0 4 4 7 5 1 0 D -4 0 5 9 E R G m E R N o e te
0 -6 0 0 4 9 D ü s s e ld T rä n k e b H P rm o s tfa c -A n tr ie
h a m b u 7 5 3 3 T e l. 0 2 o rf s tr. 6 -8 h 7 4 b A G
rg @ m a 1 1 -9 7 4 7 1 D -7 0 5 9 G ü te rs
e d le r.d
e
F a x 0 2 1 1 0 7 S tu tt tr. 6
this list of instructions.
-9 7 4 7 T e l. 0 7 g C H -8 2
S ta n d d u e s s
e ld o r f@ 1 3 3 1 1 -7 2 0 a rt T e l. 0 5
4 5 F e u
e r
15. 07. 201 m a e d l
e r.d e F a x 0 7
1 1 -7 2 0
9 5 0 2 -6 4 7 4 th a le n
5 s tu ttg 9 5 3 F a x 0 5 0 4 0 9
A k tu e ll a rt@ m 3 2 -6 4 7 4
im a
e d le r.d in fo @ m 0 4 1
In te rn e e a
e d le r.c
t u n te r w w w .m h
w w w .m a e d le r
.c h
a e d le r
.d e
Instructions available: Language
Bevel Gearboxes DZA, DZR German English French
Bevel Gearboxes KU/I, KUM German English French
Chain Tensioners SPANNBOX®, SPANNBOY® Deutsch English
Continuously Variable Geared Motors MUN/I German English
Couplings DX German English
Couplings RN, RNG, RNH, RNI, RNK, RNT German English
Couplings BW / BOS / BOZ German English French
Electronic Drip Oilers ELO German English
Frequency Converters FU6 German
Frequency Converters RoFre 897 German
Helical Gear Boxes BT/I German English
Helical Geared Motor HR/I German English
Helical Geared Motor NR/I German English French
Linear Drives (Actuator Systems) GR/I German English
Motor Controllers SFRG 05 German
Motor Controllers SFRG 3 German
Precision Worm Gear Sets German
Safety Clutches CM German
Safety Clutches SI German English French
Shaft Mounted Gearboxes BOC/I German English
Sliding Hubs FA German
Sliding Hubs FS German English
Sliding Hubs ROBA® German
Sliding Hubs with Coupling RNR German
Slip Clutches KF German English
Slip Clutches R2, R6 German
Standard Three-Phase-Motors SM/I German
Taper Bushes German English French
Telescopic Slides Accuride German English French
Worm Geared Motors HMD I / HMD II German English French
Worm-Geared Motors MEG / MEK / MH / MZ German English French
Worm-Geared Motors R / RH / RL / RM / RS German English French
Worm-Geared Motors SRM / SRS German English French
Worm-Geared Motors SZM, ZMD German English French
Worm Gear Screw Jacks NP/I German
Worm Gear Units G/II German English French
Worm Gear Units ZM German English French
694 ®
Motor-Tensioning Rail Sets, Made from Steel, SPS, with Movable Attachment Clamps
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Overall Length, Product No. Sold in pairs: 1 x Product No. = 1 pair
Product No. Overall Sliding Motor
Pair Length L Length G1 Size Mxh exS G2 a b Ød B H1 H2 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
430 180 00 312 240 63/71 M6 x 19 75 x 6 262 16 280 12 40 28 30 1,5
430 182 00 395 302 80/90 M8 x 28 97 x 8 325 20 355 12 50 40 43 3,3
430 184 00 495 405 100/112/132 M10 x 35 97 x 8 425 20 455 12 50 40 43 4,15
430 186 00 630 515 132 M10 x 37 119 x 9 542 25 580 14 60 50 54 8,1
Models Helical Geared Motors (The pictures only show the models, not the gearbox version)
B 3 B 3 / B 5 B 8 / B 5 B 5 B 5a
B 5 without Flange B 6 B 7 B 8
V 1 V 1 / V 5 V 3 V 3 / V 6 V 5 V 6
® 695
Motor controller SFRG 05 for DC-drives
• Intelligent motor controller with PWM output for
speed setting or controlling of brushed DC motors.
• Supply voltage: 6 - 48 V DC.
• Motor current: 2,5 A continuous load (5 A peak current).
• Speed setting device or PI-controller operation.
• 4 logical inputs.
• Usable for CANopen.
• Setpoint setting possible via external pot (not included)
or external voltage.
• Compact Version thanks to SMD technology.
Ordering Details: Product No. 430 460 05, Control Unit SFRG 05
Dimensions:
4x M3x6
40 ±0.2
34 ±0.2
A B
8 ±0.1 39 ±0.2
18.5 ±1 45 ±0.2
Product No. 430 460 05, Control Unit SFRG 05
Electrical data General data
Supply voltage: 6 V ... 48 V DC. Protection class: 3.
Motor nominal current: 2.5 A continuous load Protection rating: open module IP00
(peak current max. 5 A). as per IEC529 / EN 60529 /
DIN VDE 0470 T1.
Speed selection: 0 V ... 3.3 V DC via 10 kOhm Isolation: Low voltage operation.
or external voltage. Shock protection: not needed.
Logical Inputs: 0 V ... 3.3 V, max. 50 mA. Level of contamination: 2. Weight 25 g.
Output switching frequency: approx. 20 kHz. Permissible ambient operating temperature: -20 to +80ºC.
No load current: at 6 V ... 48 V DC,
The circuit board is designed for installing in a closed control cabi-
70 mA...20 mA. net or similar housing made from metal with protection class IP 4x.
Adequate ventilation is to be provided (free convection). The wiring
has to be carried out as per EMC requirements.
696 ®
Motor controller SFRG 3 for DC-drives
• Intelligent motor controller with PWM output for
speed setting or controlling (option) of brushed DC motors.
• Supply voltages: 10 - 36 V DC or 10 - 24 V AC.
• Motor current up to 10 A continuous load.
• Usable for CANopen.
• 5 potential-free switching inputs or 5 voltage input signals
10 - 24 V (switchable per jumpers), 5 setting potentiometers.
• 2 counting inputs for hall sensors or encoder.
• 2 switching outputs, max. 1.5 A.
• 2 zero-voltage relays with changeover contacts.
• Output 12V DC max. 0,4 A, e.eg. to supply stop switches.
• Ramp function for start / stop.
• Motor current monitoring.
• pre-programmed functions: Left, right, stop, release.
Ordering Details: Product No. 430 460 30, Control Unit SFRG 3
Schalt- potentialfreie
ausgänge Relaiskontakte Sollwertvorgaben 132
97
grenze
IxR
Rampe
Start-
Rampe
Stopp-
Drehzahl
Strom-
2.6
CAN-Open-Bus
Abschlusswiderstand
J3
S 2
S 1
Ö 1
Ö 1
G 2
G 2
S 3
S 3
+ 2
+ 2
- 1
- 1
P5
P4
P3
P2
P1
CAN-Open
1.6
134.8
Y 2
Y 1
X 8
GND
3 2 1
X 7
J 3
CANL
64
- 12 V/DC (Imax 0,4 A)
+
CANH
70
X 6
Spannungsausgang
72
- 0 ... 10 V/DC
+ Analog-Ausgang
X 5
X 9
+5V
Eingänge
optionale
4 3 2 1
GND
X 4
ENC_A
ENC_B
X 1
X 2
X 3
~15.5 ~4
offen = Externe SPS
geschlossen = Standalone
J20
Betriebsart
J 2 0
1
2
3
4
5
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
+ E1 + E2 + E3 + E4 + E5
+ V/DC (~)
- V/DC (~)
N.C.
Motor -
Motor +
+5 V/DC
GND
HALL IN
Schnellstopp
N.C.
Freigabe
Rechtslauf
Linkslauf
Linkslauf
Endschalter
Rechtslauf
Endschalter
GND_EXT
V IN Motor Hall-
Sensor
Eingänge
~42
Product No. 430 460 30, Control Unit SFRG 3
Electrical data General data
Supply voltage: 10 V... 36 V DC/10 V... 24 V AC. Connector technology: plug-in spring-type terminals.
Motor nominal current: 10 A continuous load Approvals: complies to the CE standard.
(peak current max. 25 A). Protection class: 3.
Motor current limit: adjustable (stepless 0-100 % Protection rating: open module IP00
in 1% steps). as per IEC529 / EN 60529 /
Speed setting range: up to 50:1 DIN VDE 0470 T1.
(setting mode IxR / controlled operation.) Isolation: Low voltage operation.
Digital inputs: potential-free NO contact, Shock protection: not needed.
approx. 2 mA or voltage input Level of contamination: 2. Weight 120 g.
signals 10 - 24V DC, (switchable Permissible ambient operating temperature: -10 to +60ºC.
per jumpers). The circuit board is designed for installing in a closed control
Output switching frequency: approx. 18 kHz. cabinet or similar housing made from metal with protection class
Switching outputs: max. 1.5 A. IP 4x. Adequate ventilation is to be provided (free convection).
Relay outputs: max. 1A / 24 V DC. The wiring has to be carried out as per EMC requirements.
Ramp function: Rise time/fall time 0-100 %
in 1% steps. Application specific matching of the software functions is possible,
Interfaces: CANopen. as well as terminal connection for external pots as an option.
Toroidal transformers for motor controller SFRG 3
• Safety and separation transformers as per EN 61558.
• Insulating class B (130ºC ).
• Maximum ambient temperature ta = +60ºC.
• Primary and secondary connection via leads, length: 200 mm.
• Temperature switch (120ºC) integrated in the primary windings.
• Pressureless central fastening with an M5 screw.
• Preparation for protection class II (as per VDE 0100).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 430 460 01, toroidal transformer 120 VA
Product No. Power Primary Secondary Nominal Outside Length Weight Note for usage
voltage voltage current Ø These transformers are suitable for powering
VA V(AC) V(AC) A mm mm kg
control units with a rectifier (e.g. SFRG 3). Use
430 460 01 120 1x230 1x24 5,00 98 48 1,25 with the SFRG 05 control unit without rectifier
430 460 02 192 1x230 1x24 8,00 115 48 1,85 is not possible.
® 697
Frequency Converters FU6 (for 3-phase current Drives)
To 0.75 KW From 1.5 KW
Main features of the Series FU6 are easy parametrisation, a clearly
arranged control panel and an extremely easy operation.
Ordering details: e.g.: 460 310 25 Frequency Converters FU6, 0.25 kW Output Power, 1 Phase
Prod. No. Number of Output Output Output Input Input Input Dimensions Weight
Phases Power Voltage Current Voltage Current Fuse Protection HxBxT
kW V A V A A mm kg
460 310 25 1 0,25 3 x 0-240 1,4 1 x 230 3,0 16 132 x 72 x 118 0,8
460 310 37 1 0,37 3 x 0-240 2,3 1 x 230 5,2 16 132 x 72 x 118 0,8
460 310 75 1 0,75 3 x 0-240 4,2 1 x 230 9,4 16 132 x 72 x 118 0,8
460 311 50 1 1,50 3 x 0-240 7,5 1 x 230 16,6 20 143 x 118 x 172 1,7
460 312 20 1 2,20 3 x 0-240 10,5 1 x 230 23,2 25 143 x 118 x 172 1,8
460 331 50 3 1,50 3 x 0-400 3,8 3 x 400 5,0 10 143 x 118 x 172 1,6
460 332 20 3 2,20 3 x 0-400 5,2 3 x 400 6,7 10 143 x 118 x 172 1,6
Output Displays / Operating elements
• Rotating-field frequency 0-200 Hz. • Control keys: Setting of system functions.
• Voltage boost 10%. • Display: Operating mode and error message.
• Overload 150% In / 60s.
Environment
Input • Ambient temperature: -10...+40°C.
• Voltage 1 x 230 V +/-10% 50/60 Hz. • Cooling: Fan.
or 3 x 400 V +/-10% 50/60 Hz. • Rel. humidity: 0...95% not condensing.
Control unit Mechanic
• Cycle rate: 4-16 kHz, adjustable in steps. • Protection class IP20.
• Stop functions: Ramp (0.1-999s), DC braking,
coast, brake with chopper from 1.5kW. EMC
• Protection systems:Surge current (200% In), overload, • Filter class A included, optional upgrading to class B.
IGBT excessive temperature, overvoltage,
undervoltage. Diagnostic memory
• Analog input: 0-10 V, 0-20 mA or 10kOhm potentiometer. • Retrieval of the last 3 operational faults.
• Analog output: 0-10 V (with current output frequency).
• Digital input: Dry contacts or external 24 V DC industrial Optional
logic for start up, reversion of rotation • DIN rail mount adapter, brake resistor,
2 programmable inputs (inching mode, setpoint potentiometer 10 kOhm, EMC filter class B.
fixed setpoint, emergency stop, reset,
external control).
• Digital output: Dry contact, programmable.
• Monitoring: Short circuit phase-phase or phase-earth.
698 ®
Frequency Converters ROfre 897 (for 3-phase current Drives)
With Power Cable With Power Cable
and Emergency-Stop
Button
• Protection class IP 54, i.e. can be used outside electrical cabinet.
• Completely wired with 2 m screened motor cable, 2 m mains cable
with plug and potentiometer.
• Optional with integrated emergency-stop switch (right picture).
• Optional with selector switch for left-right.
• Optional with socket for external operation.
Ordering details: e.g.: 460 410 25, Frequency Converters ROfre 897, 0.25 kW Output Power without Emergency Stop
Prod. No. Emergency Output Output Output Input Input Input Dimensions Weight
Stop Power Voltage Current Voltage Current Fuse Protection HxBxT
kW V A V A A mm kg
460 410 25 No 0,25 3 x 0-240 1,4 1 x 230 3,0 16 200 x 130 x 120 2,2
460 410 37 No 0,37 3 x 0-240 2,3 1 x 230 5,2 16 200 x 130 x 120 2,2
460 410 75 No 0,75 3 x 0-240 4,2 1 x 230 9,4 16 200 x 140 x 140 2,6
460 510 25 Yes 0,25 3 x 0-240 1,4 1 x 230 3,0 16 200 x 130 x 120 2,2
460 510 37 Yes 0,37 3 x 0-240 2,3 1 x 230 5,2 16 200 x 130 x 120 2,2
460 510 75 Yes 0,75 3 x 0-240 4,2 1 x 230 9,4 16 200 x 140 x 140 2,6
Output Displays / Operating elements
• Rotating-field frequency 0-200 Hz. • Control keys: Setting of system functions.
• Voltage boost 10%. • Display: Operating mode and error message.
• Overload 150% In / 60s. • Setpoint potentiometer: For continuous adjustment of speed.
Input
• Voltage 1 x 230 V +/- 10% 50/60 Hz. Environment
• Ambient temperature: -10...+40°C.
Control unit • Cooling: Convection.
• Cycle rate: 4-16 kHz, adjustable in steps. • Rel. humidity: 0...95% not condensing.
• Stop functions: Ramp (0.1-999s), DC braking,
coast, brake with chopper from 1.5kW. Mechanic
• Protection systems: Surge current (200% In), overload, • Protection class IP20.
IGBT excessive temperature, overvoltage,
undervoltage. EMC
• Analog input*: 0-10 V, 0-20 mA or 10kOhm potentiometer. • Filter class A included.
• Analog output*: 0-10 V (with current output frequency).
• Digital input*: Dry contacts or external 24 V DC industrial Diagnostic memory
logic for start up, reversion of rotation. • Retrieval of the last 3 operational faults.
2 programmable inputs (inching mode,
fixed setpoint, emergency stop, reset,
external control).
• Digital output*: Dry contact, programmable.
• Monitoring: Short circuit phase-phase or phase-earth.
* Only for optional version with socket for external operation.
® 699
Small Geared Motors Type CRO, 230V
Motor: For 230V, 50Hz synchronous motor for both
rotational directions (see motor data overview).
Gearbox: Spur gears, straight toothed, made from plastic.
Ambient temperature: -5 to +70ºC
Capacitor: Included in delivery.
Version A: one-stage, up to 50 Ncm.
Version B: two-stage, up to 200 Ncm.
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Version, Output Speed, Product No. Version A Version B
Version A
Product No. Standard Weight Torque-Speed Table
2 Mounting holes Ø 3.2
Speed
min-1 kg
430 200 00 60 0,25
430 200 01 30 0,25
430 200 02 15 0,25
430 200 03 10 0,25
430 200 06 5 0,25
430 200 08 3,12 0,25
430 200 09 2 0,25
430 200 10 1 0,25
Max. permiss. static
load on bearing:
axial = 10 N, radial = 80 N
Version B
Product No. Standard Weight Torque-Speed Table 2 Mounting holes Ø 3.2
Speed
min-1 kg
430 205 00 15 0,32
430 205 01 7,5 0,32
430 205 02 5 0,32
430 205 03 1 0,32
430 205 04 0,25 0,32
Max. permiss. static
load on bearing:
axial = 10 N, radial = 100 N
3 supports Ø 6.8 at an angle of 120º on
r=19.5-3 Threads M3x4.5
Motor data/Technical data
Wiring for parallel line connection A
Moment of inertia for rotor 18.8 g.cm2
Absorbed power 3.5 W
Stall torque 1) 2.1 Ncm
Starting torque 1.9 Ncm Clockwise rotation (RL)
Anticlockwise rotation (LL)
Max. coil temperature 120 ºC
Ambient temperature -5 +70 ºC
Storage temperature -40 +100 ºC
Insulation resistance >103 MV
Electric strength (50 Hz) > 2400 V
Weight of motor 210 g
Protection class IP 40
Standard nominal voltage (-15 + 10%) 220/240 V
Absorbed power 16/17.3 mA
Frequency 50 Hz
Speed 375 min-1
Capacitor values ±10% 0.12/600 µf/V
Connection A
Colours of leads Blue: Terminal 1
for standard motors White: Terminal 2
1) Max. torque of the motor at continuous operation with nominal voltage and frequency.
700 ®
® 701
Small Geared Motors GE/I with Capacitor Motor, AC
General data: Light model range, extremely high ratios.
Housing: Aluminium die-cast, sealed against lubricant leaks and
protected against dust, can be mounted in any position.
Gearing: Depending on the arrangement of the gear stages milled
from high-grade platic or steel.
Bearing system: Motor: roller bearing. Gearbox: sintered bronze slide
bearing.
Lubrication: Maintenance-free grease lubrication.
Motor: Capacitor motor for 230 V, 50 Hz, direction of rotation reversi-
ble. Pinion milled into motor shaft. The cable gland of the
terminal box can be moved 4 x 90º.
Please note: At continuous operation the motor heats up to 70ºC.
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Product No. 430 401 00 Capacitor Motor
Product No. 430 301 01 Gearbox 15:1
Product No. 436 352 00 Operating Capacitor
(has to be ordered separately)
Motor and capacitor
have to be ordered
separately
Switch for changing
direction of rotation
Capacitor motor: Product No. 430 401 00, Weight 1.2 kg Motor, gearbox and capacitor have to be ordered separately.
Gearbox Capacitor Output Speed Ratio Limit Load Gearbox Nominal Gearbox Dimensions Weight
Motor in Relation to max. continous max. starting Power Efficiency- a b c Gearbox
Product No. Product No. Motor Speed i Torque Torque grad
2600 min-1 Ncm Ncm Watt % mm mm mm kg
430 301 01 430 401 00 173,3 15 : 1 30 40 6,7 80 181 42,5 15 0,3
430 302 01 430 401 00 86,6 30 : 1 42 65 6,7 72 181 42,5 15 0,3
430 303 01 430 401 00 57,7 45 : 1 62 90 6,7 72 181 42,5 15 0,3
430 304 01 430 401 00 43,3 60 : 1 70 120 6,7 70 181 42,5 15 0,3
430 305 01 430 401 00 28,8 90 : 1 100 180 6,7 70 181 42,5 15 0,3
430 306 01 430 401 00 21,6 120 : 1 130 230 6,7 65 181 42,5 15 0,3
430 307 01 430 401 00 19,2 135 : 1 150 260 6,7 65 181 42,5 15 0,3
430 308 01 430 401 00 14,4 180 : 1 150 260 6,7 65 181 42,5 15 0,3
430 309 01 430 401 00 10,8 240 : 1 200 300 6,7 60 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 310 01 430 401 00 9,6 270 : 1 200 300 6,7 60 181 42,5 15 0,43
430 311 01 430 401 00 7,2 360 : 1 200 300 6,7 60 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 312 01 430 401 00 6,4 405 : 1 220 300 6,7 60 181 42,5 15 0,43
430 313 01 430 401 00 5,4 480 : 1 220 300 6,7 50 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 314 01 430 401 00 4,8 540 : 1 220 300 6,7 55 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 315 01 430 401 00 3,6 720 : 1 220 300 6,7 50 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 316 01 430 401 00 3,2 810 : 1 220 300 6,7 55 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 317 01 430 401 00 2,7 960 : 1 220 300 6,7 45 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 318 01 430 401 00 2,4 1080 : 1 220 300 6,7 45 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 319 01 430 401 00 2,1 1215 : 1 220 300 6,7 45 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 320 01 430 401 00 1,8 1440 : 1 220 300 6,7 45 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 321 01 430 401 00 1,6 1620 : 1 220 300 6,7 45 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 322 01 430 401 00 1,2 2160 : 1 220 300 6,7 45 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 323 01 430 401 00 1,06 2430 : 1 220 300 6,7 45 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 324 01 430 401 00 0,80 3240 : 1 240 300 6,7 45 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 325 01 430 401 00 0,71 3645 : 1 240 300 6,7 45 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 326 01 430 401 00 0,60 4320 : 1 240 300 6,7 45 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 327 01 430 401 00 0,53 4860 : 1 240 300 6,7 40 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 328 01 430 401 00 0,40 6480 : 1 240 300 6,7 40 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 329 01 430 401 00 0,35 7290 : 1 240 300 6,7 40 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 330 01 430 401 00 0,30 8640 : 1 240 300 6,7 40 195 56,5 26 0,45
430 331 01 430 401 00 0,26 9720 : 1 240 300 6,7 40 195 56,5 26 0,45
To prevent the gearbox from being overloaded, the max. continuous torques and starting torques stated above must not be exceeded. The effective transmissible
torque corresponds to the values at the gearbox shaft. At reversed operation, the load limit must be multiplied with 0.75.
702 ®
Small Geared Motors GE/I with DC Motor
General data: Light model range, extremely high ratios.
Housing: Aluminium die-cast, sealed against lubricant leaks and pro-
tected against dust, can be mounted in any position.
Gearing: Depending on the arrangement of the gear stages milled
from high-grade platic or steel.
Bearing system: Motor: roller bearing. Gearbox: sintered bronze
slide bearing.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Motor: DC motor for 12 Volt or 24 Volt. Pinion pressed onto
motor shaft. Free lead ends. Sense of rotation can be changed by
swopping leads over
Please note: At continuous operation the motor heats up to
50 to 60ºC.
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Product No. DC Motor
Product No. Gearbox
Motor has to be
ordered separately
DC motor 12 Volt: Product No. 430 403 00 Motor and gearbox have to be ordered separately.
DC motor 24 Volt: Product No. 430 405 00. Weight 0.33 kg
Gearbox Output Speed Ratio max. continous max. starting Nominal Gearbox Dimensions Weight
Product No. Relating to Motor speed i Torque Torque Power Efficiency a b c Gearbox
6000 min-1 Ncm Ncm Watt % mm mm mm kg
430 301 01 400 15 : 1 30 40 13 80 138 42,5 15 0,3
430 302 01 200 30 : 1 42 65 8,8 72 138 42,5 15 0,3
430 303 01 134 45 : 1 62 90 8,7 72 138 42,5 15 0,3
430 304 01 100 60 : 1 70 120 7,3 70 123 42,5 15 0,3
430 305 01 67 90 : 1 100 180 7,0 70 123 42,5 15 0,3
430 306 01 50 120 : 1 130 230 6,8 65 123 42,5 15 0,3
430 307 01 44 135 : 1 150 260 7,0 65 123 42,5 15 0,3
430 308 01 33 180 : 1 150 260 5,2 65 123 42,5 15 0,3
430 309 01 25 240 : 1 200 300 5,2 60 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 310 01 22 270 : 1 200 300 4,7 60 123 42,5 15 0,43
430 311 01 17 360 : 1 200 300 3,5 60 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 312 01 15 405 : 1 220 300 3,4 60 123 42,5 15 0,43
430 313 01 13 480 : 1 220 300 2,9 50 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 314 01 11 540 : 1 220 300 2,6 55 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 315 01 8,3 720 : 1 220 300 1,9 50 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 316 01 7,4 810 : 1 220 300 1,7 55 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 317 01 6,3 960 : 1 220 300 1,4 45 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 318 01 5,6 1080 : 1 220 300 1,3 45 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 319 01 4,9 1215 : 1 220 300 1,1 45 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 320 01 4,2 1440 : 1 220 300 0,96 45 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 321 01 3,7 1620 : 1 220 300 0,85 45 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 322 01 2,8 2160 : 1 220 300 0,64 45 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 323 01 2,5 2430 : 1 220 300 0,57 45 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 324 01 1,9 3240 : 1 240 300 0,47 45 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 325 01 1,6 3645 : 1 240 300 0,41 45 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 326 01 1,4 4320 : 1 240 300 0,35 45 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 327 01 1,2 4860 : 1 240 300 0,31 40 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 328 01 0,9 6480 : 1 240 300 0,23 40 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 329 01 0,8 7290 : 1 240 300 0,21 40 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 330 01 0,7 8640 : 1 240 300 0,17 40 137 56,5 26 0,45
430 331 01 0,6 9720 : 1 240 300 0,16 40 137 56,5 26 0,45
To prevent the gearbox from being overloaded, the max. continuous and starting torques stated above must not be exceeded. The effective transmissible torque
corresponds to the values at the gearbox shaft.
® 703
Helical Small Geared Motor SF with DC motor, 24V
Housing: Steel, zinc-plated.
Can be mounted in any position.
Teeth: Steel gears.
Bearing: Sintered bronze plain bearings.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Motor: DC motor 24 V. motor speed 6500 min -1 , interference-
free. Change the direction of rotation by switching the polarity.
Protection class acc. to EN 60529: IP 20.
Operating mode as per VDE 0530: S2-10 min.
Permissible ambient operating temperature: -10 to +60ºC.
Ideal drive for short term operation, e.g. for actuating device.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Type, idle speed, Product No.
Product No. Idle Nominal Nominal Nominal Nominal Tightening Ratio Dimension Weight
24V Speed n0 Speed nN Torque MN Current IN Power PN Torque MA L
min-1 min-1 Nm A W Nm i mm g
430 460 24 2 1,5 2,00 0,4 0,31 2,1 3000:1 32,0 220
430 461 24 6 5,0 1,60 0,4 0,84 1,9 1000:1 29,5 210
430 463 24 27 22,0 1,30 0,4 2,99 1,6 250:1 27,0 200
430 464 24 43 38,0 0,80 0,4 3,18 1,2 150:1 27,0 200
430 466 24 90 75,0 0,45 0,6 3,53 0,8 75:1 24,5 200
430 467 24 130 115,0 0,30 0,6 3,61 0,6 50:1 24,5 200
430 468 24 210 190,0 0,18 0,6 3,58 0,4 30:1 22,0 190
430 469 24 610 530,0 0,10 0,6 5,55 0,2 10:1 19,5 190
Permissible radial shaft load FR: (10 mm from bearing collar): 9.8 N.
Permissible axial shaft load FA: 6.7 N.
Note
All values are averages, measured with the motor cold. Deviations
of 15% are possible.
To prevent the gearbox from being overloaded, the stated limit
loads must not be exceeded.
Other types (other speeds, optional incremental encoder) available
on request.
Speed controllers
Page 696
704 ®
Small Worm Geared Motors SFS Size 2 with DC Motor 12 or 24V
Housing: Motor: Steel, zinc-plated. Gearbox: Aluminium.
Can be mounted in any position.
Teeth: Worm gear set made from plastic.
Bearing: Output side, plain bearing, motor side, ball bearing.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Motor: DC motor 12 V or 24 V, interference-free.
Change the direction of rotation by switching the polarity.
Protection class acc. to EN 60529: IP 30.
Operating mode as per VDE 0530: S2-10 min.
Permissible ambient operating temperature: -10 to +60ºC.
Ideal drive for short term operation, e.g. for actuating devices.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Type, idle speed, Product No.
Product No. Nominal Idle Nominal Nominal Nominal Nominal Tightening Ratio Shaft- Weight
Voltage Speed n0 Speed nN Torque MN Current IN Power PN Torque MA End
V min-1 min-1 Nm A W Nm i Type g
430 470 12 12 25 21,0 1,00 0,9 2,1 6 62:1 A 700
430 470 24 24 35 28,0 2,00 1,0 5,9 10 62:1 A 700
430 471 24 24 50 40,0 2,00 1,48 8,4 10 62:1 B 700
430 472 24 24 95 69,0 5,00 3,1 35,0 18 62:1 A 700
430 473 24 24 140 124,0 2,00 3,0 26,0 18 62:1 B 700
430 474 24 24 210 158,0 2,00 4,0 33,0 8 59:3 C 700
Permissible radial shaft load FR: 60 N (10 mm from bearing collar).
Permissible axial shaft load FA: 10 N tensile load or 15 N compressive load.
Note Factory interference suppression
All values are averages, measured with the motor cold. Deviations
of 10% are possible.
To prevent the gearbox from being overloaded, the stated limit
loads must not be exceeded.
Other types on request.
® 705
Small Worm Geared Motors SFS Size 3 with DC Motor 12 or 24V
Housing: Motor: Steel, zinc-plated. Gearbox: Aluminium.
Can be mounted in any position.
Teeth: Worm gear set made from plastic.
Bearing: Output side, plain bearing, motor side, ball bearing.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Motor: DC motor 12 V or 24 V, interference-free.
Change the direction of rotation by switching the polarity.
Protection class acc. to EN 60529: IP 30.
Operating mode as per VDE 0530: S2-10 min.
Permissible ambient operating temperature: -10 to +60ºC.
Caution: Output shaft and shaft form side as per the table.
Picture:
Output shaft right
Ordering Details: e.g.: Type, idle speed, Product No.
Product No. Idle Nominal Nominal Nominal Nominal Tightening Ratio Output- Shaft- Weight
24V Speed n0 Speed nN Torque MN Current IN Power PN Torque MA Shaft end
min-1 min-1 Nm A W Nm i Side Type g
430 480 24 13 7,4 6,0 1,0 4,6 14,0 69:1 right A 1100
430 481 24 35 24,7 10,0 2,9 26,0 34,0 69:1 right B 1100
430 482 24 50 41,0 2,5 1,0 11,0 14,0 52:2 left A 1100
430 484 24 110 88,0 3,3 2,9 30,0 17,0 52:2 left A 1100
430 486 24 180 170,0 1,3 2,4 23,0 25,0 52:2 right A 1100
430 487 24 240 192,0 1,5 2,7 30,0 7,5 44:4 left C 1100
430 488 24 280 249,0 1,0 3,0 26,0 9,0 44:4 left D 1100
430 489 24 580 543,0 1,0 5,3 56,0 16,0 41:4 right D 1100
Permissible radial shaft load FR: 120 N (10 mm from bearing collar).
Permissible axial shaft load FA: 15 N tensile load or 10 N compressive load.
Note Factory interference suppression
All values are averages, measured with the motor cold. Deviations
of 10% are possible.
To prevent the gearbox from being overloaded, the stated limit
loads must not be exceeded.
Other types on request.
Speed controllers
Page 696
706 ®
Small Worm Geared Motors Type SG with Permanent Magnet DC Motor 24V
Housing: Aluminium, sealed against lubricant leaks and
protected against dust, can be mounted in any position.
Output shaft: Optional on side 1 or side 2.
Teeth: Worm gear made from special brass,
worm made from steel, hardened and ground.
Bearing: Motor and gearbox with roller bearing.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Motor: Permanent magnet DC Motor 24 V.
Nominal motor speed 3,000 min -1 , with relatively constant
speed characteristics. Free lead ends. Sense of rotation can
be changed by swapping leads over.
Protection class IP 40. Insulation class B. Operating mode S1. Output shaft optional:
Side 1: like photo.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Type, Power, Output Side, Output Speed, Product No. Side 2: like drawing.
46.5 24.5 K
4xø2,5x10tief
2 K1 26
TK=ø32
4xM4x8
23 ø38
øg
60.5
47.5
40
25
4xM3x8tief
ø8 h6
TK=ø24,6
1 1 12.5
ø18
4xM4x8
Output shaft optional:
25 6 40
Side 1: like photo.
Side 2: like drawing. 43 50
Other dimensions:
Power g k k1 Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding! Load Bearing Capacity of the Output Shaft:
Watt mm mm mm radial 40 N, axial 40 N
28 52 149 98
54 52 179 128
Motor Data 28 Watt, 3000 min -1 , ca. 2.0 A at 24 Volt
Product No. Product No. Output- Ratio Torque at the Output Shaft Weight
Output Output Speed effective max. permissible*
Side 1 Side 2 min-1 i= Nm Nm kg
430 491 01 430 492 01 44 68 : 1 2,1 4,2 1,3
430 491 02 430 492 02 75 40 : 1 1,2 4,7 1,3
430 491 03 430 492 03 100 30 : 1 1,0 4,3 1,3
430 491 04 430 492 04 143 21 : 1 0,9 4,1 1,3
430 491 05 430 492 05 200 15 : 1 0,7 3,7 1,3
430 491 06 430 492 06 286 10,5 : 1 0,6 4,1 1,3
430 491 07 430 492 07 429 7:1 0,4 4,3 1,3
430 491 08 430 492 08 1000 3:1 0,2 2,6 1,3
* Stability related max. torque.
Motor Data 54 Watt, 3000 min -1 , ca. 3.0 A at 24 Volt
Product No. Product No. Output- Ratio Torque at the Output Shaft Weight
Output Output Speed effective max. permissible*
Side 1 Side 2 min-1 i= Nm Nm kg
430 491 09 430 492 09 44 68 : 1 4,0 4,2 1,6
430 491 10 430 492 10 75 40 : 1 2,3 4,7 1,6
430 491 11 430 492 11 100 30 : 1 2,0 4,3 1,6
430 491 12 430 492 12 143 21 : 1 1,7 4,1 1,6
430 491 13 430 492 13 200 15 : 1 1,4 3,7 1,6
430 491 14 430 492 14 286 10,5 : 1 1,1 4,1 1,6
430 491 15 430 492 15 429 7:1 0,9 4,3 1,6
430 491 16 430 492 16 1000 3:1 0,4 2,6 1,6
* Stability related max. torque.
® 707
Small Worm Geared Motors Type SG-H with Permanent magnet DC Motor 24V, with Hollow Shaft
Housing: Aluminium, sealed against lubricant leaks and
protected against dust, can be mounted in any position.
Output shaft: Hollow shaft.
Teeth: Worm gear made from special brass,
worm made from steel, hardened and ground.
Bearing: Motor and gearbox with roller bearing.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Motor: Permanent magnet DC Motor 24 V.
Nominal motor speed 3,000 min -1 , with relatively constant
speed characteristics. Free lead ends. Sense of rotation can
be changed by swapping leads over.
Protection class IP 40. Insulation class B. Operating mode S1.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Type, Power, Output Speed, Product No.
49
2 2 K
4xøM3x6tief
ø8 H7 1 1 K1 26
TK=ø32
4xM4x8
2
ø38
øg
9
60.5
47.5
40
25
1 1 12.5
ø18
4xM4x8
25 6 40
With hollow shaft 43 50
Other dimensions:
Power g k k1 Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding! Load Bearing Capacity of the Output Shaft:
Watt mm mm mm radial 40 N, axial 40 N
28 52 149 98
54 52 179 128
Motor Data 28 Watt, 3000 min -1 , ca. 2.0 A at 24 Volt
Product No. Output- Ratio Torque at the Output Shaft Weight
with Speed effective max. permissible*
Hollow Shaft min-1 i= Nm Nm kg
430 490 01 44 68 : 1 2,1 4,2 1,3
430 490 03 100 30 : 1 1,0 4,3 1,3
430 490 05 200 15 : 1 0,7 3,7 1,3
430 490 07 429 7:1 0,4 4,3 1,3
* Stability related max. torque.
Motor Data 54 Watt, 3000 min -1 , ca. 3.0 A at 24 Volt
Product No. Output- Ratio Torque at the Output Shaft Weight
with Speed effective max. permissible*
Hollow Shaft min-1 i= Nm Nm kg
430 490 09 44 68 : 1 4,0 4,2 1,6
430 490 11 100 30 : 1 2,0 4,3 1,6
430 490 13 200 15 : 1 1,4 3,7 1,6
430 490 15 429 7:1 0,9 4,3 1,6
* Stability related max. torque.
708 ®
Planetary Small Geared Motor PE with DC Motor, Size 1
Housing: Steel, zinc-plated, sealed against lubricant leaks and
protected against dust, can be mounted in any position.
Gearbox: 1st gearbox stage: plastic gears, other gears made from steel.
Bearing: Motor roller bearing. Gearbox: sintered bronze plain bearing.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Motor: DC motor 24 V. Nominal motor speed 6,000 min -1 ,
Pinion milled into motor shaft. Free lead ends.
Sense of rotation can be changed by swapping leads over.
Protection class according to VDE 0530: IP 21.
Insulation class according to VDE 0530: E.
Operating mode as per VDE 0530: S1.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Type, Size 1, Voltage, Output Speed, Product No.
Size 1
Product No. Nominal Ratio max. continous max. Starting Nominal Output Gearbox a b Weight
24 V Output Speed i Torque Torque Motor Power Power Efficiency
min-1 Nm Nm W W % mm mm kg
430 440 24 200 30:1 0,46 0,6 12 9,6 80 141 27 0,55
430 441 24 67 90:1 1,20 1,8 12 8,4 70 148 34 0,6
430 442 24 50 120:1 1,60 2,2 12 8,4 70 148 34 0,6
430 443 24 29 210:1 2,80 3,3 12 8,4 70 148 34 0,6
430 444 24 22 270:1 2,90 3,3 10 6,7 65 155 41 0,65
Permissible radial shaft load FR: 30 N (middle shaft).
Permissible axial shaft load FA: 0 N.
Tolerances +/- 10%.
Note
The efficiency stated in the table is valid for properly run-in
gearboxes at operating temperature. To prevent the gearbox
from being overloaded, the stated limit loads must not be
exceeded. At reversed operation the limit loads must be
multiplied with the factor 0.75.
Also available as an option with 12 V motors and larger gear
ratio up to 54880:1.
® 709
Planetary Small Geared Motor PE with DC Motor, Size 2
Housing: Steel, zinc-plated, sealed against lubricant leaks and
protected against dust, can be mounted in any position.
Gearbox: 1st gearbox stage: plastic gears, other gears made from steel.
Bearing: Motor roller bearing. Gearbox roller bearing / plain bearing.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Motor: DC motor 24 V. Nominal motor speed 3,000 min -1 , Pinion
milled into motor shaft. Free lead ends. Sense of rotation can be
changed by swapping leads over.
Protection class according to VDE 0530: IP 41.
Insulation class according to VDE 0530: F.
Operating mode as per VDE 0530: S1.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Type, Size 2, Voltage, Output Speed, Product No.
Feather Keyway
Size 2
Product No. Nominal Ratio max. continous max. Starting Nominal Output Gearbox a b Weight
24 V Output Speed i Torque Torque Motor Power Power Efficiency
min-1 Nm Nm W W % mm mm kg
430 450 24 600 5:1 1,00 3,0 54 49 90 164,5 43,0 1,5
430 451 24 500 6:1 1,30 3,5 54 49 90 164,5 43,0 1,5
430 452 24 392 7,66:1 1,00 3,0 46 41 90 164,5 43,0 1,5
430 453 24 143 21:1 3,20 12,0 55 47 85 181,0 59,5 1,6
430 454 24 120 25:1 4,00 14,5 55 47 85 181,0 59,5 1,6
430 455 24 100 30:1 4,80 14,5 55 47 85 181,0 59,5 1,6
430 456 24 83 36:1 5,50 16,0 55 47 85 181,0 59,5 1,6
430 457 24 65 46:1 5,60 16,0 45 38 85 181,0 59,5 1,6
430 458 24 51 59:1 6,00 16,0 48 32 85 181,0 59,5 1,6
Permissible radial shaft loadFR: from i=5:1 to i=7,66:1: 112 N; from i=21:1 to i=59:1: 150 N (always middle shaft).
Permissible axial shaft load FA: from i=5:1 to i=7,66:1: 100 N; from i=21:1 to i=59:1: 110 N.
Tolerances +/- 10%.
Note
The efficiency stated in the table is valid for properly run-in
gearboxes at operating temperature. To prevent the gearbox
from being overloaded, the stated limit loads must not be
exceeded. At reversed operation the limit loads must be multi-
plied with the factor 0.75.
Optionally also available with DC speed sensor, incremental
encoder and brake.
Also available as an option with larger gear ratio up to 450:1.
Speed controllers
Page 696
710 ®
Small Geared Motor SE with DC Motor, Size 1
Housing: Aluminium, sealed against lubricant leaks and protected
against dust, can be mounted in any position.
Teeth: Worm gear made from plastic, worm made from steel,
ground. Not self-locking.
Bearing: Motor and gearbox with roller bearing.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Motor: DC Motor 12 V or 24 V.
Nominal motor speed 6,000 min -1 , worm pinned on motor shaft.
Free lead ends. Sense of rotation can be changed by swapping
leads over.
Protection class according to VDE 0530: IP 21
Insulation class according to VDE 0530: E
Operating mode as per VDE 0530: S1
Ordering Details: e.g.: Type, Size 1, Voltage, Output Speed, Product No.
Disk Spring
Bore 8 deep for Screw
DIN 7500-M4
Bore 6 deep for
Screw
DIN 7500-M3
on both sides
Size 1
Product No. Product No. Nominal Ratio max. continous max. Starting Nominal Output Gearbox Weight
12 V 24 V Output Speed i Torque Torque Motor Power Power Efficiency
min-1 Nm Nm W W % kg
430 410 12 430 410 24 822 7,3:1 0,15 0,83 16 13 79 0,52
430 411 12 430 411 24 522 11,5:1 0,23 1,3 16 12 77 0,52
430 412 12 430 412 24 400 15:1 0,28 1,7 16 12 73 0,52
430 413 12 430 413 24 261 23:1 0,41 2,0 16 11 70 0,52
430 414 12 430 414 24 200 30:1 0,55 2,0 16 11 66 0,52
430 415 12 430 415 24 158 38:1 0,63 1,2 16 10 65 0,52
Permissible radial shaft load FR: 30 N (middle shaft).
Permissible axial shaft load FA: 12 N.
Tolerances +/- 10%.
Note
The efficiency stated in the table is valid for properly run-in
gearboxes at operating temperature. To prevent the gearbox
from being overloaded, the stated limit loads must not be
exceeded. At reversed operation the limit loads must be multi-
plied with the factor 0.75.
® 711
Small Geared Motor SE with DC Motor, Size 2
Housing: Aluminium, sealed against lubricant leaks and
protected against dust, can be mounted in any position.
Teeth: Worm gear made from plastic, worm made from steel,
ground. Not self-locking.
Bearing: Motor and gearbox with roller bearing.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Motor: DC motor 24 V.
Nominal motor speed 3,000 min -1 , worm pinned on motor shaft.
Free lead ends. Sense of rotation can be changed by swapping
leads over. *Brake on request.
Protection class according to VDE 0530: IP 41.
Insulation class according to VDE 0530: F.
Operating mode as per VDE 0530: S1.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Type, Size 2, Voltage, Output Speed, Product No.
Bore 8 deep for Screw
DIN 7500-M4
Disk Spring
Optional
Brake*
Bore 6 deep for
Screw
DIN 7500-M3
on both sides
Size 2
Product No. Nominal Ratio max. continuous Max. Starting Nominal Output Gearbox Weight
24 V Output Speed i Torque Torque Motor power Power Efficiency
min-1 Nm Nm W W % kg
430 420 24 411 7,3:1 0,35 2,0 20 15 76 0,8
430 421 24 261 11,5:1 0,50 2,0 19 14 73 0,8
430 422 24 200 15:1 0,65 2,0 20 14 70 0,8
430 423 24 130 23:1 1,00 2,0 21 14 67 0,8
430 424 24 100 30:1 1,10 2,0 19 12 63 0,8
430 425 24 79 38:1 1,05 1,2 15 9 60 0,8
Permissible radial shaft load FR: 110 N (middle shaft).
Permissible axial shaft load FA: 60 N.
Tolerances +/- 10%.
Note
The efficiency stated in the table is valid for properly run-in
gearboxes at operating temperature. To prevent the gearbox
from being overloaded, the stated limit loads must not be
exceeded. At reversed operation the limit loads must be multi-
plied with the factor 0.75.
* Optionally also available with DC speed sensor, incremental
encoder and brake.
Speed controllers
Page 696
712 ®
Small Geared Motor SE with DC Motor, Size 3
Housing: Aluminium, sealed against lubricant leaks and
protected against dust, can be mounted in any position.
Teeth: Worm gear made from plastic, worm made from steel,
ground. Not self-locking.
Bearing: Motor and gearbox with roller bearing.
Lubrication: Maintenance free grease lubrication.
Motor: DC motor 24 V.
Worm pinned on motor shaft. Free lead ends.
Sense of rotation can be changed by swapping leads over.
Protection class according to VDE 0530: IP 41.
Insulation class according to VDE 0530: F.
Operating mode as per VDE 0530: S1.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Type, Size 3, Voltage, Output Speed, Product No.
Disk Spring
Size 3
Product No. Nominal Ratio Nominal max. continous max. Starting Nominal Output Gearbox Weight
24 V Output Speed i Motor Speed Torque Torque Motor Power Power Efficiency
min-1 min-1 Nm Nm W W % kg
430 430 24 833 4,8:1 4000 0,70 7,0 70 57 82 1,6
430 431 24 625 4,8:1 3000 0,70 7,0 55 45 82 1,6
430 432 24 429 9,33:1 4000 1,30 7,0 70 56 80 1,6
430 433 24 333 12:1 4000 1,60 7,0 70 56 80 1,6
430 434 24 276 14,5:1 4000 1,95 7,0 70 56 80 1,6
430 435 24 200 20:1 4000 2,40 8,0 70 49 70 1,6
430 436 24 160 25:1 4000 2,70 8,0 68 45 66 1,6
430 437 24 133 30:1 4000 3,00 7,0 63 42 67 1,6
430 438 24 100 30:1 3000 3,20 7,0 52 34 66 1,6
430 439 24 83 36:1 3000 2,40 5,0 34 21 62 1,6
Permissible radial shaft load FR: 150 N (middle shaft).
Permissible axial shaft load FA: 60 N.
Tolerances +/- 10%.
Note
The efficiency stated in the table is valid for properly run-in
gearboxes at operating temperature. To prevent the gearbox
from being overloaded, the stated limit loads must not be
exceeded. At reversed operation the limit loads must be multi-
plied with the factor 0.75.
Optionally also available with DC speed sensor, incremental
encoder and brake.
® 713
Helical Geared Motors HR/I
Housing: Aluminium, corrosion-inhibiting coating, with moun-
ting holes for foot and flange mounting and with removable
twist cap for easy service.
Gearing: Hardened and ground.
Lubrication: Synthetic oil (lubricated for life).
Motor: Standard three-phase motor with small flange B14,
230/400V, 50 Hz.
From 0.75 kW in efficiency class IE2.
Other Motor versions (AC Motor, posistor, forced ventilation,
break etc.) on request.
Light-weight, high-quality model range with many mounting
options.
These maintenance free, geared motors without ventilation
can be used in any mounting position.
Variable mounting:
These geared motors are supplied with a screwed-on foot
mounting. If flange mounting is required or if the motor is to
be mounted on an existing base plate, this foot can simply be
unscrewed.
Retrofittable flange:
If the motor is to be flange mounted on the output side, a flan-
ge can be srewed on by the customer. These flanges B5
are available in several diameters and have to be ordered
separately.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No., Type, Motor Power, Output Speed
If required: Output Flange, Prod. No., Diameter
Product No. P n2 Ma fB i ges. F R1) F A2) Gearbox Motor Weight
Model B3 kW min -1 Nm N N Size Size kg
432 009 05 0,09 5,1 157 1,0 177,09 3000 600 40/3 63A6 10,10
432 009 10 0,09 7,9 101 1,6 177,09 3000 600 40/3 56B4 9,20
432 009 15 0,09 10,3 77 2,1 135,69 3000 600 40/3 56B4 9,20
432 009 20 0,09 14,5 55 2,9 96,85 3000 600 40/3 56B4 9,20
432 009 25 0,09 22,6 36 1,9 61,89 1900 380 20/2 56B4 6,60
432 009 30 0,09 28,1 29 2,4 49,76 1900 380 20/2 56B4 6,60
432 009 35 0,09 37,1 22 3,2 37,69 1900 380 20/2 56B4 6,60
432 009 40 0,09 53 16 3,9 26,31 1900 380 20/2 56B4 6,60
432 009 45 0,09 66 12 4,8 21,15 1900 380 20/2 56B4 6,60
432 009 50 0,09 75 11 5,4 18,78 1700 340 20/2 56B4 6,60
432 009 55 0,09 93 9 6,7 15,10 1500 340 20/2 56B4 6,60
432 009 60 0,09 107 8 7,8 13,03 1500 340 20/2 56B4 6,60
432 009 65 0,09 123 7 8,9 11,42 1500 340 20/2 56B4 6,60
432 012 05 0,12 7,9 146 1,1 177,09 3000 600 40/3 63A4 10,10
432 012 10 0,12 10,3 112 1,4 135,69 3000 600 40/3 63A4 10,10
432 012 15 0,12 13,6 85 2,1 102,89 3000 600 40/3 63A4 10,10
432 012 20 0,12 16,2 72 1,9 86,66 3000 600 40/3 63A4 10,10
432 012 25 0,12 19,1 61 2,9 73,43 3000 600 40/3 63A4 10,10
432 012 30 0,12 22,6 53 1,3 61,89 1900 3800 20/2 63A4 7,50
432 012 35 0,12 28,1 42 1,7 49,76 1900 3800 20/2 63A4 7,50
432 012 40 0,12 37,1 32 2,2 37,69 1900 3800 20/2 63A4 7,50
432 012 45 0,12 48,5 25 2,8 28,88 1900 3800 20/2 63A4 7,50
432 012 50 0,12 53 22 2,7 26,31 1900 3800 20/2 63A4 7,50
1) Radial load FR max. (on middle of the Output Shaft) for FA = 0.
2) Axial load FA max. for FR = 0.
Dimensions table page 718.
714 ®
Helical Geared Motors HR/I
Product No. P n2 Ma fB i ges. F R1) F A2) Gearbox Motor Weight
Model B3 kW min -1 Nm N N Size Size kg
432 018 05 0,18 10,3 155 1,0 135,69 3000 600 40/3 63B4 10,50
432 018 10 0,18 13,6 117 1,5 102,89 3000 600 40/3 63B4 10,50
432 018 15 0,18 16,2 99 1,4 86,88 3000 600 40/3 63B4 10,50
432 018 20 0,18 19,7 81 2,0 70,95 3000 600 40/3 63B4 10,50
432 018 25 0,18 22,9 70 2,3 61,22 3000 600 40/3 63B4 10,50
432 018 30 0,18 27,6 58 2,8 50,64 3000 600 40/3 63B4 10,50
432 018 35 0,18 32 50 3,0 43,69 3000 600 40/3 63B4 10,50
432 018 40 0,18 39 42 1,7 35,91 1900 380 20/2 63B4 7,90
432 018 45 0,18 48,5 34 2,1 28,88 1900 380 20/2 63B4 7,90
432 018 50 0,18 64 26 2,3 21,84 1900 380 20/2 63B4 7,90
432 018 55 0,18 75 22 2,7 18,78 1700 340 20/2 63B4 7,90
432 018 60 0,18 86 19 3,1 16,2 1500 300 20/2 63B4 7,90
432 018 65 0,18 93 18 3,4 15,1 1500 270 20/2 63B4 7,90
432 018 70 0,18 123 13 4,5 11,42 1350 246 20/2 63B4 7,90
432 025 05 0,25 5,8 384 0,9 241,82 5000 1000 50/3 71A4 18,00
432 025 10 0,25 7,8 286 1,2 180,4 5000 1000 50/3 71A4 18,00
432 025 15 0,25 10,2 217 1,6 136,62 5000 1000 50/3 71A4 18,00
432 025 20 0,25 15,1 147 2,2 92,78 5000 1000 50/3 71A4 18,00
432 025 25 0,25 19,7 113 1,4 70,95 3000 600 40/3 71A4 12,20
432 025 30 0,25 22,9 97 1,6 61,22 3000 600 40/3 71A4 12,20
432 025 35 0,25 27,6 80 2,0 50,64 3000 600 40/3 71A4 12,20
432 025 40 0,25 32 69 2,2 43,69 3000 600 40/3 71A4 12,20
432 025 45 0,25 37,1 62 1,1 37,69 1900 380 20/2 71A4 9,60
432 025 50 0,25 48,5 47 1,5 28,88 1900 380 20/2 71A4 9,60
432 025 55 0,25 64 36 1,7 21,84 1900 380 20/2 71A4 9,60
432 025 60 0,25 75 31 2,0 18,78 1700 340 20/2 71A4 9,60
432 025 65 0,25 107 21 2,8 13,03 1500 300 20/2 71A4 9,60
432 025 70 0,25 123 19 3,2 11,42 1350 270 20/2 71A4 9,60
432 025 75 0,25 142 16 3,7 9,85 1320 246 20/2 71A4 9,60
432 025 80 0,25 194 12 4,2 7,2 1320 185 20/2 71A4 9,60
432 025 85 0,25 257 9 5,6 5,45 756 151 20/2 71A4 9,60
432 037 05 0,37 7,8 423 0,8 180,4 5000 1000 50/3 71B4 18,60
432 037 10 0,37 15,1 218 1,5 92,78 5000 1000 50/3 71B4 18,60
432 037 15 0,37 18,3 180 2,0 76,69 5000 1000 50/3 71B4 18,60
432 037 20 0,37 21,1 155 2,1 66,22 5000 1000 50/3 71B4 18,60
432 037 25 0,37 25,6 128 2,8 54,73 5000 1000 50/3 71B4 18,60
432 037 30 0,37 29,9 114 1,2 46,86 3000 600 40/2 71B4 12,40
432 037 35 0,37 36,5 90 1,9 38,4 3000 600 40/3 71B4 12,80
432 037 40 0,37 39 87 1,2 35,91 1900 380 30/2 71B4 10,50
432 037 45 0,37 48,5 70 1,0 28,88 1900 380 20/2 71B4 10,20
432 037 50 0,37 64 53 1,1 21,84 1900 380 20/2 71B4 10,20
432 037 55 0,37 75 46 1,3 18,78 1700 340 20/2 71B4 10,20
432 037 60 0,37 86 39 1,5 16,2 1500 300 20/2 71B4 10,20
432 037 65 0,37 107 32 1,9 13,03 1500 300 20/2 71B4 10,20
432 037 70 0,37 123 28 2,2 11, 42 1350 270 20/2 71B4 10,20
432 037 75 0,37 142 24 2,5 9,85 1320 246 20/2 71B4 10,20
432 037 80 0,37 181 19 2,7 7,74 1320 246 20/2 71B4 10,20
432 055 05 0,55 8,5 577 0,9 165,29 6500 1300 60/3 80A4 23,20
432 055 10 0,55 11,1 442 1,1 126,65 6500 1300 60/3 80A4 23,20
432 055 15 0,55 13,4 365 1,4 104,68 6500 1300 60/3 80A4 23,20
432 055 20 0,55 15,1 324 1,0 92,78 5000 1000 50/3 80A4 20,60
432 055 25 0,55 18,3 268 1,3 76,69 5000 1000 50/3 80A4 20,60
432 055 30 0,55 21,1 231 1,4 66,22 5000 1000 50/3 80A4 20,60
432 055 35 0,55 25,6 191 1,9 54,73 5000 1000 50/3 80A4 20,60
432 055 40 0,55 29,6 165 2,1 47,22 5000 1000 50/3 80A4 20,60
432 055 45 0,55 34,6 146 2,0 40,5 5000 1000 50/2 80A4 20,40
432 055 50 0,55 39 129 1,1 35,91 3000 600 40/2 80A4 14,40
432 055 55 0,55 47,6 106 1,5 29,4 3000 600 40/2 80A4 14,40
432 055 60 0,55 63 80 2,1 22,29 3000 600 40/2 80A4 14,40
432 055 65 0,55 74 68 2,0 18,8 2700 540 40/2 80A4 14,40
432 055 70 0,55 86 58 2,4 16,2 2400 480 40/2 80A4 14,40
432 055 75 0,55 91 55 2,9 15,37 2400 480 40/2 80A4 14,40
432 055 80 0,55 107 47 2,4 13,03 1500 300 30/2 80A4 12,50
432 055 85 0,55 123 41 2,8 11,42 1350 270 30/2 80A4 12,50
432 055 90 0,55 142 35 2,7 9,85 1320 246 30/2 80A4 12,50
432 055 95 0,55 181 28 2,9 7,74 1320 246 30/2 80A4 12,50
432 055 96 0,55 257 20 2,5 5,45 756 151 30/2 80A4 12,50
Radial load FR max at FA = 0.
1)
Axial load FA max at FR = 0.
2)
Dimensions table page 718.
® 715
Helical Geared Motors HR/I
Product No. P n2 Ma fB i ges. F R1) F A2) Gearbox Motor Weight
Model B3 kW min -1 Nm N N Size Size kg
432 075 05 0,75 11,1 603 0,8 126,65 6500 1300 60/3 80B4 24,70
432 075 10 0,75 13,4 498 1,0 104,68 6500 1300 60/3 80B4 24,70
432 075 15 0,75 16,7 398 1,1 83,59 6500 1300 60/3 80B4 24,70
432 075 20 0,75 21,1 315 1,0 66,22 5000 1000 50/3 80B4 22,10
432 075 25 0,75 25,6 260 1,4 54,73 5000 1000 50/3 80B4 22,10
432 075 30 0,75 29,6 225 1,6 47,22 5000 1000 50/3 80B4 22,10
432 075 32 0,75 34,6 199 1,5 40,5 5000 1000 50/2 80B4 21,90
432 075 35 0,75 39,3 175 1,9 35,58 5000 1000 50/2 80B4 21,90
432 075 37 0,75 47,6 144 2,5 29,41 4500 900 50/2 80B4 21,90
432 075 40 0,75 56 123 2,0 24,98 4500 900 50/2 80B4 21,90
432 075 42 0,75 63 109 1,5 22,29 3000 600 40/2 80B4 15,90
432 075 45 0,75 74 92 1,5 18,8 2700 540 40/2 80B4 15,90
432 075 47 0,75 86 80 1,7 16,2 2400 480 40/2 80B4 15,90
432 075 50 0,75 106 65 2,5 13,26 2400 480 40/2 80B4 15,90
432 075 52 0,75 120 57 3,0 11,66 2240 448 40/2 80B4 15,90
432 075 55 0,75 139 49 3,0 10,06 2240 448 40/2 80B4 15,90
432 075 57 0,75 165 42 1,2 5,45 1320 246 30/2 90S6 16,50
432 075 60 0,75 194 35 2,0 7,2 1320 246 30/2 80B4 14,00
432 075 65 0,75 225 31 2,3 6,23 924 185 30/2 80B4 14,00
432 075 70 0,75 257 27 1,9 5,45 776 151 30/2 80B4 14,00
432 075 75 0,75 327 21 2,4 4,28 700 140 30/2 80B4 14,00
432 075 80 0,75 407 17 3,0 3,44 700 140 30/2 80B4 14,00
432 110 05 1,1 18,3 535 0,9 76,69 6500 1300 60/3 90S4 27,20
432 110 10 1,1 21,1 462 1,1 66,22 6500 1300 60/3 90S4 27,20
432 110 15 1,1 25,6 382 1,3 54,73 6500 1300 60/3 90S4 27,20
432 110 20 1,1 29,6 330 1,5 47,22 6500 1300 60/3 90S4 27,20
432 110 25 1,1 35,2 278 1,6 39,79 6500 1300 60/3 90S4 27,20
432 110 30 1,1 39,3 256 1,3 35,58 5000 1000 50/2 90S4 24,40
432 110 35 1,1 47,6 212 1,7 29,41 4500 900 50/2 90S4 24,40
432 110 40 1,1 56 180 1,4 24,98 4500 900 50/2 90S4 24,40
432 110 45 1,1 65 155 1,0 21,54 3000 600 40/2 90S4 18,40
432 110 50 1,1 78 130 1,2 18,04 2700 540 40/2 90S4 18,40
432 110 55 1,1 91 111 1,4 15,37 2400 480 40/2 90S4 18,40
432 110 57 1,1 106 96 1,7 13,26 2400 480 40/2 90S4 18,40
432 110 60 1,1 120 84 2,1 11,66 2240 448 40/2 90S4 18,40
432 110 62 1,1 139 72 2,1 10,06 2240 448 40/2 90S4 18,40
432 110 65 1,1 181 56 1,4 7,74 1320 246 30/2 90S4 16,50
432 110 67 1,1 194 52 1,3 7,2 1320 246 30/2 90S4 16,50
432 110 70 1,1 225 45 1,6 6,23 924 185 30/2 90S4 16,50
432 110 75 1,1 257 39 1,3 5,45 756 151 30/2 90S4 16,50
432 110 80 1,1 327 31 1,6 4,28 700 140 30/2 90S4 16,50
432 110 85 1,1 407 25 2,0 3,44 700 140 30/2 90S4 16,50
432 150 05 1,5 25,6 521 1,0 54,73 6500 1300 60/3 90LA4 29,70
432 150 10 1,5 29,6 449 1,1 47,22 6500 1300 60/3 90LA4 29,70
432 150 15 1,5 35,2 379 1,1 39,79 6500 1300 60/3 90LA4 29,70
432 150 20 1,5 39,3 349 0,9 35,58 5000 1000 50/2 90LA4 26,90
432 150 25 1,5 47,6 289 1,2 29,41 4500 900 50/2 90LA4 26,90
432 150 30 1,5 56 245 1,0 24,98 4500 900 50/2 90LA4 26,90
432 150 35 1,5 70 197 1,7 20,1 3900 780 50/2 90LA4 26,90
432 150 40 1,5 84 163 2,2 16,62 3900 780 50/2 90LA4 26,90
432 150 45 1,5 99 140 1,8 14,21 3500 700 50/2 90LA4 26,90
432 150 50 1,5 120 114 1,5 11,66 2240 448 40/2 90LA4 20,90
432 150 55 1,5 139 99 1,5 10,06 2240 448 40/2 90LA4 20,90
432 150 60 1,5 177 78 1,5 7,89 2030 406 40/2 90LA4 20,90
432 150 65 1,5 191 72 1,7 7,33 2030 406 40/2 90LA4 20,90
432 150 70 1,5 220 62 1,5 6,36 1800 360 40/2 90LA4 20,90
432 150 75 1,5 257 54 0,9 5,45 756 151 30/2 90LA4 19,00
432 150 80 1,5 327 42 1,2 4,28 700 140 30/2 90LA4 19,00
432 150 85 1,5 407 34 1,5 3,44 700 140 30/2 90LA4 19,00
Radial load FR max at FA = 0.
1)
Axial load FA max at FR = 0.
2)
Dimensions table page 718.
Note for Dimensioning Optionally also available with
Three-phase motors have a very high starting torque. The max.
permissible, stability related torque of the gearbox is the product of
output torque and operating factor: M max. = M a x f B
This torque must never be exceeded.
additional manual adjustment
mechanism (on request).
Furthermore, depending on kind of operation,
factors for shock load and acceleration must be considered.
716 ®
Output Flanges for Helical Geared Motors HR/I
Material: Aluminium.
Output-side flange for helical geared motor HR/I to be
mounted by the customer, for modification from foot
mounting B3 to flange mounting B5.
For every gearbox size there are flanges in several, common
diameters available.
The flange is supplied with the required mounting screws and
can be easily screwed on. The screwed on foot mounting can be
taken off the gearbox, if required.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 432 020 12, Output Flange for Gearbox Size 20/2 and
30/2
Detail X
Detail X
Mounting hole position A Mounting hole position B
Output Flange Gearbox Size 20/2 and 30/2
Product No. a1 b1 c1 e1 f1 f2 f3 s1 Mount. Hole Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Position kg
432 020 12 120 80 11,5 100 3,0 6,5 36,5 9 A 0,23
432 020 14 140 95 11,5 115 3,0 6,5 36,5 9 B 0,32
432 020 16 160 110 11,5 130 3,5 7,0 36,5 9 B 0,41
432 020 20 200 130 11,5 165 3,5 7,0 36,5 11 B 0,61
Output Flange Gearbox Size 40/2 and 40/3
Product No. a1 b1 c1 e1 f1 f2 f3 s1 Mount. Hole Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Position kg
432 040 12 120 80 10 100 3,0 6,0 47 9 B 0,24
432 040 14 140 95 10 115 3,0 6,0 47 9 B 0,32
432 040 16 160 110 10 130 3,0 6,0 47 9 B 0,42
432 040 20 200 130 11 165 3,5 6,5 47 11 B 0,67
Output Flange Gearbox Size 50/2, 50/3 und 60/3
Product No. a1 b1 c1 e1 f1 f2 f 3 Size 50 f 3 Size 60 s1 Mount. Hole Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Position kg
432 050 16 160 110 14,0 130 3,5 6,0 57,5 67,5 9 B 0,52
432 050 20 200 130 13,0 165 3,5 6,0 57,5 67,5 11 B 0,71
432 050 25 250 180 15,5 215 4,0 6,5 57,5 67,5 14 B 1,24
Lubricant Volume in Litre (dm 3)
The gearbox is lubricated for life, using synthetic oil. At normal
operating conditions, no change is required. The lubricant
volume is the same for all mounting positions.
Size 20/2 30/2 40/2 40/3 50/2 50/3 60/3
Oil volume 0.15 0.15 0.40 0.45 1.10 1.15 1.25
® 717
Dimensions Table Helical Geared Motors HR/I
Gearbox Size
20/2
30/2
3
Gearbox Size
40/2
40/3
50/2
50/3
60/3
3
Output Shaft Gearbox Housing and Foot
Gear Motor d l t T u v w a a1 b c f g h h1 h2 h3 m P q1 s
Size Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm m mm mm
20/2 56 16 40 18,0 M6 5 3 30 110 50 110 15 130 18 75 75,0 115,5 41 - 78 137,5 9,0
20/2 63 16 40 18,0 M6 5 3 30 110 50 110 15 130 18 75 75,0 115,5 41 - 90 133,5 9,0
20/2 71 16 40 18,0 M6 5 3 30 110 50 110 15 130 18 75 75,0 115,5 41 - 105 133,0 9,0
30/2 71 20 40 22,5 M8 6 3 30 110 50 110 15 130 18 75 75,0 115,5 41 - 105 149,5 9,0
30/2 80 20 40 22,5 M8 6 3 30 110 50 110 15 130 18 75 75,0 115,5 41 - 120 150,5 9,0
30/2 90 20 40 22,5 M8 6 3 30 110 50 110 15 130 18 75 75,0 115,5 41 - 140 151,5 9,0
40/2 71 25 50 28,0 M8 8 3 40 90 50 110 15 145 18 75 82,0 155,0 45,5 139 105 178,5 9,0
40/2 80 25 50 28,0 M8 8 3 40 90 50 110 15 145 18 75 82,0 155,0 45,5 139 120 179,5 9,0
40/2 90 25 50 28,0 M8 8 3 40 90 50 110 15 145 18 75 82,0 155,0 45,5 139 140 180,5 9,0
40/3 56 25 50 28,0 M8 8 3 40 90 50 110 15 145 18 75 78,2 155,0 45,5 139 78 186,5 9,0
40/3 63 25 50 28,0 M8 8 3 40 90 50 110 15 145 18 75 78,2 155,0 45,5 139 90 181,5 9,0
40/3 71 25 50 28,0 M8 8 3 40 90 50 110 15 145 18 75 78,2 155,0 45,5 139 105 182,0 9,0
50/2 80 30 60 33,0 M10 8 5 50 165 - 135 24 170 30 115 120,3 216,5 69,5 178 120 226,0 13,5
50/2 90 30 60 33,0 M10 8 5 50 165 - 135 24 170 30 115 120,3 216,5 69,5 178 140 226,0 13,5
50/3 71 30 60 33,0 M10 8 5 50 165 - 135 24 170 30 115 130,0 216,5 69,5 178 105 234,5 13,5
50/3 80 30 60 33,0 M10 8 5 50 165 - 135 24 170 30 115 130,0 216,5 69,5 178 120 235,5 13,5
60/3 80 35 70 38,0 M10 10 5 60 165 - 135 24 170 30 115 130,5 218,0 69,5 202 120 254,0 13,5
60/3 90 35 70 38,0 M10 10 5 60 165 - 135 24 170 30 115 130,5 218,0 69,5 202 140 255,0 13,5
Motor
(Model B14)
Position of terminal box:
standard on top (against drawing!)
Motor D b t E f G1 G2 L6 M N P Q R Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
56B 9 3 10,2 20 M5 112 13 179 65 50 80 2,5 108 2,9
63A 11 4 12,5 23 M5 113 19 185 75 60 90 2,5 120 3,8
63B 11 4 12,5 23 M5 113 19 185 75 60 90 2,5 120 4,2
71A 14 5 16 30 M6 125 24 206 85 70 105 2,5 130 5,9
71B 14 5 16 30 M6 125 24 225 85 70 105 2,5 141 6,5
80A 19 6 21,5 40 M6 133 23 256 100 80 120 3 159 8,5
80B 19 6 21,5 40 M6 133 23 256 100 80 120 3 159 10
90S 24 8 27 50 M8 148 28 255 115 95 140 3 170 12,5
90L 24 8 27 50 M8 148 28 280 115 95 140 3 170 15
718 ®
Helical Geared Motors NR/I
Housing: One-part, torsion-resistant block-shaped housing made
from grey cast iron type GG20 or GGG40. The high torsional
stiffness helps to achieve an optimum production accuracy, lea-
ding to low noise and thus a longer service life.
Gearing: The helical gearwheels are produced from forged
blanks, the gears are case hardened and ground or scraped.
The calculations were carried out according to DIN 3990.
Bearing system: Generously dimensioned roller bearings .
Shafts: Ø according to ISO k6. Feather key groove according
to DIN 6885/1. Centering points with threads according to DIN
332/2.
Lubrication: The gear boxes are delivered filled with the correct
level of oil or grease, which offers sufficient lubrication for about
10.000 operating hours, or for an operation period of 2 years, at
a temperature of -5ºC to +40ºC. When changing the lubricant,
always clean the gearbox thoroughly.
Motor: 230/400 V, 50 Hz, according to DIN 40050-VDE 0530,
IP 55, insulation class „B“ VDE 0530, temperature limit +80ºC at
max. ambient temperature of 40ºC. Note
From 0.75 kW in efficiency class IE2. The oil volume and venting position depends on the model and
Gearbox with higher power, other speeds, fitted brake motors, the mounting position. Please read the operating and mainte-
explosion-proof or dual-speed motors and other models on nance instructions carefully.
request.
Ordering details: e.g.: Type, Motor Power, Output Speed, Model, Product No.
Product No. Standard Bearing Dimen.- Weight
Model B3 P n2 Ma fB i tot. FR1) FA2) Table
kW min-1 Nm N N kg
431 002 01 0,12 3,2 209* 0,8 420,83 2980 4000 1 19
431 002 04 0,12 4,9 220* 0,8 275,12 2890 4000 1 19
431 002 06 0,12 6,8 169 1,2 195,78 3240 4000 1 19
431 002 07 0,12 8,4 136 1,2 159,36 3400 4000 1 19
431 002 08 0,12 10 115 1,3 132,45 3490 4000 1 19
431 003 04 0,12 18 64 1,4 73,06 2270 3270 2 12
431 003 06 0,12 25 46 1,9 53,68 2340 3270 2 12
431 003 08 0,12 40 29 3,4 33,42 2390 3270 2 12
431 003 10 0,12 58 20 3,9 23,13 2400 3270 2 12
431 003 12 0,12 84 14 5,3 15,95 2410 3270 2 12
431 003 13 0,12 104 11 6,4 12,82 2410 3270 2 12
431 003 16 0,12 144 8 8,2 9,28 2390 3270 2 12
431 003 19 0,12 194 6 10,3 6,89 2170 3270 2 12
431 003 21 0,12 277 4 13,8 4,82 1930 3240 2 12
431 003 23 0,12 395 3 16,5 3,38 1720 2780 2 12
431 010 01 0,18 2,5 668 1,0 524,08 5700 9000 3 43
431 010 02 0,18 3,1 555 1,2 421,32 6110 9000 3 43
431 010 03 0,18 3,9 441 1,5 339,15 6380 9000 3 43
431 011 01 0,18 5,1 337 1,0 262,24 4520 5600 4 31
431 011 02 0,18 6,2 282 1,2 217,73 4820 5600 4 31
431 011 04 0,18 8,7 198 1,5 151,44 5150 5600 4 31
431 014 01 0,18 18 96 0,9 73,06 2080 3270 2 12
431 014 03 0,18 25 69 1,3 53,68 2250 3270 2 12
431 014 05 0,18 40 43 2,2 33,42 2350 3270 2 12
431 014 07 0,18 57 30 2,6 23,13 2380 3270 2 12
431 014 09 0,18 83 21 3,5 15,95 2400 3270 2 12
431 014 10 0,18 103 17 4,2 12,82 2400 3270 2 12
431 014 13 0,18 143 12 5,4 9,28 2370 3270 2 12
431 014 16 0,18 192 9 6,8 6,89 2160 3270 2 12
431 014 18 0,18 275 6 9,1 4,82 1920 3190 2 12
431 014 20 0,18 329 4 10,9 3,38 1710 2760 2 12
431 024 01 0,25 19 126 1,1 72,63 3440 4000 5 15
431 024 02 0,25 22 109 1,4 61,35 3510 4000 5 15
431 025 01 0,25 26 92 1,0 53,68 2110 3270 6 13
431 025 03 0,25 41 58 1,6 33,42 2300 3270 6 13
431 025 05 0,25 60 40 2,0 23,13 2360 3270 6 13
431 025 07 0,25 87 27 2,6 15,95 2390 3270 6 13
431 025 08 0,25 108 22 3,2 12,82 2400 3270 6 13
431 025 11 0,25 149 16 4,1 9,28 2310 3270 6 13
431 025 14 0,25 200 12 5,1 6,89 2110 3270 6 13
431 025 16 0,25 286 8 6,8 4,82 1830 3140 6 13
431 025 18 0,25 408 6 8,2 3,38 1680 2720 6 13
* Max. output torque: at fB = 0.8. Dimensions table page 721.
® 719
Helical Geared Motors NR/I
Product No. Standard Mounting Dimens. Weight
Model B3 P n2 Ma fB i tot. FR1) FA2) Table
kW min-1 Nm N N kg
431 034 02 0,37 11 321 1,1 124,17 4610 5600 7 33
431 036 01 0,37 16 221 1,1 86,30 5070 5600 8 25
431 036 02 0,37 19 186 1,4 69,81 5190 5600 8 25
431 036 03 0,37 25 141 2,3 55,28 5300 5600 8 25
431 038 01 0,37 33 107 0,9 41,58 1990 3270 6 14
431 038 02 0,37 41 86 1,1 33,42 2150 3270 6 14
431 038 06 0,37 59 60 1,3 23,13 2290 3270 6 14
431 038 08 0,37 85 42 1,7 15,95 2350 3270 6 14
431 038 09 0,37 106 33 2,1 12,82 2380 3270 6 14
431 038 12 0,37 147 24 2,7 9,28 2270 3270 6 14
431 038 15 0,37 197 18 3,4 6,89 2080 3270 6 14
431 038 17 0,37 282 13 4,5 4,82 1850 3270 6 14
431 044 01 0,55 14 375 0,9 100,60 4270 5600 9 35
431 044 02 0,55 16 328 1,0 88,45 4570 5600 9 35
431 046 01 0,55 20 263 1,0 69,81 4910 5600 10 27
431 046 02 0,55 25 210 1,5 55,28 5110 5600 10 27
431 047 01 0,55 29 181 1,0 47,87 2480 4000 11 18
431 047 02 0,55 36 146 1,3 38,31 3030 4000 11 18
431 047 03 0,55 44 119 1,4 31,19 3370 4000 11 18
431 047 04 0,55 53 99 1,4 25,92 3210 4000 11 18
431 048 02 0,55 57 92 1,0 24,39 1910 3270 12 16
431 048 03 0,55 67 78 0,9 20,59 2200 3270 12 16
431 048 04 0,55 86 61 1,2 15,95 2290 3270 12 16
431 048 05 0,55 107 49 1,4 12,82 2330 3270 12 16
431 048 06 0,55 122 43 1,6 11,27 2310 3270 12 16
431 048 07 0,55 138 38 1,7 9,95 2240 3270 12 16
431 048 08 0,55 148 35 1,8 9,28 2190 3270 12 16
431 048 11 0,55 200 26 2,3 6,89 2010 3270 12 16
431 058 01 0,75 36 199 0,9 38,31 600 4000 11 19
431 058 02 0,75 44 163 1,0 31,19 1350 4000 11 19
431 058 03 0,75 53 135 1,0 25,92 1890 4000 11 19
431 058 04 0,75 65 110 1,5 21,28 2960 4000 11 19
431 058 05 0,75 73 98 1,6 18,79 2890 4000 11 19
431 058 06 0,75 82 87 1,8 16,73 2830 4000 11 19
431 059 02 0,75 107 67 1,0 12,82 2260 3270 12 17
431 059 04 0,75 138 52 1,2 9,95 2150 3270 12 17
431 059 06 0,75 168 43 1,5 8,19 2040 3270 12 17
431 059 08 0,75 200 36 1,7 6,89 1950 3270 12 17
431 059 10 0,75 285 25 2,3 4,82 1760 3090 12 17
431 059 12 0,75 407 18 2,7 3,38 1590 2730 12 17
431 069 01 1,10 31 339 0,9 45,90 1250 5600 13 31
431 069 03 1,10 40 263 1,3 35,55 3170 5600 13 31
431 069 04 1,10 49 214 1,4 29,31 3920 5600 13 31
431 069 05 1,10 58 181 1,4 24,73 4300 5600 13 31
431 069 06 1,10 72 146 2,0 20,03 4120 5600 13 31
431 070 03 1,10 86 122 1,3 16,73 1920 4000 14 22
431 070 04 1,10 107 98 1,5 13,39 2270 4000 14 22
431 070 06 1,10 149 71 1,9 9,65 2300 4000 14 22
431 070 08 1,10 220 48 2,6 6,53 2080 3650 14 22
431 070 10 1,10 291 36 3,2 4,93 1940 3360 14 22
431 070 12 1,10 361 29 3,5 3,98 1810 3080 14 22
431 080 01 1,50 41 349 1,0 34,69 343 381 13 33
431 080 02 1,50 49 292 1,3 28,80 1000 5600 13 33
431 080 03 1,50 60 239 1,4 23,74 2000 5600 13 33
431 080 04 1,50 71 202 1,4 20,03 2600 5600 13 33
431 081 01 1,50 85 169 0,9 16,73 239 272 14 24
431 081 02 1,50 106 135 1,1 13,39 600 3920 14 24
431 081 04 1,50 147 97 1,4 9,65 1650 3760 14 24
431 081 06 1,50 217 66 1,9 6,53 1980 3380 14 24
431 081 08 1,50 287 50 2,3 4,93 1870 2140 14 24
431 081 10 1,50 356 40 2,5 3,98 1750 2920 14 24
431 081 11 1,50 417 34 2,6 3,39 1690 2780 14 24
1)
Radial load FR max at FA = 0.
2)
Axial load FA max at FR = 0.
Dimensions table page 721.
Note for Dimensioning
Three-phase motors have a very high starting torque. The max.
permissible, stability related torque of the gearbox is the product of
output torque and operating factor: M max. = M a x f B
This torque must never be exceeded.
Furthermore, depending on kind of operation,
factors for shock load and acceleration must be considered.
720 ®
Dimensions Table Helical Geared Motors NR/I
Two-Stage, Dimensions Table 2, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14
Three-Stage, Dimensions Table 1, 3, 4, 7, 9
Mounting Dimensions (Foot) Dimensions and Connecting Dimensions Shaft Dimensions
Dim. a b c e f n s g g1 h i i3 k m o p p2 q y z ME d l t u v w x T
Table mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1 62 105 15 139 135 30 9 130 115 102 78 60 490 130 227 170 - 205 9 58 30,0 25 50 28 8 6 40 4 M10
2 60 110 12 134 130 25 9 130 115 86 52 43 409 130 227 153 - 182 - - - 20 40 22,5 6 5 32 4 M6
3 120 185 20 214 210 40 13 130 115 155 96 79 586 200 227 257 292 299 37 60 50,0 40 80 43 12 5 70 6 M16
4 80 160 18 175 185 30 11 130 115 125 74 59 526 200 227 225 - 239 7 60 42,5 30 60 33 8 7 50 5 M10
5 62 105 15 139 135 30 9 145 124 102 78 60 453 130 248 175 - 205 - - - 25 50 28 8 6 40 4 M10
6 60 110 12 134 130 25 9 145 124 86 52 43 430 130 248 159 - 182 - - - 20 40 22,5 6 5 32 4 M6
7 80 160 18 175 185 30 11 145 124 125 74 59 547 200 248 225 - 239 7 60 42,5 30 60 33 8 7 50 5 M10
8 80 160 18 175 185 30 11 145 124 125 74 59 481 200 242 225 - 239 - - - 30 60 33 8 7 50 5 M10
9 80 160 18 175 185 30 11 165 142 125 74 59 571 200 272 225 - 239 7 60 42,5 30 60 33 8 7 50 5 M10
10 80 160 18 175 185 30 11 165 142 125 74 59 505 200 266 225 - 239 - - - 30 60 33 8 7 50 5 M10
11 62 105 15 139 135 30 9 165 142 102 78 60 477 130 272 183 - 205 - - - 25 50 28 8 6 40 4 M10
12 60 110 12 134 130 25 9 165 142 86 52 43 454 130 272 167 - 182 - - - 20 40 22,5 6 5 32 4 M6
13 80 160 18 175 185 30 11 182 147 125 74 59 543 200 304 225 - 239 - - - 30 60 33 8 7 50 5 M10
14 62 105 15 139 135 30 9 182 147 102 78 60 515 130 310 195 - 205 - - - 25 50 28 8 6 40 5 M10
Note
Standard model is B3 (= catalogue product number). Other
models on request. The model/mounting position must always
be stated, as different models/mounting positions require
different oil volumes and venting positions.
® 721
Worm Geared Motors
The worm geared motors on page 660 to 670 are delivered with The steel worms used are hardened and ground, while the
the standard voltage 400 V for a mains frequency of 50 Hz. worm gears are made from high-quality special brass with
With help of the enclosed operating capacitor they can however perfect gliding properties. In most applications, there is no relu-
be connected to 230 V, 50 Hz one-phase mains using the brication or change of lubricant required. These worm geared
Steinmetz circuit. Please note that with this circuit, the power motors are therefore suitable for low-maintenance applications.
drops by 30 - 50% below the stated value. Gearbox and shaft position according to the respective
The smaller gearboxes form a completely oil-proof and dust dimensional drawing. Required ordering specifications:
protected unit with the driving motors. The larger gearboxes are Type, voltage/frequency with or without operating capacitor,
designed with ventilation. Before the start of operational use motor data, transmission ratio/output speed, product no.
the sealing screw must be exchanged with the supplied venting
screw.
All listed worm geared motors have the protection class IP 54
and can be supplied with an electromagnetically controlled disk
brake (except for the 45 W motor on page 723). This makes
the worm geared motor about 40mm longer.
Steinmetz Circuit
The three-phase motor can be connected to one-phase mains
Capacitor
with the circuit pictured on the right using a capacitor! On the
following pages the required capacitors are matched with their
respective worm geared motors.
To change the sense of rotation the phase L1 has to be discon-
nected from the terminal U1 and connected to the terminal W1.
Safety Note
Only qualified personnel should be authorized to work on the Before starting the assembly please read the enclosed
worm geared motors always regarding the safety regulations. operating and maintenance instructions.
Operating Capacitors KST
Aluminium housing, metal-polypropylene. For 30,000 operating
hours. According to VDE to 25µF. The capacitors have a protec-
tive cap made from aluminium and a 180mm cable connected on
the side. On the bottom there is a mounting screw with toothed
lock washer and nut.
Technical Data:
Capacity tolerance ±10%.
Frequency 50 to 60 Hz.
Voltage 400 V.
Loss < 0.3%.
Temperature range -25 to +85ºC.
Insulation test voltage (2 Sec.) 2.5 kV (to ground).
Product No. Capacity Ø x Length Weight
µF mm kg
436 352 00 2,0 26 x 87 0,71
436 356 00 5,0 36 x 105 1,39
436 359 00 10,0 36 x 102 1,18
436 361 00 16,0 45 x 110 1,50
436 362 00 20,0 45 x 123 1,80
436 363 00 25,0 50 x 118 2,00
722 ®
Worm Geared Motors MEK with One-Stage Worm Gear Unit
230/400V, 50Hz, IP54, isolation class F, can also be connected
to alternating current using an operating capacitor.
General data page 722.
Motor and gearbox with roller bearing.
Worms hardened and ground.
Worm gears made from special brass.
Ordering details: Type, Voltage/Frequency, poss. Operating Capacitor, Motor
Data, Ratio, Product No.
Feather key
not accor-
ding to DIN
Load Bearing Capacity of the
Output Shaft: radial 100 N, axial
60 N
Power a b c e f h h1 m n Øs w g g1 k k1 o q1 q2 x y z Ød l l1 l2 t u
Watt mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm m
45 90 80 7 110 100 56 87 30 34 6,6 14 107 87 196 122 37,5 54 62 74 32 84 10 30 20 5 11,5 4
90 71 90 6 84 110 56 87 22 23 6 36 112 102 242 168 37,5 54 62 74 32 84 10 30 20 5 11,5 4
Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding!
Motor Data without Ventilation 45 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.18 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 5µF
433 01 005 280 5:1 1,2 3,7 436 356 00
433 01 007 200 7:1 1,7 3,7 436 356 00
433 01 010 140 10 : 1 2,1 3,7 436 356 00
433 01 015 93 15 : 1 3,0 3,7 436 356 00
433 01 020 70 20 : 1 3,7 3,7 436 356 00
433 01 024 58 24 : 1 3,6 3,7 436 356 00
433 01 030 47 30 : 1 4,5 3,7 436 356 00
433 01 038 37 38 : 1 5,6 3,7 436 356 00
433 01 050 28 50 : 1 5,7 3,7 436 356 00
433 01 055 25 55 : 1 7,3 3,7 436 356 00
433 01 075 19 75 : 1 6,4 3,7 436 356 00 * Stability related
433 01 100 14 100 : 1 8,9* 3,7 436 356 00 max. torque.
Motor Data 90 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.45 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 10µF
433 02 005 280 5:1 2,4 4,1 436 359 00
433 02 007 200 7:1 3,3 4,1 436 359 00
433 02 010 140 10 : 1 4,3 4,1 436 359 00
433 02 015 93 15 : 1 6,1 4,1 436 359 00
433 02 020 70 20 : 1 7,5 4,1 436 359 00
433 02 024 58 24 : 1 7,2 4,1 436 359 00
433 02 030 47 30 : 1 9,0 4,1 436 359 00
433 02 038 37 38 : 1 11,0 4,1 436 359 00
433 02 050 28 50 : 1 11,0* 4,1 436 359 00
433 02 055 25 55 : 1 13,0* 4,1 436 359 00
433 02 075 19 75 : 1 8,8* 4,1 436 359 00 * Stability related
433 02 100 14 100 : 1 8,9* 4,1 436 359 00 max. torque.
® 723
Worm Geared Motors MEG with One-Stage Worm Gear Unit
230/400V, 50Hz, IP54, isolation class F, can also be connected
to alternating current using an operating capacitor.
General data page 722.
Motor and gearbox with roller bearing.
Worms hardened and ground.
Worm gears made from special brass.
Ordering details: Type, Voltage/Frequency, poss. Operating Capacitor, Motor
Data, Ratio, Product No.
Load Bearing Capacity of the
Output Shaft: radial 150 N,
axial 100 N
a b c e f h h1 n Øs w g g1 k k1 o q1 q2 x z Ød l l1 l2 t u
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
80 100 7,5 96 122 63 96 25 7 40 125 108 266 187 41 65 65 76 89 12 30 20 5 13,5 4
Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding!
Motor Data 180 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.7 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 20µF
433 05 005 280 5:1 4,8 6,2 436 362 00
433 05 007 200 7:1 6,4 6,2 436 362 00
433 05 011 124 11 : 1 9,3 6,2 436 362 00
433 05 015 93 15 : 1 11 6,2 436 362 00
433 05 017 82 17 : 1 13 6,2 436 362 00
433 05 020 70 20 : 1 14 6,2 436 362 00
433 05 024 58 24 : 1 15 6,2 436 362 00
433 05 030 47 30 : 1 15* 6,2 436 362 00
433 05 032 44 32 : 1 16* 6,2 436 362 00
433 05 038 37 38 : 1 17* 6,2 436 362 00
433 05 056 25 56 : 1 12* 6,2 436 362 00 * Stability related
433 05 075 19 75 : 1 11* 6,2 436 362 00 max. torque.
Motor Data 250 Watt, 2800 min -1 , ca. 0.75 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 25µF
433 06 005 560 5:1 3,5 6,3 436 363 00
433 06 007 400 7:1 4,6 6,3 436 363 00
433 06 011 247 11 : 1 6,8 6,3 436 363 00
433 06 015 187 15 : 1 8,3 6,3 436 363 00
433 06 017 165 17 : 1 9,6 6,3 436 363 00
433 06 020 140 20 : 1 10 6,3 436 363 00
433 06 024 117 24 : 1 11 6,3 436 363 00
433 06 030 93 30 : 1 13 6,3 436 363 00
433 06 032 88 32 : 1 14 6,3 436 363 00
433 06 038 74 38 : 1 15 6,3 436 363 00
433 06 056 50 56 : 1 12* 6,3 436 363 00 * Stability related
433 06 075 37 75 : 1 11* 6,3 436 363 00 max. torque.
724 ®
Worm Geared Motors MH with One-Stage Worm Gear Unit and Hollow Shaft
230/400V, 50Hz, IP54, isolation class F, can also be connected to
alternating current using an operating capacitor.
General data page 722.
Motor and gearbox with roller bearing.
Worms hardened and ground.
Worm gears made from special brass.
Ordering details: Type, Voltage/Frequency, poss. Operating Capacitor, Motor
Data, Ratio, Product No.
Load Bearing Capacity of the
Output Shaft: radial 150 N,
axial 100 N
a b c Ød1 Ød2 Ød3 e f h h1 j n Øs Øs1 w g g1 k k1 o z Ød i l t u
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
80 100 7,5 76 55 42 96 122 63 96 9 25 7 M5 40 125 108 266 187 41 89 14 3 75 16,3 5
Hollow shaft centre 35mm relieved!
Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding!
Motor Data 180 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.7 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 20µF
433 30 005 280 5:1 4,8 6,4 436 362 00
433 30 007 200 7:1 6,4 6,4 436 362 00
433 30 011 124 11 : 1 9,3 6,4 436 362 00
433 30 015 93 15 : 1 11 6,4 436 362 00
433 30 017 82 17 : 1 13 6,4 436 362 00
433 30 020 70 20 : 1 14 6,4 436 362 00
433 30 024 58 24 : 1 15 6,4 436 362 00
433 30 030 47 30 : 1 15* 6,4 436 362 00
433 30 032 44 32 : 1 16* 6,4 436 362 00
433 30 038 37 38 : 1 17* 6,4 436 362 00
433 30 056 25 56 : 1 12* 6,4 436 362 00 * Stability related
433 30 075 19 75 : 1 11* 6,4 436 362 00 max. torque.
Motor Data 250 Watt, 2800 min -1 , ca. 0.75 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 25µF
433 31 005 560 5:1 3,5 6,5 436 363 00
433 31 007 400 7:1 4,6 6,5 436 363 00
433 31 011 247 11 : 1 6,8 6,5 436 363 00
433 31 015 187 15 : 1 8,3 6,5 436 363 00
433 31 017 165 17 : 1 9,6 6,5 436 363 00
433 31 020 140 20 : 1 10 6,5 436 363 00
433 31 024 117 24 : 1 11 6,5 436 363 00
433 31 030 93 30 : 1 13 6,5 436 363 00
433 31 032 88 32 : 1 14 6,5 436 363 00
433 31 038 74 38 : 1 15 6,5 436 363 00
433 31 056 50 56 : 1 12* 6,5 436 363 00 * Stability related
433 31 075 37 75 : 1 11* 6,5 436 363 00 max. torque.
® 725
Worm Helical Geared Motors SRM
230/400V, 50Hz, IP54, isolation class F, can also be connected to
alternating current using an operating capacitor.
General data page 722.
Motor and output shaft with roller bearing.
Intermediate shaft with slide bearing.
1st stage: Worms hardened and ground,
Worm gears special brass.
2nd stage: Helical gear set hardened and ground.
Ordering details: Type, Voltage/Frequency, poss. Operating Capacitor, Motor
Data, Ratio, Product No.
Load Bearing Capacity of the
Output Shaft: radial 300 N,
axial 140 N
a b c e f h Øs w w1 g g1 k k1 o q1 q2 x y z Ød l l1 l2 t u
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
90 90 12 110 110 71 7 34 53 112 102 278,5 168 63,5 86 64 98 60 119 14 30 20 5 16 5
Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding!
Motor Data 90 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.45 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 10µF
434 50 012 112 12,5 : 1 6,1 5,2 436 359 00
434 50 021 65 21 : 1 10 5,2 436 359 00
434 50 025 56 25 : 1 12 5,2 436 359 00
434 50 035 40 35 : 1 16 5,2 436 359 00
434 50 060 23 60 : 1 24 5,2 436 359 00
434 50 090 16 90 : 1 25* 5,2 436 359 00
434 50 100 14 100 : 1 25* 5,2 436 359 00
434 50 120 12 120 : 1 25* 5,2 436 359 00
434 50 150 9,3 150 : 1 25* 5,2 436 359 00
434 50 190 7,4 190 : 1 25* 5,2 436 359 00
434 50 375 3,7 375 : 1 25* 5,2 436 359 00 * Stability related
434 50 500 2,8 500 : 1 25* 5,2 436 359 00 max. torque.
Motor Data 120 Watt, 2800 min -1 , ca. 0.5 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 16µF
434 51 012 224 12,5 : 1 4,1 5,2 436 361 00
434 51 021 131 21 : 1 6,8 5,2 436 361 00
434 51 025 112 25 : 1 8 5,2 436 361 00
434 51 035 80 35 : 1 11 5,2 436 361 00
434 51 060 47 60 : 1 17 5,2 436 361 00
434 51 090 31 90 : 1 23 5,2 436 361 00
434 51 100 28 100 : 1 25* 5,2 436 361 00
434 51 120 23 120 : 1 25* 5,2 436 361 00
434 51 150 19 150 : 1 25* 5,2 436 361 00
434 51 190 15 190 : 1 25* 5,2 436 361 00
434 51 375 7,5 375 : 1 25* 5,2 436 361 00 * Stability related
434 51 500 5,6 500 : 1 25* 5,2 436 361 00 max. torque.
726 ®
Worm Geared Motors R with One-Stage Worm Gears
230/400V, 50Hz, IP54, isolation class F, can also be connected to
alternating current using an operating capacitor.
General data page 722.
Motor and gearbox with roller bearing.
Worms hardened and ground.
Worm gears made from special brass.
Ordering details: Type, Voltage/Frequency, possibly Operating Capacitor, Motor
Data, Ratio, Product No.
Load Bearing Capacity of the
Output Shaft: radial 500 N,
axial 250 N
Power a b c e f h h1 m n Øs g g1 k k1 o q1 q2 z Ød i l l1 l2 t u
Watt mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
180 100 80 12 120 100 97 57 30 35 9 125 108 307 187 60 76 40 122 16 1 35 25 5 18 5
250 100 80 12 120 100 97 57 30 35 9 140 114 327 207 60 76 40 122 16 1 35 25 5 18 5
Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding!
Motor Data 180 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.7 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 20µF
433 08 007 207 7:1 6,5 6,5 436 362 00
433 08 008 175 8:1 7,4 6,5 436 362 00
433 08 010 140 10 : 1 9,1 6,5 436 362 00
433 08 012 117 12 : 1 10 6,5 436 362 00
433 08 015 93 15 : 1 12 6,5 436 362 00
433 08 020 70 20 : 1 15 6,5 436 362 00
433 08 025 56 25 : 1 17 6,5 436 362 00
433 08 030 47 30 : 1 20 6,5 436 362 00
433 08 040 35 40 : 1 23 6,5 436 362 00
433 08 050 28 50 : 1 27 6,5 436 362 00
433 08 060 23 60 : 1 21 6,5 436 362 00 * Stability related
433 08 080 18 80 : 1 24* 6,5 436 362 00 max. torque.
Motor Data 250 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0,8 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 25µF
433 09 007 207 7:1 9 7,8 436 363 00
433 09 008 175 8:1 10 7,8 436 363 00
433 09 010 140 10 : 1 13 7,8 436 363 00
433 09 012 117 12 : 1 14 7,8 436 363 00
433 09 015 93 15 : 1 17 7,8 436 363 00
433 09 020 70 20 : 1 21 7,8 436 363 00
433 09 025 56 25 : 1 23 7,8 436 363 00
433 09 030 47 30 : 1 27 7,8 436 363 00
433 09 040 35 40 : 1 31 7,8 436 363 00
433 09 050 28 50 : 1 32* 7,8 436 363 00
433 09 060 23 60 : 1 23* 7,8 436 363 00 * Stability related
433 09 080 18 80 : 1 24* 7,8 436 363 00 max. torque.
® 727
Worm Geared Motors RH with One-Stage Worm Gears and Hollow Shafts
230/400V, 50Hz, IP54, isolation class F, can also be connected to
alternating current using an operating capacitor.
General data page 722.
Motor and gearbox with roller bearing.
Worms hardened and ground.
Worm gears made from special brass.
Ordering details: Type, Voltage/Frequency, possibl. Operating Capacitor, Motor
Data, Ratio, Product No.
Load Bearing Capacity of the
Output Shaft: radial 500 N,
axial 250 N
Power a b c e f h h1 m n Øs g g1 k k1 o z Ød i l t u
Watt mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
180 100 80 12 120 100 97 57 30 35 9 125 108 307 187 60 122 19 2 90 21,8 6
250 100 80 12 120 100 97 57 30 35 9 140 114 327 207 60 122 19 2 90 21,8 6
Hollow shaft centre 30mm relieved!
Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding!
Motor Data 180 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.7 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 20µF
433 36 007 207 7:1 6,5 6,9 436 362 00
433 36 008 175 8:1 7,4 6,9 436 362 00
433 36 010 140 10 : 1 9,1 6,9 436 362 00
433 36 012 117 12 : 1 10 6,9 436 362 00
433 36 015 93 15 : 1 12 6,9 436 362 00
433 36 020 70 20 : 1 15 6,9 436 362 00
433 36 025 56 25 : 1 17 6,9 436 362 00
433 36 030 47 30 : 1 20 6,9 436 362 00
433 36 040 35 40 : 1 23 6,9 436 362 00
433 36 050 28 50 : 1 27 6,9 436 362 00
433 36 060 23 60 : 1 21 6,9 436 362 00 * Stability related
433 36 080 18 80 : 1 24* 6,9 436 362 00 max. torque.
Motor Data 250 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.8 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 25µF
433 37 007 207 7:1 9 8,2 436 363 00
433 37 008 175 8:1 10 8,2 436 363 00
433 37 010 140 10 : 1 13 8,2 436 363 00
433 37 012 117 12 : 1 14 8,2 436 363 00
433 37 015 93 15 : 1 17 8,2 436 363 00
433 37 020 70 20 : 1 21 8,2 436 363 00
433 37 025 56 25 : 1 23 8,2 436 363 00
433 37 030 47 30 : 1 27 8,2 436 363 00
433 37 040 35 40 : 1 31 8,2 436 363 00
433 37 050 28 50 : 1 32* 8,2 436 363 00
433 37 060 23 60 : 1 23* 8,2 436 363 00 * Stability related
433 37 080 18 80 : 1 24* 8,2 436 363 00 max. torque.
728 ®
Worm Helical Geared Motors SRS
230/400V, 50Hz, IP54, isolation class F, can also be connected to
alternating current using an operating capacitor.
General data page 722.
Motor and gear shaft with roller bearing.
1st stage: Worms hardened and ground,
Worm gears special brass.
2nd stage: Helical gear set hardened and ground.
Ordering details: Type, Voltage/Frequency, possibl. Operating Capacitor, Motor
Data, Ratio, Product No.
Load Bearing Capacity of the
Output Shaft: radial 500 N,
axial 200 N
a b c Ød1 Ød2 Ød3 e f h h1 j m n Øs Øs1 w g g1 k k1 o q1 q2 z Ød i l l1 l2 t u
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
90 112 13 80 65 50 110 130 80,5 70,9 2,5 24 24 10 M5 42 112 102 301 168 81 108 50 125,5 18 0,8 40 30 5 20,5 6
Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding!
Motor Data 90 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.45 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 10µF
434 55 015 95 15 : 1 7,2 6,6 436 359 00
434 55 030 47 30 : 1 14 6,6 436 359 00
434 55 041 34 41 : 1 19 6,6 436 359 00
434 55 059 24 59 : 1 24 6,6 436 359 00
434 55 071 20 71 : 1 29 6,6 436 359 00
434 55 089 16 89 : 1 34 6,6 436 359 00
434 55 106 13 106 : 1 38 6,6 436 359 00
434 55 142 10 142 : 1 41 6,6 436 359 00
434 55 177 7,9 177 : 1 50* 6,6 436 359 00
434 55 295 4,7 295 : 1 50* 6,6 436 359 00
434 55 443 3,2 443 : 1 50* 6,6 436 359 00 * Stability related
434 55 591 2,4 591 : 1 50* 6,6 436 359 00 max. torque.
Motor Data 120 Watt, 2800 min -1 , ca. 0.5 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 16µF
434 56 015 190 15 : 1 4,9 6,6 436 361 00
434 56 030 95 30 : 1 9,4 6,6 436 361 00
434 56 041 68 41 : 1 13 6,6 436 361 00
434 56 059 47 59 : 1 17 6,6 436 361 00
434 56 071 39 71 : 1 20 6,6 436 361 00
434 56 089 32 89 : 1 24 6,6 436 361 00
434 56 106 26 106 : 1 27 6,6 436 361 00
434 56 142 20 142 : 1 30 6,6 436 361 00
434 56 177 16 177 : 1 37 6,6 436 361 00
434 56 295 9,5 295 : 1 46 6,6 436 361 00
434 56 443 6,3 443 : 1 50* 6,6 436 361 00 * Stability related
434 56 591 4,7 591 : 1 50* 6,6 436 361 00 max. torque.
® 729
Worm Geared Motors MZ with Two-Stage Worm Gears
230/400V, 50Hz, IP54, isolation class F, can also be connected to
alternating current using an operating capacitor.
General data page 722.
Motor with roller bearing, gearbox with slide bearing.
Worms hardened and ground.
Worm gears made from special bronze.
Ordering details: Type, Voltage/Frequency, possibly Operating Capacitor, Motor
Data, Ratio, Product No.
Load Bearing Capacity
of the Output Shaft:
radial 100 N,
axial 40 N
a b c e f h h1 m n Øs w g g1 k k1 o q1 q2 x y z Ød i l l1 l2 t u
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
71 90 6 84 110 56 62 22 23 6 36 112 102 243 168 28 64 30 56 70 81 12 1 30 20 5 13,5 4
Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding!
Motor Data 90 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.45 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 10µF
434 02 012 112 12,5 : 1 4,8* 4,2 436 359 00
434 02 025 56 25 : 1 7,8* 4,2 436 359 00
434 02 050 28 50 : 1 7,8* 4,2 436 359 00
434 02 070 20 70 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 359 00
434 02 100 14 100 : 1 6,1* 4,2 436 359 00
434 02 125 11 125 : 1 7,8* 4,2 436 359 00
434 02 250 5,6 250 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 359 00
434 02 400 3,5 400 : 1 7,4* 4,2 436 359 00
434 02 750 1,9 750 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 359 00
434 02 990 1,1 1250 : 1 6,1* 4,2 436 359 00 * Stability related
434 02 992 0,9 1500 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 359 00 max. torque.
Motor Data 120 Watt, 2800 min -1 , ca. 0.5 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 16µF
434 03 012 224 12,5 : 1 3,4 4,2 436 361 00
434 03 025 112 25 : 1 6,6 4,2 436 361 00
434 03 050 56 50 : 1 7,8* 4,2 436 361 00
434 03 070 40 70 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 361 00
434 03 100 28 100 : 1 6,1* 4,2 436 361 00
434 03 125 22 125 : 1 7,8* 4,2 436 361 00
434 03 250 11 250 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 361 00
434 03 400 7 400 : 1 7,4* 4,2 436 361 00
434 03 750 3,7 750 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 361 00
434 03 990 2,2 1250 : 1 6,1* 4,2 436 361 00 * Stability related
434 03 992 1,9 1500 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 361 00 max. torque.
730 ®
Worm Geared Motors RL with Two-Stage Worm Gears
230/400V, 50Hz, IP54, isolation class F, can also be connected to
alternating current using an operating capacitor.
General data page 722.
Motor with roller bearing, gearbox with slide bearing.
Worms hardened and ground.
Worm gears made from special brass.
Ordering details: Type, Voltage/Frequency, possibl. Operating Capacitor, Motor
Data, Ratio, Product No.
Load Bearing Capacity of the
Output Shaft: radial 100 N,
axial 40 N
a b c e f h h1 n Øs w w1 g g1 k k1 o q1 q2 x y z Ød i l l1 l2 t u
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
90 100 8 110 120 66 60 24 6 37 40 112 102 243 168 28 30 64 35 70 85 12 1 30 20 5 13,5 4
Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding!
Motor Data 90 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.45 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 10µF
434 05 012 112 12,5 : 1 4,8 4,2 436 359 00
434 05 025 56 25 : 1 7,8* 4,2 436 359 00
434 05 050 28 50 : 1 7,8* 4,2 436 359 00
434 05 070 20 70 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 359 00
434 05 100 14 100 : 1 6,1* 4,2 436 359 00
434 05 125 11 125 : 1 7,8* 4,2 436 359 00
434 05 250 5,6 250 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 359 00
434 05 400 3,5 400 : 1 7,4* 4,2 436 359 00
434 05 750 1,9 750 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 359 00
434 05 990 1,1 1250 : 1 6,1* 4,2 436 359 00 * Stability related
434 05 992 0,9 1500 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 359 00 max. torque.
Motor Data 120 Watt, 2800 min -1 , ca. 0.5 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 16µF
434 06 012 224 12,5 : 1 3,4 4,2 436 361 00
434 06 025 112 25 : 1 6,6 4,2 436 361 00
434 06 050 56 50 : 1 7,8* 4,2 436 361 00
434 06 070 40 70 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 361 00
434 06 100 28 100 : 1 6,1* 4,2 436 361 00
434 06 125 22 125 : 1 7,8* 4,2 436 361 00
434 06 250 11 250 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 361 00
434 06 400 7 400 : 1 7,4* 4,2 436 361 00
434 06 750 3,7 750 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 361 00
434 06 990 2,2 1250 : 1 6,1* 4,2 436 361 00 * Stability related
434 06 992 1,9 1500 : 1 7,1* 4,2 436 361 00 max. torque.
® 731
Worm Geared Motors RM with Two-Stage Worm Gears
230/400V, 50Hz, IP54, isolation class F, can also be connected to
alternating current using an operating capacitor.
General data page 722.
Motor and gearbox with roller bearing.
Worms hardened and ground.
Worm gears made from special brass.
Ordering details: Type, Voltage/Frequency, possibly Operating Capacitor, Motor
Data, Ratio, Product No.
Load Bearing Capacity of the
Output Shaft: radial 300 N,
axial 140 N
a b c e f h1 Ø s w w1 g g1 k k1 o o1 x y z Ød i l l1 l2 t u
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
62 134 15 82 154 85 6,6 13 33 112 102 258 168 50 9 72 117 131 14 1,5 30 20 5 16 5
Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding!
Motor Data 90 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.45 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 10µF
434 08 050 28 50 : 1 18 5,7 436 359 00
434 08 100 14 100 : 1 32 5,7 436 359 00
434 08 200 7 200 : 1 35* 5,7 436 359 00
434 08 300 4,7 300 : 1 36* 5,7 436 359 00
434 08 380 3,7 380 : 1 35* 5,7 436 359 00
434 08 500 2,8 500 : 1 35* 5,7 436 359 00
434 08 750 1,9 750 : 1 36* 5,7 436 359 00
434 08 988 1,2 1140 : 1 36* 5,7 436 359 00
434 08 992 0,9 1500 : 1 36* 5,7 436 359 00 * Stability related
434 08 996 0,6 2250 : 1 36* 5,7 436 359 00 max. torque.
Motor Data 120 Watt, 2800 min -1 , ca. 0.5 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 16µF
434 09 050 56 50 : 1 13 5,7 436 361 00
434 09 100 28 100 : 1 23 5,7 436 361 00
434 09 200 14 200 : 1 35* 5,7 436 361 00
434 09 300 9,3 300 : 1 36* 5,7 436 361 00
434 09 380 7,4 380 : 1 35* 5,7 436 361 00
434 09 500 5,6 500 : 1 35* 5,7 436 361 00
434 09 750 3,7 750 : 1 36* 5,7 436 361 00
434 09 988 2,5 1140 : 1 36* 5,7 436 361 00
434 09 992 1,9 1500 : 1 36* 5,7 436 361 00 * Stability related
434 09 996 1,2 2250 : 1 36* 5,7 436 361 00 max. torque.
732 ®
Worm Geared Motors RS with Two-Stage Worm Gears
230/400V, 50Hz, I54, isolation class F, can also be connected to
alternating current using an operating capacitor.
General data page 722.
Motor and gearbox with roller bearing.
Worms hardened and ground.
Worm gears made from special brass.
Ordering details: Type, Voltage/Frequency, possibl. Operating Capacitor, Motor
Data, Ratio, Product No.
Load Bearing Capacity of the
Output Shaft: radial 500 N,
axial 200 N
a b c e f h1 Øs w w1 g k k1 o o1 x z Ød i l l1 l2 t u
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
76 162 12 116 185 100 10 20 39 125 283 187 18 59 140 153 18 3,5 40 30 5 20,5 6
Dimensions without stated tolerances are non-binding!
Motor Data 180 Watt, 1400 min -1 , ca. 0.75 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 20µF
434 12 070 20 70 : 1 46 9,5 436 362 00
434 12 105 13 105 : 1 58 9,5 436 362 00
434 12 150 9,3 150 : 1 73 9,5 436 362 00
434 12 225 6,2 225 : 1 90* 9,5 436 362 00
434 12 276 5,1 276 : 1 81* 9,5 436 362 00
434 12 360 3,9 360 : 1 93* 9,5 436 362 00
434 12 450 3,1 450 : 1 93* 9,5 436 362 00
434 12 570 2,5 570 : 1 81* 9,5 436 362 00
434 12 750 1,9 750 : 1 93* 9,5 436 362 00
434 12 986 1,3 1050 : 1 113* 9,5 436 362 00
434 12 994 0,9 1520 : 1 81* 9,5 436 362 00 * Stability related
434 12 998 0,6 2500 : 1 72* 9,5 436 362 00 max. torque.
Motor Data 250 Watt, 2800 min -1 , ca. 0.75 A at 400 Volt
Output- Ratio Permiss. Torque Weight Product No.
Product No. Speed at the Output Shaft Operating
min-1 i= Nm kg Capacitor 25µF
434 13 070 40 70 : 1 34 9,6 436 363 00
434 13 105 27 105 : 1 45 9,6 436 363 00
434 13 150 19 150 : 1 57 9,6 436 363 00
434 13 225 12 225 : 1 83 9,6 436 363 00
434 13 276 10 276 : 1 81* 9,6 436 363 00
434 13 360 7,8 360 : 1 93* 9,6 436 363 00
434 13 450 6,2 450 : 1 93* 9,6 436 363 00
434 13 570 4,9 570 : 1 81* 9,6 436 363 00
434 13 750 3,7 750 : 1 93* 9,6 436 363 00
434 13 986 2,7 1050 : 1 113* 9,6 436 363 00
434 13 994 1,8 1520 : 1 81* 9,6 436 363 00 * Stability related
434 13 998 1,1 2500 : 1 72* 9,6 436 363 00 max. torque.
® 733
Worm Geared Motors HMD/I
Housing: Aluminium, corrosion-inhibited coating, with mounting holes
for flexible foot and flange mounting.
Worm shaft: Hardened and ground.
Worm gear: Bronze on grey cast iron hub.
Lubrication: Synthetic oil (lubricated for life).
Motor: Standard three-phase motor with small flange B14, 230/400V,
50Hz. From 0.75 kW in efficiency class IE2.
Other motor versions (AC motor, posistor, forced ventilation,
brake etc.) on request.
Light-weight, high-quality model range with many mounting
options. These maintenance-free, geared motors without
ventilation can be used in any mounting position. The mounting
positions V5 and V6 (worm shaft vertical) are however not recommended
for continuous operation.
Output shaft push-in type: The basic gearbox version has a hollow
shaft. They can, however, also be supplied with a push-in type
output shaft (single sided, to be used left and right, or double
sided). These output shafts have their own product number and
have to be ordered separately.
Variable mounting: The geared motors are supplied without foot
mounting. The foot mounting, which has to be ordered separately, can
however easily be screwed on, if a foot mounting is required. The position
of the foot can be changed for different mounting positions.
Retrofittable flange: If an output-side flange mounting is required, this
flange can easily be mounted by the customer. These flanges have their
own product number and have to be ordered separately.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No., Type, Motor power, Output Speed P = Power f B = Operating factor
If required: Output shaft single sided (or double sided), Prod. No., Gearbox Size n 2 = Output Speed i ist = Ratio
Foot Mounting, Gearbox Size, Prod. No. T 2 = Output torque
Output Flange, Gearbox Size, Prod. No.
Torque Arm, Gearbox Size, Prod. No.
Accessories (order separately)*
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No.
Standard P n2 T2 fB i ist Gearbox Motor Single-Sided Double-Sided Foot Output
Version kW min -1 Nm Size Size Output Shaft Output Shaft Mounting Flange
438 009 05 0,09 9 44 1,2 100 050 63A6 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 009 10 0,09 12,9 34 1,1 70 045 63A6 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 009 15 0,09 15 30 1,5 60 045 63A6 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 009 20 0,09 19,6 24 1,9 46 045 63A6 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 009 25 0,09 23 19 1 61 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 009 30 0,09 35 14 1,4 40 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 009 35 0,09 46,7 11 1,8 30 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 009 40 0,09 70 8 2,2 20 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 009 45 0,09 93 7 2,7 15 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 009 50 0,09 140 5 3,2 10 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 009 55 0,09 200 3 4,7 7 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 012 05 0,12 12,9 49 0,8 70 045 63B6 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 012 10 0,12 17,5 38 1,4 80 050 63A4 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 012 15 0,12 20,6 34 1,6 68 050 63A4 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 012 20 0,12 30,4 24 1,6 46 045 63A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 012 25 0,12 35 20 1 40 030 63A4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 012 30 0,12 46,7 16 1,2 30 030 63A4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 012 35 0,12 50 16 2,4 28 045 63A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 012 40 0,12 70 12 1,5 20 030 63A4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 012 45 0,12 93 10 1,9 15 030 63A4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 012 50 0,12 140 7 2,2 10 030 63A4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 012 55 0,12 200 5 1,5 7 030 63A4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 018 05 0,18 9,6 86 1,4 94 063 71A6 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 018 10 0,18 14 61 0,8 100 050 63B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 018 15 0,18 17,5 53 1 80 050 63B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 018 20 0,18 20,6 48 1,2 68 050 63B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 018 25 0,18 30,4 33 1,2 46 045 63B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 018 30 0,18 37,8 29 1,4 37 045 63B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 018 35 0,18 50 22 1,7 28 045 63B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 018 40 0,18 70 16 1,1 20 030 63B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 018 45 0,18 100 13 2,2 14 045 63B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 018 50 0,18 140 10 1,6 10 030 63B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
438 018 55 0,18 200 7 2,3 7 030 63B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 438 033 00 438 034 00
*More details and further accessories see page 736.
Note for dimensioning and dimensions table see page 738.
734 ®
Worm Geared Motors HMD/I
Accessories (order separately)*
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No.
Standard P n2 T2 fB i ist Gearbox Motor Single-Sided Double-Sided Foot Output
Version kW min -1 Nm Size Size Output Shaft Output Shaft Mounting Flange
438 025 05 0,25 9,6 120 1 94 063 71B6 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 025 10 0,25 13,4 100 1,3 67 063 71B6 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 025 15 0,25 17,5 78 1,5 80 063 71A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 025 20 0,25 20,9 69 1,7 67 063 71A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 025 25 0,25 25 62 2,6 36 063 71B6 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 025 30 0,25 32,6 48 1,3 43 050 71A4 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 025 35 0,25 38,9 42 1,6 36 050 71A4 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 025 40 0,25 50 31 1,3 28 045 71A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 025 45 0,25 67 24 1,6 21 045 71A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 025 50 0,25 100 18 1,6 14 045 71A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 025 55 0,25 140 13 2,2 10 045 71A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 025 60 0,25 200 10 3 7 045 71A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 037 05 0,37 14,9 123 0,8 94 063 71B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 037 10 0,37 17,5 115 1 80 063 71B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 037 15 0,37 20,9 101 1,2 67 063 71B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 037 20 0,37 31,1 75 1,7 45 063 71B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 037 25 0,37 38,9 62 2,3 36 063 71B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 037 30 0,37 46,7 56 2,5 30 063 71B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 037 35 0,37 54 45 1,4 26 050 71B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 037 40 0,37 67 36 1,1 21 045 71B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 037 45 0,37 78 34 1,7 18 050 71B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 037 50 0,37 100 27 1,1 14 045 71B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 037 55 0,37 140 20 1,5 10 045 71B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 037 60 0,37 200 14 2,1 7 045 71B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 438 043 00 438 044 00
438 055 05 0,55 9,4 280 0,9 96 085 80B6 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 055 10 0,55 13,4 239 1,2 67 085 80B6 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 055 15 0,55 18,9 161 1,6 74 085 80A4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 055 20 0,55 20,9 163 1,7 67 085 80A4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 055 25 0,55 26,9 129 2,1 52 085 80A4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 055 30 0,55 31,1 111 1,2 45 063 80A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 055 35 0,55 38,9 92 1,5 36 063 80A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 055 40 0,55 46,7 83 1,7 30 063 80A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 055 45 0,55 58 68 2 24 063 80A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 055 50 0,55 74 56 2,4 19 063 80A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 055 55 0,55 93 44 2,9 15 063 80A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 055 60 0,55 140 30 2 10 050 80A4 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 075 05 0,75 14,6 260 0,9 96 085 80B4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 075 10 0,75 18,9 220 1,2 74 085 80B4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 075 15 0,75 20,9 223 1,2 67 085 80B4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 075 20 0,75 26,9 176 1,6 52 085 80B4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 075 25 0,75 30,4 160 1,9 46 085 80B4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 075 30 0,75 36,8 138 2,3 38 085 80B4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 075 35 0,75 46,7 114 1,2 30 063 80B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 075 40 0,75 58 92 1,5 24 063 80B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 075 45 0,75 74 76 1,7 19 063 80B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 075 50 0,75 93 61 2,2 15 063 80B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 075 55 0,75 100 57 1,1 14 050 80B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 075 60 0,75 140 41 1,4 10 050 80B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 438 053 00 438 054 00
438 110 05 1,1 18,9 322 0,8 74 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 110 10 1,1 20,9 327 0,8 67 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 110 15 1,1 26,9 258 1,1 52 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 110 20 1,1 30,4 235 1,3 46 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 110 25 1,1 36,8 202 1,6 38 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 110 30 1,1 38,9 184 0,8 36 063 90S4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 110 35 1,1 46,7 167 0,8 30 063 90S4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 110 40 1,1 50 158 2,1 28 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 110 45 1,1 58 135 1 24 063 90S4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 110 50 1,1 64 129 2,2 22 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 110 55 1,1 74 111 1,2 19 063 90S4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 110 60 1,1 93 89 1,5 15 063 90S4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 110 65 1,1 100 82 3,5 14 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 110 70 1,1 140 61 2,1 10 063 90S4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 115 05 1,5 26,9 351 0,8 52 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 115 10 1,5 30,4 320 1 46 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 115 15 1,5 36,8 276 1,2 38 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 115 20 1,5 50 215 1,5 28 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 115 25 1,5 64 176 1,6 22 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 115 30 1,5 70 162 1,7 20 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 115 35 1,5 74 152 0,9 19 063 90LA4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 115 40 1,5 93 121 1,1 15 063 90LA4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
438 115 45 1,5 100 112 2,6 14 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 438 083 00 438 084 00
438 115 50 1,5 140 83 1,5 10 063 90LA4 438 061 00 438 062 00 438 063 00 438 064 00
Note for dimensioning and dimensions table see page 738.
® 735
Accessories Worm Geared Motors HMD/I
Push-In Output Shafts HMD, Single Sided
Material: Steel.
To change the gearboxes HMD/I over from hollow shaft to solid
shaft. The shaft is only pushed in and secured with the enclosed
cover disc and mounting screw.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 438 031 00, Push-In Output Shaft, Single Sided,
Gearbox Size 030
Product No. Gearbox B C D E F L O t2 Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
438 031 00 030 5 25 14 35,5 55 94,5 M5x14 15,8 0,12
438 041 00 045 6 32 18 43,0 65 113,0 M6x18 20,5 0,23
438 051 00 050 8 52 25 59,5 81 146,0 M8x20 28 0,57
438 061 00 063 8 60 25 63,2 120 190,0 M8x20 28 0,73
438 081 00 085 10 60 35 73,5 135 214,5 M10x23 38 1,52
Push-In Output Shafts HMD, Double Sided
Material: Steel.
To change the gearboxes HMD/I over from hollow shaft to solid
shaft. The shaft is only pushed in and secured with the enclosed
cover disc and mounting screw.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 438 032 00, Push-In Output Shaft, Double Sided,
Gearbox Size 030
Product No. Gearbox B C D E F L O t2 Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
438 032 00 030 5 25 14 35,5 55 126,0 M5x14 15,8 0,16
438 042 00 045 6 32 18 43,0 65 151,0 M6x18 20,5 0,33
438 052 00 050 8 52 25 59,5 81 200,0 M8x20 28 0,77
438 062 00 063 8 60 25 63,2 120 246,4 M8x20 28 0,93
438 082 00 085 10 60 35 73,5 135 282,0 M10x23 38 1,73
Foot Mountings HMD/I
Material: Steel sheet, zinc plated.
Retrofit kit: Foot mounting.
The position of the feet can be changed by 4x90 (Size 063: 8x
45º). 8 mounting screws are included in the delivery
(4 screws per side).
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 438 033 00, Foot Mounting, Gearbox Size 030
Product No. Gearbox G I J L M N O P T Screws Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Size kg
438 033 00 030 55 66 94 87 50 78 6,5 3 65 M6 0,27
438 043 00 045 72 81 121 100 52 98 10,5 3 65 M6 0,49
438 053 00 050 82 98,5 138,5 123 63 113 10,5 3,5 94 M6 0,82
438 063 00 063 100 111 170 144 95 133 10,5 4 90 M8 1,23
438 083 00 085 142 145 236,5 182 140 180 10,5 5 130 M10 2,70
736 ®
Accessories Worm Geared Motors HMD/I
Output-Side Flanges HMD/I
Material: Aluminium.
Retrofit kit: Flange B5 with mounting screws.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 438 034 00, Output-Side Flange, Ø 80 mm
Product No. Gearbox D B O1 S T1 V W Z Screws Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Amount x Size kg
438 034 00 030 80 20,5 7,0 50,5 68 50 6 6 4 x M6 0,11
438 044 00 045 110 25,5 8,5 60,5 87 60 9 9 4 x M6 0,20
438 054 00 050 123 47 10,5 85,0 90 70 9 12 4 x M6 0,40
438 064 00 063 175 41 11 86,0 150 115 7 13 4 x M8 0,60
438 084 00 085 205 40 13,0 108,0 176 152 5 16 4 x M10 0,88
Torque Arms HMD/I
Material: Steel sheet, zinc plated.
Retrofit kit: Torque arm with mounting screws.
The position can be changed by 4x90º (Size 063: 8x45º).
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 438 035 00, Torque Arm, Gearbox Size 030
Product No. Gearbox A C1 D E F G H I Screws Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Amount x Size kg
438 035 00 030 100 118 50 65 7 4 8,2 4 4 x M6 0,21
438 045 00 045 100 113 50 65 7 4 8,2 4 4 x M6 0,21
438 055 00 050 100 118 68 94 7 4 8,2 4 4 x M6 0,26
438 065 00 063 150 180 75 90 9 20 11 6 4 x M8 0,70
438 085 00 085 200 240 110 130 11 25 21 6 4 x M10 1,44
Permissible Radial and Axial Loads
The values are calculated for the middle of the input shaft end also
calculating in the output speed n2 in min-1. FR is the max. permissible
radial load for FA = 0. FA is the max. permiss. axial load for FR = 0.
Gearbox 200 min -1 150 min -1 100 min -1 75 min -1 50 min -1 25 min -1 15 min -1
Size FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
030 600 120 700 140 800 160 900 180 1000 200 1250 250 1400 280
045 900 180 1000 200 1100 220 1200 240 1400 260 1800 300 2000 400
050 1200 240 1400 280 1500 300 1700 340 1900 380 2500 480 2800 560
063 1800 360 2000 400 2300 460 2500 500 3000 600 3800 700 4000 800
085 2500 500 2900 580 3000 600 3500 700 4000 800 5000 1000 5800 1160
Lubricant Volume in Litre (dm 3)
The gearbox is lubricated for life, using synthetic oil. At normal tions V5 and V6 (worm shaft vertical) are however not recom-
operating conditions, no change is required. The lubricant volu- mended for continuous operation.
me is the same for all mounting positions. The mounting posi-
Size 030 045 050 063 085
Oil volume 0.03 0.09 0.14 0.40 1.20
® 737
Dimensions Table Worm Geared Motors HMD/I
Position of terminal box:
standard on top (against drawing!)
Driven Shaft
Position of mounting holes on output side
Gearbox A B H7 b t1 C F max. F1 J1 J3 L1 O R1 T V 1h8 Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Amount/Size mm mm mm kg
030 30 14 5 16,3 55 62,5 46 51 39 30 4/M6x9 2 65 50 1,0
045 45 18 6 20,8 65 74 55 72 49 35 4/M6x14 2 65 50 2,4
050 50 25 8 28,3 81 81,5 65 81 54,4 38 4/M6x9 3 94 68 3,0
063 63 25 8 28,3 120 99,5 79 100 70 45 8/M8x17 5 90 75 6,0
085 85 35 10 38,3 135 124 98 138 94,5 64 4/M10x18 3,5 130 110 11,0
Motor
(Model B14)
Position of terminal box:
standard on top (against drawing!)
Motor D b t E f G1 G2 L6 M N P Q R Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
56B 9 3 10,2 20 M5 112 13 179 65 50 80 2,5 108 2,9
63A 11 4 12,5 23 M5 113 19 185 75 60 90 2,5 120 3,8
63B 11 4 12,5 23 M5 113 19 185 75 60 90 2,5 120 4,2
71A 14 5 16 30 M6 125 24 206 85 70 105 2,5 130 5,9
71B 14 5 16 30 M6 125 24 225 85 70 105 2,5 141 6,5
80A 19 6 21,5 40 M6 133 23 256 100 80 120 3 159 8,5
80B 19 6 21,5 40 M6 133 23 256 100 80 120 3 159 10
90S 24 8 27 50 M8 148 28 255 115 95 140 3 170 12,5
90L 24 8 27 50 M8 148 28 280 115 95 140 3 170 15
Note for Dimensioning Optionally also available with additional
Three-phase motors have a very high starting torque. The max.
permissible, stability related torque of the gearbox is the product of
output torque and operating factor: T max. = T 2 x f B manual adjustment mechanism
This torque must never be exceeded.
(on request).
Furthermore, depending on kind of operation,
factors for shock load and acceleration must be considered.
738 ®
Worm Geared Motors HMD/II
Housing: Aluminium, corrosion-inhibiting coating, with mounting holes
for flexible foot and flange mounting.
Worm shaft: hardened and ground.
Worm Gear: Bronze, on cast iron hub.
Lubrication: synthetic oil (lubricated for life).
Motor: Standard three-phase motor with small flange B14, 230/400V,
50Hz. From 0.75 kW in efficiency class IE2.
Other motor versions (AC motor, posistor, forced ventilation, brake etc.)
on request.
Lightweight, high quality model range. These maintenance-free geared
motors, without ventilation can be used in any mounting position. The
mounting positions V5 and V6 (worm shaft vertical) are however not
recommended for continuous operation.
Output shaft push-in type: The basic gearbox version has a hollow shaft.
They can, however, also be supplied with a push in type output shaft
(single sided, to be used left and right, or double sided). These output
shafts have their own product No. and have to be ordered separately.
Variable mounting: The gearboxes are supplied with mounting holes on
all sides.
Retrofittable flange: If an output-side flange mounting is required, this
flange can easily be mounted by the customer.
These flanges have their own product number and have to be ordered
separately (Flange type, either square or round).
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No., Type, Motor power, Output Speed
If required: Output shaft single sided (or double sided), Product No., Gearbox Size
Output Flange, Gearbox Size, Prod.-No.
Torque Arm, Gearbox Size, Prod. No.
Accessories (order separately)*
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No.
Standard P n2 T2 fB i ist Gearbox Motor Single-Sided Double-Sided Square Round
Version kW min -1 Nm Size Size Output Shaft Output Shaft Output Flange Output Flange
439 009 05 0,09 9 44 1,2 100 050 63A6 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 009 10 0,09 12,9 34 1,1 70 045 63A6 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 009 15 0,09 15 30 1,5 60 045 63A6 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 009 20 0,09 19,6 24 1,9 46 045 63A6 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 009 25 0,09 23 19 1 61 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 009 30 0,09 35 14 1,4 40 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 009 35 0,09 46,7 11 1,8 30 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 009 40 0,09 70 8,5 2,2 20 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 009 45 0,09 93 7 2,7 15 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 009 50 0,09 140 4,8 3,2 10 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 009 55 0,09 200 3 4,7 7 030 56B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 012 05 0,12 12,9 49 0,8 70 045 63B6 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 012 10 0,12 17,5 38 1,4 80 050 63A4 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 012 15 0,12 20,6 34 1,6 68 050 63A4 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 012 20 0,12 30,4 24 1,6 46 045 63A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 012 25 0,12 35,9 20 1 39 030 63A4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 012 30 0,12 46,7 16 1,2 30 030 63A4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 012 35 0,12 50 16 2,4 28 045 63A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 012 40 0,12 74 12 1,5 19 030 63A4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 012 45 0,12 93 10 1,9 15 030 63A4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 012 50 0,12 132 7 2,2 10,6 030 63A4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 012 55 0,12 200 5 1,5 7 030 63A4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 018 05 0,18 9,6 86 1,4 94 063 71A6 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 018 10 0,18 14 61 0,8 100 050 63B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 018 15 0,18 17,5 53 1 80 050 63B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 018 20 0,18 20,6 48 1,2 68 050 63B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 018 25 0,18 30,4 33 1,2 46 045 63B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 018 30 0,18 37,8 29 1,4 37 045 63B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 018 35 0,18 50 22 1,7 28 045 63B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 018 40 0,18 74 16 1,1 19 030 63B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 018 45 0,18 100 13 2,2 14 045 63B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 018 50 0,18 132 10 1,6 10,6 030 63B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
439 018 55 0,18 200 7 2,3 7 030 63B4 438 031 00 438 032 00 439 033 00 --
*More details and further accessories see page 741.
Note for dimensioning see page 741. Dimensions table see page 743.
Optionally also available with additional manual
adjustment mechanism (on request).
® 739
Worm Geared Motors HMD/II
Accessories (order separately)*
Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No. Product No.
Standard P n2 T2 fB i ist Gearbox Motor Single-Sided Double-Sided Square Round
Version kW min -1 Nm Size Size Output Shaft Output Shaft Output Flange Output Flange
439 025 05 0,25 9,6 120 1 94 063 71B6 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 025 10 0,25 13,4 100 1,3 67 063 71B6 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 025 15 0,25 17,5 78 1,5 80 063 71A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 025 20 0,25 20,9 69 1,7 67 063 71A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 025 25 0,25 25 62 2,6 36 063 71B6 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 025 30 0,25 32,6 48 1,3 43 050 71A4 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 025 35 0,25 38,9 42 1,6 36 050 71A4 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 025 40 0,25 50 31 1,3 28 045 71A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 025 45 0,25 67 24 1,6 21 045 71A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 025 50 0,25 100 18 1,6 14 045 71A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 025 55 0,25 140 13 2,2 10 045 71A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 025 60 0,25 200 10 3 7 045 71A4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 037 05 0,37 14,9 123 0,8 94 063 71B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 037 10 0,37 17,5 115 1 80 063 71B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 037 15 0,37 20,9 101 1,2 67 063 71B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 037 20 0,37 31,1 75 1,7 45 063 71B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 037 25 0,37 38,9 62 2,3 36 063 71B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 037 30 0,37 46,7 56 2,5 30 063 71B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 037 35 0,37 54 45 1,4 26 050 71B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 037 40 0,37 67 36 1,1 21 045 71B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 037 45 0,37 78 34 1,7 18 050 71B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 037 50 0,37 100 27 1,1 14 045 71B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 037 55 0,37 140 20 1,5 10 045 71B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 037 60 0,37 200 14 2,1 7 045 71B4 438 041 00 438 042 00 439 043 00 439 044 00
439 055 05 0,55 9,4 280 0,9 96 085 80B6 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 055 10 0,55 13,4 239 1,2 67 085 80B6 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 055 15 0,55 18,9 161 1,6 74 085 80A4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 055 20 0,55 20,9 163 1,7 67 085 80A4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 055 25 0,55 26,9 129 2,1 52 085 80A4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 055 30 0,55 31,1 111 1,2 45 063 80A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 055 35 0,55 38,9 92 1,5 36 063 80A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 055 40 0,55 46,7 83 1,7 30 063 80A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 055 45 0,55 58 68 2 24 063 80A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 055 50 0,55 74 56 2,4 19 063 80A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 055 55 0,55 93 44 2,9 15 063 80A4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 055 60 0,55 140 30 2 10 050 80A4 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 075 05 0,75 14,6 260 0,9 96 085 80B4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 075 10 0,75 18,9 220 1,2 74 085 80B4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 075 15 0,75 20,9 223 1,2 67 085 80B4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 075 20 0,75 26,9 176 1,6 52 085 80B4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 075 25 0,75 30,4 160 1,9 46 085 80B4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 075 30 0,75 36,8 138 2,3 38 085 80B4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 075 35 0,75 46,7 114 1,2 30 063 80B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 075 40 0,75 58 92 1,5 24 063 80B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 075 45 0,75 74 76 1,7 19 063 80B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 075 50 0,75 93 61 2,2 15 063 80B4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 075 55 0,75 100 57 1,1 14 050 80B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 075 60 0,75 140 41 1,4 10 050 80B4 438 051 00 438 052 00 439 053 00 439 054 00
439 110 05 1,1 18,9 322 0,8 74 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 110 10 1,1 20,9 327 0,8 67 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 110 15 1,1 26,9 258 1,1 52 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 110 20 1,1 30,4 235 1,3 46 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 110 25 1,1 36,8 202 1,6 38 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 110 30 1,1 38,9 184 0,8 36 063 90S4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 110 35 1,1 46,7 167 0,8 30 063 90S4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 110 40 1,1 50 158 2,1 28 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 110 45 1,1 58 135 1 24 063 90S4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 110 50 1,1 64 129 2,2 22 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 110 55 1,1 74 111 1,2 19 063 90S4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 110 60 1,1 93 89 1,5 15 063 90S4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 110 65 1,1 100 82 3,5 14 085 90S4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 110 70 1,1 140 61 2,1 10 063 90S4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 150 05 1,5 26,9 351 0,8 52 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 150 10 1,5 30,4 320 1 46 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 150 15 1,5 36,8 276 1,2 38 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 150 20 1,5 50 215 1,5 28 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 150 25 1,5 64 176 1,6 22 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 150 30 1,5 70 162 1,7 20 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 150 35 1,5 74 152 0,9 19 063 90LA4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 150 40 1,5 93 121 1,1 15 063 90LA4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
439 150 45 1,5 100 112 2,6 14 085 90LA4 438 081 00 438 082 00 -- 439 084 00
439 150 50 1,5 140 83 1,5 10 063 90LA4 438 061 00 438 062 00 439 063 00 439 064 00
Note for dimensioning see page 741. Dimensions table see page 743.
740 ®
Accessories Worm Geared Motors HMD/II
Push-In Output Shafts HMD, Single Sided
Material: Steel.
To change the gearboxes HMD/II over from hollow shaft to
solid shaft. The shaft is only pushed in and secured with the
enclosed cover disc and mounting screw.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 438 031 00, Push-In Output Shaft, Single Sided,
Gearbox Size 030
Product No. Gearbox B C D E F L O t2 Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
438 031 00 030 5 25 14 35,5 55 94,5 M5x14 15,8 0,12
438 041 00 045 6 32 18 43,0 65 113,0 M6x18 20,5 0,23
438 051 00 050 8 52 25 59,5 81 146,0 M8x20 28 0,57
438 061 00 063 8 60 25 63,2 120 190,0 M8x20 28 0,73
438 081 00 085 10 60 35 73,5 135 214,5 M10x23 38 1,52
Push-In Output Shafts HMD, Double Sided
Material: Steel.
To change the gearboxes HMD/II over from hollow shaft to
solid shaft on both sides. The shaft is only pushed in and
secured with the enclosed circlip.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 438 032 00, Push-In Output Shaft, Double
Sided, Gearbox Size 030
Product No. Gearbox B C D E F L O t2 Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
438 032 00 030 5 25 14 35,5 55 126,0 M5x14 15,8 0,16
438 042 00 045 6 32 18 43,0 65 151,0 M6x18 20,5 0,33
438 052 00 050 8 52 25 59,5 81 200,0 M8x20 28 0,77
438 062 00 063 8 60 25 63,2 120 246,4 M8x20 28 0,93
438 082 00 085 10 60 35 73,5 135 282,0 M10x23 38 1,73
Permissible Radial and Axial Loads
The values are calculated for the middle of the input shaft end as a
function of the output speed n2 in rpm. FR is the max. permissible
radial load for FA = 0. FA is the max. permissible axial load for FR = 0.
Gearbox 200 min -1 150 min -1 100 min -1 75 min -1 50 min -1 25 min -1 15 min -1
Size FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA FR FA
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
030 600 120 700 140 800 160 900 180 1000 200 1250 250 1400 280
045 900 180 1000 200 1100 220 1200 240 1400 260 1800 300 2000 400
050 1200 240 1400 280 1500 300 1700 340 1900 380 2500 480 2800 560
063 1800 360 2000 400 2300 460 2500 500 3000 600 3800 700 4000 800
085 2500 500 2900 580 3000 600 3500 700 4000 800 5000 1000 5800 1160
Lubricant Volume in Litre (dm 3) Note for Dimensioning
The gearbox is lubricated for life, using synthetic oil. At normal Three-phase motors have a very high starting torque. The max.
operating conditions no change is required. The lubricant volu- permissible, stability related torque of the gearbox is the product of
me is the same for all mounting positions. output torque and operating factor: T max. = T 2 x f B
The mounting positions V5 and V6 (worm shaft vertical) are This torque must never be exceeded.
however not recommended for continuous operation.
Furthermore, depending on kind of operation,
Size 030 045 050 063 085 factors for shock load and acceleration must be considered.
Oil volume 0.03 0.09 0.14 0.30 1.20
® 741
Accessories Worm Geared Motors HMD/II
Output-side Flanges HMD/II, square
Material: Aluminium.
Square flange with fixing screws for retrofitting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 439 033 00, Output-Side Flange, 70 x 70 mm
Product No. Gearbox D B O1 S T1 V W Z Screws Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Amount x size kg
439 033 00 030 70 25,5 6,5 54,5 68 50 4 6 4 x M6 0,11
439 043 00 045 95 30,5 9 67 75 60 4 7 4 x M6 0,20
439 053 00 050 110 46,5 11 90 85 70 5 9 4 x M8 0,40
439 063 00 063 142 33,0 11 86 150 115 6 12 4 x M8 0,60
Output-side Flanges HMD/II, round
Material: Aluminium.
Round flange with fixing screws for retrofitting.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 439 044 00, Output-Side Flange, Ø 140 mm.
Product No. Gearbox D B O1 S T1 V W Z Screws Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Amount x Size kg
439 044 00 045 140 43,5 9,5 80 115 95 5 9 4 x M6 0,20
439 054 00 050 160 45,5 9,5 89 130 110 5 10 4 x M8 0,40
439 064 00 063 200 57,0 13,0 110 165 130 7 13 4 x M8 0,60
439 084 00 085 200 53,5 11,5 117,5 165 130 5 13 4 x M10 0,88
Torque Arms HMD/II
Material: Steel sheet, zinc plated.
Torque arm with mounting screws for retrofitting.
The position can be changed in steps of 90º.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 439 035 00, Torque Arm, Gearbox Size 030
Product No. Gearbox A C1 D E F G H I Screws Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Amount x Size kg
439 035 00 030 85 100 55 65 7 14 8 4 3 x M6 0,21
439 045 00 045 100 118 60 75 7 14 10 4 3 x M6 0,21
439 055 00 050 100 118 70 85 9 14 10 4 3 x M8 0,26
439 065 00 063 150 180 75 90 9 20 11 6 3 x M8 0,70
439 085 00 085 200 240 110 130 11 25 21 6 3 x M10 1,44
742 ®
Dimensions Table Worm Geared Motors HMD/II
Position of terminal box:
Driven Shaft standard on top (against drawing!)
Position of mounting holes on output side
Gearbox A B H7 b t1 C F max. F1 J1 J3 L1 R1 V 1h8 Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
030 30 14 5 16,3 55 62,5 40 57 40 29 2,5 55 1,2
045 45 18 6 20,8 65 80 50 71,5 50 36,5 2,5 60 2,3
050 50 25 8 28,3 81 79 60 84 60 43,5 2,5 70 3,3
063 63 25 8 28,3 120 99,5 72,5 110 72,5 53 3,0 75 6,0
085 85 35 10 38,3 135 124 100 145,5 100 64 3,5 110 12
Mounting Holes
Gearbox E E1 E2 E3 S. T O
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm Amount+Size
030 44 54 44 27 6,5 65 4xM6x11
045 60 70 55 35 6,5 75 4xM6x12
050 70 80 64 40 8,5 85 4xM8x11
063 76 102 88,5 51 9,5 90 12xM8x14
085 101 144 117,5 72 11 130 4xM10x17
Motor
(Model B14)
Position of terminal box:
standard on top (against drawing!)
Motor D b t E f G1 G2 L6 M N P Q R Weight
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
56B 9 3 10,2 20 M5 112 13 179 65 50 80 2,5 108 2,9
63A 11 4 12,5 23 M5 113 19 185 75 60 90 2,5 120 3,8
63B 11 4 12,5 23 M5 113 19 185 75 60 90 2,5 120 4,2
71A 14 5 16 30 M6 125 24 206 85 70 105 2,5 130 5,9
71B 14 5 16 30 M6 125 24 225 85 70 105 2,5 141 6,5
80A 19 6 21,5 40 M6 133 23 256 100 80 120 3 159 8,5
80B 19 6 21,5 40 M6 133 23 256 100 80 120 3 159 10
90S 24 8 27 50 M8 148 28 255 115 95 140 3 170 12,5
90L 24 8 27 50 M8 148 28 280 115 95 140 3 170 15
® 743
Worm Geared Motors ZMD/I
General data: Versatile, high-performance gearboxes.
4 sizes, centre distance 40, 50, 63 and 80 mm. Centre distance 100 - Version A with output-side shaft right, on request also on
315 mm available on request. the left or double sided (without picture).
Housing: High-quality grey cast iron, all sides machined and with Version HL with output-side hollow shaft.
mounting holes on 4 sides.
Gearing: 12 ratios from 5 to 83 : 1; worm shaft hardened and ground.
Worm gear made from special centrifugally cast bronze.
Efficiency factor: The efficiency factors stated in the selection tables
are guideline values for properly run-in and lubricated gearboxes at
operating temperature with nominal load and driving worm shaft.
Proper running in is a crucial factor influencing the lifetime of the
gearbox. The starting efficiency factor ( A ) is, as the operating
efficiency factor (h), depending on the lead angle.
Self-locking: Self-locking only occurs in worm gear units, when the
unit cannot be driven from the output side. Worms with 4 and 6
threads sometimes permit transmission ratios for gearing up (i = 5 : 1
to 13,3 : 1). If a gearbox must be implicitly self-locking, or must
implicitly not be self-locking, we urge you to contact us.
Bearing system: All gearbox shafts with generously dimensioned
roller bearings.
Lubrication: The gearboxes are lubricated for life using synthe- Position of terminal box: standard on top (against photo).
tic oil. Under normal operating conditions, no maintenance is Output flange and foot mounting available at extra charge.
required. The housing should be checked for leakages at an
interval of approx. 2 years .
Ventilation: Size (centre distance) 40 is supplied without ventilation. Weights
With the other gearboxes, the seal plug has to be exchanged with
the separately packed venting filter. Gearbox Size kg Motor kg
40 7 63 S/L 5/6
Motor: From 0.75 kW in efficiency class IE2. Datas page 748.
50 12 71 S/L 7/8
63 18 80 S/L 10 / 11
80 28 90 S/L 18 / 22
Venting Filter (VF) Lubricant Volume in Litre (dm 3 )
Size A B C D E F Size Mounting Position
mm mm mm mm mm mm 1 2 3+4 5+6
40 - - - - - - 40 0,20 0,25 0,20 0,20
50 50 20 33 22 58 25 50 0,30 0,60 0,45 0,45
63 62,5 27,5 37 22 67 25 63 0,50 1,10 0,70 0,80
80 77,5 32,5 57 22 82 25 80 0,90 2,10 1,40 1,60
The standard lubrication volume is calculated for mounting position 2. For other moun-
ting positions and high permanent speeds it might have to be reduced, to prevent oil
leakages.
Position of Oil Fittings Gearbox Size 50 - 80
Mounting Position 1 Mounting Position 2 Mounting Position 3
Mounting Position 4 Mounting Position 5 Mounting Position 6
Mounting Sides
The worm gear units can be mounted in any position and the shaft
Sizes 40 - 80
ends can be positioned to your order.
744 ®
Worm Geared Motors ZMD/I, Technical Data (Other Power Settings and Output Speeds On Request)
Version A Version HL Gearbox Motor
Output Side 5 P1 n2 T2nom. fB T2A i ist Size Size
Product No. Product No. kW min-1 Nm Nm
437 510 13 437 010 13 0,12 13,4 46 1,08 53 63 40 63L/6
437 510 16 437 010 16 0,12 16,3 37 1,04 54 82 40 63S/4
437 510 21 437 010 21 0,12 21,2 31 1,59 41 63 40 63S/4
437 510 29 437 010 29 0,12 29,1 27 2,17 31 29 40 63L/6
437 510 34 437 010 34 0,12 34,2 23 2,51 34 39 40 63S/4
437 510 43 437 010 43 0,12 43,3 21 2,41 29 19,5 40 63L/6
437 510 46 437 010 46 0,12 46,0 18 2,9 25 29 40 63S/4
437 510 51 437 010 51 0,12 51,4 17 2,32 30 26 40 63S/4
437 510 65 437 010 65 0,12 65,0 15 2,66 23 13 40 63L/6
437 520 14 437 020 14 0,18 14,3 71 1,55 64 62 50 71S/6
- 437 020 17 0,18 17,4 65 1,38 69 51,4 50 71S/6
437 520 22 437 020 22 0,18 22,7 50 1,29 53 39 40 71S/6
437 520 25 437 020 25 0,18 25,3 44 1,14 65 52 40 63S/2
437 520 33 437 020 33 0,18 33,1 29 1,31 38 82 40 63S/2
437 520 34 437 020 34 0,18 34,7 39 2,07 46 25,5 50 71S/6
437 520 45 437 020 45 0,18 45,4 30 1,67 35 19,5 40 71S/6
437 520 51 437 020 51 0,18 51,4 26 1,52 43 26 40 63L/4
437 520 67 437 020 67 0,18 67,4 21 2,41 32 19,5 40 63L/4
437 521 01 437 021 01 0,18 101,2 15 2,06 26 13 40 63L/4
437 530 14 437 030 14 0,25 14,4 98 1,12 92 62 50 71L/6
437 530 17 437 030 17 0,25 17,5 89 1,00 101 51 50 71L/6
437 530 22 437 030 22 0,25 22,8 77 2,78 77 39 50 71L/6
437 530 26 437 030 26 0,25 26,8 61 1,39 78 51 50 71S/4
437 530 33 437 030 33 0,25 33,1 40 0,95 60 82 40 63L/2
437 530 35 437 030 35 0,25 35,0 48 1,22 60 39 40 71S/4
437 530 45 437 030 45 0,25 45,6 41 1,21 51 19,5 40 71L/6
437 530 52 437 030 52 0,25 52,5 35 1,13 53 26 40 71S/4
437 530 70 437 030 70 0,25 70,0 28 1,8 40 19,5 40 71S/4
437 531 05 437 031 05 0,25 105,0 20 1,53 32 13 40 71S/4
437 540 14 437 040 14 0,37 14,8 152 1,37 143 61 63 80S/6
437 540 17 437 040 17 0,37 17,0 152 1,89 165 53 80 80S/6
437 540 22 437 040 22 0,37 22,0 108 1,69 93 61 63 71L/4
437 540 26 437 040 26 0,37 26,3 99 1,96 103 51 63 71L/4
437 540 33 437 040 33 0,37 33,4 70 2,0 77 82 63 71S/2
437 540 35 437 040 35 0,37 35,3 74 1,66 77 38 50 71L/4
437 540 46 437 040 46 0,37 46,2 61 2,65 59 29 63 71L/4
437 540 52 437 040 52 0,37 52,6 54 1,42 69 25,5 50 71L/4
437 540 70 437 040 70 0,37 70,3 36 1,26 49 39 40 71S/2
437 540 92 437 040 92 0,37 92,4 32 1,57 39 14,5 40 71L/4
437 541 05 437 041 05 0,37 105,4 27 1,49 43 26 40 71S/2
437 541 37 437 041 37 0,37 137,4 23 1,75 32 9,75 40 71L/4
437 542 10 437 042 10 0,37 210,8 15 2,04 26 13 40 71S/2
437 550 14 437 050 14 0,55 14,4 245 1,37 217 62 80 80L/6
437 550 17 437 050 17 0,55 17,6 210 0,97 236 51 63 80L/6
437 550 22 437 050 22 0,55 22,0 161 1,14 138 61 63 80S/4
437 550 26 437 050 26 0,55 26,3 147 1,32 153 51 63 80S/4
437 550 33 437 050 33 0,55 33,7 104 1,35 127 82 63 71L/2
437 550 35 437 050 35 0,55 35,3 110 1,12 114 38 50 80S/4
437 550 45 437 050 45 0,55 45,9 97 2,21 120 19,5 63 80L/6
437 550 52 437 050 52 0,55 52,6 81 0,96 102 25,5 50 80S/4
437 550 72 437 050 72 0,55 72,6 55 1,54 78 38 50 71L/2
437 550 92 437 050 92 0,55 92,4 49 2,24 58 14,5 50 80S/4
437 551 05 437 051 05 0,55 105,1 44 1,36 61 12,75 50 80S/4
437 551 41 437 051 41 0,55 141,5 31 1,41 53 19,5 40 71L/2
437 552 16 437 052 16 0,55 216,5 22 2,54 42 12,75 50 71L/2
437 560 14 - 0,75 14,5 333 1,01 330 62 80 90S/6
437 560 17 437 060 17 0,75 17,0 308 0,93 375 53 80 90S/6
437 560 21 437 060 21 0,75 21,7 234 1,25 252 62 80 80L/4
437 560 26 437 060 26 0,75 26,4 199 0,97 268 51 63 80L/4
437 560 34 437 060 34 0,75 34,5 159 1,17 211 39 63 80L/4
437 560 44 437 060 44 0,75 44,8 132 2,07 167 30 80 80L/4
437 560 53 437 060 53 0,75 53,5 102 1,39 202 51 63 80S/2
437 560 71 437 060 71 0,75 71,8 76 1,13 150 38 50 80S/2
437 560 92 437 060 92 0,75 92,9 69 2,38 103 14,5 63 80L/4
437 561 05 437 061 05 0,75 105,5 60 1,00 110 12,75 50 80L/4
437 561 41 437 061 41 0,75 141,6 46 1,94 82 9,5 50 80L/4
437 562 14 437 062 14 0,75 214,1 30 1,85 83 12,75 50 80S/2
Dimensions table page 747.
® 745
Worm Geared Motors ZMD/I, Technical Data (Other Power Settings and Output Speeds On Request)
Version A Version HL Gearbox Motor
Output Side 5 P1 n2 T2 nom. fB T2A iist Size Size
n-1 Nm Nm
437 570 29 437 070 29 1,10 29,8 281 1,11 321 30 80 90L/6
437 570 33 437 070 33 1,10 33,8 262 0,99 362 26,5 80 90L/6
437 570 44 437 070 44 1,10 44,8 204 1,72 273 20 80 90L/6
437 570 52 437 070 52 1,10 52,3 174 1,42 246 26,5 80 90S/4
437 570 71 437 070 71 1,10 71,0 129 1,45 181 19,5 63 90S/4
437 570 92 437 070 92 1,10 92,3 103 2,65 142 15 80 90S/4
437 571 08 437 071 08 1,10 108,6 88 1,54 145 12,75 63 90S/4
437 572 78 437 072 78 1,10 278,9 34 2,65 95 9,5 50 80L/2
437 580 34 437 080 34 1,50 34,6 331 0,91 398 40 80 90L/4
437 580 46 437 080 46 1,50 46,2 256 1,05 308 30 80 90L/4
437 580 52 437 080 52 1,50 52,3 237 1,04 348 26,5 80 90L/4
437 580 69 437 080 69 1,50 69,3 184 1,67 262 20 80 90L/4
437 580 95 - 1,50 95,5 133 1,21 190 14,5 63 90L/4
437 581 40 437 081 40 1,50 140,3 91 2,06 153 20 80 90S/2
Dimensions table page 747.
Note for Dimensioning
Three-phase motors have a very high starting torque T 2A .
The max. permissible, stability related torque of the gearbox is the
product of output torque and operating factor: T max. = T 2 nom. x f B
This torque must never be exceeded.
Furthermore, depending on kind of operation,
factors for shock load and acceleration must be considered.
Permissible Radial Loads F R [N] for Normal Output Shaft and Bearing System
The values for permissible radial loads stated in the table are
calculated for the centre of the output shaft end, also calcula-
ting in the output speed and nominal output torque. The values
were calculated for the most unfavourable load direction.
The permiss. radial loads only apply to unilateral load. If in your
application high radial loads occur in combination with axial
loads, we ask you to contact us.
Gearbox Output Torque Permiss. Radial Load [N] at Output Speeds n2 [min-1]
Size Nm 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 320
40 0 - 80 2500 2375 2250 2125 2000 1875 1775 1675 1575 1400 1325 1250 1175 1125 1050 925 875 800
50 0 - 125 3500 3325 3150 2970 2800 2620 2480 2340 2200 1960 1850 1750 1640 1570 1470 1290 1220 1120
125 - 160 3200 3040 2880 2720 2560 2400 2270 2140 2010 1790 1700 1600 1500 1440 1340 1180 1120 1020
63 0 - 200 5000 4750 4500 4250 4000 3750 3550 3350 3150 2800 2650 2500 2350 2250 2100 1850 1750 1600
200 - 250 4600 4360 4140 3910 3680 3450 3260 3080 2900 2570 2440 2300 2160 2070 1930 1700 1610 1470
250 - 320 3500 3325 3150 2975 2800 2625 2485 2345 2205 1960 1855 1750 1645 1575 1470 1295 1225 1120
80 0 - 500 7500 7120 6740 6370 6000 5620 5320 5000 4700 4200 4000 3750 3500 3370 3140 2770 2620 2400
746 ®
Dimensions Table Worm Geared Motors ZMD/I
Output flange and foot mounting brackets can be delivered at extra charge.
Position of terminal box: standard on top.
With Hollow Shaft Flange Version
Surfaces (1) to (6) are all machined. Aapart from side (3), they the order. Feather keys and grooves according to DIN 6885/1.
can serve as mounting surfaces. The foot mountings F can be Shaft ends with thread alignment according to DIN 332/2. As
atta ed t su a es and u a es and standard, the terminal box is mounted on side (2). It can be
serve to attach the flange BF. The geared motor can turn in any turned by 4x90°. On request, side (4) can accommodate the
position. The required mounting position has to be stated in shaft end. The speed of this shaft end is equal to the speed of
the motor.
Gearbox – Dimensions
Gearbox ME A B B1 c c1 d D4 DxL D1 x L1 D2 D3 E E1 E2 E3 P F2
Size mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
40 40 104 90 85 125 110 80 70 14 x 24 22 x 36 22 35 70 70 55 35 53 116
50 50 140 105 100 150 130 95 90 16 x 28 25 x 42 25 40 80 100 70 50 65 136
63 63 164 120 115 165 145 110 110 18 x 28 30 x 58 30 45 95 125 87,5 62,5 80 160
80 80 204 140 135 190 165 130 140 24 x 36 38 x 58 38 55 115 155 107,5 77,5 100 200
Gearbox F1 f2 G G1 G4 H1 h2 H i l k k1 O O1 S* S1 S2 t1 u1
Size
40 85 100 79 81 89 32 70 124 3 3 8 8 25 14 M6 x 12 10 7 80 17
50 110 115 100 94,5 118 40 80 160 3 3 8 10 30 18 M8 x 14 12 9 100 19,5
63 130 130 113 118 137 45 95 190 3 3 10 10 30 18 M8 x 14 12 9 118 25
80 165 165 141 128 164 55 110 237 3,5 3 12 12 35 22 M10 x 17 15 11 147 28
* Threaded bores on side 4 at extra charge.
® 747
Dimensions Table Worm Geared Motors ZMD/I
Motor – Dimensions (mm)
Gearbox Size Motor Size G6* L6* LB* P1*
40 63 S/L 123 188 238 113
40 71 S/L 138 212 272 122
50 71 S/L 138 212 272 122
50 80 S/L 156 234 299 141
63 71 S/L 138 212 272 122
63 80 S/L 156 234 299 141
63 90 S 176 251 311 149
63 90 L 176 276 356 149
80 80 S/L 156 234 299 141
80 90 S 176 251 311 149
80 90 L 176 276 356 149
* Dimensions may be subject to change.
Three-Phase Motors
The following single-phase motors conform to DIN IEC 34-1. calculated for a max. temperature of the cooling agent of 40ºC
From 0.75 kW in efficiency class IE2. and an altitude of 1,000 m above sea level.
Other types (dual-speed, one-phase AC, brake motors) on The motors are supplied with a normal voltage of 230/400 V
request. The nominal power is calculated for continuous opera- (permiss. voltage fluctuation +6% and -10%). Other voltages
tion, operation mode S1, at nominal voltage and nominal speed and frequencies available on request.
Size Nominal Power Nominal Speed Nominal Current Power Factor Nominal Torque Starting Torque Starting Current
at 230/400 V to nom. Torque to nom. Current
kW -
min 1 A cos Nm MA/MN IA/IN
3000 min-1
63S/2 0,18 2710 0,97/0,56 0,79 0,63 2,4 3,5
63L/2 0,25 2715 1,22/0,77 0,82 0,86 2,5 3,8
71S/2 0,37 2740 1,72/0,99 0,84 1,26 2,2 3,9
71L/2 0,55 2745 2,46/1,42 0,83 1,9 2,4 4,2
80S/2 0,75 2730 3,53/2,04 0,80 2,6 4,4 8,3
80L/2 1,1 2735 4,76/2,75 0,83 3,76 3,8 7,0
90S/2 1,5 2805 6,1/3,51 0,85 5,1 4,1 7,0
1500 min-1
63S/4 0,12 1335 0,9/0,52 0,64 0,84 2,3 2,5
63L/4 0,18 1315 1,3/0,75 0,67 1,26 2,2 2,5
71S/4 0,25 1365 1,4/0,83 0,72 1,7 2,0 3,1
71L/4 0,37 1340 1,9/1,11 0,76 2,5 1,8 3,1
80S/4 0,55 1340 2,8/1,6 0,77 3,8 1,75 3,1
80L/4 0,75 1345 3,6/2,1 0,77 5,2 4,0 5,8
90S/4 1,1 1385 4,8/2,85 0,78 7,5 3,1 6,4
90L/4 1,5 1385 6,4/3,7 0,80 10,1 3,6 6,7
1000 min-1
63L/6 0,12 845 1,1/0,6 0,65 1,29 1,9 1,9
71S/6 0,18 885 1,3/0,75 0,68 1,94 1,6 2,4
71L/6 0,25 890 1,6/0,95 0,69 2,58 1,7 2,6
80S/6 0,37 900 2,1/1,2 0,71 3,84 1,8 3,1
80L/6 0,55 895 2,85/1,65 0,74 5,71 1,8 3,2
90S/6 0,75 900 4,1/2,35 0,70 7,83 3,0 4,4
90L/6 1,1 895 5,7/3,3 0,71 11,5 3,7 5,7
748 ®
Discontinued
Product Line
deleted
® 749
Discontinued
Product Line
deleted
750 ®
Discontinued
Product Line
deleted
® 751
Discontinued
Product Line
deleted
752 ®
Continuously Variable Geared Motors MUN/I
• Motor 230/400 V, 50 Hz.
• Input power 0,18 kW.
• Output torque to 70 Nm.
• Output speed 0.17 to 4200 min -1
• Adjustment range 1 : 9.
• Adjustable with motor stopped.
• Constant speed, smooth running, long life time and high
efficiency.
• Lubricated for life, thus maintenance free.
• Can be mounted in any position (apart from Size 250 and 260).
Working Principle Attachments for the Input Side
Two axially-parallel hollow-cone disks are mounted, with pre- Attached Motor
tension, around a steel ball. The ball rolls, at almost punctiform The input is done by a B14 standard motor. As standard,
point of contact, over the hollow-cone disks and transfers the 4-pole, three-phase motors, three-phase explosion proof or
power from the input shaft - maintaining the sense of rotation one-phase AC motors are used. The motor dimensions stated in
- onto the output shaft. The system works at both rotational the dimensions tables refer to three-phase standard motors.
directions. A slidable ball track on the control device continuo- Attention
usly changes the transmission ratio between input and output When three-phase explosion proof or one-phase AC motors are
shaft. This allows a adjustment range from 3 : 1 to 1 : 3, i.e. a used, the overall dimensions change. Please ask for the respec-
total value of R = 9. The adjustment of the speed is done with tive dimensions tables!
an adjustment screw. To pass through the entire adjustment
range 10 full turns are required.
Attachments for the Output Side Standard Adjustment Device
To adjust the output speeds to the specific circumstances the To pass through the entire adjustment range 10 full turns of the
following can be mounted: handwheel are required. The adjusting collar is marked with a
• Helical gear unit, 1 to 7 stage. linear scale of 1 - 10, which is however not directly connected
• Helical and, on request, bevel gear units. to the output speed, as the adjustment graph shows an almost
• Worm gear units. logarithmic curve progression.
Input
Output
® 753
Continuously Variable Geared Motors MUN/I with Helical Gears
Version B: Input Power 0,18 kW, Variable Range 1 : 9
Ordering details: z. B.:
Type, Version, Output Speed, Product No.
Product No. Output Speeds n2 Output Torque M2 Size Gear Ratio Dimensional Weight
at n1 = 1400 min-1 Drawing
min Nm i kg
450 202 00 155 - 1400 2,5 - 0,75 21 3 2 6,8
450 202 01 92 - 824 4,3 - 1,3 21 5,1 2 6,8
450 202 02 71 - 640 5,6 - 1,7 21 6,6 2 6,8
450 203 00 58 - 522 6,6 - 2,0 22 8,0 3 7,3
450 203 01 34 - 306 11,2 - 3,3 22 13,7 3 7,3
450 203 02 26 - 234 14,6 - 4,3 22 17,8 3 7,3
450 206 00 22 - 194 17,2 - 5,1 239 21,6 4 7,8
450 205 00 16,5 - 149 *10 - 6,7 24 28 5 6,7
450 206 01 12,6 - 113 29 - 8,5 239 37 4 7,8
450 205 02 10,8 - 97 *10 - *10 24 43 5 6,7
450 206 02 9,7 - 87 *30 - 11,5 239 48 4 7,8
450 205 03 9 - 81 *10 - *10 24 51,3 5 6,7
450 207 01 4,7 - 42 *30 - 23 249 100 4 7,8
450 207 02 3,5 - 31 *30 - *30 249 130 4 7,8
450 209 00 3 - 27 *30 - *30 259 158 4 7,9
450 213 01 1,7 - 15 *70 - 64 250 272 6 9,5
450 213 02 1,3 - 12 *70 - *70 250 353 6 9,5
450 212 01 0,63 - 5,7 *70 - *70 260 735 6 9,7
450 214 00 0,48 - 4,3 *30 - *30 269 955 4 7,9
450 215 00 0,46 - 4,16 *10 - *10 27 1006 5 6,8
450 215 01 0,30 - 2,7 *10 - *10 27 1540 5 6,8
450 215 02 0,17 - 1,5 *10 - *10 27 2806 5 6,8
*Constructive speed limit of the tranmission gearing. Dimensional
drawings page 755.
Version E: Input Power 0,18 kW, Variable Range 1 : 9 with Worm Gear Units
Ordering details: z. B.:
Type, Version, Output Speed, Product No.
Product No. Output Speeds n2 Output Torque M2 Size Gear Ratio Dimensional Weight
at n1 = 1400 min-1 Drawing
min Nm i kg
450 501 00 92 - 830 2,9 - 0,87 2S1 5 9 6,7
450 501 01 67 - 600 4,1 - 1,2 2S1 7 9 6,7
450 501 02 47 - 420 5,4 - 1,6 2S1 10 9 6,7
450 501 04 31 - 280 8,1 - 2,4 2S1 15 9 6,7
450 501 05 26 - 233 8,1 - 2,4 2S1 18 9 6,7
450 501 06 19 - 174 *9,2 - 2,9 2S1 24 9 6,7
450 501 08 15 - 135 *10,3 - 3,2 2S1 30 9 6,7
450 501 09 12 - 108 *11,4 - 4,1 2S1 38 9 6,7
450 501 10 8,5 - 76 *10,4 - 4,5 2S1 55 9 6,7
450 501 12 6,2 - 56 *7,3 - 5,1 2S1 75 9 6,7
*Constructive speed limit of the tranmission gearing. Dimensional drawings page 755.
754 ®
Continuously Variable Geared Motors MUN/I (Version with Standard Three-Phase Motor)
Model B3, Feather Key according to DIN 6885/1 (all Dimensions in mm)
Dimens. No. 2
Size 21
M4
8.5 deep
Hole distance 88
Dimens. No. 3
Size 22
M4
8.5 deep
Hole distance 88
Dimens. No. 4
Size 239 - 269
M5
11 deep
Hole distance 88
® 755
Continuously Variable Geared Motors MUN/I (Version with Standard Three-Phase Motor)
Model B3, Feather Key according to DIN 6885/1 (all Dimensions in mm)
Dimens. No. 5
Size 24 + 27
M4
8.5 deep
Hole distance 88
Dimens. No. 6
Size 250 + 260
M6
13 deep
Hole distance 88
Dimens. No. 9
Size 2S1
Hole distance 88
756 ®
www.maedler.de
...the entire MÄDLER range with CAD files on the Internet
®
We present the entire MÄDLER ® range
with CAD files and MÄDLER ® info,
continuously updated, on the internet.
Fast access to the data, fast ordering
by internet.
Orders by internet, phone, fax or e-mail:
We guarantee delivery at short notice.
Dimensions and other information in this
catalogue display the current state of
technology. We reserve the right for
changes.
This catalogue was created with due
diligence, but errors might still occur. We
refuse to accept any claims in this respect.
We reserve the right to alter dimensions,
and to change or remove single products
and product groups without prior notice.
...we keep things moving
Our general conditions of sales, delivery
and payment can be found on the last
page of this catalogue.
® 757
Linear Actuator Systems GR/I
General description:
Linear actuator, control box and hand operator make a
ready-to-operate linear drive.
Voltage supply 230V or 24V on choice.
Up to 4 linear actuators can be operated with only one
hand operator.
Usage: Universal use, for operating windows, gates, and for
many other processes with swivel motion or linear motion.
Linear actuators, control box and hand operator
have to be ordered separately.
Linear Actuators GR/I
Plug 6,3mm
according to DIN
2 speeds.
8 stroke lengths. Other lengths in 50mm steps on request.
To be used with 230V AC or 24V DC-control box.
Motor voltage 24V DC. Protection class IP 43. Cabel length approx. 1,2 m.
Up to 4 actuators can be operated separately with only one hand operator.
Linear actuators, control box and hand operator have to be ordered separately.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No. 475 130 10, Linear actuator 5 mm/sec, stroke 100 mm
max. Load max. Load Length Hole distance
Product No. Speed Stroke length tensil *L compressing * LB Weigth
mm/sec mm N N mm mm kg
475 130 10 5 100 6000 6000 315 275 1,98
475 130 20 5 200 6000 6000 415 375 2,12
475 130 30 5 300 6000 3900 515 475 2,40
475 130 40 5 400 6000 2300 615 575 2,62
475 130 50 5 500 6000 1500 715 675 2,78
475 130 60 5 600 6000 1100 815 775 2,98
475 130 80 5 800 6000 610 1015 975 3,40
475 131 00 5 1000 6000 400 1215 1175 3,80
475 140 10 20 100 2000 2000 315 275 1,98
475 140 20 20 200 2000 2000 415 375 2,12
475 140 30 20 300 2000 1300 515 475 2,40
475 140 40 20 400 2000 766 615 575 2,62
475 140 50 20 500 2000 509 715 675 2,78
475 140 60 20 600 2000 366 815 775 2,98
475 140 80 20 800 2000 202 1015 975 3,40
475 141 00 20 1000 2000 133 1215 1175 3,80
* Static and dynamic.
758 ®
Linear Actuator Systems GR/I
Control Boxes for Linear Actuators GR/I
Material: Housing in shock resistant,
black plastic.
For voltage supply and processing the
actuators.
On choice for 230V AC or 24V DC.
On choice for 1 actuator, 2 actuators or up
to 4 actuators.
Limit switch and overload protection are
integrated.
230V-version with IEC power cord with plug,
cable length approx. 2.5 m.
24V-version with 2 m-connecting cable.
Protection class IP 43.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod.-No. 475 190 01, control box 230V for 1 actuator
Product No. Voltage Suitable Length L Distance LB Weight
supply for mm mm kg
475 190 01 230V AC 1 actuator 216 200 1,60
475 190 02 230V AC 1-2 actuators 216 200 1,66
475 190 04 230V AC 1-4 actuators 320 306 1,98
475 191 01 24V DC 1 actuator 216 200 0,80
475 191 02 24V DC 1-2 actuators 216 200 0,86
475 191 04 24V DC 1-4 actuators 320 306 1,18
Hand Operators for Linear Actuators GR/I
Material: Housing in shock resistant,
black plastic.
For operating the linear actuators.
To be used with 230V AC or 24V DC control
box.
On choice for 1 actuator, 2 actuators or up
to 4 actuators.
The actuators can be operated separately by
holding down the key.
With spiral cable, length 1m, tensiled
approx. 2m.
Protection class IP 54.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 475 192 01, Hand operator for 1 actuator
Product No. Suitable Number of Weight
for Keys kg
475 192 01 1 actuator 1 pair of keys 0,20
475 192 02 1-2 actuators 2 pair of keys 0,22
475 192 04 1-4 actuators 4 pair of keys 0,24
Alternatively to the
Hand Operator:
Connecting cable for
customer`s controller.
® 759
Linear Drives (lifting devices) SFL 12 V - 24 V
Housing: Motor: Steel, zinc-plated. Gearbox: Aluminium.
Can be mounted in any position.
Gearbox: Metal gears, trapezoidal thread nuts made from plastic.
Bearing: Plain bearings.
Lubrication: Spindle nut must be greased by the customer.
Motor: DC motor 12 V or 24 V switching voltage, interference-free.
Change the direction of rotation by switching the polarity.
Protection class acc. to EN 60529: IP 30. Operating mode as per VDE 0530: S2.
Universal use linear drives, e.g. for actuating devices.
Either with or without Hall-IC for positioning, end position limit or speed
control. For Spindle Tr. 10 x 3 mm.
The required spindle length depends on the required stroke length. Spindle has to be
The spindles have to be ordered separately. Mounting eye and stop block ordered separately.
qfor spindle ends are included with the linear drive.
Ordering Details: e.g.: 1 Piece Product No. 475 201 01, Linear Drive 1000N without Hall IC
(Spindles have to be ordered separately).
Wiring diagram
127 without Hall-IC
(only for version with Hall-IC)
OUTPUT SIGNAL
2 PULSE PER UMDREHUNG
HALL SENSOR TYPE HAL 504-SO-A
5 - 24V
MOLEX CONNECTOR
5 POSITION 2.54mm
(P/N 22-27-2551)
WIRING DIAGRAMM
1 Motor Power +
3 Hall Out
5 Hall - 5 - 24V
IC
all-
4 Hall + tH
ithou
8w
2 Motor Power - R12
12 Volt-Operation 24 Volt-Operation ratio Hall Pulses Weight
Product No. Product No. F Nom 1) I Nom 2) F max 3) V 4) ED 5) F max 3) V 4) ED 5) i per linear motion
without Hall-IC with Hall-IC N A N mm/s % N mm/s % puls/mm g
475 201 01 475 201 11 1000 1,0 - - - 1700 5,0 70 50:1 33,3 500
475 201 02 475 201 12 1200 3,2 600 5,0 50 2100 10,0 30 50:1 33,3 500
475 201 03 475 201 13 400 (200)* 1,5 (0,95)* 300 8,6 80 700 18,5 50 12:1 8,0 500
475 201 04 475 201 14 400 3,6 600 20,0 50 800 40,0 30 12:1 8,0 500
1) Nominal lifting power. 2) Nominal current. 3) Maximum lifting power. 4) Idle speed. 5) Maximum duty cycle.
Speed controllers Page 696
* Datas in brackets are valid for 12V-Operation.
Connecting Cable for Linear Drives with Hall-IC
Product No. 475 201 10 Connecting cable with one Molex plug for linear drives SFL with Hall-IC, length 500mm
Note Factory interference suppression
All values are averages, measured with the motor cold. Deviations of 10% are possible. To pre-
vent the gearbox from being overloaded, the stated limit loads must not be exceeded.
Important: The thread of the spindle nut has to be greased by the customer!
Spindles for linear drives (lifting devices) SFL
Material: Choice of C15 Steel or Stainless Steel 1.4305.
A
Design: Either ready-to –use for 300mm stroke lengths
or by the metre for further processing by the customer.
Caution: Due to kinking, the max stroke length under compressive
loads is limited to 300 mm.
The spindle has to be adequately lubricated before screwing in and
operating (with normal machine grease).
Mounting eye and stop block are included with the linear drive.
Ordering Details: e.g.: 1 Piece Spindle Product No. 475 201 30 for stroke lengths 300mm
Product No. Length Material Weight Design
mm g
475 201 30 383 Steel C15 230 Ready-to-Install. For stroke lengths 300mm.
640 010 00 1000 Steel C15 600 Sold by the metre, for further processing by the customer.
640 990 10 1000 Stainless Steel 600 Sold by the metre, for further processing by the customer.
760 ®
Lifting Devices
& complete Systems
MÄDLER ® is not only a supplier for single screw jack gearboxes and motors.
We also deliver complete lifting systems, ready to install.
• Screw jacks with cube housing.
• Screw jacks with classic housing.
• Safety nuts.
• Foot mounted motors (B3).
• Face-mounted motors (B14) with adaptor and elastic coupling.
• Backlash-free couplings.
• Bevel gearboxes.
• Connecting shafts.
• Additional parts ( bellows, flange plates, hand wheels,etc).
Actuators, control boxes and hand operators have to be ordered seperately.
Ready assembled according your wishes!
® 761
Worm Gear Screw Jacks NP/I
Housing: Up to size 3 made from
aluminium alloy in die-cast version. Version A Version C
Size 4 made from grey or spheroidal cast
iron. All sides machined.
As standard filled with lubricant.
Gearing: Worm made from ETG100,
Gear made from Gbz12.
Self-locking to a certain extend. Vibration,
an increase in the spindle pitch or the use
of rolling screw elements release the self-
locking. In this case, e.g., a brake motor
should be included in the system. For lower
stroke speeds, worm gear sets with higher
transmission ratios can be supplied on
request.
Spindle: Material C15, from size 4 C45. On
request also available as left-hand, stainless
steel or ball screw version.
Protective sleeve: The versions A and B
are, unless stated otherwise in the order,
supplied with a protective sleeve.
Versions
Version A: With this standard version the threaded spindle moves 1 the spindle cannot be screwed out of the gear unit. Attention: this
mm in axial direction with every full rotation of the worm shaft. The safety feature means the safety sleeve is by about 20 mm longer.
spindle has to be secured against twisting.
The product numbers below only refer to the basic gear units with-
Version B: Is the same as version A, but inside the gear unit a out spindle. Please ask for the price of the complete unit including
groove secures the spindle over its entire length against twisting. spindle and accessories as, e.g., flange plate/travelling nut, bel-
Thus the load can simply be applied. low or coil spring cover, fastening strips. On request a version for
Version C: In this version the spindle is fixed to the worm gear. The lower stroke speed can be supplied.
axial movement is taken over by the threaded nut running outside
the gear unit (also 1 mm stroke per full rotation of the worm shaft).
Versions A and B are avaliable with an optional spindle end safety
feature. This means the threaded spindle is locked before the safety
sleeve is mounted, to limit the stroke in extended position so that
Technical Data and Dimensions Tables
Version A: Standard version.
Protective sleeve length
Version B: With anti-rotation guide.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. Type, Size, Stroke
Length, accessories
Product No. Product No. Size max. Stroke D4 Efficiency Stroke1) MD2) A1 A2 A3 a1 a2 B1 B2 B3
Vers. A Vers. B Force N Spindle % mm Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
475 000 00 475 006 00 0 2500 Tr.16x4 33 1 1,5 64 22,62 17,38 48 8 20 54 94
475 001 00 475 011 00 1 5000 Tr.18x4 33 1 3,2 80 25 24 60 10 24 72 120
475 002 00 475 012 00 2 10000 Tr.20x4 31 1 7 100 32 28 78 11 27,5 85 140
475 003 00 475 013 00 3 25000 Tr.30x6 31 1 16 130 45 31 106 12 45 105 195
475 004 00 475 014 00 4 50000 Tr.40x7 28 1 34 180 63 39 150 15 47,5 145 240
Size b1 b2 b3P9 b4 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 D1h6 D2 D3 D5 D6 Protective Sleeve3) Weight4)
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
0 38 16 3 11 50 30 12 15 25 9 33,5 M10 30 M6 Stroke +20 (45) 0,6
1 52 18 3 13 62 35 12 19 32 10 33,5 M12 30 M8 Stroke +20 (48) 1,2
2 63 20 5 15 75 45 18 19 37 14 42 M14 39 M8 Stroke +30 (55) 2,1
3 81 36 5 15 82 50 23 22 41 16 50 M20 46 M10 Stroke +30 (60) 6
4 115 36 6 16 117 65 32 29 59 20 65 M30 60 M12 Stroke +50 (85) 17
1) Stroke pro full rotation of the input shaft. 2) Required torque at max. load (only under optimum conditions, with run-in spindle).
3) Length in brackets for version with spindle end safety feature. 4) Only weight of gearbox without spindle and accessories.
762 ®
Technical Data and Dimensions tables
Version C: Travelling nut version.
Useable stroke
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. Type, Size, Stroke
Length, Accessories
Product No. Size Max. Stroke D4 Degree of Stroke* MD** A1 A2 A3 a1 a2 B1 B2 B3
Version C Force N Spindle Efficiency % mm Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
475 020 00 0 2500 Tr.16x4 33 1 1,5 64 22,62 17,38 48 8 20 54 94
475 021 00 1 5000 Tr.18x4 33 1 3,2 80 25 24 60 10 24 72 120
475 022 00 2 10000 Tr.20x4 31 1 7 100 32 28 78 11 27,5 85 140
475 023 00 3 25000 Tr.30x6 31 1 16 130 45 31 106 12 45 105 195
475 024 00 4 50000 Tr.40x7 28 1 34 180 63 39 150 15 47,5 145 240
Mounting Weight
Size b1 b2 b3P9 b4 C2 C3 C4 C6 C7 I D1h6 D2j6 D5 D6 E1 E2 F1 F2h9 F3 Bore only Gearbox
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Travelling Nut kg
0 38 16 3 11 50 12 12 25 17 10 9 10 30 M6 10 25 45 25 35 6 x Ø6 0,6
1 52 18 3 13 62 15 12 32 17 10 10 12 30 M8 12 44 48 28 38 6 x Ø6 1,2
2 63 20 5 15 75 20 18 37 23 15 14 15 39 M8 12 44 55 32 45 6 x Ø7 2,1
3 81 36 5 15 82 25 23 41 28 20 16 20 46 M10 14 46 62 38 50 6 x Ø7 6
4 115 36 6 16 117 30 32 59 37 25 20 25 60 M12 16 73 95 63 78 6 x Ø9 17
* Stroke pro full rotation of the input shaft.
** Required torque at max. load (only under optimum conditions, with run-in spindle).
Accessories: Flange Plates for Version A and B
Material: Steel 16MnCr5.
Size F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
0 50 40 26 M10 16 7 7 M4 0,1
1 65 48 29 M12 20 7 9 M5 0,2
2 80 60 39 M14 21 8 11 M6 0,3
3 90 67 46 M20 23 10 11 M8 0,6
4 110 85 60 M30 30 15 13 M8 1,3
Accessories: Fastening Strip Sets
Material: Steel St52.
Size B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
0 90 75 15 10 7,5 6,5 38 54 0,1
1 120 100 20 10 10 8,5 52 72 0,3
2 140 120 20 10 10 8,5 63 85 0,5
3 170 150 25 12 10 11 81 105 1
4 230 204 30 16 13 13,5 115 145 1,8
® 763
Accessories For Worm Gear Screw Jacks
Bellows FB (Standard Version) Material: Molerit TH 59 for Worm Gear Screw Jacks Version A + B
Bellows protect the spindles against dirt and reduce the danger
of accidents.
Not yet available for size 0.
Stroke length
The product number is only required if the bellows is to be delivered separately (not on the gear unit).
Product No. Size D1 D2 L Lmin Lmax max. stroke 1) Spindle length extension2) Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
475 001 10 1 30 61 15 40 215 175 36 0,1
475 002 10 2 39 80 10 80 420 340 66 0,1
475 003 10 3 46 90 10 70 420 350 40 0,2
475 004 10 4 60 116 20 120 750 630 120 0,8
1) For other stroke lengths on request. Alternatively with coil spring cover.
2) With other stroke lengths the dimensions change! Extension has to be calculated for the dimensions C3 Page 762.
End Switches ES-2 with Roller Push Rod
Optional Accessories for Worm Gear Screw Jacks. For end position
switching off. Mounting for screw jacks version A and B in pro-
tective tube. Special versions of protective tube and spindle are
required for this. The end switches have to be ordered together
with the jack.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Worm Gear Screw Jack Type ... with two
end switches ES-2 mounted in the protective tube.
Dimensions: Overall length x width x height = 111 x 31 x 33mm.
NC and NO contacts switch simultaneously.
Minimum operating rate 0.01m/s.
Fastening threads M18.
Wiring M20x1.5
Protection class IP65.
Attachment Schematic
111
33 39,4
4,3
M18 x 1
31
22
8,3
Connecting Shafts Page 766
764 ®
Operating Time Worm Gear Screw Jacks NP/I
The stroke force and stroke speed predetermine which model OT-f t -Diagram Example: OT = 40% = A f t = 0,2
and size should be chosen. A further decision criterion is the
heating up caused by friction. To keep this value within limits,
the nominal values must be corrected, using a temperature
factor (f t ). The heating-up process depends on the operating
time (OT) per time unit (in %).
For stroke speed V H = const. applies: F eff = F Nom. . f t
For stroke force F = const. applies: F eff = effective
stroke force
F Nom. = Nominal
stroke force for
model and size
Factor ft
Buckling
Euler-Case 1 f k =0.5 Euler-Case 2 f k =1 Euler-Case 3 f k =1.4 Euler-Case 4 f k =2
Version A and B Version A and B Version A and B Version C
unguided stroke guided stroke guided stroke for small L 1 applies: f k = 1.4
fixed gear unit with swivel plate fixed gear unit (Euler 3)
Buckling Force
Knickkraft Pk [N]
P k [N]
60000
Size 4
Baugröße 4 50000
Tr. 40 x 7
40000
30000
Size 3
Baugröße 3 25000
Tr. 30 x 6
20000
15000
Baugröße
Size 2 2 10000
Tr. 20 x 4
8000
6000
Baugröße
Size 1 1 5000
Tr. 18 x 4
4000
3000
Baugröße
Size 0 0 2500
Tr. 16 x 4
2000
200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000
max. supported
maximale length Länge
ungestützte L (mm)L (mm)
Example
Worm Gear Screw Jacks with Tr 40 x 7 and a spindle length of Mounting set up Euler 1 = P k permiss. = 15,000 x 0.5 x 1/4
2000 mm (stroke + nut + overrun), assumed safety factor S k = 4 Mounting set up Euler 2 = P k permiss. = 15,000 x 1.0 x 1/4
P k from table: 15,000 N Mounting set up Euler 3 = P k permiss. = 15,000 x 1.4 x 1/4
Mounting set up Euler 4 = P k permiss. = 15,000 x 2.0 x 1/4
® 765
Connecting Shafts RNW, backlash free, with half shell clamp
Material: Hubs and tube made of aluminium (stainless steel on request).
Spider (elastic insert) made from polyurethane,
hardness 98° Shore A, red.
• Zero backlash, insertable elastic connecting shaft.
• Vibration-damping, ideal for connecting of gearbox shafts.
• Compensation of large shaft misalignment.
• The runout will get tested at each shaft.
• With half shell clamp hubs, ready-to-install, for rapid mounting /
demounting without removal of the other units.
Temperature range: -30°C to +100°C.
Every shaft will be custom made in short time.
Delivery time: Regulary only 7 days.
Length: The total length L A can be chosen stepless in a wide range.
Boreholes: The bores can be chosen stepless in a wide range.
Ordering details: Type, size - total length L A - bore / bore - speed 1) .
The product no. will be created in accordance with the customer´s
specifications.
DR
DH
d
Ordering l1
Example: RNW 14 - 0934 - 12 - 14 - 1500
lZK lW
Type, Size
LA
Total Length LA (mm)
Boreholes (mm)
Speed (min-1)
Note: Total length and speed 1) must be specificated with 4 digits.
Type, Torques Boreholes d Length LA Weight Weight
Size TK nom.2) TK max.2) for choosen3) for choosen4) DH DR Ø max.5) l1 lW lZK without tube only tube
Nm Nm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg/m
RNW 14 12,5 25 4 - 14 102 - 3000 30 30 34 11 8 17,5 0,08 1,1
RNW 19 17 34 8 - 20 133 - 3000 40 35 46 25 19,5 33 0,30 1,32
RNW 24 60 120 10 - 28 157 - 3500 55 50 57,5 30 22 39 0,73 1,98
RNW 28 160 320 14 - 38 181 - 4000 65 60 73 35 25 45 1,04 2,42
RNW 38 325 650 18 - 45 229 - 4000 80 75 83,5 45 33 57 1,98 4,45
RNW 42 450 900 22 - 50 253 - 4000 95 100 100 50 36,5 63 3,31 7,90
RNW 48 525 1050 22 - 55 281 - 4000 105 100 100 56 39,5 70 4,57 7,90
1) The max. speed depends on the size and on the total length LA. See chart on next page.
2) These torques can be endured by the insert. For the dimensioning, the max. torque rates of the clamp hubs must also be considered.
3) Standard boreholes with the max. torques of the clamp hubs see next page.
4) Greater lengths on request.
5) Screw head protrudes past diameter DH or DR..
Further Details Spare Part Inserts
Moment Moment
Type Screw Tightening Torsion Stiffness of Inertia of Inertia Product-No.
Size Size Torque CT/m dyn. Couplings 5) Tube/m Spare Part Type, Ø ca. Number Weight
DIN 912 Nm Nm/rad 10-3 Kgm2 10-3 Kgm2 Insert Size mm of Teeth g
RNW 14 M4 5 500 0,001 0,18 605 198 14 RNW 14 30 4 4,6
RNW 19 M6 10 1770 0,044 0,30 605 198 19 RNW 19 40 6 7
RNW 24 M6 10 6400 0,133 1,01 605 198 24 RNW 24 55 8 18
RNW 28 M8 25 11400 0,202 1,84 605 198 28 RNW 28 65 8 29
RNW 38 M8 25 23000 0,491 5,13 605 198 38 RNW 38 80 8 49
RNW 42 M10 49 194000 4,08 16,2 605 198 42 RNW 42 95 8 79
RNW 48 M12 86 194000 6,86 16,2 605 198 48 RNW 48 105 8 98
5)
Moment without tube, calculated at the biggest borehole.
766 ®
Connecting Shafts RNW, further details
Boreholes and maximum torques of the clamp hubs
Type,
Standard boreholes [mm] max. torque rates of the clamp hubs [Nm] 1)
Size 4 6 8 10 11 14 15 16 18 19 20 22 24 25 28 30 32 35 38 40 42 45 46 48 50 55
RNW 14 3,5 4,8 5,1 5,5 5,6 6,1
RNW 19 17 21 23 30 32 34 38 40 42
RNW 24 21 23 30 32 34 38 40 42 47 51 53 59
RNW 28 54 58 62 70 74 78 86 93 97 109 117 124 136 148
RNW 38 70 74 78 86 93 97 109 117 124 136 148 156 163 175
RNW 42 136 149 155 174 186 198 217 235 248 260 279 285 297 310
RNW 48 199 217 226 253 271 290 317 344 362 380 407 416 434 452 498
1) Other boreholes (intermediate sizes) are available at the same price. Keyways are available at extra charge.
Max. shaft disalignment Max. speed in relation to the total length L A. Higher speed on request.
Axial misalignment
Speed in min -1
See table misalignment values.
Radial misalignment LI
Kr
Total lenght L A in mm
L I = L A - (2 x l ZK )
K r max. = 1.2 mm per 100 mm L I
Misalignment values of the connecting shafts
Axial Angular
Type, Misalignment Misalignment
Size mm °
Angular misalignment RNW 14 +1,0 / -0,5 0,9
RNW 19 +1,2 / -0,5 0,9
RNW 24 +1,4 / -0,5 0,9
RNW 28 +1,5 / -0,7 0,9
RNW 38 +1,8 / -0,7 0,9
RNW 42 +2,0 / -1,0 0,9
RNW 48 +2,1 / -1,0 0,9
See table misalignment values.
Please note that the max. misalignment values (axial,
radial and angular displacement) are mutually exclu-
sive. If the misalignment in one direction reaches the
maximum, the other two remaining misalignments
must be at zero.
Further models on request
One side stiff:
One side stiff, other side with elastic coupling.
For example for use with a pillow block bearing at the stiff side.
Both sides stiff:
Both sides stiff, without any elastic coupling.
To use only, if there is no misalignment.
Stainless steel:
All models are also available in stainless steel ( couplings and also the tube).
® 767
Please use our website
at www.maedler.de
Put in a search word or part Find the Manual instructions, certificates,
number and go directly to PDF-catalogue page and safety data sheets in the section
the product page further information Downloads
Drag the mouse onto Download
The availability of all products
the currency-symbol to see CAD-drawings
is shown by coloured sign
the prices* in 3D
A lot of possibilities and information:
Download of PDF catalogues in different languages.
See all our branches and distributors.
Make easily your order online and follow your parcel.
MÄDLER ®-Tools: Use our selection- and calculation tools.
News: Useful information about exhibitions and others.
Newsletter: Monthly information per e-mail.
* Prices and terms of delivery depend on the country.
768 ®
Telescopic Slides
Content (sorted numerically) Page
General description ............................................... 770
Selection table ...................................................... 771
Linear motion guide DA 0115 RC .......................... 810
Slides DZ 0201 ..................................................... 775
Slides DZ 0204 ..................................................... 778
Slides DZ 0301 ..................................................... 796
Slides DZ 0305 ..................................................... 795
Slides DS 0330 ..................................................... 791
Slides DZ 0522 ..................................................... 807
Slides DZ 2002 ..................................................... 774
Slides DZ 2026 ..................................................... 776
Slides DS 2028 ..................................................... 779
Slides DZ 2109 ..................................................... 773
Slides DB / DZ 2132 ............................................. 777
Slides DZ 2601 ..................................................... 781
Slides DZ 2642 ..................................................... 782
Slides DZ 2907 ..................................................... 790
Slides DS 3031 ..................................................... 797
Slides DZ 3301 ..................................................... 792
Slides DZ 3307 ..................................................... 793
Slides DZ 3308 ..................................................... 794
Slides DZ 3607 ..................................................... 800
Slides DZ 3732 ..................................................... 783
Slides DZ 3832 ..................................................... 784
Selection Tool
Slides DH 3832..................................................... 785
Slides DZ 3832 DO ............................................... 788
Slides DZ 3832 SC ................................................ 787
on the Internet at
Slides DZ 3832 TR ................................................ 786
Slides Type DA 4120 ............................................ 780
Slides Type DA 4160 ............................................ 806
Slides DS / DZ 5321 .............................................
Slides DZ 5321 SC ................................................
803
802 www.maedler.de
Slides DA 5321 ..................................................... 789
Slides DS 5322 .....................................................
Slides DZ 5417 .....................................................
799
798
in the section
Slides DZ 7957 .....................................................
Slides DZ 9301 .....................................................
801
804 MÄDLER ®-Tools
Slides DZ 9308 ..................................................... 805
Brackets DZ 633 ................................................... 808
Bracket Kits Type DZ 634 ...................................... 809
® 769
General Description and Technical Notes
General Description and Application
High-quality, maintenance-free, ball bearing precision slides for
various applications in machines and appliances used in trade or
industry:
e.g. vending machines, automated pay stations, production plants,
for protected storage of input or monitoring devices on computer
controlled machine tools and production lines, pull-out shelves,
cover hoods etc. In vehicles (mobile workshop, fire rescue or first
aid trucks/vehicles, passenger trains) and aeroplanes pull-out ob-
jects also facilitate an optimum utilization of the available space.
Material
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, in part stainless steel 1.4301.
Ball retainers: Pre-plated cold-rolled steel,
in part stainless steel or plastic. Additional Features
Balls: Bearing steel, hardened, in part stainless steel.
Depending on the slide type, all slides are equipped for different
special requirements:
Lubrication and Temperature Range • Fast disconnection: Allows easy disconnection of the drawer.
• Hold-in: Holds the drawer in closed position.
Maintenance free: Lubricated for life with low-temperature • Hold-out: Holds the drawer in open position.
grease, -20ºC to +120ºC. • Locking: Locks the drawer in closed and/or open
No relubrication required. position. A lever must be actuated to
Temperature range: -17ºC to +70ºC. move the slide.
• Self close: A spring mechanism retracts the pulled-out
Surface Protection slide.
• Bracket mount: For an optimum side or bottom/platform
Zinc plated, bright, some parts passivated black or painted white. mounting. With Type DZ 2109 the brackets
Type DH3832 with special zinc coating for extra strong corrosion included.
protection (stainless steel parts have their natural colour).
For Types DZ 2132, 3832, 3832SC/DO, 7957, 9301 and 9308
brackets can be ordered separately.
Selection and Dimensioning Optional brackets to mount slides inside electrical cabinets can be
supplied on request. Some slide types also offer the possibility to
For easy selection we recommend using the selection table on adjust the drawer fronts with special adjusting cams.
page 771 considering the following criteria:
• 3/4 or full extension. Load Bearing Capacity
• Load rating.
• Additional features. The stated load ratings relate to the maximum permissible load for a
• Surface finish / material. pair of vertically mounted slides (side mounted slides). For horizon-
• Outer dimensions. tally (flat) mounted slides the load bearing capacity is reduced to
An optimum sliding action is achieved under load. The slides should only 25% of the stated load rating. The load ratings refer to a load
therefore never be heavily over-dimensioned. applied to the midpoint of the slide, at a travel of 450 mm.
The stated load ratings are dynamic values. For static set ups the
value can at max be doubled.
Travel
Difference regarding 3/4 extension and full extension: Mounting
3/4 Extension: Two-part slides allow a travel of about 75%
of the slide length. Optimum movement is achieved under slight tensile force. The
Full extension: Three-part slides allow a travel of about 100% mounting width should therefore exceed the slide width by 0.2
of the slide length. Some of these types offer an to 0.5 mm. After mounting, the slides should be checked for easy
even larger travel (over extension). Type 2026 offers 3/4 extension movement, and if necessary be adjusted. If no easy sliding move-
in both directions. ment can be achieved, the mounting set up should be checked
All other types can only be pulled out in one direction. regarding width, allignment and angularity.
Partial extension
Slide length
Mounting Width X
= Slide Width +0,2 / +0,5 mm
Full extension
Slide length
770 ®
Slides Selection Table
The slides in the table are sorted as follows: 1. According to the extension type: Partial or full extension / over extension.
2. Within the extension type: according to load rating, from low to high.
Slide Type Page Travel Load Width x Height Fast Hold Hold Locking Self Optional Surface Finish
kg mm Disconnect In Out 1) Closure Mounting Brackets or Material
DZ 2109 773 Partial 35 12,7 x 34,8 zinc plated
DZ 2002 774 Partial 2) 35 9,5 x 35,1 zinc plated
DZ 0201 775 Partial 50 9,5 x 35,3 zinc plated
DZ 2026 776 Partial 2) 50 9,5 x 35,3 zinc plated
Partial 12,7 x 35 either bright or black
DB/DZ 2132 777 50 zinc plated
DZ 0204 778 Partial 65 9,5 x 35,3 A zinc plated
DS 2028 779 Partial 65 9,5 x 35,3 Stainless Steel A
DA 4120 780 Partial 550 36 x 80 Aluminium
DZ 2601 781 Full 45 12,7 x 26,3 zinc plated
DZ 2642 782 Full 45 12,7 x 26,3 zinc plated
DZ 3732 783 Full 40 12,7 x 37 zinc plated
DZ 3832 784 Full 50 12,7 x 45,7 zinc plated
DH 3832 785 Full 50 12,7 x 45,7 zinc plated
Touch 3)
DZ 3832TR 786 Full 45 12,7 x 45,7 Release zinc plated
DZ 3832SC 787 Full 50 12,7 x 45,7 zinc plated
DZ 3832DO 788 Full 50 12,7 x 45,7 zinc plated
DA 5321 789 Over 50 19,1 x 53,1 Aluminium
DZ 2907 790 Over 55 9,6 x 41 A zinc plated
DS 0330 791 Full 80 19,1 x 35 Stainless Steel A
DZ 3301 792 Over 68 12,7 x 50,8 zinc plated
DZ 3307 793 Over 68 12,7 x 50,8 A zinc plated
DZ 3308 794 Over 68 12,7 x 50,8 E/A zinc plated
DZ 0305 795 Over 70 19,1 x 35,5 A zinc plated
DZ 0301 796 Over 70 19,1 x 35,3 zinc plated
DS 3031 797 Over 80 19,1 x 35,3 Stainless Steel A
DZ 5417 798 Over 100 17,5 x 54,0 zinc plated
DS 5322 799 Over 120 20,7 x 53,1 Stainless Steel A
DZ 3607 800 Over 120 19,1 x 53,1 A zinc plated
DZ 7957 801 Full 160 19,1 x 70,8 zinc plated
DZ 5321SC 802 Over 120 19,1 x 53,1 zinc plated
DZ 5321 803 Over 170 19,1 x 53,1 zinc plated
DS 5321 803 Over 170 19,1 x 53,1 Stainless Steel A
DZ 0522 807 Over 180 26,5 x 95,5 zinc plated
DZ 9301 804 Full 227 19,1 x 76,2 zinc plated
DZ 9308 805 Over 227 19,1 x 76,2 E/A zinc plated
DA 4160 806 Full 300 26,5 x 80,0 Aluminium
1) A = Locks in open position. E = Locks in closed position.
2) Partial Extension in both directions.
3) Opens by pressing on the drawer (grip or knob not required).
Other Accuride ® Products on request. Linear guides on page 810
® 771
Operating and maintenance instructions
on the internet at www.maedler.de d
e age
L
ungsa
ten und
a
e te
in the Section Downloads
s
b
M o n ta E
s
g e a n le
E la s tis itu n g
R N , R N c h e K u a e
e
G , R N H p p l u n g e age ungs e te
, R N I, R e n e
tanda
N K a n d u
ungen
d R N 7 L
E
essu
[mm
]
ngen
T n
ts
e e
22
9
b
a e
sat
e us
14 30 8
35 10 6 s ungen
19
66 13 8 1,0 a ad a e
24 e sat e te
28 78 16 10 1,0 +0,6
/ -0,3 750
e a s nd d
38 90 18 12 1,5 +0,8
/ -0,4
n
n -1] e a
2,0 +1,0
0,10 1000 a
42 114 20 14 / -0,5 0,13 0,09 1500 ng g
24 15 2,0 +1,2 n e
48 126 / -0,5 0,22 0,12 3000
2,5 +1,4 0,07 e sat
140 26 18 / -0,5 e a
55 0,27 0,20 0,09 0,05 750
20 3,0 +1,5 n
65 160 28 / -0,7 n -1]
0,30 0,24 0,16 0,07 1,0 1000
30 21 3,0 +1,8
75 185 / -0,7 0,34 0,27 0,20 0,11 1,0 1,0 1500
35 22 3,5 +2,0
90 210 / -1,0 0,38 0,30 0,22 0,13 1,3 1,0 0,9 3000
40 26 4,0 +2,1
100 245 / -1,0 0,43 0,35 0,25 0,15 1,3 1,3 0,9 0,8
45 30 4,5 +2,2
270 / -1,0 0,50 0,38 0,28 0,17 1,1 1,3 1,2 0,8
50 34 5,0 +2,6
/ -1,0 0,54 0,44 0,32 0,19
5,5 +3,0 1,1 1,0 1,2 1,1
38 / -1,5 0,56 0,46 0,36 0,21 1,1 1,0 0,9 1,1
a e 6,0 +3,4
/ -1,5
e +3,8
0,65 0,50 0,38 0,25 1,1 1,1 0,9 0,8
e age / -1,5 0,68 0,58 0,42 0,26 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,8
ungs 0,71 0,60 0,48 0,28 1,2
e te 1,2 1,0 0,8
0,64 0,50 0,32
e s e 1,2 1,2 1,1 0,8
ee 0,52 0,34 1,3 1,2 1,1 0,9
u
essu
ngen
ungen 0,36 1,3 1,2 1,2 1,0
[mm
] e 1,3 1,3 1,2 1,0
L e te
5 s nd a 1,3 1,2 1,0
15 E a e 1,2 1,1
7
b
sat ng g
22 5
9
k.A. s ad a
n de 1,1
14 30 8 e sat
10 6 k.A. a e
19 35
1,0 +0,4
te des
8 e
24 66 13 / -0,2 te a n
28 78 16 10 1,0 +0,6
/ -0,3 0,06
n e an es
1,5 +0,8 e sat
90 18 12 / -0,4
38 0,10
2,0 +1,0 -
114 20 14 / -0,5 e
42 0,13 te
2,0 +1,2 - -
126 24 15 / -0,5
48 0,13 - 1,0
2,5 +1,4 -
18
On our website you can find operating and maintenance
55 140 26 / -0,5 0,10 0,09 - 1,0 -
28 20 3,0 +1,5
160 / -0,7 0,14 0,06 0,06 1,0 - -
30 21 3,0 +1,8
/ -0,7 0,15 0,10 0,04
3,5 +2,0 1,0 - -
22 / -1,0 0,17 0,11 0,07 1,0 0,9 -
4,0 +2,1
/ -1,0 0,19 0,12 0,08
+2,2 1,0 0,9 0,8
/ -1,0
®
0,23 0,14 0,09 1,0 0,9 0,8
! 0,24 0,16 0,10 1,0 0,9 0,8
e ang 0,17 0,11 1,0 0,9 0,8
ege
instructions in various languages for all our technically-
d enen 0,12 1,0 0,9 0,8
en
Z u s tä n nu
ante
e g
e
e age 1,0 0,9 0,8
d ig e M g gen e t ge ungs
e
0,9 0,8
n a c h P Ä D L E R ® nt
e en ut t u t ete te s nd 0,8
o s tle it -N ie d e e d e e den n a
z a h lg e r la s s u e age
n ad a
a un e te d e
P L Z 1 , b ie te n n g e n ungs d n
N ie d e r
2 u n d
3 : e te n e e t g e
l a s s u n Z u s tä n
t ess sat etg
sophisticated products. We are continuously extending
M Ä D L g P L Z 0 , d
E R G m 4 u n d 5 u d ig en d as
b H N ie d e r nea e u a
B ro o k
s tie g 1 la s s u n g P L Z 6 , fü r S c h de ss gen
a e
te au
D -2 2 1 4
5 S ta p
6 M Ä D L
E R G m b H H a u p ts
7 , 8 u n
d 9 w e iz : e e e age t ete
T e l. 0 4 e lfe ld B u b litz itz e ungs n
0 -6 0 0 e r S tr. 2 1 M Ä D L M Ä D L
F a x 0 4 4 7 5 1 0 D -4 0 5 9 E R G m E R N o e te
0 -6 0 0 4 9 D ü s s e ld T rä n k e b H P rm o s tfa c -A n tr ie
h a m b u 7 5 3 3 T e l. 0 2 o rf s tr. 6 -8 h 7 4 b A G
rg @ m a 1 1 -9 7 4 7 1 D -7 0 5 9 G ü te rs
e d le r.d
e
F a x 0 2 1 1 0 7 S tu tt tr. 6
this list of instructions.
-9 7 4 7 T e l. 0 7 g C H -8 2
S ta n d d u e s s
e ld o r f@ 1 3 3 1 1 -7 2 0 a rt T e l. 0 5
4 5 F e u
e r
15. 07. 201 m a e d l
e r.d e F a x 0 7
1 1 -7 2 0
9 5 0 2 -6 4 7 4 th a le n
5 s tu ttg 9 5 3 F a x 0 5 0 4 0 9
A k tu e ll a rt@ m 3 2 -6 4 7 4
im a
e d le r.d in fo @ m 0 4 1
In te rn e e a
e d le r.c
t u n te r w w w .m h
w w w .m a e d le r
.c h
a e d le r
.d e
Instructions available: Language
Bevel Gearboxes DZA, DZR German English French
Bevel Gearboxes KU/I, KUM German English French
Chain Tensioners SPANNBOX®, SPANNBOY® Deutsch English
Continuously Variable Geared Motors MUN/I German English
Couplings DX German English
Couplings RN, RNG, RNH, RNI, RNK, RNT German English
Couplings BW / BOS / BOZ German English French
Electronic Drip Oilers ELO German English
Frequency Converters FU6 German
Frequency Converters RoFre 897 German
Helical Gear Boxes BT/I German English
Helical Geared Motor HR/I German English
Helical Geared Motor NR/I German English French
Linear Drives (Actuator Systems) GR/I German English
Motor Controllers SFRG 05 German
Motor Controllers SFRG 3 German
Precision Worm Gear Sets German
Safety Clutches CM German
Safety Clutches SI German English French
Shaft Mounted Gearboxes BOC/I German English
Sliding Hubs FA German
Sliding Hubs FS German English
Sliding Hubs ROBA® German
Sliding Hubs with Coupling RNR German
Slip Clutches KF German English
Slip Clutches R2, R6 German
Standard Three-Phase-Motors SM/I German
Taper Bushes German English French
Telescopic Slides Accuride German English French
Worm Geared Motors HMD I / HMD II German English French
Worm-Geared Motors MEG / MEK / MH / MZ German English French
Worm-Geared Motors R / RH / RL / RM / RS German English French
Worm-Geared Motors SRM / SRS German English French
Worm-Geared Motors SZM, ZMD German English French
Worm Gear Screw Jacks NP/I German
Worm Gear Units G/II German English French
Worm Gear Units ZM German English French
772 ®
Slides DZ 2109, Width 12.7* mm, with Bracket Mounts, to 35 kg, 3/4 Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides, especially suited for keyboard trays.
• Fast disconnection.
• Hold-in in closed position and hold-out in open position.
• Height-adjustable bracket mount included.
• Optional clip-on bracket (page 808).
• Especially long service life, up to 50,000 cycles!
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 062 30, Slides DZ 2109, with Bracket Mounts
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A B C E F** Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3,2 per pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 062 30 300 205 96 - - 242 215,9 35 0,87
649 062 35 350 260 128 - - 292 215,9 35 0,99
649 062 40 400 281 128 - - 342 215,9 30 1,07
649 062 45 450 331 128 224 - 392 215,9 30 1,14
649 062 50 500 376 128 224 - 442 292,1 25 1,23
649 062 55 550 415 128 224 320 492 292,1 25 1,33
* Width with bracket mount 16.8 mm.
** See operating instructions on the internet at www.maedler.de in the Section Downloads.
Mounting Example: Sliding Keyboard Tray Note
Recommended mount: M4 screw (included in delivery).
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Clip-on brackets see page 808.
Desktop
Mounting bracket
(included) Clip-On Bracket
Selection Tool
(only available for slide lengths
from 400 mm upwards)
Keyboard Tray
Rail 2108 on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
® 773
Slides DZ 2002, width 9.5 mm, up to 35 kg, extension in both directions
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled, bright zinc-plated steel.
Ball retainers: Cold rolled, zinc-plated steel.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic precision ball bearing slides for applications in the
industrial and electronics sector.
• Hold-in in the centre position.
• Forward and return slide. For applications, that require
access from both sides of a sliding unit.
• Fasteners included.
• High service life 50,000 cycles.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 649 003 30, Slides DZ 2002
TRAVEL TRAVEL
SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D Load Rating Weight
per pair length +/-3.2 Pair Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 003 30 305 222 - 136,7 247,7 153,4 35 0,59
649 003 35 356 272 - 187,5 298,5 204,2 35 0,69
649 003 40 406 298 - 238,3 349,3 255,0 35 0,78
649 003 45 457 323 200,2 289,1 400,1 305,8 35 0,89
649 003 50 508 374 225,6 339,9 450,9 356,6 32 1,00
649 003 55 558 399 251,0 390,7 501,7 407,4 31 1,08
649 003 60 610 425 276,4 441,5 552,5 458,2 29 1,19
649 003 65 660 476 301,8 492,3 603,3 509,0 27 1,28
649 003 70 711 501 327,2 543,1 654,1 559,8 24 1,38
Note
Recommended fastening: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
774 ®
Slides DZ 0201, Width 9.5 mm, to 50 kg, 3/4 Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Can be mounted on both sides.
• Bracket mount for electrical cabinets on request.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 000 12, Slides DZ 0201
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
SLIDE LENGTH -3.2
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 000 12 305 227 - 152,4 254,0 - 149,2 260,3 273,0 50 0,64
649 000 14 356 277 - 203,2 304,8 - 200,0 311,2 323,9 50 0,73
649 000 16 406 302 - 254,0 355,6 - 250,8 361,9 374,6 45 0,83
649 000 18 457 328 203,2 304,8 406,4 212,7 301,6 412,7 425,4 45 0,94
649 000 20 508 379 228,6 355,6 457,2 238,1 352,4 463,5 476,2 40 0,97
649 000 22 559 405 254,0 406,4 508,0 263,5 403,2 514,3 527,0 40 1,07
649 000 24 610 429 279,4 457,2 558,8 288,9 454,0 565,1 577,8 35 1,17
649 000 26 660 481 304,8 508,0 609,6 314,3 504,8 615,9 628,6 30 1,26
649 000 28 711 506 330,2 558,8 660,4 339,7 555,6 666,7 679,4 30 1,45
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
® 775
Slides DZ 2026, Width 9.5 mm, to 50 kg, Two-Way Travel
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Hold-out on both sides.
• Pulls out to front and back. For applications requiring access from
both sides of the drawer.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 004 30, Slides DZ 2026
TRAVEL TRAVEL
SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
SLIDE LENGTH -5
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 004 30 300 209 128 160 224 256 50 0,56
649 004 35 350 246 160 192 256 288 50 0,65
649 004 40 400 283 192 224 320 352 45 0,74
649 004 45 450 321 224 256 352 384 40 0,84
649 004 50 500 358 256 288 416 448 40 0,94
649 004 55 550 395 256 288 480 512 35 1,03
649 004 60 600 433 288 320 512 544 35 1,13
649 004 65 650 470 288 320 576 608 30 1,21
649 004 70 700 507 320 352 608 640 30 1,32
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Selection Tool
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
776 ®
Slides DZ / DB 2132, Width 12.7 mm, to 50 kg, 3/4 Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Fast disconnection.
• Hold-in in closed position.
• Optional clip-on bracket (page 808).
• Version zinc plated, either bright or black.
• Cam drawer adjust (3.1 mm).
• Service life 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 010 25, Slides DZ 2132
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
at SLIDE LENGTH 550
SECTION
Product No. Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G H I Load rating1) Weight
per Pair per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
DZ - bright DB - black mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 010 25 649 110 25 250 163 96 - - - - 192 - - - 50 / 35 0,45
649 010 30 649 110 30 300 205 96 - - - - 242 224 - - 50 / 35 0,52
649 010 35 649 110 35 350 260 128 - - - - 292 224 - - 50 / 35 0,64
649 010 40 649 110 40 400 281 128 - - - - 342 224 - 320 50 / 35 0,71
649 010 45 649 110 45 450 331 128 224 - - - 392 224 - 352 48 / 35 0,78
649 010 50 649 110 50 500 376 128 224 - - - 442 224 - 416 45 / 34 0,80
649 010 55 649 110 55 550 415 128 224 320 - - 492 224 352 - 42 / 32 0,98
649 010 60 649 110 60 600 451 128 224 320 - - 542 224 352 480 40 / 32 1,05
649 010 65 649 110 65 650 488 128 224 320 416 544 592 224 352 544 37 / 31 1,17
649 010 70 649 110 70 700 526 128 224 288 416 - 642 224 352 544 35 / 30 1,26
1) At 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Note Optional Clip-On Brackets see page 808.
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Bracket 633
Bracket 633
® 777
Slides DZ 0204, Width 9.5 mm, to 65 kg, 3/4 Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Can be mounted on both sides.
• Bracket mount for electrical cabinets on request.
• Fast disconnection.
• Lock-out function.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 002 12, Slides DZ 0204
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
SLIDE LENGTH -4
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 002 12 305 202 - 215,9 254,0 - 136,5 247,6 260,3 65 0,63
649 002 14 356 253 - 266,7 304,8 - 187,3 298,4 311,1 65 0,73
649 002 16 406 303 - 317,5 355,6 - 238,1 349,2 361,9 60 0,84
649 002 18 457 329 203,2 342,9 406,4 200,0 288,9 400,0 412,7 55 0,93
649 002 20 508 380 228,6 393,7 457,2 225,4 339,7 450,8 463,5 50 1,04
649 002 22 559 405 254,0 419,1 508,0 250,8 390,5 501,6 514,3 40 1,14
649 002 24 610 431 279,4 444,5 558,8 276,2 441,3 552,4 565,1 35 1,26
649 002 26 660 482 304,8 495,3 609,6 301,6 492,1 603,2 615,9 30 1,35
649 002 28 711 507 330,2 520,7 660,4 327,0 542,9 654,0 666,7 30 1,48
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
778 ®
Slides DS 2028, Width 9.5 mm, to 65 kg, Stainless Steel, 3/4 Extension
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301.
A
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Hold-in in closed position.
• Ideal for environments where mild steel might corrode.
• Service life 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 444 30, Slides DS 2028
SLIDE LENGTH TRAVEL
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D Load Rating1) Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 444 30 300 209 96 128 224 256 65 / 60 0,54
649 444 35 350 245 96 128 256 288 63 / 57 0,64
649 444 40 400 282 160 192 320 352 59 / 54 0,74
649 444 45 450 320 160 192 384 416 57 / 50 0,83
649 444 50 500 357 192 224 416 448 53 / 47 0,92
649 444 55 550 394 192 224 480 512 50 / 45 1,02
649 444 60 600 432 224 256 512 544 46 / 43 1,12
649 444 65 650 469 224 256 576 608 43 / 41 1,21
649 444 70 700 506 256 288 608 640 42 / 40 1,30
1) At 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
® 779
Slides DA 4120, width 36 mm, up to 555 kg, partial extension
Material:
Note: Sold singly.
Slide elements: Aluminium, corrosion resistant.
Ball retainers and Balls: Stainless Steel.
Heavy Duty Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the
industrial and electronics sector.
• Single slides available (universal).
• Very high load capacity up to 438 kg.
• Good corrosion resistance.
• Service life 5,000 / 10,000 cycles.
Ordering Details: e.g.: 2 Pieces Prod.-No. 649 070 40, Slide DA 4120
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
* The tolerances don’t stuck up.
Product No. Slide Travel A Load Rating1) Load Rating2) Load Rating3) Weight
per piece length +/-3.2 per pair per pair per pair piece
mm mm mm kg kg kg kg
649 070 40 400 290 100 (3x) 460 370 185 2,35
649 070 50 500 360 100 (4x) 480 390 195 2,93
649 070 60 600 430 100 (5x) 490 400 200 3,53
649 070 70 700 501 100 (6x) 500 410 205 4,11
649 070 80 800 572 100 (7x) 510 420 210 4,68
649 070 90 900 642 100 (8x) 520 425 212 5,30
649 071 00 1000 713 100 (9x) 530 430 215 5,83
649 071 10 1100 783 100 (10x) 540 434 217 6,40
649 071 20 1200 853 100 (11x) 550 438 219 6,95
1) At 5,000 cycles.
2) At 10,000 cycles.
3) At 10,000 cycles, horizontal mount.
Note
Recommended fastening: M8 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
End stops are tested for 10 cycles with 400 kg at 0.8 m/s.
Additional external end stops are recommended.
The load capacity was tested with 10,000 cycles at a slide spacing
of 600mm. Larger spacings require more stiffness of the sliding part
and adequate parallelism.
780 ®
Slides DZ 2601, Width 12.7 mm, to 45 kg, Compact Profile, Full extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled, zinc-plated steel.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Very compact profile.
• Universal hole pattern.
• Noise dampening of all end stops.
• Hold-in in closed position.
• Can be mounted on both sides.
• Service life 80,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 006 20, Slides DZ 2601
Product No. 649 006 15
* Not availble for slide length 300 mm.
** Only at slide length 400 mm.
*** Not availble for slide length 400 mm.
**** Not availble for slide length 150 mm.
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 006 15 150 148 78 - - - - 12 0,32
649 006 20 200 209 128 - - - - 16 0,44
649 006 25 250 259 128 - - - - 25 0,55
649 006 30 300 308 128 224 - - - 32 0,67
649 006 35 350 357 128 224 - - - 35 0,78
649 006 40 400 406 128 224 320 - - 45 0,89
649 006 45 450 456 128 224 352 - - 45 1,01
649 006 50 500 505 128 224 352 416 - 35 1,11
649 006 55 550 554 128 224 352 448 489 30 1,23
Note
Recommended mount: M4/M6 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
The load capacity was tested with 80,000 cycles at a slide
spacing of 450mm.
Horizontal mounting is not recommended.
Selection Tool
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
® 781
Slides DZ 2642, Width 12.7 mm, to 45 kg, Compact Profile, Full Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Low slide profile.
• Groove or side mounting option.
• Hold-in in closed position.
• Very high service life 80,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 008 20, Slides DZ 2642
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
* Not availble for slide length 300 mm.
** Only at slide length 400 mm.
*** Not availble for slide length 400 mm.
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 008 20 200 209 128 - - - - 16 0,44
649 008 25 250 259 128 - - - - 25 0,55
649 008 30 300 308 128 224 - - - 32 0,67
649 008 35 350 357 128 224 - - - 35 0,78
649 008 40 400 406 128 224 320 - - 45 0,89
649 008 45 450 456 128 224 352 - - 45 1,01
649 008 50 500 505 128 224 352 416 - 35 1,11
649 008 55 550 554 128 224 352 448 489 30 1,23
Note
Recommended mount: M4/M6 screw.
Head-Ø max. 7.8 mm, Head length max. 2 mm.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Horizontal mounting is not recommended.
782 ®
Slides DZ 3732, width 12.7 mm, up to 40 kg, full extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold rolled steel, bright zinc-plated.
Ball retainers: Plastic / zinc-plated steel.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic precision ball bearing slides for applications in the
industrial and electronics sector.
• Fast Disconnect.
• Hold In.
• Optional Clip-On Brackets (page 808).
• Very high service life up to 80,000 cycles.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 649 009 30, Slides DZ 3732
FOR SLIDE LENGTH
OF 550 mm
SECTION
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
* FOR SLIDE LENGTH OF 300 = 96 mm.
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G Load Rating Weight
per pair length +/-3.2 Pair Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 009 30 300 292 - - - 230,8 224 - - 40 0,77
649 009 35 350 356 - - - 280,8 224 - - 40 0,87
649 009 40 400 406 - - - 330,8 224 - 320 40 0,99
649 009 45 450 457 - 320 - 380,8 224 - 352 40 1,11
649 009 50 500 508 - 320 - 430,8 224 - 416 40 1,25
649 009 55 550 559 - 320 416 480,8 224 352 - 40 1,37
649 009 60 600 610 224 416 - 530,8 224 352 480 40 1,50
649 009 65 650 660 224 416 544 580,8 224 352 544 40 1,63
Note Optional Clip-On Brackets see page 808.
Recommended fastening: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Horizontal mounting is not recommended.
The load capacity was tested with 80,000 cycles at a slide
spacing of 450mm.
Bracket 633
Bracket 633
® 783
Slides DZ 3832, Width 12.7 mm, to 50 kg, Full Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Plastic / zinc-plated steel.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Fast disconnection.
• Hold-in in closed position.
• Can be mounted on both sides.
• Cam drawer adjust (3.1 mm).
• Optional clip-on bracket (page 808).
• Service life 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 649 012 15, Slides DZ 3832
FOR SLIDE LENGTH 550
SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION TRAVEL
* Not availble for slide length 148, 199 and 250 mm.
** Not availble for slide length 148 and 199 mm.
Product No. Slide Travel Load Rating1) Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair Optional Clip-On Brackets see page 808.
mm mm kg kg
649 012 15 148 140 45 / 39 0,44
649 012 20 199 203 46 / 40 0,60
649 012 25 250 243 47 / 41 0,76
649 012 30 300 305 48 / 42 0,90
649 012 35 350 356 49 / 43 1,06
649 012 40 400 406 50 / 44 1,22
649 012 45 450 457 50 / 45 1,36
649 012 50 500 508 50 / 45 1,52
649 012 55 550 559 50 / 45 1,68 Bracket 633
Bracket 633
649 012 60 600 610 50 / 45 1,85
649 012 65 650 660 49 / 44 2,00
1) At 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
649 012 70 700 711 48 / 43 2,15
Slide Travel A B C D E F G H J K
Length +/-3.2
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
148 140 96 - - - - - 77,2 - - -
199 203 128 - - - - 141 128 - - -
250 243 96 - - - - 192 128 - - -
300 305 96 - - - - 242 128 224 - -
350 356 128 - - - - 292 128 224 - -
400 406 128 - - - - 342 128 224 320 -
450 457 128 - - 320 - 392 128 224 352 -
500 508 128 - - 320 - 442 128 224 416 -
550 559 128 - - 320 416 492 128 224 352 448
600 610 128 224 - 416 - 542 128 224 352 480
650 660 128 224 - 416 544 592 128 224 352 544
700 711 128 224 288 416 544 642 128 224 352 544
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw. Horizontal mounting not recommended.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating. Clip-on brackets see page 744.
784 ®
Slides DH 3832, Corrosion Proof, Width 12.7 mm, to 50 kg, Full Extension
Material: Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, special zinc plating.
Ball retainers: Plastic / stainless steel. Balls: Stainless steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Corrosion proof for rough environments.
• 8 times better protection than with zinc-plated surface finish.
• Ball retainers, balls and rivets made from stainless steel.
• Hold-in in closed position.
• Fast disconnection.
• Cam drawer adjust (3.1 mm).
• Service life 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 312 25, Slides DH 3832
FOR SLIDE LENGTH
OF 550 mm
SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION TRAVEL
* Not availble for slide length 148, 199 and 250 mm.
** Not availble for slide length 148 and 199 mm.
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G H J K Load Rating1) Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 312 15 148 140 96 - - - - - 77,2 - - - 45 / 39 0,43
649 312 20 199 203 128 - - - - 141 128 - - - 46 / 40 0,61
649 312 25 250 243 96 - - - - 192 128 - - - 47 / 41 0,76
649 312 30 300 305 96 - - - - 242 128 224 - - 48 / 42 0,90
649 312 35 350 356 128 - - - - 292 128 224 - - 49 / 43 1,06
649 312 40 400 406 128 - - - - 342 128 224 320 - 50 / 44 1,21
649 312 45 450 457 128 - - 320 - 392 128 224 352 - 50 / 45 1,36
649 312 50 500 508 128 - - 320 - 442 128 224 416 - 50 / 45 1,51
649 312 55 550 559 128 - - 320 416 492 128 224 352 448 50 / 45 1,67
649 312 60 600 610 128 224 - 416 - 542 128 224 352 480 50 / 45 1,85
649 312 65 650 660 128 224 - 416 544 592 128 224 352 544 49 / 44 1,98
649 312 70 700 711 128 224 288 416 544 642 128 224 352 544 48 / 43 2,15
1) At 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Horizontal mounting not recommended.
Selection Tool
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
® 785
Slides DZ 3832 TR, width 12.7 mm, up to 45 kg, full extension, Touch Release
Material:
Slide elements: Cold rolled steel, bright zinc-plated.
Ball retainers: Plastic / zinc-plated steel.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic precision ball bearing slides for applications in the
industrial and electronics sector.
• Operation by pressing on the drawer. (Grip or knob not required).
• Fast Disconnect.
• Hold-in in the closed position.
• Setting cams for drawer (3.1 mm).
• Very high service life up to 80,000 cycles.
Required compressive force approx. 50 N.
Touch Release - Opens by pressing,
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 649 013 30, Slides DZ 3832 TR for drawers completely without grip or knob.
TOUCH RELEASE 2 mm ***
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
* Not at slide length 300 mm.
** Not at slide lengths 400/500/600 mm.
*** After pressing by 2 mm the drawer
opens by approx. 50 to 125 mm
from where it can be pulled out fully.
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F Load Rating Weight
per pair length +/-3,2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 013 30 300 305 - - - 192 - - 42 0,83
649 013 35 350 356 - - - 242 - - 43 0,98
649 013 40 400 406 - - - 292 288 - 44 1,13
649 013 45 450 457 - 320 - 342 320 - 45 1,31
649 013 50 500 508 - 320 - 392 384 - 45 1,47
649 013 55 550 559 224 416 - 442 416 - 45 1,62
649 013 60 600 610 224 416 - 492 352 480 45 1,75
649 013 65 650 660 224 416 512 542 352 512 44 1,89
649 013 70 700 711 224 416 512 592 352 544 43 2,06
Note
Recommended fastening: M4 screw. Use all mounting positions.
The drawer may not be wider than the slide length. Horizontal mounting is not possible.
786 ®
Slides DZ 3832 SC, Width 12.7 mm, to 50 kg, Full Extension, Self Close
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Plastic / zinc-plated steel. Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Fast disconnection.
• Hold-in in closed position.
• Cam drawer adjust (3.1 mm).
• Optional clip-on brackets for bottom or platform mounting
(page 808).
• Service life 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Closing/opening force 14 - 27 N per slide.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 014 30, Slides DZ 3832 SC
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
* Not availble for slide length 300 mm.
** Not availble for slide length 400 and 500 mm.
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F Load Rating1) Weight
per Pair length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 014 30 300 286 - - - 231 - - 48 / 42 0,90
649 014 35 350 356 - - - 281 - - 49 / 43 1,04
649 014 40 400 406 - - - 331 288 - 50 / 44 1,20
649 014 45 450 457 - 320 - 381 320 - 50 / 45 1,33
649 014 50 500 508 - - - 431 384 - 50 / 45 1,50
649 014 55 550 559 - 416 - 481 416 - 50 / 45 1,67
649 014 60 600 610 224 416 - 531 352 480 50 / 45 1,82
649 014 65 650 660 224 416 544 581 352 512 49 / 44 1,96
1) At 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw. Use all mounting positions to achieve the max.
load rating. Horizontal mounting not recommended. Clip-on brackets see page 808.
® 787
Slides DZ 3832 DO, Width 12.7 mm, to 50 kg, Full Extension with Hold-In and Hold-Out
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Plastic / zinc-plated steel.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Fast disconnection.
• Hold-in and hold-out.
• Can be mounted on either side.
• Cam drawer adjust (3.1 mm).
• Optional clip-on bracket (page 808).
• Service life 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 018 25, Slides DZ 3832 DO
SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
TRAVEL
* For slide lengths of 300 = 96 mm.
** Not availble for slide length 250 and
300 mm.
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G H Load Rating1) Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 018 25 250 243 - - - - 192 - - - 47 / 41 0,77
649 018 30 300 305 - - - - 242 224 - - 47 / 41 0,91
649 018 35 350 356 - - - - 292 224 - - 48 / 42 1,07
649 018 40 400 406 - - - - 342 224 320 - 49 / 43 1,21
649 018 45 450 457 - - 320 - 392 - 352 - 50 / 44 1,37
649 018 50 500 508 - - 320 - 442 - 416 - 50 / 45 1,53
649 018 55 550 559 - - 320 416 492 - 352 - 50 / 45 1,68
649 018 60 600 610 224 - 416 - 542 224 352 480 50 / 45 1,86
649 018 65 650 660 224 - 416 544 592 224 352 554 49 / 44 1,97
649 018 70 700 711 224 288 416 544 642 224 352 554 48 / 43 2,17
1) At 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Note Optional Clip-On Brackets see page 808.
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Horizontal mounting not recommended.
Bracket 633
Bracket 633
788 ®
Slides DA 5321, width 19.1 mm, up to 50 kg, Over-Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Aluminium.
Ball retainers and Balls: Stainless Steel.
Telescopic precision ball bearing slides for applications in the
industrial and electronics sector.
• Hold-in in the closed position.
• Mounting bracket for electronic cabinets on request.
• Service life 40,000 cycles.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 649 045 30, Slides DA 5321
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
ACESS HOLE SINKHOLES
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F Load Rating Weight
per Pair length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 045 30 300 324 - - 192 224 - - 40 0,72
649 045 35 350 374 - - 224 256 - - 43 0,86
649 045 40 400 424 160 192 288 320 128 160 45 0,98
649 045 45 450 474 160 192 320 352 128 160 48 1,11
649 045 50 500 524 192 224 384 416 160 192 50 1,24
649 045 55 550 574 192 224 416 448 160 192 50 1,37
649 045 60 600 624 256 288 480 512 192 256 50 1,50
649 045 65 650 674 256 288 544 576 192 256 50 1,62
649 045 70 700 724 288 320 576 608 256 288 50 1,76
649 045 80 790 804 352 384 672 704 320 352 40 2,00
Note
Recommended fastening: M5/M6 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Attention: Vertical mounting only.
The load capacity was tested at a slide spacing of 450mm.
Selection Tool
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
® 789
Slides DZ 2907, Width 9.6 mm, to 55 kg, Over Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Plastic / zinc-plated steel.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Locks in open position.
• Fast disconnection.
• Bracket mount for electrical cabinets on request.
• Mounting accessories included.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 022 12, Slides DZ 2907
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
SLIDE LENGTH -1.27
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 022 12 305 356 - - - - - 235,0 30 0,84
649 022 14 356 406 - - - - - 285,8 35 1,00
649 022 16 406 457 162,6 - - - - 336,5 45 1,13
649 022 18 457 508 - - 164,8 314,3 - 387,3 50 1,27
649 022 20 508 559 - 172,1 203,2 356,2 - 438,1 55 1,42
649 022 22 559 610 - - 213,0 407,0 - 488,9 55 1,55
649 022 24 610 660 254,0 273,7 - - 457,8 539,7 50 1,71
649 022 26 660 711 140,3 232,4 269,1 416,6 508,6 590,5 50 1,87
649 022 28 711 762 191,1 283,2 304,8 467,4 559,4 641,4 50 2,00
649 022 30 762 813 - 241,9 319,9 518,2 610,2 692,1 50 2,16
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
790 ®
Slides DS 0330, Width 19.1 mm, to 80 kg, Stainless Steel, Full Extension
Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301. A
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Hold-in in closed position.
• Can be mounted on both sides.
• Service life 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 446 30, Slides DS 0330
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
MOUNTING HOLE
ACCSESS HOLE
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G Load Rating1) Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 446 30 300 305 - 192 242 - - 192 224 65 / 50 1,08
649 446 35 350 354 - 224 256 - - 224 256 70 / 55 1,29
649 446 40 400 403 - 192 320 160 - 288 320 75 / 60 1,48
649 446 45 450 452 - 224 352 192 - 320 352 80 / 65 1,66
649 446 50 500 501 256 288 416 224 256 384 416 75 / 57 1,86
649 446 55 550 550 288 320 480 256 288 416 448 70 / 50 2,07
649 446 60 600 600 320 352 512 288 320 480 512 65 / 45 2,26
649 446 70 700 698 352 384 608 320 352 576 608 55 / 30 2,67
1) At 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
® 791
Slides DZ 3301, Width 12.7 mm, to 68 kg, Over Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Hold-in in closed position.
• Bracket mount for electrical cabinets on request.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 028 12, Slides DZ 3301
TRAVEL
SECTION
SLIDE LENGTH -6.1 SLIDE LENGTH
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 028 12 305 330 - 162,1 222,2 235,0 260,3 209,5 68 1,27
649 028 14 356 381 - 212,8 273,0 285,7 311,1 260,3 67 1,51
649 028 16 406 432 - 263,6 323,8 336,5 361,9 311,1 67 1,73
649 028 18 457 483 212,8 314,4 374,6 387,3 412,7 361,9 66 1,92
649 028 20 508 533 238,2 365,2 425,4 438,1 463,5 412,7 66 2,14
649 028 22 559 584 263,6 416,0 476,2 488,9 514,3 463,5 64 2,37
649 028 24 610 635 289,0 466,8 527,0 539,7 565,1 514,3 61 2,53
649 028 26 660 686 314,4 517,6 577,8 590,5 615,9 565,1 58 2,77
649 028 28 711 737 339,8 568,4 628,6 641,3 666,7 615,9 55 3,01
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
The load capacity was tested at a slide spacing of 450mm.
792 ®
Slides DZ 3307, Width 12.7 mm, to 68 kg, Over Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Fast disconnection.
• Locks in open position.
• Mounting accessories included.
• Bracket mount for electrical cabinets on request.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 030 12, Slides DZ 3307
TRAVEL
* Not availble for slide length 305 mm.
SECTION SLIDE LENGTH -6.1 SLIDE LENGTH
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 030 12 305 330 - - 234,9 247,6 260,3 209,5 68 1,32
649 030 14 356 381 - - 285,7 298,4 311,1 260,3 67 1,51
649 030 16 406 432 - - 336,5 349,2 361,9 311,1 67 1,73
649 030 18 457 483 177,8 314,4 387,3 400,0 412,7 361,9 66 1,84
649 030 20 508 533 203,2 365,2 438,1 450,8 463,5 412,7 66 2,16
649 030 22 559 584 228,6 416,0 488,9 501,6 514,3 463,5 64 2,39
649 030 24 610 635 254,0 466,8 539,7 552,4 565,1 514,3 61 2,60
649 030 26 660 686 279,4 517,6 590,5 603,2 615,9 565,1 58 2,81
649 030 28 711 737 304,8 568,4 641,3 654,0 666,7 615,9 55 3,04
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Selection Tool
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
® 793
Slides DZ 3308, Width 12.7 mm, to 68 kg, Over Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Fast disconnection.
• Lock-in in closed position.
• Lock-out in open position.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 032 12, Slides DZ 3308
SLIDE LENGTH
Position
unlocked
SECTION
Position
locked
TRAVEL * Not availble for slide length 305 mm.
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G H I J Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 032 12 305 330 - - 220,1 212,8 225,5 - - 209,5 234,9 260,3 68 1,32
649 032 14 356 381 - - 250,9 263,6 276,3 - - 260,3 285,7 311,1 67 1,54
649 032 16 406 432 - - 301,7 314,4 327,1 - - 311,1 336,5 361,9 67 1,75
649 032 18 457 483 143,0 279,4 352,5 365,2 377,9 177,8 314,4 361,9 387,3 412,7 66 1,96
649 032 20 508 533 168,4 330,2 403,3 416,0 428,7 203,2 365,2 412,7 438,1 463,5 66 2,19
649 032 22 559 584 193,8 381,0 454,1 466,8 479,5 228,6 416,0 463,5 488,9 514,3 64 2,37
649 032 24 610 635 219,2 431,8 504,9 517,6 530,3 254,0 466,8 514,3 539,7 565,1 61 2,63
649 032 26 660 686 244,6 482,6 555,7 568,4 581,1 279,4 517,6 565,1 590,5 615,9 58 2,86
649 032 28 711 737 270,0 533,4 606,5 619,2 631,9 304,8 568,4 615,9 641,3 666,7 55 3,05
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
794 ®
Slides DZ 0305, Width 19.1 mm, to 70 kg, Over Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Locks in open position.
• Fast disconnection.
• Bracket mount for electrical cabinets on request.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 024 12, Slides DZ 0305
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
SLIDE LENGTH -1.8
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 024 12 305 327 - - - 260,3 273,0 - 70 1,27
649 024 14 356 378 - - 298,4 311,1 323,8 - 68 1,46
649 024 16 406 429 - - 349,2 361,9 374,6 250,8 65 1,63
649 024 18 457 480 212,7 - 400,0 412,7 425,4 301,6 62 1,88
649 024 20 508 531 238,1 365,2 450,8 463,5 476,2 352,4 57 2,04
649 024 22 559 581 263,5 415,9 501,6 514,3 527,0 403,2 52 2,29
649 024 24 610 632 288,9 466,7 552,4 565,1 577,8 454,0 46 2,50
649 024 26 660 683 314,3 517,7 603,2 615,9 628,6 504,8 41 2,67
649 024 28 711 734 339,7 568,3 654,0 666,7 679,4 555,6 36 2,89
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
® 795
Slides DZ 0301, Width 19.1 mm, to 70 kg, Over Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Low slide profile (only 35.3 mm).
• Bracket mount for electrical cabinets on request.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 034 12, Slides DZ 0301
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
SLIDE LENGTH
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 034 12 305 327 - 149,2 260,3 273,0 70 1,38
649 034 14 356 378 - 200,0 311,1 323,8 67 1,63
649 034 16 406 429 - 250,8 361,9 374,6 65 1,87
649 034 18 457 480 212,7 301,6 412,7 425,4 63 2,10
649 034 20 508 530 238,1 352,4 463,5 476,2 60 2,35
649 034 22 559 581 263,5 403,2 514,3 527,0 55 2,60
649 034 24 610 632 288,9 454,0 565,1 577,8 50 2,77
649 034 26 660 683 314,3 504,8 615,9 628,6 45 2,55
649 034 28 711 734 339,7 555,6 666,7 679,4 40 3,22
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
796 ®
Slides DS 3031, Width 19.1 mm, to 80 kg, Stainless Steel, Over Extension
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301.
A
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications
also at high temperature areas.
• High temperatur food-grade grease.
• Suitable for temperature up to +300°C.
• Ideal for environments where mild steel might corrode.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 035 30, Slides DS 3031
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
19,1
ø 4,3 ø 4,3 x 6,5
35,3
32,0 26,0 26,0 32,0
A A
SECTION
B B
C C
D D
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 035 30 300 317 - - 224 256 65 1,53
649 035 35 350 367 - - 256 288 70 1,72
649 035 40 400 416 - 192 320 352 75 1,91
649 035 45 450 465 - 224 352 384 80 2,10
649 035 50 500 514 256 288 416 448 75 2,29
649 035 55 550 563 288 320 480 512 70 2,48
649 035 60 600 613 320 352 512 544 65 2,67
649 035 65 650 662 320 352 576 608 60 2,86
649 035 70 700 711 352 384 608 640 55 3,05
Note
Recommended mounts: M4 screw, max. head height 2.5mm,
max. head Ø 9.6mm.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Selection Tool
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
® 797
Slides DZ 5417, width 19.1 mm, up to 100 kg, Over-Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled, bright zinc-plated steel.
Ball retainers: Cold rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic precision ball bearing slides for applications in the
industrial and electronics sector.
• Hold-in in the closed position.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 649 049 30, Slides DZ 5417
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G H Load Rating Weight
per Pair length +/-3,2 per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 049 30 300 340 - - 224 256 - - - 256 90 1,64
649 049 35 350 389 - - 224 256 - - - 256 90 1,93
649 049 40 400 438 160 192 320 352 128 160 - 352 92 2,22
649 049 45 450 487 160 192 320 352 128 160 320 352 95 2,53
649 049 50 500 537 192 224 416 448 160 192 - 416 100 2,81
649 049 55 550 586 224 - 448 480 160 192 - 448 100 3,12
649 049 60 600 635 256 288 480 512 192 224 480 512 94 3,41
649 049 65 650 684 288 320 544 576 192 256 - 544 92 3,68
649 049 70 700 733 288 416 576 608 256 288 576 608 90 4,00
Note
Recommended fastening: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
798 ®
Slides DS 5322, Width 20.7 mm, to 120 kg, Stainless Steel, Over Extension
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301.
A
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial
and electronics sector.
• Ideal for for environments where mild steel might corrode.
• Hold-in in closed position.
• Easily mounted brackets with bolts.
• Especially long service life, up to 80,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 048 30, Slides DS 5322
SLIDE LENGTH
TRAVEL
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E G Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 048 30 300 342 - - 192 224 177 - 80 1,83
649 048 35 350 392 - - 256 288 227 - 90 2,15
649 048 40 400 442 160 192 288 320 277 - 100 2,45
649 048 45 450 492 192 224 352 384 327 - 110 2,74
649 048 50 500 542 192 224 384 416 377 - 120 3,04
649 048 55 550 592 224 256 448 480 427 - 110 3,33
649 048 60 600 642 256 288 480 512 477 238,5 100 3,74
649 048 70 700 742 320 352 608 640 577 288,5 70 4,37
649 048 80 790 822 352 384 672 704 677 338,5 50 4,92
Note
Recommended mount: M5/M6 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
® 799
Slides DZ 3607, Width 19.1 mm, to 120 kg, Full Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Lock-out in open position
• Fast disconnection.
• Mountings included.
• Bracket mount for electrical cabinets on request.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 038 12, Slides DZ 3607
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G H Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 038 12 305 305 - 135,4 179,1 204,5 229,9 - - 228,6 90 1,79
649 038 14 356 356 - 186,2 229,9 255,3 280,7 - - 279,4 90 2,08
649 038 16 406 406 - 237,0 280,7 306,1 331,5 - 257,3 330,2 100 2,50
649 038 18 457 457 - 287,8 331,5 356,9 382,3 - 308,1 381,0 110 2,71
649 038 20 508 508 215,9 338,6 382,3 407,7 433,1 203,2 358,9 431,8 120 3,02
649 038 22 559 559 241,3 389,4 433,1 458,5 483,9 228,6 409,7 482,6 110 3,32
649 038 24 610 610 266,7 440,2 483,9 509,3 534,7 254,0 460,5 533,4 100 3,63
649 038 26 660 660 292,1 491,0 534,7 560,1 585,5 279,4 511,3 584,2 92 3,95
649 038 28 711 711 317,5 541,8 585,5 610,9 636,3 304,8 562,1 635,0 83 4,22
Note
Side-specific slide assembly: Levers move in same direction when
pair of slides is installed.
Recommended mounts: M4 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Attention: Vertical mounting only.
800 ®
Slides DZ 7957, Width 19.1 mm, to 160 kg, Full Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold rolled steel, bright zinc-plated.
Ball retainers: Cold rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic precision ball bearing slides for applications in the
industrial and electronics sector.
• Suitable for drawers up to 1000mm wide at high load.
• Fast Disconnect.
• Optional Clip-On Brackets (page 808).
• Very high service life up to 80,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 039 12, Slides DZ 7957
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
E N
D M
C L
B K
A J
44.4
19.1 11.5 x 8.5 44.5
19.0 22.2
19.1 Ø8.5 Ø9.0 31.8 12.7
50.8 8.5 x 14.6 Ø5.9 Ø9.0 17.5
70.8
Ø5.9 12.7 19.0
17.8 x 8.5 12.7
F Ø5.9 Ø5.9 14.6 x 8.5 Ø8.5
G 10.1 x 5.9
SECTION H
I
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 Pair Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 039 12 305 305 - - - - - - - 179,4 198,5 - - 184,2 200,2 241,3 140 2,38
649 039 14 356 356 - - - - - - - 230,2 249,3 - - 235,0 251,0 292,1 140 2,80
649 039 16 406 406 108 - - - - 236,6 262,0 281,0 300,1 - - 285,8 301,8 342,9 150 3,19
649 039 18 457 457 108 - - - - 287,4 312,8 331,8 350,9 - - 336,6 352,6 393,7 150 3,62
649 039 20 508 508 108 171,5 - - - 338,2 363,6 382,6 401,7 - - 387,4 403,4 444,5 160 4,03
649 039 22 559 559 108 171,5 - - 328,7 389,0 414,4 433,4 452,5 - - 438,2 454,2 495,3 160 4,42
649 039 24 610 610 108 171,5 - - 379,5 439,8 465,2 484,2 503,3 - - 489,0 505,0 546,1 160 4,84
649 039 26 660 660 108 171,5 - - 430,3 490,6 516,0 535,0 554,1 - - 539,8 555,8 596,9 160 5,27
649 039 28 711 711 108 171,5 - - 481,1 541,4 566,8 585,8 604,9 - - 590,6 606,6 647,7 160 5,88
649 039 30 762 762 108 171,5 - - 531,9 592,2 617,6 636,6 655,7 203,2 469,9 641,4 657,4 698,5 160 6,06
649 039 32 813 813 108 171,5 - - 582,7 643,0 688,4 687,4 706,5 203,2 520,7 692,2 708,2 749,3 160 6,48
649 039 34 864 864 108 171,5 349,3 - 633,5 693,8 719,2 738,2 757,3 203,2 571,5 743,0 759,0 800,1 160 6,88
649 039 36 914 914 108 171,5 349,3 501,7 684,3 744,6 770,0 789,0 808,1 203,2 622,3 793,8 809,8 850,9 160 7,29
Note
Recommended mounts: M5/M6 screw.
Selection Tool
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Handed slide assembly: Levers for front disconnection move in same
direction.
For bracket accessory kit see page 808. The fixings included willnot
fit the 7957 slide. We recommend M6 countersunk screws. on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
® 801
Slides DZ 5321 SC, Width 19.1 mm, to 120 kg, Over Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Self Close.
• Hold-in in closed position.
• Bracket mount for electrical cabinets on request.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 042 30, Slides DZ 5321 SC
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G H Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 042 30 300 319 - - 160 192 - - 192 224 85 1,64
649 042 35 350 369 - - 224 256 - - 224 256 90 1,96
649 042 40 400 419 160 192 256 288 160 192 288 320 100 2,25
649 042 45 450 469 192 224 320 352 192 224 352 384 110 2,57
649 042 50 500 519 224 256 352 384 224 256 384 416 120 2,87
649 042 55 550 569 224 256 416 448 224 256 448 480 110 3,17
649 042 60 600 619 256 288 480 512 256 288 480 512 100 3,48
649 042 70 700 719 320 352 544 576 320 352 576 608 70 4,10
649 042 80 790 823 352 384 640 672 352 384 672 704 50 4,64
Note
Recommended mount: M5/M6 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
802 ®
Slides DZ / DS 5321, width 19.1 mm, up to 170 kg, Over-Extension
Material Type DZ 5321:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled, bright zinc-plated steel.
Ball retainers: Cold rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Material Type DS 5321: A
Stainless steel 1.4301.
Telescopic precision ball bearing slides for applications in the
industrial and electronics sector.
• Hold-in in the closed position.
• Mounting bracket for electronic cabinets on request.
• Service life 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 649 040 30, Slides DZ 5321
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
ACCESS HOLE SINKHOLES
SECTION
Product No. Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F Load Rating1) Weight
per pair per pair length +/-3,2 per pair per pair
DZ 5321 DS 5321 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 040 30 649 440 30 300 323,5 - - 192 224 - - 130 / 120 1,73
649 040 35 649 440 35 350 373,5 - - 224 256 - - 140 / 120 2,04
649 040 40 649 440 40 400 423,5 160 192 288 320 128 160 150 / 130 2,34
649 040 45 649 440 45 450 473,5 160 192 320 352 128 160 160 / 140 2,64
649 040 50 649 440 50 500 523,5 192 224 384 416 160 192 170 / 150 2,94
649 040 55 649 440 55 550 573,5 192 224 416 448 160 192 160 / 140 3,25
649 040 60 649 440 60 600 623,5 256 288 480 512 192 256 150 / 120 3,55
649 040 70 649 440 70 700 723,5 288 320 576 608 256 288 130 / 110 4,16
649 040 80 649 440 80 790 803,5 352 384 672 704 320 352 100 / 100 4,72
649 040 90 - 900 923,5 448 480 768 800 384 416 90 / 80 5,33
649 040 99 - 1000 1023,5 480 512 864 896 448 480 80 / 70 5,87
649 040 11 - 1100 1123,5 544 576 992 1024 480 512 70 / 60 6,39
1) At 10,000 / 80,000 cycles.
Note
Recommended fastening: M5/M6 screw.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Attention: Vertical mounting only.
® 803
Slides DZ 9301, Width 19.1 mm, to 227 kg, Full Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Plastic.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Lengths to 1.5 m.
• Optional bracket kits for various mounting options (page 808).
• Service life 10,000 cycles (to 180 kg up to 75,000 cycles).
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 050 10, Slides DZ 9301
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
* Only at slide length 1219 and 1524 mm.
** Only at slide length 1524 mm.
Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G H J K M N P Q RLoad Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.3 Pair Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 050 10 254 254 - - - - - 103,1 128,5 147,6 166,6 - - - 152,4 209,6 228,6 227 1,15
649 050 12 305 305 - - - - - 153,9 179,3 198,4 217,4 - - - 203,2 260,4 279,4 227 2,80
649 050 14 356 356 - - - - - 204,7 230,1 249,2 268,2 - - - 254,0 311,2 330,2 227 3,28
649 050 16 406 406 127 - - - - 255,5 280,9 300,0 319,0 - - - 304,8 362,0 381,0 227 3,80
649 050 18 457 457 127 - - - 246,1 306,3 331,7 350,8 369,8 - - - 355,6 412,8 431,8 227 4,30
649 050 20 508 508 127 190,5 - - 296,9 357,1 382,5 401,6 420,6 - - - 406,4 463,6 482,6 227 4,76
649 050 22 559 559 127 190,5 - - 347,7 407,9 433,3 452,4 471,4 - - - 457,2 514,4 533,4 227 5,22
649 050 24 610 610 127 190,5 - - 398,5 458,7 484,1 503,2 522,2 - - - 508,0 565,2 584,2 227 5,76
649 050 26 660 660 127 190,5 - - 449,3 509,5 534,9 554,0 573,0 - - - 558,8 616,0 635,0 227 6,26
649 050 28 711 711 127 190,5 - - 500,1 560,3 585,7 604,8 623,8 - - - 609,6 666,8 685,8 227 6,74
649 050 30 762 762 127 190,5 368,3 - 550,9 611,1 636,5 655,6 674,6 235 - 501,7 660,4 717,6 736,6 222 7,24
649 050 32 813 813 127 190,5 368,3 - 601,7 661,9 687,3 706,4 725,4 235 393,7 552,5 711,2 768,4 787,4 218 7,72
649 050 34 864 864 127 190,5 368,3 469,9 652,5 712,7 738,1 757,2 776,2 235 419,1 603,3 762,0 819,2 838,2 213 8,30
649 050 36 914 914 127 190,5 368,3 520,7 703,3 763,5 788,9 808,0 827,0 235 444,5 654,1 812,8 870,0 889,0 209 8,74
649 050 40 1016 1016 127 190,5 368,3 520,7 804,9 865,1 890,5 909,6 928,6 235 546,1 755,7 914,4 971,6 990,6 200 9,76
649 050 42 1067 1067 127 190,5 368,3 520,7 855,7 915,9 941,3 960,4 979,4 235 546,1 806,5 965,2 1022,4 1041,4 195 10,22
649 050 44 1118 1118 127 190,5 368,3 520,7 906,5 966,7 992,1 1011,2 1030,2 235 546,1 857,3 1016,0 1073,2 1092,2 182 10,70
649 050 48 1219 1219 127 190,5 368,3 520,7 1008,1 1068,3 1093,7 1112,8 1131,8 235 596,9 958,9 1117,8 1174,8 1193,8 182 11,72
649 050 60 1524 1524 127 190,5 368,3 520,7 1312,9 1373,1 1398,5 1417,6 1436,6 235 596,9 958,9 1422,4 1479,6 1498,6 154 14,64
Note
Recommended mount: M5/M6 screw.
Max. screw head of 4.8 mm height and 12.7 mm Ø.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
Bracket accessory kits DZ 634 for side and bottom mounting
see page 808.
804 ®
Slides DZ 9308, Width 19.1 mm, to 227 kg, Full Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated. Note: Sold singly.
Ball retainers: Plastic. Picture: Left slide.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Slides sold separately (left or right).
• Lock-in in open position.
• Lock-out in closed position.
• Front lever lock release.
• Only for vertical mounting.
• Optional bracket accessory kits for various mounting options
(page 808).
• Service life 10,000 cycles (to 180 kg up to 75,000 cycles). Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 052 12, Slide DZ 9308, left
Prod. No. 649 054 12, Slide DZ 9308, right
Drawing: Left Slide TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
SECTION
* Not available for slide length of 305.
** Not available for slide length of 559.
Product No. Product No. Slide Travel A B C D E F G H K M N P Q R Load Rating Weight
per Piece per Piece Length +/-3.3 per Pair Piece
left right mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 052 12 649 054 12 305 305 - - - - - 153,9 179,3 198,4 - - - 203,2 260,4 279,4 227 1,46
649 052 14 649 054 14 356 356 - - - - - 204,7 230,1 249,2 - - - 254,0 311,2 330,2 227 1,71
649 052 16 649 054 16 406 406 - - - - - 255,5 280,9 300,0 - - - 304,8 362,0 381,0 227 1,97
649 052 18 649 054 18 457 457 127 - - - - 306,3 331,7 350,8 - - - 355,6 412,8 431,8 227 2,21
649 052 20 649 054 20 508 508 127 - - - 296,9 357,1 382,5 401,6 - - - 406,4 463,6 482,6 227 2,45
649 052 22 649 054 22 559 559 127 190,5 - - 347,7 407,9 433,3 452,4 - - - 457,2 514,4 533,4 227 2,69
649 052 24 649 054 24 610 610 127 190,5 - - 398,5 458,7 484,1 503,2 - - - 508,0 565,2 584,2 227 2,96
649 052 26 649 054 26 660 660 127 190,5 - - 449,3 509,5 534,9 554,0 - - - 558,8 616,0 635,0 227 3,20
649 052 28 649 054 28 711 711 127 190,5 - - 500,1 560,3 585,7 604,8 - - - 609,6 666,8 685,8 227 3,46
649 052 30 649 054 30 762 762 127 190,5 - - 550,9 611,1 636,5 655,6 235 - 501,7 660,4 717,6 736,6 222 3,71
649 052 32 649 054 32 813 813 127 190,5 - - 601,7 661,9 687,3 706,4 235 - 552,5 711,2 768,4 787,4 218 3,98
649 052 34 649 054 34 864 864 127 190,5 - 520,7 652,5 712,7 738,1 757,1 235 - - 762,0 819,1 832,2 213 4,22
649 052 36 649 054 36 914 914 127 190,5 368,3 520,7 703,3 763,5 788,9 807,9 235 - - 812,8 869,9 889,0 209 4,49
649 052 40 649 054 40 1016 1016 127 190,5 368,3 - 804,9 865,1 890,5 909,5 235 - 755,7 914,4 971,5 990,6 200 5,03
649 052 42 649 054 42 1067 1067 127 190,5 368,3 - 855,7 915,7 941,3 960,4 235 - 806,5 965,2 1022,4 1041,4 195 5,27
649 052 48 649 054 48 1219 1219 127 190,5 368,3 520,7 1008,1 1068,3 1093,7 1112,8 235 - 958,9 1117,6 1174,8 1193,8 182 6,00
649 052 60 649 054 60 1524 1524 127 190,5 368,3 520,7 1312,9 1373,1 1398,5 1417,8 235 596,9 958,9 1422,4 1479,5 1498,6 154 7,54
Note
These slides are sold separately. To lock both sides a left-hand and Recommended mount: M5/M6 screw.
a right-hand slide are required. To lock one side a left or right-hand Max. screw head of 4.8 mm height and 12.7 mm Ø.
slide can be combined with slide DZ 9301 as non-locking compani- Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
on slide, see page 804. Bracket accessory kits DZ 634 for side and bottom mounting
Attention: Vertical mounting only. see page 808.
® 805
Slides DA 4160, Width 26.5 mm, to 300 kg, Full Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Aluminium, corrosion resistant.
Ball retainers and Balls: Stainless Steel.
Heavy Duty Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the
industrial and electronics sector.
• Very high load capacity up to 300 kg.
• Good corrosion resistance.
• Only for vertical mounting.
• Service life 10,000 cycles.
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 055 30, Slides DA 4160
SLIDE LENGTH
B B
7.5 7.5
TRAVEL
Ø6.6 (Ø12.6 x90.0º)
15.0
22.5
15.0 M8 x 1.25 15.0
80.0
35.0
20.0
22.5
1.5
50.0 50.0 D 50.0 D 50.0 50.0
26.5
C
SECTION
Produ Slide Travel A B C D Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3,2 per Pair
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 055 30 300 300 285 - 100 - 240 2,50
649 055 35 350 350 335 - 150 - 255 2,93
649 055 40 400 400 385 - 200 - 270 3,37
649 055 45 450 450 435 - 250 - 285 3,80
649 055 50 500 500 485 - 300 - 300 4,24
649 055 55 550 550 - 267,5 - 150 300 4,68
649 055 60 600 600 - 292,5 - 175 300 5,12
649 055 65 650 650 - 317,5 - 200 295 5,56
649 055 70 700 700 - 342,5 - 225 290 6,00
649 055 80 800 800 - 392,5 - 275 270 6,87
649 055 90 900 900 - 442,5 - 325 250 7,75
649 056 00 1000 1000 - 492,5 - 375 230 8,62
Note
Recommended mounts: M6/M8 screw. End stops have been tested to 10 cycles with the
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating. nominated loads at 0.8 m/s. We recommend that
Attention: Vertical mounting only. additional external stopping arrangements are
used.
The load rating is based on slides mounted 600mm apart. These
slides are also suitable for wider applications, if the drawer is stiff We recommend that quality grease, rated for extreme pressure, is
enough. re-applied at 2000 cycle intervals.
806 ®
Slides DZ 0522, Width 26.5 mm, to 180 kg, Over Extension
Material:
Slide elements: Cold-rolled steel, bright zinc plated.
Ball retainers: Cold-rolled steel, zinc-plated.
Balls: Hardened steel.
Telescopic ball bearing slides for applications in the industrial and
electronics sector.
• Heavy-duty construction.
• Shock blocks offering protection against shock and vibration.
• Protective shroud prevents excessive contamination of the ball tracks.
• Mounting plates on inner and outer members.
• Service life 10,000 cycles (to 140 kg up to 40,000 cycles).
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 058 59, Slides DZ 0522
TRAVEL SLIDE LENGTH
* For slide length 900 mm there are
4 holes with distance A.
SECTION
Product No. Slide Travel A Overall Length Load Rating Weight
per Pair Length +/-3.2 per Pair per Pair
mm mm mm mm kg kg
649 058 59 457 534 194,0 481 180 9,74
649 058 61 600 625 265,0 624 180 12,68
649 058 62 900 907 276,5 924 150 19,24
Note
Recommended mount: M6 screws on the inner, extending
member, M8 screws on the outer fixed member.
Use all mounting positions to achieve the max. load rating.
The cabinet and drawer must be designed to minimise any
deflection and torsion of the slide.
Overall length = slide length + 24 mm.
Selection Tool
on the Internet at www.maedler.de
in the section MÄDLER ®-Tools
® 807
Clip-On Brackets and Bracket Accessory Kits for Slides
Pairs of Clip-On Brackets DZ 633 for Slides 2109, 2132, 3732 and 3832
Material: Monting Examples
Steel, bright zinc plated.
Can be used for:
Type DZ 2109 (page 773).
Type DZ 2132 (page 777). Bracket DZ 633
Type DZ 3732 (page 783).
Type DZ 3832 (page 784).
Type DZ 3832 DO (page 788).
Type DZ 3832 SC (page 787).
Per pair of slides, one pair of clip-on brackets is required.
Recommended mounts: M4 screw. Bracket DZ 633
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 020 35, 1 Pair of Clip-On Brackets DZ 633,
Zinc Plated, 346.7 mm long
Product No. can be used for can be used for A B C D E Weight
Pair of Brackets Type 2109/2132 Types 3732/3832 per Pair
DZ-zinc bright with slide length with slide length mm mm mm mm mm kg
649 020 35 - 350 346,7 236,5 300 150 114,4 0,34
649 020 40 400 400 396,7 286,6 350 175 139,4 0,38
649 020 45 450/600/650/700 450 446,8 336,6 400 200 164,4 0,42
649 020 50 500 500 496,8 386,6 450 225 189,4 0,48
649 020 55 550 550/600/650/700 546,8 436,6 500 250 214,4 0,52
Bracket Accessory Kits DZ 634 for Slides 9301 and 9308
Material: Steel, bright zinc plated.
Each kit comprises: 2 brackets and 4 hexagon screws 6.35 mm
with washers and nuts.
Bracket accessory kits for side or bottom mounting
(examples and amount of bracket accessory kits required see
selection table page 809).
Can be used for: Type DZ 9301 (page 804) and
Type DZ 9308 (page 805).
Ordering details: e.g.: Prod. No. 649 056 12, Bracket Kit DZ 634, 305 mm long
LENGTH
Product No. Length Width Height Weight Product No. Length Width Height Weight
Kit* mm mm mm kg Kit* mm mm mm kg
649 056 12 305 41,3 60,3 1,3 649 056 22 559 41,3 60,3 2,4
649 056 16 406 41,3 60,3 1,7 649 056 28 711 41,3 60,3 3,1
* Amount of kits required for each pair of slides see selection table page 809.
808 ®
Bracket Accessory Kits DZ 634: Mounting Examples and Selection Table
For bracket accessory kits DZ 634 (page 808) with slides DZ 9301 (page 804) or DZ 9308 (page 805).
Examples Side Mounting
Examples Bottom Mounting
Selection Table
Pair of Slides Pair of Slides Slide Length Side Mounting Bottom Mounting
DZ 9301 DZ 9308 mm Required Bracket Kits, Required Bracket Kits,
left / right Amount and Product No. Amount and Product No.
649 050 12 649 052 12 / 649 054 12 304,8 1 x 649 056 12 2 x 649 056 12
649 050 14 649 052 14 / 649 054 14 355,6 1 x 649 056 12 2 x 649 056 12
649 050 16 649 052 16 / 649 054 16 406,4 1 x 649 056 16 2 x 649 056 16
649 050 18 649 052 18 / 649 054 18 457,2 1 x 649 056 16 2 x 649 056 16
649 050 20 649 052 20 / 649 054 20 508,0 1 x 649 056 16 2 x 649 056 16
649 050 22 649 052 22 / 649 054 22 558,8 1 x 649 056 22 2 x 649 056 22
649 050 24 649 052 24 / 649 054 24 609,6 1 x 649 056 22 2 x 649 056 22
649 050 26 649 052 26 / 649 054 26 660,4 1 x 649 056 22 2 x 649 056 22
649 050 28 649 052 28 / 649 054 28 711,2 1 x 649 056 28 2 x 649 056 28
649 050 30 649 052 30 / 649 054 30 762,0 1 x 649 056 28 2 x 649 056 28
649 050 32 649 052 32 / 649 054 32 812,8 1 x 649 056 28 2 x 649 056 28
649 050 34 649 052 34 / 649 054 34 863,6 2 x 649 056 12 4 x 649 056 12
649 050 36 649 052 36 / 649 054 36 914,4 2 x 649 056 12 4 x 649 056 12
649 050 40 649 052 40 / 649 054 40 1016,0 1 x 649 056 12 & 1 x 649 056 22 2 x 649 056 12 & 2 x 649 056 22
649 050 42 649 052 42 / 649 054 42 1066,8 1 x 649 056 12 & 1 x 649 056 22 2 x 649 056 12 & 2 x 649 056 22
649 050 48 649 052 48 / 649 054 48 1219,2 1 x 649 056 12 & 1 x 649 056 28 2 x 649 056 12 & 2 x 649 056 28
649 050 60 649 052 60 / 649 054 60 1524,0 1 x 649 056 22 & 1 x 649 056 28 2 x 649 056 22 & 2 x 649 056 28
® 809
Linear Motion Guide DA 0115 RC with Ball Carriage
Material: Track made from aluminium.
Carriage: Stainless steel housing with plastic sealings.
On choice: With stainless steel balls (greased) or
polymer balls (grease free).
Linear guide for universal use.
• Four track lenghts on choice (for to cut by the customer).
• Without boreholes, or with mounting holes.
• Several carriages can be used on one track.
• Resistant against corrosion and dirt.
• All parts have to be ordered seperately.
• Long service life, tested to 80,000 meters of travel distance.
Ordering details: e.g.: 1x Prod. No. 649 705 01, Carriage,
1x Prod. No. 649 705 06H, Track 600mm with Mounting Holes,
2x Prod. No. 649 705 03, End Stop
111+/-0,5
M5 (2x)
60,0 12,3+/-0,25
40,0
10,0
22,3
Length approx.
50 100 100 100 0)
Mounting holes only at
Product No. 649 705 06H,
No. 649 705 12H,
No. 649 705 18H,
and No. 649 705 24H
Ø 4,2 (Ø10 x 90°)
Load ratings in kg depending on mounting position and number of carriages
Product No. Product vertically mounted horizontally monted, lying horizontally monted, hanging Weight
1 Carriage 2 Carri. 3 Carri. 1 Carriage 2 Carri. 3 Carri. 1 Carriage 2 Carri. 3 Carri. g
649 705 01 Carriage with stainless steel balls 50 90 130 30 55 70 40 70 90 120
649 705 02 Carriage with polymer balls 30 54 75 18 32 42 24 42 54 85
649 705 06 Track, length 600mm 320
649 705 06H Track, length 600mm with holes 320
649 705 12 Track, length 1200mm 635
649 705 12H Track, length 1200mm with holes 635
649 705 18 Track, length 1800mm 950
649 705 18H Track, length 1800mm with holes 950
649 705 24 Track, length 2400mm 1270
649 705 24H Track, length 2400mm with holes 1270
649 705 03* End Stop (1 piece)* 15
* Depending on the application, 2 pieces may be required. 2 screws included.
On request:
vertically
horizontally, lying
horizontally, hanging
Carriage (with mounting aid) and End Tracks on choice without bores The load ratings depend on the Drilling jig: to drill pinholes for perma-
Stops have to be ordered seperately. or with mounting holes. mounting position (see table). nent pinned connection of tracks.
Note
Not recommended for high torque applicatins. Push the carriages with the mounting aid carefully onto the track.
Fix track on a rigid and levelm surface. Fixing recommendation: Distribute weight evenly across carriages. Infinte track lengths
M4 countersunk screw or 4mm countersunk wood screw. possible. Butt tracks end to end and align the centre lines. For
Drill countersunk holes in the middle of track, hole distance from permanent pinned connection, use drilling jig (on request) for
100mm up to 200mm, depending on mounting position and load. 3mm pins
810 ®
LOCTITE ® Thread Locking
LOCTITE ® 222 - Low-Strength Thread Locking
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 731 01, Loctite 222, Low-strength thread locking for all threaded
Cont. 10 ml connections made from metal to M36.
The connections can be unfastened using normal
Product No. Contents in ml Packaging Type Weight in g
tools.
140 731 01 10 Bottle 20
140 731 02 50 Bottle 77 Applications
Ideal for adjusting screws, screws at maintenance
Specifications access, carburetor screws etc.. Also suitable for
• Thread size: to M36. metals which might brake during disassembly.
• Strength: Low.
• Functional strength (Typical value at +22ºC): 6 hrs.
• Breakaway torque tested according to DIN 54454: 6 Nm.
• Long-term temperature resistance: +150ºC.
Approvals
• P1 NSF Reg. No.: 123002.
LOCTITE ® 243 - Medium Strength Thread Locking
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 731 07, Loctite 243, Cont. 10 ml Medium strength thread locking for all threaded
connections made from metal to M36.
Product No. Contents in ml Packaging Type Weight in g Tolerates low oil-based contaminations.
140 731 07 10 Bottle 20 The connections can be unfastened using normal
140 731 08 50 Bottle 78 tools.
Specifications Applications
• Thread size: to M36. Locks and prevents loosening from vibration on
• Strength: Medium. parts such as screws, nuts and studs, e.g., on
• Functional strength (Typical value at +22ºC): 2 hrs. motors, gearboxes and housings.
• Breakaway torque tested according to DIN 54454: 20 Nm.
• Long-term temperature resistance: +150ºC.
Approvals
• P1 NSF Reg. No.: 123000.
• Certified to ANSI/NSF.
• Standard 61.
LOCTITE ® 290 - Post-Assembly Thread Locking, Medium Strength
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 731 12, Loctite 290, For post-assembly thread locking (medium strength).
Cont. 10 ml For metal threads. Because of its low viscosity, the
product penetrates into the threads, to size M12.
Product No. Contents in ml Packaging Type Weight in g When disassembling the parts, the connection
140 731 12 10 Bottle 20 should be heated to +250ºC.
140 731 13 50 Bottle 77
Applications
Specifications Prefabricated connections, carburetor screws,
• Thread size: to M12. adjusting screws, screws at maintenance access etc.
• Strength: Medium.
• Functional strength (Typical value at +22ºC): 3 hrs.
• Breakaway torque tested according to DIN 54454: 10 Nm.
• Long-term temperature resistance: +150ºC.
LOCTITE ® 2701 - Maximum Strength Thread Locking
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 731 18, Loctite 2701, Cont. 10 ml Maximum strength thread locking for all threaded
connections made from metal, including passive
materials, such as high-alloyed steel. Ideal for threa-
Product No. Contents in ml Packaging Type Weight ded connections exposed to strong vibrations and
140 731 18 10 Bottle 20 shocks, e.g. studs on motors or pumps etc. When
140 731 19 50 Bottle 78 disassembling the parts, the connection should be
heated to +250ºC.
Specifications
• Thread size: To M20. Applications
• Strength: High. All threaded connections which require high
• Functional strength (Typical value at 22ºC): 6 hrs. durability against strong vibrations and shocks or
• Breakaway torque tested according to DIN 54454: 38 Nm. extreme environmental or chemical influences.
• Long-term temperature resistance: +150ºC.
Approvals
• P1 NSF Reg. No.: 123006.
Safety Data Sheets at www.maedler.de in the section Downloads
® 811
LOCTITE ® Bonding Products
LOCTITE ® 603 - Oil-Tolerant Bonding Product
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 732 02, Loctite 603, Cont. 10 ml Oil-tolerant, universal bonding product for metal.
Tolerates oil-based contaminations. Especially suited
Product No. Contents in ml Packaging Type Weight in g for the mounting of bearings (bondline gap to
140 732 02 10 Bottle 20 0.1 mm). Rapid setting with high strength.
140 732 03 50 Bottle 83 When disassembling the parts, the connection
should be heated to +250ºC.
Specifications
• Strength: High. Applications
• Handling strength (at room temperature on steel): after 10 min. Bonding of bushes, bearings etc. in housings and
• Functional strength (Typical value at +22ºC): min. 12 hrs. on shafts with small bondline gap (to 0.1 mm).
• Bondline gap: to 0.1 mm.
• Temperature resistance: +150ºC.
Approvals
• P1 NSF Reg. No.: 123003.
• Tested and recommended by leading roller bearing
manufacturers.
LOCTITE ® 638 - Bonding Product for Large Gaps
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 732 07, Loctite 638, Cont. 10 ml Special bonding product for metal highly capable of
filling gaps and fast reached handling strength.
Product No. Contents in ml Packaging Type Weight in g
For gaps up to 0.25 mm. Temperature resistant to
140 732 07 10 Bottle 20 + 150ºC. Handling strength after only 5 minutes.
140 732 08 50 Bottle 83 When disassembling the parts, the connection
Specifications should be heated to +250ºC.
• Strength: High. Applications
• Handling strength (at room temperature on steel): after 5 min. Bonding of bushes, bearings etc. in housings and on
• Functional strength (Typical value at +22ºC): min. 6 hrs. shafts with large bondline gap (to 0.25 mm).
• Bondline gap: To 0.25 mm.
• Temperature resistance: +150ºC.
Approvals
• KTW recommendation.
• DVGW approval.
• P1 NSF Reg. No.: 123010.
LOCTITE ® 648 - Bonding Product with High Temperature Resistance
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 732 13, Loctite 648, Cont. 10 ml Universal bonding product for metal, temperature
resistant to +175ºC. Capable of filling gaps up to
Product No. Contents in ml Packaging Type Weight in g 0.15 mm. Handling strength after only 5 minutes.
140 732 13 10 Bottle 20 When disassembling the parts, the connection
140 732 14 50 Bottle 83 should be heated to 250ºC.
Specifications Applications
• Strength: High. Bonding of bushes, bearings etc. in housings and
• Handling strength (at room temperature on steel): after 5 min. on shafts, in applications where high operating
• Functional strength (Typical value at 22ºC): min. 6 hrs. temperatures prevail.
• Bondline gap: To 0.15 mm.
• Temperature resistance: +175ºC.
Safety Data Sheets at www.maedler.de in the section Downloads
812 ®
LOCTITE ® Instant Adhesives
LOCTITE ® 401 - Universal Instant Adhesive
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 733 04, Loctite 401, Universal instant adhesive. Bonds almost all
Contents 5 g materials as, e.g., plastics, elastomers, metals, paper,
cardboard, wood.
Product No. Contents in g Packaging Type Weight in g
140 733 04 5 Bottle 14 Application examples
Bonding a PVC seal onto an ABS housing when
140 733 05 20 Bottle 31
manufacturing car mirrors. Bonding foam rubber
Specifications onto a steel or plastic housing. Bonding PVC foils
• Temperature range: to +80ºC. onto paper when producing packaging materials.
• Handling strength (steel at +22ºC and 50% air humidity): Bonding small plastic parts onto wood, e.g., in the
after 5-20 sec. furniture industry.
• Viscosity mPa.s: 110.
• Especially suited for: porous materials.
Approvals
• P1 NSF Reg. No.: 123011.
LOCTITE ® 406 - Instant Adhesive for Plastic and Rubber
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 733 09, Loctite 406, Cont. 20 g Special instant adhesive for fast bonding of
rubbers (incl. EPDM), plastics and elastomers.
Product No. Contents in g Packaging Type Weight in g In combination with the primer Loctite 7239 even
140 733 09 20 Bottle 31 hard to bond plastics can be bonded.
Application examples
Specifications Bonding a silicon rubber piece onto a plastic housing
• Temperature range: to +80ºC. in a car locking unit. Bonding a plastic part onto a
• Handling strength (steel at +22ºC and 50% air humidity): fire extinguisher. Producing O-rings with the Loctite
after 10-20 sec. O-ring set.
• Viscosity mPa.s: 20.
• Especially suited for: plastics.
LOCTITE ® 454 - Universal Instant Adhesive, Non-Drip Gel
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 733 16, Loctite 454, Universal, instant adhesive gel can be used for
Contents 3 g bonding metals, composite materials, wood, cork,
Product No. Contents in g Packaging Type Weight in g foam plastic, leather, cardboard, paper and ceramics.
Good gap filling capability. Recommended for use
140 733 16 3 Tube 5
on vertical surfaces or when working overhead. Can
140 733 17 10 Syringe 18 also be used with automated processing systems.
140 733 18 20 Tube 32
Application examples
Specifications Bonding rubber door stops onto walls. Bonding
• Temperature range: to +80ºC. plastic signs onto wooden doors. Bonding rubber
• Handling strength (steel at +22ºC and 50% air humidity): treads onto the steps of an aluminium ladder.
after 5-20 sec.
• Viscosity: gel.
• Especially suited for: porous materials.
Approvals
• P1 NSF Reg. No.: 123009.
LOCTITE ® 4850 - Flexible Instant Adhesive
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 733 24, Loctite 4850, Cont. 5 g Flexible instant adhesive with medium viscosity.
Rapid setting, transparent. Especially suited for
Product No. Contents in g Packaging Type Weight in g the assembly and repair of flexible materials and
140 733 24 5 Bottle 18 components.
140 733 26 20 Bottle 31
Application examples
Specifications Bonding of materials for the production and repair
• Temperature range: to 70ºC. of flexible seals and sleeves or the mounting of ela-
• Handling strength (steel at +22ºC and 50% air humidity): stic components.
after 5-20 sec.
• Viscosity mPa.s: 400.
• Especially suited for: flexible materials.
Approvals
Safety Data Sheets at www.maedler.de in the section Downloads
• P1 NSF Reg. No.: 123011.
® 813
LOCTITE ® Sealants and Sealant Removers
LOCTITE ® 518 - Medium Strength Standard Flange Sealant
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 734 02, Loctite 518, One-component, medium strength flange sealant.
Cont. 50 ml The curing takes place on metal contact as
anaerobic process. Fast curing at room temperature.
Product No. Contents in ml Packaging Type Weight in g
Not recommended for plastic parts. Seals instantly
140 734 02 50 Cartridge 89 at low pressure. Bondline gap to 0.5 mm.
Applications
Specifications Sealing of dimensionally stable flange connections
• Sealing type: Liquid (acrylic, red). as, e.g., engine and gearbox cover, water-pump
• Flange type: torsionally rigid. flanges and controller housing covers.
• Curing type: anaerobic.
• Temperature resistance: -55 to +150ºC.
• Instant sealing effect: excellent.
• Oil resistance: excellent.
• Water/glycol resistance: excellent.
LOCTITE ® 5910 - Permanently Elastic Adhesive/Sealant
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 734 07, Loctite 5910, Cont. 50 ml Permanently elastic flange sealant for non torsionally
rigid flange seals. Low odour, little gas emission.
Curing at room temperature. High resistance to
Product No. Contents in ml Packaging Type Weight in g
vibration. Can also be used on plastic parts. Bondline
140 734 07 50 Cartridge 104 gap to 6 mm.
140 734 08 300 Cartridge 453
Applications
Specifications Sealing of non torsionally rigid flanges which require
• Sealing type: liquid (silicon, black). high oil and vibration resistance, e.g. aluminium oil
• Flange type: flexible. baths and controller housing covers.
• Curing process: air humidity.
• Non sticky: 20 min
• Temperature resistance: + 200ºC.
• Instant sealing effect: excellent.
• Oil resistance: excellent.
• Water/glycol resistance: medium.
LOCTITE ® 5920 - Permanently Elastic Flange Seal Ultra Copper
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 734 12, Loctite 5920, Cont. 40 ml One-component flange seal that cures at room
temperature with excellent temperature resistance.
Excellent resistance against motor and gearbox oil.
Product No. Contents in ml Packaging Type Weight in g Meets and exceeds manufacturer’s specifications of
140 734 12 40 Tube 80 GM and Ford. Short term temperature resistance
140 734 15 300 Cartridge 368 to +350ºC. Sealing gaps to 6 mm.
Applications
Specifications Sealing of oil pumps, thermostat housings, water
• Sealing type: liquid (silicon, cupreous). pumps, oil baths, gearbox covers etc.
• Flange type: flexible.
• Curing process: air humidity.
• Temperature resistance: -60 to +315ºC.
• Instant sealing effect: excellent.
• Oil resistance: excellent.
• Water/glycol resistance: excellent.
LOCTITE ® 7200 - Adhesive- and Sealant-Remover
Ordering details: e.g.: Product No. 140 734 20, Loctite 7200, Cont. 400 Removes hardened seals and adhesives from most
ml metal surfaces within 10 to 15 minutes. Resolves
Product No. Contents in ml Packaging Type Weight in g and removes mould, lubricants, soot, caked on oil,
140 734 20 400 Spray Can 423 fat and paint. Can also be applied on wood.
Application examples
Specifications Preparation of metal parts prior to the application
• Aerosol, amber. of seals sealants. No need to grind away or scrape
• Active agent: mixture of aliphatic glycol esters etc. off old sealings, i.e. no unnecessary damage to the
• Expanding agent: propane gas. surface finish.
• Exposure time 10 to 15 min (with silicon 30 Min.).
• Foam forming, sticks well to vertical surfaces.
Safety Data Sheets at www.maedler.de in the section Downloads
814 ®
Maintenance and Repair Sprays
Chain Spray Spray Cleaner
Ordering Details: Ordering Details:
Product No 140 701 00, Chain Spray Product No. 140 701 01, Spray Cleaner
Product No. Contents in ml Weight in g Product No. Contents in ml Weight in g
140 701 00 400 465 140 701 01 500 471
Special adhesive lubricant for the maintenance Degreaser, mould cleaner, brake cleaner.
of drive chains, rolling bearings, open gear boxes • degreases and cleans metal, glass, etc..
etc.. • resolves resinified residues.
• strong bonding power. • removes adhesive residues.
• highly capable of creep. • cleans brake and clutch parts.
• displaces moisture. • can be used for cleaning prior to painting
• reducing noise. bonding.
• protection against wear. • silicone-free.
• corrosion protection.
• temperature resistant from -5ºC to +140ºC.
• silicone-free.
PTFE Spray Zinc Repair Spray
Ordering Details: Product No. 140 701 02, Ordering Details: Product No. 140 701 03,
PTFE-Spray Zinc Repair Spray
Product No. Contents in ml Weight in g Product No. Contents in ml Weight in g
140 701 02 400 368 140 701 03 400 389
Hard-drying permanent separating, lubrication Heavy-duty, fast drying spray for the repair of
and anti-blocking agent. The substance can be zinc-plated surfaces.
removed using a suitable solvent. • colour: light silver, glossy finish similar to zinc.
• free of grease, dry and clean. • optically almost indistinguishable from hot-dip
• water, dust and dirt repellent. n at ng
es stant aga nst an e a s ate s • protection against corrosion by zinc-aluminium
etc.. g ents and es ns
• temperature resistant from -20ºC to +200ºC. • can be used to repair the zinc surface after
e d ng
• silicone-free.
• temperature resistant to +200ºC.
• silicone-free.
Long-Term Corrosion Protection Spray Aluminium Spray
Ordering Details.: Product No. 140 701 04, Ordering Details:
Long-Term Corrosion Protection Spray Product No. 140 701 06, Aluminium Spray
Product No. Contents in ml Weight in g Product No. Contents in ml Weight in g
140 701 04 400 378 140 701 06 400 465
Reliable long term protection against corrosion Heavy-duty, fast drying spray for the repair of
and oxidation for all steel and metal parts. aluminium surfaces and also for decoration.
• The strong-bonding, ceraceous protective film • protection against corrosion by aluminium
s es stant aga nst ate and sa t ate g ents and es ns
• long-term conservation even in a chemically • abrasion resistant.
agg ess e en n ent • fast drying.
• highly capable of creep, displaces moisture, • temperature resistant to +80ºC.
nds e en t e t a su a es
• silicone-free.
• temperature resistant to +100ºC.
• silicone-free.
Multi-Function Spray WD-40 ® Smart Straw TM Stainless-Steel Spray
Ordering Details: e.g.: Product No. 140 701 05, Ordering Details
Multi-Function Spray WD-40 Product No. 140 701 07, Stainless-Steel Spray
Product No. Contents in ml Weight in g Product No. Contents in ml Weight in g
140 701 05 500 537 140 701 07 400 465
Multiple use spray. Heavy-duty, fast drying spray for the repair of
• displacement of moisture. stainles steel surfaces and also for decoration.
• penetrating oil. • to touch up damaged stainless steel surfaces.
• corrosion protection. • reliable protection against corrosion even in
• cleaner. extreme weather conditions.
• lubricant. • effective surface coating for all metal parts,
• silicone-free. most plastics, wood, stone, cardboard, glass,
etc.
• abrasion resistant.
• temperature resistant to +250ºC.
• silicone-free.
Safety Data Sheets at www.maedler.de in the section Downloads
® 815
GENERAL
TECHNICAL
INFORMATION
816 ®
Mounting Options for Drive Wheels
There are several possibilities for mounting driving wheels
(sprockets, V-Belt Pulleys, pulleys, spur gears etc.) or hubs on
shafts. Most wheels are stocked with a rather small bore to
allow for further machining. Machining works as drilling out,
keywaying a.s.o. can be done at extra charge.
Please note: for several shaft diameters a number of sprockets,
V-belt pulleys, spur gears and worm-gear sets are in stock
“ready-to-install”, i.e. with custom bore and keyway or
prepared for Taper clamping bushes.
Fixing Pins
A hole is drilled through hub and shaft and both parts are then
connected with a fixing pin. Usually only one side of the hub
Pin Hole
is pre-drilled, then the wheel is pushed onto the shaft and the
hole is drilled through both shaft and the other side of the hub.
Then the pin is driven in. This mounting method is suitable for
low torques.
Feather Key Connection
Shaft and hub both receive a keyway, a key is pushed into the
keyway of the hub. The wheel is pushed onto the shaft and
secured against axial movement (with a set screw or with a
stepped shaft and axial screw and washer at the end of the
shaft). The most common kind of keyway is DIN 6885/1. Key
connections are suitable for medium torques. Keys DIN 6885
see page 578. Boxes with an assortment of keys DIN 6885 see
page 577.
Clamping Sets, Clamping Bushes and Shrink Disks
Clamping sets and thin-walled clamping bushes are available
for various diameters. They allow fast and easy mounting on
round shafts. A keyway is not required. Shrink disks are spe-
cial clamping sets which press a thin-walled hub onto a shaft.
Clamping connections are suitable for rather high torques.
Clamping sets and bushes, and shrink disks see page 330.
Taper Clamping Bushes
These customary conical bushes are used for easy and fast
mounting of driving elements in Taper version. They can be
used with and without key.
The bushes are available with various outer dimensions. For
every outside measure there are bushes with many different
bores available. This mounting method is cost-efficient and
fast, and suitable for rather high torques. A large selection of
cost-efficient driving elements in Taper version are available ex
stock.
Taper clamping bushes see page 360.
Welding hubs for taper bushes see page 362.
Taper sprockets see page 74, 92, 101. Reworking within
Taper V-belt pulleys see page 183.
Taper pulleys see page 154. 24h-service possible.
Taper couplings see page 388. Custom made parts
on request.
® 817
General Tolerances for Keyways DIN 6885 (Dimensions in mm)
b b
t2
t1
h
d1+t2
d1-t1
High Version Form (Sheet 1)
For Shaft Keyway b* Hub Keyway b* h t1 t2 t2 Fastening
Shaft-Ø d 1 Tight Fit P9 Tight Fit P9 with with with Thread
over to Loose Fit N9 Loose Fit JS9 Clearance Clearance Oversize Recommend
6 8 2 2 2 1,2+0,1 1,0+0,1 -- M3
8 10 3 3 3 1,8+0,1 1,4+0,1 0,9+0,1 M3
10 12 4 4 4 2,5+0,1 1,8+0,1 1,2+0,1 M5
12 17 5 5 5 3,0+0,1 2,3+0,1 1,7+0,1 M6
17 22 6 6 6 3,5+0,1 2,8+0,1 2,2+0,1 M6
22 30 8 8 7 4,0+0,2 3,3+0,2 2,4+0,2 M8
30 38 10 10 8 5,0+0,2 3,3+0,2 2,4+0,2 M8
38 44 12 12 8 5,0+0,2 3,3+0,2 2,4+0,2 M8
44 50 14 14 9 5,5+0,2 3,8+0,2 2,9+0,2 M10
50 58 16 16 10 6,0+0,2 4,3+0,2 3,4+0,2 M10
58 65 18 18 11 7,0+0,2 4,4+0,2 3,4+0,2 M12
High Version for Machine Tools (Sheet 2)
For Shaft Keyway b* Hub Keyway b* h t1 t2 Fastening
Shaft-Ø d 1 Tight Fit P9 Tight Fit P9 with with Thread
over to Loose Fit N9 Loose Fit JS9 Clearance Clearance Recommend
10 12 4 4 4 3,0+0,1 1,1+0,1 M5
12 17 5 5 5 3,8+0,1 1,3+0,1 M6
17 22 6 6 6 4,4+0,1 1,7+0,1 M6
22 30 8 8 7 5,4+0,2 1,7+0,2 M8
30 38 10 10 8 6,0+0,2 2,1+0,2 M8
38 44 12 12 8 6,0+0,2 2,1+0,2 M8
44 50 14 14 9 6,0+0,2 2,6+0,2 M10
50 58 16 16 10 7,5+0,2 2,6+0,2 M10
*The tolerance fields stated for the keyway width usually refer to milled keyways.
For the width of reamed keyways ISO-quality IT8 (i.e. P8 instead of P9, N8 instead of N9 and JS8 instead of JS9) is recommended.
For sliding fit tolerance field H9 for for the shaft keyway and D10 for the hub keyway are recommended.
General Tolerances for Length Dimensions (DIN ISO 2768 T1)
e an e ass t ng es n na easu ng ange
Short Symbol Description 0.5 to 3 over 3 to 6 over 6 to 30 over 30 to 120 over 120 to 400 over 400 to 1000 over 1000 to 2000 over 2000 to 4000
f fine ±0.05 ±0.05 ±0.1 ±0.15 ±0.2 ±0.3 ±0.5 -
m medium ±0.1 ±0.1 ±0.2 ±0.3 ±0.5 ±0.8 ±1.2 ±2
c rough ±0.2 ±0.3 ±0.5 ±0.8 ±1.2 ±2 ±3 ±4
v very rough - ±0.5 ±1 ±1.5 ±2.5 ±4 ±6 ±8
General Tolerances for the Radius of Curvature and Angular Dimensions (DIN ISO 2768 T1)
ad us u atu e and a e s ngu a d ens ns
e an e ass t ng es n na easu ng ange t ng es n eg ees and nutes na easu ng ange t de
Short Symbol Description 0.5 to 3 over 3 to 6 over 6 to 10 over 10 to 50 over 50 to 120 over 120 to 400 over 400
f fine ±0.2 ±0.5 ±1 ±1º ±0º30’ ±0º20’ ±0º10’ ±0º5’
m medium ±0.2 ±0.5 ±1 ±1º ±0º30’ ±0º20’ ±0º10’ ±0º5’
c rough ±0.4 ±1 ±2 ±1º30’ ±1º ±0º30’ ±0º15’ ±0º10’
v very rough ±0.4 ±1 ±2 ±3º ±2º ±1º ±0º30’ ±0º20’
General Tolerances for Shape and Situation (DIN ISO 2768 T2)
t a g tness and P aneness g t ngu a t et unn ng
Tolerance Nominal Range in mm Nominal Range in mm Nominal Range in mm
ass e e e e e e e e e e e
to 10 to 30 to 100 to 300 to 1000 to 3000 to 100 to 300 to 1000 to 3000 to 100 to 300 to 1000 to 3000
H 0,02 0,05 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,1
K 0,05 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 0,6 0,6 0,8 1 0,2
L 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,8 1,2 1,6 0,6 1 1,5 2 0,6 1 1,5 2 0,5
818 ®
ISO - Tolerances for Shafts and Bores
Bore Tolerances: Shaft Tolerances:
Marked by capital letter and number. The capital letter signifies the Marked by small letter and number. The small letter signifies the
position of the tolerance field in relation to the nominal dimension. position of the tolerance field in relation to the nominal dimension.
The number is a reference number signifying the tolerance grade. The number is a reference number signifying the tolerance grade.
The bigger this reference number, the bigger is the tolerance field, The bigger this reference number, the bigger is the tolerance field,
see table. see table.
Bore Tolerance, Top and Bottom Dimensions in µm
Nominal-Ø E8 E9 F7 G7 H6 H7 H8 H9
Bore (mm)
Over to Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom
3 6 +38 +20 +50 +20 +22 +10 +16 +4 +8 0 +12 0 +18 0 +30 0
6 10 +47 +25 +61 +25 +28 +13 +20 +5 +9 0 +15 0 +22 0 +36 0
10 18 +59 +32 +75 +32 +34 +16 +24 +6 +11 0 +18 0 +27 0 +43 0
18 30 +73 +40 +92 +40 +41 +20 +28 +7 +13 0 +21 0 +33 0 +52 0
30 50 +89 +50 +112 +50 +50 +25 +34 +9 +16 0 +25 0 +39 0 +62 0
50 80 +106 +60 +134 +60 +60 +30 +40 +10 +19 0 +30 0 +46 0 +74 0
80 120 +126 +72 +159 +72 +71 +36 +47 +12 +22 0 +35 0 +54 0 +87 0
120 180 +148 +85 +185 +85 +83 +43 +54 +14 +25 0 +40 0 +63 0 +100 0
180 250 +172 +100 +215 +100 +96 +50 +61 +15 +29 0 +46 0 +72 0 +115 0
Nominal-Ø H11 J7 JS9 JS10 K7 M7 N7 P9
Bore (mm)
Over to Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom
3 6 +75 0 +5 -7 +15 -15 +24 -24 - - 0 -12 -4 -16 -12 -42
6 10 +90 0 +8 -7 +18 -18 +29 -29 +5 -10 0 -15 -4 -19 -15 -51
10 18 +110 0 +10 -8 +22 -22 +35 -35 +6 -12 0 -18 -5 -23 -18 -61
18 30 +130 0 +12 -9 +26 -26 +42 -42 +6 -15 0 -21 -7 -28 -22 -74
30 50 +160 0 +14 -11 +31 -31 +50 -50 +7 -18 0 -25 -8 -33 -26 -88
50 80 +190 0 +18 -12 +37 -37 +60 -60 +9 -21 0 -30 -9 -39 -32 -106
80 120 +220 0 +22 -13 +44 -44 +70 -70 +10 -25 0 -35 -10 -45 -37 -124
120 180 +250 0 +26 -14 +50 -50 +80 -80 +12 -28 0 -40 -12 -52 -43 -143
180 250 +290 0 +30 -16 +58 -58 +93 -93 +13 -33 0 -46 -14 -60 -50 -165
Shaft Tolerances, Top and Bottom Dimensions in µm
Nominal-Ø e8 f7 f8 g6 h6 h7 h8 h9
of the Shaft (mm)
Over to Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom
3 6 -20 -38 -10 -22 -10 -28 -4 -12 0 -8 0 -12 0 -18 0 -30
6 10 -25 -47 -13 -28 -13 -35 -5 -14 0 -9 0 -15 0 -22 0 -36
10 18 -32 -59 -16 -34 -16 -43 -6 -17 0 -11 0 -18 0 -27 0 -43
18 30 -40 -73 -20 -41 -20 -53 -7 -20 0 -13 0 -21 0 -33 0 -52
30 50 -50 -89 -25 -50 -25 -64 -9 -25 0 -16 0 -25 0 -39 0 -62
50 80 -60 -106 -30 -60 -30 -76 -10 -29 0 -19 0 -30 0 -46 0 -74
80 120 -72 -126 -36 -71 -36 -90 -12 -34 0 -22 0 -35 0 -54 0 -87
120 180 -85 -148 -43 -83 -43 -106 -14 -39 0 -25 0 -40 0 -63 0 -100
180 250 -100 -172 -50 -96 -50 -122 -15 -44 0 -29 0 -46 0 -72 0 -115
Nominal-Ø h11 j6 k6 m6 n6 p6 r6 s6
of the Shaft (mm)
Over to Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom
3 6 0 -75 +7 -1 - - +12 +4 +16 +8 +20 +12 +23 +15 +27 +19
6 10 0 -90 +7 -2 +10 +1 +15 +6 +19 +10 +24 +15 +28 +19 +32 +23
10 18 0 -110 +8 -3 +12 +1 +18 +7 +23 +12 +29 +18 +34 +23 +39 +28
18 30 0 -130 +9 -4 +15 +2 +21 +8 +28 +15 +35 +22 +41 +28 +48 +35
30 50 0 -160 +11 -5 +18 +2 +25 +9 +33 +17 +42 +26 +50 +34 +59 +43
50 80 0 -190 +12 -7 +21 +2 +30 +11 +39 +20 +51 +32 +62 +43 +78 +59
80 120 0 -220 +13 -9 +25 +3 +35 +13 +45 +23 +59 +37 +76 +54 +101 +79
120 180 0 -250 +14 -11 +28 +3 +40 +15 +52 +27 +68 +43 +93 +68 +133 +108
180 250 0 -290 +16 -13 +33 +4 +46 +17 +60 +31 +79 +50 +113 +84 +169 +140
® 819
Fits: Application of Common Shaft Tolerances and Bore Tolerances
Hole basis fit: Shaft basis fit:
The fits stated below are for the common, standard bores with the Stated are the fits for the common, standard shafts with the
matching shaft. matching bores.
Press and Transition Fits
Name of Fit Basic Bore Bore
with Shaft with Basic Shaft
Press fit: parts can be fitted using strong pressure or through heating or cooling; H7 / s6 S7 / h6
bronze rims on gear bodies, bearing bushes in housings, wheel hubs, lever hubs etc., H7 / r6 R7 / h6
couplings on shaft ends. Needs no extra securing against turning.
Driving fit: parts can be fitted using pressure; H7 / n6 N7 / h6
wheel rims on wheel bodies, bearing bushes in housings and round hubs, pulleys on axes,
rotors on motor shafts, couplings on shaft ends, drill bushings. Has to be secured against turning.
Force fit: parts can be fitted using a wooden hammer; H7 / m6 M7 / h6
gearing, belt pulleys on shorter shafts, couplings on shaft ends, piston pin,
tight cylinder bolts. Has to be secured against turning.
Tight fit: parts can be easily fitted using a hand-held hammer; H7 / k6 K7 / h6
gearing, belt pulleys, couplings, hand wheels, brake disks on longer shafts
and shaft ends. Has to be secured against turning.
Sliding fit: parts can be fitted with a hammer or by hand; H7 / j6 J7 / h6
for easily assembled or disassembled gears, belt pulleys, hand wheels, bushes.
Has to be secured against turning.
Clearance Fit
Name of Fit Basic Bore Bore
with Shaft with Basic Shaft
Sliding fit: parts can just be moved by hand; H7 / h6 H7 / h6
for sliding parts and guides, centring flanges, change gears, tailstock sleave, adjusting rings.
Tight running fit: parts that can be moved without noticeable play; H7 / g6 G7 / h6
cange gears, moveable wheels, clutches.
Running fit: parts that can be moved with noticeable play; H7 / f7 F7 / h6
slide bearings in general, main bearings in machine tools, slide bushes on shafts.
Loose running fit: parts with generous play; H7 / e8 E8 / h6
shafts with multiple bearings (slide bearings), slide bearings in general.
Sliding fit: parts can be easily moved; H8 / h9 H8 / h9
gears to be pushed on shafts, disks, slidable clutches, spacer sleeves.
Loose running fit: parts with generous play; H8 / e8 E9 / h9
main bearings of crankshafts, pistons in cylinders, pump bearings and lever bearings.
820 ®
Material Standards Thermoplast, Non-Reinforced (at +23ºC)
Acetal and POM are types of Polyoxymethylen-Copolymers (also
called Polyacetal-Copolymers).
Chemically, both materials are nearly the same.
Acetal = moulded parts: Low cost, but not very precisely.
POM = turned / milled parts: More expensive, but higher precision.
POM Acetal POM Acetal
(Resin) (Resin)
Characteristic - opaque opaque Dielectric constant r 3.7 3.5
vitreous vitreous (10 5 H z ) –
Density p 1.41 1.41 Dielectric tan 0.005 0.003
Electrical Data
g/cm 3 loss factor (10 5 Hz) -
Yield stress s 68 65 Specific pD 10 14 10 14
N/mm 2 volume resistance Ohm . m
Elongation at break R 25 - 40 40 Dielectric Ed > 20 > 20
% strength kV/mm
Bulk modulus Ez 3100 3100 Creep - KA 3c KA 3c
(Tensile Test) N/mm 2 resistance -
Ball hardness HK 140 140
(10 s) N/mm 2
Impact Strength an n. a. n. a. Moisture absorption C WN 0.3 0.3
kJ/m 2 NK 23/50 (satiable) %
Creep strength s, 1000 40 40 Water absorption Cws 0.2 0.5
Mechanical Data
after 1000 h at N/mm 2 (satiable) %
Various Data
static load Max. elongation I/I N 0.15 0.1
Creep stress 1 , 1000 13 13 due to moisture in %
for 1% elongation N/mm 2 NK 23/50
after 1000 h Combustibility acc. to – b. b.
Coeff. of sliding friction µ 0.32 0.32 ASTM D 635 bz. UL-55–
p=0.05 N/mm 2 - Performance at – –
v=0.6 m/s against steel outdoor exposure (UV sensitive) (UV sensitive)
hardened and ground
Acids diluted – –
Sliding wear V 4.6 8.9 Alkali (lyes), + +
Conditions as above µm/km
Chemical Resistance
diluted
Melting point Ts Ts Tu 165 165 Hydrocarbons + +
or dynamic glass ºC Saturated oils, fats
transition temp. Tu•
Aromatic compounds + +
Heat resistance F iso 105 110 (benzol), fuels
acc. to ISO-R75 . ºC i A
A B Ketone, Ester (+) (+)
Temperature limit T mo 140 140 Chlorinated hydro _ _
of the application ºC carbon (trichloroethylene)
Short term Hot water, _ (+)
Temperature limit T mt 100 100 laundry lye
of the application ºC
Permanent + = resistant
(+) = limited resistance
Thermal diffusivity 0.31 0.31 _ = non-resistant
Thermal Data
w
K.m The values were calculated from various spot checks taken as ave-
Specific c 1.5 1.5 rage values. If nothing else is stated, the test was carried out using
heat capacity kJ/kg . K plastic die casts. Standard tests are carried out in the standard cli-
Linear coefficient 10 10 mate 23/50 according to DIN 50 014
of expansion 10 -5 . 1/ºC
at +20ºC
Weather resistance
Food compatibility Acetal and POM are negatively affected by ultraviolet light, its
For external contact to food at short time , both kinds of plastic are good physical properties get worse if it is exposed to sunlight
physiological harmless. Please follow the federal law and regulations over a longer period. Remedy: use light-stabilized types.
for your country. Also pay attention to your special operation con-
ditions (for example temperature, ph-value of food).
Some plastics of different suppliers have a FDA-certicicate (Food
and Drugs Association of the USA). The plastics should not be in
contact with food with more than 15% Alcohol or with a ph-value
below 2.5.
® 821
Thread Dimensions and Fastening Torques
Thread designations: DIN/ISO Standard Threads with metrical sizes are Calculation basics:
designated without naming the pitch. The pitch is only named, if it is a Screw yield: 90% use.
special pitch (e.g. fine thread M14x1.5). Friction coefficient µ = 0.14 (new bolt).
Validity: The sizes are like DIN 261 for metrical standard threads. Note: These torques are common clues. The nut thread (thread
The fastening torques are valid for common machine bolts with stan- bore in casing) has to be strong enough.
dard hexagon head or internal hexagon head. Special bolts may need diverse torques.
The instructions of the machine producer must be followed.
For screws with special coating or screws with very slidy grease
(e.g. with MoS2) the fastening torques must be reduced.
A
Dimensions Strength / Fastening Torque
Thread Pitch Bore hole* 4.6 5.6 6.9 8.8 10.9 12.9 A2-70**
Size mm mm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm
M2 0,4 1,6 0,123 0,162 0,314 0,373 0,520 0,628 ?
M2,5 0,45 2,05 0,284 0,373 0,726 0,863 1,206 1,451 ?
M3 0,5 2,5 0,441 0,588 1,128 1,344 1,883 2,256 ?
M3,5 0,6 2,9 0,677 0,902 1,736 2,060 2,893 3,481 ?
M4 0,7 3,3 1,00 1,34 2,60 3,04 4,32 5,15 ?
M5 0,8 4,2 1,92 2,65 5,10 6,03 8,48 10,20 5,30
M6 1 5 3,43 4,51 8,73 10,30 14,71 17,65 9,10
M8 1,25 6,8 8,24 10,79 21,58 25,50 35,3 42,2 21,8
M10 1,5 8,5 16,67 21,58 42,17 50,0 70,6 85,3 44,0
M12 1,75 10,2 28,4 38,2 73,6 87,3 123 147 75,0
M14 2 12 45,1 60,8 117 138 194 235 118
M16 2 14 69,6 93,2 179 211 299 358 180
M18 2,5 15,5 95,1 128 245 289 412 490 250
M20 2,5 17,5 135 180 384 412 579 696 352
M22 2,5 19,5 182 245 471 559 785 941 338
M24 3 21 231 309 598 711 1000 1196 494
M27 3 24 343 461 888 1049 1481 1775 674
M30 3,5 26,5 466 623 1206 1422 2010 2403 ?
M33 3,5 29,5 633 848 1628 1932 2716 3266 ?
M36 4 32 814 1089 2099 2481 3491 4197 ?
* Recommend bore size for threading.
** Stainless, medium strength.
Special Fastening Torques for some MÄDLER ® Products
The fastening torques in the table are for following MÄDLER ® Products:
Clamp collars single split and double split, rigid couplings TR, MAS and MAT.
Fastening Torque
clamp hub screw set screw
Thread Steel Stainless Steel Steel Stainless Steel
Size Nm Nm Nm Nm
M2 0,60 0,36 — —
M2,5 1,21 0,73 0,57 0,44
M3 2,10 1,10 0,92 0,73
M4 4,60 2,50 2,20 1,76
M5 9,5 5,4 4,0 3,2
M6 16,0 9,6 7,2 5,8
M8 39,0 23,0 17,0 13,6
M10 77,0 46,0 33,0 26,4
822 ®
Operating and maintenance instructions
on the internet at www.maedler.de d
e age
L
ungsa
ten und
a
e te
in the Section Downloads
s
b
M o n ta E
s
g e a n le
E la s tis itu n g
R N , R N c h e K u a e
e
G , R N H p p l u n g e age ungs e te
, R N I, R e n e
tanda
N K a n d u
ungen
d R N 7 L
E
essu
[mm
]
ngen
T n
ts
e e
22
9
b
a e
sat
e us
14 30 8
35 10 6 s ungen
19
66 13 8 1,0 a ad a e
24 e sat e te
28 78 16 10 1,0 +0,6
/ -0,3 750
e a s nd d
38 90 18 12 1,5 +0,8
/ -0,4
n
n -1] e a
2,0 +1,0
0,10 1000 a
42 114 20 14 / -0,5 0,13 0,09 1500 ng g
24 15 2,0 +1,2 n e
48 126 / -0,5 0,22 0,12 3000
2,5 +1,4 0,07 e sat
140 26 18 / -0,5 e a
55 0,27 0,20 0,09 0,05 750
20 3,0 +1,5 n
65 160 28 / -0,7 n -1]
0,30 0,24 0,16 0,07 1,0 1000
30 21 3,0 +1,8
75 185 / -0,7 0,34 0,27 0,20 0,11 1,0 1,0 1500
35 22 3,5 +2,0
90 210 / -1,0 0,38 0,30 0,22 0,13 1,3 1,0 0,9 3000
40 26 4,0 +2,1
100 245 / -1,0 0,43 0,35 0,25 0,15 1,3 1,3 0,9 0,8
45 30 4,5 +2,2
270 / -1,0 0,50 0,38 0,28 0,17 1,1 1,3 1,2 0,8
50 34 5,0 +2,6
/ -1,0 0,54 0,44 0,32 0,19
5,5 +3,0 1,1 1,0 1,2 1,1
38 / -1,5 0,56 0,46 0,36 0,21 1,1 1,0 0,9 1,1
a e 6,0 +3,4
/ -1,5
e +3,8
0,65 0,50 0,38 0,25 1,1 1,1 0,9 0,8
e age / -1,5 0,68 0,58 0,42 0,26 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,8
ungs 0,71 0,60 0,48 0,28 1,2
e te 1,2 1,0 0,8
0,64 0,50 0,32
e s e 1,2 1,2 1,1 0,8
ee 0,52 0,34 1,3 1,2 1,1 0,9
u
essu
ngen
ungen 0,36 1,3 1,2 1,2 1,0
[mm
] e 1,3 1,3 1,2 1,0
L e te
5 s nd a 1,3 1,2 1,0
15 E a e 1,2 1,1
7
b
sat ng g
22 5
9
k.A. s ad a
n de 1,1
14 30 8 e sat
10 6 k.A. a e
19 35 te des
On our website you can find operating and maintenance
8 1,0 +0,4 e
24 66 13 / -0,2 te a n
28 78 16 10 1,0 +0,6
/ -0,3 0,06
n e an es
1,5 +0,8 e sat
90 18 12 / -0,4
38 0,10
2,0 +1,0 -
114 20 14 / -0,5 e
42 0,13 te
2,0 +1,2 - -
126 24 15 / -0,5
48 0,13 - 1,0
2,5 +1,4 -
140 26 18 / -0,5
55 0,10 0,09 1,0
3,0 +1,5 - -
160 28 20 / -0,7 0,14 0,06 0,06 1,0 - -
30 21 3,0 +1,8
/ -0,7 0,15 0,10 0,04 1,0 - -
instructions in various languages for all our technically-
22 3,5 +2,0
/ -1,0 0,17 0,11 0,07
4,0 +2,1 1,0 0,9 -
/ -1,0 0,19 0,12 0,08
+2,2 1,0 0,9 0,8
/ -1,0
®
0,23 0,14 0,09 1,0 0,9 0,8
! 0,24 0,16 0,10 1,0 0,9 0,8
e ang 0,17 0,11 1,0 0,9 0,8
d ege 0,12
en enen 1,0 0,9 0,8
Z u s tä n nu
ante
e g
e
e age 1,0 0,9 0,8
d ig e M g gen e t ge ungs 0,9 0,8
sophisticated products. We are continuously extending
n a c h P Ä D L E R ® nt e
e en ut t u t ete te s nd 0,8
o s tle it -N ie d e e d e e den n a
z a h lg e r la s s u e age
n ad a
a un e te d e
P L Z 1 , b ie te n n g e n ungs d n
N ie d e r
2 u n d
3 : e te n e e t g e
M Ä D L
l a s s u n
g P L Z 0 , Z u s tä n
t ess sat
d
etg
as
E R G m
b H N ie d e r
4 u n d 5 u
nea
d ig en d
e u a
B ro o k
s tie g 1 la s s u n g P L Z 6 , fü r S c h de ss gen
a e
te au
6 M Ä D L w e iz :
this list of instructions.
D -2 2 1 4 E R 7 , 8 u n t ete
5 S ta p B u b litz G m b H H a u p ts d 9 e e e age n
T e l. 0 4 e lfe ld e r itz M Ä D L e ungs
0 -6 0 0 D -4 0 5 9 S tr. 2 1 M Ä D L E R N o e te
F a x 0 4 4 7 5 1 0 9 D E R G m rm
0 -6 0 0 4 ü s s e ld T rä n k e b H P o s tfa c -A n tr ie
h a m b u 7 5 3 3 T e l. 0 2 o rf s tr. 6 -8 h 7 4 b A G
rg @ m a 1 1 -9 7 4 7 1 D -7 0 5 9 G ü te rs
e d le r.d
e
F a x 0 2 1 1 0 7 S tu tt tr. 6
-9 7 4 7 T e l. 0 7 g C H -8 2
S ta n d d u e s s
e ld o r f@ 1 3 3 1 1 -7 2 0 a rt T e l. 0 5
4 5 F e u
e r
15. 07. 201 m a e d l
e r.d e F a x 0 7
1 1 -7 2 0
9 5 0 2 -6 4 7 4 th a le n
5 s tu ttg 9 5 3 F a x 0 5 0 4 0 9
A k tu e ll a rt@ m 3 2 -6 4 7 4
im a
e d le r.d in fo @ m 0 4 1
In te rn e e a
e d le r.c
t u n te r w w w .m h
w w w .m a e d le r
.c h
a e d le r
.d e
Instructions available: Language
Bevel Gearboxes DZA, DZR German English French
Bevel Gearboxes KU/I, KUM German English French
Chain Tensioners SPANNBOX®, SPANNBOY® Deutsch English
Continuously Variable Geared Motors MUN/I German English
Couplings DX German English
Couplings RN, RNG, RNH, RNI, RNK, RNT German English
Couplings BW / BOS / BOZ German English French
Electronic Drip Oilers ELO German English
Frequency Converters FU6 German
Frequency Converters RoFre 897 German
Helical Gear Boxes BT/I German English
Helical Geared Motor HR/I German English
Helical Geared Motor NR/I German English French
Linear Drives (Actuator Systems) GR/I German English
Motor Controllers SFRG 05 German
Motor Controllers SFRG 3 German
Precision Worm Gear Sets German
Safety Clutches CM German
Safety Clutches SI German English French
Shaft Mounted Gearboxes BOC/I German English
Sliding Hubs FA German
Sliding Hubs FS German English
Sliding Hubs ROBA® German
Sliding Hubs with Coupling RNR German
Slip Clutches KF German English
Slip Clutches R2, R6 German
Standard Three-Phase-Motors SM/I German
Taper Bushes German English French
Telescopic Slides Accuride German English French
Worm Geared Motors HMD I / HMD II German English French
Worm-Geared Motors MEG / MEK / MH / MZ German English French
Worm-Geared Motors R / RH / RL / RM / RS German English French
Worm-Geared Motors SRM / SRS German English French
Worm-Geared Motors SZM, ZMD German English French
Worm Gear Screw Jacks NP/I German
Worm Gear Units G/II German English French
Worm Gear Units ZM German English French
® 823
Taper Clamping Bushes – Description and Mounting Instructions
General Description Available Driving Elements
Customary, conical slotted clamping bush with feather keyway for There are various sprockets, pulleys and couplings with Taper
an easy and fast mounting of driving elements on shafts. adapter available from stock.
Versions of Taper Bushes Requirements Regarding the Shaft
The bushes are available with various outer dimensions. For every Cylindrical shaft with a diameter tolerance of +0.05mm /
outer dimension, there are a large number of bore sizes matching -0.125 mm. The best results are achieved with ISO-tolerance h6.
several shaft diameters. The bushes are always Up to a shaft diameter of 100mm cost-effective drawn shafts with
supplied with a feather keyway DIN 6885. tolerance h9 may also be used.
Identification Application with and without Parallel Key
4-digit number to identify the outer dimensions and 2 to 3-digit Due to the high clamping force a parallel key is not necessarily
number (or inch identification) to state the bore size. required for medium torques (e.g. with pulleys). If the shaft has a
keyway, and no parallel key is used, the keyways of shaft and bush
should be mounted with an offset of 180 degrees. For highest tor-
ques a shaft with keyway and parallel key DIN 6885/1
Amount and Version of Screws must be used (the following sizes require a flat parallel key
DIN 6885/3: 1008-24, 1008-25, 1108-28, 1210-32, 1215-32,
To size 3030 two stud screws with internal hexagon. From size
1310-35, 1610-42, 1615-42, 2517-65).
3525 three cylindrical screws with hexagon head.
Requirements Regarding the Driving Element
The component that is to be mounted must have the matching bush
adapter (in Taper version). Using Taper versions makes sense in seri-
al production. For one-off production the use of cylindrical clamping
bushes is more economical. These are available in many different
versions.
824 ®
Taper Clamping Bushes – Mounting and Demounting
Mounting
• Clean and degrease all contact surfaces. • Improving the fit of the bush: drive the bush further into the
• Set the clamping bush into the hub making sure that all bores ali- component to be mounted with light blows (using a wooden
gn. One threaded bore must always align with one of the smooth block or a soft metal bush).
half-bores of the counterpart • Retighten the mounting screws with the maximum torque (see
• Lubricate the mounting screws and loosely screw in the threads table). Alternatively the bush can also be retightened after an
of the component to be mounted. operating time of 30 to 60 minutes.
• Put the parallel key into the shaft (if a parallel key is used). • Fill the empty holes (used for forcing off) with grease, to protect
them against contamination (depending on the size there are one
• Push the component to be mounted onto the shaft, together with or two forcing threads).
the entered bush With feather key: Align the keyway with the
parallel key. Without Feather key: Make sure the keyway of the
bush is offset by 180 degrees to the shaft keyway, if there is one.
• If necessary use light blows to drive the bush into position.
• Fasten the mounting screws evenly, until the max. torque is rea-
ched (see table).
Demounting
• Loosen screws and screw them out completely.
• Turn screws into the threaded bores of the bush (forcing thread).
Depending on the size there are one or two forcing threads.
• Fasten the screws until the driving element disengages from the
bush.
• Take driving element and bush off the shaft.
If necessary, the bush can be forced apart using a screwdriver.
(drive screwdriver carefully into the slot provided).
Bush Spanner Size Screws Thread Size Fastening Torque
Nr. mm Amount Inch Nm
1008 3 2 1/4“ 5,6
1108 3 2 1/4“ 5,6
1210 5 2 3/8“ 20
1215 5 2 3/8“ 20
1610 5 2 3/8“ 20
1615 5 2 3/8“ 20
2012 6 2 7/16“ 30
2017 6 2 7/16“ 30
2517 6 2 1/2“ 50
2525 6 2 1/2“ 50
3020 8 2 5/8“ 90
3030 8 2 5/8“ 90
3525 10 3 1/2“ 90
3535 10 3 1/2“ 90
® 825
Rolling bearings at MÄDLER®:
Ball bearings, open Ball bearings, 2Z Ball bearings, 2RS
®
®
The premium brand The reliable brand
- for the sophisiticated - the inexpensive
application option
Angular contact Self aligning Cylindrical roller
ball bearings ball bearings bearings
Spherical roller Tapered roller
bearings bearings
The rolling bearings are to find:
• in this catalog page 416
• on the internet at www.maedler.de
826 ®
Please use our website
at www.maedler.de
Put in a search word or part Find the Manual instructions, certificates,
number and go directly to PDF-catalogue page and safety data sheets in the section
the product page further information Downloads
Drag the mouse onto Download
The availability of all products
the currency-symbol to see CAD-drawings
is shown by coloured sign
the prices* in 3D
A lot of possibilities and information:
Download of PDF catalogues in different languages.
See all our branches and distributors.
Make easily your order online and follow your parcel.
MÄDLER ®-Tools: Use our selection- and calculation tools.
News: Useful information about exhibitions and others.
Newsletter: Monthly information per e-mail.
* Prices and terms of delivery depend on the country.
® 827
www.maedler.de
...the entire MÄDLER range with CAD files on the Internet
®
We present the entire MÄDLER ® range
with CAD files and MÄDLER ® info,
continuously updated, on the internet.
Fast access to the data, fast ordering
by internet.
Orders by internet, phone, fax or e-mail:
We guarantee delivery at short notice.
Dimensions and other information in this
catalogue display the current state of
technology. We reserve the right for
changes.
This catalogue was created with due
diligence, but errors might still occur. We
refuse to accept any claims in this respect.
We reserve the right to alter dimensions,
and to change or remove single products
and product groups without prior notice.
...we keep things moving
Our general conditions of sales, delivery
and payment can be found on the last
page of this catalogue.
828 ®
® 829
Contents in Alphabetical Order
A Compressed Air Filters .......................................................... 635
ACCURIDE® Slides / Overview ............................................... 769 Conical Seats DIN 6319 ........................................................ 523
Aerosols (Maintenance Sprays) ............................................. 815 Connecting Links for Roller Chains ......................................... 37
Actuator Systems.................................................................. 758 Connecting Links for Round-Link Steel Chains ..................... 119
Adjustable Clamp Nuts ......................................................... 555 Connecting Shafts ................................................................ 766
Adjustable Clamping Levers.................................................. 550 Continuously Variable Geared Motors MUN/I...................... 753
Adjusting Rings .................................................................... 452 Control Knobs ...................................................................... 537
Air Preparation Equipment.................................................... 634 Control Levers ...................................................................... 557
Aluminium Spray .................................................................. 751 Control Units (Motor controllers) ......................................... 696
Angle Joints .......................................................................... 430 Corrosion Protection Spray ................................................... 815
Angular Drives (Plastic Bevel gears on Plate) ....................... 607 Couplings / Overview.......................................................... 364
Anti-Vibration Elements ........................................................ 600 Cranks .................................................................................. 563
Arch Handles ........................................................................ 560 Cup Rollers ........................................................................... 508
Articulated Feet .................................................................... 597 Cylinders (Pneumatic) ........................................... 615, 616, 618
Assembly Plug for Ball Cups ................................................. 508 Cylindrical Bushes ................................................................. 447
Assortment Boxes ................................................................. 576 Cylindrical Handles ............................................................... 547
Cylindrical Roller Bearings..................................................... 441
B
Ball Bearings ......................................................................... 436 D
Ball Flange Bearings .............................................................. 427 Disconnection Tool (for pneumatic tubes) ............................ 647
Ball Head Precision Adjusters ................................................ 594 Drill Bushes........................................................................... 451
Ball Joints ..................................................................... 405, 413 Drip-Feed Oilers ................................................................... 583
Ball Knobs ............................................................................ 545 Driven Idlers, (Travel wheel systems) .................................... 124
Ball Pillow Block Bearings ..................................................... 426
Ballscrew Spindle Drives ....................................................... 317 E
Ball Valves (manual) ............................................................. 644 Eccentric Clamping Levers .................................................... 554
Ball-Ended Thrust Screws...................................................... 524 Edge Trims ........................................................................... 580
Bar Material Sintered Bronze ................................................ 446 Electric Motors / Overview .................................................. 655
Bellows ......................................................................... 415, 764 Electronic Drip Feed Oiler ..................................................... 584
Bevel Gearboxes / Overview ............................................... 654 ES-Bolts for Clevises ............................................................. 473
Bevel Gears / Overview ....................................................... 267 Exhaust Filters (Pneumatic) ................................................... 645
Blow Guns ............................................................................ 649 Extension Nuts ..................................................................... 512
Bolts for T-Slots .................................................................... 518 Extension slides / Overview ................................................ 769
Bolts with Cotter Pin Hole DIN 1434 Assortment Box .......... 576
Bonding Products Loctite® ................................................... 812 F
Bore-Reducing Bushes .......................................................... 407 Fast Connectors (Pneumatic Fittings) .................................... 638
Box Couplings ...................................................................... 367 Feather Keys Assortment Box ............................................... 577
Bracket Hinge Mountings for Pneumatic Cylinders ............... 622 Feather Keys......................................................................... 578
Bushes .................................................................................. 445 Filter / Regulators (Pneumatic) ............................................. 636
Fixing Plates for Timing Belts ................................................ 171
C Flange Bearings .................................................................... 422
Cabinet “U” Handles ........................................................... 558 Flange Nuts Trapezoidal Thread ................................... 314, 316
Cam-Action Indexing Plunger............................................... 532 Flange Shaft Blocks............................................................... 476
Cap Bearings ........................................................................ 420 Flanged Drill Bushes ............................................................. 451
Capacitors ............................................................................ 722 Flanges for Timing Belt Pulleys ............................................. 170
Cardan Joints / Overview .................................................... 403 Flat Gearboxes ..................................................................... 662
Chain Breakers for Roller Chains............................................. 58 Folding Handles.................................................................... 561
Chain Couplings ................................................................... 384 Foot Plate Mountings for Pneumatic Cylinders ............. 620, 625
Chain Lubricating Spray........................................................ 815 Frequency Converters ........................................................... 698
Chain Puller for Roller Chains ................................................. 58 Front Flanges for Pneumatic Cylinders.......................... 620, 626
Chain Riders ......................................................................... 116
Chain Tensioners .................................................................. 111 G
Chain Tensioning Wheels with Bearing......................... 109, 115 Gear Lever Handles .............................................................. 546
Chains (Roller Chains) ............................................................ 35 Gear Racks / Overview ........................................................ 255
Chains (Round-Link Steel Chains DIN 766A) ........................ 119 Gearboxes, Geared Motors / Overview ............................... 654
Clamp Collars for Round Shafts (Slotted and Two-Part) ....... 454 Geared Motors RBM/I for Travel-Wheel System .................. 126
Clamp Collars for Splined Shafts ........................................... 329 Gears / Overview................................................................. 194
Clamp Collars for Threaded Bars .......................................... 457 General Basics for Bevel Gears .............................................. 268
Clamp Mounts for Shock Absorbers ..................................... 611 General Basics for Roller Chains.............................................. 35
Clamp Nuts .......................................................................... 555 General Basics for Spur Gears ............................................... 196
Clamping Bolts for Quick Clamp® ....................................... 573 General Basics for Timing Belt Drives .................................... 129
Clamping Bushes / Overview .............................................. 330 General Basics for Trapezoidal-Thread Spindles .................... 305
Clamping Levers ................................................................... 550 General Basics for Universal Joints ...............................373 - 374
Clamping Sets / Overview ................................................... 330 General Basics for Worm Gears ............................................ 294
Clevis Joints .......................................................................... 472 General Technical Notes ....................................................... 816
Clevises for Pneumatic Cylinders .......................................... 623 Grips..................................................................................... 538
Clevises ................................................................................ 472 Grub Screws DIN 6332 with Thrust Point ............................. 595
Compact Cylinders ............................................................... 616 Guide Rails for Roller Chains .................................................. 57
830 ®
Contents in Alphabetical Order
H Mounting Options For Driving Wheels ............................... 817
Hand Cranks ........................................................................ 563 Multi-Function Spray WD-40® ............................................ 815
Hand Wheels........................................................................ 565
Handles ................................................................................ 547 N
Hasp Wheels ........................................................................ 121 Non-Return Valves ............................................................... 647
Heavy-Duty Bushes PHO ..................................................... 606 Nuts / Bolts for T-Slots ......................................................... 518
Helical Gear Boxes BT/I ........................................................ 657 Nuts, Metric Thread ............................................................. 511
Helical Geared Motors / Overview ...................................... 655 Nuts, Trapezoidal Thread...................................................... 313
Hexagonal Nuts, Metric Thread ............................................ 511
Hollow Worms ..................................................................... 287 O
Hook Spanners DIN 1810 Form A ........................................ 517 Oiler ..................................................................................... 582
Horizontal Clamps ................................................................ 574 Oil-Level Sight Glasses ......................................................... 585
Hose Coils ............................................................................ 650 Operating Capacitors ........................................................... 722
Hose Tailpieces ..................................................................... 650 Operation and Maintenance Instructions ............................. 823
I P
Idlers ............................................................................ 109, 122 Palm Grips ............................................................................ 538
Igus® / igubal® ....................................................... 418, 461 Parallel Keys Assortment Box ................................................ 577
Illustration index ...................................................................... 9 Parallel Keys ......................................................................... 578
Imprint ................................................................................. 833 Pillow Block Bearing ..................................................... 420, 426
Indexing Plungers ................................................................. 532 Plain Bearing Bushes ............................................................. 445
Instant Adhesives Loctite® ................................................... 813 Planetary Small Geared Motors PE ....................................... 709
Internal gears ....................................................................... 249 Pneufit® Quick Connectors.................................................. 638
Pneumatic Elements / Overview .......................................... 613
J Polyamide Tubes .................................................................. 648
Jacks (Actuators) .................................................................. 758 Polyurethane Hoses .............................................................. 648
Precision Adjusters................................................................ 588
K Precision Housings for Linear Bearings / Overview............. 476
Key Steel .............................................................................. 578 Precision Levelling Adjusters ................................................. 588
KL-Retainers Assortment Box ............................................... 576 Precision Rail-Guide Sets ...................................................... 504
Knurled Knobs and Screws ................................................... 543 Precision Worm Gear Sets .................................................... 295
Knurled Nuts and Screws ...................................................... 519 Pressure Gauges ................................................................... 637
Pressure Regulators .............................................................. 635
L Pressure Relief Valves ........................................................... 636
Latch Clamps........................................................................ 572 Profile Dampers .................................................................... 607
Levelling Feets ...................................................................... 598 Profile Rail Guides ................................................................ 505
Levelling Pads....................................................................... 596 Profiled Track Rollers and Bolts............................................. 502
Lifting Pins ........................................................................... 571 PTFE Spray ........................................................................... 815
Limit Switch (Motor Emergency Stop) .................................. 398
Linear Bearings and Units / Overview ................................. 476 Q
Linear Drives (lifting devices) ................................................ 758 Quadro Linear Bearing Units ................................................ 476
Linear Slide Bearings ............................................................. 492 Quality Management Certificate............................................ 34
Linear Technology / Overview ............................................. 476 Quick Clamps ....................................................................... 573
Locking Assemblies / Locking Devices / Overview ............. 330 Quick Exhaust Valves ........................................................... 646
Locknuts ............................................................................... 515
Lockwashers ......................................................................... 515 R
Loctite® ............................................................................... 811 Radial Shaft Seals ................................................................. 443
Lubricators Perma® .............................................................. 582 Rail-Guide Sets ..................................................................... 504
Ratchet Braces and Ratchet Wheels...................................... 250
M Raw Material Sintered Bronze .............................................. 446
Machine Mounts .................................................................. 599 Ready to Install Actuator Systems......................................... 758
Magnetic Switches for Pneumatic Cylinders ......................... 627 Rear Clevis Mountings for Pneumatic Cylinders ................... 621
Maintenance Instructions ..................................................... 823 Rear Eye Mountings ....................................................562 - 563
Manifold............................................................................... 642 Rear Flanges for Pneumatic Cylinders ................................... 620
Membrane Couplings ........................................................... 379 Rectangular Flanges for Shock Absorbers ............................. 611
Metal Bellow Couplings ........................................................ 377 Retaining Rings DIN 471 / DIN 472 ..................................... 514
Metal-Rubber-Buffers ........................................................... 600 Retractable Handles .............................................................. 547
Micro-Fog Oilers .................................................................. 636 Revolving Ball Knobs ............................................................ 546
Miniature Ball Screw Spindle Drives ...................................... 321 Reworking of Spindles .................................................. 325, 435
Miniature Profile-Rail Guides ................................................ 505 Rigid Couplings .................................................................... 367
Miniature Shock Absorbers ................................................... 610 ROBA® Sliding Hubs ............................................................ 402
Miniature Slide Units ............................................................ 506 Rod Ends / Overview ........................................................... 458
Motor Controllers ................................................................. 697 Rod Ends for Pneumatic Cylinders ........................................ 624
Motor Emergency Stop (Limit Switch) .................................. 398 Roller Bearings / Overview .................................................. 416
Motor-Tensioning Rail Sets SPS ............................................ 695 Roller Chains / Description .................................................... 35
Mounting Blocks for Shock Absorbers .................................. 611 Roller Chains with Bent Attachments...................................... 50
Mounting Elements for Magnetic Switches........................... 625 Roller chains with Straight Attachments ................................. 46
Mounting Elements Quikclamp ............................................ 637 Roller Chains .......................................................................... 37
® 831
Contents in Alphabetical Order
Round Gear Racks ................................................................ 262 T
Round-Line Cylinders ........................................................... 618 Tandem Linear Bearing Units ................................................ 476
Round-Link Steel Chains DIN 766 A ..................................... 119 Taper Bushes - Instructions ................................................... 824
Rubber-Metal Bump Stops ................................................... 600 Taper Bushes ........................................................................ 360
Tapered Rollerbearings ......................................................... 442
S Telescopic Slides / Overview ............................................... 769
Screw Jacks .......................................................................... 758 Telescopic Universal-Joint Shafts .................................. 407, 413
Sealants and Sealant Removers Loctite® .............................. 814 Tensioning Elements for Chains ............................................ 116
Seals for Ball Bearings and Shafts ......................................... 443 Tensioning Elements for Belts ....................................... 182, 191
Set Collars ............................................................................ 452 Tensioning Rollers for Timing Belt Drives .............................. 182
Sealing Caps for Angle Joints................................................ 475 The Company......................................................................... 27
Sh
You might also like
- Print Version - 2006-2014 Fiat Ducato Fuse Box Diagram100% (2)Print Version - 2006-2014 Fiat Ducato Fuse Box Diagram5 pages
- December '95: 707-164 S4 CARRARO AXLE REF. 125650 For "CASE" Spare Parts List100% (1)December '95: 707-164 S4 CARRARO AXLE REF. 125650 For "CASE" Spare Parts List8 pages
- Slewing Bearing Slewing Ring Slewing Gear Swing CircleNo ratings yetSlewing Bearing Slewing Ring Slewing Gear Swing Circle9 pages
- Superior Performance. Global Leadership.: Mobile Boat HoistsNo ratings yetSuperior Performance. Global Leadership.: Mobile Boat Hoists8 pages
- BRIEDA RTG OPERATOR CABIN - Fiberglass - Side - PanelsNo ratings yetBRIEDA RTG OPERATOR CABIN - Fiberglass - Side - Panels40 pages
- R1 10363 20 - 10T Cap, 35M Span, 10M HolNo ratings yetR1 10363 20 - 10T Cap, 35M Span, 10M Hol1 page
- Product Guide 2016 - Australian Jib Crane Version Customer Version PDF 0No ratings yetProduct Guide 2016 - Australian Jib Crane Version Customer Version PDF 052 pages
- Instructions of Reducer Model FH1005.142.F1B-00: Shanghai Zhenhua Heavy Industry Co.,Ltd July, 2010No ratings yetInstructions of Reducer Model FH1005.142.F1B-00: Shanghai Zhenhua Heavy Industry Co.,Ltd July, 201012 pages
- Product-Catalogue Industrial-Heavy-Duty-Geared-Products Hdpo Eng r05 3No ratings yetProduct-Catalogue Industrial-Heavy-Duty-Geared-Products Hdpo Eng r05 3342 pages
- Single Girder Top-Running Components: For Capacities To 5 Tons, and Spans To 36 FeetNo ratings yetSingle Girder Top-Running Components: For Capacities To 5 Tons, and Spans To 36 Feet6 pages
- Cutting of Web Plate T1 Cutting of Web Plate T3 Pos. 13 Pos. 14No ratings yetCutting of Web Plate T1 Cutting of Web Plate T3 Pos. 13 Pos. 141 page
- Slewing Gantry Crane With Double-Link System: Spare Parts CatalogueNo ratings yetSlewing Gantry Crane With Double-Link System: Spare Parts Catalogue28 pages
- Ports Solution Cranes and Moving Machines: Tran Duy Hoai100% (1)Ports Solution Cranes and Moving Machines: Tran Duy Hoai35 pages
- WCB 113 Series Swing Circle Gear Turntable Slewing Ring BearingNo ratings yetWCB 113 Series Swing Circle Gear Turntable Slewing Ring Bearing1 page
- Podem - Spare Parts - Electric Wire Rope Hoists, T Series (EN)No ratings yetPodem - Spare Parts - Electric Wire Rope Hoists, T Series (EN)24 pages
- Spare Parts Manual HT6-7 PS - Rev.00-12 - ENNo ratings yetSpare Parts Manual HT6-7 PS - Rev.00-12 - EN72 pages
- Container Cranes For Metrans Terminal in Prague (CZ) and Dunajska StredaNo ratings yetContainer Cranes For Metrans Terminal in Prague (CZ) and Dunajska Streda4 pages
- Drawing-Id: Date Revised by Approved by Change Description REV ECNNo ratings yetDrawing-Id: Date Revised by Approved by Change Description REV ECN1 page
- Timken Spherical Roller Bearing Catalog PDFNo ratings yetTimken Spherical Roller Bearing Catalog PDF236 pages
- Brake System, Pipe Work, Trailer Tillv NR - 58455 - Old Products Volvo BM Volvo 860 - 861 - Brake Wheel Brake 777partsNo ratings yetBrake System, Pipe Work, Trailer Tillv NR - 58455 - Old Products Volvo BM Volvo 860 - 861 - Brake Wheel Brake 777parts3 pages
- John Deere - Parts Catalog - Frame 5 - 60D Power Flow Components100% (1)John Deere - Parts Catalog - Frame 5 - 60D Power Flow Components2 pages
- Spare Parts Catalog: MT-L 3105 Hyundai Motor Company Material Number: 4474.054.054 Current Date: 18.02.2011100% (3)Spare Parts Catalog: MT-L 3105 Hyundai Motor Company Material Number: 4474.054.054 Current Date: 18.02.201128 pages
- 1962-65 Beetle - Headlights, Running Lights, and Brake Lights.No ratings yet1962-65 Beetle - Headlights, Running Lights, and Brake Lights.10 pages
- Caterpillar Engine 2019: Catalog Data SheetNo ratings yetCaterpillar Engine 2019: Catalog Data Sheet4 pages
- FOX Oil Levels Bicycle Suspension ServiceNo ratings yetFOX Oil Levels Bicycle Suspension Service7 pages
- 9-12-23 NASPO Goodyear Authorized Dealer ListNo ratings yet9-12-23 NASPO Goodyear Authorized Dealer List426 pages
